3com Router-5000-6000 Command Reference

3Com
Router 5000/6000
Family
Command Reference Guide
Router 5012 (3C13701)
Router 5232 (3C13751)
Router 5642 (3C13755)
Router 5682 (3C13701)
Router 6040 (3C13840)
Router 6080 (3C13880)
www.3Com.com
Part Number: 10015621 Rev. AB
Published: October 2007
3Com Corporation
350 Campus Drive
Marlborough, MA
USA 01752-3064
Copyright 20062007, 3Com Corporation. All rights reserved. No part of this documentation may be reproduced in any
form or by any means or used to make any derivative work (such as translation, transformation, or adaptation) without
written permission from 3Com Corporation.
3Com Corporation reserves the right to revise this documentation and to make changes in content from time to time
without obligation on the part of 3Com Corporation to provide notification of such revision or change.
3Com Corporation provides this documentation without warranty, term, or condition of any kind, either implied or
expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties, terms or conditions of merchantability, satisfactory quality,
and fitness for a particular purpose. 3Com may make improvements or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s)
described in this documentation at any time.
If there is any software on removable media described in this documentation, it is furnished under a license agreement
included with the product as a separate document, in the hard copy documentation, or on the removable media in a
directory file named LICENSE.TXT or !LICENSE.TXT. If you are unable to locate a copy, please contact 3Com and a copy will
be provided to you.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT LEGEND
If you are a United States government agency, then this documentation and the software described herein are provided to
you subject to the following:
All technical data and computer software are commercial in nature and developed solely at private expense. Software is
delivered as Commercial Computer Software as defined in DFARS 252.227-7014 (June 1995) or as a commercial item
as defined in FAR 2.101(a) and as such is provided with only such rights as are provided in 3Coms standard commercial
license for the Software. Technical data is provided with limited rights only as provided in DFAR 252.227-7015 (Nov 1995) or
FAR 52.227-14 (June 1987), whichever is applicable. You agree not to remove or deface any portion of any legend provided
on any licensed program or documentation contained in, or delivered to you in conjunction with, this User Guide.
Unless otherwise indicated, 3Com registered trademarks are registered in the United States and may or may not be registered
in other countries.
3Com and the 3Com logo are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation.
Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc.
Funk RADIUS is a registered trademark of Funk Software, Inc.
Aegis is a registered trademark of Aegis Group PLC.
Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, and Windows NT are
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Novell and NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. UNIX is a
registered trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/Open Company, Ltd.
IEEE and 802 are registered trademarks of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
All other company and product names may be trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated.
ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT
It is the policy of 3Com Corporation to be environmentally-friendly in all operations. To uphold our policy, we are committed
to:
Establishing environmental performance standards that comply with national legislation and regulations.
Conserving energy, materials and natural resources in all operations.
Reducing the waste generated by all operations. Ensuring that all waste conforms to recognized environmental standards.
Maximizing the recyclable and reusable content of all products.
Ensuring that all products can be recycled, reused and disposed of safely.
Ensuring that all products are labelled according to recognized environmental standards.
Improving our environmental record on a continual basis.
End of Life Statement
3Com processes allow for the recovery, reclamation and safe disposal of all end-of-life electronic components.
Regulated Materials Statement
3Com products do not contain any hazardous or ozone-depleting material.
Environmental Statement about the Documentation
The documentation for this product is printed on paper that comes from sustainable, managed forests; it is fully
biodegradable and recyclable, and is completely chlorine-free. The varnish is environmentally-friendly, and the inks are
vegetable-based with a low heavy-metal content.
CONTENTS
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
About This Software Version 5
Organization of the Manual 5
Intended Readership 5
Conventions 5
Related Documentation 6
ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF COMMANDS
COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
BCOMMANDS BY FUNCTION
4 CONTENTS
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
This guide describes the command line interface (CLI) configuration commands
used to control the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family of routers.
About This Software
Version
The software in the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family is a subset of that used in
some other 3Com products. Depending on the capabilities of your hardware
platform, some commands described in this guide may not be available on your
Switch, although the unavailable commands may still display on the command line
interface (CLI). If you try to use an unavailable command, an error message
displays.
CAUTION: Any command that displays on the CLI, but is not described in this
guide, is not supported in Version #.# software. 3Com only supports the
commands described in this guide. Other commands may result in the loss of data,
and are entered at the users risk.
Organization of the
Manual
The 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Command Reference Guide lists all
commands in alphabetical order and describes their functionality. An index listing
of commands organized by function is provided at the end of this document.
Intended Readership The manual is intended for the following readers:
Network administrators
Network engineers
Users who are familiar with the basics of networking
Conventions This manual uses the following conventions:
Table 1 Icons
Icon Notice Type Description
Information note Information that describes important features or instructions.
Caution Information that alerts you to potential loss of data or
potential damage to an application, system, or device.
Warning Information that alerts you to potential personal injury.
6 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related
Documentation
In addition to this guide, the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family documentation set
includes the following:
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Quick Reference Guide
This guide contains:
a list of the features supported by the switch.
a summary of the command line interface commands for the switch.
This guide is also available under the Help button on the web interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Getting Started Guide
This guide provides preliminary information about hardware installation and
communication interfaces associated with the Router 5000/6000 Family.
Table 2 Text conventions
Convention Description
Screen displays This typeface represents text as it appears on the screen.
Keyboard key names If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are
linked with a plus sign (+), for example:
Press Ctrl+Alt+Del
The words enter
and type
When you see the word enter in this guide, you must type something,
and then press Return or Enter. Do not press Return or Enter when an
instruction simply says type.
Fixed command
text
This typeface indicates the fixed part of a command text. You must type
the command, or this part of the command, exactly as shown, and press
Return or Enter when you are ready to enter the command.
Example: The command display history-command must be entered
exactly as shown.
Variable
command text
This typeface indicates the variable part of a command text. You must type
a value here, and press Return or Enter when you are ready to enter the
command.
Example: in the command super level, a value in the range 0 to 3 must
be entered in the position indicated by level
{ x | y | ... } Alternative items, one of which must be entered, are grouped in braces
and separated by vertical bars. You must select and enter one of the items.
Example: in the command flow-control {hardware | none |
software}, the braces and the vertical bars combined indicate that you
must enter one of the parameters. Enter either hardware, or none, or
software.
[ ]

Items shown in square brackets [ ] are optional.
Example 1: in the command display users [all], the square brackets
indicate that the parameter all is optional. You can enter the command
with or without this parameter.
Example 2: in the command user-interface [type] first-number
[last-number] the square brackets indicate that the parameters [type]
and [last-number] are both optional. You can enter a value in place of
one, both or neither of these parameters.
Alternative items, one of which can optionally be entered, are grouped in
square brackets and separated by vertical bars.

Example 3: in the command header [shell | incoming | login]
text, the square brackets indicate that the parameters shell,
incoming and login are all optional. The vertical bars indicate that only
one of the parameters is allowed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family 7
Command Reference
3Com Router 5000 Family Installation Guide
This guide describes how to install the hardware associated with the 3Com Router
5000 Family, how to configure and boot software, and how to maintain software
and hardware. This guide also provides troubleshooting and support information .
3Com Router 6000 Family Installation Guide
This guide describes how to install the hardware associated with the 3Com Router
6000 Family, how to configure and boot software, and how to maintain software
and hardware. This guide also provides troubleshooting and support information.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Configuration Guide
This guide provides information about configuring your network using the
commands supported by the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family.
Release notes
These notes provide information about the current software release, including
new features, modifications, and known problems. The release notes are supplied
in hard copy with the switch.
Accessing Online
Documentation
To access the documentation on the CD-ROM supplied with your Switch, do the
following:
a Insert the CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive. If your PC has auto-run enabled, a
splash screen will be displayed automatically.
b Select the Documentation section from the contents page.
If the online documentation is to be accessed from a local drive or server, you will
need to access the CD-ROM contents using the root directory and copy the files from
the CD-ROM to a suitable directory.
The PDF version of the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Command Reference
Guide is stored in the Docs directory on the CD-ROM.
The PDF version of the 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family Configuration Guide is
stored in the Docs directory of the CD-ROM.
Command Reference
ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF COMMANDS
l2tp-auto-client enable 65
l2tp enable 66
l2tp-group 67
l2tpmoreexam enable 68
l2vpn-family 69
aaa-client 70
abr-summary 71
access-limit 72
acl-reflect timeout 73
acl 74
acl 75
accounting 76
accounting 77
accounting 78
accounting 79
accounting commands 81
accounting domain 82
accounting-on 84
accounting optional 86
activate 87
activate 88
activation-key 89
address 90
address 91
address sip 93
adsl standard 94
adsl tx_attenuation 96
adv-factor 97
aggregate 98
aggregate 100
aging-time 101
ah authentication-algorithm 102
ahdsl annex 103
alarm (CT3 Interface) 104
alarm-threshold 106
algorithm-suite 108
allow l2tp 109
annexg 111
ani 112
ani-offset 113
answer 114
10 CONTENTS
apply access-vpn vpn-instance 115
apply as-path 116
apply community 117
apply cost 118
apply cost-type 119
apply default output-interface 120
apply ip-address 121
apply ip-address default next-hop 123
apply ip-address next-hop (for Multicast Policy Routing) 124
apply ip-address next-hop (for Unicast Policy Routing) 125
apply ip-dscp 126
apply ip-precedence 127
apply isis 128
apply local-preference 129
apply mpls-label 130
apply origin 131
apply output-interface (for Multicast Policy Routing) 132
apply output-interface (for Unicast Policy Routing) 133
apply policy outbound 134
apply tag 135
area 137
area 138
area-authentication-mode 139
area-id (Voice Entity view) 140
area-id (Voice GK Client view) 141
arp check enable 142
arp-proxy enable 143
arp security 144
arp security time-out 145
arp send-gratuitous-arp 146
arp static 147
arp timer aging 148
asbr-summary 149
ascii 150
aspf-policy 151
async mode 152
async mode padpos 153
async mode pos 154
async mode posapp 156
atm-class 157
atm class 158
atm-ctt 159
atm-link check 160
authentication 161
authentication 163
authentication 164
authentication 166
authentication 167
authentication-algorithm 169
authentication-client method 170
CONTENTS 11
authentication-did 171
authentication-method 172
authentication-mode 173
authentication-server method 176
authentication super hwtacacs-scheme 177
authorization 178
authorization 179
authorization-level 181
auto-config 182
auto-config enable 184
auto-execute command 185
balance 187
band-based-sharing 188
baudrate 189
bert 191
bert (CT1/PRI Interface) 192
bert (CT3 Interface) 193
bgp 195
bims boot request 196
bims device-id string 197
bims enable 198
bims interval 199
bims ip address 200
bims request 201
bims-server 202
bims sharekey 203
bims source ip-address 204
bims specify-time 205
binary 206
boot bootrom 207
boot bootrom 208
bootfile backup 209
bootfile dir 211
bootfile main 213
bridge aging-time 215
bridge bridge-set enable 216
bridge bridging 217
bridge enable 218
bridge learning 219
bridge mac-address 220
bridge routing 221
bridge routing-enable 222
bridge-set 223
bridge-set (Ethernet Interface view) 224
bridge set (Synchronous Serial Interface view) 225
bridge-set stp enable 226
bridge-set stp port pathcost 227
bridge-set stp port priority 228
12 CONTENTS
bridge stp ieee 229
bridge stp max-age 230
bridge stp priority 231
bridge stp timer forward-delay 232
bridge stp timer hello 233
bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable 234
broadcast-limit link 235
broadcast suppression 236
bsr-policy 237
bump 239
busytone-t-th 241
bye 242
bye 243
c-bsr 244
c-rp 245
ca identifier 246
cable 247
cable 248
cable 249
cable (CT1/PRI Interface) 250
cable (CT3 Interface) 251
cache-sa-enable 252
call-mode 253
callednumber receive-method 254
caller-permit 255
car 257
card-digit 259
cas 260
cbs 261
ccc interface out-interface 262
ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp 263
cd 265
cd 266
cd 267
cdr 268
cdup 270
cdup 271
ce 272
cell-packing 273
certificate request entity 274
certificate request from 275
certificate request mode 276
certificate request polling 277
certificate request url 278
channel 279
channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 280
channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 282
channel-set timeslot 284
checkzero 286
cid display 287
CONTENTS 13
cid enable 288
cid select-mode 289
cid send 290
cid type 291
cir 292
cir allow 293
classifier behavior 294
clear-forward-ack 295
clns enable 296
clns erpacket enable 297
clns erpacket interval 298
clns es-peer 299
clns net 300
clns rdpacket enable 301
clns rdpacket interval 302
clns route-static 303
clns timer rdpacket holding 304
clock 305
clock 306
clock 307
clock 308
clock 309
clock 310
clock (CE1/PRI Interface) 311
clock (CE3 Interface) 312
clock (CT1/PRI Interface) 313
clock (CT3 Interface) 314
clock (Serial Interface) 315
clock datetime 317
clock summer-time 318
clock timezone 320
close 321
cng-on 322
cngced-detection 323
code (CEI/PRI Interface) 324
code (CT1/PRI Interface) 325
code nrzi 326
code nrzi 327
command-alias enable 328
command-alias mapping 329
command-privilege 330
common-name 331
compare-different-as-med 332
compression 333
confederation id 338
confederation nonstandard 339
confederation peer-as 340
congestion-threshold 341
connection 342
14 CONTENTS
connection-limit default 343
connection-limit default amount 344
connection-limit enable 345
connection-limit policy 346
controller cpos 347
controller e1 348
controller e3 349
controller t1 350
controller t3 351
copy 352
cost-style 353
count 354
country 355
country-code 356
cptone 357
cpu-usage cycle 359
crc 360
crc 361
crc 362
crc 363
crc 364
crl check disable 365
crl update-period 366
crl url 367
crp-policy 368
ct1 alarm 370
dampening 372
data algorithm-suite 374
data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface) 375
data-flow-format 376
data-flow-format 377
data ipsec-sa duration time-base 378
databits 379
datafill 380
datasize 381
datetime local 382
ddns domainname 383
ddns password 384
ddns refresh 385
ddns server 386
ddns source interface 387
ddns username 388
debugging 389
debugging 390
debugging l2tp 391
debugging arp packet 392
debugging aspf 393
debugging atm all 394
debugging atm error 395
debugging atm event 396
CONTENTS 15
debugging atm packet 397
debugging bgp 399
debugging bgp mp-update 400
debugging bims all 401
debugging bridge 403
debugging clns clnp 404
debugging clns echo 405
debugging clns rd 406
debugging clns routing 407
debugging connection-limit 408
debugging detect-group 409
debugging dhcp client 410
debugging dhcp relay 411
debugging dhcp server 412
debugging dialer 414
debugging dlsw 415
debugging dlsw ethernet-backup 416
debugging dlsw filter 418
debugging dlsw packet 419
debugging dlsw reachable-cache 421
debugging dlsw udp 423
debugging dns 425
debugging dvpn 426
debugging encrypt-card 427
debugging esis 428
debugging firewall 429
debugging fr 430
debugging fr compress 432
debugging fr compression 433
debugging fr pvc-group 434
debugging hdlc clns 435
debugging hwatacs 436
debugging hwping 437
debugging igmp 438
debugging ike 439
debugging ike dpd 440
debugging ip 441
debugging ip count 443
debugging ip multicast-policy 446
debugging ip netstream 447
debugging ip urpf 449
debugging ipsec 450
debugging ipx packet 451
debugging ipx ping 452
debugging ipx rip 453
debugging ipx rtpro-flash 455
debugging ipx rtpro-interface 456
debugging ipx rtpro-routing 458
debugging ipx sap 459
16 CONTENTS
debugging isdn 461
debugging isis 462
debugging isis es-adjacency 464
debugging isis is-adjacency 465
debugging lapd 466
debugging llc2 467
debugging llc2 packet 468
debugging local-server 470
debugging mobile-ip advertise 471
debugging mobile-ip mobile-router 472
debugging mobile-ip node 473
debugging modem 474
debugging mpls l2vpn 475
debugging mpls ldp 476
debugging mpls lspm 477
debugging msdp 478
debugging multicast forwarding 479
debugging multicast kernel-routing 480
debugging multicast status-forwarding 481
debugging nat 482
debugging ntp-service 483
debugging ospf 484
debugging pad 486
debugging physical 487
debugging pim common 488
debugging pim dm 489
debugging pim sm 490
debugging pki 491
debugging portal 495
debugging pos 498
debugging pos-app 499
debugging pos-interface 500
debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp } 501
debugging ppp { chap | pap } 502
debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp } 503
debugging ppp compression iphc rtp 504
debugging ppp compression iphc tcp 505
debugging pppoe-client 506
debugging pppofr 507
debugging qllc 508
debugging radius 509
debugging rip 510
debugging rlogin 511
debugging rsh 512
debugging sdlc 513
debugging slip 514
debugging snmp-agent 515
debugging standby event 516
debugging stp 517
debugging ssh client 519
CONTENTS 17
debugging ssh server 520
debugging tcp event 521
debugging tcp md5 523
debugging tcp packet 524
debugging telnet 525
debugging tunnel 526
debugging tftp-server 527
debugging udp-helper 528
debugging udp packet 529
debugging voice cm 530
debugging voice data-flow 531
debugging voice dpl 532
debugging voice fax 533
debugging voice h225 534
debugging voice ipp 536
debugging voice r2 537
debugging voice ras 538
debugging voice rcv 539
debugging voice rcv r2 540
debugging voice sip 541
debugging voice sip rm 542
debugging voice sip sm 543
debugging voice vas 544
debugging voice vas fax 545
debugging voice vcc 546
debugging voice vmib 548
debugging voice vofr 549
debugging voice vpp 550
debugging voice vpp r2 551
debugging vrrp 552
debugging vty 553
debugging web java-blocking 554
debugging web url-filter host 555
debugging web url-filter parameter 556
debugging x25 557
debugging x25 x2t 558
debugging x25 xot 559
default 560
default cost 562
default-cost 563
default cost 564
default entity compression 565
default entity fax 566
default entity modem compatible-param 569
default entity modem protocol 570
default entity normal-connect slow-h245 572
default entity payload-size 573
default entity service data 574
18 CONTENTS
default entity vad-on 575
default interval 576
default limit 577
default local-preference 578
default med 579
default-route-advertise 580
default-route-advertise 581
default-route imported 583
default tag 584
default type 585
delay 586
delay 588
delay-reversal 589
delete 590
delete 591
delete 592
delete rpf-route-static all 593
delete static-routes all 594
description 595
description 596
description 597
description 598
description (in Voice Entity View) 599
description (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 600
destination 601
destination-ip 602
destination-port 603
detect 604
detect 606
detect-ais (CE1/PRI Interface) 607
detect group 608
detect list 609
dh 610
dhcp accounting domain (Interface view) 611
dhcp enable 612
dhcp relay information 613
dhcp relay information strategy 614
dhcp relay release 615
dchp select (Interface view) 616
dchp select (System view) 618
dhcp server accounting domain interface (System view) 620
dhcp server bims-server (Interface view) 622
dhcp server bims-server interface (System view) 623
dhcp server detect 625
dhcp server dns-list 626
dhcp server dns-list interface (System view) 627
dhcp server domain-name (Interface view) 629
dhcp server domain-name interface (System view) 630
dhcp server expired (Interface view) 632
dhcp server forbidden-ip 633
CONTENTS 19
dhcp server interface (System view) 634
dhcp server ip-pool 636
dhcp server nbns-list (Interface view) 637
dhcp server nbns-list interface (System view) 638
dhcp server netbios-type (Interface view) 640
dhcp server netbios-type interface (System view) 641
dhcp server option (Interface view) 643
dhcp server option interface (System view) 644
dhcp server ping 646
dhcp server relay information enable 647
dhcp server static-bind 648
dhcp server synchronize arp (Interface view) 649
dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view) 650
dhcp server voice-config (Interface view) 652
dhcp server voice-config interface (System view) 654
dial-prefix 656
dial-program 658
dialer bundle 659
dialer bundle-member 660
dialer call-in 661
dialer callback-center 662
dialer circular-group 663
dialer disconnect 664
dialer enable-circular 665
dialer group 666
dialer isdn-leased 667
dialer number 669
dialer priority 671
dialer queue-length 672
dialer route 673
dialer-rule 675
dialer threshold 677
dialer timer autodial 679
dialer timer compete 680
dialer timer enable 681
dialer timer idle 682
dialer timer wait-carrier 683
dialer timer warmup 684
dialer user 685
differential-delay 686
dir 687
dir 688
dir 689
direct listen-port 691
disconnect 692
display l2tp session 693
display l2tp tunnel 694
display l2tp user 695
20 CONTENTS
display aaa unsent-h323-call-record 696
display acl 698
display alarm urgent 699
display arp 700
display arp timer aging 702
display aspf all 703
display aspf interface 704
display aspf policy 705
display aspf session 706
display atm class 708
display atm interface 709
display atm map-info 711
display atm pvc-group 715
display atm pvc-info 717
display auto-config 719
display bgp l2vpn 720
display bgp group 721
display bgp multicast group 722
display bgp multicast network 723
display bgp multicast peer 724
display bgp multicast routing 725
display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl 726
display bgp multicast routing cidr 727
display bgp multicast routing community-list 728
display bgp multicast routing community 729
display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as 730
display bgp multicast routing peer 731
display bgp multicast routing regular-expression 732
display bgp multicast routing statistic 733
display bgp network 734
display bgp paths 735
display bgp peer 736
display bgp routing 738
display bgp routing as-path-acl 740
display bgp routing cidr 742
display bgp routing community 744
display bgp routing community-list 746
display bgp routing dampened 748
display bgp routing different-origin-as 749
display bgp routing flap-info 751
display bgp routing label 753
display bgp routing peer { advertised | received } 754
display bgp routing peer dampened 755
display bgp routing peer regular-expression 757
display bgp routing regular-expression 759
display bgp routing statistic 761
display bgp vpnv4 762
display bootp client 764
display bridge address-table 765
CONTENTS 21
display bridge information 767
display bridge spanning tree 769
display bridge traffic 771
display brief interface 773
display ccc 774
display channel 775
display clipboard 777
display clns 778
display clns interface 779
display clns routing-table 780
display clns statistics 783
display clock 785
display command-alias 786
display configure-user 787
display connection 788
display connection-limit policy 790
display connection-limit statistics 791
display controller cpos 793
display controller cpos e1 796
display controller cpos t1 798
display controller e1 800
display controller t1 804
display cpu-usage 811
display cpu-usage history 813
display current-configuration 815
display debugging 818
display debugging ospf 819
display detect group 820
display device 821
display dhcp client 822
display dhcp relay address 824
display dhcprelay-security 825
display dhcp relay statistics 826
display dhcp server conflict 827
display dhcp server expired 828
display dhcp server free-ip 829
display dhcp server ip-in-use 830
display dhcp server statistics 832
display dhcp server tree 834
display diagnostic-information 836
display dialer 838
display dlsw bridge-entry 840
display dlsw circuits 841
display dlsw ethernet-backup map 842
display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour 843
display dlsw information 844
display dlsw information 846
22 CONTENTS
display dlsw reachable-cache 848
display dlsw remote 849
display dlsw remote 850
display dns domain 851
display dns dynamic host 852
display dns server 853
display domain 854
display dsl configuration 856
display dsl configuration 858
display dsl status 860
display dsl status 862
display dsl version 865
display dsl version 867
display dvpn info 868
display dvpn ipsec-sa 870
display dvpn map 871
display dvpn online-user 872
display dvpn session 873
display encrypt-card fast-switch 874
display encrypt-card sa 875
display encrypt-card statistics 877
display encrypt-card syslog 878
display environment 879
display esis 880
display esis interface 881
display esis peer 882
display esis statistics 883
display fcm 884
display fe1 serial 885
display fib 886
display fib acl 887
display fib begin 888
display fib ip-prefix 889
display fib longer 890
display fib statistics 892
display firewall ethernet-frame-filter 893
display firewall-statistics 894
display fr class-map 895
display fr compress 896
display fr del 897
display fr dlci-switch 898
display fr fragment-info 899
display fr inarp-info 901
display fr interface 902
display fr lmi-info 903
display fr map-info 904
display fr pvc-group 906
display fr map-info pppofr 908
display fr pvc-infoc 909
CONTENTS 23
display fr statistics 910
display fr switch-table 911
display fr vofr-info 912
display ft 1 serial 913
display ftp-server 917
display ftp-server source-ip 918
display ftp source-ip 919
display ftp-user 920
display history-command 921
display hwatacs 922
display hwping 924
display hwping statistics 926
display icmp statistics 928
display igmp group 930
display igmp interface 931
display igmp local 932
display ike dpd 933
display ike peer 934
display ike proposal 935
display ike sa 936
display info-center 939
display interface 941
display interface atm 948
display interface bri 950
display interface encrypt 951
display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet} 952
display interface ima-group 955
display interface loopback 958
display interface mfr 959
display interface mp-group 961
display interface null 962
display interface pos 963
display interface tunnel 964
display interface virtual-ethernet 966
display interface virtual-template 967
display ip count 968
display ip count rule 969
display ip fast-forwarding cache 970
display ip host 971
display ip interface 972
display ip interface brief 974
display ip ip-prefix 975
display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 976
display ip multicast-policy 978
display ip netstream cache 979
display ip netstream export 981
display ip policy 982
24 CONTENTS
display ip policy setup 983
display ip policy statistic 984
display ip routing-table 985
display ip routing-table acl 986
display ip routing-table ip_address 988
display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 990
display ip routing-table ip-prefix 991
display ip routing-table protocol 993
display ip routing-table radix 995
display ip routing-table statistics 996
display ip routing-table verbose 997
display ip routing-table vpn-instance 999
display ip socket 1001
display ip statistics 1003
display ip vpn-instance 1005
display ipsec policy 1006
display ipsec policy-template 1009
display ipsec proposal 1011
display ipsec sa 1012
display ipsec statistics 1015
display ipx interface 1016
display ipx routing-table 1018
display ipx routing-table statistics 1021
display ipx service-table 1022
display ipx statistics 1024
display isdn active-channel 1026
display isdn call-info 1027
display isdn call-record 1029
display isdn parameters 1030
display isdn spid 1032
display isis brief 1034
display isis interface 1035
display isis lsdb 1036
display isis mesh-group 1037
display isis peer 1038
display isis routing 1039
display isis routing clns 1040
display isis spf-log 1041
display llc2 1042
display loadsharing ip address 1043
display local-server statistics 1044
display local-user 1045
display log startup 1047
display logbuffer 1048
display logbuffer summary 1050
display mac-address 1051
display memory 1052
display memory 1053
display mfr 1055
CONTENTS 25
display mirror 1058
display mobile-ip binding 1059
display mobile-ip globals 1061
display mobile-ip interface 1063
display mobile-ip irdp 1065
display mobile-ip mobile-router 1066
display mobile-ip node 1071
display mobile-ip secure 1073
display mobile-ip statistics 1075
display mobile-ip violation 1079
display mobile-ip visitor 1081
display mpls l2vc 1083
display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info 1084
display mpls l3vpn-lsp 1085
display mpls cell-transfer interface 1086
display mpls interface 1087
display mpls ldp 1088
display mpls ldp buffer-info 1089
display mpls ldp interface 1090
display mpls ldp lsp 1091
display mpls ldp peer 1092
display mpls ldp remote 1093
display mpls ldp session 1094
display mpls lsp 1095
display mpls static-lsp 1096
display mpls statistics 1097
display msdp brief 1099
display msdp peer-status 1100
display msdp sa-cache 1101
display msdp sa-count 1102
display multicast forwarding-table 1103
display multicast routing-table 1104
display multicast routing-table static 1106
display multicast routing-table static 1107
display multicast routing-table static config 1108
display multicast rpf-info 1109
display nat 1110
display nat connection-limit 1112
display ntp-service sessions 1114
display ntp-service status 1115
display ntp-service trace 1116
display osm status slot 1117
display ospf abr-asbr 1118
display ospf asbr-summary 1119
display ospf brief 1121
display ospf cumulative 1123
display ospf error 1125
display ospf interface 1127
display ospf lsdb 1129
26 CONTENTS
display ospf memory 1132
display ospf nexthop 1133
display ospf peer 1134
display ospf request-queue 1137
display ospf retrans-queue 1138
display ospf routing 1139
display ospf sham-link 1140
display ospf vlink 1141
display pim bsr-info 1142
display pim interface 1143
display pim neighbor 1144
display pim routing-table 1145
display pim rp-info 1147
display pki certificate 1148
display pki crl 1150
display port 1151
display port-mapping 1152
display portal 1153
display portal update-resource 1157
display pos-app 1158
display pos-interface 1159
display ppp compression iphc rtp 1160
display ppp compression iphc tcp 1161
display ppp compression stac-lzs 1162
display ppp mp 1163
display pppoe-server session 1165
display pppoe-server session 1167
display protocol-priority 1169
display qos car interface 1170
display qos carl 1171
display qos cbq interface 1172
display qos cq interface 1173
display qos cql 1174
display qos gts interface 1175
display qos lr interface 1176
display qos policy 1177
display qos policy interface 1179
display qos policy interface 1180
display qos pq interface 1182
display qos pql 1183
display qos rtpq interface 1184
display qos wfq interface 1185
display qos wred interface 1186
display radius 1187
display radius statistics 1189
display rip 1193
display rip interface 1194
display rip routing 1195
display rip vpn-instance 1196
display rmon alarm 1197
CONTENTS 27
display rmon event 1198
display rmon eventlog 1199
display rmon history 1200
display rmon prialarm 1202
display rmon statistics 1203
display route-policy 1204
display rsa local-key-pair public 1205
display rsa peer-public-key 1206
display saved-configuration 1207
display schedule reboot 1209
display sftp source-ip 1210
display snmp-agent 1211
display snmp-agent community 1212
display snmp-agent group 1213
display snmp-agent mib-view 1214
display snmp-agent statistics 1216
display snmp-agent sys-info 1218
display snmp-agent trap-list 1219
display snmp-agent usm-user 1220
display sot 1221
display ssh server 1223
display ssh server-info 1224
display ssh-server source-ip 1225
display ssh user-information 1226
display ssh2 source-ip 1227
display standby flow 1228
display standby state 1230
display startup 1232
display status interface 1233
display status interface ima-group 1235
display stop-accounting-buffer 1237
display tcp statistics 1238
display tcp status 1240
display telnet-server source-ip 1242
display tftp-server 1243
display tftp source-ip 1244
display this 1245
display time-range 1246
display traffic behavior 1247
display traffic classifier 1248
display trapbuffer 1249
display udp-helper server 1251
display udp statistics 1252
display user-interface 1254
display users 1255
display version 1256
display virtual-access 1257
display vlan 1258
28 CONTENTS
display vlan interface 1259
display vlan max-packet-process 1260
display vlan statistics vid 1261
display vlan statistics vid 1262
display voice aaa-client configuration 1263
display voice call-history-record 1264
display voice call-history-record 1267
display voice call-info 1269
display voice default 1271
display voice em call-statistic 1273
display voice em ccb 1275
display voice entity 1277
display voice fax 1278
display voice gateway 1280
display voice ipp 1281
display voice number-substitute 1283
display voice r2 call-statistics 1284
display voice rcv ccb 1286
display voice rcv statistic 1288
display voice rcv statistic r2 1290
display voice sip call-statistics 1292
display voice sip register-state 1293
display voice sip register status 1294
display voice subscriber-line 1295
display voice vofr call 1299
display voice vofr statistic 1301
display voice voip data-statistic 1303
display voice vpp 1305
display voice vcc 1307
display voice voip 1310
display vrrp 1311
display web java-blocking 1312
display web url-filter host 1313
display web url-filter parameter 1314
display x25 alias-policy 1315
display x25 cug 1316
display x25 hunt-group-info 1317
display x25 map 1318
display x25 pad 1321
display x25 switch-table pvc 1322
display x25 switch-table svc 1323
display x25 vc 1324
display x25 x2t switch-table 1327
display x25 xot 1328
dl-bits 1329
dlsw bridge-set 1331
dlsw enable 1332
dlsw ethernet-backup enable 1333
CONTENTS 29
dlsw ethernet-backup map 1334
dlsw ethernet-backup timer 1336
dlsw ethernet-frame-filter 1337
dlsw filter acl 1338
dlsw local 1339
dlsw max-transmission 1341
dlsw multicast 1342
dlsw reachable 1343
dlsw reachable-cache 1344
dlsw remote 1345
dlsw remote 1347
dlsw reverse 1348
dlsw timer 1349
dns domain 1351
dns-list 1352
dns-proxy enable 1353
dns resolve 1354
dns server 1355
domain 1356
domain-authentication-mode 1358
domain-id 1359
domain-name 1360
dot-match 1361
dpd 1363
dscp media 1364
dsl link-check 1365
dtmf 1366
dtmf sensitivity-level 1367
dtmf threshold 1368
duplex 1372
duplex 1373
dvpn class 1374
dvpn client register-dumb 1375
dvpn client register-interval 1376
dvpn client register-retry 1377
dvpn dvpn-id 1378
dvpn interface-type 1379
dvpn policy 1380
dvpn policy 1381
dvpn register-type 1382
dvpn security 1383
dvpn server 1384
dvpn server authentication-client method 1385
dvpn server map age-time 1386
dvpn server pre-shared-key 1387
dvpn service 1388
e1 bert 1389
e1 channel-set 1390
e1 channel-set 1391
30 CONTENTS
e1 set clock 1393
e1 set clock 1394
e1 set frame-format 1395
e1 set frame-format 1396
e1 set loopback 1397
e1 set loopback 1398
e1 shutdown 1399
e1 shutdown 1400
e1 unframed 1401
e1 unframed 1402
early-media disable 1403
ebs 1404
echo-canceller 1405
effect-time 1407
eliminate-pulse 1408
em-phy-parm 1409
em-signal 1410
enable 1412
enable deactivate 1413
enable snmp trap undown 1414
encapsulation 1415
encapsulation 1416
encapsulation-mode 1418
encrypt-card backuped 1420
encrypt-card fast-switch 1421
encryption-algorithm 1422
entity 1423
error-diffusion restraint config 1424
error-diffusion restraint enable 1425
escape-key 1426
esis 1427
esis enable 1428
esp authentication-algorithm 1429
esp encryption-algorithm 1431
exchange-mode 1433
execute 1434
exit 1435
expired 1436
fast-connect 1437
fax baudrate 1438
fax ecm 1440
fax level 1441
fax local-train threshold 1442
fax nsf-on 1443
fax protocol 1444
fax support-mode 1446
fax train-mode 1447
fdl 1448
fe1 clock 1449
fe1 code 1450
CONTENTS 31
fe1 detect-ais (E1-F interface) 1451
fe1 frame-format 1452
fe1 loopback 1453
fe1 timeslot-list 1454
fe1 unframed 1455
feac (CT3 Interface) 1456
fifo queue-length 1458
file prompt 1459
filename 1460
filter-policy 1461
filter-policy export 1462
filter-policy gateway 1466
filter-policy import 1468
final-callednum 1475
firewall aspf 1476
firewall default 1477
firewall enable 1478
firewall ethernet-frame-filter 1479
firewall fragments-inspect 1480
firewall fragments-inspect {high | low} 1481
firewall packet-filter 1482
first-rule 1484
fixdisk 1485
flag 1486
flag 1487
flow control 1488
flow-control 1489
flow-control 1490
flow interval 1491
flow-interval 1492
flow-interval qos 1494
force-link 1496
force-metering 1497
format 1498
fqdn 1499
fr bump 1500
fr-class 1501
fr class 1502
fr compression frf9 1503
fr compression iphc 1504
fr congestion-threshold 1505
fr de del 1506
fr del inbound-interface 1507
32 CONTENTS
fr del protocol ip 1508
fr dlci 1510
fr dlci-switch 1511
fr inarp 1512
fr interface-type 1514
fr ip-dscp 1515
fr ip-precedence 1516
fr iphc 1517
fr lmi n391dte 1518
fr lmi n392dce 1519
fr lmi n392dte 1520
fr lmi n393dce 1521
fr lmi n393dte 1522
fr lmi t392dce 1523
fr lmi type 1524
fr map bridge 1525
fr map clns 1526
fr map ip 1527
fr map ipx 1529
fr map ppp interface virtual-template 1531
fr match 1532
fr mpls-exp 1533
fr pvc-group 1534
fr pvc-pq 1535
fr pvc-protect 1537
fr switch 1539
fr switching 1540
fr traffic-policing 1541
fr traffic-shaping 1542
fragment 1543
frame-format 1544
frame-format 1545
frame-format 1546
frame-format 1547
frame-format 1548
frame-format (CE1/PRI Interface) 1549
frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface) 1550
frame-format (CT3 Interface) 1551
frame-length 1552
framefill none 1553
free unused porttag 1554
free user-interface 1555
frequency 1556
ft1 alarm-threshold 1557
ft1 bert (T1-F Interface) 1559
ft1 cable 1560
ft1 clock 1561
ft1 code 1562
ft1 data-coding 1563
ft1 fdl 1564
CONTENTS 33
ft1 loopback 1565
ft1 sendloopcode 1566
ft1 timeslot-list 1568
ft3 (CT3 Interface) 1570
ftp 1572
ftphost source-interface 1573
ftphost source-ip 1574
ftp-operation 1575
ftp server enable 1576
ftp-server source-interface 1577
ftp-server source-ip 1578
ftp source-interface 1579
ftp source-ip 1580
ftp timeout 1581
ftp update 1582
fxo-monitoring 1583
gateway-list 1584
get 1585
get 1586
gk-2nd-id 1587
gk-client 1588
gk-id 1589
gk-security call 1590
gk-security register-pwd 1591
gratuitous-arp-learning enable 1592
gratuitous-arp-sending enable 1593
gre checksum 1594
gre key 1595
group 1596
group-b 1597
gts 1598
gw-access-number 1600
gw-address 1602
gw-id 1603
header 1604
help 1606
history-command max-size 1607
history keep-time 1608
history-record 1609
history-records 1610
home-agent ip-address 1611
hookoff-time 1612
host-route 1613
hotkey 1614
http-operation 1616
hwatacacs change-password self 1617
hwatacacs nas-ip 1618
hwatacacs scheme 1619
hwping 1620
34 CONTENTS
hwping-agent enable 1621
hwping-agent max-requests 1622
hwping-server enable 1623
hwping-server tcpconnect 1624
hwping-server udpecho 1625
icmp redirect send 1626
id-type 1627
idle-mark 1628
idle-timeout 1629
idlecode (CE1/PRI Interface) 1630
idlecode (CT1/PRI Interface) 1631
if-match 1632
if-match acl 1634
if-match acl 1635
if-match acl 1636
if-match acl 1637
if-match any 1638
if-match as-path 1639
if-match atmclp 1640
if-match classifier 1641
if-match community 1642
if-match cost 1643
if-match {destination-mac | source-mac} 1644
if-match dot1p-cos 1645
if-match dscp 1646
if-match fr-de 1647
if-match inbound-interface 1648
if-match interface 1649
if-match ip next-hop 1650
if-match ip-precedence 1652
if-match ip-prefix 1653
if-match mpls-exp 1654
if-match mpls-label 1655
if-match outbound-interface 1656
if-match packet length 1657
if-match protocol 1658
if-match protocol rtp 1659
if-match rtp 1660
if-match tag 1661
igmp enable 1663
igmp group-limit 1664
igmp group-policy 1665
igmp host-join 1666
igmp lastmember-queryinterval 1667
igmp max-response-time 1669
igmp proxy 1670
igmp robust-count 1671
igmp timer other-querier-present 1673
igmp timer query 1674
igmp version 1675
CONTENTS 35
ignore-lsp-checksum-error 1676
ike dpd 1677
ike local-name 1678
ike next-payload check disabled 1679
ike peer (IPSec Policy view or IPSec Policy Template view) 1680
ike peer (System view) 1681
ike proposal 1682
ike sa keepalive-timer interval 1684
ike sa keepalive-timer timeout 1685
ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval 1686
ima-clock 1687
ima ima-group 1688
ima-test 1689
impedance 1690
import-route 1692
import-route 1693
import-route 1694
import-route 1696
import-route 1698
import-route isis 1700
import-route ospf 1701
import-source 1702
info-center channel 1703
info-center console channel 1704
info-center enable 1705
info-center logbuffer 1706
info-center logfile 1707
info-center loghost 1708
info-center loghost source 1710
info-center monitor channel 1711
info-center snmp channel 1712
info-center source 1713
info-center synchronous 1715
info-center timestamp 1716
info-center timestamp loghost 1717
info-center trapbuffer 1718
interface 1719
interface 1720
interface 1722
interface atm 1723
interface bridge-template 1724
interface dialer 1725
interface encrypt 1726
interface ethernet 1727
interface ima 1728
interface logic-channel 1729
interface loopback 1730
interface mfr 1731
interface mp-group 1732
36 CONTENTS
interface null 1733
interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] 1734
interface tunnel 1735
interface virtual-ethernet 1736
interface virtual-template 1737
interval-time 1738
invert receive-clock 1739
invert transmit-clock 1740
ip 1741
ip address 1742
ip address 1743
ip address 1745
ip address bootp-alloc 1746
ip address dhcp-alloc 1747
ip address ppp-negotiate 1748
ip address unnumbered 1749
ip as-path-acl 1750
ip binding vpn-instance 1752
ip community-list 1753
ip count enable 1755
ip count exterior threshold 1756
ip count firewall denied 1757
ip count inbound packets 1758
ip count interior threshold 1759
ip count outbound-packets 1760
ip count rule 1761
ip count timeout 1762
ip df-check enable 1763
ip-dscp 1764
ip fast-forwarding 1766
ip forward-broadcast 1767
ip host 1768
ip ip-prefix 1769
ip local policy route-policy 1771
ip multicast-fast-forwarding 1772
ip multicast-policy route-policy 1773
ip netstream aggregation 1774
ip netstream export host 1775
ip netstream export source 1776
ip netstream export version 1777
ip netstream format no-direction 1778
ip netstream { inbound | outbound } 1779
ip netstream max-entry 1780
ip netstream timeout active 1781
ip netstream timeout inactive 1782
ip option source-routing 1783
ip policy route-policy 1784
ip pool 1785
ip-precedence 1786
ip relay address cycle 1788
CONTENTS 37
ip relay address (Interface view) 1789
ip relay address interface (System view) 1790
ip route-static 1791
ip route-static detect-group 1794
ip route-static vpn-instance 1795
ip rpf-longest-match 1797
ip rpf-route-static 1798
ip source-address-check 1800
ip tcp vjcompress 1801
ip urpf 1802
ip vpn-instance 1803
ipsec card-proposal 1804
ipsec policy (Interface view) 1805
ipsec policy (System view) 1806
ipsec policy-template 1808
ipsec proposal 1810
ipsec sa global-duration 1811
ipv4-family 1813
ipv4-family 1814
ipv4-family multicast 1816
ipv4-family vpn-instance 1817
ipv4-family vpnv4 1818
idle-mark 1819
ipx enable 1820
ipx encapsulation 1821
ipx netbios-propagation 1822
ipx network 1823
ipx rip import-route 1824
ipx rip mtu 1825
ipx rip multiplier 1826
ipx rip timer update 1827
ipx route load-balance-path 1828
ipx route max-reserve-path 1829
ipx route-static 1830
ipx sap disable 1832
ipx sap gns-disable-reply 1833
ipx sap gns-load-balance 1834
ipx sap max-reserve-servers 1835
ipx sap mtu 1836
ipx sap multiplier 1837
ipx sap timer update 1838
ipx service 1839
ipx split-horizon 1841
ipx tick 1842
ipx update-change-only 1843
is-level 1844
isdn bch-local-manage 1846
isdn bch-select-way 1847
isdn caller-number 1848
38 CONTENTS
isdn calling 1849
isdn check-called-number 1850
isdn crlength 1851
isdn ie passthrough 1852
isdn ignore connect-ack 1854
isdn ignore hlc 1855
isdn ignore llc 1856
isdn ignore sending-complete 1857
isdn L3-timer 1858
isdn number-property 1859
isdn overlap-sending 1863
isdn q921-permanent 1864
isdn pri-slipwnd-size 1865
isdn protocol-mode 1866
isdn protocol-type 1867
isdn send-restart 1869
isdn spid auto_trigger 1870
isdn spid nit 1871
isdn spid resend 1872
isdn spid service 1873
isdn spid timer 1874
isdn spid1 1875
isdn spid2 1876
isdn statistics 1877
isdn two-tei 1879
isis 1880
isis authentication-mode 1881
isis circuit-level 1883
isis cost 1884
isis dis-priority 1885
isis enable 1886
isis enable clns 1887
isis mesh-group 1888
isis small-hello 1889
isis timer csnp 1890
isis timer hello 1891
isis timer holding-multiplier 1892
isis timer lsp 1893
isis timer retransmit 1894
itf (CE1/PRI Interface) 1895
itf (CT1/PRI Interface) 1896
jitter-interval 1897
jitter-packetnum 1898
keepalive 1899
language-mode 1900
lapb max-frame 1901
lapd modulo 1902
lapb pollremote 1903
lapb retry 1904
lapd timer 1905
CONTENTS 39
lapb window-size 1906
ldap-server 1907
lcd 1908
level 1909
limit 1910
line 1912
line 1913
link-protocol 1915
link-protocol fr 1916
link-protocol fr mfr 1917
link-protocol hdlc 1918
link-protocol lapb 1919
link-protocol ppp 1920
link-protocol sdlc 1921
link-protocol slip 1922
link-protocol sot 1923
link-protocol x25 1924
llc2 max-ack 1925
llc2 max-send-queue 1926
llc2 max-transmission 1927
llc2 modulo 1928
llc2 receive-window 1929
llc2 timer ack 1930
llc2 timer ack-delay 1931
llc2 timer busy 1932
llc2 timer poll 1933
llc2 timer reject 1934
loadbandwidth 1935
local 1936
local-address 1937
local-server 1938
local-user 1940
local user 1941
local-user password-display-mode 1942
locality 1943
lock 1944
log enable 1945
log-peer-change 1946
log startup 1949
loopback 1950
loopback 1951
loopback 1952
loopback 1953
loopback 1954
loopback 1955
loopback 1956
loopback 1957
40 CONTENTS
loopback (CE1/PRI Interface) 1958
loopback (CE3 Interface) 1959
loopback (CT1/PRI Interface) 1960
loopback (CT3 Interface) 1961
loopback (Ethernet/GE Interface) 1962
loopback (ISDN BRI Interface) 1963
looptest 1964
lr 1966
lr percent 1967
ls 1968
ls 1969
lsp-trigger 1970
mac-address 1971
mac-address timer aging 1972
mandatory-chap 1973
mandatory-lcp 1974
map bridge 1975
map bridge-group 1976
map clns 1977
map ip 1978
map ppp 1980
map routed-bridge 1982
match 1983
match-template 1984
max-call (in Voice Dial Program View) 1987
max-call (in Voice Entity View) 1988
max-packet-process 1989
md5-compatible 1990
mdl (CT3 Interface) 1991
memory 1993
memory auto-establish disable 1995
memory auto-establish enable 1996
mfc (R2 CAS) 1997
mfr bundle-name 1998
mfr fragment 1999
mfr fragment-size 2000
mfr link-name 2001
mfr retry 2002
mfr timer ack 2003
mfr timer hello 2004
mfr window-size 2005
min-active-links 2006
mkdir 2007
mkdir 2008
mkdir 2009
mobile-ip 2010
mobile-ip foreign-agent 2011
mobile-ip foreign-agent service 2013
mobile-ip home-agent 2015
mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router 2017
CONTENTS 41
mobile-ip irdp 2018
mobile-ip mobile-router 2020
mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa 2021
mobile-ip mobile-router roam 2022
mobile-ip mobile-router solicit 2023
mobile-ip prefix-length 2024
mobile-ip registration-lifetime 2025
mobile-ip secure 2026
mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery 2028
mobile-ip virtual-network 2029
mobile-network 2030
mobile-network 2031
mobile-node 2032
mode 2033
mode (SIP Client view) 2035
modem 2036
modem adapt no-waiting-connect 2037
modem auto-answer 2038
modem compatible-param 2040
modem protocol 2041
modem timer answer 2042
monitor-port 2043
more 2044
motorola base-svc 2045
motorola encapsulation 2046
motorola max-voice 2047
motorola remote-id 2048
move 2049
mpls 2050
mpls l2vc 2051
mpls l2vpn 2052
mpls l2vpn encapsulation 2053
mpls-exp 2055
mpls label advertise 2057
mpls ldp 2059
mpls ldp enable 2060
mpls ldp hops-count 2061
mpls ldp loop-detect 2062
mpls ldp password 2063
mpls ldp path-vectors 2064
mpls ldp remote-peer 2065
mpls ldp reset-session 2066
mpls ldp timer 2067
mpls ldp transport-ip 2068
mpls lsr-id 2069
mpls static-l2vc 2070
msdp 2071
msdp-tracert 2072
42 CONTENTS
mtu 2074
mtu 2075
mtu (ATM Interface) 2076
mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface) 2077
mtu label-including 2078
mtu (POS Interface) 2079
mtu (serial interface) 2080
mtu (Tunnel Interface) 2081
mtracert 2082
multi-path-number 2084
multicast minimum-ttl 2085
multicast packet-boundary 2086
multicast route-limit 2087
multicast routing-enable 2088
multiplex mode 2089
nas-ip 2090
nas-ip 2091
nat address-group 2092
nat aging-time 2093
nat agl 2094
nat connection-limit-policy 2095
nat dns-map 2096
nat oubound 2097
nat outbound interface 2099
nat outbound static 2100
nat overlapaddress 2101
nat server 2103
nat static 2106
nat static inside 2107
nat traversal 2108
national-bit 2109
naturemask-arp 2110
nbns-list 2111
nesting 2112
netbios-type 2113
network 2114
network 2115
network 2116
network 2117
network 2119
network-entity 2120
normal-connect slow-h245 2121
nslookup type 2122
nssa 2123
ntp-service access 2124
ntp-service authentication enable 2125
ntp-service authentication-keyid 2126
ntp-service broadcast-client 2127
ntp-service broadcast-server 2128
ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions 2129
CONTENTS 43
ntp-service multicast-client 2130
ntp-service multicast-server 2131
ntp-service refclock-master 2132
ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid 2133
ntp-service source-interface 2134
ntp-service unicast-peer 2135
ntp-service unicast-server 2137
number-match 2139
number-substitute 2140
oam ais-rdi 2141
oam frequency 2142
oamping interface 2143
opaque-capability 2144
open 2145
open-trunk 2146
option 2147
organization 2148
organizational-unit 2149
originating-rp 2150
osm connect slot 2151
osm reboot slot 2152
osm reload slot 2153
osm shutdown slot 2154
ospf 2155
ospf authentication-mode 2157
ospf cost 2158
ospf dr-priority 2159
ospf mib-binding 2160
ospf mtu-enable 2161
ospf network-type 2162
ospf timer dead 2164
ospf timer hello 2165
ospf timer poll 2166
ospf timer retransmit 2167
ospf trans-delay 2168
ospf vpn instance 2169
option 2171
outband 2172
outband vofr 2174
overlap voip h323 2175
packing timer 2176
pad 2177
pad-mode pos enable 2178
parity 2179
passive 2180
password 2181
password 2182
password-digit 2183
payload-size 2184
44 CONTENTS
pcm 2186
peer 2187
peer 2188
peer 2189
peer 2190
peer advertise-community 2191
peer allow-as-loop 2193
peer as-number 2195
peer as-path-acl 2196
peer connect-interface 2198
peer default-route-advertise 2199
peer description 2201
peer ebgp-max-hop 2203
peer enable 2204
peer enable 2206
peer enable 2207
peer filter-policy 2208
peer group 2210
peer ip-prefix 2211
peer ip-prefix 2212
peer label route-capability 2213
peer mesh-group 2214
peer minimum-ttl 2215
peer next-hop-invariable 2216
peer next-hop-local 2217
peer password 2219
peer public-as-only 2221
peer-public-key end 2223
peer reflect-client 2224
peer request-sa-enable 2226
peer route-policy 2227
peer route-update-interval 2229
peer sa-cache-maximum 2230
peer sa-policy 2231
peer sa-request-policy 2232
peer shutdown 2233
peer timer 2234
peer upe 2235
permanent-active 2236
pfs 2237
CONTENTS 45
phy-mru 2239
physical-mode 2240
pim 2241
pim bsr-boundary 2242
pim dm 2243
pim neighbor-limit 2244
pim neighbor-policy 2245
pim sm 2246
pim timer hello 2247
ping 2248
ping clns 2251
ping ipx 2252
pki delete-certificate 2253
pki domain 2254
pki entity 2255
pki import-certificate 2256
pki request-certificate 2257
pki retrieval-certificate 2258
pki retrieval-crl 2259
pki validate-certificate 2260
plan-numbering 2261
play stop-accounting-buffer 2262
plc-mode 2264
policy vpn-target 2265
port access vlan 2266
port hybrid pvid vlan 2267
port-mapping 2268
port trunk permit vlan 2269
portal 2270
portal all-resource-id 2271
portal auth-network 2272
portal fast-authentication 2273
portal free-ip 2274
portal free-user 2275
portal method 2277
portal resource 2278
portal server 2279
portal service-type 2281
portal update-resource 2282
portal update-resource-id 2283
portal upload-ip 2284
pos-server app tcp 2285
pos-server app x25 2286
pos-server checkschar 2287
pos-server enable 2288
pos-server fcm 2289
pos-server map 2291
pos-server padmode 2292
pos-server source-ip 2293
46 CONTENTS
pos-server wait-time 2294
power-source 2295
ppp authentication-mode 2296
ppp callback 2298
ppp callback ntstring 2299
ppp chap password 2300
ppp chap user 2301
ppp compression iphc 2302
ppp compression iphc rtp-connections 2303
ppp compression iphc tcp-connections 2304
ppp compression stac-lzs 2305
ppp ipcp dns 2306
ppp ipcp dns admit-any 2307
ppp ipcp dns request 2308
ppp ipcp remote-address forced 2309
ppp lcp mru consistent 2310
ppp lqc 2311
ppp mp 2313
ppp mp binding-mode 2314
ppp mp lfi 2315
ppp mp lfi 2316
ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag 2317
ppp mp max-bind 2318
ppp mp min-bind 2319
ppp mp min-fragment 2320
ppp mp mp-group 2321
ppp mp sort-buffer-size 2322
ppp mp user 2323
ppp mp virtual-template 2324
ppp pap local-user 2325
ppp timer negotiate 2326
pppoe-client 2327
pppoe-server bind virtual-template 2329
pppoe-server log-information off 2330
pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac 2331
pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac 2332
pppoe-server max-sessions total 2333
pq 2334
pre-shared-key 2335
pre-shared-key 2336
preference 2337
preference 2338
preference 2339
preference 2340
preference clns 2341
pri-set 2342
pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 2344
pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 2346
primary accounting 2348
primary accounting 2349
CONTENTS 47
primary authentication 2350
primary authentication 2351
primary authorization 2352
priority 2353
private-ip 2354
private-line 2355
probe-failtimes 2356
process-config 2357
promiscuous 2359
proposal 2360
protocol inbound 2362
protocol-priority 2363
proxy 2364
public-ip 2365
public-key-code begin 2366
public-key-code end 2367
put 2368
put 2369
pvc 2370
pvc-group 2372
pvc max-number 2374
pvc-pq 2376
pvc-protect 2377
pvp create 2379
pvp limit 2380
pwd 2382
pwd 2383
pwd 2384
qmtoken 2385
queue af 2386
queue ef 2387
queue-length 2389
queue wfq 2390
quit 2391
quit 2392
quit 2393
quit 2394
qos apply policy 2395
qos car 2397
qos carl 2399
qos cq 2400
qos cql default-queue 2401
qos cql inbound-interface 2402
qos cql protocol 2403
qos cql protocol mpls exp 2405
qos cql queue 2406
qos cql queue serving 2407
qos fifo queue-length 2408
qos gts 2409
48 CONTENTS
qos lr 2411
qos max-bandwidth 2412
qos policy 2413
qos pq 2414
qos pql default-queue 2415
qos pql inbound-interface 2416
qos pql protocol 2417
qos pql queue 2419
qos pql protocol mpls exp 2420
qos reserved-bandwidth 2421
qos rtpq 2422
qos wfq 2424
qos wred 2426
qos wred dscp 2427
qos wred ip-precedence 2428
qos wred weighting-constant 2429
radius nas-ip 2430
radius scheme 2431
radius trap 2433
ras-on 2434
re-answer 2435
re-authentication 2436
reboot 2437
receive gain 2438
redialtimes 2439
redirect bind vpn-instance 2440
redirect disconnect 2441
redirect enable 2442
redirect listen-port 2443
redirect refuse-negotiation 2444
redirect return-deal from-telnet 2445
redirect return-deal from-terminal 2446
redirect timeout 2447
reflect between-clients 2448
reflector cluster-id 2449
refresh bgp 2450
register-enable 2451
register lifetime 2452
register-number 2453
register-policy 2454
register retransmit 2455
register-value 2456
registrar 2459
remark atmclp 2460
remark dot1p 2461
remark dsc 2462
remark fr-de 2464
remark ip-precedence 2465
remark mpls-exp 2466
remote-address 2467
CONTENTS 49
remote address 2468
remote-ip 2469
remote-name 2470
remotehelp 2471
remove 2472
remove slot 2473
rename 2474
rename 2475
rename 2476
renew 2477
reset 2478
reset acl counter 2479
reset alarm urgent 2480
reset l2tp session 2481
reset l2tp tunnel 2482
reset l2tp user 2483
reset arp 2484
reset atm 2485
reset bgp 2486
reset bgp flap-info 2487
reset bgp group 2488
reset bridge address-table 2489
reset bridge traffic 2490
reset clns statistics 2491
reset counters controller e1 2492
reset counters controller t1 2493
reset counters encrypt 2494
reset counters interface 2495
reset counters interface 2496
reset dampening 2497
reset dhcp ip-in-use 2498
reset dhcp relay statistics 2499
reset dhcp server conflict 2500
reset dhcp server statistics 2501
reset dlsw bridge-entry 2502
reset dlsw circuits 2503
reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit 2504
reset dlsw ethernet-backup map 2505
reset dlsw reachable-cache 2506
reset dlsw tcp 2507
reset dns dynamic-host 2508
reset dvpn all 2509
reset dvpn map 2510
reset dvpn session 2511
reset dvpn statistics 2512
reset encrypt-card sa 2513
reset encrypt-card statistics 2514
reset encrypt-card syslog 2515
reset esis statistics 2516
50 CONTENTS
reset fcm 2517
reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter 2518
reset firewall-statistics 2519
reset fr inarp 2520
reset hwatacs statistics 2521
reset igmp group 2522
reset ike sa 2523
reset ip count 2524
reset ip fast-forwarding cache 2525
reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 2526
reset ip netstream statistics 2527
reset ip routing-table 2528
reset ip statistics 2529
reset ipsec sa 2530
reset ipsec statistics 2532
reset ipx routing-table statistics 2533
reset ipx statistics 2535
reset isis all 2536
reset isis peer 2537
reset lapb 2538
reset loadsharing 2539
reset logbuffer 2540
reset mobile-ip binding 2541
reset mobile-ip mobile-router 2542
reset mobile-ip node-statistics 2543
reset mobile-ip statistics 2544
reset mobile-ip visitor 2545
reset mpls cell-transfer interface 2546
reset mpls statistics 2547
reset msdp peer 2548
reset msdp sa-cache 2549
reset msdp statistics 2550
reset multicast forwarding-table 2551
reset multicast routing-table 2553
reset nat 2554
reset ospf 2555
reset pim neighbor 2556
reset pim routing-table 2557
reset portal 2559
reset pos 2560
reset ppp compression iphc 2561
reset ppp compression stac-lzs 2562
reset pppoe-client 2563
reset pppoe-server 2564
reset radius statistics 2565
reset recycle-bin 2566
reset saved-configuration 2567
reset stop-accounting-buffer 2568
reset stop-accounting-buffer 2570
reset stp statistics 2571
CONTENTS 51
reset tcp statistics 2572
reset trapbuffer 2573
reset udp statistics 2574
reset vlan statistics vid 2575
reset voice call-history-record line 2576
reset voice em 2577
reset voice fax 2578
reset voice fax trans-statistics 2579
reset voice ipp 2580
reset voice r2 2581
reset voice rcv 2582
reset voice sip 2583
reset voice vcc 2584
reset voice voip data-statistics 2585
reset voice vpp 2586
reset web java-blocking counter 2587
reset web log-buf 2588
reset web url-filter host counter 2589
reset web url-filter parameter counter 2590
reset x25 2591
reset xot 2592
restart 2593
retry 2594
retry 2595
retry realtime-accounting 2596
retry stop-accounting 2597
retry stop-accounting 2598
return 2599
reverse 2600
reverse-rts 2601
reverse-tunnel 2602
ring-generate 2603
rip 2604
rip authentication-mode 2605
rip input 2607
rip metricin 2608
rip metricout 2609
rip output 2610
rip split-horizon 2611
rip triggered 2612
rip version 2613
rip work 2614
rlogin 2615
rmdir 2616
rmdir 2617
rmdir 2618
rmon alarm 2619
rmon event 2620
rmon history 2621
52 CONTENTS
rmon prialarm 2622
rmon statistics 2624
root-certificate fingerprint 2625
route-distinguisher 2626
route-policy 2627
route-policy 2629
route-tag 2631
routed-bridge protocol 2633
router id 2634
routing-table limit 2635
rsa local-key-pair create 2636
rsa local-key-pair destroy 2638
rsa peer-public-key 2639
rsh 2640
rtpq 2642
rule 2643
rule 2648
sa authentication-hex 2651
sa duration 2653
sa duration 2654
sa encryption-hex 2656
sa spi 2658
sa string-key 2660
save 2662
schedule reboot at 2663
schedule reboot delay 2665
scheme 2666
scramble 2668
scramble 2669
scramble 2670
scramble 2671
screen-length 2672
screen-width 2673
script-string 2674
script trigger connect 2677
script trigger dial 2678
script trigger init 2679
script trigger login 2680
script trigger logout 2681
sdlc controller 2682
sdlc mac-map local 2683
sdlc mac-map remote 2684
sdlc max-pdu 2685
sdlc max-send-queue 2686
sdlc max-transmission 2687
sdlc modulo 2688
sdlc sap-map local 2689
sdlc sap-map remote 2690
sdlc simultaneous 2691
sdlc status 2692
CONTENTS 53
sdlc timer ack 2693
sdlc timer lifetime 2694
sdlc timer poll 2695
sdlc window 2696
sdlc xid 2697
secondary accounting 2698
secondary accounting 2699
secondary authentication 2700
secondary authorization 2702
security acl 2703
security-policy-server 2705
seizure-ack 2706
select-mode 2707
select-rule search-stop 2709
select-rule type-first 2710
select-rule rule-order 2712
select-stop 2714
send 2715
send-busytone 2716
send-number (in Voice Entity View) 2717
send-number (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 2718
send-ring 2719
send-trap 2720
sendat 2721
sendloopcode 2722
sendpacket passroute 2724
sendring 2725
seq-number 2726
server type 2727
service cbr 2728
service data 2730
service modem-callback 2731
service type 2732
service-type ftp 2733
service-type ppp 2734
service ubr 2735
service vbr-nrt 2737
service vbr-rt 2739
session algorithm-suite 2741
session idle-time 2742
session idle-timeout 2743
session keepalive-interval 2744
session setup-interval 2745
set authentication password 2746
set-overload 2748
sftp 2749
sftp server enable 2751
sftp source-interface 2752
54 CONTENTS
sftp source-ip 2753
sham-link 2754
shdsl mode 2756
shdsl psd 2757
shdsl rate 2758
shdsl snr-margin 2759
shdsl wire 2760
shell 2761
shell priority high 2762
shutdown 2763
shutdown 2764
shutdown 2765
shutdown 2766
shutdown 2767
shutdown (in Voice Entity View) 2768
shutdown (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 2769
signal-value 2770
silence-th-span 2771
silent-interface 2772
silent interface 2773
simultaneous-bindings 2774
sip 2775
sip-call 2776
sip-comp 2777
sip-comp 2778
sip-comp agent 2779
sip-domain 2780
sip-id 2781
sip-server 2782
selectlanguage 2783
slic-gain 2784
snmp-agent 2785
snmp-agent community 2786
snmp-agent group 2787
snmp-agent local-engineid 2789
snmp-agent mib-view 2790
snmp-agent packet max-size 2791
snmp-agent sys-info 2792
snmp-agent target-host 2793
snmp-agent trap enable 2795
snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card 2797
snmp-agent trap enable ldp 2798
snmp-agent trap enable lsp 2799
snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip 2800
snmp-agent trap enable ospf 2801
snmp-agent trap life 2803
snmp-agent trap queue-size 2804
snmp-agent trap source 2805
snmp-agent usm-user 2806
sot counter keepalive 2808
CONTENTS 55
sot gather 2809
sot group-set 2810
sot peer 2811
sot sdlc broadcast 2812
sot sdlc controller 2813
sot sdlc-status primary 2814
sot sdlc-status secondary 2815
sot send address 2816
sot send all tcp 2817
sot timer keepalive 2818
source 2819
source-interface 2821
source-ip 2822
source-ip 2823
source-policy 2824
source-port 2825
special-character 2826
special-service 2827
speed 2828
speed 2829
speed 2830
spf-delay-interval 2831
spf-schedule-interval 2832
spf-slice-size 2833
spt-switch-threshold 2834
ssh authentication-type default 2835
ssh client assign rsa-key 2836
ssh client first-time enable 2837
ssh server authentication-retries 2838
ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable 2839
ssh server rekey-interval 2840
ssh-server source-interface 2841
ssh-server source-ip 2842
ssh server timeout 2843
ssh user 2844
ssh user assign 2845
ssh user authentication-type 2846
ssh user service-type 2848
ssh2 2849
ssh2 source-interface 2851
ssh2 source-ip 2852
standby bandwidth 2853
standby detect-group 2854
standby interface 2855
standby routing-group 2856
standby routing-rule 2857
standby threshold 2858
standby timer delay 2859
standby timer flow-check 2860
56 CONTENTS
standby timer routing-disable 2861
start l2tp 2862
start l2tp tunnel 2864
start script 2865
startup saved-configuration 2866
state 2868
state 2869
state 2870
static-bind ip-address 2872
static-bind { mac address | client identifier } 2873
static-lsp egress 2874
static-lsp egress l2vpn 2875
static-lsp ingress 2876
static-lsp ingress l2vpn 2877
static-lsp transit 2878
static-lsp transit l2vpn 2879
static-rp 2880
static-rpf-peer 2882
statistics {interval interval | max-group number } 2883
statistics keep-time 2884
stop-accounting-buffer enable 2885
stopbits 2886
stub 2887
subscriber-line 2888
subscriber-line 2890
substitute 2891
substitute incoming-call 2893
substitute outgoing-call 2895
summary 2897
summary 2898
summary 2899
super 2900
super authentication mode 2902
super password 2903
sync-clock enable 2904
sync-clock interval 2905
synchronize arp 2906
sysname 2907
system-view 2908
t1 bert 2909
t1 channel-set 2911
t1 channel set 2912
t1 sendloopcode 2913
t1 set clock 2915
t1 set clock 2916
t1 set fdl 2917
t1 set frame-format 2918
t1 set frame-format 2919
t1 set loopback 2920
t1 set loopback 2921
CONTENTS 57
t1 show 2922
t1 shutdown 2924
t1 shutdown 2925
t1 unframed 2926
t1 unframed 2927
tcp mss 2928
tcp timer fin-timeout 2929
tcp timer syn-timeout 2930
tcp window 2931
telnet 2932
telnet-server source-interface 2933
telnet-server source-ip 2934
telnet source-interface 2935
telnet source-ip 2936
terminal debugging 2937
terminal logging 2938
terminal monitor 2939
terminal trapping 2940
terminal type 2941
terminator 2942
test-enable 2943
test-failtimes 2944
test-time begin 2945
test-type 2946
tftp 2947
tftp host source-interface 2948
tftp host source-ip 2949
tftp hostname vpn-instance 2950
tftp-server acl 2952
tftp-server directory 2953
tftp-server enable 2954
tftp-server max-users 2955
tftp-server retry-times 2956
tftp-server timeout 2957
tftp-server update 2958
tftp source-interface 2959
tftp source-ip 2960
time-out 2961
time-range 2962
timeout 2964
timer (Digital E&M) 2965
timer configuration 2966
timer-dial-interval 2967
timer dl (R2) 2968
timer dtmf (R2) 2970
timer first-dial 2971
timer hold 2972
timer hold 2973
timer hold 2974
58 CONTENTS
timer holding 2975
timer keep-alive hold 2976
timer loop 2977
timer lsp-max-age 2978
timer-lsp-refresh 2979
timer quiet 2980
timer quiet 2981
timer realtime-accounting 2982
timer realtime-accounting 2983
timer register-complete (R2) 2984
timer register-pulse (R2) 2985
timer response-timeout 2986
timer response-timeout 2987
timer retry 2988
timer ring (R2) 2989
timer ring-back 2990
timer spf 2991
timer wait 2992
timer wait-digit 2993
timers 2994
timeslot-set 2995
timestamp 2997
tos 2998
trace interval 2999
tracert 3000
tracert clns 3002
traffic behavior 3004
traffic classifier 3005
traffic-policy 3006
traffic-shaping adaptation 3007
traffic-share-across-interface 3008
transform 3009
translate ip 3011
translate x25 3012
transmit gain 3013
transmit-priority 3014
trunk-direction 3015
trunk-id 3017
ts 3018
ttl 3020
ttl expiration 3021
ttl propagate 3022
tunnel authentication 3023
tunnel avp-hidden 3024
tunnel flow-control 3025
tunnel local 3026
tunnel keepstanding 3027
tunnel name 3028
tunnel-on 3029
tunnel password 3030
CONTENTS 59
tunnel-protocol dvpn 3031
tunnel-protocol gre 3032
tunnel remote 3033
tunnel timer hello 3034
type 3035
type-number 3036
udp-helper enable 3037
udp-helper port 3038
udp-helper server 3039
undelete 3040
undo schedule reboot 3041
undo synchronization 3042
upgrade 3043
upgrade 3044
upgrade flash 3045
use encrypt-card 3046
user 3047
user 3048
user-interface 3049
user-name-format 3050
user-name-format 3051
user privilege 3052
username 3053
using (CE1/PRI Interface) 3054
using (CE3 Interface) 3055
using (CT3 Interface) 3056
vad-on 3057
validate source address 3058
verbose 3059
vfs check check-method discard 3060
vfs check check-method discard auto 3061
vfs check check-method fix 3062
vfs check file-system 3063
vi-card busy-tone-detect 3064
vi-card cptone-custom 3066
vi-card custom-toneparam 3068
vi-card reboot 3070
virtualbaudrate 3071
vlan-type dot1q vid 3072
vlink-peer 3073
vofr 3075
vofr frf11-timer 3077
vofr jitter-buffer 3078
voice bandwidth 3079
voice-config 3080
voice-setup 3082
voip call-start 3083
voip calledtunnel 3084
voip h323-conf tcs-t38 3085
60 CONTENTS
voip h323-descriptor 3086
voip timer 3087
vpinstance 3088
vpn-instance-capability simple 3089
vpn-target 3090
vqa data-statistic 3092
vqa dscp 3093
vqa dsp-monitor 3095
vqa jitter-buffer 3096
vqa performance 3097
vrbd 3098
vrrp authentication-mode 3099
vrrp ping-enable 3100
vrrp un-check ttl 3101
vrrp vrid preempt-mode 3102
vrrp vrid priority 3103
vrrp vrid timer advertise 3104
vrrp vrid track 3105
vrrp vrid track detect-group 3106
vrrp vrid virtual-ip 3107
web java-blocking acl-number 3108
web java-blocking enable 3109
web java-blocking extension add 3110
web java-blocking extension add-default 3111
web java-blocking extension delete 3112
web java-blocking extension delete-all 3113
web java-blocking extension load-file 3114
web java-blocking extension save-file 3115
web log enable 3116
web log timer 3117
web url-filter host acl-number 3118
web url-filter host add 3119
web url-filter host default 3121
web url-filter host delete 3122
web url-filter host delete-all 3123
web url-filter host enable 3124
web url-filter host ip-address 3125
web url-filter host load-file 3126
web url-filter host save-file 3127
web url-filter parameter add 3128
web url-filter parameter add-default 3129
web url-filter parameter delete 3130
web url-filter parameter delete-all 3131
web url-filter parameter enable 3132
web url-filter parameter load-file 3133
web url-filter parameter save-file 3134
wfq 3135
wildcard-register enable 3136
wred 3137
wred dscp 3138
CONTENTS 61
wred ip-precedence 3140
wred weighting-constant 3141
x25 alias-policy 3142
x25 call-facility 3144
x25 cug-service 3146
x25 default-protocol 3148
x25 hunt-group 3150
x25 ignore called-address 3151
x25 ignore calling-address 3152
x25 local-cug 3153
x25 map 3154
x25 map bridge 3157
x25 map clns 3158
x25 modulo 3160
x25 packet-size 3161
x25 pvc 3163
x25 pvc 3165
x25 qllc-switch 3167
x25 queue-length 3168
x25 receive-threshold 3169
x25 response called-address 3170
x25 response calling-address 3171
x25 reverse-charge-accept 3172
x25 roa-list 3173
x25 switch pvc 3174
x25 switch svc hunt-group 3176
x25 switch svc interface 3178
x25 switch svc xot 3180
x25 switching 3182
x25 template 3183
x25 timer hold 3184
x25 timer idle 3185
x25 timer tx0 3186
x25 timer tx1 3187
x25 timer tx2 3188
x25 timer tx3 3189
x25 vc-per-map 3190
x25 vc-range 3191
x25 window-size 3192
x25 x121-address 3194
x25 xot pvc 3195
x29 timer idleclear 3197
x29 timer inviteclear-time 3198
xmodem get 3199
62 CONTENTS
COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
Command Reference
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family l2tp-auto-client enable 65
Command Reference
l2tp-auto-client enable
Purpose Use the l2tp-auto-client enable command to enable the LAC client to set up
L2TP tunnel.
Use the undo l2tp-auto-client enable command to disable the LAC client to
set up L2TP tunnel.
Syntax l2tp-auto-client enable
undo l2tp-auto-client enable
Parameters None
Example Enter virtual template interface view.
[3Com] interface virtual-template 1
Enable the LAC client to set up L2TP tunnel.
[3Com-Virtual-Template1] l2tp-auto-client enable
View This command can be used in the following views:
Virtual Template Interface view
66 l2tp enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
l2tp enable
Purpose Use the l2tp enable command to enable the L2TP function.
Use the undo l2tp enable command to disable the L2TP function.
Syntax l2tp enable
undo l2tp enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the L2TP function is disabled.
Example Enable the L2TP function on the router.
[ 3Com] l 2t p enabl e
System view
Description This command and its undo form are used to enable and disable the L2TP function.
Only when this function is enabled, can the L2TP service be implemented.
Related Command: l2tp-group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family l2tp-group 67
Command Reference
l2tp-group
Purpose Use the l2tp-group command to create an L2TP group.
Use the undo l2tp-group command to delete the L2TP group.
Syntax l2tp-group group-number
undo l2tp-group group-number
Parameters group-number Number of L2TP group. Valid values are any integer
from 1 to 1000.
Default By default, no L2TP group is created.
Example Create L2TP group 2 and enter L2TP group 2 view.
[3Com] l2tp-group 2
[ 3Com- l 2t p2]
System view
Description Deleting an L2TP group using the undo l2tp-group command will also delete its
all configuration information. (L2TP group 1 can be the default L2TP group).
Related Commands: allow l2tp
start l2tp
68 l2tpmoreexam enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
l2tpmoreexam enable
Purpose Use the l2tpmoreexam enable command to enable the multi-instance function
of L2TP.
Use the undo l2tpmoreexam enable command to disable the function.
Syntax l2tpmoreexam enable
undo l2tpmoreexam enable
Parameters None
Default By default, L2TP multi-instance function is disabled.
Example Enable the multi-instance function at the LNS side.
[3Com] l2tpmoreexam enable
System view
Description This command serves the LNS side of L2TP.
Only after the multi-instance function is enabled, can the service be deployed.
Related Command l2tp enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family l2vpn-family 69
Command Reference
l2vpn-family
Purpose Use the l2vpn-family command to create or enter an L2VPN address family view.
Use the undo l2vpn-family command to delete an L2VPN address family view.
Syntax l2vpn-family
undo l2vpn-family
Parameters None
Default By default, it is BGP unicast view.
Example Create an L2VPN address family view.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp] l 2vpn- f ami l y
[ 3Com- bgp- af - l 2vpn]
BGP view
Description Execute the undo l2vpn-family command to exit multicast extended address
family view. Delete the entire configuration in this address family and return to BGP
unicast view.
70 aaa-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
aaa-client
Purpose Use the aaa-client command to enter Voice AAA view.
Use the quit command to exit this view.
Syntax aaa-client
Parameters None
Example Enter Voice AAA view.
[ Rout er ] voi ce- set up
[ Rout er - voi ce] aaacl i ent
[ Rout er - voi ce- aaa]
Voice view
Related Commands accounting
authentication-did
clienttype
local-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family abr-summary 71
Command Reference
abr-summary
Purpose Use the abr-summary command to configure the route aggregation on the area
border router (ABR).
Use the undo abr-summary command to cancel the function of route aggregation
on the area border router.
Syntax abr-summary ip-address mask [ advertise | not-advertise ]
undo abr-summary ip-address mask
Parameters ip-address
Network segment address.
mask
Network mask.
Advertise
Advertises only the summarized route.
Notadvertise
Suppresses the advertisement of the routes in the
matched range.
Default By default, the area border router doesnt aggregate routes.
Example Aggregate the routes in the two network segments, 36.42.10.0 and 36.42.110.0, of
OSPF area 1 into one route 36.42.0.0 and transmit it to other areas.
[3Com -ospf-1] area 1
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 36.42.10.0 0.0.0.255
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] abr-summary 36.42.0.0 255.255.0.0
OSPF Area view
Description This command is applicable only to the ABR and is used for the route aggregation in
an area. The ABR only transmits an aggregated route to other areas. Route
aggregation refers to that the routing information is processed in the ABR and for
each network segment configured with route aggregation, there is only one route
transmitted to other areas. An area can configure multiple aggregation network
segments. Thus OSPF can aggregate various network segments together.
72 access-limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
access-limit
Purpose Use the access-limit command to configure a limit to the amount of supplicants
in the current ISP domain.
Use the undo access-limit command to restore the limit to the default setting.
Syntax access-limit { di sabl e | enabl e max-user-number }
undo access-limit
Parameters disable No limit to the supplicant number in the current ISP
domain.
enable max-user-number
Specifies the maximum supplicant number in the
current ISP domain. Valid values are 1 to 1048.
Default By default, there is no limit to the amount of supplicants in the current ISP domain.
Example Set a limit of 500 supplicants for the ISP domain 3Com163.net.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ] access- l i mi t enabl e 500
ISP Domain view
Description This command limits the amount of supplicants contained in the current ISP domain.
The supplicants may compete for the network resources. So setting a suitable limit to
the amount will guarantee the reliable performance to the existing supplicants.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family acl-reflect timeout 73
Command Reference
acl-reflect timeout
Purpose Use the acl-reflect timeout command to set the global aging time of reflexive
ACLs.
Use the undo acl-reflect timeout command to restore the global aging time
of reflexive ACLs to the default value.
Syntax acl-reflect timeout time
undo acl-reflect timeout
Parameters time
Aging time (in seconds). Valid values are 60 to
2147483.
Default By default, the global aging time of reflexive ACLs is 300 seconds.
Example Set the global aging time of reflexive ACLs to 301 seconds.
[3Com] acl-reflect timeout 301
System view
74 acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
acl
Purpose Use the acl command to create an access control list and enter ACL view.
Use the undo acl command to delete an access control list.
Syntax acl number acl-number [ mat ch- or der { conf i g | aut o } ]
undo acl { number acl-number | al l }
Parameters number
Defines a numbered access control list (ACL).
acl-number
ACL number. Valid values are 1000 to 1999 for
interface-based ACLs, 2000 to 2999 for basic ACLs,
3000 to 3999 for advanced ACLs, and 4000 to 4999
for MAC-based ACLs.
match-order Indicates the order in which rules are configured.
config Indicates to match the rule according to configuration
order that the user configured them.
auto
Indicates to match the rule in automatic order (in
accordance with "Depth first" principle.)
all
Deletes all ACLs.
Example Create an ACL numbered 2000.
[ 3Com] acl number 2000
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2000] pur pose_body
System View
Description An access control list consists of a list of rules that are described by a series of permit
or deny sub-sentences. Several rule lists form an ACL. Before configuring the rules for
an access control list, you should create the access control list first.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family acl 75
Command Reference
acl
Purpose Use the acl command to reference an ACL to control call-in and call-out of VTY
(Telnet and SSH) users.
Use the undo acl command to remove the ACL.
Syntax acl acl-number { inbound | outbound }
undo acl { inbound | outbound }
Parameters acl-number
Address access control list number. Valid values are
2000 to 3999.
inbound
Controls call-in.
outbound
Controls call-out.
Default By default, call-in and call-out of VTY users are not restricted.
Example Remove the restriction on outgoing Telnet calls.
[3Com-ui-vty0] undo acl outbound
User Interface view
76 accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
accounting
Purpose Use the accounting command to configure an accounting scheme for the current
ISP domain.
Use the undo accounting command to remove the accounting scheme used by
the ISP domain.
Syntax accounting { hwt acacs- scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | r adi us- scheme
radius-scheme-name | none }
undo accounting
Parameters hwtacacs-scheme
radius-scheme-name Specifies the TACACS+ scheme for accounting.
radius-scheme
hwtacacs-scheme-name
Specifies the RADIUS scheme for accounting.
none
Specifies not to perform accounting.
Default By default, no separate accounting scheme is available.
Example Specify ISP domain h3c163.net to use RADIUS scheme radius for accounting.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c163. net ] account i ng r adi us- scheme r adi us
Specify ISP domain h3c to use TACACS+ scheme hwtac for accounting.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c] account i ng hwt acacs- scheme hwt ac
ISP Domain view
Description Note that the RADIUS or TACACS+ accounting scheme you configure by using the
accounting command must exist already.
If you configure the accounting command in ISP domain view, the system uses the
scheme specified in the command for accounting. Otherwise, the system uses the
scheme specified by using the scheme command.
Related Commands scheme
radius scheme
hwatacacs scheme
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family accounting 77
Command Reference
accounting
Purpose Use the accounting command to set the IP address, port number and shared key
for the primary and secondary RADIUS accounting servers.
Use the undo accounting command to restore them to default value.
Syntax accounting { primary | secondary } ip ip-address [ port port-number ] [
key { simple | cipher } key-string ]
undo accounting { primary | secondary }
Server IP address, in dotted decimal format. It must be
a legal unicast IP address.
port-number UDP port number. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
simple Indicates the key is displayed in plain text.
cipher Indicates the key is displayed in cipher text.
key-string Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must
be in plain text. In the cipher mode, the key-string
can be in either plain or cipher text. The plain key is a
character string containing 1 to 96 characters, such as
3Com918. By default, the key is 3Com in plain text.
Default By default, for the RADIUS scheme system created by the system, the IP address and
UDP port number of primary accounting server are 127.0.0.1 and 1646, and the IP
address and UDP port number of secondary accounting server are 0.0.0.0 and 1813.
For the newly created RADIUS scheme, the IP addresses and UDP port numbers of
both primary and secondary accounting servers are 0.0.0.0 and 1813. The default
shared key of all primary and secondary accounting servers of the RADIUS scheme is
3Com.
Example Configure the IP address to 10.110.1.2, UDP port number to 1813, and shared key to
sharekey for the primary and secondary accounting servers of the RADIUS scheme.
[3Com-radius-3Com] accounting primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 1813 key
sharekey
RADIUS Scheme view
Command Reference
accounting
for the primary and secondary RADIUS accounting servers.
Use the undo accounting command to restore them to default value.
port-number
UDP port number. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
simple Specifies to display the shared key in plain text.
cipher Specifies to display the shared key in cipher text.
key-string Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must be
in plain text. In the cipher mode, the key-string can be
in either plain or cipher text. The plain key is a
character string containing 1 to 96 characters, like
Default By default, for the RADIUS scheme named system created by the system, the IP
address and UDP port number of the primary accounting server are 127.0.0.1 and
1646, respectively, and the IP address and UDP port number of the secondary
accounting server are 0.0.0.0 and 1813, respectively. For a newly created RADIUS
scheme, the IP addresses and UDP port numbers of both the primary and secondary
accounting servers are 0.0.0.0 and 1813, respectively. The default shared key of both
the primary and secondary accounting servers of a RADIUS scheme is 3Com.
Example Set the IP address of the primary accounting server of the RADIUS scheme 3Com to
10.110.1.2, set its UDP port number to 1813, and set its shared key to sharekey.
[3Com-radius-3Com] accounting primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 1813 key
sharekey
RADIUS Scheme view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family accounting 79
Command Reference
accounting
for the primary and secondary TACACS+ accounting servers.
Use the undo accounting command to delete the configured accounting servers.
If no value is specified, the default is 49.
simple
Specifies to display the shared key in plain text.
cipher
Specifies to display the shared key in cipher text.
key-string
Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must be
3Com918.
Default By default, the IP address of TACACS+ accounting server is 0.0.0.0., without any key.
sharekey for the primary and secondary accounting servers of the TACACS+ scheme
3Com.
[3Com-hwtacacs-3Com] accounting primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 49 key
sharekey
TACACS+ view
Description The primary and secondary accounting servers cannot use the same IP address.
Otherwise, the system will prompt unsuccessful configuration.
If you execute this command repeatedly, the new settings will replace the old settings.
You can remove a server that cannot be removed otherwise, only when it is not used
by any active TCP connection for sending accounting packets.
Command Reference
The TACACS+ client (the router) and TACACS+ server use the MD5 algorithm to
encrypt the exchanged packets between them. The two ends verify the packets using
a shared key. Only when the same key is used can they properly receive the packets
and make responses. Thus, the shared key on the router must be the same with that
on the TACACS+ server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family accounting commands 81
Command Reference
accounting commands
Purpose Use the accounting commands command to enable the system to start
per-command accounting for terminal users logged into the user interface.
Use the undo accounting commands command to stop per-command
accounting for terminal users.
Syntax accounting commands scheme
undo accounting commands scheme
Parameters scheme
Implements per-command accounting using the
scheme specified by the scheme command, which can
only be the terminal access controller access control
system (TACACS) scheme currently.
Default By default, per-command accounting is not configured.
Example Perform per-command accounting on the VTY 0 user interface.
[3Com] user-interface vty 0
[3Com-ui-vty0] accounting commands scheme
User Interface view
Description At present, per-command accounting for terminal users is available with the
TACACS+ protocol only.
After this function is enabled on a user interface, a command statistics packet is sent
to a TACACS accounting server for statistics and accounting each time a login
terminal user executes a command.
When the TACACS accounting server becomes unavailable, the terminal user can
execute commands normally but with per-command accounting stopped. The system,
however, does not record or inform the terminal user of this event.
82 accounting domain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
accounting domain
Purpose Use the accounting domain command to enable DHCP server accounting for
addresses from the global DHCP address pools and configure a domain for DHCP
accounting.
Use the undo accounting domain command to disable DHCP accounting for
addresses from the DHCP address pools.
Syntax accounting domain domain-name
undo accounting domain
Parameters domain-name
Domain for DHCP accounting. For this domain, a
RADIUS scheme must be configured.
Default By default, DHCP accounting is not enabled.
Example Enable DHCP accounting for addresses from a DHCP address pool.
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - pool 1] account i ng domai n h3c
DHCP Address Pool view
Description When DHCP accounting is enabled, the DHCP server sends accounting packets to the
RADIUS accounting server in the specific domain when issuing and releasing leases.
The RADIUS server then records information about use of IP addresses, but does not
really perform accounting.
After configuring a DHCP server to use the RADIUS server in the specified domain for
accounting, you must associate RADIUS with the domain name. Otherwise, your
configuration does not take effect.
Without being configured with the accounting domain command, a DHCP server
does not send any accounting request to any RADIUS server when allocating a lease.
When configured with the accounting domain command, a DHCP server sends
an accounting start request to the RADIUS server whenever allocating a new lease; it
does not send any accounting start request to the RADIUS server for any existing
lease. When receiving a lease renewal request, the DHCP server sends an accounting
start request to the RADIUS server again.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family accounting domain 83
Command Reference
When configured with the undo accounting domain command, a DHCP server
does not send any accounting stop request to the RADIUS server when releasing an
existing lease. If you modify the RADIUS domain, the DHCP server will send
accounting start and stop requests to the new RADIUS server for subsequent lease
allocation and releasing events.
84 accounting-on 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
accounting-on
Purpose Use the accounting-on enable command to enable the user re-authentication
at reboot function.
Use the undo accounting-on enable command to disable the user
re-authentication at reboot function.
Use the undo accounting-on send command to restore the default maximum
times for sending Accounting-On packets.
Use the undo accounting-on interval command to restore the default
interval for sending Accounting-On packets.
Syntax accounting-on enable [ send times ] [ i nt er val interval ]
undo accounting-on { enabl e | send | i nt er val }
Parameters times
Maximum times for sending Accounting-On packets.
Valid values are 1 to 256.
interval
Interval for sending Accounting-On packets. Valid
values are 1 to 30 seconds.
If no value is specified, the default is 3 seconds.
Default By default, the user re-authentication at reboot function is not enabled.
Example Enable the user re-authentication at reboot function for a RADIUS scheme named
CAMS.
<3Com> syst emvi ew
[ 3Com] r adi us scheme CAMS
[ 3Com- r adi us- CAMS] account i ng- on enabl e
RADIUS view
Description The user re-authentication at reboot function can resolve the problem that exclusive
users originally online cannot log into the router again after the router reboots. With
this function enabled, the following occur whenever the router reboots:
The router generates an Accounting-On packet, which includes information such
as the NAS-ID, NAS-IP (source IP), and session ID of the user.
The router sends the Accounting-On packet to the CAMS server at a specified
interval.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family accounting-on 85
Command Reference
When receiving an Accounting-On packet, the CAMS server sends a response
packet to the router, locates and deletes information about the original online
users according to information about NAS-ID, NAS-IP, and session ID in the
Accounting-On packet, and ends the accounting based on the last accounting
update packet.
When receiving the response packet from the CAMS server, the router stops
sending Accounting-On packets.
If the router has sent the specified maximum number of Accounting-On packets
without receiving any response packet from the CAMS server, the router stops
sending Accounting-On packets.
The primary attributes of an Accounting-On packet (that is, the NAS-ID, NAS-IP,
and session ID) are often generated by the router automatically, where the NAS-IP
attribute is the IP address for the outbound interface of the packet by default. You
can also configure the NAS-IP attribute manually by using the nas-ip command, in
which case you must be sure to specify a correct and valid IP address.
These commands take effect only when used together with a CAMS server.
Related Command nas-ip
86 accounting optional 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
accounting optional
Purpose Use the accounting optional command to enable optional accounting.
Use the undo accounting optional command to disable it.
Syntax accounting optional
undo accounting optional
Parameters None
Default By default, optional accounting is disabled.
Example Enable optional accounting for users in the domain 3Com163.net.
[ 3Com] domai n 3Com163. net
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ] account i ng opt i onal
ISP Domain view
RADIUS view
Description After the accounting optional command is configured, a user that will be
disconnected otherwise can use the network resources even when there is no
available accounting server or the communication with the current accounting server
fails. This command is normally used for the authentication without accounting.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family activate 87
Command Reference
activate
Purpose Use the activate command to activate the ADSL interface.
Use the undo activate command to deactivate the ADSL interface.
Syntax activate
undo activate
Parameters None
Default By default, the ADSL interface is active.
Example Deactivate the ADSL interface.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] undo activate
ATM (ADSL) Interface view
Description Before an ADSL interface can operate services, you must activate it. ACTIVATE in
this particular context refers to the training conducted between the ADSL central
office and the remote ATU-R. The activation procedure is specified in compliance with
the ADSL standard, channel mode, uplink and downlink speeds, and the noise
tolerance specified in the line configuration template. It will test the line distance and
state, make the central office and the remote device make negotiation, and confirm
whether the normal operation is allowed in the above conditions. If the training
succeeds, the central office and the remote device can set up a communication
connection for transporting services between them. This process is also called
interface activation. This connection will disappear upon the deactivation of the ADSL
interface. To transport new services, you must re-activate the interface.
This command is used to activate/deactivate an ADSL line manually for the purpose of
testing and troubleshooting.
The commands activate/undo activate and shutdown/undo shutdown
are different in the sense that the former can only take effect on ADSL lines.
You should note that ADSL is always on line, which is different from DCC. Therefore,
after the device is booted, the ADSL interface will automatically enable the activation
task and enter the active state. It will stay active so long as the line is in good
condition. The router tests the line performance at a regular interval and will
automatically deactivate the line and make a new training and re-activation once it
finds out that the line performance has been deteriorated.
88 activate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
activate
Purpose Use the activate command to enable the G.SHDSL interface.
Use the undo activate command to disable the G.SHDSL interface.
Syntax activate
undo activate
Parameters None
Default By default, the G.SHDSL interface is active.
Example Deactivate the G.SHDSL interface.
[3Com -Atm3/0/0] undo activatepurpose_body
ATM (G.SHDSL) Interface view
Description A G.SHDSL interface must be activated before it can transmit services. Activation
refers to the training between the G.SHDSL office end and the STU-C end, based on
preset items such as SHDSL standard, channel mode, upstream and downstream rates
and SNR margin in link template. The training process detects line distance and
performance, negotiates between two ends and determines if the interface can run
normally under such condition. If the training succeeds, a communication link is set
up between two ends and the interface is activated, on which services can be
transferred. Upon deactivation of the interface, the office end and the remote device
is disconnected. To transmit services over the interface again, you must activate it.
The commands are mainly used in link testing and fault diagnosis.
The activate/undo activate command differs from the shutdown/undo
shutdown command in that it only functions on the G.SHDSL interface.
Since a G.SHDSL interface is always on, it enters the active state automatically and
remain in this state as long as the link is in good condition. The router supports timed
loop detection, so the G.SHDSL interface will be activated again when the link
performance is deteriorated.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family activation-key 89
Command Reference
activation-key
Purpose Use the activation-key command to define a shortcut key or key combination
for starting a terminal session.
Use the undo activation-key command to remove the shortcut key or key
combination used to start terminal sessions.
Syntax activation-key character
undo activation-key
Parameters character
Shortcut key or key combination for starting terminal
sessions, consisting of a string from 1 to 3 characters
or their corresponding ASCII code values in the range 0
to 127.
Example Use character s as the shortcut key for starting terminal sessions.
[3Com] user-interface console 0
[3Com-ui-console0] activation-key s
To verify the configuration, do the following:
Exit the terminal session on the console port, and enter <s> at the prompt of Please
press ENTER.
*********************************************************************
* All rights reserved (1997-2005) *
* Without the owner's prior written consent, *
*no decompiling or reverse-engineering shall be allowed. *
*********************************************************************
User interface con0 is available.
Please press ENTER.
<3Com>
%Mar 2 18:40:27:981 2005 3Com SHELL/5/LOGIN: Console login from con0el
If the prompt for user view, <3Com> for example, appears after you
press <s>, the configuration is valid.
User Interface view
90 address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
address
Purpose Use the address command to configure the voice routing policy to the peer voice
gateway.
Use the undo address command to cancel the voice routing policy that has been
configured.
Syntax address { i p ip-address | r as }
undo address { i p | r as }
Parameters ip ip-address
Indicates a VoIP dial entity session destination, that is,
the called IP address.
ras
Router uses RAS recommendation to interact
information with GK Server to map the called phone
number to the IP address of peer voice gateway. It is
used only in the networking configuration that uses
GK (gatekeeper) to provide voice IP services.
Default By default, no routing policy is configured.
Example Configure the destination IP address corresponding to the called 12345 as 10.1.1.2.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] mat ch- t empl at e 12345
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] addr ess i p 10. 1. 1. 2
Voice Entity view
Description This command is used to configure the network address for the VolP voice entity. The
system supports the following two VolP routing policies at present.
Static routing policy: Find the IP address of destination voice gateway in static
mode according to address ip ip-address command.
Dynamic routing policy: The router and GK Server interact with RAS information
after the address ras command is configured. GK will dynamically send back
the peer voice gateway address that matches the called number to the router.
Related Commands address sip
match-template
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family address 91
Command Reference
address
Purpose Use the address command to configure a route to the peer voice gateway or assign
an X.121 address for a destination host.
Use the undo address command to cancel the setting.
Syntax address { vof r - dynami c ser i al interface-number dlci-number | x121
x121-address }
undo address { vof r - dynami c [ x121 }
Parameters vofr-dynamic serial
interface-number Session target interface of a VoFR voice entity.
dlci-number Session target DLCI of a VoFR voice entity. Valid values
are 16 to 1007.
x121 x121-address
X.121 address of destination host. By default, the
X.121 address is null.
Default By default, no route to the peer voice gateway is configured.
Example Set the X.121 address of the destination host to 10001.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y4] addr ess x121 10001
Assign 100 to the DLCI for the session target Serial 1/0/0 corresponding to the called
number 12345.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y4] mat ch- t empl at e 12345
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y4] addr ess vof r - dynami c ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 100
Voice Entity view
Description The X.121 address configured in this command must be the same X.121 address used
by the destination host.
Configuring the address of VoFR voice entity in switch mode includes configuring
output interface and outgoing DLCI number. Configuring the session target of VoFR
voice entity in FRF.11 trunk mode includes configuring output interface, outgoing
DLCI number, FRF.11 subchannel number and creating voice channel without delay.
Voice channel is deleted when deleting the address.
92 address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands match-template
call-mode
vofr
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family address sip 93
Command Reference
address sip
Purpose Use the address sip command to set routing policy for reaching the remote voice
gateway (VG) to SIP.
Use the undo address command to restore the default.
Syntax address sip { pr oxy | { i p ip-address por t port-number } }
undo address sip proxy | i p
Parameters proxy
Adopts SIP proxy server to complete SIP interaction.
ip-address
IPv4 address to which SIP packets of a call is destined.
port port-number
Port number. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
Default By default, no routing policy is configured for reaching the remote VG.
Example Configure the current voice entity to complete SIP interaction through a SIP proxy
server.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] addr ess si p pr oxy
Voice Entity view
Description If address sip ip

ip-address port port-number is configured, SIP packets
in a call are routed directly to the address specified in the command.
If address sip proxy is configured, the SIP interaction process involves a SIP
proxy server.
Configure the command appropriate to the call routing policy applies to the network.
After configuring this command, the area-id command and the fast-connect
command, if configured, do not take effect any more.
Related Command address
94 adsl standard 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
adsl standard
Purpose Use the adsl standard command to set the standard applied to the ADSL
interface.
Use the undo adsl standard command to restore the default.
Syntax adsl standard { auto | gdmt | glite | t1413 | g9923 | g9925 }
undo adsl standard
Parameters auto Auto-sensing mode, which is the default.
gdmt G.DMT (G992.1) standard.
glite G.Lite (G992.2) standard.
t1413
T1.413 standard.
g9923
ADSL2 (G992.3) standard.
g9925
ADSL2+ (G992.5) standard.
Example Set the standard for the interface atm1/0/0 to T1.413.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] adsl standard t1413
%Jan 1 00:02:15:140 2005 3Com PHY/2/PHY: Atm1/0: change status to
up
%Jan 1 00:02:15:140 2005 3Com IFNET/5/UPDOWN:Line protocol on the
interface
Atm1/0/0 is UP
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] display dsl configuration interface atm 1/0/0

Line Params Set by User or default
Standard: T1.413
Actual Config Near End Far End
Standard: T1.413 T1.413
Annex: AnnexA AnnexA
Trellis Coding: Enable Enable
Framing: 3 3

ADSL info:
Tx(US) Rx(DS)
K: 16 302
R: 0 8
S: 4 1
D: 2 16
DMT Bits Allocation Per Bin (Up/Down Bits:143/2595)
000: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 5 6 7 7 7
010: 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 6 6 5 3 0
020: 0 2 3 5 5 6 7 7 8 7 9 9 a 9 a a
030: a b b b b c a a c c c d c 9 a d
040: 0 e d e b d e e d e e a e e e d
050: e d b d e e d e d c e e d e d d
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family adsl standard 95
Command Reference
060: e d e d e d c d d e d d e c d d
070: d d e d d d d e d d d c d d d e
080: d d c d d d d d c d d d d c d c
090: d c d c d c c d c c d c d c d c
0a0: c d c c c d c c c d c c c d c c
0b0: c d c c c c d c c c c c d c c c
0c0: c c c c c c c c c c c b c c b c
0d0: c b c b c b c b c b c b c b b c
0e0: b c 2 b c b a b a a b a a b a a
0f 0: b a a b a a a a a a a 9 9 9 8 0
Description This configuration will not take effect unless you activate the interface again. If you
want to make it take effect immediately to execute the shutdown/undo
shutdown command or the activate/undo activate command.
96 adsl tx_attenuation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
adsl tx_attenuation
Purpose Use the adsl tx_attenuation command to set attenuation value for ADSL
transmit power.
Use the undo adsl tx_attenuation command to restore the default value.
Syntax adsl tx_attenuation attenuation
undo adsl tx_attenuation
Parameters attenuation Attenuation value. Valid values are 0 to 12.
Example [3Com -Atm1/0/0] adsl tx_attenuation 10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family adv-factor 97
Command Reference
adv-factor
Purpose Use the adv-factor command to configure the advantage factor which is used to
count Mos and ICPIF value in a jitter voice test.
Use the undo adv-factor command to restore the default.
Syntax adv-factor adv-number
undo adv-factor
Parameters adv-number
Advantage factor, used to count Mos and ICPIF value
in a jitter voice test. Valid values are 0 to 20.
This command applies only to jitter voice test.
Example Configure advantage factor to 10.
[3Com-hwping-1-1] adv-factor 10
HWPing Test Group view
98 aggregate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
aggregate
Purpose Use the aggregate command to establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing
table.
Use the undo aggregate command to cancel the function.
Syntax aggregate address mask [ as- set ] [ det ai l - suppr essed ] [
suppr ess- pol i cy route-policy-name ] [ or i gi n- pol i cy route-policy-name ]
[ at t r i but e- pol i cy route-policy-name ]
undo aggregate address mask [ as- set ] [ det ai l - suppr essed ] [
suppr ess- pol i cy route-policy-name ] [ or i gi n- pol i cy route-policy-name ]
[ at t r i but e- pol i cy route-policy-name ]
Parameters address
Address of the aggregated route, in dotted decimal
notation.
mask Network mask of the aggregated route, in dotted
decimal notation.
as-set
Creates a route with AS segment.
detail-suppressed
Only advertises the aggregated route.
suppress-policy
route-policy-name
Suppresses the individual routes selected, some of
which are not advertised.
origin-policy
route-policy-name
Selects the originating routes used for aggregation.
attribute-policy
route-policy-name
Sets the attributes of the aggregated route.
Default By default, there is no route aggregation.
Example Establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing table.
[ 3Com- bgp] aggr egat e 192. 213. 0. 0 255. 255. 0. 0
BGP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family aggregate 99
Command Reference
Description The keywords are explained as follows:
Table 1 Functions of the keywords
Keywords Function
as-set Used to create an aggregated route, whose AS path information
includes individual routes. Use this keyword carefully when many AS
paths need to be aggregated, for the frequent change of individual
routes may lead to route vibration.
detail-suppressed This keyword does not suppress any aggregated route, but it
suppresses the advertisement of all the individual routes. If only some
individual routes are to be suppressed, use the peer
filter-policy command.
suppress-policy Used to create an aggregated route and suppress the advertisement of
the specified route. If you want to suppress some specific routes
selectively and leave other routes still being advertised, use the
if-match clause of the route-policy command.
origin-policy Selects only the individual routes that are in accordance with
route-policy to create an aggregated route.
attribute-policy Sets aggregated route attributes. The same work can be done by using
the peer route-policy command, etc.
100 aggregate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
aggregate
Purpose Use the aggregate command to create a multicast aggregated record in the BGP
routing table.
Use the undo aggregate command to remove the aggregation.
Use the aggregate command without parameters to create one local aggregated
route and set atomic aggregation attributes.
Syntax aggregate address mask [ as-set ] [ attribute-policy route-policy-name ]
[ detail-suppressed ] [ origin-policy route-policy-name ] [
suppress-policy route-policy-name ]
undo aggregate address mask [ as-set ] [ attribute-policy
route-policy-name ] [ detail-suppressed ] [ origin-policy
route-policy-name ] [ suppress-policy route-policy-name ]
Parameters address
Address of the aggregated route.
mask
Network mask of the aggregated route.
as-set
Generates a route with AS_SET segment. This
parameter is not recommended to use when many AS
paths are aggregated.
attribute-policy
Attributes of the aggregated route.
detail-suppressed
No detailed route but the aggregated route is
advertised.
origin-policy
Filters the detailed route involved in aggregation.
suppress-policy
Detailed route determined is not advertised.
Default By default, the source address or source interface of the tunnel is not specified in the
system.
Example Create a multicast aggregated record in the BGP routing table and set the address of
aggregated route is 192.213.0.0.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] aggregate 192.213.0.0 255.255.0.0
IPv4 Multicast Subaddress Family view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family aging-time 101
Command Reference
aging-time
Purpose Use the aging-time command to configure SYN status waiting timeout value and
FIN status waiting timeout value of TCP, session entry idle timeout value of TCP and
UDP.
Use the undo aging-time command to restore the default value.
Syntax aging-time { syn | f i n | t cp | udp } seconds
undo aging-time { syn | f i n | t cp | udp }
Parameters seconds
The default timeout time of SYN, FIN, TCP and UDP is
30s, 5s, 3600s and 30s, respectively.
Example Configure SYN status waiting timeout value of TCP as 20 seconds.
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] agi ng- t i me syn 20
Configure FIN status waiting timeout value of FIN as 10 seconds.
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] agi ng- t i me f i n 10
Configure TCP idle timeout value as 3000 seconds.
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] agi ng- t i me t cp 3000
Configure UDP idle timeout value as 110 seconds.
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] agi ng- t i me udp 110
ASPF Policy view
Description Before the aging-time expires, the system will retain the connections and the sessions
that have been set up.
Related Commands display aspf all
display aspf policy
display aspf session
display aspf interface
102 ah authentication-algorithm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ah authentication-algorithm
Purpose Use the ah authentication-algorithm command to set the authentication
algorithm adopted by Authentication Header protocol in IPSec proposal.
Use the undo ah authentication-algorithm command to restore the default
setting.
Syntax ah authentication-algorithm { md5 | sha1 }
undo ah authentication-algorithm
Parameters md5
MD5 algorithm is adopted.
sha1
SHA1 algorithm is adopted.
Default By default, the md5 authentication algorithm is adopted by Authentication Header
protocol in IPSec proposal.
Example Set an IPSec proposal with AH adopting SHA1.
[ 3Com] i psec pr oposal pr op1
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] t r ansf or mah
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] ah aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmsha1
IPSec Proposal view
Description AH protocol cannot be used to encrypt, but to authenticate.
MD5 algorithm uses the 128-bit message digest, and SHA1 uses the 160-bit message
digest. By comparison, MD5 is faster than SHA1, while SHA1 is securer than MD5.
The IPSec proposal adopted by the security policy at both ends of the security tunnel
must be set as using the same authentication algorithm.
Can the AH authentication algorithm be configured only if AH or AH-ESP security
protocol was selected by executing the transform command.
Related Commands ipsec proposal
proposal
sa spi
and transform
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ahdsl annex 103
Command Reference
ahdsl annex
Purpose Use the shdsl annex command to configure annex standard at an SHDSL
interface. You cannot activate a link with different standard types at its two ends.
Use the undo shdsl annex command to restore the default standard.
Syntax shdsl annex { a | b }
undo shdsl annex
Parameters a
Annex a.
b
Annex b, which is the default.
Example Restore the default standard type on the SHDSL interface.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] undo shdsl annex
Description When setting annex standard, you must consider the standard adopted in the region
where your network is located. When ATU-C and ATU-R uses different standards,
G.SHDSL cannot set up connection.
104 alarm (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
alarm (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the alarm command to enable the CT3 interface to detect/send alarm signals.
Use the undo alarm command to cancel the alarm signal detection/sending setting.
Syntax alarm {det ect | gener at e { ai s | r ai | i dl e | f ebe } }
undo alarm {det ect | gener at e { ai s | r ai | i dl e | f ebe } }
Parameters detect
Enables/disables periodical alarm signal detection. By
default, periodical alarm detection is enabled.
generate Sends alarm signals, which can be AIS, RAI, idle, or
FEBE. Use this function for line state test. By default,
alarm signal sending is disabled.
ais Alarm indication signal.
rai Remote alarm indication signal.
idle Idle signal.
febe Far end block error signal.
Example Enable periodical alarm signal detection on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] al ar mdet ect
Enable CT3 interface 1/0/0 to send AIS alarm signals.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] al ar mgener at e ai s
CT3 Interface view
Description At the startup of the router, periodical alarm signal detection is enabled on the CT3
interface. When detecting LOS, LOF, or AIS signals, the interface sends RAI signals to
its peer. Alarm state report for the interface is real time; you may view that by
executing the display controller t3 command.
The supported alarm signals, LOS, LOF, AIS, RAI, FEBE, and idle, are ANSI T1.107-1995
compliant.
You can only configure the CT3 interface to send a type of alarm signal. To have the
interface send another type of signal, use the undo alarm command to delete the
previous setting first. In addition, when the RAI signal generated upon detection of
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family alarm (CT3 Interface) 105
Command Reference
the LOS, LOF, or AIS signal is present, the CT3 interface cannot send another type of
signal. To do that, use the undo alarm detect command to disable the CT3
interface to send the RAI signal generated after detecting an alarm first.
Related Command display controller t3
106 alarm-threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
alarm-threshold
Purpose Use the alarm-threshold command to configure the alarm thresholds on the
CT1/PRI interface as needed.
Use the undo alarm-threshold command to restore the default alarm threshold
values.
Syntax alarm-threshold l os pul se- det ect i on value
alarm-threshold l os pul se- r ecover y value
alarm-threshold ais { l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 }
alarm-threshold lfa { l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 | l evel - 3 | l evel - 4 }
undo alarm-threshold
Parameters los
Sets a loss of signal (LOS) alarm threshold. Two LOS
alarm thresholds are available: pulse-detection for the
pulse detection duration threshold with LOS and
pulse-recovery for the pulse threshold with LOS.
ais
Sets the alarm threshold of alarm indication signal
(AIS). Two AIS alarm threshold options are available:
level-1 and level-2. If level-1 is specified, an AIS alarm
occurs when the number of 0s in the bit stream of an
SF or ESF frame is less than or equal to 2. If level-2 is
specified, an AIS alarm occurs when the number of 0s
is less than or equal to 3 in the bit stream of an SF
frame or less than or equal to 5 in the bit stream of an
ESP frame.
lfa
Sets the loss of frame align (LFA) alarm threshold. Four
threshold options are available: level-1, level-2, level-3,
and level-4. If level-1 is specified, an LFA alarm occurs
when two of four frame alignment bits are lost. If
level-2 is specified, an LFA alarm occurs when two of
five frame alignment bits are lost. If level-3 is specified,
an LFA alarm occurs when two of six frame alignment
bits are lost. Level-4 applies only to ESF frames; an LFA
alarm occurs when four consecutive ESF frames have
errors.
Default The threshold of pulse-detection ranges from 16 to 4,096 pulse intervals and defaults
to 176.
The threshold of pulse-recovery ranges from 1 to 256 and defaults to 22.
If the number of the pulses detected during the total length of the specified pulse
detection intervals is smaller than the pulse-recovery threshold, a LOS alarm occurs.
By default, level-1 AIS alarm threshold applies.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family alarm-threshold 107
Command Reference
By default, level-1 LFA alarm threshold applies.
Example Set the number of detection intervals to 300 for the pulse detection duration
threshold.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] al ar m- t hr eshol d l os pul se- det ect i on 300
CT1/PRI Interface view
108 algorithm-suite 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
algorithm-suite
Purpose Use the algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite used when a
client registers.
Use the undo algorithm-suite command to revert to the default algorithm
suite.
Syntax algorithm-suite suite-number
undo algorithm-suite
Parameters suite-number
Algorithm suite number. Valid values are 1 to 12,
whose meanings are as follows:
1 DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
2 DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
3 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP1
4 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP2
5 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
6 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
7 3DES_SHA1_DHGROUP1
9 AES128_MD5_DHGROUP1
11 AES128_SHA1_DHGROUP1
Default The default algorithm suite number is 1, which stands for DES (for encryption), MD5
(for authentication), and DHGROUP1 (for key negotiation).
Example Specify AES for encryption, SHA1 for authentication, and DHGROUP1 for key
negotiation.
[3Com-dvpn-class-abc] algorithm-suite 11
Dvpn-Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family allow l2tp 109
Command Reference
allow l2tp
Purpose Use the allow l2tp command to specify the name of the peer end of the tunnel
on receiving call and the Virtual-Template it uses.
Use the undo allow command to remove the name of the peer end of the tunnel
and the adopted virtual template.
Syntax allow l2tp virtual-template virtual-template-number remote remote-name
[ domain domain-name ]
undo allow
Parameters virtual-template-number Specifies the virtual-template used when creating new
virtual access interface. Valid values are any integer
from 0 to 1023.
remote-name
Specifies the name of the peer end of the tunnel that
initiates the connection request, consisting of a
case-sensitive character string from 1 to 30 characters
long.
domain-name
Specifies the name of enterprise, consisting of a
case-sensitive character string from 1 to 30 characters
long.
Default By default, call receiving is disabled.
Example Receive L2TP tunnel connection requests sent by the peer end AS8010 (LAC side),
and creates a virtual-access interface on virtual-template 1.
[3Com-l2tp2] allow l2tp virtual-template 1 remote AS8010
Use L2TP group 1 as the default L2TP group, receiving L2TP tunnel connection
requests sent by any peer end, and creates a virtual-access interface according to
virtual-template 1.
[3Com] l2tp-group 1
[3Com-l2tp1] allow l2tp virtual-template 1
L2TP Group view
Description This command is used on LNS side.
For multi-instance applications of L2TP, the domain-name parameter must be
configured.
110 allow l2tp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
When L2TP group number1 (the default L2TP group number) is used, the name of the
peer end of the tunnel remote-name can be unspecified. When configured in the
view of L2TP group 1, the format of the command is as follows:
allow l2tp virtual-template virtual-template-number [ remote
remote-name ] [ domain domain-name ]
If a peer end name is specified in L2TP group 1 configuration, L2TP group 1 will not
serve as the default L2TP group. For example, given the environment of Windows
2000 beta 2, the local name of VPN connection is NONE, so the peer end name that
the router receives is NONE. In order to allow the router to receive tunnel connection
requests sent by this kind of unknown peer ends, or for the test purpose, a default
L2TP group can be configured.
The allow l2tp command is used on LNS side. If the peer end name of the tunnel
is configured, it must be the name of the local end configured on LAC side.
Related Command l2tp-group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family annexg 111
Command Reference
annexg
Purpose Use the annexg command to enable T1.617 Annext G on the frame relay interface
for data transmission.
Use the undo annexg command to disable T1.617 Annext G on the frame relay
interface.
Syntax annexg { dt e | dce }
undo annexg { dt e | dce }
Parameters dte
Annex G DTE mode.
dce
Annex G DCE mode.
Default By default, T1.617 Annext G is disabled on the frame relay interface.
Example Enable T1.617 Annext G on a frame relay interface for data transmission.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 200] annexg dt e
DLCI view
112 ani 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ani
Purpose Use the ani command to enable or disable the terminating point to send the calling
party information (service category and calling number) to the originating point
during call connecting process.
Use the undo ani command to cancel the above configuration.
Syntax ani { al l | ka }
undo ani
Parameters all
Requires the remote end to send the category of the
calling party and calling number.
ka
Requires the remote end to send the category of the
calling party only.
Default By default, the terminating point does not send the calling party information to the
originating point.
Example Configure that the local exchange requests the opposite exchange to send the
category of the calling party and calling number during the connecting process.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] ani al l
R2 CAS view
Description Configure the local end with this command to support automatic number
identification.
This command applies to E1 voice only.
Normally the all keyword is configured. To prevent call failures, use the ka keyword
only when required by the connected switch.
Related Commands cas
ani-offset
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ani-offset 113
Command Reference
ani-offset
Purpose Use the ani-offset command to configure the number of digits of the called
number to be collected prior to requesting the calling party information.
Use the undo ani-offset command to restore the default value.
Syntax ani-offset number
undo ani-offset
Parameters number
The number quantity collected. Valid values are an
integer from 1 to10.
If no value is specified, the default value of number is
1.
Example Set to start requesting the caller number or caller identifier after receiving the 3-digit
numbers.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] ani - of f set 3
R2 CAS view
Description Use the ani-offset command to configure the number of digits of the called
number to be collected prior to requesting the calling party information.
Use the undo ani-offset command to restore the default value.
This command is used for setting the number of digits of the called number to be
collected prior to requesting the caller number or caller identifier. When the quantity
of the collected numbers is less than this value, the system will wait to the next
number till timeout, and in the waiting it will not request the caller number
information from the remote end. When the quantity of the collected numbers is
equal to or exceeds this value, it is able to request the caller number or caller identifier
from the remote end.
timer
reverse
renew
114 answer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
answer
Purpose Use the answer command to configure whether the terminating point is required to
send answer signal.
Syntax answer { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable
The originating points requires that the terminating
point must send answer signal. Only after the
originating point receives the signal, can the peers
enter the communicating state.
disable
The originating point does not require the terminating
point to send answer signal. In case the terminating
point does not send answer signal, the originating
point automatically report the answer message to the
upper layer when the timer times out to have the peers
enter the communicating state.
Default By default, the terminating point is required to send answer signal.
Example Disable the terminating point to send answer signals.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] answer di sabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the answer command to configure whether the terminating point is required to
send answer signal.
In some countries, answer signals are not sent in the R2 line signaling coding scheme.
In this case, you can use the answer command to adjust this signaling coding
scheme. If the originating point does not require answer signals, the terminating
point confirms call connection after the specified time.
Related Commands re-answer
timer dl re-answer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply access-vpn vpn-instance 115
Command Reference
apply access-vpn vpn-instance
Purpose Use the apply access-vpn vpn-instance command to specify to search
private network forwarding routes in vpn-name1, vpn-name2, vpn-name3,
vpn-name4, vpn-name5, vpn-name6 (if they all exist) and forward
packets after policy routing is enabled to satisfy route-policy.
Use the undo apply access-vpn vpn-instance command to remove this
function.
Syntax apply access-vpn vpn-instance [ vpn-name1 vpn-name2 ]
undo apply access-vpn vpn-instance [ vpn-name1 vpn-name2 ]
Parameters vpn-name
Name of the configured VPN instance. At most, 6 VPN
names can be configured.
Example Specify the configured VPN instance.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y access- vpn vpn- i nst ance vpn1
Route-Policy view
116 apply as-path 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply as-path
Purpose Use the apply as-path command to specify the AS numbers to be added in front
of the original AS path in route-policy.
Use the undo apply as-path command to cancel the AS sequence numbers
added in front of the original AS path.
Syntax apply as-path as-number-1 [ as-number-2 [ as-number-3 ... ] ]
undo apply as-path
Parameters as-number-1... as-number-n
AS numbers to be added.
Default By default, no AS number is set.
Example Add AS 200 in front of the original AS path in route-policy.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y as- pat h 200
Routing Policy view
Description If the match condition of route-policy is satisfied, the AS attribute of the transmitting
route will be changed. Up to 10 AS numbers can be added.
The as-path number is primarily used to prevent routing loops. By setting as-path, you
can change the BGP route selection behavior.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply community 117
Command Reference
apply community
Purpose Use the apply community command to set BGP community attributes in
route-policy.
Use the undo apply community command to cancel the configured BGP
community attributes.
Syntax apply community { { {aa:nn | no- expor t - sunconf ed | no- expor t |
no- adver t i se} [ addi t i ve ] } | addi t i ve | none }
undo apply community
Parameters aa:nn Community number.
no-export-subconfed Indicates not to advertise matched routes outside the
AS.
no-advertise
Indicates not to advertise matched routes to any peer.
no-export
Indicates not to advertise routes outside the AS but to
other sub ASs.
additive
Community attributes of additional routes.
none
Community attributes of the deleted routes.
Default By default, no BGP community attributes are set.
Example Display how to configure one route-policy named setcommunity, whose node serial
number is 16 and match mode is permit, and enter route policy view to set match
conditions and attribute modification actions to be executed.
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy set communi t y per mi t node 16
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch as- pat h 8
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y communi t y no- expor t
Routing Policy view
Description Configure BGP community attributes after matching the route-policy conditions.
Related Commands ip community-list
if-match community-list
route-policy
display bgp routing community
118 apply cost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply cost
Purpose Use the apply cost command to set the route cost value of route information.
Use the undo apply cost command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply cost value
undo apply cost
Parameters value
Specifies the route cost value of route information.
Example Display how to define one apply clause. When it is used for setting route information
attribute, it sets the route cost value of route information as 120.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y cost 120
Routing Policy view
Related Commands if-match interface
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match ip next-hop
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply local-preference
apply origin
apply tag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply cost-type 119
Command Reference
apply cost-type
Purpose Use the apply cost-type command to set the route cost type of route
information.
Use the undo apply cost-type command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply cost-type [ i nt er nal | ext er nal ]
undo apply cost-type
Parameters internal
Uses the cost type of IGP as MED value of BGP to
advertise route to EBGP peer.
external
External cost type value of IS-IS.
Default By default, route cost type is not set.
Example Set the cost type of IGP as MED value of BGP
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y cost - t ype i nt er nal
Routing Policy view
120 apply default output-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply default output-interface
Purpose Use the apply default output-interface command to set default
forwarding interface for packets.
Use the undo apply default output-interface command to cancel the
configuration of the default forwarding interface of packets.
Syntax apply default output-interface interface-type interface-number [
interface-type interface-number ]
undo apply default output-interface [ interface-type interface-number [
interface-type interface-number ] ]
Parameters interface-type Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Set the default forwarding interface of packets as serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y def aul t out put - i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Route-Policy view
Description This command is used to set forwarding interface for the matched IP packet, and the
clause is valid for the packet whose route has not been found.
Use this command to set the next hop where the matched IP packets are to be
forwarded. You can set at most two next hop interfaces.
Related Commands apply ip-precedence
apply ip-address next-hop (for Unicast Policy Routing)
apply output-interface (for Unicast Policy Routing)
apply ip-address default next-hop
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply ip-address 121
Command Reference
apply ip-address
Purpose Use the apply ip-address command to set the next hop address of route
information.
Use the undo apply ip-address command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply ip-address [ def aul t ] { next - hop ip-address [ ip-address ] | acl
acl-number }
undo apply ip-address [ def aul t ] { next - hop ip-address [ ip-address ]
| acl acl-number }
Parameters default Specifies the default next-hop address. It voids the acl
argument.
ip-address
Next-hop address. Two next-hop addresses can be
specified at most.
acl-number
Specifies the number of the access control list used for
filtering, ranging from 2000 to 2999
Default By default, no apply clause is defined.
Example Define an apply clause to set the next hop address of routing information as
193.1.1.8 when it is used for setting routing information attribute.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y i p- addr ess 193. 1. 1. 8
Routing Policy view
Description One of the apply clauses of the route-policy: When this command is used for setting
routing information attribute, it sets the next hop address of the packets passed
filtering.
If multiple next hop addresses are set through apply ip-address command,
other next hop addresses will be tried by turn when the first next hop address is
invalid.
122 apply ip-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply ip-address default next-hop 123
Command Reference
Purpose Use the apply ip-address default next-hop command to set the default
next hop of a packet.
Use the undo apply ip-address default next-hop command to cancel the
configured default packet next hop.
Syntax apply ip-address default next-hop ip-address [ ip address ]
undo apply ip-address default next-hop [ ip-address [ ip address ] ]
IP address of default next hop.
Example Set the default next hop of a packet to 1.1.1.1.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y i p- addr ess def aul t next - hop 1. 1. 1. 1
Route-Policy view
Description This command is only valid for the packet whose route has not been found.
Use this command to set the next hop where the matched IP packets are to be
forwarded. You can set at most two next hop interfaces.
124 apply ip-address next-hop (for Multicast Policy Routing) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply ip-address next-hop
(for Multicast Policy Routing)
Purpose Use the apply ip-address command to configure the next hop IP address list in a
route-node.
Use the undo apply ip-address command to remove the configuration.
Syntax apply ip-address next-hop { acl acl-number | ip-address [
ip-address ] }
undo apply ip-address next-hop [ acl acl-number | ip-address [
ip-address ] ]
Standard ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
ip-address
Specifies the next hop address. Multiple next hop
addresses can be specified.
Example None
Route-Policy view
Description This command specifies the next hop address for packets that match the if-match
acl command. It specifies the next hop IP address list for multicast policy routing
through the ACL. This command is in juxtaposition relation with the apply
output-interface command. If both apply clauses are configured at the same
time, in multicast policy routing, the packets will be replicated and forwarded to all
the interfaces and next hops specified by the ACLs respectively. This is different from
that only one apply clause works in unicast policy routing.
For the next hop IP address, the specified ACL is the standard ACL.
Related Commands if-match acl
apply output-interface (for Multicast Policy Routing)
display ip multicast-policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply ip-address next-hop (for Unicast Policy Routing) 125
Command Reference
apply ip-address next-hop
(for Unicast Policy Routing)
Purpose Use the apply ip-address next-hop command to set the packet next hop.
Use the undo apply ip-address next-hop command to cancel the
configuration about the next hop.
Syntax apply ip-address next-hop ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo apply ip-address next-hop [ ip-address [ ip-address ] ]
Parameters ip-address IP address of next hop.
Example Set the packet next hop to 1.1.1.1.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y i p- addr ess next - hop 1. 1. 1. 1
Route-Policy view
Description This command is used to set the next hop for the matched IP packet and at most two
next hops can be specified. The next hop should be adjacent to this device.
126 apply ip-dscp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply ip-dscp
Purpose Use the apply ip-dscp command to configure to modify the packet DSCP value
matching the policy.
Use the undo ip-dscp command to delete the configuration.
Syntax apply ip-dscp { value | af11 | af12 | af13 | af21 | af22 | af23 | af31
| af32 | af33 | af41 | af42 | af43 | be | cs1 | cs2 | cs3 | cs4 | cs5 |
cs6 | cs7 | ef }
undo apply ip-dscp
Parameters value
DSCP value. Valid values are 0 to 63.
Example Configure the packet DSCP value matching ACL 2000 to 30.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] route-policy test permit node 1
[3Com-route-policy] if-match acl 2000
[3Com-route-policy] apply ip-dscp 30
Route-Policy view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply ip-precedence 127
Command Reference
apply ip-precedence
Purpose Use the apply ip-precedence command to set precedence of IP packets.
Use the undo apply ip-precedence command to remove the precedence of IP
packets.
Syntax apply ip-precedence value
undo apply ip-precedence
Parameters value
The preference value. There are totally 8 (valid values
are 0 to 7) preferences:
0 routine
1 priority
2 immediate
3 flash
4 flash-override
5 critical
6 internet
7 network
Example Set the preference of IP packet to 5 (critical).
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y i p- pr ecedence cr i t i cal
Route-Policy view
Description This command is used to configure the set clause of route-policy and the preference
for the matched IP packets.
Related Commands apply output-interface (for Unicast Policy Routing)
128 apply isis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply isis
Purpose Use the apply isis command to apply the level of a matched route to be
redistributed to Level-1, Level-2 or Level-1-2.
Use the undo apply isis command to remove the setting clause.
Syntax apply isis [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 | l evel - 1- 2 ]
undo apply isis
Parameters level-1 Redistributes the matched route to Level-1 area.
level-2 Redistributes the matched route to Level-2 area.
level-1-2 Redistributes the matched route to both Level-1 and
Level-2 area.
Example Define an apply clause to set the redistributed route to Level-2.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y i si s l evel - 2
Routing Policy view
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply local-preference 129
Command Reference
Purpose Use the apply local-preference command to apply the local preference of
route information.
Use the undo apply local-preference command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply local-preference local-preference
undo apply local-preference
Parameters local-preference
Newly set local preference.
Example Apply the local preference level of route information as 130 when this apply clause is
used for setting route information attribute.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y l ocal - pr ef er ence 130
Routing Policy view
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply origin
apply tag
130 apply mpls-label 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply mpls-label
Purpose Use the apply mpls-label command to assign MPLS labels for public network
routes that match route-policy filter conditions.
Use the undo apply mpls-label command to remove the configuration.
Syntax apply mpls-label
undo apply mpls-label
Parameters None
Default By default, no label is assigned for public network routes.
Example Define an apply clause to assign labels for public network routes that match
route-policy filter conditions.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y mpl s- l abel
Route-Policy view
Related Command if-match mpls-label
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply origin 131
Command Reference
apply origin
Purpose Use the apply origin command to set the routing source of BGP routing
information.
Use the undo apply origin command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply origin { i gp | egp as-number | i ncompl et e }
undo apply origin
Parameters igp
Sets the BGP route information source as internal route
egp
Sets the BGP route information source as external
route
as-number
Specifies AS number of external route.
incomplete
Sets the BGP route information source as unknown
source.
Example Display how to define one apply clause. When it is used for setting routing
information attribute, it sets the routing source of the routing information as igp.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y or i gi n i gp
Routing Policy view
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply tag
132 apply output-interface (for Multicast Policy Routing) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply output-interface
(for Multicast Policy Routing)
Purpose Use the apply output-interface command to configure an outgoing interface
list in a route-node.
Use the undo apply output-interface command to remove the
configuration.
Syntax apply output-interface acl acl-number
undo apply output-interface [ acl acl-number ]
Parameters acl-number ID of interface-based ACL. Valid values are 1000 to
1999.
Example None
Route-Policy view
Description This command specifies outgoing interfaces for packets that match the if-match
command. It specifies outgoing interfaces for multicast policy routing through the
ACL. The action executed to packets that meet the if-match conditions defined by the
match clause is as follows: If outgoing forwarding interfaces are set in the route-node
through the ACL, the packets will be replicated and forwarded to all interfaces
specified by the ACL.
For an outgoing interface, the specified ACL is the one based on interface.
This command is in juxtaposition relation with the apply ip-address next-hop
command. If both apply clauses are configured at the same time, in multicast policy
routing, the packets will be replicated and forwarded to all the interfaces and next
hops specified by the ACLs respectively. This is different from that only one apply
clause works in unicast policy routing.
Related Commands apply ip-address next-hop (for Multicast Policy Routing)
if-match acl
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply output-interface (for Unicast Policy Routing) 133
Command Reference
apply output-interface
(for Unicast Policy Routing)
Purpose Use the apply output-interface command to set a packet forwarding
interface.
Use the undo apply output-interface command to cancel the configuration
on a forwarding interface.
Syntax apply output-interface interface-type interface-number [ interface-type
interface-number ]
undo apply output-interface [ interface-type interface-number [
interface-type interface-number ] ]
interface-number Interface number.
Example Specify forwarding interface as serial0/0/0 for the matched IP packet.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y out put - i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Route-Policy view
Description This command is used to set the packet forwarding interface for the matched IP
packet. At most two forwarding interfaces can be specified.
134 apply policy outbound 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
apply policy outbound
Purpose Use the apply policy outbound command to set the frame relay virtual circuit
queuing to CBQ (Class-Based Queuing).
Use the undo apply policy outbound command to restore the frame relay
virtual circuit queuing to FIFO.
Syntax apply policy policy-name outbound
undo apply policy outbound
Parameters policy-name
Name of the applied policy. Valid values are 1 to 31
characters.
Default By default, FIFO queuing is adopted.
Example Define a classifier named class 1.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl assi f i er cl ass1
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1]
Define a traffic behavior named behavior 1.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c behavi or behavi or 1
[ 3Com- behavi or - behavi or 1] queue af bandwi dt h 56
Define a policy named policy 1 and associate class 1 with behavior.
[ 3Com] qos pol i cy pol i cy1
[ 3Com- qospol i cy- pol i cy1] cl assi f i er cl ass1 behavi or behavi or 1
Apply a defined policy to the frame relay class named test 1 and set the queuing of
test 1 to CBQ.
[ 3Com] f r cl ass t est 1
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] appl y pol i cy pol i cy1 out bound
Frame Relay Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family apply tag 135
Command Reference
apply tag
Purpose Use the apply tag command to set the tag area of OSPF route information.
Use the undo apply tag command to cancel the apply clause.
Syntax apply tag value
undo apply tag
Parameters value Specifies the tag value of route information.
Example Display how to define one apply clause. When it is used for setting route information
attribute, it sets the tag area of route information as 100.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] appl y t ag 100
Routing Policy view
Description When a route is redistributed from protocol A to protocol B, and is redistributed back
to protocol A on some other routers, protocol A allows the tag field of the routing
protocol update packet to be transferred to the peer, that is, the information in the
tag field can traverse from protocol A to protocol B and then back to protocol A,
without being lost.
OSPF, RIP2, ISIS, and BGP support the tag field, but RIP1 does not.
For example, when a BGP route is redistributed into OSPF and then redistributed back
to BGP on another router, the as-path attribute of the BGP route is lost. You can use
the apply tag command to set the OSPF tag field as as-path to guarantee the
integrity of the as-path attribute.
136 apply tag 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family area 137
Command Reference
area
Purpose Use the area command to enter OSPF area view.
Use the undo area command to cancel the designated area.
Syntax area area-id
undo area area-id
Parameters area-id ID of the OSPF area. Valid values are a decimal integer
(ranging from 0 to 4294967295) or in IP address
format.
Example Enter area 0 view.
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]
OSPF view
OSPF Area view
138 area 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
area
Purpose Use the area command to configure the type of busy tone detection for FXO voice
subscriber-line.
Use the undo area command to restore the default value.
Syntax area { nor t h- amer i ca | cust om| eur ope }
undo area
Parameters north-america Busy tone type of the switch connected to this
subscriber-line is of North America standard.
custom
Busy tone type of the switch connected to this
subscriber-line is defined by the users.
europe Busy tone type of the switch connected to this
subscriber-line is of Europe standard.
Default By default, europe busy tone type standard is set.
Example Use north-america standard to detect the existence of the busy tone on voice
subscriber-line 0/0/1.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 1] ar ea nor t h- amer i ca
Voice Subscriber-line view
Description This command is used only for 2-wire loop trunk subscriber-line FXO, and it can only
perform configuration to the first voice subscriber-line on the voice card.
This command is used to set the frequency spectrum characteristic used by the router
to detect the existence of the busy tone.
If successful, the configuration will be effective for all the voice subscriber-lines of the
voice card.
When this subscriber-line is connected to a common user line of a program-controlled
switch, if the user on the switch side hooks on first, only by detecting the busy tone
can the router know the user on-hooking operation. Since different switches execute
different prompt tone schemes, there exist different frequency spectrum
characteristics.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family area-authentication-mode 139
Command Reference
area-authentication-mode
Purpose Use the area-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS to
authenticate the received Level-1 routing information packets (LSP, CSNP and PSNP),
according to the pre-defined mode and password.
Use the undo area-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS not to
authenticate the said packets.
Syntax area-authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } password [ i p | osi ]
undo area-authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } [ i p | osi ]
Parameters simple Transmits the password in simple text.
md5 Transmits the password encrypted with MD5.
password Specifies the password to be configured, in the range
of 1~24 bits.
ip
Specifies the IP authentication password.
osi
Specifies the OSI authentication password.
The configuration of ip or osi authentication password
is independent of the real network environment.
Default In default configuration, the system will not authenticate the received Level-1 routing
information packets, and there is no password. By using this command, you can clear
all the Level-1 routing packets, whose area authentication passwords are not
consistent with the one set via this command. At the same time, this command will
let IS-IS insert the area authentication password into all the Level-1 routing packets
sent by this node, in a certain mode.
Example Set the area authentication password as "hello" and the authentication type as
simple.
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] ar ea- aut hent i cat i on- mode si mpl e hel l o
IS-IS view
Related Commands reset isis all
domain-authentication-mode
isis authentication-mode
140 area-id (Voice Entity view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
area-id (Voice Entity view)
Purpose Use the area-id command to configure the area ID of voice GW.
Use the undo area-id command to cancel the specified area ID.
Syntax area-id string
undo area-id
Parameters string
Area ID. Valid values are 0 to 9. The # can also be
used.
Default By default, no area ID of voice GW is configured.
Example Configure the VoIP voice entity 101 with the area ID 6#.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y101] ar ea- i d 6#
Voice Entity view
Description The voice area ID is set in VoIP voice entity view and will be automatically added to the
beginning of called numbers when establishing calls.
entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family area-id (Voice GK Client view) 141
Command Reference
area-id (Voice GK Client view)
Purpose Use the area-id command to configure the H.323 gateway area ID.
Use the undo-area-id command to cancel a specified area ID.
Syntax area-id string
undo area-id
Parameters string Indicate the area ID. Valid values are 0 and 9, which
can be separated by , or "#".
Default By default, no H.323 gateway area ID is configured.
Example Configure the GK client with a area ID 6#.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] ar ea- i d 6#
Voice GK Client view
Description The area-id is mainly used to facilitate the identifying of gateway type by the GK
Server. The gateway and the GK Server reach an agreement on the gateway type in
advance, for example, consider that the area-id 1# represents the voice gateway and
that the area-id 2# represents the video gateway, etc. When the gateway
communicates normally with the GK Server, the GK will judge the gateway type
according to the area-id information sent by the gateway.
To set the H.323 area ID in the Voice GK client voice is mainly to facilitate the GK
Server to identify the types of GK client. An agreement on the related types is reached
beforehand between the GK client and the GK Server, e.g. area ID 1# represents a
voice GK client, prefix 2# represents a video GK client, etc. When a normal
communication is going on between the GK client and the GK Server, the GK judges
the client type according to the area ID information received. Up to 30 area-ides can
be configured in voice GK client view.
entity
142 arp check enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
arp check enable
Purpose Use the arp check enable command to enable ARP entry check to have the
device not learn the ARP entries with broadcast MAC addresses.
Use the undo arp check enable command to disable ARP entry check to have
the system learn the ARP entries with broadcast MAC addresses.
Syntax arp check enable
undo arp check enable
Parameters None
Default By default, ARP entry check is enabled. The device does not learn the ARP entries with
broadcast MAC addresses.
Example Enable ARP entry check.
[ Rout er ] ar p check enabl e
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family arp-proxy enable 143
Command Reference
arp-proxy enable
Purpose Use the arp-proxy enable command to enable proxy ARP on an interface.
Use the undo arp-proxy enable command to disable proxy arp on the interface.
Syntax arp-proxy enable
undo arp-proxy enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the proxy ARP is disabled.
Example Enable proxy ARP at Ethernet 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] ar p- pr oxy enabl e
Ethernet interface view
Description This command is applied on Ethernet interface. As for the hosts in the same hop but
on different physical networks, the proxy ARP function hides the fact that the physical
network are separated, and makes the user feel like he is on the same and one
physical network.
144 arp security 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
arp security
Purpose Use the arp security command to disable dynamic ARP learning on an Ethernet
interface.
Use the undo arp security command to restore dynamic ARP learning on an
Ethernet interface.
Syntax arp security
undo arp security
Parameters None
Default By default, dynamic ARP learning is enabled on an Ethernet interface.
Example Disable dynamic ARP learning on Ethernet interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] ar p secur i t y
Ethernet Interface view
Description The commands for disabling/enabling dynamic ARP learning are configured on an
interface; all other interfaces are not affected.
If you disable dynamic ARP learning and then enable the function again, the ARP
entries left in the ARP table are not affected; each of the left entries continues with its
own aging process.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family arp security time-out 145
Command Reference
arp security time-out
Purpose Use the arp security time-out command to configure the aging time of the
authorized ARP entries.
Use the undo arp security time-out command to restore the default aging
time of the authorized ARP entries.
Syntax arp security time-out seconds
undo arp security time-out
Parameters seconds
Aging time of the authorized ARP entries (in seconds).
Valid values are 30 to 86,400.
Example Configure an aging time of 120 seconds for the authorized ARP entries on interface
Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] ar p secur i t y t i meout 120
Description This command takes effect only when you have configured the arp security
command.
The aging of an authorized ARP entry is implemented by the mechanism of ARP ping.
The default aging time of an authorized ARP entry is the time that three ARP ping
operations takes when no responses are received. Since the ARP ping interval is 30
seconds, the default aging time of an authorized ARP entry is 90 seconds. If no
response is received for an authorized ARP entry or if the DHCP server fails to update
the entry by re-adding the entry for example, after 90 seconds elapse, the entry ages
out. The DHCP server is then notified of this.
146 arp send-gratuitous-arp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
arp send-gratuitous-arp
Purpose Use the arp send-gratuitous-arp command to enable sending gratuitous ARP
packet on this interface periodically and set the sending period.
Use the undo arp send-gratuitous-arp command to disable the function.
Syntax arp send-gratuitous-arp seconds
undo arp-gratuitous-arp
Parameters seconds Period for sending gratuitous ARP packets (in seconds).
Default By default, the function is disabled.
Example Enable sending gratuitous ARP packet periodically on the interface Ethernet0/0/0, and
set the sending period to be 1 second.
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0]arp send-gratuitous-arp 1
Bridge Template view
Ethernet Subinterface view
Gigabit Ethernet Interface view
Gigabit Ethernet Subinterface view
Virtual Ethernet interface view
VLAN Interface view
Description The gratuitous ARP packet sent is that of the host address of this interface. The
host address can be configured with the command, or obtained through
negotiation or other ways
The gratuitous ARP packet of host address is not sent
The gratuitous ARP packet is not sent when the interface link layer is not up
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family arp static 147
Command Reference
arp static
Purpose Use the arp static command to configure ARP mapping table.
Use the undo arp command to delete mapping items corresponding to some
addresses in the ARP mapping table.
Syntax arp static ip-address ethernet-address [ vpn-instance-name ]
undo arp ip-address [ vpn-instance-name ]
IP addresses of the ARP mapping entries in dotted
decimal format.
ethernet-address
Ethernet MAC address of ARP mapping entries. Its
format is H-H-H, in which H is a hexadecimal number
with 1 to 4 bits.
vpn-instance-name
The name of VPN instance.
Default By default, the mapping table of the system ARP is empty and the address mapping
can be obtained through dynamic ARP.
Example Configure the Ethernet MAC address e0-fc01-0 corresponding to the IP address
129.102.0.1.
[ 3Com] ar p st at i c 129. 102. 0. 1 e0- f c01- 0
Configure the Ethernet MAC address aa-fcc-12 corresponding to the IP address
11.0.0.1.
[ 3Com] ar p st at i c 11. 0. 0. 1 aa- f cc- 12
System view
Description Normally, ARP mapping table is maintained by dynamic ARP, only in special
circumstances is manual configuration needed. Besides, ARP mapping table is used
for LAN only, WAN address resolution is accomplished in a different way, for instance
the inverse address resolution of Frame Relay.
Related Command display arp
148 arp timer aging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
arp timer aging
Purpose Use the arp timer aging command to set the aging timer for dynamic ARP
entries.
Use the undo arp timer aging command to restore the default.
Syntax arp timer aging minutes
undo arp timer aging
Parameters minutes Sets the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries. Valid
values are 1 to 1440 minutes.
If no value is specified, the default is 20 minutes.
Example Set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries to 30 minutes.
[ 3Com] ar p t i mer agi ng 30
System view
Related Command display arp timer aging
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family asbr-summary 149
Command Reference
asbr-summary
Purpose Use the asbr-summary command to configure summarization of redistributed
routes by OSPF.
Use the undo asbr-summary command to cancel the summarization.
Syntax asbr-summary ip-address mask [ not-advertise | tag tag-value ]
undo asbr-summary ip-address mask
Matched IP address in dotted decimal notation.
mask
IP address mask in dotted decimal notation.
not-advertise
Not advertises routes matching the specified IP address
and mask. Aggregated route will be advertised
without this parameter.
tag-value Control advertisement of routes via Route-policy. Valid
values are 0 to 4294967295.
Default By default, summarization of redistributed routes is disabled.
Example Set summarization of 3Com redistributed routes.
[3Com -ospf-1] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise
OSPF view
Description After the summarization of redistributed routes is configured, if the local router is an
autonomous system border router (ASBR), this command summarizes the
redistributed Type-5 LSAs in the summary address range. When NSSA is configured,
this command will also summarize the redistributed Type-7 LSAs in the summary
address range.
If the local router acts as both an ABR and a switch router in the NSSA, this command
summarizes Type-5 LSAs transformed from Type-7 LSAs. If the router is not the router
in the NSSA, the summarization is disabled.
Related Command display ospf asbr-summary
150 ascii 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ascii
Purpose Use the ascii command to set the type of the transmitted data to ASCII.
Syntax ascii
Parameters None
Default By default, the data type is ASCII.
Example Set the type of the transmitted data to ASCII.
[ftp] ascii
200 Type set to A.
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family aspf-policy 151
Command Reference
aspf-policy
Purpose Use the aspf-policy command to define an ASPF policy. For a defined policy, the
policy can be invoked through its policy number.
Syntax aspf-policy aspf-policy-number
undo aspf-policy aspf-policy-number
Parameters aspf-policy-number
ASPF policy number, ranging from 1 to 99.
Example Define an ASPF policy and enter ASPF view.
[ 3Com] aspf - pol i cy 1
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1]
System view
152 async mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
async mode
Purpose Use the async mode command to set the operating mode of the asynchronous
serial interface.
Syntax async mode { pr ot ocol | f l ow | t er mi nal template-name tty-number }
Parameters protocol
Protocol mode, with which the local end directly
adopts the configured link layer protocol parameters
to set up a link with the remote end after setting up a
physical link.
flow
Flow mode, also known as interactive mode. With this
approach, the two ends set up a link by interacting
with each other upon the setup a physical link.
Specifically, the calling party sends the configuration
commands to the called party (it is equal to the
operation of manually inputting configuration
commands at the remote end), sets the link layer
protocol operating parameters of the called party, and
then sets up the link. This approach normally applies to
man-machine interaction.
terminal Terminal mode, applied for terminal access service. So
far, it is supported only on asynchronous serial and
synchronous/asynchronous serial interfaces.
template-name
Terminal template name.
tty-number
The allocated TTY number.
Default By default, the asynchronous serial interface is working in protocol mode and the
AUX interface in flow mode.
Example Set the asynchronous serial interface 0/0/0 to work in flow mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] async mode f l ow
Asynchronous Serial Interface view
AUX Interface view
AM Interface view
Related Command modem adapt no-waiting-connect
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family async mode padpos 153
Command Reference
async mode padpos
Purpose Use the async mode padpos command to configure a POSPAD access port.
Use the undo async mode padpos command to remove the POSPAD access port
setting.
Syntax async mode padpos pos-number
undo async mode padpos
Parameters pos-number
Number for the POSPAD access port. Valid values are 0
to 255.
Example Configure Async1/0/0 as POSPAD access port 200.
[Router-Async1/0/0] async mode protocol
[Router-Async1/0/0] async mode padpos 200
AUX Interface view
Description After a POSPAD access port is configured, the access router simulates the POSPAD
device to receive packets from the connected POS terminal and sends them to the
POSPAD concentrator by performing PAD tasks.
Related Commands async mode protocol
undo detect dsr-dtr
154 async mode pos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
async mode pos
Purpose Use the async mode pos pos-number command to create a POS access port in
nontransparent transmission and permanent TCP connection mode.
Use the async mode pos pos-number app ip-address port-number
command to create a POS access port in transparent transmission mode. In this mode,
the router cannot identify the POS application to which a packet belongs by resolving
the packet as it would in nontransparent mode. Therefore, when you configure a POS
access port, you must specify its corresponding POS application.
Syntax async mode pos pos-number
async mode pos pos-number app ip-address port-number [ permanent |
temporary ]
Parameters pos-number Number for the POS access interface. Valid values are 0
to 255.
ip-address
IP address of the front end processor (FEP).
port-number
Port number of the FEP.
permanent
Specifies the permanent TCP connection mode.
temporary
Specifies the temporary TCP connection mode.
Example Configure Async1/0/0 as POS access port 1.
[Router-Async1/0/0] async mode pos 1
AM Interface view
FCM Interface view
AUX Interface view
Description For the async mode pos pos-number app ip-address port-number [
permanent | temporary ] command, permanent TCP connection is adopted by
default. The function of the async mode pos pos-number app ip-address
port-number permanent command is the same as that of the async mode pos
pos-number app ip-address port-number command.
To accommodate to the FEP program requiring temporary TCP connection, you may
configure the async mode pos pos-number app ip-address port-number
temporary command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family async mode pos 155
Command Reference
As asynchronous and FCM interfaces operate in protocol mode by default, no POS
access port is configured by default.
An interface can receive POS packets only after it is configured as a POS access port
with POS access server enabled.
The async mode pos command has no undo form. To cancel the command, use the
async mode protocol command.
156 async mode posapp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
async mode posapp
Purpose Use the async mode posapp command to configure the interface to operate in
POS application mode.
Use the undo async mode posapp command to disable the interface to operate
in POS application mode.
Syntax async mode posapp app-number
undo async mode posapp
Parameters app-number
Number for a POS application. Valid values are 0 to 31.
A router can be configured with up to 32 POS
applications.
Default By default, the interface operates in protocol mode.
Example Configure asynchronous interface async1/0/0 to operate in POS application mode.
[Router-Async1/0/0] async mode posapp 1
AUX Interface view
Description For an asynchronous interface to receive POS packets, you must configure it to
operate in POS application mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family atm-class 157
Command Reference
atm-class
Purpose Use the atm-class command to apply a set of parameters (which are defined in
ATM-Class) to an ATM interface or a PVC.
Use the undo atm-class command to delete the specified ATM-Class.
Syntax atm-class atm-class-name
undo atm-class atm-class-name
Parameters atm-class-name
Name of ATM-Class.
Example Apply an ATM-Class named "main" to the interface Atm1/0/0.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] at m- cl ass mai n
Interface view
PVC view
Related Command atm class
158 atm class 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
atm class
Purpose Use the atm class command to create an ATM-Class and enter the ATM-Class
view.
Use the undo atm class command to delete the specified ATM-Class.
Syntax atm class atm-class-name
undo atm class atm-class-name
Parameters atm-class-name Name of ATM-Class.
Example Create an ATM-Class named "main".
[ 3Com] at mcl ass mai n
[ 3Com- at m- cl ass- mai n]
System view
Description An ATM-Class is a group of predefined parameters that can be used for ATM interface
or PVC.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family atm-ctt 159
Command Reference
atm-ctt
Purpose Use the atm-ctt command to set all interfaces on a board to transparent
transmission.
Use the undo atm-ctt command to set all interfaces on a board to non transparent
transmission state.
Syntax atm-ctt
undo atm-ctt
Parameters None
Default By default, all interfaces on all boards are in non transparent transmission state.
Example Set the board to transparent transmission.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] interface atm 1/0/0
[3Com-Atm1/0/0] atm-ctt
ATM Interface view
Description This command is only valid on the first ATM interface on a board.
160 atm-link check 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
atm-link check
Purpose Use the atm-link check command to have the protocol state of the ATM P2P
subinterface changes depending on whether the physical interface is up and whether
a PVC is configured on the subinterface.
Use the undo atm-link check command to restore the default protocol state on
the ATM P2P subinterface.
Syntax atm-link check
undo atm-link check
Parameters None
Default By default, the protocol of the ATM P2P subinterface goes up or comes down
depending on whether the physical interface is up or down.
Example Enable the protocol sate of ATM P2P subinterface 4/0/0.1 to change depending on
whether the physical interface is up and whether a PVC is configured on the
subinterface.
[ Rout er - At m4/ 0/ 0. 1] at m- l i nk check
ATM P2P Subinterface view
Description The protocol of the subinterface, which comes down otherwise, goes up when the
physical interface is up and a PVC is configured on the subinterface.
This command applies only to ATM P2P subinterfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authentication 161
Command Reference
authentication
Purpose Use the authentication command to configure an authentication scheme for the
current ISP domain.
Use the undo authentication command to restore the default authentication
scheme of the domain.
Syntax authentication { hwt acacs- scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ l ocal ] |
r adi us- scheme radius-scheme-name [ l ocal ] | l ocal | none }
undo authentication
Specifies the TACACS+ scheme for authentication.
radius-scheme
radius-scheme-name
Specifies the RADIUS scheme for authentication.
local
Specifies to use the local authentication scheme.
none
Specifies not to perform authentication.
Default By default, no separate authentication scheme is available.
Example Specify ISP domain h3c163.net to use RADIUS scheme radius for authentication.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c163. net ] aut hent i cat i on r adi us- scheme r adi us
Specify ISP domain h3c to use RADIUS scheme rd for authentication and use the local
authentication scheme as the alternate one.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c] aut hent i cat i on r adi us- scheme r d l ocal
Specify ISP domain h3c to use TACACS+ scheme hwtac for authentication and use
the local authentication scheme as the alternate one.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c] aut hent i cat i on hwt acacs- scheme hwt ac l ocal
ISP Domain view
Description Note that the RADIUS or TACACS+ authentication scheme you configure by using the
authentication command must exist already.
If you configure the authentication radius-scheme radius-scheme-name
local or authentication hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
local command, the local authentication scheme is the alternate scheme for use
when the RADIUS server or TACACS server is not responding properly. That is, the
162 authentication 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
local authentication scheme is used only when the RADIUS server or TACACS server is
not available.
If you want the system to use the local scheme as the first scheme, the local
authentication scheme is the only scheme for authentication, and you cannot
configure any RADIUS or TACACS+ scheme at the same time. That is, you can only
specify the local keyword in the authentication command. The same is true for
the none keyword.
If you configure the authentication command in ISP domain view, the system
uses the scheme specified in the command for authentication. Otherwise, the system
uses the scheme specified by using the scheme command.
radius scheme
hwatacacs scheme
Command Reference
authentication
Purpose Use the authentication command to set the IP address, port number and shared
key for the primary and secondary RADIUS authentication servers.
Use the undo authentication command to restore them to default value.
Syntax authentication { primary | secondary } ip ip-address [ port
port-number ] [ key { simple | cipher } key-string ]
undo authentication { primary | secondary }
Server IP address, in the dotted decimal format. It must
be a legal unicast IP address.
simple Specifies to display the shared key in plain text.
cipher Specifies to display the shared key in cipher text.
key-string Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must be
in either plain or cipher text. The plain text key is a
Default By default, for the RADIUS scheme named system created by the system, the IP
address and UDP port number of the primary authentication server are 127.0.0.1 and
1645, respectively, and the IP address and UDP port number of the secondary
authentication server are 0.0.0.0 and 1812, respectively. For a newly created RADIUS
scheme, the IP addresses and UDP port numbers of both the primary and secondary
authentication servers are 0.0.0.0 and 1812, respectively. The default shared key of
both the primary and secondary authentication servers of the RADIUS scheme is
3Com.
Example Set the IP address of the primary authentication server of the RADIUS scheme named
3Com to 10.110.1.2, sets its UDP port number to 1812, and sets its shared key to
sharekey.
[3Com-radius-3Com] authentication primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 1812 key
sharekey
RADIUS Scheme view
Command Reference
authentication
key for the primary and secondary TACACS+ authentication servers.
Use the undo authentication command to delete the configured authentication
servers.
Syntax authentication { primary | secondary } ip ip-address [ port port-number
] [ key { simple | cipher } key-string ]
port-number
simple
cipher
key-string
Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must
character string containing 1 to 96 characters like
3Com918.
Default By default, the IP address of TACACS authentication server is 0.0.0.0., without any
shared key.
Example Set the IP address of the primary authentication server of the TACACS+ scheme
named 3Com to 10.110.1.2, set its UDP port number to 49, and set its shared key
to sharekey.
[3Com-hwtacacs-3Com] authentication primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 49 key
sharekey
TACACS+ view
Description The primary and secondary authentication servers must not use the same IP address.
Command Reference
You can remove a server only when it is not used by any active TCP connection for
sending authentication packets.
encrypt the exchanged packets between each other. The two ends verify the packets
using a shared key. They can properly receive packets and make responses only when
they use the same key. Therefore, the shared key on the router must be the same with
that on the TACACS+ server.
Command Reference
authentication
Purpose Use the authentication command to enable user authentication and
authorization for the access service number.
Use the undo authentication command to disable user authentication and
authorization for the access service number.
Syntax authentication
undo authentication
Parameters None
Default By default, user authentication and authorization is disabled for all access service
numbers.
Example Enable user authentication and authorization for the two-stage dial access service
number 2005.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum2005] aut hent i cat i on
Voice Access-Number view
Description If user authentication and authorization is enabled for an access service number, the
user who uses this access service number can be authorized and dial the IP phone
only after it has been authenticated.
If user authentication and authorization is disabled, the user who uses this access
service number can directly dial the IP phone without being authenticated.
Related Commands gw-access-number
accounting optional
authentication-did
Command Reference
authentication
key for the primary and secondary TACACS+ authentication servers.
Use the undo authentication command to delete the configured authentication
servers.
Syntax authentication { primary | secondary } ip ip-address [ port port-number
Parameters ip-address Server IP address, in dotted decimal format. It must be
port-number
simple
Indicates the key is displayed in plain text.
cipher
Indicates the key is displayed in cipher text.
key-string
Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must
character string containing 1 to 96 characters, such as
3Com918.
Default By default, the IP address of TACACS authentication server is 0.0.0.0., without any
key.
sharekey for the primary and secondary authentication servers of the TACACS+
scheme 3Com.
[3Com-hwtacacs-3Com] authentication primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 49 key
sharekey
TACACS+ view
Description The primary and secondary authentication servers cannot use the same IP address.
Command Reference
You can remove a server that cannot be removed otherwise, only when it is not used
by any active TCP connection for sending authentication packets.
encrypt the exchanged packets between them. The two ends verify the packets using
a shared key. Only when the same key is used can they properly receive the packets
and make responses. Thus, the shared key on the router must be the same with that
on the TACACS+ server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authentication-algorithm 169
Command Reference
authentication-algorithm
Purpose Use the authentication-algorithm command to select the authentication
algorithm for an IKE proposal.
Use the undo authentication-algorithm command to restore the
authentication algorithm for an IKE proposal to the default.
Syntax authentication-algorithm { md5 | sha }
undo authentication-algorithm
Parameters md5
Selects the authentication algorithm: HMAC-MD5.
sha
Selects the authentication algorithm: HMAC-SHA1.
Default By default, HMAC-SHA1 authentication algorithm is used.
Example Set HMAC-MD5 as the authentication algorithm for IKE proposal 10.
[ 3Com] i ke pr oposal 10
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmmd5
IKE Proposal view
Related Commands ike proposal
display ike proposal
170 authentication-client method 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
authentication-client method
Purpose Use the authentication-client method command to specify how the DVPN
server that applies the DVPN policy authenticates clients. None, CHAP, and PAP are
currently available.
Syntax authentication-client method { chap | none | pap }
Parameters pap Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients using
PAP (password authentication protocol).
none
Specifies the DVPN server not to authenticate clients.
chap
Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients using
CHAP (challenge authentication protocol).
Default PAP is used to authenticate clients by default.
Example Configure a DVPN policy to authenticate clients using CHAP.
[ 3Com- dvpn- pol i cy- abc] aut hent i cat i on- cl i ent met hod chappurpose_body
Dvpn-Policy view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authentication-did 171
Command Reference
authentication-did
Purpose Use the authentication-did command to enable authentication for all
one-stage dial (direct dial) users.
Use the undo authentication-did command to disable authentication for
one-stage dial users.
Syntax authentication-did
undo authentication-did
Parameters None
Default By default, authentication is disabled for one-stage dial users.
Example Enable authentication for one-stage dial users.
[ Rout er - voi ce- aaa] aut hent i cat i on- di d
Voice AAA view
Description This command is available to one-stage dial (that is, dialing the called number directly)
users but not to two-stage dial (that is, dialing the access service number) users.
After this command is configured, the calling number in a call from a one-stage dial
user is extracted and sent to the RADIUS Server for authentication. Only after passing
authentication can the user obtain services. If the authentication fails, the user is
disconnected and cannot make the IP phone call.
If authentication is disabled for one-stage dial users, one-stage dial users can directly
dial IP phones without being authenticated.
Related Commands authentication-did
accounting
172 authentication-method 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
authentication-method
Purpose Use the authentication-method command to select the authentication method
used by an IKE proposal.
Use the undo authentication-method command to restore the authentication
method used by an IKE proposal to the default.
Syntax authentication-method { pr e- shar e | r sa- si gnat ur e }
undo authentication-method
Parameters pre-share
Specifies the pre-shared key authentication as the
Internet Key Exchange (IKE) proposal authentication
method.
rsa-signature
specifies to authenticate through PKI digital signature.
Default By default, the authentication method used by an IKE proposal is pre-shared key
authentication.
Example Specify pre-shared key authentication as the authentication method for IKE proposal
10.
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] aut hent i cat i on- met hod pr e- shar epur pose_body
IKE Proposal view
Description You can specify an authentication method for an IKE policy. So far, two methods are
available: pre-shared key and PKI (rsa-signature).
Authentication key must be configured to adopt the pre-shared key authentication
method.
For more information on configuring PKI, refer to PKI Configuration in this manual.
Related Commands ike pre-shared-key
ike proposal
pki domain
pki entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authentication-mode 173
Command Reference
authentication-mode
Purpose Use the authentication-mode command to set the authentication mode at
login.
Use the authentication-mode none command to set the authentication mode
to none, that is, no authentication at login.
Use the undo authentication-mode command to restore the default.
Syntax authentication-mode { password | scheme [ command-authorization |
domain domain-name ] }
authentication-mode none
undo authentication-mode
Parameters password Performs local password authentication.
scheme Performs authorization and authentication of AAA.
command-authorization
Performs command line authorization. TACACS+
allows per-command authorization. An input
command is executed only after it passes
authorization.
domain domain-name: Sets domain name of the applied AAA domain. Valid
values are a string of 1 to 24 characters.
none
Performs no authentication.
Default By default, the authentication mode is password for TTY (asynchronous interface),
VTY, and AUX user interfaces and is none for other user interfaces.
Example Enable local password authentication.
[3Com-ui0] authentication-mode password
User Interface view
Description If the domain domain-name command is configured on a VTY or Console port, all
users who log onto the router through VTY or Console port will use the configured
domain to perform AAA. The default domain and the domain name information in
the username entered at login will become invalid. The configuration of this domain
174 authentication-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
is optional. Without this configuration, the login mode of the users using the original
version of Comware does not change.
Domain configuration is valid on both VTY and Console users, while the banner
message is only valid for Telnet and Terminal users. This is because SSH client can be
provided by the third party and the interaction mode of the client cannot be
modified.
Related Command set authentication password
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authentication-mode 175
Command Reference
authentication-mode
Purpose Use the authentication-mode command to configure one area of OSPF to
support the authentication attribute.
Use the undo authentication-mode command to cancel the authentication
attribute of this area.
Syntax authentication-mode { simple | md5 }
undo authentication-mode
Parameters simple
Simple text authentication mode.
md5
MD5 cipher text authentication mode.
Default By default, an area does not support authentication attribute.
Example Enter area 0 view.
Specify the OSPF area 0 to support MD5 cipher text authentication.
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0] authentication-mode md5
OSPF Area view
Description All the routers in one area must use the same authentication mode (no
authentication, supporting simple text authentication or MD5 cipher text
authentication). If the mode of supporting authentication is configured, all routers on
the same segment must use the same authentication key. To configure a simple text
authentication key, use the ospf authentication-mode simple command.
And, use the ospf authentication-mode md5 command to configure the MD5
cipher text authentication key if the area is configured to support MD5 cipher text
authentication mode.
Related Command ospf authentication-mode
176 authentication-server method 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
authentication-server method
Purpose Use the authentication-server method command to specify a client whether
or not to authenticates the DVPN server it accesses.
Syntax authentication-server method { none | pre-share }
Parameters none
Specifies the client not to authenticate the DVPN
server.
pre-share Specifies the client to authenticate the DVPN server
using a pre-shared key.
Example Specify the client to authenticate the DVPN server using a pre-shared key.
[ 3Com- dvpn- cl ass- abc] aut hent i cat i on- ser ver met hod pr e- shar e
Dvpn-Class view
Description A client does not authenticate the DVPN server it accesses by default.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family authentication super hwtacacs-scheme 177
Command Reference
authentication super hwtacacs-scheme
Purpose Use the authentication super hwtacacs-scheme command to configure
super authentication scheme for a domain.
Use the undo authentication super command to delete super authentication
scheme for a domain.
Syntax authentication super hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
undo authentication super hwtacacs-scheme
Parameters hwtacacs-scheme-name
Name of the HWTACACS scheme configured on the
router.
Example Configure the super authentication scheme for system domain to sup.
[ 3Com] domai n syst em
[ 3Com- i sp- syst em] aut hent i cat i on super hwt acacs- scheme sup
ISP Domain view
178 authorization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
authorization
Purpose Use the authorization command to configure an authorization scheme for the
current ISP domain.
Use the undo authorization command to restore the default authorization
scheme of the domain.
Syntax authorization { hwt acacs- scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | none }
undo authorization
Specifies the TACACS+ scheme for authorization.
none
Specifies not to perform authorization, that is, the
system provides services without authorization.
Default By default, no separate authorization scheme is available.
Example Specify ISP domain h3c to use TACACS+ scheme hwtac for authorization.
[ 3Com- i sp- h3c] aut hor i zat i on hwt acacs- scheme hwt ac
ISP Domain view
Description Note that the TACACS+ authorization scheme specified in this command must have
existed.
If you configure the authorization command in ISP domain view, the system uses
the scheme specified in the command for authorization. Otherwise, the system uses
the scheme specified by using the scheme command.
radius scheme
hwatacacs scheme
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authorization 179
Command Reference
authorization
Purpose Use the authorization command to set the IP address, port number and shared
key for the primary and secondary TACACS+ authorization servers.
Use the undo authorization command to delete the configured authorization
servers.
Syntax authorization { primary | secondary } ip ip-address [ port port-number
undo authorization { primary | secondary }
Parameters ip-address Server IP address, in dotted decimal format. It must be
port-number
simple
cipher
key-string
Shared key. In the simple mode, the key-string must be
3Com918.
Default By default, the IP address of TACACS authorization server is 0.0.0.0., without any key.
Example Set the IP address of the primary and secondary authorizatioin servers of the
TACACS+ scheme named 3Com to 10.110.1.2, set its UDP port number to 49, and
set its shared key to sharekey.
[3Com-hwtacacs-3Com] authorization primary ip 10.110.1.2 port 49 key
sharekey
TACACS+ view
Description The primary and secondary authorization servers must not use the same IP address.
You can remove a server only when it is not used by any active TCP connection for
sending authorization packets.
180 authorization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
encrypt the exchanged packets between each other. The two ends verify the packets
using a shared key. They can properly receive the packets and make responses only
when they use the same key. Therefore, the shared key on the router must be the
same with that on the TACACS+ server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family authorization-level 181
Command Reference
authorization-level
Purpose Use the authorization-level command to configure a local caller authorization
level for the voice entity.
Use the undo authorization-level command to restore the default local
caller authorization level of the voice entity.
Syntax authorization-level level
undo authorization-level
Parameters level
Local caller authorization level. Valid values are 0 to 9.
The greater the value, the higher the level.
If no value is specified, the default level is 0.
Example Set the local caller authorization level to 2 for voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] aut hor i zat i on- l evel 2
Voice Entity view
Description For a voice entity, 10 local caller authorization levels are available, with a greater value
indicating a higher level. A voice entity can be used for setting up a call only when the
user level carried in the call is greater than the local caller authorization level of the
voice entity. If the local caller authorization level of the voice entity is 0, it can be used
to set up calls for any user.
182 auto-config 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
auto-config
Purpose Use the auto-config command to implement the auto-config operation.
Syntax auto-config
Parameters None
Example Start the auto-config operation.
[3Com] auto-config
System view
Description Enabling auto-config is equivalent to executing commands in batch.
CAUTION:
The auto-config command is usually used at initial boot to execute commands in
batch. As this changes the current configurations and no undo form is available, you
must take caution when using it on a network where configuration is completed.
Although the auto-config function is available with vrpcfg.def, the default
configuration file, you cannot save the configuration of the auto-config
command.
The auto-config command runs these commands:
1. Enabling FTP and configuring the VTY (Telnet) and TTY (through AM interface)
users to adopt local authentication
ftp server enable
user-interface vty 0 4
authentication-mode scheme
user-interface tty user-interface-number
modem call-in
authentication-mode scheme
2. Configuring the default user name and password, enabling Telnet, FTP, and
terminal services for the default user
local-user admin password cipher admin
level 3
service-type ftp
service-type terminal telnet
By default, the user name and password are both admin.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family auto-config 183
Command Reference
3. Detecting all the controller interfaces, including E1/T1/E3/T3 interfaces, setting
their operating status to non-channelized, generating the corresponding serial
interfaces. On the T1 interface, use the channel-set command to bundle all
the timeslots into one serial interface.
using e1
using e3
using t3
channel-set 0 timeslot-list 1-24
4. Detecting all the serial interfaces (including the logical interfaces generated by the
controller interface), encapsulating the interfaces with PPP, using PPP negotiation
to get IP addresses, and setting the interface state to UP.
link-protocol ppp
ip address ppp-negotiate
undo shutdown
5. Detecting all the Ethernet interfaces, enabling the dhcp client function, and
setting the interface state to UP.
ip address dhcp-alloc
undo shutdown
6. Detecting all the AM interfaces, setting the operating mode to flow, configuring
modem coding format (setting CountryCode to UK if there is an E1/E3 module
and if otherwise to US), and setting the interface state to UP.
async mode flow
country-code { united-kingdom | united-states }
undo shutdown
Related Command auto-config enable
184 auto-config enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
auto-config enable
Purpose Use the auto-config enable command to enable auto-config.
Use the undo auto-config command to disable auto-config.
Syntax auto-config enable
undo auto-config
Parameters None
Example Enable auto-config.
[3Com] auto-config enable
Disable auto-config.
[3Com] undo auto-config
System view
Description By default, auto-config is enabled. Use the display auto-config command
to check if auto-config is enabled.
Related Command display auto-config
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family auto-execute command 185
Command Reference
auto-execute command
Purpose Use the auto-execute command command to set a command to be
automatically executed.
Use the undo auto-execute command command to disable command
auto-execution.
Syntax auto-execute command command
undo auto-execute command
Parameters command
Command to be automatically executed.
Default By default, command auto-execution is disabled.
Example Allow the system to execute the telnet 10.110.100.1 command automatically
after a user logs on from the AUX interface.
[3Com-ui-aux0] auto-execute command telnet 10.110.100.1
User Interface view
Description You should be aware of the following restrictions before using the auto-execute
command command:
You cannot execute the auto-execute command command on the console
port.
When the AUX port on your router functions as the console port, you cannot
execute the auto-execute command on it.
These restrictions do not apply to other types of user interfaces.
When the user logs on from this interface, the system automatically executes the
command configured using the auto-execute command command and
disconnects the user connection after completing execution.
A good example is configuring the auto-execute command telnet command
to have users telnet to the specified host automatically.
186 auto-execute command 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Exercise caution when using this command on a user interface. It disables you to
configure the system on the user interface.
CAUTION:
Before configuring the auto-execute command command and saving it with the
save command, make sure that means exist that allow you to access the system to
remove the configuration.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family balance 187
Command Reference
balance
Purpose Use the balance command to configure the number of routes participating in BGP
load balancing.
Use the undo balance command to restore the default, that is, 1. In this case, load
balancing is disabled.
Syntax balance num
undo balance
Parameters num
Number of the BGP routes participating in load
balancing. It is in the range 1 to 8. When it is set to 1,
load balancing is disabled.
Example Set the number of routes participating in BGP load balancing to 2.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp] bal ance 2
BGP view
Description Different from IGP, BGP is just a single-purpose routing protocol and therefore has no
explicit metric for making load balancing decision. Instead, it implements load
balancing by changing its routing rule.
Related Command display ip routing-table
188 band-based-sharing 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
band-based-sharing
Purpose Use the band-based-sharing command to enable bandwidth-based unbalanced
load sharing.
Use the undo band-based-sharing command to disable bandwidth-based
unbalanced load sharing.
Syntax band-based-sharing
undo band-based-sharing
Parameters None
Default By default, bandwidth-based unbalanced load sharing is disabled.
Example Enable bandwidth-based unbalanced load sharing.
[Router] band-based-sharing
System view
Description As bandwidth-based unbalanced load sharing does not support per-flow load
sharing, you must disable fast forwarding on the incoming or outgoing interface
when using the function.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family baudrate 189
Command Reference
baudrate
Purpose Use the baudrate command to set the baud rate of a serial interface.
Syntax baudrate baudrate
Parameters baudrate Baud rate of the serial interface (in bps). Valid values
are 300 to 115,200 for an asynchronous serial
interface and 1200 to 2,048,000 for a synchronous
serial interface.
Default By default, the baud rate is 9,600 bps on the asynchronous serial interface and
64,000 bps on a synchronous serial interface.
Example Set the baud rate of the asynchronous serial interface at DCE side to 115200 bps.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] baudr at e 115200
Serial Interface view
Description The following are the baud rates available with asynchronous serial interfaces:
300 bps, 600 bps, 1,200 bps, 2,400 bps, 4,800 bps, 9,600 bps, 19,200 bps, 38,400
bps, 57,600 bps, 115,200 bps
The following are the baud rates available with synchronous serial interfaces:
1,200 bps, 2,400 bps, 4,800 bps, 9,600 bps, 19,200 bps, 38,400 bps, 57,600 bps,
64,000 bps, 72,000 bps, 115,200 bps, 128,000 bps, 192,000 bps, 256,000 bps,
384,000 bps, 512,000 bps, 1,024,000 bps, 2,048,000 bps
Note that the baud rates of 192,000 bps, 256,000 bps, 512,000 bps, 1,024,000 bps,
and 2,048,000 bps are available with some types of serial interfaces only. You can
know whether these baud rates are available by reading the prompt message
displayed on the screen for this command.
The baud rate range available with synchronous serial interfaces depends on the
applied physical electric specifications.
V.24 DTE/DCE supports the range of 1200 bps to 64000 bps
V.35 DCE/DCE, X.21 DTE/DCE, EIA/TIA-449 DTE/DCE and EIA-530 DTE/DCE
supports the range of 1200 bps to 2048000 bps
190 baudrate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
After a synchronous/asynchronous serial interface makes the
synchronous/asynchronous switchover, the baud rate of the interface resumes the
default baud rate in the new operating mode.
When setting baud rate for a serial interface, you should take into consideration the
elements such as operating mode (synchronous/asynchronous mode) and the electric
specifications of the connected external cable. In addition, you should note that the
baud rate of asynchronous serial interface is only significant for the connection
between router and modem. If two modems are concerned, the baud rate between
them will be directly negotiated by themselves. Therefore, different baud rate settings
can be set on the routers at the two ends of a connection, if the routers are working
in asynchronous mode. In synchronous mode, however, the router working as DCE
will determine the baud rate for the line transmission. Therefore, you need to set
baud rate at the DCE side in this case.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bert 191
Command Reference
bert
Purpose Use the bert command to set test error bit for line Bit.
Use the undo bert command to delete the test.
Syntax bert pattern { 2^7 | 2^11 | 2^15 | qrss } time minutes [ unframed ]
undo bert
Parameters pattern Sets BERT test mode, including 2^7, 2^11, 2^15 and
QRSS.
2^7
Specifies length of the stream to be sent to 27 bits.
2^11
2^15
qrss
Specifies length of the stream to be sent to 220 bits
and no more than 14 contiguous zeros can be
included in the stream.
time minutes Sets duration time of BERT test, ranging from 1 to
1440 in minutes.
unframed
Sets filling frame overhead bit for test stream.
Default By default, no bert test is performed.
Example Perform the BERT test in QRSS mode on CE3 interface 1/0/0 for 10 minutes.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] interface e3 1/0/0
[3Com-E3 1/0/0] bert pattern qrss time 10
CE3 interface view
Description Various BERT test modes are defined in ITU O.151, ITU O.153 and ANSI T1.403-1999.
Currently, 2CE3 interface supports the test modes as 2^7, 2^11, 2^15 and QRSS.
You can use the display controller e3 command to view test state and result
after executing the bert command.
The bert command is only supported by 2CE3 interface on FIC and MIM.
192 bert (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bert (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the bert command to start a BERT test on the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo bert command to stop the BERT test running on the CT1/PRI
interface.
Syntax bert pattern { 2^15 | 2^20 } t i me minutes [ unf r amed ]
undo bert
Parameters pattern Sets a bit error rate test (BERT) pattern, which could be
2^15 or 2^20.
2^15
Two to the fifteenth power, length of the transmitted
BERT pattern in bits.
2^20 Two to the twentieth power, length of the transmitted
time minutes
Sets the duration of a BERT test. Valid values are 1 to
1440 minutes.
unframed
The test pattern covers the overhead bits of the frame.
Example Run a 10-minute 2^20 BERT test on CT1/PRI interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] ber t pat t er n 2^20 t i me 10
Description ITU O.151, ITU O.153, and ANSI T1.403-1999 define many BERT patterns, among
which, the CT1/PRI interface supports only 2^15 and 2^20 at present.
When running a BERT test, the local end sends out a pattern, which is to be looped
over somewhere on the line and back to the local end. The local end then checks the
received pattern for the bit error rate, and by so doing helps you determine whether
the condition of the line is good. To this end, you must configure loopback to allow
the transmitted pattern to loop back from somewhere on the line, for example, from
the far-end interface by placing the interface in far-end loopback.
You may view the state and result of the BERT test with the display controller
t1 command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bert (CT3 Interface) 193
Command Reference
bert (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the bert command to start a BERT test on the CT3 interface.
Use the undo bert command to stop the BERT test running on the CT3 interface.
Syntax bert pattern { 2^7 | 2^11 | 2^15 | qr ss } t i me number [ unf r amed ]
undo bert
Parameters pattern Sets a bit error rate test (BERT) pattern, which could be
2^7, 2^11, 2^15, or QRSS.
2^7
Two to the seventh power, length of the transmitted
2^11
Two to eleventh power, length of the transmitted BERT
pattern in bits.
2^15 Two to the fifteenth power, length of the transmitted
qrss
Two to the twentieth power, length of the transmitted
BERT pattern in bits. In this pattern, the presence of 14
consecutive zeros is not allowed.
time number Sets the duration of a BERT test, in the range of 1 to
1440 minutes.
unframed
Example Run a 10-minute QRSS BERT test on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] ber t pat t er n qr ss t i me 10
Stop the BERT test running on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] undo ber t
CT3 Interface view
which, the CT3 interface supports only 2^7, 2^11, 2^15, and QRSS at present.
194 bert (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t3 command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bgp 195
Command Reference
bgp
Purpose Use the bgp command to enable BGP and enter the BGP view.
Use the undo bgp command to disable BGP.
Syntax bgp as-number
undo bgp [ as-number ]
Parameters as-number Specifies the local AS number, ranging from 1 to
65535.
Default By default, BGP is not enabled.
Example Enable BGP.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp]
System view
Description This command is used to enable and disable BGP as well as to specify the local AS
number of BGP.
196 bims boot request 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bims boot request
Purpose Use the bims boot request command to enable the BIMS device to access the
branch intelligent management system (BIMS) center at startup.
Use the undo bims boot request command to disable the BIMS device to
access the BIMS center automatically at startup.
Syntax bims boot request
undo bims boot request
Default By default, the BIMS device does not access the BIMS center at startup.
Example Configure the BIMS device to access the BIMS center at startup.
[3Com] bims boot request
System view
Description If a user forcibly disables the BIMS device to access the BIMS center at startup, when
the device is restarted, it will not send messages to BIMS server. Therefore BIMS
center cannot detect that the device is restarted and the waiting for restart message
will be displayed on the interface.
Related Command bims request
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bims device-id string 197
Command Reference
bims device-id string
Purpose Use the bims device-id command to configure the unique identifier of the BIMS
device at the BIMS center.
Use the undo bims device-id command to delete the identifier.
Syntax bims device-id string
undo bims device-id
Parameters string
Unique identifier of the BIMS device, up to 30
characters long.
Default By default, no identifier is assigned to the BIMS device.
Example Set the unique identifier of the BIMS device at the BIMS center to
R2102311042W033000076.
[3Com] bims device-id R2102311042W033000076
System view
Related Command bims interval
198 bims enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bims enable
Purpose Use the bims enable command to enable BIMS.
Use the undo bims enable command to disable BIMS.
Syntax bims enable
undo bims enable
Default By default, BIMS is not enabled.
Example Enable BIMS.
[3Com] bims enable
bims is enable
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bims interval 199
Command Reference
bims interval
Purpose Use the bims interval command to configure the interval for accessing the BIMS
center. When the interval is set to 0, the BIMS device does not access the BIMS center
regularly.
Use the undo bims interval command to delete the interval specified for
accessing the BIMS center.
Syntax bims interval number
undo bims interval
Parameters number Interval for accessing the BIMS center (in minutes).
Default By default, no BIMS center accessing interval is set.
Example Set the interval for accessing the BIMS center to 120 minutes.
[3Com] bims interval 120
System view
200 bims ip address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bims ip address
Purpose Use the bims ip address command to configure the IP address and port number
of the BIMS center.
Use the undo bims ip address command to delete the configuration.
Syntax bims ip address ip-address [ port portnumber ]
undo bims ip address
Parameters ip-address IP address of the BIMS center.
portnumber Port number used by the BIMS center.
Default By default, the IP address of the BIMS center is not configured. If you do not specify a
port number when configuring the IP address of the BIMS center, port 80 applies by
default.
Example Set the IP address and port number of the BIMS center to 129.33.72.66 and 81
respectively.
[3Com] bims ip address 129.33.72.66 port 81
System view
Related Command bims interval
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bims request 201
Command Reference
bims request
Purpose Use the bims request command to have the BIMS device access the BIMS center.
Syntax bims request
Example Access the BIMS center.
[3Com] bims request
System view
Related Command bims boot request
202 bims-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bims-server
Purpose Use the bims-server command to enable and configure BIMS option for a global
address pool on the DHCP server.
Use the undo bims-server command to disable BIMS option for a global address
pool on the DHCP server.
Syntax bims-server ip ip-address [ por t port-number ] shar ekey key
undo bims-server
IP address of the BIMS server.
port port-number
Protocol port of the BIMS server. Valid values are 1 to
65534.
sharekey key Shared key of the BIMS server, which can be 1 to 16
characters in length.
Default By default, BIMS option is not configured on the DHCP server.
Example Configure BIMS option in global address pool view, setting the IP address of the BIMS
server to 192.168.1.1, the protocol port to 80, and the shared key to abcdefg.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver i p- pool 123
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - 123] bi ms- ser ver i p 192. 168. 1. 1 por t 80 shar ekey
abcdef g
Global DHCP Address Pool view
Description After you configure BIMS option for a global address pool, the DHCP server
encapsulates the BIMS option information in the DHCP_OFFER and DHCP_ACK
packets when assigning an IP address from the global address pool to a DHCP client.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bims sharekey 203
Command Reference
bims sharekey
Purpose Use the bims sharekey command to configure the shared key between the BIMS
device and the BIMS center.
Use the undo bims sharekey command to delete the shared key.
Syntax bims sharekey { simple | cipher }sharekey
undo bims sharekey
Parameters sharekey
Shared Key between the BIMS device and the BIMS
center. The Shared Key is 16 bits long.
simple
Displays the shared key in clear text.
cipher
Displays the shared key in ciphertext.
Example Set the shared key between the BIMS device and the BIMS center to
1234567812345678. It is to be displayed in clear text.
[3Com] bims sharekey simple 1234567812345678
System view
Related Command bims ip address
204 bims source ip-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bims source ip-address
Purpose Use the bims source ip-address command to specify a source IP address for
the packets sent by the BIMS device. It can be the IP address of a port on the router.
Use the undo bims source ip-address command to delete the source IP
address configured for the BIMS device.
Syntax bims source ip-address ip-address
undo bims source ip-address
Source IP address in the packets sent by the BIMS
device.
Default By default, no source IP address is configured for the BIMS device.
Example On the BIMS device set the source IP address to 10.153.72.66.
[3Com] bims source ip-address 10.153.72.66
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bims specify-time 205
Command Reference
bims specify-time
Purpose Use the bims specify-time command to configure the BIMS device to access the
BIMS center at the specified time and if desired, configure the device to access the
BIMS center at regular intervals from then on during a specified period.
Use the undo bims specify-time command to delete the setting.
Syntax bims specify-time hh:mm yyyy/mm/dd [ [ hh:mm yyyy/mm/dd ] period
numberdays ]
undo bims specify-time
Parameters hh:mm yyyy/mm/dd The first and second hh:mm yyyy/mm/dd arguments
respectively specify the start time and end time for
accessing the BIMS center. If only the first argument is
specified, the BIMS device accesses the BIMS center at
that time once.
numberdays
Period in days for accessing the BIMS center.
Example Configure the router to access the BIMS center at 01:01 on December 12, 2004, and
from then on, to access the BIMS center at seven-day intervals until December 12,
2005 01:01. If the current time has not reached the specified start time, after the
above configuration, the router will access the BIMS center at 01:01 on December 12,
2004 and at 01:01 on December 19, 2004 after a 7*24 hours interval for the next
time.
[3Com] bims specify-time 01:01 2004/12/12 01:01 2005/12/12 period 7
System view
Description The precision of the timer is one minute. The device will access BIMS center in one
minute after the specified time.
206 binary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
binary
Purpose Use the binary command to set data type to binary for file transfer.
Syntax binary
Parameters None
Example Enable file transfer in binary mode.
[ftp] binary
200 Type set to B.
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family boot bootrom 207
Command Reference
boot bootrom
Purpose Use the boot bootrom command to upgrade BootRom.
Syntax boot bootrom filename
Parameters filename BootRom file name in Flash Memory, which must have
an extension name.
Example Upgrade BootRom on the router.
<3Com> boot boot r om824X- BOOTROM- VRP3- 9. 01. bt m
System view
208 boot bootrom 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
boot bootrom
Purpose Use the boot bootrom command to upgrade BootRom.
Syntax boot bootrom filename
Parameters filename
BootRom file name in Flash Memory, which must have
an extension name.
Example Upgrade BootRom on the router.
<3Com> boot boot r om824X- BOOTROM- VRP3- 9. 01. bt m
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bootfile backup 209
Command Reference
bootfile backup
Purpose Use the bootfile backup command to specify the backup boot file.
Syntax bootfile backup backup-bootfile-name
Parameters backup-bootfile-name Backup boot file for the router. If the specified file is
not located on the current directory, you must specify
the path to it also.
Example Specify a backup boot file.
[3Com]bootfile backup router.bin
Set backup boot file successfully!
View information on the boot files in the Flash to verify that the backup boot file has
been successfully specified.
[3Com] bootfile dir
Available boot file(s):
'M' = MAIN, 'B' = BACKUP, 'S' = SECURE
-------------------------------------------------------------
[No.] [Type] [Date] [Time] [Size] [Name]
-------------------------------------------------------------
1 N/A Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Main.bin
1 N/A Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Backup.bin
1 S Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Secure.bin
1 M+B Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Router.bin
-------------------------------------------------------------
Specify a backup boot file.
[3Com] bootfile backup cflash:/d020
Set backup boot file successfully!
Display all boot files.
[3Com] bootfile dir
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----
[SrcName]
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----
1 M Oct/18/2005 13:35:39 10093604 flash:/8061.bin
N/A
2 N/A Oct/20/2005 10:35:13 12252636 flash:/tt
N/A
3 B Oct/18/2005 16:59:28 11987956 cflash:/d020
N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------
210 bootfile backup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description For more information about boot files and the order in which they are used, see the
section bootfile main.
This command is only available with the routers that support the dual image function.
Related Commands dir
bootfile dir
bootfile main
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bootfile dir 211
Command Reference
bootfile dir
Purpose Use the bootfile dir command to view information about all the boot files in the
Flash, including file type, date, time, file size, and file name.
Syntax bootfile dir
Parameters None
Example Display the information about all the boot files in the Flash.
[3Com] bootfile dir
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[No.] [Type] [Date] [Time] [Size] [Name] [SrcName]
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1 M Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Main.bin N/A
1 B Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Backup.bin N/A
1 S Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Secure.bin N/A
1 N/A Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Router.bin N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------
[3Com] bootfile dir
----------------------------------------------------------------------
[SrcName]
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 N/A Oct/18/2005 13:35:39 10093604 flash:/8061.bin
N/A
2 N/A Oct/20/2005 10:35:13 12252636 flash:/tt
N/A
3 M+B Oct/18/2005 16:59:28 11987956 cflash:/d020
N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 Description on the fields of the bootfile dir command
Field Description
Type File type: M for the main boot file, B for the backup boot file, S for the
secure boot file, and N/A for any other boot file.
Date, Time Date and time when the file was loaded
Size File size
Name File name. Main.bin is the default name for the main boot file,
Backup.bin is the default name for the backup boot file, and
Secure.bin is the name for the secure boot file.
SrcName Name of the main/backup/secure boot file at the last boot
212 bootfile dir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description This command is available only when your router is available with the dual image
function. In addition, boot files must be put on the Flash:/ directory, or if a CF card is
available, on the Cflash:/ directory.
bootfile main
bootfile backup
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bootfile main 213
Command Reference
bootfile main
Purpose Use the bootfile main command to specify the main boot file.
Syntax bootfile main main-bootfile-name
Parameters main-bootfile-name Main boot file for the router. If the specified file is not
located on the current directory, you must specify the
path to it also.
Example Specify a main boot file.
[3Com] bootfile main router.bin
Set main boot file successfully!
View information on the boot files in the Flash to verify that the main boot file has
been successfully specified.
[3Com]bootfile dir
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
1 N/A Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Main.bin
1 B Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Backup.bin
1 S Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Secure.bin
1 M Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Router.bin
-------------------------------------------------------------
Specify a main boot file.
[3Com] bootfile main cflash:/d020
Set main boot file successfully!
[3Com] bootfile dir
----------------------------------------------------------------------
[SrcName]
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 N/A Oct/18/2005 13:35:39 10093604 flash:/8061.bin
N/A
2 N/A Oct/20/2005 10:35:13 12252636 flash:/tt
N/A
3 M+B Oct/18/2005 16:59:28 11987956 cflash:/d020
N/A
----------------------------------------------------------------------
214 bootfile main 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description On a router supporting the dual image function (a Flash larger than 8 MB must be
available), three boot files are defined in the system by default: main boot file, backup
boot file, and secure boot file. The system uses them in the following order:
Main boot file, with the default name being main.bin and file type being M, is the
default file for system boot;
Backup boot file, with the default name being backup.bin and file type being B, is
the boot file used in case of the boot failure using the main boot file;
Secure boot file, with the default name being secure.bin and file type being S, is
the boot file used in case of the boot failure using the backup boot file. If the boot
attempts using all these files fail, the system prompts the boot failure.
This command is only available with the routers that support the dual image function.
bootfile dir
bootfile backup
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge aging-time 215
Command Reference
bridge aging-time
Purpose Use the bridge aging-time command to configure the aging time of the
dynamic address table.
Use the undo bridge aging-time command to restore the default aging time of
the dynamic address table.
Syntax bridge aging-time seconds
undo bridge aging-time
Parameters seconds
Aging time of the dynamic address table (in seconds).
Valid values are 10 to 1,000,000.
If no value is specified, the default aging time of a
dynamic address table is 300 seconds.
Example Configure the aging time of the dynamic address table to 500 seconds.
[ 3Com] br i dge agi ng- t i me 500
System view
Description Upon the timeout of the timer, the dynamic address entries will be deleted.
216 bridge bridge-set enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge bridge-set enable
Purpose Use the bridge bridge-set enable command to enable the specified bridge set.
Use the undo bridge bridge-set enable command to disable the specified
bridge set.
Syntax bridge bridge-set enable
undo bridge bridge-set enable
Parameters bridge-set Bridge-set number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Enable bridge-set 1.
[ Rout er ] br i dge 1 enabl e
System view
Description When there is an interface in the bridge set, it cannot be deleted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge bridging 217
Command Reference
bridge bridging
Purpose Use the bridge bridging command to enable the bridging function of a network
layer protocol on a specified bridge set.
Use the undo bridge bridging command to disable the bridging function of a
network layer protocol on specified bridge set.
Syntax bridge bridge-set bridging { i p | i px | ot her s}
undo bridge bridge-set bridging { i p | i px | ot her s }
Parameters bridge-set
Bridge set number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
ip
Internet Protocol.
ipx
Internet Packet Exchange Protocol.
others
Other network protocols, for example OSI protocol.
Default By default, the bridging function is enabled.
Example Disable the bridging function of the IP protocol from bridge 1.
[ 3Com] undo br i dge 1 br i dgi ng i p
Enable the bridging function of the IP protocol on bridge 1.
[ 3Com] br i dge 1 br i dgi ng i p
System view
Description The packets that cannot be routed will be discarded when the bridging function of
the IP, IPX protocol, or other protocols is disabled on a bridge set.
218 bridge enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge enable
Purpose Use the bridge enable command to enable the bridging function.
Use the undo bridge enable command to disable the bridging function.
Syntax bridge enable
undo bridge enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the bridging function is disabled.
Example Disable the bridging function.
[ 3Com] undo br i dge enabl e
System view
Description Only after the bridging function is enabled, can the configuration of a bridge be valid.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge learning 219
Command Reference
bridge learning
Purpose Use the bridge learning command to enable forwarding by dynamic address
table.
Use the undo bridge learning command to disable forwarding by dynamic
address table and forward by static address table only.
Syntax bridge bridge-set learning
undo bridge bridge-set learning
Bridge set number to which the interface belongs.
Valid values are an integer between 1 and 255.
Default By default, the dynamic address table is used in forwarding.
Example Enable dynamic MAC address learning.
[ 3Com] br i dge 1 l ear ni ng
System view
Description The dynamic address table does not require manual maintenance, as it is
automatically refreshed whenever the network topology changes.
220 bridge mac-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge mac-address
Purpose Use the bridge mac-address command to manually configure a static address
table entry of bridge.
Use the undo bridge mac-address command to delete the static address entry.
Syntax bridge bridge-set mac-address mac-address { per mi t | deny } [ i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number | dl sw ]
undo bridge bridge-set mac-address mac-address [ i nt er f ace
Bridge set number which the interface belongs. Valid
values are an integer between 1 and 255.
mac-address
Ethernet MAC address in the xxxx-xxxx-xxxx format,
which is used to match the destination addresses in an
Ethernet.
deny Discard the frames whose destination address is the
specified address on the specified interface.
permit
Forward the frames whose destination address is the
specified address on the specified interface.
interface
Specify an outbound interface.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
dlsw
The output interface is DLSW module.
Example Enable the interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to forward the frames with MAC address
0000-0000-0111.
[ 3Com] br i dge 1 mac- addr ess 0000- 0000- 0111 per mi t i nt er f ace et her net
0/ 0/ 0
System view
Description Normally, a bridge can automatically create dynamic address map entry after
obtaining associations between MAC addresses and interfaces. You can however
administratively create static address map entries, which will never age out.
If the deny argument is configured in the above command, the configuration after
that of the deny argument does not take effect.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge routing 221
Command Reference
bridge routing
Purpose Use the bridge routing command to enable the routing function of a specified
bridge-set for the specified network protocol.
Use the undo bridge routing command to disable the routing function of the
bridge-set for the specified network protocol.
Syntax bridge bridge-set routing { i p | i px }
undo bridge bridge-set routing { i p | i px }
Bridge-set number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
ip
IP
ipx
IPX
Default By default, the routing function is disabled.
Example Enable IP routing in bridge-set 1.
[ Rout er ] br i dge 1 r out i ng i p
System view
Description When a bridge is configured to route for a particular network protocol, the PDUs of
the protocol are routed if needed.
222 bridge routing-enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge routing-enable
Purpose Use the bridge routing-enable command to enable the routing function of the
bridge.
Use the undo bridge routing-enable command to disable the routing
function of the bridge.
Syntax bridge routing-enable
undo bridge routing-enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the routing function of the bridge is disabled.
Example Enable routing on the bridge.
[ Rout er ] br i dge r out i ng- enabl e
System view
Description The routing function for a protocol can be implemented only when routing is enabled
on the bridge.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge-set 223
Command Reference
bridge-set
Purpose Use the bridge set command to add an interface to a bridge set.
Use the undo bridge set command to delete the interface from the bridge set.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set
undo bridge-set bridge-set
Parameters bridge-set Bridge set number. Valid values are an integer from 1
to 255.
Default By default, no interface is added to the bridge set.
Example Add Ethernet0/0/0 to bridge set 1.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set 1
Add interface dialer 0 to bridge set 1.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace Di al er 0
[ 3Com- Di al er 0] br i dge- set 1
Interface view
Description Bridging can only be implemented between interfaces of a same bridge set.
If VRRP is enabled on the bridge template corresponding to a bridge set,
non-Ethernet interface is not allowed to be added to this bridge set.
When configuring bridge over dial interface, you need to configure this command on
the top-layer dial interface.
224 bridge-set (Ethernet Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge-set (Ethernet Interface view)
Purpose Use the bridge-set (in the Ethernet Interface view) command to
add the Ethernet interface into the bridge.
Use the undo bridge-set (in the Ethernet Interface view)
command to delete the interface from the DLSw bridge group.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set-number
undo bridge-set bridge-set-number
Parameters bridge-set-number
The bridge group number that the Ethernet interface is
added into, ranging from 1 to 63.
Default By default, no Ethernet interface is added into the bridge group.
Example Add the Ethernet1/0/0 interface into the DLSw bridge group numbered 20.
[ 3Com] dl sw br i dge- gr oup 20
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set 20
Description After an Ethernet interface is added into the bridge group, the LLC2 packets on the
Ethernet interface can be sent to the remote peer through the related TCP tunnel.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge set (Synchronous Serial Interface view) 225
Command Reference
bridge set (Synchronous Serial Interface view)
Purpose Use the bridge-set (in Synchronous serial interface system
view) command to add the synchronous serial interface encapsulated into SDLC into
the bridge group.
Use the undo bridge-set (in synchronous serial interface view)
command to delete the interface from the DLSw bridge group.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set-number
undo bridge-set bridge-set-number
Parameters bridge-set-number The bridge group number the synchronous serial port
is to be added into. Valid values are 1 to 63.
Default By default, no synchronous serial port is added into the bridge group.
Example Add the Serial1/0/0 into the DLSw bridge group numbered 20.
[ 3Com] dl sw br i dge- gr oup 20
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set 20
Synchronous Serial Interface view
Description In order for the SDLC encapsulated synchronous serial port to join the DLSw
forwarding, the SDLC interface is needed to added into a bridge group by using this
command. What is different is that the bridge group on the Ethernet interface joins
the local forwarding, while the bridge group configured on the SDLC only joins the
DLSw forwarding, that is, all the data on it will be forwarded onto the TCP tunnel. If it
is configured in the Ethernet Interface view, the Ethernet interface of the same group
number on the router can forward packets transparently. But packets cannot be
transferred transparently between the serial ports. Each serial port only exchanges
packet with the remote end.
226 bridge-set stp enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge-set stp enable
Purpose Use the bridge-set stp enable command to disable STP on the port.
Use the undo bridge-set stp enable command to enable STP on the port.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set stp enable
undo bridge-set bridge-set stp enable
Number of a bridge set. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Default By default, STP is disabled on the port.
Example Enable STP on Ethernet port 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set 1 st p enabl e
Interface view
Description Only after STP is enabled on the port can other STP parameters take effect.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge-set stp port pathcost 227
Command Reference
bridge-set stp port pathcost
Purpose Use the bridge-set stp port pathcost command to configure the path cost
of the bridge port.
Use the undo bridge-set stp port pathcost command to restore the
default.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set stp port pathcost cost
undo bridge-set bridge-set stp port pathcost
cost
Path cost of a bridge port. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
The default is 19 if the port is Ethernet and 1000 if the
port is serial.
Example Set the path cost for Ethernet port 1/0/0 to 5.
[ Rout er - Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set st p por t pat hcost 5
Interface view
Description Assign a path cost to a bridge port depending on its link speed. The higher the link
speed is, the lower the path cost should be configured.
When a bridge port uses the default path cost, STP can automatically identify the type
of the port and get the corresponding default path cost value.
228 bridge-set stp port priority 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge-set stp port priority
Purpose Use the bridge-set stp port priority command to configure the priority of
the bridge port.
Use the undo bridge-set stp port priority command to restore the
default priority of the bridge port.
Syntax bridge-set bridge-set stp port priority value
undo bridge-set bridge-set stp port priority
value
Bridge port priority. Valid values are 0 to 255.
If no value is specified, the default value is 128.
Example Set the priority for Ethernet port 0/0/0 to 5.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] br i dge- set st p por t pr i or i t y 5
Interface view
Description The ID of a bridge port comprises port priority and port number.
When the path costs of all ports on a bridge are the same, the one with the lowest
port ID is more likely to be elected as the designated port. The process is as follows:
Compare the priorities of the ports on the bridge. The one with the lowest port
priority is elected as the designated port.
In case multiple ports on the bridge have the same priority, compare their port
numbers and elect the port with the lowest number as the designated port.
To identify the number of each port, execute the display bridge spanning
tree command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge stp ieee 229
Command Reference
bridge stp ieee
Purpose Use the bridge stp ieee command to specify a bridge set to support IEEE STP.
Use the undo bridge stp ieee command to disable a bridge set to support STP.
Syntax bridge bridge-set stp ieee
undo bridge bridge-set stp ieee
Parameters bridge-set Number of a bridge set. Valid values are an integer
between 1 and 255.
ieee
Ethernet spanning tree protocol (STP).
Default The default STP standard supported on a bridge set is IEEE.
Example Set the STP standard supported by a bridge set to IEEE.
[ Rout er ] br i dge 1 st p i eee
System view
Description STP has multiple standards, which are not compatible. To prevent bridging loops, the
communicating parties must use the same STP standard.
230 bridge stp max-age 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge stp max-age
Purpose Use the bridge stp max-age command to set the Max Age timer on the bridge.
Use the undo bridge stp max-age command to restore the default.
Syntax bridge stp max-age seconds
undo bridge stp max-age
Parameters seconds
Value for the Max Age timer on the bridge. Valid
Example Set the Max Age timer on the bridge to 30 seconds.
[ Rout er ] br i dge st p max- age 30
System view
Description A Max Age timer is used to limit the lifetime of BPDUs. Enabling STP on a port starts a
Max Age timer. If the interface receives no BPDU before the timer expires, its link is
considered faulty and STP starts to recalculate its topology.
When configuring a Max Age timer, consider the following:
On a spanning tree, all bridges use the Max Age timer of the root instead of their
own.
Set the timer appropriately. A small timer may result in undesired spanning tree
calculation frequency and have the bridge mistake congestions for link failures. A
large timer, on the contrary, may decrease the self-tuning capability of the network
preventing the bridge from discovering link failures quickly.
You are recommended to use the default Max Age timer setting in normal cases.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge stp priority 231
Command Reference
bridge stp priority
Purpose Use the bridge stp priority command to assign a priority to the bridge.
Use the undo bridge stp priority command to restore the default priority of
the bridge.
Syntax bridge stp priority value
undo bridge stp priority
Parameters value
Bridge priority. Valid values are 0 to 65,535.
If no value is specified, the default value is 32,768.
Example Set the bridge priority to 500.
[ Rout er ] br i dge st p pr i or i t y 500
System view
Description The ID of a bridge consists of two parts: bridge priority and bridge MAC address.
During a spanning tree calculation in a network, the bridge with the lowest ID is
elected as the root. The process is as follows:
Compare the priorities of the bridges in the network. The one with the lowest
bridge priority is elected as the root.
In case multiple bridges in the network have the same priority, compare their MAC
addresses and elect the bridge with the lowest MAC address as the root.
When STP is enabled, changing the priority of a bridge may cause spanning tree
recalculation.
232 bridge stp timer forward-delay 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge stp timer forward-delay
Purpose Use the bridge stp timer forward-delay command to set the Forward
Delay timer on the bridge.
Use the undo bridge stp timer forward-delay command to restore the
default.
Syntax bridge stp timer forward-delay seconds
undo bridge stp timer forward-delay
Parameters seconds
Value for the Forward Delay timer on the bridge. Valid
If no value is specified, the default value is 15 seconds.
Example Set the Forward Delay timer on the bridge to 50 seconds.
[ Rout er ] br i dge st p t i mer f or war d- del ay 50
System view
Description A link fault on the network may cause a spanning-tree recalculation immediately;
however, it takes time for the new BPDU to propagate throughout the entire
network. If new root ports and designated ports start forwarding frames immediately
after they are elected, a temporary loop may occur.
To resolve the problem, STP adopts a state transition mechanism, where a root or
designated port must undergo a transitional state before it enters the forwarding
state to forward frames. The duration of this transitional state depends on the setting
of a timer called Forward Delay timer. It ensures that the new BPDU has been
propagated throughout the network before frames are forwarded according to the
latest topology.
When configuring a Forward Delay timer, consider the following:
On a spanning tree, all bridges must use the Forward Delay timer of the root bridge
instead of their own.
Use the default Forward Delay timer setting if possible. A small forward delay may
create temporary path redundancy; while a large forward delay may increase the
time required for the topology of the spanning tree to converge. In the latter case,
network connectivity recovery may take a long time.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bridge stp timer hello 233
Command Reference
bridge stp timer hello
Purpose Use the bridge stp timer hello command to set the Hello Time timer on the
bridge.
Use the undo bridge stp timer hello command to restore the default.
Syntax bridge stp timer hello seconds
undo bridge stp timer hello
Parameters seconds
Value for the Hello Time timer on the bridge (in
seconds). Valid values are 1 to 10.
Example Set the Hello Time timer on the bridge to 5 seconds.
[ Rout er ] br i dge st p t i mer hel l o 5
System view
Description A Hello Time timer is used to control the interval for sending BPDUs. Enabling STP on
a port starts a Hello Time timer. An appropriately set Hello Time timer allows the
bridge to discover link faults on the network without occupying many resources.
When configuring a Hello Time timer, consider the following:
On a spanning tree, all bridges must use the Hello Time timer of the root bridge
instead of their own.
Set the Hello Time timer appropriately. A small Hello time timer may increase the
frequency of BPDU sending, increasing undesired CPU load. A large Hello Time
timer, on the contrary, may cause the bridge to take a frame loss for a link failure,
and then to recalculate the spanning tree. You are recommended to use the
default timer setting if possible.
234 bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable
Purpose Use the bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable command to
enable VLAN ID transparent transmission.
Use the undo bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable command
to disable VLAN ID transparent transmission.
Syntax bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable
undo bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable
Parameters None
Default By default, VLAN ID transparent transmission is disabled.
Example Enable VLAN ID transparent transmission on interface atm1/0/0.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-ATM1/0/0] bridge-set 2
[3Com-ATM1/0/0] bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable
Interface view
Description Before enabling VLAN ID transparent transmission on an interface, you must first add
this interface to the bridge set; otherwise, the system prompts you the interface is not
added to the bridge set.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family broadcast-limit link 235
Command Reference
broadcast-limit link
Purpose Use the broadcast-limit link command to configure the maximum number of
links that the virtual template supports for sending multicast or broadcast packets.
Use the undo broadcast-limit link command to restore the default.
Syntax broadcast-limit link number
undo broadcast-limit link
Parameters number
Maximum number of links that the virtual template
supports for sending multicast or broadcast packets.
Example Configure maximum link number of virtual template 1 supporting sending multicast
or broadcast packet to be 100.
[3Com ] interface virtual-template 1
[3Com -Virtual-Template1] broadcast-limit link 100
Virtual Template view
Description When there are many links on the virtual template, sending multicast or broadcast
packets from each link may influence the function of the system. In this case, the
broadcast-limit link command can be used for limitation, so that multicast or
broadcast packet will be discarded if link number exceeds the limitation.
236 broadcast suppression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
broadcast suppression
Purpose Use the broadcast-suppression command to restrict the broadcast traffic size
on the port.
Use the undo broadcast-suppression command to restore the default (100),
allowing all broadcast traffic to pass through without broadcast suppression.
Syntax broadcast-suppression pct
undo broadcast-suppression
Parameters pct
Specifies the maximum wire speed ratio of the
broadcast traffic allowed on the Ethernet port. It
ranges from 5 to 100 and defaults to 100. The smaller
the ratio is, the smaller the broadcast traffic is allowed.
Example Allow 20% of broadcast traffic to pass, meaning 80% of broadcast traffic is
suppressed on the port.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] br oadcast - suppr essi on 20
Ethernet Port view
Description Once broadcast traffic exceeds the specified value, the system starts discarding
broadcast packets until the broadcast traffic decreased below the acceptable degree.
Related Command display vlan
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bsr-policy 237
Command Reference
bsr-policy
Purpose Use the bsr-policy command to restrict the range for valid BSR, preventing BSR
spoofing.
Use the undo bsr-policy command to restore the normal state without any
range restriction and regard all the messages received are valid.
Syntax bsr-policy acl-number
undo bsr-policy
ACL number used by BSR filter policy. Valid values are
2000 to 2999.
Example Configure BSR filter policy on a router. Only permit 1.1.1.1/32 to act as BSR and
regard others are invalid.
[3Com-pim] bsr-policy 2001
[3Com-pim] quit
[3Com] acl number 2001
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule 0 permit source 1.1.1.1 0
PIM view
Description In PIM SM network which uses BSR mechanism, any router can set itself as C-BSR and
will take charge of the authority of advertising BP information in the network if it
succeeds in competition. To prevent the valid BSR in the network from being
maliciously replaced, the following two measures should be taken:
Change RP mapping relationship to prevent the host from spoofing the router by
counterfeiting valid BSR packet. BSR packet is multicast packet with TTL of 1, so this
kind of attack usually takes place on the edge router. BSR is in the internal network
and the host is in the external network, therefore, performing neighbor check and
RPF check to BSR packet can prevent this kind of attack.
If a router in the network is controlled by an attacker or an illegal router accesses the
network, the attacker can set the router to C-BSR and make it succeed in competition
and control the authority of advertising RP information in the network. The router,
after being configured as C-BSR, will automatically advertise BSR information to the
whole network. BSR packet is the multicast packet which is forwarded hop by hop
with TTL of 1. The whole network will not be affected if the neighbor router does not
receive the BSR information. The solution is to configure bsr-policy on each
router in the whole network to restrict the range for legal BSR. For example, if only
1.1.1.1/32 and 1.1.1.2/32 are permitted as BSR, the router will not receive and
forward other BSR information and legal BSR will not compete with it.
238 bsr-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The above two points can partially protect the security of BSR in the network.
However, if a legal BSR router is controlled by an attacker, it will also lead to the above
problem.
The source parameter in the related rule command is translated as BSR address in
bsr-policy command.
Related Commands acl
rule
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bump 239
Command Reference
bump
Purpose Use the bump command to configure the standby PVC that will take over when a
specified PVC goes down.
Use the undo bump command to remove the backup configuration.
Syntax bump { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } grade
undo bump { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name
PVC name, a case-insensitive string up to 16
characters. It must be unique on an ATM interface and
cannot be any valid VPI/VCI pair. For example, 1/20
cannot be used as a PVC name.
vpi/vci
vpi refers to ATM virtual path identifier and is in the
range from 0 to 255. vci refers to ATM virtual channel
identifier and its valid value range is related to the
interface type. Usually, the VCI values from 0 to 31 are
reserved for special purposes and are not
recommended.
grade Priority level of the packets assigned to the standby
PVC that will take over for the specified PVC when it
fails. When the Precedence identifier in IP packet or
the EXP field in MPLS packet is used to differentiate
packets, this argument is in the range 0 to 7. When
the DSCP identifier in IP packet is used to differentiate
packets, this argument is in the range 0 to 63.
Default By default, a PVC has no standby PVC configured. When a PVC goes down, the
packets for the PVC to carry will be carried by the PVC specified with the default
keyword. If no PVC is specified with the default keyword, the fundamental PVC (that
is, the PVC used to construct the PVC group) will take over.
Example For PVC group 1/100, configure the PVC carrying packets of priority level 3 to take
over when PVC 1/200 goes down.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace at m1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc- gr oup 1/ 100
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] bump 1/ 200 3
ATM Pvc-Group view
240 bump 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The standby PVC configured using this command must be in the same PVC group as
the PVC to be backed up.
Related Commands pvc
pvc-group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family busytone-t-th 241
Command Reference
busytone-t-th
Purpose Use the busytone-t-th command to configure the threshold of busy tone
detection.
Use the undo busytone-t-th command to restore the default.
Syntax busytone-t-th time-threshold
undo busytone-t-th
Parameters time-threshold
Threshold of busy tone detection. Valid values are 2 to
12, with a bigger value meaning longer detection
time. The threshold defaults to 2, that is, the device
hangs up upon two contiguous detections of busy
tone.
Example Set the threshold of busy tone detection to 3.
[ VG- voi ce- l i ne0] busyt one- t - t h 3
FXO Voice Subscriber-Line view
Description The actual busy tone data does not always match the configured parameter. If the
difference is large, detection inaccuracy may occur, resulting in on-hook failure or
improper on-hook. You can however, tune the threshold of busy tone detection to
achieve detection accuracy. For example, you can eliminate improper on-hooks
caused by busy tone data inaccuracy by increasing the time for busy tone detection.
Note that before you configure a threshold of busy tone detection, you must test it
fully making sure that on-hook operation can be done properly.
242 bye 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
bye
Purpose Use the bye command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user
view.
Syntax bye
Parameters None
Example Terminate the connection with the remote FTP server and exit to user view.
[ftp] bye
<3Com>
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family bye 243
Command Reference
bye
Purpose Use the bye command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and
exit to system view as you would with the exit and quit commands.
Syntax bye
Parameters None
Example Terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server.
sftp-client> bye
[3Com]
SFTP Client view
244 c-bsr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
c-bsr
Purpose Use the c-bsr command to configure a candidate BSR.
Use the undo c-bsr command to remove the candidate BSR configuration.
Syntax c-bsr interface-type interface-number hash-mask-len [ priority ]
undo c-bsr
Parameters interface-type
interface-number Interface type and interface number of a router. A
candidate BSR is configured on this interface. PIM-SM
must be enabled on this interface, the configuration
can take effect.
hash-mask-len
Mask length. The mask performs And operation
with multicast address at first and then performs the
operation of searching for RP. Valid values are 0 to 32.
priority Priority of the candidate BSR. The larger the value is,
the higher the priority of candidate BSR is. Valid values
are 0 to 255.
If not specified, the default priority is 0.
Default By default, no candidate BSR is set.
Example Configure the IP address of the router on Ethernet1/0/0 as a candidate BSR with the
priority 2.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] multicast routing-enable
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] c-bsr ethernet1/0/0 30 2
PIM view
Description Since BSR and other devices in PIM domain need to exchange a great deal of
information during candidate BSR configuration, a relatively large bandwidth must be
guaranteed.
Related Command pim sm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family c-rp 245
Command Reference
c-rp
Purpose Use the c-rp command to configure the router to advertise itself as a candidate RP
to BSR.
Use the undo c-rp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax c-rp interface-type interface-number [ group-policy acl-number ] [
priority priority-value ]
undo c-rp { interface-type interface-number | all }
interface-number Specified interface with the IP address advertised as a
candidate RP address.
acl-number
Number of basic ACL that defines a group range,
which is the service range of the advertised RP. Valid
priority-value Priority of a candidate RP. The larger the value is, the
lower the priority is. Valid values are 0 to 255.
If not specified, the default value is 0.
all
Removes the configuration of all candidate RPs.
Default By default, no candidate RP is configured.
Example Configure the interface Ethernet1/0/0 as the candidate RP for all groups.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] c-rp ethernet 1/0/0
PIM view
Description When configuring a candidate RP, a relatively large bandwidth should be reserved for
the router and other devices in PIM domain.
Related Command c-bsr
246 ca identifier 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ca identifier
Purpose Use the ca identifier command to specify the CA this device trusts and have the
"name" CA bound with this device.
Use the undo ca identifier command to delete the CA this device trusts.
Syntax ca identifier name
undo ca identifier
Parameters name
CA identifier this device trusts, within the range of 1 to
63 characters
Default By default, no trusted CA is specified.
Example Specify the name of the CA this device trusts
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] ca i dent i f i er new- ca
PKI Domain view
Description Before the CA is deleted, the request, retrieval, revocation and polling of this
certificate are all carried out through it.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cable 247
Command Reference
cable
Purpose Use the cable command to set the cable length matching the CE1/PRI interface.
Use the undo cable command to restore the default.
Syntax cable { l ong | shor t }
undo cable
Parameters long The attenuation of the receiver is -43 dB
short The attenuation of the receiver is -10 dB.
Default By default, the long parameter applies.
Example Set the cable length matching the CE1/PRI interface to short.
[ Rout er - E1 3/ 0/ 0] cabl e shor t
CE1/PRI Interface view
248 cable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cable
Purpose Use the cable command to set the cable length of the ATM E1 interface.
Use the undo cable command to restore the default, that is, long haul mode. In
this mode, the system can automatically adjust long haul mode and short haul mode.
Syntax cable { long | short }
undo cable
Parameters long Long haul mode, with a cable length in the range 151
to 500 meters or 495 to 1640 feet.
short
Short haul mode, with a cable length in the range 0 to
150 meters or 0 to 495 feet.
Example Set the cable length of ATM E1 interface 1/0/1 to long haul.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com ] interface atm 1/0/1
[3Com -Atm1/0/1] cable long
ATM E1/T1 Interface view
Description To have the system use short haul mode, use the cable short command.
Related Command frame-format
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cable 249
Command Reference
cable
Purpose Use the cable command to configure the cable mode of ATM T3 cable, i.e., to set
the distance between the router and the cable distribution frame.
Use the undo cable command to restore the default.
Syntax cable { long | short }
undo cable
Parameters long
Long distance mode. Long cable length ranges from
151 to 500 meters.
short
Short distance mode. Short cable length ranges from 0
to 150 meters.
Default By default, short distance mode is used.
Example Set the cable length mode of ATM T3 1/0/0 to long.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] cable long
ATM T3 Interface view
250 cable (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cable (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the cable command to set cable attenuation and length on a CT1/PRI interface
to match the distance of the transmission line.
Use the undo cable command to restore the default or long 0db.
Syntax cable {long { 0db | -7.5db | -15db | -22.5db } | short { 133ft | 266ft |
399ft | 533ft | 655ft } }
undo cable
Parameters long
Matches a 655-feet and longer transmission line. The
options for this parameter include 0db, -7.5db, -15db
and -22.5db. The attenuation parameter is selected
depending on the signal quality received at the
receiving end. In this case, no external CSU is needed.
short Matches a transmission cable under 655 feet. The
options for this parameter include 133ft, 266ft, 399ft,
533ft and 655ft. The length parameter is selected
depending on the actual transmission segment.
Example Set the transmission cable that the CT1/PRI interface matches to 133 feet.
[3Com -T1 1/0/0] cable short 133ft
Description You can use this command to configure the signal waveform for transmission to
accommodate different needs.
Whether to use this command depends on the quality of the signal received by the
receiver. If the signal quality is relatively good, you can use the default setting, where
the CT1/PRI interface does not need an external CSU device.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cable (CT3 Interface) 251
Command Reference
cable (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the cable command to configure the length of the cable with which a CT3
interface is connected.
Use the undo cable command to restore the default length of the cable with which
the CT3 interface is connected.
Syntax cable feet
undo cable
Parameters feet
Cable length. Valid values are 0 to 450 feet.
Example Set the cable length to 50 feet on the interface T3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] cabl e 50
CT3 Interface view
Description The parameter feet defaults to 49.
The length of the cable for CT3 interface connection refers to the distance between
the router and the cable distribution rack.
252 cache-sa-enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cache-sa-enable
Purpose Use the cache-sa-enable command to enable the router to cache SA state.
Use the undo cache-sa-enable command to remove the cache from the router.
Syntax cache-sa-enable
undo cache-sa-enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the router caches the SA state, that is, (S, G) entry after it receives SA
messages.
Example Configure the router to cache all the SA states.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] cache-sa-enable
MSDP view
Description If the router is in cache state, it will not send SA request message to the specified
MSDP peer when it receives a new group join message.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family call-mode 253
Command Reference
call-mode
Purpose Use the call-mode command to configure a call-mode for calls between local
router and peer router.
Use the undo call-mode command to restore the default value.
Syntax call-mode { st at i c | dynami c }
undo call-mode [ st at i c | dynami c ]
Parameters static
FRF.11 trunk mode is adopted.
dynamic
Dynamic calling is adopted.
Default By default, the dynamic mode is adopted.
Example Configure static mode for the VoFR voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] call-mode static
Voice Entity view
Description If dynamic is configured in this command, which call signaling should be adopted will
be specified by the vofr command on the DLCI.
If frf11-trunk is configured in this command, the trunk-id command must be
configured for the VoFR voice entity of the called party.
Related Commands trunk-id
address
254 callednumber receive-method 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
callednumber receive-method
Purpose Use the callednumber receive-method command to enable the device to
place a call immediately after all digits of the called number are collected or after a
pound sign (#), the terminator, is received.
Use the undo callednumber receive-method command to restore the
default.
Syntax callednumber receive-method { i mmedi at e | t er mi nat or }
undo callednumber receive-method
Parameters immediate
Places a call immediately after all digits of the called
number are collected.
terminator
Places a call only after a pound sign (#), the terminator,
is received.
Default By default, the terminator keyword applies.
Example Set the called number receive-method to immediate for access number 17990.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum17990] cal l ednumber r ecei ve- met hod i mmedi at e
Description Normally, in a two-stage dial procedure, the user needs to input a pound sign (#) to
indicate the end of a called number. To free the user from the trouble of inputting the
terminator, you may configure the callednumber receive-method
immediate command allowing the router to place a call immediately after all digits
of the called number are collected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family caller-permit 255
Command Reference
caller-permit
Purpose Use the caller-permit command to configure the calling numbers that are
permitted to call in.
Use the undo caller-permit command to delete the calling numbers that are
permitted to call in.
Syntax caller-permit calling-string
undo caller-permit { calling-string | al l }
Parameters all
All callers.
calling-string
Calling numbers that are permitted to call in, in the
format of { [ + ] string [ $ ]| $ }. The largest length of
the string is 31. The symbols are described in the
following:
+: Appears at the beginning of a calling number to
indicate that the number is E.164-compliant.
$: As the last character to indicate the end of the
number. That means the entire calling number must
match all the characters before $ in the string. If
there is only $ in the string, the calling number
can be empty.
string: A string composed of any characters of
0123456789ABCD#*.!+%[]()-. The meanings of
the characters are described in the following table:
Table 3 Meanings of the character string
Character Meaning
0-9 Numbers from 0 to 9. Each means a digit.
ABCD Each character means a digit.
# and * Each means a valid digit.
. A wildcard. It can match any digit of a valid number. For example, 555.
. . . matches any string that begins with 555 and with four additional
characters.
! The character or characters right in front of it does not appear or
appears once. For example, 56!1234 can match 51234 and 561234.
+ The character or characters right in front of it appears once or several
times. But its appearance at the beginning of the whole number means
the number is E.164-compliant.
- Hyphen. It connects two values (the smaller one before it and the
bigger one after it) to indicate a range. For example, 1-9 means
numbers from 1 to 9 (inclusive).
% The character or characters right in front of it does not appear, or
appears once or several times.
[ ] Selects one character from the group. For example, [1-36A] can match
only one character among 1, 2, 3, 6, and A.
256 caller-permit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The character or characters in front of "!, %, and + are not to be matched
accurately. They are handled similar to the wildcard .. Moreover, these symbols
cannot be used alone. There must be a valid digit or digits in front of them.
If you want to use [ ] and ( ) at the same time, you must use them in the
format ( [ ] ). Other formats, such as [ [ ] ] and [ ( ) ] are illegal.
- can only be used inside [ ], and it only connects the same type of characters,
such as 0-9. The formats like 0-A are illegal.
Default By default, no calling number is configured. That means there is no limitation on
calling numbers.
Example Configure voice entity 2 to permit 660268 or empty calling numbers to call in.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y2] cal l er - per mi t 660268$
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y2] cal l er - per mi t $
Configure voice entity 2 to permit the calling numbers beginning with 20 to call in.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y2] cal l er - per mi t 20
Voice Entity view
Description You can configure 32 calling numbers for a voice entity at most. If you only use $,
empty calling numbers are permitted to call in.
Related Command match-template
( ) A group of characters. For example, (123A) means a string 123A. It
is usually used with !, %, and +. For example, 408(12)+ can
match 40812 or 408121212. But it cannot match 408. That is, 12
can appear continuously and it must at least appear once.
Table 3 Meanings of the character string (continued)
Character Meaning
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family car 257
Command Reference
car
Purpose Use the car command to configure traffic monitoring for a behavior.
Use the undo car command to delete the configuration of traffic monitoring.
Syntax car ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ebs
excess-burst-size ] [ gr een action [ r ed action] ]
undo car
Parameters cir
committed-information-rate
Committed information rate of traffic. It should not
exceed CBS x 20. Note that in policy embedding, the
CIR specified in a child policy could be less than 8 kbps.
cbs committed-burst-size
Committed burst size, number of bits that can be sent
in each interval, in the range of 15000 to 155000000
bits.
ebs excess-burst-size Excessive burst size, in the range of 0 to 155000000
bits. It defaults to 0.
green
Action conducted to packets when traffic of packets
conforms to the CIR. By default, the action of green is
pass.
red Action conducted to packets when traffic of packets
does not conform to the CIR. By default, the action of
red is discard.
action Action conducted on a packet, which is divided into
the following types:
discard
Drops the packet
remark-dscp-pass new-dscp
Sets new-dscp and transmits the packet.
remark-prec-pass new-precedence
Sets new-precedence of IP and transmit the packet.
remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp
Sets the new MPLS EXP and transmit the packet.
pass
Transmits the packet.
258 car 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Use traffic monitor for a behavior. The normal traffic of packets is 38400 bps. Burst
traffic twice of the normal traffic can pass initially and later the traffic is transmitted
normally when the rate does not exceed 38400bps. When the rate exceeds 38400
bps, the precedence of the packet turns to 0 and the packet is transmitted.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c behavi or dat abase
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] car ci r 38400 cbs 76800 ebs 0 gr een pass r ed
r emar k- pr ecedence- pass 0
Traffic Behavior view
Description The policy can be used in the input or outbound direction of the interface.
Application of policy including of TP policy on an interface will cause the previous qos
car command ineffective.
If this command is frequently configured on classes of the same policy, the last
configuration will overwrite the previous ones.
Related Commands qos policy
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family card-digit 259
Command Reference
card-digit
Purpose Use the card-digit command to configure the number of digits in a card number
for an access service number.
Syntax card-digit card-digit
Parameters card-digit The card digits. Valid values are 1 to 31.
If no value is specified, the default user card number is
12 digits.
Example Set the user card number in 10 digits for the access service number 18901.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum18901] car d- di gi t 10
Description This command is used to configure digits of the card number of the two-stage dialing
card number process (use the card number/password for ID authentication) user.
Once the digits are specified, all users using this access service number must enter the
card number in specified digits.
If the dialing process of the access service number to be configured is not specified as
the card number process through the process-config command, this command will
not take effect. Only after the dialing process is set as the card number process, can
this command function properly in the Voice access-number view.
process-config
password-digit
260 cas 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cas
Purpose Use the cas command to enter the R2 CAS view and digital E&M Signaling view.
Syntax cas ts-set-number
Parameters ts-set-number
The serial number of the Timeslot set predefined. Valid
values are 0 to 30.
Example Enter the R2 CAS view of No.5 Timeslot set.
[ Rout er - E1 1/ 0/ 0] t i mesl ot - set 5 t i mesl ot - l i st 1- 31 si gnal r 2
[ Rout er - E1 1/ 0/ 0] cas 5
Description The command cas is used to enter the custom R2 CAS view. Under this mode various
parameters of the R2 signaling in the E1 interface can be configured as required. To
validate the custom R2 parameters, it is required to keep the parameter of
ts-set-number in the command cas consistent with the parameter set-number
in the command timeslot-set.
Related Commands timeslot-set
ani-offset
effect-time
reverse
select-mode
timer
trunk-direction
renew
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cbs 261
Command Reference
cbs
Purpose Use the cbs command to set the committed burst size of frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo cbs command to restore the default value.
Syntax cbs [ i nbound | out bound ] committed-burst-size
undo cbs [ i nbound | out bound ]
Parameters inbound Sets the committed burst size of the inbound packet,
valid only when FRTP (frame relay traffic policing) is
enabled on the interface.
outbound
Sets the committed burst size of the outbound packet,
valid only when FRTS (frame relay traffic shaping) is
committed-burst-size
Committed burst size (in bits). Valid values are 300 to
16000000.
If no value is specified, the default is 56000 bits.
Example Set the committed burst size of the frame relay class named test1 as 64000 bits.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] cbs 64000
Description If the packet direction is not specified in configuration, the parameter will be set in
both inbound and outbound directions.
The committed burst size is the packet traffic that is committed to send on a frame
relay network within an interval of Tc. When there is no congestion on the network,
the frame relay network ensures this part of traffic could be sent successfully.
Related Commands ebs
cir allow
cir
262 ccc interface out-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ccc interface out-interface
Purpose Use the ccc interface out-interface command to create a local CCC
connection.
Use the undo ccc command to delete the local CCC connection.
Syntax ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number
out-interface outinterface-type outinterface-num
undo ccc ccc-connection-name
Parameters ccc-connection-name
CCC connection name of 1 to 20 characters, which is
used for uniquely identifying the CCC inside the PE.
interface-type
interface-number
Interface connected to the first CE
outinterface-type
outinterface-num
Interface connected to the second CE.
Example Create a local CCC connection, with the name of clink, two CEs connected
respectively to Ethernet0/0/0 and Ethernet2/0/0.
[ 3Com] ccc cl i nk i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 out - i nt er f ace Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
System view
Description The supported interfaces include serial, asynchronous serial, ATM, Ethernet, VE, and
GE interfaces, as well as ATM, Ethernet, and GE sub-interfaces.
For a serial, asynchronous serial, Ethernet, GE, or VE interface, CCC encapsulation
defaults to link layer encapsulation and the command does not have any parameter in
this case. This also applies to the CCC encapsulation on an Ethernet sub-interface or
GE sub-interface. For an ATM sub-interface, CCC encapsulation defaults to ATM
AAL5. In this case, the command can bring with it a parameter indicating whether the
encapsulation is ATM AAL5 or ATM CELL.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp 263
Command Reference
ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp
Purpose Use the ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp command to create a
remote CCC connection.
Use the undo ccc command to delete a remote CCC connection.
Syntax ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number
transmit-lsp transmit-lsp-name receive-lsp receive-lsp-name [ at m- cel l
[ at m- 1t o1- vcc | at m- 1t o1- vpc ] ]
undo ccc ccc-connection-name
Parameters ccc-connection-name CCC connection name of 1 to 20 characters in length,
which uniquely identifies a CCC inside a PE.
interface interface-type
interface-number
Interface for the remote connection.
transmit-lsp
transmit-lsp-name Name of the transmit-LSP.
receive-lsp
receive-lsp-name
Name of the receive-LSP.
atm-cell
N-to-one encapsulation mode for ATM cell transparent
transmission.
atm-1to1-vcc
One-to-one VCC encapsulation mode for ATM cell
transparent transmission.
atm-1to1-vpc
One-to-one VPC encapsulation mode for ATM cell
Example Create a remote CCC connection, with the name of clink, transmit-LSP of tlsp, and
receive-LSP of rlsp, adopting one-to-one VCC encapsulation mode for ATM cell
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] at m- ct t
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 32
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] qui t
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] qui t
[ 3Com] ccc cl i nk i nt er f ace at m1/ 0/ 0 t r ansmi t - l sp t l sp r ecei ve- l sp r l sp
at m- cel l at m- 1t o1- vcc
System view
Description You can delete a CCC connection in interface view or system view.
264 ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command ccc interface out-interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cd 265
Command Reference
cd
Purpose Use the cd command to change the current path on the SFTP server. If you do not
specify the remote-path argument, the current path is displayed.
Syntax cd [remote-path ]
Parameters remote-path Name of a path on the server.
Example Change current path to d:/temp.
sftp-client> cd d:/temp
SFTP Client view
266 cd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cd
Purpose Use the cd command to change the current working directory of the user to the
specified directory.
Syntax cd directory
Parameters directory
Name of the target directory.
Default The default path for working directory is flash
Example Change the current working directory on the router to test.
<3Com> pwd
flash:
<3Com> cd test
<3Com> pwd
flash:/test
Change the current working directory to cflash.
<3Com> pwd
flash:
<3Com> cd clash:
<3Com> pwd
cflash:
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cd 267
Command Reference
cd
Purpose Use the cd command to change the current working directory path on the remote
FTP server.
Syntax cd pathname
Parameters pathname Path name.
Example Change the current working directory path to d:/temp.
[ftp] cd d:/temp
FTP Client view
Description You can use this command for accessing another directory on the FTP server.
268 cdr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cdr
Purpose Use the cdr command to configure the saving rule for call detail record.
Use the undo cdr command to restore the default saving rule.
Syntax cdr { buf f er [ size-number ] | dur at i on [ timer-number ] | t hr eshol d
{ threshold | def aul t } }
undo cdr
Parameters buffer Save the call records by setting the upper limit of the
number of records.
size-number
Number of the saved call detail records. Valid values
are 0 to 500, with the value 0 indicating that no call
detail record is saved. In max-size mode, the default
value of size-number is 50.
duration
Save the call records by setting the maximum retaining
time of records (start from the moment when a
conversation ends).
timer-number
Retaining time of call detail records (in minutes). Valid
values are 0 to 2147483647, with the value 0
indicating that no call detail record is saved. In
max-size mode, the default value of timer-number
is 15.
threshold threshold
Threshold for call history output. Valid values are 0 to
100.
default
Default threshold for call history output.
Example Specify that at most 400 call detail records can be saved.
[ Rout er - voi ce- aaa] cdr buf f er 400
Specify that the detail records of the conversation ending within 10 minutes should
be saved.
[ Rout er - voi ce- aaa] cdr dur at i on 10
Voice AAA view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cdr 269
Command Reference
Description This command is used to set the saving rule for call detail records. The system will
save certain amount of call detail record information according to the rule set by the
user.
In Comware, at most 500 call detail records can be saved. That is, even if it is specified
that call detail records should be saved according to the maximum retaining time, no
more than 500 records can be saved in the system. If a large amount of traffic occurs
in a certain period of time and more than 500 call detail records to be stored are
generated which satisfy the time requirement, the excessive records that end earlier
will be deleted, though they comply with the saving rule.
Related Commands display aaa unsent-h323-call-record
display voice call-history-record
270 cdup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cdup
Purpose Use the cdup command to quit to the upper directory.
Syntax cdup
Parameters None
Example Exit to the upper directory.
sftp-client> cdup
SFTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cdup 271
Command Reference
cdup
Purpose Use the cdup command to return from the current working directory path to the
upper directory.
Syntax cdup
Parameters None
Example Change the current working directory path to the upper directory.
[ftp] cdup
FTP Client view
272 ce 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ce
Purpose Use the ce command to create a CE or modify the CE range.
Use the undo ce command to delete a CE.
Syntax ce name [ i d id r ange range ] [ def aul t - of f set offset ] ]
undo ce name
Parameters name
CE name, unique in the current PE VPN.
id
CE ID, unique in VPN, represents a CE, ranging from 1
to 65535.
offset Specifies default offset value of the original CE.
range
CE range, that is, the maximum number of CEs that
the current CE can connect to, ranging from 1 to 100.
The default value is 10.
Example Create a CE for vpna, named citya-mod, with CE ID 1 and default CE range.
[ 3Com] mpl s l 2vpn
[ 3Com] mpl s l 2vpn vpna encapsul at i on ppp
[ 3Com- mpl s- l 2vpn- vpna] ce ci t ya- mod i d 1
[ 3Com- mpl s- l 2vpn- ce- vpna- ci t ya- mod]
MPLS L2VPN view
Description After a CE is created, the system will create a CE mode and all the CE connections are
configured in this mode.
To facilitate VPN expansion, CE range can be configured larger than actual demand at
present. It is a waste of identifier however, because the identifier block distributed by
the system is as large as the CE range.
If the CE range is smaller than demand during VPN expansion, for example, the CE
range is 10 while the needed CE number is 20, you can modify the CE range to 20.
Related Commands mpls l2vpn encapsulation
connection
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cell-packing 273
Command Reference
cell-packing
Purpose Use the cell-packing command to set the maximum number of cells to be
packed in one PVC.
Use the undo cell-packing command to restore to the default value.
Syntax cell-packing cell-number
undo cell-packing
Parameters cell-number
Number of cells to be packed in a PVC. Valid values are
1 to 28.
Default By default, the maximum number of packet is one.
Example Configure on PVC1/32 the maximum number of cells to be packed to 22.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Atm1/0/0] pvc 1/32
[3Com-atm-pvc-Atm1/0/0-1/32] cell-packing 22
PVC view
Description If the number of cells in a buffer reaches the maximum number of cells to be packed,
the cells in the buffer will be packed together with those in a PVC and sent.
274 certificate request entity 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
certificate request entity
Purpose Use the certificate request entity command to specify the name of the
entity for certificate request.
Use the undo certificate request entity command to delete the entity for
certificate request.
Syntax certificate request entity entity-name
undo certificate request entity
Parameters entity-name
Name of the entity for certificate request, consisting of
a string from 1 to 15 characters long. It must be
identical to the entity name specified by using the pki
entity command.
Default By default, no entity is specified for certificate request.
Example Specify to use the entity named entity1 for certificate request.
[ 3ComCA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest ent i t y ent i t y1
PKI Domain view
Related Command pki entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family certificate request from 275
Command Reference
certificate request from
Purpose Use the certificate request from command to choose between CA and RA
to register for certificate request.
Use the undo certificate request from command to undo the selected
registration agent.
Syntax certificate request from { ca | r a }
undo certificate request from
Parameters ca
Indicates that the entity registers by CA for certificate
request.
ra Indicates that the entity registers by RA for certificate
request.
Default By default, no registration agent is specified. PKI security policy recommends RA as
registration agent.
Example Specify that the entity registers by CA for certificate request
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest f r omca
PKI Domain view
Description RA offers an extension to the CA certificate issue management. It takes charge of the
input and verification of the applicant information as well as the certificate issuing.
But it supports no signature function. Within some minor PKI systems, there is no RA
and its functions are implemented through CA.
276 certificate request mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
certificate request mode
Purpose Use the certificate request mode command to decide between the manual
or the auto request mode.
Use the undo certificate request mode command to restore the default
request mode.
Syntax certificate request mode { manual | aut o [ key- l engt h key-length |
passwor d { si mpl e | ci pher } password ]* }
undo certificate request mode
Parameters manual
Refers to the manual certificate request mode;
auto
Refers to the auto certificate request mode.
key-length Length of the RSA key (in bits). Valid values are 512 to
2048.
simple
Specifies to display the password in clear text.
cipher
Specifies to display the password in cypher text.
password
Password used for revoking a certificate, consisting of
a string from 1 to 31 characters long.
Default By default, certificate request is carried out manually.
Example Set the request mode to Auto
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest mode aut o
PKI Domain view
Description Auto mode enables the auto delivery of certificate request when there is no certificate
or when the current certificate is about to expire, while manual mode requires manual
operation in the request process.
Related Command pki request-certificate
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family certificate request polling 277
Command Reference
certificate request polling
Purpose Use the certificate request polling command to specify the interval
between two polls and the retry times.
Use the undo certificate request polling command to restore the default
parameters.
Syntax certificate request polling { i nt er val minutes | count count }
undo certificate request polling { i nt er val | count }
Parameters minutes
Renders the interval between two polls (in minutes).
count
Indicates the retry times. Valid values are 1 to 100.
Example Specify the interval between two polls and the retry times
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest pol l i ng i nt er val 15
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest pol l i ng count 40
PKI Domain view
Description When the request is delivered, if CA requires manual authentication, it takes a long
time before the certificate issuing. The client therefore needs to periodically poll the
request for the timely acquisition of the certificate after being authorized.
Related Command display pki certificate
278 certificate request url 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
certificate request url
Purpose Use the certificate request url command to specify the server URL for
certificate request through SCEP protocol. SCEP is a protocol specialized in the
communication with authentication authorities.
Use the undo certificate request url command to delete the concerned
location setting.
Syntax certificate request url string
undo certificate request url
Parameters string
Refers to the server URL of the registration authority.
Ranging from 1 to 127 characters, it composes server
location and CA CGI command interface script
location in the format of http:
//server_location /ca_script_location.
Among them, server_location is generally
expressed as IP address, which if is to be replaced by
server name, DNS needs to be configured for the
conversion match between IP addresses and server
names.
Default By default, no server URL is specified.
Example Specify the server location for certificate request
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cer t i f i cat e r equest ur l ht t p: / / 169. 254. 0. 100/
cer t sr v/ mscep/ mscep. dl l
PKI Domain view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family channel 279
Command Reference
channel
Purpose Use the channel command to add X.25 interface or XOT channel of one serial port
to the current hunt group.
Use the undo channel command to delete the specified interface or XOT channel
from the current hunt group.
Syntax channel { i nt er f ace ser i al interface-number | xot ip-address }
undo channel { i nt er f ace ser i al interface-number | xot ip-address }
Parameters interface-number
Interface number. Valid values are 0 to 3.
ip-address
IP address of the peer XOT host.
Example Add the serial interface serial0/0/0 to the hunt group hg1.
[ 3Com] x25 hunt - gr oup hg1 r ound- r obi n
[ 3Com- hg- hg1] channel i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
X.25 Hunt Group view
Description One interface may belong to six hunt groups at most at the same time.
Related Command x25 hunt-group
280 channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the channel-set command to bundle some timeslots of a CE1/PRI interface
into a channel-set.
Use the undo channel-set command to remove the specified timeslot bundle.
Syntax channel-set set-number t i mesl ot - l i st range
undo channel-set set-number
Parameters set-number The number of the channel set formed by bundling the
timeslots on the interface. Valid values are 0 to 30.
range
The number of the timeslots that are bundled. Valid
values are 1 to 31. When specifying the timeslots to be
bundled, you may specify any of the following:
a single timeslot by specifying a number
a range of timeslots by specifying a range between
number1-number2
several discrete timeslots by specifying number1,
number2-number3
Default By default, no timeslots are bundled into channel-sets.
Example Bundle the timeslots 1, 2, 5, 10 through 15, and 18 on the CE1/PRI interface into
channel-set 0.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] channel - set 0 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 5, 10- 15, 18
Make the same configuration on the CE1/PRI interface on the remote router.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] channel - set 0 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 5, 10- 15, 18
Description A CE1/PRI interface in CE1/PRI mode is physically divided into 32 timeslots numbered
from 0 through 31.
In actual applications, all the timeslots except for timeslot 0 can be bundled into
multiple channel-sets and the system will automatically create a serial interface for
each set. This serial interface has the same logic features of synchronous serial
interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 281
Command Reference
The serial interface is numbered in the form of serial interface-number
:set-number. Where, interface-number is the number of the CE1/PRI
interface, and set-number is the number of the channel-set.
Only one timeslot bundling mode can be supported on one CE1/PRI interface at a
time. In other words, this command cannot be used together with the pri-set
command.
Related Command pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
282 channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the channel-set command to bundle timeslots on the CT1/PRI interface into a
channel-set.
Use the undo channel-set command to remove the specified channel-set.
Syntax channel-set set-number t i mesl ot - l i st range [ speed { 56k | 64k } ]
undo channel-set set-number
Parameters set-number The number of the channel-set formed by timeslot
bundling on the interface. Valid values are 0 to 23.
range
bundled, you can specify any of the following:
one timeslot by specifying its number
a timeslot range by specifying a range in the form
number1-number2
several discrete timeslots by specifying number1,
number2-number3
speed { 56k | 64k } Speed of the timeslot bundle in kbps. If 56k is selected,
the timeslots are bundled into N x 56 kbps bundles. If
64k, the default, is selected, the timeslots are bundled
into N x 64 kbps bundles.
Example Bundle the timeslots 1, 2, 5, 10 through 15 and 18 of the CE1/PRI interface into
channel-set 0.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] channel - set 0 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 5, 10- 15, 18
Description A CT1/PRI interface is physically divided into 24 timeslots numbered from 1 through
24. In actual applications, all the timeslots can be bundled into multiple channel-sets
and for each of them, the system automatically creates a serial interface. This serial
interface has the same logic features of synchronous serial interfaces.
The serial interface is numbered in the form of serial
interface-number:set-number, where interface-number starts from the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 283
Command Reference
maximum serial interface number plus 1, and set-number is the number of the
channel-set.
Only one timeslot bundling mode is supported on a CT1/PRI interface at a time. In
other words, you cannot use this command together with the pri-set command.
Related Commands pri-set
pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface)
284 channel-set timeslot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
channel-set timeslot
Purpose Use the channel-set timeslot command to configure a B channel for leased
line service.
Use the undo channel-set timeslot command to remove both the leased line
configuration of a B channel and the serial interface created by the channel-set
timeslot command.
Syntax channel-set timeslot number
undo channel-set timeslot number
Parameters number
Number of the B channel to be used for leased line
service. It can be 0, 1, or 128. When it is set to 0 or 1,
B-channel 0 or 1 is used; when it is set to 128, the two
B channels are used as a 128 kbps leased line.
Default By default, no B channel is configured for leased line service.
Example Configure B channel 1 for leased line service on ISDN BRI interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 1/ 0/ 0] channel - set t i mesl ot - l i st 1
Upon execut i on of t he command i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 2 i s cr eat ed wi t h
t he def aul t l i nk l ayer pr ot ocol PPP enabl ed. You may ent er t he vi ew of
t hi s ser i al i nt er f ace t o make l eased l i ne conf i gur at i on.
Remove the leased line configuration of B channel 1 on the ISDN BRI interface.
[ 3Com- Br i 1/ 0/ 0] undo channel - set t i mesl ot - l i st 1
The i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 2 i s del et ed upon execut i on of t he command.
ISDN BRI Interface view
Description After you configure a B channel for leased line service, a serial interface is created
automatically and named as follows:
For B channel 0, the serial interface is named serial + BRI interface number: 1, for
example, serial 1/0/0:1.
For B channel 1, the serial interface is named serial + BRI interface number: 2, for
example, serial 1/0/0:2.
For 128 kbps channel, the serial interface is named serial + BRI interface number:
0.
All leased line configurations must be made on this serial interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family channel-set timeslot 285
Command Reference
On an ISDN BRI interface configured with the channel-set timeslot command,
you cannot configure leased line service with the dialer isdn-leased
command.
Related Command dialer isdn-leased
286 checkzero 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
checkzero
Purpose Use the checkzero command to check the zero field of RIP-1 packet.
Use the undo checkzero command to cancel the check of the zero fields.
Syntax checkzero
undo checkzero
Parameters None
Default By default, RIP-1 performs the zero field check.
Example Configure not to perform zero check for RIP-1 packet.
[3Com -rip] undo checkzero
RIP view
Description According to the protocol (RFC1058) specifications, some fields in RIP-1 packets must
be zero, called zero fields. With the checkzero command, the zero check operation
for RIP-1 packet can be enabled or disabled. During the zero check operation, if the
RIP-1 packet in which the zero fields are not zeros is received, it will be rejected.
This command is ineffective to RIP-2 since RIP-2 packets have no zero fields.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cid display 287
Command Reference
cid display
Purpose Use the cid display command to enable caller identification display.
Use the undo cid display command to disable caller identification display.
Syntax cid display
undo cid display
Parameters None
Default By default, caller identification display is enabled.
Example Enable caller identification display on voice subscriber-line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] ci d di spl ay
Voice Subscriber-Line view
Description This command is applicable to FXS subscriber-lines.
When functioning as the called, the FXS module can send caller identification
information to its called phone between the first and second rings. When disabled to
send caller identification information, the FXS interface sends the character P
received from the IP side instead. Thus, the called phone is unable to display caller
identification information.
288 cid enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cid enable
Purpose Use the cid enable command to enable CID on the FXO interface.
Use the undo cid enable command to disable CID on the FXO interface.
Syntax cid enable
undo cid enable
Parameters None
Default By default, CID is enabled on the FXO interface.
Example Enable CID on FXO voice subscriber-line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] ci d enabl e
Description This command applies to FXO voice subscriber-lines only.
With CID enabled, the FXO interface can receive the modulated caller identification
data from an analog line between the first ring and second rings and then send the
data demodulated with FSK to the IP side.
With CID disabled, the local FXO interface does the following when the calling party
sends a calling number:
If a number is configured in the match template for the POTS entity associated
with the local FXO interface, the interface substitutes this number for the calling
number and sends it to the called side.
If wildcard dots (.) are used in the number configured in the match template for
the POTS entity associated with the local FXO interface, the interface substitutes
zeros for the calling numbers digits in the place of dots, for example, 1000 for 1
and then sends the substitution number to the called side.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cid select-mode 289
Command Reference
cid select-mode
Purpose Use the cid select-mode command to configure the route selection mode used
by the calling party to set up VoFR calls.
Use the undo cid select-mode command to restore the default.
Syntax cid select-mode { maxpol l | mi n- pol l }
undo cid select-mode
Parameters max-poll
Cyclically selects routes in descending order.
min-poll
Cyclically selects routes in ascending order.
Default By default, max-poll mode applies.
Example Adopt min-poll route selection mode on DLCI 100.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r dl ci 100
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] vof r 3Com- swi t ch
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] ci d sel ect - mode mi n- pol l
DLCI view
Description When multiple channels of voice are multiplexed onto the same DLCI, using the same
voice CID at both ends can cause call collision. To prevent this from happening and to
avoid call loss, you may configure different route selection modes on the two ends.
Related Command vofr
290 cid send 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cid send
Purpose Use the cid send command to enable the FXO or FXS module to send calling
numbers to the IP side.
Use the undo cid send command to disable the FXO or FXS module to send
calling numbers to the IP side.
Syntax cid send
undo cid send
Parameters None
Default By default, calling numbers are sent to the IP side.
Example Enable the FXO voice subscriber-line 3/0/0 to send calling numbers to the IP side.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 0/ 0] ci d send
Disable the FXS voice subscriber-line 1/0/0 to send calling numbers to the IP side.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] undo ci d send
Description This command applies to FXS and FXO subscriber-lines only.
After you configure the undo cid send command, the FXO interface does not
send any number to the called side, regardless of whether the calling party has sent a
calling number and regardless of whether a number is configured in the match
template for the voice entity associated with the FXO interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cid type 291
Command Reference
cid type
Purpose Use the cid type command to configure the format of transmitted information
about the calling party.
Syntax cid type { compl ex | si mpl e }
Parameters complex Caller identification information is transmitted in
multiple-data message format (MDMF).
simple
Caller identification information is transmitted in
single-data message format (SDMF).
Example Set the format of the transmitted caller identification information to SDMF on voice
subscriber line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] ci d t ype si mpl e
Description Two formats are available: multiple data message format (MDMF) and single data
message format (SDMF). When the remote end supports one format only, you must
use the same setting at the local end.
This command applies to both FXO and FXS subscriber-lines.
292 cir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cir
Purpose Use the cir command to set the CIR of frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo cir command to restore the default value.
Syntax cir committed-information-rate
undo cir
Parameters committed-information-rate
The minimum committed information rate (CIR) (in
bps). Valid values are 1000 to 45000000.
If no value is specified, the default is 56000 bps.
Example Set the CIR of the frame relay class named test1 as 32000 bps.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] ci r 32000
Description The CIR is the minimum sending rate that can be provided by virtual circuit. It ensures
the user could still send data at this rate upon network congestion.
Upon network congestion, DCE will send a packet with a BECN flag bit of 1 to DTE.
After DTE receives this packet, it gradually reduces the sending rate of virtual circuit
from the allowed CIR (CIR ALLOW) to CIR. If DTE does not receive the packet with the
BECN flag bit of 1 any more within a certain period of time, it will restore the sending
rate of virtual circuit as CIR ALLOW.
The CIR must not exceed the CIR ALLOW.
Related Commands cbs
ebs
cir allow
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cir allow 293
Command Reference
cir allow
Purpose Use the cir allow command to set the CIR ALLOW of frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo cir allow command to restore the default value.
Syntax cir allow [ i nbound | out bound ] committed-information-rate
undo cir allow [ i nbound | out bound ]
Parameters inbound Sets the CIR ALLOW of an inbound packet, valid only
when FRTP is enabled on the interface.
outbound
Sets the CIR ALLOW of an outbound packet, valid only
when FRTS is enabled on the interface.
CIR ALLOW (in bps). Valid values are 1 to 45000000.
If no value is specified, the default is 56000 bps.
Example Set the CIR ALLOW of the frame relay class that is named test1 as 64000bps.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] ci r al l ow 64000
Description CIR ALLOW is the sending rate that can be normally provided by a frame relay
network. When there is no congestion on the network, it ensures the user could send
data at this rate.
If packet direction is not specified upon configuration, the parameter will be set in
both inbound and outbound directions.
ebs
cir
294 classifier behavior 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
classifier behavior
Purpose Use the classifier behavior command to specify the behavior for the class in
the policy.
Use the undo classifier command to remove the application of the class in the
policy.
Syntax classifier tcl-name behavior behavior-name
undo classifier tcl-name
Parameters tcl-name
Must be the name of the defined class, the
system-defined or user-defined class.
behaviorname
Must be the name of the defined behavior, the
system-defined or user-defined behavior.
Example Specify the behavior test for the class database in the policy 3Com.
[ 3Com] qos pol i cy 3Com
[ 3Com- qospol i cy- 3Com] cl assi f i er dat abase behavi or t est
Policy view
Description Each class in the policy can only be associated with one behavior.
The undo command is not used for the default class.
Related Command qos policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clear-forward-ack 295
Command Reference
clear-forward-ack
Purpose Use the clear-forward-ack command to enable or disable the terminating point
to respond by sending a clear-back signal when the originating point (calling party)
disconnects a call.
Syntax clear-forward-ack { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable
Enables the terminating point to acknowledge the
clear-forward signal by sending a clear-back signal.
disable
Disables the terminating point to acknowledge the
clear-forward signal by sending a clear-back signal.
Default By default, the terminating point does not send a clear-back signal to acknowledge
the clear-forward signal.
Example Enable the terminating point to send a clear-back signal to acknowledge the
clear-forward signal.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] cl ear - f or war d- ack enabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the clear-forward-ack command to enable or disable the terminating point
to respond by sending a clear-back signal when the originating point (calling party)
disconnects a call.
In some countries, if the terminating point controls the relay circuit reset in the R2
signaling exchange process, when the calling party disconnects a call and the
originating point sends a clear-forward signal to the terminating point, the
terminating point sends a clear-back signal as an acknowledgement, and then sends a
release guard signal to indicate that the line of the terminating point is thoroughly
released.
Related Command mode china default-standard
296 clns enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clns enable
Purpose Use the clns enable command to enable CLNS.
Use the undo clns enable command to disable CLNS.
Syntax clns enable
undo clns enable
Parameters None
Example Enable CLNS forwarding.
<3Com> system-view
Syst emVi ew: r et ur n t o User Vi ew wi t h Ct r l +Z.
[ 3Com] clns enable
CLNS i s enabl ed
System view
Description CLNS is disabled by default. When you enable CLNS globally, each interface of the
router is capable of receiving/sending CLNS packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clns erpacket enable 297
Command Reference
clns erpacket enable
Purpose Use the clns erpacket enable command to enable generation of error report
packets.
Use the undo clns erpacket enable command to disable generation of error
report packets.
Syntax clns erpacket enable
undo clns erpacket enable
Parameters None
Default Generation of error report packets is enabled by default.
Example Enable generation of error report packets.
<3Com> system-view
[ 3Com] clns erpacket enable
System view
298 clns erpacket interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clns erpacket interval
Purpose Use the clns erpacket interval command to set the minimum interval to
generate two successive error report packets.
Use the undo clns erpacket intervalcommand to restore to the default
minimum interval to generate two successive error report packets.
Syntax clns erpacket interval [ integer ]
undo clns erpacket interval
Parameters integer
Integer that specifies the minimum interval (in
milliseconds) to generate two successive error report
packets. Valid values for this argument range from 0 to
4294967295.
Default The default minimum interval to generate two successive error report packets is 10
milliseconds.
Example Set the minimum interval to generate two successive error report packets to 200
milliseconds.
[ 3Com] cl ns er packet i nt er val 200
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clns es-peer 299
Command Reference
clns es-peer
Purpose Use the clns es-peer command to configure a static neighboring ES.
Use the undo clns es-peer command to remove a specified neighboring ES.
Syntax clns es-peer NSAP interface-type interface-number [ SNPA ]
undo clns es-peer { NSAP [ interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
Parameters NSAP Address of the static neighboring ES in the format of
##.####. ... .##. The address may be 8 to 20 bytes in
length.
interface-type
interface-number Type and number of the interface to which the ES is
connected. The interface-type argument can be
ATM, Ethernet, NULL, Serial, Tunnel, MFR, MP-group,
Virtual-Template, and Loopback.
SNPA Layer 2 address of the ES in the format of
####.####.####. Only available for Ethernet
interfaces. A Layer 2 address can be 8 to 20 bytes in
length.
all Specifies to remove all configured static neighboring
ESs. This keyword is only for the undo command.
Example Configure a static neighboring ES.
[ 3Com] cl ns es- peer 49. 0001. 0000. 6500. 00 Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 00e0. f c00. 1a01
System view
300 clns net 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clns net
Purpose Use the clns net command to assign an NET address to the IS.
Use the undo clns net command to remove the NET address of the IS.
Syntax clns net address
undo clns net address
Parameters address
Network entity title of the IS in hexadecimal form. This
argument can be 8 to 20 bytes in length and must end
with 00.
Example Assign an NET address of 47.0001.1921.6800.1024.00 to an IS.
[ 3Com] cl ns net 47. 0001. 1921. 6800. 1024. 00
Onl y up t o t hr ee NETs ar e per mi t t ed.
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clns rdpacket enable 301
Command Reference
clns rdpacket enable
Purpose Use the clns rdpacket enable command to enable the router to send RD
packets.
Use the undo clns rdpacket enable command to disable the router to send
RD packets.
Syntax clns rdpacket enable
undo clns rdpacket enable
Parameters None
Example Enable a router to send RD packets.
[ 3Com] cl ns r dpacket enabl e
The r equest r edi r ect i on i s al r eady enabl ed
System view
Description A router sends RD packets by default.
Note:
A router sends RD packets regardless of whether or not the router has ES-IS
protocol employed.
A router sends RD packets when the outbound and inbound interfaces of its NPDU
are the same.
302 clns rdpacket interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clns rdpacket interval
Purpose Use the clns rdpacket interval command to set the minimum interval to
generate RD packets.
Use the undo clns rdpacket interval command to revert to the default
minimum interval to generate RD packets.
Syntax clns rdpacket interval milliseconds
undo clns rdpacket interval
Parameters milliseconds
Minimum interval (in milliseconds) to generate RD
packets. Valid values are 0 to 4294967295.
If not specified, the default is 10.
Example Set the minimum interval to generate RD packets to 200 milliseconds.
[ 3Com] cl ns r dpacket i nt er val 200
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clns route-static 303
Command Reference
clns route-static
Purpose Use the clns route-static command to configure a static OSI route.
Use the undo clns route-static command to remove a static OSI route.
Syntax clns route-static { def aul t - nsap- pr ef i x | NSAP prefix } interface-type
interface-number SNPA [ r ej ect | bl ackhol e ]
undo clns route-static { NSAP prefix [ interface-type interface-number ] |
al l | def aul t - nsap- pr ef i x }[ interface-type interface-number]
Parameters NSAP prefix
Prefix of the destination address of an OSI static route.
Provide this argument in the format of ##.####. ...
.##.
interface-type
interface-number
Type and number of the outbound interface leads to
the next hop of the route. The interface-type
argument can be ATM, Ethernet, NULL, Serial, Tunnel,
MFR, MP-group, Virtual-Template, and Loopback.
SNPA
Layer 2 address of the next hop in the format of
####.####.####. Only available for Ethernet
interfaces.
default-nsap-prefix
Specifies to use the default destination address prefix.
This keyword is used to configure default routes.
reject Specifies the route to be an unreachable route.
blackhole Specifies the route to be a blackhole route.
all Specifies to remove all static routes. This keyword is
only for the undo command.
Example Configure a static OSI route.
[ 3Com] cl ns r out e- st at i c 49. 0001 vl an- i nt er f ace1 00e0. f c00. 1a01 r ej ect
System view
Description If you execute this command with the interface-type interface-number
argument not provided, all static routes with their destination address prefixes
identical to the specified destination address prefix are removed.
304 clns timer rdpacket holding 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clns timer rdpacket holding
Purpose Use the clns timer rdpacket holding command to set the holding time of
the information a RD packet carries.
Use the undo clns timer rdpacket holding command to revert to the
default holding time.
Syntax clns timer rdpacket holding [ seconds ]
undo clns timer rdpacket holding
Parameters seconds
Holding time (in seconds) of the information a RD
packet carries. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
If not specified, the default is 180 seconds.
Example Set the holding time of the information the transmitted RD packets carry to 60
seconds.
[ 3Com] cl ns t i mer r dpacket hol di ng 60
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clock 305
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the ATM E1/T1 interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default clock mode, that is, slave.
Syntax clock { master | slave }
undo clock
Parameters master Sets the clock mode of the ATM E1/T1 interface to
master.
slave
Sets the clock mode of the ATM E1/T1 interface to
slave.
Example Set the clock mode of ATM E1/T1 interface 1/0/1 to master.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm1/0/1] clock master
Description When the ATM E1/T1 interface is operating as DCE, set its clock mode to master.
When the interface is operating as DTE, set its clock mode to slave.
When the ATM interfaces on two routers are connected directly through a fiber-optic
cable, set the clock mode to master at one end and to slave at the other end.
306 clock 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode of ATM E3/T3 interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default setting.
undo clock
Parameters master
Sets the clock mode of ATM E3/T3 to master mode.
slave
Sets the clock mode of ATM E3/T3 to slave mode.
Default By default, the clock mode of ATM E3/T3 interface is slave mode.
Example Set clock mode of ATM E3/T3 interface 2/0/0 as master.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm2/0/0] clock master
ATM E3/T3 Interface view.
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode on an ATM interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default clock mode on the interface.
undo clock
Parameters master Adopts the internal clock mode.
slave Adopts the line clock mode.
Default By default, the ATM interface adopts the slave clock.
Example Adopt the master clock on the ATM interface 4/0/0.
<3Com > system-view
ATM Interface view
Description When an ATM interface is working as DCE, choose the master clock mode. When it is
working as DTE, choose the slave clock mode for it. When ATM interfaces of two
routers are directly connected by fiber, one end should be configured with the master
clock mode and the other with the slave clock mode.
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to specify ATM interface to use internal transmission clock
signal.
Use the undo clock command to restore the usage of network clock signal.
Syntax clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo clock
Parameters master Specify ATM interface to use the internal transmission
clock signal.
slave
Restore the line clock signal.
Default By default, ATM interface uses the network clock signal. This clock signal is usually
provided by the device which provides ATM interfaces.
Example Specify ATM interface Atm1/0/0 to use the internal transmission clock.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
ATM Master Interface view
Description When two network devices are directly connected in the back-to-back method
through the ATM interfaces, this command is used to set the internal transmission
clock at the ATM interface of one device.
Although this command is valid on both ATM main interface and sub-interface, it can
only be used in ATM main interface view and there is not this command in ATM
sub-interface view.
Related Command display atm interface
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the CPOS interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default or slave clock.
undo clock
Parameters master Sets the clock mode of the CPOS interface to master.
slave Sets the clock mode of the CPOS interface to slave.
Example Set the clock mode of CPOS 1/0/0 to master.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er cpos 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
CPOS Interface view
Command Reference
clock
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the POS interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default, slave.
undo clock
Parameters master
Sets the clock mode of the POS interface to master.
slave
Sets the clock mode of the POS interface to slave.
Example Set the clock mode of the interface POS 1/0/0 to master.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace pos 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
POS Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clock (CE1/PRI Interface) 311
Command Reference
clock (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode on a CE1/PRI interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default clock mode on the interface.
undo clock
Parameters master Adopts the internal clock mode.
slave Adopts the line clock mode.
Default By default, the CE1/PRI interface adopts the line clock mode (slave).
Example Set the clock mode of the CE1/PRI interface to internal clock (master) mode.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
Description When a CE1/PRI interface is working as DCE, chose the internal clock for it, that is,
master clock mode. When it is working as DTE, chose the line clock, that is, slave
clock mode for it.
312 clock (CE3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clock (CE3 Interface)
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode on the CE3 interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default or slave.
undo clock
Parameters master
Adopts the internal clock mode.
slave
Adopts the line clock mode.
Example Sets the clock on the CE3 interface to internal.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
CE3 Interface view
Description The clock is selected depending on the connected remote device. If it is a transmission
device, the local end uses line clock.
If the CE3 interfaces on the two routers are directly connected, one router should use
internal clock whereas the other router uses line clock.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clock (CT1/PRI Interface) 313
Command Reference
clock (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the clock command to set clocking on the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default or slave, the line clock.
undo clock
Parameters master Adopts the internal clock.
slave Adopts the line clock.
Example Set the clock of the CT1/PRI interface to internal (master).
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
Description When the CT1/PRI interface is working as DCE, use internal clock for it, that is,
master. When it is working as DTE, chose the line clock, that is, slave for it.
314 clock (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
clock (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the clock command to set the clock mode on the CT3 interface.
Use the undo clock command to restore the default clock mode or slave.
undo clock
Parameters master
Internal clock.
slave
Line clock.
Example Configure the CT3 interface with internal clock.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] cl ock mast er
CT3 Interface view
Description The clock is selected depending on the connected remote device. If it is a transmission
device, the local end uses line clock.
If the CT3 interfaces on the two routers are directly connected, one router should use
the internal clock whereas the other router uses the line clock.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family clock (Serial Interface) 315
Command Reference
clock (Serial Interface)
Purpose Use the clock command to set clock selection mode for a synchronous serial
interface.
Syntax clock { dteclk1 | dteclk2 | dteclk3 | dteclk4 }
Parameters dteclk1 Sets the interface clock selection mode to DTE clock
option 1.
dteclk2
Sets the interface clock selection mode to DTE clock
option 2.
dteclk3
Sets the interface clock selection mode to DTE clock
option 3.
dteclk4 Sets the interface clock selection mode to DTE clock
option 4.
Example Set the synchronous serial interface working as DTE to use the clock selection option
dteclk2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] cl ock dt ecl k2
Serial intervace view
Description If the synchronous serial interface operates as DCE, its clock defaults to DCE clock; if
the interface operates as DCE, its clock defaults to dteclk1.
Different operating clocks are selected for the synchronous serial interfaces working
as DTE and DCE, as shown in the following figure:
Figure 1 Selecting a clock for a synchronous serial interface
In the figure, "TxClk" represents transmitting clock and "RxClk" receiving clock.
As a DCE device is required to provide clock for the remote DTE device, you must
select DCEclk as the operating clock for the synchronous serial interface working as
DCE.
DCE DTE
TxClk
RxClk
316 clock (Serial Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Working as DTE, the synchronous serial interface must accept the clock provided by
the remote DCE. As transmitting and receiving clocks of synchronization devices are
independent, the receiving clock of a DTE device can be either the transmitting or
receiving clock of the DCE device. So is the transmitting clock. Therefore, there are
four clock options are available for a DTE device.
The following table gives the four clock selection options
In the table, the clock ahead of = is the DTE clock and the one behind is the DCE
clock
Table 4 Clock options available for a synchronous serial interface working as DTE
Clockk selection option Description
DTEclk1 TxClk = TxClk, RxClk = RxClk
DTEclk2 TxClk = TxClk, RxClk = TxClk
DTEclk3 TxClk = RxClk, RxClk = TxClk
DTEclk4 TxClk = RxClk, RxClk = RxClk
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family clock datetime 317
Command Reference
clock datetime
Purpose Use the clock datetime command to set the current time and date of the router.
Syntax clock datetime time date
Parameters time Specifies the current time in HH:MM:SS format. Valid
values for HH (hours) are 0 to 23. Valid values for MM
(minutes) and SS (seconds) are 0 to 59.
If not specified, the default is 23:55:52.
date Specifies the current date in the format of
MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. Valid values for YYYY
(year) are 2000 to 2099. Valid values for MM (month)
are 1 to 12. Valid values for DD (day) are 1 to 31.
Example Set the current system time to 00:00:00 01/01/2001.
<3Com> cl ock dat et i me 0: 0: 0 01/ 01/ 2001
System view
Description The current time and date of the router must be set in an environment that requires
the acquisition of absolute time.
You may choose not to provide seconds when inputting the time parameters.
Related Command display clock
318 clock summer-time 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
clock summer-time
Purpose Use the clock summer-time command to set the name, and starting and ending
time of the daylight saving time.
Use the undo clock summer-time command to cancel the configuration of the
daylight saving time.
Syntax clock summer-time zone_name { one- of f | r epeat i ng } start-time
start-date end-time end-date add-time
undo clock summer-time
Parameters zone_name
Name of the daylight saving time, consisting of a
character string from 1 to 32 characters long.
one-off
Sets the daylight saving time for only one year (the
specified year).
repeating
Sets the daylight saving time for every year starting
from the specified year.
start-time Start time of the daylight saving time, in the format of
HH:MM:SS..
start-date
Start date of the daylight saving time, in the format of
MM/DD/YYYY (months/days/years), YYYY/MM/DD, or
YYYY MM., (week-of-month day-of-week, where
YYYY ranges from 2000 to 2099).
end-time
End time of the daylight saving time, in the format of
HH:MM:SS..
end-date
End date of the daylight saving time, in the format of
MM/DD/YYYY (months/days/years), YYYY/MM/DD, or
YYYY MM., (week-of-month day-of-week, where
YYYY ranges from 2000 to 2099).
Example For daylight saving time in z2 between 06:00:00 on 2002/06/08 and 06:00:00 on
2002/09/01, set the system clock ahead one hour.
[ 3Com] cl ock summer - t i me z2 one- of f 06: 00: 00 06/ 08/ 2002 06: 00: 00
09/ 01/ 2002 01: 00: 00
For daylight saving time in z2 between 06:00:00 on 06/08 and 06:00:00 on 09/01
every year since 2002, set the system clock ahead one hour.
[ 3Com] cl ock summer - t i me z2 r epeat i ng 06: 00: 00 06/ 08/ 2002 06: 00: 00
09/ 01/ 2002 01: 00: 00
Set the system clock ahead one hour for daylight saving time starting at zero oclock
on Sunday of the first week of January in 2002 and ended at zero oclock on Sunday
of the first week of January in 2003.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family clock summer-time 319
Command Reference
[ 3Com] cl ock summer - t i me z2 r epeat i ng 00: 00: 00 2001 J anuar y f i r st
Sunday 07: 00: 00 2002 J anuar y f i r st Sunday 1
System view
Description After the configuration takes effect, you can use the display clock command to
view it. Besides, the time of the log or debug information is the local time of which
the time zone and daylight saving time has been adjusted.
Related Command clock timezone
320 clock timezone 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
clock timezone
Purpose Use the clock timezone command to set local time zone information.
Use the undo clock timezone command to return to the default, which is
Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).
Syntax clock timezone zone_name { add | mi nus } time
undo clock timezone
Parameters zone_name Specifies the name of the time zone, which may be up
to 32 characters long.
add
Specifies a positive offset (that time is ahead) of UTC.
minus
Specifies a negative offset (that time is behind) UTC.
time
Specifies the time difference between the time zone
and UTC in the format of HH:MM:SS..
Example Set the local time zone to Z5, five hours ahead of UTC time.
<3Com> cl ock t i mezone z5 add 05: 00: 00
System view
Description After the configuration takes effect, you can view it by executing the display
clock command. The time applied to the log and debug information is the local
time with time zone and daylight saving time adjustment.
Related Command clock summer-time
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family close 321
Command Reference
close
Purpose Use the close command to terminate the connection to the remote FTP server, but
remain in FTP client view.
Syntax close
Parameters None
Example Terminate the connection to the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view.
[ftp] close
[ftp]
FTP Client view
Description This command terminates both control connection and data connection to the
remote FTP server.
322 cng-on 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
cng-on
Purpose Use the cng-on command to enable comfort noise function.
Use the undo cng-on command to disable the comfort noise function,
Syntax cng-on
undo cng-on
Parameters None
Default By default, comfort noise setting is enabled.
Example Disable comfort noise function on subscriber line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] undo cng- on
Description This command is applicable to FXO, FXS, E&M subscriber-lines and digital E1 voice
subscriber-line. When the silence detecting function on a corresponding voice entity is
enabled, some background noise can be generated by using the command to fill the
toneless intervals during a conversation. If no comfort noise is generated, the toneless
intervals during a conversation will cause the interlocutors uncomfortable.
Related Commands subscriber-line
vad-on
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cngced-detection 323
Command Reference
cngced-detection
Purpose Use the cngced-detection command to set the threshold parameters for
CNG/CED signal detection.
Use the undo cngced-detection command to restore the default.
Syntax cngced-detection threshold times
undo cngced-detection
Parameters threshold
Calling tone/Called terminal identification (CNG/CED)
detection threshold with fax. It is an integer in the
range 0 to 30 and its default is 0.
times Threshold of CNG/CED detections with fax. It is an
integer in the range 0 to 100 and the default is 10.
Example Set the threshold argument to 5 and the times argument to 20 in voice
subscriber-line view for CNG/CED signal detection.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0] cngced- det ect i on 5 20
Description CNG is generated when the fax machine at the calling end starts, while CED is
generated when the fax machine at the called end starts.
A voice gateway determines fax state by detecting CNG/CED. The likelihood of
detection failure or error exists however depending on the environment where the
device is deployed. As a solution, you can use this command to tune the CNG/CED
detection sensitivity and reliability.
As the threshold value is increasing, detection reliability increases; if you assign a
value that is too large, however, detection may fail as well. The same applies to the
setting of the times argument.
The times argument specifies the lower limit of the CNG/CED duration. For
instance, the default of times is 10; this means the CNG/CED signal must last at
least 300 milliseconds to be regarded valid. As the times value is incrementing by
one, the minimum CNG/CED signal duration increases by 30 milliseconds.
324 code (CEI/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
code (CEI/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the code command to set the line code format for a CE1/PRI interface.
Use the undo code command to restore the default line code format of the
interface.
Syntax code { ami | hdb3 }
undo code
Parameters ami Adopts alternate mark inversion (AMI) line code
format.
hdb3
Adopts high density bipolar 3 (HDB3) line code format.
This parameter is only significant for a CE1/PRI
interface.
Default The line code format of CE1/PRI interface defaults to hdb3.
Example Set the line code format of the interface E1 3/0/0 to ami.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] code ami
Description You should keep the line code format of the interface in consistency with that used by
the remote device.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family code (CT1/PRI Interface) 325
Command Reference
code (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the code command to set the line code format on the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo code command to restore the default or b8zs.
Syntax code { ami | b8zs }
undo code
Parameters ami AMI line code format.
b8zs Bipolar with 8-zero substitution (b8zs) line code
format.
Example Set the line code format of the interface T1 1/0/0 to ami.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] code ami
Description You should keep the line code format of the interface in consistency with the one
used by the remote device.
326 code nrzi 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
code nrzi
Purpose Use the code nrzi command to set the digital signal coding format to
None-Return-to-Zero-Inverse (NRZI) for a synchronous serial interface.
Use the undo code command to restore the digital coding format of the
synchronous serial interface to NRZ.
Syntax code nrzi
undo code
Parameters None
Default The digital signal coding format defaults to NRZ on the synchronous serial interface.
Example Set the digital signal coding format to NRZI on the synchronous serial interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] code nr zi
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family code nrzi 327
Command Reference
code nrzi
Purpose Use the code nrzi command to configure the NRZI encoding of the synchronous
serial port.
Use the undo code nrzi command to remove the NRZI encoding of the
synchronous serial port.
Syntax code nrzi
undo code
Parameters None
Default By default, the NRZ encoding is configured on the synchronous serial port.
Example Configure the NRZI encoding on the Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] code nr zi
Synchronous Serial Interface System view
Description There are two coding schemes, NRZI and NRZ, available on the synchronous serial
port. The NRZ coding scheme is generally used in our router. The serial port coding
scheme of some SNA devices is the NRZI coding scheme. Therefore the coding
scheme of the router needs to be changed according to the encoding of the
connected device.
328 command-alias enable 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
command-alias enable
Purpose Use the command-alias enable command to enable the command alias
function.
Use the undo command-alias enable command to disable the command alias
function.
Syntax command-alias enable
undo command-alias enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the command alias function is disabled.
Example Enable the command alias function.
[ 3Com] command- al i as enabl e
Disable the command alias function.
[ 3Com] undo command- al i as enabl e
System view
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family command-alias mapping 329
Command Reference
command-alias mapping
Purpose Use the command-alias mapping command to map an alias to a keyword.
Use the undo command-alias mapping command to cancel the alias setting.
Syntax command-alias mapping cmdkey alias
undo command-alias mapping alias
Parameters cmdkey The first keyword to be substituted in current
commands by the alias. You must provide the
complete keyword name.
alias
Alias assigned by the user. It must not conflict with the
first keyword in any current command.
Default By default, no command alias is configured.
Example Assign the alias show to the keyword display.
[ 3Com] command- al i as mappi ng di spl ay show
Cancel the configured alias show.
[ 3Com] undo command- al i as mappi ng show
System view
330 command-privilege 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
command-privilege
Purpose Use the command-privilege level command to assign a command level to the
commands in a specified view.
Use the undo command-privilege view command to restore the level of the
specified command in the specified view to the default.
Syntax command-privilege level level vi ew view command-key
undo command-privilege vi ew view command-key
Parameters level level
Command Level. Valid values are 0 to 3.
viewview
Specifies a view.
command-key
Command to be set in the specified view.
Example Set the command level of the interface command to 0.
[ 3Com] command- pr i vi l ege l evel 0 vi ew syst emi nt er f ace
System view
Description Command privilege falls into four command levels: visit, monitor, system, and
manage, which are identified as 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
For a user that logs onto the router from a user interface, the command level that the
user can access can be the one administratively assigned to the user or the one
assigened to the user interface, whichever is smaller.
The following table describes the default level of the commands.
Related Command user-privilege
Table 5 Default level of the commands
Command level Commands
Visit (0) ping, tracert, and telnet commands
Monitor (1) display and debugging commands
System (2) Configuration commands
Manage (3) Key settings, FTP, XModem, TFTP, and file system operation
commands
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family common-name 331
Command Reference
common-name
Purpose Use the common-name command to specify the common name of an entity, take
User name for example.
Use the undo common-name command to delete the common name of this entity.
Syntax common-name name-str
undo common-name
Parameters name-str
Common name of an entity. Valid values are 1 to 31
characters.
Default By default, no common name is specified for any entity.
Example Configure the common name of an entity
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] common- name pki t est
PKI Entity view
332 compare-different-as-med 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
compare-different-as-med
Purpose Use the compare-different-as-med command to enable comparison of MED
values of routes from neighbors residing in different ASs when determining the best
route.
Use the undo compare-different-as-med command to disable the
comparison.
Syntax compare-different-as-med
undo compare-different-as-med
Parameters None
Default By default, it is disabled to compare the MED attribute values from the routing paths
of different AS peers.
Example Enable the comparison of the MED attribute values of routes from neighbors in
different AS.
[ 3Com- bgp] compar e- di f f er ent - as- med
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
Description If there are several routes available to one destination address, the route with smaller
MED value can be selected as the final route item for use.
You are not recommended to use this command unless you can make sure that the
ASs adopt the same IGP and routing method.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family compression 333
Command Reference
compression
Purpose Use the compression command to configure the voice coding method according to
priority level.
Use the undo compression command to restore the default value.
Syntax compression { 1st - l evel | 2nd- l evel | 3r d- l evel | 4t h- l evel } {
g711al aw | g711ul aw | g723r 53 | g723r 63 | g729a | g729r 8 | g729ab |
g729br 8 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 | g726r 32 | g726r 40 }
undo compression { 1st - l evel | 2nd- l evel | 3r d- l evel | 4t h- l evel }
Parameters 1st-level Indicates the first selected voice compression method.
2nd-level Indicates the second selected voice compression
method.
3rd-level
Indicates the third selected voice compression method.
4th-level
Indicates the fourth selected voice compression
method.
g711alaw
Specifies G.711 A-law coding (defining the pulse code
modulation technology), requiring the bandwidth of
64 kbps, usually adopted by Europe.
g711ulaw
Specifies G.711-law coding, requiring the bandwidth
of 64 kbps, usually adopted in the North America and
Japan.
g723r53
Specifies G.723.1 Annex A coding, requiring the
bandwidth of 5.3 kbps.
g723r63
Specifies G.723.1 Annex A coding, requiring the
bandwidth of 6.3 kbps.
g729a Specifies G.729 Annex A coding (a simplified version
of G.729 coding), requiring the bandwidth of 8 kbps.
g729r8
Specifies G.729 (the voice coding technology using
conjugate algebraic-code-excited linear-prediction)
coding, requiring the bandwidth of 8 kbps.
g729ab Adds G.729 Annex B coding on the basis of G.729a.
g729br8 Specifies G.729 Annex B coding, requiring the
bandwidth of 8 kbps. This coding supports voice
activity detection (VAD), discontinuous transmission
(DTX), and comfort noise (CNG).
g726r16 Specifies G.726 Annex A coding. It uses the adaptive
differential pulse code modulation (ADPCM)
technology, requiring the bandwidth of 16 kbps.
g726r24
Specifies G.726 Annex A coding. It uses ADPCM,
requiring the bandwidth of 24 kbps.
g726r32
334 compression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
g726r40
Default By default, g729r8 coding mode is set.
Example Configure to select g723r53 compression method first, then to select the g729r8
compression method.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] compr essi on 1st - l evel g723r 53
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] compr essi on 2nd- l evel g729r 8
Voice Entity view
Description g711alaw and g711ulaw coding provide high-quality voice transmission, while
requiring greater bandwidth.
g726r16, g726r24, g726r32, and g726r40 are widely adopted now for voice coding.
They use the ADPCM technology and provide multiple bandwidth options.
g723r53 and g723r63 coding provide silence suppression technology and comfort
noise, the relatively higher speed output is based on multi-pulse multi-quantitative
level technology and provides relatively higher voice quality to certain extent, and the
relatively lower speed output is based on the Algebraic-Code-Excited Linear-Prediction
technology and provides greater flexibility for application.
The voice quality provided by the g729r8 and g729a coding is similar to the ADPCM
of 32 kbps, having the quality of a toll, and also featuring low bandwidth, lesser
event delay and medium processing complexity, hence it has a wide field of
application.
The following table describes the relation between codec algorithms and bandwidth.
Usually, 8000 Hz is adopted to collect voice samples. The bandwidth without
compression is 64 kbps, and it is compressed using the ITU-T G series codec
algorithms. The table also shows the compression ratio.
Actual network bandwidth is related to packet assembly interval and network
structure. The longer the packet assembly interval is, the closer the network
Table 6 Relation between algorithms and bandwidth
Codec algorithm Bandwidth Voice quality
G.711 (A-law and -law) 64 kbps (without compression) Best
G.726 16, 24, 32, 40 kbps Good
G.729 8 kbps Good
G.723 r63 6.3 kbps Fair
G.723 r53 5.3 kbps Fair
G.711 (A-law and -law) 64 kbps (without compression) Best
Command Reference
bandwidth is to the media stream bandwidth. More headers consume more
bandwidth. Longer packet assembly interval results in longer fixed coding latency.
The following tables show the relevant packet assembly parameters without IPHC
compression, including packet assembly interval, bytes coded in a time unit, and
network bandwidth, etc. Thus, you can choose a suitable codec algorithm according
to idle and busy status of the line and network situations more conveniently.
Table 7 G.711 algorithm (A-law and -law)
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 80 120 96 kbps 126 100.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 160 200 80 kbps 206 82.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 240 280 74.7 kbps 286 76.3 kbps 30 ms
G.711 algorithm (A-law and -law): media stream bandwidth 64kbps, minimum packet assembly
interval 10 ms.
Table 8 G.729 algorithm
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 10 50 40 kbps 56 44.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 20 60 24 kbps 66 26.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 30 70 18.7 kbps 76 20.3 kbps 30 ms
G.729 algorithm: media stream bandwidth 8 kbps, minimum packet assembly interval 10 ms.
Table 9 G.723 r63 algorithm
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
30 ms 24 64 16.8 kbps 70 18.4 kbps 30 ms
60 ms 48 88 11.6 kbps 94 12.3 kbps 60 ms
90 ms 72 112 9.8 kbps 118 10.3 kbps 90 ms
G.729 algorithm: media stream bandwidth 8 kbps, minimum packet assembly interval 10 ms.
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
30 ms 20 60 15.9 kbps 66 17.5 kbps 30 ms
60 ms 40 80 10.6 kbps 86 11.4 kbps 60 ms
90 ms 60 100 8.8 kbps 106 9.3 kbps 90 ms
G.723 r53 algorithm: media stream bandwidth 5.3 kbps, minimum packet assembly interval 30
ms.
336 compression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 20 60 48 kbps 66 52.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 40 80 32 kbps 86 34.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 60 100 26.7 kbps 106 28.3 kbps 30 ms
40 ms 80 120 24 kbps 126 25.2 kbps 40 ms
50 ms 100 140 22.4 kbps 146 23.4 kbps 50 ms
60 ms 120 160 21.3 kbps 166 11.4 kbps 60 ms
70 ms 140 180 20.6 kbps 186 21.3 kbps 70 ms
80 ms 160 200 20 kbps 206 20.6 kbps 80 ms
90 ms 180 220 8.8 kbps 226 9.3 kbps 90 ms
100 ms 200 240 19.2 kbps 246 19.7 kbps 100 ms
110 ms 220 260 18.9 kbps 266 19.3 kbps 110 ms
G.726 r16 algorithm: media stream bandwidth 16 kbps, minimum packet assembly interval 10 ms.
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 30 70 56 kbps 76 60.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 60 100 40 kbps 106 42.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 90 130 34.7 kbps 136 17.5 kbps 30 ms
40 ms 120 160 32 kbps 166 33.2 kbps 40 ms
50 ms 150 190 30.4 kbps 196 31.2 kbps 50 ms
60 ms 180 220 29.3 kbps 226 11.4 kbps 60 ms
70 ms 210 250 28.6 kbps 256 30.1 kbps 70 ms
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 40 80 64 kbps 86 68.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 80 120 48 kbps 126 50.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 120 160 42.7 kbps 166 44.3 kbps 30 ms
40 ms 160 200 40 kbps 206 41.2 kbps 40 ms
50 ms 200 240 38.4 kbps 246 39.4 kbps 50 ms
Command Reference
Note:
Packet assembly interval is the duration to encapsulate information into a voice
packet.
Bytes coded in a time unit = packet assembly interval X media stream bandwidth.
Packet length (IP) = IP header + RTP header + UDP header + voice information
length = 20+12+8+data
Packet length (IP+PPP) = PPP header + IP header + RTP header + UDP header +
voice information length = 6+20+12+8+data
Network bandwidth = Bandwidth of the media stream X packet length / bytes
coded in a time unit
Since IPHC compression is affected significantly by network stability, it cannot achieve
high efficiency unless line is of high quality, network is very stable, and packet loss
does not occur or seldom occurs. When the network is unstable, IPHC efficiency
drops drastically. With best IPHC performance, IP (RTP) header can be compressed to
2 bytes. If PPP header is compressed at the same time, a great deal of media stream
bandwidth can be saved. The following table shows the best IPHC compression
efficiency of codec algorithms with packet assembly interval of 30ms.
Only when there is an intersection (a compression mode recognized by both parties)
in the voice compression modes owned by the two communication parties can the
two parties establish normal communication with each other. If there is no
consistency in the compression modes set for the equipment at the two ends
connected to each other, or there is no common compression method, the calling will
fail.
Packet
assembly
interval
Bytes
coded in a
time unit
Packet
length IP
Network
bandwidth
IP
Packet
length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Coding
latency
10 ms 50 90 72 kbps 96 76.8 kbps 10 ms
20 ms 100 140 56 kbps 146 58.4 kbps 20 ms
30 ms 150 190 50.7 kbps 196 52.3 kbps 30 ms
40 ms 200 240 48 kbps 246 49.2 kbps 40 ms
Table 15 Compression efficiency of IPHC+PPP header
Coding
modes
Bytes coded
in a time unit
Before compression After IPHC+PPP compression
Packet length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
Packet length
IP+PPP
Network
bandwidth
IP+PPP
G.729 30 76 20.3 kbps 34 9.1 kbps
G.723r63 24 70 18.4 kbps 28 7.4 kbps
G.723r53 20 66 17.5 kbps 24 6.4 kbps
G.726r16 60 106 28.3 kbps 64 17.1 kbps
G.726r24 90 136 17.5 kbps 94 25.1 kbps
338 confederation id 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
confederation id
Purpose Use the confederation id command to configure confederation identifier.
Use the undo confederation id command to cancel the configured
confederation ID.
Syntax confederation id as-number
undo confederation id
Parameters as-number Number of the AS which contains multiple sub-ASs.
The range is from 1 to 65535.
Default By default, the confederation ID is not configured.
Example Confederation 9 consists of four sub-ASs, namely, 38, 39, 40 and 41. Here, the peer
10.1.1.1 is an internal member of the AS confederation while the peer 200.1.1.1 is
an external member of the AS confederation. For external members, Confederation 9
is a unified AS domain.
[ 3Com] bgp 41
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on i d 9
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on peer - as 38 39 40
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 10. 1. 1. 1 as- number 38
BGP view
Description Confederation can be adopted to solve the problem of too many IBGP full
connections in a large AS domain. The solution is, first dividing the AS domain into
several smaller sub-ASs, and each sub-ASs remains full-connected. These sub-ASs
form a confederation. Key IGP attributes of the route, such as next hop, MED, local
preference, are not discarded across each sub-ASs. The sub-ASs still look like a whole
from the point of view of a confederation although these sub-ASs have EBGP
relations. This can assure the integrality of the former AS domain, and ease the
problem of too many connections in the domain.
Related Commands confederation nonstandard
confederation peer-as
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family confederation nonstandard 339
Command Reference
confederation nonstandard
Purpose Use the confederation nonstandard command, the router can be compatible
with the AS confederation not adopting RFC1965.
Use the undo confederation nonstandard command to cancel this function.
Syntax confederation nonstandard
undo confederation nonstandard
Parameters None
Default By default, the configured confederation is consistent with RFC1965.
Example AS100 contains routers not following RFC1965, which is composed of two sub-ASs,
64000 and 65000.
[ 3Com] bgp 64000
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on i d 100
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on peer - as 65000
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on nonst andar d
BGP view
Description All the 3Com routers in the confederation should be configured with this command
for interworking with those nonstandard devices.
Related Commands confederation id
340 confederation peer-as 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the confederation peer-as command to specify the sub-ASs constituting a
confederation.
Use the undo confederation peer-as command to expel the specified sub-ASs
from the confederation.
Syntax confederation peer-as as-number-1 [ ......as-number-n ]
undo confederation peer-as [ as-number-1 ] [ ......as-number-n ]
Parameters as-number-1...as-number-n
Sub-AS numbers, ranging from 1 to 65535. Up to 32
sub-ASs can be configured for a confederation.
Default By default, no sub-AS is configured as a member of the confederation.
Example Configure the confederation to contain AS 2000 and 2001.
[ 3Com- bgp] conf eder at i on peer - as 2000 2001
BGP view
Description The sub-ASs specified in this command must be inside a confederation and each
sub-AS must be a fully meshed network. The confederation id command must
be used to specify the confederation to which each sub-AS belongs; otherwise, this
configuration is invalid
Related Commands confederation nonstandard
confederation id
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family congestion-threshold 341
Command Reference
congestion-threshold
Purpose Use the congestion-threshold command to enable congestion management
function of frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo congestion-threshold command to disable this function.
Syntax congestion-threshold { de | ecn } queue-percentage
undo congestion-threshold { de | ecn }
Parameters de
Discards the frame relay packet whose DE flag bit is 1
upon congestion.
ecn
Processes the flag bits, BECN and FECN, of frame relay
packet upon congestion.
queue-percentage Network congestion threshold, the utility ratio of
virtual circuit queue, namely the percentage of the
current queue length of virtual circuit to the total
queue length. Valid values are 1 to 100.
Example Set to discard the frame relay packet whose DE flag bit is 1 concerning the frame
relay class named test1, when the current queue length of virtual circuit exceeds 80%
of the total length.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] congest i on- t hr eshol d de 80
Description When the percentage of current queue length to the total queue length of virtual
circuit exceeds the set congestion threshold, it will be regarded that congestion
occurs on the virtual circuit and congestion management will be performed on
packets on virtual circuit.
Related Command fr congestion-threshold
342 connection 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
connection
Purpose Use the connection command to create a CE connection.
Use the undo connection command to delete a CE connection.
Syntax connection [ ce- of f set offset ] { i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num }
undo connection [ ce- of f set offset ] { i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num }
Parameters offset
Specifies a remote CE ID of L2VPN connection for
establishing local CE connection
interface-type
interface-num Specifies a CE interface for establishing remote CE
connection.
Example Establish a CE connection.
[ 3Com] mpl s l 2vpn vpna
[ 3Com- l 2vpn- vpna] ce ce- a i d 1 r ange 4
[ 3Com- l 2vpn- vpna- ce- ce- a] connect i on s0/ 0/ 0 ce- of f set 2
MPLS L2VPN CE view
Description Configure RD for MPLS L2VPN first before establishing a CE connection.
Related Commands mpls l2vpn encapsulation
ccc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family connection-limit default 343
Command Reference
connection-limit default
Purpose Use the connection-limit default command to configure the action when
the limit policy is not available.
Use the undo connection-limit default command to delete the action.
Syntax connection-limit default { permit | deny }
undo connection-limit default { permit | deny }
Parameters permit
Performs limit, with the upper limit and lower limit
being the default value.
deny
Does not limit.
Example Configure to limit connection when the limit policy is not available.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] connection-limit default permit
System view
Description The connection-limit default command can be configured repeatedly. The new one
overwrites the previous one.
344 connection-limit default amount 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
connection-limit default amount
Purpose Use the connection-limit default amount command to set default
threshold for connection limit.
Use the undo connection-limit default amount command to delete the
threshold.
Syntax connection-limit default amount { upper-limit upper-limit | lower-limit
lower-limit }*
undo connection-limit default amount { upper-limit | lower-limit }*
Parameters upper-limit
Sets default upper limit.
upper-limit
Default upper limit. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
lower-limit Sets default lower limit.
lower-limit Default lower limit. Valid values are 0 to 4294967295.
Default By default, the upper limit is 50 and the lower limit is 20.
Example Set the default threshold of connection limit, with the upper limit being 100 and
lower limit being 20.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] connection-limit default amount upper-limit 100 lower-limit 20
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family connection-limit enable 345
Command Reference
connection-limit enable
Purpose Use the connection-limit enable command to enable the connection limit
function.
Use the undo connection-limit enable command to disable the function.
Syntax connection-limit enable
undo connection-limit enable
Parameters None.
Example Enable connection limit function.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] connection-limit enable
System view
346 connection-limit policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
connection-limit policy
Purpose Use the connection-limit policy command to create connection limit policy
and enter its view.
Use the undo connection-limit policy command to delete the policy.
Syntax connection-limit policy policy-number
undo connection-limit policy { policy-number | all }
Parameters policy-number Number of connection limit policy. Valid values are 0 to
19.
all
Deletes all policies.
Example Create connection limit policy 10.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] connection-limit policy 10
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family controller cpos 347
Command Reference
controller cpos
Purpose Use the controller cpos command to enter CPOS interface view.
Syntax controller cpos cpos-number
Parameters cpos-number CPOS interface number.
Example Enter the interface view of CPOS 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0]
System view
Description Before you can configure a CPOS physical interface, you must enter its CPOS interface
view. This is similar to interfaces that support channelization such as CE1, CE3, and
CT1.
348 controller e1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
controller e1
Purpose Use the controller e1 command to enter CE1/PRI interface view.
Syntax controller e1 number
Parameters number
CE1/PRI interface number.
Example Enter the view of the interface E1 3/0/0.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er E1 3/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family controller e3 349
Command Reference
controller e3
Purpose Use the controller e3 command to enter the CE3 interface view.
Syntax controller e3 interface-number
Parameters interface-number CE3 interface number.
Example Enter the view of the interface E3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er e3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0]
System view
Related Command display controller e3
350 controller t1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
controller t1
Purpose Use the controller t1 command to enter a CT1/PRI interface view.
Syntax controller t1 number
Parameters number
CT1/PRI interface number.
Example Enter the view of the interface T1 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er t 1 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family controller t3 351
Command Reference
controller t3
Purpose Use the controller t3 command to enter the CT3 interface view.
Syntax controller t3 interface-number
Parameters interface-number CT3 interface number.
Example Enter the view of the interface T3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0]
System view
352 copy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
copy
Purpose Use the copy command to copy a file.
Syntax copy filename-source filename-dest
Parameters filename-source
Name of the source file.
filename-dest
Name of the target file or directory.
Example <3Com> pwd
flash:
<3Com> dir
Directory of flash:/
0 -rw- 7654528 Oct 10 2002 10:10:10 system
1 -rw- 4 Aug 23 2052 15:44:54 snmpboots
2 -rw- 300 Aug 23 2052 15:45:58 vrpcfg.cfg
15621 KB total (8140 KB free)
Copy the file vrpcfg.cfg from Flash memory to the backup directory that has been
created.
<3Com> copy vrpcfg.cfg backup
Copy flash:/vrpcfg.txt to flash:/backup/vrpcfg.cfg ?[Y/N]:y
% Copied file flash:/vrpcfg.cfg to flash:/backup/vrpcfg.cfg
<3Com> dir
Directory of flash:/backup/
0 -rw- 300 Aug 23 2052 15:57:46 vrpcfg.cfg
Copy file tt from the Flash to the CF card.
<3Com> copy flash:/tt cflash:
User view
Description If the name of the target file is the same with an existing directory name, the target
file is copied to the directory. If the name of the target file is the same with the name
of the existing file, the system asks whether to overwrite the exiting file.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cost-style 353
Command Reference
cost-style
Purpose Use the cost-style command to set the cost type of an IS-IS packet received/sent
by the router.
Use the undo cost-style command to restore the default setting.
Syntax cost-style { nar r ow | wi de | compat i bl e [ r el ax- spf - l i mi t ] |
nar r ow- compat i bl e [ r el ax- spf - l i mi t ] | wi de- compat i bl e }
Parameters narrow
Only receives/sends packets whose cost type is narrow.
wide
Only receives/sends packets whose cost type is wide.
compatible
Receives/sends packets whose cost type is narrow or
wide.
narrow-compatible
Receives packets whose cost type is narrow or wide,
but only send packets whose cost type is narrow.
wide-compatible Receives packets whose cost type is narrow or wide,
but only send packets whose cost type is wide.
relax-spf-metric
Permits to receive routes whose cost value is larger
than 1024. If this item is not set, the route whose
metrics value is larger than 1024 will be discarded.
Default By default, IS-IS only receives/sends packets whose cost type is narrow.
Example Set IS-IS to receive packets whose cost type is narrow or wide, but only send packets
whose cost type is narrow.
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] cost - st yl e nar r ow- compat i bl e
IS-IS view
Related Command isis cost
354 count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
count
Purpose Use the count command to configure the number of packets to be sent for each
test.
Use the undo count command to restore the default.
Syntax count times
undo count
Parameters times Number of the test packets to be transmitted. Valid
values are1 to 15.
Example Send ten packets for each test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] count 10
Description A test timer starts when the system sends the first test packet. In the event that the
times argument is set greater than one, the system continues to send the second one
upon receipt of the reply to the first one. If receiving no reply upon expiry of the timer,
the system sends the second and all the remaining packets likewise.
Related Command frequency
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family country 355
Command Reference
country
Purpose Use the country command to specify the code of the country to which the entity
belongs. It is a standard 2-byte code, e.g., CN for China.
Use the undo country command to delete the country code of this entity.
Syntax country country-code-str
undo country
Parameters country-code-str
Country code of 2 bytes.
Default By default, no country code is specified for any entity.
Example Set the country code of an entity
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] count r y CN
PKI Entity view
356 country-code 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
country-code
Purpose Use the country-code command to configure the coding format of the modem
connected to the serial interface.
Syntax country-code area-name
Parameters area-name
Includes Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria,
Canada, China, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Finland,
France, Germany, Greece, Hongkong, Hungary, India,
Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg,
Malaysia, Mexico, Netherlands, New-zealand, Norway,
Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Singapore,
Southafrica, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan,
United-Kingdom, and United-States.
Default The default area code is United-States.
Example Set the area-code to China.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] count r y- code chi na
Asynchronous Serial Interface view,
AM Interface view
Description The coding format of modem varies by area. To adapt to coding formats in different
areas, you can use this command.
On the asynchronous serial interface, only after the command modem is enabled can
this command be configured.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family cptone 357
Command Reference
cptone
Purpose Use the cptone command to set the prompt tone played on the current voice
subscriber-line to the specified country mode.
Use the undo cptone command to restore the default, that is, CN.
Syntax cptone country [ vol t age value ]
undo cptone
Parameters country
Sets the prompt tone played on the current voice
subscriber-line to the specified country mode.
Table 16 Country mode of prompt tone
Mode of prompt tone Country
AR Argentina
AT Austria
BE Belgium
BR Brazil
CA Canada
CH Switzerland
CN China
CY Cyprus
CZ Czech
DE Germany
DK Denmark
ES Spain
FR France
HU Hungary
ID Indonesia
IL Israel
IS Iceland
KR Korea
LU Luxembourg
MA Macau
MX Mexico
NG Nigeria
NL Netherlands
NO Norway
NP Nepal
PH Philippines
PK Pakistan
PL Poland
PT Portugal
RU Russian Federation
358 cptone 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Set the country mode of prompt tone to US.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] cpt one us
Description This command only applies to FXS and FXO voice subscriber-lines.
SA Saudi Arabia
SE Sweden
TH Thailand
TR Turkey
US United States
Table 16 Country mode of prompt tone (continued)
Mode of prompt tone Country
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family cpu-usage cycle 359
Command Reference
cpu-usage cycle
Purpose Use the cpu-usage cycle command to set the CPU usage statistic interval.
Syntax cpu-usage cycle { 5sec | 1mi n | 5mi n | 72mi n } [ sl ave | sl ot slot-num }
Parameters 5sec Sets the statistic interval to five seconds.
1min Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to one minute.
5min Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to five minutes.
72min Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to 72 minutes.
slave Given a dual-RPU/ERPU-supported device, sets the
usage statistic interval of the CPU on the slave
RPU/ERPU.
slot slot-num
Given a distributed device, sets the usage statistic
interval of the CPU on the interface board specified by
its slot number.
Default The default CPU usage statistic interval is 60 seconds.
Example Set the CPU usage statistic interval to five seconds.
[ 3Com] cpu- usage cycl e 5Sec
System view
Description Use the cpu-usage cycle command to set the CPU usage statistic interval.
Depending on the specified interval, the statistical period displayed by executing the
display cpu-usage history command is different.
360 crc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
crc
Purpose Use the crc command to set the CRC length on the POS interface.
Use the undo crc command to restore the default setting, 32 bits.
Syntax crc { 16 | 32 }
undo crc
Parameters 16
Sets CRC length to 16 bits.
32
Sets CRC length to 32 bits.
This is the default value for CRC length.
Example Set the CRC length on the interface POS 1/0/0 to 16 bits.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] cr c 16
POS Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family crc 361
Command Reference
crc
Purpose Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CE1.
Use the undo crc command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax crc { 16 | 32 | none}
undo crc
Parameters 16 Adopts 16-bit CRC.
32 Adopts 32-bit CRC.
none Adopts no CRC.
Default By default, 16-bit CRC is adopted.
Example Apply 32-bit CRC to the serial interface formed by the interface E1 2/0/0 in fractional
mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0: 0] cr c 32
Related Command channel set
using
using { cd1/e1 }
Command Reference
crc
Purpose Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CE3.
Use the undo crc command to restore the default or 16-bit CRC.
Syntax crc {16 | 32 | none }
undo crc
Parameters 16
Adopts 16-bit CRC.
32
Adopts 32-bit CRC.
none
Adopts no CRC.
Example Apply 32-bit CRC to the serial interface formed by the interface E3 2/0/0 in fractional
mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0: 0] cr c 32
Related Commands e1 channel-set
e1 unframed
using (CE3 Interface)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family crc 363
Command Reference
crc
Purpose Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CT1.
Use the undo crc command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax crc { 16 | 32 | none}
undo crc
Parameters 16 Adopts 16-bit CRC.
32 Adopts 32-bit CRC.
none Adopts no CRC.
Default By default, 16-bit CRC is adopted.
Example Apply 32-bit CRC to the serial interface formed by the interface T1 2/0/0 in fractional
mode.
[3Com-Serial2/0/0:0] crc 32
Related Command channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface)
Command Reference
crc
Purpose Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CT3.
Use the undo crc command to restore the default or 16-bit CRC.
Syntax crc { 16 | 32 | none }
undo crc
Parameters 16
Adopts 16-bit CRC.
32
Adopts 32-bit CRC.
none
Adopts no CRC.
Example Apply 32-bit CRC to the serial interface formed by the interface T3 1/0/0 in fractional
mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 0] cr c 32
Related Commands t1 channel set
t1 unframed
using (CT3 Interface)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family crl check disable 365
Command Reference
crl check disable
Purpose Use the crl check disable command to disable CRL checking.
Use the undo crl check disable command to enable CRL checking.
Syntax crl check disable
undo crl check disable
Parameters None
Default By default, CRL checking is enabled.
Example Disable CRL checking.
[ 3ComCA- pki - domai n- 1] cr l check di sabl e
PKI Domain view
366 crl update-period 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
crl update-period
Purpose Use the crl update-period command to specify the update period of CRL,
which is the interval between local downloads of CRLs from CRL access server.
Use the undo crl update-period command to restore the default CRL update
period.
Syntax crl update-period hours
undo crl update-period
Parameters hours
Update period in hours.
Default By default, it updates according to CRL validity period.
Example Set the CRL update period to 20 hours.
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cr l updat e- per i od 20
PKI Domain view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family crl url 367
Command Reference
crl url
Purpose Use the crl url command to specify the distribution point URL for CRL.
Use the undo crl url command to undo the specification.
Syntax crl url url-string
undo crl url
Parameters url-string Refers to the distribution point location of CRL.
Ranging from 1 to 127 characters, it is in the format of
ldap: //server_location. Among them, server_location is
generally expressed as IP address, which if is to be
replaced by server name, DNS needs to be configured
for the match between IP addresses and server names.
Default By default, no CRL distribution point URL is specified.
Example Specify the URL location of CRL database
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] cr l ur l l dap: / / 169. 254. 0 30
PKI Domain view
368 crp-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
crp-policy
Purpose Use the crp-policy command to restrict the range for valid C-RP and the group
range served by each C-RP, preventing C-RP cheating.
Use the undo crp-policy command to restore the normal state without any
range restriction and regard all the messages received are valid.
Syntax crp-policy acl-number
undo crp-policy
ACL number used by C-RP filter policy. Valid values are
3000 to 3999.
Example Configure C-RP policy on C-BSR router. Only permit 1.1.1.1/32 to act as C-RP which
only serves the group range 225.1.0.0/16.
[3Com-pim] crp-policy 3100
[3Com-pim] quit
[3Com-acl-adv-3100] rule 0 permit ip source 1.1.1.1 0 destination
225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
PIM view
Description This command uses the ACL numbered from 3000 to 3999. The parameter source
in the related rule command indicates C-RP address and destination indicates
the group range the C-RP serves. Upon matching the received C-RP message, only
when the C-RP address in the packet matches source address and the group
address range in the packet is the subset of that in ACL, can this configuration be
regarded successful.
In PIM SM network which uses BSR mechanism, any router can set itself as a C-RP
serving the specific group range. If it is elected in RP election, it will become an RP
serving in the group range.
In BSR mechanism C-RP router unicasts C-RP information to BSR router which is
responsible for advertising all C-RP information to the whole network by using BRP
information.
To prevent C-RP cheating, crp-policy is needed to configure on BSR router to
restrict the range for valid C-RP and the group address range it serves. Each C-BSR
may become a BSR possibly, so the same filter policy should be configured on each
C-BSR.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family crp-policy 369
Command Reference
rule
370 ct1 alarm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ct1 alarm
Purpose Use the t1 alarm command to enable the specified T1 line on the CT3 interface to
detect/send alarm signals.
Use the undo t1 alarm command to remove the alarm signal detection/sending
setting.
Syntax t1 line-number alarm {det ect | gener at e { ai s | r ai } }
undo t1 line-number alarm {det ect | gener at e { ai s | r ai } }
Parameters line-number
T1 line number. Valid values are 1 to 28.
detect
Enables/disables periodical alarm signal detection. By
default, periodical alarm detection is enabled.
generate Sends alarm signals, which can be AIS or RAI. Use this
function for line state test. By default, alarm signal
sending is disabled.
ais
Alarm indication signal.
rai
Remote alarm indication signal.
Example Enable periodical alarm signal detection on T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 al ar mdet ect
Enable T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 1/0/0 to send AIS alarm signals.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 al ar mgener at e ai s
CT3 Interface view
Description At the startup of the router, periodical alarm signal detection is enabled on all T1 lines
on the CT3 interface. When a T1 line detects LOS, LOF, or AIS signals, it sends RAI
signals to its peer. Alarm state report for the interface is real time; you may view that
by executing the display controller t3 command.
The supported alarm signals, LOS, LOF, AIS, RAI, FEBE, and idle, are ANSI T1.403
compliant.
You can only configure a T1 line to send a type of alarm signal. To have the channel
send another type of signal, use the undo t1 alarm command to delete the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ct1 alarm 371
Command Reference
previous setting first. In addition, when the RAI signal generated upon detection of
the LOS, LOF, or AIS signal is present, the T1 line cannot send another type of signal.
To do that, use the undo t1 alarm detect command to disable the T1 line to
send the RAI signal generated after detecting an alarm first.
372 dampening 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dampening
Purpose Use the dampening command to make BGP route dampening valid or modify
various BGP route dampening parameters.
Use the undo dampening command to make the characteristics invalid.
Syntax dampening [ half-life-reachable half-life-unreachable reuse suppress
ceiling ] [ route-policy policy-name ]
undo dampening
Parameters half-life-reachable
Specifies the half-life when the route is reachable. The
range is 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is 15
minutes.
half-life-unreachable
Specifies the half-life when the route is unreachable.
The range is 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is
15 minutes.
reuse Penalty value of a route when it starts to be reused.
The range is 1 to 20000. By default, its value is 750.
suppress
Penalty threshold of a route when it starts to be
suppressed. The range is 1 to 20000. By default, its
value is 2000.
ceiling Upper threshold of the penalty. The range is 1001 to
20000. By default, its value is 16000.
policy-name
Route policy name.
Default By default, no route dampening is configured.
Example Modify BGP route dampening parameters.
[ 3Com- bgp] dampeni ng 15 15 1000 2000 10000
BGP view
Description If these parameters are not set, their default values are used.
half-life-reachable, half-life-unreachable, reuse, suppress
and ceiling are mutually dependent. Once any one is configured, all others should
also be specified accordingly.
The dampening command dampens only the routes that are learned from EBGP
peers; it dampens no IBGP routes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dampening 373
Command Reference
Related Commands reset dampening
reset bgp flap-info
display bgp routing dampened
display bgp routing flap-info
374 data algorithm-suite 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
data algorithm-suite
Purpose Use the data algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite used by
IPSec SA (security association) to forward data.
Use the undo data algorithm-suite command to revert to the default
algorithm suite.
Syntax data algorithm-suite suite-number
undo data algorithm-suite
Algorithm suite number ranging from 1 to 12 and
defaulting to 1, whose meanings are as follows:
0 Without protection
1 DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
2 DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
3 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP1
4 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP2
5 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
6 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
Default The default algorithm suite number used by IPSec SA is 1, which stands for DES (for
encryption), MD5 (for authentication), and DHGROUP1 (for key negotiation).
Example Specify not to encrypt packets, that is, set the algorithm suite number to 0.
[ 3Com- dvpn- pol i cy- abc] dat a al gor i t hm- sui t e 0
Dvpn-Policy view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface) 375
Command Reference
data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the data-coding normal command to disable user data inversion on the
CT1/PRI interface.
Use the data-coding inverted command to enable user data inversion on the
CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo data-coding command to restore the default.
Syntax data-coding { normal | inverted }
undo data-coding
Parameters normal
Disables user data inversion.
inverted
Enables user data inversion.
Default By default, data inversion is disabled.
Example Enable user data inversion on the CT1/PRI interface.
[3Com -T1 3/0/0] data-coding inverted
Description To prevent 7e in valid data from being taken for stuffing characters, HDLC inserts a
zero after every five ones in the data stream. Then, HDLC inverts every one bit into a
zero and every zero bit into a one. This ensures at least at least one out of every eight
bits is a one. When AMI encoding is adopted on a T1 interface, the use of data
inversion can eliminate presence of multiple consecutive zeros.
At the two ends of a T1-F line, the same data inversion setting must be adopted.
376 data-flow-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
data-flow-format
Purpose Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit in which data flows
are sent to a RADIUS Server.
Use the undo data-flow-format command to restore the unit to the default
setting.
Syntax data-flow-format dat a { byt e | gi ga- byt e | ki l o- byt e | mega- byt e }
packet { gi ga- packet | ki l o- packet | mega- packet | one- packet }
undo data-flow-format
Parameters data
Sets data unit.
byte
Data flows are sent in bytes.
giga-byte Data flows are sent in gigabytes.
kilo-byte Data flows are sent in kilobytes.
mega-byte Data flows are sent in megabytes.
packet Sets data packet unit.
giga-packet Data packets are sent in giga-packets.
kilo-packet Data packets are sent in kilo-packets.
mega-packet Data packets are sent in mega-packets.
one-packet Data packets are sent in the units of one-packet.
Default By default, data flows are sent in bytes and data packets in the units of one-packet.
Example Send data flows and packets destined for the RADIUS server "3Com" in kilobytes and
kilo-packets.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] dat a- f l ow- f or mat dat a ki l o- byt e packet ki l o- packet
RADIUS view
Related Command display radius
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family data-flow-format 377
Command Reference
data-flow-format
Purpose Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit of data flows sent to
the TACACS server.
Use the undo data-flow-format command to restore the default.
Syntax data-flow-format dat a [ byt e | gi ga- byt e | ki l o- byt e | mega- byt e ]
dat a- f l ow- f or mat packet [ gi ga- packet | ki l o- packet | mega- packet |
one- packet ]
undo data-flow-format [ dat a | packet ]
Parameters data Sets data unit.
byte Sets 'byte' as the unit of data flow.
giga-byte Sets 'giga-byte' as the unit of data flow.
kilo-byte Sets 'kilo-byte' as the unit of data flow.
mega-byte Sets 'mega-byte' as the unit of data flow.
packet Sets data packet unit.
giga-packet Sets 'giga-packet' as the unit of packet flow.
kilo-packet Sets 'kilo-packet' as the unit of packet flow.
mega-packet Sets 'mega-packet' as the unit of packet flow.
one-packet
Sets 'one-packet' as the unit of packet flow.
Default By default, the data unit is byte and the data packet unit is one-packet.
Example Set the unit of data flow destined for the TACACS+ server "3Com" to be kilo-byte
and the data packet unit be kilo-packet.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- 3Com] dat a- f l ow- f or mat dat a ki l o- byt e packet ki l o- packet
TACACS+ view
Related Command display hwatacs
378 data ipsec-sa duration time-base 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
data ipsec-sa duration time-base
Purpose Use the data ipsec-sa duration time-base command to set the lifetime of
the IPSec SA used to encrypt DVPN data.
Use the undo data ipsec-sa duration time-base command to restore the
default lifetime of the IPSec SA.
Syntax data ipsec-sa duration time-base time-interval
undo data ipsec-sa duration time-base
Parameters time-interval
Lifetime of the IPSec SA used to encrypt DVPN data.
Valid values for this argument range from 180 seconds
to 86,400 seconds.
If no value is specified, the default lifetime of the IPSec
SA is 3,600 seconds.
Example Set the lifetime of the IPSec SA to 86,400 seconds.
[3Com-dvpn-policy-abc] data ipsec-sa duration time-base 86400
Dvpn-Policy view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family databits 379
Command Reference
databits
Purpose Use the databits command to set data bits on the user interface.
Use the undo databits command to restore the default.
Syntax databits { 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 }
undo databits
Parameters 5 Five data bits.
6 Six data bits.
7 Seven data bits.
8 Eight data bits, which is the default.
Example Set data bits to 5.
[3Com-ui-aux0] databits 5
User Interface view
Description The configuration can take effect only when the serial interface works in the
asynchronous flow mode.
380 datafill 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
datafill
Purpose Use the datafill command to configure the data for padding test packets.
Use the undo datafill command to restore the default.
Syntax datafill string
undo datafill
Parameters string
Data for padding test packets. Valid values are any
string less than 230 characters long. By default, test
packets are padded with characters in the range of 0
to 255 cyclically.
Example Configure a packet padding string abcd.
[Router-administrator-icmp] datafill abcd
Description You can pad HWPing test packets with any character string. If the size of a test packet
is smaller than that of the configured padding string, only a portion of the data is
used. If the size of the packet is larger, the string is used cyclically for padding.
Suppose a padding string, abcd is configured. If the test packet size is 3, only
abc is used; if it is 6, the string abcdab" is used.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family datasize 381
Command Reference
datasize
Purpose Use the datasize command to configure the size of test packets.
Use the undo datasize command to restore the default.
Syntax datasize size
undo datasize
Parameters size Test packet size in bytes, the range of which depends
on test type.
The configuration of packet size is only supported by ICMP, UDP and jitter tests. The
configuration voids other test types.
Example Set the size of ICMP test packets to 50.
[Router-hwping-administrator-icmp] datasize 50
Table 17 Test packet size of HWPing
Test Type Code Range Default value
Jitter None 68-8100 68
Jitter G.711 A-Law 16-1500 172
Jitter G.711 U-Law 16-1500 172
Jitter G.729 A-Law 16-1500 32
ICMP None 4-8100 56
UDP None 4-8100 100
Other None 4-8100 0
382 datetime local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
datetime local
Purpose Use the datetime local command to configure the Datetime information
element in the Connect message to use local time in an ISDN call.
Use the undo datetime command to configure the Datetime information element
not to use local time.
Syntax datetime local
undo datetime
Parameters None
Default By default, no local time is used.
Example In PRI subscriber line set the datetime information element to use local time.
[Router-voice-line1/0:15] datetime local
PRI and BSV Voice Interface Voice Subscriber Line view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ddns domainname 383
Command Reference
ddns domainname
Purpose Use the ddns domainname command to configure a domain name whose domain
name-to-IP address mapping on DNS needs update by using the service of the DDNS
service provider.
Use the undo ddns domainname to delete the configured domain name.
Syntax ddns domainname name
undo ddns domainname
Parameters name
Domain name whose domain name-to-IP address
mapping can be updated on DNS by using the service
of the DDNS service provider. Valid values are a string
of 1 to 30 characters.
Default By default, no domain name is configured.
Example Configure domain name www.3Com.com, allowing its domain name-to-IP address
mapping to be updated on DDS by using the service of the DDNS service provider.
[ 3Com- ddns- 3322. or g] ddns domai nname www. 3Com. com
DDNS Configuration view
Related Command ddns refresh
384 ddns password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ddns password
Purpose Use the ddns password command to configure a password for accessing the DDNS
service provider.
Use the undo ddns password command to delete the password used for
accessing the DDNS service provider.
Syntax ddns password password
undo ddns password
Parameters password
Password used to access the DDNS service provider.
Valid values are a string 1 to 30 characters long.
Default By default, no password is configured for accessing the DDNS service provider.
Example Set the password used to access the DDNS service provider to h3c.
[ 3Com- ddns- 3322. or g] ddns passwor d h3c
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ddns refresh 385
Command Reference
ddns refresh
Purpose Use the ddns refresh command to request the DDNS service provider to notify the
DNS server that the bound IP address of the domain name specified by the ddns
domainname command has changed.
Syntax ddns refresh
Parameters None
Example Request DDNS service provider 3322.org to notify the DNS server that the bound IP
address of the domain name specified by the ddns domainname command has
changed.
[ 3Com- ddns- 3322. or g] ddns r ef r esh
Related Command ddns domainname
386 ddns server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ddns server
Purpose Use the ddns-server command to specify a DDNS service provider and enter its
view. At present, only 3322.org is available.
Use the undo ddns-server command to delete the configured DDNS service
provider.
Syntax ddns-server 3322. or g
undo ddns-server
Parameters 3322.org
Sets the DDNS service provider to 3322.org.
Default By default, no DDNS service provider is configured.
Example Set the DDNS service provider to 3322.org.
[ 3Com] ddns- ser ver 3322. or g
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ddns source interface 387
Command Reference
ddns source interface
Purpose Use the ddns source-interface command to configure the interface used for
Use the undo ddns source-interface to delete the interface used for
Syntax ddns source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ddns source-interface
Type of the interface used for accessing the DDNS
service provider.
interface-number Number of the interface used for accessing the DDNS
service provider.
Default By default, no interface is configured for accessing the DDNS service provider.
Example Set the interface used for accessing DDNS service provider 3322.org to Ethernet
1/0/0.
[ 3Com- ddns- 3322. or g] ddns sour ce- i nt er f ace et her net 1/ 0/ 0
388 ddns username 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ddns username
Purpose Use the ddns username command to configure a user name for accessing the
DDNS service provider.
Use the undo ddns username command to delete the user name used for
Syntax ddns username name
undo ddns username
Parameters name
User name used for accessing the DDNS service
provider. Valid values are a string of 1 to 30 characters.
Default By default, no user name is specified for accessing the DDNS service provider.
Example Set the user name used for accessing the DDNS service provider to 3322.org.
[ 3Com- ddns- 3322. or g] ddns user name admi n
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging 389
Command Reference
debugging
Purpose Use the debugging command to enable debugging.
Use the undo debugging command to disable debugging.
Syntax debugging
undo debugging
Parameters None
Default By default, FTP client debugging is disabled.
Example Enable debugging.
[ftp] debugging
FTP Client view
390 debugging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging
Purpose Use the debugging command to enable system debugging.
Use the undo debugging command to disable system debugging
Syntax debugging { all [ timeout minutes ] | module-name [ debug-option1 ] [
debug-option2 ] }
undo debugging { all | module-name [ debug-option1 ] [ debug-option2 ]
}
Parameters all
Enables or disables all debugging switches.
timeout minutes
The duration that the debugging all command
takes effect (in minutes). Valid values are 1 to 1440.
module-name Module name.
debug-option Debugging option.
Default By default, the system disables all debugging switches.
Example Enable IP packet debugging.
<3Com> debugging ip packet
I P packet debuggi ng swi t ch i s on.
User view
Description The router provides rich debugging functions for troubleshooting networks.
Enabling debugging generates a large amount of debugging information resulting in
decreased efficiency, especially when the debugging all command is executed.
An aftermath of doing so is system crash. For these reasons, you are not encouraged
to use the debugging all command. The undo debugging all command, on
the contrary, is helpful when you want to disable all debugging switches at a time.
Related Command display debugging
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging l2tp 391
Command Reference
debugging l2tp
Purpose Use the debugging l2tp command to enable L2TP debugging.
Use the undo debugging l2tp command to disable L2TP debugging.
Syntax debugging l2tp { all | control | dump | error | event | hidden | payload
| time-stamp }
undo debugging l2tp { all | control | error | event | hidden | payload |
time-stamp }
Parameters all
Enables all L2TP debugging.
control
Enables control packet debugging.
dump
Enables PPP packet debugging.
error
Enables error debugging.
event
Enables event debugging.
hidden
Enables hidden AVP debugging.
payload
Enables L2TP payload debugging.
time-stamp
Enables time-stamp debugging.
Example Enable all L2TP debugging.
<3Com> debugging l2tp all
System view
392 debugging arp packet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging arp packet
Purpose Use the debugging arp packet command to enable ARP packets debugging.
Use the undo debugging arp packet command to disable the function.
Syntax debugging arp packet
undo debugging arp packet
Parameters None
Example Enable ARP packets debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng ar p packet
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging aspf 393
Command Reference
debugging aspf
Purpose Use the debugging aspf command to enable ASPF debugging function.
Use the undo debugging aspf command to disable ASPF debugging function.
Syntax debugging aspf { al l | ver bose | event s | f t p | h323 | ht t p | r t sp |
sessi on | smt p | t cp | t i mer s | udp }
undo debugging aspf { al l | ver bose | event s | f t p | h323 | ht t p | r t sp
| sessi on | smt p | t cp | t i mer s | udp }
Parameters all
All ASPF debugging switch.
verbose
Detailed debugging switch.
events
Event debugging switch.
ftp
Debugging switch for FTP detect information .
h323
Debugging switch for H.323 information detection.
http
Debugging switch for HTTP information detection.
rtsp
Debugging switch for RTSP information detection.
session
Debugging switch for Session information .
smtp
Debugging switch for SMTP information detection.
tcp
Debugging switch for TCP information detection.
timers Debugging switch for Timer information .
udp Debugging switch for UDP information detection.
Default By default, ASPF debugging function is disabled.
Example Open all the switches of debugging aspf
<3Com> debuggi ng aspf al l
User view
display aspf policy
394 debugging atm all 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging atm all
Purpose Use the debugging atm all command to enable all the debugging switches of
ATM.
Use the undo debugging atm all command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging atm all
undo debugging atm all
Parameters None
Default By default, all the ATM debugging switches are disabled.
Example Refer to the examples for the commands debugging atm error, debugging
atm event, and debugging atm packet.
User view
Description Because the use of this command can lead to a mass of output information, this may
cause that users cannot control network devices through terminals and the efficiency
of packet transmitting and receiving may be greatly damaged.
Related Commands debugging atm error
debugging atm event
debugging atm packet
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging atm error 395
Command Reference
debugging atm error
Purpose Use the debugging atm error command to enable the error debugging of ATM.
Use the undo debugging atm error command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging atm error [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]
undo debugging atm error [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc
{ pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]
Interface type, specifies an ATM interface together
with interface-num.
interface-num Interface number, specifies an ATM interface together
with interface-type.
pvc-name
PVC name, optional. If no PVC name and VPI/VCI pair
are specified, all the error debugging of the PVC will
be enabled.
vpi/vci VPI/VCI pair, optional. For more details, refer to
Parameter Description for the pvc command.
Default By default, all ATM error debugging switches are disabled.
Example Enable all the error debugging of ATM.
<3Com> debuggi ng at mer r or
User view
Description If no interface is specified, all ATM error debugging, global, interface level, or PVC
level, is enabled.
Related Commands debugging atm all
display debugging
396 debugging atm event 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging atm event
Purpose Use the debugging atm event command to enable the event debugging of ATM.
Use the undo debugging atm event command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging atm event [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } ] ]
undo debugging atm event [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc
{ pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } ] ]
with interface-num.
interface-num
Interface number, specifies an ATM interface together
pvc-name
PVC name, optional. If no PVC name and no VPI/VCI
pair are specified, all the event debugging of PVC will
be enabled.
vpi/vci VPI/VCI pair, optional. For more information, refer to
Parameter Description for the pvc command.
Default By default, all ATM event debugging is disabled.
Example The example is a case to enable the debugging of ATM events and display the results.
Enable all ATM event debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng at mevent
User view
Description If no interface is specified, all ATM event debugging, global, interface level, or PVC
level, is enabled.
This command is used to enable all the debugging of events that happen at the ATM
interface or a PVC, which can be used to trace some essential events of the system.
Such information may be helpful for detecting network faults.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging atm packet 397
Command Reference
Purpose Use the debugging atm packet command to enable the packet debugging of
ATM.
Use the undo debugging atm packet command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging atm packet [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
undo debugging atm packet [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [
pvc { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } ] ]
Parameters interface-type Interface type, specifies an ATM interface together
with interface-num.
interface-num
pvc-name
pair are specified, all the packet debugging of PVC will
be enabled.
vpi/vci
VPI/VCI pair, optional. For more details, please refer to
Parameter Description in the pvc command.
Default By default, all the debugging of ATM packet is disabled.
Example The example is a case to enable the debugging of ATM packet and display the results.
Enable all the packet debugging of ATM.
<3Com> debuggi ng at mpacket
After some time, the following messages may appear:
*515396. 229644- at m- 8- debug8: At m1/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32 out ppp pkt , snap, 22

*515396. 229710- at m- 8- debug8: FE FE 03 CF FF 03 C0 21 01 22 00 0E 01
04 05 DC
*515396. 229812- at m- 8- debug8: 05 06 00 00 1F 38
*515396. 232644- at m- 8- debug8: At m1/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32 out ppp pkt , snap, 22
*515396. 232710- at m- 8- debug8: FE FE 03 CF FF 03 C0 21 01 23 00 0E 01
04 05 DC
*515396. 232812- at m- 8- debug8: 05 06 00 00 1F 38
I t i ndi cat es t hat PPP packet s ar e bei ng out put f r omPVC 1/ 32 of

At m1/ 0/ 0.
398 debugging atm packet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
Description If no interface is specified, all ATM packet debugging, global, interface level, or PVC
level, is enabled.
After the packet switch is enabled, the detailed information about receiving/sending
packets at the ATM interface or PVC will be displayed. This will be very helpful for
system troubleshooting.
The received packets will display all the information about received frames , which
can indicate whether the sending side correctly encapsulates these frames. This will
be greatly helpful for the network device detection.
Packet debug information displays the PDU byte information in hex, through which
technical support personnel or engineers can locate some system errors.
Since the use of this command can lead to a mass of output information during each
packet receiving and transmitting, this may cause that users cannot control network
devices through their terminals, and thus greatly affect the efficiency of packet
transmitting and receiving.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging bgp 399
Command Reference
debugging bgp
Purpose Use the debugging bgp command to enable debugging of specified BGP packets
and events.
Use the undo debugging bgp command to disable debugging of specified BGP
packets or events.
Syntax debugging bgp { al l | event | nor mal }
debugging bgp { keepal i ve | mp- updat e | open | packet | r out e- r ef r esh |
updat e } [ r ecei ve | send ] [ ver bose ]
undo debugging bgp { al l | event | nor mal | keepal i ve | mp- updat e | open
| packet | r out e- r ef r esh | updat e }
Parameters all
All BGP debugging items.
event
BGP event debugging.
Normal
BGP normal operation debugging.
keepalive
BGP keepalive packet debugging.
mp-update
MBGP Update packet debugging.
open
BGP Open packet debugging.
packet
BGP packet debugging.
route-refresh
BGP route-refresh packet debugging.
update BGP Update packet debugging.
receive Received packet debugging.
send Sent packet debugging.
verbose Displays detailed debugging information.
Default By default, debugging is disabled for any items.
Example Enable BGP packet debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng bgp packet
User view
Description System performance is influenced when debugging is enabled. Therefore, this
command should be used cautiously. Disable debugging of any item after gone
through.
400 debugging bgp mp-update 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging bgp mp-update
Purpose Use the debugging bgp mp-update command to enable MBGP Update packet
debugging.
Use the undo debugging bgp mp-update command to disable the functions.
Syntax debugging bgp mp-update [ receive | send | verbose ]
undo debugging bgp mp-update
Parameters receive Enables incoming packet debugging of MBGP.
send Enables outgoing packet debugging of MBGP.
verbose Enables packet detail debugging of MBGP.
Example Enable MBGP Update packet debugging.
<3Com> debugging bgp mp-update
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging bims all 401
Command Reference
debugging bims all
Purpose Use the debugging bims all command to enable BIMS debugging.
Use the undo debugging bims all command to disable BIMS debugging.
Syntax debugging bims all
undo debugging bims all
Default By default, BIMS debugging is disabled.
Example Enable BIMS debugging.
<3Com> debugging bims all
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] bims request
Now start visit the bims server .
*0.1252374 3Com BIMS/8/debug2:
The host name is:10.153.21.96, the Path is:/bims/service, Port:80
HTC_SendMessage req msg action!
[3Com]
[3Com]
HTC_SendMessage req msg action,ulRet = 0
Msgid = 2
The return code string is: 0
FileID is = 12
FileType is cfg
FileSize = 775
Digest = 90 1b b6 c9 2f e7 4e ec 8d 8f 5a d6 13 0d 55 3e
The length of the cfg file is 775
Come into BIMS_ExcuteDownCfg!
[3Com]
[3Com]
% FTP server has been started
[3Com]
[3Com]
% Unrecognized command found at '^' position.
[3Com]
bims is enable
Ready to save current build run info! ........
Current configuration has been saved to the device successfully.
Ok,success to deal with the download config file!
402 debugging bims all 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The host name is:10.153.21.96, the Path is:/bims/service, Port:80
<3Com>
Have send file confirm request message,ulRet = 0
Msgid = 6
The return code string is: 0
Parse the Xml file Ret = 0
User view
Related Command bims enable
Table 18 Description on the fields of the debugging bims all command
Field Description
The host name is:10.153.21.111, the Path
is:/bims/service, Port:80
The URL where the BIMS center is accessed
HTC_SendMessage req msg action,ulRet = The router sent a request to the BIMS center and the
returned value
Msgid = 2 Type of the message from the BIMS center
The return code string is: 0 The return code from the BIMS center
FileID is = 1 File ID delivered by the BIMS center
FileType is cfg File type delivered by the BIMS center
FileSize = 561 File size delivered by the BIMS center
Digest = 68 65 1a e2 51 3b 3d 7e b2 b5 49
4b 7a 83 c5 2e
Digest delivered by the BIMS center
The length of the cfg file is 561 Size of the parsed file
Come into BIMS_ExcuteDownCfg! Begin to execute the commands in the configuration
file
Ok,success to deal with the download
config file!
Succeed in executing the configuration file
Have send file confirm request
message,ulRet = 0
An acknowledgement is sent to the BIMS center
Url=http://10.153.21.111/download/device
_001_1_M8XXRAM.ARJ
Software URL is obtained
Parse the Xml file Ret = 0 Succeed in parsing the xml file delivered by BIMS
center
GET
/download/device_001_20041129145128_
M8XXRAM.ARJ HTTP/1.0 Accept: */*
Begin to download the application software
Begin delete old VRP software! ..... Begin to delete old applications
Now create the application file !.. Create the new application file
Write data to flash, please wait.... Write the new application to Flash
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging bridge 403
Command Reference
debugging bridge
Purpose Use the debugging bridge command to enable the debugging function of a
bridge set.
Use the undo debugging bridge command to disable the debugging function.
Syntax debugging bridge et h- f or war di ng [ dl sw | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
undo debugging bridge et h- f or war di ng [ dl sw | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
Example Enable the debugging function of the bridge set.
<3Com> debuggi ng br i dge et h- f or war di ng
User view
404 debugging clns clnp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging clns clnp
Purpose Use the debugging clns clnp command to enable debugging for CLNS packets
to display the contents of all received/transmitted CLNP packets.
Use the undo debugging clns clnp command to disable debugging for CLNS
packets.
Syntax debugging clns clnp
undo debugging clns clnp
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for CLNS packets.
<3Com> debuggi ng cl ns cl np
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging clns echo 405
Command Reference
debugging clns echo
Purpose Use the debugging clns echo command to enable debugging for Echo packets.
Use the undo debugging clns echo command to disable debugging for Echo
packets.
Syntax debugging clns echo
undo debugging clns echo
Parameters None
Default Debugging for Echo packets is disabled by default.
Example Enable debugging for Echo packets.
<3Com> debuggi ng cl ns echo
User view
Description The information displayed includes source and destination addresses, invalid ERQ
packet source addresses, packet type error information and so on.
406 debugging clns rd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging clns rd
Purpose Use the debugging clns rd command to enable debugging for RD packets.
Use the undo debugging clns rd command to disable debugging for RD
packets.
Syntax debugging clns rd
undo debugging clns rd
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for RD packets.
<3Com> debugging clns rd
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging clns routing 407
Command Reference
debugging clns routing
Purpose Use the debugging clns routing command to enable debugging for Layer 3
routing tables.
Use the undo debugging clns routing command to disable debugging for
Layer 3 routing tables.
Syntax debugging clns routing
undo debugging clns routing
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for Layer 3 routing tables.
<3Com> debugging clns routing
User view
408 debugging connection-limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging connection-limit
Purpose Use the debugging connection-limit command to enable connection limit
debugging.
Use the undo debugging connection-limit command to disable the
debugging.
Syntax debugging connection-limit
undo debugging connection-limit
Parameters None
Default By default, the debugging function is disabled.
Example Enable connection limit debugging.
<3Com> debugging connection-limit
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging detect-group 409
Command Reference
debugging detect-group
Purpose Use the debugging detect-group command to enable auto detect debugging.
Use the undo debugging detect-group command to disable auto detect
debugging.
Syntax debugging detect-group { al l | packet | st at e | t i mer }
undo debugging detect-group { al l | packet | st at e | t i mer }
Parameters all
All debugging.
packet
Packet debugging.
state
State debugging.
timer
Timer debugging.
Default By default, auto detect debugging is disabled.
Example Enable auto detect packet debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng det ect - gr oup packet
User view
410 debugging dhcp client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dhcp client
Purpose Use the debugging dhcp client command to enable debugging on the DHCP
client.
Use the undo debugging dhcp client command to disable debugging on the
DHCP client. By default, DHCP client debugging is disabled.
Syntax debugging dhcp client { event | packet | er r or | al l }
undo debugging dhcp client { event | packet | er r or | al l }
Parameters event
Protocol events of the DHCP client, which include
address allocation and data updating.
packet
DHCP packets received and sent by the DHCP client.
error Unknown packet information or error information.
all Enables debugging of the DHCP client in all the
information (event, packet, and error).
Example Enable event debugging on the DHCP client.
<3Com> debuggi ng dhcp cl i ent event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dhcp relay 411
Command Reference
debugging dhcp relay
Purpose Use the debugging dhcp relay command to enable debugging on the
DHCP-relay module.
Use the undo debugging dhcp relay command to disable DHCP-relay module
debugging.
Syntax debugging dhcp relay { al l | er r or | event | packet [ cl i ent mac
mac-address ] }
undo debugging dhcp relay { al l | er r or | event | packet }
Parameters all All DHCP-relay debugging.
error Error debugging for DHCP-relay module.
event Event debugging for DHCP-relay module.
packet Packet debugging for DHCP-relay module.
client mac MAC address of the DHCP client and only displays the
information of the specified DHCP client.
Example Enable DHCP-relay module debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng dhcp r el ay
User view
412 debugging dhcp server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dhcp server
Purpose Use the debugging dhcp server command to enable debugging on the DHCP
server.
Use the undo debugging dhcp server command to disable debugging.
Syntax debugging dhcp server { al l | er r or | event s | packet s }
undo debugging dhcp server { al l | er r or | event s | packet s }
Parameters all All debugging functions of DHCP server.
error Error debugging on the DHCP server, specifically, the
debugging on the errors that occur when the DHCP
server processes DHCP packets or allocates addresses.
events Event debugging on the DHCP server, specifically, the
debugging on the events such as address allocation,
ping detection timeout, etc.
packet
DHCP packet debugging, specifically, the debugging
on the packets that the DHCP server has received and
sent and on the ping packets sent for the purpose of
detection and the received response packets.
Default By default, debugging is disabled on the DHCP server.
Example Enable event debugging on the DHCP server.
<3Com> debuggi ng dhcp ser ver event s
*0. 62496500- DHCP SER- 8- DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON:
DhcpSer ver : I CMP Ti meout
DhcpSer ver : St i l l Need t o I CMP det ect f or 1 t i mes
DhcpSer ver : I CMP Ti meout
DhcpSer ver : Al l Tr y f i ni shed
DhcpSer ver : Ack User ' s Lease
Enable packet debugging on the DHCP server.
<3Com> debuggi ng dhcp ser ver packet
DhcpSer ver : r ecei ve DHCPRELEASE f r om00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45.
DhcpSer ver : Rel ease Lease f or MAC 00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45. I P i s 5. 5. 5. 2
DhcpSer ver : r ecei ve DHCPDI SCOVER f r om00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45.
DhcpSer ver : Sendi ng I CMP ECHO t o Tar get I P: 5. 5. 5. 2
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dhcp server 413
Command Reference
DhcpSer ver : Sendi ng I CMP ECHO t o Tar get I P: 5. 5. 5. 2
DhcpSer ver : Send DHCPOFFER t o MAC=> 00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45. Of f er I P=>
5. 5. 5. 2
DhcpSer ver : r ecei ve DHCPREQUEST f r om00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45.
DhcpSer ver : Send DHCPACK t o MAC=> 00. 05. 5D. 85. D5. 45. Of f er I P=> 5. 5. 5. 2
Enable error debugging on the DHCP server.
<3Com> debuggi ng dhcp ser ver er r or
DhcpSer ver : I cmp Packet i s not EHHOREPLY!
User view
414 debugging dialer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dialer
Purpose Use the debugging dialer command to enable DCC debugging.
Syntax debugging dialer { al l | event | packet }
Parameters event
Enables DCC event debugging.
packet
Enables DCC packet debugging.
Example None
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dlsw 415
Command Reference
debugging dlsw
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw command to enable DLSw debugging.
Use the undo debugging dlsw command to disable DLSw debugging.
Syntax debugging dlsw { ci r cui t [ correlator ] | t cp [ ip-address ] |
r eachabl e- cache }
undo debugging dlsw { ci r cui t [ correlator ] | t cp [ ip-address ] |
r eachabl e- cache }
Parameters circuit
Enables the DLSw circuit debugging.
correlator
Distinguishes different IDs of the circuits.
tcp
Enables TCP packet debugging for DLSw.
ip-address
IP address.
reachable-cache
Enables DLSw reachability debugging.
Example Enable DLSw circuit debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw ci r cui t
User view
416 debugging dlsw ethernet-backup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw ethernet-backup command to enable debugging
for DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
Use the undo debugging dlsw ethernet-backup command to disable
debugging for DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
Syntax debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
undo debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw et her net - backup
DLSw_EB : Sendi ng MP f r ame f r om0007. 3f 54. 909c t o 9999. 9999. 9999
DLSW_EB: nei ghbour 0007. 3f f 0. 2c12 i s cr eat ed!
DLSw_EB : Sendi ng SABME f r ame f r om0007. 3f 54. 909c t o 0007. 3f f 0. 2c12
DLSw_EB : r ecei ve MP f r ame f r omEt her net 3/ 0/ 1
DLSw_EB : DI SC - > SABMESENT
DLSw_EB : Sendi ng MC f r ame f r om0007. 3f 54. 909c t o 0007. 3f f 0. 2c12
DLSw_EB : A LLC2 ci r cui t i s cr eat ed!
DLSw_EB : I NI T - > MASTER- PENDI NG
DLSw_EB : r ecei ve UA f r ame f r omEt her net 3/ 0/ 1
DLSw_EB : SABMESENT - > CONNECT
DLSw_EB : Sendi ng DN f r ame f r om0007. 3f 54. 909c t o 0007. 3f f 0. 2c12
DLSw_EB : r ecei ve MA f r ame f r omEt her net 3/ 0/ 1
DLSw_EB : MASTER- PENDI NG - > MASTER
DLSW_EB: Recei ve I WANTI T 0020. 357b. e065 0000. 1738. 6df d 04 04, cr eat e a
t emp CKT
DLSW_EB: St ar t hol d t i mer i nt er val = 5.
DLSw_EB : r ecei ve I WANTI T f r ame f r omEt her net 3/ 0/ 1
DLSW_EB: Hol d t i meout on ci r cui t 0020. 357b. e065 0000. 1738. 6df d 04 04
DLSw_EB : Sendi ng UGOTI T f r ame f r om0007. 3f 54. 909c t o 0007. 3f f 0. 2c12
Table 19 Description on the fields of debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
Field Description
Sending MP frame from
0007.3f54.909c to 9999.9999.9999
The Ethernet interface with the MAC address of
0007.3f54.909c on the router is sending an MP frame to
multicast address 9999.9999.9999.
neighbour 0007.3ff0.2c12 is created! A device configured with the same multicast address is
detected on the LAN. The MAC address of the device is
0007.3ff0.2c12. The router records the device as its
neighbor.
Sending SABME frame from
0007.3f54.909c to 0007.3ff0.2c12
The router is sending a SABME frame to 0007.3ff0.2c12
for establishing an LLC circuit.
DISC -> SABMESENT The status of the DLSw Ethernet redundancy circuit
changes from DISC to SABMESENT.
A LLC2 circuit is created! An LLC circuit is created between the two routers.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dlsw ethernet-backup 417
Command Reference
User view
receive UA frame from Ethernet 3/0/1 Ethernet 3/0/1 receives a UA response.
SABMESENT -> CONNECT The status of the DLSw Ethernet redundancy circuit
changes from SABMESENT to CONNECT.
receive MP frame from Ethernet 3/0/1 Ethernet 3/0/1 receives an MP frame.
Sending MC frame from
0007.3f54.909c to 0007.3ff0.2c12
An MC frame is being sent back to 0007.3ff0.2c12.
INIT -> MASTER-PENDING The master/slave status of the DLSw router changes
from INIT to MASTER-PENDING.
Sending DN frame from
0007.3f54.909c to 0007.3ff0.2c12
A DN frame is being sent to 0007.3ff0.2c12.
receive MA frame from Ethernet 3/0/1 Ethernet 3/0/1 receives an MA frame.
MASTER-PENDING -> MASTER The master/salve status of the DLSw router changes to
MASTER. That is, the router is elected as the master
router.
receive IWANTIT frame from Ethernet
3/0/1
Ethernet 3/0/1 receives an IWANIIT frame.
Receive IWANTIT 0020.357b.e065
0000.1738.6dfd 04 04, create a temp
CKT
The master router receives from a slave router an
IWANTIT frame, requesting to establish a DLSw circuit
between 0000.1788.6d6f and 0020.357b.e065.
Start hold timer interval = 5 The master router starts the hold timer.
Hold timeout on circuit
0020.357b.e065 0000.1738.6dfd 04
04
The wait time expires.
Sending UGOTIT frame from
0007.3f54.909c to 0007.3ff0.2c12
The router is sending a UGOTIT frame to the slave router
originating the IWANIT frame to allow the slave router to
establish the circuit.
Table 19 Description on the fields of debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
Field Description
418 debugging dlsw filter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dlsw filter
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw filter command to enable debugging for DLSw
filtering.
Use the undo debugging dlsw filter command to disable debugging for
DLSw filtering.
Syntax debugging dlsw filter
undo debugging dlsw filter
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for DLSw filtering.
<Rout er > debuggi ng dl sw f i l t er
DLSw f i l t er : The packet was di scar ded by ACL 4000 because of r ul e 2
Packet Len = 110, t he head of t he packet as f ol l ows:
FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 0F 3D 80 42 F8 08 00 45 00
User view
Description After you enable debugging for DLSw filtering, the system will display information
about all packets that are filtered out.
Table 20 Description on the fields of the debugging dlsw filter command
Field Description
ACL 4000 Number of the ACL used for filtering
rule 2 Number of the ACL rule by which the packet is denied
Not found Discarded because no match is found in the ACL
Packet Len = 110 Length of the discarded packet
FF FF.. Header of the discarded packet
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dlsw packet 419
Command Reference
debugging dlsw packet
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw packet command to enable SSP packet debugging for
DLSw.
Use the undo debugging dlsw packet command to disable SSP packet
debugging for DLSw.
Syntax debugging dlsw packet [ r ecei ve [ ip-address] | send [ ip-address] ]
undo debugging dlsw packet [ r ecei ve [ ip-address] | send [ ip-address] ]
Parameters receive
Enables debugging for inbound SSP packets.
send
Enables debugging for outbound SSP packets.
ip-address
Enables debugging for the SSP packets with the
specified IP address.
Default By default, SSP packet debugging for DLSw is disabled.
Example Enable SSP packet debugging for DLSw.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw packet
*0. 678357 3C5012A DLSW/ 8/ CI R:
DLSW_PACKET 4. 4. 4. 2 ( TCP Out put )
*0. 678358 3C5012A DLSW/ 8/ CI R:
04ac1bd9 31 48 00 00 07 00 03 5d 82 d9 63 84 00 00 03 00
04ac1be9 42 01 00 00 88 00 00 03 00 20 35 7b e0 65 00 00
04ac1bf 9 17 22 34 35 04 04 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 82
04ac1c09 00 b7 00 04 00 00 00 00 82 d9 63 84 07 00 03 5d
04ac1c19 82 79 93 3c 00 00 00 00
*0. 678372 3C5012A DLSW/ 8/ CI R:
DLSW_PACKET 4. 4. 4. 2 ( TCP I nput )
*0. 678373 3C5012A DLSW/ 8/ CI R:
04ae1ba3 31 48 00 00 00 b7 00 04 00 00 03 82 04 04 04 80
04ae1bb3 42 01 00 00 08 00 00 04 00 20 35 7b e0 65 00 00
04ae1bc3 17 22 34 35 04 04 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 82
04ae1bd3 00 b7 00 04 00 00 00 00 82 d9 63 84 3f 00 03 5e
04ae1be3 82 79 93 3c 40 40 00 00
User view
420 debugging dlsw packet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description
Table 21 Description on the fields of the debugging dlsw packet command
Field Description
DLSW_PACKET 4.4.4.2 (
TCP Output)
The DLSw sends switch-to-switch protocol (SSP) packets over the TCP
connection to the remote peer 4.4.4.2.
TCP Input)
The DLSw receives SSP packets over the TCP connection from the
remote peer 4.4.4.2.
UDP Output)
The DLSw sends SSP packets through UDP to the remote peer 4.4.4.2.
UDP Input)
The DLSw receives SSP packets through UDP from the remote peer
4.4.4.2.
04ac1bd9 31 48 00 00
07 00 03 5d 82 d9 63 84
00 00 03 00
Packet contents. The first eight characters in each line define the initial
memory address, and the rest characters are packet contents.
Each line provides 16 packet content items.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dlsw reachable-cache 421
Command Reference
debugging dlsw reachable-cache
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw reachable-cache command to enable DLSw
reachability debugging.
Use the undo debugging dlsw reachable-cache command to disable DLSw
reachability debugging.
Syntax debugging dlsw reachable-cache
undo debugging dlsw reachable-cache
Parameters None
Example Enable DLSw reachability debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw r eachabl e- cache
DLSW_RCH: Rcv 0000. 1738. 6df d f r om: 1. 1. 1. 1 NEW_ENTRY
DLSW_RCH: RCH_NOT_FOUND - >RCH_WAI TI NG
DLSW_RCH: REQ_DMAC: 0020. 357b. e065 f r om: 1. 1. 1. 1 st at us: FOUND
DLSW_RCH: NO SPECI FI C TARGET TO SEND I CANREACH_ex. DROP
DLSW_RCH: 0000. 1738. 6df d RCH_WAI TI NG - > RCH_FOUND
DLSW_RCH: Rcv 0000. 1738. 6df d f r om: 1. 1. 1. 1
DLSW_RCH: FOUND
DLSW_RCH: REQ_DMAC: 0020. 357b. e065 f r om: 1. 1. 1. 1 st at us: FOUND
DLSW_RCH: SEND I CANREACH_ex t o 1. 1. 1. 1
Table 22 Description on the fields of debugging dlsw reachable-cache
Filed Description
Rcv 0000.1738.6dfd from:1.1.1.1
NEW_ENTRY
The router receives a frame with the source MAC address of
0000.1738.6d6f from a peer with the IP address of 1.1.1.1,
which indicates that the MAC address can be reached
through 1.1.1.1. This MAC address is recorded in the remote
reachability information table.
RCH_NOT_FOUND
->RCH_WAITING
The remote reachability information status changes from
RCH_NOT_FOUND to RCH_WAITING.
REQ_DMAC: 0020.357b.e065
from:1.1.1.1 status: FOUND
The MAC address of 0020.357b.e065 is found in the local
reachability information table.
NO SPECIFIC TARGET TO SEND
ICANREACH_ex.DROP
Since the status of the remote reachability information for
0000.1738.6d6f changes to waiting, the router does not send
any ICANREACH-ex frames to the remote peer.
0000.1738.6dfd RCH_WAITING
-> RCH_FOUND
The remote reachability information status changes from
RCH_WAITING to RCH_FOUND.
Rcv 0000.1738.6dfd from:1.1.1.1
FOUND
The router receives a frame with the source MAC address of
0000.1738.6d6f from the peer with the IP address of 1.1.1.1,
and saves the reachability information. The reachability status
changes to FOUND.
SEND ICANREACH_ex to 1.1.1.1 Since the status of the remote reachability information for
0000.1738.6d6f is FOUND, the router sends an
ICANREACH-ex frame to the remote peer.
422 debugging dlsw reachable-cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dlsw udp 423
Command Reference
debugging dlsw udp
Purpose Use the debugging dlsw udp command to enable UDP packet debugging for
DLSw.
Use the undo debugging dlsw udp command to disable UDP packet debugging
for DLSw.
Syntax debugging dlsw udp
undo debugging dlsw udp
Parameters None
Example Enable UDP packet debugging for DLSw2.0.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw udp
Table 23 Description on the fields of the debugging dlsw udp command
Field Description
DLSw_UDP: Failed to create udp
socket
Failed to create a UDP socket.
DLSw_UDP: Failed to bind udp
socket
Failed to bind the UDP socket.
DLSw_UDP: Failed to specify udp
socket options
Failed to set attributes for the UDP socket.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to specify
ADD_MEMBERSHIP' socket option
Failed to set the ADD_MEMBERSHIP attribute for the UDP
socket.
IP_MULTICAST_TTL' socket option
Failed to set the IP_MULTICAST_TTL attribute for the UDP
socket.
IP_MULTICAST_IF' socket option
Failed to set the ADD_MEMBERSHIP attribute for the UDP
socket.
DLSw_UDP: Failed to specify ioctl
for port 2067 of local peer
192.168.10.1
Failed to set the input/output attribute for the 2067 port on
the local peer 192.168.10.1.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to create
CANUREACH_ex packet
Error occurred when creating a CANUREACH_ex packet.
DLSW_UDP: Remote
peer(192.168.10.20)'s sending
queue is full
The sending queue of the remote peer 192.168.10.20 is full,
and no packet can be sent.
DLSW_UDP: Local
peer(192.168.10.1)'s sending
queue is full
The sending queue of the local peer 192.168.10.1 is full, and
no packet can be sent.
DLSW_UDP: Send UDP to remote
peer 192.168.10.20
Unicasted a UDP packet to the remote peer (192.168.10.20).
DLSW_UDP: Remote peer's status
is wrong
The remote peer is in a wrong connection state.
DLSW_UDP: The sending packet is
wrong
The packet that needs sending is illegitimate.
DLSW_UDP: Send a multicast
packet to 224.0.10.10
A multicast packet was sent to a multicast address.
424 debugging dlsw udp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
DLSW_UDP: No found UDP socket No UDP socket was found.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to allocate
memory
Memory allocation failed.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to send UDP
packets to 192.168.10.20
DLSW_UDP: The length has sent is
70
Failed to send a UDP packet to the remote peer
192.168.10.20. The part that was sent is 70 bytes.
DLSW_UDP: Succeed in sending
UDP to 192.168.10.20
A UDP unicast packet was sent to the remote peer
192.168.10.20 successfully.
DLSW_UDP: Socket port is not
2067
The packet was received on a socket port other than 2067.
DLSW_UDP: Receive a wrong
packet
An illegitimate packet was received.
DLSW_UDP: The packet has not
been received completely
An incomplete packet was received.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to create a
mbuf for EX packet
The request for MBUF for the EX packet failed.
DLSW_UDP: Failed to send
multicast to 224.0.10.10
DLSW_UDP: The length has send is
70
Error occurred when DLSw sent a multicast packet to
224.0.10.10; only 70 bytes were sent.
DLSW_UDP: Succeed in sending
multicast to 224.0.10.10
A multicast packet was sent to 224.0.10.10 successfully.
Table 23 Description on the fields of the debugging dlsw udp command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging dns 425
Command Reference
debugging dns
Purpose Use the debugging dns command to enable DNS client debugging.
Use the undo debugging dns command to disable DNS client debugging.
Syntax debugging dns
undo debugging dns
Parameters None
Default By default, DNS client debugging is disabled.
Example Enable DNS client debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng dns
Disable DNS client debugging.
<Rout er > undo debuggi ng dns
User view
426 debugging dvpn 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging dvpn
Purpose Use the debugging dvpn command to enable DVPN debugging.
Use the undo debugging dvpn command to disable DVPN debugging.
Syntax debugging dvpn { all | error | event { all | misc | register | session
} | hexadecimal | packet { all | control | data | ipsec } }
undo debugging dvpn { all | error | event { all | register | session
| misc } | hexadecimal | packet { all | control | data | ipsec } }
Parameters all
Enables all types of DVPN debugging.
error
Enables debugging for DVPN errors.
event
Enables debugging for DVPN events, such as register
events, session events, and misc events.
hexadecimal Enables debugging for hexadecimal packets.
packet Enables debugging for DVPN packets, such as control
packets, data, and IPSec packets.
Default DVPN debugging is disabled by default.
Example Enable debugging for DVPN register events.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng dvpn event r egi st er
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging encrypt-card 427
Command Reference
debugging encrypt-card
Purpose Use the debugging encrypt-card command to enable debugging on the
specified or all encryption cards.
Use the undo debugging encrypt-card command to disable debugging on the
encryption card.
Syntax debugging encrypt-card { al l | command | er r or | mi sc | packet | sa } [
slot-id ]
undo debugging encrypt-card { al l | command | er r or | mi sc | packet | sa
}
debugging encrypt-card host { al l | command | er r or | mi sc | packet | sa
}
undo debugging encrypt-card host { al l | command | er r or | mi sc | packet
| sa }
Parameters all
Enables all debugging on the encryption card.
command
Enables command debugging on the encryption card.
error
Enables error debugging on the encryption card.
misc
Enables other debugging on the encryption card.
packet
Enables packet debugging on the encryption card.
sa Enables security association (SA) debugging on the
encryption card.
host
Enables host debugging on the encryption card.
slot-id
Slot ID for the encryption card, whose range depends
on the number of slots on the router. It is in
3-dimentional format, for example, x/y/z, where x
stands for slot ID, y and z are fixed to 0 for the
encryption card.
Example Enable command debugging on the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] debuggi ng encr ypt - car d command 5/ 0/ 0
User view
428 debugging esis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging esis
Purpose Use the debugging esis event command to enable debugging for ES-IS
protocol-related events. You can display event information using this command, such
as changes of neighbor states, entries in Level 0 routing table, and interface states.
Use the undo debugging esis event command to disable debugging for ES-IS
protocol-related events.
Use the debugging esis packet command to enable debugging for ES-IS
packets. You display information about received/transmitted ES-IS packets, such as
packet size, packet type, packet HT, and Layer 2 and Layer 3 address.
Use the undo debugging esis packet command to disable debugging for
ES-IS packets.
Syntax debugging esis { event | packet }
undo debugging esis { event | packet }
Parameters None
Example Enable debugging for ES-IS protocol-related events.
<3Com> debuggi ng esi s event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging firewall 429
Command Reference
debugging firewall
Purpose Use the debugging firewall command to enable the information debugging of
the firewall packet filtering.
Use the undo debugging firewall command to disable the information
debugging of the firewall packet filtering.
Syntax debugging firewall { al l | ef f | i cmp | packet { per mi t t ed | deni ed } |
t cp | udp | f r agment s- i nspect | ot her s } [ i nt er f ace type number ]
undo debugging firewall { al l | ef f | i cmp | packet { per mi t t ed | deni ed
} | t cp | udp | f r agment s- i nspect | ot her s } [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters all
Debugging information of all the packets.
eff
Ethernet frame filtering debugging.
icmp
ICMP packet filtering debugging.
packet
Packet filtering debugging. You can specify the
permitted or denied keyword to display the debugging
information about the permitted or denied packets.
tcp TCP packet filtering debugging.
udp UDP packet filtering debugging.
fragments-inspect Fragment debugging.
others
Debugging of all the packets except ICMP, TCP and
UDP.
interface type number
Debugging information of the corresponding packets
passing the interface. The debugging information of all
the interfaces will be displayed if this parameter is not
configured.
Default By default, all the information debugging of the firewall is disabled.
Example Enable the debugging information about UDP packet filtering.
<3Com> debuggi ng f i r ewal l udp
User view
Related Command display debugging
430 debugging fr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging fr
Purpose Use the debugging fr command to enable frame relay information debugging.
Use the undo debugging fr command to disable frame relay information
debugging.
Syntax debugging fr { al l | congest i on | de | event | f r agment | i nar p | l mi |
mf r cont r ol | packet | t r ansmi t - r at e } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number [ dl ci dlci-number ] ]
undo debugging fr { al l | congest i on | de | event | f r agment | i nar p |
l mi | mf r cont r ol | packet | t r ansmi t - r at e } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number [ dl ci dlci-number ] ]
Parameters all
All frame relay information debugging.
congestion
Information debugging of frame relay traffic
congestion management.
de DE information debugging of FRTS.
event Information debugging of frame relay event. When
this parameter is used, no interface can be specified.
fragment
Information debugging of frame relay fragment. When
this parameter is in use, interface and DLCI must be
specified.
inarp Information debugging of frame relay address
resolution protocol. When this parameter is in use,
DLCI can be specified.
lmi
Information debugging of frame relay LMI (Local
Management Interface) protocol.
mfr control Information debugging of multilink frame relay bundle
and bundle link.
packet
Information debugging of frame relay packet. When
this parameter is in use, DLCI can be specified.
transmit-rate
Information debugging of FRTS transmit rate.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
dlci dlci-number
DLCI number of virtual circuit. Valid values are 16 to
1007.
Default By default, frame relay information debugging is disabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging fr 431
Command Reference
Example Enable the FRTS congestion management debugging of serial interface 5/0/1.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r congest i on i nt er f ace ser i al 5/ 0/ 1
Enable DE debugging of FRTS on serial interface 5/0/1.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r de i nt er f ace ser i al 5/ 0/ 1
Enable FRTS transmit rate debugging of serial interface 5/0/1.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r t r ansmi t - r at e i nt er f ace ser i al 5/ 0/ 1
Enable debugging of the bundle interface MFR1, supposing several links have been
bundle on it.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r mf r cont r ol i nt er f ace mf r 1
ser i al 3/ 0/ 2( Out ) :
MFR msg=Add_l i nk, Lengt h=28, Li nk=ser i al 5/ 1/ 0, BL st at e=Add_sent
e1 00 01 01 07 4d 46 52 30 00 02 0c 53 65 72 69 61 6c 32 3a
ser i al 3/ 0/ 2( I n) :
MFR msg=Add_l i nk, Lengt h=30, Li nk=ser i al 5/ 1/ 0, BL st at e=Add_sent
e1 00 01 01 09 6b 70 6c 6b 70 6c 00 02 0c 53 65 72 69 61 6c
ser i al 3/ 0/ 2( Out ) :
MFR msg=Add_l i nk_ack, Lengt h=28, Li nk=ser i al 5/ 1/ 0, BL st at e=Add_r x
e1 00 02 01 07 4d 46 52 30 00 02 0c 53 65 72 69 61 6c 32 3a
ser i al 3/ 0/ 2( Out ) :
MFR msg=Hel l o, Lengt h=9, Li nk=ser i al 5/ 1/ 0, BL st at e=Up
e1 00 05 03 06 43 4b 01 f 6
ser i al 3/ 0/ 2( I n) :
MFR msg=Hel l o_ack, Lengt h=9, Li nk=ser i al 5/ 1/ 0, BL st at e=Up
e1 00 05 03 06 2f f 7 00 a5
c
User view
Description For multilink frame relay, if the information debugging of multilink frame relay bundle
and bundle link (mfr control) are enabled, the sent/received bundle link
controlling information and status change of bundle link will be displayed.
If FRTS function is enabled, the change of frame relay sending rate can be seen after
the transmit rate information debugging (transmit-rate) is enabled.
The enabling of frame relay information debugging greatly affects system
performance, so this command should be used cautiously.
Table 24 Description on the fields of the debugging fr command
Field Description
MFR msg Type of the control packets received and transmitted on the bundle link.
Length Length of the control packets.
Link Interface number of the bundle link.
BL state Operating state about the bundle link.
432 debugging fr compress 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging fr compress
Purpose Use the debugging fr compress command to enable FRF9 IPHC debugging of
frame relay.
Use the undo debugging fr compress command to disable FRF9 IPHC
debugging of frame relay.
Syntax debugging fr compress [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number]
undo debugging fr compress [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number]
Parameters interface interface-type
interface-number
Specifies an interface by its type and number.
Example Enable FRF9 IPHC debugging of frame relay.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r compr ess
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging fr compression 433
Command Reference
debugging fr compression
Purpose Use the debugging fr compression iphc command to enable FRF20 IPHC
debugging of frame relay.
Use the undo debugging fr compression iphc command to disable FRF20
IPHC debugging of frame relay.
Syntax debugging fr compression iphc { r t p | t cp } { al l | cont ext _st at e |
er r or | f ul l _header | gener al _i nf o }
undo debugging fr compression iphc { r t p | t cp } { al l | cont ext _st at e |
er r or | f ul l _header | gener al _i nf o }
Parameters all
Enables all FRF20 IPHC RTP/TCP debugging.
context_state
Enables FRF20 IPHC RTP/TCP context_state packet
debugging.
error
Enables FRF20 IPHC RTP/TCP error debugging.
full_header
Enables FRF20 IPHC RTP/TCP packet debugging.
general_info
Enables general FRF20 IPHC RTP/TCP debugging.
Example Enable FRF20 IPHC RTP error debugging of frame relay.
<Rout er > debuggi ng f r compr essi on i phc r t p er r or
User view
434 debugging fr pvc-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging fr pvc-group
Purpose Use the debugging fr pvc-group command to enable debugging for the
specified PVC group or all PVC groups.
Use the undo debugging fr pvc-group command to disable the debugging
output.
Syntax debugging fr pvc-group [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ] [
pvc-group-name ]
undo debugging fr pvc-group [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number
] [ pvc-group-name ]
interface-number
Interface number.
pvc-group-name
PVC group name, consisting of a string from 1 to 16
characters long.
Default By default, the debugging of PVC groups is disabled.
Example Enable debugging for the PVC group named 123 on interface Serial1/0/0.
<3Com> debuggi ng f r pvc- gr oup i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 123
0. 292940090 46A FR/ 8/ debug8: PVCGROUP: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0, pvc gr oup name: 123
*0. 292940180 46A FR/ 8/ debug8: pvc gr oup st at e change t o DOWN
*0. 292963710 46A FR/ 8/ debug8: PVCGROUP: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0, pvc gr oup name: 123
*0. 292963800 46A FR/ 8/ debug8: pvc gr oup st at e change t o UP
The above debugging information displays the status change of the PVC group
named 123 on interface Serial1/0/0.
User view
Related Command fr pvc-group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging hdlc clns 435
Command Reference
debugging hdlc clns
Purpose Use the debugging hdlc clns command to enable debugging for HDLC OSI
packets.
Use the undo debugging hdlc clns command to disable debugging for HDLC
OSI packets.
Syntax debugging hdlc clns { i n | i n- out | out } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
undo debugging hdlc clns { i n | i n- out | out } [ i nt er f ace
Parameters in
Specifies to enable debugging for input packets.
in-out
Specifies to enable debugging for input and output
packets.
out
Specifies to enable debugging for output packets.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default Debugging for HDLC OSI packets is disabled by default.
Example Enable debugging for input and output HDLC OSI packets.
<3Com> debuggi ng hdl c cl ns i n- out
User view
Description CLNP packets, ES-IS packets, and IS-IS packets are all HDLC OSI packets.
436 debugging hwatacs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging hwatacs
Purpose Use the debugging hwtacacs command to enable TACACS+ debugging.
Use the undo debugging hwtacacs command to disable TACACS+ debugging.
Syntax debugging hwtacacs { al l | er r or | event | message | r ecei vepacket |
sendpacket }
undo debugging hwtacacs { al l | er r or | event | message |
r ecei vepacket | sendpacket }
Parameters all
Specifies all TACACS+ debugging.
error
Specifies error debugging.
event
Specifies event debugging.
message
Specifies message debugging.
receive-packet
Specifies incoming packet debugging.
send-packet
Specifies outgoing packet debugging.
Default By default, TACACS+ debugging is disabled.
Example Enable the event debugging of TACACS+.
<3Com> debuggi ng hwt acacs event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging hwping 437
Command Reference
debugging hwping
Purpose Use the debugging hwping command to enable HWPing debugging.
Use the undo debugging hwping command to disable HWPing debugging.
Syntax debugging hwping { al l | er r or | event }
undo debugging hwping { al l | er r or | event }
Parameters all All debugging.
error Error debugging.
event Event debugging.
Default By default, HWPing debugging is disabled.
Example Enable HWPing event debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng hwpi ng event
User view
438 debugging igmp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging igmp
Purpose Use the debugging igmp command to enable IGMP debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging igmp command to disable the debugging functions.
Syntax debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer }
undo debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer }
Parameters all
All the debugging information of IGMP.
event
Debugging information of IGMP event.
host
Debugging information of IGMP host.
packet
Debugging information of IGMP packets.
timer Debugging information of IGMP timers.
Default By default, IGMP debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable all IGMP debugging functions
<3Com> debuggi ng i gmp al l purpose_body
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ike 439
Command Reference
debugging ike
Purpose Use the debugging ike command to enable IKE debugging.
Use the undo debugging ike command to disable IKE debugging.
Syntax debugging ike { al l | er r or | exchange | message | mi sc | t r anspor t }
undo debugging ike { al l | er r or | exchange | message | mi sc |
t r anspor t }
Parameters all
All IKE debugging functions.
error
IKE error debugging information.
exchange
IKE exchange mode debugging information.
message
IKE message debugging information.
misc
All the other IKE debugging information.
transport
IKE transport debugging information.
Default By default, IKE debugging is disabled.
Example Enable IKE error debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng i ke er r or
User view
440 debugging ike dpd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ike dpd
Purpose Use the debugging ike dpd command to enable IKE DPD debugging.
Use the undo debugging ike dpd command to disable IKE DPD debugging.
Syntax debugging ike dpd
undo debugging ike dpd
Parameters None
Example Enable IKE DPD debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng i ke dpd
peer 1 RESPONSE( r ecv dpd r equest ) : r ecei ved a message ( seqno: 1249119552)
peer 1 RESPONSE( send dpd r esponse) : send a message ( seqno: 1249119552)
peer 1 REQUEST( send dpd r equest ) : send a message ( seqno: 1249119550)
peer 1 REQUEST( r ecv dpd r esponse) : r ecei ved a message ( seqno: 1249119550)
User view
Description The following table describes the fields of the debugging ike dpd command.
Table 25 Description on the fields of the debugging ike dpd command
Field Description
Peername Name of the IKE peer
type Two options are available:
Response, indicating that the IKE peer is the receiver of a DPD query
Request: indicating that the IKE peer is the sender of a DPD query
action Types of actions:
recv dpd request, meaning a DPD query is received.
send dpd response, meaning a DPD response is sent.
send dpd request, meaning a DPD query is sent.
recv dpd response, meaning a DPD response is received.
seqno Sequence number of a DPD query
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ip 441
Command Reference
debugging ip
Purpose Use the debugging ip icmp command to enable the ICMP debugging.
Use the undo debugging ip icmp command to disable the ICMP debugging.
The debugging ip packet command is used to enable the IP packet debugging.
The filtration to the debugging information can be accomplished by filtering the IP
packets via acl.
Use the undo debugging ip packet command to disable the IP packet
debugging.
Syntax debugging ip { i cmp | packet [ acl { acl-number1 | acl-number2 } ] }
undo debugging ip { i cmp | packet }
Parameters acl-number1
ACL based on the interface. Valid values are 1000 to
1999.
acl-number2
ACL. Valid values are 2000 to 3999. The ACL in the
value range of 2000 to 2999 is the basic ACL. The ACL
in the value range of 3000 to 3999 is the advanced
ACL.
Example Enable the IP debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng i p packet
*0. 129680- I P- 8- debug_case:
Del i ver i ng, i nt er f ace = Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0, ver si on = 4, headl en = 20, t os =
6, pkt l en = 70, pkt i d = 49, of f set = 0, t t l = 1, pr ot ocol = 17, checksum
= 50, s = 1. 1. 1. 2, d = 224. 0. 0. 2
pr ompt : I P packet i s del i ver i ng up!
*0. 129680- I P- 8- debug_case:
Sendi ng, i nt er f ace = Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0, ver si on = 4, headl en = 20, t os =
6, pkt l en = 70, pkt i d = 49, of f set = 0, t t l = 1, pr ot ocol = 17, checksum
= 55147, s = 1. 1. 1. 2, d = 224. 0. 0. 2
pr ompt : Sendi ng t he packet f r oml ocal at Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
<3Com> debuggi ng i p i cmp
*0. 157090- I P- 8- debug_i cmp:
I CMP Recei ve: echo( Type=8, Code=0) , Sr c = 127. 0. 0. 1, Dst = 1. 1. 1. 2
*0. 157090- I P- 8- debug_i cmp:
I CMP Send: echo- r epl y( Type=0, Code=0) , Sr c = 1. 1. 1. 2, Dst = 127. 0. 0. 1
*0. 157090- I P- 8- debug_i cmp:
I CMP Recei ve: echo- r epl y( Type=0, Code=0) , Sr c = 1. 1. 1. 2, Dst =
127. 0. 0. 1
442 debugging ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ip count 443
Command Reference
debugging ip count
Purpose Use the debugging ip count command to enable debugging for the IP
Accounting module (the IP Accounting).
Use the undo debugging ip count command to disable debugging for the IP
Accounting.
Syntax debugging ip count { dat a | er r or | al l }
undo debugging ip count { dat a | er r or | al l }
Parameters data
Enables data procedure debugging.
error
all
Enables all debugging.
Default By default, debugging for the IP Accounting is disabled.
Example Enable data and error debugging for the IP Accounting.
<3Com> debuggi ng i p count al l
Disable all debugging for the IP Accounting.
<3Com> undo debuggi ng i p count al l
User view
Description
Table 26 Description on the fields of the debugging ip count data command
Field Description
IPA_In: Begin processing of
inbound-packet.
IPA is enabled on the router. An IP packet arrived at the router.
Protocol:1 Direction:
10.153.72.1 -->
10.153.72.150
From:Ethernet0/0/0
IPA is enabled on the router. An IP packet arrived at the router.
Dealing with the
inbound-packet permitted by
the firewall.
IPA is enabled on the router. An IP packet arrived at the router
and passed the firewall on the inbound interface.
Counting of inbound packets is enabled on the interface.
Dealing with the packet denied
by the firewall.
IPA is enabled on the router. An IP packet arrived at the router
and denied by the firewall on the inbound interface.
Counting of denied inbound packets is enabled on the interface.
444 debugging ip count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
IPA_In: Finish processing of
inbound-packet.
IPA is enabled on the router.
The inbound IP packet was counted correctly.
IPA_Out: Begin processing of
outbound-packet.
An outbound IP packet was present.
Protocol:1 Direction:
10.153.72.150 -->
10.153.72.1 To:Ethernet0/0/0
An outbound IP packet was present.
Dealing with the
outbound-packet permitted by
the firewall.
An outbound IP packet was present and permitted by the firewall.
Counting of permitted outbound packets is enabled on the
outbound interface.
Dealing with the packet denied
by the firewall.
An outbound IP packet was present and then denied by the
firewall on the outbound interface.
Counting of denied outbound packets is enabled on the
outbound interface.
IPA_Out: Finish processing of
outbound-packet.
The outbound IP packet was counted correctly.
Note:
IPA IP Accounting
Inbound (or outbound) IP packets include both legitimate IP packets and illegitimate IP packets.
In this chapter, legitimate packets refer to IP packets permitted by the firewall; illegitimate packets
refer to IP packets denied by the firewall.
Table 27 Description on the fields of the debugging ip count error command
Field Description
Failed to allocate
memory
Memory allocation failed.
Null parameter inputted
while clearing protocol
hash list.
Delete a null protocol entry.
Error: Deleting address
node failed because of
giving a NULL pointer!
The system failed to delete an address node because of a null
pointer.
Error(IPA_In): Failed to
get ip control block
pointer!
No IP control block pointer available on the incoming interface.
create address hash
node and protocol hash
node.
When counting a legitimate inbound IP packet, the system failed to
create an address node and a protocol node for it.
create protocol hash
node.
When counting a legitimate inbound IP packet, the system failed to
create a protocol node for it.
create firewall hash
node and its sub-node.
When counting an illegitimate inbound IP packet, the system failed
to create a counting node for it.
Error(IPA_In): No
inbound statistic
function available on
this interface!
Counting of inbound IP packets is not enabled on the inbound
interface.
Error(IPA_Out): Failed to
get ip control block
pointer!
No IP control block is available with the outbound interface.
Table 26 Description on the fields of the debugging ip count data command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ip count 445
Command Reference
create address hash
node and protocol hash
node.
to create an address node and a protocol node for it.
create protocol hash
node.
to create a protocol node for it.
create firewall hash
node and its sub-node.
When counting an illegitimate outbound IP packet, the system failed
to create a counting node for it.
Error(IPA_Out): No
outbound statistic
function available on
this interface!
Counting of outbound IP packets is not enabled on the inbound
interface.
Improper rule, the result
of (IPAddress & Mask) is
equal to zero!
An improper rule is configured. The result of anding the input IP
address with its mask is zero.
The rule-list is full! The rule list is full.
Table 27 Description on the fields of the debugging ip count error command
Field Description
446 debugging ip multicast-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ip multicast-policy
Purpose Use the debugging ip multicast-policy command to enable the debugging
of IP multicast policy routing.
Use the undo debugging ip multicast-policy command to disable the
debugging of multicast policy routing.
Syntax debugging ip multicast-policy [ acl-number ]
undo debugging ip multicast-policy
ID of interface-based ACL. Valid values are 1000 to
1999.
Example None
User view
Description The contents of the debugging information contain the route-node that the packets
match and the next hop/outgoing interface to which the packets are forwarded. The
debugging information output can be filtered with the interface-based ACL.
It should be noted that enabling the debugging would affect the performance of the
system. You should disable the debugging when the system is running normally.
Related Command route-policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ip netstream 447
Command Reference
debugging ip netstream
Purpose Use the debugging ip netstream command to enable NetStream debugging.
Use the undo debugging ip netstream command to disable NetStream
debugging.
Syntax debugging ip netstream {packet | event }
undo debugging ip netstream {packet | event }
Parameters packet
Enables Netstream packet debugging.
event
Disables Netstream event debugging.
Default By default, NetStream debugging is disabled.
Example Enable NetStream packet debugging.
<R6000> debugging ip netstream packet
*0.7072525-NS-8-debug_case:
IP Netstream:
version5 inbound UDP packet of 12 streams is exported
IP Netstream:
Version8 AS aggregation outbound UDP packet of 12 streams is
exported
Enable NetStream event debugging.
<R6000> debugging ip netstream event
IP Netstream:
add an inbound stream to cache
interface : Ethernet2/0/0, protocol : 6, tos :0 SrcIp : 1.1.1.1,
DstIp : 2.2.2.2 , SrcPort : 222, DstPort :888
IP Netstream:
delete an outbound stream from cache for active timeout
interface : Ethernet2/0/0, protocol : 6, tos: 0, SrcIp :1.1.1.1,
DstIp : 2.2.2.2 , SrcPort: 222, DstPort :888
Table 28 Description on the fields of the debugging ip netstream packet command
Field Description
version5 inbound UDP packet
of 12 streams is exported
A version 5 UDP packet is created for statistics in the inbound
direction, covering information on 12 streams.
Version8 AS aggregation
outbound UDP packet of 12
streams is exported
A version 8 AS aggregation UDP packet is created for statistics
in the outbound direction, covering information on 12 streams.
448 debugging ip netstream 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
IP Netstream:
delete an outbound stream from cache for inactive timeout
interface : Ethernet2/0/0, protocol : 6, tos : 0, SrcIp: 1.1.1.1,
DstIp : 2.2.2.2 , SrcPort :222, DstPort : 888
IP Netstream:
deleting an inbound stream from cache for tcp end
interface : Ethernet2/0/0, protocol : 17, tos :0, SrcIp :1.1.1.1,
DstIp: 2.2.2.2 , SrcPort:222, DstPort : 888
IP Netstream:
delete an inbound stream from cache for stream bytes
overflow
interface = Ethernet2/0/0, protocol = 17, tos = 0, SrcIp = 1.1.1.1,
DstIp = 2.2.2.2 , SrcPort = 222, DstPort = 888
IP Netstream:
deleting 100 stream from cache for cache overflow
User view
Table 29 Description on the fields of the debugging ip netstream event command
Field Description
IP Netstream The following are events occurred:
add an inbound stream to cache
delete an outbound stream from cache for active timeout
delete an outbound stream from cache for inactive timeout
deleting an inbound stream from cache for tcp end
delete an inbound stream from cache for stream bytes overflow
deleting xx stream from cache for cache overflow
interface Interface where the packet was input or output
protocol Protocol carried in the packet, 6 for TCP and 17 for UDP
tos Type of service of the packet
SrcIp Source IP address of the packet
DstIp Destination IP address of the packet
SrcPort Source port number of the packet
DstPort Destination port number of the packet
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ip urpf 449
Command Reference
debugging ip urpf
Purpose Use the debugging ip urpf command to display the information on the rejected
packets by URPF.
Use the undo debugging ip urpf command to disable the function.
Syntax debugging ip urpf discards [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
undo debugging ip urpf discards [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
interface-number
Interface name. If not specified, it represents all the
interfaces.
Example Suppose URPF is enabled on Ethernet2/2/0, configure as follows to display the
information on the rejected packets.
<3Com> debuggi ng i p ur pf di scar ds i nt er f ace Et her net 2/ 2/ 0
User view
450 debugging ipsec 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ipsec
Purpose Use the debugging ipsec command to turn IPSec debugging on.
Use the undo debugging ipsec command to turn IPSec debugging off.
Syntax debugging ipsec { al l | sa | mi sc | packet [ pol i cy policy-name [
seq-number ] | par amet er s ip-address protocol spi-number ] }
undo debugging ipsec { al l | sa | mi sc | packet [ pol i cy policy-name [
seq-number ] | par amet er s ip-address protocol spi-number ] }
Parameters all
Displays all debugging information.
sa
Displays debugging information of SA.
packet
Displays debugging information of IPSec packets.
policy policy-name
Displays debugging information of IPSec policy whose
name is policy-name.
seq-number Displays debugging information of IPSec policy whose
sequence number is seq-number.
parameters
Displays debugging information of a SA whose remote
address is ip-address, Security protocol is
protocol, and SPI is spi-number.
misc Displays other debugging information of IPSec.
Default By default, IPSec debugging is off.
Example Enable IPSec SA debugging function.
<3Com> debuggi ng i psec sa
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ipx packet 451
Command Reference
debugging ipx packet
Purpose Use the debugging ipx packet command to enable IPX packet debugging
switch to view the contents of IPX packet received and transmitted.
Use the undo debugging ipx packet command to disable the debugging
switch. By default, IPX packet debugging switch is disabled.
Syntax debugging ipx packet interface-type interface-num
undo debugging ipx packet interface-type interface-num
Interface type.
interface-num
Interface number.
Example Enable IPX packet debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px packet
*0. 8942310- I PX- 8- I PXPKT:
Sendi ng, i nt er f ace = Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0,
pkt l en = 40, hops = 0, pkt t ype = 0x1,
dst net = 0xb, dst node = f f f f - f f f f - f f f f , dst socket = 0x453,
sr cnet = 0xb, sr cnode = 00e0- f c01- 5517, sr csocket = 0x453
pr ompt : Sendi ng t he packet .
*0. 8942610- I PX- 8- I PXPKT:
Del i ver i ng, i nt er f ace = Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0,
pkt l en = 480, hops = 0, pkt t ype = 0x4,
dst net = 0xb, dst node = f f f f - f f f f - f f f f , dst socket = 0x452,
sr cnet = 0xb, sr cnode = 00e0- f c01- 54f 6, sr csocket = 0x452
pr ompt : I PX packet i s del i ver i ng up!
User view
Table 30 Description of display information of the debugging ipx packet command
Field Description
pktlen = Length of packet in decimal format (not including MAC address
header).
hops = How many routers the packet has passed through.
pkttype = Packet type in hexadecimal format.
dstnet = Destination network number of the packet.
dstnode = Destination node address of the packet.
dstsocket = Destination socket of the packet.
srcnet = Source network number of the packet.
srcnode = Source node address of the packet.
srcsocket = Source socket of the packet.
prompt: Prompt of how router processes the packet and reasons of
discarding packet.
452 debugging ipx ping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ipx ping
Purpose Use the debugging ipx ping command to enable IPX Ping packet debugging
switch to view the contents of Ping packet received and transmitted.
Use the undo debugging ipx ping command to disable the debugging switch.
Syntax debugging ipx ping
undo debugging ipx ping
Parameters None
Default By default, IPX Ping packet debugging switch is disabled.
Example Enable IPX Ping packet debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px pi ng
*0. 15396012- I PX- 8- I PXPI NG:
Pi ng r ecei vi ng: Request , Sr c = a. 00e0- f c04- 8859, Dst = a. 00e0- f c01- 54f 6
*0. 15396130- I PX- 8- I PXPI NG:
Pi ng sendi ng: Response, Sr c = a. 00e0- f c01- 54f 6, Dst = a. 00e0- f c04- 8859
User view
Table 31 Description of display information of the debugging ipx ping command
Field Description
Src = Source address of Ping packet.
Dst = Destination address of Ping packet.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ipx rip 453
Command Reference
debugging ipx rip
Purpose Use the debugging ipx rip command to enable RIP debugging switch to view
information on RIP packet received and transmitted, routing changes and timer expiry.
Use the undo debugging ipx rip command to disable RIP debugging switch.
Syntax debugging ipx rip { packet [ ver bose ] | event }
undo debugging ipx rip { packet [ ver bose ] | event }
Parameters packet
Debugging information of packet received and
transmitted.
verbose
Displays detailed information about packet received
and transmitted.
event Event debugging information, such as Up/Down of an
interface and related timer events.
Default By default, IPX RIP debugging switch is disabled.
Example Enable IPX RIP packet debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px r i p packet
Send RI P Response t o Et her net 0/ 0, l engt h 96
sr c: a. 00e0- f c01- 5517( 453) , dst : a. f f f f - f f f f - f f f f ( 453)
Number of Ent r i es i n Pkt : 8
Enable IPX RIP packet verbose debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px r i p packet ver bose
Send RI P Response t o Et her net 0/ 0, l engt h 96
sr c: a. 00e0- f c01- 5517( 453) , dst : a. f f f f - f f f f - f f f f ( 453)
Number of Ent r i es i n Pkt : 8
Net wor k 0x1, hops 2, del ay 2
Net wor k 0xa, hops 1, del ay 2
Enable IPX RIP event debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px r i p event
*0. 274181351- I PXRI P- 8- I PXRI P_Event :
The number 1 equal r out e next hop: 00e0- f c04- 8859
*0. 274181450- I PXRI P- 8- I PXRI P_Event :
The net wor k 8 t ot al l y have 1 equal r out e
454 debugging ipx rip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ipx rtpro-flash 455
Command Reference
debugging ipx rtpro-flash
Purpose Use the debugging ipx rtpro-flash command to turn on the debugging
switch of route refreshing in the IPXRM module.
Syntax debugging ipx rtpro-flash
undo debugging ipx rtpro-flash
Parameters None
Example Switch on route refreshing debugging for IPXRM module.
<3Com>debuggi ng i px r t pr o- f l ash
<3Com>
Remove an IPX static route.
[ 3Com] undo i px r out e- st at i c b2 Ser i al 1
*0. 18537610 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM set a Rt h on t he f l ash l i st , ul Rt hDest = 0xb2 .
[ 3Com]
*0. 18537820 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM f i ni sh a f l ash, r eset a Rt h on t he f l ash l i st , ul Rt hDest = 0xb2 .
[ 3Com]
User view
Description Use the command to turn off the debugging switch of route refreshing in the IPXRM
module.
This kind of debugging information is generated when routes are refreshed for the
sake of route change.
456 debugging ipx rtpro-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ipx rtpro-interface
Purpose Use the debugging ipx rtpro-interface command to turn on the debugging
switch of interface change in the IPXRM module.
Use the undo debugging ipx rtpro-interface command to turn off the
debugging switch of interface change in the IPXRM module.
Syntax debugging ipx rtpro-interface
undo debugging ipx rtpro-interface
Parameters None
Example Enable IPX RIP packet debugging switch
<3Com> debuggi ng i px r i p packet
Switch on interface change debugging for IPXRM module.
<3Com>debuggi ng i px r t pr o- i nt er f ace
<3Com>
Trigger interface change by using shut/undo shut command.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1] shut
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1]
%Oct 24 14: 11: 27 2003 3Com PHY/ 2/ PHY: Ser i al 1: change st at us t o down
%Oct 24 14: 11: 27 2003 3Com I FNET/ 5/ UPDOWN: Li ne pr ot ocol on t he
i nt er f ace Ser i
al 1 t ur ns i nt o DOWN st at e
%Oct 24 14: 11: 27 2003 3Com I FNET/ 5/ UPDOWN: Pr ot ocol I PX on t he
i nt er f ace Ser i a
l 1 t ur ns i nt o DOWN st at e
*0. 19023320 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM r eci eve i nt er f ace change msg, msg t ype I PX_I F_DOWN .
i f _i ndex i s 0x286 .
I nt er f ace name i s Ser i al 1 .
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1]
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1] undo shut
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1]
%Oct 24 14: 11: 34 2003 3Com PHY/ 2/ PHY: Ser i al 1: change st at us t o up
%Oct 24 14: 11: 34 2003 3Com I FNET/ 5/ UPDOWN: Li ne pr ot ocol on t he
i nt er f ace Ser i
al 1 t ur ns i nt o UP st at e
%Oct 24 14: 11: 34 2003 3Com I FNET/ 5/ UPDOWN: Pr ot ocol I PX on t he
i nt er f ace Ser i a
l 1 t ur ns i nt o UP st at e
*0. 19032220 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM r eci eve i nt er f ace change msg, msg t ype I PX_I F_UP .
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ipx rtpro-interface 457
Command Reference
i f _i ndex i s 0x286 .
I nt er f ace name i s Ser i al 1 .
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1]
User view
Description Such debugging information is generated whenever IPXRM module receives interface
change messages. These messages are generated when interface status changes
between up and down, or interface is added or removed.
458 debugging ipx rtpro-routing 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ipx rtpro-routing
Purpose Use the debugging ipx rtpro-routing command to turn on the debugging
switch of route change in the IPXRM module.
Syntax debugging ipx rtpro-routing
undo debugging ipx rtpro-routing
Parameters None
Example Switch on route change debugging for IPXRM module.
<3Com>debuggi ng i px r t pr o- r out i ng
<3Com>
Add a static route
[ 3Com] i px r out e- st at i c d10 Ser i al 1
*0. 19579120 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM ADD r out e !
Dest : d10 Next hop: 0. 0000- 0000- 0000
I nt er f ace: a. 00e0- f cf b- 3a00( Ser i al 1)
Pr ot ocol : St at i c Pr ef er ence: 60
Ti cks: 6 Hops: 1
*0. 19579230 3Com RMX/ 8/ DBG:
I PXRM r out e change t o ACTI VE !
Dest : d10 Next hop: 0. 0000- 0000- 0000
I nt er f ace: a. 00e0- f cf b- 3a00( Ser i al 1)
Ti cks: 6 Hops: 1
User view
Description Use the command to turn off the debugging switch of route change in the IPXRM
module.
This kind of debugging information is generated when route changes as addition,
deletion or attribute adjustment occur.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ipx sap 459
Command Reference
debugging ipx sap
Purpose Use the debugging ipx sap command to enable IPX SAP debugging switch to
view information on SAP packet received and transmitted, routing changes and timer
expiry.
Use the undo debugging ipx sap command to disable IPX SAP debugging
switch.
Syntax debugging ipx sap [ packet [ ver bose ] | event ]
undo debugging ipx sap [ packet [ ver bose ] | event ]
Parameters packet Debugging information of packet received and
transmitted.
verbose
Displays detailed information about packet received
and transmitted.
event
Event debugging information, such as Up/Down of an
interface and related timer events.
Example Enable SAP packet verbose debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px sap packet ver bose
*0. 20909856- I PXSAP- 8- I PX SAP: MSG: Recei ve Response Packet Fr om
Et h0, Lengt h 480
Sr c: 000a. 0000- 0104- 8f 02 ( 0452) Dest : 000a. f f f f - f f f f - f f f f ( 0452)
Number of ent r i es i n pkt : 7
Ser ver t ype 2000 " PS1" 0008. 000a- 000a- 000a ( 0452) hop 3
Ser ver t ype 2345 " kkkkk" 000d. 0005- 0005- 0005 ( 0452) hop 6
Ser ver t ype 9000 " ki r an- t emp" 000d. 0006- 0006- 0006 ( 0452) hop 16
Ser ver t ype 6000 " ki r an3" 000d. 0003- 0003- 0003 ( 0452) hop 6
Ser ver t ype 1000 " FS2" 000d. 000a- 000a- 000a ( 0452) hop 2
Enable SAP packet debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px sap packet
*0. 20909856- I PXSAP- 8- I PX SAP : MSG: Reci eve Response Packet Fr om
Et h0, Lengt h 480
Sr c: 000a. 0000- 0104- 8f 01 ( 0452) Dest : 000a. f f f f - f f f f - f f f f ( 0452)
Number of ent r i es i n pkt : 4
Enable SAP event debugging switch.
<3Com> debuggi ng i px sap Event
*0. 20776625- I PXSAP- 8- I PX SAP: MSG:
I PXSAP: Rout e UP Event Recei ved: N
460 debugging ipx sap 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
Description Enabling IPX SAP debugging switch, you can confirm whether SAP packet is received.
Normally, a router or server sends out an SAP update packet every minute. By default,
each SAP packet includes up to seven service information items at most. If a lot
service information needs advertising on the network, the router sends out multiple
packets per update. For example, if a router has 20 service information items in SIT, it
sends three SAP packets per update. The first SAP includes the first seven items, the
second SAP includes the next seven items, and the last update includes the last six
items.
The debugging ipx sap command generates significant amount of output, use it
with caution on networks that have many interfaces and a great deal of service
information. Disable debugging switch immediately after debugging to reduce effect
to normal services as possible.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging isdn 461
Command Reference
debugging isdn
Purpose Use the debugging isdn command to enable ISDN debugging.
Use the undo debugging isdn command to disable ISDN debugging.
Syntax debugging isdn { cc | q921 | q931 | qsi g | | spi d } [ i nt er f ace type
number ]
undo debugging isdn { cc | q921 | q931| qsi g | spi d } [ i nt er f ace type
number ]
Parameters cc
Enables ISDN CC module debugging.
q921
Enables Q.921 debugging.
q931
Enables ISDN Q.931 module debugging.
qsig
Enables ISDN Q.SIG module debugging.
spid
Enables SPID debugging for the BRI interfaces running
the NI protocol.
interface type number Interface type and number. You can enable ISDN
signaling debugging on an interface by specifying its
type and number. If no interface has been specified,
the system will enable ISDN signaling debugging on all
the ISDN interfaces.
Example Enable CC debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng i sdn cc
Disable CC debugging.
<3Com> undo debuggi ng i sdn cc
User view
Description You must enable terminal debugging first before ISDN debugging can take effect.
462 debugging isis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging isis
Purpose Use the debugging isis command to enable IS-IS debugging.
Use the undo debugging isis command to disable the function.
Syntax debugging isis { adj acency | al l | aut hent i cat i on- er r or | checksumer r or
| ci r cui t - i nf or mat i on | conf i gur at i on- er r or | dat al i nk- r ecei vi ng- packet
| dat al i nk- sendi ng- packet | gener al - er r or | i nt er f ace- i nf or mat i on |
memor y- al l ocat i ng | r ecei vi ng- packet - cont ent | sel f - or i gi nat e- updat e |
sendi ng- packet - cont ent | snp- packet | spf - event | spf - summar y |
spf - t i mer | t ask- er r or | t i mer | updat e- packet }
undo debugging isis { adj acency | al l | aut hent i cat i on- er r or |
checksumer r or | ci r cui t - i nf or mat i on | conf i gur at i on- er r or |
dat al i nk- r ecei vi ng- packet | dat al i nk- sendi ng- packet | gener al - er r or |
i nt er f ace- i nf or mat i on | memor y- al l ocat i ng | r ecei vi ng- packet - cont ent |
sel f - or i gi nat e- updat e | sendi ng- packet - cont ent | snp- packet | spf - event
| spf - summar y | spf - t i mer | t ask- er r or | t i mer | updat e- packet }
Parameters adjacency
IS-IS adjacency related packets.
all
All IS-IS related debugging information.
authentication-error
IS-IS authentication errors.
checksum-error
IS-IS checksum errors.
circuit-information
Information about IS-IS enabled interface.
configuration-error
IS-IS configuration errors.
datalink-receiving-packet
Data link layer's packets-receiving status.
datalink-sending-packet
Data link layer's packets-sending status.
general-error
IS-IS error information.
interface-information
Information about IS-IS enabled data link layer.
memory-allocating
IS-IS memory allocating status.
receiving-packet-content
Packets received through IS-IS protocol.
self-originate-update
Packets locally updated through IS-IS protocol.
sending-packet-content
Packets sent through IS-IS protocol.
snp-packet
CSNP/PSNP packet of IS-IS.
spf-event
IS-IS SPF events.
spf-summary
Statistics about IS-IS performing SPF calculation.
spf-timer
IS-IS SPF trigger events.
task-error
IS-IS events status.
timer
IS-IS timer.
update-packet
Updated packets through IS-IS protocol.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging isis 463
Command Reference
Example Enable all the information debugging of IS-IS.
<3Com> debuggi ng i si s al
User view
464 debugging isis es-adjacency 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging isis es-adjacency
Purpose Use the debugging isis es-adjacency command to enable debugging for
IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ESs.
Use the undo debugging isis es-adjacency command to disable debugging
for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ESs.
Syntax debugging isis es-adjacency
undo debugging isis es-adjacency
Parameters None
Default Debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ESs is disabled by
default.
Example Enable debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ESs.
<3Com> debuggi ng i si s es- adj acency
User view
Description You can display information about IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring
ESs by enable this type of debugging, such as state (up/down) changes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging isis is-adjacency 465
Command Reference
debugging isis is-adjacency
Purpose Use the debugging isis is-adjacency command to enable debugging for
IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ISs.
Use the undo debugging isis is-adjacency command to disable debugging
for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ISs.
Syntax debugging isis is-adjacency
undo debugging isis is-adjacency
Parameters None
Default Debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ISs is disabled by
default.
Example Enable debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring ISs.
<3Com> debuggi ng i si s i s- adj acency
User view
Description You can display information about IS-IS protocol-related events occur on neighboring
ISs by enable this type of debugging, such as state (up/down) changes of the
neighboring ISs, information about receiving/transmitting IIH packets.
466 debugging lapd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging lapd
Purpose Use the debugging lapb command to enable LAPB debugging.
Use the undo debugging lapb command to disable LAPB debugging.
Syntax debugging lapb { al l | er r or [ i nt er f ace type number ] | event [
i nt er f ace type number ] | packet { i - f r ame | us- f r ame } [ i nt er f ace type
number ] }
undo debugging lapb { al l | er r or [ i nt er f ace type number ] | event [
i nt er f ace t ype number ] | packet { i - f r ame | us- f r ame }[ i nt er f ace type
number ] }
Parameters all All LAPB debugging.
error LAPB error debugging.
event
LAPB event debugging.
packet
LAPB packet debugging.
Debugging on the specified interface.
i-frame
I-frame debugging.
us-frame
U-frame and S-frame debugging.
Default By default, LAPB debugging is disabled.
Example Enable LAPB error debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng l apb er r or
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging llc2 467
Command Reference
debugging llc2
Purpose Use the debugging llc2 command to enable the LLC2 debugging.
Use the undo debugging llc2 command to disable the LLC2 debugging.
Syntax debugging llc2 circuit [ correlator ]
undo debugging llc2 circuit [ correlator ]
Parameters correlator Distinguishes different IDs of the circuits.
Example Enable LLC2 debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng l l c2 ci r cui t
User view
468 debugging llc2 packet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging llc2 packet
Purpose Use the debugging llc2 packet command to enable U frame debugging for
LLC2.
Use the undo debugging llc2 packet command to disable U frame debugging
for the LLC2.
Syntax debugging llc2 packet
undo debugging llc2 packet
Parameters None
Default By default, U frame debugging is disabled for the LLC2.
Example Enable U frame debugging for the LLC2.
<3Com> debuggi ng l l c2 packet
*0. 379685 3C5012A LLC2/ 8/ debug:
LLC2_PACKET Et her net 1/ 0 ( Out put ) U f r ame
*0. 379685 3C5012A LLC2/ 8/ debug:
04adc17a 00 00 e8 44 2c ac 00 04 ac de 07 a6 00 03 04 04
04adc18a bf

*0. 379691 3C5012A LLC2/ 8/ debug:
LLC2_PACKET Et her net 1/ 0 ( I nput ) U f r ame
*0. 379692 3C5012A LLC2/ 8/ debug:
04ac55f 0 00 04 ac de 07 a6 00 00 e8 44 2c ac 00 4d 04 05
04ac5600 bf 32 4a 05 60 00 02 00 00 00 bb d1 00 00 00 00
04ac5610 80 00 01 0b 71 00 04 09 00 00 00 00 07 00 0e 0b
04ac5620 f 4 c1 d7 d7 d5 4b e2 d5 c1 f 0 f 2 10 1e 00 1d 11
04ac5630 0c 08 04 f 0 f 5 f 0 f 1 f 0 f 1 09 06 e6 c1 d5 e6 c1
04ac5640 d9 c5 09 08 e4 e2 c5 d9 f 0 40 40
User view
Description
Field Description
LLC2_PACKET Ethernet1/0/0
(Output) U frame
The LLC2 sends U frames to the Ethernet1/0/0 interface.
LLC2_PACKET Ethernet1/0/0
(Input) U frame
LLC2 module receives U frames from the Ethernet1/0/0
interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging llc2 packet 469
Command Reference
04adc17a 00 00 e8 44 2c ac 00
04 ac de 07 a6 00 03 04 04
Packet contents. The first eight characters in each line define the
initial memory address, and the rest characters are packet
contents.
Each line contains 16 packet content items.
Field Description
470 debugging local-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging local-server
Purpose Use the debugging local-server command to enable debugging for the local
RADIUS authentication server.
Use the undo debugging local-server command to disable debugging for
the local RADIUS authentication server.
Syntax debugging local-server { al l | er r or | event | packet }
undo debugging local-server { al l | er r or | event | packet }
Parameters all
Enables/disables debugging for all items.
error
Enables/disables debugging for errors.
event
Enables/disables debugging for events.
packet
Enables/disables debugging for packets.
Default By default, debugging for the local RADIUS authentication server is not enabled.
Example Enable debugging for the local RADIUS authentication server.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng l ocal - ser ver al l
*0. 9045238 3ComLS/ 8/ EVENT- MSG: Message r ecei ved. MessageType = 1
*0. 9045238 3ComLS/ 8/ PACKET: Packet Recei ved, Code = 1
*0. 9045239 3ComLS/ 8/ PACKET: Packet Send aut h pkt , Code =
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging mobile-ip advertise 471
Command Reference
debugging mobile-ip advertise
Purpose Use the debugging mobile-ip advertise command to enable debugging for
mobility agent advertisements.
Use the undo debugging mobile-ip advertise command to disable the
debugging.
Syntax debugging mobile-ip advertise
undo debugging mobile-ip advertise
Parameters None
Default By default, debugging is disabled for mobility agent advertisements.
Example Enable debugging for mobility agent advertisements.
<3Com> debugging mobile-ip advertise
User view
472 debugging mobile-ip mobile-router 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging mobile-ip mobile-router
Purpose Use the debugging mobile-ip mobile-route command to enable debugging
for an MR.
Use the undo debugging mobile-ip mobile-router command to disable
debugging for an MR.
Syntax debugging mobile-ip mobile-router { all | error | event | packet }
undo debugging mobile-ip mobile-router { all | error | event | packet }
Parameters all
Debugging of all items.
error
Error debugging, including information about failed
registration request transmission and failed space
application.
event
Event debugging, including state change formation of
the MR.
packet
Packet transmission debugging, including information
about the sent and received registration requests and
agent advertisements.
Example Enable debugging of all items for the MR.
<3Com> debugging mobile-ip mobile-router all
Disable debugging of all items for the MR.
<3Com> undo debugging mobile-ip mobile-router all
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging mobile-ip node 473
Command Reference
debugging mobile-ip node
Purpose Use the debugging mobile-ip node command to enable debugging for MIP
packets and events.
Use the undo debugging mobile-ip node command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging mobile-ip node
undo debugging mobile-ip node
Parameters None
Default By default, this function is disabled.
Example Enable debugging for MIP packets and events.
<3Com> debugging mobile-ip node
MobileIP: HA received registration for MN 20.0.0.6 on interface
Ethernet1 using COA
68.0.0.31 HA 66.0.0.5 lifetime 30000 options sbdmgvT
MobileIP: Authenticated FA 68.0.0.31 using SPI 110 (MN 20.0.0.6)
MobileIP: Authenticated MN 20.0.0.6 using SPI 300
MobileIP: HA accepts registration from MN 20.0.0.6
MobileIP: Mobility binding for MN 20.0.0.6 updated
MobileIP: Roam timer started for MN 20.0.0.6, lifetime 30000
MobileIP: MH auth ext added (SPI 300) in reply to MN 20.0.0.6
MobileIP: HF auth ext added (SPI 220) in reply to MN 20.0.0.6
MobileIP: HA sent reply to MN 20.0.0.6
User view
474 debugging modem 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging modem
Purpose Use the debugging modem command to enable Modem debugging.
Syntax debugging modem
Parameters None
Example None
User view
Description According to the information output after executing this command, the user can
make sure whether the correct Modem script has been specified for a particular
event.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging mpls l2vpn 475
Command Reference
debugging mpls l2vpn
Purpose Use the debugging mpls l2vpn command to view L2VPN link information.
Use the undo debugging mpls l2vpn command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging mpls l2vpn { al l | adver t i sement | er r or | event | connect i ons
[ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ] }
undo debugging mpls l2vpn { al l | adver t i sement | er r or | event |
connect i ons [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ] }
Parameters all
Enables/Disables all L2VPN debugging.
advertisement
Enables/Disables BGP/LDP advertisement debugging of
L2VPN.
error Enables/Disables L2VPN error debugging.
event Enables/Disables L2VPN event debugging.
connections Enables/Disables connection debugging.
interface-type
interface-num
Specifies a CE interface for connection debugging.
Example <3Com> debuggi ng mpl s l 2vpn al l
User view
476 debugging mpls ldp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging mpls ldp
Purpose Use the debugging ldp command to enable debugging of LDP messages.
Use the undo debugging ldp command to disable debugging of LDP messages.
Syntax debugging mpls ldp { { al l | mai n | adver t i sement | sessi on | pdu |
not i f i cat i on } [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ] | r emot e }
undo debugging mpls ldp { al l | mai n | adver t i sement | sessi on | pdu |
not i f i cat i on } [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ] | r emot e }
Parameters all
Displays all debugging information related to LDP.
main
Displays the debugging information of LDP main tasks.
advertisement
Displays the debugging information during processing
of LDP advertisement.
session Displays debugging information during processing of
LDP session.
pdu
of PDU.
notification
of notification.
interface-number
Displays all the debugging information of a specified
interface.
remote
Displays debugging information of all remote peers.
Example Enable LDP debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng mpl s l dp al l
User view
Description You can use this command to view LDP debugging information, but take caution
when doing so.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging mpls lspm 477
Command Reference
debugging mpls lspm
Purpose Use the debugging mpls lspm command to enable various LSP debugging.
Use the undo debugging mpls lspm command to disable the corresponding
debugging.
Syntax debugging mpls lspm { agent | al l | event | f t n | i nt er f ace | packet |
pol i cy | pr ocess | vpn }
undo debugging mpls lspm { agent | al l | event | f t n | i nt er f ace |
packet | pol i cy | pr ocess | vpn }
Parameters agent Enables all MPLS Agent debugging.
all Enables all MPLS-related debugging.
event Enables debugging of various MPLS events.
ftn Enables MPLS ftn debugging.
interface Enables the MPLS debugging on the message
sending/receiving interface.
packet
Enables MPLS packet debugging.
policy
Enables MPLS policy debugging.
process
Enables debugging of MPLS internal process.
vpn
Enables all MPLS VPN debugging.
Default By default, all debugging is disabled.
Example Enable all MPLS LSP VPN debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng mpl s l spmvpn
User view
Description This command is used to the debug MPLS LSPM. As debugging will affect the
performance of the router, you are recommended to use the command with caution.
478 debugging msdp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging msdp
Purpose Use the debugging msdp command to enable MSDP debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging msdp command to disable MSDP debugging functions.
Syntax debugging msdp { all | connect | event | packet | source-active }
undo debugging msdp { all | connect | event | packet | source-active }
Parameters all
All the debugging information of MSDP.
connect
Debugging information of MSDP peer connection
reset.
event Debugging information of MSDP event.
packet
Debugging information of MSDP packet.
source-active
Debugging information of active MSDP source.
Default By default, MSDP debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable all common MSDP debugging functions.
<3Com> debugging msdp all
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging multicast forwarding 479
Command Reference
debugging multicast forwarding
Purpose Use the debugging multicast forwarding command to enable multicast
packet forwarding debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging multicast forwarding command to disable the
debugging functions.
Syntax debugging multicast forwarding
undo debugging multicast forwarding
Parameters None
Default By default, the debugging function is disabled.
Example Enable multicast packet forwarding debugging functions.
User view
480 debugging multicast kernel-routing 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging multicast kernel-routing
Purpose Use the debugging multicast kernel-routing command to enable
multicast kernel routing debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging multicast kernel-routing command to disable
the debugging functions.
Syntax debugging multicast kernel-routing
undo debugging multicast kernel-routing
Parameters None
Default By default, the multicast kernel routing debugging function is disabled.
Example Enable multicast kernel routing debugging functions.
<3Com> debuggi ng mul t i cast ker nel - r out i ng
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging multicast status-forwarding 481
Command Reference
debugging multicast status-forwarding
Purpose Use the debugging multicast status-forwarding command to enable
multicast forwarding status debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging multicast status-forwarding command to
disable the debugging functions.
Syntax debugging multicast status-forwarding
undo debugging multicast status-forwarding
Parameters None
Default By default, the multicast status debugging function is disabled.
Example Enable multicast forwarding status debugging functions.
<3Com>debugging multicast status-forwarding
User view
482 debugging nat 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging nat
Purpose Use the debugging nat command to enable the NAT debugging function.
Use the undo debugging nat command to disable the NAT debugging function.
Syntax debugging nat { al g | event | packet [ i nt er f ace { interface-type
interface-number ] }
undo debugging nat { al g | event | packet [ i nt er f ace interface-type
Parameters alg
Enables the application level gateway NAT debugging
information.
event
Enables NAT event debugging information.
packet Enables NAT data packet debugging information.
interface Enables NAT packet debugging for a special interface.
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ntp-service 483
Command Reference
debugging ntp-service
Purpose Use the debugging ntp-service command to enable NTP service debugging.
Use the undo debugging ntp-service command to disable NTP service
debugging.
Syntax debugging ntp-service { adjustment | authentication | event | filter |
packet | parameter | refclock | selection | synchronization | validity
| all }
undo debugging ntp-service { adjustment | authentication | event |
filter | packet | parameter | refclock | selection | synchronization |
validity | all }
Parameters adjustment
NTP clock adjustment debugging.
all
All NTP debugging.
authentication
NTP authentication debugging.
event
NTP event debugging.
filter
NTP filter information debugging.
packet
NTP packet debugging.
parameter
NTP clock parameter debugging.
refclock
NTP reference clock debugging.
selection NTP clock selection debugging.
synchronization NTP clock synchronization debugging.
validity Validity debugging of NTP remote hosts.
Default By default, all debugging is disabled.
Example Enable NTP authentication debugging.
<3Com> debugging ntp-service authentication
User view
484 debugging ospf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ospf
Purpose Use the debugging ospf command to enable OSPF debugging.
Use the undo debugging ospf command to disable the function.
Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] { event | { packet [ ack | dd | hello |
interface type num | request | update ] } | lsa-generate | spf | te }
undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] { event | { packet [ ack | dd | hello
| interface type num | request | update ] } | lsa-generate | spf | te }
Parameters interface type num
Type and number of the interface.
process-id
OSPF process number. If no process number is
specified, all the process debugging is enabled or
disabled.
event
Enables OSPF event information debugging.
packet
Enables OSPF packet information debugging. There are
five sorts of packets in OSPF as follows:
ack
LSAck packet.
dd
Database Description packet.
hello
Hello message.
request
Link State Request packet.
update
Link State Update packet.
Lsa-generate
Enables OSPF LSA packet information debugging.
spf
Enables the debugging of the calculation of the OSPF
shortest-path tree.
te Enables the debugging of OSPF TE.
Example Enable the information debugging of OSPF packets.
<3Com > debugging ospf packet
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ospf 485
Command Reference
Description In OSPF multi-process, using debugging command, you can enable the debugging
of all the process simultaneously or one of the processes only.
If no process number is specified in the debugging command, the command is valid
to all the processes. And it keeps the state during the router running period no matter
OSPF process exits or not. In this way, the execution of this command will
enable/disable each enabled OSPF debugging. At the same time, the debugging
specified by this command will be enabled automatically when new OSPF is enabled.
If there is a specified process number in the debugging command, only the specified
process is debugged. The configuration command is invalid if OSPF is not enabled.
And the debugging state will not be kept after exiting the process, either.
If you do not define the interface parameter in the debugging command, the
system displays the debugging information of all the interfaces. If you define the
parameter, the system only displays the debugging information of the specified
interface.
Related Command display debugging ospf
486 debugging pad 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pad
Purpose Use the debugging pad command to enable PAD debugging.
Use the undo debugging pad command to disable PAD debugging.
Syntax debugging pad { al l | er r or | event | packet }
undo debugging pad { al l | er r or | event | packet }
Parameters all
All PAD debugging.
error
PAD error debugging.
event
PAD event debugging.
packet
PAD packet debugging.
Example Enable PAD packet debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng pad packet
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging physical 487
Command Reference
debugging physical
Purpose Use the debugging physical command to enable debugging of the physical
module on the specified interface.
Use the undo debugging physical command to disable debugging on the
specified interface.
Syntax debugging physical { al l | er r or | event | packet } [ i nt er f ace
undo debugging physical { al l | er r or | event | packet } [ i nt er f ace
Parameters all
Enables all debugging.
error
event
packet
Enables packet debugging.
interface-number
Example Enable event output for the physical module of T1 interface.
<3Com> debuggi ng physi cal event
*0. 98233210 3Com PHYD/ 8/ debuggi ng: ( T1 1/ 0/ 0) PHY/ EVT: Loss of si gnal .
/ *
/ / Di spl ay LOS i nf or mat i on when no cabl e i s connect ed and di spl ay
Recover y of si gnal when a cabl e i s pr esent .
*0. 98233300 3Com PHYD/ 8/ debuggi ng: ( T1 1/ 0/ 0) PHY/ EVT: Loss of f r ame
al i gnment . / *
/ / Di spl ay LOF i nf or mat i on when f r ame al i gnment i s l ost , and di spl ay
Recover y of f r ame al i gnment when f r ame al i gnment i s achi eved.
*0. 98233400 3Com PHYD/ 8/ debuggi ng: ( T1 1/ 0/ 0) PHY/ EVT: No AI S. / *
/ / Di spl ay whet her AI S si gnal s have been r ecei ved.
*0. 98233480 3Com PHYD/ 8/ debuggi ng: ( T1 1/ 0/ 0) PHY/ EVT: No r emot e
al ar m. / *
/ / Di spl ay whet her RAI si gnal s have been r ecei ved.
Note that the information that the error and event debugging switches output varies
by interface type.
User view
488 debugging pim common 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pim common
Purpose Use the debugging pim common command to enable common PIM debugging
functions.
Use the undo debugging pim common command to disable the debugging
functions.
Syntax debugging pim common { all | event | packet | timer }
undo debugging pim common { all | event | packet | timer }
Parameters all
All the common debugging information of PIM.
event
Debugging information of common PIM event.
packet
Debugging information of PIM Hello message.
timer
Debugging information of common PIM timer.
Default By default, common PIM debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable all common PIM debugging functions.
<3Com> debugging pim common all
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging pim dm 489
Command Reference
debugging pim dm
Purpose Use the debugging pim dm command to enable PIM-DM debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging pim dm command to disable the debugging functions.
Syntax debugging pim dm { alert | all | mrt | timer | warning | { recv | send
} { all | assert | graft | graft-ack | join | prune } }
undo debugging pim dm { alert | all | mrt | timer | warning | { recv |
send } { all | assert | graft | graft-ack | join | prune } }
Parameters all
All the debugging information of PIM-DM.
alert
Debugging information of PIM-DM interoperation
event.
mrt Debugging information of PIM-DM multicast routing
table.
timer
Debugging information of PIM-DM timer.
warning
Debugging information of PIM-DM warning message.
recv
Debugging information of PIM-DM receiving packets.
send
Debugging information of PIM-DM sending packets.
all
All packet types.
assert
Packet type, assert packet.
graft
Packet type, graft packet.
graft-ack
Packet type, graft acknowledgment packet.
join
Packet type, join packet.
prune
Packet type, prune packet.
Default By default, PIM-DM debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable all PIM-DM debugging functions
<3Com> debugging pim dm all
User view
490 debugging pim sm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pim sm
Purpose Use the debugging pim sm command to enable PIM-SM debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging pim sm command to disable the debugging functions.
Syntax debugging pim sm { all | mbr | mrt | msdp | timer | verbose | warning |
{ recv | send } { assert | bootstrap | crpadv | jp | reg | regstop } }
undo debugging pim sm { all | mbr | mrt | msdp | timer | verbose |
warning | { recv | send } { assert | bootstrap | crpadv | jp | reg |
regstop } }
Parameters mbr
Debugging information of PIM-SM multicast boundary
router event.
mrt Debugging information of PIM-SM multicast routing
table.
msdp
Functions between PIM-SM and MSDP.
timer
Debugging information of PIM-SM timer.
warning
Debugging information of PIM-SM warning message.
recv
Debugging information of PIM-SM receiving packets.
send
Debugging information of PIM-SM sending packets.
assert | bootstrap | crpadv
| jp | reg | regstop Packet type.
Default By default, PIM-SM debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable all PIM-SM debugging functions
<3Com> debugging pim sm all
User view
Description The command debugging pim sm register-proxy is only suitable for the
distributed router. This command can enable the debugging when an interface board
acts as a proxy of main control board to send register packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging pki 491
Command Reference
debugging pki
Purpose Use the debugging pki command to enable PKI debugging functions.
Use the undo debugging pki command to disable PKI debugging functions.
Syntax debugging pki { al l | r equest | r et r i eval | ver i f y | er r or }
undo debugging pki { al l | r equest | r et r i eval | ver i f y | er r or }
Parameters all Debugging in all the processes;
request Debugging in certificate request;
retrieval Debugging in certificate retrieval;
verify Debugging in certification validation;
error Debugging in error cases
Default By default, all PKI debugging functions are disabled.
Example Enable the debugging function related to errors in PKI certificate operation
[ Rout er CA] debuggi ng pki er r or
[ Rout er CA] pki del et e- cer t i f i cat e ca domai n 1
[ Rout er CA] pki r equest - cer t i f i cat e domai n 1
Cer t i f i cat e enr ol l f ai l ed!
Cannot get t he CA/ RA cer t i f i cat e when cr eat i ng t he x509 Request
Enable the debugging function for PKI certificate retrieval
[ Rout er CA] debuggi ng pki r et r i eval
[ Rout er CA] pki r et r i eval cer t i f i cat e l ocal domai n 1
Ret r i eval i ng CA/ RA cer t i f i cat es. Pl ease wai t a whi l e. . . . . .
We r ecei ve 3 cer t i f i cat es.
The t r ust ed CA' s f i nger pr i nt i s:
MD5 f i nger pr i nt : 74C9 B71D 406B DDB3 F74A 96BC E05B 40E9
SHA1 f i nger pr i nt : 770E 2937 4E32 ACD4 4ACC 7CF1 0FF0 6FB8 6C34 E24A
I s t he f i nger pr i nt cor r ect ?( Y/ N) : y
Savi ng t he CA/ RA cer t i f i cat e t o f l ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Done!
Enable the debugging function for PKI certificate request
[ Rout er CA] debuggi ng pki r equest
[ Rout er CA] pki r equest cer t i f i cat e 1
Cr eat e PKCS#10 r equest : t oken seen: CN=pki t est
Cr eat e PKCS#10 r equest : CN=pki t est added
Cr eat e PKCS#10 r equest : subj ect dn set t o ' / CN=pki t est '
Cer t i f i cat e Request :
. .

di r _name: cer t sr v/ mscep/ mscep. dl l
492 debugging pki 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
host _name: 169. 254. 0. 100
SCEP t r ansact i on i d: 58D41D0C5A7B1E21C5F4A008B580B1A1
PKCS#7 envel ope: cr eat i ng i nner PKCS#7
PKCS#7 envel ope: dat a payl oad si ze: 297 byt es
dat a payl oad:
.
PKCS#7 envel ope: successf ul l y encr ypt ed payl oad
PKCS#7 envel ope: si ze 667 byt es
PKCS#7 envel ope: cr eat i ng out er PKCS#7
PKCS#7 envel ope: si gnat ur e added successf ul l y
PKCS#7 envel ope: addi ng si gned at t r i but es
PKCS#7 envel ope: addi ng st r i ng at t r i but e t r ansI d
PKCS#7 envel ope: addi ng st r i ng at t r i but e messageType
PKCS#7 envel ope: addi ng oct et at t r i but e sender Nonce
PKCS#7 envel ope: PKCS#7 dat a wr i t t en successf ul l y
PKCS#7 envel ope: appl yi ng base64 encodi ng
PKCS#7 envel ope: base64 encoded payl oad si ze: 2145 byt es
SCEP send message: I P = 0xa9f e0064
SCEP send message: Ser ver r et ur ned st at us code
Val i d r esponse f r omser ver
PKCS#7 devel ope: r eadi ng out er PKCS#7
PKCS#7 devel ope: PKCS#7 payl oad si ze: 1872 byt es
PKCS#7 devel ope: PKCS#7 cont ai ns 1276 byt es of envel oped dat a
PKCS#7 devel ope: ver i f yi ng si gnat ur e
PKCS#7 devel ope: si gnat ur e ok
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng si gned at t r i but es
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng at t r i but e t r ansI d
PKCS#7 devel ope: al l ocat i ng 32 byt es f or at t r i but e
PKCS#7 devel ope: r epl y t r ansact i on i d:
58D41D0C5A7B1E21C5F4A008B580B1A1
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng at t r i but e messageType
PKCS#7 devel ope: r epl y message t ype i s good
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng at t r i but e sender Nonce
PKCS#7 devel ope: sender Nonce i n r epl y: :
a6341944 28d9b544 a4755d9a ba320d35
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng at t r i but e r eci pi ent Nonce
PKCS#7 devel ope: r eci pi ent Nonce i n r epl y: :
b98da9c3 20b638c5 634f 4924 65f 804d9
PKCS#7 devel ope: f i ndi ng at t r i but e pki St at us
PKCS#7 devel ope: pki st at us SUCCESS
PKCS#7 devel ope: r eadi ng i nner PKCS#7
PKCS#7 devel ope: decr ypt i ng i nner PKCS#7
PKCS#7 devel ope: PKCS#7 payl oad si ze: 1003 byt es
PKI Get t he Si gned Cer t i f i cat es:
subj ect : / CN=pki t est
i ssuer :
/ emai l Addr ess=myca@3Com. com/ C=CN/ ST=Bei j i ng/ L=Bei j i ng/ O=hw3c/ OU=bj s/
CN=myca
Key usage: gener al pur pose
Enable the debugging function for PKI certificate validation
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging pki 493
Command Reference
[ Rout er CA] debuggi ng pki val i dat i on
[ Rout er CA] pki val i dat e- cer t i f i cat e l ocal domai n 1
Ver i f y cer t i f i cat e. . . . . .
Ser i al Number :
101E266A 00000000 006B
I ssuer :
emai l Addr ess=myca@3Com. com
C=CN
ST=Bei j i ng
L=Bei j i ng
O=hw3c
OU=bj s
CN=myca
Subj ect :
C=CN
ST=bei j i ng
O=hua wei - 3com
CN=pki t est
Ver i f y r esul t : ok
Any view
Table 33 Description of PKI debugging information fields
Field Description
Create PKCS#10 request Encapsulation of entity request in PKCS#10
format
PKCS#7 envelope Data encapsulation in PKCS#7 encryption
format
inner PKCS#7 PKCS#7 encryption of datagram
outer PKCS#7 Signing of PKCS#7 datagram
PKCS#7 develope De-encapsulation of PKCS#7 encrypted packet
host_name Host name of registration server
dir_name CGI script directory of registration server
data payload Data payload
token seen DN information of an entity
pkistatus PKI certificate operation status
SUCCESS Succeeded
FAILURE Failed
PENDING Waiting for procession
fingerprint Usually the signature of CA
base64 encoded A data encoding mode
x509 Request Request for certificates in standard X509
format
Key usage Encryption, signature, and other common
usages
Issuer Certificate issuer
Subject The entity that delivers certificate request
SCEP send message The entity sends a certificate operation packet
to CA through SCEP
Signed Certificates Certificates signed by CA
494 debugging pki 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Unexpected problems do occur during the device operation. Debugging commands
enable the optional output and print of debugging information, facilitating the
network monitor and fault diagnosis for the network operators and developers.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging portal 495
Command Reference
debugging portal
Purpose Use the debugging portal command to enable portal debugging.
Use the undo debugging portal command to disable portal debugging.
Syntax debugging portal
undo debugging portal
Parameters None
Example Enable portal debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng por t al
1) The nor mal pr ocess f or di r ect aut hent i cat i on:
*0. 1765820 3ComPORTAL/ 8/ PT_DEBUG: User I ndex 9 St at e Change: VOI D - >
DI SCOVERED
*0. 1765920 3ComPORTAL/ 8/ PT_DEBUG: User I ndex 9 St at e Change:
DI SCOVERED - > WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK - > WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
- > ONLI NE
*0. 1797620 3ComPORTAL/ 8/ PT_DEBUG: User I ndex 9 St at e Change: ONLI NE - >
WAI T_
LOGOUT_ACK
WAI T_LOGOUT_ACK
- > VOI D
2) The nor mal pr ocess f or r e- DHCP aut hent i cat i on:
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
- > WAI T_NEW_I P
WAI T_NEW_I P - >
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
- > ONLI NE
3) The pr ocess f or aut hent i cat i on f ai l ur e:
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
496 debugging portal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
- > VOI D
4) The pr ocess f or account i ng f ai l ur e:
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
- > WAI T_NEW_I P
WAI T_NEW_I P - >
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
- > VOI D
5) The pr ocess f or aut hent i cat i on t i meout :
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
- > WAI T_LEAVI NG_ACK
WAI T_LEAVI NG_A
CK - > VOI D
6) The pr ocess f or account i ng t i meout :
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK -
> WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK
- > WAI T_LEAVI NG_ACK
WAI T_LEAVI NG_A
CK - > VOI D
7) The pr ocess f or no r esponse when t he r equest f or a publ i c I P
addr ess t i mes out :
DI SCOV
ERED
DI SCOVERED - >
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
WAI T_AUTH_ACK
- > WAI T_NEW_I P
WAI T_NEW_I P - >
WAI T_LEAVI NG_ACK
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging portal 497
Command Reference
WAI T_LEAVI NG_A
CK - > VOI D
User view
Table 34 Description on the fields of the debugging portal command
Field Description
VOID -> DISCOVERED : The user migrates from the VOID state to the DISCOVERED state.
DISCOVERED ->
WAIT_AUTH_ACK:
The user migrates from the DISCOVERED state to the
WAIT_AUTH_ACK state (waiting for authentication
acknowledgement).
WAIT_AUTH_ACK ->
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK:
The user migrates from the WAIT_AUTH_ACK state to the
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state (waiting for accounting
acknowledgement).
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK->
ONLINE:
The user migrates from the WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state to the ONLINE
state.
ONLINE ->
WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK:
The user migrates from the ONLINE state to the
WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK state (waiting for logout acknowledgement).
WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK->
VOID:
The user migrates from the WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK state to the VOID
state, that is, the user is deleted.
WAIT_NEW_IP
->WAIT_LOGIN_ACK:
The user migrates from the WAIT_NEW_IP state (waiting for
refreshing the public IP address) to the WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state
(waiting for accounting acknowledgement) in re-DHCP operating
mode.
WAIT_AUTH_ACK->VOI
D:
The user migrates from the WAIT_AUTH_ACK state to the VOID
state, that is, the user fails the authentication and is deleted.
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK ->
VOID:
The user migrates from the WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state to the VOID
state, that is, the user fails the accounting and is deleted.
WAIT_AUTH_ACK->
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK:
The user migrates from the WAIT_AUTH_ACK state to the
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK state (waiting for leaving acknowledgement),
that is, the user authentication times out.
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK->
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK:
The user migrates from the WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state to the
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK state, that is, the user accounting times out.
WAIT_NEW_IP ->
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK:
The user migrates from the WAIT_NEW_IP state to the
WAIT_LEAVING_ACK state, that is, the user fails when trying to
obtain a public IP address.
498 debugging pos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pos
Purpose Use the debugging pos event command to enable event debugging for the POS
access service.
Use the debugging pos error command to enable error debugging for the POS
access service.
Use the debugging pos packet command to enable packet debugging for the
POS access service.
Use the debugging pos all command to enable all debugging for the POS access
service.
Use the undo debugging pos event command to disable event debugging
output for the POS access service.
Use the undo debugging pos error command to disable error debugging
Use the undo debugging pos packet command to disable packet debugging
Use the undo debugging pos all command to disable all debugging output for
the POS access service.
Syntax debugging pos { event | error | packet | all }
undo debugging pos { event | error | packet | all }
Parameters None
Example Enable event debugging for the POS access service.
<Router> debugging pos event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging pos-app 499
Command Reference
debugging pos-app
Purpose Use the debugging pos-app command to enable debugging for the specified or
all POS applications.
Use the undo debugging pos-app command to disable debugging output for
the specified or all POS applications.
Syntax debugging pos-app [ app-number ]
undo debugging pos-app [ app-number ]
Number of a POS application. Valid values are 0 to 31.
Example Enable debugging for POS application 5.
<Router> debugging pos-app 5
User view
500 debugging pos-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pos-interface
Purpose Use the debugging pos-interface command to enable debugging for the
specified or all POS access ports.
Use the undo debugging pos-interface pos-number command to disable
debugging output for the specified or all POS access ports.
Syntax debugging pos-interface [ pos-number ]
undo debugging pos-interface [ pos-number ]
Parameters pos-number
Number of a POS access port. Valid values are 0 to
255.
Example Enable debugging for POS access port 1.
<Router> debugging pos-interface 1
User view
Description The output of this command provides information about receiving interface, packet
type, discarded packet, packet content, TPDU, and buffer overflow.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp } 501
Command Reference
debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp }
Purpose Use the debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp } command to enable
PPP related cbcp, ccp, scp or all debugging.
Use the undo debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp } command to
restore the default setting for PPP related cbcp, ccp, scp or all debugging.
Syntax debugging ppp { all | cbcp packet | ccp { al l | event | er r or | packet
| st at e } | scp packet } [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
undo debugging ppp { all | cbcp packet | ccp { al l | event | er r or |
packet | st at e } | scp packet } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
Parameters cbcp packet
Enables cbcp packet debugging.
scp packet
Enables scp packet debugging.
ccp
Enables ccp debugging.
all
Enables all debuggings.
event
error
packet
state
Enables state debugging.
interface-number
Specifies the interface type and number.
Default By default, all PPP debuggings are disabled.
Example None
User view
502 debugging ppp { chap | pap } 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ppp { chap | pap }
Purpose Use the debugging ppp { chap | pap } command to enable PPP related CHAP
or PAP debugging.
Use the undo debugging ppp { chap | pap } command to restore the
default setting .
Syntax debugging ppp { chap { al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } | pap {
al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
undo debugging ppp { chap { al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } | pap
{ al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } } [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
Parameters chap Enables PPP CHAP authentication debugging.
pap Enables PPP PAP authentication debugging.
all Enables all debuggings.
event Enables event debugging.
error Enables error debugging.
packet Enables packet debugging.
state Enables state debugging.
interface-number
Specifies the interface type and number.
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp } 503
Command Reference
debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp }
Purpose Use the debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp }
command to enable PPP related core, ip, ipcp, lcp, lqc or mp debugging.
Use the undo debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp }
command to restore the default setting of related core, ip, ipcp, lcp, lqc or mp
debugging.
Syntax debugging ppp { core event | ip packet | ipcp { al l | event | er r or |
packet | st at e } | lcp { al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } | lqc
packet | mp { al l | event | er r or | packet } } [ i nt er f ace
undo debugging ppp { core event | ip packet | ipcp { al l | event | er r or
| packet | st at e } | lcp { al l | event | er r or | packet | st at e } | lqc
packet | mp { al l | event | er r or | packet } } [ i nt er f ace
Parameters core event Enables PPP core event debugging.
ip packet Enables PPP IP packet debugging.
ipcp Enables PPP IPCP debugging.
lcp Enables PPP ICP debugging.
lqc packet Enables PPP LQCP debugging.
mp Enables PPP MP debugging.
all
Enables all debuggings.
event
error
Enable error debugging.
packet
state
Enables state debugging.
interface
interface-type interface-number: Specifies the
interface type and number.
Example None
User view
504 debugging ppp compression iphc rtp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ppp compression iphc rtp
Purpose Use the debugging ppp compression iphc rtp command to view debugging
information about IP/UDP/RTP header compression in IP header compression.
Use the undo debugging ppp compression iphc rtp command to disable
IP/UDP/RTP header debugging in IP header compression.
Syntax debugging ppp compression iphc rtp { al l | cont ext _st at e | er r or |
f ul l _header | gener al _i nf o }
undo debugging ppp compression iphc rtp { al l | cont ext _st at e | er r or |
Parameters all Enables all IPHC RTP debugging.
context_state
Enables IPHC RTP context_state packet debugging.
error
Enables IPHC RTP error debugging.
full_header
Enables IPHC RTP full_header debugging.
general_info
Enables general IPHC RTP debugging.
Example Enable error debugging for IP/UDP/RTP header compression in IP header compression.
<3Com> debuggi ng ppp compr essi on i phc r t p er r or
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ppp compression iphc tcp 505
Command Reference
debugging ppp compression iphc tcp
Purpose Use the debugging ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the single
packet information of the IP/TCP header compression.
Use the undo debugging ppp compression iphc tcp command to disable
IP/TCP header debugging in IP header compression.
Syntax debugging ppp compression iphc tcp { al l | cont ext _st at e | er r or |
undo debugging ppp compression iphc tcp { al l | cont ext _st at e | er r or |
Parameters all
Enables all IPHC TCP debugging.
context_state
Enables IPHC TCP context_state packet debugging.
error
Enables IPHC TCP error debugging.
full_header
Enables IPHC TCP full_header debugging.
general_info
Enables general IPHC TCP debugging.
Example Enable IP/TCP header error debugging of IP header compression.
<3Com> debuggi ng ppp compr essi on i phc t cp er r or
User view
506 debugging pppoe-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging pppoe-client
Purpose The command debugging pppoe-client is used to enable PPPoE Client
debugging switch.
Syntax debugging pppoe-client option [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters option
PPPoE Client debugging switch type, see the following
table for more details.
interface type number Interface type and number, used to enable the
debugging switch of the specified interface. If no
interface is specified, the system will enable the
debugging switch of all interfaces.
Example None
User view
Table 35 PPPoE Client debugging switch type and explanation
Debugging switch Description
All Enable all PPPoE Client debugging switches
data Enable the PPPoE Session phase data packet debugging switch
error Enable PPPoE Client error information debugging switch
event Enable PPPoE Client event debugging switch
packet Enable PPPoE Discovery phase negotiation packet debugging switch
verbose Display the verbose contents of PPPoE data
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging pppofr 507
Command Reference
debugging pppofr
Purpose Use the debugging pppofr command to enable PPPoFR debugging.
Use the undo debugging pppofr command to disable PPPoFR debugging.
Syntax debugging pppofr { al l | packet | event } [ i nt er f ace vi r t ual - t empl at e
number ]
Parameters all Enable all PPPoFR debugging switches.
packet Enable PPPoFR packet debugging switch.
event Enable event debugging switch.
interface virtual-template
number
Virtual template interface number
Example Enable PPPoFR packet debugging on all virtual templates.
<Rout er > debuggi ng pppof r packet
User view
508 debugging qllc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging qllc
Purpose Use the debugging qllc command to enable QLLC debugging.
Use the undo debugging qllc command to disable QLLC debugging.
Syntax debugging qllc { al l | packet | event }
undo debugging qllc { al l | packet | event }
Parameters all
Enables all QLLC information debugging.
packet
Enables QLLC packet debugging.
event
Enables QLLC negotiation process debugging.
Example Enable all QLLC information debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng ql l c al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging radius 509
Command Reference
debugging radius
Purpose Use the debugging radius command to enable RADIUS debugging.
Use the undo debugging radius command to disable RADIUS debugging.
Syntax debugging radius packet
undo debugging radius packet
Parameters packet Enables packet debugging.
Default By default, RADIUS debugging is disabled.
Example Enable RADIUS debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng r adi us packet
User view
510 debugging rip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging rip
Purpose Use the debugging rip command to enable RIP debugging.
Use the undo debugging rip command to disable RIP debugging.
Syntax debugging rip { packet [ interface type number ] | receive | send }
Parameters packet Enables the RIP packets debugging.
interface type number Enables RIP packet debugging on the specified
interface.
receive
Enables the RIP receiving packets debugging.
send
Enables the RIP sending packets debugging.
Example Enable RIP packet debugging.
<3Com > debugging rip packet
User view
Description Users can learn the current information of receiving and sending RIP packets on each
interface by using this command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging rlogin 511
Command Reference
debugging rlogin
Purpose Use the debugging rlogin command to enable remote login (rlogin) debugging.
Use the undo debugging rlogin command to disable rlogin debugging.
Syntax debugging rlogin
undo debugging rlogin
Parameters None
Default By default, rlogin debugging is disabled.
Example Enable rlogin debugging.
<Router> debugging rlogin
User view
512 debugging rsh 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging rsh
Purpose Use the debugging rsh command to enable RSH debugging.
Use the undo debugging rsh command to disable RSH debugging.
Syntax debugging rsh
undo debugging rsh
Parameters None
Example Enable RSH debugging and then execute the rsh command.
<3Com> debugging rsh
<3Com> rsh 169.254.1.100 command cd c:
Trying 169.254.1.100 ...
Press CTRL+K to abort
*0.5850881 3Com RSH/8/REQUEST:User 3Com start connection to Server
(169.254.1.100)
*0.5850990 3Com RSH/8/SEND:User 3Com sent 23 byte(s) to server
(169.254.1.100)
*0.5851090 3Com RSH/8/RECV:User 3Com received 1 byte(s) from server
(169.254.1.100)
*0.5851200 3Com RSH/8/CLOSECONN:Server (169.254.1.100) closed
connection
User View
Description You can use this command to verify the configuration after you execute the rsh
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging sdlc 513
Command Reference
debugging sdlc
Purpose Use the debugging sdlc command to enable the SDLC debugging.
Use the undo debugging sdlc command to disable the SDLC debugging.
Syntax debugging sdlc [ al l | event | packet ]
undo debugging sdl c { al l | event | packet }
Parameters all Enables all SDLC debugging.
event Enables the SDLC event debugging.
packet Enables the SDLC packet debugging.
Example Enable SDLC event debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng sdl c event
User view
514 debugging slip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging slip
Purpose Use the debugging slip command to enable the debugging switch of the SLIP
protocol.
Syntax debugging slip { event | er r or | packet | al l }
Parameters packet
event
error
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging snmp-agent 515
Command Reference
debugging snmp-agent
Purpose Use the debugging snmp-agent command to enable SNMP agent debugging
and specify the information to be output.
Use the undo debugging snmp-agent command to disable SNMP agent
debugging.
Syntax debugging snmp-agent { header | packet | process | trap }
undo debugging snmp-agent { header | packet | process | trap }
Parameters header
Enables header debugging.
packet
process
Enables process debugging.
trap
Enables trap debugging.
Default By default, SNMP agent debugging is disabled.
Example Enable header debugging of the SNMP agent.
<3Com> debugging snmp-agent header
User view
516 debugging standby event 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging standby event
Purpose Use the debugging standby event command to enable debugging of the
backup center.
Use the undo debugging standby event command to disable debugging of
the backup center.
Syntax debugging standby event
undo debugging standby event
Parameters event
Example Enable debugging of the backup center.
<3Com> debuggi ng st andby event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging stp 517
Command Reference
debugging stp
Purpose Use the debugging stp command to enable STP debugging.
Use the undo debugging stp command to disable STP debugging.
Syntax debugging stp { er r or | event | packet }
undo debugging stp { er r or | event | packet }
Parameters error Enables STP error debugging.
event Enables STP event debugging.
packet Enables STP packet debugging.
Example Enable STP packet debugging.
<r out er > debuggi ng st p packet
Enabl e spanni ng- t r ee pr ot ocol packet debuggi ng f unct i ons.
STP PACKET: Send Conf i gur at i on BPDU t o Et her net 1/ 0/ 1
Topol ogyChange: 0, Topol ogyChangeAcknowl edgment : 0,
Root I D: 8000. 00e0. f c04. 9dc2
Root Cost : 0, Br i dgeI D: 8000. 00e0. f c04. 9dc2, Por t I D: 8003
MessageAge: 0, MaxAge: 20, Hel l oTi me: 2, For war d: 15
STP PACKET: Send TCN BPDU t o Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
t
Enable STP event debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng st p event
Enabl e spanni ng- t r ee pr ot ocol event debuggi ng f unct i ons.
STP : Hol dTi cks i s r un on por t 3
Table 36 Description on the fields of the debugging stp packet command
Field Description
STP PACKET: Send
Configuration BPDU to
Ethernet1/0/1
A configuration BPDU is sent to port Ethernet1/0/1.
TopologyChange:0,
TopologyChangeAcknowled
gment:0
Both topology change bit and topology change acknowledgement
bit are zero, meaning the topology does not change.
RootID:8000.00e0.fc04.9dc
2
ID of the bridge root on the spanning tree
RootCost:0,
BridgeID:8000.00e0.fc04.9d
c2, PortID:8003
Cost of the root port, ID of this bridge, and ID of this port
MessageAge:0, MaxAge:20,
HelloTime:2, Forward:15
MessageAge is the current age of the packet, MaxAge is the aging
timer. If the message age of the packet equals the Max Age timer,
the packet is dropped.
HelloTime is the hello interval.
Forward is the time that the port must wait before changing its
states.
STP PACKET: Send TCN
BPDU to Ethernet1/0/0
A TCN packet is sent to Ethernet 1/0/0
518 debugging stp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
STP : Hel l oTi cks i s r un
STP : Por t 0 i d i s 1, por t st at e i s 0, desi gnat edpor t i s 0
STP : Cr eat Hol dTi mer on por t 3 , t i meout i s 1
STP : Cr eat Hol dTi mer , t i meout i s 2
STP : Hol dTi cks i s r un on por t 3
STP : Hel l oTi cks i s r un
STP : Cr eat TcnTi mer , t i meout i s 2
STP : Del et e t cn t i mer i d 5413032
Enable STP error debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng st p er r or
Enabl e spanni ng- t r ee pr ot ocol er r or debuggi ng f unct i ons.
STP: Recei ved BPDU i s cor r upt ed.
STP: Fai l t o cr eat e MBuf .
STP: Fai l t o send Conf i gur at i on BPDU.
STP: Fai l t o send TCN BPDU.
STP: Recei ved BPDU sent by mysel f .
STP: Get a wr ong por t i ndex.
User view
Table 37 Description on the fields of the debugging stp event command
Field Description
STP : HoldTicks is run on
port 3
A BPDU is sent when the HoldTicks timer running on port 3 expires.
STP : HelloTicks is run A Hello packet is sent when the HelloTicks timer expires.
STP : Port 0 id is 1,port state
is
Forwarding,designatedport
is Yes
The ID of port 0 is 1, its state is forwarding, and it is the designated
port.
STP : Creat TcnTimer
,timeout is 2
A TCN timer set to two seconds is created.
STP : Delete tcn timer id
5413032
The timer with ID 5413032 is deleted.
Table 38 Description on the fields of the debugging stp error command
Field Description
STP: Received BPDU is
corrupted.
The received BPDU is corrupted.
STP: Fail to create MBuf. The request for the memory for a transmitted BPDU is denied.
STP: Fail to send
Configuration BPDU.
The transmission of a configuration BPDU failed.
STP: Fail to send TCN BPDU. The transmission of a TCN BPDU failed.
STP: Received BPDU sent by
myself.
A BPDU is received on the port where it was sent.
STP: Get a wrong port index. A port index that does not exist is obtained.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging ssh client 519
Command Reference
debugging ssh client
Purpose Use the debugging ssh client command to enable SSH client debugging.
Use the undo debugging ssh client command to disable SSH client
debugging.
Syntax debugging ssh client
undo debugging ssh client
Parameters None
Default By default, the SSH client debugging is disabled.
Example Enable SSH client debugging.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng ssh cl i ent .
User view
Related Command debugging ssh server
520 debugging ssh server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging ssh server
Purpose Use the debugging ssh server command to output information such as the
negotiation process regulated by SSH1.5 protocol to information center as debugging
formation and to debug a user interface separately.
Use the undo debugging ssh server command to disable debugging.
Syntax debugging ssh server { VTY index | all }
undo debugging ssh server { VTY index | all }
Parameters index
Index of the SSH channel to be debugged. Its value
range is restricted by VTY numbers and defaults from 0
to 4.
all
All SSH channels.
Default By default, debugging is disabled.
Example Print debugging information when SSH is running.
[3Com] debugging ssh server vty 0
00:23:20: SSH0: starting SSH control process
00:23:20: SSH0: sent protocol version id SSH-1.5-3Com-1.25
00:23:20: SSH0: protocol version id is - SSH-1.5-1.2.26
00:23:20: SSH0: SSH_SMSG_PUBLIC_KEY msg
00:23:21: SSH0: SSH_CMSG_SESSION_KEY msg - length 112, type 0x03
00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt started
00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt finished
00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt started
00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt finished
User view
Related Commands: ssh server authentication-retries
ssh server rekey-interval
ssh server timeout
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging tcp event 521
Command Reference
debugging tcp event
Purpose Use the debugging tcp event command to enable TCP events debugging.
Use the undo debugging tcp event command to disable TCP events
debugging.
Syntax debugging tcp event [ task_id socket_id ]
undo debugging tcp event [ task_id socket_id ]
Parameters task_id
The ID of a task.
socket_id
The ID of a socket.
Example Enable debugging of TCP events.
<3Com> debuggi ng t cp event
*0. 630270- SOCKET- 8- TCP EVENT:
1043494683: t ask = Co0( 2) , socket i d = 0,
TCPCB 0x02c6f d74 cr eat ed
1043494683: t ask = Co0( 2) , socket i d = 1,
st at e CLOSED changed t o SYN_SENT
1043494683: t ask = Co0( 2) , socket i d = 1,
sendi ng SYN, seq = 74249530,
LA = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025, FA = 1. 1. 1. 1: 23
1043494683: t ask = Co0( 2) , socket i d = 1,
adver t i si ng MSS = 512,
LA = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025, FA = 1. 1. 1. 1: 23
1043494683: t ask = VTYD( 9) , socket i d = 0,
r ecei ved MSS = 512,
LA = 1. 1. 1. 1: 23, FA = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025
733759463: sendi ng RST t o 2. 2. 2. 1: 11022
1043495346: t ask = Co0( 2) , socket i d = 1,
connect i on r ef used because r emot e sent RST!
LA = 1. 1. 1. 1: 1026, FA = 1. 1. 1. 2: 21
<3Com> di spl ay debuggi ng
TCP:
TCP event debuggi ng i s on f or t ask any socket any
522 debugging tcp event 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
User view
Description There is limitation for the number of debugging switches enabled, that is, only a fixed
number of debugging switches can be enabled at one time (combination of task ID
and socket ID). In addition, when TCP is enabled to receive connection request
reactively, a new socket will be created to establish that connection, and some
programs will create a new task to process the connection, like Telnet server. So to
view information about connection, such parameters as task_id and socket_id cannot
be used for filtering.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging tcp md5 523
Command Reference
debugging tcp md5
Purpose Use the debugging tcp md5 command to enable the MD5 authentication
debugging of the TCP connection.
Use the undo debugging tcp md5 command to disable the MD5 authentication
debugging of the TCP connection.
Syntax debugging tcp md5
undo debugging tcp md5
Parameters None
Example Enable the MD5 authentication debugging of the TCP connection.
<3Com> debuggi ng t cp md5
User view
524 debugging tcp packet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging tcp packet
Purpose Use the debugging tcp packet command to enable the debugging of TCP
connection. The number of debugging switches users can enable is limited, that is, at
the same time only a fixed number of debugging switches can be enabled
(combination of task ID and socket ID).
Use the undo debugging tcp packet command to disable the debugging of
TCP connection.
Syntax debugging tcp packet [ task_id socket_id ]
undo debugging tcp packet [ task_id socket_id ]
Parameters task_id The ID of a task.
socket_id
The ID of a socket.
Example Enable the debugging of TCP connection.
<3Com> debuggi ng t cp packet
*0. 100070- SOCKET- 8- TCP PACKET:
1043204051: I nput : Co0( 5) socket I d = 2, st at e = SYN_SENT,
sr c = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025, dst = 2. 2. 2. 2: 23,
seq = 11084380, ack = 0, opt l en = 4, f l ag = SYN ,
wi ndow = 8192
1043204051: Out put : Co0( 5) Socket I d = 2, St at e = SYN_SENT,
sr c = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025, Dst = 2. 2. 2. 2: 23,
Seq = 11084380, Ack = 0, Dat al en = 4, Fl ag = ACK PSH ,
Wi ndow = 8192
1043204051: Ret r ans: Co0( 5) Socket I d = 2, St at e = SYN_SENT,
Sr c = 127. 0. 0. 1: 1025, Dst = 2. 2. 2. 2: 23,
Seq = 11084380, Ack = 0, Opt l en = 4, Fl ag = SYN ,
Wi ndow = 8192
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging telnet 525
Command Reference
debugging telnet
Purpose Use the debugging telnet command to enable Telnet connection debugging.
Use the undo debugging telnet command to disable Telnet connection
debugging.
Syntax debugging telnet
undo debugging telnet
Parameters None
Default By default, Telnet connection debugging is disabled.
Example Debug Telnet connections.
<3Com> debugging telnet
User view
Related Command telnet
526 debugging tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging tunnel
Purpose Use the debugging tunnel command to enable tunnel debugging.
Use the undo debugging tunnel command to disable tunnel debugging.
Syntax debugging tunnel
undo debugging tunnel
Parameters None
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging tftp-server 527
Command Reference
debugging tftp-server
Purpose Use the debugging tftp-server command to enable TFTP server debugging.
Use the undo debugging tftp-server command to disable TFTP sever
debugging.
Syntax debugging tftp-server { event | packet }
undo debugging tftp-server
Parameters event
packet
Example Enable TFTP server event debugging.
<3Com>debugging tftp-server event
User view
528 debugging udp-helper 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging udp-helper
Purpose Use the debugging udp-helper command to enable UDP Helper debugging.
Use the undo debugging udp-helper command to disable UDP Helper
debugging.
Syntax debugging udp-helper { event | packet [ r ecei ve | send ] }
undo debugging udp-helper { event | packet [ r ecei ve | send ] }
Parameters event UDP Helper event debugging.
packet UDP Helper packet debugging.
receive UDP Helper inbound packet debugging.
send
UDP Helper outbound packet debugging.
Default By default, UDP Helper debugging is disabled.
Example Enable UDP Helper packet debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng udp- hel per packet
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging udp packet 529
Command Reference
debugging udp packet
Purpose Use the debugging udp packet command to enable the debugging of UDP
connection.
Use the undo debugging udp packet command to disable the debugging of
UDP connection.
Syntax debugging udp packet [ task_id socket_id ]
undo debugging udp packet [ task_id socket_id ]
Parameters task_id
The ID of a task.
socket_id
The ID of a socket.
Example Enable the debugging of UDP connection.
<3Com> debuggi ng udp packet
*0. 377770- SOCKET- 8- UDP:
1043494431: Out put : t ask = ROUT( 6) , socket i d = 3,
sr c = 1. 1. 1. 1: 520, dst = 255. 255. 255. 255: 520, dat al en = 24,
User view
Description The number of debugging switches users can enable is limited, that is, at the same
time only a fixed number of debugging switches can be enabled (combination of task
ID and socket ID).
530 debugging voice cm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice cm
Purpose Use the debugging voice cm command to enable debugging for CM.
Use the undo debugging voice cm command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice cm { all | error | message | event | fsm | timer }
undo debugging voice cm { all | error | message | event | fsm | timer }
Parameters all
Enables debugging on all CM debugging.
error
Enables debugging on CM errors.
message
Enables debugging for the detailed information
received and transmitted by CM.
event
Enables debugging on the "event" information
received and transmitted by CM.
fsm
Enables debugging for "state" transition information
in CM state machine.
timer Enables information debugging for the timer on the
state machine in CM.
Default CM module debugging is disabled.
Example Enable all debugging on CM.
[ Rout er ] debuggi ng voi ce cmal l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice data-flow 531
Command Reference
debugging voice data-flow
Purpose Use the debugging voice data-flow command to enable debugging for voice
data processes.
Use the undo debugging voice data-flow command to disable the
debugging.
Syntax debugging voice data-flow { al l | ver bose | er r or | f ax | f ax- er r or |
j i t t er | j i t t er - er r or | r ecei ve | send | vpp }
Parameters all
Enable debugging on all voice data processes.
verbose
Enable debugging on detailed information of voice
packets.
error Enable debugging on voice data errors.
fax Enable debugging for fax data stream.
fax-error Enable debugging on fax data errors.
jitter Enable jitter buffer debugging.
jitter-error Enable debugging for jitter buffer processing errors.
receive Enable debugging output at the receiving side of the
data stream.
send
Enable debugging at the sending side of the data
stream.
vpp Enable debugging on the data stream of VPP software
module.
Example Enable debugging on all voice data processes.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce dat a- f l ow al l
User view
532 debugging voice dpl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice dpl
Purpose Use the debugging voice dpl command to enable the debugging of voice dial
program.
Use the undo debugging voice dpl command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice dpl { al l | er r or | gener al }
Parameters all
Enable all debugging of voice dial program.
error
Enable error debugging of voice dial program.
general
Enable general debugging of voice dial program.
Example Enable all debugging of voice dial program.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce dpl al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice fax 533
Command Reference
debugging voice fax
Purpose Use the debugging voice fax command to enable fax debugging.
Syntax debugging voice fax { al l | api | cc | channel [ channel-no ] |
nonst andar d- compat i bl e | cont r ol l er | er r or - al l | i pp | t 38 }
Parameters all
Enables all fax debugging.
api
Enables API function debugging of fax.
cc
Enables main task debugging of fax.
channel [ channelno ]
Enables debugging of the specified channel.
nonstandard-compatible
Enables debugging of the nonstandard-compatible fax
protocol.
controller Enables fax controller debugging.
error-all Enables fax error debugging at all levels.
ipp Enables debugging of the messages between the fax
and IPP modules.
t38
Enables Fax T38 debugging.
Example Enables main task debugging of fax.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce f ax cc
User view
Description The debugging voice fax channel channel-number command is
independent of the debugging voice fax all command. The debugging
voice fax channel channel-number command enables debugging for only
the specified channel; it does not enable debugging for the specific items. To view the
debugging information of a specific item, you must enable debugging for it with the
corresponding command. The debugging voice fax all command enables
debugging for all items except for channel.
The undo debugging voice fax all command are not completely
independent of the undo debugging voice fax channel command. The
undo debugging voice fax all command also disables debugging for
channel, while the undo debugging voice fax channel command disables
debugging only for channel.
534 debugging voice h225 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice h225
Purpose Use the debugging voice h225 command to enable debugging for the H.225.0
negotiation messages or events.
Use the undo debugging voice h225 command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice h225 { asn1 | event }
Parameters asn1
Information related to negotiation messages is output.
event
Information related to negotiation events is output.
Example Enable H.225 negotiation events debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce h225 event
View User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice h245 535
Command Reference
Purpose Use the debugging voice h245 command to enable debugging for the H.245
negotiation messages or events.
Use the undo debugging voice h245 command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice h245 | event
Parameters event
Information related to negotiation events is output.
Example Enable H.245 negotiation events debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce h245 event
User view
536 debugging voice ipp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice ipp
Purpose Use the debugging voice ipp command to enable H.323 recommendation suite
module debugging.
Use the undo debugging voice ipp command to disable this debugging.
Syntax debugging voice ipp { al l | er r or | r t p- r t cp | socket | vcc | vpp |
x691 }
Parameters all Enable all debugging for IPP module.
error Enable error debugging for IPP module.
rtp-rtcp Enable RTP/RTCP information debugging.
socket Enable Socket information debugging.
timer
Enable timer information debugging.
vcc
Enable VCC message receiving and sending
debugging.
vpp
Enable VCC message receiving and sending
debugging.
x691 Enable X.691 message debugging.
Example Enable all debugging on IPP module.
<3Com> debuggi ng voi ce i pp al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice r2 537
Command Reference
debugging voice r2
Purpose Use the debugging voice r2 command to enable the corresponding debugging
in R2 signaling module.
Use the debugging voice r2 ccb command to view the information of the
corresponding control block by specifying the E1 port number and time slot number.
Syntax debugging voice r2 { al l | ccb cont r ol l er slot-number timeslots-list |
dl | dt mf | er r or | mf c | msg | r cv | war ni ng }
Parameters all
Enables all the debugging in R2 software module.
ccb controller
Enables all the CCB debugging in R2 signaling.
dl
Enables the line signaling debugging in R2 signaling.
dtmf
Enables the Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF)
debugging in R2 signaling.
error Enables the error debugging in R2 software module.
msg Enables the message interface debugging in R2
signaling.
mfc
Enables the interregister signaling debugging in R2
signaling.
rcv
Enables the RCV software module debugging in R2
software module.
warning
Enables warning debugging in R2 software module.
slot-number
E1 port number.
timeslots
Time slot number, ranging from 1 to 31.
Example Enable all the line signaling debugging in R2 signaling on E1 voice port.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce r 2 dl
User view
Description This command applies to E1 voice only.
538 debugging voice ras 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice ras
Purpose Use the debugging voice ras command to enable the debugging information
output switch of RAS messages interacted between GK Client and GK Server.
Syntax debugging voice ras event
Parameters event
Output interacted RAS message record.
Example Enable the debugging information output switch of RAS messages interacted
between GK Client and GK Server.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce r as event
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice rcv 539
Command Reference
debugging voice rcv
Purpose Use the debugging voice rcv command to enable the debugging of the RCV
module.
Use the undo debugging voice rcv command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice rcv { al l | cc | er r or | r 2 | t i mer | vas | vcc | vpp }
Parameters all
Enable all the debugging of the RCV module.
cc
Enable the debugging between the RCV module and
the underlying CC module.
error Enable the debugging of RCV-caused connection
failures.
r2
Display information between the RCV module and the
R2 module.
timer
Enable the debugging for the timer operation of the
RCV module.
vas Enable the debugging between the RCV module and
the underlying VAS module.
vcc
Enable the debugging between RCV and the
underlying VCC module.
vpp Enable the debugging between the RCV module and
the underlying VPP module.
Example Enable all the debugging of the RCV module.
<3Com> debuggi ng voi ce r cv al l
User view
540 debugging voice rcv r2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice rcv r2
Purpose Use the debugging voice rcv r2 command to enable the debugging between
the RCV module and the R2 module of bottom layer.
Syntax debugging voice rcv r2
Parameters r2
Enable the debugging between the RCV module and
the R2 module of bottom layer.
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice sip 541
Command Reference
debugging voice sip
Purpose Use the debugging voice sip command to enable SIP debugging.
Use the undo debugging voice sip command to disable SIP debugging.
Syntax debugging voice sip { al l | cal l s | er r or | message { al l | cal l |
r egi st er } | r egi st er | war ni ng }
undo debugging voice sip { al l | cal l s | er r or | message | r egi st er |
war ni ng }
Parameters all
Enables all SIP debugging.
calls
Enables SIP call debugging.
error
Enables SIP error debugging.
message
Enables SIP message debugging.
call
Enables SIP call packet debugging.
register
Enables SIP call register packet debugging.
register
Enables SIP register debugging.
warning
Enables SIP warning debugging.
Example Enable all SIP debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce si p al l
User view
542 debugging voice sip rm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice sip rm
Purpose Use the debugging voice sip rm command to enable debugging for RM
module.
Use the undo debugging voice sip rm command to disable debugging for RM
module.
Syntax debugging voice sip rm { all | error | event | message | warning }
undo debugging voice sip rm { all | error | event | message | warning }
Parameters all
Enables all debugging for RM module.
error
Enables RM module error debugging.
event
received and transmitted by RM.
message Enables debugging for the detailed information
received and transmitted by RM module.
warning
Enables warning debugging for RM module.
Default Debugging for RM module is disabled.
Example Enable all debugging for RM module.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng voi ce si p r mal l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice sip sm 543
Command Reference
debugging voice sip sm
Purpose Use the debugging voice sip cm command to enable debugging for SM
module.
Use the undo debugging voice sip cm command to disable debugging for SM
module.
Syntax debugging voice sip sm { all | error | event | fsm | info | message |
warning }
undo debugging voice sip sm { all | error | event | fsm | info | message
| warning }
Parameters all
Enables all debugging for SM module.
error
Enables SM module error debugging.
event
received and transmitted by SM.
fsm
Enables debugging for "state" transition information
in SM state machine.
info Enables debugging for the call process in SM.
message Enables debugging for the detailed information
received and transmitted by SM module.
warning
Enables warning debugging for SM module.
Default Debugging for SM module is disabled.
Example Enable all debugging for SM module.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng voi ce si p smal l
User view
544 debugging voice vas 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice vas
Purpose Use the debugging voice vas command to enable the VAS module debugging.
Use the undo debugging voice vas command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice vas { al l | buf f er | ci d | command | dsp | em| er r or |
f ax | l i ne | r cv | r ecei ve | send }
Parameters all
Enable all the debugging of the VAS module.
buffer
Enable the debugging of the buffer area for the VAS
module to transmit commands to the DSP module.
cid Enable VAS CID debugging
command Enable the debugging between the VAS module and
the command buffer area.
dsp
Enable the debugging between the VAS module and
the underlying DSP module.
em Enable the debugging of the EM subscriber-line
operation of the VAS module.
error
Enable the debugging of the connection failure caused
by the VAS module.
fax
Enable VAS fax debugging.
line
Enable the debugging for the VAS module to log on to
a specified line.
rcv Enable the debugging between VAS and RCV.
receive Enable the debugging for the VAS module to receive
data.
send
Enable the debugging for the VAS module to transmit
data.
Example Enable all the debugging of the VAS module.
<3Com> debuggi ng voi ce vas al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice vas fax 545
Command Reference
debugging voice vas fax
Purpose Use the debugging voice vas fax command to enable the debugging of fax
data access between the VAS module and voice card.
Syntax debugging voice vas fax
Parameters None
Example Enable the debugging of fax data access between the VAS module and voice card.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce vas f ax
User view
546 debugging voice vcc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice vcc
Purpose Use the debugging voice vcc command to enable the debugging at various
levels of the VCC module.
This command is used to enable the debugging of the VCC module, and to specify
the levels and types of the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice vcc { al l | er r or | i pp | pr oc | r cv | t i mer | vpp |
l i ne line-number }
Parameters all
Enable all debugging of the VCC module.
error
Enable the error debugging of the VCC module.
ipp
Enable the debugging of the messages between the
IPP module and the VCC module.
proc Enable the debugging of the messages between the
system process and the VCC module.
radius
RADIUS Client and the VCC module.
rcv
RCV module and the VCC module.
timer Enable the debugging information of the messages
between the timer module and the VCC module.
vpp
Enable the debugging information of the messages
between the VPP module and the VCC module.
line
Enable the debugging of the specified subscriber line
on the router.
line-number Subscriber line number, the value range of it is decided
by the type and quantity of the voice cards actually put
into operation.
Example Debug the messages sent to the VPP module from the VCC module.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce vcc r adi us
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice vcc 547
Command Reference
When specifying the levels and types of the debugging, pay attention to the
following points:
No character other than figures can appear in the specified line number, If any
character other than figures appears in the entered line-number, this enter is
invalid.
The specified line number cannot be greater than the number of the actual
subscriber lines. If the specified line-number is greater than the number of the
actual subscriber lines, this enter is invalid.
Related Commands reset voice vcc
display voice vcc
548 debugging voice vmib 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice vmib
Purpose Use the debugging voice vmib command to enable the voice MIB module
debugging.
Use the undo debugging voice vmib command to disable the debugging.
Syntax debugging voice vmib { aaacl i ent | al l | anal ogi f | cal l act i ve |
cal l hi st or y | di al cont r ol | di gi t al i f | er r or | gener al | gkcl i ent |
h323st at i st i c | voi cei f }
undo debugging voice vmib { aaacl i ent | al l | anal ogi f | cal l act i ve |
cal l hi st or y | di al cont r ol | di gi t al i f | er r or | gener al | gkcl i ent |
h323st at i st i c | voi cei f }
Parameters aaaclient
Enable the debugging of the AAA client.
all
Enable all the debugging of the voice MIB.
analogif
Enable the debugging of the analog voice interfaces.
callactive
Enable the debugging of the current call.
callhistory
Enable the debugging of the history calls.
dialcontrol
Enable the dialing debugging.
digitalif
Digital voice interface debugging.
error
Enable debugging for voice MIB errors.
general
Enable the general voice MIB debugging.
gkclient
Enable the GK client debugging.
h323statistic
Enable debugging for 323 statistics.
voiceif
Enable the voice interface debugging.
Example Enable all voice MIB debugging.
<3Com> debuggi ng voi ce vmi b al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice vofr 549
Command Reference
debugging voice vofr
Purpose Use the debugging voice vofr command to enable VoFR module debugging.
Syntax debugging voice vofr { al l | er r or | f ax | i nt f | mot or ol a | nonst andar d
| t i mer | vcc | vof r | vpp }
Parameters all
Enables all VoFR module debugging.
error
Enables debugging of VoFR module errors resulting in
connection failures.
fax Enables debugging of information between the VoFR
and Fax modules.
intf
Enables debugging of information between the VoFR
and FR modules.
motorola
Enables debugging of motorola signaling packets in
the VoFR module.
nonstandard Enables debugging of nonstandard signaling packets
in the VoFR module.
timer
Enables debugging of the operations involving timer in
the VoFR module.
vcc
Enables debugging of information between VoFR and
VCC modules.
vofr
module peers.
vpp
module and the lower layer VPP module.
Example Enables debugging of VoFR module errors resulting in connection failures.
<Rout er > debuggi ng voi ce vof r al l
User view
550 debugging voice vpp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging voice vpp
Purpose Use the debugging voice vpp command to enable the debugging of the VPP
module.
Use the undo debugging voice vpp command. you can disable the debugging
switch.
Syntax debugging voice vpp { al l | codecm| er r or | i pp | r 2 | r cv | t i mer |
vas | vcc }
Parameters all
Enable all the debugging of the VPP module.
codecm
Enable the debugging between the VPP module and
the underlying CODECM module.
error Enable the debugging of the connection failure of the
VPP module.
ipp
the upper layer IPP module.
r2
Enable the debugging of information between VPP
and R2
rcv Enable the debugging between the VPP module and
the RCV module
timer
Enable the debugging for the timer operation of the
VPP module.
vas
the VAS module.
vcc Enable the debugging of information between VPP
and VCC
Example Enable all the debugging of the VPP module.
<3Com> debuggi ng voi ce vpp al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging voice vpp r2 551
Command Reference
debugging voice vpp r2
Purpose Use the debugging voice vpp r2 command to enable the debugging between
the VPP module and the R2 module of bottom layer.
Syntax debugging voice vpp r2
Parameters r2 Enable the debugging between the VPP module and
the R2 module of bottom layer.
Example None
User view
552 debugging vrrp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging vrrp
Purpose Use the debugging vrrp command to enable VRRP debugging.
Use the undo debugging vrrp command to disable VRRP debugging.
Syntax debugging vrrp { packet | st at e }
undo debugging vrrp { packet | st at e }
Parameters packet
Enables VRRP packet debugging.
state
Enables VRRP state debugging.
Default By default, VRRP debugging is disabled.
Example Enable VRRP packet debugging.
[ 3Com] debuggi ng vr r p packet
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging vty 553
Command Reference
debugging vty
Purpose Use the debugging vty command to enable VTY debugging.
Use the undo debugging vty command to disable VTY debugging
Syntax debugging vty { fsm | negotiate }
undo debugging vty { fsm | negotiate }
Parameters fsm Telnet state machine debugging.
negotiate VTY option negotiation debugging.
Example Enable VTY option negotiation debugging.
<3Com> debugging vty negotiate
User view
554 debugging web java-blocking 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging web java-blocking
Purpose Use the debugging web java-blocking command to enable Java blocking
debugging.
Use the undo debugging web java-blocking command to disable Java
blocking debugging
Syntax debugging web java-blocking { all | error | event | filter | packet }
undo debugging web java-blocking { all | error | event | filter |
packet }
Parameters all
All debugging functions.
filter
Filtering packet debugging.
packet Packet debugging.
Example Enable all debugging functions for Java blocking.
<3Com> debugging web java-blocking all
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging web url-filter host 555
Command Reference
debugging web url-filter host
Purpose Use the debugging web url-filter host command to enable the URL
address filtering debugging.
Use the undo debugging web url-filter host command to disable the
debugging.
Syntax debugging web url-filter host { all | filter | packet | event | error }
undo debugging web url-filter host { all | filter | packet | event |
error }
Parameters all All debugging functions.
filter Filtering packet debugging.
packet Packet debugging.
Example Enable all debugging functions for URL address filtering.
<3Com> debugging web url-filter host all
User view
556 debugging web url-filter parameter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging web url-filter parameter
Purpose Use the debugging web url-filter parameter command to enable the URL
parameter filtering debugging.
Use the undo debugging web url-filter parameter command to disable
the debugging.
Syntax debugging web url-filter parameter { all | error | event | filter |
packet }
undo debugging web url-filter parameter { all | error | event | filter
| packet }
Parameters all All debugging functions.
filter
Filtering packet debugging.
packet
Packet debugging.
event
Event debugging.
error
Error debugging.
Example Enable error debugging for URL parameter filtering.
<3Com> debugging web url-filter parameter error
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging x25 557
Command Reference
debugging x25
Purpose Use the debugging x25 command to enable X.25 debugging.
Use the undo debugging x25 command to disable X.25 debugging.
Syntax debugging x25 { al l | er r or | event | packet }
undo debugging x25 { all | error | event | packet }
Parameters all All X.25 debugging.
error X.25 error debugging.
event X.25 event debugging.
packet X.25 packet debugging.
Example Enable X.25 error debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng x25 er r or
User view
558 debugging x25 x2t 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
debugging x25 x2t
Purpose Use the debugging x25 x2t command to enable X2T debugging.
Use the undo debugging x25 x2t to disable X2T debugging.
Syntax debugging x25 x2t { al l | event | packet }
undo debugging x25 x2t { al l | event | packet }
Parameters all
All X2T debugging.
event
X2T event debugging.
packet
X2T packet debugging.
Example Enable all X2T debugging.
[ Rout er ] debuggi ng x25 x2t al l
Enable X2T packet debugging.
[ Rout er ] debuggi ng x25 x2t packet
Enable X2T event debugging.
[ Rout er ] debuggi ng x25 x2t event
System view
Description The debugging information includes event and packet information. You can
enable/disable debugging for one piece of or all information by the debugging
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family debugging x25 xot 559
Command Reference
debugging x25 xot
Purpose Use the debugging x25 xot command to enable XOT debugging
Use the undo debugging x25 xot command to disable XOT debugging.
Syntax debugging x25 xot { al l | event | packet }
undo debugging x25 xot { al l | event | packet }
Parameters all All XOT debugging.
event XOT event debugging.
packet XOT packet debugging.
Example Enable XOT packet debugging.
<Rout er > debuggi ng x25 xot packet
User view
560 default 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default
Purpose Use the default command to restore the default of all the R2 configurations and
reset the R2 call statistics to 0.
Syntax default
Parameters None
Example Restore the default of all the configurations on CAS 1/0/0:5.
[ Rout er - cas 1/ 0/ 0: 5] def aul t
Table 39 Configuration items affected by the default command
Configuration item Default
The originating exchange sends the seizure acknowledgement signal. ENABLE
The originating exchange sends the answer signal. ENABLE
The originating exchange answers at the time of clear-back. DISABLE
The originating exchange answers with the clear-back signal at the time of
clear-forward.
DISABLE
Answer signal timeout interval 60 seconds
Clear-forward signal timeout interval 10 seconds
Seizure signal timeout interval 1 second
Re-answer timeout interval 1 second
Delay before sending the release-guard signal upon a timeout 10 second
Seizure acknowledgement signal timeout interval 40 seconds
The ABCD bit pattern that represents an idle receive line 1001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents an idle transmit line 1001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents a seized receive line 0001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents a seized transmit line 0001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the seizure acknowledged state of the
transmit line.
1101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the seizure acknowledged state of the
receive line.
1101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the answered state of the receive line. 0101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the answered state of the transmit line. 0101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the clear-forward state of the receive
line.
1001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the clear-forward state of the transmit
line.
1001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the clear-back state of the receive line. 1101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the clear-back state of the transmit line. 1101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the release-guard state of the receive
line.
1001
The ABCD bit pattern that represents the release-guard state of the transmit
line.
1001
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default 561
Command Reference
R2 CAS view
Description The following table gives the configuration items affected by this command.
The ABCD bit pattern that represents a blocked receive line. 1101
The ABCD bit pattern that represents a blocked transmit line. 1101
Country mode ITU-T default
Table 39 Configuration items affected by the default command (continued)
Configuration item Default
562 default cost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default cost
Purpose Use the default cost command to configure the default cost for OSPF to
redistribute external routes.
Use the undo default cost command to restore the default value of the default
routing cost configured for OSPF to redistribute external routes.
Syntax default cost value
undo default cost
Parameters value
Default routing cost of external route redistributed by
OSPF. Valid values are 0 to 16777214.
Example Specify the default routing cost for OSPF to redistribute external routes as 10.
[3Com -ospf-1] default cost 10
OSPF view
Description Since OSPF can redistribute external routing information and propagate it to the
entire autonomous system, it is necessary to specify the default routing cost for the
protocol to redistribute external routes.
If multiple OSPFs are enabled, the command is valid to this process only.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default-cost 563
Command Reference
default-cost
Purpose Use the default-cost command to configure the cost of the default route
transmitted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area.
Use the undo default-cost command to restore the cost of the default route
transmitted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area to the default value.
Syntax default-cost value
undo default-cost
Parameters value
Specifies the cost value of the default route
transmitted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area. Valid
Example Set the area 1 as the STUB area and the cost of the default route transmitted to this
STUB area to 60.
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] stub
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] default-cost 60
OSPF Area view
Description This command is applicable for the border routers connected to STUB or NSSA area.
The stub and default-cost commands are necessary in configuring STUB area.
All the routers connected to STUB area must use stub command to configure the
stub attribute to this area. Use the default-cost command to specify the cost of
the default route transmitted by ABR to STUB or NSSA area.
This command is only valid for this process if multiple OSPF processes are enabled.
Related Commands stub
nssa
564 default cost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default cost
Purpose Use the default cost command to configure the default routing cost of a
redistributed route.
Use the undo default cost command to restore the default value.
Syntax default cost value
undo default cost
Parameters value Default routing cost to be set. Valid values are 1 to 16.
Example Set the default routing cost of redistributing other routing protocol routes as 3.
[3Com -rip] default cost 3
RIP view
Description If no specific routing cost is specified when redistributing routes from other protocols
with the import-route command, the redistributing will be performed with the
default routing cost specified by the default cost command.
Related Command import-route
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity compression 565
Command Reference
default entity compression
Purpose Use the default entity compression command to globally configure the
mode of coding and decoding as the default value.
Use the undo default entity compression command to restore the fixed
value (i.e. g729r8 code mode) in the system as the default value.
Syntax default entity compression { 1st - l evel | 2nd- l evel | 3r d- l evel |
4t h- l evel } { g711al aw | g711ul aw | g723r 53 | g723r 63 | g729a | g729r 8
| g729ab | g729br 8 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 | g726r 32 | g726r 40 }
undo default entity compression { 1st - l evel | 2nd- l evel | 3r d- l evel
| 4t h- l evel }
Parameters Refer to the compression command.
Default The default entity compression command can be used to globally configure
the default value of the voice coding and decoding.
Example Adopt the g723r53 coding and decoding mode as the first selection globally.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y compr essi on 1st - l evel g723r 53
Voice Dial Program view
Description By default, the mode of coding and decoding is g729r8 coding mode.
All the voice entities and newly created voice entities on this router, which have not
been configured with the default entity compression function will inherit
this configuration.
Related Command compression
566 default entity fax 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default entity fax
Purpose Use the default entity fax command to set the default fax parameter settings
globally.
Use the undo default entity fax command to restore the system-default
default settings.
Syntax default entity fax baudr at e { 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 14400 | di sabl e |
voi ce }
default entity fax ecm
default entity fax l evel level
default entity fax l ocal - t r ai n t hr eshol d value
default entity fax nsf - on
default entity fax pr ot ocol st andar d- t 38 [ hb- r edundancy number |
l b- r edundancy number ]
default entity fax pr ot ocol nonst andar d
default entity fax pr ot ocol pcm{ g711al aw | g711ul aw }
default entity fax pr ot ocol t 38 [ hb- r edundancy number | l b- r edundancy
number ]
default entity fax suppor t - mode { r t p | si p- udp | vt }
default entity fax t r ai n- mode { l ocal | ppp }
undo default entity f ax { baudr at e | ecm| l evel | l ocal - t r ai n t hr eshol d
| nsf - on | pr ot ocol | suppor t - mode | t r ai n- mode }
Parameters baudrate
Specifies the maximum transmission speed of the fax.
It defaults to voice.
2400
Sets the maximum transmission speed to 2400 bps.
4800
9600
14400
disable
Disables the fax forwarding faculty.
voice
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity fax 567
Command Reference
Sets the fax speed to the allowed maximum voice
speed.
ecm
Enables fax error correction mode. It is disabled by
default.
level level The level of the fax transmission signal. It defaults to
15.
local-train
Specifies the threshold of fax local training.
threshold value
Specifies the threshold of fax local training. It defaults
to 10.
nsf-on
Enables NSF message transmission. It is disabled by
default.
protocol Specifies the transport protocol of the fax. By default,
the T.38 fax protocol applies. Both hb-redundancy
number and lb-redundancy number default to 0.
standard-t38
Adopts the standard T38 (UDP) fax protocol, which
supports H.323-T38 and SIP-T38 protocols.
nonstandard
Adopts the nonstandard protocol compatible with
private fax protocols.
pcm
Enables PCM mode.
g711alaw
Adopts G.711 a-law.
g711ulaw
Adopts G.711 -law.
t38
Adopts the T.38 fax protocol.
hb-redundancy number
Number of redundant high-speed T.38 packets.
lb-redundancy number
Number of redundant low-speed T.38 packets.
support-mode
Fax transport format. It defaults to real time protocol
(RTP).
rtp
Adopts RTP fax mode.
sip-udp
Uses the fax packets without RTP header.
vt
568 default entity fax 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Adopts VT fax mode.
train-mode Specifies the fax training mode. It defaults to end to
end mode or PPP.
local
Adopts local training.
ppp
Adopts end to end training.
Example Set the maximum global fax speed to 9600 bps.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y f ax baudr at e 9600
Configure the fax energy level to 20 globally.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y f ax l evel 20
Description
When G.711 voice encoding/decoding recommendation is configured for the two
parties, the fax baudrate disable command functions the same as the
default entity fax protocol pcm command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity modem compatible-param 569
Command Reference
default entity modem compatible-param
Purpose Use the default entity modem compatible-param command in the case
that you fail to use standard Modem PCM to interoperate with devices from other
vendors.
Use the undo default entity modem compatible-param command to
restore the voice entity Modem compatible parameter globally to the default.
Syntax default entity modem compatible-param integer
undo default entity modem compatible-param
Parameters integer Compatible parameter value.
Default By default, the Modem compatible parameter for global voice entity is 100.
Example Configure the Modem compatible parameter for the global voice entity to 98.
<Router> system-view
[Router] voice-setup
[Router-voice] dial-program
[Router-voice-dial] default entity modem compatible-param 98
570 default entity modem protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default entity modem protocol
Purpose Use the default entity modem protocol none command to globally disable
Modem function of voice entity.
Use the default entity modem protocol pcm command to globally configure
PCM Modem protocol type of voice entity, including coding/decoding and Modem
negotiation mode.
Use the undo default entity modem protocol command to restore the
Modem protocol to default value.
Syntax default entity modem protocol { none | pcm { g711alaw | g711ulaw } {
private | standard } }
undo default entity modem protocol
Parameters none
Disables modem.
pcm
Enables PCM fax mode.
g711alaw
Adopts PCM G.711 a-law.
g711ulaw
Adopts PCM G.711 -law.
private
Private PCM Modem negotiation mode owned by our
company.
standard
Standard PCM Modem negotiation mode in the
industry.
Default By default, Modem protocol for global voice entity is none, that is, the Modem
function is disabled.
Example Globally configure the Modem protocol for voice entity to PCM coding/decoding.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] voice-setup
[3Com-voice] dial-program
[3Com-voice-dial] default entity modem protocol pcm g711alaw standard
Disable the Modem function of global voice entity.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] voice-setup
[3Com-voice] dial-program
[3Com-voice-dial] default entity modem protocol none
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity modem protocol 571
Command Reference
572 default entity normal-connect slow-h245 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default entity normal-connect slow-h245
Purpose Use the default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to globally
disable the calling end from actively initiating an H245 connection request to the
called end before the called end is hooked off.
Use the undo default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to
restore the default value (i.e. allow the calling end to actively initiate an H245
connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off.).
Use the default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to default
to globally disable the calling end from actively initiating the H245 connection request
to the called end before the called end is hooked off. In this case, all newly created
voice entities and voice entities which have not been configured with this function
will inherit this configuration.
Syntax default entity normal-connect slow-h245
undo default entity normal-connect slow-h245
Parameters None
Default Enable the calling end to actively initiate an H245 connection request to the called
end before the called end is hooked off.
Example Configure to globally disable the calling end from actively initiating an H245
connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y nor mal - connect sl ow- h245
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity payload-size 573
Command Reference
default entity payload-size
Purpose Use the default entity payload-size command to configure the default
time length of voice packets with different coding formats.
Use the undo default entity payload-size command to restore the
default.
Syntax default entity payload-size { g711 | g723 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 | g726r 32
| g726r 40 | g729 }
undo default entity payload-size { g711 | g723 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 |
g726r 32 | g726r 40 | g729 }
Parameters g711
Specifies the time length of voice packets with g711
coding. It can be 10 milliseconds, 20 milliseconds (the
default), or 30 milliseconds.
g723 Specifies the time length of voice packets with g723
coding, in the range 30 to 180 milliseconds. It defaults
to 30 milliseconds.
g726r16
Specifies the time length of voice packets with
g726r16 coding. It ranges from 10 to 110 milliseconds
and defaults to 30 milliseconds.
g726r24
g726r32
g726r40 Specifies the time length of voice packets with
g729
coding, in the range10 to 180 milliseconds. It defaults
to 20 milliseconds.
Example Set the time length of voice packets with G.711 coding to 30 milliseconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y payl oad- si ze g711 30
574 default entity service data 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default entity service data
Purpose Use the default entity service data command to globally configure
enabling data call service.
Use the undo default entity vad-on command to disable the global data call
service.
The default entity vad-on command is used to globally configure enabling
silence detection as the default value. In this case, all the voice entities and newly
created voice entities on this router, which have not been configured with this
function, will inherit this configuration.
Syntax default entity service data
undo default entity service data
Parameters None
Default The silence detection is disabled.
Example Enable the silence detection globally.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y vad- on
Voice dial program view
Related Command vad-on
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default entity vad-on 575
Command Reference
default entity vad-on
Purpose Use the default entity vad-on command to globally configure enabling
silence detection as the default value.
Use the undo default entity vad-on command to restore the fixed value (i.e.
disabling the silence detection) to be the default value.
Syntax default entity vad-on
undo default entity vad-on
Parameters None
Default By default, the silence detection is disabled.
Example Enable the silence detection globally.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y vad- on
Description The default entity vad-on command is used to globally configure enabling
silence detection as the default value. In this case, all the voice entities and newly
created voice entities on this router, which have not been configured with this
function, will inherit this configuration.
Related Command vad-on
576 default interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default interval
Purpose Use the default interval command to configure the default interval for OSPF to
redistribute external routes.
Use the undo default interval command to restore the default value of the
default interval of redistributing external routes.
Syntax default interval seconds
undo default interval
Parameters seconds
Default interval for redistributing external routes (in
If no value is specified, the default interval for OSPF to
redistribute external routes is 1 second.
Example Specify the default interval for OSPF to redistribute external routes as 10 seconds.
[3Com -ospf-1] default interval 10
OSPF view
Description Because OSPF can redistribute the external routing information and broadcast it to
the entire autonomous system, it is necessary to specify the default interval for the
protocol to redistribute external routes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default limit 577
Command Reference
default limit
Purpose Use the default limit command to configure default value of maximum number
of redistributed routes.
Use the undo default limit command to restore the default value.
Syntax default limit routes
undo default limit
Parameters routes
Default value to the redistributed external routes in a
unit time. Valid values are 200 to 2147483647.
Example Specify the default value of OSPF redistributing external routes as 200.
[3Com -ospf-1] default limit 200
OSPF view
Description OSPF can redistribute external route information and broadcast them to the whole
autonomous system, so it is necessary to regulate the default value of external route
information redistributed in one process.
Related Command default interval
578 default local-preference 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default local-preference
Purpose Use the default local-preference command to configure the local
preference.
Use the undo default local-preference command to restore the default
value.
Syntax default local-preference value
undo default local-preference
Parameters value
Local preference value to be configured. Valid values
are 0 to 4294967295 (the larger the value is, the
higher the preference is).
Example Two routers RTA and RTB reside in the same autonomous area and use the X.25 and
Frame Relay protocols separately to connect with external autonomous areas. The
command can be used to configure the local preference of RTB as 180 so that the
route via RTB is preferred to forward packets.
[ 3Com- bgp] def aul t l ocal - pr ef er ence 180
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
Description Configuring different local preferences will affect BGP routing selection.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default med 579
Command Reference
default med
Purpose Use the default med command to configure the system MED value.
Use the undo default med command to restore the default MED value.
Syntax default med med-value
undo default med
Parameters med-value MED value to be specified. Valid values are 0 to
4294967295.
If no value is specified, the default med-value is 0.
Example Routers RTA and RTB belong to AS100, and router RTC belongs to AS200. RTC is the
peer of RTA and RTB. The network between RTA and RTC is X.25 network and the
network between RTB and RTC is Ethernet. So the MED of RTA can be configured as
25 to allow RTC to select the route transmitted by RTB first.
[ 3Com- bgp] def aul t med 25
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Description Multi-exit discriminator (MED) is an external metric for routes. Different from local
preference, MED is exchanged between ASs and will stay in the AS once it enters the
AS. The smaller an MED is, the better a route is. So the route with a lower MED is
preferred. When a router running BGP obtains several routes with identical
destination address and different next-hops from various external peers, it will select
the best route depending on the MED value. In the case that all other conditions are
the same, the system first selects the route with the smaller MED value as the external
route of the autonomous system.
580 default-route-advertise 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default-route-advertise
Purpose Use the default-route-advertise command to configure the default route of
Level-1 and Level-2 routers.
Use the undo default-route-advertise command to cancel this
configuration.
Syntax default-route-advertise [ r out e- pol i cy [ route-policy-name ] ]
undo default-route-advertise [ r out e- pol i cy [ route-policy-name ] ]
Parameters route-policy-name
Name of the specified route-policy.
Default By default, Level-2 router generates the default route.
Example Set the current router to generate the default route on the LSP of corresponding level.
[ 3Com- i si s] def aul t - r out e- adver t i se
IS-IS view
Description This command can be set on Level-1 router or Level-2 router. By default, the default
route is generated on L2 LSP. If apply isis level-1 is set in route-policy view,
the default route will be generated on L1 LSP. If apply isis level-2 command is
used in route-policy view, the default route will be generated on L2 LSP. If apply
isis level-1-2 is set in route-policy view, the default route will be generated on
both L1 LSP and L2 LSP.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default-route-advertise 581
Command Reference
Purpose Use the default-route-advertise command to make the system generate a
default route to OSPF area.
Use the undo default-route-advertise command to cancel the generating
of default route.
Use the default-route-advertise command at ABR to generate a default
route which is advertised via the Type-5 LSA or Type-7 LSA no matter whether there is
a default route in the routing table.
Syntax default-route-advertise [ always ] [ cost cost-value ] [ type
type-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
undo default-route-advertise [ always ] [ cost ] [ type ] [
route-policy ]
Parameters always
If the parameter is selected, a default route which is
advertised via LSAs will be generated no matter
whether there is a default route in the routing table.
For the ASBR in an general area, the default route is
advertised via Type-5 LSA, while in NSSA, the default
route is advertised via Type-7 LSA.
cost-value
Cost value of this LSA. Valid values are 0 to 16777214.
type-value Cost type of this LSA. Valid values are 1 to 2.
route-policy-name
If the default route matches the route-policy specified
by route-policy-name, route-policy will affect the
value in LSA. The length of route-policy-name
parameter ranges from 1 to 19 character.
Default By default, OSPF does not generate default route.
Example If local route has default route, the LSA of default route will be generated, otherwise
it wont be generated.
[3Com -ospf-1] default-route-advertise
The LSA of default route will be generated and advertised to OSPF route area even
the local router has no default route.
[3Com -ospf-1] default-route-advertise always
582 default-route-advertise 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
OSPF view
Description An OSPF router after the default-route-advertise command is executed will
become an ASBR, as is similar to executing the import-route command on an
OSPF router. But you cannot redistribute the default route into the OSPF area with the
import-route command.
In addition, the default-route-advertise command is not available for the
Stub area. For the ABR or ASBR in NSSA, the default-route-advertise
command is equivalent to the nssa default-route-advertise command in
terms of effect.
This command is valid for the current process only if multiple OSPF processes are
enabled.s:
Related Command import-route
nssa
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default-route imported 583
Command Reference
default-route imported
Purpose Use the default-route imported command to redistribute local default routes
into BGP.
Use the undo default-route imported command to disable the redistribution.
Syntax default-route imported
undo default-route imported
Parameters None
Default By default, local default routes are not redistributed into BGP.
Example Redistribute local default routes into BGP
[ Rout er - bgp] def aul t - r out e i mpor t ed
BGP view
584 default tag 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
default tag
Purpose Use the default tag command to configure the default tag of OSPF when it
redistributes an external route.
Use the undo default tag command to restore the default tag of OSPF when it
redistributes the external route.
Syntax default tag tag
undo default tag
Parameters tag
Default tag. Valid values are 0 to 4294967295.
Example Set the default tag of OSPF redistributed external route of the autonomous system as
10.
[3Com -ospf-1] default tag 10
OSPF view
Description When OSPF redistributes a route found by other routing protocols in the router and
uses it as the external routing information of its own autonomous system, some
additional parameters are required, including the default cost and the default tag of
the route.
Related Command default type
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family default type 585
Command Reference
default type
Purpose Use the default type command to configure the default type when OSPF
redistributes external routes.
Use the undo default type command to restore the default type when OSPF
redistributes external routes.
Syntax default type { 1 | 2 }
undo default type
Parameters type 1
External routes of type 1.
type 2
External routes of type 2.
Default By default, the external routes of type 2 are redistributed.
Example Specify the default type as type 1 when OSPF redistributes an external route.
[3Com -ospf-1] default type 1
OSPF view
Description OSPF specifies the two types of external routing information. The command described
in this section can be used to specify the default type when external routes are
redistributed.
Related Command default tag
586 delay 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
delay
Purpose Use the delay command to configure the related time parameters at the digital E&M
subscriber-line (E1 controller).
Use the undo delay command to restore these parameters to the default value.
Syntax delay { cal l - i nt er val | hol d | r i si ng | send- dt mf | dt mf |
dt mf - i nt er val | wi nk- r i si ng | wi nk- hol d | send- wi nk | st ar t - di al }
milliseconds
undo delay { cal l - i nt er val | hol d | r i si ng | send- dt mf | dt mf |
dt mf - i nt er val | wi nk- r i si ng | wi nk- hol d | send- wi nk | st ar t - di al }
Parameters call-interval millisecondsThe call interval for digital E&M voice subscriber-line, in
the range of 200 to 2000ms. By default, the value is
200ms.
hold milliseconds The maximum duration the caller will wait for the
callee to hang up so as to send the DTMF number in
analog E&M subscriber-line delay-start mode. It ranges
from 100 to 5000ms, and is defaulted to 400ms.
rising milliseconds The maximum duration the caller will wait from the
sending of off-hook signal to the callee's status
detected in analog E&M subscriber-line delay-start
mode. It ranges from 20 to 2000ms, and is defaulted
to 300ms.
send-dtmf milliseconds
The delay before the caller sends signal in analog E&M
subscriber-line immediate-start mode. It ranges from
50 to 5000ms, and is defaulted to 100ms.
dtmf milliseconds The lasting duration of the DTMF signals in the range
of 50 to 500ms. By default, the value is 120ms.
dtmf-interval milliseconds
The interval between two DTMF signals in the range of
50 to 500ms. By default, the value is 120ms.
wink-rising milliseconds
The maximum duration the caller will wait for the wink
signals after sending the seizure signals in analog E&M
subscriber-line wink-start mode. It ranges from 100 to
5000ms, and is defaulted to 500ms.
wink-hold milliseconds
The maximum lasting duration of the wink signals are
received by the caller in analog E&M subscriber-line
wink-start mode. It ranges from 100 to 3000ms, and is
defaulted to 500ms.
send-wink milliseconds
Specify how long the called party will delay sending
wink signal after receiving the seizure signal on E&M
interface. It ranges from 100 to 5000ms and defaults
to 500ms.
start-dial milliseconds
The delay for dialing. It is in the range of 1 to 10
seconds and defaults to 1 second.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family delay 587
Command Reference
Example Set the longest delay-waiting duration to 3000 milliseconds on voice subscriber line
1/0/1:3.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 1: 3] del ay hol d 3000
Digital E&M Voice Subscriber-Line view
Description On the digital E&M subscriber-line, the waiting duration of originating the next call
set by the delay call-interval milliseconds command is applicable to the
immediate, wink and delay start.
When the digital E&M subscriber-line uses the delay start mode, the calling party will
use the delay hold milliseconds command to set the longest time waiting for
the delay signals .
When the digital E&M subscriber-line uses the delay start mode, use the delay
rising milliseconds command to set the time waiting for the delay signals of
called party after the calling party sends out the off-hook signals, and then detect the
device state of the called party.
When the digital E&M subscriber-line uses the immediate start mode, use the delay
send-dtmf milliseconds command to set the delay time before the calling
party sends the called number.
The delay dtmf milliseconds command is used to set the duration that the
DTMF signals are being sent, and the delay dtmf-interval milliseconds
command is used to set the interval for sending the DTMF signals.
When the digital E&M subscriber-line uses the wink start mode, the delay
wink-rising milliseconds command is used to set the longest time it takes
for the calling party to wait for the wink signals after it sends the seizure signals.
wink-hold milliseconds command is used to set the longest duration that the
wink signals sent by the called party.
send-wink milliseconds command is used to set the longest time that the
called party delays before sending the wink signals.
timer
588 delay 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
delay
Purpose Use the delay command to configure the relevant time parameters on an FXO or
analog E&M subscriber-line.
Use the undo delay command to restore the default values of these time
parameters.
Syntax delay { dt mf | dt mf - i nt er val } milliseconds
delay start-dial seconds
undo delay { dt mf | dt mf - i nt er val st ar t - di al }
Parameters dtmf milliseconds
Lasting duration of a DTMF signal on the FXO
interface, which is in the range of 50 to 500ms and
defaults to 120ms.
dtmf-interval milliseconds
Interval between two DTMF signals on the FXO
interface, which is in the range of 50 to 500ms and
defaults to 120ms.
start-dial seconds
Delay for dialing on the FXO interface. It ranges from 0
to 10 seconds and defaults to 1 second.
Example Set the maximum hold time for delay on line 1/0/0 to 3000ms.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] del ay hol d 3000
Description All the commands listed above are used for configuring the device of a calling party
and hence are only useful for the calling party.
Related Command timer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family delay-reversal 589
Command Reference
delay-reversal
Purpose Use the delay-reversal command to configure the timer's interval of
polarity-reverse transmission delay on FXS interfaces.
Use the undo delay-reversal command to remove the function of
polarity-reverse transmission delay.
Syntax delay-reversal seconds
undo delay-reversal
Parameters seconds
Length of the timer of polarity-reverse transmission
delay. Valid values are 10 to 30 seconds.
Default By default, FXS interfaces immediately send polarity-reverse signal once receiving the
hookoff signal from the remote end without any delay.
Example Set the delay interval of voice subscriber-line 1 to 15 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1] del ay- r ever sal 15
Description This command applies to FXS interfaces.
590 delete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
delete
Purpose Use the delete command to delete the specified file.
Syntax delete remotefile
Parameters remotefile
File name.
Example Delete file temp.c.
[ftp] delete temp.c
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family delete 591
Command Reference
delete
Purpose Use the delete command to delete the specified file from the server as you would
with the remove command.
Syntax delete remote-file
Parameters remote-file Name of a file on the server.
Example Delete file temp.c from the server.
sftp-client> delete temp.c
SFTP Client view
592 delete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
delete
Purpose Use the delete command to move the specified file from the storage device to the
recycle bin, where you can completely delete the file with the undelete command
or restore it with the reset recycle-bin filename command.
Use the delete /unreserved command to delete the specified file completely,
meaning the file cannot be restored.
Syntax delete /unreserved filename
Parameters /unreserved Deletes the specified file unreservedly, and the deleted
file can never be restored.
filename
Name of the file to be deleted including the path.
Example Delete file flash:/test/test.txt.
<3Com> delete flash:/test/test.txt
Delete flash:/test/test.txt?[Y/N]: y
%Deleted file flash:/test/test.txt.
Delete file cflash:/test/test.txt.
<3Com> delete cflash:/test/test.txt
Delete cflash:/test/test.txt?[Y/N]:y
%Del et ed f i l e cf l ash: / t est / t est . t xt .
User view
Description Note that if you delete two files in different directories but with the same filename,
only the last one is stored in the recycle bin.
The asterisks (*) are acceptable when specifying the filename argument.
The dir command does not display the deleted files. To view all the files including
those in the recycle bin, use the dir /all command.
CAUTION: If there is only one application file (system file) in the system, you are not
allowed to delete the file.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family delete rpf-route-static all 593
Command Reference
delete rpf-route-static all
Purpose Use the delete rpf-route-static all command to delete all the static
multicast routes.
Syntax delete rpf-route-static all
Parameters None
Example Delete all the static multicast routes.
[3Com] delete rpf-route-static all
System view
Description Use the delete rpf-route-static all command to delete all the static
multicast routes.
When using this command, the system will prompt you to acknowledge. All static
multicast routes will be deleted after your acknowledgement.
Related Commands ip rpf-route-static
display multicast routing-table static
594 delete static-routes all 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
delete static-routes all
Purpose Use the delete static-routes all command to cancel all the static routes.
Syntax delete static-routes all
Parameters None
Example Delete all the static routes configured on router.
[3Com ] delete static-routes all
This will erase all unicast static routes and their configurations, you
must reconfigure all static routes
Are you sure to delete all the static routes?[Y/N]y
System view
Description When this command is used to cancel static routes, the user should confirm the
settings before all the configured static routes are canceled.
Related Commands display ip routing-table
ip route-static
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family description 595
Command Reference
description
Purpose Use the description command to configure port description. Identifying a port is
the only function of this command.
Use the undo description command to restore the default port description, that
is, port name plus interface.
Syntax description text
undo description
Parameters text
Port description, consisting of a string of up to 80
characters long.
Example Set the description of port Ethernet 1/0/1 to Ethernet-interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] descr i pt i on Et her net - i nt er f ace
Ethernet Port view
596 description 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
description
Purpose Use the description command to briefly describe a test operation.
Use the undo description command to delete the configured description.
Syntax description string
undo description
Parameters string
Brief description about a test operation.
By default, no description is configured.
Example Describe a test group as icmp-test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] description icmp-test
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family description 597
Command Reference
description
Purpose Use the description command to describe the interface.
Use the undo description command to restore the default.
Syntax description interface-description
undo description
Parameters interface-description A string of characters up to 80 characters long
describing the interface.
If not specified, the default is xxxxxx interface.
Example Change the description of the interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to 3Com Router Ethernet
interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] descr i pt i on 3Com Rout er et her net i nt er f ace
Interface view
Description This command has no special purpose or function other than identifying an interface.
Related Command display interface
598 description 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
description
Purpose Use the description command to configure description information for a
specified VPN instance.
Use the undo description command to remove the description of a VPN
instance.
Syntax description vpn-instance-description
undo description
Parameters vpn-instance-description
Specifies the description information of VPN instance.]
Example Configure description information of VPN.
[ 3Com- vpn- vpna] descr i pt i on 3Com
Vpn-Instance view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family description (in Voice Entity View) 599
Command Reference
description (in Voice Entity View)
Purpose Use the description command to configure a voice entity description string.
Use the undo description command to delete the voice entity description string.
undo description
Parameters string Voice entity description string, with length ranging
from 1 to 64 characters.
Example Identify voice entity 10 with local-entity 10.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] descr i pt i on l ocal - ent i t y10
Voice Entity view
Description You can make a description of the voice entity by using the description
command. This operation will not affect the performance of voice entity interfaces at
all. You can view its information when executing the display command.
600 description (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
description (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Purpose Use the description command to configure a subscriber-line description character
string.
Use the undo description command to cancel the subscriber-line description of
character string.
undo description
Parameters string
Subscriber-line description character string, and its
value range is 1 to 64 characters.
Example Identify subscriber line 1/0/0 as connected to lab_1.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] descr i pt i on l ab_1
Description This command is applicable to FXO, FXS, E1V1 interfaces.
With the description command, make a description of the voice subscriber-line
connection. This operation will not have any influence on the running of voice
entities, only when the display command is being executed will the configuration
information be seen.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family destination 601
Command Reference
destination
Purpose Use the destination command to specify the destination IP address to be filled in
the added IP header at the time of tunnel interface encapsulation.
Use the undo destination command to delete the defined destination address.
Syntax destination ip-addr
undo destination
Parameters ip-addr
IP address of the physical interface used by the peer
end of the tunnel.
Default By default, destination address of tunnel is not specified in the system.
Example Set up tunnel connection between the interface serial 0/0/0 of the router 3Com1
(with IP address of 193.101.1.1) and the interface serial 1/0/0 of the router 3Com2
(with IP address of 192.100.1.1).
[3Com1-Tunnel0] source 193.101.1.1
[3Com1-Tunnel0] destination 192.100.1.1
[ 3Com2- Tunnel 1] dest i nat i on 193. 101. 1. 1
Tunnel Interface view
Description The specified tunnel destination address is IP address of the real physical interface
receiving GRE packets, which should be the same as the specified source address at
the opposite tunnel interface, and the route to the opposite physical interface should
be ensured reachable.
The same source address and destination address cannot be configured on two or
more tunnel interfaces using the same encapsulation protocol.
Related Commands: interface tunnel
source
602 destination-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
destination-ip
Purpose Use the destination-ip command to configure the destination IP address in the
test.
Use the undo destination-ip command to delete the configured destination IP
address.
Syntax destination-ip ip-address
undo destination-ip
Destination IP address in a test, which can be either an
IP address or host name.
Default By default, no destination IP address is configured for any test.
Example Set the destination IP address in the test to 169.254.10.3.
[Router-administrator-icmp] destination-ip 169.254.10.3
Related Command destination-port
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family destination-port 603
Command Reference
destination-port
Purpose Use the destination-port command to configure the destination port in the
test.
Use the undo destination-port command to delete the configured destination
port.
Syntax destination-port port-number
undo destination-port
Parameters port-number
Destination port number in a test. Valid values are 1 to
65535.
If not values is specified, the default is 0.
Default By default, no destination port is configured for any test.
Example Set the destination port to 9000 in the test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] destination-port 9000
Description This command is configured only for DHCP, DLSw, FTP, HTTP, jitter, TCP-private, or
UDP-private test.
Related Command destination-ip
604 detect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
detect
Purpose Use the detect command to specify ASPF policy for application layer protocols.
Use the undo detect command to cancel the configuration.
SyntaxSyntax detect protocol [ j ava- bl ocki ng acl-number ] [ agi ng- t i me seconds ]
undo detect protocol
Parameters protocol
Name of the protocol supported by ASPF. It can be an
application layer protocol of ftp, http, h323, smtp, or
rtsp, or a transport layer protocol of tcp or udp.
seconds
Configures the idle timeout time of the protocol (in
If no value is specified, the default TCP-based timeout
time is 3600 seconds, and the default UDP-based
timeout time is 30 seconds.
java-blocking Configures to block the Java Applets to specified
network segment packets, valid only when the
protocol is HTTP.
acl-number
Basic ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Example Configure to specify an ASPF policy for HTTP protocol with policy number 1. At the
same time, permit Java blocking and set ACL2000 to make ASPF able to filter Java
Applets from destination server 10.1.1.1.
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2000] r ul e deny sour ce 10. 1. 1. 1 0
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2000] r ul e per mi t any
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2000] qui t
[ 3Com] aspf - pol i cy 1
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] det ect ht t p j ava- bl ocki ng 2000
ASPF Policy view
Description When the protocol is HTTP, Java blocking is permitted.
If both application layer protocol specific detection and generic TCP/UDP-based
detection are configured, the former has priority.
ASPF uses the timeout mechanism to manage session state information of protocols
so that it can decide when to stop managing the state information of a session or
delete a session that cannot be set up normally. The timeout time setting is a global
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family detect 605
Command Reference
setting applicable to all sessions; it can protect system resources against malicious
occupation.
display aspf policy
606 detect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
detect
Purpose Use the detect command to enable data carrier detection as well as level detection
on a serial interface.
Use the undo detect command to disable data carrier detection as well as level
detection on the serial interface.
Syntax 1. Asynchronous serial interface
detect dsr-dtr
undo detect dsr-dtr
2. Synchronous serial interface
detect { dcd | dsr - dt r }
undo detect { dcd | dsr - dt r }
Parameters dsr-dtr
Detects DSR and DTR signals of DSU/CSU.
dcd
Detects the DCD signal of the DSU/CSU on the serial
interface.
Default By default, the serial interface is enabled to make data carrier and level detection.
Example Disable the serial interface to make data carrier detection.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo det ect dcd
Synchronous Serial Interface view,
Description If this function is disabled on the serial interface, the system does not detect the DCD
and DSR/DTR signals when determining the state (UP or DOWN) of the interface.
When level detection is disabled on a serial interface, the system does not detect
whether a cable is connected if the interface is asynchronous, AUX or Async for
example and the state of the interface is up automatically. If the interface is
synchronous/asynchronous, however, it goes up only when the system detects that a
cable is connected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family detect-ais (CE1/PRI Interface) 607
Command Reference
detect-ais (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the detect-ais command to enable alarm indication signal (AIS) detect on the
CE1/PRI interface.
Use the undo detect-ais command to disable AIS detect on the CE1/PRI
interface.
Syntax detect-ais
undo detect-ais
Parameters None
Default By default, AIS detect is enabled on the CE1/PRI interface.
Example Disable AIS detect on interface E1 3/0/0.
[3Com -E1 3/0/0] undo detect-ais
Description Before enabling or disabling AIS detect for a CE1/PRI interface, you must configure
the interface to operate in E1 mode with the using e1 command.
608 detect group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
detect group
Purpose Use the detect-group command to create a detect group and enter its view.
Use the undo detect-group command to remove a specified detect group.
Syntax detect-group group-number
undo detect-group group-number
Parameters group-number
Number for the detect group. Valid values are 1 to
100.
Example Create a detect group numbered 10.
<3Com> system-view
System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
[3Com] detect-group 10
[3Com-detect-group-10]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family detect list 609
Command Reference
detect list
Purpose Use the detect-list command to add an IP address to the detect group and
assign the address a detecting sequence number.
Use the undo detect-list command to remove an IP address from the detect
group.
Syntax detect-list list-number ip address ip-address [ nexthop ip-address ]
undo detect-list list-number
Parameters list-number
Sequence number for an address to be probed in the
detect group. Valid values are 1 to 100.
ip-address IP address to be probed.
nexthop ip-address Specifies a next hop IP address for reaching the IP
address to be probed, that is, the address where auto
detect starts.
Example Add IP address 202.13.1.55 with sequence number 1 to detect group 10, taking IP
address 1.1.1.1 as the next hop address.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] detect-list 1 ip address 202.13.1.55 nexthop
1.1.1.1
Detect Group view
Description You can add up to 100 IP addresses to a detect group and specify their relationship by
using the option command. The router probes these IP addresses in the ascending
order of their assigned sequence numbers.
Related Command option
610 dh 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dh
Purpose Use the dh command to select the Diffie-Hellman group for an IKE proposal.
Use the undo dh command to restore the Diffie-Hellman group for an IKE proposal
to the default.
Syntax dh { gr oup1 | gr oup2 | gr oup5 | gr oup14 }
undo dh
Parameters group1 Selects group1, that is, the 768-bit Diffie-Hellman
group, for key negotiation at phase 1 of IKE.
group2
Selects group2, that is, the 1024-bit Diffie-Hellman
group5 Selects group5, that is, the 1536-bit Diffie-Hellman
group14
Selects group14, that is, the 2048-bit Diffie-Hellman
Default By default, group1, that is, 768-bit Diffie-Hellman group is used.
Example Specify 768-bit Diffie-Hellman for IKE proposal 10.
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] dh gr oup1
IKE Proposal view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp accounting domain (Interface view) 611
Command Reference
dhcp accounting domain (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server accounting domain command to enable DHCP
accounting for addresses from the interface address pool and configure a domain for
DHCP accounting.
Use the undo dhcp server accounting domain command to disable DHCP
accounting for addresses from the interface address pool.
Syntax dhcp server accounting domain domain-name
undo dhcp server accounting domain domain-name
Parameters domain-name Domain for DHCP accounting. For this domain, a
all
Indicates all interfaces.
Example Enable DHCP accounting for addresses from the interface address pool, and specify
radius_domain as the domain for accounting.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver account i ng domai n r adi us_domai n
Interface view
Related Command accounting domain
612 dhcp enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp enable
Purpose Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP.
Use the undo dhcp enable command to disable DHCP.
Syntax dhcp enable
undo dhcp enable
Parameters None
Default By default, DHCP is enabled.
Example Enable DHCP on the current router.
[ 3Com] dhcp enabl e
System view
Description Before you can configure DHCP, you must enable DHCP. This configuration is essential
to both DHCP server and DHCP relay.
DHCP can operate normally only after you correctly set the system clock.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp relay information 613
Command Reference
dhcp relay information
Purpose Use the dhcp relay information enable command to enable the DHCP relay
to support option 82 globally.
Use the undo dhcp relay information enable command to disable the
DHCP relay to support option 82.
Syntax dhcp relay information enable
undo dhcp relay information enable
Parameters None
Default By default, DHCP relay is disabled to support option 82.
Example Enable DHCP relay to support option 82.
[ 3Com] dhcp r el ay i nf or mat i on enabl e
System view
Description Option 82 supported by the DHCP relay can provide up to 255 sub-options. Among
them, only sub-option 1 and sub-option 2 are available at present, allowing the DHCP
relay to insert into a DHCP packet the MAC address and VLAN ID of the switch port
connected to the DHCP client, and the MAC address of the DHCP relay.
614 dhcp relay information strategy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp relay information strategy
Purpose Use the dhcp relay information strategy command to configure a strategy
for handling packets with option 82 on the DHCP relay.
Use the undo dhcp relay information strategy command to restore the
default strategy for handling packets with option 82.
Syntax dhcp relay information strategy { dr op | keep | r epl ace }
undo dhcp relay information strategy
Parameters drop
Drops packets.
keep
Leaves option 82 in packets intact.
replace
Replaces the original option 82 information in packets
with the option 82 information of this frame relay.
Example Configure the DHCP replay to leave the option 82 information carried in requests
intact.
[ 3Com] dhcp r el ay i nf or mat i on st r at egy keep
System view
Description When receiving a packet with option 82, the DHCP relay replaces the information in
the option 82 field with the option 82 information of itself.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp relay release 615
Command Reference
dhcp relay release
Purpose Use the dhcp relay release command to send an IP address releasing request to
a DHCP server via the DHCP relay.
Syntax dhcp relay release { client-ip mac-address } [ server-ip ]
Parameters client-ip IP address of the DHCP client.
mac-address MAC address of the DHCP client, which is in the
format of H-H-H.
server-ip
IP address of the DHCP server.
Example Send a release packet to the DHCP server at 10.110.91.174, requesting to release the
IP address 192.2.2.25, which was offered to the client whose MAC address is
0050-ba34-2000.
[ 3Com] dhcp r el ay r el ease 192. 2. 2. 25 0050- ba34- 2000 10. 110. 91. 174
View This command can be used in the following views:I
Interface view
System view
Description In the event no IP address of DHCP server has been specified, release packets would
be sent either to all the DHCP servers if this command is configured in system view or
to all the relay addresses configured on an interface if this command is configured in
interface view.
After receiving an IP address release request from the DHCP relay, the DHCP server
releases the IP address from the IP-in-use address pool and moves it to the
lease-expired queue. Normally, this address will experience some time before
participating in allocation again. For the client, however, this address is not released
and will be used until its lease really expires.
A release request takes effect only when the server uses MAC address to identify
users. The DHCP server function of a 3Com router uses MAC address to identify
users, while those from most manufactures uses ID.
No debugging information is printed upon execution of this command.
616 dchp select (Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dchp select (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp select command in Interface view to select a method for disposing
the DHCP packets destined to the local device.
Use the undo dhcp select command in Interface view to restore the default
setting.
Syntax dhcp select { gl obal [ subaddr ess ] | i nt er f ace | r el ay }
undo dhcp select
Parameters global
The address DHCP client gets is the one selected by the
local DHCP server from a global address pool upon the
receipt of the DHCP request from the client.
subaddress
Enables subaddress allocation, allowing the DHCP
server to assign a DHCP client an IP address belonging
to a subaddress segment for the Ethernet interface.
This IP address is selected from the global address pool
corresponding to the subaddress segment. When
subaddress allocation is enabled, the Ethernet
interface on the DHCP server must be assigned a
subaddress located in the subaddress segment from
which subaddresses are selected for DHCP clients. This
is to ensure that the main address and the subaddress
assigned to a DHCP client are located in different
network segments.
interface The address DHCP client gets is the one selected by the
local DHCP server from an interface address pool upon
the receipt of the DHCP request from the client.
relay
The address DHCP client gets is allocated by an
external DHCP server.
Default By default, DHCP packets destined to the local device will be sent to the internal
server and the clients sending them will be allocated with addresses selected from a
global address pool (in global approach).
Example Allocate addresses selected from an interface address pool on the internal DHCP
server to the clients sending DHCP packets destined to the local device.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp sel ect i nt er f ace
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dchp select (Interface view) 617
Command Reference
Description Currently, DHCP is available only on the following interfaces:
Ethernet interface or subinterface
Virtual Ethernet interface
Synchronous/asynchronous serial interface encapsulated with PPP, HDLC, or frame
relay
E1 interface
Related Command dchp select (System view)
618 dchp select (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dchp select (System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp select command in System view to select a method for multiple
interfaces in a specified range to dispose the DHCP packets destined to the local
device.
Use the undo dhcp select command in System view to restore the default
setting.
Syntax dhcp select { gl obal [ subaddr ess ] | i nt er f ace | r el ay } { i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number [ t o interface-type interface-number ]
| al l }
undo dhcp select { i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o
interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
Parameters global The address DHCP client gets is the one selected by the
local DHCP server from a global address pool upon the
receipt of the DHCP request from the client.
subaddress
Enables subaddress allocation, allowing the DHCP
server to assign a DHCP client an IP address belonging
to a subaddress segment for the Ethernet interface.
This IP address is selected from the global address pool
corresponding to the subaddress segment. When
subaddress allocation is enabled, the Ethernet
interface on the DHCP server must be assigned a
subaddress located in the subaddress segment from
which subaddresses are selected for DHCP clients. This
is to ensure that the main address and the subaddress
assigned to a DHCP client are located in different
network segments.
interface
The address DHCP client gets is the one selected by the
local DHCP server from an interface address pool upon
the receipt of the DHCP request from the client.
relay The address DHCP client gets is allocated by an
external DHCP server.
interface-type
interface-number [ to
interface-type
interface-number ]
Indicates an interface or all interfaces from the first
specified interface to the second. Note that the
interfaces can be Ethernet interfaces (or subinterfaces),
virtual Ethernet interfaces, synchronous/asynchronous
serial interfaces encapsulated with PPP, HDCL, or frame
relay, or E1 interfaces.
all All the interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dchp select (System view) 619
Command Reference
Default By default, DHCP packets destined to the local device will be sent to the internal
server and the clients sending them will be allocated with addresses selected from a
global address pool (in global approach).
Example Configure the interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to Ethernet2/0/0.5 to
allocate addresses selected from an interface address pool maintained by the internal
server to the clients sending DHCP packets destined to the local device.
[ 3Com] dhcp sel ect i nt er f ace i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o et her net
2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Related Command dchp select (Interface view)
620 dhcp server accounting domain interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server accounting domain interface
(System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server accounting domain interface command to enable
DHCP accounting for addresses from the address pools of the specified interfaces and
configure a domain for DHCP accounting.
Use the undo dhcp server accounting domain interface command to
disable DHCP accounting for addresses from the address pools of the specified
interfaces.
Syntax dhcp server accounting domain domain-name { i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number [ t o interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
undo dhcp server accounting domain { i nt er f ace interface-type
Domain for DHCP accounting. For this domain, a
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ] Indicates an interface or all interfaces from the first
interfaces must be Ethernet interfaces (or
subinterfaces) or virtual Ethernet interfaces.
all Indicates all interfaces.
Example Enable DHCP accounting for addresses from the address pools of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to
Ethernet2/0/0.5, and specify radius_domain as the domain for accounting.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver account i ng domai n r adi us_domai n i nt er f ace et her net
2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Description Note that you cannot use the display current-configuration command to
verify the configuration made by using the dhcp server accounting domain
interface command, which is implemented by executing the dhcp server
accounting domain command repeatedly.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server accounting domain interface (System view) 621
Command Reference
Related Command accounting domain
622 dhcp server bims-server (Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server bims-server (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server bims-server command to enable and configure BIMS
option support on the current interface.
Use the undo dhcp server bims-server command to disable BIMS option
support on the current interface.
Syntax dhcp server bims-server i p ip-address [ por t port-number ] shar ekey key
undo dhcp server bims-server
port port-number
Number of the protocol port on the BIMS server. Valid
values are 1 to 65,534.
Default By default, BIMS option support is not configured on the DHCP server.
Example Configure BIMS option support on Ethernet interface ethernet0/0/0 (which is
configured with an interface address pool), setting the IP address of the BIMS server
to 192.168.1.1, the protocol port to 80, and the shared key to abcdefg.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver bi ms- ser ver i p 192. 168. 1. 1 por t 80
shar ekey abcdef g
Ethernet Interface (or Subinterface) view
Description After you configure BIMS option support on the DHCP server, the DHCP server
packets sent to the DHCP clients according to these rules:
If BIMS option support is enabled on the current interface, the DHCP server sends the
BIMS option information together with the lease when assigning an IP address from
the interface address pool to a DHCP client.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server bims-server interface (System view) 623
Command Reference
dhcp server bims-server interface
(System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server bims-server interface command to enable and
configure BIMS option support for an interface or all interfaces configured with
interface address pools.
Use the undo dhcp server bims-server command to disable BIMS option
support for an interface or all interfaces configured with interface address pools.
Syntax dhcp server bims-server i p ip-address [ por t port-number ] shar ekey key
{ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o interface-type
interface-number ] | al l }
undo dhcp server bims-server { i nt er f ace interface-type
port port-number
Number of the protocol port on the BIMS server. Valid
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
all
Indicates all interfaces configured with interface
address pools.
Default By default, BIMS option support is not configured on the DHCP server.
Example Configure BIMS option support on Ethernet interface ethernet0/0/0 (which is
configured with an interface address pool), setting the IP address of the BIMS server
to 192.168.1.1, the protocol port to 80, and the shared key to abcdefg.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver bi ms- ser ver i p 192. 168. 1. 1 por t 80 shar ekey abcdef g
i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
System view
624 dhcp server bims-server interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description After you configure BIMS option support on the DHCP server, the DHCP server
packets sent to the DHCP clients according to these rules:
If you configure BIMS option support for an interface, the DHCP server sends the
BIMS option information together with the lease when assigning an IP address
from the interface address pool to a DHCP client.
If you specify the all keyword in the dhcp server bims-server command,
the DHCP server sends the BIMS option information together with the lease when
assigning an IP address from any of the interface address pools to a DHCP client.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server detect 625
Command Reference
dhcp server detect
Purpose Use the dhcp server detect command to enable pseudo-DHCP-server
detection.
Use the undo dhcp server detect command to disable the function.
Syntax dhcp server detect
undo dhcp server detect
Parameters None
Default By default, pseudo-DHCP-server detection is disabled.
Example Enable pseudo DHCP server detection.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver det ect
System view
Description If you configure this command on a DHCP client, when receiving a DHCP response
packet from the DHCP server, the client displays information about the DHCP server.
If you configure this command on a DHCP server, when receiving a DHCP request
packet, the server displays the DHCP server information carried by the packet.
626 dhcp server dns-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server dns-list
Purpose Use the dhcp server dns-list command in interface view to configure DNS IP
addresses for an interface configured with a DHCP address pool.
Use the undo dns-list command in interface view to delete the configuration.
Syntax dhcp server dns-list ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | al l }
Parameters ip-address IP address of DNS. You can configure up to eight IP
addresses separated by spaces in a command.
Default By default, no DNS address is configured.
Example Configure the DNS server address 1.1.1.254 for the DHCP address pool of the
interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver dns- l i st 1. 1. 1. 254
Description By far, only up to eight DNS server addresses can be set in each DHCP address pool.
Related Commands dhcp server dns-list interface (System view)
dhcp server ip-pool
dns-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server dns-list interface (System view) 627
Command Reference
dhcp server dns-list interface (System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server dns-list interface command to assign DNS IP
addresses to the DHCP address pool of multiple interfaces in a specified range.
Use the undo server dns-list interface command in system view to delete
the allocated IP addresses.
Syntax dhcp server dns-list ip-address [ ip-address ] { interface
interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]
| all }
undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | all } { interface
interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]
| all }
Parameters ip-address IP address of DNS. You can configure up to eight IP
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
all
In the undo form of the command, the first all refers
to all the Gateway (GW) addresses and the second, all
the interfaces.
Default By default, no DNS address is configured.
Example Assign the DNS server address 1.1.1.254 to the DHCP address pool of the interfaces
in the range of Ethernet1/0/0.0 to Ethernet2/0/0.5.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver dns- l i st 1. 1. 1. 254 i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 0 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Description Only up to eight DNS server addresses, by far, can be set in each DHCP address pool.
628 dhcp server dns-list interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands dhcp server dns-list
dhcp server ip-pool
dns-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server domain-name (Interface view) 629
Command Reference
dhcp server domain-name (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server domain-name command in interface view to configure the
domain name that the DHCP address pool of the current interface allocates to clients.
Use the undo dhcp server domain-name command in interface view to delete
the configured domain name.
Syntax dhcp server domain-name domain-name
undo dhcp server domain-name domain-name
Domain name that the DHCP server allocates to
clients, which is a string comprising at least three
characters and at most 50 characters.
Default By default, no domain name has been allocated to DHCP clients and domain name is
null.
Example Configure the domain name eth1_0_0.com.cn in an interface DHCP address pool.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver domai n- name et h1_0_0. com. cn
Related Commands dhcp server ip-pool
dhcp server domain-name interface (System view)
domain-name
630 dhcp server domain-name interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server domain-name interface (System
view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server domain-name interface command in system view to
configure the domain name that the DHCP address pool of the interfaces in a
specified range allocates to DHCP clients.
Use the undo dhcp server domain-name interface command in system
view to delete the configured domain name.
Syntax dhcp server domain-name domain-name { interface interface-type
undo dhcp server domain-name interface interface-type interface-number
[ t o interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
Domain name that the DHCP server allocates to
clients, comprised of a string from 3 to 50 characters in
length.
interface-type
interface-type
Default By default, no domain name is configured for clients.
Example Configure eth2_1_5.com.cn as the domain name in the interface DHCP address pool
of the interfaces Ethernet2/0/0.1 through Ethernet2/0/0.5.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver domai n- name et h1_0_0. com. cn i nt er f ace et her net
2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Description After configuring this command, you cannot view the configuration of this command
by executing the display current-configuration command. By executing
the dhcp server domain-name command respectively on the specified
interfaces, you can fulfill the batch configurations of the command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server domain-name interface (System view) 631
Command Reference
Related Command dhcp server ip-pool
632 dhcp server expired (Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server expired (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server expired command in interface view to configure a valid
period allowed for leasing IP addresses in the current interface DHCP address pool.
Use the undo dhcp server expired command in interface view to restore the
default setting.
Syntax dhcp server expired { day day [ hour hour [ mi nut e minute ] ] |
unl i mi t ed }
undo dhcp server expired
Parameters day day
Number of days. Valid values are 0 to 365.
hour hour
Number of hours. Valid values are 0 to 23.
minute minute Number of hours. Valid values are 0 to 59.
unlimited The valid period is unlimited (currently, it is 25 years for
the system).
Default By default, the leasing valid period is one day.
Example Set the valid period for leasing IP addresses in the interface address pool maintained
by Ethernet1/0/0 to unlimited.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver expi r ed unl i mi t ed
Description Currently, the leasing valid period specified by this command cannot exceed the year
of 2106.
dhcp server interface (System view)
expired
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server forbidden-ip 633
Command Reference
dhcp server forbidden-ip
Purpose Use the dhcp server forbidden-ip command to exclude IP addresses in a
specified range to participate in the auto-allocation.
Use the undo dhcp server forbidden-ip command to delete the
configuration.
Syntax dhcp server forbidden-ip low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ]
undo dhcp server forbidden-ip low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ]
Parameters low-ip-address
The low IP address that does not participate in the
auto-allocation.
high-ip-address The high IP address that does not participate in the
auto-allocation. It must belong to the same segment
to which the low-ip-address belongs as well and
must not be smaller than the low-ip-address. If
this parameter is not specified, there will be only one IP
address, that is, low-ip-address.
Default By default, all the IP addresses in address pools participate in the auto-allocation.
Example Reserve the IP addresses in the range of 10.110.1.1 to 10.110.1.63 so that these
addresses will not participate in the address auto-allocation.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver f or bi dden- i p 10. 110. 1. 1 10. 110. 1. 63
System view
Description You may configure multiple IP address ranges that do not participate in
auto-allocation.
network
static-bind ip-address
634 dhcp server interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the dhcp server expired interface command in system view to
configure a valid period allowed for leasing IP addresses in the interface DHCP
address pool of the interfaces in a specified range.
Use the undo dhcp server expired interface command in system view to
restore the default setting.
Syntax dhcp server expired { day day [ hour hour [ mi nut e minute ] ] |
unl i mi t ed } { i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o
undo dhcp server expired { i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [
t o interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
Parameters day day Number of days. Valid values are 0 to 365.
hour hour Number of hours. Valid values are 0 to 23.
unlimited The valid period is unlimited (currently, it is 25 years for
the system).
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
all
All interfaces.
Example Set the valid period for leasing IP addresses in the interface address pool of the
interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to Ethernet2/0/0.5 to unlimited.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver expi r ed unl i mi t ed i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
of 2106.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server interface (System view) 635
Command Reference
After configuring this command, you cannot view the configuration by executing the
display current-configuration command. By calling the dhcp server
expired command respectively on the specified interfaces, you can fulfill the batch
configurations of the command.
expired
636 dhcp server ip-pool 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server ip-pool
Purpose Use the dhcp server ip-pool command to create a DHCP address pool and
access the DHCP address pool view.
Use the undo dhcp server ip-pool command to delete the specified address
pool.
Syntax dhcp server ip-pool pool-name
undo dhcp server ip-pool pool-name
Parameters pool-name
Address pool name uniquely identifying an address
pool, which is a string comprising at least one
character and 35 characters at most.
Default By default, no DHCP address pool is created.
Example Create DHCP address pool 0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0]
System view
Description If the specified address pool has existed, executing the dhcp server ip-pool
command will directly access the DHCP address pool view. If the address pool does
not exist, the DHCP server will create it before accessing the DHCP address pool view.
Each DHCP server is allowed to configure multiple address pools. So far, you may
configure up to 128 global address pools on each DHCP server.
The subnet addresses and subnet broadcast addresses on the DHCP server do not
participate in address allocation.
Related Commands dhcp enable
expired
network
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server nbns-list (Interface view) 637
Command Reference
dhcp server nbns-list (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server nbns-list command in interface view to configure
NetBIOS server addresses in the DHCP address pool of current interface.
Use the undo dns-list command in interface view to delete the configuration.
Syntax dhcp server nbns-list ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo dhcp server nbns-list { ip-address | all }
IP address of NetBIOS server. You can configure up to
eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command.
all
All the NetBIOS server IP addresses.
Default By default, no NetBIOS address is configured.
Example In the DHCP address pool of Ethernet1/0/0, allocate the NetBIOS server at 10.12.1.99
to the clients.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver nbns- l i st 10. 12. 1. 99
Description By far, only up to eight NetBIOS addresses can be configured in each DHCP address
pool.
dhcp server nbns-list interface (System view)
nbns-list
netbios-type
638 dhcp server nbns-list interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the dhcp server nbns-list interface command in system view to
configure NetBIOS server addresses for the clients that get ip address from the DHCP
address pool of the interfaces in a specified range.
Use the undo dhcp server nbns-list interface command in system view
to delete the configuration.
Syntax dhcp server nbns-list ip-address [ ip-address ] { i nt er f ace
| al l }
undo dhcp server nbns-list { ip-address | al l } { i nt er f ace
| al l }
all
In the undo form of the command, the first all refers
to all the NetBIOS server addresses and the second, all
the interfaces.
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
Example In the DHCP address pool of interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to
Ethernet2/0/0.5, assign the NetBIOS server at 10.12.1.99 to the clients.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver nbns- l i st 10. 12. 1. 99 i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server nbns-list interface (System view) 639
Command Reference
pool.
display current-configuration command. By calling the dhcp server
nbns-list command respectively on the specified interfaces, you can fulfill the
batch configurations of the command.
nbns-list
netbios-type
640 dhcp server netbios-type (Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server netbios-type (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server netbios-type command in interface view to configure
the NetBIOS node type of the DHCP clients of the current interface.
Use the undo dhcp server netbios-type command in interface view to
Syntax dhcp server netbios-type { b- node | h- node | m- node | p- node }
undo dhcp server netbios-type
Parameters b-node
Broadcast mode, that is, hostname-IP maps are
obtained by means of broadcast.
p-node
Peer-to-peer mode, that is, maps are obtained by
means of communicating with the NetBIOS server.
m-node
Mixed (m) mode, that is, the mode of type b nodes
running peer-to-peer communications mechanism.
h-node
Hybrid (h) mode, that is, the mode of type p nodes
possessing some of the broadcast features.
Default By default, clients adopt type h node (h-node).
Example In the DHCP address pool of Ethernet1/0/0, set the NetBIOS node type of its clients to
p-node.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver net bi os- t ype p- node
Description Hostname-IP maps are required in the event that DHCP clients use the NetBIOS
protocol on a WAN.
netbios-type
dhcp server netbios-type interface (System view)
nbns-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server netbios-type interface (System view) 641
Command Reference
dhcp server netbios-type interface
(System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server netbios-type interface command in system view to
configure a NetBIOS node type for the DHCP clients of the interfaces in a specified
range.
Use the undo dhcp server netbios-type interface command in system
view to restore the default setting.
Syntax dhcp server netbios-type { b- node | h- node | m- node | p- node } {
i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o interface-type
interface-number ] | al l }
undo dhcp server netbios-type { i nt er f ace interface-type
Parameters b-node
p-node Peer-to-peer mode, that is, maps are obtained by
m-node
Mixed (m) mode, that is, the mode of type b nodes
h-node
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
all
All interfaces.
Example In the DHCP address pool of interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to
Ethernet2/0/0.5, set the NetBIOS node type of clients to p-node.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver net bi os- t ype p- node i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
642 dhcp server netbios-type interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Hostname-IP maps are required in the event that DHCP clients use the NetBIOS
protocol on a WAN.
display current-configuration command. By calling dhcp server
netbios-type respectively on the specified interfaces, you can fulfill the batch
configurations of the command.
netbios-type
nbns-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server option (Interface view) 643
Command Reference
dhcp server option (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server option command in interface view to configure a DHCP
self-defined option for the DHCP address pool of the current interface.
Use the undo dhcp server option command in interface view to delete the
configuration.
Syntax dhcp server option code { asci i ascii-string | hex hex-string |
i p- addr ess ip-address }
undo dhcp server option code
Parameters code Option value that needs to be assigned by the user.
ascii ascii-string ASCII string.
hex hex-string 2-digit or 4-digit hexadecimal string, such as hh or
hhhh.
ip-address ip-address
IP address.
Example Define the hexadecimal strings of the option code 100 to 0x11 and 0x22 for the
DHCP address pool of the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver opt i on 100 hex 11 22
Related Commands option
dhcp server option interface (System view)
644 dhcp server option interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the dhcp server option command in system view to configure a DHCP
self-defined option for the interfaces in a specified range.
Use the undo dhcp server option command in system view to delete the
configuration.
Syntax dhcp server option code { asci i ascii-string | hex hex-string |
i p- addr ess ip-address } { i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number
[ t o interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
undo dhcp server option code { i nt er f ace interface-type
Parameters code
Option value that needs to be assigned by the user.
ascii ascii-string
ASCII string.
hex hex-string
2-digit or 4-digit hexadecimal string, such as hh or
hhhh.
ip-address ip-address IP address.
interface-type
interface-type
Example Define the hexadecimal strings of the option code 100 to 0x11 and 0x22 for the
interface DHCP address pool of the interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to
Ethernet2/0/0.5.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver opt i on 100 hex 11 22 i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Description After you configure this command, you cannot view the configuration by executing
the display current-configuration command. By calling the dhcp
server option cyclically, you can fulfill the batch configurations of the command.
Related Commands dhcp server option (Interface view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server option interface (System view) 645
Command Reference
option
646 dhcp server ping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server ping
Purpose Use the dhcp server ping command to configure the maximum number of ping
packets that the DHCP server is allowed to send and the longest time period that the
DHCP server should wait for the response to each ping packet.
Use the undo dhcp server ping command to restore the default settings.
Syntax dhcp server ping { packet s number | t i meout milliseconds }
undo dhcp server ping { packet s | t i meout }
Parameters packets number
The maximum number of ping packets allowed to be
sent. Valid values are 0 to 10. (0 indicates that no ping
operation will be performed.)
timeout milliseconds
The longest time period that the DHCP server waits for
the response to each ping packet (in milleseconds).
If no value is specified, the default is 500 milliseconds.
Example Allow the DHCP server to send up to ten ping packets and wait 500 milliseconds (the
default setting) for the response to each packet.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver pi ng packet s 10
System view
Description To prevent the address collision resulted from repeated IP address allocation, DHCP
server sends ping packets to detect that an address is available.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server relay information enable 647
Command Reference
dhcp server relay information enable
Purpose Use the dhcp server relay information enable command to enable the
DHCP server to support option 82.
Use the undo dhcp server relay information enable command to
disable the DHCP server to support option 82.
Syntax dhcp server relay information enable
undo dhcp server relay information enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the DHCP server supports option 82.
Example Disable the DHCP server to support option 82.
[ 3Com] undo dhcp ser ver r el ay i nf or mat i on enabl e
System view
Description When enabled to support option 82, the DHCP server can recognize DHCP requests
carrying option 82 and handle the packets according to their sub-options.
At present, the DHCP server can recognize sub-option 5 of option 82 and assign the
client an IP address in the same network segment where the IP address specified by
sub-option 5 is located.
648 dhcp server static-bind 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server static-bind
Purpose Use the dhcp server static-bind command to configure a static address
binding in the DHCP address pool of the current interface.
Use the undo dhcp server static-bind command to delete the
configuration.
Syntax dhcp server static-bind ip-address ip-address { mac- addr ess mac-address
| cl i ent - i dent i f i er client-identifier }
undo dhcp server static-bind { i p- addr ess ip-address | mac- addr ess
mac-address | cl i ent - i dent i f i er client-identifier }
Parameters ip-address Host IP address to be bound. It must be a valid IP
address selected from the current interface address
pool.
mac-address Host MAC address to be bound.
client-identifier Client identifier to be bound.
Default By default, static address binding is not configured in any interface address pool.
Example Statically bind the MAC address 0000-e03f-0305 with the IP address 10.1.1.1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver st at i c- bi nd 10. 1. 1. 1 0000- e03f - 0305
Description Among all the static bindings on an interface, each IP address, MAC address, and
client identifier must be unique. In addition, an IP address can be bound with a MAC
address or client identifier, but not with both.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server synchronize arp (Interface view) 649
Command Reference
dhcp server synchronize arp (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server synchronize arp command to enable authorized ARP
for a DHCP interface address pool.
Use the undo dhcp server synchronize arp command to disable authorized
ARP for a DHCP interface address pool.
Syntax dhcp server synchronize arp
undo dhcp server synchronize arp
Parameters None
Default By default, authorized ARP is disabled.
Example Enable authorized ARP in interface view.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dhcp ser ver synchr oni ze ar p
Interface view
Description After you enable authorized ARP for a DHCP interface address pool, the system
permits IP addresses allocated from the interface address pool to be resolved
dynamically using ARP, and allows the corresponding authorized ARP entries to be
added to the ARP table.
Related Commands dchp select (Interface view)
dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view)
synchronize arp
650 dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System
view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server synchronize arp interface command to enable
authorized ARP for specified DHCP interface address pools.
Use the undo dhcp server domain-name interface command to disable
authorized ARP for specified DHCP interface address pools.
Syntax dhcp server synchronize arp { interface interface-type interface-number
[ t o interface-type interface-number | al l }
undo dhcp server synchronize arp { interface interface-type
interface-number [ t o interface-type interface-number | al l }
interface-type
all Indicates all interfaces.
Example Enable authorized ARP for interfaces from Ethernet2/0/0.1 to Ethernet2/0/0.5.
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver synchr oni ze ar p i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Description After you enable authorized ARP for the specified DHCP interface address pools, the
system permits IP addresses allocated from the interface address pools to be resolved
dynamically using ARP, and allows the corresponding authorized ARP entries to be
added to the ARP table.
Note that you cannot use the display current-configuration command to
verify the configuration made by using the dhcp server synchronize arp
interface command, which is implemented by executing the dhcp server
synchronize arp command repeatedly.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view) 651
Command Reference
652 dhcp server voice-config (Interface view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server voice-config (Interface view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server voice-config command to enable the DHCP server to
send option 184 and suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses from the current
interface address pool.
Use the undo dhcp server voice-config command to disable the DHCP
server to send option 184 and suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses from the
current interface address pool.
Syntax dhcp server voice-config { ncp- i p ip-address | as- i p ip-address |
voi ce- vl an vlan-id { enabl e | di sabl e } | f ai l - over ip-address
dialer-string }
undo dhcp server voice-config [ ncp- i p | as- i p | voi ce- vl an | f ai l - over
]
Parameters ncp-ip ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the network call processor
(NCP).
as-ip ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the alternate NCP server.
voice-vlan
Voice VLAN.
vlan-id
Voice VLAN ID. Valid values 1 to 4094.
enable
Voice VLAN is in the enabled state.
disable
Voice VLAN is in the disabled state.
fail-over
Failover call routing.
ip-address
IP address for failover call routing.
dialer-string
Dial string for failover call routing, comprising digits in
the range 0 to 9 and wildcard asterisk (*).
Default By default, the DHCP server does not support option 184 and its suboptions.
Example Enable the DHCP server to support option 184 and its suboptions, setting IP address
of NCP to 1.1.1.1, IP address of the alternate NCP server to 2.2.2.2, state of voice
VLAN to enable, ID of voice VLAN to 1, IP address for failover call routing to 3.3.3.3,
and dial string for failover call routing to 99*.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 1
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 1] dhcp sel ect i nt er f ace
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 1] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g ncp- i p 1. 1. 1. 1
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 1] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g as- i p 2. 2. 2. 2
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 1] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g voi ce- vl an 1 enabl e
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 1] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g f ai l - over 3. 3. 3. 3 99*
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server voice-config (Interface view) 653
Command Reference
Interface view
Description The DHCP server sends option 184 and suboptions of 184 only when thus required by
the DHCP client.
Configure the NCP-IP suboption before configuring other suboptions; otherwise, they
cannot take effect.
Related Command voice-config
654 dhcp server voice-config interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dhcp server voice-config interface
(System view)
Purpose Use the dhcp server voice-config interface command to enable the
DHCP server to send option 184 and suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses
from the specified interface address pool.
specified interface address pool.
Syntax dhcp server voice-config { ncp- i p ip-address | as- i p ip-address |
voi ce- vl an vlan-id { enabl e | di sabl e } | f ai l - over ip-address
dialer-string } { al l | i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o
interface-type interface-number ] }
undo dhcp server voice-config [ ncp- i p | as- i p | voi ce- vl an | f ai l - over
] { al l | i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number [ t o interface-type
Parameters ncp-ip ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the network call processor
(NCP).
as-ip ip-address Specifies the IP address of the alternate NCP server.
voice-vlan Voice VLAN.
vlan-id Voice VLAN ID. Valid values are 1 to 4094.
enable Voice VLAN is in the enabled state.
disable Voice VLAN is in the disabled state.
fail-over Failover call routing.
ip-address IP address for failover call routing.
dialer-string Dial string for failover call routing, comprising digits in
the range of 0 to 9 and wildcard asterisk (*).
all
All interfaces or all suboptions.
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dhcp server voice-config interface (System view) 655
Command Reference
Example Enable the DHCP server to send option 184 and its suboptions when assigning
addresses from interface Ethernet 0/0/1, setting IP address of NCP to 1.1.1.1, IP
address of the alternate NCP server to 2.2.2.2, state of voice VLAN to enable, ID of
voice VLAN to 1, IP address for failover call routing to 3.3.3.3, and dial string for
failover call routing to 99*.
[ 3Com] dhcp sel ect i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 1
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g ncp- i p 1. 1. 1. 1 i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 1
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g as- i p 2. 2. 2. 2 i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 1
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g voi ce- vl an 1 enabl e i nt er f ace et her net
0/ 0/ 1
[ 3Com] dhcp ser ver voi ce- conf i g f ai l - over 3. 3. 3. 3 99* i nt er f ace
et her net 0/ 0/ 1
System view
the DHCP client.
cannot take effect.
Related Command voice-config
656 dial-prefix 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dial-prefix
Purpose Use the dial-prefix command to configure the prefix of the telephone number
dialed by the voice entity.
Use the undo dial-prefix command to cancel the prefix of the telephone
number dialed by the voice entity.
Syntax dial-prefix string
undo dial-prefix
Parameters string
Prefix code, a number of fixed length. The string is
composed of any characters from 0123456789 #*,
with the largest length of 31 characters. The meanings
of the characters are shown in the following table.
Table 40 Meanings of the characters in string
Use 0 as a prefix.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y3] di al - pr ef i x 0
Voice Entity view
Description This command only applies to the configuration of POTS voice entity. And the
dial-prefix command only applies to FXO and analog E&M interface. Whether to
send a second stage dialing tone is determined by the configuration of the PBX
connected to the router.
When a router with which a voice function is configured receives a voice call, it makes
a comparison between the number configured in the match-template of its own
POTS voice entity and the number received, and selects one POTS voice entity to
continue the call processing.
If send-number is set to its default value (truncate), the router will remove from the
called number the string that matches the match-template beginning from the
left. If the dial-prefix command is configured, the prefix will be added in front of
the rest of the called number. The router will initiate a call according to the new
number string. For example, supposing that the called number is 0102222, the called
number template of the voice entity that is configured by match-template is
010., and the dial prefix is 0, then 010 that accurately matches the template will
be removed, and the rest part 2222 will be added a prefix 0. The router initiates
a call to the new number 02222.
Character Means
, Pause of 500ms. It can be placed on any position of the number.
# and * Valid digits.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dial-prefix 657
Command Reference
If the number with the added prefix contains more than 31 digits, only the first 31
characters will be sent.
send-number
658 dial-program 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dial-program
Purpose Use the dial-program command to enter the voice dial program view.
Use the quit command to return to the voice view.
Syntax dial-program
Parameters None
Example Enter the dial program view.
[ Rout er - voi ce] di al - pr ogr am
Voice view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer bundle 659
Command Reference
dialer bundle
Purpose Use the dialer bundle command to configure a dialer bundle used by a dialer
interface.
Use the undo dialer bundle command to disassociate the dialer bundle from
the dialer interface.
Syntax dialer bundle number
undo dialer bundle
Parameters number
Number of dialer bundle. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Default By default, the Resource-Shared DCC is not enabled, neither is dialer bundle
specified.
Example Configure the interface Dialer1 to use dialer bundle3, in which the interface Serial0 is
included.
[ 3Com- Di al er 1] di al er bundl e 3
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er bundl e- member 3pur pose_body
Dialer Interface view
Description This command can be applied only on a dialer interface for configuring the dialer
bundle that the interface will use. Furthermore, a dialer interface can only use a dialer
bundle. This command can be used to specify a dialer bundle used by a dialer
interface, no matter what link-protocol, PPP or Frame Relay, runs on the interface.
Related Command dialer bundle-member
660 dialer bundle-member 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer bundle-member
Purpose Use the dialer bundle-member command to configure a physical interface
included in a dialer bundle in the Resource-Shared DCC application.
Use the undo dialer bundle-member command to remove the physical
interface from the dialer bundle.
Syntax dialer bundle-member number [ pr i or i t y priority | max- l i nk max-num |
mi n- l i nk min-num]
undo dialer bundle-member number
Parameters number
Dialer bundle number ranging from 1 to 255.
priority
Priority of the physical interface in the dialer bundle,
ranges from 1 to 255. The physical interface with
higher priority will be used first. This is an optional
parameter. By default, priority is 1.
max-num The maximum number of channels that can be used.
min-num The minimum number of channels that can be used.
Default By default, the physical interface is not assigned to any dialer bundle.
Example Make Bri1/0/0 a member of dialer bundle1 and dialer bundle2, and assigns it a
priority of 50.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace br i 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Br i 1/ 0/ 0] di al er bundl e- member 1 pr i or i t y 50
[ 3Com- Br i 1/ 0/ 0] di al er bundl e- member 2 pr i or i t y 50
Physical Interface view
Description This command can only be applied to a physical interface, which can be assigned to
multiple dialer bundles.
To enable the B channel of ISDN interface (BRI or PRI) to configure its link layer
protocol dynamically in terms of the Dialer interface it belongs to, link layer protocol
that the interface uses should be specified as PPP.
Related Command dialer bundle
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer call-in 661
Command Reference
dialer call-in
Purpose Use the dialer call-in command to enable ISDN callback according to ISDN
caller ID.
Use the undo dialer call-in command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax dialer call-in remote-number [ cal l back ]
undo dialer call-in remote-number [ cal l back ]
Parameters remote-number
Used for matching the remote incoming call number.
The character * represents any character.
callback
When calling back the server end, the incoming
number will match with the dialer call-in
command containing this keyword and originate a
callback.
Default By default, ISDN callback according to ISDN caller ID is not configured.
Example Configure the router to call back the calling number 8810152.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] di al er r out e i p 100. 1. 1. 2 8810152
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] di al er cal l - i n 8810152 cal l back
Physical or Dialer Interface view
Description This command must be configured at the server end when ISDN caller ID is applied for
callback. In Resource-Shared DCC, because both PPP and frame relay protocols can be
encapsulated on dialer interfaces, ISDN interface can encapsulate link layer protocol
dynamically according to corresponding dialer interface.
The caller first searches corresponding dialer interface by matching the caller number
with the dialer number command. The dialer call-in command is used to
preprocess the ISDN call-in number, determining whether the user with this number
can be permitted to access. If the PBX switch does not provide the caller number,
refuse the call directly.
Related Command dialer callback-center
662 dialer callback-center 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer callback-center
Purpose Use the dialer callback-center command to enable the callback server
function.
Use the undo dialer callback-center command to disable the callback
server function of a router.
Syntax dialer callback-center [ user ] [ di al - number ]
undo dialer callback-center
Parameters user
Calls back according to the parameter user hostname
configured in the dialer route command.
dial-number
Calls back according to the parameter
telephone-number configured in the local-user
callback-number command.
Default By default, PPP callback server is not configured.
Example Configure a remote username and set the router to call the user back.
[ 3Com] l ocal - user 3Comb passwor d si mpl e 3Comb
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er r out e i p 1. 1. 1. 2 user 3Comb 8810052
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er cal l back- cent er user
Description This command must be configured at the server end when PPP is used to implement
callback.
The parameter user indicates that DCC will call back according to the parameter
configured in the dialer route command. The parameter dial-number
indicates that DCC will call back the remote end according to the
callback-number configured in the local-user command.
When both user and dial-number are applied concurrently, the router will first
attempt to place a return call according to the first parameter. If the callback attempt
fails, it will try the second parameter for callback.
Related Commands ppp callback
ppp authentication-mode
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer circular-group 663
Command Reference
dialer circular-group
Purpose Use the dialer circular-group command to add the physical interface to a
dialer circular group specified here.
Use the undo dialer circular-group command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax dialer circular-group number
undo dialer circular-group
Parameters number
Number of the dialer circular group, and a physical
interface belongs to this specified group. Valid values
are 0 to 1023. This number is defined through the
interface dialer command.
Default By default, the physical interface is not a member of any dialer circular group.
Example Assign Serial1/0/0 and Serial2/0/0 to dialer circular group1.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] di al er ci r cul ar - gr oup 1
Description One physical interface can only be added to one dialer circular group, which may
contain multiple physical interfaces. When a call is originated on a dialer interface, the
highest priority physical interfaces in the circular group on the dialer interface will
place the call.
Related Command interface dialer
664 dialer disconnect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer disconnect
Purpose Use the dialer disconnect command to clear the dial-up link or the session link
on the specified interface at the PPPoE/PPPoA client.
Syntax dialer disconnect i nt er f ace [ interface-type interface-number ]
Specifies an interface together with
interface-number.
interface-number Specifies an interface together with
interface-type.
Example Clear the dial-up link or the session link on the specified interface at the PPPoE client.
[ Rout er ] di al er di sconnect i nt er f ace di al er 0
Clear the specified D channel.
[ Rout er ] di al er di sconnect i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 15
Clear the specified B channel.
[ Rout er ] di al er di sconnect i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 2
Any view
Description The type of the specified interface can be dialer, D channel (on a PRI or BRI interface
for example), or B channel (on an RI, BRI, AUX, Serial, or AM interface for example).
Related Command debugging dialer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer enable-circular 665
Command Reference
dialer enable-circular
Purpose Use the dialer enable-circular command to enable Circular DCC.
Use the undo dialer enable-circular command to disable Circular DCC.
Syntax dialer enable-circular
undo dialer enable-circular
Parameters None
Default By default, Circular DCC is enabled on the ISDN interfaces and disabled on other
interfaces.
Example Enable Circular DCC on Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er enabl e- ci r cul ar
Description The user must use this command to enable it before using Circular DCC.
Related Command dialer circular-group
666 dialer group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer group
Purpose Use the dialer-group command to configure access control on the packets
transmitted on a DCC interface and to place the interface in an access control group.
Use the undo dialer-group command to cancel the interface from united with
the access control group.
Syntax dialer-group group-number
undo dialer-group
Sequence number of the dialer access number. Valid
values are 1 to 255. This group is set through the
dialer-rule command.
Default By default, this command is not configured.
Example Add Serial1/0/0 interface to dialer-group 1.
[ 3Com] di al er - r ul e 1 acl 3101
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] di al er - gr oup
Description This command is used for associating a physical interface with an access control
group. Through the dialer-rule command, the user can associate an access
control group with the acl command. A DCC interface can only be the member of
an access control group. If it is configured to be a member of another access control
group, this configuration will replace the previous one.
In the default configuration of the interface, dialer-group is not configured. The
user must configure this command. Otherwise, DCC will be unable to transmit
packets.
Related Command dialer-rule
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer isdn-leased 667
Command Reference
dialer isdn-leased
Purpose Use the dialer isdn-leased command to configure an ISDN B channel (can be
either the channel on a BRI or PRI interface) to be the leased line.
Use the undo dialer isdn-leased command to cancel the setting.
Syntax dialer isdn-leased number
undo dialer isdn-leased number
Parameters number
Number of the ISDN B channel for leased line
connection. Valid values are 0 or 1 if the channel is on
a BRI interface, 0 to 30 on a PRI interface, and 0 to 23
on a CT1/PRI interface.
Default By default, no ISDN B channel is configured to be leased line.
Example Configure the first B channel on the interface Bri0/0/0 to be the leased line.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] di al er i sdn- l eased 1
Description The user can configure any ISDN B channel to be the leased line without affecting the
settings of other B channels.
On an ISDN BRI interface, you may configure ISDN BRI 128k leased line in addition.
For more information, refer to the dialer isdn-leased command in the chapter
ISDN Configuration Commands in the part Link Layer Protocol of this manual.
Related Command dialer isdn-leased
668 dialer isdn-leased 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer isdn-leased
Purpose Use the dialer isdn-leased 128k command to configure 128K leased line
connection.
Use the undo dialer isdn-leased 128k command to delete 128K leased line
connection.
Use the dialer isdn-leased number command to configure 64K leased line
connection.
Use the undo dialer isdn-leased number command to delete 64K leased line
connection.
Syntax dialer isdn-leased { 128k | number }
undo dialer isdn-leased { 128k | number }
Parameters 128k
128K ISDN leased line connection.
number
64K ISDN leased line connection. Valid values are 0 or
1.
Default By default, no ISDN leased line connection is configured.
Example Configure 128K leased line connection.
[ Rout er - Br i 0/ 0/ 0] di al er i sdn- l eased 128k
Description You must manually delete the existing leased line configuration before switching from
single B channel lease line to 128K leased line.
You cannot configure this command on the BRI interfaces provided by 2S1B modules.
For more information about configuring ISDN leased lines on CE1/PRI and CT1/PRI
interfaces, refer to the dialer isdn-leased command in the Dial-up part of
this manual.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer number 669
Command Reference
dialer number
Purpose Use the dialer number command to configure a dial number for placing a call to a
single remote end.
Use the undo dialer number command to cancel the configured dial number.
Syntax dialer number dial-number
undo dialer number
Parameters dial-number
Dial number for calling.
Default By default, no dial number is set for calling the remote end.
Example Set the dialer number for dialer1 calling the remote end to 11111.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace di al er 1
[ 3Com- Di al er 1] di al er number 11111
Description This command is used when the dialer interface of Circular DCC serves as caller end
and the dialer originates calls to only one destination address or the default address.
This command is only valid after at least one of the following requirements is
satisfied:
The dialer route command is not configured on the interface.
The next hop address that sends packets cannot be found in the corresponding
dialer route command.
When dialer interfaces of Resource-Shared DCC run link protocol of PPP, the remote
user names, which are obtained via PPP authentication and configured with dialer
user respectively, will decide which dialer interface will receive the incoming call. In
this case, dialer user must be configured, and dialer number can be configured
optionally.
When dialer interfaces run link protocol of Frame Relay, the calling numbers, which
are received from the incoming call and configured with dialer number respectively,
will decide which dialer interface will receive the incoming call. In this case, dialer
number must be configured, and dialer user can be configured optionally.
Note:
If dialer-group command is not configured, DCC will not dial even if dialer
number command is configured.
670 dialer number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
When using Resource-Shared DCC, the same dialer number can be configured on
different dialer interfaces at the calling side; but it is not the case at the called side;
otherwise, the call will fail. When using Circular DCC, the same dialer number can
be configured on different dialer interfaces at the calling side, and it is the same to
the called side.
Related Command dialer route
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer priority 671
Command Reference
dialer priority
Purpose Use the dialer priority command to configure a priority for a physical interface
in a dialer circular group in the Circular DCC configuration.
Use the undo dialer priority command to restore the default priority.
Syntax dialer priority priority
undo dialer priority
Parameters priority
Indicates the priority level for a physical interface
which belongs to a dialer circular group, ranging from
1 to 127. By default, the priority is 1.
Example Set the priority of Serial 3/0/0 in dialer circular group0 to 5.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] di al er pr i or i t y 5
Description This command sets the order in which the available physical interfaces in a dialer
circular group are used. The physical interfaces with higher priority will be used first.
Related Command dialer circular-group
672 dialer queue-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer queue-length
Purpose Use the dialer queue-length command to configure the number of packets
which comply with the "permit" statement that can be buffered before a link is set
up.
Use the undo dialer queue-length command to restore the default number of
the packets that can be buffered.
Syntax dialer queue-length packets
undo dialer queue-length
Parameters packets
Indicates the packet numbers buffered on this
interface. Valid values are 1 to 100.
If no value is specified, the default value for
max-threshold is 0.
Example Configure that 10 packets are buffered on Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] di al er queue- l engt h 10
Description In the link establishing process, the packets which comply with the "permit"
statement are held in the buffer queue to wait for transmission as soon as the link is
set up. The setting of packets decides the queue length.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer route 673
Command Reference
dialer route
Purpose Use the dialer route command to allow a DCC interface to call the specified
destination address (host or network address) or to receive calls from multiple remote
ends.
Use the undo dialer route command to remove a dialer route.
Syntax dialer route protocol next-hop-address [ mask network-mask-length] [
user hostname ] [ br oadcast ] [ dial-number ] [ aut odi al ] [
l ogi cal - channel logic-channel-number ] [ i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
undo dialer route protocol next-hop-address [ mask network-mask-length
]
Parameters protocol Network protocol. At present, it can be IP only.
next-hop-address Host or network address of the dialed destination.
mask network-mask-length Optional; the mask length of the network address of
the dialed destination. Valid values are 0 to 32.
If no mask length is specified, the default, 32, applies,
where the next-hop-address argument is handled
as a host address. If you want to set the
next-hop-address argument to a network
address, you must specify its mask length.
user hostname Remote user name, which is optionally specified for
authentication implemented when receiving calls.
Hostname is a string of 1 to 80 characters.
broadcast An optional parameter indicating that the broadcast
packets can be transmitted on this link.
dial-number
Dial number of the remote end.
autodial
If this parameter is defined in a dialer route, the router
will automatically attempt to dial according to the
dialer route at a certain interval. The interval is set in
the dialer autodial-interval command, which is 300
seconds by default.
logical-channel
logic-channel-number Number of the specified logic channel of the standby
center.
interface-number
Specifies to dial from the specified physical interface.
When multiple physical interfaces are assigned to a
dialer interface and their dial-up links are connected to
different ISDN switches, you need to associate dial-up
numbers with physical interfaces. This configuration is
intended for dialer interfaces only and is not available
with RS-DCC.
674 dialer route 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Default By default, no dialer route is defined.
Example Dial 888066 to set up link for the packets destined to network segment
192.168.1.0/24.
[ 3Com] di al er r out e i p 192. 168. 1. 0 mask 24 888066
Dial 888066 to set up link for the packets destined to host address 192.168.1.1 (not
recommended).
[ 3Com] di al er r out e i p 192. 168. 1. 1 888066
Description To originate a call, the parameter dial-number must be configured. If the user
keyword is used, PPP authentication must be configured.
The user can configure multiple dialer routes for a dial port or a destination address.
If the dialer-group command is not configured, DCC will not dial.
Related Commands dialer enable-circular
dialer autodial-interval
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer-rule 675
Command Reference
dialer-rule
Purpose Use the dialer-rule command to configure the conditions of the data packet that
can trigger a DCC call.
Use the undo dialer-rule command to cancel the setting.
Syntax dialer-rule dialer-number { protocol-name {per mi t | deny } | acl
acl-number }
undo dialer-rule dialer-number { acl | protocol-name }
Parameters dialer-number
Number of the dialer access group, corresponding to
the parameter group-number in the dialer-group
group number command in DCC interface view.
Valid values for this argument are 1 to 255.
protocol-name
Network protocol such as IP, IPX, bridge.
permit
Permits the packets of the specified protocol.
deny
Denies the packets of the specified protocol.
acl acl-number
Number of the access control list to which the access
control group corresponds.
Default By default, no conditions of packet-triggering DCC calls are set for dial interfaces.
Example Set a dialer-rule.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3101] r ul e per mi t i p sour ce 0. 0. 0. 0 255. 255. 255. 255
dest i nat i on 0. 0. 0. 0 255. 255. 255. 255
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3101] qui t
[ 3Com] di al er - r ul e 1 acl 3101
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] di al er - gr oup 1
System view
Description This command is used to set the DCC call packet-triggering control to which an
access control group corresponds. And a dial interface can be placed in an access
control group through the dialer-group command. Thereby, the DCC calls
packet-triggering on the DCC interface can be controlled.
If an access control group cannot find the corresponding dialer-rule, DCC will regard
the packets as packets which do not comply with the permit conditions in ACL rule
and just drop them. No DCC call will be originated.
676 dialer-rule 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command dialer group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer threshold 677
Command Reference
dialer threshold
Purpose Use the dialer threshold command to configure the traffic threshold of a link
on the DCC interface so that another link can be enabled to call the same destination
address when the ratio of traffic on all connected links on the DCC interface to the
available bandwidth exceeds the preset percentage.
Use the undo dialer threshold command to restore the default value.
Syntax dialer threshold traffic-percentage [ i n | i n- out | out ]
undo dialer threshold
Parameters traffic-percentage Percentage of the actual traffic on the link over the
bandwidth. Valid values are 0 to 99.
in
Only the inbound traffic is calculated.
in-out
Calculates the larger one of the inbound traffic and
the outbound traffic in the actual traffic calculation.
out
Only the outbound traffic is calculated
Default By default, MP flow control is not enabled.
Example Set the traffic threshold on Dialer1 to 80%.
[ 3Com- Di al er 1] di al er t hr eshol d 80
Description If the ratio of the traffic on a link of a DCC interface to the bandwidth exceeds the
defined threshold, the second link is brought up to form an MP bundle with the first
one. When the ratio of traffic on the two links to the bandwidth exceeds the specified
threshold, the third link is brought up, so on and so forth.
On the contrary, when the ratio of the traffic on N (N is an integer greater than or
equal to 2) links to the bandwidth of N-1 links is less than the specified threshold, a
link is dropped. When only one link is left in the MP bundle, whether and when to
disconnect it depends on the timer configured using the dialer timer idle
command. So far, this command is not available with physical interfaces. It is only
applicable to dialer interfaces and must be used together with the ppp mp
command.
With traffic-percentage set to 0, the router does not look at the ratio of traffic
to bandwidth when making calls to bring up links. Rather, all the available links come
up automatically. As for links that already exist, they are not torn down because of
678 dialer threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timeout. Simply put, the dialer threshold 0 command voids the dialer
timer idle command.
Related Commands ppp mp
flow interval
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer timer autodial 679
Command Reference
dialer timer autodial
Purpose Use the dialer timer autodial command to configure the automatic dialing
interval of DCC.
Use the undo dialer timer autodial command to resume the default
interval.
Syntax dialer timer autodial seconds
undo dialer timer autodial
Parameters seconds
Interval before the next call attempt (in seconds). Valid
If not specified, the default interval is 300 seconds.
Example Set the DCC automatic calling interval on Serial0/0/0 to 60 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer aut odi al 60
Description This command should be used together with the auto-dial keyword in the dialer
route command. DCC will automatically attempt to dial at intervals of seconds
until the connection is established. The automatic dialing function is independent of
the trigger with data packets and the established connection will not be automatically
cut for timeout. That is, the configuration of the dialer timer idle command
does not affect it.
Related Command dialer route
680 dialer timer compete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer timer compete
Purpose Use the dialer timer compete command to configure an idle interval for an
interface after call contention occurs on the interface.
Use the undo dialer timer compete command to restore the default interval.
Syntax dialer timer compete seconds
undo dialer timer compete
Parameters Seconds Idle interval when contention occurs (in seconds). Valid
If not specified, the default idle interval is 20 seconds.
Example Set timer idle and timer compete respectively to 50 seconds and 10 seconds on Serial
0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer i dl e 50
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer compet e 10
Description Contention occurs if no free channel is available when DCC tries to originate a call.
Normally, after a link is set up, timer idle timing will take effect. However, if a call to a
different destination address is to be originated on this interface under the contention
circumstances, DCC replaces the timer idle timing with the timer compete timing.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer timer enable 681
Command Reference
dialer timer enable
Purpose Use the dialer timer enable command to configure an interval for the next call
attempt on an interface after the link is disconnected.
Use the undo dialer timer enable command to restore the default interval.
Syntax dialer timer enable seconds
undo dialer timer enable
Parameters seconds
Interval for originating the next call (in seconds). Valid
If not specified, the default interval is 5 seconds.
Example Set the interval for DCC to make the next call attempt to 15 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer enabl e 15
682 dialer timer idle 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer timer idle
Purpose Use the dialer timer idle command to configure the interval that a link is
allowed to be idle (in other words, the interval when there is no packets which
comply with the permit statements transmitted) after a call has been set up on the
interface.
Use the undo dialer timer idle command to restore the default duration.
Syntax dialer timer idle seconds
undo dialer timer idle
Parameters seconds
Time that a link is allowed to be idle (in seconds). Valid
If not specified, the default value is 120 seconds.
Example Set the timer idle on the interface Serial 0/0/0 to 50 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer i dl e 50
Description After a link is set up, the timer idle timer will take effect. If no interesting packets are
transmitted on the link within the specified time, DCC will automatically disconnect
the link. If timer idle is set to 0, the link will never be disconnected, regardless of
whether there are no packets, which comply with the permit statements, to be
transmitted over the link or not.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer timer wait-carrier 683
Command Reference
dialer timer wait-carrier
Purpose Use the dialer timer wait-carrier command to configure the timeout time
of wait-carrier timer.
Use the undo dialer timer wait-carrier command to restore the default
time of the timer.
Syntax dialer timer wait-carrier seconds
undo dialer timer wait-carrier
Parameters seconds
Waiting time in seconds. Valid values are 0 to 65535.
If no value is specified, the default time waiting for a
call connection is 60 seconds.
Example Set the maximum duration of the time that Serial 0/0/0 waits for call to establish to be
100 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di al er t i mer wai t - car r i er 100
Description Wait-carrier timer begins to time after the DCC call is initiated. If the call connection
fails to be set up within the timeout time of this timer, the call will be terminated.
If the connection for a call is not established yet within the specified time, DCC will
terminate the call.
684 dialer timer warmup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dialer timer warmup
Purpose Use the dialer timer warmup command to set the length of the warmup timer
on the router configured with the dial-up backup function. It is the time that the
router must wait for bringing the dial-up backup function into effect after a reboot.
Use the dialer timer warmup command to restore the default.
Syntax dialer timer warmup seconds
undo dialer timer warmup
Parameters seconds
Length of the warmup timer (in seconds).
Example Set the warmup timer to 20 seconds.
[ Rout er ] di al er t i mer war mup 20
System view
Description When the router reboots, it tries to dial the backup link only if the main link fails to
come up upon timeout of the warm-up timer. After the main link comes up, the
router switches traffic to it automatically.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dialer user 685
Command Reference
dialer user
Purpose Use the dialer user command to configure remote user name for authenticating
requests when calls are received.
Use the undo dialer user command to cancel the remote user name.
Syntax dialer user username
undo dialer user
Parameters username
Remote user name for PPP authentication, consisting
of a string of 1 to 80 characters.
Default By default, no remote user name is set.
Example Set the remote username to RouterB.
[ 3Com- Di al er 3] di al er user Rout er B
Description This command is only valid on dialer interfaces of Resource-Shared DCC.
Up to 255 Dialer users can be set on one Dialer interface. When one Dialer interface is
configured with multiple users, multiple physical interfaces can access this Dialer
interface.
When a Dialer interface encapsulates PPP, the remote user that have passed PPP
authentication decides the Dialer interface that receives calls. In this case, you the
option to configure dialer number command.
Related Commands ppp pap local-user
ppp chap user
686 differential-delay 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
differential-delay
Purpose Use the differential-delay command to set the maximum differential delay for
the member links in the IMA group.
Use the undo differential-delay command to restore the default, that is, 25
milliseconds.
Syntax differential-delay milliseconds
undo differential-delay
Parameters milliseconds
Maximum differential delay (in milliseconds). Valid
Example Set the maximum differential delay for the member links in IMA group 1/0/1 to 25
milliseconds.
[3Com ] interface ima 1/0/1
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1] differential-delay 25
IMA Group Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dir 687
Command Reference
dir
Purpose Use the dir command to query for a specified file.
Syntax dir [ filename ]
Parameters filename Name of the queried directory or file.
Example Query for file temp.c.
[ftp] dir temp.c
FTP Client view
Description This command displays one or all the files under the directory.
688 dir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dir
Purpose Use the dir command to view the files in the specified directory as you would with
the ls command.
Syntax dir [remote-path ]
Parameters remote-path
Name of the intended directory.
Example Display directory flash:/.
sftp-client> dir flash:/
-rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06:52 vrpcfg.cfg
-rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 225 Aug 24 08:01 pubkey2
-rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 225 Sep 28 08:28 pub1
drwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 0 Sep 28 08:24 new1
SFTP Client view
Description If the remote-path argument is not specified, the files in the current directory are
displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dir 689
Command Reference
dir
Purpose Use the dir command, you can view information about the specified file or directory
in the router storage device.
Syntax dir [ /all | filename ]
Parameters /all Displays all files (including the deleted files).
filename Name of the file or directory to be displayed including
the path.
Default By default, this command displays the file information under the current directory.
Example Display the files in Flash memory.
<3Com> dir flash:
0 -rw- 5878540 Jul 05 2004 10:39:36 AR46XX-V3.30-0006.BIN
1 -rw- 670 Sep 15 2004 11:46:51 vrpcfg.cfg
2 -rw- 8271372 Aug 17 2004 14:04:15 ar46.bin
3 -rw- 8701964 Sep 22 2004 14:25:49 main.bin
4 -rw- 670 Sep 30 2004 10:49:15 ar46.cfg
Display files in the CF card.
<3Com> dir cflash:
Directory of cflash:/
0 -rw- 5878540 Jul 05 2004 10:39:36 AR46XX-V3.30-0006.BIN
1 -rw- 670 Sep 15 2004 11:46:51 vrpcfg.cfg
2 -rw- 8271372 Aug 17 2004 14:04:15 ar46.bin
3 -rw- 8701964 Sep 22 2004 14:25:49 main.bin
4 -rw- 670 Sep 30 2004 10:49:15 ar46.cfg
User view
Description Use the dir command, you can view information about the specified file or directory
in the router storage device.
This command accepts asterisks (*) as wildcards.
690 dir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The dir /all command can display information about all the files, including those
in the recycle bin. The names of these deleted files are enclosed by "[]", for example,
[temp.cfg]. Such deleted files can be restored using the undelete command. To
remove the files from the recycle bin completely, use the reset recycle-bin
command.
The dir /h command displays information about the private files under the current
path. The attribute of the private files is represented by ---h.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family direct listen-port 691
Command Reference
direct listen-port
Purpose Use the direct listen-port X command to set the listening port for vty.
Use the undo direct listen-port command to restore the default port
number.
Syntax direct listen-port port-number
undo direct listen-port
If no value is specified, the default listening port is 23.
Example Configure listening port for vty line 2 to 3000.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] vty 2
[3Com-ui-vty2] direct listen-port 3000
Vty User Interface view
692 disconnect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
disconnect
Purpose Use the disconnect command to disconnect from the remote FTP server but
remain in FTP client view.
Syntax disconnect
Parameters None
Example Disconnect from the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view.
[ftp] disconnect
[ftp]
FTP Client view
Description This command terminates both control connection and data connection to the
remote FTP server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display l2tp session 693
Command Reference
display l2tp session
Purpose Use the display l2tp session command to view the current L2TP sessions.
Syntax display l2tp session
Parameters None
Example Display current L2TP sessions.
<3Com> display l2tp session
LocalSIDRemoteSIDLocalTID Idle-Time-Left
1 1 2 600
Any view
Description The output information of the command facilitates the user to learn information of
the current L2TP sessions.
Related Command: display l2tp tunnel
Table 41 Description on the fields of the display L2tp session command
Field Description
Total session Number of sessions
LocalSID The number uniquely identifies the local session.
RemoteSID The number uniquely identifies the peer session.
LocalTID The local ID number of the tunnel
Idle-Time-Left The residual time before the session is disconnected
694 display l2tp tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display l2tp tunnel
Purpose Use the display l2tp tunnel command to view information of the current L2TP
tunnels.
Syntax display l2tp tunnel
Parameters None
Example Display information of the current L2TP tunnels.
<3Com> display l2tp tunnel
LocalTID RemoteTID RemoteAddress Port Sessions RemoteName keepstand
2 22849 11.1.1.1 1701 1 lns YES
Total tunnel = 1
Any view
Description The output information of the command facilitates the user to learn information of
the current L2TP tunnels.
Related Command display l2tp session
Table 42 Description on the fields of the display L2tp tunnel command
Field Description
Total tunnels Number of tunnels
LocalTID The number uniquely identifies the local tunnel
RemoteTID The number uniquely identifies the peer tunnel
Remote Name Name of the peer end
RemoteAddress IP address of the peer end
Port Port number of the peer end
Sessions Number of sessions on the tunnel
Remote Name Name of the peer
KeepStand State of the tunnel-hold function
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display l2tp user 695
Command Reference
display l2tp user
Purpose Use the display l2tp user command to view information about the current
L2TP users.
Syntax display l2tp user
Parameters None
Example Display information about the current L2TP users.
<3Com> display l2tp user
User Name LocalSID RemoteSID LocalTID
w@h3c 1 1 2
Total user = 1
Any view
Related Commands: display l2tp tunnel
Table 43 Description on the fields of the display L2tp user command
Field Description
User Name User
LocalSID Local identifier of the session
RemoteSID Remote identifier of the session
LocalTID Local identifier of the tunnel
Total user Total number of users
696 display aaa unsent-h323-call-record 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display aaa unsent-h323-call-record
Purpose Use the display aaa unsent-h323-call-record command to view the
detail record information about the calls failed to be sent.
Syntax display aaa unsent-h323-call-record
Parameters None
Example Display the history records of the calls that are not established at the VoIP side.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay aaa unsent - h323- cal l - r ecor d
I ndex = 1
Acct _sessi on_I d = 10
Cal l Or i gi n = Answer
Cal l Type = Tel ephony
Cal l er number = 1000
Cal l ednumber = 1001
Cal l Dur at i on = 00: 00: 03
Tr ansmi t Packet s = 1000
Tr ansmi t Byt es = 32000
Recei vePacket s = 1100
Recei veByt es = 35200
Any view
Description This command is used to display the history records of the calls that are not
established at the VoIP side because RADIUS Server has not returned the response to
the accounting start message.
Table 44 Description of detailed record about the calls failed to be sent
Field Description
Index Index of a call failure history record
Acct_session_Id RADIUS session ID, negotiated by RADIUS Server and Client
CallOrigin Call direction, indicating whether the local end is the caller or called
CallType Call type, classified into Telephony and Fax
Callernumber Caller number
Callednumber Called number
CallDuration Call duration
TransmitPackets Number of packets sent from the local end
TransmitBytes Number of bytes sent from the local end
ReceivePackets Number of packets received at the local end
ReceiveBytes Number of bytes received at the local end
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display aaa unsent-h323-call-record 697
Command Reference
If the mode for RADIUS Client (i.e. the router system) to process the accounting
request/responding packets is set as start-ack, for a call, once RADIUS Server does not
return the response to an accounting request message within the specified time, VoIP
of this call cannot be established. Then the system will save the failed call and initiate
an accounting request again to RADIUS Server later to set up connection. This
command is used to display the history records of the calls that are not established at
the VoIP side because RADIUS Server has not returned the response to the accounting
start message. The output information of this command can help the user confirm
which calls have failed, so as to analyze, locate and eliminate the faults.
698 display acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display acl
Purpose Use the display acl command to view the rules of access control list.
Syntax display acl { al l | acl-number }
Parameters all
All ACL rules.
acl-number
ACL expressed by number.
Example Display the contents of ACL 2000 rule.
[ 3Com] di spl ay acl 2000
Tot al ACL Number : 1
Basi c ACL 2000, 2 r ul es,
Acl ' s st ep i s 1
r ul e 1 per mi t ( 0 t i mes mat ched)
r ul e 2 per mi t sour ce 1. 1. 1. 1 0 ( 0 t i mes mat ched)
Any view
Description The rule match order defaults to config or the configuration order. If it applies, the
display command does not show information on the match order. If the match order
auto applies, the display command shows that.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display alarm urgent 699
Command Reference
display alarm urgent
Purpose Use the display alarm urgent command to view the stored alarms in a
specified way.
Syntax display alarm urgent [ time | slot | id ]
Parameters time Displays alarms by time.
id Displays alarms by ID.
slot Displays alarms by slot.
Example Display all the stored alarms.
<3Com> display alarm urgent
Alarm ID Slot Date Time Para1 Para2
2 11 00/04/01 23:55:18 2 24
2 10 00/04/01 23:55:18 1 24
0 12 00/04/04 10:00:14 0 1
Any view
Description Executing the command without any parameter displays all alarms.
Table 45 Description on the fields of the display alarm urgent command
Field Description
Alarm ID Identification of the alarm, which is dictated by the software. You can look it up in
the manual for the corresponding alarm reason.
Slot Slot originating the alarm
Date Date of the alarm
Time Time of the alarm
Para1 You can look up the alarm ID in the manual for the corresponding alarm reason.
Para2 You can look it up in the manual for the corresponding alarm reason.
700 display arp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display arp
Purpose Use the display arp command to view the ARP mapping table.
Syntax display arp [ st at i c | dynami c | al l | | { begi n text | excl ude text |
i ncl ude text } ]
Parameters static
Indicates to show the static ARP entries.
dynamic
Indicates to show the dynamic ARP entries.
all
Indicates to show all ARP entries.
|
Outputs the matched entries.
begin
Matches the strings beginning with the regular
expression.
exclude Matches the strings that exclude the regular
expression.
include
Matches the strings that include the regular
expression.
text
Regular expression.
Default By default, all the ARP entries of the RSU are displayed.
Example Display all ARP entries.
<3Com> di spl ay ar p
Type: S- St at i c D- Dynami c
I P Addr essMAC Addr essTypeVpn- i nst ance NameI nt er f ace
1. 1. 1. 10012- 0012- 0012S
10. 153. 72. 200e0- f c00- 0007D Et h0/ 0/ 1
Display static ARP entries.
<3Com> di spl ay ar p st at i c
I P Addr ess MAC Addr essTypeVpn- i nst ance NameI nt er f ace
1. 1. 1. 10012- 0012- 0012S
Display dynamic ARP entries.
<3Com> di spl ay ar p dynami c
I P Addr essMAC Addr essType Vpn- i nst ance Name I nt er f ace
10.153.72.2 00e0-fc00-0007D Eth0/0/1
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display arp 701
Command Reference
Related Commands arp static
reset arp
702 display arp timer aging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display arp timer aging
Purpose Use the display arp timer aging command to display the aging timer for
dynamic ARP entries.
Syntax display arp timer aging
Parameters None
Example Display the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries.
[ 3Com] ar p t i mer agi ng 30
[ 3Com] di spl ay ar p t i mer agi ng
Cur r ent ARP agi ng t i me i s 30 mi nut e( s)
[ 3Com] undo ar p t i mer agi ng
[ 3Com] di spl ay ar p t i mer agi ng
Cur r ent ARP agi ng t i me i s 20 mi nut e( s) ( def aul t )
Any view
Related Command arp timer aging
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display aspf all 703
Command Reference
display aspf all
Purpose Use the display aspf all command to view the information of all ASPF policies
and sessions.
Syntax display aspf all
Parameters None
Example View the information of ASPF policy and session.
[ 3Com] di spl ay aspf al l
[ ASPF Pol i cy 1]
Sessi on audi t t r ai l : di sabl ed
t cp synwai t - t i me: 30 sec
t cp f i nwai t - t i me: 5 sec
t cp i dl e- t i me: 3600 sec
udp i dl e- t i me: 30 sec
h323 t i meout : 3600
t cp t i meout : 33
[ I nt er f ace Conf i gur at i on]
I nt er f ace: Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
I nbound ASPF pol i cy: none
Out bound ASPF pol i cy: 1
Any view
Table 46 ASPF configuration information
Item Description
Session audit trail:
disabled
The session logging function is disabled.
tcp syn wait-time TCP connected SYN status timeout value is 30 seconds.
tcp finnwait-time TCP connection FIN status timeout value is 5 seconds.
tcp idle-time Timeout for the idle-time of TCP session is 3600 seconds.
udp idle-time Timeout for the idle-time of UDP session is 30 seconds.
http java-list 1 timeout Detect the HTTP traffic and filter the J ava Applets from some
particular sites by using ACL 1. The HTTP timeout time is set to
3000 seconds. h323 timeout indicates the timeout time of the h323
session entry.mayifei
h323 timeout The policy inspects h323 traffic. The timeout time of h323 is 3600
seconds.
tcp timeout The policy inspects tcp traffic. The timeout time of tcp is 33 seconds.
Inbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the inbound direction of the interface
outbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the outbound direction of the interface
704 display aspf interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display aspf interface command to view the interface configuration
of the inspection policy.
Syntax display aspf interface
Parameters None
Example View the interface configuration of the inspection policy.
<3Com> di spl ay aspf i nt er f ace
[ I nt er f ace Conf i gur at i on]
I nbound ASPF pol i cy: none
Out bound ASPF pol i cy: 1
Any view
Table 47 ASPF interface configuration information
Item Description
Inbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the inbound direction of the interface
outbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the outbound direction of the interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display aspf policy 705
Command Reference
display aspf policy
Purpose Use the display aspf policy command to view the configuration of a specific
inspection policy.
Syntax display aspf policy aspf-policy-number
Parameters aspf-policy-number ASPF policy number. Valid values are 1 to 99.
Example Display the configuration information of the inspection policy with policy number of
1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay aspf pol i cy 1
[ ASPF Pol i cy 1]
Sessi on audi t t r ai l : di sabl ed
t cp synwai t - t i me: 30 sec
t cp f i nwai t - t i me: 5 sec
t cp i dl e- t i me: 3600 sec
udp i dl e- t i me: 30 sec
h323 t i meout : 3600
t cp t i meout : 33p
Any view
706 display aspf session 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display aspf session command to view the information of the ASPF
sessions.
Syntax display aspf session [ ver bose ]
Parameters verbose
Displays the detailed information of the sessions.
Example Display information on current ASPF sessions.
[ 3Com] di spl ay aspf sessi on
[ Est abl i shed Sessi ons]
Sessi on I ni t i at or Responder Appl i cat i on St at us
212BA84 169. 254. 1. 121: 1427 169. 254. 1. 52: 0 f t p- dat a TCP_DOWN
2B738C4 169. 254. 1. 121: 1426 169. 254. 1. 52: 21 f t p
FTP_CONXN_UP
Display detailed information of current ASPF sessions.
[ 3Com] di spl ay aspf sessi on ver bose
[ Est abl i shed Sessi ons ]
[ Sessi on 0xC7E2B4 ]
( 192. 168. 0. 1: 2125) =>( 13. 1. 0. 5: 2093) h245- medi a- cont r ol H245_OPEN
SessNum: 229, Tr ansPr ot : 6,
AppPr ot : 21
Pr ev: 0x0, Next : 0x0,
Chi l d: 0xCA9EA4,
Par ent : 0x0
SynNode: 0x0, Fi nNode: 0x0
I nt er f ace: Et her net 1/ 0/ 0,
Di r ect i on: out bound
Byt es/ Packet s sent ( i ni t i at or : r esponder ) [ 1339/ 15 : 1309/ 12]
Tcp SeqNum/ AckNum[ 352115193/ 62885460 : 62885456/ 352115193]
Ti meout 00: 02: 00( 120) ,
Table 48 Information of current ASPF sessions
Item Description
TransProt: 6 Transport layer protocol is numbered 6, which means that TCP is
used.
AppProt: 21 Application layer protocol uses port 21, which means that the
sessions are FTP sessions
Interface: Ethernet1/0/0
Direction: outbound
ASPF policy is applied in outbound direction of the interface
Ethernet1/0/0
Bytes/Packets sent Bytes/Packets transmitted between the originating and responding
sides of the connection
Timeout 00:02:00(120) Timeout time set for the protocol is 120 seconds
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display aspf session 707
Command Reference
Any view
708 display atm class 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display atm class
Purpose Use the display atm class command to view the information about ATM-Class.
By default, if no ATM-Class name is specified, the information of all ATM-Class is
displayed.
Syntax display atm class [ atm-class-name ]
Parameters atm-class-name ATM-Class name.
Example Display the information about the ATM-Class named "main" in devices.
<3Com> di spl ay at mcl ass mai n
ATM CLASS: mai n
Ser vi ce ubr 8000
encapsul at i on aal 5snap
Any view
Related Command atm class
Table 49 Description on the fields of the display atm class command
Field Description
ATM CLASS : main ATM class name
Service ubr 8000
encapsulation aal5snap
Commands configured in the ATM class. The contents vary depending
on your actual configuration
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display atm interface 709
Command Reference
display atm interface
Purpose Use the display atm map-info command to view the information about the
upper layer protocol mapping table of ATM.
Syntax display atm interface [ interface-type interface-num ]
Parameters interface-type Interface type, specifies an ATM interface together
with interface-num.
interface-num
Example Display the information about ATM interface atm6/0/0.
[ 3Com- At m6/ 0/ 0] di spl ay at mi nt er f ace at m6/ 0/ 0
ATM i nt er f ace At m6/ 0/ 0, St at e UP
Por t I nf or mat i on:
Maxi mumVCs: 1024
PVCs: 5, MAPs: 1
i nput pkt s: 11603, i nput byt es: 426476, i nput pkt er r or s: 37092
out put pkt s: 14053, out put byt es: 519106, out put pkt er r or s: 0
Mai n i nt er f ace I nf or mat i on:
PVCs: 4, MAPs: 1
ATM i nt er f ace At m6/ 0/ 0. 1, poi nt - t o- poi nt , St at e UP
Sub- i nt er f ace I nf or mat i on:
PVCs: 1, MAPs: 0
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, information on all ATM interfaces is displayed by default.
Table 50 Description on the fields of the display atm interface command
Field Description
ATM interface Atm6/0/0, State UP Name and state of the interface
Maximum VCs Maximum number of VCs on the ATM interface
PVCs Number of PVCs configured on the interface
MAPs Number of maps on the interface
input pkts: 0, input bytes: 0, input pkt errors: 0 Received packets, bytes, and errors
output pkts: 69, output bytes: 2218, output
pkt errors: 8
Transmitted packets, bytes, and errors
710 display atm interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command display atm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display atm map-info 711
Command Reference
display atm map-info
Purpose Use the display atm map-info command to display upper layer protocol map
information about a specified ATM interface.
Syntax display atm map-info [ i nt er f ace { interface-name | interface-type
interface-num } [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]
Parameters interface-name
Name of the ATM interface. Provide this argument in
this form: interface-name = interface-type
interface-num
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-num
Interface number.
pvc-name
Name of the permanent virtual circuit (PVC). This
argument is not case-sensitive and can be up to 16
characters in length. For an ATM interface, the name
of a PVC must be unique and cannot be a valid VPI/VCI
pair. For example, The VPI/VCI pair 1/20 cannot be the
name of a PVC. (VPI: virtual path identifier, VCI: virtual
channel identifier)
vpi/vci
VPI/VCI pair. Valid values for the VPI are 0 to 255. The
available range of VCI depends on interface type and is
listed in Error! Reference source not found.. Do not
specify a VCI value within a range of 0 to 31, which is
reserved for special use.
Example Display upper layer protocol map information about all ATM interfaces of the device.
<3Com> display atm map-info
At m1/ 0/ 0. 1, PVC 1/ 33, CLNS, St at e UP
Any view
Table 51 VCI range of an ATM interface
Interface type VCI range
ADSL 0 to 255
GSHDSL 0 to 255
ATMOC3 0 to 1023
ATM25 0 to 511
ATME3 0 to 1023
ATMT3 0 to 1023
IMA-E1/T1 0 to 511
712 display atm map-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description If you do not specify an interface, the upper layer protocol map information about all
ATM interfaces is displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display atm map-info 713
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display atm map-info command to view the information about the
upper layer protocol mapping table of ATM.
Syntax display atm map-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]
with interface-num.
pvc-name
PVC name, optional parameter. If no PVC name and
no VPI/VCI pair are specified, the information of the
higher layer protocol mapping table about all PVCs
within specified ATM interface will be displayed by
default.
vpi/vci
Default If no interface is specified, information about the upper layer protocol maps on all
ATM interfaces is displayed by default.
Example Display information about the upper layer protocol mapping table on all ATM
interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay at mmap- i nf o
At m1/ 0/ 0, PVC 1/ 32, PPP, Vi r t ual - Templ at e10, UP
At m1/ 0/ 0, PVC 1/ 33, I P & Mask, St at e UP
100. 11. 1. 1, mask 255. 255. 0. 0, vl i nk 1
At m1/ 0/ 0, PVC 2/ 101, ETH, Vi r t ual - Et her net 1/ 1/ 1, MAC 00E0. FC01. 0203, UP
Any view
Table 52 Description on the fields of the display atm map-info command
Field description
Atm1/0/0 Interface type and interface number
PVC 1/32 PVC identifier
PPP Protocol type
Virtual-Template10 Associated virtual template
State UP Map entry state
100.11.1.1, mask
255.255.0.0
Protocol address
Vlink 1 Virtual link number
714 display atm map-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands map bridge
map ip
map ppp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display atm pvc-group 715
Command Reference
display atm pvc-group
Purpose Use the display atm pvc-group command to view the information about
PVC-Group.
Syntax display atm pvc-group [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
with interface-num.
pvc-name
pair are specified, the information about all
PVC-Groups within the specified ATM interface will be
displayed by default.
vpi/vci
Parameter description in the pvc command.
Example Display the information about PVC-Group of all ATM interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay at mpvc- gr oup
VPI / VCI PVC- NAME STATE ENCAP PROT I NTERFACE GROUP
1/ 32 3Com UP SNAP I P At m10/ 1/ 0( UP) 1/ 32( UP)
1/ 33 UP SNAP I P At m10/ 1/ 0( UP) 1/ 32( UP)
3/ 34 UP SNAP I P At m10/ 1/ 0( UP) 1/ 32( UP)
2/ 32 UP MUX I P At m10/ 1/ 0. 1( UP) 2/ 32( UP)
2/ 33 UP MUX I P At m10/ 1/ 0. 1( UP) 2/ 32( UP)
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, information about the PVC-groups on all ATM interfaces is
Table 53 Description on the fields of the display atm pvc-group command
Field Description
VPI/VCI PVC identifier
PVC-NAME PVC name
STATE PVC state
ENCAP Encapsulation of the PVC
PROT Protocol running on the PVC
INTERFACE Interface to which the PVC belongs and physical layer state of the interface
GROUP PVC group to which the PVC belongs and the status of the group
716 display atm pvc-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command pvc-group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display atm pvc-info 717
Command Reference
display atm pvc-info
Purpose Use the display atm pvc-info command to view the information about PVC.
Syntax display atm pvc-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num [ pvc {
with interface-num.
pvc-name
PVC name, optional parameter. If no PVC name and
no VPI/VCI pair are specified, the information about all
PVCs within the specified ATM interface will be
vpi/vci
Default If no interface is specified, information about PVCs on all ATM interfaces is displayed
by default.
Example Display the information about PVC of all ATM interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay at mpvc- i nf o
VPI / VCI | STATE | PVC- NAME | I NDEX | ENCAP | PROT | I NTERFACE
- - - - - - - - | - - - - - - - | - - - - - - - - - - | - - - - - - - | - - - - - - - | - - - - - - | - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 32 | UP | 3Com | 1 | SNAP | I P | At m1/ 0/ 0 ( UP)
1/ 33 | UP | 3Com | 5 | MUX | None | At m1/ 0/ 0 ( UP)
1/ 55 | UP | dat acomm | 2 | SNAP | PPP | At m1/ 0/ 0. 1 ( UP)
2/ 66 | UP | | 4 | SNAP | I P | At m1/ 0/ 0. 4 ( UP)
2/ 101 | UP | bei j i ng | 3 | SNAP | ETH | At m1/ 0/ 0. 2 ( UP)
# Di spl ay i nf or mat i on about PVCs on i nt er f ace ATM 6/ 0/ 0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay at mpvc- i nf o i nt er f ace at m6/ 0/ 0
VPI / VCI | STATE| PVC- NAME | I NDEX| ENCAP| PROT | I NTERFACE
- - - - - - - | - - - - - | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | - - - - - | - - - - - | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - 0/ 40 | UP | | 0 | SNAP | I P | At m6/ 0/ 0
( UP)
0/ 41 | UP | | 1 | SNAP | None | At m6/ 0/ 0. 1 ( UP)
Display information about PVC 0/40 on interface ATM 6/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay at mpvc- i nf o i nt er f ace at m6/ 0/ 0 pvc 0/ 40
At m6/ 0/ 0, VPI : 0, VCI : 40, I NDEX: 0
AAL5 Encaps: SNAP, Pr ot ocol : I P
Ser vi ce- t ype: UBR, out put - pcr : 155000 kbps
Tr ansmi t - Pr i or i t y: 0
OAM i nt er val : 0 sec( di sabl ed) , OAM r et r y i nt er val : 1 sec
OAM r et r y count ( up/ down) : 3/ 5
OAM ai s- r di count ( up/ down) : 3/ 1
718 display atm pvc-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
I nt er f ace St at e: UP, OAM St at e: UP, PVC St at e: UP
Out put queue : ( Ur gent queue : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 50/ 0
Out put queue : ( Pr ot ocol queue : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 500/ 0
Out put queue : ( FI FO queui ng : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 75/ 0
OAM cel l s r ecei ved: 0
F5 I nEndl oop: 0, F5 I nAI S: 0, F5 I nRDI : 0
OAM cel l s sent : 0
F5 Out Endl oop: 0
OAM cel l dr ops: 0
Any view
Related Command pvc
Table 54 Description on the fields of the display atm pvc-info command
Field Description
VPI/VCI PVC identifier
STATE PVC state
PVC-NAME PVC name
INDEX Internal index of the PVC
ENCAP Encapsulation of the PVC
PROT Protocol running on the PVC
INTERFACE Interface to which the PVC belongs
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display auto-config 719
Command Reference
display auto-config
Purpose Use the display auto-config command to view the status of auto-config.
Syntax display auto-config
Parameters None
Example Display the status of auto-config.
<3Com> display auto-config
auto-config enable
<3Com> display auto-config
auto-config disable
Any view
720 display bgp l2vpn 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp l2vpn
Purpose Use the display bgp l2vpn all command to view system operating
information and all L2VPN information.
Syntax display bgp l2vpn { al l | peer | r out e- di st i ngui sher }
Parameters all
All L2VPN information in the current address family.
peer
Information of the specified BGP peer.
route-distinguisher
Information of the specified VPN RD.
Example Display all L2VPN information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay bgp l 2vpn al l

BGP l ocal r out er I D i s 172. 16. 1. 5 , Or i gi n codes: i - I GP, e - EGP, ?
- i ncompl et e
bgp. l 2vpn: 3 dest i nat i ons
CE I D Label Of f set Label Base next hop pr ef
as- pat h
Rout e Di st i ngui sher : 100: 1
2 1 800000 1. 1. 1. 1
100 I 200 600
3 1 500000 1. 1. 1. 1
100 I 200 600
Rout e Di st i ngui sher : 100: 2
1 1 700000 1. 1. 1. 1
100 I 200 600
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp group 721
Command Reference
display bgp group
Purpose Use the display bgp group command to view the information of peer groups.
Syntax display bgp [ mul t i cast | [ vpnv4 { al l | r out e- di st i ngui sher
route-distinguisher | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } ] ] gr oup [
group-name ]
Parameters group-name A specified peer group.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Name of VPN instance
Example. Display the information of the peer group "aaa".
<3Com> di spl ay bgp gr oup aaa
Gr oup : aaa t ype : ext er nal
as- number : 200
member s i n t hi s gr oup :
10. 1. 1. 1 11. 1. 1. 1
conf i gur at i on wi t hi n t he gr oup :
no expor t pol i cy r out e- pol i cy
no expor t pol i cy f i l t er - pol i cy
no expor t pol i cy as- pat h- acl
no expor t pol i cy i p- pr ef i x
r out e- pol i cy speci f i ed i n i mpor t pol i cy : aaa
no i mpor t pol i cy f i l t er - pol i cy
no i mpor t pol i cy as- pat h- acl
no i mpor t pol i cy i p- pr ef i x
Any view
Table 55 Description on the fields of the display bgp group command
Field Description
Group Name of the BGP peer group
type Type of the BGP peer group: IBGP or EBGP
as-number AS number of the BGP peer group
members in this group Members in this BGP peer group
route-policy Name of the configured route policy
filter-policy Route filtering policy of BGP
as-path-acl AS path ACL used for route filtering
ip-prefix IP prefix list used for route filtering
722 display bgp multicast group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp multicast group
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast group command to view the information
about peer groups.
Syntax display bgp multicast group [ group-name ]
Parameters group-name:
Name of peer group. If no peer group is specified, the
information about all peer groups will be displayed.
Example Display the information about the peer group named my_peer.
<3Com> display bgp multicast group my_peer
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast network 723
Command Reference
display bgp multicast network
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast network command to view the routing
information that MBGP advertises.
Syntax display bgp multicast network
Parameters None
Example Display the network segment routing information that MBGP advertises.
<3Com> display bgp multicast network
Any view
724 display bgp multicast peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp multicast peer
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast peer command to view information about
MBGP peers.
Syntax display bgp multicast peer [ ip-address | verbose ]
Displays information about the specified peer.
verbose
Display complete information about peers.
Example Display information about MBGP peers.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay bgp mul t i cast peer ver bosepurpose_body
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast routing 725
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing command to view the MBGP
routing information whose IP address is specified in the BGP routing table.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing ip-address [ mask ]
Parameters ip-address MBGP routing information whose IP address is
specified in the BGP routing table.
Example Display the MBGP routing information with destination network segment 14.1.0.0.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing 14.1.0.0
Any view
726 display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl command to view
in the BGP routing table the MBGP routes that match the specified AS path list.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl as-path-acl
Parameters as-path-acl
AS path list in the range of 1 to 99.
Example Display in the BGP routing table the MBGP routes that match the specified AS path
list.
[Router] display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl 1
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast routing cidr 727
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing cidr
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing cidr command to view the
routing information with non-natural network mask (that is, classless inter-domain
routing, CIDR).
Syntax display bgp multicast routing cidr
Parameters None
Example Display CIDR routing information.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing cidr
Any view
728 display bgp multicast routing community-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing community-list
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing community-list command to
view the routing information that is permitted by the MBGP community list.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing community-list list-number [ whole-match ]
Number of community list.
whole-match
Exact match.
Example Display the routing information that is permitted by the MBGP community list.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing community-list
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast routing community 729
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing community
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing community command to view the
routing information that belongs to the specified MBGP community.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing community [ community-number |
no-export-subconfed | no-advertise | no-export | whole-match ]
Parameters community-number
Specifies community number.
no-export-subconfed
Not advertises matched routes outside the local
autonomous system.
no-advertise Not advertises matched routes to any peer.
no-export Not advertises routes outside the local autonomous
system but advertise routes to other sub-autonomous
systems.
whole-match
Exact match.
Example Display the routing information that belongs to the specified MBGP community.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing community 600:1
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing community no-export
Any view
730 display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
different-origin-as
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as
command to view AS routes with different origins.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as
Parameters None
Example Display AS routes with different origins.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast routing peer 731
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing peer
Purpose Use the display multicast routing peer command to view the route
received from or sent to the specified multicast neighbor.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing peer peer-address { received |
advertised }
Parameters peer-address
Address of multicast neighbor, in dotted decimal
notation format.
received Routing information received from the specified
neighbor.
advertised
Routing information sent to the specified neighbor.
Example Display the routing information sent to the multicast neighbor 10.10.1.11.
<3Com> display multicast routing peer 10.10.1.11 advertised
Any view
732 display bgp multicast routing regular-expression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
regular-expression
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing regular-expression
command to view the routing information matching the specified AS regular
expression.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing [ regular-expression as-regular-expression
]
Parameters as-regular-expression
AS regular expression matched.
Example Display the MBGP routing information matching the regular expression ^600$.
<3Com> display bgp multicast routing regular-expression ^600$
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp multicast routing statistic 733
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing statistic
Purpose Use the display bgp multicast routing statistic command to view
statistics of MBGP route information.
Syntax display bgp multicast routing statistic
Parameters None
Example Display statistics of MBGP route information.
<Router> display bgp multicast routing statistic
Any view
734 display bgp network 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp network
Purpose Use the display bgp network command to view the routing information that
has been configured.
route-distinguisher | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } ] ] net wor k
Parameters vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Name of VPN instance.
route-distinguisher
route-distinguisher Name of route-distinguisher.
Example View the routing information that has been configured.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp net wor k
Net wor kMask Rout e- pol i cy
133. 1. 1. 0255. 255. 255. 0None
112. 1. 0. 0255. 255. 0. 0None
Any view
Table 56 Description on the fields of the display bgp network command
Field Description
Network Network address
Mask Mask
Route-policy Route policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp paths 735
Command Reference
display bgp paths
Purpose Use the display bgp paths command to view the information about AS paths
Syntax display bgp paths as-regular-expression
Parameters as-regular-expression Matched AS path regular expression.
Example Display the information about the AS paths.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp pat hs 500
I d Hash- i ndex Ref er ences Aggr egat or Or i gi n As- Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3 214 1 <nul l > I NC 500
Any view
Table 57 Description on the fields of the display bgp paths command
Field Description
Id Sequence number
Hash-Index Hash index
References Count of the times that the path is referenced
Aggregator Mask length of the aggregate route
Origin Origin attribute of the route, which can take on one of the following values:
IGP Indicates that a route is interior to the AS.
Aggregate routes and the routes defined using the network
command are considered IGP routes.
EGP Indicates that a route is learned from the exterior gateway protocol
(EGP).
INC Short for INCOMPLETE. It indicates that the origin of a route is
unknown and the route is learned by other means.
As-path AS-path attribute of the route. It records all ASs traversed by the route for
avoiding routing loops.
736 display bgp peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp peer
Purpose Use the display bgp peer command to view the information of peer.
Use the display bgp multicast peer command to view the information of
MBGP peer.
Use the display bgp vpnv4 peer command to view the information of VPN
peer.
Syntax display bgp [ mul t i cast ] peer [ [ peer-address ] ver bose ]
display bgp vpnv4 { al l | r out e- di st i ngui sher route-distinguisher |
vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } peer [ [ peer-address ] ver bose ]
Specifies the IP address of the peer to be displayed, in
dotted decimal notation.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
route-distinguisher
route-distinguisher
Name of route-distinguisher.
verbose
Displays the detailed information of the peer.
Example Display the information of all BGP peers.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp peer
Peer AS- num Ver Queued- Tx Msg- Rx Msg- Tx Up/ Down St at e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1. 1. 1. 10 300 4 0 3 5 00: 00: 10 Est abl i shed
2. 2. 2. 11 100 4 0 0 0 Never I dl e
Table 58 Description on the fields of the display bgp peer command
Field Description
Peer IP address of the peer
AS-num AS number of the peer
Ver BGP version of the peer
Queued-Tx Number of the packets in the transmit queue
Msg-Rx Number of messages received from this peer
Msg-Tx Number of messages sent to this peer
Up/Down Up/down time of the peer
State Current state of the peer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp peer 737
Command Reference
View the details of peer 1.1.1.10.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp peer 1. 1. 1. 10 ver bose
Peer : 1. 1. 1. 10+1024 Local : 1. 1. 1. 20+179
Type: I nt er nal
St at e: Est abl i shed Fl ags: <>
Expi r i ng Ti me: 00: 02: 49
Last St at e: OpenConf i r mLast Event : RecvKeepAl i ve
Last Er r or : None
Opt i ons: <>
Peer Ver si on: 4 Peer I D: 1. 1. 1. 10 Local I D: 8. 8. 8. 8
Act i ve Hol dt i me: 180s, Keepal i ve: 60s
Gr oup Bi t : 0 Send st at e: i n sync
Last t r af f i c ( seconds) : Recei ved 11 Sent 17 Checked 17
I nput messages: Tot al 3 Updat es 2 Oct et s 439
Out put messages: Tot al 5 Updat es 3 Oct et s 264
Peer capabi l i t i es:
Rout e r ef r esh: adver t i sed and r ecei ved
I pv4- f ami l y Uni cast : adver t i sed and r ecei ved
I pv4- f ami l y Mul t i cast : adver t i sed and r ecei ved
I pv4- f ami l y VPNv4: adver t i sed and r ecei ved
Conf i gur at i on wi t hi n t he peer :
r out e- pol i cy speci f i ed i n expor t pol i cy : 2
Any view
Table 59 Description on the fields of the display bgp peer verbose command
Field Description
Peer: 1.1.1.10+1024 IP address of the peer and the port number for TCP connection
Local: 1.1.1.20+179
Type: Internal BGP version of the peer
State: Established Current state of the peer
Expiring Time: 00:02:49 Displays the remaining lifetime of the peer. This field is displayed only
when the state of the peer is Established
Last State: OpenConfirm The last state of the peer before transmitting to the current state
Last Event:
RecvKeepAlive
The last event that triggers state transition
Peer capabilities: The negotiated peer capabilities
Route refresh: Route refreshing capability. Advertised means route advertisement is
allowed and Received means route updates can be received.
Ipv4-family Unicast: IPv4 unicast address family capacity
Ipv4-family Multicast: IPv4 multicast address family capacity
Ipv4-family VPNv4: IPv4 VPN address family capacity
738 display bgp routing 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp routing
Purpose Use the display bgp routing command to view the BGP routing information in
the BGP routing table.
Use the display bgp multicast routing command to view the MBGP
routing information in the BGP routing table.
Use the display bgp vpnv4 routing command to view the VPN routing
information in the BGP routing table.
Syntax display bgp [ mul t i cast | vpnv4 { al l | r out e- di st i ngui sher
route-distinguisher | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } ] r out i ng [
ip-address mask | st at i st i c ]
Parameters multicast
Displays the MBGP routing information in BGP routing
table.
all
Displays all VPNv4 routing information.
route-distinguisher
route-distinguisher
Displays network layer reachable information (NLRI)
matching the specified routing distinguisher (RD).
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Displays NLRI associated with the specified VPN
instance.
ip-address
Destination network address, in dotted decimal
notation.
mask Network mask, in dotted decimal notation.
statistic Displays statistics of routes.
Example Display BGP routing information.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng
Fl ags: # - val i d ^ - act i ve I - i nt er nal
D - damped H - hi st or y S - aggr egat e suppr essed
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Next - hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n
As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - -
#^ 129. 1. 1. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 2. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 3. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 4. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 5. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 6. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 7. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 8. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
#^ 129. 1. 9. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing 739
Command Reference
#^ 129. 1. 10. 0/ 24 5. 5. 5. 5 0 100 I GP 600
Any view
Table 60 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing command
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
S aggregate suppressed (suppressed)
B balance
Dest/Mask Destination address/mask
Next Hop Next hop IP address
Med Multi-exit discriminator (MED) attribute, in the range 0 to 4,294,967,295
Local-Pref Local preference value, in the range 0 to 4,294,967,295
(EGP).
740 display bgp routing as-path-acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp routing as-path-acl
Purpose Use the display bgp routing as-path-acl command to view routes that
match an as-path ACL.
route-distinguisher | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } ] ] r out i ng
as- pat h- acl aspath-acl-number
Number of the specified AS path to be matched. Valid
Example Display routes that match filtering list.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng as- pat h- acl 1
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Pr ef Next - Hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n
As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#^ 1. 1. 1. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 1. 1. 2. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 1. 1. 3. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 2. 2. 3. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 4. 4. 4. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 9. 9. 9. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 22. 1. 0. 0/ 16 256 200. 1. 7. 2 100 100 I NC 200
Table 61 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing as-path-acl
command
Field Description
Pref Preference
Nexthop Next hop IP address
Med Multi-exit discriminator (MED) attribute
Local-pref Local preference
(EGP).
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing as-path-acl 741
Command Reference
Any view
742 display bgp routing cidr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp routing cidr
Purpose Use the display bgp routing cidr command to view the routing information
about the non-natural mask (namely the classless inter-domain routing, CIDR).
route-distinguisher | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name } ] ] r out i ng ci dr
Parameters None
Example <3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng ci dr
Fl ags: # - val i d, ^ - best ,
D - damped, H - hi st or y,
I - i nt er nal , S aggr egat e suppr essed
Dest / Mask Pr ef Next - Hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#^ 1. 1. 1. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 1. 1. 2. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 1. 1. 3. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 2. 2. 3. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 4. 4. 4. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 9. 9. 9. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I NC 200
#^ 10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 10. 10. 10. 1 0 100 I GP 200
#^ 22. 1. 0. 0/ 16 200. 1. 7. 2 100 100 I NC 200
For description on the output of the command, see Tthe following table.
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing cidr 743
Command Reference
Any view
(EGP).
Table 62 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing command (continued)
Field Description
744 display bgp routing community 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display bgp routing community command to view the routing
information related to the specified BGP community number in the routing table.
communi t y [ aa:nn | no- expor t - subconf ed | no- adver t i se | no- expor t ] [
whol e- mat ch ]
Parameters aa:nn Specifies a community number.
AS.
no-advertise
no-export
other sub ASs.
whole-match Displays the exactly matched routes.
Example Display the routing information matching the specified BGP community number.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng communi t y 11: 22
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Next - Hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#^ 1. 0. 0. 0/ 8 172. 10. 0. 2 0 100 I GP 2
#^ 2. 0. 0. 0/ 8 172. 10. 0. 2 0 100 I GP 2
For description on the output of the command, see the following table.
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing community 745
Command Reference
Any view
(EGP).
Field Description
746 display bgp routing community-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp routing community-list
Purpose Use the display bgp routing community-list command to view the
routing information matching the specified BGP community list.
communi t y- l i st community-list-number [ whol e- mat ch ]
Parameters community-list-number
Specifies a community-list number.
whole-match
Displays the exactly matched routes.
Example View the routing information matching BGP community list 1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay bgp r out i ng communi t y- l i st 1
B - bal ance
Dest i nat i on/ Mask Pr ef Next - hop Med Local - Pr ef Or i gi n
As- Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1. 1. 1. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
1. 1. 2. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
1. 1. 3. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
2. 2. 3. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I NC 200
4. 4. 4. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I NC 200
9. 9. 9. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I NC 200
10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 0 10. 10. 10. 2 0 I GP
10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing community-list 747
Command Reference
Any view
(EGP).
Field Description
748 display bgp routing dampened 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display bgp routing dampened command to view BGP dampened
routes.
Syntax display bgp routing dampened
Parameters None
Example Display BGP dampened routes.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng dampened
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Sour ce Dampi ng- l i mi t Or i gi n As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#D 11. 1. 0. 0 133. 1. 1. 2 1: 20: 00 I GP 200
Any view
Table 65 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing dampened command
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
#D Valid and damped routes
Dest/Mask The route to this destination network segment is damped.
Source Next hop of the route
Damping-limit Time after which the route can recover from the damped state
EGP Indicates that a route is learned from the exterior gateway
protocol (EGP).
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing different-origin-as 749
Command Reference
display bgp routing different-origin-as
Purpose Use the display bgp routing different-origin-as command to view
routes that have different source autonomous systems.
Syntax display bgp [ mul t i cast ] r out i ng di f f er ent - or i gi n- as
Parameters None
Example View the routes that have different source ASs.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng di f f er ent - or i gi n- as
B - bal ance
As- Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -
10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 0 10. 10. 10. 2 0 I GP
10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
(EGP).
750 display bgp routing different-origin-as 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
View
Any view
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing flap-info 751
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display bgp routing flap-info command to view BGP flap
statistics. When <network-address mask> is <0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0>, this command
will view the flap statistics of all BGP routes.
Syntax display bgp routing flap-info [ { r egul ar - expr essi on
as-regular-expression } | { as- pat h- acl aspath-acl-number } | {
network-address [ mask [ l onger - mat ch ] ] } ]
Parameters as-regular-expression
Displays the route flap-info matching AS path regular
expression.
acl-number
Number of the specified AS path to be matched,
ranging from 1 to 199.
network-address Network IP address related to the flap statistics to be
displayed.
mask
Network mask.
longer-match
Displays the route flap statistics that is more specific
than <network-address, mask>.
Example Display BGP flap statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng f l ap- i nf o
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Sour ce Keepup- t i me Dampi ng- l i mi t Fl ap- t i mes Or i gi n
As- pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#D 11. 1. 0. 0/ 16 133. 1. 1. 2 48 1: 20: 30 4 I GP 200
752 display bgp routing flap-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 67 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing flap-info command
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
#D Valid and damped routes
Dest/Mask The route to this destination network segment is damped.
Source Next hop of the route
Keepup-time Time that the damping has lasted
Flap-times Number of route flaps
(EGP).
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing label 753
Command Reference
display bgp routing label
Purpose Use the display bgp routing label command to view routing information
and label information in the BGP routing table.
Syntax display bgp routing label
Parameters None
Example Display BGP routing information.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng l abel
I n/ out
Dest / Mask Next - Hop Label
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#^ 9. 0. 0. 1/ 32 0. 0. 0. 0 1024/ -
Display specific BGP routing information.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng 9. 0. 0. 1
BGP r out i ng t abl e ent r y i nf or mat i on of 9. 0. 0. 1/ 32
Age : 00: 00: 32
Fr om : l ocal
St at e : val i d, sour ced, act i ve,
Next hop : 0. 0. 0. 0
Or i gi n : I NC
As- pat h : ( nul l )
Med : 1563
I n/ Out l abel : 1024/ -
Any view
Description For common IPv4 routes without labels, Null is displayed.
When you view the BGP routing information by using the display bgp routing
address [ mask ] command, you can see the label information if the routes have
labels.
754 display bgp routing peer { advertised | received } 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp routing peer { advertised |
received }
Purpose Use the display bgp routing peer command to view the routing information
the specified BGP peer advertised or received.
Syntax display bgp routing peer peer-address { adver t i sed | r ecei ved } [
network-address [ mask ] | st at i st i c ]
Parameters peer-address Specifies the peer to be displayed.
advertised Routing information advertised by the specified peer.
received Routing information the specified peer received.
network-address IP address of the destination network segment.
mask
Mask of the destination network segment.
statistic
Displays the statistics for the route.
Example View the routing information advertised by BGP peer 10.10.10.1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay bgp r out i ng peer 10. 10. 10. 1 adver t i sed
B - bal ance
Dest / mask Next - Hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n As- pat h
*> 10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 0. 0. 0. 0 I NC
For description on the output of the command, see Table 60.
Any view
Related Command display bgp peer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing peer dampened 755
Command Reference
display bgp routing peer dampened
Purpose Use the display bgp routing peer dampened command to view the
information about the dampened routes received from the specified peer.
Syntax display bgp routing peer peer-address dampened [ st at i st i c |
ip-address ]
IP address of the BGP peer.
statistic
Statistics about dampened routes.
ip-address
Details about the specified dampened route.
Example Display the information about the dampened routes received from the specified peer.
<3Com>di spl ay bgp r out i ng peer 133. 1. 1. 1 dampened
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Sour ce Dampi ng- l i mi t Or i gi n Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#D 10. 0. 0. 0/ 8 133. 1. 1. 1 28: 30 I NC 200
Display statistics about the dampened routes received from the specified peer.
<3Com>di spl ay bgp r out i ng peer 133. 1. 1. 1 dampened st at i st i c
Recei ved dampi ng r out es t ot al : 1
Display the details about the dampened routes to the 10.0.0.0 segment received from
the specified peer.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng peer 133. 1. 1. 1 dampened 10. 0. 0. 0
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Sour ce Dampi ng- l i mi t Or i gi n Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#D 10. 0. 0. 0/ 8 133. 1. 1. 1 28: 00 I NC 200
756 display bgp routing peer dampened 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 68 Description on the fields of display bgp routing peer dampened
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
Source Source IP address
(EGP).
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing peer regular-expression 757
Command Reference
display bgp routing peer regular-expression
Purpose Use the display bgp routing peer regular-expression command to
view the route information received from the specified peer and matching the
specified regular expression.
Syntax display bgp routing peer peer-address regular-expression text
IP address of the BGP peer.
statistic
Statistics about dampened routes.
text
AS regular expression.
Example Display the route information received from the specified peer and matching the
regular expression 200.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng peer 133. 1. 1. 1 r egul ar - expr essi on 200
B - bal ance
Dest / Mask Next - Hop Med Local - pr ef Or i gi n Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Recei ved Rout es:
#D 10. 0. 0. 0 133. 1. 1. 1 0 I NC 200
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
758 display bgp routing peer regular-expression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
(EGP).
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing regular-expression 759
Command Reference
display bgp routing regular-expression
Purpose Use the display bgp routing regular-expression command to view the
routing information matching the specified AS regular expression.
r egul ar - expr essi on as-regular-expression
Parameters as-regular-expression Matched AS regular expression.
Example Display the routing information matching with AS regular expression ^200$.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng r egul ar - expr essi on ^200$
B - bal ance
Pat h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1. 1. 1. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
1. 1. 2. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
1. 1. 3. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
2. 2. 3. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I NC 200
4. 4. 4. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
9. 9. 9. 0/ 24 100 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I NC 200
10. 10. 10. 0/ 24 256 10. 10. 10. 1 0 I GP 200
Field Description
Flags State flags:
# valid
^ best
D damped
H history
I internal (IGP)
B balance
760 display bgp routing regular-expression 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
(EGP).
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp routing statistic 761
Command Reference
display bgp routing statistic
Purpose Use the display bgp routing statistic command to display statistics about
BGP routes.
Syntax display bgp routing statistic
Parameters None
Example Display statistics about BGP routes.
<3Com> di spl ay bgp r out i ng st at i st i c
Rout es t ot al : 4
Any view
762 display bgp vpnv4 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bgp vpnv4
Purpose Use the display bgp vpnv4 command to view VPNv4 information in BGP
database.
Syntax display bgp vpnv4 { al l | r out e- di st i ngui sher rd-value | vpn- i nst ance
vpn-instance-name } { gr oup [ group-name ] | net wor k | peer [
ip-address1 | ver bose ] | r out i ng [ ip-address2 | st at i st i c ] [ l abel ]
[ as- pat h- acl as-path-acl | ci dr | communi t y [ community-number |
no- adver t i se | no- expor t | no- expor t - subconf ed | whol e- mat ch ] |
communi t y- l i st community-list [ whol e- mat ch ] | di f f er ent - or i gi n- as |
peer ip-address1 [ adver t i sed | r ecei ved] | r egul ar - expr essi on text ] }
Parameters all Displays all VPNv4 information, including group,
network, peer, and routing-table.
route-distinguisher
rd-value Displays the network layer reachable information
(NLRI) that matches the route distinguisher (RD).
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Displays NLRI associated with the specified
vpn-instance.
group Displays the information about peer groups.
group-name Peer group name of the peer.
network Displays the networks advertised by BGP.
peer Displays information about the peer.
ip-address1 IP address of the peer.
verbose Complete information on the peer.
routing Displays BGP routes.
ip-address2 Displays the route to the specified destination address.
statistic Displays route statistics.
label Displays the route information of the specified label.
as-path-acl as-path-acl Displays the routing information of the specified AS
path.
cidr
Displays the route information of the classless
domains.
community
Displays the route information of the specified
community.
community-number Specifies a community by its number.
no-advertise Displays routes that are not advertised to any peer.
no-export Displays routes advertised to the sub-ASs but not
outside the AS.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bgp vpnv4 763
Command Reference
no-export-subconfed
Displays routes that are not advertised outside the local
AS.
whole-match
Displays routes that are exact matches of the specified
community.
different-origin-as Displays routes that are not originated from the local
AS.
advertised
Displays all the routes advertised to the peer.
received
Displays all the routes received from the peer.
regular-expression text
Displays the routes that match the regular expression.
Example Display the information about all BGP VPNv4 routing-table.
[ 3Com] di spl ay bgp vpnv4 al l r out i ng
I n/ out As
Dest / maskNext - hopMedLocal - pr ef l abel pat h
Rout e Di st i ngui sher : 1. 1. 1. 1: 1 ( VPN i nst ance: v1)
#^ 1. 0. 0. 00. 0. 0. 0 1024/ -
Rout es t ot al : 49194533
Any view
764 display bootp client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display bootp client
Purpose Use the display bootp client command to display information about the
BOOTP client, such as MAC address and IP address.
Syntax display bootp client [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
Parameters interface interface-type
interface-number Specifies an interface by its type and number.
Example Display information about the BOOTP client.
[ 3Com] di spl ay boot p cl i ent i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
I nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0:
Al l ocat ed I P: 169. 254. 0. 2 255. 255. 0. 0
Tr ansact i on I D = 0x3d8a7431
Mac Addr ess 00e0- f c0a- c3ef
Any view
Table 71 Description on the fields of the display bootp client command
Field Description
Interface ethernet0/0/0 Ethernet 0/0/0 interface is configured to obtain IP address from a
BOOTP server.
Allocated IP IP address obtained from the BOOTP server
Transaction ID XID field in the BOOTP packet
Mac Address MAC address of the BOOTP client
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bridge address-table 765
Command Reference
display bridge address-table
Purpose Use the display bridge address-table command to view the information of
MAC address forwarding table.
Syntax display bridge address-table [ br i dge- set bridge-set | i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number | mac mac-address | dl sw ] [ dynami c |
st at i c ]
Parameters bridge-set Bridge set number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
interface-type Interface type.
mac-address MAC address, a group of numbers in hex with the
form of xxxx-xxxx-xxxx.
dlsw
Displays the MAC address table of DLSW.
dynamic
Displays dynamic address entries.
static
Displays static address scanning entries.
Example Display all the static table entries in the address table.
[ 3Com] di spl ay br i dge addr ess- t abl e st at i c
Display the dynamic address entry with MAC address 1-1-1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay br i dge addr ess- t abl e mac 1- 1- 1 dynami c
The i nf or mat i on di spl ayed, and t o be descr i bed i n t he f ol l owi ng t abl e
i s:
Mac- addr ess Set Fl ag Agi ng- t i me Recei ve Send I nt er f acename
Fl ag meani ng: P- - PERMI T N- - DENY D- - DYNAMI C S- - STATI C
Table 72 Description on the fields of the display bridge address-table command
Field Description
Mac-Address MAC address
Set Bridge set number
Flag Four options available: P--PERMIT, N--DENY, D--DYNAMIC and
S--STATIC
P refers to the "permit" rule in the MAC address filtering;
N refers to the "deny" rule in the MAC address filtering;
D refers to an dynamic entry;
S refers to a static entry.
Aging-time Time a forwarding table entry has existed.
Receive Number of Packets number received with this destination MAC address
Send Number of Packets sent to this destination MAC address
Interface-name Name of the outbound interface
766 display bridge address-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bridge information 767
Command Reference
display bridge information
Purpose Use the display bridge information command to view the information of
one or all the enabled bridge sets in bridge module.
Syntax display bridge information [ br i dge- set bridge-set ]
Parameters bridge-set Bridge set number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Display the information of all the enabled bridge sets.
<3Com> di spl ay br i dge i nf or mat i on
Br i dge modul e i s act i vat ed, 4 por t t ake par t i n br i dge modul e at al l ;
Addr ess t abl e has 0 i t em, wi t h 0 st at i c one; l i f e cycl e i s 100 ( s) .
Br i dge set 1:
Conf i gur e: br i dge i p;
undo br i dge i px;
br i dge 1 l ear ni ng;
i nt er f ace: Et her net 4/ 2/ 0 : up
Et her net 5/ 2/ 0 : up

t ot al 2 i nt er f ace( s) i n t he set
Br i dge set 2:
Conf i gur e: br i dge i p;
undo br i dge i px;
undo br i dge 2 l ear ni ng ;
i nt er f ace: Et her net 4/ 2/ 0. 1 : up
Et her net 5/ 2/ 0. 1 : up

t ot al 2 i nt er f ace( s) i n t he set
Fr omt he out put i nf or mat i on t o see t hat t he t wo br i dge set s ( br i dge
set s 1 and 2) ar e act i ve. Each compr i ses conf i gur e- and
i nt er f ace- r el at ed i nf or mat i on.
For descr i pt i on of t he i nf or mat i on, see:
Table 73 Description on the fields of the display bridge information command
Field Description
Configure This section records the configuration attributes of the bridge set. For
example, the configure section of bridge set 1 tells that it can bridge IP
packet but not IPX packet, and can perform dynamic MAC address
learning.
Interface This section records the interfaces contained in the bridge set and their
statuses. For example, the interface section of bridge set 1 tells that
there are two interfaces in bridging: Ethernet4/2/0 and Ethernet5/2/0,
both in up status. Here, UP indicates the activated status of an
interface and DOWN the inactivated. Only when the interface is in up
status, can a bridge set implement bridging function.
768 display bridge information 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bridge spanning tree 769
Command Reference
display bridge spanning tree
Purpose Use the display bridge spanning-tree command to view STP state and
statistics for traffic analysis and control.
Syntax display bridge spanning-tree
Parameters None
Example Display STP state and statistics.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay br i dge spanni ng- t r ee
Cur r ent r oot i s me.
Br i dge I dent i f i er ' s pr i or i t y: 32768 addr ess: 00- e0- f c- 0c- a2- 91
Conf i gur ed t i mer Hel l o: 2 Max Agi ng t i me: 20
For war d: 15 Root por t : 0 ( Al l Por t s)
cost of r oot pat h: 0 Topol ogy change f l ag: Not Set
Topol ogy change det ect ed f l ag: Not Set
Ti mes: hol d: 1 t opol ogy change: 35
not i f i cat i on: 2 hel l o: 2
max age: 20 f or war d : 15
agi ng: 300
Ti mer s: hel l o: 1 t opol ogy change: 0
not i f i cat i on: 0
Por t 1:
Por t name: Et her net 1/ 0/ 0 St at e: Di sabl e
Por t pat h cost : 19 Por t pr i or i t y: 128
Desi gnat ed r oot ' s pr i or i t y: 32768 addr ess: 00- e0- f c- 0c- a2- 91
Desi gnat ed br i dge' s pr i or i t y: 32768 addr ess: 00- e0- f c- 0c- a2- 91
Desi gnat ed por t : 1 Desi gnat ed pat h cost : 0
Ti mer s: message age: 0 f or war d del ay: 0
hol d: 0 Sent BPDU: 0
Recei ved BPDU: 0
Por t 2:
Por t name: Et her net 4/ 0/ 0 St at e: For war di ng
Por t pat h cost : 1000 Por t pr i or i t y: 128
Desi gnat ed r oot ' s pr i or i t y: 32768 addr ess: 00- e0- f c- 0c- a2- 91
Desi gnat ed br i dge' s pr i or i t y: 32768 addr ess: 00- e0- f c- 0c- a2- 91
Desi gnat ed por t : 2 Desi gnat ed pat h cost : 0
Ti mer s: message age: 0 f or war d del ay: 0
hol d: 0 Sent BPDU: 33051
Recei ved BPDU: 0
Table 74 Description on the fields of the display bridge spanning-tree
Field Description
Bridge Identifier's
priority:
Bridge priority
address: MAC address of the bridge
Configured timer Hello The Hello timer configured on the bridge
Max Aging time Max Age timer
Root port Root port
770 display bridge spanning tree 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description The command displays these global STP parameters: Root ID, Root Cost, Root Port,
Priority, Max Age, Hello, Hold, Forward Delay, Bridge Address, and Root Bridge
Address.
cost of root path Cost of the root path
Topology change flag Topology change flag
Topology change
detected flag
Topology change detected flag
Times Time
hold Hold-in time
hello hello time
max age Maximum age
aging The valid time for forwarding entries of bridge forwarding tables
Timers Timers
hello hello timers
topology change Topology change timers
notification Notification timers
Port 2 Port 2
Port name Port names
State States
Port path cost Port path cost
Port priority Port priority
Designated root's priority Designated port's priority
address Port addresses
Designated bridge's
priority
Designated bridge's priority
Designated port Designated ports
Designated path cost Designated path cost
Timers Timers
message age Message age
forward delay Delay time for port's state to be turned into forward
hold Port hold-in time
Sent BPDU Count of sent BPDU packets
Received BPDU Count of received BPDU packets
Table 74 Description on the fields of the display bridge spanning-tree
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display bridge traffic 771
Command Reference
display bridge traffic
Purpose Use the display bridge traffic command to view the traffic statistics on an
interface.
Syntax display bridge traffic [ br i dge- set bridge-set | i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number | dl sw ]
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
dlsw
Display the information of the traffic through DLSW
module.
Example Display the traffic information on Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay br i dge t r af f i c i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
The i nf or mat i on di spl ayed and descr i bed i n t he f ol l owi ng t abl e i s:
t he st at i st i c of i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 i n br i dge set 1 :
I nput :
10 t ot al , 1 bpdu, 2 si ngl e,
0 mul t i , 0 br oadcast ;
0 i p, 0 i px, 0 ot her pr ot ocol ;
0 et h2, 0 snap,
0 dl sw, 0 ot her ,
0 vl an;
Out put :
0 t ot al , 0 bpdu, 0 si ngl e,
0 mul t i , 0 br oadcast ;
0 i p, 0 i px, 0 ot her pr ot ocol ;
0 et h2, 0 snap,
0 dl sw, 0 ot her ,
0 vl an;
Send Way: 0 br oadcast , 0 f ast , 0 ot her
Di scar d:
0 by i npor t st at e,
0 f or l ocal f r ame ,
0 by mac t abl e,
0 by i npor t f i l t er ,
0 by out por t f i l t er ,
0 by i p f i l t er ,
0 ot her
Table 75 Description on the fields of the display bridge traffic command
Field Description
Input Type and quantity of input packets on the interface. 10
total,1bpdu, 2 single indicates there are totally 10 data packets
input, with 1 BPDU packet and 2 single broadcast packets.
Output Type and quantity of output packets on the interface.
772 display bridge traffic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Send way Way of data transmission.
Discard Reason for discarding and quantity of discarded packets.
0 by inport state Frames discarded due to the abnormal in-port state.
0 for local frame Frames discarded as the out-port is also the in-port.
0 by mac table Frames discarded due to the "deny" entry configured in MAC
forwarding table.
0 by inport filter Frames discarded due to the filter rule configured on the in-port.
0 by outport filter Frames discarded due to the filter rule configured on the out-port.
0 by ip filter Frames discarded due to the filter rule configured at the IP layer.
0 other Frames discarded due to other reasons.
Table 75 Description on the fields of the display bridge traffic command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display brief interface 773
Command Reference
display brief interface
Purpose Use the display brief interface command to display summary information
about the specified or all interfaces.
Syntax display brief interface [ type [ number ] ] [ | { begi n | i ncl ude | excl ude}
text ]
Parameters type
Interface type.
number
Interface number.
begin
Displays information that begins with the specified
regular expression.
include Displays information that includes the specified regular
expression.
exclude
Displays information that excludes the specified regular
expression.
text
Specifies a regular expression.
Example Display summary information about all interfaces, with the regular expression
down included.
<Rout er > di spl ay br i ef i nt er f ace | i ncl ude down
I nt er f ace Li nk Pr ot ocol - l i nk Pr ot ocol t ype Mai n I P
Anal ogmodem2/ 0/ 0DOWN UP ( spoof i ng) PPP - -
Anal ogmodem2/ 1/ 0DOWN UP ( spoof i ng) PPP - -
At m1/ 0/ 0/ 0 DOWN DOWN ATM - -
Aux0 DOWN DOWN PPP - -
Di al er 0 UP UP ( spoof i ng) PPP - -
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 DOWN DOWN ETHERNET - -
NULL0 UP UP ( spoof i ng) NULL - -
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 DOWN DOWN PPP - -
Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0: 0 DOWN DOWN PPP - -
Any view
774 display ccc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ccc
Purpose Use the display ccc command to view CCC connection information.
Syntax display ccc [ ccc-name | t ype [ l ocal | r emot e ] ]
Parameters ccc-name
Name of the connection to be displayed.
local
Displays local CCC connection only.
remote
Displays remote CCC connection only.
Example Display CCC connection information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay ccc c- l i nk
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display channel 775
Command Reference
display channel
Purpose Use the display channel command to view the contents in an information
channel.
Syntax display channel [ channel-number | channel-name ]
Parameters channel-number Channel number. Valid values are 0 to 9. (The system
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
Channel name.
Example Display the contents in information channel 0.
<3Com> display channel 0
channel number:0, channel name:console
MODU_ID NAME ENABLE LOG_LEVEL ENABLE TRAP_LEVEL ENABLE DEBUG_LEVEL
ffff0000allY warning Y debugging Y debugging
Any view
Table 76 Channel names and their associated channel numbers
Channel name Information channel number
channel6 6
channel7 7
channel8 8
channel9 9
console 0
logbuffer 4
loghost 2
monitor 1
snmpagent 5
trapbuffer 3
Table 77 Description on the fields of the display channel command
Field description
channel number:0 Channel number
channel name:console Channel name
MODU_ID Module ID
NAME Module name
ENABLELOG_LEVEL State of log-level log is enable
ENABLETRAP_LEVEL State of trap-level log is enable
ENABLEDEBUG_LEVEL State of debug-level log is enable
776 display channel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description When executed without any parameter specified, this command displays the settings
of all channels.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display clipboard 777
Command Reference
display clipboard
Purpose Use the display clipboard command to view the contents of the clipboard.
Syntax display clipboard
Parameters None
Default body
Example Display the contents of the clipboard.
<3Com> di spl ay cl i pboar d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - cl i pboar d - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
i p r out e 10. 1. 0. 0 255. 0. 0. 0 et h 0
Any view
778 display clns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display clns
Purpose Use the display clns command to display current CLNS information.
Syntax display clns
Parameters None
Example Display current CLNS information.
<3Com> display clns
NET: 47. 0000. 0000. 0000. 0000. 00
Cur r ent CLNP st at us: Enabl e
Cur r ent er r or r epor t st at us: Di sabl e
Cur r ent mi ni mumer r or r epor t i nt er val ( mi l l i seconds) : 100
Cur r ent CLNP r edi r ect st at us: Enabl e
Cur r ent CLNP r edi r ect hol di ng t i me: 180s
Cur r ent mi ni mumCLNP r edi r ect i on packet i nt er val ( mi l l i seconds
Any view
Table 78 Description on the fields of the display clns command
Field Description
NET Net address
Current CLNP status: Current CLNP state
Current error report status: Current error report state
Current minimum error report
interval (milliseconds):
Current minimum interval to generate error report packets
Current CLNP redirect status: Current CLNP RD status
Current CLNP redirect holding
time:
Current holding time of the information RD packets carry
Current minimum CLNP redirection
packet interval (milliseconds):
Current minimum interval to generate two successive RD
packets
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display clns interface 779
Command Reference
display clns interface
Purpose Use the display clns interface command to display CLNS related information
about a specified interface.
Syntax display clns interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example <3Com> display clns interface Ethernet 0/0/0
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 i s up
CLNP pr ot ocol st at us i s up
0 packet s r ecei ved, 0 packet s sent
0 byt es r ecei ved, 0 byt es sent
CLNP r edi r ect packet :
0 packet s sent
0 byt es sent
Any view
Description If you do not specify the interface-type interface-number argument, this
command displays CLNS related information about all interfaces.
Table 79 Description on the fields of the display clns interface command
Field Description
Ethernet0/0/0 is up The state of Ethernet0/0/0 interface
CLNP protocol state CLNP protocol state of the interface
CLNP Packets
packets received, packets
sent
bytes received, bytes sent
The number of CLNS packets the interface receives and sends and the
corresponding byte number
CLNP redirect packet Statistics information about CLNP RD packets processed by the
interface
packets sent, bytes sent The number of RD packets the interface receives and sends and the
780 display clns routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display clns routing-table
Purpose Use the display clns routing-table command to display all active CLNS
routes, including those in Level 0, Level 1, and Level 2 routing tables.
Syntax display clns routing-table [ [ l evel - 0 | l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ] [ NSAP |
ver bose] ] | [ l 2- cache ]
Parameters NSAP
Destination NSAP address, routes to which are to be
displayed.
level-0
Specifies to display entries in the directly connecting
(Level 0) routing table.
level-1 Specifies to display entries in the intra-area (Level 1)
routing table.
level-2
Specifies to display entries in the inter-area (Level 2)
routing table.
l2-cache Specifies to display all cached entries in Level 2 routing
cache.
verbose
Specifies to display detailed routing information,
including those of active routes and inactive routes.
Example <3Com>display clns routing-table verbose
CLNS Level - 0 Rout i ng Tabl e
Tot al Number of Rout es I n Level - 0 Rout i ng Tabl e: 3
= NSAP Addr + = Act i ve Rout e * = Next hop i n use
+#47. 0001. 0001. 0000. 0000. 065b. 00
Pr ot ocol : ES- I S Cost : 0 Pr e: 10
*Next Hop: N/ A SNPA: 00e0. f c12. 4448
+47. 0001. 0001. 0000. 0000. 650b. 00
Pr ot ocol : ES- I S Cost : 0 Pr e: 10
*Next Hop: N/ A SNPA: 00e0. f c12. 4448
+47. 0001. 0001. 0000. 0000. 065a. 00
Pr ot ocol : DI RECT Cost : 0 Pr e: 0
*Next Hop: N/ A SNPA: N/ A I nt er f ace: I nLoopBack0
= Syst emI D + = Act i ve Rout e * = Next hop i n use
@= CLNS Level - 1 Rout i ng Ar ea Addr ess
@47. 0001. 0002
@47. 0001. 0001
@47. 0001. 0003
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display clns routing-table 781
Command Reference
+0000. 0000. 280c
Pr ot ocol : I S- I S Cost : 20 Pr e: 15
*Next Hop: 0000. 0000. 028b SNPA: 00e0. f c3a. 5ee3
+0000. 0000. 028c
+0000. 0000. 280b
+#0000. 0000. 028b
+#0000. 0000. 065b
*Next Hop: 0000. 0000. 065b SNPA: 00e0. f c12. 4448
+#0000. 0000. 046a
*Next Hop: 0000. 0000. 046b SNPA: 00e0. f c35. 1d94
+#0000. 0000. 046b
+#0000. 0000. 065a
*Next Hop: N/ A SNPA: N/ A I nt er f ace: I nLoopBack0
# = NSAP Pr ef i x + = Act i ve Rout e * = Next hop i n use
B = Bl ackhol e Rout e R = Rej ect Rout e
+#47. 0002. 0001
+#CLNS Def aul t Rout e
Table 80 Description on the fields of the display clns routing-table command
Field Description
L0 Routing-table Directly connecting (Level 0) routing table
L1 Routing-table Intra-area (Level 1) routing table
L2 Routing-table Inter-area (Level 2) routing table
782 display clns routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Total Number of Routes In Level-0
Routing Table
Total number of routes in the Level 0 routing table
Routing Table
Routing Table
NSAP The destination NSAP address
NSAP Prefix The destination NSAP address prefix
System ID The destination System ID
Protocol The protocol that discovers the route
Cost The cost of the route
Pre The preference value of the route
Nexthop The System ID of the next hop
SNPA The Layer 2 address of the next hop
Interface The outbound interface
Blackhole Route Indicates the route is a blackhole route
Reject Route Indicates the route is a unreachable route
CLNS Level-1 Routing Area Address The address of the reachable area
Table 80 Description on the fields of the display clns routing-table command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display clns statistics 783
Command Reference
display clns statistics
Purpose Use the display clns statistic command to display statistics information
about CLNS flow.
Syntax display clns statistics
Parameters None
Example Display statistics information about CLNS flow.
<3Com> display clns statistics
CLNP Pr ot ocol ( packet s) :
Tot al sent : 20
Tot al r ecei ved: 20
To l ocal : 0
Local out : 0
Er r or r epor t packet gener at ed: 0
For war ded: 20
Out di scar ded: 0
I n di scar ded: 0
Fr agment ed: 0
Fr agment s gener at ed: 0
For mat er r or s: 0
Header synt ax er r or s: 0
Checksumer r or s: 0
Li f et i me t i meout er r or s: 0
Unsuppor t ed opt i on er r or s: 0
Can' t f r agment : 0
Dupl i cat ed opt i on: 0
Unknown dat a t ype: 0
Unknown pr ot ocol ver si on: 0
I ncompl et e packet er r or s: 0
Reassembl e er r or s: 0
Reassembl ed: 0
Reassembl e gener at ed: 0
Reassembl e t i meout : 0
Reassembl e i nt er f er e: 0
No r out e: 0
RD sent : 20
Table 81 Description on the fields of the display clns statistics command
Field Description
Total sent Total number of the CLNP packets sent
Total received Total number of the CLNP packets received
To local Number of the CLNP packets destined for the local IS
Local out Number of the CLNP packet sent by the IS
Error report packet
generated
Number of the error report packets generated by the IS
Forwarded Number of the packets forwarded by the IS
Out discarded Number of the packets discarded when being sent
784 display clns statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
In discarded Number of the packets discarded upon received
Fragments generated Number of the packets generated after fragmentation
Format errors Number of the packets with format errors
Header syntax errors Number of the packets with header syntax errors
Checksum errors Number of the packets with checksum errors
Lifetime timeout errors Number of the packets with lifetime timing out
Unsupported option
errors
Number of the packets with unsupported options
Can't fragment Number of the packets that cannot be fragmented
Duplicated option Number of the packets with duplicated options
Unknown data type Number of the packets that are of unknown data type
Destination address
unreachable
Number of the packets with unreachable destinations
Unknown protocol
version
Number of the packets that are of unknown protocol version
Incomplete packet errors Number of incomplete packets
Reassemble errors Number of the packets with reassembling errors
Reassembled Number of the packets that are reassembled
Reassemble generated Number of the packets generated by reassembling
Reassemble timeout Number of the packets that time out when being reassembled
Reassemble interfere Number of the packets that conflict when being reassembled
No route Number of the packets that fail to be routed
RD sent Number of the RD packets sent
Table 81 Description on the fields of the display clns statistics command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display clock 785
Command Reference
display clock
Purpose Use the display clock command to display the current system time and date.
Syntax display clock
Parameters None.
Example Display the current system date and time.
<3Com> di spl ay cl ock
15: 50: 45 UTC Mon 02/ 12/ 2003
Any view
Description If the displayed system time and date are incorrect, use the clock datetime
command to adjust them.
Related Commands clock datetime
clock summer-time
clock timezone
786 display command-alias 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
display command-alias
Purpose Use the display command-alias command to view the current command alias
settings.
Syntax display command-alias
Parameters None
Example Display the current command alias settings.
[ 3Com] di spl ay command- al i as
Command al i as i s enabl ed
i ndex al i as command key
1 show di spl ay
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display configure-user 787
Command Reference
display configure-user
Purpose Use the display configure-user command to view information about the user
who is currently authorized to configure the equipment.
Syntax display configure-user
Parameters None
Example Display information about the user who is currently authorized to configure the
equipment.
<3Com> display configure-user
If the adopted authentication does not require a username, the actual
display shall be:
The information of current configuration user:
UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username
34 VTY 0 00:00:04 TEL 10.153.17.100
If the login authentication otherwise requires a username, the actual
display shall be:
The information of current configuration user:
UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username
34 VTY 0 00:00:05 TEL 10.153.17.100 test
Any view
Description Users can configure the same equipment through the Console port, the AUX port,
the VTY interface (in cases such as Telnet and SSH) and others. If configurations by
these various means are permitted to be conducted simultaneously, the configuration
of one user is liable to overwrite others configuration. For this reason, the VRP
requires that only one user should have right to modify configurations of the
equipment at a time. In other words, once a user is performing configurations on the
equipment, other users, including those with higher priorities, are not permitted to
configure the equipment at that very moment, but rather wait till the user currently
conducting the configurations quitting or timed out of the system.
788 display connection 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display connection
Purpose Use the display connection command to view the relevant information on the
specified user connection or all the connections. The output can help you
troubleshoot user connections.
Syntax display connection [ domai n isp-name | hwt acacs- scheme
hwtacacs-scheme-name | i p ip-address | mac mac-address | r adi us- scheme
radius-scheme-name | uci bi ndex ucib-index | user - name user-name ]
Parameters domain isp-name Displays all the user connections belonging to the ISP
domain specified by isp-name, a character string not
exceeding 24 characters. The specified ISP domain
must be an existing one.
hwtacacs-scheme
TACACS+ scheme name.
ip ip-address
Displays all the user connections related to the
mac mac-address Displays a user connection by specifying its
hexadecimal MAC address in the format of x-x-x.
radius-scheme
radius-scheme-name
Displays all the user connections connected to the
RADIUS server specified by radius-scheme-name,
a character string not exceeding 32 characters.
ucibindex ucib-index
Displays information on a user connection by
specifying its connection index number, that is,
ucib-index ranging from 0 to 1047.
user-name user-name Displays information on a user connection by
specifying its user ID, or the user name excluding the
domain name. This user name comprises up to 55
characters, excluding forward slashes (/), colons (:),
asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than signs (<),
and greater-than signs (>).
Default By default, information about all user connections is displayed.
Example Display information on the connections of the user system.
<3Com> di spl ay connect i on domai n syst em
I ndex=0 , User name=hf x@syst em
I P=188. 188. 188. 3
Tot al 1 connect i ons mat ched, 1 l i st ed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display connection 789
Command Reference
Any view
Table 82 Description on the fields of the display connection command
Field Description
Index Index number
Username User name
IP IP address of the user
790 display connection-limit policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display connection-limit policy
Purpose Use the display connection-limit policy command to display connection
limit policy.
Syntax display connection-limit policy { policy-number | all }
Parameters policy-number
Policy number to be displayed. Valid values are 0 to
255.
all Displays all policies.
Example Display the policy 1.
<3Com> display connection-limit policy 1
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display connection-limit statistics 791
Command Reference
display connection-limit statistics
Purpose Use the display connection-limit statistics command to display the
connection limit statistics.
Syntax display connection-limit statistics [ source source-addr
source-wildcard ] [ destination destination-addr destination-wildcard
] [ destination-port { { eq | neq | gt | lt } destination-port | range
destination-port1 destination-port2 } ] [ vpn-instance vpn-name ]
Parameters source
Specifies source IP address
source-addr
Source IP address
source-wildcard
Wildcard of source IP address
destination
Specifies destination IP address
destination-addr
Destination IP address
destination-wildcard
Wildcard of destination IP address
all
Displays statistics of all connections
destination-port
Specifies destination port number
eq
Displays the connection number of services whose
destination port number equals to the specified port
number
neq Displays the connection number of services whose
destination port number does not equal to the
specified port number
gt Displays the connection number of services whose
destination port number is greater than the specified
port number
lt
destination port number is less than the specified port
number
range
destination port number is within specified range
destination-port1
Destination port number
destination-port1,
destination-port2 Paramaters when displayed in the port range,
indicating the upper limit and lower limit of service
port respectively.
vpn-instance
Specifies VPN instance
vpn-name
Name of the VPN instance
792 display connection-limit statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Display all connection limit statistics.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] display connection-limit statistics
Any view
Description Users can view the desired connection limit statistics flexibly by executing this
command. Statistics of all connections will be displayed when no other parameters
are followed with this command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller cpos 793
Command Reference
display controller cpos
Purpose Use the display controller cpos command to view information about CPOS
interfaces, such as state of the E1/T1 channels and alarms, and errors that occur to
regeneration section, multiplex section, and higher-order path.
Syntax display controller cpos [ cpos-number ]
Parameters cpos-number
CPOS interface number. If no CPOS number is
specified, information on all the channels on the CPOS
interfaces is displayed.
Example View the path information of the interface CPOS 4/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay cont r ol l er cpos 4/ 0/ 0
Cpos4/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : Cpos4/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Fr ame- f or mat SDH, mul t i pl ex AU- 3, cl ock mast er , l oopback not set
Tx: J 0: 0x01, J 1: " Net Engi ne" , C2: 0x02
Rx: J 0: 0x01, J 1: " Net Engi ne" , C2: 0x02
Regener at or sect i on:
Al ar m: none
Er r or : 0 BI P, 0 SEF
Mul t i pl ex sect i on:
Al ar m: none
Er r or : 0 BI P, 0 REI
Hi gher or der pat h( VC- 3- 1) :
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Cpos4/ 0/ 0 CT1 1 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat ESF, cl ock mast er , l oopback not set
Cpos4/ 0 CT1 2 i s up
( Some i nf or mat i on on T1 channel s i s omi t t ed)
Following is a description of the displayed information:
794 display controller cpos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description The following table describes the possible error types in the displayed information:
In this table, FRED, COFA, and SEF are alarm errors (AERRs).
Table 83 Description of the display controller cpos command
Field Description
Cpos4/0/0 current state: Current physical state of the CPOS interface
Description: Interface description
Frame-format SDH, multiplex AU-3, clock
master, loopback not set
Physical layer information of the CPOS interface:
SDH frame format, AU-3 multiplexing path,
master clock mode (use internal clock signal), and
no loopback.
Tx: J0: 0x01, J1: "NetEngine", C2: 0x02 The sent overhead bytes
Rx: J0: 0x01, J1: "NetEngine", C2: 0x02 The received overhead bytes
Regenerator section: Alarm and error statistics about the regeneration
section
Multiplex section: Alarm and error statistics about the multiplexing
section
Higher order path(VC-3-x): Alarm and error statistic about the higher-order
path. The x in VC-3-x indicates the path
number. When adopting AU-3 multiplexing path,
one STM-1 is multiplexed by three VC-3s with
three higher-order multiplexing path while in the
AU-4 multiplexing path, there are one
higher-order path VC-4s.
Alarm: Alarm statistic
Error: Error statistic
Cpos4/0/0 CT1 1 is up The current physical state of T1 channel 1 of the
CPOS interface 4/0/0
Frame format ESF, clock master, loopback not
set
Physical layer information of T1 channel: ESF
frame format, master clock mode (use internal
clock signal), and no loopback
Table 84 Possible error types
Field Description
FRED Receive loss of basic frame alignment, or receive the frame with red
alarm error
COFA Change of frame alignment.
SEF Severely errored frame. Four consecutive frame synchronization errors
generate one SEF.
FERR Framing Bit Error. It refers to the frame with Ft/FPS/FAS error.
CERR CRC error
FEBE Far end block error. This occurs when the CRC4 frame format applies on
the E1 channel.
BERR PRBS bit error (Pseudo-random binary sequence bit error for test only).
BIP Bit-interleaved parity
REI Remote error indication
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller cpos 795
Command Reference
Related Commands display controller cpos e1
display controller cpos t1
796 display controller cpos e1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display controller cpos e1
Purpose Use the display controller cpos e1 command to view the physical layer
configuration information of a specified E1 channel on the specified CPOS interface.
Syntax display controller cpos cpos-number e1 e1-number
Parameters e1-number
Number of an E1 channel on a CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 63.
Example View state about E1 channel 1 on the interface CPOS 1/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay cont r ol l er cpos 1/ 0/ 0 e1 1
Cpos1/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : Cpos1/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Fr ame- f or mat SDH, mul t i pl ex AU- 4, cl ock mast er , l oopback not set
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Lower or der pat h:
Al ar m: none
Cpos2/ 0 CE1 1 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat NO- CRC4, cl ock sl ave, l oopback not set
E1 f r amer ( 1- 1- 1- 1) :
Al ar m: none
Er r or : 0 FERR, 0 FEBE, 0 AERR
Where, E1 framer(1-1-1-1) presents how the E1 channel is multiplexed. 1-1-1-1
represents the number of VC-4 to which this E1 channel belongs, TUG-3 number,
TUG-2 number, and TUG-12 number in order.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller cpos e1 797
Command Reference
Description Different from the display controller cpos command, this command can
display the error and alarm information of the corresponding lower-order path and
that of E1 frames.
798 display controller cpos t1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display controller cpos t1 command to view the physical layer
configuration information of a specified T1 channel on the specified CPOS interface.
Syntax display controller cpos cpos-number t1 t1-number
Parameters t1-number
Number of a T1 channel on a CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 84.
Example View the state about the T1 channel 2 on the interface CPOS 4/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay cont r ol l er cpos 4/ 0/ 0 t 1 2
Cpos4/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP Fr ame- f or mat SDH, mul t i pl ex AU- 3, cl ock
mast er , l oopback not set
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Al ar m: none
Lower or der pat h:
Al ar m: none
Er r or : 4095 BI P, 2047 REI
T1 f r amer ( 2- 1- 1) :
Al ar m: none
Er r or : 4095 FERR, 79 AERR
The following table describes the displayed information:
Table 85 Description on the fields of the display controller cpos t1 command
Field Description
Cpos1/0/0 current state : The current physical state of the CPOS interface
Frame-format SDH, multiplex AU-3,
clock master, loopback not set
Physical layer information of the CPOS interface.
Tx: J0: 0x01, J1: "NetEngine",
C2: 0x02
The sent overhead bytes
Rx: J0: 0x01, J1: "NetEngine",
C2: 0x02
The received overhead bytes
Regenerator section: Alarms and errors about the regenerator sections.
Multiplex section: Alarms and errors about the regenerator sections.
Higher order path(VC-3-2): Alarm and error statistic of the higher-order path to which
the T1 channel belongs. VC-3-2 means the second VC-3.
Lower order path: Alarm and error statistic of the lower-order path
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller cpos t1 799
Command Reference
Any view
Description Different from the display controller cpos command, this command can
display the error and alarm information of the corresponding lower-order path and
that of T1 frames.
Error: Error statistics
Cpos4/0/0 CT1 2 is up The current physical state of T1 channel 1 on interface
CPOS 4/0/0
Frame-format ESF, clock master,
loopback not set
Information about the physical layer of the T1 channel: the
frame format is set to ESF, master clock (internal clock) is
used, loopback is disabled.
Table 85 Description on the fields of the display controller cpos t1 command (continued)
Field Description
800 display controller e1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display controller e1
Purpose Use the display controller e1 command to display the information related to
a CE1/PRI interface.
Syntax display controller [ e1 number ]
Parameters number
Interface number.
Example Display the information related to the E1 interface.
[ 3Com] di spl ay cont r ol l er E1 1/ 0/ 0
E1 1/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : DOWN
Descr i pt i on : E1 1/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Basi c Conf i gur at i on:
Wor k mode i s E1 f r amed, Cabl e t ype i s 120 Ohmbal anced.
Fr ame- f or mat i s no- cr c4.
Li ne code i s hdb3, Sour ce cl ock i s sl ave.
I dl e code i s 7e, I t f t ype i s 7e, I t f number i s 4.
Loop back i s not set .
Al ar mSt at e:
Recei ver al ar mst at e i s Loss- of - Si gnal .
Tr ansmi t t er i s sendi ng r emot e al ar m.
Hi st or i cal St at i st i cs:
Last cl ear i ng of count er s: Never
Dat a i n cur r ent i nt er val ( 10 seconds el apsed) :
10 Loss Fr ame Al i gnment Secs, 0 Fr ami ng Er r or Secs,
0 CRC Er r or Secs, 0 Al ar mI ndi cat i on Secs, 10 Loss- of - si gnal s Secs,
0 Code Vi ol at i ons Secs, 1 Sl i p Secs, 0 E- Bi t er r or Secs.
Table 86 Description on the fields of the display controller e1 command
Field Description
E1 1/0/0 current state
:DOWN
Current state of the E1 interface
Description: E1 1/0/0
Interface
Description about the E1 interface
Work mode Operating mode of the E1 interface: E1 or CE1
Cable type Cable type of the E1 interface
Frame-format Frame format configured on the E1 interface: CRC4 or no-CRC4
Line Code Line code: AMI or HDB3
Source Clock Source clock used by the interface: master or slave
Idle Code Idle code: 7e or ff
Itf type Type of interframe filling tag: 7e or ff
Itf number Number of interframe filling tags
Loopback Loopback setting on the interface
Alarm State Alarm state
Historical Statistics Historical statistics for the E1 interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller e1 801
Command Reference
Any view
Description Executing this command will display the following information:
Physical state of interface
Clock mode of interface
Frame check mode of interface
Line code format of interface
Data in current interval
(10 seconds elapsed):
10 Loss Frame
Alignment Secs
0 Framing Error Secs
0 CRC Error Secs
0 Alarm Indication Secs
10 Loss-of-signals Secs
0 Code Violations Secs
1 Slip Secs
0 E-Bit error Secs
In the current interval, duration that each type of errors lasts. These
errors include loss of frame alignment, frame error, alarm, loss of
signals, code violation, frame slip, and E-bit error.
Table 86 Description on the fields of the display controller e1 command (continued)
Field Description
802 display controller e3 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display controller e3 command to view state information on a CE3
interface.
Syntax display controller e3 interface-number
CE3 interface number.
Example Display the information on the interface E3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay cont r ol l er e3 1/ 0/ 0
E3 1/ 0/ 0 i s up
Descr i pt i on : E3 1/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Appl i que t ype i s CE3 - 75 OHMunbal anced Fr ame- f or mat G751, l i ne code
HDB3, cl ock sl ave, nat i onal - bi t 1, l oopback not set
Al ar m: none
ERROR: 0 BPV, 0 EXZ, 0 Fr mEr r , 0 FEBE
E3- 0 CE1 1 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat NO- CRC4, cl ock mast er , l oopback not set
E3- 0 CE1 2 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat NO- CRC4, cl ock sl ave, l oopback l ocal
E3- 0 CE1 3 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat NO- CRC4, cl ock sl ave, l oopback r emot e
E3- 0 CE1 4 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat CRC4, cl ock sl ave, l oopback not set
E3- 0 CE1 5 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 6 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 7 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 8 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 9 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 10 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 11 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 12 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 13 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 14 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 15 i s up
E3- 0 CE1 16 i s up
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller e3 803
Command Reference
Any view
Description In addition to the state information of the CE3 interface, the command can display
the information about each E1 line on the CE3 interface if the interface is working in
CE3 mode.
Table 87 Description on the fields of the display controller e3 command
Field Description
E3 1/0/0 is up Physical state of the E3 interface, which is up in this example
Description : E3 1/0/0
Interface
Description about the interface
Applique type is CE3 -
75 OHM unbalanced
Frame-format G751,
line code HDB3, clock
slave, national-bit
1,loopback not set
Operating mode: CE3 or E3
Line type
Frame format: G751 or HDB3
Line code
Clock: master or slave
National-bit
Loopback mode: payload, remote, local, not set
Alarm: none Alarm information: LOS, AIS, RAI, LOF, or none
ERROR: 0 BPV, 0 EXZ, 0
FrmErr, 0 FEBE
Statistics about errors
E3-0 CE1 1 is up
Frame-format
NO-CRC4, clock master,
loopback not set
CE1 channels divided on E3 and information for each E1 line with
respect to:
Frame format: none, 32, or 16
Clock
Loopback setting
804 display controller t1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display controller t1
Purpose Use the display controller t1 command to display the information about the
specified CT1/PRI interface.
Syntax display controller t1 number
Parameters number
Interface number.
Example Display the information about T1 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay cont r ol l er t 1 1/ 0/ 0
T1 1/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : DOWN
Descr i pt i on : T1 1/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Wor k mode i s T1 f r amed, Cabl e t ype i s 100 Ohmbal anced.
Fr ame- f or mat i s esf , f dl i s none, Li ne code i s b8zs.
Sour ce cl ock i s sl ave, Dat a- codi ng i s nor mal .
I dl e code i s f f , I t f t ype i s f f , I t f number i s 2.
Al ar mSt at e:
Pul se densi t y vi ol at i on det ect ed.
SendLoopCode Hi st or y:
i nband- l l b- up: 0 t i mes, i nband- l l b- down: 0 t i mes.
f dl - ansi - l l b- up: 0 t i mes, f dl - ansi - l l b- down: 0 t i mes.
f dl - ansi - pl b- up: 0 t i mes, f dl - ansi - pl b- down: 0 t i mes.
BERT st at e: ( st opped, not compl et ed)
Test pat t er n: 2^15, St at us: Not Sync, Sync Det ect ed: 0
Ti me: 0 mi nut e( s) , Ti me past : 0 mi nut e( s)
Bi t Er r or s ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s Recei ved ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 Kbi t s
Bi t Er r or s ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s Recei ved ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 Kbi t s
0 Li ne Code Vi ol at i ons, 0 Pat h Code Vi ol at i ons
0 Ai s Al ar mSecs, 286 Los Al ar mSecs
7 Sl i p Secs, 286 Fr Loss Secs, 0 Li ne Er r Secs, 0 Degr aded Mi ns
0 Er r or ed Secs, 0 Bur st y Er r Secs, 0 Sever el y Er r Secs, 286 Unavai l
Secs
Dat a i n I nt er val 1:
Secs
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display controller t1 805
Command Reference
Secs
Tot al Dat a ( l ast 2 15 mi nut e i nt er val s) :
Secs
Table 88 Description on the fields of the display controller t1 command
Field Description
T1 1/0/0 current state
:DOWN
Physical state of the interface: up or down
Description : T1 1/0/0
Interface
Description about the T1 interface
Basic Configuration: Basic configurations for the interface
Work mode Operating mode of the T1 interface, T1 framed in this example
Cable type Cable type of the T1 interface, 100 ohm balanced in this example
Frame-format Frame format configured on the T1 interface: ESF or SF
fdl FDL format: ANSI, ATT, or none
Line code Line code: AMI or B8ZS
Source clock Source clock used by the interface: master or slave
Data-coding Normal or inverted
Idle code 7e or ff
Loop back Loopback setting on the interface: local, payload, remote, or not set
Receiver alarm state is
Loss-of-Signal.
Type of the received alarm: none, LOS, LOF, RAI, or AIS
Transmitter is sending
remote alarm.
Type of the transmitted alarm: RAI, or none
Pulse density violation
detected
The detected pulse density is incompliant with the specification
SendLoopCode History:
inband-llb-up:0 times
inband-llb-down:0 times.
fdl-ansi-llb-up:0 times,
fdl-ansi-llb-down:0 times.
fdl-ansi-plb-up:0 times,
fdl-ansi-plb-down:0 times
History of loopback code sending to the far-end, including the
number of transmissions for each type of code, and the type of the
last sent code. (See the sendloopcode command.)
BERT state:(stopped, not
completed)
BERT state: completed, stopped (not completed), or running.
Test pattern: 2^15, Status:
Not Sync, Sync Detected: 0
Test pattern in use (2^20 or 2^15), 2^15 in this example;
synchronization state, and the number of detected synchronizations
Time: 0 minute(s),
Time past: 0 minute(s)
The duration of the BERT test and the time that has elapsed
Bit Errors (since test started):
0 bits
Number of bit errors received since the start of the BERT test
Bits Received (since test
started)
Number of bits received since the start of the BERT test
Bit Errors (since latest sync) Number of bit errors received since the last synchronization
Bits Received (since latest
sync)
Number of bits received since last synchronization
Command Reference
Historical Statistics: Historical statistics
Last clearing of counters:
Never
Counter clearing records
0 Line Code Violations
0 Path Code Violations
0 Ais Alarm Secs
286 Los Alarm Secs
7 Slip Secs
286 Fr Loss Secs
0 Line Err Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs
0 Bursty Err Secs
0 Severely Err Secs
286 Unavail Secs
Statistics spanning the current interval. The statistical items, such as
AIS alarm, LOS signal, and LFA, are provided according to the T1
specifications for the physical layer.
For details, refer to ANSI T1.403 and AT&T TR 54016.
Data in Interval 1:
0 Ais Alarm Secs
901 Los Alarm Secs
22 Slip Secs
901 Fr Loss Secs
0 Line Err Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs
0 Bursty Err Secs
0 Severely Err Secs
901 Unavail Secs
Statistics spanning the first interval.
The statistical items are the same as those provided by the statistics
spanning the current interval.
Data in Interval 2:
0 Ais Alarm Secs
900 Los Alarm Secs
23 Slip Secs
900 Fr Loss Secs
0 Line Err Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs
0 Bursty Err Secs
0 Severely Err Secs
900 Unavail Secs
Statistics spanning the second interval.
Total Data (last 2 15 minute
intervals):
0 Ais Alarm Secs,
087 Los Alarm Secs
52 Slip Secs
2087 Fr Loss Secs
0 Line Err Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs
0 Bursty Err Secs
0 Severely Err Secs
2087 Unavail Secs
Statistics spanning the last two intervals.
Table 88 Description on the fields of the display controller t1 command (continued)
Field Description
Command Reference
Any view
Description This command displays the following information about the specified interface:
Physical state
Cable type
Clock mode
Line code format
Loopback mode
Line idle code
Interframe filling tag
Alarm states
Error statistics gathered at 15-minute intervals during the last 24 hours
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display controller t3 command to view state about a CT3 interface.
Syntax display controller t3 interface-number
CT3 interface number.
Example Display the information related to the CT3 interface 3/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay cont r ol l er t 3 3/ 0/ 0
T3 3/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : T3 3/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Wor k mode i s CT3, cabl e l engt h i s 49 f eet .
Fr ame- f or mat i s C- BI T Par i t y, l i ne code i s B3ZS.
Sour ce cl ock i s sl ave, l oopback i s not set .
Al ar mst at e:
Recei ver al ar mst at e i s none.
MDL st at e:
No message i s sent now.
Message dat a el ement s:
EI C: l i ne, LI C: l i ne, FI C: l i ne, UNI T: l i ne
FI : l i ne, PORT_NO: l i ne, GEN_NO: l i ne
Per i odi cal det ect i on i s di sabl ed.
FEAC st at e:
No code i s sent now.
Per i odi cal det ect i on i s enabl ed, no code r ecei ved now.
Bi t er r or s ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 Mbi t s
Bi t er r or s ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 Mbi t s
Last cl ear i ng of count er s: 14: 39: 02 UTC Sat 06/ 25/ 2005
0 Li ne Code Vi ol at i ons, 0 Far End Bl ock Er r or
0 C- Bi t Codi ng Vi ol at i on, 0 P- bi t Codi ng Vi ol at i on
0 Fr ami ng Bi t Er r , 0 Sever el y Er r Fr ami ng Secs
0 C- bi t Er r Secs, 0 C- bi t Sever el y Er r Secs
0 P- bi t Er r Secs, 0 P- bi t Sever el y Er r Secs
0 Unavai l abl e Secs, 0 Li ne Er r Secs
T3 1/ 0 CT1 1 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat ESF, cl ock sl ave, l oopback not set
FDL Per f or mance Repor t i s di sabl ed
Tr ansmi t t er i s sendi ng none
Recei ver al ar mst at e i s none
Li ne l oop back deact i vat e code usi ng i nband si gnal l ast sent
Command Reference
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 Kbi t s
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 Kbi t s
Table 89 Description on the fields of the display controller t3 command
Field Description
T3 3/0/0 current state
:UP
Physical state of the interface: up or down
Description : T3 3/0/0
Interface
Description about the interface
Basic Configuration: Basic configurations for the interface
Work mode Operating mode of the interface, CT3 or T3.
cable length Cable length supported by the interface
Frame-format Frame format: C-bit parity or M23
line code B3ZS
Source clock Source clock used by the interface: master or slave
loopback Loopback setting on the interface: local, remote, or payload
Receiver alarm state Type of the received alarm: none, LOS, LOF, RAI, or AIS.
If a LOS, LOF, AIS was received, RAI would be sent and the screen
displayed Transmitter is sending RAI instead.
MDL state MDL state
No message is sent now. No MDL message is being sent. If an MDL message, path or
idle-signal for example, was being sent, the screen would display
Message sent now: path. idle signal.
Message data elements: MDL data elements
EIC: line, LIC: line, FIC:
line, UNIT: line
EIC, LIC, FIC, and UNIT are four elements present in all types of MDL
messages. Their values are user configurable and default to line.
FI: line, PORT_NO: line,
GEN_NO: line
FI is found in MDL path messages, PORT_NO in MDL idle signal
messages, and GEN_NO in MDL test signal messages. Their values
are user configurable and default to line.
Periodical detection is
disabled.
Periodical detection of MDL is disabled. This is the default applied
upon the start-up of the router.
When the function is enabled, the screen displays:
Periodical detection is enabled.
No message was received.
When MDL messages are detected, the screen displays:
Message received now: path.idle signal.
EIC: line, LIC: line, FIC: line, UNIT: line
path/FI: line
idle Signal/PORT_NO: line
FEAC state FEAC state
No code is sent now.
DS3 Line Loop Back
Deactivate was last sent.
No FEAC signal is sent. The FEAC signal sent last time is DS3 Line
Loop Back Deactivate.
Periodical detection is
enabled, no code
received now.
Periodical detection of FEAC is enabled. This is the default applied at
the startup of the router.
No FEAC signal is received now.
DS3 Line Loop Back
Deactivate last received.
The FEAC signal received last time is DS3 Line Loop Back Deactivate.
completed)
Command Reference
Any view
Description In addition to the state information about the CT3 interface, the command can
display the information about each T1 line on the CT3 interface if the interface is
working in CT3 mode.
Test pattern: 2^7,
Status: Not Sync, Sync
Detected: 0
Test pattern in use (such as 2^7, 2^11, 2^15, and QRSS), 2^7 in this
example; synchronization state, and the number of detected
synchronizations
Time: 0 minute(s), Time
past: 0 minute(s)
Bit errors (since test
started): 0 bits
Bits received (since test
started)
Bit errors (since latest
sync)
Number of bit errors received since last synchronization
Bits received (since latest
sync)
Historical Statistics Historical statistics
Last clearing of
counters: Never
Time when last counter clearing is performed, for example,
14:39:02 UTC Sat 06/25/2005. If no clearing is performed, never is
displayed.
0 Line Code
Violations, 0 Far End
Block Error
0 C-Bit Coding
Violation, 0 P-bit Coding
Violation
0 Framing Bit Err, 0
Severely Err Framing
Secs
0 C-bit Err Secs, 0
C-bit Severely Err Secs
0 P-bit Err Secs, 0 P-bit
Severely Err Secs
0 Unavailable Secs, 0
Line Err Secs
Statistics spanning the current 15-minute interval, coving count of
these items:
Line code violations: BPV or EXZ
Far-end block error
C-bit error
P-bit error
Framing bit error
C-bit erroneous second
C-bit severely erroneous second, that is, the second during which 44
C-bit errors occur
P-bit errorenous second
P-bit severely erroneous second, that is, the second during which 44
P-bit errors occur
Service unavailable second
Line erroneous second, during which LOS, BPV, EXZ, C-bit, P-bit,
and other errors occur
Table 89 Description on the fields of the display controller t3 command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display cpu-usage 811
Command Reference
display cpu-usage
Purpose Use the display cpu-usage command to view statistics about CPU usage.
Syntax display cpu-usage [ conf i gur at i on | number [ offset ] [ ver bose ]
[ f r om- devi ce ] ]
Parameters configuration
Displays the configuration about CPU usage statistics,
such as whether CPU usage statistics is enabled,
statistic interval, and CPU usage alarm thresholds.
number
Number of CPU usage statistics queries.
offset
Offset of the starting entry to be displayed to the last
statistic entry.
verbose
Displays the detailed information.
from-device
Displays information stored on an external storage
device such as a Flash memory or hard disk. (Not
available yet.)
Example Display detailed information on CPU usage statistics.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay cpu- usage
===== Cur r ent CPU usage i nf o =====
CPU Usage St at . Cycl e: 1 ( Second)
CPU Usage : 1%
CPU Usage St at . Ti me : 2004- 09- 15 15: 51: 48
CPU Usage St at . Ti ck : 0x27( CPU Ti ck Hi gh) 0x88cf 18e4( CPU Ti ck Low)
Act ual St at . Cycl e : 0x0( CPU Ti ck Hi gh) 0x2264cc2( CPU Ti ck Low)
TaskName CPU Runt i me( CPU Ti ck Hi gh/ CPU Ti ck Low)
VI DL 99% 0/ 222de39
TI CK 0% 0/ 88d8
co0 0% 0/ 6e5
SRM 0% 0/ 1da
ROUT 0% 0/ 1d6c
SOCK 0% 0/ 3c65
VTYD 0% 0/ 1074
I PSP 0% 0/ 28b
TAC 0% 0/ 15ac
SC 0% 0/ 10de
RDS 0% 0/ e71
ACM 0% 0/ 180a
LSSO 0% 0/ 3a2
TRAP 0% 0/ 2d0
NTPT 0% 0/ 1082a
PI MT 0% 0/ 2f 8
LSPM 0% 0/ 90c
L2V 0% 0/ 1066
I PS 0% 0/ 7575
SI P 0% 0/ 6b87
812 display cpu-usage 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
DHCP 0% 0/ 33d
HOT 0% 0/ f ca
DHCC 0% 0/ 414
Any view
Description The function of both display cpu-usage and display cpu-usage 1 0
verbose is to display detailed information on the last CPU usage statistics.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display cpu-usage history 813
Command Reference
display cpu-usage history
Purpose Use the display cpu-usage history command to view in graphics the CPU
usage statistic history of the entire system, the specified task, or the interface board in
the specified slot.
Syntax display cpu-usage history [ t ask task-id ] [ sl ave | sl ot slot-num ]
Parameters task task-id
Specifies a task ID.
slave
Given a dual-RPU/ERPU supported device, sets the
usage statistic interval of the CPU on the slave
RPU/ERPU.
slot slot-num Given a distributed device, sets the usage statistic
interval of the CPU on the interface board specified by
its slot number.
Example Display the CPU usage statistic history of the entire system.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay cpu- usage hi st or y
100%|
95%|
90%|
85%|
80%|
75%|
70%|
65%|
60%|
55%|
50%|
45%|
40%|
35%|
30%|
25%|
20%|
15%|
10%|
5%|
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10 20 30 40 50 60
( mi nut es)
cpu- usage l ast 60 mi nut es( SYSTEM)
814 display cpu-usage history 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
Display the CPU usage statistic history of task 6.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay cpu- usage hi st or y t ask 6
100%|
95%|
90%|
85%|
80%|
75%|
70%|
65%|
60%|
55%|
50%|
45%|
40%|
35%|
30%|
25%|
20%|
15%|
10%|
5%|
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10 20 30 40 50 60
( mi nut es)
cpu- usage l ast 60 mi nut es( T03M)
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display current-configuration 815
Command Reference
display current-configuration
Purpose Use the display current-configuration command to view the running
configurations on the router.
Syntax display current-configuration [ controller | interface interface-type [
interface-number ] | configuration [ isp | luser | radius-template |
system | user-interface| ] ] [ | [ begin | include | exclude ] string
] [ by-linenum ]
Parameters controller
Displays the controller configurations.
interface
Displays the interface configurations.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
configuration
Displays the specified configurations.
isp
Display the ISP configurations.
luser
Displays the local user configurations.
radius-template
Displays the radius-template configurations.
system
Displays the system configurations.
user-interface
Displays the user interface configuration.
|
Uses a regular expression to filter output.
begin
Displays the configurations beginning with the
specified characters (string).
include Displays the configurations that include the specified
characters (string).
exclude
Displays the configurations that exclude the specified
string
The regular expression. " ( " is an illegal character,
which cannot appear in a string.
by-linenum Identifies each line of displayed current configuration
information with a line number.
Example Display the currently effective configuration parameters on the router.
<3Com> display current-configuration
#
sysname R1760
#
super password level 3 simple 123456
#
tcp window 8
#
undo multicast igmp-all-enable
816 display current-configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
#
interface Aux0
link-protocol ppp
#
interface Ethernet0/0/0
#
interface Serial0/0/0
link-protocol ppp
#
interface NULL0
#
bgp 15535
undo synchronization
#
#
ospf 2 router-id 1.1.1.1
#
rip
#
user-interface con 0
set authentication password simple 123456
user-interface aux 0
#
return
Display the running configurations on the router, identifying each line of displayed
<3Com> display current-configuration by-linenum
1: #
2: sysname R1760
3: #
4: super password level 3 simple 123456
5: #
6: tcp window 8
7: #
8: undo multicast igmp-all-enable
9: #
10: interface Aux0
11: link-protocol ppp
12: #
13: interface Ethernet0/0/0
14: #
15: interface Serial0/0/0
17: #
18: interface NULL0
19: #
20: bgp 15535
21: undo synchronization
22: #
23: #
24: ospf 2 router-id 1.1.1.1
25: #
26: rip
27: #
28: user-interface con 0
29: set authentication password simple 123456
30: history-command max-size 30
31: user-interface aux 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display current-configuration 817
Command Reference
32: user-interface vty 0 4
33: #
34: return
Any view
Description The current parameters that take the default values are not displayed.
After you complete some configuration tasks, you can execute the display
current-configuration command to verify them. You probably cannot see
some parameters that you have configured however, because the system displays
them only after you validate their functions.
Related Commands save
reset saved-configuration
display saved-configuration
818 display debugging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display debugging
Purpose Use the display debugging command to view the enabled debugging switches.
Syntax display debugging [ interface interface-type interface-number] [
module-name ]
Parameters module-name
Module name.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default By default, no parameters are defined and all the enabled debugging switches are
displayed.
Example Display all the enabled debugging switches.
<3Com> display debugging
IP packet debugging switch is on.
Any view
Related Command debugging
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display debugging ospf 819
Command Reference
display debugging ospf
Purpose Use the display debugging ospf command to view the state of the debug
switches for each OSPF process.
Syntax display debugging ospf
Example View the global OSPF debugging state and each process debugging state.
<3Com > display debugging ospf
OSPF process 1 debugging state:
OSPF SPF debugging switch is on
OSPF EVENT debugging switch is on
OSPF LSA debugging switch is on
Any view
Related Command debugging ospf
Table 90 Description on the fields of the display debugging ospf command
Field Description
OSPF process 1 debugging state: The state of the debug switches for OSPF process 1 is
displayed.
OSPF SPF debugging switch is on OSPF SPF debug switch is turned on.
OSPF EVENT debugging switch is on OSPF event debug switch is turned on.
OSPF LSA debugging switch is on OSPF LSA debug switch is turned on.
820 display detect group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display detect group
Purpose Use the display detect-group command to display configuration information
about a specified detect group or all detect groups.
Syntax display detect-group [ group-number ]
Number of the detect group to be displayed. Valid
Example Display configuration information about detect group 1.
[3Com] display detect-group 1
detect-group 1 :
detect loop time(s): 15
ping wait time(s): 2
detect retry times: 2
detect ip option: and
group state: not detecting
register module num: 0
detect ip number: 1
detect-list ip address next-hop
1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.5
Any view
Table 91 Description on the fields of the display detect-group command
Field Description
detect-group 1 The following configuration information is about detect group 1.
detect loop time(s): 15 The auto detect interval is 15 seconds.
ping wait time(s): 2 The timeout period of a probing attempt is 2 seconds.
detect retry times: 2 The number of probing retries is 2.
detect ip option: and The logical relationship between the addresses in the detect group is
and.
group state: not
detecting
Current state of the detect group is that no probing is going on.
register module num: 0 Count of times the detect group has been referenced.
detect ip number: 1 Number of IP addresses in the detect group.
detect-list Sequence number of an IP address in the detect group.
ip address IP address to be probed.
next-hop Next hop IP address for reaching the IP address to be probed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display device 821
Command Reference
display device
Purpose Use the display device command to view information on the hardware
configurations of the system, including in-position state of the RPU, NPU, interface
cards, power module, and fan module, the operating state of the interface cards,
power module, and fan module, as well as the offline state of RPU and NPU.
Syntax display device slot-number
Parameters slot-number
Slot number.
Example Display basic information about the facilities on the router.
<3Com> display device
Slot # Type Online Status
0 RPU Present Normal
6 PWR Present Normal
7 FAN Present Normal
Any view
Description If no slot is specified, the basic information about all the facilities in position is
displayed. If a slot is specified, only details about the slot are displayed, including
records of the reset times and causes.
Table 92 Description on the fields of the display device command
Field Description
Slot # Slog number
Type Name of the hardware unit
Online Indicates whether the hardware unit is present. A value of Present
indicates that the unit has been installed correctly.
Status Status of the hardware unit
822 display dhcp client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp client
Purpose Use the display dhcp client command to display the statistic information of
the DHCP client. Executing the command attached without the keyword parameter
verbose will display only the brief address allocation information on the DHCP client.
Syntax display dhcp client [ ver bose ]
Parameters verbose Statistic details of the DHCP client.
Example Display the statistic details of the DHCP client.
[ 3Com] di spl ay dhcp cl i ent ver bose
DHCP cl i ent st at i st i c i nf or mat i on:
Et her net 0/ 0:
Cur r ent machi ne st at e: BOUND
Al l oced I P: 169. 254. 0. 2 255. 255. 0. 0
Al l oced l ease: 86400 seconds, T1: 43200 seconds, T2: 75600 seconds
Lease f r om2002. 09. 20 01: 05: 03 t o 2002. 09. 21 01: 05: 03
Ser ver I P: 169. 254. 0. 1
Tr ansact i on I D = 0x3d8a7431
Def aul t r out er : 2. 2. 2. 2
DNS ser ver : 1. 1. 1. 1
Domai n name: 3Com. com
Cl i ent I D: 3Com- 00e0. f c0a. c3ef - Et her net 0/ 0
Next t i meout wi l l happen af t er 0 days 11 hour s 56 mi nut es 1 seconds.
Et her net 2/ 0:
Cur r ent machi ne st at e: HALT
The statistic information shows that two interfaces, that is, Ethernet0/0 and
Ethernet2/0, have been configured to be DHCP clients.
Ethernet0/0 has been assigned with the address 169.254.0.2/16 subject to the lease
expiration of 86400 seconds and the current machine state is BOUND. The renewal
timer is set to 43200 seconds, the rebinding timer to 75600 seconds, and the lease
expiration to the period since 2002.09.20 01:05:03 to 2002.09.21 01:05:03. The
selected DHCP server is at 169.254.0.1, the GW at 2.2.2.2, and the DNS server at
1.1.1.1, given the domain name is 3Com.com. In addition, the next timeout will
happen 1 second, 56 minutes, and 11 hours later.
The allocation process has not been started at Ethernet2/0 yet. The current machine
state is HALT, which is normally as a result of the DOWN state of the interface.
Note that if more than one default router or DNS server is specified in the response
packet from the server, a DHCP client resolves only the first one.
Display more details of the DHCP client.
[ 3Com] di spl ay dhcp cl i ent ver bose
DHCP cl i ent st at i st i c i nf or mat i on:
Et her net 0/ 0:
Cur r ent machi ne st at e: BOUND
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp client 823
Command Reference
Al l oced I P: 169. 254. 0. 2 255. 255. 0. 0
Al l oced l ease: 300 seconds, T1: 150 seconds, T2: 262 seconds
Lease f r om2002. 09. 15 07: 11: 55 t o 2002. 09. 15 07: 16: 55
Ser ver I P: 169. 254. 0. 1
Tr ansact i on I D = 0x3d8432b1
Cl i ent I D: 3Com- 00e0. f c0a. c3ef - Et her net 0/ 0
Next t i meout wi l l happen af t er 0 days 0 hour s 1 mi nut es 36 seconds.
Any view
Table 93 Statisitc information field description
Field Description
Ethernet0/0 Interface where the client is allowed to dynamically obtain an IP
address
Current machine state State of the client state machine
Alloced IP IP address allocated to the client
lease Lease period
T1 Duration of the renewal timer
T2 Duration of the rebinding timer
Lease from.to. The starting time and the end time of the lease
Server IP The selected DHCP server address
Transaction ID Transaction ID
Client ID User ID
Default router GW address
DNS server DNS server address
Domain name Domain name
Requested IP The requested IP address
Offered IP The provided IP address
824 display dhcp relay address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp relay address
Purpose Use the display dhcp relay address command to view the DHCP relay
address configuration of an interface.
Syntax display dhcp relay address [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num |
al l ]
interface-num
all
All the interfaces.
Example View the DHCP relay address configurations of all the interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp r el ay addr ess al l
** Et her net 11/ 2/ 0 DHCP Rel ay Addr ess **
Rel ay Addr ess [ 0] : 3. 3. 3. 3
Any view
Related Commands ip relay address (Interface view)
ip relay address interface (System view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcprelay-security 825
Command Reference
display dhcprelay-security
Purpose Use the display dhcprelay-security command to display the IP-to-MAC
mappings of the clients obtaining IP addresses dynamically through the DHCP relay.
Syntax display dhcprelay-security
Parameters None
Example Display the IP-to-MAC mappings of the clients obtaining IP addresses dynamically
through the DHCP relay.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dhcpr el ay- secur i t y
I P Addr ess MAC Addr ess I P Addr ess Type
30. 30. 0. 2 0000- 0000- 0000 Dynami c
Any view
826 display dhcp relay statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp relay statistics
Purpose Use the display dhcp relay statistics command to view the statistics of
DHCP relay in packet errors, DHCP packets received from clients, DHCP packets
received from and sent to servers, and DHCP packets sent to clients (including unicast
and broadcast packets).
Syntax display dhcp relay statistics
Parameters None
Example View DHCP relay statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp r el ay st at i st i cs
Bad Packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP packet s r ecei ved f r omcl i ent s: 0
DHCP DI SCOVER packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP REQUEST packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP I NFORM packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP DECLI NE packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP packet s r ecei ved f r omser ver s: 0
DHCP OFFER packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP ACK packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP NAK packet s r ecei ved: 0
DHCP packet s sent t o ser ver s: 0
DHCP packet s sent t o cl i ent s: 0
Uni cast packet s sent t o cl i ent s: 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp server conflict 827
Command Reference
display dhcp server conflict
Purpose Use the display dhcp server conflict command to view the DHCP address
conflict statistics, including the information in conflicted IP address, conflict detection
type, and conflict time.
Syntax display dhcp server conflict { i p ip-address | al l }
A specified IP address.
all
All the IP addresses.
Example View the DHCP address conflict statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver conf l i ct
Addr ess Di scover Ti me
10. 110. 1. 2 J an 11 2003 11: 57: 7 PM
Any view
Related Command reset dhcp server conflict
Table 94 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server conflict command
Field Descriptions
Address The conflicted IP address
Discover Time Time when the conflict is discovered
828 display dhcp server expired 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp server expired
Purpose Use the display dhcp server expired command to view the expired address
leases in a DHCP address pool. In certain conditions, the addresses of the expired
leases will be allocated to other DHCP clients.
Syntax display dhcp server expired { i p ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] |
i nt er f ace [ interface-type interface-number ] al l }
pool-name
Name of a global address pool. All the global address
pools will apply if no address pool has been specified.
interface-type
interface-number
Interface address pool. All the interface address pools
will apply if no interface has been specified.
all All the IP addresses.
Example View the expired leases in DHCP address pools.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver expi r ed al l
Gl obal pool :
I P addr ess Har dwar e addr ess Lease expi r at i on Type
I nt er f ace pool :
I P addr ess Har dwar e addr ess Lease expi r at i on Type
Any view
Table 95 Description of the information displayed by executing display dhcp server expired
Major item Description
Global pool: Expired address leases in global address pools.
Interface pool: Expired address leases in interface address pools.
IP address The bound IP address
Hardware address The bound MAC address
Lease expiration The lease expiration time
Type Address binding type
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp server free-ip 829
Command Reference
display dhcp server free-ip
Purpose Use the display dhcp server free-ip command to view the free address
ranges in DHCP address pools, that is, information about IP addresses that have not
been allocated yet.
Syntax display dhcp server free-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the free address ranges in DHCP address pools.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver f r ee- i p
I P Range f r om1. 0. 0. 0 t o 2. 2. 2. 1
I P Range f r om2. 2. 2. 3 t o 2. 255. 255. 255
I P Range f r om4. 0. 0. 0 t o 4. 255. 255. 255
I P Range f r om5. 5. 5. 0 t o 5. 5. 5. 0
I P Range f r om5. 5. 5. 2 t o 5. 5. 5. 255
Any view
830 display dhcp server ip-in-use 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp server ip-in-use
Purpose Use the display dhcp server ip-in-use command to view the address
binding information of DHCP clients, such as the information in hardware address, IP
address, and address lease expiration.
Syntax display dhcp server ip-in-use { al l | i p ip-address | pool [ pool-name
] | i nt er f ace [ interface-type interface-number ] }
Parameters all
Displays all the information.
ip-address
Specifies an IP address. If no IP address has been
specified, information of all the bound addresses will
be displayed.
pool-name
Specifies a global address pool. If no global address
pool has been specified, the bound addresses in all the
global address pools will be displayed.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies an interface address pool. If no interface
address pool has been specified, the bound addresses
in all the interface address pools will be displayed.
Example View the DHCP address binding information.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver i p- i n- use al l
I P addr ess Cl i ent i dent i f i er / Lease expi r at i on Type
Har dwar e addr ess
1. 1. 1. 18 00e0- ec00- 00f 0 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 2. 1 00e0- f c60- 0001- 5200 Sep 23 2004 08: 46: 09 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 29 00e0- f c60- 0001- 6543 Sep 23 2004 08: 40: 57 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 13 00e0- ec00- 00a0 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 7 00e0- ec00- 0040 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 23 00e0- ec00- 0140 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 14 00e0- ec00- 00b0 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 8 00e0- ec00- 0050 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
1. 1. 1. 24 00e0- ec00- 0150 Sep 23 2004 08: 39: 25 AM
Aut o: COMMI TTED
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp server ip-in-use 831
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command reset dhcp ip-in-use
Table 96 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server ip-in-use command
Field Description
Global pool Address binding information of global address pools
Interface pool Address binding information of interface address pools
IP address The bound IP address
Client identifier/Hardware address The bound MAC address or VLAN ID
VlanId Identifies a user uniquely together with a MAC address
Lease expiration The lease expiration time
Type Address binding type
832 display dhcp server statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp server statistics
Purpose Use the display dhcp server statistics command to view the statistics on
the DHCP server, including such information as number of DHCP address pools,
automatically or manually bound address and expired addresses, number of unknown
packets, number of DHCP request packets, and number of response packets.
Syntax display dhcp server statistics
Parameters None
Example View the statistic information on the DHCP server.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver st at i st i cs
Gl obal Pool :
Pool Number : 5
Bi ndi ng
Aut o: 0
Manual : 1
Expi r e: 0
I nt er f ace Pool :
Pool Number : 1
Bi ndi ng
Aut o: 1
Manual : 0
Expi r e: 0
Boot Request : 6
Dhcp Di scover : 1
Dhcp Request : 4
Dhcp Decl i ne: 0
Dhcp Rel ease: 1
Dhcp I nf or m: 0
Boot Repl y: 4
Dhcp Of f er : 1
Dhcp Ack: 3
Dhcp Nak: 0
Bad Messages: 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp server statistics 833
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command reset dhcp server statistics
Table 97 Description of the information output by executing display dhcp server statistics
Major item Description
Global Pool: Statistics of global address pools
Interface Pool: Statistics of interface address pools
Pool Number Number of address pools
Auto Number of automatically bound IP addresses
Manual Number of manually bound IP addresses
Expire Number of IP addresses of expired leases
Boot Request Number of messages that DHCP clients sent to the DHCP server
Dhcp Discover, Dhcp Request,
Dhcp Decline, Dhcp Release,
Dhcp Inform
Statistics of the received DHCP packets
Boot Reply Number of messages that the DHCP server sent to DHCP clients
Dhcp Offer, Dhcp Ack, Dhcp Nak Statistics of the transmitted DHCP packets
Bad Messages Statistics of packets containing errors
834 display dhcp server tree 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dhcp server tree
Purpose Use the display dhcp server tree command to view the tree-structure
information of DHCP address pools, including the address pool at each node, option,
address lease period, and DNS server information.
Syntax display dhcp server tree { pool [ pool-name ] | i nt er f ace [
Parameters pool-name
Name of a global address pool. All the global address
interface-type
interface-number
Interface address pool. All the interface address pools
will apply if no interface has been specified.
all All the DHCP address pools.
Example View the tree-structure information of DHCP address pools.
<3Com> di spl ay dhcp ser ver t r ee al l
Gl obal pool :
Pool name: 5 net wor k 10. 10. 1. 0 255. 255. 255. 0
Chi l d node: 6
Si bl i ng node: 7
opt i on 1 i p- addr ess 255. 0. 0. 0
expi r ed 1 0 0
opt i on 58 hex 00 00 A8 C0
opt i on 59 hex 00 00 00 3C

Pool name: 6 host 10. 10. 1. 2 255. 0. 0. 0
har dwar e- addr ess 1111. 2222. 3333 et her net
Par ent node: 5
expi r ed 1 0 0
opt i on 59 hex 00 00 00 3C

Pr evSi bl i ng node: 5
Si bl i ng node: 8

Chi l d node: 9
Pr evSi bl i ng node: 7
gat eway- l i st 2. 2. 2. 2
nbns- l i st 3. 3. 3. 3
net bi os- t ype m- node
expi r ed 2 0 0
opt i on 58 hex 00 01 51 80
opt i on 59 hex 00 00 00 3C
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dhcp server tree 835
Command Reference
Par ent node: 8
dns- l i st 1. 1. 1. 1
domai n- name 444444
nbns- l i st 3. 3. 3. 3
net bi os- t ype m- node
expi r ed 2 0 0
opt i on 58 hex 00 01 51 80
opt i on 59 hex 00 00 00 3C
I nt er f ace pool :
Pool name: Et her net 11/ 2/ 0
net wor k 5. 5. 5. 0 mask 255. 255. 255. 0
expi r ed 1 0 0
opt i on 59 hex 00 00 00 3C
Any view
Table 98 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server tree command
Field Description
Global pool: Global address pool information
Interface pool: Interface address pool information
Pool Name: Address pool name
network Address ranges available for allocation
host 10.10.1.2
255.0.0.0
hardware-address
1111.2222.3333
ethernet
Statically bound IP address and MAC address
child node:6 The child node of the current node is address pool 6.
The node in this position can be:
Child node, which is the child node (subnet) address pool of the
current address pool
Parent node, which is the father node (natural network segment)
address pool of the current node
Sibling node, which is the next sibling node (another subnet on the
same natural network segment) address pool. The order of sibling
nodes depends on the order in which they are configured.
PrevSibling node, which is the previous sibling node of the current
node
option Self-definable DHCP option
expired The address lease period that is indicated by days, hours, and
minutes
gateway-list The egress GW router allocated to DHCP clients
dns-list The DNS servers allocated to DHCP clients
domain-name Domain name specified for DHCP clients
nbns-list The NetBIOS server allocated to DHCP clients
netbios-type NetBIOS node type specified for DHCP clients
836 display diagnostic-information 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display diagnostic-information
Purpose Use the display diagnostic-information command to view the operating
information about the active modules in the system.
Syntax display diagnostic-information
Parameters None
Example Display the technical support information.
<3Com> display diagnostic-information
<3Com> display diagnostic-information
=================================================
===============display clock===============
=================================================
14:04:23 UTC Thu 09/16/2004
===================================================
===============display version====
===================================================

==========================
===============vrbd===============
========================================

==================================================
===============display device===============
==================================================

=================================================================
===============display current-configuration===============
=================================================================

===============================================================
===============display saved-configuration=====
===============================================================

=====================================================
===============display interface===============
=====================================================

======================================================
===============display controller===============
======================================================
========================================================
===============display ip interface===============
========================================================
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display diagnostic-information 837
Command Reference

=========================================================
===============display ip statistics===============
=========================================================

========================================================
===============display exception 20===============
========================================================

===============================================================
===============display exception 3 verbose===============
===============================================================
=====================================================
===============display logbuffer===============
=====================================================

========================================================
===============_display history all===============
========================================================

The contents are omitted.
Any view
Description When fault occurs to the system, you must collect lots of information in order to
address the issue. It is difficult, however, to collect all the information at one time as
this involves many display commands. To do that, you can use the display
diagnostic-information command.
838 display dialer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dialer
Purpose Use the display dialer command to view information on DCC interfaces.
Syntax display dialer [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default By default, information on all DCC interfaces is displayed.
Example Display information on dialer interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay di al er
Di al er 0 - di al er t ype = Di al er
Di al er Rout e:
Next Hop_addr ess Di al er _Number s
Di al er number 003
Di al er Ti mer s( Secs) :
Aut o- di al : 300 Compet e: 20 Enabl e: 5
I dl e: 120 Wai t - f or - Car r i er : 60
Tot al Channel s: 30 Fr ee Channel s: 29
Any view
Table 99 Description on the fields of the display dialer command
Field Description
NextHop address Remote address associated with a dialer route on the interface
Dialer Number Dial string corresponding to the dialer route
Dialer Timers(Secs) Setting of the dialer timer
Auto-dial Time set by the dialer timer autodial command
Compete Time set by the dialer timer compete command
Enable Time set by the dialer timer enable command
Idle Time set by the dialer timer idle command
Wait for carrier Time set by the dialer timer wait-carrier command
Total Channels Total number of channels
Free Channels Number of free channels
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dialer 839
Command Reference
Related Commands dialer timer idle
dialer timer wait-for-carrier
dialer timer enable
840 display dlsw bridge-entry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dlsw bridge-entry
Purpose Use the display dlsw bridge-entry command to view the bridge-set
information.
Syntax display dlsw bridge-entry interface-type interface-number
Example Display the bridge group information.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw br i dge- ent r y
Mac_ent r y Por t gr oup hashI ndex
0000. e81c. b6bf Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 1 79
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dlsw circuits 841
Command Reference
display dlsw circuits
Purpose Use the display dlsw circuits command to view the DLSw virtual circuits.
Syntax display dlsw circuits [ circuit-id ] [ ver bose ]
Parameters circuit-id Displays the virtual circuit number of the specified
DLSw.
verbose
Displays the detail information of the virtual circuits.
Example Display the general information of the virtual circuits.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw ci r cui t s
ci r cui t - I dpor t l ocal - MACr emot e- MAC st at el i f et i me
00a2000a04 0000. 1738. 6df d0000. 1722. 3435 CONNECTED10: 02: 23
Any view
Description The output information of the command helps the user understand the information
regarding DLSw virtual circuits.
Table 100 Description on the fields of the display dlsw circuits command
Field Description
circuit-Id Distinguishes circuits.
local-MAC Local MAC address, with the lsap being the last SAP used by the
local peer.
remote-MAC Remote MAC address, with the rsap being the last SAP used by the
remote peer.
State Link state
lifetime Duration of the connection
842 display dlsw ethernet-backup map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dlsw ethernet-backup map
Purpose Use the display dlsw ethernet-backup map command to display
information about address translation after you configure the Ethernet switch support
feature.
Syntax display dlsw ethernet-backup map
Parameters None
Example Display information about address translation.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw et her net - backup map
Local _mac Remot e_mac Type St at us
8888- 8888- 8888 0000- 1738- 6df d Conf i gur e Enabl e
Any view
Table 101 Desrciption on the fields of display dlsw ethernet-backup map
Field Description
Local_mac Local virtual MAC address
Remote_mac MAC address of the remote SNA device
Type Address translation type, which can be Configure or Learned.
Status Address translation status, which can be Enable or Disabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour 843
Command Reference
display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour
Purpose Use the display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour command to display all
neighbors of the current router.
Syntax display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour
Parameters None
Example Display all neighbors of the current router.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw et her net - backup nei ghbour
Rol e Mac- Addr ess St at us LLC2- Ci r cui t
Sel f 00e0. f c2a. 0939 Mast er - - - -
Nei ghbor 00e0. f c0f . 3448 Sl ave CONNECT
Any view
Table 102 Description on the fields of display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour
Field Description
Role Self indicates the current router, while Neighbor indicates a neighbor
of the current router.
Mac-Address MAC address of the Ethernet interface on the router
Status Master/slave status of the router, which can be master, slave,
master-pending, slave-pending, or init.
LLC2-Circuit Status of the LLC circuit between the master router and the slave
router, which can be connect, disconnect, or SABMESENT.
844 display dlsw information 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dlsw information
Purpose Use the display dlsw information command to view the DLSw exchange
capability information. The output information of the command facilitates the user to
understand the status of the DLSw virtual circuit and perform fault diagnosis.
Syntax display dlsw information [ l ocal ] [ ip-address ]
Parameters local Displays the local exchange capability information.
ip-address Displays the exchange capability information of
Example Display the general information of exchange capability.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw i nf or mat i on
DLSw: Capabi l i t i es f or peer 14. 0. 0. 1
Vendor I D ( OUI ) : 00000c
Ver si on number : 01
Rel ease number : 00
I ni t Paci ng Wi ndow: 40
Numof TCP sessi ons: 01
Mac addr ess excl usi ve: no
Net BI OS Name excl usi ve: no
Mac addr ess Li st : none
Net BI OS Name Li st : none
Conf i gur ed I P addr ess: 14. 0. 0. 1
Ver si on st r i ng:
Copyr i ght ( c) 2003- 2004 3ComCor por at i on.
Table 103 Description on the fields of the display dlsw information command
Field Description
Version number RFC 1795
Release number Release version of RFC 1795
Init Pacing Window Size of the initiated window
Num of TCP sessions Number of TCP sessions
Mac address exclusive Reachable MAC address registered in the router
NetBIOS Name exclusive Reachable NetBIOS address registered in the router
Mac address List Reachable MAC address list
NetBIOS Name List Reachable NetBIOS address
Configured IP address Local IP address
Version string Version of 3Com router operation system
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dlsw information 845
Command Reference
Display the local exchange capability information.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw i nf or mat i on l ocal
DLSw: Capabi l i t i es f or l ocal :
Vendor I D ( OUI ) : ' 00e0f c' ( 3Com)
Rel ease number : 0
I ni t Paci ng Wi ndow : 40
Numof TCP sessi ons : 1
Mac addr ess excl usi ve : no
Net BI OS Name excl usi ve : no
Mac addr ess Li st : none
Net BI OS Name Li st : none
Conf i gur ed I P addr ess : 12. 0. 0. 1
Ver si on st r i ng :
Copyr i ght ( c) 2003- 2004 3ComCor por at i on
Any view
846 display dlsw information 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display dlsw information command to display DLSw capability
exchange information. The output of this command can help you understand the
status of DLSw virtual circuits.
Syntax display dlsw information [ l ocal ] [ ip-address ]
Parameters local Displays the local capability exchange information.
ip-address Displays the local capability exchange information
about a specified IP address.
Example Display general capability exchange information.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw i nf or mat i on
Vendor I D ( OUI ) : 00000c
Rel ease number : 00
Mul t i cast addr ess: None
Display the local capability exchange information.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw i nf or mat i on l ocal
Vendor I D ( OUI ) : ' 00e0f c' ( 3Com)
Rel ease number : 0
Mul t i cast addr ess: None
Table 104 Description on the fields of the debugging dlsw udp command
Field Description
Version number Version of RFC 1795
Release number Release of RFC 1795
Init Pacing Window Init window size
Num of TCP sessions Number of TCP sessions
Multicast address Multicast address
Version string Version of the operating system on the router
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dlsw information 847
Command Reference
Any view
848 display dlsw reachable-cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dlsw reachable-cache
Purpose Use the display dlsw reachable-cache command to view the
reachable-cache of DLSw.
Syntax display dlsw reachable-cache
Parameters None
Example Display the reachable-cache of DLSw.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dl sw r eachabl e- cache
LOCAL MAC addr esses i n cache
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MAC addr ess St at us I nt er f ace Remai n t i me
REMOTE MAC addr esses i n cache
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MAC addr ess St at us Peer Remai n t i me
0102. 2103. 5641 FOUND 2. 2. 2. 2 15
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dlsw remote 849
Command Reference
display dlsw remote
Purpose Use the display dlsw remote command to view the information of the remote
peers.
Syntax display dlsw remote [ ip-address ]
Parameters ip-address Displays the information of the remote peer with
Example Display information about all remote DLSw1.0 peers.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw r emot e
I P addr ess f r ame- i n f r ame- out f r ame- dop st at e l i f e- t i me
* 3. 1. 1. 1 0 0 0 DI SCONNECT 00: 00: 00
Any view
Description The output information helps the user to understand the connection state between
the DLSw and the remote peers.
Table 105 Description on the fields of the display dlsw remote command
Field Description
* Indicates that the peer can set up connection. If no asterisk sign is
placed before TCP, the peer is an inactive standby peer.
IP address IP address of the peer.
frame-in Packets received by the peer.
frame-out Packets sent by the peer.
frame-drop Packets dropped by the peer.
State State of the peer.
life-time Duration of the connection.
850 display dlsw remote 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dlsw remote
Purpose Use the display dlsw remote command to display information about the
specified or all remote peers.
Syntax display dlsw remote [ ip-address ]
IP address of a remote peer.
Example Display information about all current remote peers of DLSw2.0.
<3Com> di spl ay dl sw r emot e
I P Addr ess f r ame- i n f r ame- out f r ame- dr op ver t ype st at e l i f et i me
*128. 10. 45. 10 0 0 0 V1 C CONNECT 00: 00: 00
128. 10. 46. 78 2 2 0 V1 C DI SCONNECT 00: 00: 00
*130. 20. 45. 12 2 2 0 V2 D CONNECT 00: 02: 00
130. 35. 46. 77 0 0 0 V2 C DI SCONNECT 00: 00: 00
*145. 11. 23. 58 2 1 1 V2 C CONNECTI NG 00: 00: 00
Any view
Description The output of the command may help you get aware of the connection state
between DLSw and its remote peers.
Table 106 Description on the fields of the display dlsw remote command
Field Description
* The asterisk leading the IP address of a peer indicates that the peer is
available for TCP connection setup.
A peer without the asterisk sign is a backup peer in inactive state.
IP address IP address of the peer
frame-in Number of the packets received by the peer.
frame-out Number of the packets sent by the peer.
frame-drop Number of the packets dropped by the peer
ver DLSw version: V1 or V2.
type Type of the remote peer, which can be:
D, meaning the peer is learned dynamically.
C, meaning the peer is configured manually.
state Connection state, which can be one of the following:
CONNECT, meaning a TCP connection is present
DISCONNECT, meaning no TCP connection is present
CONNECTING, meaning a TCP connection is being set up.
life-time Connection time
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dns domain 851
Command Reference
display dns domain
Purpose Use the display dns domain command to view the DNS domain names that are
manually configured.
Use the display dns domain dynamic command to view the DNS domain
names that are dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
Syntax display dns domain [ dynami c]
Parameters dynamic Displays DNS domain names that are dynamically
obtained through DHCP or by other means.
Example Display the DNS domain names that are manually configured.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dns domai n
No Domai n- name
0 3com. com
Display the DNS domain names that are dynamically obtained.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dns domai n dynami c
No Domai n- name
0 3com. com
Any view
852 display dns dynamic host 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dns dynamic host
Purpose Use the display dns dynamic-host command to view the current contents in
the domain name cache of the DNS client.
Syntax display dns dynamic-host
Parameters None
Example Display the current contents in the domain name cache of the DNS client.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dns dynami c- host
No Host - - > I paddr ess TTL Al i as
1 www. sohu. com 91. 1. 1. 1 3521
2 www. si na. com. cn 87. 1. 1. 1 3000
No Host - - > I paddr ess TTL Al i as
1 www. 163. com 191. 1. 1. 1 3561
2 www. 263. com 187. 1. 1. 1 3300
The first part of the output is the result of Class A query, or the result queried by host;
the second part of the output is the result of PTR class query, or the result queried by
IP address.
Any view
Description The DNS client retains the result of each successful domain name resolution in its
cache. If it receives the same resolving request later, it first looks up the cache for a
match. And if no match is found, it sends a domain name resolving request to the
DNS server. You can use this command to view the current contents in the buffer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dns server 853
Command Reference
display dns server
Purpose Use the display dns server command to view the DNS server addresses
manually configured.
Use the display dns server dynamic command to view the DNS server
addresses that are dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
Syntax display dns server [ dynami c ]
Parameters dynamic Displays DNS server addresses that are dynamically
obtained through DHCP or other protocols.
Example Display the DNS server addresses that are dynamically obtained.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dns ser ver dynami c
Domai n- ser ver I pAddr ess
0 10. 72. 66. 36
Display the DNS server addresses that are manually configured.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay dns ser ver
Domai n- ser ver I pAddr ess
0 10. 72. 74. 5
Any view
854 display domain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display domain
Purpose Use the display domain command to view the configuration of a specified ISP
domain or display the summary information of all ISP domains.
Syntax display domain [ isp-name ]
Parameters isp-name
Specifies the ISP domain name, with a character string
not exceeding 24 characters. The specified ISP domain
must be an existing one.
Default By default, the summary of all ISP domains is displayed.
Example Display configuration information for the test domain.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay domai n t est
The cont ent s of Domai n t est :
St at e = Act i ve
Cur r ent Aut hent i cat i on : RADI US Scheme =t est
Cur r ent Aut hor i zat i on: TACACS Scheme =hwt
Cur r ent Account i ng : RADI US Scheme =r ad
Account i ng Opt i onal = Di sabl e
Access- l i mi t = Di sabl e
Domai n User Templ at e:
Any view
Description This command is used to output the configuration of a specified ISP domain or display
the summary information of all ISP domains. If an ISP domain is specified, the
configuration information will be displayed exactly the same, concerning the content
Table 107 Description on the fields of the display domain command
Field Description
The contents of Domain
test
Configuration information of the test domain
State State of the domain user: active or block
Current Authentication Authentication scheme for the domain
Current Authorization Authorization scheme for the domain
Current Accounting Accounting scheme for the domain
Accounting Optional State of optional accounting: enable or disable
Access-limit State of the restriction on the concurrent connected users
accommodated by the domain user: disable or enable
Domain User Template Domain user template
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display domain 855
Command Reference
and format, as the displayed information of the display domain command. The
output information can help with ISP domain diagnosis and troubleshooting.
Related Commands access-limit
domain
scheme
state
display domain
856 display dsl configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dsl configuration
Purpose Use the display dsl configuration command to view the actual ADSL
configurations.
Syntax display dsl configuration interface atm interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display the actual ADSL configurations.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0]display dsl configuration interface atm 1/0/0
Line Params Set by User or default
Standard: T1.413

Actual Config Near End Far End
Standard: T1.413 T1.413
Annex: AnnexA AnnexA
Trellis Coding: Enable Enable
Framing: 3 3

ADSL info:
Tx(US) Rx(DS)
K: 16 302
R: 0 8
S: 4 1
D: 2 16

DMT Bits Allocation Per Bin (Up/Down Bits:143/2595)
000: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 5 6 7 7 7
010: 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 6 6 5 3 0
020: 0 2 3 5 5 6 7 7 8 7 9 9 a 9 a a
030: a b b b b c a a c c c d c 9 a d
040: 0 e d e b d e e d e e a e e e d
050: e d b d e e d e d c e e d e d d
060: e d e d e d c d d e d d e c d d
070: d d e d d d d e d d d c d d d e
080: d d c d d d d d c d d d d c d c
090: d c d c d c c d c c d c d c d c
0a0: c d c c c d c c c d c c c d c c
0b0: c d c c c c d c c c c c d c c c
0c0: c c c c c c c c c c c b c c b c
0d0: c b c b c b c b c b c b c b b c
0e0: b c 2 b c b a b a a b a a b a a
0f0: b a a b a a a a a a a 9 9 9 8 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl configuration 857
Command Reference
Any view
Table 108 Description on the output of the display dsl configuration command
Field Description
Line Params Set by User Line parameters at ATU-R end. Among these parameters, you can
only modify the standard for special testing or diagnosis, but not the
others.
The following information appears after the link is activated.
Actual Config Real operating parameters after the link is activated
ADSL info ADSL parameters, which are displayed only when they are different
from ADSL2 info
ADSL2 info ADSL2 parameters, which are displayed only when they are different
from ADSL info
DMT Bits Allocation Per
Bin
Bits allocated to and carried by each bin.
858 display dsl configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display dsl configuration command to view the actual DSL
configurations.
Syntax display dsl configuration interface atm interface-number
Interface number
Example Display the actual G.SHDSL configurations.
[3Com -Atm3/0/0]display dsl configuration interface atm 3/0/0
GSHDSL line parameter and mode Configuration
Mode: CPE
Standard: G991.2
Annex: B
Wire Type: 2
Framing: 3
SNR Threshold: 25 dB
Line Rate: Auto Adaptive
Current Margin: 2
SNEXT margin: 0
Target Margin: 3 dB
Psd Mode: Sym PSD
Power-Backoff: Disable
LinkCheck: Disable
--Actual Handshake Status --
00: 0002 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
10: 0000 0008 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0008 0000
20: 0000 0000 0002 0002 0004 0010
--Local Handshake Status --
00: 0002 0001 0000 0000 0000 0000 0034 003f 003f 003f
10: 003f 003f 0003 0034 003f 003f 003f 003f 003f 0003
20: 0000 0000 0003 0003 000f 0010
--Remote Handshake Status --
00: 0002 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0030 003f 003f 003f
10: 003f 000f 0000 0030 003f 003f 003f 003f 000f 0000
20: 0000 0000 0003 0003 0004 0010
Table 109 Description on the output of the display dsl configuration command
Field Description
Mode Operating mode, customer premises equipment (CPE) or central
office (CO)
Standard The supported standard
Annex The available options are a and b.
Wire Type Two-wire system or four-wire system.
SNR Threshold Signal to noise ratio threshold
Current Margin Current margin
SNEXT margin Worst-case margin
Target Margin
Line Rate
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl configuration 859
Command Reference
Any view
PSD Mode Power spectral density mode: symmetric or asymmetric
Power-Backoff Power compensation
LinkCheck State of link check: enable or disable
Actual Handshake
Status
Remote Handshake
Status
Table 109 Description on the output of the display dsl configuration command (continued)
Field Description
860 display dsl status 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dsl status
Purpose Use the display dsl status command to view the DSL state information.
Syntax display dsl status interface atm interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display state about the ADSL on interface ATM 1/0/0.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0]display dsl status interface atm 1/0/0
Active Params Near End Far End
SNR Margin(dB): 11.3 13.0
Attn(dB): 2.5 0.0
Pwr(dBm): 12.4 7.8
Current Rate(kbps): 320 7648
Current ADSL Status: NoDefect NoDefect

ADSL Count Tx Rx
total RS: 0 20587812
RSCorr: 0 994935
RSUnCorr: 0 100823
SF: 302759 302761
SFErr: 190580 57576
ATM Count Tx Rx
HEC: 0 0
OCD: 0 0
LCD: 0 0
ES: 0 0
Total Cells: 0 15802440
Data Cells: 0 0
Dropped Cells: 0 0
Error Bits: 0 0
Table 110 Description on the output of the display dsl status command
Field Description
Active Params Parameters and indices, such as SNR margin and attenuation, for the
line at both near end and far end.
Adsl Count Error and correction statistics from the chipset about errors and
corrects for ADSL, including:
Total RS: Total number of RS frames
RSCorr: Count of correctable RS frame errors
RSUnCorr: Count of uncorrectable RS frame errors
SF: Count of SF frames
SFErr: Count of SF errors
ATM Count Statistics from the chipset about errors and corrections for ATM.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl status 861
Command Reference
Any view
Command Reference
display dsl status
Purpose Use the display dsl status command to view state about the specified DSL
interface.
Syntax display dsl status interface atm interface-number
Interface number
Example Display state information of the specified two-wire G.SHDSL interface that is up.
[3Com -Atm3/0/0] display dsl status interface atm 3/0/0
Operating Mode: CPE
DSL Mode: SHDSL Annex B
Configured Wire Type: 2
Line A Statistics since last activation:
CRC: 0
LOSW Defect: 0
ES: 0
SES: 0
UAS: 0
TX EOC: 0
RX EOC: 0

Line A status:
Xcvr Op State: Data Mode
Last Fail Op State: 0x00
Frame Sync: in sync
Line Rate(Kbps): 2312
Wire Type: 2
SNR Margin(dB): 16.30
Loop Attenuation(dB): 0.00
RecvGain(dB): 6.07
TxPower(dBm): 9.50
Power Backoff: enable
Power Backoff Level: 5
Tip/Ring Reversal: Reversed
FrmOH Stat: 0x00
Rmt Encoder A : 0x0000016e
Rmt Encoder B : 0x00000331
Rmt NSF Cusdata : 0x0000
Rmt NSF CusID : 0x0000
Rmt Country Code : 0x00b5
Rmt Provider Code: GSPN
Rmt Vendor Data: 0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78
0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78
Display state information of the specified four-wire G.SHDSL interface that is up.
[Router-Atm3/0/0]display dsl status interface atm 3/0/0
Operating Mode: CPE
DSL Mode: SHDSL Annex B
Configured Wire Type: 4
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl status 863
Command Reference

CRC: 0
LOSW Defect: 0
ES: 0
SES: 0
UAS: 0
TX EOC: 0
RX EOC: 0

Line A status:
Frame Sync: in sync
Wire Type: 4
RecvGain(dB): 5.86
TxPower(dBm): 9.50
FrmOH Stat: 0x00
0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78
Line B Statistics since last activation:
CRC: 1
LOSW Defect: 1
ES: 1
SES: 1
UAS: 0
TX EOC: 0
RX EOC: 0

Line B status:
Frame Sync: in sync
Wire Type: 4
RecvGain(dB): 5.28
TxPower(dBm): 9.50
FrmOH Stat: 0x00
Command Reference
0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78
Any view
Table 111 Description on the fields of the display dsl status command
Field Description
Operating Mode CPE or CO
DSL Mode Annex supported by the interface: Annex A or Annex B
Configured Wire Type Configured wire mode of the interface: two-wire or four-wire
Line A Statistics since
last activation
Statistics about wire-pair A
CRC Count of CRC errors
LOSW Defect Count of loss of synchronization word defects
ES Errored second, count of errors per second
SES Severely errored second, count of severe errors per second
UAS Unavailable second, count of one-second intervals for which the
G.SHDSL line is unavailable
TX EOC Count of transmitted EOC cells
RX EOC Count of received EOC cells
Line A status State of wire-pair A
Xcvr Op State: Data
Mode
Operating state of the receiver
Last Fail Op State Operating state of the receiver when the last negotiation failed
Frame Sync State of frame synchronization
Line Rate(Kbps) Negotiated wire-pair speed
Wire Type Wire type: four-wire, or two-wire
SNR Margin(dB) Margin to SNR
Loop Attenuation(dB) Loop attenuation
RecvGain(dB) Receive gain
TxPower(dBm) Transmit power
Power Backoff State of power compensation
Power Backoff Level Level of power compensation
Tip/Ring Reversal State of Tip/Ring reverse
FrmOH Stat Frame outflow state
Rmt Encoder A Encoding coefficient A
Rmt Encoder B Encoding coefficient B
Rmt NSF Cusdata Remote NSF user data
Rmt NSF CusID Remote NSF user ID
Rmt Country Code Country code
Rmt Provider Code Code of the chip provider
Rmt Vendor Data Code of the chip vendor
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl version 865
Command Reference
display dsl version
Purpose Use the display dsl version command to view DSL version and the available
capabilities.
Syntax display dsl version interface atm interface-number
Parameters interface-number Interface number.
Example Display the ADSL version information.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] display dsl version interface atm 1/0/0

Adsl board chipset and version info:
Dsl Line Type: Adsl Over Pots
Chipset Vendor: BDCM
FW Release: A2pB017l.d15h
DSP Version: 17.1200
AFE Version: 1.0
PCB Version: 10.0
CPLD Version: 1.0
Driver Version: 1.0
Hardware Version: 1.0

Adsl Capability
ANNEX Supported :
ANNEX A
Standard Supported :
ANSI T1.413 Issue 2
ITU G992.1(G.dmt)
ITU G992.2(G.lite)
ITU G992.3(Adsl2)
ITU G992.3(ReAdsl2)
ITU G992.5(Adsl2p)
Table 112 Description on the output of the display adsl version command
Field Description
Adsl board chipset and
version info
The components of the interface board and the version
DSL line Type Type of the user access line
Chipset Vendor Identifier of the ADSL chipset vendor
FW Release Identifier and version of the firmware
DSP Version
AFE Version
PCB Version
Driver Version Version of the driver software
CPLD Version Version of the logic
Adsl Capability The standard and annex supported by the interface.
866 display dsl version 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dsl version 867
Command Reference
display dsl version
Purpose Use the display dsl version command to view the DSL version and the
available functionality.
Syntax display dsl version interface atm interface-number
Parameters interface-number Interface number
Example Display the G.SHDSL version on interface ATM 3/0/0.
[3Com -Atm3/0/0] display dsl version interface atm 3/0/0
Dsl Line Type: G.SHDSL
ATM SAR Device: 0x823614f1
ATM SAR Revision: 0x02
Chipset Vendor: GSPN
Firmware Rel-Rev: R2.3.1-0
DSP Version: 1
PCB Version: 0.0
CPLD Version: 0.0
Driver Version: 2.0
Hardware Version: 1.0
ITU G991.2 ANNEX A: Supported
ITU G991.2 ANNEX B: Supported
Any view
Table 113 Description on the output of display dsl version interface atm
Field Description
DSL line Type Type of the user access line
ATM SAR Device Identifier of the SAR chip
ATM SAR Revision Revision identifier of the SAR chip
Chipset Vendor Identifier of the DSL chipset vendor
Firmware Rel-Rev Identifier and version of the firmware
DSP Version
PCB Version
CPLD Version Logic version
Driver Version Driver software version
Hardware Version
ITU G991.2 ANNEX A,
ITU G991.2 ANNEX B
Standards and the annexes supported by the interface
868 display dvpn info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dvpn info
Purpose Use the display dvpn info command to display the configuration and operating
information about a specified DVPN.
Use the display dvpn info global command to display the global
configuration and operating information about the current DVPN.
Syntax display dvpn info { dvpn-id dvpn-id | global }
Parameters dvpn-id
ID number of the DVPN domain. Valid values are 1 to
65,535.
global Displays the global configuration information about
DVPN.
Example Display all the information about DVPN 1.
[3Com] display dvpn info vpn-id 1
---------------------------------------------------
DVPN Domain 1 Information
---------------------------------------------------
type : client
register type : Undistributed | Forward
session number : 1

server : server0
server state : active
server public IP : 211.1.1.2
algorithm suite : DES_MD5_DHGROUP1

session encryption flag : Need encryption
data encryption flag : Need encryption
authentication server method : none

session algorithm suite : AES128_SHA1_DHGROUP1
session setup time : 10
session idle time : 300
session keepalive time : 10
data algorithm suite : 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
data ipsecsa duration time : 180
data ipsecsa duration byte : 0

input packets : 17160
input dropped packets : 0
output packets : 87
output direct send packets : 42
output error dropped packets : 3
output send ipsec packets : 42
output send ipsec fail packets : 0
Display the global configuration about DVPN.
[3Com] display dvpn info global
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dvpn info 869
Command Reference
DVPN Service Globle infomation:
Total dvpn number : 2
Total Server Dvpn number : 1
Total Client Dvpn number : 1
Total Dvpn Class number : 1
Total Dvpn Policy number : 1
Global Authenticate Client Type : NONE
Global map agetime : 30
Global register interval : 10
Global register retry : 3
Global regoster dumb : 300
Total Map number : 0
Total Session number : 0
Total redirect number : 0
Total UDP input packets : 0
Total input drop packets : 0
Total output packets : 0
Total write to ipsec err : 0
Total output error : 0
Any view
870 display dvpn ipsec-sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dvpn ipsec-sa
Purpose Use the display dvpn ipsec-sa command to display the specified IPSec SA
information.
Syntax display dvpn ipsec-sa { all | dvpn-id dvpn-id [ private-ip private-ip ] }
Parameters all
Specifies all the information about IPSec SA.
dvpn-id
65,535.
private-ip Specifies the private IP address.
Example Display the IPSec SA information about DVPN 1.
<3Com> display dvpn ipsec-sa dvpn-id 1

---------------------------
Session dvpn-id : 1
Session local : 10.0.0.3
Session remote : 10.0.0.2
sa mode : DVPN
---------------------------

[Inbound ESP SAs]
spi : 1549550209 (0x5c5c4281)
authentication-algorithm : ESP-AUTH-MD5
encryption-algorithm : ESP-ENCRYPT-3DES

life duration(bytes/sec): 0/180
remaining life duration(bytes/sec): 0/102

[Outbound ESP SAs]
spi : 2421434273 (0x905427a1)
authentication-algorithm : ESP-AUTH-MD5
encryption-algorithm : ESP-ENCRYPT-3DES

life duration(bytes/sec): 0/180
remaining life duration(bytes/sec): 0/102
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dvpn map 871
Command Reference
display dvpn map
Purpose Use the display dvpn map command to display information about maps in a
DVPN domain, such as private IP address, public IP address, port number, DVPN
connection state, DVPN connection type, and control ID.
Syntax display dvpn map {all | dvpn-id dvpn-id | public-ip public-ip }
Parameters all
Displays all the established map information.
dvpn-id dvpn-id
65,535.
public-ip public-IP
Specifies the public IP address.
Example Display all the map information.
[3Com] display dvpn map all
vpn-id private-ip public-ip port state type control-id
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10.0.0.2 211.1.1.2 9876 SUCCESS C->S 70433124
2 11.0.0.2 211.1.1.2 9876 SUCCESS C->S 70432548
Any view
872 display dvpn online-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display dvpn online-user
Purpose Use the display dvpn online-user command to display the information about
online DVPN users.
Syntax display dvpn online-user
Parameters None
Example Display the information about online DVPN users.
<3Com> dis dvpn online-user
username : dvpnuser@dvpn
authen-type : CHAP
DVPN t ot al onl i ne- user count : 1
Any view
Description When the DVPN server authenticates clients, you can use this command to check the
users that pass AAA (authentication, authorization, and accounting) authentication
and are accessing the DVPN domains.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display dvpn session 873
Command Reference
display dvpn session
Purpose Use the display dvpn session command to display information about sessions
the device owns.
Syntax display dvpn session { all | dvpn-id dvpn-id [ private-ip
private-ip ] }
Parameters all
Displays all the established session information.
dvpn-id dvpn-id
ID of the DVPN domain. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
private-ip private-IP
Specifies the private IP address (the IP address of the
tunnel interface).
Example Display all the session information about DVPN 2.
<3Com> display dvpn session dvpn-id 2
vpn-id private-ip public-ip port state type
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 11.0.0.2 211.1.1.2 9876 SUCCESS C->S
2 11.0.0.4 211.1.1.100 12289 SUCCESS C->C
Any view
874 display encrypt-card fast-switch 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display encrypt-card fast-switch
Purpose Use the display encrypt-card fast-switch command to view the entries in
the fast forwarding cache for the encryption cards.
Syntax display encrypt-card fast-switch
Parameters None
Example Display the entries in the fast forwarding cache for the encryption cards.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay encr ypt - car d f ast - swi t ch
encr ypt - car d Fast - For war di ng cache:
I ndex Sour I P Sour Por t Dest I P Dest Por t Pr ot TdbI D Type
18 1. 1. 1. 2 8 1. 1. 1. 1 0 1 0x00000024 encr ypt
130 1. 1. 1. 1 0 1. 1. 1. 2 0 50 0x00000023 decr ypt
Any view
Table 114 Description on the fields of the display encrypt-card fast-switch
command
Field Description
Index Index of the fast forwarding entry
SourIP Source IP address
SourPort Source port
DestIP Destination IP address
DestPort Destination port
Prot Protocol number
TdbID TDB ID for encrypting this flow
Type Two options are available: encrypt (in the outgoing direction) and
decrypt (in the incoming direction)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display encrypt-card sa 875
Command Reference
display encrypt-card sa
Purpose Use the display encrypt-card sa command to view SA information.
Syntax display encrypt-card sa [ slot-id ]
Parameters slot-id Slot ID for the encryption card, whose range depends
on the slot number on the router. It is in 3-dimensional
format, for example, x/y/z, where x stands for slot
ID on the router, y and z are fixed to 0 for the
encryption card.
Example Display all SA information on the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay encr ypt - car d sa 5/ 0/ 0
AH SAs
pr oposal : ESP- AUTH- SHA1HMAC96
l ocal addr ess: 20. 0. 0. 2
r emot e addr ess: 20. 0. 0. 1
sa r emai ni ng key dur at i on ( byt es/ sec) : 1887435992/ 2401
spi : 1081108020 ( 0x40706634)
Uses Encr ypt 5/ 0
ESP SAs
pr oposal : ESP- ENCRYPT- 3DES
spi : 891512401 ( 0x35236651)
Uses Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0
ESP SAs
pr oposal : ESP- ENCRYPT- 3DES
spi : 3024247997 ( 0xb4425cbd)
AH SAs
spi : 2937733563 ( 0xaf 1a41bb)
Any view
876 display encrypt-card sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The command is only available on encryption cards.
These kinds of information shall be displayed: SA proposal name, local address,
remote address, remaining SA remaining key duration, schedule performance index
(SPI), slot ID, and other similar information.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display encrypt-card statistics 877
Command Reference
display encrypt-card statistics
Purpose Use the display encrypt-card statistics command to view statistics on
the specified or all encryption cards.
Syntax display encrypt-card statistics [ slot-id ]
on the number of slots on the router. It is in
3-dimensional format, for example, x/y/z, where x
stands for slot ID on the router, y and z are fixed to 0
for the encryption card.
Example Display the statistics on the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay encr ypt - car d st at i st i cs 5/ 0/ 0
Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 secur i t y packet s st at i st i cs :
i nput / out put secur i t y packet s: 8/ 4
i nput / out put secur i t y byt es: 1472/ 604
dr opped secur i t y packet det ai l :
no enough memor y: 0
can' t f i nd SA: 0
queue i s f ul l : 0
aut hent i cat i on i s f ai l ed: 0
wr ong l engt h: 0
r epl ay packet : 0
t oo l ong packet : 0
wr ong SA: 0
i nval i d pr oposal : 0
i nval i d pr ot ocol : 0
buf f er er r or : 0
wr ap er r or : 0
cr ypt o er r or : 0
pad er r or : 0
Any view
Description The statistics includes the processing information of ESP/AH packets on the
encryption card. More details are displayed in the following example.
If the slot ID you type in is greater than the available slot number on the router, the
error information Invalid encrypt-card slot-id will be prompted.
Related Command reset encrypt-card statistics
878 display encrypt-card syslog 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display encrypt-card syslog
Purpose Use the display encrypt-card syslog command to view the current system
log on the encryption cards.
Syntax display encrypt-card syslog [ slot-id ]
Parameters slot-id
on the number of slots on the router. If no slot is
specified, information on all encryption cards is
displayed. Slot numbers are represented by x/y/z,
where x is the slot number, and y and z are zero for
encryption cards.
Example Display the system log on the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay encr ypt - car d sysl og 5/ 0/ 0
Dat e: 2004- 03- 27, Ti me: 11: 45 Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 : r ecei ve t i me conf i g cmd.
Dat e: 2004- 03- 27, Ti me: 11: 50 Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 : r ecei ve add t db cmd.
Dat e: 2004- 03- 27, Ti me: 11: 50 Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 : r ecei ve l i nk t db cmd.
Dat e: 2004- 03- 27, Ti me: 11: 50 Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 : r ecei ve l i nk t db cmd.
Any view
Description If the slot ID you type in is greater than the available slot number on the router, the
error information Invalid encrypt-card slot-id shall be prompted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display environment 879
Command Reference
display environment
Purpose Use the display environment command to view the current values and the
thresholds of the hardware system environment.
Syntax display environment
Parameters None
Example Display the system environment.
<3Com> display environment
GET 3 TEMPERATUREPOINT VALUE SUCCESSFULLY
environment information:
Temperature information:
local CurrentTemperature LowLimit HighLimit
(deg c ) (deg c) (deg c )
RPU 34 0 80
VENT 31 0 80
Any view
Table 115 Description on the fields of the display environment command
Field Description
local Name of a hardware unit such as RPU/ERPU
CurrentTemperature Current temperature of the hardware unit
LowLimit Lower limit of the temperature
HighLimit Upper limit of the temperature
880 display esis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display esis
Purpose Use the display esis command to display current ES-IS protocol state, such as the
configuration timer (CT) to send ISH packets, the holding time (HT) of the information
ISH packets carry.
Syntax display esis
Parameters None
Example Display current ES-IS protocol state.
<3Com>display esis
Cur r ent ESI S st at us: Enabl e
Cur r ent ESI S conf i gur at i on t i mer : 60s
Cur r ent ESI S hol di ng t i mer : 180s
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display esis interface 881
Command Reference
display esis interface
Purpose Use the display esis interface command to display ES-IS related information
about a specified interface.
Syntax display esis interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display ES-IS related information about an interface.
<3Com> display esis interface Ethernet0/0/0
ES- I S pr ot ocol st at us i s up
0 packet s r ecei ved, 0 packet s sent
Any view
Description If you do not specify the interface-type interface-number argument, this
command display ES-IS related information about all interfaces.
Table 116 Description on the fields of the display esis interface command
Field Description
Ethernet0/0/0 is up The current state of the interface
ES-IS protocol state The ES-IS protocol state of the interface
ES-IS Packets
packets received, packets
sent
bytes received, bytes sent
The number of ES-IS packets the interface receives and sends and the
882 display esis peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display esis peer
Purpose Use the display esis peer command to display information about the
neighbors dynamically discovered by ES-IS protocol (including dynamic ES and IS
neighbors).
Syntax display esis peer
Parameters None
Example Display information about the neighbors dynamically discovered by ES-IS protocol.
<3Com> display esis peer
47. 0000. 0000. 0000. 0000
I nt er f ace: Fa0/ 0 SNPA: 000e- 84ba- f d90 Hol dTi me: 250s Type: ES
47. 0000. 0000. 0000. 0000
49. 0000. 0647. 0001. 1100
47. 0000. 0647. 0001. 1100
I nt er f ace: Fa0/ 0 SNPA: 000e- 84ba- f d94 Hol dTi me: 220s Type: I S
47. 0000. 0647. 0001. 1101
I nt er f ace: Fa0/ 0 SNPA: 000e- 84ba- f d94 Hol dTi me: 220s Type: I S
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display esis statistics 883
Command Reference
display esis statistics
Purpose Use the display esis statistic command to display statistics information
about ES-IS flow.
Syntax display esis statistics
Parameters None
Example Display statistics information about ES-IS flow.
<3Com> display esis statistics
ESI S Pr ot ocol ( packet s) :
Tot al sent : 10
Tot al r ecei ved: 20
Tot al di scar ded: 0
ESH sent : 0
ESH r ecei ved: 10
I SH sent : 10
I SH r ecei ved: 0
Any view
Table 117 Description on the fields of the display esis statistics command
Field Description
Total sent Total number of the packets sent
Total received Total number of the packets received
Total discarded Total number of the packets discarded
ESH sent Total number of ESH packets sent
ESH received Total number of ESH packets received
ISH sent Total number of ISH packets sent
ISH received Total number of ISH packets received
884 display fcm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fcm
Purpose Use the display fcm command to display the count of dial-up negotiation failures
and the count of disconnections upon transaction timeouts for FCM module
interfaces.
Syntax display fcm
Parameters None
Example Display the count of dial-up negotiation failures and the count of disconnections
upon transaction timeouts for FCM interfaces.
[Router] display fcm
FCMId ConnectFail Timeout
0 0 0
1 0 0
2 0 0
3 0 0
4 0 2
5 0 0
6 0 0
7 0 0
8 0 0
9 0 0
Any view
Related Command: reset fcm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fe1 serial 885
Command Reference
display fe1 serial
Purpose Use the display fe1 serial command to view the configuration and state
about the specified or all E1-F interfaces.
Syntax display fe1 [ ser i al serial-number ]
Parameters serial serial-number Number of the serial interface. If no interface is
specified, information on all the E1-F interfaces is
displayed.
Example Display information on an E1-F interface.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay f e1 ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Ser i al 4
Fr act i onal E1, st at us i s down.
Wor k mode i s FRAMED - 120 OHM bal anced.
Fr ami ng : NO- CRC4, Li ne Code i s HDB3, Cl ock : Sl ave.
Al ar mSt at e : Loss- of - Si gnal . Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Physi cal t ype i s FE1 - 75 OHM unbal anced
Wor k mode i s FRAMED
Fr ame- f or mat i s NONE, Li ne Code i s HDB3, Sour ce Cl ock i s SLAVE
Al ar mSt at e i s None.
129 Loss Fr ame Al i gnment Secs, 0 Fr ami ng Er r or Secs,
0 CRC Er r or Secs, 0 Al ar mI ndi cat i on Secs, 129 Loss- of - si gnal s Secs,
0 Code Vi ol at i ons Secs, 0 Sl i p Secs, 0 E- Bi t er r or Secs.
Any view
Description If the specified interface is a serial interface rather than an E1-F interface, the system
prompts that the serial interface is not a factional E1 interface.
Table 118 Description of the fields of the display fe1 serial command
Field Description
Physical type Interface type (75-ohm unbalanced/120-ohm
balanced)
Work mode Operating mode (frame/unframed)
Frame-format Frame format (CRC4/no-CRC4)
Line Code Line code format (AMI/HDB3)
Source Clock Clock mode (master/slave)
Alarm State Alarm information
886 display fib 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fib
Purpose Use the display fib command to view the summary of the Forwarding
Information Base.
Syntax display fib
Parameters None
Example Display the summary of the forwarding information base.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b
Fl ag:
U: Usabl e G: Gat eway H: Host B: Bl ackhol e D: Dynami c
S: St at i c
R: Rej ect E: Equal cost mul t i - pat h L: Gener at ed by ARP or ESI S
Dest i nat i on/ Mask Next hop Fl ag Ti meSt amp I nt er f ace
196. 1. 1. 0/ 24 220. 1. 1. 2 GU t [ 418913] Vl an- i nt er f ace1200
Any view
Description This command outputs the Forwarding Information Base in a list, in which each line
represents one route. The following points are included:
Destination address/mask length
Next hop
The current flag, which is expressed in the combination of G, H and U. G
represents Gateway, H is Host (host route), and U is UP (available).
Time stamp
Outbound interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fib acl 887
Command Reference
display fib acl
Purpose Use the display fib acl command to filter and display FIB information.
Syntax display fib acl number
Parameters number The ACL rules expressed in number. Valid values are
2000 to 2999.
Example Display the FIB table entries matched by the ACL.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b acl 2000
Rout e ent r y mat ched by access- l i st 2000:
Summar y count s: 1
Dest i nat i on/ MaskNext hop Fl agTi meSt amp I nt er f ace
127. 0. 0. 0/ 8 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
Any view
Description According to ACL number, you can view the FIB table entries matching the filtering
rules in a format.
When an ACL number in the range 2000 to 2999 is entered, the corresponding ACL
will be searched. If no ACL is found, all FIB table entries information will be displayed;
and if such an ACL is found, the FIB table entries information will be output in a
format.
If the number of FIB table entries matching the filtering rules is 0, the following
information will be output:
Summar y count : 0
If the number of FIB table entries matching the filtering rules is not 0, the FIB table
entry information will be output in the following format:
Summar y count : 1
127. 0. 0. 0/ 8 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
888 display fib begin 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fib begin
Purpose Use the display fib command to output the lines related to the line containing
the character string text in the buffer according to the regular expression.
Use the display fib | begin text command to view the lines beginning from the
line containing the character string text to the end line of the buffer.
Use the display fib | include text command to just view the lines containing
the character string text.
Use the display fib | exclude text command to view the lines not containing
the character string text.
Syntax display fib | [ { begi n | i ncl ude | excl ude } text ]
Parameters text Character.
Example Display the lines beginning from the line containing the character string
169.254.0.0 to the end line of the buffer:
<3Com> di spl ay f i b | begi n 169. 254. 0. 0
169. 254. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
2. 0. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
127. 0. 0. 0/ 8 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
Display all the lines containing the character string Ethernet0:
<3Com> di spl ay f i b | i ncl ude et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Dest i nat i on/ MaskNext hop Fl ag Ti meSt amp I nt er f ace
169. 254. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
2. 0. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Display all the lines not containing the character string 169.254.0.0:
<3Com> di spl ay f i b | excl ude 169. 254. 0. 0
2. 0. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
127. 0. 0. 0/ 8 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fib ip-prefix 889
Command Reference
display fib ip-prefix
Purpose Use the display fib ip-prefix command to filter and display FIB information
by prefix-list name in certain format.
Syntax display fib ip-prefix listname
Parameters listname The name of the prefix list.
Example Display the FIB table entries matched by the prefix list abc0.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b i p- pr ef i x abc0
Rout e Ent r y mat ched by pr ef i x- l i st abc0:
Summar y count : 4
127. 0. 0. 0/ 8 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
127. 0. 0. 1/ 32 127. 0. 0. 1 U t [ 0] I nLoopBack0
169. 0. 0. 0/ 8 2. 1. 1. 1 SU t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
169. 0. 0. 0/ 15 2. 1. 1. 1 SU t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Any view
Description If no FIB entry matches the specified prefix-list, the system displays the prompt
indicating that the number of FIB entry matches is 0; if the specified prefix-list name
cannot be found, no FIB entry is displayed; if the FIB table entries after filtering is not
0, they are output in certain format.
If no FIB table entry matching the prefix list, the following information will be output:
Route entry matched by prefix-list abc1:
Summary count: 0
If the number of FIB table entries after filtering is not 0, FIB table entry information
will be output in the following format:
Route entry matched by prefix-list abc2:
Summary count: 1
Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface
127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1 U t[0] InLoopBack0
890 display fib longer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fib longer
Purpose Use the display fib longer command to display the FIB table entries matching
the destination address. Different parameters selected leads to different matching
methods.
Use the display fib command to display the FIB table entries whose destination
address ranges from dest-addr1 dest-mask1 to dest-addr2 dest-mask2, including the
FIB entries exactly matching dest-addr1 dest-mask1 and dest-addr2 dest-mask2.
Syntax display fib dest-addr1 [ dest-mask2 ] [ longer ]
display fib dest-addr1 dest-mask1 dest-addr2 dest-mask2
Parameters dest-addr1 The destination IP address 1, which is expressed in
dotted decimal format.
dest-mask1
The subnet mask 1 corresponding to the destination IP
address 1, which is the mask in dotted decimal format
or the mask length in integer format.
dest-addr2
The destination IP address 2, which is expressed in
dest-mask2
The subnet mask 2 corresponding to the destination IP
address 2, which is the mask in dotted decimal format
or the mask length in integer format.
Example Display the FIB table entries whose destination address matches 169.253.0.0 longest
with the natural mask range.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b 169. 253. 0. 0
169. 0. 0. 0/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Display the FIB entries whose destination address is within the range from
69.254.0.0/16 to 169.254.0.6/16.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b 169. 254. 0. 0 255. 255. 0. 0 169. 254. 0. 6 255. 255. 0. 0
169. 254. 0. 1/ 16 2. 1. 1. 1 U t [ 0] Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fib longer 891
Command Reference
Description Different parameters selected leads to different matching methods.
display fib dest-addr: According to the destination address, if FIB table
entries can be found within the range of natural mask, all the subnets will be
displayed. Otherwise, only the FIB table entries found by operating the longest match
will be displayed.
display fib dest-addr dest-mask: The FIB table entries exactly matching the
destination address and mask are displayed.
display fib dest-addr longer: The FIB table entries matching the destination
addresses within the range of natural mask.
display fib dest-addr dest-mask longer: The FIB table entries matching
the destination IP addresses within the entered mask range.
The display fib dest-addr1 dest-mask1 dest-addr2 dest-mask2
command is used to display FIB table entries whose destination address is within the
range from dest-addr1 dest-mask1 to dest-addr2 dest-mask2.
892 display fib statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fib statistics
Purpose Use the display fib statistics command to display the total numbers of FIB
table entries.
Syntax display fib statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the total numbers of FIB table entries.
<3Com> di spl ay f i b st at i st i cs
Rout e Ent r y Count : 30
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display firewall ethernet-frame-filter 893
Command Reference
display firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Purpose Use the display firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to view the
filtering statistics by ACL on the interface, namely, the detailed filtering information
based on the ACL configured via the firewall ethernet-frame-filter {
acl-number | acl-name } { inbound | outbound } command.
Syntax display firewall ethernet-frame-filter { al l | dl sw | i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number }
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
all
Firewall statistics on all the interfaces.
dlsw
Firewall statistics when data traffic passes DLSW
module.
Example Display firewall statistics on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f i r ewal l et her net - f r ame- f i l t er i nt er f ace e0/ 0/ 0
I n- bound Pol i cy: acl nameacl
Fr om2003- 06- 07 14: 46: 59 t o 2003- 06- 07 16: 16: 23
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed def aul t ,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed def aul t ,
Tot al l y 0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed,
Tot al l y 0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed.
Out - bound Pol i cy: acl 4000
Fr om2003- 06- 07 15: 59: 23 t o 2003- 06- 07 16: 16: 23
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed def aul t ,
0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed def aul t ,
Tot al l y 0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%per mi t t ed,
Tot al l y 0 packet s, 0 byt es, 0%deni ed.
Any view
Table 119 Description on the fields of display firewall ethernet-frame-filter command
Field Description
Interface: Ethernet0/0/0 Interface name.
In-bound Policy It indicates that In-bound ACL rules are configured on the interface.
Behind the colon is the ACL number or name.
Out-bound Policy It indicates that Out-bound ACL rules are configured on the interface,
Behind the colon is the ACL number or name.
894 display firewall-statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display firewall-statistics
Purpose Use the display firewall-statistics command to view the firewall
statistics.
Syntax display firewall-statistics { al l | i nt er f ace type number |
f r agment s- i nspect }
Parameters all
Displays the filtering packet statistics of all the
interfaces.
fragments-inspect
Displays the fragment inspection information.
Example Display the information of fragment inspection.
<3Com> di spl ay f i r ewal l - st at i st i cs f r agment s- i nspect
Fr agment s i nspect i on i s enabl ed.
The hi gh- wat er mar k f or cl ampi ng i s 10000.
The l ow- wat er mar k f or cl ampi ng i s 1000.
Cur r ent r ecor ds f or f r agment s i nspect i on i s 0.
Any view
Related Command firewall fragments-inspect
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr class-map 895
Command Reference
display fr class-map
Purpose Use the display fr class-map command to view information on frame relay
class to interface map, including DLCIs of interfaces, subinterfaces on the interfaces
and their DLCIs.
Syntax display fr class-map { f r - cl ass class-name | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number }
Parameters class-name A character string up to 30 characters long.
interface-type Specifies an interface together with interface number.
interface-number Specifies an interface together with interface-type.
Example Display information on the map of frame relay class to the interface serial 6/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f r cl ass- map i nt er f ace ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
f r - cl ass t s
f r dl ci 100 Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
f r - cl ass t s
Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0. 1
f r - cl ass t s
f r dl ci 200 Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0. 1
f r - cl ass t s
Display information on the map of frame relay class ts to interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f r cl ass- map f r - cl ass t s
Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
f r - cl ass t s
f r dl ci 100 Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
f r - cl ass t s
Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0. 1
f r - cl ass t s
f r dl ci 200 Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0. 1
f r - cl ass t s
Ser i al 6/ 0/ 1
f r - cl ass t s
Any view
Description When configuring the command, you can specify an frame relay class name or main
interface, but not a subinterface.
896 display fr compress 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr compress
Purpose Use the display fr compress command to view the statistics information of the
frame relay compression.
Syntax display fr compress [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number Specifies an interface.
Example View the frame relay compression statistics information of MFR interface 4/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay f r compr ess
Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0- DLCI : 100
enabl e f r ame- r el ay compr essi on
Uncompr essed Oct et s out / i n : 766/ 0 Compr essed Oct et s out / i n : 329/ 0
1 mi n avg r at i o xmt / r cv: 0. 42/ 0. 00 5 mi n avg r at i o
xmt / r cv: 0. 42/ 0. 00
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, the DLCI statistics information of all the interfaces will be
displayed.
Related Command fr compression frf9
Table 120 Description on the fields of the display fr compress command
Field Description
enable frame-relay compression Frame relay compression is enabled
Uncompressed Octets out/in : 766/0 Uncompressed transmitted /received octets
Compressed Octets out/in : 329/0 Compressed transmitted/received octets
1 min avg ratio xmt/rcv:0.42/0.00 In one minute, average transmission/receiving rate
5 min avg ratio xmt/rcv:0.42/0.00 In five minutes, average transmission/receiving rate
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr del 897
Command Reference
display fr del
Purpose Use the display fr del command to view the contents in the specified or all DE
rule lists.
Syntax display fr del [ list-number ]
Parameters list-number DE rule list number. Valid values are 1 to 10.
Example Display the contents in DE rule list 1.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay f r del 1
Cur r ent DEL Conf i gur at i on:
Li st Par ams
i nbound- i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
pr ot ocol i p t cp bgp
pr ot ocol i p acl 2001
pr ot ocol i p f r agment 0
pr ot ocol i p gr eat er - t han 2000
4 pr ot ocol i p l ess- t han 5000
8 pr ot ocol i p t cp echo
9 pr ot ocol i p udp bi f f
Any view
Description After a DE rule list is applied on a frame relay VC, the VC sets the DE bit to 1 if the
received packets match the list. These packets are always discarded first when
congestion occurs.
You may add up to 100 rules to a DE rule list using the fr del
inbound-interface and fr del protocol commands. You may create up to
10 DE rule lists.
Related Commands fr del inbound-interface
fr del protocol
Table 121 Description on the fields of the display fr del command
Field Description
inbound-interface Specifies that the DE rule list is interface-based.
Protocol Specifies that the DE rule list is protocol-based. At present, only IP is
available.
898 display fr dlci-switch 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr dlci-switch
Purpose Use the display fr dlci-switch command to view the information of the
configured FR switching to check if the frame relay switching of a user is correctly
configured.
Syntax display fr dlci-switch [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Specifies an interface. It can only be a main interface.
Example View the information of the configured FR switching.
<3Com> di spl ay f r dl ci - swi t ch
St at us I nt er f ace( Dl ci ) < - - - - - > I nt er f ace( Dl ci )
I nact i ve Ser i al 0/ 1/ 1: 10( 100) Ser i al 1/ 1/ 0: 10( 100)
Any view
Related Command fr dlci-switch
Table 122 Description on the fields of the display fr dlci-switch command
Field Description
Status The status of FR switching function.
Interface(Dlci) < -- >
Interface(Dlci)
Input interface and its DLCI, output interface and its DLCI.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr fragment-info 899
Command Reference
display fr fragment-info
Purpose Use the display fr fragment-info command to view the frame relay
fragment information.
Syntax display fr fragment-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
[ dlci-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number, in 3-dimension form: slot
number/card number/interface number.
dlci-number DLCI number. Valid values are 16 to 1007. The detailed
information will be displayed when specifying the
parameter.
Example Display frame relay fragment information of all the interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay f r f r agment - i nf o
i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 1/ 1: 10:
dl ci t ype si ze i n/ out / dr op
100 FRF12( End t o End) 80 0/ 0/ 0
Display frame relay fragment information of a certain interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay f r f r agment - i nf o ser i al 0/ 1/ 1: 10 100
Type : FRF12( End t o End)
Si ze : 80
Dat a- l evel : 200 Voi ce- l evel : 0
Pr e- f r agment :
out pkt s : 0 out byt es : 0
Fr agment ed:
i n pkt s : 0 out pkt s : 0
i n byt es: 0 out byt es: 0
Assembl ed :
i n pkt s : 0 i n byt es : 0
Dr opped :
i n pkt s : 0 out pkt s : 0
i n byt es: 0 out byt es: 0
Out - of - sequence pkt s: 0
Table 123 Description on the fields of the display fr fragment-info command
Field Description
interface Interface
dlci DLCI number
type Fragment type. Three options are available: FRF.12, FRF.11 Annex C
and Motorola fragment.
size Fragment size
in/out/drop Number of received fragment packets/number of sent fragment
packets/number of discarded fragment packets
900 display fr fragment-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command fragment
Table 124 Description on the fields of the display fragment-info command
Field Description
size Fragment size
Data-level Fragment size before voice is enabled
Pre-fragment Number of packets and bytes to send before fragmented
Fragmented Number of fragments received and sent counted in packet and byte.
Assembled Number of assembled fragments
Dropped Number of dropped fragments
Out-of-sequence
fragment :
Number of out-of-order fragments
Table 125 Description on the fields of the display fragment-info command
Field Description
size Fragment size
Data-level Fragment size before voice is enabled
Pre-fragment Number of packets and bytes to send before fragmented
Fragmented Number of fragments received and sent counted in packet and byte.
Assembled Number of assembled fragments
Dropped Number of dropped fragments
Out-of-sequence
fragment :
Number of out-of-order fragments
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr inarp-info 901
Command Reference
display fr inarp-info
Use the display fr inarp-info command to view statistics about frame relay
inverse ARP (INARP) packets, including requests and replies.
Syntax display fr inarp-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Specifies an interface. It can only be a main interface.
Example Display statistics about frame relay INARP packets.
<3Com> di spl ay f r i nar p- i nf o
Fr ame r el ay I nver seARP st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 ( DTE)
I n ARP r equest Out ARP r epl y Out ARP r equest I n ARP r epl y
0 0 1 1
Any view
Description According to the output of this command, you can diagnose whether INARP is
operating normally.
Related Command fr inarp
Table 126 Description on the fields of the display fr inarp-info command
Field Description
Frame relay InverseARP statistics for
interface Serial1/0/0 (DTE)
Display frame relay INARP packet statistics for the interface
In ARP request Received ARP requests
Out ARP reply Transmitted ARP replies
Out ARP request Transmitted ARP requests
table body table body
902 display fr interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr interface
Purpose Use the display fr interface command to view frame relay state on the
specified or all interfaces.
Syntax display fr interface interface-type interface-num
interface-num Specifies an interface. It can be a main interface or a
sub-interface.
Example Display frame relay state on all interfaces.
<3Com> di spl ay f r i nt er f ace
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0, DTE, physi cal up, pr ot ocol up
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0. 1, mul t i - poi nt , pr ot ocol up
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0. 2, poi nt - t o- poi nt , pr ot ocol down
Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0, DCE, physi cal down, pr ot ocol down
Any view
Table 127 Description on the fields of the display fr interface command
Field Description
Serial1/0/0, DTE, physical up,
protocol up
Interface encapsulated with frame relay, its operating state
(DTE, DCE, or NNI), its physical layer state and link layer state
Serial1/0/0.1, multi-point,
protocol up
Subinterface, its type and link layer state
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr lmi-info 903
Command Reference
display fr lmi-info
Purpose Use the display fr lmi-info command to view the statistics of LMI protocol
frame.
Syntax display fr lmi-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Specifies an interface.
Example Display the statistics of LMI protocol frame.
<3Com> di spl ay f r l mi - i nf o
Fr ame r el ay LMI st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0 ( DTE,
NONSTANDARD- COMPATI BLE)
T391DTE = 10 ( hol d t i mer 10)
N391DTE = 6, N392DTE = 3, N393DTE = 4
out st at us enqui r y = 0, i n st at us = 0
st at us t i meout = 0, di scar ded messages = 0
Fr ame r el ay LMI st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0 ( DCE, ANSI )
T391DTE = 0 ( no keepal i ve)
T392DCE = 15, N392DCE = 3, N393DCE = 4
i n st at us enqui r y = 0, out st at us = 0
st at us enqui r y t i meout = 0, di scar ded messages = 0
Any view
Description The LMI protocol is used to maintain the current Frame Relay link, including the status
enquiry packet and status packet. The displayed information helps you to diagnose
the faults.
Related Command fr interface-type
Table 128 Description on the fields of the display fr lmi-info command
Field Description
Frame relay LMI statistics for interface
Serial1/0/0(DTE,
NONSTANDARD-COMPATIBLE)
Terminal type and LMI protocol type for the frame
relay interface
T391DTE = 10 (keepalive 10) DTE-side T.391 setting
N391DTE = 6, N392DTE = 3, N393DTE = 4 DTE-side N.391, N.392, and N.393 settings
out status enquiry = 96 State enquiry packets sent out the interface
in status = 85 Status packets received on the interface
status timeout = 3, discarded messages = 3 Timeout status packets and dropped packets
904 display fr map-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr map-info
Purpose Use the display fr map-info command to display frame relay (FR) address map
information.
Syntax display fr map-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num Specifies the interface to be displayed. You can specify
an interface or a sub-interface. If you do not specify an
interface, information about all interfaces is displayed.
Example Display FR address map information.
<3Com> display fr map-info
Map St at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2 ( DTE)
DLCI = 100, CLNS, Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2
cr eat e t i me = 2002/ 10/ 21 14: 48: 44, st at us = ACTI VE
encapsul at i on = i et f , vl i nk = 14
Any view
Description You can use this command to check to see if static address maps are correctly
configured and dynamic address maps operate properly.
Table 129 Description on the fields of the display fr map-info command
Field Description
A message that prompts you whose information is displayed
DLCI = 100, CLNS,
Serial1/0/2
create time = 2002/10/21

14:48:44
The time the map is created
encapsulation = ietf The encapsulation format is IETF.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr map-info 905
Command Reference
display fr map-info
Purpose Use the display fr map-info command to view all FR address maps or the one
for the specified interface.
Syntax display fr map-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Specifies an interface. It can be a main interface or a
sub-interface.
Example Display frame relay address map table.
<3Com> di spl ay f r map- i nf o
Map St at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2 ( DTE)
DLCI = 100, I P I NARP 100. 100. 1. 1, Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2
encapsul at i on = i et f , vl i nk = 14, br oadcast
DLCI = 200, I P I NARP 100. 100. 1. 1, Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2
encapsul at i on = i et f , vl i nk = 0, br oadcast
DLCI = 300, I P 1. 1. 1. 1, Ser i al 1/ 0/ 2
encapsul at i on = i et f , vl i nk = 15
Any view
Description This command displays whether the static address map entries are correct and
whether dynamic address mapping operates normally.
Related Commands fr map ip
fr inarp
Table 130 Description on the fields of the display fr map-info command
Field Description
Map Statistics for interface
Serial1/0/2 (DTE)
Display the frame relay address map
DLCI = 100, IP INARP
100.100.1.1, Serial1/0/2
The PVC with DLCI 100 is mapped to remote IP address 100.100.1.1
through INARP
14:48:44
Time and date when the map entry was created
status = ACTIVE State of the map entry
encapsulation = ietf Encapsulation is set to IETF
broadcast Broadcasts are permitted
906 display fr pvc-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr pvc-group
Purpose Use the display fr pvc-group command to view status, name, backup,
protection, and other information about the specified PVC group, PVC groups on a
specified interface, or all PVC groups if no argument is specified.
Syntax display fr pvc-group [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ] [
pvc-group-name ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
pvc-group-name
PVC group name, consisting of a string consisting from
1 to 16 characters long.
Example Display information about the PVC group named 123 on interface Serial 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f r pvc- gr oup i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 123
PVC gr oup i nf or mat i on f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 ( DCE, physi cal UP)
PVC- GROUP NAME: 123:
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Pr ot ocol : I P
St at e: ACTI VE
PVC DLCI : 100 :
i p- pr ecedence:
Gr ade: 0 - 3
bump: 4
pr ot ect : i ndi vi dual
st at e: ACTI VE
PVC DLCI : 200 :
i p- pr ecedence:
Gr ade: 4 - 5
bump: 6
pr ot ect : gr oup
st at e: ACTI VE
PVC DLCI : 300 :
i p- pr ecedence:
Gr ade: 6 - 7
pr ot ect : gr oup
st at e: ACTI VE
PVC DLCI : 400 :
i p- pr ecedence:
User set def aul t
st at e: ACTI VE
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr pvc-group 907
Command Reference
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, the displayed result does not provide information about
the interface where a PVC group is located.
Table 131 Descriptions on the fields of the display fr pvc-group command
Field Description
PVC group information for
interface Serial1/0/0 (DCE,
physical UP)
The interface Serial1/0/0 functions as DCE and its physical layer is
up.
PVC-GROUP NAME: 123 The name of the PVC group is 123.
Interface: Serial1/0/0 PVC group 123 is located on interface Serial1/0/0.
Protocol: IP IP protocol is used for data transmission.
State: ACTIVE PVC group 123 is active.
PVC DLCI: 100 The PVC group includes a PVC with the DLCI of 100.
ip-precedence: The precedence identifier of IP packet is used to differentiate the
flows.
Grade: 0 - 3 The PVC with DLCI 100 carries IP packets of priority levels from 0 to
3.
bump: 4 When the PVC with the DLCI of 100 goes down, the PVC for
carrying IP packets of priority level 4 (that it, the PVC with the DLCI
of 200) takes over for the failed PVC.
protect: individual The PVC with the DLCI of 100 is configured to be protected
individually.
state: ACTIVE The PVC with the DLCI of 100 is active.
908 display fr map-info pppofr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr map-info pppofr
Purpose Use the display fr map-info pppofr command to display information about
the current PPPoFR map and its state.
Syntax display fr map-info pppofr
Parameters None
Example Display information about the current PPPoFR map and its state.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f r map- i nf o pppof r
Fr I nt er f ace DLCI Fr St at e PPP I nt er f ace PPP Phase
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 100 down Vi r t ual - Templ at e1 Phase: 0
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 200 down Vi r t ual - Templ at e2 Phase: 0
Any view
Table 132 Description on the fields of the display fr map-info pppofr command
Field Description
Fr Interface Frame relay interface name
DLCI DLCI number
Fr State Frame relay state
PPP Interface Name of the associated PPP virtual template interface
PPP Phase Phase of the PPP session
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr pvc-infoc 909
Command Reference
display fr pvc-infoc
Purpose Use the display fr pvc-info command to view the frame relay PVC table.
This command displays the statistics about the frame relay PVC status and
receiving/sending data on this PVC.
Syntax display fr pvc-info [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num Specifies an interface. It can be a main interface or a
sub-interface.
Example Display the frame relay PVC table.
<3Com> di spl ay f r pvc- i nf o
PVC st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 ( DTE, physi cal UP)
DLCI = 100, USAGE = UNUSED ( 0000) , I NTERFACE = Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
cr eat e t i me = 2000/ 04/ 01 23: 55: 39, st at us = act i ve
i n BECN = 0, i n FECN = 0
i n packet s = 0, i n byt es = 0
out packet s = 0, out byt es = 0
DLCI = 102, USAGE = LOCAL ( 0010) , I NTERFACE = Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0. 1
cr eat e t i me = 2000/ 04/ 01 23: 56: 14, st at us = act i ve
i n BECN = 0, i n FECN = 0
Any view
Related Command fr dlci
Table 133 Description on the fields of the display fr pvc-info command
Field Description
PVC statistics for
(DTE, physical UP)
Display information about PVCs on the frame relay interface
DLCI = 100, USAGE =
UNUSED (0000),
INTERFACE = Serial1/0/0
DLCI 100 was assigned to the PVC through negotiation of LMI with
DCE end. Its state is unused, and it belongs to interface Serial 1/0/0.
23:55:39, status = active
Date and time creating the PVC and the state of the PVC
in BECN = 0, in FECN = 0 Received FECNs and BECNs
in packets = 0, in bytes =
0
Received frames and bytes
out packets = 0, out
bytes = 0
Transmitted frames and bytes
910 display fr statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr statistics
Purpose Use the display fr statistics command to view the current Frame Relay
statistics about receiving and sending packets.
Syntax display fr statistics [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num Specifies an interface. It can only be a main interface.
Example Display the Frame Relay statistics about receiving and sending packets.
<3Com> di spl ay f r st at i st i cs
Fr ame r el ay packet st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 ( DTE)
di scar ded i n packet s = 13, di scar ded out packet s = 0
Fr ame r el ay packet st at i st i cs f or i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 1/ 0 ( DCE)
di scar ded i n packet s = 0, di scar ded out packet s = 0
Any view
Description The output information of this command can help the user to perform FR traffic
statistics and fault diagnosis.
Table 134 Description on the fields of the display fr statistics command
Field Description
Frame relay packet statistics for interface
Serial1/0/0 (DTE)
Display frame relay packet statistics for the interface
in packets = 84, in bytes = 1333 Received packets and bytes
out packets = 92, out bytes = 1217 Transmitted packets and bytes
discarded in packets = 13, discarded out
packets = 0
Dropped incoming/outgoing packets
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display fr switch-table 911
Command Reference
display fr switch-table
Purpose Use the display mfr command to view configuration and status information of
the frame relay route to confirm the correctness of the configuration.
Syntax display fr switch-table { al l | name switch-name }
Parameters all All the VC information
switch-name VC information of a certain name.
Example Display configuration and state information of all frame relay bundles and frame relay
Display all the characters of the frame relay route.
[ 3Com] di spl ay f r swi t ch- t abl e al l
Swi t ch- Name I nt er f ace DLCI I nt er f ace DLCI St at e
t est MFR4/ 0/ 100 100 MFR4/ 0/ 101 101 UP
The fields are described in the following table:
Any view
Related Command fr switch
Table 135 Description on the fields of the display fr switch-table all command
Field Description
Switch-Name the name of PVC used for switching
Interface The first denotes local interface and the second denotes remote
interface
DLCI local and remote VC identifier
State Linkage status
912 display fr vofr-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display fr vofr-info
Purpose Use the display fr vofr-info command to view the VoFR information.
Syntax display fr vofr-info [ ser i al interface-number [ dlci-number ] ]
Parameters serial interface-number
Interface needs to be displayed.
dlci-number
Number of the DLCI that needs to be displayed, in the
range 16 to 1007.
Example Specify the interface and DLCI on which the Frame Relay VoFR information will be
displayed.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay f r vof r - i nf o
I NTERFACE( DLCI ) VOFR- MODE CI D CI D- TYPE
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0( 200) VOFR- 3Com 4 DATA
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0( 200) VOFR- 3Com 5 FRAG- DAT
Any view
Description Use the display fr vofr-info command to view the VoFR information.
This command is used to display the use of FRF.11 sub-channels on a VoFR DLCI. It
supports three displaying types:
Neither interface nor DLCI is specified
Specifies interface, but not DLCI
Specifies both interface and DLCI
Table 136 Description on the fields of the display fr vofr-info command
Field Description
INTERFACE Interface unit
DLCI PVC identifier
VOFR-MODE Type of VoFR
CID Calling ID
CID_TYPE Type of calling ID
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ft 1 serial 913
Command Reference
display ft 1 serial
Purpose Use the display ft1 serial command to view the configuration and state of
the T1-F interface.
Syntax display ft1 [ ser i al serial-number ]
Parameters serial serial-number Number of the serial interface. If no interface is
specified, the information on all the T1-F interfaces is
displayed.
Example Display information on the T1-F interface.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay f t 1 ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Ser i al / 0/ 0
Wor k mode i s T1 f r amed, Cabl e t ype i s 100 ohmbal anced.
Fr ame- f or mat i s esf , f dl i s none, Li ne code i s b8zs.
Sour ce cl ock i s sl ave, Dat a- codi ng i s nor mal .
I dl e code i s f f , I t f t ype i s f f , I t f number i s 2.
Al ar mSt at e:
Pul se densi t y vi ol at i on det ect ed.
SendLoopCode Hi st or y:
I nband- l l b- up: 0 t i mes, I nband- l l b- down: 0 t i mes.
Fdl - ansi - l l b- up: 0 t i mes, Fdl - ansi - l l b- down: 0 t i mes.
Fdl - ansi - pl b- up: 0 t i mes, Fdl - ansi - pl b- down: 0 t i mes.
Bi t Er r or s ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s Recei ved ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 Kbi t s
Bi t Er r or s ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 bi t s
Bi t s Recei ved ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 Kbi t s
Secs
Secs
914 display ft 1 serial 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
42 Sl i p Secs, 724 Fr Loss Secs, 9520901 Li ne Er r Secs, 2 Degr aded
Mi ns
Secs
Tot al Dat a ( l ast 2 15 mi nut e i nt er val s) :
72 Sl i p Secs, 1943 Fr Loss Secs, 9520901 Li ne Er r Secs, 2 Degr aded
Mi ns
Secs
Table 137 Description on the fields of the display ft1 serial command
Fields Description
Serial 1/0/0 Interface type and number
Basic Configuration Basic configuration for the interface
Work mode Operating mode: T1 framed or unframed)
Cable type Cable type of the interface, 100 ohm balanced in this example
Frame-format Frame format configured on the interface: ESF or SF
fdl FDL format: ANSI, ATT, or none
Line code AMI or B8ZS
Source Clock Source clock used by the interface: master or slave
Data-coding Normal or inverted
Idle code 7e or ff
Loop back Loopback setting on the interface: local, payload, remote, or not set
Receiver alarm state Type of the received alarm: none, LOS, LOF, RAI, or AIS
Transmitter is sending
remote alarm.
Type of the transmitted alarm: RAI, or none
Pulse density violation
detected
The detected pulse density is incompliant with the specification
SendLoopCode History:
inband-llb-up:0
times, inband-llb-down:0
times.
fdl-ansi-llb-up:0 times,
fdl-ansi-llb-down:0 times.
fdl-ansi-plb-up:0 times,
fdl-ansi-plb-down:0 times
History of loopback code sending to the far-end, including the number
of transmissions for each type of code, and the type of the last sent
code. (See the sendloopcode command.)
completed)
Test pattern: 2^15,
Status: Not Sync, Sync
Detected: 0
Test pattern in use, 2^15 in this example; synchronization state, and
the number of detected synchronizations
Time: 0 minute(s), Time
past: 0 minute(s)
Bit Errors (since test
started): 0 bits
Bits Received (since test
started)
Bit Errors (since latest
sync)
Number of bit errors received since the last synchronization
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ft 1 serial 915
Command Reference
Bits Received (since latest
sync)
Historical Statistics: Historical statistics
Last clearing of counters:
Never
Counter clearing records
0 Line Code Violations,
0 Ais Alarm Secs, 286
Los Alarm Secs
7 Slip Secs, 286 Fr Loss
Secs, 0 Line Err Secs, 0
Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs, 0
Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely
Err Secs, 286 Unavail Secs
Statistics spanning the current interval. The statistical items, such as AIS
alarm, LOS signal, and LFA, are provided according to the T1
specifications for the physical layer.
For details, refer to ANSI T1.403 and AT&T TR 54016.
Data in Interval 1:
Los Alarm Secs
22 Slip Secs, 901 Fr
Loss Secs, 0 Line Err Secs,
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs, 0
Statistics spanning the first interval.
Data in Interval 2:
Los Alarm Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs, 0
Statistics spanning the second interval.
Total Data (last 2 15
minute intervals):
Los Alarm Secs
0 Degraded Mins
0 Errored Secs, 0
Err Secs, 2087 Unavail
Secs
Statistics spanning the last two intervals.
Table 137 Description on the fields of the display ft1 serial command (continued)
Fields Description
916 display ft 1 serial 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description If the specified interface is a common serial interface rather than a T1-F interface, the
system prompts that the serial interface is not a fractional T1 interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ftp-server 917
Command Reference
display ftp-server
Purpose Use the display ftp-server command to view the parameters of the current
FTP server.
Syntax display ftp-server
Parameters None
Example Display the configured FTP server parameters.
<3Com> display ftp-server
Ftp server is running
Max user number1
User count1
Timeout(minute)30
P ut Method fast
The information indicates that the FTP server is running with support
to only one login user; now one login user is present; timeout of the
user is 30 minutes, and file transfer mode is fast.
Any view
Description After you configure FTP parameters, you can verify them with this command.
918 display ftp-server source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ftp-server source-ip
Purpose Use the display ftp-server source-ip command to display the source IP
address configured for the FTP server.
Syntax display ftp-server source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the FTP server.
<Router> display ftp-server source-ip
The source IP specified is 0.0.0.0
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the FTP server, the IP address of the
interface is displayed. If neither source interface nor source IP address has been
specified for the FTP server, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ftp source-ip 919
Command Reference
display ftp source-ip
Purpose Use the display ftp source-ip command to display the source IP address
configured for the FTP client.
Syntax display ftp source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the FTP client.
<Router> display ftp source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the FTP client, the IP address of the
specified for the FTP client, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
920 display ftp-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ftp-user
Purpose Use the display ftp-user command to view the parameters of the current FTP
users.
Syntax display ftp-user
Parameters None
Example Display the settings of the FTP users.
<3Com> display ftp-user
Username HostIP port Idle HomeDir
3Com 10.110.3.5 1074 2 flash:/3Com
The information indicates that a connection is present between FTP user
3Com and the FTP server. The IP address of the remote host is 10.110.3.5
and the remote port number is 1074. The authorized path is flash:/3Com
and the user has not sent any service request to the FTP server for two
minutes.
When the length of the authorized directory exceeds 20 characters, the in-between
characters except for the first and the last characters are displayed as tildes (~), such
as flash:/1/2/3/4/5/6~5.
Any view
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display history-command 921
Command Reference
display history-command
Purpose Use the display history-command command to view the history commands.
Syntax display history-command
Parameters None.
Example Display history commands.
<3Com> di spl ay hi st or y- command
di spl ay i nt er f ace
di spl ayi nt er f ace e 1/ 0/ 0
i nt er f ace e 1/ 0/ 0
Any view
Description The terminal automatically saves the commands that are input and each ended with a
carriage return.
922 display hwatacs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display hwatacs
Purpose Use the display hwtacacs command to view configuration information of
specified or all TACACS+ schemes.
Syntax display hwtacacs [ hwtacacs-scheme-name [ st at i st i cs ] ]
TACACS+ scheme name, consisting of a string of 1 to
32 case-insensitive characters, excluding forward
slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?),
less-than signs (<), and greater-than signs (>). If no
TACACS+ scheme is specified, the system displays the
configuration of all TACACS+ schemes.
statistics
Displays complete statistics about the TACACS+ server.
Default By default, configuration information of all TACACS+ schemes is displayed.
Example View configuration information of TACACS+ scheme gy.
<3Com> di spl ay hwt acacs gy
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
TACACS+- ser ver t empl at e name : gy
Pr i mar y- aut hent i cat i on- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Pr i mar y- aut hor i zat i on- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Pr i mar y- account i ng- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Secondar y- aut hent i cat i on- ser ver : 0. 0. 0. 0: 0
Secondar y- aut hor i zat i on- ser ver : 0. 0. 0. 0: 0
Secondar y- account i ng- ser ver : 0. 0. 0. 0: 0
Cur r ent - aut hent i cat i on- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Cur r ent - aut hor i zat i on- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Cur r ent - account i ng- ser ver : 172. 31. 1. 11: 49
Sour ce- I P- addr ess : 0. 0. 0. 0
key aut hent i cat i on : 790131
key aut hor i zat i on : 790131
key account i ng : 790131
Qui et - i nt er val ( mi n) : 5
Response- t i meout - I nt er val ( sec) : 5
Domai n- i ncl uded : No
Tr af f i c- uni t : B
Packet t r af f i c- uni t : one- packet
Table 138 Description on the fields of the display radius statistics command
Field Description
TACACS+-server template
name
TACACS+ scheme
Primary-authentication-server IP address and port number of the primary authentication server
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display hwatacs 923
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command hwatacacs scheme
key authentication Shared key of the TACACS+ authentication server
key authorization Shared key of the TACACS+ authorization server
key accounting Shared key of the TACACS+ accounting server
Quiet-interval (min) Time that the primary server waits before resuming the active
state
Response-timeout-Interval (sec) Maximum time waiting for response from the TACACS server
Domain-included Domain name is included in the username sent to the TACACAS
server
Traffic-unit Traffic unit: byte (B), GB, KB, or MB
Packet traffic-unit Packet unit: giga-packet, kilo-packet, mega-packet, one-packet
key authentication Shared key of the TACACS+ authentication server
key authorization Shared key of the TACACS+ authorization server
key accounting Shared key of the TACACS+ accounting server
Table 138 Description on the fields of the display radius statistics command (continued)
Field Description
924 display hwping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display hwping
Purpose Use the display hwping command, you can view test result(s).
Syntax display hwping { result | history | jitter } [ administrator-name
operation-tag ]
Parameters result
Displays the test result.
history
Displays the test history.
jitter
Displays the jitter test information.
administrator-name
Name of the administrator creating the test.
operation-tag
Test operation tag.
Example Display the test result.
[router-hwping-administrator-icmp] display hwping result administrator
icmp
HWPing entry(admin administrator, tag icmp) test result:
Destination ip address:169.254.10.2
Send operation times: 10 Receive response times: 10
Min/Max/Average Round Trip Time: 1/2/1
Square-Sum of Round Trip Time: 13
Last complete test time: 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
Extend result:
Disconnect operation number:0 Operation timeout number:0
System busy operation number:0 Connection fail number:0
Operation sequence errors:0 Drop operation number:0
Operation statistics errors:0
Table 139 Description of the fields in the output of the display hwping result command
Field Description
Destination ip address Destination IP address.
Send operation times The number of the sent test packets.
Receive response times The number of successful test attempts
Min/Max/Average Round Trip Time Roundtrip time in its minimum, maximum, and average
Square-Sum of Round Trip Time The square sum of roundtrip time
Last complete test time The time of the last successful test attempt
Disconnect operation number The number of forcible disconnections performed by the
opposite end
System busy operation number The number of test failures due to system busy
Operation sequence errors The number of received disordered packets
Operation statistics errors The number of other errors
Operation timeout number The number of timeout in a test
Connection fail number The number of connection failures to the opposite end
Drop operation number The number of failures in allocating system resource
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display hwping 925
Command Reference
Display the test history.
[router-hwping-administrator-icmp] display hwping history administrator
icmp
HWPing entry(admin administrator, tag icmp) history record:
Index Response Status LasrRC Time
1 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
2 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
3 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
4 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
5 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
6 2 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
7 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
8 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.0
9 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.9
10 1 1 0 2004-11-25 16:28:55.9
Any view
Description If a test group is specified using the arguments of administrator-name and
operation-tag, the system displays only the test result of the group; if not, it
displays the test results of all the test groups.
Related Command test-enable
Table 140 Fields in the output of the display hwping history command
Field Description
Response Roundtrip test time in milliseconds, or timeout time. It is 0 for an incomplete test.
Status Test result value
LasrRC The last received response code that is based on implementation. Given ICMP
echo enabled, receiving an ICMP response that contains ICMP_ECHOREPLY(0)
indicates a successful test. ICMP is usually defined in the file that contains ip_icmp.
Time Test time
926 display hwping statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display hwping statistics
Purpose Use the display hwping statistics command to view test statistics.
Syntax display hwping statistics [ administrator-name operation-tag ]
Parameters administrator-name
Name of the administrator creating the test.
operation-tag
Test operation tag.
Example Display the statistics information for admin jitter test group, the test type of which is
jitter.
[3Com-hwping-admin-icmp] display hwping statistics admin jitter
Display test statistics:
HWPing entry(admin admin, tag jitter) statistics record:
No. : 1
Destination ip address: 192.168.0.39
StartTime: 2000/1 /2 3 :12:44
LifeTime: 21
Send operation times: 0 Receive response times: 0
Max Round Trip Time: 0 Min Round Trip Time: 0
Sum Round Trip Time: 0 Average Round Trip Time: 0
Square-Sum of Round Trip Time: 0 Packet lost in test: 0%
Disconnect operation number: 0 Operation timeout number: 0
System busy operation number:0 Connection fail number: 0
Operation sequence errors: 0 Drop operation number: 0
Other operation errors: 0
Jitter result:
Min Positive SD:0 Min Positive DS:0
Max Positive SD:0 Max Positive DS:0
Positive SD Number:0 Positive DS Number:0
Positive SD Sum:0 Positive DS Sum:0
Positive SD average:0 Positive DS average:0
Positive SD Square Sum:0 Positive DS Square Sum:0
Min Negative SD:0 Min Negative DS:0
Max Negative SD:0 Max Negative DS:0
Negative SD Number:0 Negative DS Number:0
Negative SD Sum:0 Negative DS Sum: 0
Negative SD average:0 Negative DS average:0
Negative SD Square Sum:0 Negative DS Square Sum:0
SD lost packets number:0 DS lost packet number:0
Unkown result lost packet number:0
Table 141 Description on the fields in the output of the display hwping statistic command
Field Description
Start time The time when a test starts
Lifetime The time that a test lasts
Send operation times The number of the sent test packets.
Receive response times The number of successful test attempts
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display hwping statistics 927
Command Reference
Any view
Description After a test begins, if all the probes in the first test have not been finished, when you
use the command to view statistics all statistics results will be 0.
Min/Max/Average Round Trip Time Roundtrip time in its minimum, maximum, and average
Square-Sum of Round Trip Time The square sum of roundtrip time
Packet lost in test The number of lost packets in a test
Disconnect operation number The number of forcible disconnections performed by the
opposite end
Operation timeout number The number of timeout in a test
System busy operation number The number of test failures due to system busy
Connection fail number The number of connection failures to the opposite end
Operation sequence errors The number of received disordered packets
Drop operation number The number of failures in allocating system resource
Other operation errors The number of other operation errors
Min Positive SD (DS) The jitter value from source to destination (destination to
source) is the minimum of positive value
Max Negative SD (DS) The jitter value from source to destination (destination to
source) is the maximum of negative value
Negative SD (DS)
number/sum/average/square sum
The jitter value from source to destination (destination to
source) is the number/sum/average/square sum of
negative jitter values
SD (DS) lost packets number The number of the lost packets from source to
destination (destination to source)
Unknown result lost packet number The number of the lost packets for unknown reason
Table 141 Description on the fields in the output of the display hwping statistic command
Field Description
928 display icmp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display icmp statistics
Purpose Use the display icmp statistics command to view statistics about ICMP
messages.
Syntax display icmp statistics
Parameters None
Example Display statistics about ICMP messages.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay i cmp st at i st i cs
I nput : bad f or mat s 0 bad checksum 0
echo 5 dest i nat i on unr eachabl e 0
sour ce quench 0 r edi r ect s 0
echo r epl y 15 par amet er pr obl em 0
t i mest amp 0 i nf or mat i on r equest 0
mask r equest s 0 mask r epl i es 0
t i me exceeded 1
Out put : echo 15 dest i nat i on unr eachabl e 0
sour ce quench 0 r edi r ect s 0
echo r epl y 5 par amet er pr obl em 0
t i mest amp 0 i nf or mat i on r epl y 0
mask r equest s 0 mask r epl i es 0
t i me exceeded 1
Any view
Table 142 Description of the output information of the display icmp statistics command
Field Description
Input: bad formats Number of input packets in bad format
bad checksum Number of input packets with wrong checksum
echo Number of input/output echo request packets
destination unreachable Number of input/output packets with unreachable destination
source quench Number of input/output source quench packets
redirects Number of input/output redirected packets
echo reply Number of input/output echo reply packets
parameter problem Number of input/output packets with parameter problem
timestamp Number of input/output timestamp packets
information request Number of input information request packets
mask requests Number of input/output mask request packets
mask replies Number of input/output mask reply packets
information reply Number of output information reply packets
time exceeded Number of time exceeded packets
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display icmp statistics 929
Command Reference
930 display igmp group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display igmp group
Purpose Use the display igmp group command to view the member information of the
IGMP multicast group.
Syntax display igmp group [ group-address | interface interface-type
interface-number | local ]
Parameters group-address
Multicast group address.
interface-type
interface-number
Interface type and interface number of the router, used
to specify the interface.
local Information of the local interface which receives and
sends multicast data.
Example Display the member information of the directly connected sub-network.
<3Com> display igmp group
LoopBack0 (20.20.20.20): Total 3 IGMP Groups reported:
Group Address Last Reporter Uptime Expires
225.1.1.1 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15
225.1.1.3 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:15
225.1.1.2 20.20.20.20 00:02:04 00:01:17
Any view
Description You can specify to view the information of a group or the member information of the
multicast group on an interface. The information displayed includes the multicast
groups joined through IGMP and those joined statically through command lines by
the downstream host.
Related Command igmp host-join
Table 143 Description on the fields of display ip igrmp group command
Item Description
Group address Multicast group address
Last Reporter Report the last host which becomes the multicast group member
Uptime The time since the multicast group is found (hour, minute, second)
Expires The predicted time when the record will be removed from the IGMP
group table (hour, minute, second)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display igmp interface 931
Command Reference
display igmp interface
Purpose Use the display igmp interface command to view the IGMP configuration
and running information on an interface.
Syntax display igmp interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number
Interface type and interface number of the router, used
to specify the interface. If the parameters are not
specified, information about all the interfaces running
IGMP will be displayed.
Example Display the IGMP configuration and running information on an interface.
<3Com> display igmp interface
Ethernet0/0/0 (10.10.1.20):
IGMP is enabled
Current IGMP version is 2
Value of query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 60
Value of other querier time out for IGMP(in seconds): 120
Value of maximum query response time for IGMP(in seconds): 10
Policy to accept IGMP reports: none
Querier for IGMP: 10.10.1.10
Total 2 IGMP groups reported
LoopBack0 (20.20.20.30):
IGMP is enabled
Value of query interval for IGMP(in seconds): 60
Value of other querier time out for IGMP(in seconds): 120
Value of maximum query response time for IGMP(in seconds): 10
Policy to accept IGMP reports: none
Querier for IGMP: 20.20.20.30 (this router)
No I GMP gr oup r epor t ed
Any view
Description The information displayed through display igmp interface will be different
according to the configuration of IGMP proxy on an interface.
If the interface is neither a proxy nor a client, the configuration of IGMP Proxy will not
be displayed.
If the interface is a proxy, all the clients will be displayed.
If the interface is a client, the proxy will be displayed.
932 display igmp local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display igmp local
Purpose Use the display igmp local command to view the IGMP configuration and
running information of the local interface which receives and sends multicast data.
Syntax display igmp local
Parameters local
Information of the local interface that receives and
sends multicast data.
Example Display the IGMP configuration and running information of the local interface which
receives and sends multicast data.
<3Com> display igmp local
Mcast_Out_IF (127.0.0.6):
IGMP is enabled on interface
No IGMP group reported
Mcast_In_IF (127.0.0.5):
IGMP is disabled on interface
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ike dpd 933
Command Reference
display ike dpd
Purpose Use the display ike dpd command to display the configuration of the specified
or all DPD structures about reference count, interval-time, and time_out.
Syntax display ike dpd [ dpd-name ]
Parameters dpd-name DPD structure name.
Example Display information about all the configured DPD structures.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i ke dpd
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I KE dpd: aaa
r ef er ences: 0
i nt er val - t i me: 10
t i me_out : 5
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I KE dpd: xhy
r ef er ences: 1
i nt er val - t i me: 10
t i me_out : 5
Any view
Table 144 Description on the fields of the display ike dpd command
Field Description
IKE dpd IKE DPD structure name
references DPD structure reference count
interval-time Interval for triggering DPD queries
time_out Timeout time for a DPD query
934 display ike peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ike peer
Purpose Use the display ike peer command to view the configuration about the
specified or all IKE peers.
Syntax display ike peer [ peer-name ]
Parameters peer-name
Name of an IKE peer.
Example Display the configuration about all IKE peers.
[ 3Com- i ke- peer - good] di spl ay i ke peer
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I KE Peer : good
exchange mode: mai n on phase 1
pr e- shar ed- key:
peer i d t ype: i p
peer i p addr ess: 0. 0. 0. 0 ~ 255. 255. 255. 255
peer name:
nat t r aver sal : di sabl e
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ike proposal 935
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display ike proposal command to view the parameters configured for
each IKE proposal.
Syntax display ike proposal
Parameters None
Example Display the IKE proposal information after two IKE proposals are configured.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i ke pr oposal
pr i or i t y aut hent i cat i on aut hent i cat i on encr ypt i on Di f f i e- Hel l man
dur at i on
met hod al gor i t hm al gor i t hm gr oup
( seconds)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10 PRE_SHARED SHA DES_CBC MODP_1024 5000
11 PRE_SHARED MD5 DES_CBC MODP_768 50000
def aul t PRE_SHARED SHA DES_CBC MODP_768 86400
Any view
Description This command shows IKE proposals in the sequence of the priority.
Related Commands: authentication-method
ike proposal
encryption-algorithm
dh
sa duration
Table 145 Description on the fields of the display ike proposal command
Field Description
Priority Priority of the IKE proposal, an integer in the
range 1 to 100, with a higher number indicating
a lower priority
authentication algorithm Authentication algorithm in the IKE proposal
authentication method Authentication mode in the IKE proposal
encryption algorithm Encryption algorithm in the IKE proposal
Diffie-Hellman group Diffie-Hellman group identifier
duration ISAKMP SA lifetime in the IKE proposal
936 display ike sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ike sa
Purpose Use the display ike sa command to view the current security tunnels established
by IKE.
Syntax display ike sa [ ver bose ]
Parameters verbose
Specifies to display detailed information.
Example View detailed information about the security tunnels established by IKE.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i ke sa ver bose
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
connect i on i d: 2
t r ansmi t t i ng ent i t y: i ni t i at or
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l ocal i p: 1. 1. 1. 11
l ocal i d t ype: I PV4_ADDR
l ocal i d: 1. 1. 1. 11
r emot e i p: 1. 1. 1. 10
r emot e i d t ype: I PV4_ADDR
r emot e i d: 1. 1. 1. 10
aut hent i cat i on- met hod: PRE- SHARED- KEY
aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hm: HASH- SHA1
encr ypt i onal gor i t hm: DES- CBC
l i f e dur at i on( sec) : 86400
r emai ni ng key dur at i on( sec) : 86391
exchange- mode: MAI N
di f f i e- hel l man gr oup: GROUP1
nat t r aver sal : NO
Table 146 Description on the fields of the display ike sa verbose command
Field Description
connection id Security tunnel ID
transmitting entity IKE negotiation initiator or responder
local ip IP address of the local SA peer
local id type ID type of the local SA peer
local id ID of the local SA peer
remote IP address of the remote SA peer
remote id type ID type of the remote SA peer
remote id ID of the remote SA peer
authentication-method Authentication method used by the IKE
proposal
authentication-algorithm Authentication algorithm used by the IKE
proposal
encryption-algorithm Encryption algorithm used by the IKE proposal
life duration(sec) Lifetime of the SA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ike sa 937
Command Reference
View the security tunnels established by IKE.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i ke sa
connect i on- i d peer f l ag phase doi
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3 1. 1. 1. 10 RD| ST 2 I PSEC
2 1. 1. 1. 10 RD| ST 1 I PSEC
f l ag meani ng
RD- - READY ST- - STAYALI VE RL- - REPLACED FD- - FADI NG TO- - TI MEOUT
View the security tunnels established by IKE.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i ke sa
t ot al phase- 1 SAs: 2
connect i on- i d peer f l ag phase doi
1 202. 38. 0. 2 RD| ST 1 I PSEC
2 202. 38. 0. 2 RD| ST 2 I PSEC
f l ag meani ng:
RD- - READY ST- - STAYALI VE RL- - REPLACED FDFADI NG TO- TI MEOUT
The descriptions of the items displayed are listed in the following table:.
remaining key duration (sec) Remaining lifetime of the SA
exchange-mode IKE negotiation mode, master mode or
aggressive mode
diffie-hellman group Diffie-Hellman group used by the IKE proposal
nat traversal Supports NAT traversal
Table 147 Description on the fields of the display ike sa command
Field Description
total phase-1 SAs Total number of SAs in the first phase of IKE negotiation
connection-id Security tunnel ID
peer Remote IP address of this SA
flag Display the status of this SA
RD (READY) means this SA has been established successfully
ST (STAYALIVE) means that SA duration is negotiated, and this SA will be
refreshed in fixed interval.
RL (REPLACED) means that this SA has been replaced by a new one, and
will be automatically deleted after a period of time.
FD (FADING) means this SA has been soft timeout, but is still in use, and
will be deleted at the time of hard timeout.
TO (TIMEOUT) means this SA have not received any keepalive packet after
previous keepalive timeout occurred. If this SA receives no keepalive
packet till next keepalive timeout occurs, this SA will be deleted.
phase Phase of the SA:
Phase 1: a phase of establishing security tunnel to communicate, ISAKMP
SA will be established in the phase;
Phase 2: a phase of negotiating security service, IPSec SA will be
established in the phase.
doi Domain of Interpretation
Table 146 Description on the fields of the display ike sa verbose command (continued)
Field Description
938 display ike sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command ike proposal
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display info-center 939
Command Reference
display info-center
Purpose Use the display info-center command to view all the information recorded in
the info-center.
Syntax display info-center
Parameters None
Example Display the information recorded in the info-center.
<3Com> display info-center
Information Center: enabled
Log host:
Console:
channel number : 0, channel name : console
Monitor:
channel number : 1, channel name : monitor
SNMP Agent:
channel number : 5, channel name : snmpagent
Trap buffer:
enabled,max buffer size 1024, current buffer size : 256,
current messages 0, channel number:3, channel name:trapbuffer
dropped messages 0, overwrote messages 0
Log buffer:
enabled,max buffer size 1024, current buffer size 256,
current messages 89, channel number : 4, channel name : logbuffer
dropped messages 0, overwrote messages 0
logfile:
channel number:9, channel name:channel9, language:English
Information timestamp setting:
log - date, trap - date, debug boot
Table 148 Description on the fields of the display info-center command
Field Description
Information Center: enabled Information center is enabled
Log host: Information about the log host direction. If configured, the
following information will be displayed:
IP address of log host, name and number of information
channel, language, and level of output information
Console:
channel number: 0
channel name: console
Information about the console port direction, including name
and number of its information channel
Monitor:
channel number: 1
channel name: monitor
Information about the monitor direction, including name and
number of its information channel
SNMP Agent:
channel number: 5
channel name: snmpagent
Information about the SNMP agent direction, including name
and number of its information channel
940 display info-center 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Commands info-center enable
info-center loghost
info-center logbuffer
info-center trapbuffer
info-center console channel
info-center monitor channel
Trap buffer: enabled
max buffer size: 1024
current buffer size: 256
current messages: 0
channel number: 3
channel name: trapbuffer
dropped messages: 0
overwrote messages: 0
Information about the trap buffer, including its state,
maximum size, current size, current messages, channel
number, channel name, dropped messages, and overwritten
messages
Log buffer: enabled
max buffer size 1024
current buffer size: 256
current messages 89
channel number: 4
channel name: logbuffer
dropped messages: 0
overwrote messages: 0
Information about the log buffer direction, including state of
the log buffer (enabled or disabled), its maximum size,
current size, information channel name and number,
dropped messages, and overwritten messages
logfile:
channel number: 9
channel name: channel9
language: English
Information about the log file direction, including information
channel number and name, and language
Information timestamp setting:
log-date
trap-date
debug-boot
Timestamp format:
Date for both log-level and trap-level logs and boot for
debug-level log
Table 148 Description on the fields of the display info-center command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface 941
Command Reference
display interface
Purpose Use the display interface command to view the LAPB or X.25 interface
information. After configuring PVC of X.25, users can use the command to obtain the
status information on one interface.
Syntax display interface ser i al [ number ]
Parameters number
Serial interface number.
Example Encapsulate Serial0/0/0 with LAPB protocol and view the encapsulated interface
information using the following commands.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol l apb
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] di spl ay i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
Li ne pr ot ocol cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t i s 1500, Hol der t i mer i s 10( sec)
I nt er net pr ot ocol pr ocessi ng : di sabl ed
Li nk- pr ot ocol i s X. 25 DCE I et f , addr ess i s , st at e R1, modul o 8
i nput / out put : wi ndow si zes 7/ 7, packet si zes 256/ 256
Channel s: I ncomi ng- onl y 10- 20, Two- way 30- 40, Out goi ng- onl y 50- 60
Ti mer s: T10 60, T11 180, T12 60, T13 60, I dl e_Ti mer 0 ( seconds)
New conf i gur at i on( wi l l be ef f ect i ve af t er r est ar t ) : modul o 8
i nput / out put : wi ndow si zes 7/ 7, packet si zes 256/ 256
Channel s: I ncomi ng- onl y 10- 20, Two- way 30- 40, Out goi ng- onl y
50- 60
St at i st i c: Rest ar t s 0 ( Rest ar t Col l i si ons 0)
Ref used I ncomi ng Cal l 0, Fai l i ng Out goi ng Cal l 0
i nput / out put : RESTART 1/ 1 CALL 9/ 2 DI AGNOSE 0/ 0
DATA 119/ 121 I NTERRUPT 0/ 0 Byt es 2497/ 2731
RR 6/ 113 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
I nval i d Pr : 0 I nval i d Ps: 0 Unknown: 0
Li nk- pr ot ocol i s LAPB
LAPB DCE, modul e 8, wi ndow- si ze 7, max- f r ame 12056, r et r y 10
Ti mer : T1 3000, T2 1500, T3 0 ( mi l l i seconds) , x. 25- pr ot ocol
st at e CONNECT, VS 6, VR 3, Remot e VR 6
I FRAME 147/ 254, RR 11/ 6, RNR 0/ 0, REJ 0/ 0
FRMR 0/ 0, SABM 0/ 1, DM 0/ 0, UA 1/ 0
DI SC 0/ 0, i nval i d ns 0, i nval i d nr 0, l i nk r eset s 0
FI FO queui ng: ( Out bound queue: Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds)
FI FO 0/ 75/ 0
Physi cal l ayer i s synchr onous,
I nt er f ace i s DTE, Cabl e t ype i s V24
5 mi nut es i nput r at e 0. 00 byt es/ sec, 0. 01 packet s/ sec
5 mi nut es out put r at e 0. 07 byt es/ sec, 0. 01 packet s/ sec
159 packet s i nput , 3338 byt es, 0 no buf f er s
261 packet s out put , 4057 byt es, 0 no buf f er s
0 i nput er r or s, 0 CRC, 0 f r ame er r or s
0 over r unner s, 0 abor t ed sequences, 0 i nput no buf f er s
DCD=UP DTR=UP DSR=UP RTS=UP CTS=UP
942 display interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The following table describes the description on the fields of the display
interface command.
Table 149 Desrciption on the fields of the display interface command
Field Description
Link-protocol is X.25 DCE
Ietf
Current encapsulation protocol of this interface is X.25 protocol that
works in DCE mode, and the data packet encapsulation format is IETF.
address is X.121 address of this X.25 interface; this field will be empty if there is
no address.
state Current status of this X.25 interface.
modulo Data packets and traffic control packets sent by this X.25 interface are
numbered in modulo 8 mode.
input/output: Window
sizes 7/7, packet sizes
256/256
Flow control parameters of this X.25 interface, including receiving
window size, sending window size, maximum received packet size (in
bytes), and maximum sent packet size (in bytes).
Channels Channel range division of this X.25 interface, sequentially as
incoming-only channel section, two-way channel section,
outgoing-only channel section; if both demarcating values of an
section are 0, this section is disabled.
Timers Delay values of various timers of this X.25 interface, in seconds.
New Configuration New configuration of this X.25 interface taking effect after next
restart; if this configuration is wrong, the default value will be restored.
Restarts 0 ( Restart
Collision 0)
Statistics of this X.25 interface, including times of restart (including
restart collision).
Refused Incoming Call Statistics information of this X.25 interface: times of call refusals. times
of call failures.
Failing Outgoing Call Number of failed outgoing calls.
input/output: RESTART
1/1 ... REJ 0/0
Statistics information of this X.25 interface: quantities of received and
sent packets, format: received quantity/sent quantity.
Invalid Pr Error statistics information of this X.25 interface: total of received data
packets and traffic control packets carrying erroneous
acknowledgement numbers.
Invalid Ps Error statistics information of this X.25 interface: total of received data
packets carrying erroneous sequence numbers.
Unknown Error statistics information of this X.25 interface: total of received
irresolvable packets.
Link-protocol is LAPB Current encapsulation protocol of this interface is LAPB protocol.
LAPB DCE LAPB of this interface works in DCE mode.
module 8 Information frame and monitoring frame sent by this interface LAPB
are numbered in the modulo 8 view.
window-size 7 Window size of this interface LAPB is 7.
max-frame 12056 The maximum length of frame sent by the interface LAPB is 12056 bits.
retry 10 Maximum re-sending times of information frame of this interface LAPB
is 10.
timer Delay value of timers of this interface LAPB, in milliseconds. The unit of
T3 is second.
state Current status of this interface LAPB.
VS Sending variable of this interface LAPB.
VR Receiving variable of this interface LAPB.
Remote VR Peers last acknowledgment on information frame received by this
interface LAPB.
IFRAME 147/254 ... DISC
0/0
Statistics information of frames sent and received by this interface
LAPB, format: received quantity/sent quantity.
Invalid ns Error statistics of this interface LAPB, including total of received
information frames carrying erroneous sequence numbers.
Command Reference
Any view
Invalid nr Error statistics of this interface LAPB, including total of received
information frames and monitoring frames carrying erroneous
acknowledgment numbers.
Link resets Restarting times of this interface LAPB link.
Table 149 Desrciption on the fields of the display interface command (continued)
Field Description
Command Reference
display interface
Purpose Use the display interface command to view configuration information on the
port.
Syntax display interface [ interface_type | interface_type interface_num |
interface_name ]
Parameters interface_type
Port type.
interface_num
Port number.
interface_name
Port name, in interface_type interface_num
format.
Example Set the description of port Ethernet 1/0/1 to Ethernet-interface
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace et her net 1/ 0/ 1
Et her net 1/ 0/ 1 cur r ent st at e : DOWN
Descr i pt i on : Et her net 1/ 0/ 1 I nt er f ace
Medi a t ype i s t wi st ed pai r , l oopback not set
100Mb/ s, Ful l - dupl ex, l i nk t ype i s aut onegot i at i on
Mac agi ng t i me i s 300 seconds, Br oadcast MAX- r at i o: 100
Out put f l ow- cont r ol i s di sabl ed, i nput f l ow- cont r ol i s di sabl ed
PVI D : 1
Por t l i nk- t ype : access
Tagged VLAN I D : none
Unt agged VLAN I D : 1
Last 300 seconds i nput r at e 0. 00 byt es/ sec, 0. 00 packet s/ sec
Last 300 seconds out put r at e 0. 00 byt es/ sec, 0. 00 packet s/ sec
I nput : 6 packet s, 574 byt es, 0 buf f er s
0 br oadcast s, 0 mul t i cast s, 0 pauses
0 er r or s, 0 r unt s, 0 gi ant s
0 cr c, 0 al i gn er r or s, 0 over r uns
0 dr i bbl es, 0 dr ops, 0 no buf f er s
Out put : 18095 packet s, 5951855 byt es, 0 buf f er s
0 er r or s, 0 under r uns, 0 col l i si ons
0 deferred, 0 lost carriers
Table 150 Description on the fields of the display interface command
Field Description
Ethernet1/0/1 current state Current state of the port, enabled or disabled
Description Port description
Media type Media type
loopback not set State about loopback on the port
Port hardware type Hardware type of the port
100Mbps-speed mode, full-duplex mode
Link speed type is autonegotiation,
Link duplex type is autonegotiation
Both duplex mode and port rate are set to
auto-negotiation, but full-duplex and 100 Mbps are
adopted as the result of negotiation with the peer.
Command Reference
Any view
Description If port type and port number are not specified when displaying the port information,
information on all the ports is displayed. If only port type is specified, information on
all the ports of this type is displayed. If both port type and port number are specified,
information on the specified port is displayed.
Flow-control is not supported Flow control setting on the port
Mac-aging time Aging time of MAC addresses
Broadcast MAX-ratio Broadcast storm suppression ratio on the port
Output flow-control is disabled, input
flow-control is disabled
Output flow control and input flow control are
disabled.
PVID Default VLAN ID of the port
Port link-type Link type of the port
Tagged VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN from which the packets must be
tagged.
Untagged VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN from which the packets are not to
be tagged.
Last 300 seconds output: 0 packets/sec 0
bytes/sec
Last 300 seconds input: 0 packets/sec 0
bytes/sec
The input and output rates as well as the input and
output packets in the last 300 seconds on the port
Input: 6 packets, 574 bytes, 0 buffers
0 broadcasts, 0 multicasts, 0 pauses
0errors,0runts,0giants
0 crc, 0 align errors, 0 overruns
0 dribbles, 0 drops, 0 no buffers
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes,0 buffers
0 broadcasts, 0 multicasts, 0 pauses
0 errors, 0 underruns, 0 collisions
0 deferred, 0 lost carriers
Statistics about input/output packets and errors on
the port
Table 150 Description on the fields of the display interface command (continued)
Field Description
Command Reference
display interface
Purpose Use the display interface command to view the current running state and
other information about an interface.
Syntax display interface type number [ .sub-number ]
Parameters type
Interface type, along with number identifies an
interface.
number Interface number, along with type, identifies an
interface.
sub-number
Subinterface number.
Example View the running state and the relevant information about Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 i s up , l i ne pr ot ocol i s up
Descr i pt i on : Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Vi r t ual baudr at e i s 300 bps
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t i s 1500, The keepal i ve i s 10( sec)
I nt er net pr ot ocol pr ocessi ng : di sabl ed
Li nk l ayer pr ot ocol i s PPP
LCP opened, MPLSCP st opped
FI FO: 0/ 75/ 0
Physi cal l ayer i s synchr onous, Baudr at e i s 64000 bps
I nt er f ace i s DCE, Cabl e t ype i s V35
5 mi nut es i nput r at e 0. 56 byt es/ sec, 0. 04 packet s/ sec
5 mi nut es out put r at e 0. 66 byt es/ sec, 0. 05 packet s/ sec
51 packet s i nput , 640 byt es, 0 no buf f er s
55 packet s out put , 700 byt es, 0 no buf f er s
0 i nput er r or s, 0 CRC, 0 f r ame er r or s
0 over r unner s, 0 abor t ed sequences, 0 i nput no buf f er s
DCD=UP DTR=UP DSR=UP RTS=UP CTS=UP
Any view
Description Executing this command displays the following information:
Physical and protocol state of the interface
Physical features of the interface (including operating mode, DTE/DCE, clock
selection, external cable, and so on.)
IP address of the interface
Command Reference
Link layer protocol of the interface and its operating state and statistics.
Statistics about the incoming and outgoing packets on the interface
Related Command reset counters interface
Table 151 Description on the displayed information
Field Description
Serial0 is up Physical layer state of the interface
line protocol is up Link layer state of the interface
5 minutes input rate The input rate of the interface within the last five minutes
5 minutes output rate The output rate of the interface within the last five minutes
FIFO queueing: FIFO Type of the output queue on the interface
51 packets input, 640 bytes,
0 no buffers
Packets and bytes received by the interface and the packets
discarded due to the unavailability of receive-buffer.
55 packets output, 700 bytes,
0 no buffers
Packets and bytes sent by the interface and the packets discarded
due to the unavailability of send-buffer.
input errors:0, CRC:0, frame
errors:0
The received packets that contain errors, including CRC errors and
frame errors.
DCD=UP DTR=UP DSR=UP
RTS=UP CTS=UP
State of the physical electrical signals DCD, DTR, DSR, RTS, and
CTS
948 display interface atm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface atm
Purpose Use the display interface atm command to display the configuration and
state information about the specified or all ATM interfaces.
Syntax display interface atm [ interface-number ]
ATM interface number. If no interface is specified, the
configuration and state information about all ATM
Example Display the configuration and state information about ATM E1 interface 3/0/0.
[3Com -Atm3/0/0] display interface atm 3/0/0
Atm3/0/0 current state :DOWN
Line protocol current state :DOWN
Description : Atm3/0/0 Interface
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500
Internet protocol processing : disabled
AAL enabled: AAL5, Maximum VCs: 128
Current VCs: 0 (0 on main interface)
ATM over E1, Scramble enabled, frame-format crc4-adm
code hdb3, clock slave,Cable-length long, loopback not set
Cable type: 75 ohm non-balanced
Line Alarm: LOS LOF
Line Error: 0 FERR, 0 LCV, 0 CERR, 0 FEBE
Last 0 seconds input rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.00 packets/sec
Last 0 seconds output rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.00 packets/sec
Input : 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 buffers
0 errors, 0 crcs, 0 lens, 0 giants,
0 pads, 0 aborts, 0 timeouts
0 overflows, 0 overruns,0 no buffer
Output: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 buffers
0 errors, 0 overflows, 0 underruns
Table 152 Description on the fields of the display interface atm command
Field Description
Atm3/0/0 current state Current physical layer state of the ATM interface
Line protocol current state Current link layer state of the ATM interface
Description Description about the ATM interface
The Maximum Transmit
Unit is 1500
MTU of the interface
Internet protocol processing Indicatess whether Internet protocol processing is enabled on the
interface
AAL enabled ATM adapter layer (AAL) type
Maximum VCs Maximum number of VCs
Current VCs Number of current VCs
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface atm 949
Command Reference
Any view
ATM over E1, Scramble
enabled, frame-format
crc4-adm
Physical layer: E1
Scrambling state: enabled or disabled
Frame format: CRC4 ADM or No-CRC4 ADM
code hdb3, clock
slave,Cable-length long,
loopback not set
Line coding type: HDB3 or AMI
Clock type: slave or master
Cable type: long or short
State of loopback setting
Cable type: 75 ohm
non-balanced
Cable type of the interface: 75-ohm unbalanced cable in this
example
Line Alarm: LOS LOF Line alarm
Line Error: 0 FERR, 0 LCV,
0 CERR, 0 FEBE
Statistics about errors
Last 0 seconds input rate
0.00 bytes/sec,
0.00 packets/sec
Input rate during a specified interval
Last 0 seconds output rate
0.00 bytes/sec,
0.00 packets/sec
Output rate during a specified interval
Input : 0 packets,
0 bytes, 0 buffers
0 errors, 0 crcs, 0 lens,
0 giants,
0 overflows, 0 overruns,
0 no buffer
Detailed statistics about input packets and their errors
Output: 0 packets,
0 bytes, 0 buffers
0 errors, 0 overflows,
0 underruns
Detailed statistics about output packets and their errors
Table 152 Description on the fields of the display interface atm command
Field Description
950 display interface bri 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface bri
Purpose Use the display interface bri command to view status about the specified
ISDN BRI interface.
Syntax display interface bri interface-type interface-number
Example Display status about ISDN BRI interface BRI 3/0/0:1.
<3Com>di spl ay i nt er f ace br i 3/ 0/ 0: 1
Br i 3/ 0: 1 cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : Br i 3/ 0: 1 I nt er f ace
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t i s 1500
baudr at e i s 64000 bps, Ti mesl ot ( s) Used: 1
Li nk l ayer pr ot ocol i s PPP
LCP opened, MP opened
Out put queue : ( Ur gent queui ng : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 50/ 0
Out put queue : ( Pr ot ocol queui ng : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 500/ 0
Last 30 seconds i nput r at e 3959. 10 byt es/ sec, 31672 bi t s/ sec, 21. 16
packet s/
sec
Last 30 seconds out put r at e 31. 60 byt es/ sec, 252 bi t s/ sec, 0. 43
packet s/ sec
I nput : 1049771 packet s, 195819200 byt es
0 br oadcast s, 0 mul t i cast s
12 er r or s, 0 r unt s, 0 gi ant s,
4 CRC, 0 al i gn er r or s, 0 over r uns,
0 dr i bbl es, 4 abor t s, 0 no buf f er s
4 f r ame er r or s
Out put : 15161 packet s, 743016 byt es
0 def er r ed
It is normal that the count of broadcasts in the output is zero. For a non-Ethernet
interface, counting of broadcasts and multicasts is performed at the IP layer. The IP
layer, however, does not provide statistics about broadcasts and multicasts for a
physical interface, a BRI interface for example. To view the information, you need to
view statistics about the related routing interface, a dialer interface for example, by
executing the display ip interface dialer command.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface encrypt 951
Command Reference
display interface encrypt
Purpose Use the display interface encrypt command to view information about
interfaces on the specified or all encryption cards.
Syntax display interface encrypt [ slot-id ]
on the slot number on the router. It is in 3-dimentional
format, for example, x/y/z, where x stands for slot ID
on the router, y and z are fixed to 0 for the encryption
card.
Example Display the port information on the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay i nt er f ace Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0
Descr i pt i on : Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Pr ot ocol St at us: READY
Dr i ver St at us : READY
Tot al St at i st i cs
Packet s sent t o car d : 10
Packet s r ecei ved f r omcar d : 9
Byt es sent t o car d : 1216
Byt es r ecei ved f r omcar d : 584
Dr opped packet s : 0
St at i st i cs dur i ng l ast 5 seconds
Packet s sent t o car d : 0
Packet s r ecei ved f r omcar d : 0
Byt es sent t o car d : 0
Byt es r ecei ved f r omcar d : 0
Dr opped packet s : 0
Any view
Description With this command, you can view the status of the encryption card, total
countnumber of packets transmitted or received on it, maximum countnumber of
packets dropped per second, information during the last five seconds.
Related Command interface encrypt
952 display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet} 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet}
Purpose Use the display interface { ethernet | gigabitethernet } command
to view information about Ethernet interfaces, such as their configurations and
current running state.
Syntax display interface { et her net | gi gabi t et her net } [ interface-number ]
Parameters ethernet Displays the state of FE interfaces.
gigabitethernet Displays the state of GE interfaces.
interface-number Interface number. If no interface is specified, the
configuration and state information on all the
Example Display state information about Ethernet interface 2/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0
Et her net 2/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t i s 1500, Hol d t i mer i s 10( sec)
I nt er net Addr ess i s 172. 31. 29. 103/ 16
I P Sendi ng Fr ames' For mat i s PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Har dwar e addr ess i s
00e0. f c06. 3085
Medi a t ype i s t wi st ed pai r , l oopback not set , pr omi scuous mode not set
100Mb/ s- speed mode, Ful l - dupl ex mode, l i nk t ype i s aut onegot i at i on
Out put f l ow- cont r ol i s unsuppor t ed, i nput f l ow- cont r ol i s unsuppor t ed
Last 5 mi nut es i nput r at e 227. 13 byt es/ sec, 2. 67 packet s/ sec
Last 5 mi nut es out put r at e 0. 00 byt es/ sec, 0. 00 packet s/ sec
I nput : 542665 packet s, 47721004 byt es
271460 br oadcast s, 271205 mul t i cast s
0 er r or s, 0 r unt s, 0 gi ant s,
0 CRC, 0 al i gn er r or s, 0 over r uns,
0 dr i bbl es, 0 abor t s, 0 no buf f er s
Out put : 0 packet s, 0 byt es
0 def er r ed
Table 153 Display on the fields of the display interface command
Field Description
Ethernet2/0/0 current state : UP Current state of the Ethernet interface
Line protocol current state Current state of the link layer protocol on the Ethernet
interface
Description Description about the Ethernet interface
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 MTU of the Ethernet interface
Hold timer is 10(sec) Poll interval
Internet Address is 172.31.29.103/16 IP address and subnet mask of the Ethernet interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet} 953
Command Reference
Display the running state and relevant information on the GE interface 1/0/1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i nt er f ace Gi gabi t Et her net 1/ 0/ 1
Gi gabi t Et her net 1/ 0/ 1 cur r ent st at e : DOWN
00e0- f c00- 1500
Medi a t ype i s t wi st ed pai r , l oopback not set
Por t har dwar e t ype i s 1000_BASE_SFP
100Mbps- speed mode, unknown- dupl ex mode
Li nk speed t ype i s f or ce l i nk, l i nk dupl ex t ype i s aut onegot i at i on
Fl ow- cont r ol i s not enabl ed
The Maxi mumFr ame Lengt h i s 1500
Br oadcast MAX- r at i o: 100%
Uni cast MAX- r at i o: 100%
Mul t i cast MAX- r at i o: 100%
Al l ow j umbo f r ame t o pass
PVI D: 1
Mdi t ype: acr oss
Por t l i nk- t ype: access
Tagged VLAN I D : none
Unt agged VLAN I D : 1
Last 300 seconds i nput : 0 packet s/ sec 0 byt es/ sec
Last 300 seconds out put : 0 packet s/ sec 0 byt es/ sec
I nput ( t ot al ) : 0 packet s, 0 byt es
I nput ( nor mal ) : 0 packet s, 0 byt es
I nput : 0 i nput er r or s, 0 r unt s, 0 gi ant s, 0 t hr ot t l es, 0 CRC
0 f r ame, 0 over r uns, 0 abor t s, 0 i gnor ed, 0 par i t y er r or s
Out put ( t ot al ) : 0 packet s, 0 byt es
IP Sending Frames' Format is
PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware address is
00e0.fc06.3085
Format and hardware (MAC) address of IP sending
frames
Media type is twisted pair Medium type
loopback not set Indicates whether loopback is enabled on the interface
promiscuous mode not set Indicates whether promiscuous mode is set
100Mb/s-speed mode,Full-duplex
mode,link type is autonegotiation
Speed, duplex mode, and link type on the interface
Output flow-control is unsupported,
input flow-control is unsupported
Output and input flow control modes on the interface
Output queue : (Urgent queue:
Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0
Current length and maximum length of the urgent
output queue and its dropped packets
Output queue : (FIFO queuing:
Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0
Current length and maximum length of the FIFO queue,
and its dropped packets
Last 5 minutes input rate 227.13
bytes/sec, 2.67 packets/sec
Last 5 minutes output rate 0.00
bytes/sec, 0.00 packets/sec
Input and output rates within the last five minutes on
the interface, in terms of bytes per second and packets
per second
Input: 542665 packets, 47721004
bytes 271460 broadcasts, 271205
multicasts
0 errors, 0 runts, 0 giants,
0 CRC, 0 align errors, 0 overruns,
0 dribbles, 0 aborts, 0 no buffers
Statistics about input packets for the interface, covering
number of packets, number of bytes, number of
multicast packets, and number of errors
Table 153 Display on the fields of the display interface command (continued)
Field Description
954 display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet} 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Out put ( nor mal ) : 0 packet s, 0 byt es
Out put : 0 out put er r or s, 0 under r uns, 0 buf f er f ai l ur es
0 abor t s, 0 def er r ed, 0 col l i si ons, 0 l at e col l i si ons
0 l ost car r i er , 0 no car r i er
Any view
Description For an SFP port, the detailed information about the optic module including vender
type, wavelength, transmission distance, and serial number as follows:
The transceiver Detail Information:
The transceiver type: Xenpak
The standard compliance: 1000BASE_CX
Transfers distance(m) :9um Fiber: 0
50um Fiber: 0
625um Fiber: 1000
copper line: 100
Serial Num is 123456789
Vender Name is 3com
3C Number is 123456789
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface ima-group 955
Command Reference
display interface ima-group
Purpose Use the display interface ima-group command to view the configuration
and state information about the specified or all IMA group interfaces.
Syntax display interface ima-group [ slot/card/group-number ]
Parameters slot Number of the slot for the ATM E1/T1 interface card.
card Number of the ATM E1/T1 interface card.
group-number IMA group number. Valid values are an integer from 1
to 8.
If no IMA group interface is specified, the
configuration of all existing IMA group interfaces and
their state information are displayed.
ExampleI Display the configuration and state information about IMA group interface 6/0/1.
[Router] display interface Ima-group 6/0/1
Ima-group6/0/1 current state :UP
Line protocol current state :UP
Description : Ima-group6/0/1 Interface
Total baudrate is 10808000 bps,the available baudrate is 10808000 bps
Internet Address is 23.1.1.1/24
AAL enabled: AAL5, Maximum VCs: 128
Current VCs: 1 (1 on main interface)
Physical layer is ATM over IMA
IMA-clock: CTC, active-links-minimum: 1
Frame-length: 128, differential-delay-maximum: 25
symmetry: symmetrical configuration and operation
Ima-group state:
ImaGroupNeState:OPERATIONALImaGroupFeState:OPERATIONAL
ImaGroupNeFailureStatus:NO_FAILURE ImaGroupFeFailureStatus:
NO_FAILURE
Ima-Link Information:
Link Physical status Near End Tx Status
0 UP ACTIVE
1 UP ACTIVE
2 UP ACTIVE
3 UP ACTIVE
4 UP ACTIVE
5 UP ACTIVE
7 UP ACTIVE
Test Status: Disabled
Last clearing of counters: Never
Last 300 seconds input rate 0.08 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0.00
packets/sec
956 display interface ima-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Last 300 seconds output rate 0.09 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0.00
packets/sec
Input : 746 packets, 982144 bytes, 746 buffers
0 overflows, 0 overruns,0 no buffer
Output: 746 packets, 982408 bytes, 746 buffers
Table 154 Description on the fields of the display interface ima-group command
Field Description
Ima-group6/0/1 current state
Current physical layer state of the
IMA group
Line protocol current state Current data link layer state of the IMA group
DescriptionDescription about the
IMA group
Total baudrate is 10808000
bps,the available baudrate is
10808000 bps,the min baudrate is
1544000 bps
Total baudrate, available baudrate, and minimum baudrate
The Maximum Transmit Unit is
1500
MTU of the IMA interface
Internet Address is 23.1.1.1/24 IP address
AAL enabled AAL protocol type
Maximum VCs Maximum number of VCs
Current VCs Number of current VCs
Physical layer is ATM over IMA Type of physical layer
IMA-clock IMA clock: CTC or RTC
active-links-minimum Required minimum number of active links
Frame-length Frame length, that is, number of cells
differential-delay-maximum Maximum differential delay for the links in the IMA group
symmetry Symmetrical configuration and operation
Ima-group state:
ImaGroupNeState:OPERATIONAL ImaGroupFeState: OPERATIONAL
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface ima-group 957
Command Reference
As a baudrate setting is meaningless for IMA-group subinterfaces, the message Total
baudrate is 10808000 bps, the available baudrate is 10808000 bps, the min baudrate
is 1544000 bps is not available for them.
Any view
ImaGroupNeFailureStatus:
NO_FAILURE
ImaGroupFeFailureStatus:
NO_FAILURE
State of the IMA group, which can be one of the following:
IMA_GSM_START_UP
IMA_GSM_START_UP_ACK
IMA_GSM_CFG_ABORT_BAD_M
IMA_GSM_CFG_ABORT_BAD_SYM
IMA_GSM_CFG_ABORT_BAD_VERSN
IMA_GSM_CFG_ABORT_OTHER
IMA_GSM_INSUFFICIENT_LINKS
IMA_GSM_BLOCKED
IMA_GSM_OPERATIONAL
State of the failed end in the IMA group, which can be one of
the following:
IMA_GRP_NO_FAILURE
IMA_GRP_START_UP
IMA_GRP_INVALID_M
IMA_GRP_FAILED_ASYMM
IMA_GRP_INSUFF_LNKS
IMA_GRP_BLOCKED
IMA_GRP_FAILED_OTHER
IMA_GRP_INVALID_VERSN
Ima-Link Information: Information
about links in the IMA group,
including link number, physical
status of the link, and transmitting
status at the near end
Test Status Test setting state: disabled, success, or failed
Last clearing of counters: Never Time of last counter clearing
Last 300 seconds input rate 0.08
bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec,
0.00 packets/sec
Input rate in the last 300 seconds in terms of bytes per
second, bits per second, and packets per second
Last 300 seconds output rate 0.09
bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec,
0.00 packets/sec
Output rate in the last 300 seconds in terms of bytes per
second, bits per second, and packets per second
Input : 746 packets, 982144 bytes,
746 buffers
0 overflows, 0 overruns,
0 no buffer
Statistics about input packets and errors
Output: 746 packets, 982408
bytes, 746 buffers
Statistics about output packets and errors
Table 154 Description on the fields of the display interface ima-group command (continued)
Field Description
958 display interface loopback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface loopback
Purpose Use the display interface loopback command to view state about the
specified or all created loopback interfaces.
Syntax display interface loopback [ number ]
Parameters number
Number of loopback interface, which must have been
created. If no loopback interface is specified, state
about all created loopback interfaces is displayed.
Example View state about the specified loopback interface.
<3Com > display interface loopback 0
LoopBack0 current state :UP
Line protocol current state :UP (spoofing)
Description : LoopBack0 Interface
Internet Address is 1.1.1.1/32
Physical is Loopback
Last 300 seconds input: 0 bytes/sec 0 packets/sec
Last 300 seconds output: 0 bytes/sec 0 packets/sec
0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 drops
0 packets output, 0 bytes, 0 drops
Any view
Related Command interface loopback
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface mfr 959
Command Reference
display interface mfr
Purpose Use the display interface mfr command to view information on one or all
MFR interfaces, including configuration, state, and packet statistics.
Syntax display interface mfr [ interface-number [ .subnumber ] ]
Parameters interface-number MFR interface number.
subnumber MFR subinterface number.
Example Display the configuration and status information about interface MFR 4
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace mf r 4
MFR4 cur r ent st at e : UP
Descr i pt i on : MFR4 I nt er f ace
l i nk- pr ot ocol i s FRAME- RELAY I ETF
LMI DLCI i s 0, LMI t ype i s Q. 933a, f r ame r el ay DTE
LMI st at us enqui r y sent 435, LMI st at us r ecei ved 435
LMI st at us t i meout 0, LMI message di scar ded 0
FI FO: 0/ 75/ 0
5 mi nut es i nput r at e 0 byt es/ sec, 0 packet s/ sec
5 mi nut es out put r at e 0 byt es/ sec, 0 packet s/ sec
1058 packet s i nput , 832389 byt es, 0 dr ops
619 packet s out put , 828190 byt es, 0 dr ops
Table 155 Description on the fields of the display interface mfr command
Field Description
MFR4 current state : UP Physical layer state
Line protocol current state : UP Link layer state
Description : MFR4 Interface Interface description
The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 MTU
Internet Address is 12.12.12.2/16 IP address and mask
link-protocol is FRAME-RELAY IETF Link layer protocol
LMI DLCI is 0, LMI type is Q.933a,
frame relay DTE
DCLI number used by LMI, LMI type, port type and
operating mode
LMI status enquiry sent 435, LMI
status received 435
Transmitted and received LMI status enquiry messages
LMI status timeout 0, LMI message
discarded 0
LMI timeout messages and dropped LMI messages
FIFO queuing: (Outbound
queue:Size/Length/Discards)
Type of the output queue on the interface
5 minutes input rate 0 bytes/sec,
0 packets/sec
Input rate of the interface within the last five minutes
5 minutes output rate 0 bytes/sec,
0 packets/sec
Output rate of the interface within the last five minutes
960 display interface mfr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
1058 packets input, 832389 bytes,
0 drops
Packets and bytes received on the interface and packets
dropped as the result of full receive buffer
Table 155 Description on the fields of the display interface mfr command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface mp-group 961
Command Reference
display interface mp-group
Purpose Use the display interface mp-group command to view the state about the
specified or all MP-group interfaces.
Syntax display interface mp-group [ number ]
Parameters number Number of the MP-group interface. If no MP-group
interface is specified, the state about all MP-group
Example Display the state about all MP-group interfaces.
<3Com > display interface mp-group
Any view
962 display interface null 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface null
Purpose Use the display interface null command to view the state about the null
interface.
Syntax display interface null [ 0 ]
Parameters 0
Number of null interface, fixed as 0.
Example View the state about null 0 interface.
<3Com > display interface null 0
NULL0 current state :UP
Line protocol current state :UP (spoofing)
Description : NULL0 Interface
Internet protocol processing : disabled
Physical is NULL DEV
Any view
Description Whether you specify the keyword does not affect the result.
Related Command interface null
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface pos 963
Command Reference
display interface pos
Purpose Use the display interface pos command to view the configuration and state
information of one or all POS interfaces.
Syntax display interface pos [ interface-number ]
Parameters interface-number Interface number. If no interface number is specified,
the configuration and state information of all the POS
Example Display the configuration and the state information of the interface POS 3/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace pos 3/ 0/ 0
Any view
964 display interface tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface tunnel
Purpose Use the display interface tunnel command to view the working status of
tunnel interface.
Syntax display interface tunnel [number ]
Parameters number
Tunnel interface ID.
Example Display the current tunnel interface.
<3Com> display interface tunnel 2
Tunnel2/0/4 is up, line protocol is up
Description : 3Com, 3Com Series, Tunnel2 Interface
Internet Protocol processing is disable
Encapsulation is TUNNEL, loopback not set
Tunnel source 1.1.254.88 (Ethernet2/0/0), destination 1.1.254.11
Tunnel protocol/transport GRE/IP, key disabled
Checksumming of packets disabled
5 minutes input rate 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minutes output rate 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec
0 packets input, 0 bytes
0 input error
0 packets output, 0 bytes
0 output error
Table 156 Description on the fields of the display interface tunnel 2 command
Field Description
Tunnel2 is up The physical layer of the tunnel interface is up.
line protocol is up The link layer of the tunnel interface is up.
Description The description information of the tunnel interface, being 3Com in this
example.
3Com Series The router is 3Com series
Tunnel2 Interface Tunnel interface number
Maximum Transmit Unit The size of MTU in the tunnel, being 1500 bytes in this example
Encapsulation The tunnel formed by encapsulated GRE protocol
Loopback Enable/Disable loopback test. Because the tunnel interface does not
support loopback test, disabled loopback is the case in this example.
Tunnel source Source address of the tunnel, being 1.1.254.88 here.
Ethernet2/0/0 The interface of tunnel source address is Ethernet 2/0/0.
destination Destination address of the tunnel, being 1.1.254.11 here.
Tunnel protocol/transport Encapsulation protocol and transport protocol of the tunnel, being
GRE and IP here.
key Identification keyword of the tunnel interface, which is not specified
here.
Checksumming of
packets
End-to-end check of the tunnel, being disabled here.
5 minutes input rate Input rate in seconds within the last 5 minutes
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface tunnel 965
Command Reference
Any view
Description Executing the display interface tunnel command displays such information
about the tunnel interface as source address, destination address (the real physical
interface address receiving/sending GRE packet), encapsulation mode, identification
keyword and end-to-end check, etc.
Related Commands: source
destination
gre key
gre checksum
tunnel-protocol gre
packets/sec Input packet number in seconds within the last 5 minutes
packets input Total input packet number
bytes Total input byte number
input error Number of error packets among all input packets.
output error Number of error packets among all output packets.
Table 156 Description on the fields of the display interface tunnel 2 command (continued)
Field Description
966 display interface virtual-ethernet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display interface virtual-ethernet
Purpose Use the display interface virtual-ethernet command to view the state
about of the specified or all virtual Ethernet interfaces.
Syntax display interface virtual-ethernet [ number ]
Parameters number
Number of the virtual Ethernet interface. Valid values
are 0 to 1023. If no interface is specified, the state
about all virtual Ethernet interfaces is displayed.
Example View the state about virtual Ethernet interface 1.
<3Com > display interface virtual-ethernet 1
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display interface virtual-template 967
Command Reference
display interface virtual-template
Purpose Use the display interface virtual-template command to view the state
about the specified or all virtual templates.
Syntax display interface virtual-template [ number ]
Parameters virtual-template Virtual template.
number Number of the virtual template. Valid values are 0 to
1023. If no virtual template is specified, the state
about all virtual templates is displayed.
Example View the state about the specified virtual template.
<3Com > display interface virtual-template 1
Any view
968 display ip count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip count
Purpose Use the display ip count command to display IP packet statistics gathered by
the IP Accounting.
Syntax display ip count { i nbound- packet s | out bound- packet s } { i nt er i or |
ext er i or | f i r ewal l - deni ed }
Parameters inbound-packets
Displays information about inbound IP packets.
outbound-packets
Displays information about outbound IP packets.
firewall-denied
Displays information about denied IP packets.
interior
Displays information about the IP packets in the
interior hash table. The interior hash table records
rule-matching legitimate packets.
exterior
Displays information about the IP packets in the
exterior hash table. The exterior hash table records the
legitimate packets not matching the rule.
Example Display information about the legitimate inbound IP packets not matching any IP
accounting rule.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p count i nbound- packet s ext er i or
I nbound packet s i nf or mat i on i n ext er i or l i st :
Sr cI P Dst I P Pr ot ocol Pkt s Byt es
0. 0. 0. 0 255. 255. 255. 255 UDP 28 9502
10. 153. 72. 181 10. 153. 73. 255 UDP 174 38034
10. 153. 72. 137 239. 255. 255. 250 UDP 4 644
10. 153. 72. 141 224. 0. 0. 2 I GMP 4 128
10. 153. 72. 141 224. 0. 0. 9 UDP 4 208
10. 153. 72. 141 224. 0. 0. 9 I GMP 4 128
Any view
Table 157 Description on the fields of the display ip count command
Field Description
SrcIP: The source address of a packet
DstIP: The destination address of a packet
Pkts The number of packets
Bytes The number of bytes
Protocol The protocol type of a packet
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip count rule 969
Command Reference
display ip count rule
Purpose Use the display ip count rule command to display IP accounting rules.
Syntax display ip count rule
Parameters None
Example Display IP accounting rules.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p count r ul e
I P Count r ul e l i st :
I P addr ess addr ess mask
192. 168. 0. 0 255. 255. 255. 0
1. 0. 0. 0 255. 0. 0. 0
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tot al : 2 r ul es
Any view
970 display ip fast-forwarding cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip fast-forwarding cache
Purpose Use the display ip fast-forwarding cache command to view information
on the unicast fast forwarding table.
Syntax display ip fast-forwarding cache
Parameters None
Example Display the information of the unicast fast forwarding table.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay i p f ast - f or war di ng cache
Fast - For war di ng cache:
I ndex Sr I P Sr Por t DsI P DsPor t Pr o I nput _I f Out put _I f
FLAG
600: 0 1. 1. 3. 149 1463 10. 10. 26. 30 23 6 Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
81
The above i nf or mat i on i ndi cat es t hat t he l at est cache cont ai ns t he dat a
f l ow f r ompor t 1463 at 1. 1. 3. 149 t o por t 23 at 10. 10. 26. 30, wi t h a
pr ot ocol number 6, t hat i s, t he TCP dat a, i ngr ess i s Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 and
t he egr ess i s Et her net 1/ 0/ 0.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip host 971
Command Reference
display ip host
Purpose Use the display ip host command to display all the host names and their
corresponding IP addresses.
Syntax display ip host
Parameters None
Example Display all the host names and their corresponding IP addresses.
<3Com> di spl ay i p host
Host Age Fl ags Addr ess
et h 0 st at i c 6. 1. 1. 1
3Com 0 st at i c 1. 1. 1. 1
Any view
Table 158 Description on the fields of the display ip host command
Field Description
Host Host name
Age Life time. It is 0 for a static entry.
Flags Domain name resolution type, for example, static
Address Host address
972 display ip interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip interface
Purpose Use the display ip interface command to view IP-related information about
the specified or all interfaces.
Syntax display ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default By default, if no interface is specified, the IP-related information about all interfaces is
displayed.
Example Display IP-related information about interface Serial 1/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay i p i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
Li ne pr ot ocol cur r ent st at e : DOWN
Br oadcast addr ess : 1. 1. 1. 255
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t : 1500 byt es
i p f ast - f or war di ng i ncomi ng packet s st at e i s Enabl ed
i p f ast - f or war di ng out goi ng packet s st at e i s Enabl ed
I P i nput packet s : 0, byt es : 0, mul t i cast s : 0
I P out put packet s : 0, byt es : 0, mul t i cast s : 0
TTL i nval i d packet number : 0
I CMP packet i nput number : 0
Echo r epl y: 0
Unr eachabl e: 0
Sour ce quench: 0
Rout i ng r edi r ect : 0
Echo r equest : 0
Rout er adver t : 0
Rout er sol i ci t : 0
Ti me exceed: 0
I P header bad: 0
Ti mest amp r equest : 0
Ti mest amp r epl y: 0
I nf or mat i on r equest : 0
I nf or mat i on r epl y: 0
Net mask r equest : 0
Net mask r epl y: 0
Unknown t ype: 0
DHCP packet deal mode: gl obal
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip interface 973
Command Reference
Description The information is helpful for troubleshooting.
Related Commands display interface
display ip interface brief
974 display ip interface brief 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display ip interface brief command to view IP-related summary
Syntax display ip interface brief [ interface-type [interface-number] ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default By default, if no interface is specified, the IP-related summary about all interfaces is
displayed.
Example Display IP-related summary about all interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p i nt er f ace br i ef
*down: admi ni st r at i vel y down
( l ) : l oopback
( s) : spoof i ng
I nt er f ace I P Addr ess Physi cal Pr ot ocol Descr i pt i on
Aux0 unassi gned down down Aux0 I nt er f ace
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 192. 168. 0. 1down down Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 I nt er f ace
Et her net 0/ 0/ 1 unassi gned down down Et her net 0/ 0/ 1 I nt er f ace
Vi r t ual - Templ at e0unassi gned up up( s) changchen
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip ip-prefix 975
Command Reference
display ip ip-prefix
Purpose Use the display ip ip-prefix command to view the address prefix list.
Syntax display ip ip-prefix [ ip-prefix-name ]
Parameters ip-prefix-name Specifies displayed address prefix list name.
Example Display the information of the address prefix list named p1.
<3Com> di spl ay i p i p- pr ef i x p1
i p- pr ef i x p1
i ndex 10: per mi t 192. 168. 10. 10/ 16 gr eat er - equal 17 l ess- equel 18
Any view
Description Display all the configured address prefix lists when no ip-prefix-name is specified.
Related Command ip ip-prefix
976 display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Purpose Use the display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache command to
display summary information about the fast forwarding table entries in the multicast
fast forwarding cache.
Syntax display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache [ multicast-group ]
Parameters multicast-group IP address of the multicast group in dotted decimal
notation, such as 224.0.0.1.
Example Display summary information about all fast forwarding table entries related to a
specified multicast address in the cache.
<3Com> di spl ay i p mul t i cast - f ast - f or war di ng cache 225. 1. 2. 3
Mul t i cast i ng f ast - f or war di ng cache: t ot al 120 i t ems
Mul t i cast i ng f ast - For war di ng cache by sel ect ed gr oup: 10 i t ems
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Sour ce Addr ess: Por t Gr oup Addr ess: Por t Pr ot RecvI nt er f ace SendI nt er f ace
L2H
156. 43. 56. 34: 1057 225. 1. 2. 3: 1058 0x11 E 0/ 0/ 0 E 0/ 0/ 1
Yes
E 2/ 0/ 0
No
E 2/ 0/ 1
Yes
Any view
Table 159 Description on the fields of display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Field Description
Multicasting
fast-forwarding cache
Total number of fast forwarding table entries in the multicast fast
forwarding cache
Multicasting
fast-Forwarding cache by
selected group
Number of fast forwarding table entries related to the specified
multicast group in the multicast fast forwarding cache
Source Address:Port Source address and source port number
Group Address:Port Multicast address and destination port number
Prot Protocol number, which is usually 0x11 for the UDP protocol.
RecvInterface Inbound interface
SendInterface Outbound interface
L2H Status of the outbound interface, that is, whether the link layer header
is present.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 977
Command Reference
Description If you issue the command without specifying the argument, summary information
about all fast forwarding table entries in the multicast fast forwarding cache is
displayed. If you issue the command with a multicast address specified, summary
information about all fast forwarding table entries related to the multicast address is
displayed. The output information of the command includes the source address,
source port number, multicast address, destination port number, protocol number
(which is usually the number for UDP), inbound interface, outbound interface, and
status of the outbound interface (that is, whether the link layer header is present).
978 display ip multicast-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display ip multicast-policy command to view the multicast policy
routing information.
Syntax display ip multicast-policy [ set up i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num | st at i st i c i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Example Display the information about the multicast policy routing configured on interface
Ethernet2/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p mul t i cast - pol i cy set up i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0
r out e- pol i cy cc per mi t node 10
i f - mat ch acl 3110
appl y i p- addr ess next - hop acl 2050
r out e- pol i cy cc per mi t node 20
appl y out put - i nt er f ace acl 1005
Display the statistic information about the multicast policy routing configured on
interface Ethernet2/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p mul t i cast - pol i cy st at i st i c i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0
i nt er f ace Et her net 2/ 0/ 0 mul t i cast - pol i cy r out i ng summar y i nf or mat i on:
Tot al packet s mat ched: 5
Tot al packet s f or war d : 20
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip netstream cache 979
Command Reference
display ip netstream cache
Purpose Use the display ip netstream cache command to view configuration and
status information about the NetStream cache.
Syntax display ip netstream cache
Parameters None
Example Display information about the NetStream cache.
<R6000> display ip netstream cache
IP netstream cache information
Stream active timeout(minute) : 60
Stream inactive timeout(second): 600
Active stream entry : 5
Free stream entry : 99995
Stream entry been created : 0
Last clearing of statistics never
IP packet number of different size
1-80 81-552 553-576 577-612 613-1480 1480-1500
1500-
2096 0 0 0 0 1038 0
Protocol Total Packets Stream Packets Active(sec)
Idle(sec)
Streams /Sec /Sec /stream /stream /stream

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0
DstIf DstIP DstP SrcIf SrcIP SrcP Pro
Pkts

----------------------------------------------------------------------
ET1/0/0 1.0.0.1 769 Local 1.0.0.2 0 1 8
ET1/0/0 1.0.0.1 24930 ET2/0 172.31.1.6 0 1 520
Table 160 Description on the fields of the display ip netstream cache command
Field Description
Stream active timeout(minute) Active aging timer for NetStream cache entries
Stream inactive timeout(second) Inactive aging time for NetStream cache entries
Active stream entry Number of active NetStream streams
Inactive stream entry Number of inactive NetStream streams
Stream entry been created Number of NetStream cache entries that have been created
IP packet number of different size Number of NetStream streams differentiated by packet size
Protocol Protocol carried in data streams
Total Streams Total number of data streams
Packets/Sec Average number of packets per second
980 display ip netstream cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Stream/Sec Average number of streams per second
Packets/stream Number of packets per stream
Active(sec) /stream Average active time of each stream
Idle(sec) /stream Average inactive time of each stream
DstIf/SrcIf Destination/source interface
DstIP/SrcIP Destination/source IP address
DstP/SrcP Destination/source port
Pro Protocol number
Pkts Number of IP packets
Table 160 Description on the fields of the display ip netstream cache command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip netstream export 981
Command Reference
display ip netstream export
Purpose Use the display ip netstream export command to view statistics about
exported NetStream UDP packets.
Syntax display ip netstream export
Parameters None
Example Display statistics about NetStream UDP packets.
<R6000> display ip netstream export
Version 5 export information:
Stream destination IP(UDP): 10.10.0.10 (30000)
Stream source interface: Ethernet4/0/0
Exported stream number: 16
Exported UDP datagram number(failed number): 16(0)
Version 8 AS aggregation export information:
Stream destination IP(UDP port): 10.10.0.10 (30000)
Stream source interface: Ethernet4/0/0
Exported stream number: 16
Exported UDP datagram number(failed number): 2(0)
Any view
Table 161 Description on the fields of the display ip netstream export command
Field Description
Version 5 export information Statistics for exported version 5 UDP packets
Stream destination IP(UDP) Destination address and UDP port number of exported UDP
packets
Stream source interface Source interface of exported UDP packets
Exported stream number Number of exported streams
Exported UDP datagram
number(failed number)
Number of exported UDP packets (number of failed sending
attempts)
Version 8 AS aggregation export
information
Statistics for exported version 8 AS aggregation UDP packets.
Displayed only when NetStream aggregation is enabled.
982 display ip policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip policy
Purpose Use the display ip policy command to view the routing policies of local and
configured interface policy routings.
Syntax display ip policy
Parameters None
Example Display the routing policies of the local and configured interface policy routings.
<3Com> di spl ay i p pol i cy
Rout e- pol i cy I nt er f ace
pr 02 Local
pr 02 Vi r t ual - Templ at e0
pr 01 Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
The f i r st l i ne i s pr ompt i nf or mat i on. The f i r st r ow shows wher e i s used
t he r out i ng pol i cy i ndi cat ed i n t he second r ow. Take t he f i r st l i ne as
an exampl e, " l ocal " i ndi cat es t hat t he pol i cy r out i ng i s used on t he
l ocal r out er , t hat i s, al l packet s sent f r omt he l ocal r out er ( not
f or war d t hr ough i t ) usi ng t he pol i cy r out i ng " pr 02" . The second and
t hi r d l i nes r epr esent t hat t he i nt er f aces vi r t ual - t empl at e0 and
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 use r out e pol i cy pr 02 and pr 01 r espect i vel y.
Any view
Description This command is used to display the routing policies of local and configured interface
policy routings.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip policy setup 983
Command Reference
display ip policy setup
Purpose Use the display ip policy setup command to view the setting information of
policy routings.
Syntax display ip policy setup { l ocal | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number }
Parameters local
Displays the setting information of local policy
routings.
interface Displays the setting information of interface policy
routings.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display the configurations of policy routing on the specified interface, regardless of
whether the policy routing is enabled.
<3Com> di spl ay i p pol i cy set up i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
r out e- pol i cy pr 01 per mi t 0
appl y out put - i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Thi s command di spl ays t he conf i gur at i ons of t he pol i cy r out i ng named
pr 01 on i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 0. As shown above, t he pol i cy r out i ng
has one 0 node and i ncl udes an if-match cl ause and an apply cl ause. For
t he accur at e meani ngs of t he if-match cl ause and t he apply cl ause,
r ef er t o t he descr i pt i on on t he command.
The out put of t he display ip policy setup local command i s t he same as
t hat of t he display ip policy setup interface command, except t hat i t
di spl ays t he pol i cy r out i ng enabl ed on t hi s r out er but not t he
conf i gur at i on of t he speci f i ed r out e- pol i cy.
Any view
984 display ip policy statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip policy statistic
Purpose Use the display ip policy statistic command to view the statistics of
policy routings.
Syntax display ip policy statistic { l ocal | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number }
Parameters local
Displays the statistics of local policy routing packets.
interface
Displays the statistics of interface policy routings.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display statistics about policy routing matches on the specified interface.
<3Com> di spl ay i p pol i cy st at i st i c i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
I nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 pol i cy r out i ng i nf or mat i on:
Rout e- pol i cy: aaa
per mi t node 5
appl y out put - i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Deni ed: 0,
For war ded: 0
Tot al deni ed: 0, f or war ded: 0
The above i nf or mat i on shows t he f or war di ng success and f ai l ur e t i mes
f or al l t he f or war di ng pol i ci es ( t hat i s, t he apply cl ause) of pol i cy
r out i ng on i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table 985
Command Reference
display ip routing-table
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table command to view the routing table
summary.
Syntax display ip routing-table
Parameters None
Example View the summary of current routing table.
<3Com > display ip routing-table
Routing Table: public net
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Nexthop Interface
1.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 1.1.1.1 Interface
serial1/0/0
1.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
serial2/0/0
ethernet1/0/0
4.4.4.0/24 DIRECT0 0 4.4.4.1 Interface
ethernet2/0/0
127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0. 1 InLoopBack0
127. 0. 0. 1/ 32 DI RECT 0 0 127. 0. 0. 1 I nLoopBack0
Any view
Description This command views routing table information in summary form. Each line represents
one route. The contents include destination address/mask length, protocol,
preference, cost, next hop and output interface.
Only the current used route, that is, the best route, is displayed via the display ip
routing-table command.
986 display ip routing-table acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip routing-table acl
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table acl command to view the route filtered
through specified basic access control list (ACL).
Syntax display ip routing-table acl acl-number [ verbose ]
Parameters acl_number
References a basic ACL by its number. Valid values are
2000 to 2999.
verbose With the parameter, this command displays the
verbose information of both the active and inactive
routes that passed filtering rules. Without the
parameter, this command only displays the summary
of the active routes that passed filtering rules.
Example View the summary of active routes that are filtered through basic ACL 2001.
<3Com > display ip routing-table acl 2001
Routes matched by access-list 2001:
Summary count: 4
Destination/MaskProtoPreCost Nexthop Interface
127.0.0.0/8Direct00127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.1/32Direct00127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
169.0.0.0/8Static60 02.1.1.1 LoopBack1
169.0.0.0/15Static6002.1.1.1 LoopBack1
Display the verbose information of the active and inactive routes that are filtered
through basic ACL2001.
<3Com > display ip routing-table acl 2001 verbose
Routes matched by access-list 2001:
Generate Default: no
+ = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both* = Next hop in use
Summary count:5
**Destination: 127.0.0.0Mask: 255.0.0.0
Protocol: #DirectPreference: 0
*NextHop: 127.0.0.1Interface: 127.0.0.1(InLoopBack0)
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <NoAdvise Int ActiveU Retain Multicast Unicast>
Age: 3:47Metric: 0/0
**Destination: 127.0.0.1Mask: 255. 255. 255. 255
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <NotInstall NoAdvise Int ActiveU Retain Gateway Multicast
Unicast>
Protocol: #StaticPreference: 60
*NextHop: 4.1.1.1
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <Int Hidden Static Unicast>
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table acl 987
Command Reference
*NextHop: 2.1.1.1Interface: 2.1.1.1(LoopBack1)
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <Int ActiveU Static Unicast>
Vlinkindex: 0
Age: 3: 47Met r i c: 0/ 0
Any view
Description The command is used in tracking route policy to display the route that passed the
filtering rule according to the input basic ACL number.
The command is only applicable to view the route that passed basic ACL filtering
rules.
988 display ip routing-table ip_address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip routing-table ip_address
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table ip_address command to view the
routing information of the specified destination address.
Syntax display ip routing-table ip_address [ mask ] [ longer-match ] [ verbose
]
Parameters ip_address
Destination IP address in dotted decimal format.
mask
IP address mask, which can be in dotted decimal
notation or represented by an integer between 0 and
32.
longer-match Indicates all route destination addresses are matched in
the natural mask range.
verbose
With the verbose parameter, this command displays
the verbose information of both the active and inactive
routes. Without the parameter, this command only
displays the summary of active routes.
Example There is corresponding route in natural mask range. View the summary.
<3Com > display ip routing-table 169.0.0.0
Routing Tables:
Summary count:1
169.0.0.0/16Static6002.1.1.1 LoopBack1
There is no corresponding route (only the longest matching route is displayed) in
natural mask range and summary is viewed.
<3Com > display ip routing-table 169.253.0.0
Routing Tables:
Summary count:1
169.0.0.0/8Static600 2.1.1.1LoopBack1
There are corresponding routes in the natural mask range. View the detailed
information.
<3Com > display ip routing-table 169.0.0.0 verbose
Routing Tables:
Summary count:2
Vlinkindex: 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table ip_address 989
Command Reference
Vlinkindex: 0
There are no corresponding routes in the natural mask range (only display the longest
matching route). View the detailed information.
<3Com > display ip routing-table 169.253.0.0 verbose
Routing Tables:
Summary count:1
Protocol: #StaticPreference: -60
*NextHop: 2.1.1.1
Vlinkindex: 0
Age: 3:47 Metric: 0/0
Any view
Description With different optional parameters, the output of the command is different. The
following is the output description for different forms of this command:
If destination address, ip_address, has corresponding routes in natural mask
range, this command will display all subnet routes. Or, only the route best matching
the destination address, ip_address, is displayed. And only the active matching
route is displayed.
display ip routing-table ip_address mask,
This command only displays the route fully matching with specified destination
address and mask.
display ip routing-table ip_address longer-match
This command displays all route destination addresses matching with destination
addresses in natural mask range.
990 display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip routing-table ip_address1
ip_address2
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 command
to view the routing information in the specified destination address range.
Syntax display ip routing-table ip_address1 mask1 ip_address2 mask2 [ verbose
]
Parameters ip_address1, ip_address2 Destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.
ip_address1 and ip_address2 determine one address
range together to display the route in this address
range.
mask1, mask2 IP address mask, length in dotted decimal notation or
integer form.
verbose
With the verbose parameter, this command displays
the verbose information of both the active and inactive
routes. Without the parameter, this command only
displays the summary of active routes.
Example View the routing information of destination addresses ranging from 1.1.1.0 to
2.2.2.0.
<3Com > display ip routing-table 1.1.1.0 24 2.2.2.0 24
Routing tables:
Summary count: 3
serial1/0/0
2.2.2.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 2.2.2.1 Interface serial2/0/0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table ip-prefix 991
Command Reference
display ip routing-table ip-prefix
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table ip-prefix command to view the route
that passed the filtering rule according to the specified ip prefix list.
Syntax display ip routing-table ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ verbose ]
Parameters ip-prefix-name Prefix list name.
verbose With the parameter, this command displays the
verbose information of both the active and inactive
routes that passed filtering rules. Without the
parameter, this command displays the summary of the
active routes that passed filtering rules.
Example Display the summary of the active route that is filtered through ip prefix list abc2.
<3Com > display ip routing-table ip-prefix abc2
Routes matched by ip-prefix abc2:
Summary count: 4
127.0.0.0/8 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
169.0.0.0/8 Static 60 0 2.1.1.1 LoopBack1
169.0.0.0/15 Static 60 0 2.1.1.1 LoopBack1
Display the verbose information of the active and inactive routes that are filtered
through ip prefix list abc2.
<3Com > display ip routing-table ip-prefix abc2 verbose
Routes matched by ip-prefix abc2:
Summary count:4
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <NoAdvise Int ActiveU Retain Multicast Unicast>
**Destination: 127.0.0.1Mask: 255. 255. 255. 255
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <NotInstall NoAdvise Int ActiveU Retain Gateway Multicast
Unicast>
Protocol: #StaticPreference:-60
*NextHop: 4.1.1.1
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <Int Hidden Static Unicast>
992 display ip routing-table ip-prefix 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Vlinkindex: 0
Age: 3:47 Metric: 0/0
Vlinkindex: 0
Age: 3: 47 Met r i c: 0/ 0
Any view
Description If there is no specified prefix list, this command will display the verbose information of
all active and inactive routes with the parameter verbose and it will display the
summary of all active routes without the parameter verbose.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table protocol 993
Command Reference
display ip routing-table protocol
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table protocol command to view the routing
information of specified protocol.
Syntax display ip routing-table protocol protocol [ inactive | verbose |
vpn-instance vpn-instance-name]
Parameters protocol
Has multiple selectable values:
direct: Displays direct connection route information
static: Displays static route information.
bgp: Displays BGP route information.
isis: Displays IS-IS route information.
ospf: Displays OSPF route information.
ospf-ase: Displays OSPF ASE route information.
ospf-nssa: Displays OSPF NSSA route information.
rip: Displays RIP route information.
inactive
With the parameter, this command displays the
inactive route information. Without the parameter, this
command displays the active and inactive route
information.
verbose With the verbose parameter, this command displays
the verbose routing information. Without the
parameter, this command displays the route summary.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name Specifies the name of the VPN instance.
Example Display all direct connection routes summary.
<3Com > display ip routing-table protocol direct
DIRECT Routing tables:
Summary count: 4
DIRECT Routing tables status:<active>:
Summary count: 3
Destination/MaskProto Pre Cost Nexthop Interface:
DIRECT Routing tables status:<inactive>:
Summary count: 1
Destination/MaskProto PreCostNexthop Interface
210.0.0.1/32DIRECT 0 0127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
994 display ip routing-table protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Display the static routing table.
<3Com > display ip routing-table protocol static
STATIC Routing tables:
Summary count: 1
STATIC Routing tables status:<active>:
Summary count: 0
STATIC Routing tables status:<inactive>:
Summary count: 1
1. 2. 3. 0/ 24 STATI C 60 0 1. 2. 4. 5 Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
Any view
Description If vpn-instance is not specified, the routing information of the public network will be
displayed; if vpn-instance is specified, the routing information of the private network
will be displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table radix 995
Command Reference
display ip routing-table radix
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table radix command to view the routing
table information in a tree structure.
Syntax display ip routing-table radix
Parameters None
Example View the routing table information in a tree structure.
<3Com > display ip routing-table radix
Radix tree for INET (2) inodes 7 routes 5:
+-32+--{210.0.0.1
+--0+
| | +--8+--{127.0.0.0
| | | +-32+--{127.0.0.1
| +--1+
| +--8+--{20.0.0.0
| +- 32+- - {20. 1. 1. 1
Any view
996 display ip routing-table statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ip routing-table statistics
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table statistics command to view the
integrated routing information.
Syntax display ip routing-table [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] statistics
vpn-instance-name Specifies the name of the VPN-instance.
Example Display the integrated routing information.
<3Com > display ip routing-table statistics
Routing tables:
Protorouteactiveaddeddeletedfreed
BGP 0 0 0 0 0
DIRECT 5 4 5 0 0
RIP 0 0 0 0 0
STATIC 0 0 0 0 0
IS-IS 0 0 0 0 0
OSPF 0 0 0 0 0
O_ASE 0 0 0 0 0
O_NSSA 0 0 0 0 0
Tot al 5 4 5 0 0
Any view
Description If you do not specify vpn-instance in the display ip routing-table
statistics command, the system displays the routing information of public
networks. If you specify vpn-instance, the system displays the routing information of
private networks.
The integrated routing information includes total route amount, the route amount
added or deleted by protocol, amount of the routes that are labeled deleted but not
deleted, the active route amount and inactive route amount.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table verbose 997
Command Reference
display ip routing-table verbose
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table verbose command to view the verbose
routing table information.
Syntax display ip routing-table verbose
Parameters None
Example Display the verbose routing table information.
<3Com > display ip routing-table verbose
Routing Tables:
Destinations: 4 Routes: 4
Holddown: 0 Delete: 9 Hidden: 0
**Destination: 127.0.0.0 Mask: 255.0.0.0
Protocol: #Static Preference: 0
*NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Interface: 127.0.0.1(LO0)
State: <NoAdv Int Active Retain Rej>
Age: 19:31:06 Metric: 0/0
Protocol: #Direct Preference: 0
*NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Interface: 127.0.0.1(LO0)
State: <NoAdv Int Active Retain>
Age: 114:03:05 Metric: 0/0
The statistics of the entire routing table is displayed first, then the verbose description
of each route is output. The meanings of route state parameters are explained in the
following table:
Any view
Table 162 Description of the output information of the display ip routing-table verbose
command
Field Description
Holddown Number of currently hold down routes - Holddown refers to a route
advertising policy used by some distance vector (D-V) routing protocols (such
as RIP) in order to avoid expansion of error routes and improve fast and
correct transmission of unreachable routing information. It usually advertises
a route fixedly at an interval no matter what changes have happened to the
routes to the same destination, which have been learned actually. For details,
refer to the specific routing protocol.
Delete Number of routes that have been deleted currently.
Hidden Number of currently hidden routes -- Some routes are not available at
present for some reason (e.g., the interface is Down) but are not expected to
be deleted. They can be hidden for future restoration.
998 display ip routing-table verbose 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description With the verbose parameter, this command displays the verbose routing table
information. The descriptor describing the route state will be displayed first, then the
statistics of the entire routing table will be output and finally the verbose description
of each route will be output.
All current routes, including inactive routes and invalid routes, can be displayed using
the display ip routing-table verbose command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip routing-table vpn-instance 999
Command Reference
display ip routing-table vpn-instance
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to view RIP
information associated with vpn instance address family.
Syntax display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ ip-address ]
[ verbose ]
Parameters vpn-instance-name
VPN instance name.
ip-address
Destination IP address in dotted decimal format.
verbose
With the parameter, the command displays the
verbose routing information. Without the parameter,
the command displays the route summary.
Example Display details of the routes to 10.1.1.1 in the VPN-instance vpn1.
<3Com > display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 10.1.1.1 verbose
Routing tables:
+ = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both * = Next hop in use
Summary count: 2
Protocol: #DIRECT Preference: 0
*NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Interface: 127.0.0.1(InLoopBack0)
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <NoAdvise Int ActiveU Retain Gateway Unicast>
Age: 54 Cost: 0/0
Protocol: #DIRECT Preference: 0
*NextHop: 10.1.1.1 Interface: 10.1.1.1(LoopBack0)
Vlinkindex: 0
State: <Int ActiveU Retain Unicast>
Age: 54 Cost: 0/0
Display the summary of the routes to 10.1.1.1 in the VPN-instance vpn1.
<3Com > display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 10.1.1.1
Routing tables: vpn1 Route-Distinguisher: 100:1
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface
10.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 10.1.1.1 LoopBack0
Any view
Description Given that both ip-address and verbose are configured in the command to view
all routes to the specified IP address in the VPN-instance, including the local routes as
well as the routes learned from the remote.
1000 display ip routing-table vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to view the
specified information in the IP routing table of vpn-instance.
Syntax display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ st at i st i cs |
[ ip-address ] [ ver bose ] ]
Name assigned to vpn-instance.
ip-address
Displays information of the specified address.
verbose
Displays detailed information.
statistics
Displays the digests of all the routes.
Example Display the IP routing table associated with the vpn-instance.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p r out i ng- t abl e vpn- i nst ance vpn- i nst ance1
Rout i ng Tabl e: vpn- i nst ance1 RD: 1233: 11
Dest i nat i on/ Mask Pr ot o Pr e Met r i c Next hop I nt er f ace
192. 1. 1. 0/ 24 Di r ect 0 0 192. 1. 1. 1 Gi gabi t Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
192. 1. 1. 1/ 32 Di r ect 0 0 127. 0. 0. 1 I nLoopBack0
192. 1. 1. 255/ 32 Di r ect 0 0 127. 0. 0. 1 I nLoopBack0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip socket 1001
Command Reference
display ip socket
Purpose Use the display ip socket command to display the information about all
sockets in the current system.
Syntax display ip socket [ sockt ype sock_type ] [ task_id socket_id ]
Parameters sock_type The type of a socket: (tcp:1, udp 2, raw ip 3)
task_id The ID of a task.
socket_id The ID of a socket.
Example Display the information about the socket of TCP type.
<3Com> di spl ay i p socket sockt ype 1
SOCK_STREAM:
Task = VTYD( 9) , socket i d = 1, Pr ot o = 6,
LA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 23, FA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 0,
sndbuf = 4096, r cvbuf = 4096, sb_cc = 0, r b_cc = 0,
socket opt i on = SO_ACCEPTCONN
socket st at e = SS_PRI V SS_ASYNC
SOCK_DGRAM:
Task = ROUT( 6) , socket i d = 1, Pr ot o = 17,
LA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 0, FA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 0,
socket opt i on = SO_UDPCHECKSUM
SOCK_RAW:
Task = ROUT( 6) , socket i d = 2, Pr ot o = 2,
LA = 0. 0. 0. 0, FA = 0. 0. 0. 0,
socket opt i on = 0,
socket st at e = SS_PRI V SS_NBI O SS_ASYNC
Expl anat i ons of t he di spl ay i nf or mat i on:
SOCK_STREAM: t he socket t ype.
Pr ot o: t he pr ot ocol number used by t he socket .
sndbuf : t he sendi ng buf f er si ze of t he socket .
r cvbuf : t he r ecei vi ng buf f er si ze of t he socket .
sb_cc: t he cur r ent dat a si ze i n t he sendi ng buf f er . The val ue makes
sense onl y f or t he socket of TCP t ype, because onl y TCP i s abl e t o cache
dat a.
r b_cc: t he cur r ent dat a si ze i n t he r ecei vi ng buf f er .
socket opt i on: t he opt i on of t he socket .
socket st at e: t he st at e of t he socket .
# Di spl ay t he i nf or mat i on about t he socket wi t h socket I D as 4 and t ask
I D as 8.
<3Com> di spl ay i p socket 8 4
Task = VTYD( 8) , socket i d = 4, Pr ot o = 6,
LA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 23, FA = 0. 0. 0. 0: 0,
socket opt i on = SO_ACCEPTCONN
1002 display ip socket 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip statistics 1003
Command Reference
display ip statistics
Purpose Use the display ip statistics command to view IP traffic statistics
information. This command is used to display such statistics information as IP packet
transmit/receive, packet assembly/disassembly, which is helpful to fault diagnosis.
Syntax display ip statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the IP traffic statistic information.
<3Com> di spl ay i p st at i st i cs
I nput : sum 7120 l ocal 112
bad pr ot ocol 0 bad f or mat 0
bad checksum 0 bad opt i ons 0
Out put : f or war di ng 0 l ocal 27
dr opped 0 no r out e 2
compr ess f ai l s 0
Fr agment : i nput 0 out put 0
dr opped 0
f r agment ed 0 coul dn' t f r agment 0
Reassembl i ng: sum 0 t i meout s 0
When fast forwarding is functioning, the sum of input packets and the number of
forwarded packets only count in unicast packets. The likelihood exists that some
other types of packets are counted in, for example, broadcast packets sent/received
Table 163 Description of the fields of the display ip statistics command
Field Description
Input: sum Sum of input packets
local Number of received packets whose destination is the local device
bad protocol Number of packets with wrong protocol number
bad format Number of packets in bad format
bad checksum Number of packets with wrong checksum
bad options Number of packets that has wrong options
Output: forwarding Number of forwarded packets
local Number of packets that are sent by the local device
dropped Number of dropped packets during transmission
no route Number of packets that cannot be routed
compress fails Number of packets that cannot be compressed
Fragment: input Number of input fragments
output Number of output fragments
dropped Number of dropped fragments
fragmented Number of packets that are fragmented
couldn't fragment Number of packets that cannot be fragmented
Reassembling: sum Number of packets that are reassembled
timeouts Number of packets that time out
1004 display ip statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
before fast forwarding is enabled and/or other types of packets sent/received after
fast forwarding fails.
Any view
Related Commands display ip interface
reset ip statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ip vpn-instance 1005
Command Reference
display ip vpn-instance
Purpose Use the display ip vpn-instance command to view the information related to
vpn-instance, such as RD, description, and interfaces of the VPN instance.
Syntax display ip vpn-instance [ vpn-instance-name | ver bose ]
Parameters vpn-instance-name Name assigned to vpn-instance.
verbose Displays detailed information.
Example Display the information about vpn-instance vpn1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i p vpn- i nst ance vpn1
VPN- I nst ance : vpn1
No descr i pt i on
Rout e- Di st i ngui sher : 100: 6
I nt er f aces :
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0. 101
Any view
1006 display ipsec policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipsec policy
Purpose Use the display ipsec policy command to view information about the ipsec
policy.
Syntax display ipsec policy [ br i ef | name policy-name [ seq-number ] ]
Parameters brief
Displays brief information about all the ipsec policies.
name
Displays information of the ipsec policy with the name
policy-name and sequence number seq-number.
policy-name Name of an ipsec policy.
seq-number Sequence number of an ipsec policy.
If no argument has been specified, the details of all the
IPSec policies will be displayed. If name
policy-name has been specified but seq-number
has not, the information of the specified IPSec policy
group will be listed out.
Example View brief information about all the ipsec policies.
<3Com> di spl ay i psec pol i cy br i ef
I psec- pol i cy- Name Mode acl Local Addr ess Remot e Addr ess
pol i cy1- 100 manual 2000 150. 1. 1. 2 150. 1. 1. 1
t est - 300 i sakmp 2200 202. 38. 160. 66
i ke- peer name: newpeer
View information about all the ipsec policies
[ 3Com] di spl ay i psec pol i cy
===========================================
I Psec Pol i cy Gr oup: " pol i cy_i sakmp"
Usi ng i nt er f ace: {Et her net 1/ 0/ 0}
===========================================
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I Psec pol i cy name: " pol i cy_i sakmp"
sequence number : 10
mode: i sakmp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 164 Brief information of IPSec policy
Item Description
Ipsec-policy-Name Name and sequence number of an ipsec policy
Mode Negotiation method used by an ipsec policy
acl Access control list used by an ipsec policy
Local Address Local IP address
Remote Address Remote IP address
ike-peer name In ISAKMP negotiation mode, the IKE peer name referenced by the
IPSec policy. This field is not available with manually-established IPSec
policies.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipsec policy 1007
Command Reference
secur i t y dat a f l ow : 100
sel ect or mode: per - sessi on
t unnel r emot e addr ess: 162. 105. 10. 2
PFS ( Y/ N) : N
pr oposal name: pr op1
i psec sa l ocal dur at i on( t i me based) : 3600 seconds
i psec sa l ocal dur at i on( t r af f i c based) : 1843200 ki l obyt es
===========================================
I Psec Pol i cy Gr oup: " pol i cy_man"
Usi ng i nt er f ace: {Et her net 1/ 0/ 1}
===========================================
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I Psec pol i cy name: " pol i cy_man"
mode: manual
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
secur i t y dat a f l ow : 100
t unnel l ocal addr ess: 162. 105. 10. 1
t unnel r emot e addr ess: 162. 105. 10. 2
pr oposal name: pr op1
i nbound ah set t i ng:
ah spi : 12345 ( 0x3039)
ah st r i ng- key:
ah aut hent i cat i on hex key :
1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
i nbound esp set t i ng:
esp spi : 23456 ( 0x5ba0)
esp st r i ng- key:
esp encr ypt i on hex key:
1234567890abcdef 1234567890abcdef 1234567812345678
esp aut hent i cat i on hex key: 1234567890abcdef 1234567890abcdef
out bound ah set t i ng:
ah spi : 54321 ( 0xd431)
ah st r i ng- key:
ah aut hent i cat i on hex key:
1122334455667788990011223344556677889900
out bound esp set t i ng:
esp spi : 65432 ( 0xf f 98)
esp st r i ng- key:
esp encr ypt i on hex key:
11223344556677889900aabbccddeef f 1234567812345678
esp aut hent i cat i on hex key: 11223344556677889900aabbccddeef f
Any view
Table 165 Detailed information of IPSec ipsec policy
Item Description
ipsec policy Name, sequence number and negotiation method of an ipsec policy
security data flow Access control list used by an ipsec policy
selector mode Data stream protection mode
proposal name Name of the proposal used by an ipsec policy
inbound/outbound
ah/esp setting
Settings of inbound/outbound ends using AH/ESP, including SPI and
key
tunnel Local Address Local IP address
tunnel Remote Address Remote IP address
PFS (Y/N) Whether using PFS(Perfect Forward Security) or not
1008 display ipsec policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The brief keyword is used for displaying brief information about all the ipsec policies,
whose display format is the brief format (see the following example). The brief
command can be used for quick display of all the ipsec policies. Brief information
includes: name and sequence number, negotiation mode, access control list,
proposal, local address, and remote address.
The other command words are used to display the detailed information about the
ipsec policy, whose display format is the detailed format (refer to the following
example).
Related Command ipsec policy (System view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipsec policy-template 1009
Command Reference
display ipsec policy-template
Purpose Use the display ipsec policy-template command to view information
about the ipsec policy template.
Syntax display ipsec policy-template [ br i ef | name template-name [ seq-number
] ]
Parameters brief
Displays brief information about all the ipsec policy
templates.
name Displays information of the ipsec policy template with
the name template-name and sequence number
seq-number.
template-name
Name of an ipsec policy template.
seq-number
Sequence number of an ipsec policy template. If no
parameter is specified, then the detail information
about all the ipsec policy templates will be displayed. If
name template-name is specified but seq-number
is not, the information of the specified IPSec policy
template group is displayed.
Example View brief information about all the ipsec policy templates.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i psec pol i cy- t empl at e br i ef
Pol i cy- t empl at e- Name acl Remot e- Addr ess
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
t est - t pl t 300 2200
Any view
Description Parameter brief is for showing brief information about all the ipsec policy templates,
whose display format is the brief format (see the following example). It can display
information on all the ipsec policy templates quickly. Brief information includes:
template name and sequence number, access control list, and remote address.
Any of the sub-commands can be used to display detail information of the IPSec
policy template.
Table 166 Brief information of IPSec policy template
Item Description
Policy-template-Name name, sequence number of an ipsec policy template
acl access control list used by an ipsec policy template
Remote Address remote IP address
1010 display ipsec policy-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command ipsec policy-template
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipsec proposal 1011
Command Reference
display ipsec proposal
Purpose Use the display ipsec proposal command to view information about the
proposal.
Syntax display ipsec proposal [ proposal-name ]
Parameters proposal-name Name of the proposal.
Example View all the proposals.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i psec pr oposal
I psec pr oposal name: pr op2
encapsul at i on mode: t unnel
t r ansf or m: ah- new
ah pr ot ocol : aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmsha1- hmac- 96
I psec pr oposal name: pr op1
encapsul at i on mode: t r anspor t
t r ansf or m: esp- new
esp pr ot ocol : aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmmd5- hmac96, encr ypt i on des
Any view
Description If the name of the proposal is not specified, then information about all the proposals
will be shown.
display ipsec sa
Table 167 IPSec proposal information
Item Description
Ipsec proposal name name of the proposal
encapsulation mode modes used by proposal, including two types: transport mode and
tunnel mode
transform security protocols used by proposal, including two types: AH and
ESP
ah protocol the authentication-algorithm used by AH: md5 | sha1
esp protocol the authentication-algorithm and encryption method used by ESP
respectively: MD5 and DES
1012 display ipsec sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipsec sa
Purpose Use the display ipsec sa command to view the relevant information about the
SA.
Syntax display ipsec sa [ br i ef | r emot e ip-address | pol i cy policy-name [
seq-number ] | dur at i on ]
Parameters brief
Displays brief information about all the SAs.
remote
Displays information about the SA with remote
address as ip-address.
ip-address
Specifies the remote address in dotted decimal format.
policy
Displays information about the SA created by the ipsec
policy whose name is policy-name.
policy-name
Specifies the name of the ipsec policy.
seq-number
Specifies the sequence number of the ipsec policy.
duration
Global sa duration to be shown.
Example View brief information about all the SAs.
<3Com> di spl ay i psec sa br i ef
t ot al phase- 2 SAs: 2
Sr c Addr ess Dst Addr ess SPI Pr ot ocol Al gor i t hm
10. 1. 1. 1 10. 1. 1. 2 300 ESP E: DES; A: HMAC- MD5- 96
10. 1. 1. 2 10. 1. 1. 1 400 ESP E: DES; A: HMAC- MD5- 96
View the global duration of SA.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i psec sa dur at i on
i psec sa gl obal dur at i on ( t r af f i c based) : 1843200 ki l obyt es
i psec sa gl obal dur at i on ( t i me based) : 3600 seconds
Table 168 Brief information of IPSec SA
Item Description
total phase-2 SAs Total number of SAs in the second phase of IPSec negotiation
Src Address Local IP address
Dst Address Remote Ip address
SPI security parameter index
Protocol security protocol used by IPSec
Algorithm The authentication algorithm and encryption algorithm used by the
security protocol. A display beginning with "E" in the algorithm stands
for the encryption algorithm, and a display beginning with "A" stands
for the authentication algorithm.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipsec sa 1013
Command Reference
View information of all the SAs.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i psec sa
===============================
pat h MTU: 1500
===============================
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I Psec pol i cy name: " pol i cy_i sakmp"
mode: i sakmp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
connect i on i d: 4
i n use set t i ngs = {t unnel }
t unnel l ocal : 162. 105. 10. 1
t unnel r emot e : 162. 105. 10. 2
[ i nbound ah SAs]
spi : 3752719292 ( 0xdf adf 3bc)
t r ansf or m: AH- SHA1HMAC96
sa r emai ni ng key dur at i on ( byt es/ sec) : ( 1887436384/ 3594)
max r ecei ved sequence- number : 4
[ i nbound esp SAs]
spi : 74180629 ( 0x46be815)
t r ansf or m: ESP- ENCRYPT- 3DES ESP- AUTH- MD5
max r ecei ved sequence- number : 4
[ out bound esp SAs]
spi : 1394075637 ( 0x5317e7f 5)
t r ansf or m: ESP- ENCRYPT- 3DES ESP- AUTH- MD5
max sent sequence- number : 5
[ out bound ah SAs]
spi : 2132905296 ( 0x7f 218d50)
t r ansf or m: AH- SHA1HMAC96
max sent sequence- number : 5
Table 169 Detailed information of IPSec SA
Item Description
Interface Interface using ipsec policy
path MTU Maximum IP packet length sent from the interface
ipsec policy ipsec policy used, including name, sequence number and negotiation
method
connection id security tunnel identifier
in use settings IPSec mode, including two types: transport mode and tunnel mode
tunnel local local IP address
tunnel remote remote IP address
inbound SA information of the inbound end
transform proposal used by the ipsec policy
sa remaining key
duration
rest sa duration of SA
max received
sequence-number
maximum sequence number of the received packets (the anti-replay
function provided by the security protocol)
outbound SA information of the outbound end
max sent
sequence-number
maximum sequence number of the sent packets (the anti-replay
function provided by the security protocol)
1014 display ipsec sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description The command with brief parameter shows brief information about all the SAs, whose
display format is the brief format (refer to the following example). Brief information
includes source address, destination address, SPI, protocol, and algorithm. A display
beginning with "E" in the algorithm stands for the encryption algorithm, and a
display beginning with "A" stands for the authentication algorithm. The brief
command can be used to display all the SAs already set up quickly.
The commands with remote and policy parameters both display the detailed
information about the SA. The display mode: part of the information about the ipsec
policy is shown first and then the detailed information of the SA in this ipsec policy.
The command with duration parameter shows the global sa duration, including
"time-based" and "traffic-based" sa duration. Refer to the examples for this
command.
Information of all the SAs will be shown when no parameter is specified.
Related Commands reset ipsec sa
ipsec sa global-duration
display ipsec sa
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipsec statistics 1015
Command Reference
display ipsec statistics
Purpose Use the display ipsec statistics command to view the IPSec packet
statistics information, including the input and output security packet statistics, bytes,
number of packets discarded and detailed description of discarded packets.
Syntax display ipsec statistics
Parameters None
Example View IPSec packet statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay i psec st at i st i cs
t he secur i t y packet st at i st i cs:
i nput / out put secur i t y packet s: 5124/ 8231
i nput / out put secur i t y byt es: 52348/ 64356
i nput / out put dr opped secur i t y packet s: 0/ 0
dr opped secur i t y packet det ai l :
no enough memor y: 0
can' t f i nd SA: 0
queue i s f ul l : 0
aut hen f ai l ed: 0
i nval i d l engt h: 0
r epl ay packet : 0
t oo l ong packet : 0
i nval i d SA: 0
Any view
Related Command reset ipsec statistics
Table 170 IPSec packet statistics
Item Description
input/output security
packets
input/output packets under the security protection
input/output security
bytes
input/output bytes under the security protection
input/output discarded
security packets
input/output packets under the security protection discarded by the
router
1016 display ipx interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipx interface
Purpose Use the display ipx interface command to view IPX interface configuration
information and interface parameters in communication devices.
Syntax display ipx interface [ interface-type interface-num ]
Interface type.
interface-num
Interface number.
Example Display IPX configuration and statistics of the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay i px i nt er f ace et her net 1/ 0/ 0
I PX addr ess i s 2. 00E0- FC01- 0000 [ up]
SAP i s enabl ed
Spl i t hor i zon i s enabl ed
Updat e change onl y i s di sabl ed
For war di ng of I PX t ype 20 pr opagat i on packet i s enabl ed
Del ay of t hi s I PX i nt er f ace, i n t i cks i s 1
SAP GNS r esponse i s enabl ed
RI P packet maxi mumsi ze i s 432 byt es
SAP packet maxi mumsi ze i s 480 byt es
I PX encapsul at i on i s Net war e 802. 3
0 r ecei ved, 0 sent
0 RI P r ecei ved, 0 RI P sent , 0 RI P di scar ded
0 RI P speci f i c r equest s r ecei ved, 0 RI P speci f i c r esponses sent
0 RI P gener al r equest s r ecei ved, 0 RI P gener al r esponses sent
0 SAP r ecei ved, 0 SAP sent , 0 SAP di scar ded
0 SAP r equest s r ecei ved, 0 SAP r esponses sent
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipx interface 1017
Command Reference
Any view
Table 171 Description of display information of the display ipx interface command
Field Description
Ethernet1/0/0 is ... In terms of physical layer and link layer status, the current interface is
UP, DOWN or administratively DOWN.
IPX address is ... IPX network ID and node value of the current interface. Refer to the
commands ipx network and ipx enable for details of network ID and
node value.
[up] IPX protocol status of the current interface.
SAP is Whether SAP is enabled on the current interface.
Split horizon is Whether split horizon is enabled on the current interface. The related
command is ipx split-horizon.
Update change only is Whether trigger update is enabled on the current interface. The
related command is ipx update-change-only.
Forwarding of IPX type
20 propagation packet is
...
Whether IPX type 20 propagation packet is permitted to be forwarded
on the current interface. The related command is ipx
netbios-propagation.
Delay of this IPX
interface, in ticks is ...
Delay value of the current interface. The value is configured by the ipx
tick command.
SAP GNS response is ... Whether SAP GNS reply is enabled on the current interface. The
related command is ipx sap gns-disable-reply.
RIP packet maximum size
is ... bytes
Maximum size of RIP updating packet on the current interface. The
related command is ipx rip mtu.
SAP packet maximum
size is ... bytes
Maximum size of SAP updating packet on the current interface. The
related command is ipx sap mtu.
received Total number of packets received on the current interface.
sent Total number of packets sent on the current interface.
bytes received Total number of bytes received on the current interface.
bytes sent Total number of bytes sent on the current interface.
RIP received Total number of IPX RIP packets received on the current interface.
RIP sent Total number of IPX RIP packets sent on the current interface.
RIP discarded Total number of IPX RIP packets discarded on the current interface.
RIP specific requests
received
Total number of IPX RIP specific requests received on the current
interface.
RIP specific responses
sent
Total number of IPX RIP specific responses sent on the current
interface.
RIP general requests
received
Total number of IPX RIP general requests received on the current
interface.
RIP general responses
sent
Total number of IPX RIP general responses sent on the current
interface.
SAP received Total number of SAP packets received on the current interface.
SAP sent Total number of SAP packets sent on the current interface.
SAP discarded Total number of SAP packets discarded on the current interface.
SAP requests received Total number of SAP requests received on the current interface.
SAP responses sent Total number of SAP responses sent on the current interface.
1018 display ipx routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipx routing-table
Purpose Use the display ipx routing-table command to view active IPX routing
information.
Use the display ipx routing-table verbose command to view detailed IPX
routing information, including active and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table network command to view active IPX
routing information to specified destination network ID.
Use the display ipx routing-table network verbose command to view
detailed IPX routing information to specified destination network ID, including active
and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table protocol { rip | static | default | direct
} command to view IPX routing information for specified destination type, including
active and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table protocol { rip | static | default | direct }
verbose command to view detailed IPX routing information for specified destination
type, including active and inactive routes.
Syntax display ipx routing-table [ network ] [ ver bose ]
display ipx routing-table protocol { def aul t | di r ect | r i p | st at i c }
[ i nact i ve | ver bose ]
Parameters network Destination network ID of IPX static route. Valid values
are any 8-bit hexadecimal number, ranging from 1 to
0xFFFFFFFE. Display IPX routing information to
specified destination network ID.
verbose Displays detailed route information, including active
and inactive routes.
default
Displays all the default routing information.
direct
Displays all the directly connected routing information.
rip
Displays all IPX RIP routing information.
static
Displays all IPX static routing information.
inactive
Only displays inactive routing information.
Example Display active IPX routing information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i px r out i ng- t abl e
Rout i ng t abl es:
Summar y count : 4
Dest _Nt wk_I D Pr ot o Pr e Ti cks Hops Next hop I nt er f ace
0x11 Di r ect 0 6 0 0. 0000- 0000- 0000
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipx routing-table 1019
Command Reference
0x22 RI P 100 7 1 11. 0000- 0165- 6401
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
0x33 Di r ect 0 1 0 0. 0000- 0000- 0000
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
0x100 St at i c 60 6 1 0. 0000- 0000- 0000
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
The following table explains the contents in the above displayed information:
Display detailed IPX routing information, including active and inactive routes.
<3Com> di spl ay i px r out i ng- t abl e ver bose
Rout i ng t abl es:
Dest i nat i ons: 103 Rout es: 103
Dest i nat i on Net wor k I D: 0x11
Pr ot ocol : Di r ect Pr ef er ence: 0
Ti cks: 6 Hops: 0
Next hop: 0. 0000- 0000- 0000 Ti me: 0
I nt er f ace: 11. 0000- 0165- 6400( Ser i al 0)
St at e: <Act i ve>
Pr ot ocol : RI P Pr ef er ence: 100
Ti cks: 7 Hops: 1
Next hop: 11. 0000- 0165- 6401Ti me: 15
St at e: <Act i ve>
Pr ot ocol : Di r ect Pr ef er ence: 0
Ti cks: 1 Hops: 0
Next hop: 0. 0000- 0000- 0000Ti me: 0
I nt er f ace: 33. 0000- 0165- 6400( Et her net 0)
St at e: <Act i ve>
Ti cks: 6 Hops: 1
Next hop: 0. 0000- 0000- 0000Ti me: 0
St at e: <Act i ve>
Table 172 Description on the fields of the display ipx routing-table command
Field Description
Dest_Ntwk_ID Destination network ID of the route
Proto Protocol type of the route
Pre Preference of the route
Ticks Ticks value of the route
Hops Hops value of the route
Nexthop The next hop of the route
Interface Outgoing interface of the route
Table 173 Description on the fields of the display ipx routing-table verbose
command
Field Description
Time Aging time value of the route. Without aging, the value of interface
route and static route is 0.
State State can be <Active>, <Inactive> or <Delete>. <Active> indicates
active route, <Inactive> indicates inactive route and <Delete> indicates
the route is being deleted.
1020 display ipx routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipx routing-table statistics 1021
Command Reference
display ipx routing-table statistics
Purpose Use the display ipx routing-table statistics command to view IPX
routing statistics.
Syntax display ipx routing-table statistics
Parameters None
Example Display IPX routing statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay i px r out i ng- t abl e st at i st i cs
Rout i ng t abl es:
Pr ot o/ St at e r out e act i ve added del et ed f r eed
Di r ect 2 2 2 0 0
St at i c 1 1 2 1 1
RI P 1 1 1 0 0
Def aul t 0 0 0 0 0
Tot al 4 4 5 1 1
Any view
1022 display ipx service-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipx service-table
Purpose Use the display ipx service-table command to view contents of IPX service
information table. The output information of the command helps users with IPX SAP
troubleshooting.
Syntax display ipx service-table [ [ t ype service-type | name name | net wor k
network | or der { net wor k | t ype } ] | [ i nact i ve ] ] [ ver bose ]
Parameters type
Displays information for specified service type ID.
service-type
The type of service.
name
Displays information for specified server name.
name
Name of the server.
network Displays service information of the server on specified
network segment.
network
The network ID of the network segment.
order
Displays service information after classified by the type.
network
Classified by the network ID.
type
Classified by the service type.
inactive
Displays inactive service information.
verbose
Displays details about service information.
Example Display contents of IPX service information table.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i px ser vi ce- t abl e
Abbr evi at i on: S - St at i c, Pr ef - Pr ef er ence( Deci mal ) , Net I d - Net wor k
number ,
NodeI d - Node addr ess, hop - Hops( Deci mal ) , Recv- I f - I nt er f ace f r om
whi ch t he ser vi ce i s r ecei ved
Number of St at i c Ent r i es: 4
Number of Dynami c Ent r i es: 0
Name Type Net I d
S 2 0002 0011
S ser 0002 0002
S 2 0002 0002
S ser 1 00f f 0002
Display contents of service information table of type 5.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i px ser vi ce- t abl e t ype 5
Abbr evi at i on: S - St at i c, Pr ef - Pr ef er ence( Deci mal ) , Net I d - Net wor k
number ,
NodeI d - Node addr ess, hop - Hops( Deci mal ) , Recv- I f - I nt er f ace f r om
whi ch t he ser vi ce i s r ecei ved
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipx service-table 1023
Command Reference
Name Type Net I d NodeI d Sock Pr ef Hops
Recv- I f
Pr n1 0005 000d 000a- 000a- 000a 0452 500 02
Et h1/ 0/ 0
Pr n2 0005 0008 000a- 000a- 000a 0452 500 03
Et h1/ 0/ 0
Pr n3 0005 000d 0005- 0005- 0005 0452 500 06
Et h1/ 0/ 0
Pr n4 0005 000d 0006- 006- 0006 0452 500 06
Et h1/ 0/ 0
Any view
1024 display ipx statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ipx statistics
Purpose Use the display ipx statistics command to view statistics and type of IPX
packet transmitted and received.
Syntax display ipx statistics
Parameters None
Example Display IPX statistics.
<3Com> di spl ay i px st at i st i cs
Recei ved: 0 t ot al , 0 packet s pi t ched
0 packet s si ze er r or s, 0 f or mat er r or s
0 bad hops( >16) , 0 di scar ded( hops=16)
0 ot her er r or s, 0 l ocal dest i nat i on
0 can not be deal ed
Sent : 0 f or war ded, 0 gener at ed
0 no r out e, 0 di scar ded
RI P: 0 sent , 0 r ecei ved
0 r esponses sent , 0 r esponses r ecei ved
0 r equest s r ecei ved, 0 r equest s deal ed
0 r equest s sent , 0 per i odi c updat es
SAP: 0 gener al r equest s r ecei ved
0 speci f i c r equest s r ecei ved
0 GNS r equest s r ecei ved
0 gener al r esponses sent
0 speci f i c r esponses sent
0 GNS r esponses sent
0 per i odi c updat es, 0 er r or s
PI NG: 10 r equest s sent , 0 r equest s r ecei ved
0 r esponses sent , 0 r esponses r ecei ved
0 r esponses i n t i me, 0 r esponses t i me out
Table 174 Description on the fields of the display ixp statistics command
Field Description
Received Statistics for received messages
0 total Total number of received messages
0 packets pitched Total number of messages whose headers are re-pitched
0 packets size errors Total number of discarded messages due to packet size errors
0 format errors Total number of discarded messages due to encapsulation format
errors
0 bad hops Total number of messages whose hop field values exceed 16
0 discarded(hop=16) Total number of messages whose hop field values are 16
0 other errors Total number of discarded messages due to other errors
0 local destination Total number of messages which have local destinations
0 can not be dealt Total number of messages that can not be dealt with
Sent: Statistics for sent messages
0 forwarded Number of messages which need to be forwarded
0 generated Number of messages which are sent by router itself
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ipx statistics 1025
Command Reference
Any view
0 no route Number of messages which do not find routes
0 discarded Number of messages discarded during sending
RIP: Statistics for RIP messages
0 sent Number of RIP messages sent by router
0 received Number of RIP messages received
0 responses sent Number of RIP response messages sent by router
0 responses received Number of RIP response messages received
0 requests received Number of RIP request messages received
0 requests dealt Number of RIP request messages dealt
0 requests sent Number of RIP request messages sent by router
0 periodic updates Number of RIP periodic update messages sent by router
SAP: Statistics for SAP messages
0 general requests received Number of received SAP general request messages
0 specific requests received Number of received SAP specific request messages
0 GNS requests received Number of received SAP GNS request messages
0 general responses sent Number of sent SAP general response messages
0 specific responses sent Number of sent SAP specific response messages
0 GNS responses sent Number of sent SAP GNS response messages
0 periodic updates Number of SAP periodic update messages sent by router
0 errors Number of error SAP messages
PING Statistics about pings
10 requests sent The sent ICMP requests
0 requests received The received ICMP requests
0 responses sent The sent ICMP responses
0 responses received The received ICMP responses
0 responses in time The received ICMP responses received in time
0 responses time out The expired ICMP responses
Table 174 Description on the fields of the display ixp statistics command (continued)
Field Description
1026 display isdn active-channel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isdn active-channel
Purpose Use the display isdn active-channel command to view the active call
information on ISDN interfaces.
Syntax display isdn active-channel [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters interface type number
Interface type and number.
Example Display the active call information on the interface bri 0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i sdn act i ve- channel i nt er f ace br i 0/ 0/ 0
Br i 0/ 0/ 0
Channel I nf o: B1
Cal l Pr oper t y: Di gi t al Cal l Type: Out
Cal l i ng Number : - Cal l i ng Subaddr ess: -
Cal l ed Number : 6688164 Cal l ed Subaddr ess: -
User Name: - I P Addr ess: -
St ar t Ti me: 05- 04- 30 14: 27: 52
Ti me Used: 00: 04: 34
Any view
Description If no interface has been specified, the system will display the active call information
on all the ISDN interfaces.
The displayed information can help you with ISDN call troubleshooting.
Table 175 Description on the fields of the display isdn active-channel command
Field Description
Channel Info Information about the channel
Call Property Call property: digital or analog
Call Type Call type: incoming or outgoing
Calling Number Calling number
Calling Subaddress Calling subaddress
Called Number Called number
Called Subaddress Called subaddress
UserName User name used in PPP negotiation for authentication
IP Address Calling IP address
Start Time Time at which the link was set up
Time Used Duration of the call
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isdn call-info 1027
Command Reference
display isdn call-info
Purpose Use the display isdn call-info command to view the current states of ISDN
interfaces.
Syntax display isdn call-info [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters interface type number Interface type and number.
Example Display the current state of ISDN interface 2/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay i sdn cal l - i nf o i nt er f ace br i 2/ 0/ 0
Br i 2/ 0/ 0( User - si de) : ACTI VE
Li nk Layer 1: TEI = 65, St at e = MULTI PLE_FRAME_ESTABLI SHED
Li nk Layer 2: TEI = NONE, St at e = TEI _UNASSI GNED
Net wor k Layer : 1 connect i on( s)
Connect i on 1 :
CCI ndex: 0x0055 , St at e: Act i ve , CES: 1 , Channel : 0x00000001
TEI : 65
Cal l i ng_Num[ : Sub] :
Cal l ed_Num[ : Sub] : 6688164
Table 176 Description on the fields of the display isdn call-info command
Field Description
Bri2/0/0(User-side): ACTIVE Interface Bri2/0/0 is operating at the user side of ISDN; the D
channel is active
Link Layer 1
Link Layer 8
Connections 1 through 8 at layer 2 of the BRI interface
TEI Terminal equipment identifier
State Current state of the layer 2 link. It can be one of the following:
TEI_UNASSIGNED
ASSIGN_AWAITING_TEI
ESTABLISH_AWAITING_TEI
TEI_ASSIGNED
AWAITING_ESTABLISHMENT
AWAITING_RELEASE
MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED
TIMER_RECOVER
TEI_ASSIGNED_EXT1: a state option for TBR3 test, meaning a
deactivation instruction is received from the underlying layer
TEI_ASSIGNED_EXT2: a state option for TBR3 test, meaning link
establishment request is received
1028 display isdn call-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description If no interface has been specified, the system will display the current states of all the
ISDN interfaces.
Executing this command will output the state of each layer of the ISDN protocol on
one or all interfaces, including the information of Q.921, Q.931 and CC modules. You
may make troubleshooting based on the output information.
Network Layer: 1 connection(s) Only one network layer connection is present on the interface.
CCIndex Index of the call at the CC layer
State Current state of the layer 3 link of the BRI interface. It can be one
of the following:
NULL
CALL_INITIATED
OVERLAP_SENDING
OUTGOING_CALL_PROCEEDING
CALL_DELIVERED
CALL_PRESENT
CALL_RECEIVED
CONNECT_REQUEST
INCOMING_CALL_PROCEEDING
ACTIVE
DISCONNECT_REQUEST
DISCONNECT_INDICATION
SUSPEND_REQUEST
RESUME_REQUEST
RELEASE_REQUEST
OVERLAP_RECEIVING
CES Connection endpoint suffix
Channel ISDN B channel map for the call
Calling_Num[:Sub]: Calling number: calling sub-address.
Called_Num[:Sub] Called number: called sub-address
Table 176 Description on the fields of the display isdn call-info command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isdn call-record 1029
Command Reference
display isdn call-record
Purpose Use the display isdn call-record command to view the information of ISDN
call history.
Syntax display isdn call-record [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters interface type number Displays only the call history of the specified interface.
Example Display the information of ISDN call history.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i sdn cal l - r ecor d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Cal l Type Cal l i ng Number St ar t Ti me Seconds Used
Cal l ed Number St op Ti me
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Out wsx012345678ad1234567891 06- 06- 02 08: 41: 49 140
123456789012345678901234567890 -
I n abcd 06- 06- 01 12: 00: 00
200
abcedddd
Any view
Description Executing this command will display information of the calls activated in the last 15
minutes, but the number of retained entries is limited to 100.
Table 177 Description on the fields of the display isdn call-record command
Field Description
Call Type Call type: incoming or outgoing
Calling Number Calling number
Called Number Called number
Start Time Time at which the call is set up
Stop Time Time at which the call is terminated
Second Used Duration of the call in seconds
1030 display isdn parameters 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isdn parameters
Purpose Use the display isdn parameters command to view the system parameters at
layers 2 and 3 of the ISDN protocol, such as the durations of system timers and frame
size.
Syntax display isdn parameters { protocol | i nt er f ace type number }
Parameters protocol ISDN protocol type, which can be DSS1, NTT, NI, NI2,
QSIG, ETSI, ANSI or AT&T.
ISDN interface type and number.
Example Display the system parameters of the ISDN protocol DSS1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i sdn par amet er s dss1
DSS1 I SDN l ayer 2 syst empar amet er s:
T200( sec) T201( sec) T202( sec) T203( sec) N200 K( Br i )
K( Pr i )
1 1 2 10 3 1 7
DSS1 I SDN l ayer 3 syst emt i mer s( def aul t val ue) :
Ti mer - Number Val ue( sec)
T301 240
T302 15
T303 4
T304 30
T305 30
T308 4
T309 90
T310 40
T313 4
T314 4
T316 120
T317 10
T318 4
T319 4
T321 30
T322 4
Table 178 Description of the fields of the display isdn parameters command
Item Description
T200(sec) Retransmit-timer (in seconds) of the L2 protocol of ISDN
T201(sec) TEI test request retransmit-timer (in seconds) of the L2 protocol of ISDN
T202(sec) TEI request retransmit-timer (in seconds) of the ISDN L2 protocol
T203(sec) The maximum link idle time (in seconds) of the ISDN L2 protocol
N200 The maximum number of retransmissions
K(Bri) The maximum number of unacknowledged frames (slide window size)
on the ISDN BRI port
K(Pri) The maximum number of unacknowledged frames (slide window size)
on the ISDN PRI port
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isdn parameters 1031
Command Reference
Any view
Description If only ISDN protocol is specified, the system will display the default system
parameters of ISDN.
Timer-Number ISDN L3 timer
Value(sec) Duration (in seconds) of each ISDN L3 timer
Table 178 Description of the fields of the display isdn parameters command (continued)
Item Description
1032 display isdn spid 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isdn spid
Purpose Use the display isdn spid command to view information on SPID on the BRI
interface encapsulated with the NI protocol.
Syntax display isdn spid [ i nt er f ace type number ]
Parameters interface type number
Specifies interface type and number.
Example Display the related information of SPID on the NI-supported interface bri 0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i sdn spi d i nt er f ace br i 0/ 0/ 0
I nt er f ace Br i 0/ 0/ 0:
SPI D Type : AUTO
SPI D B1 :
SPI D Num: 124345
LDN: 1234321
Neg St at e : SPI D_ASSI GNED
I ni t St at e: I NI T_NULL
SPI D B2 :
SPI D Num: 45645754
LDN: 1234321
Neg St at e : SPI D_ASSI GNED
I ni t St at e: I NI T_NULL
SPI D t i mer : 30 seconds
SPI D r esend: 2
Table 179
Field Description
SPID Type SPID Type, which can be NIT, STATIC (having only the L3 initialization
process), or AUTO (including both the negotiation and the L3 initialization)
SPID B1 SPID value of the BRI interface B1 channel. It can be a static configuration or
the result of a dynamic negotiation, all depending on the specified SPID
Type.
LDN Local dialing number
SPID Num SPID value of the BRI interface. It can be a static configuration or the result
of a dynamic negotiation, all depending on the specified SPID Type.
Neg State Negotiation state of the SPID, which can be SPID_UNASSIGNED,
ASSIGN_AWAITING_SPID, SPID_ASSIGNED,
ASSIGN_AWAITING_CALL_CLEAR.
Init State Initialization state of the SPID, which can be INIT_NULL, INIT_IND,
INIT_PROCEEDING, INIT_END, INIT_AWAITING_CALL_CLEAR.
SPID B2 SPID value of the BRI interface B2 channel. It can be a static configuration or
the result of a dynamic negotiation, all depending on the specified SPID
Type.
SPID timer Duration of the timer TSPID
SPID resend SPID message retransmission times
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isdn spid 1033
Command Reference
Any view
Description You may execute this command to view the SPID type, SPID value and some other
information when ISDN is running. Executing this command without specifying an
interface, you may view information on SPI on all the SPID-supported BRI interfaces.
Alternatively, you may view the information only on one interface by specifying its
type and number.
1034 display isis brief 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isis brief
Purpose Use the display isis brief command to view the brief information of IS-IS.
Syntax display isis brief
Any view
Parameters None
Example View the brief information of IS-IS.
<Rout er >di spl ay i si s br i ef
I SI S zq Pr ot ocol Br i ef I nf or mat i on :
net wor k- ent i t y: 01. bbbb. bbbb. bbbb. 00
i s- l evel : Level - 12
cost - st yl e: wi de
pr ef er ence : 15
Ti mer s:
spf - del ay- i nt er val : 5000
spf - sl i ce- si ze: 0
l sp- max- age: 1200
l sp- r ef r esh: 900
I nt er val bet ween SPFs: l evel - 1 10
l evel - 2 10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isis interface 1035
Command Reference
display isis interface
Purpose Use the display isis interface command to view the information of the IS-IS
enabled interface.
Syntax display isis interface [ ver bose ]
Parameters verbose If this parameter is used, the details of the interface
will be displayed.
Example Display the information about the IS-IS enabled interface.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s i nt er f ace
I nt er f ace I P Addr ess I d Li nk. St a I P. St a MTU Type DI S
Et her net 1/ 0/ 0 2. 1. 1. 12 001 Up Up 1497 L12 No/ No
Display the details of the IS-IS enabled interface.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s i nt er f ace ver bose
I nt er f ace I P Addr ess I d Li nk. St a I P. St a MTU Type DI S
Et her net 1/ 0/ 0 2. 1. 1. 12 001 Up Up 1497 L12 No/ No
Secondar y I P Addr ess( es) :
Csnp- I nt er val : L110L210
Hel l o- I nt er val : L110L210
Hol d Ti me : L1 30 L2 30
Lsp I nt er val : 1
Cost : L110L210
Pr i or i t y : L164L264
Ret r ansmi t I nt er val : 5
Any view
Description This command views the information of the IS-IS enabled interface, including
interface name, IP address, link state of the interface and so on. Besides displaying all
the information shown by the display isis interface command, the
display isis interface verbose command displays such information about
the IS-IS parameters of the interface as CSNP packet broadcast interval, Hello
message broadcast interval and number of invalid Hello messages.
1036 display isis lsdb 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isis lsdb
Purpose Use the display isis lsdb command to view the link state database of the IS-IS.
Syntax display isis lsdb [ l 1 ] [ l 2 ] [ l evel - 1 ] [ l evel - 2 ] [ l ocal ] [
ver bose ] [ LSPID ]
Parameters l1 and Level-1
Both refer to the link state database of Level-1.
l2 and level-2
Both refer to the link state database of Level-2.
local
Displays the Contents of the Local LSP Database
verbose
Displays the verbose information of the link state
database.
LSPID
Specifies the LSPID of the network-entity-title.
Example Display the output information of display isis lsdb command.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s l sdb
Lsp I D Sequence Hol dt i me A_P_O Checksum
1111. 1111. 1011. 00- 00 0x00000002658 0_0_0 0x0b5e
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isis mesh-group 1037
Command Reference
display isis mesh-group
Purpose Use the display isis mesh-group command to view the IS-IS mesh group.
Syntax display isis mesh-group
Parameters None
Example Add Interface serial1/0/0 and Interface serial2/0/0 running IS-IS into mesh group 100.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s mesh- gr oup 100
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i nt er f ace I nt er f ace ser i al 2/ 0/ 0
Display the information of IS-IS mesh-group.
[ 3Com- ser i al 2/ 0/ 0] di spl ay i si s mesh- gr oup
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 100
Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0 100
Any view
Description This command is used for displaying the configurations of the mesh-group of the
current router interface.
1038 display isis peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isis peer
Purpose Use the display isis peer command to view IS-IS peer information.
Syntax display isis peer [ ver bose ]
Parameters verbose
When this parameter is configured, the area address
carried in the Hello message from the peer will be
displayed. Otherwise, only the summary information
will be displayed.
Example Display the output information of the display isis peer command.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s peer
Syst emI D I nt er f ace Ci r cui t I D St at e Hol dTi me Type
Pr i
1111. 1111. 1031 Et her net 3/ 0/ 0 1111. 1111. 1031. 01 Up 8s L2
64
1111. 1111. 1011 Et her net 3/ 0/ 1 1111. 1111. 1011. 01 Up 7s L2
6
Any view
Description The display isis peer verbose command yields not only all the outputs of
the display isis peer command, but also the area address, Up time and IP
address of the directly connected interface of the peer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isis routing 1039
Command Reference
display isis routing
Purpose Use the display isis routing command to view IS-IS routing information
Syntax display isis routing
Parameters None
Example View the output information of display isis routing command.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s r out i ng
I SI S Level - 1 For war di ng Tabl e :
Type - D - Di r ect , C - Connect ed, I - I SI S, S - St at i c, O - OSPF
B - BGP, R - RI P
Fl ags: R- Added t o RM, L- Adver t i sed i n LSPs, U- Up/ Down Bi t Set
Dest i nat i on/ Mask I n. Met Ex. Met Next Hop I nt er f ace
Fl ags
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - -
D 4. 0. 0. 0/ 8 10 NULL Di r ect Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
R/ L/ -
I 55. 55. 0. 0/ 16 20 NULL 4. 0. 0. 2 Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
R/ L/ -
3. 0. 0. 2 Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
I 0. 0. 0. 0/ 0 10 NULL 4. 0. 0. 2 Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
R/ - / -
3. 0. 0. 2 Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
I SI S Level - 2 For war di ng Tabl e :
Type - D - Di r ect , C - Connect ed, I - I SI S, S - St at i c, O - OSPF
B - BGP, R - RI P
Fl ags: R- Added t o RM, L- Adver t i sed i n LSPs, U- Up/ Down Bi t Set
Dest i nat i on/ Mask I n. Met Ex. Met Next Hop I nt er f ace
Fl ags
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - -
D 4. 0. 0. 0/ 8 10 NULL Di r ect Et her net 2/ 0/ 0
R/ L/ -
D 99. 99. 0. 0/ 16 10 NULL Di r ect LoopBack3
R/ L/ -
Any view
1040 display isis routing clns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display isis routing clns
Purpose Use the display isis routing clns command to display CLNS routing
information generated by IS-IS protocol.
Syntax display isis routing clns
Parameters None
Example Display CLNS routing information generated by IS-IS protocol.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s r out i ng cl ns
I SI S cl ns Level - 1 Rout i ng Tabl e :
Syst emI d Next hop SNPA I nt er f ace Cost
1111. 1111. 1111 0000. 0000. 0001 000e. 84ba. f d90 Fa0/ 0 10
2222. 2222. 2222 0000. 0000. 0002 000e. 84ba. f d92 Fa0/ 0 10
#3333. 3333. 3333 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0
# i ndi cat es t he near est L2 I S
I SI S cl ns Level - 2 Rout i ng Tabl e :
NSAP Pr ef i x Next hop SNPA I nt er f ace Cost
49. 0001 0000. 0000. 0001 000e. 84ba. f d90 Fa0/ 0 10
49. 0002 0000. 0000. 0002 000e. 84ba. f d92 Fa0/ 0 10
The i nf or mat i on above i s t he cont ent s of Level 1 and Level 2 r out i ng
t abl e gener at ed by I S- I S pr ot ocol . Tabl e 180 descr i bes t he f i el ds i n
i t .
Any view
Table 180 Description on hte fields of the display isis rout clns command
Field Description
System Id System ID
Nexthop The address of the next hop
SNPA SNPA address
Interface The interface that leads to the next hop
Cost The cost of the route
NSAP prefix NSAP prefix
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display isis spf-log 1041
Command Reference
display isis spf-log
Purpose Use the display isis spf-log command to view the SPF calculation log of the
IS-IS.
Syntax display isis spf-log
Parameters None
Example View the output information of display isis spf-log command.
<3Com> di spl ay i si s spf - l og
Det ai l s of Level 1 SPF Run:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tr i g. Event No. Of NodesDur at i on( ms) St ar t Ti me
I S_SPFTRI G_ADJ DOWN20 23: 10: 54
I S_SPFTRI G_NEWADJ 30 23: 10: 54
I S_SPFTRI G_LSPCHANGE30 23: 10: 54
I S_SPFTRI G_PERI ODI C20 23: 10: 37
I S_SPFTRI G_CI RC_UP30 23: 10: 53
Det ai l s of Level 2 SPF Run:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tr i g. Event No. Of NodesDur at i on( ms) St ar t Ti me
I S_SPFTRI G_NEWADJ 40 23: 10: 54
Any view
1042 display llc2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display llc2
Purpose Use the display llc2 command to view statistical information of LLC2.
Syntax display llc2 [ ci r cui t correlator ]
Parameters correlator
ID used to distinguish different circuits.
Example Display the statistical information of LLC2
<3Com> di spl ay l l c2 ci r cui t 46465025
l l c2 ci r cui t i ndex 46465025
Local MAC 0. 20. 35. 7b. e0. 65
Remot e MAC 0. 0. 84. 25. 1e. e9
Local Sap 4
Remot e Sap 4
Rol e secondar y
St at e : NORMAL
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display loadsharing ip address 1043
Command Reference
display loadsharing ip address
Purpose Use the display loadsharing ip address command to view the statistics
about the unbalanced load sharing based on interface bandwidth, including the
number and ratio of the packets sent from the interfaces related to the equal-cost
routes to a network address.
Syntax display loadsharing ip address ip-address mask
IP address of the destination network, in dotted
decimal format.
mask Dotted decimal subnet mask or subnet mask length.
Example Display information about load sharing on all the interfaces corresponding to the
equal-cost routes to the network 10.2.1.0/24.
[3Com ] display loadsharing ip address 10.2.1.0 24
There are/is totally 3 route entry(s) to the same destination network.
Nexthop Packet(s) Bandwidth[KB]Flow(s) Interface
10.1.1.2 763851 100000 0 Ethernet0/0/0
10.1.2.2 1193501 155000 0 Atm1/0/0
10.1.3.2 15914 2048 0 Serial2/0/0
BandWidth:48:75:1
Packets:47:74:1
Flows:0:0:0
Any view
Description You can view these equal-cost routes using the display fib command.
Related Command display fib
1044 display local-server statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display local-server statistics
Purpose Use the display local-server statistics command to display statistics of
the local RADIUS authentication server.
Syntax display local-server statistics
Parameters None
Example Display statistics of the local RADIUS authentication server.
<3Com> di spl ay l ocal - ser ver st at i st i cs
The l ocal ser ver packet st at i st i cs:
Recei ve: 82 Send: 61
Di scar d: 21 Recei ve Packet Er r or : 0
Aut h Recei ve: 82 Aut h Send: 61
Acct Recei ve: 0 Acct Send: 0
Any view
Related Command local-server
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display local-user 1045
Command Reference
display local-user
Purpose Use the display local-user command to view the relevant information on the
specified local user or all the local users. The output can help you troubleshoot faults
related to local user.
Syntax display local-user [ domai n isp-name | ser vi ce- t ype { t el net | ssh |
t er mi nal | pad | f t p | ppp } | st at e { act i ve | bl ock } | user - name
user-name ]
Parameters domain isp-name
Displays all the local users in the ISP domain specified
by isp-name, a character string not exceeding 24
characters. The specified ISP domain must be an
existing one.
service-type
Displays local users by specifying service type, which
can be telnet, ssh, terminal (terminal users logging on
from Console, AUX, or Asyn port), ftp, ppp, or PAD
(X.25 PAD).
state { active | block }
Displays local users by specifying user state, where
active means users allowed to request for network
services and block means the opposite.
user-name user-name Displays a user by specifying its user-name, a
character string not exceeding 80 characters. It must
exclude forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*),
question marks (?), less-than signs (<), and
greater-than signs (>). The @ sign can be present once
in a user name. The user name without domain name
(the part before @, namely the user ID) cannot exceed
55 characters.
Default By default, information on all local users is displayed.
Example Display the relevant information of all the local users.
The cont ent s of l ocal user admi n:
St at e: Act i ve Ser vi ceType Mask: FTC
Cur r ent AccessNum: 0
FTP Di r ect or y: f l ash:
User Pr i vi l ege: 3
Tot al 1 l ocal user ( s) Mat ched, 1 l i st ed.
Ser vi ceType Mask Meani ng: A- - PAD C- - Ter mi nal D- - DVPN F- - FTP
L- - LanAccess P- - PPP S- - SSH T- Tel net
1046 display local-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The IP address of some types of users, such as L2TP users, cannot be displayed.
Any view
Related Command local user
Table 181 Description on the fields of the display local-user command
Field Description
State State of the user: active or block
ServiceType Mask Service type abbreviation:
C: terminal
A: pad
P: PPP
F: FTP
S: SSH
T: telnet
Current AccessNum Count of current accesses
User Privilege Users privilege
FTP Directory Directory authorized to the FTP user
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family display log startup 1047
Command Reference
display log startup
Purpose Use the display log startup command to display the state of the configuration
restoration log switch.
Syntax display log startup
Parameters None.
Example Display the state of the configuration restoration log switch.
<3Com> l og st ar t up
<3Com> di spl ay l og st ar t up
Log st ar t up swi t ch i s on.
<3Com> undo l og st ar t up
<3Com> di spl ay l og st ar t up
Log st ar t up swi t ch i s of f .
User view
1048 display logbuffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display logbuffer
Purpose Use the display logbuffer command to view the information recorded in the
log buffer.
Syntax display logbuffer [ size size-value | summary ] [ level level-number ]
[ | [ begin | include | exclude ] string ]
Parameters size
Specifies the number of to-be-displayed entries in the
logbuffer.
size-value
The number of entries to be displayed.
summary
A summary for the logbuffer.
level
Displays only the information entries at a specified
level.
level-number
Specifies the information level. Valid values are an
integer in the range 1 to 8.
|
Uses a regular expression to filter output.
begin
Displays the information beginning with the specified
include Displays the information that includes the specified
exclude
Displays the information that excludes the specified
string
Defines a regular expression.
Default By default, the display logbuffer command is executed without any parameter
specified to display all information in the log buffer.
Example Display the information in the log buffer.
<3Com> display logbuffer
Logging buffer configuration and contents:enabled
Allowed max buffer size : 1024
Actual buffer size : 256
Channel number : 4 , Channel name : logbuffer
Dropped messages : 0
Overwritten messages : 0
Current messages : 96
%8/28/2101 5:34:48-IC-7-SYS_RESTART:
System restarted --
3Com-3Com Versatile Routing Platform Software
Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Comware Team 3Com Corporation
%Dec 3 09:04:38:723 2004 r2 RM/5/RTLOG:
rtbit_set_vrf:127.0.0.0/8(n_bitsset=0) public vpn-instance(1) -> KRT
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display logbuffer 1049
Command Reference
%Dec 3 09:04:38:772 2004 r2 SHELL/5/CMD:task:CFM ip:** user:**
command:interfac
e Aux0
command:interfac
e Ethernet0/0
command:interfac
e Serial0/0
command:interfac
e Serial1/0
command:interfac
e Serial1/1
Any view
Description If the number of information entries in the current log buffer is smaller than the
specified size-value, all the entries are displayed.
display info-center
Table 182 Description on the fields of the display logbuffer command
Field Description
Logging buffer
configuration and
contents: enabled
Log buffer is enabled.
Allowed max buffer size:
1024
Maximum size of the log buffer is 1024 entries.
Actual buffer size: 256 Actual size of the log buffer is 256 entries.
Channel number: 4
Channel name: logbuffer
Number and name of the information channel for the log buffer.
Dropped messages: 0 Number of dropped messages.
Overwritten messages: 0 Number of overwritten messages.
Current messages: 96 Number of current messages.
1050 display logbuffer summary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display logbuffer summary
Purpose Use the display logbuffer summary command to display a summary about
the log buffer on the router.
Syntax display logbuffer summary [ level severity ]
Parameters level severity
Information level. Valid values are 1 to 8, as described
below.
l
Example Display a summary about the log buffer on the router.
<3Com> display logbuffer summary
EMERG ALERT CRIT ERROR WARN NOTIF INFO DEBUG
0 0 0 0 94 0 1 0
The command output shows the number of log entries for each information
level in the log buffer.
Any view
Table 183 Definition of information level
Severity level Severity value Description
emergencies 1 The extremely emergent errors
alerts 2 The errors that need to be corrected immediately
critical 3 Critical errors
errors 4 The errors that need concerns but not critical
warnings 5 Warning, there might exist some kinds of errors
notifications 6 The information should be concerned
informational 7 Common prompt information
debugging 8 Debugging information
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mac-address 1051
Command Reference
display mac-address
Purpose Use the display mac-address command to display information about MAC
address entries of an interface or about all MAC address entries.
Syntax display mac-address [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
Parameters interface-type Interface type, Ethernet port only.
Example Display information about MAC address entries of Ethernet1/2.
<3Com> di spl ay mac- addr ess i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 2
MAC ADDR VLAN I D STATE PORT AGE TI ME
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0014- 222c- 90da 1 Dynami c Et her net 1/ 2 AGI NG
0e31- 1111- 1eab 1 St at i c Et her net 1/ 2 NOAGED
Any view
Description When the display mac-address command without keyword and argument is used,
information about all MAC address entries will be displayed.
Table 184
Field Description
MAC ADDR MAC address
VLAN ID The ID of the VLAN where a MAC address resides
STATE The state of a MAC address, including Static and Dynamic.
PORT Port number
AGE TIME Aging type of a MAC address, including aging and noaged.
1052 display memory 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
display memory
Purpose Use the display memory command to view information on system memory load.
Syntax display memory
Parameters None.
Example Display information on the current system memory load.
<Rout er > di spl ay memor y
Syst emTot al Memor y( byt es) : 41918976
Tot al Used Memor y( byt es) : 15949136
Used Rat e: 38%
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display memory 1053
Command Reference
display memory
Purpose Use the display memory command to view the memory setting and state
information related to the routing capacity.
Syntax display memory [ l i mi t ]
Parameters limit Displays the lower limit and safety value of the router
idle memory.
Example Display the current memory setting and state information.
<3Com> di spl ay memor y l i mi t
Cur r ent memor y l i mi t conf i gur at i on i nf or mat i on:
syst emmemor y saf et y: 30 ( MByt es)
syst emmemor y l i mi t : 20 ( MByt es)
memor y aut o- est abl i sh enabl ed
Fr ee Memor y: 73855332 ( Byt e)
The st at e i nf or mat i on about connect i on:
The t i mes of di sconnect : 0
The t i mes of r econnect : 0
The cur r ent st at e: Nor mal
The i nf or mat i on di spl ayed by t hi s command i ncl udes t he r out er memor y
l i mi t , t he si ze of t he i dl e memor y, t he t i mes of connect i on
di sconnect i ng, t he t i mes of connect i on r eest abl i shment and t he cur r ent
st at e.
The displayed information is described specifically in the following table:
Table 185 Description of the information displayed by the display memory limit
command
Field Description
memory safety: 30 The safety value of the router memory is 30Mbytes.
memory limit: 20 The lower limit of the router memory is 20Mbytes.
memory auto-establish
enabled
The system allows recovering the connection automatically. (If the
automatic recover is disabled, the "auto-establish disabled" will be
displayed.)
Free Memory: 73855332
(Byte)
The size of the current idle memory is 73855332 bytes, that is,
73.855M.
The times of disconnect:
0
The times of the connection disconnecting of the router is 0.
The times of reconnect: 0 The times of the connection re-establishment of the router is 0.
The current state: Normal The current state is normal. (If entering the emergent state, the system
will display "Exigency" .)
1054 display memory 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description It includes available memory and state information about connections such as times
for disconnecting connections, times for reestablishing connections and whether the
current system is in the emergent state or not.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mfr 1055
Command Reference
display mfr
Purpose Use the display mfr command to view configuration and statistics information of
multilink frame relay bundle and bundle link. If no bundle or bundle link is specified,
information of all bundles and bundle links will be displayed.
Syntax display mfr [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number | ver bose ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
verbose
Displays detailed statistics information, including the
number of controlling packets sent and received.
Example Display configuration and state information of all frame relay bundles and frame relay
bundle links.
<3Com> di spl ay mf r
Bundl e i nt er f ace: MFR0, Bundl e St at e = up, Bundl e Cl ass = A
f r agment di sabl ed
Bundl e name = MFR0
Bundl e l i nks:
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0, PHY st at e = up, l i nk st at e = up, Li nk name = Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Display detailed state information of all frame relay bundle links.
<3Com> di spl ay mf r ver bose
LI D : Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 Peer LI D: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
Bound t o MFR0 ( BI D: MFR0)
Physi cal st at e : up, l i nk st at e : add sent
Bundl e Li nk st at i st i cs:
Add_l i nk: sent 40, r ecei ved 0
Add_l i nk_ack: sent 0 , r ecei ved 0
Add_l i nk_r ej : sent 0 , r ecei ved 0
Hel l o: sent 0 , r ecei ved 0
Hel l o_ack: sent 0, r ecei ved 0
Remove_l i nk: sent 0, r ecei ved 0
Remove_l i nk_ack: sent 0, r ecei ved 0
Pkt s dr opped : i n 0. out 0
Ti mer : Ack 4, Hel l o 10
Ret r y : max 2, Cur r ent 0
Cause code: di f f er ent i al del ay
Bundl e i nt er f ace: MFR1, Bundl e st at e = down, Bundl e cl ass = A,
f r agment di sabl ed
Bundl e name = MFR1
Bundl e l i nks:
LI D : Ser i al 1/ 1/ 1: 4 Peer LI D:
Bound t o MFR1 ( BI D: MFR1)
Physi cal st at e: down, l i nk st at e: down,
Bundl e Li nk st at i st i cs:
Hel l o( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0 Hel l o_ack( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0
Add_l i nk( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0 Add_l i nk_ack( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0
1056 display mfr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Add_l i nk_r ej ( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0
Remove_l i nk( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0 Remove_l i nk_ack( TX/ RX) : 0/ 0
Pkt s dr opped( i n/ out ) : 0/ 0
Ti mer : ACK 4, Hel l o 10
Ret r y: Max 2, Cur r ent 0
Cause code: nonew
Table 186 Description on the fields of the display mfr command
Field Description
Bundle interface
Bundle state Operating state of the bundle interface.
Bundle class Class A indicates if there is one bundle link is in up state, the bundle is
flagged as up. Moreover, all bundle links should be tagged as down
before the bundle is down.
Bundle links Physical interfaces of the links in the bundle.
LID Identifier of the bundle link.
Peer LID Identifier of the peer bundle link.
Physical state Operating state of the physical interface.
link state Operating state of the link protocol on the bundle link.
Bundle Link statistics: Statistics about the packets on the bundle link.
Hello(TX/RX) Number of the transmitted and received Hello messages.
Hello messages are sent for maintaining link state.
Hello_ack(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Hello acknowledgement
messages.
Hello_ack messages are sent notifying receipt of the Hello messages.
Add_link(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Add_link messages.
Add_link messages are sent notifying the peer that the local node is
ready for processing frames.
Add_link_ack(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Add_link acknowledgment
messages.
Add_link_ack messages are sent notifying receipt of the Add_link
messages.
Add_link_rej(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Add_link reject messages.
Add_link_rej messages are sent notifying reject of the Add_link
messages.
Remove_link(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Remove_link messages.
Remove_link messages are sent notifying removal of a link from the
bundle.
Remove_link_ack(TX/RX) Number of transmitted and received Remove_link_ack messages.
Remove_link_ack messages are sent notifying receipt of the
Remove_link messages.
Pkts dropped(in/out) Number of dropped incoming and outgoing packets.
Timer: Ack 4 Time waiting for a Hello_ack message before a Hello message or an
Add_link message (for initial synchronization) is retransmitted on the
bundle link.
Hello 10 Intervals for sending Hello messages.
Retry: max 2 Maximum number of Hello or Add_link sending retries made when no
Hello_ack or Add_link_ack is received on the bundle link.
Current 0 Number of retries
Cause code Cause resulting in the current state of the bundle link.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mfr 1057
Command Reference
Any view
Related Commands link-protocol fr mfr
interface mfr
1058 display mirror 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mirror
Purpose Use the display mirror command to display information about port mirroring
configuration, information including the monitored ports, the direction of monitored
packets and monitoring port.
Syntax display mirror
Parameters None
Example Display information about port mirroring configuration.
<3Com>di spl ay mi r r or
Moni t or por t :
Et her net 1/ 1
Mi r r or i ng por t :
Et her net 1/ 2 bot h
Any view
Table 187 Description on the fields of the display mirror command
Field Description
Monitor port: Ethernet1/1 The monitoring port: Ethernet1/1
Mirroring port: Ethernet1/2 both Ethernet1/2 is the monitored port; packets of
both directions on it are monitored.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip binding 1059
Command Reference
display mobile-ip binding
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip binding command to display information about
the HA binding table. A binding table maintains mainly the corresponding relations
between HA addresses and the care-of addresses of MNs. An HA updates the binding
table based on MN registration events.
Syntax display mobile-ip binding [ ip-address | brief ]
IP address of the MN.
brief
Displays only total number of MNs in the binding table.
Example Display information about the whole binding table.
[3Com] display mobile-ip binding
Mobile IP Binding List:
Total 1
20.0.0.1
Care-of Addr 68.0.0.31, Src Addr 68.0.0.31
Lifetime granted 02:46:40 (10000), remaining 02:46:32
Flags SbdmGvt, Identification B750FAC4.C28F56A8,
Tunnel src 66.0.0.5 dest 68.0.0.31 reverse-allowed
Routing Options - (G)GRE
The following table describes the fields of the output.
Table 188 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip binding command
Field Description
Total 1 Total number of entries in the binding table
20.0.0.1 Home address of the MN
Care-of Addr 68.0.0.31 Care-of address of the MN
Src Addr 68.0.0.31 Source IP address of the registration request
that the HA received. It might be the co-located
care-of address of the MN or the address of the
FA.
Lifetime granted 02:46:40 (10000) Registration lifetime that the HA granted to the
MN (in seconds)
remaining 02:46:32 Remaining time before the registration expires.
Its initial value equals to the granted lifetime and
the HA decreases it by 1 every second.
Flags SbdmGvt Flags sent by the MN. A capital letter means that
the bit is set to 1, a lower-case letter means that
the bit is set to 0.
1060 display mobile-ip binding 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description With no parameters specified, information about the whole binding table is
displayed.
Identification B750FAC4.C28F56A8 A 64-bit value for matching registration requests
with registration replies to avoid replay attacks
by registration requests
Tunnel src 66.0.0.5 dest 68.0.0.31
reverse-allowed
Source and destination of the tunnel; whether
reverse tunneling is supported (reverse-allowed
if supported, and reverse-off if not).
The tunnel encapsulation mode is IP in IP by
default, otherwise is GRE. The configured
encapsulation mode is denoted in the Routing
Options field.
Routing Options - (G)GRE Services that the HA can provide, which can be:
B for agent advertisement broadcasting,
D for direct-to-mobile node,
G for encapsulation mode GRE, or
T for reverse tunneling.
Table 188 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip binding command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip globals 1061
Command Reference
display mobile-ip globals
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip globals command to display global information
about mobility agents.
Syntax display mobile-ip globals
Parameters None
Example Display global information about mobility agents.
[3Com] display mobile-ip globals
Mobile IP global information:
Home Agent is enabled
Registration lifetime: 36000 seconds
Roaming access list: 2001
Care-of access list: 2000
Broadcast disabled
Replay protection time: 30 seconds
Reverse tunnel enabled
Virtual networks HA address : 11.1.1.1
Virtual networks:
11.1.1.0/24 HA address : 11.1.1.1
Foreign Agent is enabled.
Pending time : 7 secconds
care-of interface Ethernet0/0/0
1 interface providing service
Mobility Agent
Encapsulations supported: IPIP and GRE
Discovered tunnel MTU aged timer: 600 seconds
Table 189 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip globals command
Field Description
Home Agent is enabled Whether HA is enabled.
Registration lifetime: 36000 seconds The default lifetime of all MNs, in seconds.
Roaming access list: 2001 ACL that indicates the mobile nodes of the HA
permitted to roam. Not displayed if not
specified.
Care-of access list: 2000 ACL that indicates the FAs supporting mobile
nodes of HA to roam. Not displayed if not
specified.
Broadcast disabled Whether broadcast forwarding is enabled.
Replay protection time: 30 seconds Replay protection time, 30 seconds by default.
Reverse tunnel enabled Whether reverse tunneling is enabled.
Virtual networks HA address : 11.1.1.1 HA Address for virtual networks, which must be
the address of an existing interface, generally
the Loopback interface.
1062 display mobile-ip globals 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description Information about an HA includes: the default lifetime of all MNs, list of all nodes
permitted to roam, list of authorized care-of addresses, list of virtual networks
serviced by the HA, and whether broadcast forwarding and reverse tunneling are
enabled.
Information about an FA includes: the aging time of the pending table entries, list of
care-of addresses, and number of interfaces providing services.
Information about all MAs includes: the supported encapsulation mode, whether
PMTU discovery is enabled and the PMTU aging time.
Virtual networks:
11.1.1.0/24 HA address : 11.1.1.1
List of virtual networks serviced by the HA. Not
displayed if not specified.
Foreign Agent is enabled Whether FA is enabled.
Pending time : 7 secconds Aging time for the pending table entries, 7
seconds by default.
care-of interface Ethernet0/0/0 List of care-of addresses, including the port
status (up or down). Not displayed if not
specified.
1 interface providing service Number of interfaces providing FA service
Mobility Agent Information about all mobility agents. Both the
HA service and the FA service on the device
share this information.
Encapsulations supported: IPIP and GRE Supported encapsulation mode
Discovered tunnel MTU aged timer: 600 seconds PMTU aging time. PMTU is not aged by default,
and if aged, the default aging time is 600
seconds.
Table 189 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip globals command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip interface 1063
Command Reference
display mobile-ip interface
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip interface command to display the MIP
information of an interface. With the interface-number argument not specified,
MIP information of all interfaces is displayed.
Syntax display mobile-ip interface [ ethernet interface-number ]
Ethernet interface number.
Example Display MIP information of all interfaces.
[3Com]display mobile-ip interface
IP Mobility interface information:
Ethernet0/0/0
IRDP (includes agent advertisement) disabled
No Prefix Length advertised
Lifetime is 36000 seconds
Home Agent service provided
Foreign Agent service provided
No reverse tunnel supported
No registration required
Not busy
No Home Agent access list
Maximum number of visitors allowed: 50
Current number of visitors: 0
Ethernet0/0/1
IRDP (includes agent advertisement) disabled
No Prefix Length advertised
Lifetime is 36000 seconds
Home Agent service provided
No Foreign Agent service provided
Table 190 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip interface command
Field Description
Ethernet0/0/0 Interface name
IRDP (includes agent advertisement) disabled Whether IRDP is enabled on the interface
No Prefix Length advertised Whether the agent advertisement includes
prefix-length extension
Lifetime is 36000 seconds Registration lifetime for the MNs
Home Agent service provided Whether HA is enabled on the interface
Foreign Agent service provided Whether FA is enabled on the interface
No reverse tunnel supported Whether the interface provides reverse
tunneling
No registration required Whether an MN with a co-located care-of
address is required to register by FA
Not busy Whether the FA function of the interface is busy
1064 display mobile-ip interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
No Home Agent access list HA addresses granted or denied by the FA
configured on the interface
Maximum number of visitors allowed: 50 Maximum number of visitors the interface is
configured to support. It ranges from 1 to 100
and defaults to 50.
Current number of visitors: 0 Number of current visitors on the interface (that
is, number of visiting MNs)
Table 190 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip interface command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip irdp 1065
Command Reference
display mobile-ip irdp
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip irdp command to display ICMP router discovery
protocol (IRDP) configuration information, including the agent advertisement lifetime,
the maximum and minimum agent advertisement interval, and the agent
advertisement transmission mode (broadcast or multicast).
Syntax display mobile-ip irdp
Parameters None
Example Display IRDP configuration.
<3Com> display mobile-ip irdp
Ethernet0/0/0 has router discovery enabled!
Advertisements min-interval : 450 seconds, max-interval : 600 seconds
Advertisements lifetime : 1800 seconds
Advertisements are sent with broadcasts
Ethernet0/0/1 has router discovery disabled!
Any view
Table 191 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip irdp command
Field Description
Ethernet0/0/0 has router discovery enabled IRDP is enabled on interface Ethernet 0/0/0.
Advertisements min-interval : 450 seconds,
max-interval : 600 seconds
Minimum and maximum agent advertisement
intervals are 450 seconds and 600 seconds
respectively.
Advertisements lifetime : 1800 seconds The lifetime of agent advertisements is 1,800
seconds.
Advertisements are sent with broadcasts Agent advertisements are broadcasted.
Ethernet0/0/1 has router discovery disabled! IRDP is not enabled on interface Ethernet 0/0/1.
1066 display mobile-ip mobile-router 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mobile-ip mobile-router
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip mobile-router command to display information
about an MR, including basic information, discovered mobility agent information,
registration information, and statistics.
Syntax display mobile-ip mobile-router [ agent | registration | statistics ]
Parameters agent Displays the mobility agent information discovered by
the MR.
registration
Displays the MR registration information.
statistics
Displays the MR statistics.
Example Display the basic MR information.
<3Com> display mobile-ip mobile-router
Mobile Router:
Status: Registered
Home Address IP: 1.1.1.3 Mask: 255.0.0.0
Home Agent IP : 1.1.1.1 Priority: 1
Registration Lifetime: 36000
Registration Retransmit: Init 1, Max 128, Retry 5
Tunnel Mode: IPinIP
Reverse Tunnel: disable
Simultaneous Bindings: disable
Mobile Network:
IP: 11.0.0.0 Mask: 255.0.0.0
Interface Name: Ethernet0/0/1
Table 192 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip mobile-router command
Field Description
Status: Registered State of the MR:
Home: On the home network
Registered: Registered on a foreign network
Pending: Registering
Isolated: Unreachable
Unknown: In an unknown state
Home Address IP: 1.1.1.3 Mask: 255.0.0.0 Home address and mask of the MR
Registration Lifetime: 36000 Configured registration lifetime of the MR in
seconds. Defaults to 36,000 seconds.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip mobile-router 1067
Command Reference
Display the mobility agent information discovered by the MR.
<3Com> display mobile-ip mobile-router agent
Mobile Router Agents: 1
Agent IP: 5.5.5.5
MAC: 00e0-fc06-aa5d
Care of Address: 1
IP 5.5.5.5
Router Address: 1
IP 5.5.5.5 Priority 0
Sequence 3990, Flags rbhFmG-t, Life time 36000,
IRDP lifetime 1800, Remaining time 1795,
Last received 08/15/2005 11:46:47
Registration Retransmit: Init 1, Max 128, Retry 5 Registration retransmission parameters
configured for the MR:
Init: Initial registration retransmission
interval in seconds. Defaults to 1
second.
Max: Maximum registration
retransmission interval in seconds.
Defaults to 128 seconds.
Retry: Maximum number of
registration retransmission attempts.
Defaults to 5.
Tunnel Mode: IPinIP Encapsulation mode configured for the MR,
which can be IP in IP or GRE encapsulation. The
default is IP in IP encapsulation.
Reverse Tunnel: disable Whether reverse tunneling is enabled on the
MR. By default, reverse tunneling is not enabled.
Simultaneous Bindings: disable Whether simultaneous binding is enabled on the
MR. By default, simultaneous binding is not
enabled.
Mobile Network:
IP: 11.0.0.0 Mask: 255.0.0.0
Interface Name: Ethernet0/0/1
IP address, mask and interface of the MR mobile
network
Table 193 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router agent
Field Description
Mobile Router Agents: 1 Number of mobility agents discovered by the
MR
Agent IP: 5.5.5.5 IP address of the mobility agent
MAC: 00e0-fc06-aa5d MAC address of the mobility agent
Care of Address: 1
IP 5.5.5.5
Number of care-of addresses provided in agent
advertisements and the care-of addresses
Router Address: 1
IP 5.5.5.5 Priority 0
IP addresses of the interfaces sending agent
advertisements and the priorities of the
addresses ( the priority values are all 0 because
the priority is not configurable currently)
Sequence 3990 Sequence number of the agent advertisement
Flags rbhFmG-t Flag bits in the agent advertisement. Refer to
Table 194 for a description of the flags.
Life time 36000 Maximum MN registration lifetime (in seconds)
allowed by the FA
Table 192 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip mobile-router command
Field Description
Command Reference
Display the MR registration information.
<3Com> display mobile-ip mobile-router registration
Mobile Router Registration:
Registered:
Registration type: register with care-of address
Destination IP : 5.5.5.5
Source IP : 1.1.1.3
Destination MAC : 00e0-fc06-aa5d
Home-agent : 1.1.1.1
Care-of Address : 5.5.5.5 Flags sbdmg-t-
Orignal Lifetime : 36000 Remaining 35855
Last sent : 08/15/2005 11:46:47
Pending: 0
IRDP lifetime 1800 Lifetime (in seconds) of the agent advertisement
Remaining time 1795 Remaining lifetime (in seconds) of the agent
advertisement
Last received 08/15/2005 11:46:47 Time when the latest agent advertisement was
received
Table 194 Description on the flags of an agent advertisement
Flag bit Description
R (r) Registration required. The MN must use a foreign agent care-of address to register
with the HA, rather than use a co-located care-of address to register with the HA
directly.
B (b) FA busy. The FA does not accept any registration request from any other MN.
H (h) HA. The agent offers service as an HA on the home network on which the agent
advertisement is sent.
F (f) FA. The agent offers service as an FA on the network on which the agent
advertisement is sent.
M (m) Minimal encapsulation. The agent receives tunneled packets that use minimal
encapsulation.
G (g) GRE encapsulation. The agent receives tunneled packets that use GRE
encapsulation.
Reserved
T (t) The FA supports reverse tunneling.
Note: A capital letter equals 1 and means yes; a lower-case letter equals 0 and means no.
Table 195 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router registration
Field Description
Registered: Information about the registered MR
Registration type: register with care-of address MR registration type, which can be:
register with care-of address
register with co-located care-of address
deregister
Destination IP : 5.5.5.5 Destination IP address of the registration
request
Source IP : 1.1.1.3 Source IP address of the registration request
Destination MAC : 00e0-fc06-aa5d FA MAC address that the MR used to register.
Displayed only for register with care-of address.
Home-agent : 1.1.1.1 HA address that the MR used to register
Care-of Address : 5.5.5.5 Care-of address that the MR used to register
Table 193 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router agent (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip mobile-router 1069
Command Reference
Display the MR statistics.
<3Com> display mobile-ip mobile-router statistics
Mobile Router Statistic:
Sent Agent Solicitation : 30
Received Agent Advertisement : 30
Sent Registration Request : 1
Sent Deregistration Request : 0
Received Registration Reply : 1
Received Deregistration Reply : 0
Accepted : 1
Denied : 0
Denied by foreign agent : 0
Denied by foreign agent due to authentication extension : 0
Denied by foreign agent due to reverse tunnel : 0
Denied by home agent : 0
Denied by home agent due to authentication extension : 0
Denied by home agent due to reverse tunnel : 0
Denied by home agent due to encapsulation : 0
Denied by home agent due to time stamps : 0
Flags sbdmg-t- Flags in the registration request. A capital letter
indicates 1 and a lower-case letter indicates 0.
Orignal Lifetime : 36000 Allowed registration lifetime (if the MR is
registered) or registration lifetime in the
registration request (if the MR is registering)
Remaining 35855 Remaining time of the registration lifetime (if
the MR is registered) or of the pending interval
(if the MR is registering)
Last sent : 08/15/2005 11:46:47 Time when the last registration request was sent
Pending: 0 Number of pending records. The default
pending lifetime is 7 seconds.
If there are pending records, you will find the
same information described for fields in the
Registered: part.
Table 196 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router statistics
Field Description
Sent Agent Solicitation : 30 Total number of agent solicitations sent by the
MR
Received Agent Advertisement : 30 Total number of agent advertisements received
by the MR
Sent Registration Request : 1 Total number of registration requests sent by
the MR, using a foreign agent or co-located
care-of address
Sent Deregistration Request : 0 Total number of deregistration requests
Accepted : 1
Denied : 0
Accepted: Total number of replies for accepted
registration requests
Denied: Total number of replies for denied
Denied by foreign agent : 0 Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by FA
Denied by foreign agent due to authentication
extension : 0
Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the FA due to failed MN-FA SA
authentication
Denied by foreign agent due to reverse tunnel Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the FA due to reverse tunneling
Table 195 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router registration (continued)
Field Description
Command Reference
Any view
Denied by home agent Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the HA
Denied by home agent due to authentication
extension
Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the HA due to failed MN-HA SA
authentication
Denied by home agent due to reverse tunnel Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the HA due to reverse tunneling
Denied by home agent due to encapsulation : 0 Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the HA due to encapsulation
Denied by home agent due to time stamps : 0 Total number of replies for registration requests
denied by the HA due to incorrect time stamps
Table 196 Description on the fields of display mobile-ip mobile-router statistics (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip node 1071
Command Reference
display mobile-ip node
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip node command to display information about MNs.
With no parameters specified, information about all MNs is displayed.
Syntax display mobile-ip node [ ip-address | interface ethernet
interface-number | virtual-network address | brief ]
IP address of an MN. If not specified, information
about all MNs is displayed.
interface ethernet
interface-number
Displays information about all MNs using the address
of this interface as the HA address.
virtual-network ip-address
Displays information about all MNs in this virtual
network.
brief Displays the total number of MNs.
Example Display information about all MNs.
[3Com]display mobile-ip node
11.1.1.2
Allowed lifetime 36000 seconds
Roaming status -Unregistered-, Home link on interface Ethernet0/0/0
Accepted 0, Last time -never-
Overall service time 0 seconds
Denied 0, Last time -never-
Last code 0
Total violations 0
Tunnel to MN - pkts 0, bytes 0
Reverse tunnel from MN - pkts 0, bytes 0
Table 197 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip node command
Field Description
Allowed lifetime 36000 seconds Granted lifetime of the MN. The default value is
the global lifetime set by using the mobile-ip
home-agent lifetime command.
Roaming status -Unregistered- Whether the MN is registered. It can be
Registered or Unregistered.
Home link on interface Ethernet0/0/0 Interface or virtual network to which the MN
belongs
Accepted 0 Number of MN service requests accepted by the
HA
Last time -never- Time when the last MN registration request is
accepted by HA
Overall service time 0 seconds Service time of HA since the latest reboot
Denied 0 Number of service requests denied by the HA
1072 display mobile-ip node 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Last time -never- Time when the latest MN registration request is
denied by the HA
Last code 0 Error code for the latest MN registration request
denial by the HA
Total violations 0 Number of MN security violations
Tunnel to MN - pkts 0, bytes 0 Number of packets and bytes tunneled to the
MN
Reverse tunnel from MN - pkts 0, bytes 0 Number of packets and bytes sent by the MN
through the reverse tunnel
Table 197 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip node command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip secure 1073
Command Reference
display mobile-ip secure
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip secure command to display mobility security
association attributes. If not specify argument ip-address, information about all
mobility security association attributes of the specified mobility security associations is
displayed.
Syntax display mobile-ip secure home-agent { host [ip-address ] | foreign-agent
[ip-address ] }
display mobile-ip secure foreign-agent { home-agent [ ip-address ] | visitor
[ip-address ] }
display mobile-ip secure mobile-router { home-agent [ip-address ] |
foreign-agent [ip-address ] }
Parameters home-agent host
HA-MN mobility security association attributes.
home-agent foreign-agent
HA-FA mobility security association attributes.
foreign-agent home-agent
FA-HA mobility security association attributes.
foreign-agent visitor
FA-MN mobility security association attributes.
mobile-router home-agent
MR-HA mobility security association attributes.
mobile-router
foreign-agent MR-FA mobility security association attributes.
ip-address IP address of the MN or mobility agent.
Example Display information about HA-MN security associations.
[3Com]display mobile-ip secure home-agent host
Security Associations (algorithm,mode,replay protection,key):
IP address 11.1.1.2
SPI(HEX): 100, MD5, Prefix-suffix, Timestamp +/- 30
key: 'hello'
Table 198 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip secure command
Field Description
IP address 11.1.1.2 IP address of the node or agent
SPI(HEX): 100 Security parameter index for security
authentication
MD5 MD5 encryption algorithm
Prefix-suffix Authentication mode
Timestamp +/- 30 Replay protection mode
key: 'hello' Security association shared key in hexadecimal
1074 display mobile-ip secure 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip statistics 1075
Command Reference
display mobile-ip statistics
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip statistics command to display statistics
collected by the mobility agents.
Syntax display mobile-ip statistics
Parameters None
Example Display statistics collected by the mobility agents.
<3Com> display mobile-ip statistics
mobile-ip statistics:
Advertisements:
Solicitations received 0
Advertisements sent 0, response to solicitation 0
Home Agent Registrations:
Register 0, Deregister 0 requests
Register 0, Deregister 0 replied
Accepted 0, No simultaneous bindings 0
Denied 0, Ignored 0
Unspecified 0, Unknown HA 0
Administrative prohibited 0, No resource 0
Authentication failed MN 0, FA 0
Bad identification 0, Bad request form 0
Unavailable encap 0, Too many bindings 0
Reverse tunnel Unavailable 0, Mandatory 0
Gratuitous 0, Proxy 0 ARPs sent
Foreign Agent Registrations:
Request in 0,
Forwarded 0, Denied 0, Ignored 0
Unspecified 0, HA unreachable 0
Administrative prohibited 0, No resource 0
Bad lifetime 0, Bad request form 0
Unavailable encapsulation 0, Compression 0
Reverse tunnel Unavailable 0, Mandatory 0
MN too far 0
Unavailable COA 0, Pending expired 0
Replies in 0
Forwarded 0, Bad 0, Ignored 0
Authentication failed MN 0, HA 0
1076 display mobile-ip statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Table 199 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip statistics command
Field Description
Solicitations received Total number of agent solicitations received by
the mobility agents
Advertisements sent Total number of agent advertisements sent by
the mobility agents
Response to solicitation Total number of agent advertisements sent in
response to agent solicitations from MNs
Home Agent Registrations: HA registration statistics
Register requests Total number of registration requests received
by the HA
Deregister requests Total number of deregistration requests received
by the HA
Register replied Total number of registration replies sent by the
HA
Deregister replied Total number of deregistration replies sent by
the HA
Accepted Total number of registration requests accepted
by the HA
No simultaneous binding Total number of registration requests accepted
by the HA when simultaneous binding is not
supported
Denied Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA
Ignored Total number of registration requests ignored by
the HA
Unspecified Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA based on unknown reasons
Unknown HA Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA because no HA address was specified in
the packets
Administrative prohibited Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to unauthorized MNs
No resource Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to lack of resources
Authentication failed MN Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to failed MN authentication
Authentication failed FA Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to failed FA authentication
Bad identification Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to failed timestamp authentication
for replay protection
Bad request form Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to incorrect packet format
Unavailable encap Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to unsupported encapsulation mode
requested by MNs
Too many bindings Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to over-limit bindings
Unavailable reverse tunnel Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA due to unavailable reverse tunneling
Mandatory Total number of registration requests denied by
the HA because reverse tunneling is mandatory
on it but not set in the registration request
Gratuitous ARP Total number of gratuitous ARP packets sent to
MNs by the HA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip statistics 1077
Command Reference
Proxy ARPs sent Total number of proxy ARP packets sent to MNs
by the HA
Foreign Agent Registrations: FA registration statistics
Request in Total number of registration requests received
by the FA
Forwarded Total number of registration requests relayed by
the FA
Denied Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA
Ignored Total number of registration requests ignored by
the FA
Unspecified Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unknown reasons
HA unreachable Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unreachable HAs
Administrative prohibited Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unauthorized MNs
No resource Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to lack of resources
Bad lifetime Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to too long lifetime settings in the
Bad request form Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to incorrect packet format
Unavailable encapsulation Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unsupported encapsulation mode
requested by MNs
Unavailable compression Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unavailable Van Jacobson header
compression
Reverse tunnel Unavailable Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to unavailable reverse tunneling
Mandatory Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA because reverse tunneling is mandatory
but not set in the registration request
MN too far Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA because reverse tunneling was used but
the TTL was not 255
Unavailable COA Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA because the HA did not treat the FA as a
valid care-of address holder
Pending expired Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA because the pending time expired but no
registration reply was received from the HA
Replies in Total number of valid registration replies
received by the FA
Forwarded Total number of valid registration replies
forwarded to MNs by the FA
Bad Total number of registration replies denied by
the FA due to incorrect packet format
Ignored Total number of registration replies ignored by
the FA
Authentication failed MN Total number of registration requests denied by
the FA due to failed MN authentication at HAs
Authentication failed HA Total number of registration replies denied by
the FA due to failed HA authentication
Table 199 (continued)Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip statistics
Field Description
1078 display mobile-ip statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip violation 1079
Command Reference
display mobile-ip violation
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip violation command to display MN security
exception information logged by a mobility agent. With the ip-address argument not
specified, all security exception information is displayed; up to 100 latest entries of
information can be displayed.
Syntax display mobile-ip violation [ ip-address ]
Displays the security exception information of an IP
address. When not specified, all security exception
information is displayed.
Example Display MN security exception information.
[3Com] display mobile-ip violation
Security Violation:
Mobile Hosts: 20.0.0.1
Violations: 1, Last time: 10/18/2004 19:16:47
SPI: 300, Identification: B751B581.77FD0E40
Error Code: MN failed authentication (131), Reason: Bad authenticator
(2)
Table 200 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip violation command
Field Description
Mobile Hosts: 20.0.0.1 IP address of the MN with security exceptions
Violations: 1 Security exception times of the MN
Last time: 10/18/2004 19:16:47 Latest time when the MN violated security
regulations
1080 display mobile-ip violation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
SPI: 300 SPI of the latest violated security context.
If the violation is due to identification
mismatch, the SPI has a value from the MN-HA
authentication extension domain.
If the violation is due to invalid authenticator,
the SPI has a value from the authentication
extension domain of the invalid authentication
packet.
In other cases, the SPI has a value of 0.
Identification: B751B581.77FD0E40 A 64-bit value for matching registration
requests with registration replies to avoid
replay attacks by registration messages
Error Code: MN failed authentication (131),
Reason: Bad authenticator (2)
Error code in the request or reply, indicating
the reason for the latest security exception.
Possible reasons are:
No mobility security association available
Bad authenticator
Bad flags
Wrong SPI
No security extension
Others
Table 200 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip violation command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mobile-ip visitor 1081
Command Reference
display mobile-ip visitor
Purpose Use the display mobile-ip visitor command to display information in the
visitor table and pending table of an FA. An FA updates its visitor table and pending
table based on registration events of MNs. If not specify the ip-address argument,
all contents of the tables are displayed.
Syntax display mobile-ip visitor [ pending ] [ip-address | brief ]
Parameters pending
Displays information about MNs in the pending table.
ip-address
IP address of the MN.
brief
Displays the total number of MNs in the visitor table or
pending table.
Example Display information in the visitor table.
[3Com] display mobile-ip visitor
Mobile Visitor List:
Total 1
20.0.0.1:
Interface Ethernet0/0/1, MAC addr 00-60-83-7b-95-ec
IP src 20.0.0.1, dest 67.0.0.31, UDP src port 434
HA addr 66.0.0.5, Identification B7510E60.64436B38
Lifetime 3000 Remaining 2996
Tunnel src 68.0.0.31, dest 66.0.0.5, reverse-allowed
Routing Options - (T)Reverse-tunnel
Table 201 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip visitor
command
Field Description
Total 1 Total number of visiting MNs on the FA
Interface Ethernet0/0/1 FA interface used by the MN
MAC addr 00-60-83-7b-95-ec MAC address of the MN
IP src 20.0.0.1 Source IP address in the registration request of
the MN
dest 67.0.0.31 Destination IP address in the registration request
of the MN, which is the IP address of the FA
interface connecting to the MN
UDP src port 434 Source UDP port in the registration request of
the MN
HA addr 66.0.0.5 HA address of the MN
Identification B7510E60.64436B38 A 64-bit value for matching registration requests
with registration replies to avoid replay attacks
by registration messages
Lifetime 3000 Registration lifetime granted by HA to the MN
(in seconds)
1082 display mobile-ip visitor 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Remaining 2996 Remaining time before the registration expires.
Its initial value equals to the granted lifetime and
the FA decreases it by 1 every second.
Tunnel src 68.0.0.31, dest 66.0.0.5,
reverse-allowed
Source and destination of the tunnel through
which an HA forwards packets to a care-of
address. Also indicated is whether reverse
tunneling is supported (reverse-allowed if
supported, and reverse-off is unsupported).
The encapsulation mode, denoted in the
Routing Options field, is IP in IP by default,
otherwise is GRE.
Routing Options - (T)Reverse-tunnel Services that the HA can provide, which can be:
S for simultaneous binding,
B for agent advertisement broadcasting,
D for direct-to-MN,
G for encapsulation mode GRE, or
T for reverse tunneling.
Table 201 Description on the fields of the display mobile-ip visitor
command
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls l2vc 1083
Command Reference
display mpls l2vc
Purpose Use the display mpls l2vc command to view the VC information in LDP.
Syntax display mpls l2vc [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num | ver bose ]
Parameters verbose Displays the detailed information.
interface-type
interface-num
Name of the interface connected to CE.
Example None
Any view
1084 display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info
Purpose Use the display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info command to view the L2VPN
information of a specific interface.
Syntax display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info [ vc-label ] i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num
Parameters vclabel
VC label
interface-type
interface-num
Interface type and interface number
Example Display the L2VPN information of a specific interface.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l 2vpn f or war di ng- i nf o i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
VCLABEL TUNNELTYPE ENTRYTYPE OUTI NTERFACE OUTSLOT TOKEN CTRLWORD
102402 LSP SEND Ser i al 1 0 0 FALSE
Recor d( s) Found.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls l3vpn-lsp 1085
Command Reference
display mpls l3vpn-lsp
Purpose Use the display mpls l3vpn-lsp command to view the information of
vpn-instance of MPLS L3VPN LSPs.
Syntax display mpls l3vpn-lsp [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] [ t r ansi t |
egr ess | i ngr ess ] [ i ncl ude text | ver bose ]
Parameters transit
LSP of ASBR VPN.
egress
LSP of egress VPN.
ingress
LSP of ingress VPN.
vpn-instance
Name of VPN routing/forwarding instance
include text
String includes the specified FEC.
verbose
Displays verbose information.
Example Display the information of vpn-instance of MPLS L3VPN LSPs.
<3Com> di spl ay mpl s l 3vpn- l sp t r ansi t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LS
P I nf or mat i on: L3vpn Tr ansi t Lsp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
TOTAL: 0 Recor d( s) Found.
Display the information of MPLS L3VPN LSPs.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l 3vpn- l sp i ncl ude 3Com
Any view
1086 display mpls cell-transfer interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls cell-transfer interface
Purpose Use the display mpls cell-transfer interface command to view
statistics for cells received and sent in a packet on an interface in transparent
transmission mode.
Syntax display mpls cell-transfer interface [ interface-type interface-num |
all ]
Parameters all
Displays statistics for all transparent transmission
interfaces.
interface-type
interface-num
Displays statistics for a specified interface.
Example <3Com> display mpls cell-transfer interface all
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls interface 1087
Command Reference
display mpls interface
Purpose Use the display mpls interface command to view all MPLS-enabled
interfaces.
Syntax display mpls interface
Parameters None
Example Display all MPLS-enabled interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s i nt er f ace
Any view
Related Commands display mpls lsp
display mpls statistics
display static-lsp
1088 display mpls ldp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls ldp
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp command to view LDP and LSR information.
Syntax display mpls ldp
Parameters None
Example Display LDP and LSR information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l dp
Any view
Related Commands mpls ldp
mpls ldp hops-count
mpls ldp loop-detect
mpls ldp path-vectors
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls ldp buffer-info 1089
Command Reference
display mpls ldp buffer-info
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp buffer-info command to view the buffer
information of LDP.
Syntax display mpls ldp buffer-info
Parameters None
Example Display LDP buffer information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l dp buf f er - i nf o
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Buf f er - Name Buf f er - I D Buf f er - Si ze Tot al - Count Fr ee- Count
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ENTI TY 0 292 199 195
LOCAL- I F 1 36 200 196
PEER- I F 2 40 201 195
PDU 3 204 249 249
ADJ ACENCY 4 56 201 198
PEER- I NF 5 116 201 198
SESSI ON 6 176 201 198
US- BLK 7 264 1052 1028
DS- BLK 8 240 1052 1042
FEC 9 40 1042 1032
US- LI ST 10 16 1052 1028
TRI G- BLK 11 56 2076 2071
LABEL- RANGE 12 20 198 198
CR- TUNNEL 13 124 128 128
ER- HOP 14 40 4096 4096
I F- MSG 15 24 9999 9999
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Buf f er no er r or .
Any view
1090 display mpls ldp interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls ldp interface
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp interface command to view the information of an
LDP-enabled interface.
Syntax display mpls ldp interface
Parameters None
Example Display the information of an LDP-enabled interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] di spl ay mpl s l dp i nt er f ace
Any view
Related Commands mpls ldp enable
display mpls ldp session
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls ldp lsp 1091
Command Reference
display mpls ldp lsp
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp lsp command to view relevant LSP information
created via LDP.
Syntax display mpls ldp lsp
Parameters None
Example Display LSP.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] di spl ay mpl s l dp l sp
Any view
Related Command display mpls lsp
1092 display mpls ldp peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls ldp peer
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp peer command to view peer information.
Syntax display mpls ldp peer
Parameters None
Example Display peer information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l dp peer
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls ldp remote 1093
Command Reference
display mpls ldp remote
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp remote command to view the configured remote
peer information.
Syntax display mpls ldp remote
Parameters None
Example Display the configured remote-peer information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l dp r emot e
Any view
Related Commands mpls ldp remote
remote-peer
1094 display mpls ldp session 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display mpls ldp session command to display the session between
peer entities.
Syntax display mpls ldp session
Parameters None
Example Display the session between peer entities.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l dp sessi on
Local LDP I D: 1. 1. 1. 9: 5; Peer LDP I D: 4. 4. 4. 9: 0
TCP Connect i on: 1. 1. 1. 9 <- 4. 4. 4. 9
Sessi on St at e: Oper at i onal
Sessi on Rol e: Passi ve
Sessi on exi st ed t i me:
Basi c Hel l o Packet s Sent / Recei ved: 85/ 67
KeepAl i ve Packet s Sent / Recei ved: 1/ 1
Negot i at ed Keepal i ve hol d t i me: 60 Peer PV Li mi t : 0
LDP Basi c Di scover y Sour ce( ( A) means act i ve) :
Et her net 1/ 0/ 1. 3( A) Et her net 1/ 0/ 1. 2
Et her net 1/ 0/ 1. 1
( A) i n Et her net 1/ 0/ 1. 3( A) di spl ayed above i ndi cat es t hat t he
i nt er f ace i s t he mai n i nt er f ace.
Any view
Related Command mpls ldp enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls lsp 1095
Command Reference
display mpls lsp
Purpose Use the display mpls lsp command to view LSP information.
Syntax display mpls lsp [ ver bose ] [ i ncl ude text ]
Parameters verbose Displays detailed information.
include text Displays the information with the specified string
included.
Default By default, the display mpls lsp command displays all LSP information.
Example Display all LSPs whose incoming interfaces are Serial 3/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s l sp i ncl ude i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace ser i al 3/ 0/ 0
Any view
Related Commands display mpls interface
display static-lsp
1096 display mpls static-lsp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display mpls static-lsp
Purpose Use the display mpls static-lsp command to view the information of all or
one static LSP(s).
Syntax display mpls static-lsp [ ver bose ] [ i ncl ude text ]
Parameters verbose
Displays detailed information.
include text
Displays the information with the specified string
included.
Example Display information of the static LSP named citiya-cityb.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s st at i c- l sp i ncl ude ci t ya- ci t yb
Any view
display mpls lsp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display mpls statistics 1097
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display mpls statistics command to view statistics of all or one
LSP(s) and LSP statistics on all or one interface(s).
Syntax display mpls statistics { i nt er f ace { al l | interface-type
interface-number } } | { l sp [ lsp-Index | al l | name lsp-name ] } }
Type of network interface.
Interface-number
Number of network interface.
lsp-Index
LSP index
all
All LSPs
name lsp-name
Name of LSP
Example Display MPLS statistics.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s st at i st i cs l sp al l
Bui l di ng t he i nf or mat i on. . .
LSP I ndex/ LSP Name : 1/ l sp1
I nSegment Oct et s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Packet s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Er r or s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Di scar d Packet s of LSP i s: 0
LSP I ndex/ LSP Name : 1/ l sp1
Out Segment Oct et s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Packet s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Er r or s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Di scar d Packet s of LSP i s: 0
LSP I ndex/ LSP Name : 17416/ dynami c- l sp
I nSegment Oct et s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Packet s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Er r or s of LSP i s: 0
I nSegment Di scar d Packet s of LSP i s: 0
LSP I ndex/ LSP Name : 17416/ dynami c- l sp
Out Segment Oct et s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Packet s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Er r or s of LSP i s: 0
Out Segment Di scar d Packet s of LSP i s: 0
Display MPLS statistics on all interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay mpl s st at i st i cs i nt er f ace al l
Showi ng st at i st i cs about al l MPLS i nt er f ace:
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace : Ser i al 6/ 0/ 0
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace i n :
I n Oct et s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Er r or s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Di scar d Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace out :
Out Oct et s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
1098 display mpls statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Out Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Out Er r or s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Out Di scar d Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace : Ser i al 6/ 0/ 1
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace i n :
I n Oct et s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Er r or s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
I n Di scar d Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
The st at i st i cs of i nt er f ace out :
Out Oct et s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Out Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Out Er r or s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Out Di scar d Packet s of Mpl s i nt er f ace i s: 0
Any view
Description Specifically, the displayed information includes the numbers of octets, packets, errors
and discarded packets processed on each LSP ingress and egress, as well as the
numbers of octets, packets, errors and discarded packets received and transmitted on
each MPLS-enabled interface.
display mpls lsp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display msdp brief 1099
Command Reference
display msdp brief
Purpose Use the display msdp brief command to view the state of MSDP peer.
Syntax display msdp brief
Parameters None
Example Display the state of MSDP peer.
<3Com> display msdp brief
MSDP Peer Brief Information
Peer's Address State Up/Down time AS SA Count Reset Count
20.20.20.20 Up 00:00:13 100 0 0
Any view
1100 display msdp peer-status 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display msdp peer-status
Purpose Use the display msdp peer-status command to view the detailed information
of MSDP peer.
Syntax display msdp peer-status [ peer-address ]
Address of MSDP peer.
Example Display the detailed information of the MSDP peer 10.110.11.11.
<3Com> display msdp peer-status 10.110.11.11
MSDP Peer 20.20.20.20, AS 100
Description:
Information about connection status:
State: Up
Up/down time: 14:41:08
Resets: 0
Connection interface: LoopBack0 (20.20.20.30)
Number of sent/received messages: 867/947
Number of discarded output messages: 0
Elapsed time since last connection or counters clear: 14:42:40
Information about (Source, Group)-based SA filtering policy:
Import policy: none
Export policy: none
Information about SA-Requests:
Policy to accept SA-Request messages: none
Sending SA-Requests status: disable
Minimum TTL to forward SA with encapsulated data: 0
SAs learned from this peer: 0, SA-cache maximum for the peer: none
Input queue size: 0, Output queue size: 0
Counters for MSDP message:
Count of RPF check failure: 0
Incoming/outgoing SA messages: 0/0
Incoming/outgoing SA requests: 0/0
Incoming/outgoing SA responses: 0/0
Incoming/outgoing data packets: 0/0
Any view
Related Command peer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display msdp sa-cache 1101
Command Reference
display msdp sa-cache
Purpose Use the display msdp sa-cache command to view (S, G) state learnt from
MSDP peer.
Syntax display msdp sa-cache [ group-address ] [ source-address ] [
autonomous-system-number ]
Group address of (S, G) entry.
source-address
Source address of (S, G) entry. With no source address
specified, all the source information of the specified
group will be displayed. If neither group address nor
source address is determined, all SA caches will be
displayed.
autonomous-system-number Displays (S, G) entries from specified autonomous
system.
Example <3Com> display msdp sa-cache
MSDP Total Source-Active Cache - 5 entries
(Source, Group) Origin RP Pro AS Uptime
Expires
(10.10.1.2, 225.1.1.1) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:10
00:05:50
(10.10.1.3, 225.1.1.1) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11
00:05:49
(10.10.1.2, 225.1.1.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11
00:05:49
(10.10.2.1, 225.1.1.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11
00:05:49
(10.10.1.2, 225.1.2.2) 10.10.10.10 BGP 100 00:00:11
00:05:49
MSDP matched 5 entries
Any view
Description Only cache-sa-enable command is configured, can cache state be displayed.
1102 display msdp sa-count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display msdp sa-count
Purpose Use the display msdp sa-count command to view the number of sources and
groups in MSDP cache.
Syntax display msdp sa-count [ autonomous-system-number ]
Parameters autonomous-system-number:
Number of sources and groups from the specified
autonomous system.
Example <3Com> display msdp sa-count
Number of cached Source-Active entries, counted by Peer
Peer's Address Number of SA
10.10.10.10 5
Number of source and group, counted by AS
AS Number of source Number of group
? 3 3
Total Source-Active entries: 5
Any view
Description The cache-sa-enable command must be configured before the configuration of
this command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display multicast forwarding-table 1103
Command Reference
display multicast forwarding-table
Purpose Use the display multicast forwarding-table command to view the
information of multicast forwarding table.
Syntax display multicast forwarding-table [ group-address [ mask { mask |
mask-length } ] | source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] |
incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number | register } ]
Parameters group-address Multicast group address, used to specify a multicast
group. Valid values are 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
mask
Mask.
mask-length
Length of mask. Because 1s in 32-bit mask are
required to be continuous, the mask in dotted decimal
notation format can be replaced by mask-length
(mask-length is the number of continuous 1s in the
mask).
source-address
Unicast IP address of the multicast source.
incoming-interface
Incoming interface of the multicast forwarding entry.
register
Register interface of PIM-SM.
Example Display the multicast forwarding table information.
<3Com> di spl ay mul t i cast f or war di ng- t abl e
Any view
Description source-address and group-address of multicast forwarding table are
displayed in hexadecimal notation format and its incoming and outgoing port
numbers are displayed by virtual port number. This information can be viewed via
display pim interface command.
Related Command display multicast routing-table
1104 display multicast routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display multicast routing-table
Purpose Use the display multicast routing-table command to view the
information of IP multicast routing table.
Syntax display multicast routing-table [ group-address [ mask { mask |
mask-length } ] | source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] |
incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number | register } ]
Multicast group address, used to specify a multicast
group and display the corresponding routing table
information of the group. The value ranges from
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
source-address
Unicast IP address of the multicast source.
mask Mask.
mask-length Length of mask. Because 1 in 32-bit mask is
mask).
incoming-interface
Incoming interface of the multicast route entry.
register
Register interface of PIM-SM.
Example Display the corresponding route entry information of multicast group in the multicast
routing table.
<3Com> display multicast routing-table
Multicast Routing Table
Total 1 entry
(10.10.1.2, 225.1.1.1)
UpTime: 00:01:28, Timeout in 278 sec
Upstream interface: Ethernet0/0/0(10.10.1.20)
Downstream interface list:
LoopBack0( 20. 20. 20. 30) , Pr ot ocol 0x1: I GMP
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display multicast routing-table 1105
Command Reference
Description This command displays the multicast routing table information, while the display
multicast forwarding-table command displays the multicast forwarding table
information.
The entry (S, G) in the multicast routing table, i.e., (multicast source, multicast group)
acts as the independent entry in the table. Each entry has a unique Upstream,
indicating the interface through which RPF goes to the multicast source. Each entry
has also a Downstream List, indicating which interfaces need multicast forwarding.
The related information about (S, G) includes:
proto: the multicast protocol number which possesses the (S, G) (in hexadecimal
notation format).
Flags: all kinds of flags, such as RPT 0x1, WC 0x2, SPT 0x4, NEG CACHE 0x8 and JOIN
SUPP 0x10. All the flags are marked by binary bit. In which, RPT indicates the (S, G)
is in the shared tree status. WC is the abbreviation of wildcard. SPT indicates the
shortest path tree. NEG CACHE indicates the cache record that the downstream
interface list is null. JOIN SUPP indicates the prune suppression status.
1106 display multicast routing-table static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display multicast routing-table static command to view the
configuration information of static multicast route.
Syntax display multicast routing-table static [ config ] [ source-address [
mask | mask-length ] ]
Parameters config
When this parameter is chosen, all the routing
information configured will be displayed. If this
parameter is not chosen, only effective routing
information is displayed.
source-address
IP address of the multicast source.
mask
Mask.
mask-length
Length of mask. Because 1s in 32-bit mask are
mask).
Example Display the configuration information of static multicast route.
<3Com>display multicast routing-table static
100.10.0.0/16
RPF interface = 10.10.1.20(Ethernet0/0/0), RPF neighbor =
10.10.1.20
Matched routing protocol = <none>, route-policy = <none>, preference
= 1
Runni ng conf i g = i p r pf - r out e- st at i c 100. 10. 0. 0 16 Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 pr ef er ence 1
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display multicast routing-table static 1107
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display multicast routing-table static command to view the
active multicast static routes.
Syntax display multicast routing-table static [ source mask ]
Parameters source IP address of multicast source (unicast address).
mask IP address mask of multicast source.
Example Display all active multicast static routes.
<3Com> display multicast routing-table static
22.22.0.0/16 [inactive]
RPF interface = serial0/0/0, RPF neighbor = 66.55.99.88
Matched routing protocol = = <none>, route-policy = <none>,
preference = 1
Running config = ip mroute 22.22.0.0 16 66.55.99.88 preference 1
Display the multicast static routes that exactly match the address 10.10.0.0/16.
<3Com> display multicast routing-table static 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0
Any view
Description If no multicast source address is specified, all active multicast static routes will be
displayed.
Related Command display multicast routing-table static config
1108 display multicast routing-table static config 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display multicast routing-table static config
Purpose Use the display multicast routing-table static config command to
view multicast static routes configured.
Syntax display multicast routing-table static config [ source mask ]
Parameters source
IP address of multicast source (unicast address).
mask
IP address mask of multicast source.
Example Display all the configured multicast static routes.
<3Com> display multicast routing-table static config
Display the multicast static routes that exactly match the address 1.0.0.0/8.
<3Com> display multicast routing-table static config 1.0.0.0 255.0.0.0
Any view
Description If no multicast source address is specified, all configured multicast static routes will be
displayed.
Related Command display multicast routing-table static
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display multicast rpf-info 1109
Command Reference
display multicast rpf-info
Purpose Use the display multicast rpf-info command to view the Reverse Path
Forwarding (RPF) routing information for specified multicast source.
Syntax display multicast rpf-info source-address
Parameters source-address IP address of the multicast source.
Example Display all the RPF routing information.
<3Com> display multicast rpf-info 192.193.194.192
Multicast source's RPF route information about 192.193.194.192
RPF interface: InLoopBack0, RPF neighbor: 127.0.0.1
Referenced route/mask: 192.193.194.192/32
Referenced route type: unicast (DIRECT)
RPF- r out e sel ect i ng r ul e: pr ef er ence- pr ef er r ed
Any view
1110 display nat 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display nat
Purpose Use the display nat command to display the configuration of address translation.
Syntax display nat { addr ess- gr oup | agi ng- t i me | al l | out bound | ser ver |
st at i st i cs | sessi on [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] [ sl ot
slot-number ] [ sour ce gl obal global-addr | sour ce i nsi de inside-addr ]
[ dest i nat i on ip-addr ] }
Parameters address-group Displays the information of the address pool.
aging-time Displays the effective time for NAT connection.
all Displays all the information about NAT.
outbound Displays the information of the outbound NAT.
server
Displays the information of the internal server.
statistics
Displays the statistics of current NAT records.
session
Displays the information of the currently activated
connection.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name Displays the NAT table items of a special VPN. The
omission of this parameter means that NAT items for
all VPNs will be listed out.
slot slot-number
Designates the slot number of an interface. This
parameter is reserved especially for distributed
environment use.
source global global-addr
Only displays the NAT entry with address as
global-addr after NAT.
source inside inside-addr
Only displays the NAT entry with internal address as
inside-addr.
destination ip-addr Displays the NAT table items of a special IP destination.
Example Display all the information about address translation.
<3Com> di spl ay nat sessi on
Pr ot ocol Gl obal Addr Por t I nsi deAddr Por t Dest Addr
Por t
- 172. 18. 65. 55 - - - 1. 1. 1. 1 - - - - - - - - -
VPN: 0, st at us: NOPAT, TTL: 00: 04: 00, Lef t :
00: 00: 33
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display nat 1111
Command Reference
Any view
Description Users can verify if the configuration of address translation is correct according to the
output information after execution of this command. When address translation
connection information is displayed, the parameters of global-addr and inside-addr
can be specified for the display nat session command simultaneously.
Table 202 Description on the fields of the display nat command
Field Description
Protocol Protocol number. VPN indicates that the entry corresponds to a MPLS
VPN virtual route forwarding instance.
GlobalAddr Port Translated external address (source address) and port (source port).
Note: Since a nat session entry is dynamically generated for packets
sent from the internal network to external networks, the naming and
meaning of the fields is from the perspective of the internal network.
InsideAddr Port Internal address (source address) and port (source port) to be
translated.
DestAddr Destination address of the packet.
Port Destination port of the packet.
status A hexadecimal value indicating the status. When the status is NOPAT,
the value is the special identification of the nat session entry in NOPAT
mode.
Note: The value contains 32 bits, each of which indicates a specific
status attribute of the entry.
TTL Time for which the entry exists, in the format of hh:mm:ss.
Left Time after which the entry expires from now on, in the format of
hh:mm:ss.
1112 display nat connection-limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display nat connection-limit
Purpose Use the display nat connection-limit command to display the NAT-related
connection limit statistics.
Syntax display nat connection-limit [ source source-addr source-wildcard ] [
destination destination-addr destination-wildcard ] [ destination-port
{ { eq | neq | gt | lt } destination-port | range destination-port1
destination-port2 } ] [ vpn-instance vpn-name ]
Parameters nat Displays statistics of the connections created by NAT
source Specifies source IP address
source-addr Source IP address
source-wildcard Wildcard of source IP address
destination
Specifies destination IP address
destination-addr
Destination IP address
destination-wildcard
Wildcard of destination IP address
all
Displays statistics of all connections
destination-port
Specifies destination port number
eq
destination port number equals to the specified port
number
neq Displays the connection number of services whose
destination port number does not equal to the
specified port number
gt
destination port number is greater than the specified
port number
lt
destination port number is less than the specified port
number
range Displays the connection number of services whose
destination port number is within specified range
destination-port
Destination port number
destination-port1,
destination-port2
Paramaters when displayed in the port range,
indicating the upper limit and lower limit of service
port respectively.
vpn-instance
Specifies VPN instance
vpn-name
Name of the VPN instance
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display nat connection-limit 1113
Command Reference
Example Display all NAT-related connection limit statistics.
<3Com> display nat connection-limit
Any view
Description Users can view the desired connection limit statistics flexibly by executing this
command. Statistics of all NAT-related connections will be displayed when no other
parameters are followed with this command.
1114 display ntp-service sessions 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ntp-service sessions
Purpose Use the display ntp-service sessions command to view brief information
about all sessions maintained by the NTP at the local device.
Use the display ntp-service sessions verbose command to view details
about all sessions maintained by the NTP at the local device.
Syntax display ntp-service sessions [ verbose ]
Parameters verbose
Displays session details.
Default By default, the status of all sessions maintained by NTP at the local device is displayed.
Example Display brief information about all sessions maintained by NTP at the local device.
<3Com> display ntp-service sessions
source reference stra reach poll now offset delay disper
********************************************************************
[5]1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 16 0 64- 0.0 0.0 0.0
note: 1 source(master),2 source(peer),3 selected,4 candidate,5
configured
Any view
Table 203 Description on the fields of the display ntp-service sessions command
Field Description
source IP address of the clock source
reference ID of the reference clock
stra Stratum of the local clock
reach Reachability of the reference clock: 0 is reachable; 1 is unreachable
poll Interval between received/transmitted messages
now Time elapsed since the last NTP message was received
offset Offset of the local clock to the reference clock
delay Round-trip delay
disper Clock dispersion relative to the reference clock
note: 1 source(master),
2 source(peer),
3 selected,
4 candidate,
5 configured
Remark on the number enclosed by the square brackets in front of the
source IP address. This number indicates type of the clock source
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ntp-service status 1115
Command Reference
display ntp-service status
Purpose Use the display ntp-service status command to view status about the NTP
service.
Syntax display ntp-service status
Parameters None
Example <3Com> display ntp-service status
clock status: unsynchronized
clock stratum: 16
reference clock ID: none
nominal frequency: 100.0000 Hz
actual frequency: 100.0000 Hz
clock precision: 2^18
clock offset: 0.0000 ms
root delay: 0.00 ms
root dispersion: 0.00 ms
peer dispersion: 0.00 ms
reference time: 00:00:00.000 UTC Jan 1 1900(00000000.00000000)
Any view
Table 204 Description on the fields of the display ntp-service status command
Field Description
synchronized Indicates that the local system is synchronized to a remote NTP server or a
clock source
unsynchronized Indicates that the local system is not synchronized to any remote NTP
server.
stratum The NTP stratum of the local system.
reference If the local system is synchronized to a remote NTP server or a clock source,
it indicates the address of the remote server or clock source ID.
nominal freq Nominal frequency of the hardware clock in the local system.
actual freq Actual frequency of the hardware clock in the local system.
precision Precision of the local system clock
reference time Reference timestamp
offset Offset of the NTP server relative to the local clock
root delay Total roundtrip delay to the master reference clock
root dispersion Dispersion relative to the master reference clock
peer dispersion Dispersion relative to the remote NTP server
1116 display ntp-service trace 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ntp-service trace
Purpose Use the display ntp-service trace command to view the summary about
each NTP time server from the local device back to the reference clock source.
Syntax display ntp-service trace
Parameters None
Example <3Com> display ntp-service trace
server4: stratum 4, offset 0.0019529, synch distance 0.144135
server1: stratum 1, offset 0.0019298, synch distance 0.011993 refid
'GPS Reciever'
The output displays the synchronization path from server 4 to its reference clock
source, where server 4 synchronizes to server 3, server 3 to server 2, server 2 to server
1, and server 1 to the reference clock source GPS Receiver.
Any view
Description This command draws a picture of the NTP servers on the time synchronization path
from the local device to the reference clock source.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display osm status slot 1117
Command Reference
display osm status slot
Purpose Use the display osm status slot slotnum command to view the
information about the OSM board in the specified slot, including name of the board,
board status, OS name, OS version and running time of OS.
Syntax display osm status slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum
Number of the slot OSM board is in.
Example Display information of OSM board in slot3.
<3Com> display osm status slot 3
Module name is OSM
Module status is Normal
Getting module OS information, please wait...
Module OS information:
OS name is Linux
OS version is 2.4.20-8custom
OS uptime is 0 weeks, 0 days, 0 hours, 4 minutes
If the above information cannot be displayed, the system displays the following:
<3Com>display osm status slot 3
Module name is OSM
Module status is Normal
Getting module OS information, please wait...
Fail to get module OSM information!
Any view
Description Refer to the following table for field definitions.
Table 205 Description on the fields in the output of the display osm status slot command
Field Description
Module name Name of the board
Module status Module status, falls into six categories: Booting,
Normal, Heart Beat Error, Link Error, Shutting
and Shutdown
OS name Name of the Operation System
OS version Version of the Operation System
OS uptime Running time of the Operation System
1118 display ospf abr-asbr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ospf abr-asbr
Purpose Use the display ospf abr-asbr command to view information on the routes to
the Area Border Router (ABR) and Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) of OSPF.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] abr-asbr
Parameters process-id
OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the
command takes effect on all OSPF processes.
Example Display the information of the OSPF ABR and ASBR.
<3Com > display ospf abr-asbr
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Routing Table to ABR and ASBR
I = Intra i = Inter A = ASBR B = ABR S = SumASBR
Destination Area Cost Nexthop Interface
IA 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 10 10.153.17.89 ethernet0/0/0
Any view
Table 206 Description on the fields of the display ospf abr-asbr command
Field Description
Destination Router ID of ABR or ASBR
Area The area to which both this router and the ABR or the ASBR is
connected
Cost Route cost
Nexthop Next hop address
Interface Output interface of this router
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf asbr-summary 1119
Command Reference
display ospf asbr-summary
Purpose Use the display ospf asbr-summary command to view summary about the
redistributed routes of OSPF.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] asbr-summary [ ip-address mask ]
Parameters process-id OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the
ip-address
Matched IP address, in dotted decimal notation.
mask
IP address mask in dotted decimal notation.
Example Display the summary information of all OSPF redistributed routes.
<3Com > display ospf asbr-summary
The Count of Route is 0 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Summary Addresses
Total summary address count: 2
Summary Address
net : 168.10.0.0
mask : 255.254.0.0
tag : 1
status : Advertise
The Count of Route is 0
Summary Address
net : 1.1.0.0
mask : 255.255.0.0
tag : 100
status : DoNotAdvertise
The Count of Route is 0
Any view
Table 207 Description on the fields of the display ospf asbr-summary command
Field Description
net Destination segment
mask Mask
tag Tag
status State information. Two values are available:
DoNotAdvertise: The summary route destined to this network segment
is not to be advertised.
Advertise: The summary route destined to this network segment is to
be advertised.
1120 display ospf asbr-summary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description If the parameters are not configured, the summary information of all redistributed
routes will be viewed.
Related Command asbr-summary
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf brief 1121
Command Reference
display ospf brief
Purpose Use the display ospf brief command to view the summary of OSPF.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] brief
Parameters process-id Process ID of OSPF. If no process ID is specified, this
command displays the main information of all OSPF
processes in configuration sequence.
Example Display the OSPF summary.
<3Com > display ospf brief
Area Count: 0 Nssa Area Count: 0 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID
10.110.95.189
OSPF Protocol Information
RouterID: 10.110.95.189 Border Router: Area AS
spf-schedule-interval: 5
Routing preference: Inter/Intra: 10 External: 150
Default ASE parameters: Metric: 1 Tag: 0.0.0.1 Type: 2
SPF computation count: 16
Area Count: 1 Nssa Area Count: 0
Area 0.0.0.0:
Authtype: none Flags: <>
SPF scheduled: <>
Interface: 201.1.1.4 (Vlan-interface1)
Cost: 1 State: DR Type: Broadcast
Priority: 1
Designated Router: 201.1.1.4
Backup Designated Router: 201.1.1.3
Timers: Hello 10, Dead 40, Poll 0, Retransmit 5, Transmit Delay 1
1122 display ospf brief 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 208 Description on the fields of the display ospf brief command
Field Description
RouterID Router ID of this router
Border Router The knowledge that this router has about the ABRs and ASBRs
connected to this area
spf-schedule-interval SPF calculation interval
Authtype OSPF authentication type
Routing preference OSPF routing preference.
For OSPF internal routes (including intra-area and inter-area routes),
the default routing preference is 10.
For OSPF external routes, the default routing preference is 150.
Default ASE parameters The default metric, type, type and other parameter values for the
redistributed external routes
SPF computation count Number of SPF calculations since OSPF is enabled
Area Count The areas connected to this router
Nssa Area Count Number of NSSA areas
SPF scheduled SPF calculation time sequence (tag)
Interface Name of the interface belonging to this area
Cost Route cost
State State information
Type Network type of the OSPF interface
Priority Priority
Designated Router The IP address of the DR
Backup Designated
Router
The IP address of the BDR
Timers OSPF timers:
Hello: specifies the hello interval.
Dead: specifies the neighbor dead interval
Poll: specifies the polling interval
Retransmit: specifies LSA retransmission interval
Transmit Delay LSA transmission delay on the interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf cumulative 1123
Command Reference
display ospf cumulative
Purpose Use the display ospf cumulative command to view the OSPF cumulative
information.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative
Example Display the OSPF cumulative information.
<3Com > display ospf cumulative
Intra Area: 6 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID
1.1.1.1
Cumulations
IO Statistics
Type InputOutput
Hello 225437
DB Description 7886
Link-State Req 1818
Link-State Update4853
Link-State Ack 2521
ASE: 1 Checksum Sum: FCAF
LSAs originated by this router
Router: 50SumNet: 40SumASB: 2
LSAs Originated: 92 LSAs Received: 33
Area 0.0.0.0:
Neighbors: 1 Interfaces: 1
Spf: 54 Checksum Sum F020
rtr: 2 net: 0 sumasb: 0 sumnet: 1
Area 0.0.0.1:
Neighbors: 0 Interfaces: 1
Spf: 19 Checksum Sum 14EAD
rtr: 1 net: 0sumasb: 1sumnet: 1
Routing Table:
Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 0ASE: 1
1124 display ospf cumulative 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 209 Description on the fields of the display ospf cumulative command
Field Description
IO Statistics Type Type of input and output OSPF packets
Input Number of the received packets
Output Number of the sent packets
ASE Sum of ASE LSAs
checksum sum Checksum of ASE LSA
LSAs originated Number of self-generated LSAs
received Number of the LSAs received from other routers
Router Number of Router LSAs
SumNet Number of Sumnet LSAs
SumASB Number of SumASB LSAs
Area Neighbors Number of the neighbors in this area
Interfaces Number of the interfaces in this area
Spf Number of the SPF calculations in this area
rtr, net, sumasb, sumnet Number of LSAs of each type
Routing Table Intra Area Number of intra-area routes
Inter Area Number of inter-area routes
ASE Number of external routes
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf error 1125
Command Reference
display ospf error
Purpose Use the display ospf error command to view the statistics of error information
which OSPF received.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] error
Example Display the statistics of error information which OSPF received.
<3Com > display ospf error
0: TE LSA : absence of (sub)TLV OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
OSPF packet error statistics:
0: IP: received my own packet 0: OSPF: wrong packet type
0: OSPF: wrong version 0: OSPF: wrong checksum
0: OSPF: wrong area id 0: OSPF: area mismatch
0: OSPF: wrong virtual link 0: OSPF: wrong authentication
type
0: OSPF: wrong authentication key 0: OSPF: too small packet
0: OSPF: packet size > ip length 0: OSPF: transmit error
0: OSPF: interface down 0: OSPF: unknown neighbor
0: HELLO: netmask mismatch 0: HELLO: hello timer mismatch
0: HELLO: dead timer mismatch 0: HELLO: extern option mismatch
0: HELLO: router id confusion 0: HELLO: virtual neighbor
unknown
0: HELLO: NBMA neighbor unknown 0: DD: neighbor state low
0: DD: router id confusion 0: DD: extern option mismatch
0: DD: unknown LSA type 0: LS ACK: neighbor state low
0: LS ACK: wrong ack 0: LS ACK: duplicate ack
0: LS ACK: unknown LSA type 0: LS REQ: neighbor state low
0: LS REQ: empty request 0: LS REQ: wrong request
0: LS UPD: neighbor state low 0: LS UPD: newer self-generate
LSA
0: LS UPD: LSA checksum wrong 0: LS UPD: received less recent
LSA
0: LS UPD: unknown LSA type 0: OSPF routing: next hop not
exist
0: DD: MTU option mismatch 0: ROUTETYPE: wrong type value
Table 210 Description on the fields of the display ospf error command
Field Description
IP: received my own packet The received packet was sent from myself.
OSPF: wrong packet type OSPF packet type error
OSPF: wrong version OSPF version error
OSPF: wrong checksum OSPF checksum error
OSPF: wrong area id OSPF area ID error
OSPF: area mismatch OSPF area mismatch
OSPF: wrong virtual link OSPF virtual link error
OSPF: wrong authentication type OSPF authentication type error
1126 display ospf error 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
OSPF: wrong authentication key OSPF authentication key error
OSPF: too small packet OSPF packet too small
OSPF: packet size > ip length OSPF packet size exceeds IP packet length
OSPF: transmit error OSPF transmission error
OSPF: interface down OSPF interface is down and thus unavailable
OSPF: unknown neighbor The OSPF neighbor is unknown
HELLO: netmask mismatch Network mask mismatch
HELLO: hello timer mismatch Interval for sending Hello packets is mismatched
HELLO: dead timer mismatch Interval for sending neighbor dead packets is
mismatched
HELLO: extern option mismatch The Extern option in the Hello packet is mismatched
HELLO: router id confusion Hello packet: the Router ID in the Hello packet is not
unique
HELLO: virtual neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown virtual neighbor
HELLO: NBMA neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown NBMA neighbor
DD: neighbor state low Database description (DD) packet: neighbor state is
not synchorized.
DD: unknown LSA type DD packet: unknown LSA type
LS ACK: neighbor state low Link state acknowledgment (LS ACK) packet: states of
neighbors are not synchronized.
LS ACK: wrong ack Link state acknowledgment packet: ACK error
LS ACK: duplicate ack Link state acknowledgment packet: duplicated ACK
LS ACK: unknown LSA type Link state acknowledgment packet: unknown LSA
type
LS REQ: neighbor state low Link state request (LS REQ) packet
LS REQ: empty request Link state request packet: empty request
LS REQ: wrong request Link state request packet: erroneous request
LS UPD: neighbor state low Link state update packet: The states of neighbors are
synchronized.
LS UPD: newer self-generate LSA Link state update packet: newer LSA generated by
itself
LS UPD: LSA checksum wrong Link state update packet: LSA checksum error
LS UPD: received less recent LSA Link state update packet: received less recent LSA
LS UPD: unknown LSA type Link state update packet: unknown LSA type
OSPF routing: next hop not exist Next hop of OSPF routing does not exist
DD: MTU option mismatch MTU option of DD packet is mismatched
ROUTETYPE: wrong type value Route type: the value of the type is wrong
Table 210 Description on the fields of the display ospf error command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf interface 1127
Command Reference
display ospf interface
Purpose Use the display ospf interface command to view the OSPF interface
information.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] interface [ interface-type interface-number
]
interface-type
interface-number
Example Display the OSPF ethernet2/0/0 interface information.
<3Com > display ospf interface ethernet2/0/0
Interfaces
Area: 0.0.0.0
IP Address Type State Cost Pri DR BDR
10.0.0.2 Bcast BackupDR 1 1 10.1.1.1 10.0.0.2
80.0.0.1 NBMA DR 1562 1 80.0.0.1 None
Area: 0.0.0.1
IP Address Type State Cost Pri DR BDR
60.0.0.1 NBMA DR 1562 1 60.0.0.1 None
90.0.0.1 NBMA DR 1562 1 90.0.0.1 None OSPF
Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Interfaces
Interface: 10.110.10.2 (Ethernet0/0/0)
Cost: 1 State: BackupDR Type: Broadcast
Priority: 1
Designated Router: 10.110.10.1
Backup Designated Router: 10.110.10.2
1128 display ospf interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 211 Description on the fields of the display ospf interface command
Field Description
Cost Cost of the interface
State State of the interface state machine
Type OSPF network type on the interface
Priority Priority of the interface for DR election in its network
Designated Router DR on the network in which the interface resides
Backup Designated
Router
BDR on the network in which the interface resides
Timers OSPF timers, defined as follows:
Hello Specifies the hello interval
Dead Specifies the neighbor dead interval
Poll Specifies the polling interval
Retransmit Specifies the interval for LSA
retransmission
Transmit Delay LSA transmission delay on the interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf lsdb 1129
Command Reference
display ospf lsdb
Purpose Use the display ospf lsdb command to view the database information about
OSPF connecting state.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] [ area-id ] lsdb [ brief | asbr | ase |
network | nssa | opaque { area-local | as | link-local } | router |
summary ] [ ip-address ] [ originate-router ip-address ] [
self-originate ]
area-id
Area ID. Valid values are a decimal integer between 0
and 4294967295, or an IP address.
brief Brief database information.
asbr Database information of Type-4 LSA
(summary-Asbr-LSA).
ase
Database information of Type-5 LSA (AS-external-LSA).
network
Database information of Type-2 LSA (Network-LSA).
nssa
Database information of Type-7 LSA
(NSSA-external-LSA)
opaque
Database information of Opaque LSA.
area-local Database information of Type-10 Opaque-LSA.
as Database information of Type-11 Opaque-LSA.
link-local Database information of Type-9 Opaque-LSA.
router Database information of Type-1 LSA (Router-LSA)
summary Database information of Type-3 LSA
(Summary-Net-LSA)
ip-address
Link state ID in IP address format.
originate-router
ip-address
IP address of the router advertising LSA packet.
self-originate
Database information of self-originated LSA generated
by local router..
Example Display the LSDB of OSPF.
<3Com > display ospf lsdb
Link State Database
Area: 0.0.0.0
Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where
Rtr 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.2 465 36 8000000c 0 SpfTree
Rtr 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 449 36 80000004 0 SpfTree
1130 display ospf lsdb 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Net 10.153.17.89 2.2.2.2 465 32 80000004 0 SpfTree
SNet 10.153.18.0 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 Inter List
Area: 0.0.0.1
Rtr 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 449 36 80000004 0 SpfTree
Rtr 3.3.3.3 3.3.3.3 429 36 8000000a 0 Clist
Net 10.153.18.89 3.3.3.3 429 32 80000003 0 SpfTree
SNet 10.153.17.0 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 Inter List
ASB 2.2.2.21.1.1.1355 28 80000003 10 SumAsb List
AS External Database:
ASE 10.153.18.0 1.1.1.1 1006 36 80000002 1 Ase List
ASE 10.153.16.0 2.2.2.2 798 36 80000002 1 Uninitialized
ASE 10.153.17.0 2.2.2.2 623 36 80000003 1 Uninitialized
ASE 10.153.17.0 1.1.1.1 1188 36 80000002 1 Ase List
<3Com > display ospf lsdb ase
Link State Data Base
type : ASE
ls id : 2.2.0.0
adv rtr: 1.1.1.1
ls age: 349
len:36
seq#:80000001
chksum: 0xfcaf
Options: (DC)
Net mask:255.255.0.0
Tos 0 metric: 1
E type :2
Forwarding Address: 0.0.0.0
Tag: 1
Table 212 Description on the fields of the display ospf lsdb command
Field Description
Type Type of the LSA
LinkStateID Link state ID of the LSA
AdvRouter Router ID of the router originating the LSA
Age Age of the LSA
Len Length of the LSA
Sequence Sequence number of the LSA
Metric Cost from the router advertising the LSA to LSA destination
Where Location of the LSA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf lsdb 1131
Command Reference
Any view
Table 213 Description on the fields of the display ospf lsdb command
Field Description
type Type of the LSA
ls id Link state ID of the LSA
adv rtr Router ID of the router originating the LSA
ls age Age of the LSA in seconds
len Length of the LSA
seq# Sequence number of the LSA
chksum Checksum of the LSA
Options Options of the LSA
Net mask Network mask
E type Type of external route
Forwarding Address Forwarding address
Tag Tag
1132 display ospf memory 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ospf memory
Purpose Use the display ospf memory command to view memory occupation status for
LSAs.
Syntax display ospf memory
Parameters None.
Example Display memory occupation status for LSAs.
<3Com> display ospf memory
LSDB Memory
ASE LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
Area: 0.0.0.0
Router LSA - count: 1, memory: 260 byte
Network LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
Network summary LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
ASBR summary LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
Area: 0.0.0.1
Router LSA - count: 1, memory: 260 byte
Network LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
Network summary LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
ASBR summary LSA - count: 0, memory: 0 byte
Total: 520 byte
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf nexthop 1133
Command Reference
display ospf nexthop
Purpose Use the display ospf nexthop command to view the information about the
next-hop
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] nexthop
Example Display the OSPF next-hop information.
<3Com > display ospf nexthop
Next hops:
Address Type Refcount Intf Addr Intf Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0.0.2 Direct 3 10.0.0.2 Ethernet0/0/1
10.1.1.1 Neighbor 6 10.0.0.2 Ethernet0/0/1
60.0.0.1 Direct 3 60.0.0.1 Dialer0
80.0.0.1 Direct 3 80.0.0.1 Dialer1
90.0.0.1 Direct 3 90.0.0.1 Dialer3
Any view
Table 214 Description on the fields of the display ospf nexthop command
Field Description
Address Next hop address
Type Type of the next hop
Refcount Reference count of the next hop, that is, the number of the routes
using this address as the next hop
Intf Addr The IP address of the outgoing interface to the next hop
Intf Name The outgoing interface to the next hop
1134 display ospf peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ospf peer
Purpose Use the display ospf peer command to view the information about the
neighbors in OSPF areas.
Use the display ospf peer brief command to view the brief information of
neighbors in OSPF, mainly the neighbor number at all states in every area.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] peer [ brief ]
brief Brief information of neighbors in areas.
Example Display information about OSPF neighbors.
<3Com > display ospf peer
Neighbors
Area 0.0.0.0 interface 10.153.17.88's neighbor(s)
RouterID: 2.2.2.2 Address: 10.153.17.89
State: Full Mode: Nbr is Master Priority: 1
DR: 10.153.17.89 BDR: 10.153.17.88
Dead timer expires in 31s
Neighbor has been up for 01:14:14
Display brief information about OSPF neighbors.
<3Com > display ospf peer brief
Neighbor Statistics
Area ID Down Attempt Init 2-Way ExStart Exchange Loading Full
Total
0.0.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0.0.0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf peer 1135
Command Reference
Display brief information about OSPF neighbors.
<3Com > display ospf peer brief
Neighbor Statistics
Area ID Down Attempt Init 2-Way ExStart Exchange Loading Full
Total
0.0.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0.0.0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
Any view
Table 215 Description on the fields of the display ospf peer command
Field Description
RouterID Router ID of the neighbor router
Address Address of the interface, through which the neighbor router
communicates with the router
State State of adjacency
Mode Master/slave mode formed through negotiation duing DD packet
exchange
Priority Priority of the neighbor in DR/BDR election
DR IP address of the interface of elected DR
BDR IP address of the interface of elected BDR
Dead timer expires in 31s Remaining time before the neighbor is considered dead
Neighbor has been up for
01:14:14
Duration of the neighbor connection
Table 216 Description on the fields of the display ospf peer brief command
Field Description
Area ID Area ID
Down Initial state of a neighbor conversation. It
indicates that there has been no recent information received from the neighbor.
Attempt This state is only valid for neighbors attached to NBMA networks, such as Frame
Relay, X.25 and ATM.
It indicates that the OSPF router does not receive information from the neighbor
router recently, but that an effort should be made to maintain the contact with
the neighbor by sending Hello packets in a low frequency.
Init It indicates that the OSPF router has received a Hello packet from the neighbor
router, but does not see the IP address of itself in the Hello packet. Therefore, a
two-way communication has not been established between the two routers yet.
2-Way It indicates that a two-way communication between the OSPF router and its
neighbor has been established.
The DR and BDR are selected from the set of neighbors in 2-Way state or greater.
ExStart In this state, the router needs to decide upon the initial DD sequence number,
ensuring that the link state information it obtains is always up to date.
Exchange In this state, the OSPF router exchanges link state information with its neighbor by
sending DD packets.
Loading In this state, the OSPF router sends link state requests to the neighbor asking for
the more recent LSAs that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the
Exchange state.
Full It indicates that the neighboring routers have synchronized their LSDBs.
1136 display ospf peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The display format of OSPF neighbor valid time is different according to the length of
time. Description is as follows:
XXYXXMXXD: More than a year, namely year: month: day
XXXdXXhXXm: More than a day but less than a year, that is, day: hour: minute
XX: XX: XX: Less than a day, namely hour: minute: second
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf request-queue 1137
Command Reference
display ospf request-queue
Purpose Use the display ospf request-queue command to view the information
about the OSPF request-queue.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] request-queue
Example View the information about the OSPF request-queue.
<3Com > display ospf request-queue
The Router's Neighbors is
Interface: 103.169.2.2 Area: 0.0.0.1
LSID:129.11.25.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1 Sequence:80000001
Age:201
Age:201
Age:201 The Router's Neighbors is
Interface: 1.1.1.3 Area: 0.0.0.0
LSID:1.1.1.3 AdvRouter:1.1.1.3 Sequence:80000017 Age:35
Any view
Table 217 Description on the fields of the display ospf request-queue command
Field Description
Address Address of the interface, through which the neighbor router
communicate with this router
Interface Address of the interface attached to the network segment
Area OSPF area ID
LSID:1.1.1.3 Link state ID of the LSA
Sequence Sequence number of the LSA, used for discovering old and
duplicated LSAs
Age Age of the LSA
1138 display ospf retrans-queue 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ospf retrans-queue
Purpose Use the display ospf retrans-queue command to view the information
about the OSPF retransmission queue.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] retrans-queue
Example View the information about the OSPF retransmission queue.
<3Com > display ospf retrans-queue
Retransmit List
The Router's Neighbors is
Interface: 103.169.2.5 Area: 0.0.0.1
Retrans list:
Type: ASE LSID:129.11.77.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1
Type: ASE LSID:129.11.108.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1
Any view
Table 218 Description on the fields of the display ospf retrans-queue command
Field Description
Address Address of the interface, through which the neighbor router communicates
with this router
Interface Address of the interface attached to the network segment
Area OSPF area ID
Type Type of the LSA
LSID Link state ID of the LSA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf routing 1139
Command Reference
display ospf routing
Purpose Use the display ospf routing command to view the information about OSPF
routing table.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] routing
Example View the routing table information related to OSPF.
<3Com > display ospf routing
Routing Tables
Routing for Network
Destination Cost Type NextHop AdvRouter Area
10.110.0.0/16 1 Net 10.110.10.1 1.1.1.1 0
10.10.0.0/16 1 Stub 10.10.0.1 3.3.3.3 0
Total Nets: 2
Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 NSSA: 0
Any view
Table 219 Description on the fields of the display ospf routing command
Field Description
Destination Destination network segment
Cost Route cost
Type Type of the route
NextHop Next hop address
AdvRouter Router ID of the router advertising the route
Area Area ID
Intra Area Number of intra-area routes
Inter Area Number of inter-area routes
ASE Number of external routes
NSSA Number of NSSA routes
1140 display ospf sham-link 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ospf sham-link
Purpose Use the display ospf sham-link command to view the information of sham
links.
Syntax display ospf sham-link
Parameters None
Example Display the information of sham links.
<3Com> di spl ay ospf sham- l i nk
OSPF Pr ocess 1 wi t h Rout er I D 1. 1. 1. 1
ShamLi nks
Sham- l i nk 3. 3. 3. 3 - > 5. 5. 5. 5, St at e: Down
Ar ea: 0. 0. 0. 1
Cost : 1 St at e: Down Type: Sham
Ti mer s: Hel l o 10, Dead 40, Pol l 0, Ret r ansmi t 5, Tr ansmi t Del ay 1
Any view
Related Command sham-link
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ospf vlink 1141
Command Reference
display ospf vlink
Purpose Use the display ospf vlink command to view the information about OSPF
virtual links.
Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] vlink
Example View OSPF virtual links information.
<3Com > display ospf vlink
Virtual Links
Virtual-link Neighbor-id -> 2.2.2.2, State: Full
Cost: 0 State: Full Type: Virtual
Transit Area: 0.0.0.2
Any view
Table 220 Description on the fields of the display ospf vlink command
Field Description
Virtual-link
Neighbor-id
Router ID of the neighbor router at the other end of the virtual link
State State
Interface IP address of the local interface on the virtual link
Cost Route cost of the interface
Type Type of the link is virtual.
Transit Area ID of the transit area that the virtual link passes through. This area could not be a
backbone, stub, or NSSA area
Timers OSPF timers, defined as follows:
Hello Specifies the hello interval
Dead Specifies the neighbor dead interval
Poll Specifies the polling interval
Retransmit Specifies the interval for LSA retransmission
Transmit
Delay
LSA transmission delay on the interface
1142 display pim bsr-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display pim bsr-info
Purpose Use the display pim bsr-info command to view Bootstrap Router (BSR)
information.
Syntax display pim bsr-info
Parameters None
Example Execute this command on a router running PIM-SM and display the current BSR
information.
<3Com> display pim bsr-info
Current BSR Address: 20.20.20.30
Priority: 0
Mask Length: 30
Expires: 00:01:55
Local host is BSR
Any view
Related Commands c-bsr
c-rp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pim interface 1143
Command Reference
display pim interface
Purpose Use the display pim interface command to view the PIM interface
information.
Syntax display pim interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number
Interface type and interface number.
Example Display the PIM information about the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
<3Com> display pim interface ethernet 1/0/0
PIM information of interface Ethernet1/0/0:
IP address of the interface is 10.10.1.20
PIM is enabled on interface
PIM version is 2
PIM mode is Sparse
PIM query interval is 30 seconds
Total 1 PIM neighbor on interface
PIM DR(designated router) is 10.10.1.20
Any view
Table 221 Description of output information of display pim interface command
Item Description
PIM is enabled on interface PIM SM is enabled on the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
PIM query interval is 30 seconds The sending interval of Hello message is 30 seconds.
PIM DR (designated router) is
10.10.1.20
IP address of DR is 10.10.1.20.
1144 display pim neighbor 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display pim neighbor
Purpose Use the display pim neighbor command to view the PIM neighbor information.
Syntax display pim neighbor [ interface interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number Interface type and interface number.
Example Display the PIM neighbor information of the interface Ethernet1/0/0 on the router.
<3Com> display pim neighbor ethernet 1/0/0
Neighbor's Address Interface Name Uptime Expires
10.10.1.10 Ethernet1/0/0 00:41:59 00:01:16
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pim routing-table 1145
Command Reference
display pim routing-table
Purpose Use the display pim routing-table command to view the contents of the
PIM multicast routing table.
Syntax display pim routing-table [ *g [ group-address [ mask { mask-length |
mask } ] ] [ incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number |
null } ] [ dense-mode | sparse-mode ]
display pim routing-table [ **rp [ rp-address [ mask { mask-length |
mask } ] ] [ incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number |
null } ] [ dense-mode | sparse-mode]
display pim routing-table [ source-address [ mask { mask-length | mask
} ] [ group-address [ mask { mask-length | mask } ] ] [
incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number | null } ] [
dense-mode | sparse-mode ]
Parameters **rp
(*, *, RP) route entry.
*g
(*, G) route entry.
group-address
Address of the multicast group.
source-address
IP address of the multicast source.
incoming-address
Route entry of the specified incoming interface.
interface-type
interface-number
Example Display the contents of the PIM multicast routing table on the router.
<3Com> display pim routing-table
PIM-SM Routing Table
Total 0 (S,G) entry, 2 (*,G) entries, 0 (*,*,RP) entry
(*, 224.0.1.40), RP 20.20.20.30
Protocol 0x20: PIMSM, Flag 0x2003: RPT WC NULL_IIF
UpTime: 00:17:25, never timeout
Upstream interface: Null, RPF neighbor: 0.0.0.0
Ethernet0/0/0, Protocol 0x1: IGMP, never timeout
(*, 225.1.1.1), RP 20.20.20.30
Protocol 0x20: PIMSM, Flag 0x2003: RPT WC NULL_IIF
UpTime: 00:08:45, never timeout
Upstream interface: Null, RPF neighbor: 0.0.0.0
Ethernet0/0/0, Protocol 0x1: IGMP, never timeout
Matched 0 (S,G) entry, 2 (*,G) entries, 0 (*,*,RP) entry
1146 display pim routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command display multicast routing-table
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pim rp-info 1147
Command Reference
display pim rp-info
Purpose Use the display pim rp-info command to view the corresponding RP
information of multicast group, BSR and static RP information.
Syntax display pim rp-info [ group-address ]
Parameters group-address Group address.
Example Display the currently corresponding RP of 224.0.0.0.
<3Com> display pim rp-info 224.0.0.0
PIM-SM RP-SET information:
BSR is: 20.20.20.20
Group/MaskLen: 224.0.0.0/4
RP 20.20.20.20
Version: 2
Priority: 0
Uptime: 00:00:05
Expires: 00:02:25
Any view
Description If no group address is specified in this command, the corresponding RP information of
all groups will be displayed.
1148 display pki certificate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display pki certificate
Purpose Use the display pki certificate command to display and browse through
the certificate.
Syntax display pki certificate { { l ocal | ca } domai n domain-name |
r equest - st at us }
Parameters local
Indicates the display of all local certificates;
ca
Indicates the display of all CA certificates;
request-status
Refers to the status of the certificate request after
being delivered;
domain-name
Represents the domain of the certificate about to be
verified. It is configured by using the pki domain
command.
Example Display the local certificates
[ Rout er CA] di spl ay pki cer t i f i cat e l ocal domai n 1
Dat a:
Ver si on: 3 ( 0x2)
Ser i al Number :
10B7D4E3 00010000 0086
Si gnat ur e Al gor i t hm: md5Wi t hRSAEncr ypt i on
I ssuer :
emai l Addr ess=myca@3Com. com
C=CN
ST=Bei j i ng
L=Bei j i ng
O=hw3c
OU=bj s
CN=new- ca
Val i di t y
Not Bef or e: J an 13 08: 57: 21 2004 GMT
Not Af t er : J an 20 09: 07: 21 2005 GMT
Subj ect :
C=CN
ST=bei j i ng
L=bei j i ng
CN=pki t est
Subj ect Publ i c Key I nf o:
Publ i c Key Al gor i t hm: r saEncr ypt i on
RSA Publ i c Key: ( 512 bi t )
Modul us ( 512 bi t ) :
00D41D1F
Exponent : 65537 ( 0x10001)
X509v3 ext ensi ons:
X509v3 Subj ect Al t er nat i ve Name:
DNS: hyf . 3Com- 3com. com

Si gnat ur e Al gor i t hm: md5Wi t hRSAEncr ypt i on
A3A5A447 4D08387D
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pki certificate 1149
Command Reference
Any view
Related Commands pki retrieval-certificate
pki domain
1150 display pki crl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display pki crl
Purpose Use the display pki crl command to display and browse through the locally
saved CRL.
Syntax display pki crl domai n domain-name
Represents the domain of the certificate about to be
command.
Example Display a CRL
[ Rout er CA] di spl ay pki cr l domai n 1
Cer t i f i cat e Revocat i on Li st ( CRL) :
Ver si on 2( 0x1)
Si gnat ur e Al gor i t hm: sha1Wi t hRSAEncr ypt i on
I ssuer :
C=CN
O=h3c
OU=sof t
CN=A Test Root
Last Updat e: J an 5 08: 44: 19 2004 GMT
Next Updat e: J an 5 21: 42: 13 2004 GMT
CRL ext ensi ons:
X509v3 CRL Number : 2
X509v3 Aut hor i t y Key I dent i f i er :
keyi d: 0F71448E E075CAB8 ADDB3A12 0B747387 45D612EC
Revoked Cer t i f i cat es:
Ser i al Number : 05a234448E
Revocat i on Dat e: Sep 6 12: 33: 22 2004 GMT
CRL ent r y ext ensi ons:
Ser i al Number : 05a278445E
Revocat i on Dat e: Sep 7 12: 33: 22 2004 GMT
CRL ent r y ext ensi ons:
Any view
Related Commands pki retrieval-crl
pki domain
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display port 1151
Command Reference
display port
Purpose Use the display port command to check whether the current system has hybrid
or trunk ports. If there is any, its port name is displayed.
Syntax display port { hybr i d | t r unk }
Parameters hybrid Displays hybrid ports.
Trunk Displays trunk ports.
Any view
Example Display the hybrid ports in the current system.
<3Com> di spl ay por t hybr i d
Now, t he f ol l owi ng hybr i d por t s exi st :
Et her net 1/ 0/ 1 Et her net 1/ 0/ 2
The out put i ndi cat es t hat t he cur r ent syst emhas t wo hybr i d por t s,
Et her net 1/ 0/ 1 and Et her net 1/ 0/ 2.
1152 display port-mapping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display port-mapping
Purpose Use the display port-mapping command to view PAM information.
Syntax display port-mapping [ application-name | por t port-number ]
Parameters application-name
Specifies the name of application for PAM. Optional
applications include ftp, http, h323, smtp and rtsp.
port-number Port number. Valid values are 0 to 65535.
Example Display all PAM information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay por t - mappi ng
Any view
Related Command port-mapping
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display portal 1153
Command Reference
display portal
Purpose Use the display portal command to display the information about portal
servers.
Syntax display portal [ acmst at i st i cs | aut h- net wor k [ aut h- i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-num ] | f r ee- user | f r ee- i p | i nt er f ace [
interface-type interface-num ] | ser ver [ server-name ] | | ser ver
st at i st i cs | t cp- cheat st at i st i cs]
Parameters acm statistics
Displays the accumulative statistics of the ACM
module.
auth-network
Displays the authentication network segment.
auth-interface
Ethernet interface to which the authentication
network segment is attached.
free-user Displays the configured authentication-free users.
free-ip Displays the configured authentication-free IP
addresses.
interface
Displays all Ethernet interfaces.
interface-type
interface-num
Displays the specified Ethernet interface.
server
Displays the information about all portal servers.
server-name Name of the portal server to be displayed.
server statistics Displays the portal server statistics.
tcp-cheat statistics Displays TCP-cheat statistics.
Example Display the information about portal servers.
[ 3Com] di spl ay por t al
Thi s oper at i on may t ake f ew mi nut es , pl ease wai t
Ser vi ce Type:
nor mal
Run Met hod:
Di r ect
Resour ce Name:
3Com
Updat e r esour ce i d:
1
Al l r esour ce i d:
2
Fr ee I P:
1) I P = 192. 168. 0. 200 I nt er f ace = any
2) I P = 1. 1. 1. 1 I nt er f ace = Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Aut hent i cat e net wor k:
1) I P = 172. 33. 0. 0 Net Mask = 255. 255. 0. 0 I nt er f ace =
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
1154 display portal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Fr ee User :
No Fr ee User
Updat e Resour ce:
1) I P = 192. 168. 0. 201 Mask = 255. 255. 255. 255
2) I P = 192. 168. 0. 202 Mask = 255. 255. 0. 0
Por t al Ser ver :
1) pt :
I P = 192. 168. 0. 200
Key = 3Com
Por t = 50100
URL = "ht t p: / / 192. 168. 0. 200/ por t al "
I nt er f ace Por t al Conf i gur at i on:
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 : Por t al St ar t ed Por t al Ser ver : pt
I ndex St at e MAC I P I nt er f ace
0 ONLI NE - 172. 33. 0. 2 Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
The MAC address of a user can be displayed in the information output of the
display portal command only when the re-DHCP authentication mode is
adopted for the portal authentication.
[ 3Com] di spl ay por t al acmst at i st i cs
ACM St at i st i cs Runni ng St at e St at i st i cs
WAI T_MAC_ACK 0
DI SCOVERED 0
WAI T_AUTH_ACK 0
WAI T_LOGI N_ACK 0
WAI T_ACL_ACK 0
WAI T_NEW_I P 0
ONLI NE 0
WAI T_LOGOUT_ACK 0
Message St at i st i cs :
MSG NAME RCV MSG NUM
PT_MSG_AUTH_ACK 1
PT_MSG_LOGI N_ACK 1
PT_MSG_LOGOUT_ACK 1
PT_MSG_LEAVI NG_ACK 0
Table 222 Description on the fields of the debugging portal command
Field Description
Service Type Portal service type: portal or portal+
Run Method Operating mode of the portal server, which can be Direct for direct
authentication, or Redhcp for re-DHCP authentication.
Resource Name Name of resources accessible to users. It may be set when portal+
applies.
Free IP Free IP addresses. The IP address of a portal server is a free IP address
displayed with an interface of any.
Free User Authentication-free users.
Update-resource Update resources. When the user passes identity authentication of EAD,
it can access update resources, that is, the resources in the isolation
zone.
Update-resource-id Update-resource ID, corresponding to the isolation ACL configured on
the security policy server for the router.
All-resource-id All-resource ID, corresponding to the security ACL configured on the
security policy server for the router.
Portal Server Basic configurations of the portal server, including the name, IP address,
communication key, port, and URL for HTTP redirection.
Interface Portal
Configuration
Information about portal-enabled interfaces, including whether they
are portal-enabled and the name of the portal server.
Information about connected users, such as the user state, MAC
address, IP address, and connected interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display portal 1155
Command Reference
PT_MSG_CUT_REQ 0
PT_MSG_ARPPKT 16
PT_MSG_UPDATE 0
PT_MSG_TMR_AUT 0
PT_MSG_TMR_LGN 0
PT_MSG_TMR_LGT 0
PT_MSG_TMR_LEV 0
PT_MSG_TMR_NI P 0
PT_MSG_TMR_USERI PCHANGE 0
PT_MSG_TMR_REQAUTH 0
ERROR St at i st i cs:
MEM Er r or : 0 RCV MSG ERR: 0 SND MSG ERR: 0
Note that the portal feature on 3Com routers does not support features such as ARP
handshake and ACL update. Therefore, the corresponding information is displayed as
0.
Table 223 Description on the fields of the display portal acm statistics command
Field Description
ACM Statistics Statistics of the state machine, indicating the number
of users in each state.
WAIT_MAC_ACK The state of waiting for MAC address
acknowledgement. The statistical value for this state is
always 0.
DISCOVERED The DISCOVERED state.
WAIT_AUTH_ACK The state of waiting for authentication
acknowledgement
WAIT_LOGIN_ACK The state of waiting for accounting acknowledgement
WAIT_ACL_ACK The state of waiting for ACL update. The statistical
value for this state is always 0.
WAIT_NEW_IP The state of waiting for a new IP address
ONLINE The online state
WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK The state of waiting for logout acknowledgement
Message Statistics Statistics about received messages.
PT_MSG_AUTH_ACK Authentication acknowledgement messages
PT_MSG_LOGIN_ACK Accounting acknowledgement messages
PT_MSG_LOGOUT_ACK Logout acknowledgement messages
PT_MSG_LEAVING_ACK Leaving acknowledgement messages
PT_MSG_CUT_REQ Logout requests
PT_MSG_ARPPKT ARP packets
PT_MSG_UPDATE Update messages
PT_MSG_TMR_AUT Authentication timer messages
PT_MSG_TMR_LGN Accounting timer messages
PT_MSG_TMR_LGT Logout timer messages
PT_MSG_TMR_LEV Leaving timer messages
PT_MSG_TMR_NIP New IP timer messages
PT_MSG_TMR_USERIPCHANGE Waiting for IP update acknowledgement timer
messages
PT_MSG_TMR_REQAUTH Waiting for authentication timer messages
ERROR Statistics Error statistics
MEM Error/RCV MSG ERR/SND MSG ERR Error statistics, including memory errors, received and
sent error messages
1156 display portal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display portal update-resource 1157
Command Reference
display portal update-resource
Purpose Use the display portal update-resource command to display information
about the update resources configured by the user.
Syntax display portal update-resource
Parameters None
Example Display information about the update resources configured by the user.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay por t al updat e- r esour ce
Updat e Resour ce:
1) I P = 1. 1. 1. 1 Mask = 255. 255. 255. 255
2) I P = 2. 2. 2. 2 Mask = 255. 0. 0. 0
Any view
Table 224 Description on the fields of the display portal update-resource
command
Field Description
IP IP address of update resource
Mask Subnet mask of update resource
1158 display pos-app 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display pos-app
Purpose Use the display pos-app command to display brief information about POS
applications.
Syntax display pos-app
Parameters None
Example Display brief information about POS applications.
[Router] display pos-app
AppId State Recv Send PacErr DisErr Discarded Buffered
0 up 100 50 2 2 2 3
1 up 60 70 0 0 0 0
Any view
Description The output of this command provides information about POS application number,
connection state, and counters for received packets, transmitted packets, error
packets, packets with distribution errors, discarded packets, and buffered packets.
Table 225 Description on the fields of the display pos-app command
Field Description
AppId POS application number
State Connection state
Recv Count of received packets
Send Count of transmitted packets
PacErr Count of error packets
DisErr Count of packets with distribution errors. These are packets with unknown
application ports.
Discarded Count of discarded packets. These are packets that the application failed to
send to the intended front-end processor as the result of link failure, full buffer,
or nonexistent application.
Buffered Count of the packets in the send-buffer for the application
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pos-interface 1159
Command Reference
display pos-interface
Purpose Use the display pos-interface command to display brief information about
POS access ports.
Syntax display pos-interface
Parameters None
Example Display brief information about POS interfaces.
[Router] display pos-interface
ID Interface Type State Recv Send PacErr MapErr Discarded
Buffered
0 serial0 async up 100 502 1 3 2
1 serial1 fcm down 0 00 0 0 0
Any view
Description The output of this command provides information about interface name, POS
application ID, connection state, and counters for received packets, error packets,
application map errors, discarded packets, and buffered packets.
Table 226 Description on the fields of the display pos-interface command
Field Description
ID POS access port number. This number is the source address found in the TPDU
field of POS switched packets.
Interface Name of the POS access port.
Type Interface module/card type.
State Physical state of the POS access port.
Recv Count of received packets.
Send Count of transmitted packets.
PacErr Count of error packets. These packets could not be recognized as complete
switched packet data. Examples are checksum error and incomplete packets.
MapErr Packets with application map errors. No application map entry exists for such
packets.
Discarded Count of discarded packets. These are application packets distributed to the POS
access port and discarded as the result of link failure, full buffer, or unavailable
interface.
Buffered Count of the packets in the distribution-buffer for the POS access port.
1160 display ppp compression iphc rtp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ppp compression iphc rtp
Purpose Use the display ppp compression iphc rtp command to view the statistic
information of the RTP header compression.
Syntax display ppp compression iphc rtp [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display statistics about RTP header compression.
[ 3Com] di spl ay ppp compr essi on i phc r t p
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ppp compression iphc tcp 1161
Command Reference
display ppp compression iphc tcp
Purpose Use the display ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the statistic
information of the TCP header compression.
Syntax display ppp compression iphc tcp [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display statistics about TCP header compression.
[ 3Com] di spl ay ppp compr essi on i phc t cp
Any view
1162 display ppp compression stac-lzs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ppp compression stac-lzs
Purpose Use the display ppp compression stac-lzs command to view information
about STAC-LZS compression.
Syntax display ppp compression stac-lzs [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display information about STAC-LZS compression.
[ 3Com] di spl ay ppp compr essi on st ac- l zs
St az- l zs compr essi on
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 0
Recei ved:
Compr ess/ Er r or / Di scar d/ Tot al : 302/ 0/ 0/ 302 ( Packet s)
Sent :
Compr ess/ Er r or / Tot al : 302/ 0/ 302 ( Packet s)
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ppp mp 1163
Command Reference
display ppp mp
Purpose Use the display ppp mp command to view all interface information and statistics
of MP.
Syntax display ppp mp [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num ]
interface-num
Specifies the interface to be checked.
Example Display information about MP interfaces, which are configured using virtual
templates.
<3Com> di spl ay ppp mp
Templ at e i s Vi r t ual - Templ at e1
max- bi nd: 100, mi n- f r agment : 128 , LFI max- del al y: 100

Bundl e 065a23ed48de/ mp1250, 2 member , sl ot 0, Mast er l i nk i s
Vi r t ual - Templ at e1: 0
Peer ' s endPoi nt descr i pt or : 244258d44d45
Bundl e Up Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 15: 04: 08: 870
0 l ost f r agment s, 0 r eor der ed, 0 unassi gned, 0 i nt er l eaved,
sequence 0/ 0 r cvd/ sent
The member channel s bundl ed ar e:
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 15: 04: 08: 870
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 15: 04: 08: 870
Table 227 Description on the fields of the display ppp mp command
Field Description
Template is
Virtual-Template1
Virtual-template interface
max-bind: 100 The MP bundle can accommodate up to 100 links
min-fragment: 128 Minimum size of an MP fragment is 128 bytes
LFI max-delaly: 100 Maximum delay of transmitting an LFI fragment is 100 milliseconds
Bundle
065a23ed48de/mp1250
Endpoint descriptor or user name
2 member Two channels in the bundle
slot 3 Bundled in slot 3
Peer's endPoint
descriptor:
244258d44d45
The endpoint descriptor of the peer is 244258d44d45
Bundle Up Time:
2005/03/13
15:04:08:870
The MP channel went up at 15:04:08:870 on March 13, 2005
Master link is
Virtual-Template1:0
Master link is Virtual-Template1:0
0 lost fragments Lost fragments
0 reordered Number of reordered packets
0 unassigned Fragments waiting for reorder
0 interleaved Number of interleaved packets
1164 display ppp mp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Display information about MP interfaces, which are configured using MP-groups.
<3Com> di spl ay ppp mp
Mp- gr oup i s Mp- gr oup0
max- bi nd: 20, mi n- f r agment : 128 , LFI max- del al y: 100

Bundl e Mul t i l i nk, 1 member s, sl ot 0, Mast er l i nk i s Mp- gr oup0
Peer ' s endPoi nt descr i pt or : 1e9935f 57c85
Bundl e Up Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
0 l ost f r agment s, 0 r eor der ed, 0 unassi gned, 0 i nt er l eaved,
sequence 0/ 0 r cvd/ sent
Member channel s: 6 act i ve, 4 i nact i ve
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 15 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 16 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 17 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 18 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 19 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 20 Up- Ti me: 2005/ 03/ 13 19: 54: 23: 60
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 1: 21 ( i nact i ve)
Any view
Related Commands link-protocol ppp
ppp mp
sequence 0/0 rcvd/sent Received sequence number/sent sequence number
The member channels
bundled are:
The following displays all the member channels bundled on this logical
channel
Serial1/0/0
Up-Time:2005/03/13
15:04:08:870
Subchannel Serial1/0/0 is up at 15:04:08:870 on March 13, 2005
Table 227 Description on the fields of the display ppp mp command (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pppoe-server session 1165
Command Reference
display pppoe-server session
Purpose Use the display pppoe-server session command to view the status and
statistics of PPPoE session.
Syntax display pppoe-server session { al l | packet | st at i st i cs i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-number }
Parameters all
Displays all information about each PPPoE session.
packet
Displays statistics about the packets on each PPPoE
session.
statistics Displays the statistics information of PPPoE sessions
over an interface.
interface-type
interface-number
Example View all the session information of PPPoE.
<3Com> di spl ay pppoe- ser ver sessi on al l
Ther e i s 1 sessi on i n t ot al :
SI D I nt f OI nt f RemMAC LocMAC
St at e
1 Vi r t ual - Templ at e1: 1 Gi gabi t Et her net 1/ 0/ 0 00e0f c000501
00e0f c000100 UP
View the statistics information of PPPoE session.
<3Com> di spl ay pppoe- ser ver sessi on packet
SI D RemMAC LocMAC I nP I nO I nD Out P Out O Out D
1 0050ba1a02ce 0001af 02a40f 42 2980 0 16 343 0
Table 228 Output information description
Field Description
There is 1 session in
total:
Display total number of sessions for PPPoE
SID Session Identifier
Intf The corresponding Virtual-Template interface
OIntf corresponding Ethernet interface
RemMAC Remote MAC address
LocMAC Local MAC address
SID Session Identifier
Table 229 Description of the output
Field Description
InP In Packets, Packages received
InO In Octets, Bytes received
InD In Discards, Received and then discarded packages
OutP Out Packets, Packages sent
1166 display pppoe-server session 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
pppoe-server bind virtual-template
OutO Out Octets, Bytes sent
OutD Out Discard, Discarded packages that might be sent.
Table 229 Description of the output (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display pppoe-server session 1167
Command Reference
Purpose The command display pppoe-client session is used to display the status
and statistics of PPPoE session.
Syntax display pppoe-client session { summar y | packet } [ di al - bundl e- number
number ]
Parameters summary
Displays the summary of PPPoE session.
packet
Displays the statistics of PPPoE session data packet.
dial-bundle-number number
Displays the statistics of the specified PPPoE session. If
PPPoE session is not specified, the system will display
the statistics of all PPPoE sessions.
Example Display the summary of PPPoE session.
[ 3Com] di spl ay pppoe- cl i ent sessi on summar y
PPPoE Cl i ent Sessi on:
I D Bundl e Di al er I nt f Cl i ent - MAC Ser ver - MAC St at e
1 1 1 Et h0 00e0f c0254f 3 00049a23b050 PPPUP
2 2 2 Et h0 00e0f c0254f 3 00049a23b050 PPPUP
For more details of the display information, see the following table.
Display the statistics of PPPoE session data packet
<3Com> di spl ay pppoe- ser ver sessi on packet
PPPoE Cl i ent Sessi on:
SI D I nP I nO I nD Out P Out O Out D
=============================================================
1 164 6126 0 83 1069 0
2 304 9886 0 156 2142 0
Table 230 Description on the fields of display pppoe-client session summary
Field Description
ID Session ID, PPPoE session ID
Server-MAC Server MAC, server MAC address
Client-MAC Client MAC, client MAC address
Dialer Corresponding Dialer interface of PPPoE session
Bundle Dialer Bundle containing PPPoE session
Intf Ethernet interface containing PPPoE session
State State of PPPoE session
1168 display pppoe-server session 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
For more details of the display information, see the following table.
Any view
Table 231 Description on the fields of display pppoe-server session packet
Field Description
SID Session ID, PPPoE session ID
InP In Packets: number of received packets
InO In Octets: number of received octets
InD In Discards: number of received illegal and discarded packets
OutP Out Packets: number of sent packets
OutO Out Octets: number of sent octets
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display protocol-priority 1169
Command Reference
display protocol-priority
Purpose Use the display protocol-priority command to view protocol priorities.
Syntax display protocol-priority
Parameters None
Example Display the IP precedence of ICMP packets.
[ 3Com] pr ot ocol - pr i or i t y pr ot ocol - t ype i cmp i p- pr ecedence 4
[ 3Com] di spl ay pr ot ocol - pr i or i t y
Pr ot ocol : i cmp
I P- Pr ecedence: f l ash- over r i de( 4)
Any view
1170 display qos car interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos car interface
Purpose Use the display qos car interface command to view parameter
configuration and running statistics of CAR at each or all interfaces.
Syntax display qos car interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display the CAR parameter configuration information and running statistic
information on each interface.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos car i nt er f ace
Di r ect i on: I nbound
Rul e( s) : I f - mat ch CARL 1
CI R 8000( Bps) , CBS 15000( Bi t ) , EBS 0( Bi t )
Conf or mAct i on: r emar k i p- pr ecedence 3 and pass
Exceed Act i on: r emar k i p- pr ecedence 4 and cont i nue
Conf or med: 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Exceeded: 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Di r ect i on: Out bound
Rul e( s) : I f - mat ch ACL 2001
CI R 8000( Bps) , CBS 15000( Bi t ) , EBS 0( Bi t )
Conf or mAct i on: pass
Exceed Act i on: di scar d
Conf or med: 0/ 0( Packet s/ Byt es)
Exceeded: 0/ 0( Packet s/ Byt es) pur pose_body
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, CAR configuration and running statistics of all interfaces
will be displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos carl 1171
Command Reference
display qos carl
Purpose Use the display qos carl command to view a certain rule or all the rules of
CARL.
Syntax display qos carl [ carl-index ]
Parameters carl-index Committed Access Rate List (CARL) number, in the
range of 1 to 199.
Example Display the first rule of CAR list.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos car l
Cur r ent CARL Conf i gur at i on:
Li st Par ams
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 Pr ecedence 1 2
2 MAC Addr ess 0050- ba27- bed3pur pose_body
Any view
Description If carl-index is not specified, all rules of CARL will be displayed.
1172 display qos cbq interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos cbq interface
Purpose Use the display qos cbq interface command to view CBQ configuration
information and operating status, the specified PVC on specified ATM interface or on
all interfaces.
Syntax display qos cbq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc {
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
pvc
Used for ATM interface only, i.e., policy configuration
of specified PVC on specified ATM interface can be
displayed.
pvc-name
PVC name.
vpi/vci
VPI/VCI value pair. For detailed description, refer to the
Parameter Description about pvc command.
Example [ 3Com] di spl ay qos cbq i nt er f ace
Cl ass Based Queui ng: ( Out bound queue: Tot al Si ze/ Di scar ds)
CBQ: 0/ 0
Queue Si ze: 0/ 0/ 0 ( EF/ AF/ BE)
BE Queues: 0/ 0/ 256 ( Act i ve/ Max act i ve/ Tot al )
AF Queues: 1 ( Al l ocat ed)
Bandwi dt h( Kbps) : 74992/ 75000 ( Avai l abl e/ Max r eser ve)
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos cq interface 1173
Command Reference
display qos cq interface
Purpose Use the display qos cq interface command to view configuration and
statistics of customized queues (CQ) at interfaces.
Syntax display qos cq interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display CQ configuration and statistics at the interface Ethernet 6/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos cq i nt er f ace Et her net 6/ 0/ 0
Cust omqueui ng: CQL 1 ( Out bound queue: Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds)
0: 0/ 20/ 0 1: 0/ 20/ 0 2: 0/ 20/ 0
3: 0/ 20/ 0 4: 0/ 20/ 0 5: 0/ 20/ 0
6: 0/ 20/ 0 7: 0/ 20/ 0 8: 0/ 20/ 0
9: 0/ 20/ 0 10: 0/ 20/ 0 11: 0/ 20/ 0
12: 0/ 20/ 0 13: 0/ 20/ 0 14: 0/ 20/ 0
15: 0/ 20/ 0 16: 0/ 20/ 0
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, CQ configuration and statistics of all interfaces will be
displayed.
Related Command qos cq
1174 display qos cql 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos cql
Purpose Use the display qos cql command to view contents of customized queue lists
(CPL).
Syntax display qos cql
Parameters None
Default Default values will not be displayed.
Example Display information about a CQL.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos cql
Cur r ent CQL Conf i gur at i on:
Li st Queue Par ams
2 3 Pr ot ocol i p f r agment s
3 0 Lengt h 100
3 1 I nbound- i nt er f ace Et her net 0
Any view
Related Commands qos cq cql
qos cq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos gts interface 1175
Command Reference
display qos gts interface
Purpose Use the display qos gts interface command to view GTS configuration and
accounting information of certain interface or all interfaces.
Syntax display qos gts interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display GTS configuration and accounting information of all interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos gt s i nt er f ace
Rul e( s) : I f - mat ch Any
CI R 64000 ( bps) , CBS 32000 ( bi t ) , EBS 0 ( bi t )
Queue Lengt h: 50 ( Packet )
Queue Si ze : 13 ( Packet )
Passed : 723/ 979860 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Di scar ded: 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Del ayed : 723/ 979860 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, the GTS configuration and running statistics of all
interfaces will be displayed.
1176 display qos lr interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos lr interface
Purpose Use the display qos lr interface command to view LR configuration and
statistics of an interface.
Syntax display qos lr interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display LR configuration and statistics information of all interfaces.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos l r i nt er f ace
Del ayed: 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Act i ve Shapi ng: NO
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, the LR configuration and running statistics of all interfaces
will be displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos policy 1177
Command Reference
display qos policy
Purpose Use the display qos policy command to display the configuration information
of the specified class or all the classes and associated behaviors in the specified policy
or all policies.
Syntax display qos policy { syst em- def i ned | user - def i ned } [ policy-name [
cl assi f i er tcl-name ] ]
Parameters system-defined Policy pre-defined by the system.
user-defined Policy pre-defined by the user.
policy-name Policy name. If it is not specified, the configuration
information of all the policies pre-defined by the
system or by the user will be displayed.
tcl-name
Class name in the policy.
Example Display information about user-defined policy.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pol i cy user - def i ned
User Def i ned QoS Pol i cy I nf or mat i on:
Pol i cy: t est
Cl assi f i er : def aul t - cl ass
Behavi or : be
- none-
Cl assi f i er : 3Com
Behavi or : 3Com
Mar ki ng:
Remar k I P Pr ecedence 3
Commi t t ed Access Rat e:
Expedi t ed For war di ng:
Bandwi dt h 50 ( Kbps) CBS 1500 ( Byt es)
Cl assi f i er : dat abase
Behavi or : dat abase
Assur ed For war di ng:
Bandwi dt h 30 ( Kbps)
Di scar d Met hod: Tai l
Queue Lengt h : 64 ( Packet s)
Gener al Tr af f i c Shape:
Queue l engt h 50 ( Packet s)
Mar ki ng:
Remar k MPLS EXP 3
1178 display qos policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos policy interface 1179
Command Reference
display qos policy interface
Purpose Use the display qos policy interface command to view information about
CBQ application on the interface.
Syntax display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number [ dl ci
dlci-number [ out bound ] | i nbound | out bound ] ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
dlci dlci-number
Information about the specified DLCI applying CBQ.
inbound
Information about inbound interface applying CBQ.
outbound
Information about outbound interface applying CBQ.
Example Display the information about CBQ application of the virtual circuit with DLCI of 10
on Serial1/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay qos pol i cy i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 dl ci 100
MFR4/ 0/ 0, DLCI 25
Pol i cy: xuj i n
Cl ass: def aul t - cl ass
Mat ched : 1/ 133 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch any
Behavi or :
Def aul t Queue:
Fl ow Based Wei ght ed Fai r Queui ng
Max number of hashed queues: 256
Enqueued : 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Cl ass: xuj i n
Oper at or : Logi c AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch acl 2001
Behavi or :
Any view
1180 display qos policy interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display qos policy interface command to view the configuration
and operating state about the policy on the specified interface, on the specified PVC
on a particular ATM interface or on all interfaces and PVCs.
Syntax display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [
i nbound | out bound ] [ pvc { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } ] ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
pvc
Used for ATM interface only, i.e., policy configuration
of specified PVC on specified ATM interface can be
displayed.
pvc-name
PVC name.
vpi/vci
VPI/VCI value pair. For details, refer to the parameter
description about the pvc command.
Example Display qos policy on Ethernet 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pol i cy i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
Pol i cy: t est
Behavi or : be
Def aul t Queue:
Fl ow Based Wei ght ed Fai r Queui ng
Max number of hashed queues: 256
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch i p- pr ecedence 5
Behavi or : 3Com
Mar ki ng:
Remar ked: 0 ( Packet s)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos policy interface 1181
Command Reference
Conf or med: 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Exceeded : 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Bandwi dt h 50 ( Kbps) , CBS 1500 ( Byt es)
Oper at or : AND
i f - mat ch i nbound i nt er f ace Et her net 10/ 2/ 0
Behavi or : dat abase
Queue Lengt h: 50 ( Packet s)
Queue si ze : 0 ( Packet s)
Del ayed : 0/ 0 ( Packet s/ Byt es)
Mar ki ng:
Remar k MPLS EXP 3
Remar ked: 0 ( Packet s)
Any view
Description The statistics about the MPLS EXP remarked packets include those temporarily
remarked. Whether the MPLS EXP field of a packet is remarked depends on whether
it is to be output as an MPLS packet.
1182 display qos pq interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos pq interface
Purpose Use the display qos pq interface command to view the configuration and
statistics of priority queues (PQ) at interfaces.
Syntax display qos pq interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display the PQ configuration and statistics at interface Ethernet 6/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pq i nt er f ace et her net 6/ 0/ 0
Pr i or i t y queui ng: PQL 1 ( Out bound queue: Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds)
Top: 0/ 20/ 0 Mi ddl e: 0/ 40/ 0 Nor mal : 0/ 60/ 0 Bot t om: 0/ 80/ 0
Any view
Description If no interfaces are specified when this command is used, the configuration and
statistics of the priority queues at all interfaces will be displayed.
Related Command qos pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos pql 1183
Command Reference
display qos pql
Purpose Use the display qos pql command to view contents of priority queue lists (PQL).
Syntax display qos pql [ pql-index ]
Parameters pql-index Priority queue list number.
Default Default items are not displayed.
Example Display PQLs.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pql
Cur r ent PQL Conf i gur at i on:
Li st Queue Par ams
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 Top Pr ot ocol i p l ess- t han 1000
2 Nor mal Lengt h 60
2 Bot t om Lengt h 40
3 Mi ddl e I nbound- i nt er f ace Et her net 5/ 0/ 0
Any view
Related Commands qos pq
qos pq pql
1184 display qos rtpq interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos rtpq interface
Purpose Use the display qos rtpq interface command to view information of the
current IP RTP Priority queue, including the current RTP queue depth and number of
RTP packets dropped, and display the RTP priority queue configuration and statistics
on an interface or on all interfaces.
Syntax display qos rtpq interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display information of the current IP RTP Priority queue.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos r t pq i nt er f ace Et her net 10/ 2/ 0
RTP Queui ng: ( Out put queue: Si ze/ Max/ Out put s/ Di scar ds)
RTPQ: 0/ 0/ 0/ 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display qos wfq interface 1185
Command Reference
display qos wfq interface
Purpose Use the display qos wfq interface command to view WFQ (weighted fair
queuing) configuration and statistics of an interface.
Syntax display qos wfq interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display the WFQ configuration and statistics of Ethernet 6/0/0 interface.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos wf q i nt er f ace et her net 6/ 0/ 0
Out put queue : ( Wei ght ed Fai r queui ng : Si ze/ Lengt h/ Di scar ds) 0/ 100/ 0
Hashed by DSCP
Hashed queues : 0/ 0/ 128 ( Act i ve/ Max act i ve/ Tot al )
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, the WFQ configuration and statistics of all interfaces will be
displayed.
Related Command qos wfq
1186 display qos wred interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display qos wred interface
Purpose Use the display qos wred interface command to view WRED (weighed
random early detection) configuration and statistics of an interface.
Syntax display qos wred interface [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Display WRED configuration and statistics about the specified interface.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos wr ed i nt er f ace et her net 6/ 0/ 0
Cur r ent WRED conf i gur at i on:
Exponent : 10 ( 1/ 1024)
Pr ecedence Random Tai l Low Hi gh Di scar d
di scar d di scar d l i mi t l i mi t pr obabi l i t y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0 0 0 10 30 10
1 0 0 100 1000 1
2 0 0 10 30 10
3 0 0 10 30 10
4 0 0 10 30 10
5 0 0 10 30 10
6 0 0 10 30 10
7 0 0 10 30 10
Any view
Description If no interface is specified, WRED configuration and statistics of all interfaces will be
displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display radius 1187
Command Reference
display radius
Purpose Use the display radius command to view the configuration information about
the specified or all RADIUS schemes or to view statistics about RADIUS.
Syntax display radius [ radius-scheme-name | st at i st i cs ]
Parameters radius-scheme-name Specifies a RADIUS scheme with a string not exceeding
32 characters and excluding forward slashes (/), colons
(:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than signs (<),
and greater-than signs (>). If no scheme is specified, all
RADIUS schemes are displayed.
statistics
Displays statistics.
Default By default, the configuration information about all RADIUS schemes is displayed.
Example Display the configurations of all RADIUS schemes.
<3Com> di spl ay r adi us
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SchemeName =syst em I ndex=1 Type=3Com
Pr i mar y Aut h I P =127. 0. 0. 1 Por t =1645 St at e=act i ve
Pr i mar y Acct I P =127. 0. 0. 1 Por t =1646 St at e=act i ve
Second Aut h I P =0. 0. 0. 0 Por t =1812 St at e=bl ock
Second Acct I P =0. 0. 0. 0 Por t =1813 St at e=bl ock
Aut h Ser ver Encr ypt i on Key= 3Com
Acct Ser ver Encr ypt i on Key= 3Com
Account i ng met hod = r equi r ed
Ti meOut Val ue( i n second) =3 Ret r yTi mes=3 Real t i meACCT( i n mi nut e) =12
Per mi t t ed send r eal t i me PKT f ai l ed count s =5
Ret r y sendi ng t i mes of nor esponse acct - st op- PKT =500
Qui et - i nt er val ( mi n) =5
User name f or mat =wi t hout - domai n
Dat a f l ow uni t =Byt e
Packet uni t =1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tot al 1 RADI US scheme( s) . 1 l i st ed
Table 232 Information about RADIUS server configuration
Field Description
SchemeName RADIUS scheme name
Index Index number of the RADIUS scheme
Type Type of the RADIUS scheme
Primary Auth IP/ Port/ State IP address/access port number/current state of the primary
authentication server
Primary Acct IP/ Port/ State IP address/access port number/current state of the primary
accounting server
1188 display radius 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command radius scheme
Second Auth IP/ Port/ State IP address/access port number/current state of the secondary
authentication server
Second Acct IP/ Port/ State IP address/access port number/current state of the secondary
accounting server
Auth Server Encryption Key Shared key of the authentication server
Acct Server Encryption Key Shared key of the accounting server
TimeOutValue (seconds) Duration of the RADIUS server timeout timer
Permitted send realtime PKT
failed counts
The maximum number of realtime-accounting packet transmission
attempts
Retry sending times of
noresponse acct-stop-PKT
The maximum number of retries allowed when sending a buffered
stop-accounting packet
Quiet-interval(min) The interval for the primary server to resume the active state.
Username format Format of username
Data flow unit Unit of data flows
Packet unit Unit of packets
Table 232 Information about RADIUS server configuration
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display radius statistics 1189
Command Reference
display radius statistics
Purpose Use the display radius statistics command to view the statistics
information on RADIUS packets. The displayed packet information can help you
troubleshoot RADIUS faults.
Syntax display radius statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the statistics information on RADIUS packets.
<3Com> di spl ay r adi us st at i st i cs
st at e st at i st i c( t ot al =1048) :
DEAD=1047 Aut hPr oc=0 Aut hSucc=0
Acct St ar t =0 RLTSend=0 RLTWai t =1
Acct St op=0 OnLi ne=1 St op=0
St at eEr r =0
Recei ved and Sent packet s st at i st i c:
Sent PKT t ot al : 38 Recei ved PKT t ot al : 2
Resend Ti mes Resend t ot al
1 12
2 12
Tot al 24
RADI US r ecei ved packet s st at i st i c:
Code= 2, Num=1 , Er r =0
Code=11, Num=0 , Er r =0
Runni ng st at i st i c:
RADI US r ecei ved messages st at i st i c:
Nor mal aut h r equest , Num=13 , Er r =0 , Succ=13
EAP aut h r equest , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
Account r equest , Num=1 , Er r =0 , Succ=1
Account of f r equest , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
PKT aut h t i meout , Num=36 , Er r =12 , Succ=24
PKT acct _t i meout , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
Real t i me Account t i mer , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
PKT r esponse , Num=2 , Er r =0 , Succ=2
EAP r eaut h_r equest , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
PORTAL access , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
Updat e ack , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
PORTAL access ack , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
Sessi on ct r l pkt , Num=0 , Er r =0 , Succ=0
RADI US sent messages st at i st i c:
Aut h accept , Num=0
Aut h r ej ect , Num=0
EAP aut h r epl yi ng , Num=0
Account success , Num=0
Account f ai l ur e , Num=0
Cut r eq , Num=0
RecEr r or _MSG_sum: 0 SndMSG_Fai l _sum: 0
1190 display radius statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Ti mer _Er r : 0 Al l oc_Mem_Er r : 0
St at e Mi smat ch : 0 Ot her _Er r or : 0
No- r esponse- acct - st op packet =0
Di scar ded No- r esponse- acct - st op packet f or buf f er over f l ow =0
Table 233 Description on the fields of the display radius statistics command
Field Description
state statistic(total=1048)
DEAD=1047 AuthProc=0
AuthSucc=0
AcctStart=0 RLTSend=0 RLTWait=1
AcctStop=0 OnLine=1 Stop=0
StateErr=0State statistics for RADIUS
Received and Sent packets statistic:
Sent PKT total :38 Received PKT
total:2
Resend Times Resend total
1 12
2 12
Total 24
Statistics about transmitted/received packets, including:
Count of transmitted packets
Count of received packets
Count of retransmissions and retransmitted packets
RADIUS received packets statistic:
Code= 2, Num=1, Err=0
Code=11, Num=0, Err=0
Statistics about received packets of RADIUS, including
packet type code, count of received packets and errors of
each type
The following are meanings of code values:
2: authentication response
3: authentication rejected
5: accounting response
11: Access-Challenge (EAP authentication) packet
Running statistic: Operating statistics for RADIUS, including count of
reeived/sent messages and errors
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display radius statistics 1191
Command Reference
RADIUS received messages statistic:
Normal auth request
Num=13, Err=0, Succ=13
EAP auth request
Account request
Account off request
PKT auth timeout
PKT acct_timeout
Realtime Account timer
PKT response
EAP reauth_request
PORTAL access
Update ack
Num=0, Err=0. Succ=0
PORTAL access ack
Session ctrl pkt
Statistics about received messages for RADIUS, providing
count of messages, errors, and successes of each type.
The following are message types:
Normal authentication request
EAP authentication request
Accounting request
Stop-accounting request
Authentication timeout
Accounting timeout
Realtime accounting
Response
EAP re-authentication request
Portal access authentication request
Update acknowledgement
Portal access ccknowledgement
Session control packet
RADIUS sent messages statistic:
Auth accept
Num=0
Auth reject
Num=0
EAP auth replying
Num=0
Account success
Num=0
Account failure
Num=0
Cut req
Num=0
Statistics about transmitted messages, including count of
accepted and rejected authentication requests, count of
EAP authentication responses, count of accounting
succeses and failures, and count of cut requests
RecError_MSG_sum:0
SndMSG_Fail_sum:0
Timer_Err:0
Alloc_Mem_Err:0
State Mismatch:0
Other_Error:0
Sum of received message errors
Sum of message transmission failures
Sum of timer errors
Sum of memory allocation errors
Sum of sate mismatches
Sum of other errors
No-response-acct-stop packet=0
Discarded No-response-acct-stop
packet for buffer overflow=0
Count of stop-accounting packets that received no
response
Count of stop-accounting packets discarded for buffer
overflow
Table 233 Description on the fields of the display radius statistics command (continued)
Field Description
1192 display radius statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rip 1193
Command Reference
display rip
Purpose Use the display rip command to view the current RIP running state and its
configuration information.
Syntax display rip
Parameters None
Example Display the current running state and configuration information of the RIP protocol.
<3Com > display rip
RIP is turned on
public net VPN-Instance
Checkzero is on Default cost : 1
Summary is on Preference : 100
Period update timer : 30
Timeout timer : 180
Garbage-collection timer : 120
No peer r out er
Any view
Table 234 Description of the output information of the display rip command
Field Description
RIP is turned on RIP is enabled.
public net VPN-Instance Public networks in the VPN-instance
Checkzero is on Enables checkzero of RIP.
Default cost : 1 The default cost of the redistributed route is 1.
Summary is on Enables route summary of RIP.
Preference : 100 The preference of RIP is 100.
Period update timer : 30
Timeout timer : 180
Garbage-collection
timer : 120
Setting on the three timers of RIP
No peer router RIP has no peer router.
1194 display rip interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rip interface
Purpose Use the display rip interface command to display information about the
specified RIP interface or all RIP interface.
Syntax display rip interface [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]
vpn-instance-name Specifies a VPN by its name.
Example Display information about all RIP interfaces.
<3Com > display rip interface
RIP Interface: public net
Address Interface Pro MetrIn/Out Input Output
Split-horizon
30. 0. 0. 2 Mp- gr oup1 RI P1 0/ 1 on on on
Any view
Table 235 Description on the fields of the display rip interface command
Field Description
Address IP address of the RIP interface. You must enable the RIP interface using the
network in RIP view
Interface Name of the RIP interface. Its IP address is displayed in the Address field
Pro RIP version running on the interface
MetrIn/Out The routing metric value added when receiving or sending routes
Input On indicates that the interface can receive RIP packets and off indicates the
contrary.
Output On indicates that the interface can send RIP packets and off indicates the
contrary.
Split-horizon On indictes that slit horizon is enabled and off indicates that slit horizion is
disabled
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rip routing 1195
Command Reference
display rip routing
Purpose Use the display rip routing command to display the RIP routing table,
including normal routes and routes in garbage-collection status.
Syntax display rip routing [vpn-instance vpn-instance-name]
vpn-instance-name
Specifies the name of the VPN.
Example Display RIP routes.
[Router] display rip routing
RIP routing table: public net
A = Active I = Inactive G = Garbage collection
C = Change T = Trigger RIP
Destination/Mask Cost NextHop Age SourceGateway Att
90.0.0.0/8 1 30.0.0.1 6s 30.0.0.1 A
95. 0. 0. 0/ 8 1 30. 0. 0. 1 6s 30. 0. 0. 1 A
Any view
Description With vpn-instance not specified, RIP routes of the public network will be displayed;
with vpn-instance specified, RIP routes of the specified vpn-instance will be displayed.
Table 236 Description on the fields of the display rip routing command
Field Description
Destination/Mask Destination address/mask length
Cost Routing metric
NextHop Address of the next hop
Age The lifetime of the route entry in the routing table (aging time)
SourceGateway Address of the source gateway from which the route is learnt
Att Route status, which could be one of the following:
A = Active
I = Inactive
G = Garbage collection
C = Change
T = Trigger RIP
1196 display rip vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rip vpn-instance
Purpose Use the display rip vpn-instance command to view the related
configuration of VPN instance of RIP.
Syntax display rip vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
vpn-instance-name VPN instance name.
Example None
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rmon alarm 1197
Command Reference
display rmon alarm
Purpose Use the display rmon alarm command to display the alarm table of remote
monitoring (RMON) or the specified alarm entry.
Syntax display rmon alarm [ alarm-entry ]
Parameters alarm-entry Alarm index.
Example Display the alarm table of RMON.
<3Com> display rmon alarm
Alarm table 1 owned by 3Com is VALID.
Samples absolute value : 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1
<etherStatsOctets.1>
Sampling interval : 10(sec)
Rising threshold : 1000(linked with event 1)
Falling threshold : 100(linked with event 1)
When startup enables : risingOrFallingAlarm
Latest value : 0
Any view
Related Command rmon alarm
Table 237 Description on the fields of the display rmon alarm command
Field Description
Alarm table 1 Alarm index 1
3Com Owner
Samples absolute value The sample type of the 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1 node is absolute
VALID The alarm entry corresponding to the index is valid
Sampling interval Sampling interval
Rising threshold is 1000 Rising threshold is 1000
Falling threshold is 100 Falling threshold is 100
When startup enables:
risingOrFallingAlarm
Type of the first alarm, which can be rising alarm, falling alarm, or
both
1198 display rmon event 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rmon event
Purpose Use the display rmon event command to display the event table of RMON or
the specified event entry.
Syntax display rmon event [ event-entry ]
Parameters event-entry
Event index.
Example Display the event table of RMON.
<3Com> display rmon event
Event table 1 owned by null is VALID.
Description: null.
Will cause log-trap when triggered, last triggered at 0days
00h:02m:27s.
Any view
Description The displayed information includes: event index, event owner, event description,
action triggered by the event (log or trap), and last time the event occurred (the
elapsed time since system initialization/startup in centiseconds.
Related Command rmon event
Table 238 Description on the fields of the display rmon event command
Field Description
Event table 1 Event index 1
VALID The event entry corresponding to the index is valid
cause log-trap when triggered The event causes log-and-trap notification when triggered
last triggered at 0days
00h:02m:27s
Last time the event was triggered
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rmon eventlog 1199
Command Reference
display rmon eventlog
Purpose Use the display rmon eventlog command to display the log table of RMON or
the log entry for the specified event.
Syntax display rmon eventlog [ event-entry ]
Parameters event-entry Event index.
Example Display the log entry for event entry 1.
<3Com> display rmon eventlog 1
Event table 1 owned by null is VALID.
Generates eventLog 1.1 at 0days 00h:01m:39s.
Description: The 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1 defined in alarm table 1,
less than(or =) 100 with alarm value 0. Alarm sample type is absolute.
Generates eventLog 1.2 at 0days 00h:02m:27s.
Description: The alarm formula defined in private alarm table 1,
less than(or =) 100 with alarm value 0. Alarm sample type is absolute.
Any view
Description The displayed information includes: index and current state of the event, time the log
entry was created (the elapsed time since system initialization/startup in
centiseconds), and event description.
Table 239 Description on the fields of the display rmon eventlog command
Field Description
Event table 1 Event index 1
VALID The event entry corresponding to the index is valid
Generates eventLog 1.2 at 0days
00h:02m:27s
Last time the event was triggered
Description Event description
1200 display rmon history 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rmon history
Purpose Use the display rmon history command to display the history control table of
RMOM and information about the latest sampling, such as utilization, number of
errors and total number of packets.
Syntax display rmon history [ interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number
Example Display the history information about interface Ethernet2/0/1.
<3Com> display rmon history ethernet 2/0/1
History control entry 1 owned by null is VALID
Samples interface : Ethernet2/0/1<ifEntry.642>
Sampling interval : 10(sec) with 10 buckets max
Latest sampled values :
Dropevents :0 , octets :0
packets :0 , broadcast packets :0
multicast packets :0 , CRC alignment errors :0
undersize packets :0 , oversize packets :0
fragments :0 , jabbers :0
collisions :0 , utilization :0
Table 240 Description on the fields of the display rmon history command
Field Description
History control entry 1 Index of the history control entry
VALID State of history control entry 1 is valid
Samples interface Monitored interface
Sampling interval:
10(sec)
Sampling every 10 seconds
buckets Number of buckets
Latest sampled values Latest sampling information
dropevents Number of drop events
octets Number of the received/transmitted bytes in this sample
packet Number of the received/transmitted packets during the sampling period
broadcastpacket Number of broadcast packets
multicastpacket Number of multicast packets
CRC alignment errors Number of the packets with CRC errors
undersize packets Number of undersize packets
oversize packets Number of oversize packets
fragments Number of the undersize packets with CRC errors
jabbers Number of the oversize packets with CRC errors
collisions Number of collisions
utilization Utilization ratio
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rmon history 1201
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command rmon history
1202 display rmon prialarm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rmon prialarm
Purpose Use the display rmon prialarm command to display information about the
prialarm table of RMON or the specified prialarm entry.
Syntax display rmon prialarm [ prialarm-entry ]
Parameters prialarm-entry
Prialarm entry index.
Example Display information about the prialarm table of RMON.
<3Com> display rmon prialarm
Prialarm table 1 owned by null is VALID.
Samples absolute value : .1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1
Sampling interval : 10(sec)
Rising threshold : 1000(linked with event 1)
Falling threshold : 100(linked with event 1)
When startup enables : risingOrFallingAlarm
This entry will exist : forever.
Latest value : 0
Any view
Related Command rmon prialarm
Table 241 Description on the fields of the display rmon prialarm command
Field Description
Prialarm table 1 Index of the prialarm entry
owned by null Owner of the prialarm entry
VALID State of prialarm entry 1 is valid
Samples absolute value:
.1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1
The sample type of the 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.1 node is absolute
Sampling interval: 10(sec) Sampling every 10 seconds
Rising threshold: 1000 Rising threshold. Rising alarm is triggered when a sample value
reaches/exceeds this value
Falling threshold: 100 Falling threshold. Falling alarm is triggered when a sample value
reaches/exceeds this value
linked with event 1 Event index corresponding to the rising/falling alarm
When startup enables:
risingOrFallingAlarm
Type of the first alarm, which can be rising alarm or falling alarm,
or both
This entry will exist forever Lifetime of the entry, which can be forever or span the specified
period
Latest value 0 Latest sample value
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rmon statistics 1203
Command Reference
display rmon statistics
Purpose Use the display rmon statistics command to display the RMON statistics
Syntax display rmon statistics [interface-type interface-number ]
interface-number
Example Display the RMON statistics about interface Ethernet 2/0/1.
<3Com> display rmon statistics ethernet2/0/1
Statistics entry 1 owned by monitor is VALID.
Interface : Ethernet0/0/0<ifIndex.642>
etherStatsOctets : 9760 , etherStatsPkts : 79
etherStatsBroadcastPkts : 0 , etherStatsMulticastPkts : 0
etherStatsUndersizePkts : 0 , etherStatsOversizePkts : 0
etherStatsFragments : 0 , etherStatsJabbers : 0
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors : 0 , etherStatsCollisions : 0
etherStatsDropEvents (insufficient resources): 0
Packets received according to length:
64 : 0 , 65-127 : 0 , 128-255 : 0
256-511: 0 , 512-1023: 0 , 1024-1518: 0
Any view
Description The displayed information includes: number of collisions, CRC and queues, oversize
packets and undersize packets, timeout, fragments, broadcast, multicast, unicast, and
bandwidth use.
Related Command rmon statistics
1204 display route-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display route-policy
Purpose Use the display route-policy command to view the configured route-policy
Syntax display route-policy [ route-policy-name ]
Parameters route-policy-name
Specifies displayed route-policy name.
Example Display the information of route-policy named policy1.
<3Com> di spl ay r out e- pol i cy pol i cy1
Rout e- pol i cy : pol i cy1
Per mi t 10 : i f - mat ch ( pr ef i xl i st ) p1
appl y cost 100
mat ched : 0 deni ed : 0
Any view
Description Display all the configured route-policy when no route-policy-name is specified.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display rsa local-key-pair public 1205
Command Reference
display rsa local-key-pair public
Purpose Use the display rsa local-key-pair public command to view the public
key of the host key pair and server key pair on the server. If no key is generated, the
system displays: RSA keys not found.
Syntax display rsa local-key-pair public
Parameters None
Example Display the public key of the host key pair and server key pair on the server.
<3Com> display rsa local-key-pair public
=====================================================
Time of Key pair created: 13:41:21 2004/11/12
Key name: 3Com_Host
Key type: RSA encryption Key
=====================================================
Key code:
3047
0240
C30B0C1E 1AC2A028 984B7801 9583105D 78E69F6C
62561976 95E3B92B 7D9EC59C 150AE9CC 92E7CEF7
F025D3E0 C15408F5 4C9F4945 308A2DCF 1BA59D60
53DB5825
0203
010001
=====================================================
Time of Key pair created: 13:41:25 2004/11/12
Key name: SecPath1000_Server
Key type: RSA encryption Key
=====================================================
Key code:
3067
0260
E0DC0229 0525E04D AE3B8998 C56A18A1 997A609B
043B9302 F843715B FC727A3D 4A503B32 333DFD46
D95F4BD7 5AF63BBF 99100F9E EEAE4B3E DC6FBE42
1757F88D 1F7A098F 2C3FFFDF 8E2DA17D 991111ED
C318E857 6D40D224 4114AD15 A42068B9
0203
010001
Any view
Related Command: rsa local-key-pair create
1206 display rsa peer-public-key 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display rsa peer-public-key
Purpose Use the display rsa peer-public-key command to view the specified RSA
public key. If no public key specified, all public keys are displayed.
Syntax display rsa peer-public-key [ brief | name keyname ]
Parameters brief
Displays the brief information about all peer public
keys.
keyname Specifies the key to be displayed. A consecutive
character string in the range 0 (exclusive) to 64
(inclusive).
Example Display all RSA public keys.
<3Com> display rsa peer-public-key
=====================================
Key name: aa
Key address:
=====================================
Key Code:
308186
028180
6B494EC4 EBD23DEE 1375C2B5 AB892F69 F2529D09 5B559E26 26011A1F
C58AA5E3
60258B01 26494D0E 7221BB98 1C844CCD 8F0F8AEA 4AA1CD5B 9C3C5EF5
3093319F
6F3AEA80 351E5E8D 29F1511C D4AC08B4 3FDF5B7B E30A4E47 6FF75B9A
63BE5E94
E9C344B7 F0EC9D53 AE54E0A3 0567184A 2E80BEC3 89A2DAFA 83C18591
5B29EAA1
0201
25
Any view
Related Command rsa local-key-pair create
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display saved-configuration 1207
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display saved-configuration command to view the configuration
file loaded at this startup.
Syntax display saved-configuration [ by-linenum ]
Parameters by-linenum Identifies each line of displayed information with a line
number.
Example Display the configuration file loaded at this startup.
<3Com> display saved-configuration
#
sysname 3Com
#
tcp window 8
#
undo multicast igmp-all-enable
#
controller E1 3/0/0
#
interface Aux0
link-protocol ppp
#
interface Ethernet0/0/0
#
link-protocol ppp
#
interface NULL0
#
user-interface con 0
user-interface aux 0
#
return
Display the configuration file loaded at this startup, identifying each line with a line
number.
<3Com> display saved-configuration by-linenum
1: #
2: sysname 3Com
3#
4: tcp window 8
5: #
6: undo multicast igmp-all-enable
7: #
8: controller E1 3/0/0
9: #
10: interface Aux0
12: #
1208 display saved-configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
13: interface Ethernet0/0/0
14: #
15: interface Serial0/0/0
17: #
18: interface NULL0
19: #
20: user-interface con 0
21: user-interface aux 0
22: user-interface vty 0 4
23: #
24: return
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display schedule reboot 1209
Command Reference
display schedule reboot
Purpose Use the display schedule reboot command to view settings related to the
routers schedule reboot terminal service.
Syntax display schedule reboot
Parameters None
Example Display the current settings related to the schedule reboot terminal service.
<3Com> display schedule reboot
Reboot system at 16:00:00 2002/11/1 (in 2 hours and 5 minutes)
Any view
Related Commands reboot
schedule reboot at
schedule reboot delay
undo schedule reboot
1210 display sftp source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display sftp source-ip
Purpose Use the display sftp source-ip command to display the source IP address
configured for the SFTP client.
Syntax display sftp source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the SFTP client.
<Router> display sftp source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the SFTP client, the IP address of the
specified for the SFTP client, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display snmp-agent 1211
Command Reference
display snmp-agent
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent command to view the engine ID of the local or
remote SNMP entity.
Syntax display snmp-agent { local-engineid | remote-engineid }
Parameters local-engineid Engine ID of the local SNMP entity.
remote-engineid Engine ID of the remote SNMP entity.
Example Display the engine ID of the local device.
<3Com> display snmp-agent local-engineid
SNMP local EngineID: 000007DB7F0000013859
Any view
Description Within an administrative domain, each SNMP engine ID uniquely identifies an SNMP
engine and thus the associated SNMP entity. SNMP engines are an indispensable part
of SNMP entities, completing functions such as message dispatching, processing,
authentication, and access control.
1212 display snmp-agent community 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display snmp-agent community
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent community command to view information on
the configured communities of SNMPv1 or SNMPv2.
Syntax display snmp-agent community [ read | write ]
Parameters read
Displays information on the read-only community.
write
Displays information on the read-write community.
Example Display information on the configured communities.
<3Com> display snmp-agent community
Community name:8040zlz
Group name:8040zlz
Storage-type: nonVolatile
Community name:8040core
Group name:8040core
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display snmp-agent group 1213
Command Reference
display snmp-agent group
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent group command to view information about the
specified or all user security model (USM) based groups, including group name,
security model, storage type.
Syntax display snmp-agent group [ group-name ]
Parameters group-name
Specifies the group name of the SNMP information to
be displayed. Valid values are 1 to 32 bytes.
Example Display SNMP groups and their security model.
<3Com> display snmp-agent group
Group name: v3r2
Security model: v3 noAuthnoPriv
Readview: ViewDefault
Writeview: <no specified>
Notifyview :<no specified>
The following table describes the output fields:
Any view
Table 242 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent group command
Field Description
Groupname SNMP group name corresponding to the user
Security model Security model of SNMP
Readview Name of the read-only MIB view corresponding to the group
Writeview Name of the write MIB view corresponding to the group
Notifyview Name of the notify MIB view corresponding to the group
Storage-type Storage type
1214 display snmp-agent mib-view 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display snmp-agent mib-view
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent mib-view command to view the configured MIB
views.
Syntax display snmp-agent mib-view [ exclude | include | viewname view-name ]
Parameters exclude
Excludes the SNMP MIB view attributes displayed and
set.
include Includes the SNMP MIB view attributes displayed and
set.
viewname
Specifies the name of the view to be displayed.
Example Display the configured MIB views.
<3Com> display snmp-agent mib-view
View name:ViewDefault
MIB Subtree:internet
Subtree mask:
View Type:included
View status:active
MIB Subtree:snmpUsmMIB
Subtree mask:
View Type:excluded
View status:active
MIB Subtree:snmpVacmMIB
Subtree mask:
View Type:excluded
View status:active
MIB Subtree:snmpModules.18
Subtree mask:
View Type:excluded
View status:active
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display snmp-agent mib-view 1215
Command Reference
The following table describes the output fields.
Any view
Table 243 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent mib-view command
Field Description
View name View name
MIB Subtree MIB subtree
Subtree mask MIB subtree mask
Storage-type Storage type
ViewType:
Included/excluded
Indicates that the access to a MIB object is allowed or prohibited.
Active Indicates the state of lines in the table.
1216 display snmp-agent statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display snmp-agent statistics
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent statistics command to view the state and
statistics about SNMP.
Syntax display snmp-agent statistics
Parameters None
Example Check the statistics about SNMP communication.
<3Com> display snmp-agent statistics
0 Messages delivered to the SNMP entity
0 Messages which were for an unsupported version
0 Messages which used a SNMP community name not known
0 Messages which represented an illegal operation for the community
supplied
0 ASN.1 or BER errors in the process of decoding
0 Messages passed from the SNMP entity
0 SNMP PDUs which had badValue error-status
0 SNMP PDUs which had genErr error-status
0 SNMP PDUs which had noSuchName error-status
0 SNMP PDUs which had tooBig error-status (Maximum packet size 500)
0 MIB objects retrieved successfully
0 MIB objects altered successfully
0 GetRequest-PDU accepted and processed
0 GetNextRequest-PDU accepted and processed
0 GetBulkRequest-PDU accepted and processed
0 GetResponse-PDU accepted and processed
0 SetRequest-PDU accepted and processed
0 Trap PDUs accepted and processed
Table 244 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent statistics command
Field Description
0 Messages delivered to the SNMP
entity
Number of messages transmitted to the SNMP entity is 0
0 Messages which were for an
unsupported version
Number of messages with unsupported version is 0
0 Messages which used a SNMP
community name not known
Number of messages with unknown SNMP community
name is 0
0 Messages which represented an
illegal operation for the community
supplied
Number of messages returned indicating illegal
operation is 0
0 ASN.1 or BER errors in the process of
decoding
Number of ASN.1 or BER error occurred during decoding
is 0
0 Messages passed from the SNMP
entity
Number of messages transmitted by the SNMP entity is 0
0 SNMP PDUs which had badValue
error-status
Number of SNMP PDUs with badValue error is 0
0 SNMP PDUs which had genErr
error-status
Number of SNMP PDUs with genErr error is 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display snmp-agent statistics 1217
Command Reference
This command can be used in the following views:
Any view
0 SNMP PDUs which had noSuchName
error-status
Number of SNMP PDUs with noSuchName error is 0
0 SNMP PDUs which had tooBig
error-status (Maximum packet size
500)
Number of SNMP PDUs with tooBig error is 0 (maximum
packet size is 500 bytes)
0 MIB objects retrieved successfully Number of retrieved MIB objects is 0
0 MIB objects altered successfully Number of altered MIB objects is 0
0 GetRequest-PDU accepted and
processed
Number of GeRequest PDUs being received and
processed is 0
0 GetNextRequest-PDU accepted and
processed
Number of GetNextRequest PDUs being received and
processed is 0
0 GetBulkRequest-PDU accepted and
processed
Number of GetBulkRequest PDUs being received and
processed is 0
0 GetResponse-PDU accepted and
processed
Number of GetResponse PDUs being received and
processed is 0
0 SetRequest-PDU accepted and
processed
Number of setRequest PDUs being received and
processed is 0
0 Trap PDUs accepted and processed Number of trap PDUs being received and processed is 0
Table 244 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent statistics command (continued)
Field Description
1218 display snmp-agent sys-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display snmp-agent sys-info
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent sys-info command to view the system
information of this SNMP device.
Syntax display snmp-agent sys-info [ contact | location | version ]*
Parameters contact
Displays the contact information of this node.
location
Displays the physical location information of this node.
version
Displays the SNMP version running in this agent.
Example Display the system information.
<3Com> display snmp-agent sys-info
The contact person for this managed node:
3Com Corporation Marborough, MA
The physical location of this node:
Marborough MA

SNMP version running in the system:
SNMPv3
Any view
Table 245 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent sys-info command
Field Description
The contact person for this managed node Contact person for this device
The physical location of this node: Physical location for this device
SNMP version running in the system: SNMP version in use
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display snmp-agent trap-list 1219
Command Reference
display snmp-agent trap-list
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent trap-list command to display whether trap
sending is enabled on each module.
Syntax display snmp-agent trap-list
Parameters None
Example Display whether trap sending is enabled on each module.
[3Com] display snmp-agent trap-list
bgp trap enable
configuration trap enable
flash trap enable
ldp trap enable
lsp trap enable
ospf trap enable
standard trap enable
vrrp trap enable
system trap disable
Enable traps :8; Disable traps 1
The command output shows that trap sending is enabled on all modules other than
the system module.
Any view
Related Command snmp-agent trap enable
1220 display snmp-agent usm-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display snmp-agent usm-user
Purpose Use the display snmp-agent usm-user command to view information about
the specified or all SNMP users.
Syntax display snmp-agent usm-user [ engineid engineid | username user-name |
group group-name ] *
Parameters engineid
Displays information about the SNMPv3 users with the
specified engine ID.
engineid-string
Character string of the engine ID.
username
Displays information about the specified SNMPv3 user.
user-name
User name. Valid values are 1 to 32 bytes.
group Displays information about the users in the specified
SNMP group.
group-name
Group name. Valid values are 1 to 32 bytes.
Example Display information about all current users.
<3Com> display snmp-agent usm-user
User name: authuser
Group name: 1
Engine ID: 8000007DB20000000C025808 active
UserStatus: active
The following table describes the output fields.
Any view
Description SNMP users are users that remotely execute SNMP management operation.
Table 246 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent usm-user command
Field Description
User name The character string identifies the SNMP user.
Group name Name of the group to which the SNMP user belongs
Engine ID The character string identifies the SNMP device.
Active Indicates the state of the SNMP user.
Storage-type Storage type of SNMP information
UserStatus State of the SNMP user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display sot 1221
Command Reference
display sot
Purpose Use the display sot command to display the current state about SOT
connections.
Syntax display sot
Parameters None
Example Display the state about SOT connections.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay sot
Thi s peer : 1. 1. 1. 1
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 gr oup 1 ( si mpl e)
sdl c- addr i p- addr essst at e f r ame_s f r ame_r conn_f r ames di sc- f r ames
1 2. 2. 2. 2 open 23 34 2 3
The f ol l owi ng i s t he det ai l ed i nf or mat i on about SOT connect i on st at e:
In simple/sdlc pass through mode, a SOT connection can be open or close.
In SOT local acknowledgement mode, seven SOT states exist: NULL, Link_up,
N-xid_sent, Connecting, Awaiting_connect, Connected, and Awaiting_release.
Table 247 Description on the fields of the display sot command
Field Description
This peer IP address of the local SOT entity
Serial0/0/0 group 1 (simple) The Serial0/0/0 interface is added to SOT protocol group 1,
which is operating in simple SOT mode.
sdlc-addr SDLC address of the terminal
ip-address Peer IP address
state SOT connection state
frame_s Number of sent SDLC information frames
frame_r Number of received SDLC information frames
conn_frames Number of the SDLC frames sent for SOT connection
setup
disc-frames Number of discarded SDLC frames
Table 248 SOT connection states in simple/SDLC pass-through mode
SOT connection state is... When...
open TCP connection has been set up or is being set up.
Normally, the TCP connection is set up several seconds
after the send all tcp/sot send address
command is configured in non-local mode on the serial
interfaces at the two ends.
close No TCP connection is present
1222 display sot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 249 SOT connection states in simple/SDLC pass-through mode
SOT connection state is... When...
NULL The interface to be used is shut down or its physical state
or protocol state is down
Link_up The physical layer and protocol state of the interface are
up, but no connection is being set up
N-xid_sent One end of the link sends an XID frame
Connecting Connection is being set up
Awaiting_connect Connection setup acknowledgement is in progress
Connected Connection is set up
Awaiting_release Connection release acknowledgement is in progress
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ssh server 1223
Command Reference
display ssh server
Purpose Use the display ssh server command to view information on SSH status or
sessions.
Syntax display ssh server { status | session }
Parameters status Displays SSH status information.
session Displays SSH session information.
Example Display SSH status and configuration parameters.
[3Com]display ssh server status
SSH version : 1.5
SSH connection timeout : 60 seconds
SSH server key generating interval : 1 hours
SSH Authentication retries : 3 times
Display SSH sessions.
[3Com] display ssh server session
Conn Ver Encr ySt at e Ret r yUser name
VTY0 1. 5DESSessi on st ar t ed 3Com
VTY3 1. 5DESSessi on st ar t ed r out er
Any view
Related Commands ssh server authentication-retries
ssh server timeout
1224 display ssh server-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ssh server-info
Purpose Use the display ssh server-info command to view the associations of public
key to SSH server maintained at the client end.
Syntax display ssh server-info
Parameters None
Example Display the public key to SSH server associations at the client end.
[3Com] display ssh server-info
ServerIP public-key-name
192.168.0.1 3Com_key01
192.168.0.2 3Com_key02
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ssh-server source-ip 1225
Command Reference
display ssh-server source-ip
Purpose Use the display ssh-server source-ip command to display the source IP
address configured for the SSH server.
Syntax display ssh-server source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the SSH server.
<Router> display ssh-server source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the SSH server, the IP address of the
specified for the SSH server, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
1226 display ssh user-information 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display ssh user-information
Purpose Use the display ssh user-information command to view information about
current SSH users, including user name, corresponding key name and user
authentication mode. If you specify the username parameter, then only the
information about the specified user is displayed.
Syntax display ssh user-information [ username ]
Parameters username
Valid SSH user name defined by AAA.
Example Display user information.
[3Com] display ssh user-information
Username authentication-typeuser-public-key-name
J i n r sa j i n
hanqi 1 passwor d 816pub
1024 r sa f i l e3
4000 all hq_rsa
hanqi _r sa r sa hq_r sa
hanqi _al l al l hq_al l
Any view
Related Commands ssh user username assign rsa-key
ssh user username authentication-type
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display ssh2 source-ip 1227
Command Reference
display ssh2 source-ip
Purpose Use the display ssh2 source-ip command to display the source IP address
configured for the SSH client.
Syntax display ssh2 source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the SSH client.
<Router> display ssh2 source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the SSH client, the IP address of the
specified for the SSH client, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
1228 display standby flow 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display standby flow
Purpose Use the display standby flow command to view statistics about the traffic on
the main interfaces participating in backup load sharing.
Syntax display standby flow
Parameters None
Example Set Serial 1/0/0, Serial 0/0/0 and Logic-channel0 to back up interface Serial 3/0/0 and
configure backup load sharing on Serial 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 10
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby i nt er f ace l ogi c- channel 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby t hr eshol d 80 50
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby t i mer f l ow- check 100
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby bandwi dt h 9
Display statistics about the traffic on the main interfaces participating in backup load
sharing.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] di spl ay st andby f l ow
I nt er f acename : Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0
Fl ow- i nt er val ( s) : 100
Last I nOct et s : 868168
Last Out Oct et s : 1818667
I nFl ow( Oct et s) : 50070
Out Fl ow( Oct et s) : 100088
BandWi dt h( b/ s) : 9000
UsedBandWi dt h( b/ s) : 8000
The following table describes the fields of the command.
Table 250 Description on the fields of the display standby flow command
Field Description
Flow-interval(s) Intervals for checking traffic on the main interface.
LastInOctets The sum of the octets received on the main interface until the last
check.
LastOutOctets The sum of the octets sent on the main interface until the last check.
InFlow(Octets) The sum of the octets received on the main interface during the last
interval.
OutFlow(Octets) The sum of the octets sent on the main interface during the last
interval.
BandWidth(b/s) Bandwidth of the main interface.
UsedBandWidth(b/s) Actual bandwidth of the interface during the last interval.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display standby flow 1229
Command Reference
Any view
1230 display standby state 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display standby state
Purpose Use the display standby state command to view information about the main
and standby interfaces.
Syntax display standby state
Parameters None
Example Set Serial 1/0/0, Serial 0/0/0 and Logic-channel 0 to back up Serial 3/0/0, and
configure backup load sharing on Serial 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] st andby i nt er f ace l ogi c- channel 0
Display information about the main and standby interfaces.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] di spl ay st andby st at e
I nt er f ace I nt er f acest at e St andbyst at e St andbyf l ag Pr i
Loadst at e
Ser i al 2/ 1 DOWN MDOWN MU
Ser i al 2/ 3 DOWN DOWN BU 0
Vi r t ual - Et her net 1 DOWN MDOWN MU
Ser i al 2/ 0 DOWN DOWN BU 0
St andby- f l ag meani ng:
M- - - MAI N S- - - St andby V- - - MOVED U- - - USED
D- - - LOAD P- - - PULLED G- - - LOGI CCHANNEL
Any view
Description The following table describes the information that the command provides and the
possible values.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display standby state 1231
Command Reference
Table 251 Information about the main and standby interfaces
Item Main interface Standby interface
Interface state UP, DOWN UP, DOWN, STANDBY
Standby state MUP, MUPDELAY,
MDOWN,
MDOWNDELAY,
MDESERT
UP, UPDELAY, DOWN, DOWNDELAY, STANDBY,
DESERT
Standby flag M---MAIN: the interface is a main interface.
S---Standby: the interface is a standby interface.
V---MOVED: the interface or its main interface is removed, or all standby
interfaces of the interface are removed.
U---USED: the interface is in use as a main or standby interface.
D---LOAD: the interface participates in backup load sharing as a main
interface.
P---PULLED: the interface card where this interface is located is not in place.
G---LOGICCHANNEL: the interface is a logical channel interface.
Pri Priority of the standby interface
Load state WAKE, TO-HYPNOTIZE, TO-WAKE, STABLE
1232 display startup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display startup
Purpose Use the display startup command to view the configuration file used at this
startup and the one used for next startup.
Syntax display startup
Parameters None
Example Display the configuration file used at this startup and the one used for next startup.
<3Com>display startup
Startup saved-configuration file: flash:/vrpcfg.cfg
Next startup saved-configuration file: flash:/xhy.cfg
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display status interface 1233
Command Reference
display status interface
Purpose Use the display status interface command to display the state of the
Syntax display status interface interface-type interface-number
interface-number
Example Display the state of Ethernet interface 0/0/0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay st at us i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
t r ansmi t i nf or mat i on
cal l t i mes: 1
cal l ok t i mes: 1
done t i mes: 1
del ay t i mes: 0
dest r oy t i me: 0
r ecei ve i nf or mat i on
done t i mes: 0
get ok mbuf s: 0
make mbuf f ai l s: 0
no buf f er t i mes: 0
Rx di sabl e t i mes: 0
Rx enabl e t i mes: 1
sof t war e st at i st i cal i nf or mat i on :
pMsg addr ess: 0x04a6b9a4
pci Base: 0x80000000
sl ot / por t i sr : 0x0/ 0x64
Et hType Fl ag: 0x0000f f f f
RxBD Base: 0x00000000
TxBD Base: 0x00000000
TxAuxBD Base: 0x04a6ca68
I nt r Req t i mes: 0
I nt r Done t i mes: 0
I nt r Rnr t i mes = 0
Max Tx BDs: 64
Max Rx BDs: 64
bd_t pt r : 1
bd_cpt r : 0
bd_r pt r : 0
RPTR: 63
Fr eeBDs: 63
Har dwar e i nf or mat i on of r ecei ve:
I nput packet s: 0
Br oadcast packet s: 0
Mul t i cast packet s: 0
Al i gn er r or packet s: 0
CRC er r or s packet s: 0
Symb er r or s packet s: 0
Sequence er r packet s: 0
1234 display status interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Recv No Buf f er s: 0
Shor t Packet s( <64) : 0
Long Packet s: 0
CRC er r or s packet s: 0
Symb er r or s packet s: 0
Sequence er r packet s: 0
Recv No Buf f er s: 0
Shor t Packet s( <64) : 0
Long Packet s: 0
Har dwar e i nf or mat i on of t r ansmi t t ed:
Out put packet s: 0
Br oadcast packet s: 1
Mul t i cast packet s: 0
Def er ed Packet s: 0
No r eady( under r un) : 0
Lost Car r i er s: 0
Lat e col l i si ons: 0
Tot al col l i si on: 0
Fl ow- cont r ol i nf or mat i on:
Recei ve XON f r ame: 0
Tr ansmi t XON f r ame: 0
Recei ve XOFF f r ame: 0
Tr ansmi t XOFF f r ame: 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display status interface ima-group 1235
Command Reference
display status interface ima-group
Purpose Use the display status interface ima-group command to view detailed
information about the specified IMA group interface.
Syntax display status interface ima-group slot/card/group-number
Parameters slot Number of the slot for the ATM E1/T1 interface card.
card Number of the ATM E1/T1 interface card.
group-number IMA group number. Valid values are any integer from 1
to 8.
Example Display the detailed information about IMA group interface 6/0/1.
[3Com -Ima-group3/0/1] display status interface ima-group 6/0/1
Atm IMA port basic statistic as follows:
Shutdowns/Noshuts:0/0
LinkUps/LinkDowns:1/0
Ima-group configuration and status :
ImaGroupTxImaId = 0 ImaGroupRxImaId = 0
ImaGroupTxImaVer = 1.1 ImaGroupRxImaVer = 1.1
ImaGroupMinNumTxLinks = 1 ImaGroupMinNumRxLinks = 1
ImaGroupDiffDelayMax = 25 ImaGroupATMutopiaAddr = 0
ImaGroupTxTRL = 0 ImaGroupRxTRL = 0
ImaGroupTxTRLSrc = 0 ImaGroupRxTRLSrc = 0
ImaGroupTxTRLSrcCfg = 0 ImaGroupRxTRLSrcCfg = 0
ImaGroupLeastDelayLink = 7 ImaGroupDiffDelayMaxObs = 0
ImaGroupNeTxClkMode = ctc ImaGroupFeTxClkMode = ctc
ImaGroupTxFrameLen = 128 ImaGroupRxFrameLen = 128
ImaGroupNumTxCfgLinks = 8 ImaGroupNumRxCfgLinks = 8
ImaGroupNumTxActLinks = 7 ImaGroupNumRxActLinks = 7
ImaGroupNumTestLink = 0 ImaGroupTestPattern = 0xff
IMA Link Information :
Link 0 :
LinkState :
NeTx = Active
NeRx = Active
FeTx = Active
FeRx = Active
LinkFailureStatus :
NeRx = NoFailure
FeRx = NoFailure
Link Information :
TxLinkId = 0
RxLinkId = 0
LinkRelDelay = 0
1236 display status interface ima-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Table 252 Description on the fields of the display status interface ima-group command
Field Description
Shutdowns/Noshuts Number of shutdown/undo shutdown operations
LinkUps/LinkDowns Number of link status changes
Ima-group configuration and
status :
ImaGroupTxImaId = 0
ImaGroupRxImaId = 0
reflect
Specify reflec
ImaGroupTxTRLSrc = 32
ImaGroupRxTRLSrc = 32
ImaGroupTxTRLSrcCfg = 0
ImaGroupRxTRLSrcCfg = 0
ImaGroupLeastDelayLink = 0
ImaGroupDiffDelayMaxObs = 0
ImaGroupNeTxClkMode = ctc
ImaGroupFeTxClkMode = ctc
ImaGroupTxFrameLen = 128
ImaGroupRxFrameLen = 128
ImaGroupNumTxCfgLinks = 1
ImaGroupNumRxCfgLinks = 1
ImaGroupNumTxActLinks = 0
ImaGroupNumRxActLinks = 0
ImaGroupNumTestLink = 0
ImaGroupTestPattern = 0xff
Configuration and states of the IMA group, including:
IMA group number, transmit/receive clock source reference,
minimum/maximum delay in the group, near/far end clock
mode (CTC or ITC), number of cells in each
received/transmitted frame, number of links in the group,
number of active links, test pattern (0-fe).
IMA Link Information:
Link 0:
LinkState:
NeTx= Unusable
NeRx= Unusable
FeTx= No_In_Group
FeRx= No_In_Group
LinkFailureStatus:
NeRx = Lif
FeRx= NoFailure
Link Information:
RxLinkId = 0
LinkRelDelay = 0
Link state: not in group, unusable, usable, or active
Failure cause: LIF, LODS, LOS, or AIS
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display stop-accounting-buffer 1237
Command Reference
display stop-accounting-buffer
Purpose Use the display stop-accounting-buffer command to view information on
the stop-accounting requests buffered in the router.
Syntax display stop-accounting-buffer hwt acacs- scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
Displays information on buffered stop-accounting
requests related to the TACACS+ scheme specified by
hwtacacs-scheme-name, a character string not
exceeding 32 characters and excluding /, :, *,
?, < and >.
Example Display information on the buffered stop-accounting requests related to the
TACACS+ scheme 3Com".
<3Com> di spl ay st op- account i ng- buf f er hwt acacs- scheme 3Com
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NO. SendTi me I P Addr ess Templ at e
1 10 172. 31. 1. 27 3Com
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Whol e account i ng st op packet t o r esend: 1
Any view
Description The router buffers and retransmits each stop-accounting request packet for which no
response is received from the RADIUS server. You may set the total number of
transmissions by using the retry stop-accounting command.
Related Commands reset stop-accounting-buffer
stop-accounting-buffer enable
retry stop-accounting
Table 253 Description on the fields of the display stop-accounting-buffer command
Field Description
NO Sequence number of the stop-accounting request
SendTime Count of stop-accounting request transmission attempts
IP Address IP address of the TACACS server
1238 display tcp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display tcp statistics
Purpose Use the display tcp statistics command to view TCP traffic statistic
information.
Syntax display tcp statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the TCP traffic statistic information.
<3Com> di spl ay t cp st at i st i cs
Recei ved packet s:
Tot al : 0
packet s i n sequence: 0 ( 0 byt es)
wi ndow pr obe packet s: 0, wi ndow updat e packet s: 0
checksumer r or : 0, bad of f set : 0, t oo shor t : 0
dupl i cat e packet s : 0 ( 0 byt es) , par t i al l y dupl i cat e packet s : 0( 0
byt es)
out - of - or der packet s : 0 ( 0 byt es)
packet s wi t h dat a af t er wi ndow : 0 ( 0 byt es)
packet s af t er cl ose : 0
ack packet s: 0 ( 0 byt es) , dupl i cat e ack packet s: 0, ack packet s wi t h
unsend dat a: 0
Sent packet s:
Tot al : 0
ur gent packet s: 0
cont r ol packet s: 0 ( 0 RST)
wi ndow pr obe packet s: 0, wi ndow updat e packet s: 0
dat a packet s : 0 ( 0 byt es) , dat a packet s r et r ansmi t t ed: 0 ( 0 byt es)
ack onl y packet s : 0( 0 del ayed)
Tot al r et r ansmi t t i meout : 0, connect i ons dr opped i n r et r ansmi t
t i meout : 0
Keepal i ve t i meout : 0, keepal i ve pr obe: 0, dr opped connect i ons i n
keepal i ve: 0
I ni t i at ed connect i ons: 0, accept ed connect i ons: 0, est abl i shed
connect i ons: 0
Cl osed connect i ons: 0, ( dr opped: 0, embr yoni c dr opped: 0)
Dr opped packet s wi t h MD5 aut hent i cat i on : 0
Per mi t t ed packet s wi t h MD5 aut hent i cat i on : 0
The above i nf or mat i on means:
Recei vi ng st at i st i cs:
Tot al number of packet s r ecei ved: 0
The number of packet s r eachi ng as t he or der ( t ot al byt es: 0) : 0
Wi ndow det ect i on packet s number : 0, wi ndow upgr adi ng packet s number : 0.
The number of packet ver i f i cat i on er r or s: 0, t he number of packet
l engt h er r or s: 0.
The number of t ot al l y r epeat ed packet s: 0 ( t he t ot al byt es: 0) , t he
number of par t i al r epeat ed packet s: 0 ( t he t ot al byt es: 0) .
The number of packet s wi t h conf usi ng or der : 0 ( t he t ot al byt es: 0) .
The number of packet s r eachi ng out si de of t he r ecei vi ng wi ndow: 0 ( t he
t ot al byt es: 0) .
The number of packet s r eachi ng af t er connect i on bei ng cl osed: 0.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display tcp statistics 1239
Command Reference
The conf i r med packet s number : 0 ( t he byt es of t he conf i r med dat a: 0) ,
t he r epeat ed conf i r med packet s number : 0, ACK packet s number al r eady
bei ng conf i r med but not bei ng sent yet : 0.
Sendi ng st at i st i cs:
Tot al number of packet s sent : 0.
The ur gent packet s number : 0.
The cont r ol packet s number : 0. ( RST packet s number : 0) .
The wi ndow det ect i on packet s number : 0, t he wi ndow upgr adi ng packet s
number : 0.
The dat a packet s number : 0 ( t he t ot al byt es: 0) he r et r ansmi ssi on
packet s number : 0 ( t he t ot al byt es: 0) .
ACK packet s number : 0 ( del ay ACK packet s number : 0)
The t i meout t i mes of r et r ansmi ssi on t i mer : 0, t he connect i on number
di scar ded due t o r et r ansmi ssi on t i mes beyond l i mi t at i on: 0.
The t i meout t i mes of keepal i ve t i mer : 0, t he t i mes of sendi ng
keepal i ve det ect i on packet s: 0.
The number of connect i ons i ni t i at ed: 0, t he number of connect i ons
r ecei ved: 0, t he number of connect i ons est abl i shed: 0.
The number of connect i ons cl osed al r eady: 0, t he number of connect i ons
di scar ded acci dent al l y ( af t er SYN i s r ecei ved) : 0, t he t i mes of
connect i ons act i vel y f ai l ed t o est abl i sh ( bef or e SYN i s r ecei ved) : 0.
The packet s number di scar ded af t er MD5 ver i f i cat i on: 0.
The packet s number passi ng MD5 ver i f i cat i on: 0.
Any view
Description The command is used to display the traffic statistic information of all the active TCP
connections. Statistics information is classified into two parts: receiving and sending,
and each part is further classified according to different types of packets. For
example, for receiving packets, there are retransmission packets number, keep-alive
detection packets number, etc. Also the statistics closely related to connection are
displayed, such as connection number received, retransmission packets number and
keep-alive detection packets number. The unit of statistics results is packet, and
sometimes is byte.
Related Command display tcp status
1240 display tcp status 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display tcp status
Purpose Use the display tcp status command to monitor TCP connection any time.
Syntax display tcp status
Parameters None
Example Display the TCP connection status.
<3Com> di spl ay t cp st at us
TCPCB Local Addr essFor ei gn Addr ess St at e
0442c394 10. 110. 93. 146. 2310. 110. 93. 175. 1538ESTAB
045d8074 0. 0. 0. 0. 210. 0. 0. 0. 0 LI STEN
Any view
Related Command display local-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display tcp status 1241
Command Reference
display tcp status
Purpose Use the display tcp status command to view information about the current
TCP connections on the router.
Syntax display tcp status
Parameters None
Example Display information about TCP connections.
<3Com> display tcp status
TCPCB Local Address Foreign Address State
129.102.100.142 23 129.102.001.092 ESTABLISHED
028ca414 0.0.0.0.23 0.0.0.0.0 LISTEN
The output indicates that one TCP connection is set up, where the local IP address is
129.102.100.142, local port is 23, and remote IP address is 129.102.001.92. In
addition, a local server process is listening to port 23.
Any view
Description Compared with display users, the display tcp status command can display more
information about Telnet clients and servers.
The information that this command provides includes local address of TCP
connection, local port number, external address, external port number, and
connection state.
Related Command telnet
1242 display telnet-server source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display telnet-server source-ip
Purpose Use the display telnet-server source-ip command to display the source
IP address configured for the Telnet server.
Syntax display telnet-server source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the Telnet server.
<Router> display telnet-server source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the Telnet server, the IP address of the
specified for the Telnet server, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display tftp-server 1243
Command Reference
display tftp-server
Purpose Use the display tftp-server command to view TFTP server state and attributes
setting.
Syntax display tftp-server
Parameters None
Example Display TFTP server state and attributes setting.
[3Com]display tftp-server
TFTP server State Close
TFTP server max-users 1
TFTP server current users 0
TFTP server timeout (second) 5
TFTP server retry-times 5
TFTP server update mode normal
TFTP server directory flash:/
Any view
Table 254 Description on the fields in the output of the display tftp-server command
Field Description
TFTP server State State of the TFTP server, including open and close
TFTP server max-users The maximum number of concurrent users who access TFTP
server
TFTP server current users The maximum number of concurrent users who access TFTP
server
TFTP server timeout (second) UDP packet response timeout time for TFTP server
TFTP server retry-times Maximum retry times for timeout transmission for the TFTP
server
TFTP server update mode Update mode for the TFTP server to receive data
TFTP server directory Directory that TFTP users can access
1244 display tftp source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display tftp source-ip
Purpose Use the display tftp source-ip command to display the source IP address
configured for the TFTP client.
Syntax display tftp source-ip
Parameters None
Example Display the current source IP address of the TFTP client.
<Router> display tftp source-ip
Any view
Description If a source interface has been specified for the TFTP client, the IP address of the
specified for the TFTP client, 0.0.0.0 is displayed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display this 1245
Command Reference
display this
Purpose Use the display this command to view the current configurations in current
view.
Syntax display this [ by-linenum ]
Parameters by-linenum Identifies each line of displayed information with a line
number.
Example Display the current configuration in current view.
<3Com> display this
#
sysname 3Com
#
tcp window 8
#
Display the current configurations for current view, identifying each line of
[3Com] display this by-linenum
1: #
2: sysname 3Com
3: #
4: tcp window 8
5: #
6: return
Any view
1246 display time-range 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display time-range
Purpose Use the display time-range command to view the configuration and the status
of time range. For the active time range at present, it displays "active" and for the
inactive time range, it displays "inactive".
Syntax display time-range { al l | time-name }
Parameters time-name Name of the time range.
all Displays all the configured time ranges.
Example Display all time ranges.
[ 3Com] di spl ay t i me- r ange al l
Display the time range named trname.
[ 3Com] di spl ay t i me- r ange t r name
Cur r ent t i me i s 02: 49: 36 2/ 15/ 2003 Sat ur day
Ti me- r ange : t r name ( I nact i ve )
14: 00 t o 16: 00 of f - day f r om00: 00 12/ 1/ 2002 t o 00: 00 12/ 1/ 2003
Any view
Description Since there is a time deviation when the system updates acl status, which is about 1
minute, but display time-range will display the information of time range at
the current time exactly. Thus, the following case may happen: use the command
display time-range to find that a time range is activated but the acl that should
be active in the time range is inactive. This case is normal.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display traffic behavior 1247
Command Reference
display traffic behavior
Purpose Use the display traffic behavior command to display the information of the
traffic behavior configured on the router.
Syntax display traffic behavior { syst em- def i ned | user - def i ned } [ behavior-name
]
Parameters system-defined
Behavior pre-defined by the system.
user-defined
Behavior pre-defined by the user.
behavior-name
Behavior name. If it is not specified, the information of
the behaviors pre-defined by the system or by the user
will be displayed.
Example Display information about user-defined traffic behavior.
[ 3Com] di spl ay t r af f i c behavi or user - def i ned
User Def i ned Behavi or I nf or mat i on:
Behavi or : t est
Queue Lengt h : 64 ( Packet s)
Queue l engt h 50 ( Packet s)
Mar ki ng:
Remar k MPLS EXP 3
Behavi or : 3Com
Mar ki ng:
Bandwi dt h 50 ( Kbps) CBS 1500 ( Byt es)
Any view
1248 display traffic classifier 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display traffic classifier
Purpose Use the display traffic classifier command to view the configuration
information about class of the router.
Syntax display traffic classifier { syst em- def i ned | user - def i ned } [ tcl-name ]
Parameters system-defined
Class pre-defined by the system.
user-defined
Class pre-defined by the user.
tcl-name
Class name. If it is not specified, the information of all
classes pre-defined by the system or by the user.
Example Display configuration information about class of the router.
[ 3Com] di spl ay t r af f i c cl assi f i er user - def i ned
User Def i ned Cl assi f i er I nf or mat i on:
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch i p- pr ecedence 5
Oper at or : AND
i f - mat ch i nbound- i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display trapbuffer 1249
Command Reference
display trapbuffer
Purpose Use the display trapbuffer command to view the information entries in the
trap buffer.
Syntax display trapbuffer [ size sizeval ]
Parameters size Specifies the number of information entries in the trap
buffer.
sizeval
Number of entries to be displayed.
Default By default, the command is executed without any parameter specified to display all
information in the trap buffer.
Example Display the information in the trap buffer.
<3Com> display trapbuffer
Trapping Buffer Configuration and contents:
enabled
allowed max buffer size : 1024
actual buffer size : 256
channel number : 3 , channel name : trapbuf
dropped messages : 0
overwrote messages : 0
current messages : 0
Display 23 entries in the trap buffer.
<3Com> display trapbuffer size 23
Trapping Buffer Configuration and contents:
enabled
allowed max buffer size : 1024
actual buffer size : 256
channel number : 3 , channel name : trapbuf
dropped messages : 0
overwrote messages : 0
current messages : 0
Table 255 Description on the fields of the display trapbuffer command
Field Description
Trapping Buffer Configuration and
contents: enabled
Trap buffer is enabled
Allowed max buffer size: 1024 Maximum size of the trap buffer is 1024 entries
Actual buffer size: 256 Actual size of the trap buffer is 256 entries
channel number: 3
channel name: trapbuffer
Number and name of the information channel for the
trap buffer
Dropped messages: 0 Number of dropped messages
Overwritten messages: 0 Number of overwritten messages
Current messages: 96 Number of current messages
1250 display trapbuffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description If the number of entries in the current trap buffer is smaller than the specified
sizeval, all entries are displayed.
display info-center
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display udp-helper server 1251
Command Reference
display udp-helper server
Purpose Use the display udp-helper server command to display the information
about the destination servers associated with the specified or all Ethernet interfaces.
Syntax display udp-helper server [ i nt er f ace number ]
Parameters number Ethernet interface number.
Example Display the information about the destination servers associated with Ethernet
interface 0/0/0.
<3Com> di spl ay udp- hel per ser ver i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
i nt er f ace nameser ver addr esspacket s send
et her net 0/ 0/ 0192. 1. 1. 20
Any view
1252 display udp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display udp statistics
Purpose Use the display udp statistics command to view TCP traffic statistic
information.
Syntax display udp statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the UDP traffic statistic information.
<3Com> di spl ay udp st at i st i cs
Recei ved packet :
Tot al : 0
checksumer r or : 0
shor t er t han header : 0, dat a l engt h l ar ger t han packet : 0
no socket on por t : 0
t ot al br oadcast or mul t i cast packet s : 0
no socket br oadcast or mul t i cast packet s: 0
not del i ver ed, i nput socket f ul l : 0
i nput packet s mi ssi ng pcb cache: 0
Sent packet :
Tot al : 0
Any view
Table 256 Description on the fields of the display udp statistics command
Field Description
Received packet: Statistics about the received packets
Total: 0 Total number of received UDP packets
checksum error: 0 Number of the packets with checksum error
shorter than header: 0 Number of the packets with data length shorter than header
data length larger than packet: 0 Number of the receieved packets larger than the allowed
packet length
no socket on port: 0 Number of the received packets with an unknown port
number
total broadcast or multicast
packets: 0
Number of the received broadcasts or multicasts
no socket broadcast or multicast
packets: 0
Number of the received broadcasts or multicasts with an
unknown port number
not delivered, input socket full: 0 Number of the packets that are not delivered because the
input socket is full
input packets missing pcb cache: 0 Number of the packets that mismatch the PCB cache
Sent packet: Statistics about the transmitted packets
Total: 0 Total number of the transmitted packets
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display udp statistics 1253
Command Reference
Description The command is used to display the traffic statistic information of all the active TCP
connections. Statistics information is classified into two parts: receiving and sending,
and each part can be further classified according to different types of packets, as
checksum packets and error packets, for example. Moreover there are statistics closely
related to connection, such as the number of broadcast packets. The statistics
information is organized in terms of packet.
Related Command reset udp statistics
1254 display user-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display user-interface
Purpose Use the display user-interface command to view information about the
specified or all user interfaces.
Syntax display user-interface [ type-name ] [ number ] [summary]
Parameters type-name
User interface type. Together with a user interface
index, it specifies a user interface.
number Number of a user interface. If type-name is not
specified, number is an absolute index in the range 0
to 38. If type-name is specified, it is a relative index
whose value depends on the user interface type.
summary Displays summary about user interfaces.
Example Display information about user interface 0.
<3Com> display user-interface 0
Idx Type Tx/Rx Modem Privi Auth Int
+ 0 CON 0 9600 - 3 N -
+ : Current user-interface is active.
F : Current user-interface is active and work in async mode.
Idx : Absolute index of user-interface.
Type : Type and relative index of user-interface.
Privi: The privilege of user-interface.
Auth : The authentication mode of user-interface.
Int : The physical location of UIs.
A : Authentication use AAA.
L : Authentication use local database.
N : Current UI need not authentication.
P : Authentication use current UI's password.
Display summary about user interface 0.
<3Com> display user-interface 0 summary
0: U
1 character mode users. (U)
1 total UIs in use.
UI's name: con0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display users 1255
Command Reference
display users
Purpose Use the display users command to view the login information of the users on
each user interface.
Syntax display users [ all ]
Parameters all Displays information about users of all user interfaces.
Example Display state about all user interface users.
<3Com> display users
UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username Userlevel
+ 0 CON 0 00:00:00 3
130 VTY 0 00:00:05 TEL 192.168.1.253 tb 2
You can see information on all active terminal lines. The following
table describes the fields in the output.
Execute the display users all command on the console.
<3Com> display users all
UI Delay Type Ipaddress Username Userlevel
+ 0 CON 0 00:00:00 3
129 AUX 0
+ 130 VTY 0 00:00:16 TEL 192.168.1.253 tb 2
131 VTY 1
132 VTY 2
133 VTY 3
134 VTY 4
All the terminal lines are displayed. The plus (+) signs indicate
active terminal lines.
Any view
Table 257 Fields in the output of the display users command
Field Description
+ Indicates the terminal line in use.
UI The first number and the second number are respectively the absolute index and
relative index of the user interface.
Delay Interval since the last input, in the format of hh:mm:ss.
Type User type, such as Telnet, SSH, and PAD
Ipaddress Location where connection is initiated, or IP address of the call-in host.
Username Username that the user uses to log in from this user interface. In this example,
this field is void because AAA authentication is not required on this terminal
line.
Userlevel User authority or level: 0 for visit, 1 for monitor, 2 for system, and 3 for manage.
1256 display version 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
display version
Purpose Use the display version command to system version information.
Syntax display version
Parameters None
Example Display the system version information of the router.
<3Com> di spl ay ver si on
Copyr i ght Not i ce: SK_VSI R_NAME cr ea
Al l r i ght s r eser ved ( Sep 13 2004) . r ul e 1 de i cmp ?cr eat e. . .
3Com- 3ComVer sat i l e Rout i ng Pl at f or mSof t war e
VRP( R) sof t war e, Ver si on 3. 40, Rel ease 0001SP03
Copyr i ght ( c) 2003- 2004 Hangzhou 3Com- 3ComTech. Co. , Lt d. Al l r i ght s
r eser ved
.
Copyr i ght ( c) 2000- 2003 3ComTech. Co. , Lt d. Al l r i ght s r eser ved.
3ComSer i es Rout er 5000 upt i me i s 0 week, 0 day, 0 hour , 22 mi nut es
Rpu' s ver si on i nf or mat i on:
Rout er 5000 wi t h 1 Power PC 750 Pr ocessor
256M byt es SDRAM
32M byt es FLASH
512K byt es NVRAM
Pcb Ver si on : RTM1RPUA. 1
RPE Logi c Ver si on : RPE3. 4
SBG Logi c Ver si on : 012
Smal l Boot ROM Ver si on : 3. 04
Bi g Boot ROM Ver si on : 5. 03
Conf i g Regi st er poi nt s t o FLASH
[ SLOT 0] AUX0 ( Har dwar e) A. 1, ( Dr i ver ) 1. 0, ( Cpl d) 3. 4
[ SLOT 0] ETH0 ( Har dwar e) A. 1, ( Dr i ver ) 1. 0, ( Cpl d) 3. 4
[ SLOT 0] ETH1 ( Har dwar e) A. 1, ( Dr i ver ) 1. 0, ( Cpl d) 3. 4
Any view
Description By viewing system version information, you can learn about the current software
version, rack type and the information related to the main control board and interface
boards.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display virtual-access 1257
Command Reference
display virtual-access
Purpose Use the display virtual-access command to view state information about
the specified or all virtual access interfaces.
Syntax display virtual-access { dialer [ number ] | vt [ vt-number ] | user
user-name | peer peer-address | va-number }*
Parameters dialer number
Dialer interface number.
vt-number
Number of the virtual template to which the virtual
access interface is assigned.
user-name Login username of virtual access interface.
peer-address Peer address of the virtual access interface.
va-number Sequence number of the virtual access interface.
Example Display state information about all virtual access interfaces.
<3Com > display virtual-access vt
Virtual-Template1:0 current state :UP
Line protocol current state :UP
Description : Virtual-Template1:0 Interface
Link layer protocol is PPP
LCP opened, MP opened, IPCP opened, OSICP opened
Physical is MP, baudrate: 64000
Output queue : (Urgent queue : Size/Length/Discards) 0/50/0
Output queue : (Protocol queue : Size/Length/Discards) 0/500/0
Output queue : (FIFO queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0
Any view
Description For VT and dialer interfaces used in MP, PPPoE, and PPPoA, the system may create
virtual access interfaces depending on link state. Thus, to check their link state, you
must use the display virtual-access command.
1258 display vlan 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display vlan
Purpose Use the display vlan command to view information on VLANs.
Syntax display vlan [ vlan_id [ to ] vlan_id | all ]
Parameters vlan_id
Specifies a VLAN by its VLAN ID, which is defined in
IEEE802.1Q. Valid values are 1 to 4094.
all
Displays information on all VLANs.
Example Display information on VLAN 2.
<3Com > display vlan 2
VLAN ID: 2
Tagged Ports: none
Untagged Ports:
Ethernet1/0/1 Ethernet1/0/2 Ethernet1/0/3
Any view
Description If vlan_id or all is specified, information on the specified VLAN or all VLANs is
displayed including VLAN ID and the included ports.
If no parameter is specified, all VLAN lists that have been created in the system is are
displayed.
Table 258 Description on the information on VLAN2
Field Description
VLAN ID ID of the VLAN
Tagged Ports Indicates on which ports the VLAN packet should be tagged.
Untagged Ports Indicates on which ports the VLAN packet is not to be tagged.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display vlan interface 1259
Command Reference
display vlan interface
Purpose Use the display vlan interface command to view VLAN configuration
information on a certain interface (only supporting sub-interface).
Syntax display vlan interface interface-type interface-num
interface-num
Specifies the interface. At present, the interface types
supported include Ethernet interface and Gigabit
Ethernet interface, and it only supports sub-interface.
Example Display the VLAN configuration information at the Ethernet interface 2/0/0.1.
<3Com > display vlan interface ethernet 2/0/0.1
encapsulation dot1q vid 60
Any view
1260 display vlan max-packet-process 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display vlan max-packet-process
Purpose Use the display vlan max-packet-process command to view the maximum
number of processed packets configured on a certain VLAN per second.
Syntax display vlan max-packet-process vid
Parameters vid
VLAN ID, used to identify a VLAN.
Example Display the maximum number of processed packets configured on the VLAN 10.
<3Com > display vlan max-packet-process 10
Max Packet Process Count for Vid 10 is 300000
Any view
Related Command max-packet-process
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display vlan statistics vid 1261
Command Reference
display vlan statistics vid
Purpose Use the display vlan statistics vid command to view the packet statistics
on a certain VLAN, e.g. the received packet number and the sent packet number.
Syntax display vlan statistics vid vid
Parameters vid VLAN ID, used to identify a VLAN.
Example Display the packet statistics on VLAN 10.
<3Com > display vlan statistics vid 10
Packets received: 53
Packets transmitted: 14
Any view
Related Command display vlan statistics vid
1262 display vlan statistics vid 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display vlan statistics vid command to view the packet statistics
on a certain VLAN, e.g. the received packet number and the sent packet number.
Syntax display vlan statistics vid vid
Parameters vid
Example Display the packet statistics on VLAN 10.
<3Com > display vlan statistics vid 10
Packets received: 53
Packets transmitted: 14
Any view
Related Command reset vlan statistics interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice aaa-client configuration 1263
Command Reference
display voice aaa-client configuration
Purpose Use the display voice aaa-client configuration command to view
information about voice AAA.
Syntax display voice aaa-client configuration
Parameters None
Example Display information about voice AAA.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce aaacl i ent conf i gur at i on
AAA conf i gur at i on :
account i ng\ aut hent i cat i on\ aut hor i zat i on:
account i ng = of f
aut hent i cat i on- di d = of f
account i ng- met hod = st ar t - st op
di al - cont r ol - mi b- i nf o:
buf f er = 50
dur at i on = 15
Any view
1264 display voice call-history-record 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display voice call-history-record command to view the
information about call history records.
Syntax display voice call-history-record { cal l ednumber called-number |
cal l i ngnumber calling-number | car dnumber card-number | r emot e- i p- addr
a.b.c.d | l ast last-number | l i ne line-number } [ br i ef ]
Parameters callednumber
Display the call history records according to the called
number filtering.
called-number The called E.164 number, being a character string
within 31 characters.
callingnumber
Display the call history records according to the calling
number filtering.
calling-number The calling E.164 number, being a character string
cardnumber
Display the call history records according to the prepaid
card number.
card-number
The prepaid card number, being a character string
remote-ip-addr Display the call history records according to the IP
address of the called user.
a.b.c.d
The IP address of the called user, in the dotted decimal
format.
last
Display the call history records according to the
specified number of the latest conversation records.
last-number The number of the latest conversation records, in the
value range from 0 to 500.
line
Display the call history records according to the voice
subscriber-line receiving calls on the router.
line-number
The number of the voice subscriber-line receiving calls
on the router, and its value range is decided according
to the type and quantity of voice cards actually put into
operation on the router.
brief
Use a brief format to display call history records.
Example Display the call history records according to the number of 10 of the latest
conversation records.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce cal l - hi st or y- r ecor d l ast 10
!
Cal l Recor d[ 30] :
Cal l er Num = 4000
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice call-history-record 1265
Command Reference
Cal l edNum = 2000
EncodeType = 711u
Peer Addr ess = 127. 0. 0. 1
Di sconnect Cause = 0
Di sconnect Text = Nor mal r el ease
Tal ki ngTi mes = 00h 00m00s
Voi ceTi mes = 00h 00m00s
FaxTi mes = 00h 00m00s
I mgPages = 0
Cal l Di r ect i on = 2
Set upTi me( voi p) = Mar 11, 2000 02: 20: 27
Connect Ti me( voi p) = None
Di sconect Ti me( voi p) = Mar 11, 2000 02: 20: 29
Tr ansmi t ( voi p) = 0 ( package) : 45456 ( byt e)
Recei ved( voi p) = 0 ( package) : 45456 ( byt e)
Set upTi me( pst n) = None
Connect Ti me( pst n) = None
Di sconect Ti me( pst n) = None
Tr ansmi t ( pst n) = 0 ( package) : 45456 ( byt e)
Recei ved( pst n) = 0 ( package) : 45456 ( byt e)
Any view
Description If such parameters as callednumber, callingnumber, cardnumber, remote-ip-addr, last,
line are not entered, all the saved call history records should be output by default. If it
Table 259 Description on the fields of the display voice call-history-record command
Field Description
CallRecord[30] Number of call record
CallerNum Callers number
CalledNum Called number
EncodeType Encoding type
PeerAddress Peer address
DisconnectCause Code of disconnect cause
DisconnectText Text of disconnect cause
TalkingTimes Talking duration
VoiceTimes Voice talking duration
FaxTimes Fax talking duration
ImgPages Facsimile pages
CallDirection Calling direction
SetupTime(voip) Call setup time on network side
ConnectTime(voip) Call connecting time on network side
DisconectTime(voip) Call disconnecting time on network side
Transmit (voip) Number of packets transported on network side (packet/byte)
Received(voip) Number of packets received on network side (packet/byte)
SetupTime(pstn) Call setup time on PSTN side
ConnectTime(pstn) Call connecting time on PSTN side
DisconectTime(pstn) Call disconnecting time on PSTN side
Transmit (pstn) Number of packets transported on PSTN side (packet/byte)
Received(pstn) Number of packets received on PSTN side (packet/byte)
Command Reference
is specified that call history records are displayed according to the number of the
latest conversation records (in last mode), the default number of records are 10.
The display format of call history records can be customized by setting the display and
filtering rule. The possible information display formats are as follows:
1. If the parameter brief is specified, the records will be displayed in a brief format.
2. If the parameter brief is not specified, the records will be displayed in a detailed
format.
If it is required to search according to the specified last-number, the records will be
displayed according to the number of records actually retrieved. If no record is found
or the record found is null, the prompting information as follows will appear:
Not found any record.
When setting the display and filtering rule, pay attention to the following points:
No unacceptable character is allowed to appear in the calling number or called
number. If any character other than figures and *, #, T, . appears in the
entered called-number or calling-number, the enter is invalid.
No character other than figures is allowed to appear in the specified number of
the latest conversation records times and voice subscriber-line number. If any
character except figures appears in the entered last-number/line-number, the
enter is invalid.
The digits of the specified called number and calling number cannot be over 31. If
the entered called-number or calling-number has over 31 characters, the enter is
invalid.
The specified number of the latest conversation records cannot be over 500. If the
specified last-number is greater than 500, the enter is invalid.
The specified voice subscriber-line number cannot be greater than the number of
available subscriber lines. If the specified line-number is greater than the number
of available subscriber lines, the enter is invalid.
When a call fails, the calling information will be recorded and the calling attributes
that cannot be decided before a call failure will be replaced by a default value.
The RADIUS Server may respond for the following reasons:
Normal release
Card number not exist
Invalid password
This accounts is using
No enough balance
The accounts is expired
Credit limit
User reject
Service invalid
Called limit
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice call-history-record 1267
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display voice call-history-record command to view call history.
Syntax display voice call-history-record { cal l ednumber number | cal l i ngnumber
number | cardnumber number | l ast number | l i ne number | r emot e- i p- addr
ip-address } [ br i ef ]
Parameters callednumber number Displays the call history of the specified called number.
callingnumber number Displays the call history of the specified calling number.
cardnumber number Displays the call history of the specified card number.
last number Specifies the number of the last call history entries to
be displayed.
line number
Specifies the call history of a voice interface.
remote-ip-addr ip-address
Displays the call history of the remote IP address.
brief
Displays information briefly.
Example Display information about the calls on the specified voice subscriber-line.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce cal l - hi st or y- r ecor d l i ne 0
Subscr i ber - l i ne 0 t ype FXS POTS , Li ne st at e i s opened
st ar t out goi ng cal l 72 t i mes, 48 success
r ecei ve i ncomi ng cal l 9 t i mes, 6 success
t he l at est 10 cal l ed number i s:
%1%cal l ed number 900
Table 260 Description on the fields of display voice call-history-record
Field Description
Subscriber-line Index number of the subscriber-line
type Interface type of the subscriber-line
Line state Line status of the subscriber-line
start outgoing call Total number of outgoing calls and number of successful outgoing
calls on the subscriber-line
Command Reference
Any view.
Description Note: The specified called number cannot be greater than the actual voice
subscriber-line number; otherwise, the input is invalid.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice call-info 1269
Command Reference
display voice call-info
Purpose Use the display voice call-info command to view the call information table,
including: channel number of the call, reference counter of all voice modules, module
ID in use, list of the voice entities that can be selected by the current call, and the
voice entity used by the current call.
Syntax display voice call-info { br i ef | ver bose | mar k TAG }
Parameters brief
Display the call information table in brief.
verbose
Display the call information table in detail.
mark TAG
Display the call information table by tag (in the range 1
to 128).
Example Display the call information table of a certain time in brief:
[ 3Com] di spl ay voi ce cal l - i nf o br i ef
The i nf or mat i on t abl e f or cur r ent cal l s i n br i ef
#
# CALL ( 0) : Channel <- - > 0
Modul e I D <- - > RCV VAS VPP
End
Display the call information table of a certain time in detail:
[ 3Com] di spl ay voi ce cal l - i nf o ver bose
The i nf or mat i on t abl e f or cur r ent cal l s i n det ai l
#
**************** CALL 0 ***************
Channel number : 0
Ref er ence count er : 4
Modul e check I D :
RCV VCC I PP VPP
Cur r ent used voi ce ent i t y: 180
Voi ce ent i t i es ar e of f er ed:
196 132 124
284 188 180
100
#
**************** CALL 1 ***************
Channel number : 1
Ref er ence count er : 5
Modul e check I D :
RCV VAS VCC I PP VPP
Cur r ent used voi ce ent i t y : 196
Voi ce ent i t i es ar e of f er ed :
196 132 124
284
#
End
1270 display voice call-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice default 1271
Command Reference
display voice default
Purpose Use the display voice default command to view the current default values
and the system-fixed default values for voice and fax.
Syntax display voice default all
Parameters None
Example Display the current default values and the system-default default values.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce def aul t al l
def aul t ent i t y f ax ecmof f ( syst em: of f )
def aul t ent i t y f ax pr ot ocol t 38( syst em: t 38)
def aul t ent i t y f ax pr ot ocol t 38 hb- r edundancy 0( syst em: 0)
def aul t ent i t y f ax pr ot ocol t 38 l b- r edundancy 0( syst em: 0)
def aul t ent i t y f ax l evel 15( syst em: 15)
def aul t ent i t y f ax l ocal - t r ai n t hr eshol d 10( syst em: 10)
def aul t ent i t y f ax baudr at e voi ce( syst em: voi ce)
def aul t ent i t y f ax nsf - on of f ( syst em: of f )
def aul t ent i t y f ax suppor t - mode r t p( syst em: r t p)
def aul t ent i t y f ax t r ai n- mode ppp( syst em: ppp)
def aul t ent i t y compr essi on 1st - l evel g729r 8( syst em: g729r 8)
def aul t ent i t y compr essi on 2nd- l evel g711al aw( syst em: g711al aw)
def aul t ent i t y compr essi on 3r d- l evel g711ul aw( syst em: g711ul aw)
def aul t ent i t y compr essi on 4t h- l evel g723r 53( syst em: g723r 53)
def aul t ent i t y vad- on of f ( syst em: of f )
def aul t ent i t y payl oad- si ze g711 20( syst em: 20)
def aul t ent i t y payl oad- si ze g726r 16 30( syst em: 30)
Table 261 Description on the fields of the display voice default command
Field Description
fax ecm ECM mode is used for Fax
fax protocol Fax protocol for intercommunication
fax redundancy
hb-redundancy
Number of high-speed redundant packets, available for Fax protocol
H.323-T.38 or T.38
fax redundancy
lb-redundancy
Number of low-speed redundant packets, available for Fax protocol
H.323-T.38 or T.38
fax level Gateway carrier transmitting energy level
fax local-train threshold Fax local training threshold percentage
fax baudrate Highest Fax rate
fax nsf-on Fax capacity negotiation mode
fax support-mode Fax transmission format
fax train-mode Fax training mode
compression 1st-level Voice coding mode of the first priority
1272 display voice default 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Default For example, truncated called number is used according to the default settings and
system-fixed default settings.
Any view
Description For example, the carrier transmission energy level of GW defaults to 10 (the
system-fixed default value is 15).
compression 2nd-level Voice coding mode of the second priority
compression 3rd-level Voice coding mode of the third priority
compression 4rd-level Voice coding mode of the fourth priority
cancel-truncate Truncation of called number canceled
vad-on Voice entity VAD
fast connect Fast connection of the calling VoIP voice entity
payload-size g711 Voice entity packet assembly interval (G.711)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice em call-statistic 1273
Command Reference
display voice em call-statistic
Purpose Use the display voice em call-statistic command to view the call
statistics of the digital E&M subscriber-line.
Syntax display voice em call-statistic
Parameters None
Example Display the call statistics of the E&M subscriber-line.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce emcal l - st at i st i c
On st at e of EM_I DLE :
On st at e of EMCALLER_WAI T_OCCUPY :
On st at e of EMCALLER_WAI T_SEND_NUMBER :
On st at e of EMCALLER_SENDI NG_NUMBER :
On st at e of EMCALLER_RI NGI NG :
On st at e of EMCALLER_TALKI NG :
On st at e of EMCALLER_CALLER_ONHOOK :
On st at e of EMCALLED_WAI T_SEND_OCCUPY :
On st at e of EMCALLED_WAI T_RECEI VE_NUMBER :
On st at e of EMCALLED_RECEI VI NG_NUMBER :
On st at e of EMCALLED_RI NGI NG :
On st at e of EMCALLED_TALKI NG :
On st at e of EMCALLED_CALLED_ONHOOK :
On st at e of EMCALLED_BUSYTONE :
On st at e of STATE_UNKNOWN :
Table 262 E&M call statistics field description
Field Description
EM_IDLE Number of messages processed in idle status by E&M module
EMCALLER_WAIT_OCC
UPY
Number of messages processed in waiting for seizure status by E&M
module
EMCALLER_WAIT_SEND
_NUMBER
Number of messages processed in the caller end waiting for sending
phone number status by E&M module
EMCALLER_SENDING_N
UMBER
Number of messages processed in the caller end sending phone
number status by E&M module
EMCALLER_RINGING Number of messages processed in the caller end ringback status by
E&M module
EMCALLER_TALKING Number of messages processed in the caller end talking status by
E&M module
EMCALLER_CALLER_ON
HOOK
Number of messages processed in the caller end hooking on status
by E&M module
EMCALLED_WAIT_SEND
_OCCUPY
Number of messages processed in the called end waiting for seizure
status by E&M module
EMCALLED_WAIT_RECE
IVE_NUMBER
Number of messages processed in the called end waiting for
receiving phone number status by E&M module
EMCALLED_RECEIVING_
NUMBER
Number of messages processed in the called end receiving phone
number status by E&M module
1274 display voice em call-statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
This command is used to display the statistics of the E&M signaling being placed in
the state of idle, seizure ready, seizure confirmation, transmitting numbers, receiving
numbers, conversation and clear ready.
EMCALLED_RINGING Number of messages processed in the called end ringing back status
by E&M module
EMCALLED_TALKING Number of messages processed in the called end talking status by
E&M module
EMCALLED_CALLED_O
NHOOK
Number of messages processed in the called end hooking on status
by E&M module
EMCALLED_BUSYTONE Number of messages processed in the called end busy status by
E&M module
STATE_UNKNOWN Number of messages processed in unknown status by E&M module
Table 262 E&M call statistics field description
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice em ccb 1275
Command Reference
display voice em ccb
Purpose Use the display voice em ccb command to view the information of call control
block of the E&M subscriber-line.
Syntax display voice em ccb
Parameters None
Example Display the information of E&M signaling call control block.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce emccb
EMCCB of channel [ 5] :
st at us : EMCALLER_TALKI NG
emcal l I D : 1624
st ar t t ype : EM_START_I MMEDI ATE
si gnal t ype : EM_SI GNAL_DI GI TAL
channel : 5
r cv cal l I D : 1639
si g- wai t t i mer : 0
si g- conf t i mer : 0
msg- wai t t i mer : 0
MCCB of channel [ 37] :
st at us : EMCALLED_TALKI NG
mcal l I D : 1625
st ar t t ype : EM_START_I MMEDI ATE
si gnal t ype : EM_SI GNAL_DI GI TAL
channel : 37
r cv cal l I D : 1640
si g- wai t t i mer : 0
si g- conf t i mer : 0
msg- wai t t i mer : 0
Any view
Table 263 E&M call control block field description
Field Description
status Status of the call
em call ID Identifier of E&M module in calling status
start type Start mode of E&M connection
signal type Signal type of E&M connection
channel Channel number of E&M connection
rcv call ID Identifier of RCV module in calling status
sig-wait timer Timer of waiting for signal
sig-conf timer Timer of confirming signal
msg-wait timer Timer of waiting for message
1276 display voice em ccb 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
This command is used to display the call status, call-ID, start type, signal type, and
channel number.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice entity 1277
Command Reference
display voice entity
Purpose Use the display voice entity command to view the configuration information
of voice entities of different types.
Syntax display voice entity { al l | pot s | voi p | vof r | mar k entity-tag }
Parameters all All voice entities.
pots All POTS voice entities.
voip All VoIP voice entities.
vofr All VoFR voice entities.
mark Displays a voice entity.
entity-tag Tag of the voice entity that is to be displayed, ranging
from 1 to 2147483647.
Example Display the configuration information of POTS voice entities.
[ 3Com] di spl ay voi ce ent i t y pot s
Cur r ent conf i gur at i on of ent i t i es
!
ent i t y 66 pot s
mat ch- t empl at e 6600. .
shut down
compr essi on 1st - l evel g711al aw
di al - pr ef i x 6600
l i ne 6
!
ent i t y 67 pot s
mat ch- t empl at e 6600. .
shut down
compr essi on 1st - l evel g711al aw
di al - pr ef i x 6600
l i ne 7
!
End
Any view
Description Usually, you can view the information of all the interfaces that are active in the router
and the global configuration by executing the display
current-configuration command. But it will display a great deal of
information. So if you just want to view the configuration information of voice
entities, you can use the display voice entity command.
1278 display voice fax 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice fax
Purpose Use the display voice fax command to view the fax statistics in the fax module
and the statistics in the fax transformation module as well.
Syntax display voice fax { st at i st i cs | t r ans- st at i st i cs }
Parameters statistics
Displays the fax statistics of the fax module.
trans-statistics
Displays the statistics in the fax transformation
module.
Example Display the statistics about the fax module.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce f ax st at i st i c
Display the statistics about the fax transformation module.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce f ax t r ans- st at i st i cs
St at i st i c of FOFR t o FOI P
{
Cr eat e_FaxTr ansf or mNode_Ti mes: 0
Send_Dat a_Packet s: 0
Reci eve_Dat a_Packet s: 0
Reci eve_I nval i dDat a_Packet s: 0
V21Dat a_Wi t hOut Redundance_Packet s: 0
V21Dat a_Wi t hRedundance_Packet s: 0
T4Dat a_Wi t hOut Redundance_Packet s: 0
T4Dat a_Wi t hRedundance_Packet s: 0
Fax_ECM_Ti mes: 0
Fax_NoECM_Ti mes: 0
}
St at i st i c of FOI P t o FOFR
{
Cr eat e_FaxTr ansf or mNode_Ti mes: 0
Send_Dat a_Packet s: 0
Reci eve_Dat a_Packet s: 0
Reci eve_I nval i dDat a_Packet s: 0
V21Dat a_Wi t hOut Redundance_Packet s: 0
V21Dat a_Wi t hRedundance_Packet s: 0
T4Dat a_Wi t hOut Redundance_Packet s: 0
T4Dat a_Wi t hRedundance_Packet s: 0
}
Table 264 Description on the transformation statistics
Field Description
Create_FaxTransformNode_T
imes
Times of transform node created from IP fax side to FR fax side
Send_Data_Packets Number of packets sent from IP fax side to FR fax side
Recieve_Data_Packets Number of packets received at IP fax side from FR fax side
Recieve_InvalidData_Packets Number of invalid packets received at IP fax side from FR fax side
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice fax 1279
Command Reference
Any view
V21Data_WithOutRedundan
ce_Packets
Number of packets sent from IP fax side to FR fax side without
redundancy V.21 data
V21Data_WithRedundance_
Packets
Number of packets sent from IP fax side to FR fax side with
T4Data_WithOutRedundanc
e_Packets
Number of packets sent from IP fax side to FR fax side without
redundancy T.4 data
T4Data_WithRedundance_Pa
ckets
Number of packets sent from IP fax side to FR fax side with
redundancy T.4 data
Fax_ECM_Times Times of fax communication using ECM at IP fax side
Fax_NoECM_Times Times of fax communication using non-ECM at IP fax side
Create_FaxTransformNode_T
imes
Times of transform node created from FR fax side to IP fax side
Send_Data_Packets Number of packets sent from FR fax side to IP fax side
Recieve_Data_Packets Number of packets received at FR fax side from IP fax side
Recieve_InvalidData_Packets Number of invalid packets received at FR fax side from IP fax side
V21Data_WithOutRedundan
ce_Packets
Number of packets sent from FR fax side to IP fax side without
V21Data_WithRedundance_
Packets
Number of packets sent from FR fax side to IP fax side with
Table 264 Description on the transformation statistics (continued)
Field Description
1280 display voice gateway 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice gateway
Purpose Use the display voice gateway command to view the gateway registration
state information to GK Server.
Syntax display voice gateway
Parameters None
Example Display the gateway registration state information to GK Server.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce gat eway
GW_St at ue = Regi st ed
GK_I D = 8040gk. VRP. com
Cur r ent GWi nf or mat i on :
H323- I D 3681gw
E164 34601000
Cur r ent GK I nf or mat i on:
H323- I D 3681gw
Any view
Description This command is used to display the gateway registration information to GK Server
and gateway alias name list etc.
Table 265 Description of gateway registration state information to GK Server
Field Description
GW_Statue State of the current GW terminal
GK_ID ID of the currently registered GK
Current GW information
: H323-ID
H323 ID of the current GW
Current GW information
: E164
E164 number of the current GW
Current GK Information:
H323-ID
Local H323ID fed back by GK
Current GK Information:
E164
Local E164 number fed back by GK
NONE None
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice ipp 1281
Command Reference
display voice ipp
Purpose Use the display voice ipp command to view statistics about the IPP module.
Syntax display voice ipp ccb [ channel channel-number]
display voice ipp statistic { al l | h225 | h245 | r as | socket | t i mer
| vcc | vpp }
Parameters ccb Displays information about the call control block in the
IPP module.
Channel
Displays information of a voice channel in the IPP
module.
statistic
Displays statistics about the IPP module.
all
Displays all statistics about the IPP module.
h225
Displays statistics about H.225 messages.
h245
Displays statistics about H.245 messages.
ras
Displays statistics about ras messages.
socket
Displays statistics about socket messages.
timer
Displays timeout statistics.
vcc
Displays statistics about messages between the IPP
module and the VCC module.
vpp
Displays statistics about messages between the IPP
module and the VPP module.
Example Display statistics about H.225 messages of the IPP module.
[ VG] di spl ay voi ce i pp st at i st i c h225
st at i st i cs about H225 :
{
Send_Set up : 0
Send_Cal l Pr oceedi ng : 0
Send_Al er t i ng : 0
Send_Connect : 0
Send_Rel easeCompl et e : 0
Send_Faci l i t yI ndUser I nput : 0
Send_Faci l i t yTCSRequest : 0
Send_Faci l i t yTCSAck : 0
Send_Faci l i t yTCSRej ect : 0
Send_Faci l i t yOLCRequest : 0
Send_Faci l i t yOLCAck : 0
Send_Faci l i t yOLCRej ect : 0
Send_Faci l i t yMSDRequest : 0
Send_Faci l i t yMSDAck : 0
Send_Faci l i t yMSDRej ect : 0
Send_Faci l i t yCLCRequest : 0
Send_Faci l i t yCLCAck : 0
1282 display voice ipp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Send_Faci l i t ySt ar t H245 : 0
Send_Er r or : 0
Recv_Set up : 0
Recv_Cal l Pr oceedi ng : 0
Recv_Al er t i ng : 0
Recv_Connect : 0
Recv_Rel easeCompl et e : 0
Recv_Pr ogr ess : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yTCSRequest : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yTCSAck : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yTCSRej ect : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yOLCRequest : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yOLCAck : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yOLCRej ect : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yMSDRequest : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yMSDAck : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yMSDRej ect : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yCLCRequest : 0
Recv_Faci l i t yCLCAck : 0
Recv_Unknow : 0
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice number-substitute 1283
Command Reference
display voice number-substitute
Purpose Use the display voice number-substitute command to view the
configuration information of number-substitute lists. It can display the information of
a certain list and all the lists.
Syntax display voice number-substitute [ list-tag ]
Parameters list-tag
Serial number of the number-substitute list, ranging
from 1 to 2147483647.
Example Display all the configured number-substitute lists.
[ 3Com] di spl ay voi ce number - subst i t ut e
Cur r ent conf i gur at i on of number subst i t ut e
!
************ NUMBER- SUBSTI TUTE ************
Li st - t ag : 1
Fi r st - r ul e : I NDEX_I NVALI D
Dot - mat ch : end- onl y
r ul e 0
I nput - f or mat : ^011408
Out put - f or mat : 1408
!
End
Any view
Related Command number-substitute
1284 display voice r2 call-statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice r2 call-statistics
Purpose Use the display voice r2 call-statistics command to view the R2 call
statistics.
Syntax display voice r2 call-statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the information of R2 signaling call statistics.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce r 2 cal l - st at i st i cs
[ E1- Gr oup( 0: 0) Cal l St at i st i cs ]
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
[ Cal l sumcount ] - > 4
[ cal l success] - > 4
[ Cal l f ai l ur e] - > 0
[ Cal l - i n count ] - > 1
[ Cal l - i n success] - > 1
[ Cal l - i n f ai l ur e] - > 0
[ Cal l - i n answer ] - > 0
[ Cal l - i n nul l num] - > 0
[ Cal l - out count ] - > 3
[ Cal l - out success] - > 3
[ Cal l - out f ai l ur e] - > 0
[ Cal l - out answer ] - > 3
[ Cal l - out busy] - > 0
[ Cal l - out nul l num] - > 0
[ Cal l - out congest i on] - > 0
Table 266 R2 signaling call statistics field description
Field Description
Call sumcount Total number of calls: total number of calls in E1 time slot group (sum
of incoming and outgoing calls)
call success Number of successful calls: total number of successful signaling
connection, that is, R2 signaling connection is successfully completed,
and the opposite exchange is available for another call connection.
Call failure Number of failed calls: total number of failed signaling exchange
during call connecting process, such as peer subscriber line busy, null
called number, and line failure, etc.)
Call-in count Total number of incoming calls
Call-in success Total number of successful incoming calls
Call-in failure Total number of failed incoming calls
Call-in answer Number of sent answers: number of answer signals that the local
exchange sends to the originating point when the call is connected
successfully and the called party picks up the phone.
Call-in nullnum Routing failure times: number of failed incoming calls due to no
corresponding route available for the called number to create
connection.
Call-out count Total number of outgoing calls
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice r2 call-statistics 1285
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command reset voice r2 call-statistics
Call-out success Total number of successful outgoing calls
Call-out failure Total number of failed outgoing calls
Call-out answer Number of received answers: number of answer signals received from
the terminating point when the call is connected successfully.
Call-out busy Subscriber line busy times: number of subscriber line busy signals
received from the terminating point during call connecting process.
Call-out nullnum Count of null calling numbers: number of null number signals received
from the terminating point during call connecting process.
Call-out congestion Number of received congestion: number of congestion signals received
from the terminating point during call connecting process.
Table 266 R2 signaling call statistics field description (continued)
Field Description
1286 display voice rcv ccb 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice rcv ccb
Purpose Use the display voice rcv ccb command to view the information related to
the call control block in the RCV module.
Syntax display voice rcv ccb
Parameters None
Example Display the information related to the call control block in the RCV module.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce r cv ccb
RCV : CCB [ 1 ]
{
Cal l I D : 0x0043
Cal l St at e : TALK
VCCI D : 0x004f
VCCpSt at e : I PPS_CONNECTED
CCI D : 0xf f f f
CCSt at e : CCS_CONNECTED
VasI D : 0xf f f f
Cal l Type : OUTGOI NG
Cal l At t r i but e : 0x00000000
Cal l Si gnal i ng : 0x00000002
EncodeType : 0x0000001f
E1Sl ot : 0xf f f f f f f f
E1Por t : 0xf f f f f f f f
Ti meSl ot : 0xf f f f f f f f
Channel I D : 0x00000003
VpuSt at e : VS_CONNECTED
VccTi mer : 0x00000000
CcTi mer : 0x00000000
VpuTi mer : 0x00000000
CcChanMsg : 0x00000000
E1ChanMsg : 0x00000000
Cal l er Number : 111
Cal l edNumber : 660010
pr ev : 0x00000000
next : 0x01409500
}
RCV : CCB [ 2 ] {
Cal l I D : 0x0042
Cal l St at e : TALK
I ppI D : 0x004e
I ppSt at e : I PPS_CONNECTED
CcI D : 0xf f f f
CcSt at e : CCS_CONNECTED
VasI D : 0x0039
Cal l Type : I NCOMI NG
Cal l At t r i but e : 0x00000000
Cal l Si gnal i ng : 0x00000004
EncodeType : 0x00000009
E1Sl ot : 0xf f f f f f f f
E1Por t : 0xf f f f f f f f
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice rcv ccb 1287
Command Reference
Ti meSl ot : 0xf f f f f f f f
Channel I D : 0x00000000
VpuSt at e : VS_CONNECTED
I ppTi mer : 0x00000000
CcTi mer : 0x00000000
VpuTi mer : 0x00000000
CcChanMsg : 0x00000000
E1ChanMsg : 0x00000000
Cal l er Number : 111
Cal l edNumber : 660010
pr ev : 0x01409000
next : 0x00000000
}
Table 267 Description on call control block in RCV module
Any view
Description This command is used to display the information related to the incoming and
outgoing call control block, the connection status of modules, the caller status, the
caller numbers and the called numbers, etc.
Field Description
CCB [ ] Index of call control block
CallID Flag or Identifier of the calling
VCCID Index of the VCC software module control block for the calling
VCCState Status of the VCC software module control block for the calling
CCID Index of the CC software module control block for the calling
CCState Status of the CC software module control block for the calling
VASID Index of the VAS software module control block for the calling
CallType Type of the calling
CallAttribute Attribute of the calling
CallSignaling Signaling of the calling
EncodeType Voice compression method of the calling
E1Slot Number of slot where E1V1 board is located for the calling
E1Port Number of CE1/PRI interface for the calling
TimeSlot Timeslot on the E1 of the calling
ChannelID Identifier of the logic channel of the calling
VPUState Status of the VPU of the calling
VCCTimer Timer of the VCC module in calling period
CCTimer Timer of the CC module in calling period
VPUTimer Timer of the VPU module in calling period
CcChanMsg Pointer of CC channel message in calling period
E1ChanMsg Pointer of E1VI channel message in calling period
CallerNumber Calling number of the calling
CalledNumber Called number of the calling
prev Previous RCV call control block
next Next RCV call control block
1288 display voice rcv statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice rcv statistic
Purpose Use the display voice rcv statistic command to view the statistics
information of calling between the RCV module and the CC module, VAS module,
and so on.
Syntax display voice rcv statistic { al l | cal l | cc | er r or | i pp | pr oc | r 2
| t i mer | vas | vcc | vpp }
Parameters all
Display all the statistics information of the RCV
module.
call Display the calling statistics information in the RCV
module.
cc
Display all the statistic information between the RCV
module and the underlying CC module.
error Display all the statistic information on the failure of
connection caused by the RCV module.
ipp
module and the upper layer IPP module.
proc
Display the statistic information on the number of
times of the execution of various functions in the RCV
module.
r2
Display the calling statistics information in the R2
module.
timer
Display all the statistic information on the timer
operation in the RCV module.
vas Display all the statistic information between the RCV
module and the underlying VAS module.
vcc
Display the calling statistics information in the VCC
module.
vpp
module and the underlying VPP module.
Example Display the statistics information of calling between the RCV module and other
modules.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce r cv st at i st i c cal l
St at i st i c about RCV cal l s :
{
RCV_CC_ACTI VE_CALL : 0
RCV_CC_ACTI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 0
RCV_CC_ACTI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 0
RCV_CC_PASSI VE_CALL : 0
RCV_CC_PASSI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 0
RCV_CC_PASSI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 0
RCV_R2_ACTI VE_CALL : 5
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice rcv statistic 1289
Command Reference
RCV_R2_ACTI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 2
RCV_R2_ACTI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 3
RCV_R2_PASSI VE_CALL : 4
RCV_R2_PASSI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 1
RCV_R2_PASSI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 3
RCV_VAS_ACTI VE_CALL : 39
RCV_VAS_ACTI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 11
RCV_VAS_ACTI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 28
RCV_VAS_PASSI VE_CALL : 18
RCV_VAS_PASSI VE_CALL_SUCCEEDED : 15
RCV_VAS_PASSI VE_CALL_FAI LED : 3
}
Any view
Description These statistics information includes total number of calling messages, number of
successful calling messages and number of failed calling messages.
1290 display voice rcv statistic r2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice rcv statistic r2
Purpose Use the display voice rcv statistic r2 command to view the information
of call statistics related to the R2 signaling in the RCV module.
Syntax display voice rcv statistic r2
Parameters None
Example Display the information of R2 signaling call statistics in RCV module .
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce r cv st at i st i c r 2
St at i st i c bet ween RCV and R2 :
{
Send_R2_Connect ReqAck_SUCCESS : 0
Send_R2_Connect ReqAck_FAI L : 0
Send_R2_Act i veAck_SUCCESS : 0
Send_R2_Act i veAck_FAI L : 0
Send_R2_Onhook : 0
Send_R2_Of f hook : 0
Send_R2_I PAl er t i ng : 0
Recv_R2_Connect Req : 0
Recv_R2_Act i ve_TD_I N : 0
Recv_R2_Act i ve_TD_OUT : 0
Recv_R2_Act i ve_ELSE : 0
Recv_R2_Rel ease : 0
Recv_R2_Al er t _AP_ALERTI NG : 0
Recv_R2_Al er t _ELSE : 0
Recv_R2_Unknow : 0
}
Table 268 Field description of R2 signal call statistics in RCV module
Field Description
Send_R2_ConnectReqA
ck_SUCCESS
Number of sending connection request success-acknowledge
message to R2 module
Send_R2_ConnectReqA
ck_FAIL
Number of sending connection request failure-acknowledge
message to R2 module
Send_R2_ActiveAck_SU
CCESS
Number of sending activation success-acknowledge message to R2
module
Send_R2_ActiveAck_FAI
L
Number of sending activation failure-acknowledge message to R2
module
Send_R2_Onhook Number of sending onhook message to R2 module
Send_R2_Offhook Number of sending offhook message to R2 module
Send_R2_IPAlerting Number of sending IP side alerting message to R2 module
Recv_R2_ConnectReq Number of receiving R2 connection request message
Recv_R2_Active_TD_IN Number of receiving R2 called end hooking off message
Recv_R2_Active_TD_OU
T
Number of receiving R2 caller end hooking off message
Recv_R2_Active_ELSE Number of receiving R2 other hooking off message
Recv_R2_Release Number of receiving R2 release request message
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice rcv statistic r2 1291
Command Reference
Any view
This command is used to display the interactive messages between the RCV module
and the R2 signaling module, including the number of sending the messages of the
connection request to acknowledge success and fail, the number of sending the
messages of activation acknowledgement of success and failure, the number of
sending the messages of on-hook and off-hook, the number of receiving the
messages of connection request, the number of receiving activation messages, and
the number of receiving such messages as release, ringing, and unknown.
Recv_R2_Alert_AP_ALER
TING
Number of receiving R2 alerting message
Recv_R2_Alert_ELSE Number of receiving R2 other alerting message
Recv_R2_Unknow Number of receiving R2 unknown message
Table 268 Field description of R2 signal call statistics in RCV module
Field Description
1292 display voice sip call-statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice sip call-statistics
Purpose Use the display voice sip call-statistics command to view all statistic
information about the SIP client.
Syntax display voice sip call-statistics
Parameters None
Example Display all statistic information about the SIP client.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce si p cal l - st at i st i cs
Message St at i st i cs of St ack:
SumMessage I nReq Out Req I nRsp Out Rsp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
36 2237 92 26
Request Message I nv Ack Bye Can Opt Reg I nf Pr k Upd
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I n: 9 7 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
Out : 24 24 5 6 0 9 2169 0 0
Response Message 1xx 2xx 3xx 4xx 5xx 6xx
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I n: 52 32 0 8 0 0
Out : 14 5 0 6 1 0
Er r or St at i st i cs:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cal l Cb cr eat i on f ai l ur es: 0
cal l - l eg cr eat i on f ai l ur es: 0
t r ansact i on cr eat i on f ai l ur es: 0
cal l Cb l ocat e f ai l ur es: 0
cal l - l eg l ocat e f ai l ur es: 21
t r ansact i on l ocat e f ai l ur es: 0
user not r egi st er ed: 0
user not avai l abl e: 0
r equest wi t h mi ssi ng header s: 0
r esponse- no To t ag i n r esponse: 0
r esponse - i nval i d vi a: 0
messages wi t hout header s r cvd: 0
SDP decode f ai l ur es: 0
Ot her St at i st i cs:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
number of unsuppor t ed URI s: 0
r egi st r at i on t i meout s: 0
r et r ansmi t t ed r equest s r ecei ved: 0
t r ansact i on t i meout s: 2174
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice sip register-state 1293
Command Reference
display voice sip register-state
Purpose Use the display voice sip register-state command to view the
registration state about the SIP user agents (UAs).
Syntax display voice sip register-state
Parameters None
Example Display the registration state about the SIP UAs.
<Rout er > di spl ay voi ce si p r egi st er - st at e
[ SI P- REG I nf or mat i on ]
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
[ RegFl ag] - > SI P_REGI STER_FAI LURE
[ I PAddr ] - > 192. 168. 80. 50
[ Por t ] - > 5060
Cur r ent SI P Ser ver I PAddr = [ 192. 168. 80. 50] , Por t = [ 5060]
Any view
1294 display voice sip register status 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice sip register status
Purpose Use the display voice sip register status command to display the
registration status information of all subscriber numbers under SIP UAs. The
information includes subscriber number (Number), entity number (Entity), timeout
time (Expires) and registration status (Status).
Syntax display voice sip register status
Parameters None
Example Query all registration status information of the SIP client.
[Router] display voice sip register status
Number Entity Expires(sec) Status
---------------- ------------------ ------------ ------
20001 2000 12 no
777 777 105 yes
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice subscriber-line 1295
Command Reference
display voice subscriber-line
Purpose Use the display voice subscriber-line command to view the configuration
information about the type, status, codec mode, input gain and output attenuation
of the subscriber line.
Syntax display voice subscriber-line line-number
Subscriber line number.
Example Display the configuration information about the subscriber line.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce subscr i ber - l i ne 0
Cur r ent i nf or mat i on - - - l i ne: 0
Type = LI NE FXO
St at us = OPEN - - CH_I DLE
Codi ng =
Decodi ng =
Cal l er Num =
Cal l edNum =
Cal l - I D = 0
Cal l - Ref er = 0
CNG = ON
EchoCancel = ON - 32 ( ms)
Reset = 0
Posi t i on = Sl ot 2 Por t 0
CI D- Di spl ay = ENABLE
CI D- Recei ve = ENABLE
Gai n( R&T) = 0 ( db) - 0 ( db)
T_Fi r st Di al = 10 ( s)
T_Di al I nt er = 10 ( s)
T_Ri ngBack = 60 ( s)
T_Wai t Di gi t = 5 ( s)
T_Pr edi al = 1 ( s)
T_DTMF = 120 ( ms)
T_I nt er di gi t = 120 ( ms)
Table 269 Description on voice subscriber-line configuration
Field Description
line Index of voice subscriber-line
type Type of voice subscriber-line
state Status of voice subscriber-line
Status information Calling status of voice subscriber-line
Coding Coding type of voice subscriber-line
Decoding Voice decompression method of voice subscriber-line
CallerNum Calling number of current call
CalledNum Called number of current call
Call-ID Identifier of current call
Call-Refer Call reference of current call
CNG Comfort noise configuration on the voice subscriber-line
1296 display voice subscriber-line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Related Command subscriber-line
Reset Reset times of the board where voice subscriber-line is located
Echo Cancel Time of echo cancel on the voice subscriber-line
Position Slot and port number of the board where voice subscriber-line is
located
CID Receive Receive calling numbers about CID function
CID Display Display calling number about CID function
Gain (R&T) Input and output gain of the voice subscriber-line
T_FirstDial Timeout of dialing the first number on local subscriber-line
T_Dial-Interval Interval timeout of dialing on local subscriber-line
T_RingBack Timeout of sending ringing back signal on subscriber-line
T_Wait-Digit Timeout of wait digit dialed by user for subscriber-line
T_Pre-dial Delay time of pre-dial on subscriber-line
T_DTMF Duration time of DTMF number on subscriber-line
T_Interdigit Interval time of DTMF number on subscriber-line
Table 269 Description on voice subscriber-line configuration (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice subscriber-line 1297
Command Reference
Purpose Use the display voice subscriber-line command to view the subscriber
line configuration.
Syntax display voice subscriber-line e1-number : { ts-set-number | 15 }
display voice subscriber-line t1-number : 23
Parameters e1-number, t1-number
Indicate the number of subscriber line generated in
creating the Timeslot set or the ISDN PRI set.
ts-set-number Indicate the number of the Timeslot set created
successfully.
15
Indicate the subscriber line is generated in creating the
ISDN PRI set on E1 subscriber line.
23
ISDN PRI set on T1 subscriber line.
Example Display the configuration about voice subscriber-line 1/0/0:0.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce subscr i ber - l i ne 1/ 0/ 0: 0
The voi ce l i ne was ds0
t hi s subscr i ber l i ne was not set connect i on
The subscr i ber l i ne' s descr i t i on:
echo cancel l at i on enabl e
echo cancel l at i on cover age 16
comf or t noi se enabl e
PCM compandi ng t ype : A- l aw
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce subscr i ber - l i ne 1: 15
The voi ce l i ne was pr i
t hi s subscr i ber l i ne was not set connect i on
The subscr i ber l i ne' s descr i t i on:
echo cancel l at i on enabl e
echo cancel l at i on cover age 16
musi c t hr eshol d i s - 38
r ecei ve gai n 0
t r ansmi t gai n 0
f i r st - di al t i mer 10
di al - i nt er val Ti mer 10
PCM compandi ng t ype : A- l aw
Table 270 Field description on voice subscriber-line configuration
Field Description
The voice line The signaling type of the subscriber line
this subscriber line The connection method of the subscriber line
The subscriber line's
description
The description of the subscriber line
echo cancellation The echo cancellation configuration of the subscriber line
echo cancellation
coverage
The echo cancellation coverage of the subscriber line
1298 display voice subscriber-line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description Use the display voice subscriber-line command to view the subscriber
line configuration.
This command applies to E1 and T1 voice.
The command display voice subscriber-line e1-number:ts-set-number is
mainly used to display the Timeslot set corresponding to the E1 subscriber line,
whether to adopt the private-line auto-ring connection and connection number, the
subscriber line description, whether to start the echo cancellation function and echo
cancellation sampling time length, and whether to start the comfort noise function.
The command display voice subscriber-line e1-number:15 is mainly used
to display the configuration information of the subscriber line corresponding to the
ISDN PRI set, the command display voice subscriber-line t1-number:23 is
mainly used to display the configuration information of the subscriber line
corresponding to the ISDN PRI set, such as whether to adopt the private-line auto-ring
connection, subscriber line description, whether to start the echo cancellation
function and set echo cancellation sampling time length, input gain and output
attenuation, whether to adopt the nonlinear processing in echo cancellation, the time
of waiting for the initial number and the dial-up time interval between numbers, etc.
comfort noise The comfort noise of the subscriber line
The voice line was The signaling type of the subscriber line
this subscriber line The connection method of the subscriber line
receive gain The receive gain of the subscriber line
transmit gain The transmit gain of the subscriber line
first-dial timer The timeout value after the subscriber dials the first digit
dial-interval Timer The timeout value between dialing the first digit and dialing the second
digit
Table 270 Field description on voice subscriber-line configuration
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice vofr call 1299
Command Reference
display voice vofr call
Purpose Use the display voice vofr call command to view information of the current
call.
Syntax display voice vofr call [ channel ]
Parameters channel VPU channel number.
Example Display the information of the current call.
[ Rout er ] display voice vofr call
CCB VCC CRV: 0
VOFR CRV: 0
Cal l Pr ot ocol : f r f 11 t r unk
St at us: i dl e
Cal l Mode: i dl e
Cal l At t r i b: nor mal
Rel ease Type:
Fr Rel ease Type:
Ti mer : 0
FREX CCXI D: 16181204
VPU Channel :
Di al peer Li ne Number : 103
Voi ce Bandwi dt h: 0
Packet Si ze: 30
Encode Type: G729R8
Decode Type: G729R8
DTMF- Rel ay: di sabl e
Voi ce Vad Mode: no
Use Sequence: no
Use Ti meSt amp: no
Cal l er Number :
Cal l ed Number : 102
Voi ce Packet Ti me: 0
Run Mode: i dl e
Fax I s Runni ng: no
Max Fax Tr ansmi t r at e: voi ce
Fax St ar t Mode: passi ve
Fax t r ai nni ng r esul t : 0
Fax Send NSF: no
Swi t ch Ti mer : 0
I D of Fax St ar t Tone: 0
Thr eshol d of TCF er r or : 10
Fax Tx car r i er power i n db: 15
Packet number i n Fax dat a buf f er : 0
Fax Rel ease Reason:
Fax Bandwi dt h: 0
Table 271 Description of VoFR call statistics information
Field Description
CCB VCC CRV Call reference value of VCC module
VOFR CRV Call reference value of VoFR module
1300 display voice vofr call 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description This command is used to display the information of incoming and outgoing call
control blocks, the connection state of the modules, call state, calling number, called
number, etc.
Call Protocol Protocol type of VoFR presently
Status Status of present call
Call Mode Mode of the call, such as calling, called and idle
Call Attrib Attribute of the call, such as normal or busy
Release Type Cause of releasing the VoFR call
Fr Release Type Cause of releasing the FR connection
Timer Flag of timer of the call
FREX CCXID Call decryption identifier at interface of FREX
VPU Channel Channel of VPU module
Dialpeer Port Number Number of voice entity of the call
Voice Bandwidth Voice bandwidth of the call
Packet Size Packets length of the call
Encode Type Compression type of the call
Decode Type Decompression type of the call
DTMF-Relay Out-of-band or in-band call transmission is enabled or disabled.
Voice Vad Mode Voice Activity Detection is used or not
Use Sequence Sequence is used or not for the call
Use TimeStamp Timestamp is used or not for the call
Caller Number Calling number of the call
Called Number Called number of the call
Voice Packet Time Time of voice packets
Run Mode Call mode of gateway currently, such as voice and realtime fax.
Fax Is Running Fax communication is running or not
Max Fax Transmit rate Max transmit rate of fax communication
Fax Start Mode Start mode of fax, such as active or passive
Fax training result Train result of fax communication
Fax Send NSF Negotiation mode of fax faculty
Switch Timer Flag of switching timer
ID of Fax Start Tone Identifier of saving fax start tone
Threshold of TCF error Local-train threshold of fax at local
Fax Tx carrier power in
db
Energy level of gateway carrier transmitting
Packet number in Fax
data buffer
Number of fax packets in buffer
Fax Release Reason Cause of releasing fax connection
Fax Bandwidth Bandwidth of fax
Table 271 Description of VoFR call statistics information
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice vofr statistic 1301
Command Reference
display voice vofr statistic
Purpose Use the display voice vofr statistic command to view the call statistics
between the VoFR module and VCC, VPP and other modules.
Syntax display voice vofr statistic { al l | cal l | er r or | t i mer | vcc | vof r |
vpp }
Parameters all
Displays all the statistics of VoFR module.
call
Displays the call statistics in VoFR module.
error
Displays the statistics of VoFR module errors resulting
in connection failures.
timer Displays statistics of operations involving timer in the
VoFR module.
vcc
Displays the statistics of the interactive messages
between VoFR and VCC modules.
vofr
Displays the statistics of information between the VoFR
module peers.
vpp Displays the statistics about the information between
VoFR module and the lower layer VPP module.
Example Display the call statistics between the VoFR module and other modules.
[ Rout er ] display voice vofr statistic call
St at i st i c about VOFR cal l :
{
Cal l number as Cal l er : 0
Succeed cal l number as Cal l er : 0
Fai l cal l number as Cal l er : 0
Cal l number as Cal l ed: 0
Succeed cal l number as Cal l ed: 0
Fai l cal l number as Cal l ed: 0
Send voi ce packet s number : 0
Recei ve voi ce packet s number : 0
Lost voi ce packet s r ecei ved number : 0
}
Table 272 Description of call statistics between the VoFR module and other modules
Field Description
Call number as Caller Times of calling out
Succeed call number as
Caller
Times of calling out correctly
Fail call number as Caller Times of calling out wrongly
Call number as Called Times of calling in
Succeed as number
from Called
Times of calling in correctly
Fail call number as Caller Times of calling in wrongly
1302 display voice vofr statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Send voice packets
number
Number of packets sent
Receive voice packets
number
Number of packets received
Lost voice packets
received number
Number of packets dropped
Table 272 Description of call statistics between the VoFR module and other modules
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice voip data-statistic 1303
Command Reference
display voice voip data-statistic
Purpose Use the display voice voip data-statistic command to view statistics
information of voice data.
Syntax display voice voip data-statistic { br i ef | channel channel-number ] |
ver bose }
Parameters channel channel-number
Display statistics information of voice data on specified
channel, channel-number is the logical channel
number of voice, which accumulates from 0. The
channel for 2VI and 4VI modularized card is numbered
first and then E1V1 modularized card.
verbose Display detailed information of logical channel of
voice.
Example Display the statistics information of voice data.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce voi p dat a- st at i st i c
=== VoI P dat agr amsummar y ===
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ NET] Sear chVoi ceTabl eSuccess : 0
[ NET] Recei veDat agr amTot al : 0
[ NET] Fast Sear chTabl eTi mes : 0
[ NET] Nor mal Sear chTabl eTi mes : 0
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recei ve channel : 000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ NET] Recei veDat agr amTot al : 0
[ COM] Di scar dDat agr amTot al : 0
[ NET] Recei veRt pDat agr am : 0
[ NET] Recei veRt cpDat agr am : 0
[ COM] AddRecei veTabl e : 3
[ COM] Cl ear Recei veTabl e : 0
[ COM] Fr eeRecei veBuf f er : 0
[ COM] Tr smi t Done : 462
VOI CE DATA I NFORMATI ON:
[ NET] Recei veDat aTot al : 0
[ NET] Nor mal Pr ocessDat a : 0
FAX DATA I NFORMATI ON:
[ NET] Recei veDat aTot al : 0
[ NET] Nor mal Pr ocessDat a : 0
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Send channel : 000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
COMMON I NFORMATI ON:
[ VPP] Li nkRecei veDat aTot al : 484
[ VPP] Li nkRecei veEmpt yDat a : 0
[ COM] AddTabl eTi mes : 0
[ COM] Cl ear Tabl eTi mes : 0
VOI CE DATA I NFORMATI ON:
[ FSD] FSSend_Recei veDat aTot al : 483
[ COM] Di scar dDat aTot al : 0
[ NET] Nor mal SendDat aTot al : 0
[ NET] SendToI PDat aTot al : 0
[ LOC] SendToLocal Dat aTot al : 484
FAX DATA I NFORMATI ON:
1304 display voice voip data-statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
[ FSD] FSSend_RcvFaxDat aTot al : 0
[ FDF] Di scar dDat aTot al : 0
[ NET] SendToI PDat aTot al : 0
[ LOC] SendToLocal Dat aTot al : 0
Any view
Description This command is used to display the following information: time for successfully
searching the voice table, total number of received data packets, time for searching
the table in fast and common modes and voice and fax of receive and transmit
channels etc. Used with the verbose keyword, this command displays detailed
information of receive and send channels (including detailed input/output statistics
and jitter Buffer of information packets).
Related Commands vqa data-statistic
reset voice voip data-statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice vpp 1305
Command Reference
display voice vpp
Purpose Use the display voice vpp command to view all the statistic information in the
VPP module.
Syntax display voice vpp [ channel channel-number ]
Parameters channel-number Voice channel number.
Example Display all statistics about channel 0 in the VPP module.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce vpp channel 0
Channel = 0 St at us = CH_I DLE
Connect Ri ght Ti mes = 0 Connect Wr ongTi mes = 0
Di sConnect Ri ght Ti mes = 0 Di sConnect Wr ongTi mes = 0
RecvCodecmDat aRi ght Ti mes = 0 RecvCodecmDat aWr ongTi mes = 0
SendCodecmDat aRi ght Ti mes = 0
RecvI ppDat aRi ght Ti mes = 0 RecvI ppDat aWr ongTi mes = 0
SendI ppDat aRi ght Ti mes = 0 SendI ppDat aWr ongTi mes = 0
RecvCodecmDat aByt es = 0 RecvI ppDat aByt es = 0
Ti meJ i t t er Less10msTi mes = 0 Ti meJ i t t er Less20msTi mes = 0
Ti meJ i t t er Less110msTi mes = 0
RecvI ppDat aSeqHopeTi mes = 0 RecvI ppDat aDi sor der Ti mes = 0
RecvI ppDat aRecvSeqLessTi mes = 0 RecvI ppDat aSeqMor eTi mes = 0
ul SendNoBDTi mes = 0 ul RecvExpi r ePacket Ti mes = 0
ul RecvDupl i cat ePacket Ti mes = 0 ul J i t t er Buf f er Over Fl owTi mes1 =
0
ul J i t t er Buf f er Over Fl owTi mes2= 0 ul Empt yPacket Ti mes = 0
ul SendDSPVOI PPacket = 0 ul SendDSPFOI PPacket = 0
ul Cor put Ti mes = 0
Table 273 Description of statistics in VPP module
Field Description
ConnectRightTimes Times of connecting correctly
ConnectWrongTimes Times of connecting wrongly
DisConnectRightTimes Times of disconnecting correctly
DisConnectWrongTimes Times of disconnecting wrongly
RecvCodecmDataRightTimes Times of receiving compression/decompression data correctly
RecvCodecmDataWrongTimes Times of receiving compression/decompression data wrongly
SendCodecmDataRightTimes Times of sending compression/decompression data correctly
RecvIppDataRightTimes Times of receiving IPP data correctly
RecvIppDataWrongTimes Times of receiving IPP data wrongly
SendIppDataRightTimes Times of sending IPP data correctly
1306 display voice vpp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description This command is used to display the number of times of correct and incorrect
connection, the number of times of correct and incorrect disconnection, the number
of times of correct and incorrect code data receiving, the number of times of correct
and incorrect code data transmission, the number of times of correct and incorrect IPP
data receiving, the number of times of correct and incorrect IPP data transmission, the
total number of bytes of code data received, and the total number of bytes of IPP
data received in various voice channels.
SendIppDataWrongTimes Times of sending IPP data wrongly
RecvCodecmDataBytes Number of bytes of receiving compression/decompression data
RecvIppDataBytes Number of data bytes received from the IPP module
TimeJitterLess(10-110)msTimes Statistics of Jitter time of receiving IPP data
RecvIppDataSeqHopeTimes Times of receiving IPP data whose sequence is accordant with
expectation
RecvIppDataDisorderTimes Times of receiving IPP data which is out of order
RecvIppDataRecvSeqLessTimes Times of receiving IPP data whose sequence is less than
expectation
RecvIppDataSeqMoreTimes Times of receiving IPP data whose sequence is larger than
expectation
ulSendNoBDTimes Times of sending data without buffer
ulRecvExpirePacketTimes Times of receiving expired packets
ulRecvDuplicatePacketTimes Times of receiving duplicate packets
ulJitterBufferOverFlowTimes1 Times 1 of JitterBuffer overflows
ulJitterBufferOverFlowTimes2 Times 2 of JitterBuffer overflows
ulEmptyPacketTimes Times of empty packets
ulSendDSPVOIPPacket Number of voice packets sending to DSP
ulSendDSPFOIPPacket Number of fax packets sending to DSP
ulCorputTimes Times of collision in JitterBuffer
Table 273 Description of statistics in VPP module (continued)
Field Description
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice vcc 1307
Command Reference
display voice vcc
Purpose Use the display voice vcc command to view the information about the call
channel status and call statistics.
Syntax display voice vcc { channel [ line-number ] } | { st at i st i c { al l |
er r or | i pp | pr oc | r cv | t i mer | vpp } }
Parameters channel
Display the status information of the call channel on
the specified subscriber line.
line-number subscriber line number, the value range of it is decided
by the type and quantity of the voice cards actually put
into operation.
statistic
Display the statistics of the VCC module.
all
Display all the statistics of the VCC module.
error
Display the error statistics of the VCC module.
ipp
Display the statistics of the interaction messages
between the VCC module and the IPP module.
proc Display the statistics of the interaction messages
between the VCC module and the system process.
rcv
between the VCC module and the RCV module.
timer Display the statistics of the interaction messages
between the VCC module and the timer.
vpp
between the VCC module and the VPP module.
Default If it is required to display the status information of the call channel on the subscriber
line, but the parameter line-number is not entered, the status information of all
voice subscriber-lines will be displayed by default.
Example Display the call status information of the 2VI board voice subscriber-line 1.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce vcc channel 1
!
GENERI C:
I ndex = 12
Cal l er Num = 100
Cal l edNum = 200
EncodeType = 729
Peer Addr ess = 127. 0. 0. 1
Di sconnect Cause = 0
Di sconnect Text = Nor mal r el ease
Cal l Dur at i on = 00h 00m17s
Voi ceCal l Dur at i on = 00h 00m17s
1308 display voice vcc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
FaxCal l Dur at i on = 00h 00m00s
I mgPages = 0
Cal l Or i gi n = 1
!
VoI P:
Set upTi me( voi p) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 21
Connect Ti me( voi p) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 24
Di sconect Ti me( voi p) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 41
Tr ansmi t Packet s( voi p) = 531
Tr ansmi t Byt es( voi p) = 17126
Recei vePacket s( voi p) = 550
Recei veByt es( voi p) = 23100
!
PSTN:
Set upTi me( pst n) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 06
Connect Ti me( pst n) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 06
Di sconect Ti me( pst n) = Mar 29, 2003 15: 37: 41
Tr ansmi t Packet s( pst n) = 550
Tr ansmi t Byt es( pst n) = 16500
Recei vePacket s( pst n) = 913
Recei veByt es( pst n) = 18130
Any view
Table 274 Description on call channel status
Field Description
Index Index of current call in channel
CallerNum Caller number of current call in channel
CalledNum Called number of current call in channel
EncodeType Compression/Decompression type of current call in channel
PeerAddress IP address of Peer GW of current call in channel
DisconnectCause Cause code of disconnection of current call in channel
DisconnectText Cause explanation of disconnection of current call in channel
CallDuration Call duration of current call in channel
VoiceTxDuration Total voice duration of current call in channel at PSTN side
FaxTxDuration Total fax duration of current call in channel at PSTN side
ImgPages Total pages of sending/receiving fax
CallOrigin Direction of current call in channel, it means local end is caller end or
called end corresponding with 1 or 2 respectively
SetupTime(voip/pstn) Time of current call is setup(VoIP/PSTN)
ConnectTime(voip/pstn) Connect start time of current call in channel(VoIP/PSTN)
DisconnectTime(voip/pst
n)
Disconnect start time of current call in channel(VoIP/PSTN)
TransmitPackets Number of packets sent at local end of current call in channel
TransmitBytes Number of bytes sent at local end of current call in channel
ReceivePackets Number of packets received at local end of current call in channel
ReceiveBytes Number of bytes received at local end of current call in channel
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display voice vcc 1309
Command Reference
Description When setting the filtering rule, pay attention to the following points:
The specified voice subscriber-line number cannot be greater than the number of the
actual subscriber lines. If the specified line-number is greater than the number of
the actually available subscriber lines, this enter is invalid.
Related Commands reset voice vcc
debugging voice vcc
1310 display voice voip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display voice voip
Purpose This command applies to E1 and T1 voice.
Use the display voice voip downqueue e1t1vi-bno command to display
the contents of the down interrupt queue between the E1/T1 voice card and the
router main card.
Use the display voice voip up-queue e1t1vi-no command to display the
contents of the up interrupt queue between the E1/T1 voice card and the router main
card.
Use the display voice voip phy-statistic e1t1vi-bno command to
display the statistics of the physical layer.
Syntax display voice voip { downqueue e1t1vi-no | phy- st at i st i c e1t1vi-no |
up- queue e1t1vi-no | memor y | dat a- st at i st i c }
Parameters e1t1vi-no Indicate the card number of the E1/T1 voice card.
Example Display the contents of the down interrupt queue between the E1/T1 voice card and
the router main card.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay voi ce voi p downqueue 5
V = 0, I = 0, P = 0, C = 0, E = E1/ T1VI _NULL_EVENT, B = 0

E1VI boar d 0 down i nt er r upt queue i s empt y :
Any view
Table 275 Field description of the down interrupt queue between the E1/T1 voice card and
the router main card.
Field Description
V Value flag of interrupt
I Sequence number of interrupt down-queue
P Port number of E1VI board
C Channel number of E1VI board
E Type of event
B Flag of queue ending
E1VI board 0 down
interrupt queue is empty
Interrupt down-queue of E1VI board is empty
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display vrrp 1311
Command Reference
display vrrp
Purpose Use the display vrrp command to view current configuration and state
information about VRRP.
Syntax display vrrp [ i nt er f ace interface-name [ virtual-router-ID ] ]
Parameters interface-name Specifies an interface by its name. The type of the
interface must be Ethernet.
virtual-router-ID
Standby group number.
Example Display information about all standby groups on the router.
<3Com> di spl ay vr r p
Vi r t ual I p Pi ng : Di sabl e
Et her net 1/ 0/ 0 | Vi r t ual Rout er 1
st at e : I ni t i al i ze
Vi r t ual I P : 22. 2. 2. 2
Vi r t ual MAC : 0000- 5e00- 0101
Conf i g Pr i or i t y : 100
Run Pr i or i t y : 100
Pr eempt : YES Del ay Ti me : 0
Ti mer : 1
Aut h Type : NONE
Gi gabi t Et her net 0/ 1/ 0 | Vi r t ual Rout er 1
st at e : I ni t i al i ze
Vi r t ual I P : 1. 1. 11. 1
Vi r t ual MAC : 0000- 5e00- 0102
Conf i g Pr i or i t y : 100
Run Pr i or i t y : 100
Pr eempt : YES Del ay Ti me : 0
Ti mer : 1
Aut h Type : NONE
Any view
Description If the interface name and standby group number are not specified, the state
information about all the standby groups on the router is displayed. If the interface
name is specified, the state information about all the standby groups on the interface
is displayed. If both arguments are specified, the status information about the
specified standby group is displayed.
1312 display web java-blocking 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display web java-blocking
Purpose Use the display web java-blocking command to display the information
about Java blocking.
Syntax display web java-blocking { enable | all | extension keywords |
extension-all }
Parameters enable
Displays the status of Java blocking (enabled/disabled).
all
Displays all information about Java blocking.
extension keywords
Displays statistics of specific Java blocking keywords.
extension-all
Displays statistics of all Java blocking keywords.
Example Display the information about Java blocking based on the keyword of class.
<3Com> display web java-blocking extension class
The java request packet including: ".class" had been filtered for 0
times.
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display web url-filter host 1313
Command Reference
display web url-filter host
Purpose Use the display web url-filter host command to display information about
URL address filtering.
Syntax display web url-filter host { enable | all | item url-address |
item-all }
Parameters enable
Displays the status of URL address filtering
(enabled/disabled).
all Displays all information about URL address filtering.
item url-address Displays statistics of specific filter address filtering
entries.
item-all
Displays statistics of all address filtering entries.
Example Display information about URL address filtering.
<3Com> display web url-filter host all
URL-filter is enable.
Default method : permit.
URL-filter has loaded file "flash:/urlfilter" , there are 1 item(s) in
filter now.
There are 0 packet(s) be filtered.
There are 0 packet(s) passed.
Any view
1314 display web url-filter parameter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display web url-filter parameter
Purpose Use the display web url-filter parameter command to display the
filtering information about SQL attack.
Syntax display web url-filter parameter { enable | all | item keywords |
item-all }
Parameters enable
Displays the status of SQL injection attack protection
(enabled/disabled).
all
Displays all filtering information about SQL injection
attack protection.
item keywords Displays statistics of specific filtering keyword entries.
item-all Displays statistics of all filtering keyword entries.
Example Display statistics of all filter keyword entries.
<3Com> display web url-filter parameter item-all
SN Match-Times KeyWorks
----------------------------------------------
1 0 %27
2 0 êxec$
3 0 '
4 0 --
5 0 ^drop$
6 0 ^delete$
7 0 ûpdate$
8 0 însert$
9 0 ^select$
10 0 qqqqq
11 0 qqqq
12 0 qq
13 0 qqq
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 alias-policy 1315
Command Reference
display x25 alias-policy
Purpose Use the display x25 alias-policy command to view X.25 alias table.
Syntax display x25 alias-policy [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number ]
Example Display X.25 alias table.
<3Com> di spl ay x25 al i as- pol i cy
Al i as f or Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0:
Al i as f or Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0:
Al i as- 1: $20112405$st r i ct
Al i as- 2: $20112450l ef t
Al i as- 3: 20112450$r i ght
The above i nf or mat i on i ndi cat es: t he i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 i s set
wi t hout al i as, and t he i nt er f ace Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 i s set wi t h 3 al i ases,
whi ch ar e $20112405$ ( i n st r i ct mat ch mode) , $20112405 ( i n l ef t
al i gnment mat ch mode) and 20112405$ ( i n r i ght al i gnment mat ch mode) .
Any view
Related Command x25 alias-policy
1316 display x25 cug 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display x25 cug
Purpose Use the display x25 cug command to view the CUG configuration on the router
ports.
Syntax display x25 cug
Parameters None
Example Display the CUG configuration on the router ports.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay x25 cug
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 0, CUG Ser vi ce enabl e
l ocal - cug 2 <- > net wor k- cug 4
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 1, CUG Ser vi ce enabl e
l ocal - cug 1 <- > net wor k- cug 1 , no- i ncomi ng
l ocal - cug 3 <- > net wor k- cug 5 , pr ef er ent i al
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 hunt-group-info 1317
Command Reference
display x25 hunt-group-info
Purpose Use the display x25 hunt-group-info command to view the status
information of X.25 hunt group.
Syntax display x25 hunt-group-info [ hunt-group-name ]
Parameters hunt-group-name Hunt group name.
Example Display the status information of X.25 hunt group hg1.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 hunt - gr oup- i nf o hg1
HG_I D : hg1 HG_Type: r ound- r obi n
member st at e vc- used i n- pkt s out - pkt s
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 Last 2 51 20
Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 Next 1 21 15
1. 1. 1. 1 Nor mal 1 24 3
The following table introduces the meaning of each field in the displayed information.
Any view
Description You can use this command to learn the hunt group of the Router and the information
about the interfaces and XOT channel inside the hunt group.
Related Command x25 hunt-group
Table 276 Description on the fields of the command display x25 hunt-group-info
Field Description
hg1 Hunt group name
round-robin Hunt group call channel selection policy
member Interfaces or XOT channel contained in hunt group
State The state of the current interface or XOT channel, including:
Last:Last: last used
Next: interfaces or XOT channel selected by rotary selection policy next
Normal: normal state
vc-used Call number on the interface or XOT channel (including call success
and call failure)
in-pkts Input flow on the interface or XOT channel in packets
out-pkts Output flow on the interface or XOT channel in packets
1318 display x25 map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display x25 map
Purpose Use the display x25 map command to view the X.25 address mapping table.
Syntax display x25 map
Any view
Parameters None
Example Display the X.25 address map table.
<3Com> di spl ay x25 map
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0( pr ot ocol st at us i s up) :
i p addr ess: 202. 38. 162. 2 X. 121 addr ess: 22
map- t ype: SVC_MAP VC- number : 0
Faci l i t y:
ACCEPT_REVERSE;
BROADCAST;
PACKET_SI ZE: I 512 O 512 ;
Description The X.25 address mapping can be configured in two methods: special configuration
(through the x25 map command) or implied configuration (through the x25 pvc
command). The display x25 map command can be used to show all the address
mappings.
Related Commands x25 map
x25 pvc
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
x25 fr pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 map 1319
Command Reference
display x25 map
Purpose Use the display x25 map command to display X.25 address map information.
Syntax display x25 map
Parameters None
Example Display X.25 address map information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 map
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0( pr ot ocol st at us i s up) :
i p addr ess: 202. 38. 162. 2 X. 121 addr ess: 22
map- t ype: SVC_MAP VC- number : 0
Faci l i t y:
ACCEPT_REVERSE;
BROADCAST;
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0. 1( pr ot ocol st at us i s up) :
Cl ns enabl ed X. 121 addr ess: 30
map- t ype: PVC_MAP VC- number : 0
Faci l i t y:
Table 277 describes the above output information.
Any view
Table 277 Description on the fields of the display x25 map command
Field Description
Interface:Serial3/0/0(protocol status is up): The mapped interface and its state
ip address:202.38.162.2 X.121 address: 22 The IP address and corresponding X.121 address
of the interface
map-type: SVC_MAP The map type is SVC_MAP
VC-number: 0 Number of the virtual circuits
Facility:
ACCEPT_REVERSE;
BROADCAST;
PACKET_SIZE: I 512 O 512 ;
Clns enabled CLNS is enabled
1320 display x25 map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description X.25 address map can be configured by using the x25 map command or the x25
pvc command. The display x25 map command can be used to show all X.25
address mappings
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 pad 1321
Command Reference
display x25 pad
Purpose Use the display x25 pad command to view X.25 PAD connection information.
Syntax display x25 pad [ pad-id ]
Parameters pad-id PAD ID. Valid values are 0 to 255. If it is not specified,
all PAD connection information will be displayed.
Example Display X.25 PAD connection information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 pad
UI - I NDEX130:
Fr omr emot e 22 connect ed t o l ocal 11, St at e: Nor mal
X. 3Par amet er s( I n) :
1: 1, 2: 0, 3: 2, 4: 1, 5: 0, 6: 0, 7: 21, 8: 0, 9: 0, 10: 0, 11: 14
12: 0, 13: 0, 14: 0, 15: 0, 16: 127, 17: 21, 18: 18, 19: 0, 20: 0, 21: 0, 22: 0
X. 3Par amet er s( Out ) :
1: 1, 2: 0, 3: 2, 4: 1, 5: 0, 6: 0, 7: 21, 8: 0, 9: 0, 10: 0, 11: 14
12: 0, 13: 0, 14: 0, 15: 0, 16: 127, 17: 21, 18: 18, 19: 0, 20: 0, 21: 0, 22: 0
I nput :
Pkt s( t ot al / cont r ol ) : 13/ 2 byt es: 12
queue( si ze/ max) : 0/ 200
Out put :
Pkt s( t ot al / cont r ol ) : 15/ 2 byt es: 320
Any view
Description PAD is a kind of application similar to telnet. It can establish the connection between
two ends through X121 address, and then, to carry out configuration operations.
Related Commands display x25 vc
x25 xot
1322 display x25 switch-table pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display x25 switch-table pvc
Purpose Use the display x25 switch-table pvc command to view X.25 switching
virtual circuit table.
Syntax display x25 switch-table pvc
Parameters None
Example Display X.25 switching virtual circuit table.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 swi t ch- t abl e pvc
#1 ( I n: Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0- vc1024) <>( Out : Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- vc1}
#2 ( I n: Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- vc1024) <>( Out : Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0- vc1
Any view
Related Commands x25 pvc
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
x25 fr pvc
x25 switch svc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 switch-table svc 1323
Command Reference
display x25 switch-table svc
Purpose Use the display x25 switch-table svc command to display the X.25
switching routing table.
Syntax display x25 switch-table svc { dynami c | st at i c }
Parameters None
Example Display X.25 switching routing table.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 swi t ch- t abl e svc st at i c
Number Dest i nat i on Subst i t ut e- Subst i t ut e- CUD Swi t chTo( t ype/ name)
sr c dst
1 11 I / Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0
2 22 I / Ser i al 2/ 1/ 0
3 133 H/ hg1
4 132 T/ 123. 123. 123. 123
5 133 T/ 123. 123. 123. 123
T/ 124. 124. 124. 124
T/ 125. 125. 125. 125
6 111 222 333 T/ 4. 4. 4. 4
Tot al of st at i c svc i s 6.
The i t emt ype of Swi t chTo meani ng:
I : i nt er f ace H: hunt - gr oup T: xot
The following table introduces the meaning of each field in the displayed information.
Any view
Related Command x25 switch svc
Table 278 Description on each field in the command display x25 switch-table svc
Field Description
Number Sequence number of this route in the routing table
Substitute-src X.121 source address after substitution, if the content is blank, it
means no substitution.
Substitute-dst X.121 destination address after substitution, if the content is blank,
it means no substitution.
CUD Call User Data
SwitchTo Forwarding address of this route, including interface, XOT channel
and hunt group
1324 display x25 vc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display x25 vc
Purpose Use the display x25 vc command to display information about X.25 virtual
circuits.
Syntax display x25 vc [ lci ]
Parameters lci
Logical channel identifier. Valid values are 1 to 4095. If
you do not provide this argument, all X.25 virtual
circuits are displayed.
Example Display X.25 virtual circuits.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 vc
SVC 1
St at e: P4
Map: cl ns t o 130
Wi ndow si ze: i nput 2 out put 2
Packet Si ze: i nput 128 out put 128
Local PS: 5 Local PR: 5 Remot e PS: 5 Remot e PR: 4
Local Busy: FALSE Reset t i mes: 0
I nput / Out put :
DATA 5/ 5 I NTERRUPT 0/ 0
RR 0/ 0 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
Byt es 420/ 420
Snd Queue( Cur r ent / Max) : 0/ 200
SVC 10
St at e: P4
SVC <- - > Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0 SVC 60
I nput / Out put :
RR 0/ 0 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
Byt es 420/ 420
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0- 1. 1. 1. 1
PVC 1
St at e: P/ I nact i ve
XOT PVC <- - > Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0 PVC 1 connect ed
I nput / Out put :
RR 0/ 0 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
Byt es 0/ 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 vc 1325
Command Reference
I nt er f ace: Ser i al 2/ 0
PVC 1
St at e: D3
PVC <- - > XOT Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0- 1. 1. 1. 1 PVC 1 connect ed
I nput / Out put :
RR 0/ 0 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
Byt es 0/ 0
SVC 59
St at e: P4
PAD: UI - 130 Fr omr emot e 130 connect ed t o l ocal 220
I nput / Out put :
RR 6/ 2 RNR 0/ 0 REJ 0/ 0
Byt es 53/ 363
Table 279 describes the above output information.
Table 279 Description on the field of the display x25 vc command
Field Description
Interface: Serial2/0/0 The interface where the virtual circuit is established
SVC 1
State: P4
Map: clns to 130
Window size: input 2 output 2
Packet Size: input 128 output 128
Local PS: 5
Local PR: 5
Remote PS: 5
Remote PR: 5
Local Busy: FALSE
Reset times: 0
Input/Output:
DATA 5/5 INTERRUPT 0/0
RR 0/0 RNR 0/0 REJ 0/0
Bytes 420/420
Snd Queue(Current/Max): 0/200
PVC <--> XOT Serial2/0/0-1.1.1.1 PVC 1
connected
PAD: UI-130 From remote 130 connected
to local 220
1326 display x25 vc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Any view
Description Switched virtual circuits (SVC) are established on demand by X.25 network signaling.
Whereas permanent virtual circuits (PVC) are established by manually configuring and
remain regardless of data transmission. When operating in X.25 switching mode, a
router can also establish virtual circuits as needed to switch data. You can use this
command to check virtual circuits of all these types. But the displayed fields may
differ.
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family display x25 x2t switch-table 1327
Command Reference
display x25 x2t switch-table
Purpose Use the display x25 x2t switch-table command to display the dynamic
switching routing table and static routing table.
Syntax display x25 x2t switch-table
Parameters None
Example Display the X2T dynamic switching routing table on the router.
[ Rout er ] di spl ay x25 x2t swi t ch- t abl e
X.121 Interface [LCD ]<--> Ip Address port SocketId
==========================================================
222 Serial0/0/0 [SVC:1024 ] <--> 20.1.1.1 102 2
NULL Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 [ PVC: 1 ] <- - > 20. 1. 1. 1 104 2
Fr omt he f i r st ent r y i n t hi s t abl e, we know t hat t he r out er has
est abl i shed an X2T SVC connect i on wi t h one end connect i ng X. 25 of
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 and t he ot her a TCP connect i on. The X. 25 uses a vi r t ual
ci r cui t ( VC) whose LCD i s 1024 and t he TCP connect i on whose por t i s 102,
socket i s 2 and t he r emot e I P addr ess i s 20. 1. 1. 1.
Fr omt he second ent r y i n t hi s t abl e, we know t hat t he r out er has
est abl i shed an X2T PVC connect i on wi t h one end connect i ng X. 25 of
Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 and t he ot her a TCP connect i on. The X. 25 uses a vi r t ual
ci r cui t ( VC) whose LCD i s 1 and t he TCP connect i on of whi ch t he Socket
i s 2, r emot e I P addr ess i s 20. 1. 1. 1 and t he por t i s 102.
Any view
Description You can view the switch entry from X25 to TCP dynamically established by router with
the display x25 x2t switch-table command. When a router sets up a
connection, this entry exists and when you close the connection, the entry is deleted.
1328 display x25 xot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
display x25 xot
Purpose Use the display x25 xot command to view XOT link information.
Syntax display x25 xot
Parameters None
Example Display XOT link information.
[ 3Com] di spl ay x25 xot
SVC 1024: ( ESTAB )
t cp peer i p: 10. 1. 1. 1, peer por t : 1998
t cp l ocal i p: 10. 1. 1. 2, l ocal por t : 1024
socket keepal i ve per i od: 5, keepal i ve t r i es: 3
come i nt er f ace name: Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0- 10. 1. 1. 1- 1024
go i nt er f ace name: Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0:
The above i nf or mat i on i ndi cat es: t her e i s one est abl i shed XOT l i nk vi a
SVC, whose peer I P i s 10. 1. 1. 1, peer por t i s 1998, l ocal I P i s 10. 1. 1. 2,
l ocal por t i s 1024, keepal i ve per i od of socket i s 5 seconds, keepal i ve
t r i es ar e 3, come i nt er f ace name i s Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0- 10. 1. 1. 1- 1024 ( XOT
i nt er f ace) , and go i nt er f ace name i s Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0.
Any view
Description You can use the command display x25 xot to view the detailed information about all
XOT links, including peer ip and port, local ip and port, keepalive setting of socket
and come/go interface names.
Related Commands x25 switch svc xot
x25 xot pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dl-bits 1329
Command Reference
dl-bits
Purpose Use the dl-bits command to configure the bit value of all the signals of R2 line
signaling.
Use the undo dl-bits command to restore the values to defaults.
Syntax dl-bits { answer | bl ocki ng | cl ear - back | cl ear - f or war d | i dl e | sei ze
| sei zur e- ack | r el ease- guar d } { r ecei ve | t r ansmi t } ABCD
undo dl-bits { answer | bl ocki ng | cl ear - back | cl ear - f or war d | i dl e |
sei ze | sei zur e- ack | r el ease- guar d } { r ecei ve | t r ansmi t }
Parameters answer Answer signal of R2 line signaling.
blocking Blocking signal of R2 line signaling.
clear-back Clear-back signal of R2 line signaling.
clear-forward Clear-forward signal of R2 line signaling.
idle Idle signal of R2 line signaling.
seize Seizure signal of R2 line signaling.
seizure-ack Seizure acknowledgement signal of R2 line signaling.
release-guard Release guard signal of R2 line signaling.
receive Signal of receiving R2 line signaling
transmit
Signal of sending R2 line signaling
ABCD
Value of signal bits of receiving/sending R2 line
signaling, ranging from 0000 to 1111.
Example Configure ABCD bits value of the idle signal of receiving R2 signaling to 1101, and
that of the idle signal of transmitting R2 signaling to 1011.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 4: 0] dl - bi t s i dl e r ecei ve 1101
[ 3Com- cas0: 0] dl - bi t s i dl e t r ansmi t 1011
Table 280 Default values of R2 line signaling
Signal Default rx-bits ABCD Default tx-bits ABCD
Answer 0101 0101
Blocking 1101 1101
Clear-back 1101 1101
Clear-forward 1001 1001
Idle 1001 1001
Seize 0001 0001
Seizure-ack 1101 1101
Release-guard 1001 1001
1330 dl-bits 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
R2 CAS view
Description Use the dl-bits command to configure the bit value of all the signals of R2 line
signaling.
Use the undo dl-bits command to restore the values to defaults.
You can use the dl-bits command to configure the ABCD bits value of R2 signaling
for different coding schemes in different countries.
Related Commands seizure-ack {enable/disable}
answer {enable/disable}
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw bridge-set 1331
Command Reference
dlsw bridge-set
Purpose Use the dlsw bridge-set command to configure the bridge group to connect
DLSw. Use the undo dlsw bridge-set command to delete the bridge.
Syntax dlsw bridge-set bridge-set-number
undo dlsw bridge-set bridge-set-number
Parameters bridge-set-number
ID of bridge group, ranging from 1 to 63, local valid.
Example Configure the bridge group connected with DLSw, with the ID of the bridge group
being 20.
[ 3Com] dl sw br i dge- set 20
System view
Description In order to forward packets of specified bridge group to the remote end through the
TCP connection, a local bridge group needs to be connected with DLSw by using this
command, that is, packets of the local bridge group can be sent to the remote end
through the TCP tunnel. This command can be used many times to connect many
bridge groups with DLSw, and make them all capable of joining the forwarding
through the TCP tunnel.
1332 dlsw enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw enable
Purpose Use the dlsw enable command to enable DLSw performance.
Use the undo dlsw enable command to suspend DLSw performance.
Syntax dlsw enable
undo dlsw enable
Parameters None
Default By default,DLSw performance is enabled.
Example Suspend DLSw performance.
[ 3Com] undo dl sw enabl e
Enable DLSw performance.
[ 3Com] dl sw enabl e
System view
Description After this command is performed, the system will release all dynamic resources, but
retain the original configuration.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw ethernet-backup enable 1333
Command Reference
dlsw ethernet-backup enable
Purpose Use the dlsw ethernet-backup enable command to enable DLSw Ethernet
redundancy.
Use the undo dlsw ethernet-backup enable command to disable DLSw
Ethernet redundancy.
Syntax dlsw ethernet-backup enable multicast-mac-address [ pr i or i t y value ]
undo dlsw ethernet-backup enable
Parameters multicast-mac-address
Multicast address used by the DLSw Ethernet
redundancy software for master router election. It
takes the format of xxxx-xxxx-xxxx in Ethernet order.
priority value
Priority for master router election. It is in the range 1 to
254 and defaults to 100. The smaller the priority value,
the higher the priority.
Example Enable DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dl sw et her net - backup enabl e 9999- 9999- 9999
pr i or i t y 10
Description Once you configure the dlsw ethernet-backup enable command on an
Ethernet interface, the interface starts to send frames to the multicast destination
address specified in the command.
For routers with the same priority, the one with the smallest MAC address is elected
as the master router.
1334 dlsw ethernet-backup map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw ethernet-backup map
Purpose Use the dlsw ethernet-backup map command to enable the Ethernet switch
support feature for DLSw Ethernet redundancy, that is, to map the MAC address of a
remote SNA device to a local virtual MAC address.
Use the undo dlsw ethernet-backup map command to remove the map
entries between the MAC address of the specified remote SNA device and the local
virtual MAC address.
Syntax dlsw ethernet-backup map l ocal - mac local-mac-address r emot e- mac
remote-mac-address [ nei ghbour neighbour-mac-address ]
undo dlsw ethernet-backup map l ocal - mac local-mac-address r emot e- mac
remote-mac-address
Parameters local-mac-address Local virtual MAC address takes the format of
xxxx-xxxx-xxxx in token ring order.
remote-mac-address
MAC address of the SNA device on the remote WAN. It
takes the format of xxxx-xxxx-xxxx in token ring order.
neighbour-mac-address
MAC address of another router for backup (the
address of the interface connected to the Ethernet). It
takes the format of xxxx-xxxx-xxxx in token ring order.
Example Enable the Ethernet switch support feature for DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
pr i or i t y 10
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dl sw et her net - backup map l ocal - mac 8888- 8888- 8888
r emot e- mac 0000- 1738- 6df d
Description After you configure the dlsw ethernet-backup map command, the router
handles frames in this way:
When receiving a frame from the WAN, the router translates the source MAC
address of the frame (that is, the MAC address of the remote SNA device) into its
local virtual MAC address before forwarding the frame to the Ethernet.
When receiving a frame from the Ethernet, the router translates the destination
MAC address into the MAC address of the remote SNA device before forwarding
the frame to the WAN.
After you enable the Ethernet switch support feature and specify the MAC address of
a neighbor on a DLSw router, the router sends its MAC address map to the neighbor
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw ethernet-backup map 1335
Command Reference
for backup. In case the DLSw router fails, the neighbor takes over the address
translation responsibility by using the backup map.
DLSw Ethernet redundancy supports up to 200 map entries.
1336 dlsw ethernet-backup timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw ethernet-backup timer
Purpose Use the dlsw ethernet-backup timer command to configure the time for
which the master DLSw router waits before sending a positive or negative response to
the slave DLSw router upon receipt of a circuit establishing request.
Use the undo dlsw ethernet-backup timer command to restore the default
wait time.
Syntax dlsw ethernet-backup timer value
undo dlsw ethernet-backup timer
Parameters value
Time for which the master router waits before sending
a positive or negative response to the slave router
upon receipt of a circuit establishing request. It is in the
range 100 to 5,000 ms and defaults to 500 ms.
Example Configure the master router in DLSw Ethernet redundancy to wait 1,500 ms before
responding to an IWANTIT frame.
pr i or i t y 10
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] dl sw et her net - backup t i mer 1500
Description With DLSw Ethernet redundancy, when a slave router wants to set up a circuit, it
sends an IWANTIT frame to the master router to request one. Upon receipt of the
IWANTIT frame, the master router needs to wait for a while before responding with a
UGOTIT or CKT_TKN frame to acknowledge or deny the setup request. The dlsw
ethernet-backup timer command is used to set the wait time.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw ethernet-frame-filter 1337
Command Reference
dlsw ethernet-frame-filter
Purpose Use the dlsw ethernet-frame-filter command to apply an ACL in the
transmitting and receiving directions of DLSW module towards bridge module so that
it can transmit and receive only the Ethernet frames with permitted source MAC
addresses.
Use the undo dlsw ethernet-frame-filter command to delete the
MAC-address-based ACL applied in the transmitting or receiving direction.
Syntax dlsw ethernet-frame-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound }
undo dlsw ethernet-frame-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound }
Number of an extended Access Control List.
Example Configure filtering rule (ACL 4000) in the receiving direction of DLSW module.
[ 3Com] dl sw et her net - f r ame- f i l t er 4000 i nbound
System view
Description For more information on MAC-based ACLs, refer to the security part of this manual.
Related Command acl
1338 dlsw filter acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw filter acl
Purpose Use the dlsw filter acl command to specify to filter packets from any peer.
Use the undo dlsw filter acl command to disable filtering of packets from
peers.
Syntax dlsw filter acl acl-number
undo dlsw filter acl acl-number
Parameters acl acl-num Specifies the ACL for filtering packets from the peers.
The ACL number must be in the range from 4000 to
4999.
Example Specify to use ACL 4000 to filter packets from all peers, including those learned
dynamically. That is, permit only packets with a MAC address of 3-2-3 to pass
through.
[ Rout er ] acl number 4000
[ 3Com- acl - et her net f r ame- 4000] r ul e 3 per mi t sour ce- mac 0003- 0002- 0003
f f f f - f f f f - f f f f
[ 3Com- acl - et her net f r ame- 4000] qui t
[ Rout er ] dl sw f i l t er acl 4000
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw local 1339
Command Reference
dlsw local
Purpose Use the dlsw local command to create the DLSw local peer.
Use the undo dlsw local command to delete the local peer or restore the
default.
Syntax dlsw local ip-address [ i ni t - wi ndow init-window-size ] [ keepal i ve
keepalive-interval ] [ max- f r ame max-frame-size ] [ max- wi ndow
max-window-size ] [ per mi t - dynami c ] [ vendor - i d vendor-id ]
undo dlsw local ip-address [ i ni t - wi ndow ] [ keepal i ve ] [ max- f r ame ]
[ max- wi ndow ] [ per mi t - dynami c ] [ vendor - i d vendor-id ]
IP address of the created local peer.
init-window-size
Size of the initialized local response window, in the
range of 1 to 2000 frames.
If not specified, the default is 40 frames.
keepalive-interval Time interval for sending the keepalive (in seconds).
max-frame-size
Maximum length of the packet, which can be 516,
1470, 1500, 2052, 4472, 8144, 11407, 11454, or
17800 bytes. It defaults to 1500 bytes.
max-window-size
Size of the maximum local response window, ranging
from 1 to 2000 frames.
If not specified, the default is 50 frames.
permit-dynamic
Permits unpreconfigured remote router to initiate
connections and dynamically create peers. The remote
peer is unnecessarily be configured on the local end
using this parameter, and the local peer waits for the
connection initiated by the remote peer.
vendor-id
DLSw vendor identifier, in the range 00.00.00~ff.ff.ff.
If not specified, the default is 00.e0.fc.
Example Create the DLSw local peer, with the IP address being 1.1.1.1, the size of the local
response window being 50, time interval for sending the keepalive being 40
seconds, both the maximum length of the packet max-frame-size and the size of
the maximum local response window being the default value.
[ 3Com] dl sw l ocal 1. 1. 1. 1 i ni t - wi ndow 50 keepal i ve 40
System view
1340 dlsw local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Creating a TCP tunnel is the first step for establishing the DLSw connection. In order
to create the TCP tunnel, the DLSw local peer is to be first configured to specify the
local IP address that creates the TCP connection before receiving the TCP connection
request initiated by the remote router. A router can only have one local peer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw max-transmission 1341
Command Reference
dlsw max-transmission
Purpose Use the dlsw max-transmission command to set the maximum number of the
attempts to send an explorer frame.
Use the undo dlsw max-transmission command to restore the default.
Syntax dlsw max-transmission retries
undo dlsw max-transmission
Parameters retries
Sets the maximum number of the attempts to send an
explorer frame. It defaults to 5.
Example Set the maximum number of explorer frame sending attempts to 10.
[ 3Com] dl sw max- t r ansmi ssi on 10
System view
Description You can use this command only after enabling DLSw2.0.
Each time the origin DLSw2.0 router sends an explorer frame in a UDP multicast or
unicast packet, an explorer timer starts. If no response is received before the explorer
timer times out, the router retransmits the explorer frame and restarts the explorer
timer. If no response packet is received after the maximum number of explorer frame
sending attempts are made, the router stops sending attempt.
Related Command dlsw enable
1342 dlsw multicast 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw multicast
Purpose Use the dlsw multicast command to enable the multicast function of DLSw2.0.
Use the undo dlsw multicast command to disable the multicast function of
DLSw2.0.
Syntax dlsw multicast [ multicast-IP-address ]
undo dlsw multicast
Parameters multicast-IP-address Multicast IP address. It defaults to 224.0.10.0.
Default By default, the multicast function of DLSw2.0 is disabled.
Example Add multicast IP address 224.0.10.10 for DLSw2.0.
[ 3Com] dl sw mul t i cast 224. 0. 10. 10
System view
Related Commands dlsw enable
igmp enable
pim dm
pim sm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw reachable 1343
Command Reference
dlsw reachable
Purpose Use the dlsw reachable command to configure locally reachable MAC and SAP
addresses.
Use the undo dlsw enable command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax dlsw reachable { mac- addr ess mac-address [ mask mask ] |
mac- excl usi vi t y | saps saps-values [ saps-values ] }
undo dlsw reachable { mac- addr ess mac-address | mac- excl usi vi t y | saps
saps-values [ saps-values ] }
Parameters mac-address mac-address Locally reachable MAC address on the router.
mask mask MAC address mask, functioning similar to a subnet
mask.
mac-exclusivity
Allows the router to access the configured MAC
address only.
saps saps-values
Locally reachable SAP address on the router, in the
range 0 to FF.
Example Allow the router to access the MAC addresses beginning with 1212.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r eachabl e mac- addr ess 1212- 1212- 1212 mask f f f f - 0000- 0000
Allow the router to access SAP addresses 12 and 14.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r eachabl e saps 12 14
Restrict the router to access only the configured MAC addresses.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r eachabl e mac- excl usi vi t y
System view
Description After you configure the dlsw reachable command, the router sends a packet to
all the connected routers, notifying of the locally reachable MAC or SAP address.
Based on the information, these routers can decide whether to send packets to this
router without exploring.
Note that you must change the configuration in time to accommodate to changes on
the local network.
1344 dlsw reachable-cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw reachable-cache
Purpose Use the dlsw reachable-cache command to add the reachability information of
the specified SNA device to the reachable-cache. You can specify this SNA device by
specifying its MAC address and IP address of the router to which it is connected.
Use the undo dlsw reachable-cache command to remove the configured
reachability information.
Syntax dlsw reachable-cache mac-address r emot e ip-address
undo dlsw reachable-cache mac-address r emot e ip-address
Parameters mac-address
MAC address of the SNA device connected to the peer
router.
ip-address
IP address of the peer router.
Example Add a reachability entry to the reachable-cache, where the remote IP address is
10.12.13.10 and the MAC address of the connected SNA device is 0102-2103-5641.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r eachabl e- cache 0102- 2103- 5641 r emot e 10. 12. 13. 10
System view
Description This configuration allows the router to send packets without exploring. If the remote
network is prone to changes however, this configuration is unreliable.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw remote 1345
Command Reference
dlsw remote
Purpose Use the dlsw remote command to create the DLSw remote peer.
Use the undo dlsw remote command to delete the remote peer.
Syntax dlsw remote ip-address [ acl acl-number | backup backup-address |
pr i or i t y priority | keepal i ve keepalive-interval | max- f r ame
max-frame-size | max- queue max-queue-length | l i nger minutes ] *
undo dlsw remote ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the remote peer.
acl acl-number
Number of ACL, ranging from 4000 to 4999.
backup backup-address
Backup IP address of the remote peer.
priority priority
Transmission priority. Valid values are 1 to 5.
If not specified, the default transmission priority is 3.
keepalive
keepalive-interval
Time interval for sending the keepalive packet (in
If not specified, the default keepalive interval is 30
seconds.
max-frame max-frame-size
Maximum length of packets, which can be 516, 1470,
1500, 2052, 4472, 8144, 11,407, 11,454, or 17,800
bytes.
If not specified, the default maximum length of
packets is 1500 bytes.
max-queue max-queue-lengthSize of the TCP sending/receiving queue. Valid values
are 50 to 2000.
If not specified, the default maximum queue length is
200.
linger minutes Linger time of the backup connection after the primary
peer being disconnected (in minutes). Valid values are
0 to 1440.
If not specified, the default linger time is 5 minutes.
Example Create the DLSw remote peer, with the IP address being 2.2.2.2, the transmission cost
being 2, the time interval for sending the keepalive being 40 seconds, the
maximum length lf-size of the packet being the default value, and the size of the TCP
sending/receiving queue being 300.
[ 3Com] dl sw r emot e 2. 2. 2. 2 pr i or i t y 2 keepal i ve 40 max- queue 300
System view
1346 dlsw remote 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description After the local peer is configured, the remote peer needs to be configured to create
the TCP tunnel. The router will keep attempting to create the TCP connection with
the remote router. A router can be configured with several remote peers so as to
create the TCP tunnel with several remote routers.
When creating a remote backup peer, note the following:
3. In order to create a remote backup peer at the backup-address argument, the
ip-address argument should be the IP address of the backup peer, and the
backup-peer backup-address should be the IP address of the remote primary
peer with the TCP connection already being created. In other words, before
creating the remote backup peer connection, the user should ensure that the local
end has created the TCP connection with a remote primary peer. If the peer end
backup peer is created the same time the remote peer being first created, the
system will prompt the following information:
Primary peer ip address does not exist
This prompt indicates that the user should first create a remote primary peer before
creating the backup peer.
4. If the backup link still exists after the TCP connection of the primary link is
interrupted, the TCP link can be retained (use the display dlsw remote command
and a TCP connection can be found still exist) till the backup link linger minutes is
also timeout.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw remote 1347
Command Reference
dlsw remote
Purpose Use the dlsw remote command to create a remote DLSw peer and specifies its
version and filtering rule.
Use the undo dlsw remote command to remove a remote DLSw peer.
Syntax dlsw remote ip-address [ ver si on version-number | acl acl-num ] *
undo dlsw remote ip-address
Specifies the IP address of a remote peer.
version version-number
Sets the DLSw version of the remote peer to 1 or 2.
The default DLSw version is 1.
acl acl-num
Specifies the ACL for filtering packets from the peers.
The ACL number must be in the range 4000 to 4999.
Example Create a DLSw remote peer 192.168.100.10 and sets its DLSw version to 2.0.
[ 3Com] dl sw r emot e 192. 168. 100. 10 Ver si on 2
Specify to filter packets from peer 1.1.1.1 using ACL 4000. That is, for packets from
1.1.1.1, permit only packets with a MAC address of 3-2-3 to pass through.
[ 3Com- acl - et her net f r ame- 4000] r ul e 3 per mi t sour ce- mac 0003- 0002- 0003
f f f f - f f f f - f f f f
[ 3Com- acl - et her net f r ame- 4000] qui t
[ 3Com] dl sw r emot e 1. 1. 1. 1 acl 4000
System view
Related Commands dlsw remote
1348 dlsw reverse 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dlsw reverse
Purpose Use the dlsw reverse command to convert a MAC address from Ethernet order
to token ring order or vice versa.
Syntax dlsw reverse mac-address
MAC address to be translated.
Example Translate MAC address 0012-3578-4521 into an address in the other format.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r ever se 0012- 3578- 4521
Dever sed MAC addr ess: 0048- ac1e- a284
Translate MAC address 0012-3578-4521 back into an address in the original format.
[ Rout er ] dl sw r ever se 0048- ac1e- a284
Dever sed MAC addr ess: 0012- 3578- 4521
System view
Description This command serves as a MAC address translation tool, helping you avoid mistakes
introduced by manual translation.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dlsw timer 1349
Command Reference
dlsw timer
Purpose Use the dlsw timer command to configure the DLSw timer parameters.
Use the undo dlsw timer command to restore the default value of the DLSw timer
parameters.
Syntax dlsw timer { connect ed | expl or er - wai t | l ocal - pendi ng | r emot e- pendi ng
| cache | expl or er } seconds
undo dlsw timer { connect ed | expl or er - wai t | l ocal - pendi ng |
r emot e- pendi ng | cache | expl or er }
Parameters connected seconds The holding time of a connection (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 second to 65535.
explorer-wait seconds
The waiting time of local explorer frames (in seconds).
local-pending seconds
The local pending time (in seconds). Valid values are 1
to 65535.
remote-pending seconds The remote pending time (in seconds). Valid values are
1 second to 65535.
cache seconds Address saving time in SNA cache (in seconds). Valid
explorer seconds
The waiting time of remote explorer frames (in
seconds). Valid values are 1to 65535.
Example Configure the DLSw timer parameters, with the connected timeout being 200
seconds, the waiting timeout of the local explorer frame being 15 seconds, the local
waiting timeout being 15 seconds, the remote peer waiting timeout being 25
seconds, the SNA cache address timeout being the default value and the waiting
timeout of the remote explorer frame being the default value.
[ 3Com] dl sw t i mer connect ed 20
[ 3Com] dl sw t i mer expl or er - wai t 15
[ 3Com] dl sw t i mer l ocal - pendi ng 15
[ 3Com] dl sw t i mer r emot e- pendi ng 25
System view
1350 dlsw timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description By configuring the DLSw timer, the various kinds of timers used for the DLSw to
create the virtual circuit can be revised. But the user is suggested not to revise the
DLSw timer parameters randomly.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dns domain 1351
Command Reference
dns domain
Purpose Use the dns domain command to configure a DNS domain name.
Use the undo dns domain command to delete one or all DNS domain names.
Syntax dns domain domain-name
undo dns domain [ domain-name ]
Parameters domain-name DNS domain name.
Example Configure a DNS domain name.
[ Rout er ] dns domai n 3com. com
Delete a specified DNS domain name.
[ Rout er ] undo dns domai n 3com. com
Delete all the DNS domain names.
[ Rout er ] undo dns domai n
System view
1352 dns-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dns-list
Purpose Use the dns-list command to configure DNS server IP addresses in a global DHCP
address pool.
Use the undo dns-list command to delete the configuration.
Syntax dns-list ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo dns-list { ip-address | al l }
Parameters ip-address IP address of the DNS. You can configure up to eight IP
Default By default, no DNS server address is configured.
Example Specify 1.1.1.254 as a DNS server address for DHCP address pool 0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] dns- l i st 1. 1. 1. 254
Description By far, only up to eight DNS server addresses can be set in each DHCP address pool.
Related Command dhcp server domain-name (Interface view)
dhcp server ip-pool
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dns-proxy enable 1353
Command Reference
dns-proxy enable
Purpose Use the dns-proxy enable command to enable DNS proxy.
Use the undo dns-proxy enable command to disable DNS proxy.
Syntax dns-proxy enable
undo dns-proxy enable
Parameters None
Default By default, DNS proxy is disabled.
Example Enable DNS proxy on the router.
[ Rout er ] dns- pr oxy enabl e
System view
1354 dns resolve 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dns resolve
Purpose Use the dns resolve command to enable DNS resolving.
Use the undo dns resolve command to disable DNS resolving.
Syntax dns resolve
undo dns resolve
Parameters None
Default By default, DNS resolving is disabled.
Example Enable DNS resolving.
[ Rout er ] dns r esol ve
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dns server 1355
Command Reference
dns server
Purpose Use the dns server command to configure IP address of a DNS server.
Use the undo dns server command to delete IP address of a DNS server.
Syntax dns server ip-address
undo dns server [ ip-address ]
Parameters ip-address IP address of a DNS server.
Example Configure IP address of a DNS server.
[ Rout er ] dns ser ver 10. 110. 66. 1
Delete IP address of a specified DNS server.
[ Rout er ] undo dns ser ver 10. 110. 66. 1
Delete IP addresses of all the DNS servers.
[ Rout er ] undo dns ser ver
System view
1356 domain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
domain
Purpose Use the domain command to configure an ISP domain or enter the view of an
existing ISP domain.
Use the undo domain command to cancel a specified ISP domain.
Syntax domain [ isp-name | def aul t { di sabl e | enabl e isp-name } ]
undo domain isp-name
Parameters isp-name Specifies an ISP domain name. It comprises up to 24
default
Configures the default ISP domain. The system-default
ISP domain is named system. When you perform the
display current-configuration command, you can see
the default ISP domain name if it is manually
configured as opposed to the system-defaut one.
disable
Disables the configured default ISP domain.
Unqualified usernames, which are not suffixed with a
domain name, in this case will be rejected.
enable
Enables the configured default ISP domain. It is to be
suffixed to received unqualified usernames before
being sent to AAA servers.
Default By default, the system uses the domain named system. You are not allowed to delete
this domain, but you can view its settings by executing the display domain
command.
Example Create a new ISP domain, 3Com163.net, and enters its view.
New Domai n added.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ]
System view
Description An ISP domain is a group of users belonging to the same ISP. Generally, for a
username in the userid@isp-name format, gw20010608@3Com163.net for example,
the isp-name (3Com163.net in the example) following the @ is the ISP domain
name. When an AAA server controls user access, for an ISP user whose username is in
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family domain 1357
Command Reference
userid@isp-name format, the system takes the part "userid" as username for
identification and takes the part "isp-name" as domain name.
The purpose of introducing ISP domain settings is to support the application
environment with multiple ISP domains. In this case, an access device may have
supplicants from different ISP domains. Because the attributes of ISP users, such as
username and password structures, service types, may be different, it is necessary to
separate them by setting ISP domains. In ISP domain view, you can configure a
complete set of ISP domain attributes for each ISP domain, including an AAA scheme
(the RADIUS scheme applied).
For a router, each supplicant belongs to an ISP domain. The system supports to
configure up to 16 ISP domains.
When this command is used, if the specified ISP domain does not exist, the system
will create a new ISP domain. All the ISP domains are in the active state when they
are created.
Related Commands access-limit
scheme
state
display domain
1358 domain-authentication-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the domain-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS route area
to authenticate the received Level-2 routing packets (LSP, CSNP, PSNP), according to
the pre-defined mode and password.
Use the undo domain-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS not
to authenticate the said packets.
Syntax domain-authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } password [ i p | osi ]
undo domain-authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } [ i p | osi ]
Parameters simple
Transmits the password in simple text.
md5
Transmits the password in MD5 encryption.
password Specifies the password to be configured.
ip Specifies the IP authentication password.
osi Specifies the OSI authentication password.
Default In default configuration, the system will not authenticate the received Level-2 routing
packets, and there is no password. By using this command, you can discard all the
Layer 2 routing packets, whose area authentication passwords do not consist with the
one set via this command. At the same time, this command will let IS-IS insert the
area authentication password into all the Layer 2 routing packets sent by this node, in
a certain mode.
Example When you need to authenticate the layer 2 routing packets, you can select the simple
mode, and the password is "3Com".
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] domai n- aut hent i cat i on- mode si mpl e 3Com
IS-IS view
Related Commands area-authentication-mode
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family domain-id 1359
Command Reference
domain-id
Purpose Use the domain-id command to specify domain ID for a VPN instance.
Use the undo domain-id command to restore the default domain ID.
Syntax domain-id { id-number | id-addr }
undo domain-id
Parameters id-number Domain ID for a VPN instance, an integer in the range
of 0 to 4294967295. By default, it is 0.
id-addr
IP address format of the domain ID of a VPN instance.
By default, it is 0.0.0.0.
Default By default, domain ID is 0.
Example Set domain ID 100 to OSPF process 100.
[ 3Com- ospf - 100] domai n- i d 100
[ 3Com- ospf - 100] domai n- i d 0. 0. 0. 100
OSPF Protocol view
Description For standard BGP/OSPF interoperability, when BGP routes are imported to OSPF at PE,
their original OSPF attributes cannot be restored. As these BGP VPN IP routes are
issued to CE as ASE LSA (type-5 LSA), OSPF cannot distinguish the routes imported
from other route domains. In order to distinguish external routes from OSPF internal
routes, it is required to restore the attributes of BGP routes when they are imported to
OSPF at the remote end. To achieve this goal, we can configure a domain ID for each
OSPF domain. A domain ID is attached to a BGP/VPN route when an OSPF route is
imported into BGP/VPN for transmission over BGP/VPN routes. Then when BGP routes
are imported to the peer PE, LAS values are filled in according to the extended
community attributes. If the received BGP VPN IP routes have the same domain ID,
they are from the same VPN instance.
The specified domain ID will not take effect until the reset ospf command is
executed.
1360 domain-name 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
domain-name
Purpose Use the domain-name command to configure the domain name that a global
address pool of the DHCP server allocates to clients.
Use the undo domain-name command to delete the configured domain name.
Syntax domain-name domain-name
undo domain-name domain-name
Parameters domain-name Domain name that the DHCP server allocates to
clients, which is a string comprising at least three
characters and at most 50 characters.
Default By default, no domain name has been allocated to DHCP clients and domain name is
null.
Example Set the domain name of DHCP address pool 0 to mydomain.com.cn.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] domai n- name mydomai n. com. cn
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dot-match 1361
Command Reference
dot-match
Purpose Use the dot-match command to configure dot match rules of the
number-substitute rules.
Use the undo dot-match command to restore the default value. The configuration
of this command only applies to the rules of the number-substitute list in the current
view.
Syntax dot-match { end- onl y | l ef t - r i ght | r i ght - l ef t }
undo dot-match
Parameters end-only Reserve the digits that correspond to all the dots . at
the end of the number input format.
left-right
Reserve from left to right the digits that correspond to
the dots in the number input format.
right-left
Reserve from right to left the digits that correspond to
the dots in the number input format.
Default By default, the dot match rule is set to end-only.
Example Set the dot match rule of the number-substitute list 20 to right-left.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] number - subst i t ut e 20
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - subst i t ut e20] dot - mat ch r i ght - l ef t
Voice Number-Substitute view
Description According to the configuration of the dot-match command, the dots can be
reserved by quantity and position of the dots configured in output format of the
number-substitute rules,. There are three dot match modes in the number-substitute
rules.
Reserve the digits that correspond to all the dots at the end of the number input
format. It is the default mode.
Reserve from left to right the digits that correspond to the dots in the number
input format.
Reserve from right to left the digits that correspond to the dots in the number
input format.
The dots . here are virtual match digits. Virtual match digits are the digits that
match the variable part (such as + % ! []) in an expression. For example, when 1255 is
matched with 1[234]55, the virtual match digit is 2; when it is matched with 125+,
1362 dot-match 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
the virtual match digits are 5; when it is matched with 1..5, the virtual match digits
are 25.
For details about dot match rules in number-substitute rules, refer to the rule
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dpd 1363
Command Reference
dpd
Purpose Use the dpd command to reference a DPD structure.
Use the undo dpd command to remove the referenced DPD structure.
Syntax dpd dpd-name
undo dpd
Parameters dpd-name DPD structure name.
Example Configure IKE peer 1 to reference DPD structure aaa.
[ 3Com- i ke- peer - peer 1] dpd aaa
Remove the DPD structure referenced by IKE peer 1.
[ 3Com- i ke- peer - peer 1] undo dpd
IKE Peer view
Description The DPD structure referenced by an IKE peer must be one that has existed.
Each time a DPD structure is referenced, its reference counter increments by one;
each time this structure is removed, its reference counter decrements by one.
Related Command ike dpd
1364 dscp media 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dscp media
Purpose Use the dscp media command to set the DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP
packets that carry the RTP stream of the voice entity.
Use the undo dscp media command to restore the default DSCP.
Syntax dscp media dscp-value
undo dscp media
Parameters dscp-value DSCP value in the range 0 to 63 or the keyword ef,
af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33,
af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, or
default.
Example Set the DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP packets that carry the RTP stream of VoIP
voice entity 2 to af41.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] ent i t y 2 voi p
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y2] dscp medi a af 41
Voice Entity view
Description The function of this command is the same as that of the vqa dscp command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dsl link-check 1365
Command Reference
dsl link-check
Purpose Use the dsl link-check enable command to enable retraining upon detection
of a major fault after the DSL interface comes up.
Use the dsl link-check disable command to disable retraining upon
detection of a major fault after the DSL interface comes up.
Syntax dsl link-check enable
dsl link-check disable
Parameters None
Default By default, retraining upon detection of a major fault is enabled.
Example Enable retraining upon detection of a major fault on an interface.
[Router-Atm3/0/0] dsl link-check enable
Description The dsl link-check disable command is intended only for hardware
debugging. After it is configured, even a link disruption cannot cause interface
retraining.
1366 dtmf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dtmf
Purpose Use the dtmf command to configure the way of sending and receiving R2 signaling.
Syntax dtmf { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable
Enables R2 signaling to be received and sent in DTMF
mode.
disable Disables R2 signaling to be received and sent in DTMF
mode.
Default By default, MFC mode, not DTMF mode, is used to collect call number information.
Example Configure DTMF mode to receive and send R2 signaling.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] dt mf enabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the dtmf command to configure the way of sending and receiving R2 signaling.
The dtmf command is used to configure whether to use MFC or DTMF for sending
and receiving R2 signaling. DTMF mode is used when you configure dtmf enable.
MFC mode is used when you configure dtmf disable.
Related Command timer dtmf (R2)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dtmf sensitivity-level 1367
Command Reference
dtmf sensitivity-level
Purpose Use the dtmf sensitivity-level command to set the detection sensitivity level
of DTMF codes.
Use the undo dtmf sensitivity-level command to restore the default
detection sensitivity level.
Syntax dtmf sensitivity-level { hi gh | l ow }
undo dtmf sensitivity-level
Parameters high
Sets the DTMF code detection sensitivity level as high.
In this mode, the reliability is lower, and some codes
may be mistaken for DTMF codes.
low
Sets the DTMF code detection sensitivity level as low. In
this mode, the reliability is higher, but DTMF code may
be missed.
Default By default, the detection sensitivity level of DTMF codes is high.
Example Set the DTMF code detection sensitivity level of voice subscriber-line line0 as low.
[ VG- voi ce- l i ne0] dt mf sensi t i vi t y- l evel l ow
1368 dtmf threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dtmf threshold
Purpose Use the dtmf threshold command to configure the sensitivity of DTMF digit
detection.
Use the undo dtmf threshold command to restore the default.
Syntax dtmf threshold { anal ogue index value1 | di gi t al value2 }
undo dtmf threshold { anal ogue | di gi t al } index
Parameters analogue Sets an analog voice subscriber-line.
digital Sets a digital voice subscriber-line.
index Index number corresponding to the threshold, an
integer in the range 0 to 12.
value1
Specifies the threshold corresponding to the specified
index.
value2 Takes 0 or 1 to set DTMF digit detection to insensitivity
or sensitivity. On an E1 voice subscriber-line, DTMF
digit detection defaults to 1.
The following table provides the description on the index numbers.
Table 281 Description on the index numbers
Index numbers Indicates
0 The lower threshold of ROWMAX plus COLMAX. The input signal
which is otherwise regarded too weak is recognized as a DTMF digit
when ROWMAX + COLMAX) > 0.
The threshold is an integer in the range 0 to 5000 and defaults to
1400. A higher threshold means increased detection reliability but
decreased sensitivity.
1 The upper threshold of the maximum value of ROWMAX or
COLMAX, whichever is larger. This threshold is used for detecting
the inter-digit delay. A detected digit is regarded ended only when
max (ROWMAX, COLMAX) < 1.
The threshold is an integer in the range 0 to 5000 and defaults to
458. A smaller value means increased detection reliability but
2 The lower threshold of COLMAX / ROWMAX, where ROWMAX <
COLMAX. A DTMF digit is regarded ideal when COLMAX
ROWMAX, because the difference between the two values is small
then. An input signal is recognized as a DTMF digit only when
(COLMAX / ROWMAX) > 2.
The threshold is an integer in the range -18 to -3 dB and defaults to
-9 dB. A higher value means increased detection reliability but
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dtmf threshold 1369
Command Reference
3 The lower threshold of ROWMAX / COLMAX when COLMAX >=
ROWMAX. The function of this parameter is similar to that of index
2, except that they are in reverse. The ratio must be greater than this
threshold for the input signal to be recognized as a DTMF digit.
-9 dB. A lower value means increased detection reliability but
4 The upper threshold of the ratio of the second largest energy level
from the row frequency group to ROWMAX. The ratio must be
lower than this threshold for the input signal to be recognized as a
DTMF digit.
-9 dB. A smaller value means increased detection reliability but
5 The upper threshold of the ratio of the second largest energy level
from the column frequency group to COLMAX. The ratio must be
lower than this threshold for the input signal to be recognized as a
DTMF digit.
6 The upper threshold of ROW2nd / ROWMAX. An input signal is
recognized as a DTMF digit only when ROW2nd / ROWMAX < 6.
7 The upper threshold of COL2nd / COLMAX. The ratio must be lower
than this threshold for the input signal to be recognized as a DTMF
digit.
8 The upper threshold of the ratio of the maximum value of the larger
energy level among two extra specified frequency points to max
(ROWMAX, COLMAX). The ratio must be greater than this threshold
for the input signal to be recognized as a DTMF digit.
9 The lower threshold of the DTMF signal duration. The duration of
DTMF key tone must be larger than this threshold for the input
signal to be recognized as a DTMF digit.
The threshold is in the range 30 to 150 milliseconds and defaults to
30 milliseconds. A greater value means increased detection reliability
but decreased sensitivity.
10 The frequency of the first extra frequency point specified for
detection. It is an integer in the range 300 to 3400 Hz and defaults
to 300 Hz.
In addition, it must be a value beyond the row and column
frequency groups.
11 The frequency of the second extra frequency point specified for
detection. It is an integer in the range 300 to 3400 Hz and defaults
to 3200 Hz.
In addition, it must be a value beyond the row and column
frequency groups.
1370 dtmf threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Set DTMF threshold 9 in voice subscriber-line view.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] dt mf t hr eshol d anal ogue 9 30
Restore the default of DTMF threshold 9 in voice subscriber-line view.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] undo dt mf t hr eshol d anal og 9
Description The dtmf threshold command issues the thresholds for DTMF dial tone detection
to the underlying layer DSP for the purpose of tuning detection sensitivity and
reliability of the device subtly. Inside the DSP, a set of generic default values have been
configured. They are 1400, 458, -9, -9, -9, -9, -3, -12, -12, 30, 300, 3200, 375, with
their index being 0 through 12. Professionals can use this command to adjust the
device when DTMF digit detection fails. In normal cases, the defaults are adequate.
When the value2 argument is set to 0 or DTMF digit detection to insensitivity, the
neglect probability is decreasing and the detection error probability is increasing as
the DTMF digit collection tolerance becomes larger.
DTMF digit detection is implemented by calculating the spectrum of the input voice
signal. Its spectrum shape is restricted to the configured thresholds. A DTMF dial tone
is regarded valid only when all the constraints are met. To understand this, you must
be aware of DTMF dial tone, as shown in the following figure:
12 The lower threshold of the amplitude of the input signal. The
average amplitude must be greater than this threshold for the input
signal to be recognized as a DTMF digit.
This threshold is an integer in the range 0 to 700 and defaults to
375. A greater value means increased detection reliability but
This parameter is a time domain threshold, which is specified to
prevent the noise with small amplitude from being detected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dtmf threshold 1371
Command Reference
Figure 1 Spectrum of Keys
The tone of each telephone digit is composed of two single-frequency tones. For
example, the tone of the digit 1 is compounded by two sine wave signal tones of 697
Hz and 1209 Hz. A valid key tone must last at least 45 milliseconds and have an
inter-digit delay of 23 milliseconds. Refer to ITU-T Q.24 recommendation for full
information.
Figure 2 Spectrum of Key 1
Figure 1-2 illustrates the spectrum of key 1. Compared with other frequency points,
the energy levels at frequency points of 697 Hz and 1209 Hz are relatively greater.
The underlying layer DSP regards the frequencies of 1209 Hz, 1336 Hz, 1477 Hz, and
1633 Hz as column frequency group and the frequencies of 697 Hz, 770 Hz, 852 Hz,
and 941Hz as row frequency group. Each DTMF key tone is composed of one column
frequency and one row frequency. The DSP module determines whether the input
voice signal is a valid DTMF digit by its energy at the above eight frequencies and their
double frequencies. The maximum energy in the row frequency group is ROWMAX,
its double energy is ROW2nd; the maximum energy in the column frequency group is
COLMAX and its double energy is COL2nd.
1372 duplex 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
duplex
Purpose Use the duplex command to set the operating mode of the Ethernet interface.
Use the undo duplex command to restore the default operating mode of the
Ethernet interface.
Syntax duplex { f ul l | hal f | negot i at i on }
undo duplex
Parameters full Sets the Ethernet interface to work in full duplex.
half Sets the Ethernet interface to work in half duplex.
negotiation Sets the Ethernet interface to work in auto-negotiation
mode.
Default By default, the Ethernet interface is working in auto-negotiation mode.
Example Set the Ethernet interface to work in full duplex.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] dupl ex f ul l
Description Connected to a hub, the Ethernet interface on a router must be specified to work in
half-duplex mode. Connected to a network device supporting full-duplex, a LAN
Switch for example, it must be specified to work in full-duplex mode, however.
Note that FE and GE electrical interfaces can support both full-duplex and half-duplex,
whereas FE and GE optical interfaces can only work in full-duplex mode.
Before setting the Ethernet interface to work in auto-negotiation mode, you must
make sure that the connected remote end has been working in auto-negotiation
mode. If this cannot be guaranteed, the two parties are recommended to use the
forced setting for the consistency in operating mode.
Related Commands speed
display interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family duplex 1373
Command Reference
duplex
Purpose Use the duplex command to configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port.
Use the undo duplex command to restore the default duplex mode of the port,
that is, auto-negotiation.
Syntax duplex { f ul l | hal f | negot i at i on }
undo duplex
Parameters full
The port is in full duplex mode.
half
The port is in half duplex mode.
negotiation
The port is in auto-negotiation mode.
Example Set duplex mode on port Ethernet1/0/1 to auto-negotiation.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] dupl ex negot i at i on
Ethernet Port view
Description When the port is connected to a Hub, it must operate in half duplex mode. When the
port is connected to a full duplex-supported network device that is operating in full
duplex mode, a LAN switch for example, it must operate in full duplex also.
When setting the port to auto-negotiation mode, you must ensure that the
connected port is operating in the same mode. If otherwise, you must set both ports
to operate in the same mode manually.
Related Command speed
1374 dvpn class 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn class
Purpose Use the dvpn class command to create and enter a dvpn-class view.
Use the undo dvpn class command to remove a dvpn-class view.
Syntax dvpn class dvpn-class-name
undo dvpn class
Parameters dvpn-class-name
Name of the DVPN class to be created, consisting of a
string with a maximum of 31 characters.
Default No dvpn-class is configured by default.
Example Create a DVPN class named abc.
[ 3Com] dvpn cl ass abc
System view
Description Parameters such as the IP address of the DVPN server and the user name and
password for register are configured in DVPN class views. You cannot remove a DVPN
class applied to a tunnel interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn client register-dumb 1375
Command Reference
dvpn client register-dumb
Purpose Use the dvpn client register-dumb command to set the time when a client
turns to dumb state after it fails to register with a DVPN server for specified retries.
Use the undo dvpn client register-dumb command to revert to the default
dumb interval.
Syntax dvpn client register-dumb time
undo dvpn client register-dumb
Parameters time
Time when a client turns to dumb state after it fails to
register with the DVPN server continuously. Valid
values for this argument range from 60 seconds to
3,600 seconds.
Example Set the dumb interval to 600 seconds.
[ 3Com] dvpn cl i ent r egi st er - dumb 600
System view
1376 dvpn client register-interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn client register-interval
Purpose Use the dvpn client register-interval command to set the register interval
of a client.
Use the undo dvpn client register-interval command to revert to the
default register interval of the client.
Syntax dvpn client register-interval time-interval
undo dvpn client register-interval
Register interval of a client. Valid values for this
argument range from 3 seconds to 60 seconds.
Default The default register interval is 10 seconds.
Example Set the register interval to 20 seconds.
[ 3Com] dvpn cl i ent r egi st er - i nt er val 20
System view
Description A client attempts to register with a DVPN server once within each register interval
until it succeeds. If it fails for specified retries, the client turns to dumb state.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn client register-retry 1377
Command Reference
dvpn client register-retry
Purpose Use the dvpn client register-retry command to set the maximum retries
for a client to register with a DVPN server continuously.
Use the undo dvpn client register-retry command to revert to the
default retries for a client to register with a DVPN server continuously.
Syntax dvpn client register-retry times
undo dvpn client register-retry
Parameters times
Maximum retries for the client to register with a DVPN
server continuously. Valid values for this argument
range from 1 to 6 times.
Example Set the maximum retries for a client to register with a DVPN server continuously to 6.
[ 3Com] dvpn cl i ent r egi st er - r et r y 6
System view
1378 dvpn dvpn-id 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn dvpn-id
Purpose Use the dvpn dvpn-id command to specify the DVPN domain the tunnel interface
belongs to. This command is valid when the tunnel interface is encapsulated as DVPN.
Use the undo dvpn dvpn-id command to remove the DVPN domain ID assigned
to the tunnel interface.
Syntax dvpn dvpn-id dvpn-id
undo dvpn dvpn-id
Parameters dvpn-id
65,535.
Default No DVPN domain ID is assigned to a tunnel interface by default.
Example Set the ID of the DVPN domain the tunnel interface belongs to the to 100.
[3Com] int tunnel 0
[3Com-Tunnel0] dvpn-protocol udp dvpn
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0] dvpn dvpn- i d 100
Related Command: tunnel-protocol dvpn
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn interface-type 1379
Command Reference
dvpn interface-type
Purpose Use the dvpn interface-type command to specify the type of a tunnel
interface. A tunnel interface is of client type by default.
Syntax dvpn interface-type { client | server }
Parameters client Specifies the tunnel interface to be of client type.
server Specifies the tunnel interface to be of server type.
Example Specify the tunnel interface to be of server type.
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0] dvpn i nt er f ace- t ype ser ver
1380 dvpn policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn policy
Purpose Use the dvpn policy command to create and enter a DVPN policy view.
Use the undo dvpn policy command to remove a DVPN policy view.
Syntax dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name
undo dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name
Parameters dvpn-policy-name
Name of the DVPN policy to be created, consisting of a
Default No DVPN policy is configured by default.
Example Create a DVPN policy named abc.
[ 3Com] dvpn pol i cy abc
System view
Description DVPN policies such as the way to authenticate clients, the encryption algorithm suite
used by sessions, the algorithm suite used to forward packets, and time settings are
configured in DVPN policy view. To remove a DVPN policy that is applied to a tunnel
interface, you must disable the application first.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn policy 1381
Command Reference
dvpn policy
Purpose Use the dvpn policy command to apply a specified DVPN policy to a tunnel
interface that is of server type.
Use the undo dvpn policy command to disable a DVPN policy applied to a tunnel
interface.
Syntax dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name
undo dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name
Parameters policy-class-name
Name of the DVPN policy to be applied to the tunnel
interface. A DVPN policy is a data structure that
contains information such as algorithms used by
sessions, and time settings of timers. You can use the
dvpn policy command in system view to create DVPN
policies.
Default No DVPN policy is applied to the tunnel interface by default.
Example Apply the DVPN policy named abc to the tunnel interface.
[3Com-Tunnel0] dvpn interface-type server
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0] dvpn pol i cy abc
Description Only one DVPN policy can be applied to each tunnel interface. Therefore, to apply a
new DVPN policy, you must disable the existing one first. You can apply a DVPN policy
to multiple tunnel interfaces.
You can apply the DVPN policy to only the tunnel interface that is of server type.
Related Command: dvpn interface-type
1382 dvpn register-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn register-type
Purpose Use the dvpn register-type command to configure the type of the additional
information when a client registers with a DVPN server.
Use the undo dvpn register-type command to revert to the default type.
Syntax dvpn register-type { forward | undistributed }*
undo dvpn register-type { forward | undistributed }*
Parameters forward Specifies the DVPN server to forward all packets from
the client, but not to send packets redirecting the next
hop to the client.
undistributed
Specifies the DVPN server not to distribute information
about the client to other clients.
Example Set the DVPN server not to distribute the information about the client to other clients.
[ 3Com- t unnel 0] dvpn r egi st er - t ype undi st r i but ed
Description The DVPN server determines whether or not to send redirecting packets according to
the type of the additional information.
If the additional information is of forward type, the client cannot establish sessions
with other clients in the DVPN domain. If the additional information is of
undistributed type, the DVPN server does not notify any client in the DVPN domain of
the redirecting packets about the client. (But the DVPN server can still notify the client
of redirecting packets about other clients. So the client may establish sessions with
other clients.)
You can execute the dvpn register-type command only on the tunnel interface
that is of client type.
The two flags are not set by default.
Related Command: dvpn interface-type
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn security 1383
Command Reference
dvpn security
Purpose Use the dvpn security acl command to configure the ACL used for deciding
which data stream needs IPSec encryption on the tunnel interface.
Use the undo dvpn security acl command to remove the ACL.
Syntax dvpn security acl acl-number
undo dvpn security acl
Specifies an ACL number used by the system to decide
which data stream needs encryption on the current
interface. Valid values are 3,000 to 3,999.
Example On tunnel interface 0 encrypt data streams except for those denied by ACL 3100.
[3Com-acl-adv-3100] rule deny ip
[3Com-acl-adv-3100] quit
[3Com] interface tunnel 0
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0] dvpn secur i t y acl 3100
Description You can reference an ACL to decide which packets need IPSec encryption before they
are forwarded in a DVPN domain. Those denied by the ACL are not to be encrypted
by IPSec.
The dvpn security acl command needs to be used together with the acl and
rule commands. If you provide the deny keyword for the rule command and specify
the corresponding ACL in the dvpn security acl command, all packets that
match the ACL are not to be encrypted by IPSec.
1384 dvpn server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn server
Purpose Use the dvpn server command to configure the DVPN class to be applied to a
tunnel interface.
Use the undo dvpn server command to remove the DVPN class applied to a
tunnel interface.
Syntax dvpn server dvpn-class-name
undo dvpn server dvpn-class-name
Parameters dvpn-class-name
Name of the DVPN class to be applied to the tunnel
interface. A DVPN class is a data structure that
contains information such as the public IP address at
the DVPN server side, private (tunnel) IP address, user
name and password. You can create a DVPN class by
executing the dvpn class command in system view.
Default A tunnel interface is not configured with a DVPN class by default.
Example Apply the DVPN class named abc to the tunnel interface.
[3Com-Tunnel0] dvpn server abc
Description At present, a tunnel interface can support only one DVPN server, and a DVPN class
can only be applied to one tunnel interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn server authentication-client method 1385
Command Reference
dvpn server authentication-client method
Purpose Use the dvpn server authentication-client method command to specify
the default way a DVPN server authenticates clients.
Syntax dvpn server authentication-client method { chap | none | pap }
Parameters none Specifies the DVPN server not to authenticate clients.
pap Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients by
using PAP (password authentication protocol).
chap
Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients by
using CHAP (challenge authentication protocol).
Example Specify CHAP as the default way to authenticate clients.
[ 3Com] dvpn ser ver aut hent i cat i on- cl i ent met hod chap
System view
Description If the DVPN domain to be accessed is not specified when a client registers with a
DVPN server, the DVPN server authenticates the client in the default way. None,
CHAP, and PAP are available for authentication at present.
A DVPN server determines the way to authenticate clients according to the policy
applied to the DVPN domain. If the corresponding policy does not exist, the DVPN
server adopts the authentication in global configuration to authenticate clients.
A DVPN server authenticates clients by using the default PAP.
1386 dvpn server map age-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn server map age-time
Purpose Use the dvpn server map age-time command to set the map age time of a
DVPN server.
Use the undo dvpn server map age-time command to revert to the default
map age time.
Syntax dvpn server map age-time time
undo dvpn server map age-time
Parameters time
Map age time of a DVPN server. Valid values for this
argument range from 10 seconds to 180 seconds.
Example Set the map age time to 60 seconds.
[ 3Com] dvpn ser ver map age- t i me 60
System view
Description If a client does not register with the DVPN server successfully during the map age
time, the map established is removed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family dvpn server pre-shared-key 1387
Command Reference
dvpn server pre-shared-key
Purpose Use the dvpn server pre-shared-key command to set a pre-shared key for a
DVPN server.
Use the undo dvpn server pre-shared-key command to remove the
pre-shared key of a DVPN server.
Syntax dvpn server pre-shared-key key
undo dvpn server pre-shared-key
Parameters key
Pre-shared key of the DVPN server, consisting of a
Default A DVPN server is not configured with a pre-shared key by default.
Example Set the pre-shared key of the DVPN server to 123.
[ 3Com] dvpn ser ver pr e- shar ed- key 123
System view
1388 dvpn service 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
dvpn service
Purpose Use the dvpn service enable command to enable DVPN on a device.
Use the dvpn service disable command to disable DVPN on a device.
Syntax dvpn service { enable | disable }
Parameters enable Enables DVPN.
disable Disables DVPN.
Default DVPN is disabled by default.
Example Enable DVPN.
[3Com] dvpn service enable
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 bert 1389
Command Reference
e1 bert
Purpose Use the e1 bert command to set test error bit for line Bit on CE3 interface.
Use the undo e1 bert command to delete the test.
Syntax e1 line-number bert pattern { 2^11 | 2^15 | 2^20 | 2^23 | qrss } time
minutes [ unframed ]
undo E1 line-number bert
E1 channel number, in the range 1 to 16.
pattern
Sets BERT test mode, including 2^11, 2^15, 2^20,
2^23 and QRSS.
parameter name
parameter description
2^11
2^15
2^20
2^23
qrss
Specifies length of the stream to be sent to 220 bits
and no more than 14 contiguous zeros can be
included in the stream.
time minutes
Sets duration time of BERT test, ranging from 1 to
1440 in minutes.
unframed Sets filling frame overhead bit for test stream.
Example Perform the BERT test in QRSS mode on the E1 line for 10 minutes.
[3Com-E3 1/0/0] e1 1 bert pattern qrss time 10
CE3 interface view
Description Various BERT test modes are defined in ITU O.151, ITU O.153 and ANSI T1.403-1999.
Currently, 2CE3 interface supports the test modes as 2^7, 2^11, 2^15 and QRSS.
1390 e1 channel-set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 channel-set
Purpose Use the e1 channel-set command to bundle timeslots on an E1 line.
Use the undo e1 channel-set command to remove the timeslot bundle.
Syntax e1 line-number channel-set set-number t i mesl ot - l i st range
undo e1 line-number channel-set set-number
E1 line number. Valid values are 1 to 16.
set-number
The number of the channel-set formed by a timeslot
bundle on the E1 line. Valid values are 0 to 30.
range The number of the timeslots to be bundled. Valid
bundled, you can specify any of the following:
number1-number2
discrete timeslots by specifying number1,
number2-number3
Example Bundle a 128 kbps serial interface on the first E1 line on the interface E3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 channel - set 1 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2
CE3 Interface view
Description A CE3 interface can be channelized into 64Kbps lines and the timeslots of each E1
line can be bundled up to 31 channels.
When an E1 line operates in framed (CE1) mode, you can bundle timeslots on it. The
system will automatically create a serial interface numbered serial number /
line-number:set-number. For example, the serial interface formed by
channel-set 0 on the first E1 line on E3 1/0/0 is numbered 1/0/1:0. This interface can
operate at N x 64 kbps and equals a synchronous serial interface logically on which
you make other configurations.
Related Command e1 unframed
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 channel-set 1391
Command Reference
e1 channel-set
Purpose Use the e1 channel-set command to bundle multiple timeslots on an E1 channel
into one channel set.
Use the undo e1 channel-set command to remove the bundle.
Syntax e1 e1-number channel-set set-number t i mesl ot - l i st range
undo e1 e1-number channel-set range
Number of an E1 channel on the CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 63.
set-number
Channel set number. Valid values are 0 to 30.
range
Timeslots assigned to the channel set. Valid values are
1 to 31.
Example Bundle timeslots on E1 channel 63.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] e1 63 channel - set 1 t i mesl ot - l i st 1- 31
Enter the view of the serial interface formed by the timeslot bundle.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] qui t
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 63: 1
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 63: 1]
View information about the serial interface formed by a timeslot bundle.
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 63: 1
CPOS Interface view
Description When the E1 channel is channelized, its timeslot 0 is used for synchronization and the
other 31 timeslots can be bundled to form one or multiple serial interfaces.
Note:
To guarantee the processing capacity of the system, you can have only up to 256
virtual serial interfaces on one CPOS physical interface.
E1 commands are available with the CPOS(E) interface module but not with the
CPOS(T) interface module.
1392 e1 channel-set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 set clock 1393
Command Reference
e1 set clock
Purpose Use the e1 set clock command to set clocking of an E1 line on the CE3 interface.
Use the undo e1 clock command to restore the default or line clock.
Syntax e1 line-number set clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo e1 line-number set clock
Parameters line-number E1 line number. Valid values are 1 to 16.
master Internal clock.
slave Line clock.
Example Configure the first E1 line on the E3 interface to adopt line clock mode.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set cl ock sl ave
CE3 Interface view
Description When the CE3 interface is working in channelized mode, you can set separate clock
for each E1 line on it.
1394 e1 set clock 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 set clock
Purpose Use the e1 set clock command to set the clock mode of the E1 channel.
Use the undo e1 set clock command to restore the default, slave mode.
Syntax e1 e1-number set clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo e1 e1-number set clock
values are 1 to 63.
master Sets the clock mode of the E1 channel to master.
slave Sets the clock mode of the E1 channel to slave.
Example Set the clock mode of E1 channel 1 to master.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set cl ock mast er
CPOS Interface view
Description Different E1 channels on the same CPOS physical interface can use different clock
modes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 set frame-format 1395
Command Reference
e1 set frame-format
Purpose Use the e1 set frame-format command to configure the frame format on an E1
line.
Use the undo e1 set frame-format command to restore the default or no-crc4.
Syntax e1 line-number set frame-format { cr c4 | no- cr c4 }
undo e1 line-number set frame-format
crc4
The frame format adopted by an E1 line is CRC4.
no-crc4
The frame format adopted by an E1 line is no-CRC4.
Example Configure the first E1 line on the E3 interface to adopt the frame format CRC4.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set f r ame- f or mat cr c4
CE3 Interface view
Description You can configure this command only when the specified E1 line is working in framed
format (which can be set using the undo e1 unframed command).
1396 e1 set frame-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 set frame-format
Purpose Use the e1 set frame-format command to set the frame format of an E1
channel.
Use the undo e1 set frame-format command to restore the default frame
format, no-CRC4.
Syntax e1 e1-number set frame-format { cr c4 | no- cr c4 }
undo e1 e1-number set frame-format
values are 1 to 63.
crc4
Sets the frame format to CRC4.
no-crc4 Sets the frame format to no-CRC4.
Example Set E1 channel 1 to use the frame format with CRC4 check.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set f r ame- f or mat cr c4
CPOS Interface view
Description E1 commands are available with the CPOS(E) interface module but not with the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 set loopback 1397
Command Reference
e1 set loopback
Purpose Use the e1 set loopback command to set the loopback mode of the specified E1
line on the E3 interface.
Use the undo e1 set loopback command to disable loopback on the E1 line.
Syntax e1 line-number set loopback { l ocal | r emot e | payl oad}
undo e1 line-number set loopback
local
Enables local loopback on the E1 line.
remote
Enables remote loopback on the E1 line.
payload
Enables payload loopback on the E1 line.
Default By default, loopback is disabled on E1 lines.
Example Set the loopback mode of the first E1 line on the E3 interface to local.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set l oopback l ocal
CE3 Interface view
Description If an E1 line encapsulated with PPP is placed in a loopback, it is normal that the state
of the link layer protocol is reported down.
1398 e1 set loopback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 set loopback
Purpose Use the e1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the E1
channel.
Use the undo e1 set loopback command to disable loopback (default).
Syntax e1 e1-number set loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo e1 e1-number set loopback
Parameters e1-number Number of an E1 channel on the CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 63.
local
Places the E1 channel in local loopback.
remote
Places the E1 channel in remote loopback.
Example Place E1 channel 1 in remote loopback.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 set l oopback r emot e
CPOS Interface view
Description You can test an E1 channel by placing it in local or remote loopback.
In local loopback, data of the sender is directly looped to the receiver.
In remote loopback, data received by the receiver is looped back without passing
through the E1 framer to generate payload.
Related Command display controller cpos e1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 shutdown 1399
Command Reference
e1 shutdown
Purpose Use the e1 shutdown command to shut down an E1 line on the CE3 interface.
Use the undo e1 shutdown command to enable the E1 line.
Syntax e1 line-number shutdown
undo e1 line-number shutdown
Parameters line-number E1 line number. Valid values are 1 to 16.
Default By default, E1 lines are enabled.
Example Shut down the first E1 line on the E3 interface.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 shut down
CE3 Interface view
Description This command affects not only the specified E1 line but also the serial interfaces
formed by E1 line bundling. Executing the e1 shutdown command on the specified
E1 line shuts down all these serial interfaces. Data transmission and receiving stop as
a result. Likewise, executing the undo e1 shutdown command will restart all these
serial interfaces.
1400 e1 shutdown 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 shutdown
Purpose Use the e1 shutdown command to shut down an E1 channel.
Use the undo e1 shutdown command to enable the E1 channel.
Syntax e1 e1-number shutdown
undo e1 e1-number shutdown
values are 1 to 63.
Default By default, E1 channels are enabled.
Example Disable E1 channel 1.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 shut down
CPOS Interface view
Description Disabling an E1 channel also disables the serial interfaces that are formed on it, if
there is any.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family e1 unframed 1401
Command Reference
e1 unframed
Purpose Use the e1 unframed command to set an E1 line on a CE3 interface to work in
unframed mode (E1 mode).
Use the undo e1 unframed command to set the E1 line on the CE3 interface to
work in framed mode (CE1 mode, the default).
Syntax e1 line-number unframed
undo e1 line-number unframed
Example Set the first E1 line on the E3 interface to work in unframed mode.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] e1 1 unf r amed
CE3 Interface view
Description An E1 line in unframed mode does not contain the frame control information; it
cannot be divided into timeslots. Naturally, no timeslot bundling can be performed on
it. In this case, the system automatically creates a serial interface numbered serial
number / line-number:0 for it. This interface operates at 2048 kbps and has the
same logic features of a synchronous serial interface on which you can make other
configurations.
Related Command e1 channel-set
1402 e1 unframed 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
e1 unframed
Purpose Use the e1 unframed command to set an E1 channel on the CPOS interface to
unframed mode or E1 mode.
Use the undo e1 unframed command to restore the default setting, channelized
mode.
Syntax e1 e1-number unframed
undo e1 e1-number unframed
values are 1 to 63.
Example Set E1 channel 3 on the CPOS interface 1/0/0 to operate in unframed mode.
[ 3Com- Cpos 1/ 0/ 0] e1 3 unf r amed
CPOS Interface view
Description When the E1 channel is set to work in unframed mode, it does not include frame
control information and does not allow timeslot division or bundling.
Note: E1 commands are available with the CPOS(E) interface module but not with the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family early-media disable 1403
Command Reference
early-media disable
Purpose Use the early-media disable command to disable early media negotiation.
Use the undo early-media disable command to enable early media
negotiation.
Syntax early-media disable
undo early-media disable
Parameters None
Default By default, early media negotiation is enabled.
Example Configure to disable early media negotiation.
[Router] early-media disable
SIP Client view
1404 ebs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ebs
Purpose Use the ebs command to set EBS of frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo ebs command to restore the default value.
Syntax ebs [ i nbound | out bound ] excess-burst-size
undo ebs [ i nbound | out bound ]
Parameters inbound
Sets the EBS in inbound direction, valid only when
FRTP is enabled on the interface.
outbound Sets EBS in outbound direction, valid only when FRTS is
excess-burst-size
EBS in bits. Valid values are 0 to 16000000. It defaults
to 0 bits.
Example Set the EBS of the frame relay class named test1 to 32000 bits.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] ebs 3200
Description EBS is the maximum of the part that packet traffic exceeds the committed burst size
(CBS) within an interval of Tc. When congestion occurs on the network, this part of
excess traffic will be first discarded.
When this command is used, the set EBS value will be valid in both inbound and
outbound directions if the parameters inbound and outbound are not specified.
cir allow
cir
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family echo-canceller 1405
Command Reference
echo-canceller
Purpose Use the echo-canceller command to configure echo-cancellation parameters.
Use the undo echo-canceller command to remove the configuration.
Syntax echo-canceller { enabl e | t ai l - l engt h milliseconds | par amet er {
conver gence- r at e value | max- ampl i t ude val ue | mi x- pr opor t i on- r at i o
value | t al k- t hr eshol d value } }
undo echo-canceller { enabl e | t ai l - l engt h | par amet er }
Parameters enable
Enables echo-cancellation function. By default, the
function is enabled.
tail-length milliseconds Adjusts echo-cancellation duration, that is, the time
that elapse when a subscriber hears the voice echoed
back. It ranges from 0 to 64 ms and defaults to 32 ms.
parameter
sets echo-cancellation parameters.
convergence-rate value
Sets the ascending rate of comfort noise amplitude. It
ranges from 1 to 10 and defaults to 0. The greater the
value, the quicker the convergence. If a subscriber
hears echoes after speaking, or the background noise
of the peer is loud, you can increase this value. Note
that if this value is too great, the noise may be not
smooth enough.
max-amplitude value Sets maximum amplitude of comfort noise. It ranges
from 0 to 2,048 and defaults to 256. The higher the
value, the greater the maximum noise amplitude. A
value of 0 indicates that the system performs only
nonlinear process and does not add comfort noise.
When the environmental noise is louder, you can
increase this value. Note that if this value is too great,
the noise may be not smooth enough.
mix-proportion-ratio value
Sets comfort noise mixture proportion control factor. It
ranges from 1 to 3,000 and defaults to 100. The
greater the value, the higher the proportion of noise in
the hybrid of noise and voice. If echoes occur when
only one subscriber is speaking, you can increase this
value. Note that if this value is too great, the voice may
be desultory.
talk-threshold value
Sets the threshold of simultaneous talks. It ranges from
1 to 2 and defaults to 1. If echoes occur when the two
parties speak simultaneously, you may increase this
value. Note that if this value is too great, the filter
factor convergence rate may become slow.
Example Set the echo-cancel sampling time as 24 ms on subscriber line 1/0/0.
1406 echo-canceller 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] echo- cancel l er enabl e
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] echo- cancel l er t ai l - l engt h 24
Description During a call, the voice of a subscriber may be echoed back to the handset. This is
because analog voice signals are leaked into the reception path of the subscriber. You
can use the echo-cancellation function provided by the voice gateway to solve this
problem to a certain extent.
If a too large time value is set, the converge time of the echo canceling on the
network will become longer, so when the connection has just been established, the
user may hear the echo; and if the time value is set as too small, the user may also
hear part of the echo, because the relatively longer echo has not been completely
cancelled.
There are no echo and echo-cancel on the IP side.
Signal leakage occurs only on the analog circuit part of the voice call path. Digital
networks do not suffer from this problem.
The echo-canceller enable command must be used in pair with the
echo-canceller tail-length command.
This command applies to FXO and FXS interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family effect-time 1407
Command Reference
effect-time
Purpose Use the effect-time command to configure the debounce time of line signaling.
Use the undo effect-time command to restore the default.
Syntax effect-time time
undo effect-time
Parameters time The lower threshold of the debounce time of line
signaling, in the range 10 to 40 milliseconds. It
defaults to 10 milliseconds.
Example Set the debounce time of line signaling to 20 milliseconds for timeslot set 3 on the E1
subscriber-line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 3] ef f ect - t i me 20
R2 CAS view
Description Use the effect-time command to configure the debounce time of line signaling.
Use the undo effect-time command to restore the default.
The change of the line is regarded valid only when the duration of line signaling
exceeds this threshold.
pri-set
1408 eliminate-pulse 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
eliminate-pulse
Purpose Use the eliminate-pulse command to eliminate the pulses with a width less than
3.472us, increasing signal reliability. This is useful when the line is seriously interfered.
Use the undo eliminate-pulse command to restore the default, eliminating the
pulses with a width less than 1.472 us.
Syntax eliminate-pulse
undo eliminate-pulse
Parameters None
Example Eliminate the pulses with a width less than 3.472 us on interface Async1/0/0.
[ Rout er - Async1/ 0/ 0] el i mi nat e- pul se
Description You can use this command only when the baud rate of the interface is less than
115,200 bps. After you configure this command, the baud rate of the interface
cannot be set to 115,200 bps or greater.
This command is restricted to the 8ASE and 16ASE interface cards and modules.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family em-phy-parm 1409
Command Reference
em-phy-parm
Purpose Use the em-phy-parm command to configure a wire scheme for the analog E&M
subscriber-line.
Use the undo em-phy-parm command to cancel an existing wire selection
scheme.
Syntax em-phy-parm { 2- wi r e | 4- wi r e }
undo em-phy-parm { 2- wi r e | 4- wi r e }
Parameters 2-wire
Choose the 2-wire analog E&M wire scheme.
4-wire
Choose the 4-wire analog E&M wire scheme.
Default By default, the 4-wire analog E&M wire scheme is selected.
Example Choose the 4-wire scheme for the analog E&M subscriber-line.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] em- phy- par m4- wi r e
Description This command is only applicable to analog E&M subscriber-line.
When analog E&M is used in PBX communication, its voice uses two or four wires,
plus two or four signaling wires. So, a 4-wire analog E&M actually has at least six
wires. 2-wire mode provides full-duplex voice transmission, in which voice is
transmitted between two wires in both directions. 4-wire mode resembles the simplex
mode. Every two wires are responsible for voice transmission in one direction.
This command is used for the wire match between the voice router and remote end
equipment connected with it.It has influence on voice transmission only and has
nothing to do with signaling.
1410 em-signal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
em-signal
Purpose Use the em-signal command to configure a voice subscriber-line start mode.
Use the undo em-signal command to cancel the set voice subscriber-line start
mode.
Syntax em-signal { del ay | i mmedi at e | wi nk }
undo em-signal { del ay | i mmedi at e | wi nk }
Parameters wink Wink start mode. The caller end hooks off to seize the
line through line E, and it has to wait for a wink signal
from the remote end before sending out the called
number.
immediate
Immediate start mode. The caller end hooks off to
seize the line through line E and sends the called
number. The prerequisite for using the immediate start
mode is: The equipment at the remote end should
listen to the dial signal immediately after identifying
the off-hook signal.
delay When using the delay start mode, the calling end
occupies the trunk line, and the called end, such as
PBX, will also enter the hook-off state to respond the
caller till it is ready for receiving the called number.
Default By default, analog E&M subscriber-lines select the immediate start mode.
Example Configure the immediate mode for the analog E&M subscriber-line.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] em- si gnal i mmedi at e
Description This command is only applicable to analog E&M subscriber-line.
The start mode used for an analog E&M subscriber-line should be in consistency with
the PBX connected with it.
When using the immediate start mode, the numbers will not be correctly sent or
received due to the signaling type in some PBX, please modify start mode as the wink
or delay.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family em-signal 1411
Command Reference
Related Command delay
1412 enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
enable
Purpose Use the enable command to enable current aggregation mode.
Use the undo enable command to disable current aggregation mode.
Syntax enable
undo enable
Parameters None
Example Enable NetStream AS aggregation.
[R6000] ip netstream aggregation as
[R6000-aggregation-as] enable
NetStream Aggregation view
Related Command ip netstream aggregation
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family enable deactivate 1413
Command Reference
enable deactivate
Purpose Use the enable deactivate command to enable the router to actively deactivate
the BSV interface.
Use the undo enable deactivate command to disable the router to actively
deactivate the BSV interface.
Syntax enable deactivate
undo enable deactivate
Parameters None
Default By default, the router is enabled to actively deactivate the BSV interface.
Example Disable the router to perform active BSV interface deactivation.
[ 3Com- Bsv2/ 0/ 0] undo enabl e deact i vat e
BSV Interface view
Description If disabled to actively deactivate the BSV interface, the router deactivates the interface
only when the interface is shut down or the BRI line is disconnected. Disabling active
BSV interface deactivation allows the BRI line to stay in the active state, ensuring BSV
calls to be completed rapidly. This is not preferred however, if occasional BRI line
deactivation is desired.
This command is only valid at the BSV network side.When configured at the BSV user
side, this command does not take any effect.
1414 enable snmp trap undown 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
enable snmp trap undown
Purpose Use the enable snmp trap updown command to enable the interface to send
UPDOWN traps.
Use the undo enable snmp trap updown command to disable the interface to
send UPDOWN traps.
Syntax enable snmp trap updown
undo enable snmp trap updown
Parameters None
Default By default, the interface can send UPDOWN traps.
Example Disable interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to send UPDOWN traps.
[ r out er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo enabl e snmp t r ap updown
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family encapsulation 1415
Command Reference
encapsulation
Purpose Use the encapsulation gre command to set the MR encapsulation mode to GRE.
Use the undo encapsulation command to restore the default encapsulation
mode IP in IP.
Syntax encapsulation gre
undo encapsulation
Parameters None
Example Configure the MR encapsulation mode as GRE.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip mobile-router
[3Com-MobileRouter] encapsulation gre
MR view
1416 encapsulation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
encapsulation
Purpose Use the encapsulation command to specify ATM AAL5 encapsulation type for
PVC.
Use the undo encapsulation command to restore the default encapsulation.
Syntax encapsulation aal5-encap
undo encapsulation
Parameters aal5-encap AAL5 encapsulation type, its possible values are as
follows:
aal5snap
LLC/SNAP (Logical Link Control / Subnet Access
Protocol) encapsulation type
aal5mux
MUX encapsulation type
aal5nlpid
RFC1490 encapsulation type
Default By default, aal5snap encapsulation is adopted.
Example The t wo exampl es can bot h speci f y AAL5 encapsul at i on t ype of PVC as
aal 5snap.
Display how to specify AAL5 encapsulation type of PVC 1/32 as aal5snap.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] encapsul at i on aal 5snap
Display how to specify AAL5 encapsulation type of PVC 1/33 as aal5snap.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 33] undo encapsul at i on
PVC view
Description An ATM PVC may carry multiple protocols at the same time, but some types of
encapsulations may not support some applications (one or more of IPoA, IPoEoA,
PPPoA and PPPoEoA). When such cases occur, the system gives a prompt.
The following table gives the relationship between ATM PVC encapsulation and
carried protocol.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family encapsulation 1417
Command Reference
Table 282 Support of ATM PVC encapsulation to carried protocols
Encapsu-
lation IPoA
EoA (IPoEoA/
PPPoEoA) PPPoA InARP
Multi-
protocol support
aal5snap Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
aal5mux Yes Yes Yes No No
aal5nlpid Yes No No No Yes
1418 encapsulation-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
encapsulation-mode
Purpose Use the encapsulation-mode command to set the encapsulation mode that the
security protocol applies to IP packets, which can be transport or tunnel.
Use the undo encapsulation-mode command to restore it to the default.
Syntax encapsulation-mode { t r anspor t | t unnel }
undo encapsulation-mode
Parameters transport Sets that the encapsulation mode of IP packets is
transport mode.
tunnel
Sets that the encapsulation mode of IP packets is
tunnel mode.
Default By default, tunnel mode is used.
Example Set the IP packet encapsulation mode to transport in the proposal named prop2.
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op2] encapsul at i on- mode t r anspor t
IPSec Proposal view
Description There are two encapsulation modes where IPSec is used to encrypt and authenticate
IP packets: transport mode and tunnel mode. In transport mode, IPSec does not
encapsulate a new header into the IP packet. The both ends of security tunnel are of
source and destination of original packets. In tunnel mode, IPSec protects the whole
IP packet, and adds a new IP header in the front part of the IP packet. The source and
destination addresses of the new IP header are the IP addresses of both ends of the
tunnel.
Generally, the tunnel mode is used between two security gateways (routers). A packet
encrypted in a security gateway can only be decrypted in another security gateway. So
an IP packet needs to be encrypted in tunnel mode, that is, a new IP header is added;
the IP packet encapsulated in tunnel mode is sent to another security gateway before
it is decrypted.
The transport mode is suitable for communication between two hosts, or for
communication between a host and a security gateway (like the network
management communication between the gateway workstation and a router). In
transport mode, two devices responsible for encrypting and decrypting packets must
be the original sender and receiver of the packet. Most of the data traffic between
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family encapsulation-mode 1419
Command Reference
two security gateways is not of the security gateways own. So the transport mode is
not often used between security gateways.
The proposal used by the ipsec policies set at both ends of the security tunnel must be
set as having the same packet encapsulation mode.
Related Commands ah authentication-algorithm
ipsec proposal
esp authentication-algorithm
esp encryption-algorithm
proposal
transform
1420 encrypt-card backuped 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
encrypt-card backuped
Purpose Use the encrypt-card backuped command to enable backup function for the
encryption card.
Use the undo encrypt-card backuped command to disable backup function
for the encryption card.
Syntax encrypt-card backuped
undo encrypt-card backuped
Parameters None
Default By default, backup function for the encryption card is disabled.
Example Enable backup function for the encryption card.
[ Rout er ] encr ypt - car d backuped
System view
Description For the IPSec SA implemented by the encryption card, if the card is normal, IPSec is
processed by the card. If the card fails, backup function is enabled on the card and
the selected encryption/authentication algorithms for the SA are supported by the
IPSec module on Comware platform, IPSec shall be implemented by the IPSec module
on Comware platform. In the event that the selected algorithms are not supported by
the IPSec module, the system drops packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family encrypt-card fast-switch 1421
Command Reference
encrypt-card fast-switch
Purpose Use the encrypt-card fast-switch command to enable the fast forwarding
function of the encryption card.
Use the undo encrypt-card fast-switch command to disable the fast
forwarding function of the encryption card.
Syntax encrypt-card fast-switch
undo encrypt-card fast-switch
Parameters None
Default By default, the fast forwarding function of the encryption card is disabled.
Example Enable the fast forwarding function of the encryption card.
[ Rout er ] encr ypt - car d f ast - swi t ch
System view
Description For the packets that have the same [SourIP, SourPort, DestIP, DestPort, Prot] quintuple,
the router creates a fast forwarding entry when it receives the first packet. Then, the
subsequent packets, rather than processed packet by packet, are sent directly to the
encryption card, where they are sent to the destination after being encrypted or
decrypted. This is how the fast forwarding function of the encryption card expedites
packet processing.
1422 encryption-algorithm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the encryption-algorithm command to specify the encryption algorithm
for an IKE proposal.
Use the undo encryption-algorithm command to restore to the default.
Syntax encryption-algorithm { des- cbc | 3des- cbc | aes- cbc [ 128 | 192 | 256 ] }
undo encryption-algorithm
Parameters des-cbc Selects the 56-bit DES-CBC encryption algorithm for
an IKE proposal. DES algorithm adopts 56-bit keys for
encryption.
3des-cbc
Sets the encryption algorithm to the 3DES algorithm in
CBC mode. The 3DES algorithm uses 168-bit keys for
encryption.
aes-cbc [ 128 | 192 | 256 ]
Sets the encryption algorithm to AES in CBC mode.
128 bits, 192 bits, and 256 bits are available key
lengths. The default is 128 bits.
Default By default, 56-bit DES-CBC encryption algorithm is used.
Example Specify the 56-bit DES-CBC encryption algorithm for IKE proposal 10.
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] encr ypt i onal gor i t hmdes- cbc
IKE Proposal view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family entity 1423
Command Reference
entity
Purpose Use the entity command to configure a voice entity and enter its view (at the same
time specify the working mode related to voice).
Use the undo entity command to cancel an existing voice entity.
Syntax entity entity-number { voi p | pot s | vof r }
undo entity { entity-number | al l | voi p | pot s | vof r }
Parameters entity-number
Identify a voice entity, The value range is from 1 to
2147483647.
all
All dial program entities.
voip
Key character, indicating that this subscriber-line is a
network subscriber-line.
pots Key character, indicating that this subscriber-line is an
often used telephone subscriber-line.
Example Create and enter the Voice entity view to configure a POTS voice entity whose
identification is 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce] di al - pr ogr am
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] ent i t y 10 pot s
Description In a global view, use the entity command to enter a Voice entity view, and use quit
to return to the dial program view.
The entity-number assigned to a VoIP or POTS entity must be unique among all VoIP
and POTS entities.
Related Command line
1424 error-diffusion restraint config 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
error-diffusion restraint config
Purpose Use the error-diffusion restraint config command to set the three
parameters for error diffusion restraint function.
Use the undo error-diffusion restraint enable command to restore the
three parameters set for error diffusion restraint function to the default value.
Syntax error-diffusion restraint config detect-timer renew-timer threshold
undo error-diffusion restraint config
Parameters detect-timer
Detect timer (in seconds). Valid values are 30 to 600.
renew-timer
Renew time (in seconds). Valid values are 120 to 2400.
threshold
Error rate threshold (in seconds). Valid values are 5 to
100.
Default By default, the value of detect-timer is 30 seconds, renew-timer is 600 seconds and
threshold is 20%.
Example Configure detect timer for error diffusion restraint to 100 seconds and restore the
timer to 2400 seconds, error threshold to 15%.
[ Rout er ] er r or - di f f usi on r est r ai nt cof i ng 100 2400 15
System view
Description The value of renew-timer cannot be 4 times less than that of detect-timer. If the total
number of packets received in detect-timer time is less than 100, no error will be
counted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family error-diffusion restraint enable 1425
Command Reference
error-diffusion restraint enable
Purpose Use the error-diffusion restraint enable command to enable error
diffusion restraint.
Use the undo error-diffusion restraint enable command to disable error
diffusion restraint.
Syntax error-diffusion restraint enable
undo error-diffusion restraint enable
Parameters None.
Default By default, error diffusion restraint is enabled.
Example Disable error diffusion restraint function.
[ Rout er ] undo er r or - di f f usi on r est r ai nt enabl e
System view
1426 escape-key 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
escape-key
Purpose Use the escape-key command to define an escape key or key combination for
aborting tasks.
Use the undo escape-key command to delete the escape key or key combination
used to abort tasks.
Syntax escape-key { default | character }
undo escape-key
Escape key or key combination for aborting a task,
consisting of a string of 1 to 3 characters or their
corresponding ASCII code values in the range 0 to 127.
default
Restore the default escape key combination <CTL+C>.
Example Define Q as the escape key.
[3Com-ui-console0] escape-key Q
To verify the configuration, do the following:
Enter <Q> when a ping task is running.
<3Com> ping c 20 125.241.23.46
PING 125.241.23.46: 56 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break
Request time out
--- 125.241.23.46 ping statistics ---
2 packet(s) transmitted
0 packet(s) received
100.00% packet loss
<3Com>
If the ping task is terminated and return to the current view, the
configuration is correct.
User Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family esis 1427
Command Reference
esis
Purpose Use the esis command to employ ES-IS protocol globally and enter ES-IS view.
Use the undo esis command to disable ES-IS protocol.
Syntax esis
undo esis
Parameters None
Default ES-IS protocol is not employed by default.
Example Employ ES-IS protocol globally.
<3Com> system-view
[ 3Com] esis
[ 3Com- esi s]
System view
1428 esis enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
esis enable
Purpose Use the esis enable command to employ ES-IS protocol on the interface.
Use the undo esis enable command to disable ES-IS protocol on the interface.
Syntax esis enable
undo esis enable
Parameters None
Default ES-IS protocol is not employed on an interface by default.
Example Employ ES-IS protocol on Ethernet0/0/0 interface.
<3Com> system-view
[ 3Com] interface ethernet0/0/0
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] esis enable
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family esp authentication-algorithm 1429
Command Reference
Purpose Use the esp authentication-algorithm command to set the authentication
algorithm used by ESP.
Use the undo esp authentication-algorithm command to set ESP not to
authenticate packets.
Syntax esp authentication-algorithm { md5 | sha1 }
undo esp authentication-algorithm
Parameters md5
Use MD5 algorithm with the length of the key 128
bits.
sha1 Use SHA1 algorithm with the length of the key 160
bits.
Default By default, MD5 algorithm is used.
Example Set a proposal that adopts ESP, and uses SHA1.
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] t r ansf or mesp
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] esp aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmsha1
IPSec Proposal view
Description MD5 is faster than SHA1, while SHA1 is securer than MD5.
ESP permits a packet to be encrypted or authenticated or both.
The encryption and authentication algorithm used by ESP cannot be set to vacant at
the same time.
The undo esp authentication-algorithm command is not used to restore
the authentication algorithm to the default; instead it is used to set the
authentication algorithm to vacant, i.e. not authentication. When the encryption
algorithm is not vacant, the undo esp authentication-algorithm
command is valid.
The proposal used by the ipsec policies set at both ends of the security tunnel must be
set as having the same authentication algorithm.
1430 esp authentication-algorithm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
proposal
transform
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family esp encryption-algorithm 1431
Command Reference
Purpose Use the esp encryption-algorithm command to set the encryption algorithm
adopted by ESP.
Use the undo esp encryption-algorithm command to set the ESP not to
encrypt packets.
Syntax esp encryption-algorithm { 3des | des | aes [ 128 | 192 | 256 ] }
undo esp encryption-algorithm
Parameters des
Data Encryption Standard (DES), a universal encryption
algorithm with the length of the key being 56 bits.
3des 3DES (Triple DES), another universal encryption
algorithm with the length of the key being 168 bits.
aes [ 128 | 192 | 256 ]
Advanced encryption standard (AES), an encryption
algorithm conforming to IETF standards. 128, 192, and
256 are available key lengths. The default is 128 bits.
Default By default, DES algorithm is used.
Example Configure ESP with the 3DES encryption algorithm in the proposal named prop1.
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] esp encr ypt i onal gor i t hm3des
IPSec Proposal view
Description 3DES can meet the requirement of high confidentiality and security, but it is
comparatively slow. And DES can satisfy the normal security requirements.
ESP permits a packet to be encrypted or authenticated or both.
The encryption and authentication methods used by ESP cannot be set to a vacant
value at the same time. The undo esp encryption-algorithm command can
take effect only if the authentication algorithm is not null.
proposal
1432 esp encryption-algorithm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
transform
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family exchange-mode 1433
Command Reference
exchange-mode
Purpose Use the exchange-mode command to select an IKE negotiation mode.
Use the undo exchange-mode command to restore the default negotiation mode.
By default, main mode is adopted.
Syntax exchange-mode { aggr essi ve | mai n }
undo exchange-mode
Parameters aggressive
Aggressive mode
main
Main mode.
Example Adopt the main mode for IKE negotiation.
[ Rout er ] i ke peer new_peer
[ Rout er A- i ke- peer - new_peer ] exchange- mode mai n
IKE-Peer view
Description In main mode, you can only use IP address to perform IKE negotiation and to create
an SA. It is applicable to the situation in which both ends of a tunnel have fixed IP
addresses.
In IKE aggressive mode, you can use both IP addresses and name to perform IKE
negotiation and to create an SA. If the user at one end of a security tunnel obtains IP
address automatically (for example, a dial-up user), IKE negotiation mode must be set
to aggressive. In this case, you can create an SA as long as the username and
password are correct.
Related Command id-type
1434 execute 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
execute
Purpose Use the execute command to execute the specified batch file.
Syntax execute filename
Parameters filename
Name of a batch file (including the path) with a .bat
extension. Valid values are 1 to 256.
Example Execute the batch file test.bat in the flash:/ directory.
[3Com] execute test.bat
System view
Description Batch files are command line files. Executing a batch file is to execute a set of
command lines in the file. Command lines fall into two categories: configuration
command such as local-user, and operation command such as display
current-configuration. If all the commands in a batch file are configuration
commands, the file is called configuration file; if all the commands in the file are
operation commands, the file is called operation command file.
Executing a configuration file can fast add to the system new configurations or
modify the current configurations. When doing this, the system adds those new
configurations and rewrites the existing configurations that are different from the
configuration file, while leaving the existing configurations that are not involved
intact.
You can execute an operation command file to have the system execute one or
multiple operation commands automatically. For example, to view system operating
information, you need to execute the commands display version and
display current-configuration. To view routing information, you must
execute the display rout-static command in addition. You can however put
these three commands in a file, running.bat for example, and save the file to Flash.
After that, you can have the system execute execute running.bat each time you
want to execute these three commands.
You can put sets of commands that are always executed together in batch files. The
execute command allows you, especially as a service engineer, to execute a batch
file instead of entering each command in it individually.
Note that:
The extension of batch files must be .bat.
A valid batch file contains only standard command lines.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family exit 1435
Command Reference
exit
Purpose Use the exit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and
exit to system view as you would with the bye and quit commands.
Syntax exit
Parameters None
sftp-client> exit
[3Com]
SFTP Client view
1436 expired 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
expired
Purpose Use the expired command to configure a valid period allowed for leasing IP
addresses in a global DHCP address pool.
Use the undo expired command to restore the default setting.
Syntax expired { day day [ hour hour [ mi nut e minute ] ] | unl i mi t ed }
undo expired
Parameters day day Number of days. Valid values are 0 to 365.
hour hour Number of hours. Valid values are 0 to 23.
unlimited
The valid period is unlimited (currently, it is 25 years for
the system).
Example Set the IP address lease period of global address pool 0 to three minutes, two hours,
and one day.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] expi r ed 1 2 3
of 2106.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fast-connect 1437
Command Reference
fast-connect
Purpose Use the fast-connect command to enable fast connect.
Use the undo fast-connect command to disable fast connect.
Syntax fast-connect
undo fast-connect
Parameters None
Default By default, fast connect is disabled.
Example Enable fast connect for VoIP voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] f ast - connect
VoIP Voice Entity view
Description As there is no ability negotiation for fast connect, the ability confirmation of the two
parties is determined by the called gateway. When the router acts as a calling
gateway, one can set whether or not to apply fast connect mode for each originated
call. If the calling gateway adopts fast connect mode, the called gateway will adopt it,
too. Otherwise, neither one will do so.
Fast connect procedure will be used when both the calling and called parties support
fast connect. Provided that neither the calling nor the called gateway supports fast
connect mode, the system will automatically switch to normal connect procedure to
resume the call.
It is OK to only configure fast-connect command for VoIP voice entity on the
calling gateway. Just after successfully enabling the fast connect can the tunnel
function be configured.
Related Commands outband
tunnel-on
voip call-start
1438 fax baudrate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fax baudrate
Purpose Use the fax baudrate command to configure the highest fax baudrate enabled by
the gateway.
Syntax fax baudrate { 14400 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | di sabl e | voi ce }
Parameters 14400
Negotiate first according to V.17 fax protocol, the
highest fax baudrate is 14400bit/s.
2400 The first fax baudrate is 2400bps.
4800 Negotiate first according to V.27 fax protocol, the
highest fax baudrate is 4800bps.
9600
Negotiate first according to V.29 fax protocol which
has the priority, the highest fax baudrate is 9600bps.
disable Disable fax function.
voice Decide the highest rate enabled by fax first according
to the different voice encoding/decoding protocols. By
default, the parameter of voice is adopted to decide
the max fax baudrate.
Example Set the gateway to use V.29 fax protocol to perform rate negotiation.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax baudr at e 9600
Voice Entity view
Description If the rate is set to be others rather than disable and voice, rate negotiation
is performed first according to the fax protocol which is correspondent to the rate.
Here the rate is the highest rate enabled but not specified one.
When the rate is set as voice, decide the highest rate enabled by fax first according
to the difference of voice encoding/decoding protocols.
If G.711 voice encoding/decoding protocol is used, the fax baudrate is 14400bit/s
and the corresponding fax protocol is V.17.
If G.723.1 Annex A voice encoding/decoding protocol is used, the fax baudrate is
4800bit/s and the corresponding fax protocol is V.27.
If G.726 voice encoding/decoding protocol is used, the fax baudrate is 14400 bit/s,
If G.729 voice encoding/decoding protocol is used, the fax baudrate is 9600bit/s
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fax baudrate 1439
Command Reference
If the rate is set as disable, fax function is disabled.
When G.711 voice encoding/decoding protocol is configured for the two parties, the fax
baudrate disable command functions the same as the default entity fax
protocol pcm command.
1440 fax ecm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fax ecm
Purpose Use the fax ecm command to configure the forced adoption of ECM mode at the
gateway, that is, to make the facsimiles at both ends support ECM mode.
Use the undo fax ecm command to cancel the ECM mode at the gateway.
Syntax fax ecm
undo fax ecm
Parameters None
Default By default, the ECM mode is not used on the gateway.
Example Configure forced adoption of ECM mode at the gateway.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax ecm
Voice Entity view
Description This command is used to perform the forced limitation at the gateway. If the facsimile
terminals at both ends support ECM mode, but the non-ECM mode has been
configured at the gateway, then the non-ECM mode is selected. If one or two of the
facsimile terminals at both ends do not support the ECM mode, the non-ECM mode
is selected. Only when the facsimile terminals at both ends support the ECM mode,
and the gateway doesnt perform the forced limitation to enable the non-ECM mode,
is the ECM mode selected.
You must enable ECM mode for the POTS and VoIP entities corresponding to the fax
sender and receiver in ECM mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fax level 1441
Command Reference
fax level
Purpose Use the fax level command to configure the gateway carrier transmitting energy
level.
Use the undo fax level command to restore it to the default value.
Syntax fax level level
undo fax level
Parameters level
Gateway carrier transmitting energy level, namely the
transmit energy level attenuation value, ranging from
60 to 3 dBm. By default, it is 15, meaning a carrier
transmit energy level of 15 dBm. The greater the level
value, the higher the energy. The smaller the level
value, the greater the attenuation.
Example Configure the gateway carrier transmitting energy level as 20.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax l evel 20
Voice Entity view
Description Usually the default of the gateway carrier transmitting energy level is acceptable. If
fax still cant be sent when other configurations are correct to try to adjust the
gateway carrier transmitting energy level. The smaller the level is, the greater the
energy is.
1442 fax local-train threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fax local-train threshold
Purpose Use the fax local-train command to configure the percentage of fax local
training threshold value.
Use the undo fax local-train command to restore the default value.
Syntax fax local-train threshold threshold
undo fax local-train threshold
Parameters threshold The percentage of local training threshold value,
ranging 0 to 100. By default threshold is 15.
Example Configure the percentage of fax local training threshold to 20.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax l ocal - t r ai n t hr eshol d 20
Voice Entity view
Description This command can be applied to IP Fax and Frame Relay Fax.
When rate training is being carried on between facsimile terminals, the transmitting
facsimile terminal transmits the 0 TCF data at 1.5s10% to the receiving facsimile
terminal, and the receiving facsimile terminal decides whether or not the rate is
acceptable according to the TCF data received.
The command is used to configure the percentage of local training threshold value if
the local training mode is configured. Error happens during the TCF transmission if
the percentage of the number of "1" received in proportion to the whole TCF data is
less than the threshold value configured, the transmission is successful; otherwise,
it is unsuccessful.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fax nsf-on 1443
Command Reference
fax nsf-on
Purpose Use the fax nsf-on common to configure the fax faculty transmission mode as Not
Standard mode.
Use the undo nsf-on command to restore the default fax faculty transmission
mode.
Syntax fax nsf-on
undo fax nsf-on
Parameters None
Default By default, the fax faculty transmission mode is undo nsf-on.
Example Configure to perform fax transmission with NSF.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax nsf - on
Voice Entity view
Description Use the fax nsf-on common to configure the fax faculty transmission mode as Not
Standard mode.
Use the undo nsf-on command to restore the default fax faculty transmission
mode.
This command is only applied to IP Fax.
In some occasions like communicating with encrypted fax, the Not Standard Faculty,
or NSF for short, is rather important for fax communication. It is necessary to
configure the fax nsf-on command, so that the fax terminals on both sides will
first exchange NSF message at the beginning of transmission, and then complete the
follow-up fax negotiation according to NSF and communicate with each other. NSF
messages are T.30 compliant and carry private information.
To allow NSF field to be carried during fax faculty signal transmission, the following
conditions must be met:
Fax terminals must support NSF transmission mode.
The fax faculty signal transmission mode must be set to Not Standard in the POTS
and VoIP entities for the participating fax terminals.
1444 fax protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fax protocol
Purpose Use the fax protocol command to configure the protocol for intercommunication
with other devices or enable the fax Passthrough mode, and configure the number of
redundant packets sent via the T.38 fax protocol. The argument standard-t38
indicates the standard T38 negotiation mode specified by H323 or SIP adopted.
Use the undo fax protocol command to restore the default number of
redundant packets and disable the fax Passthrough.
Syntax fax protocol { t 38 | st andar d- t 38 } [ l b- r edundancy number |
hb- r edundancy number ]
fax protocol nonstandard
fax protocol pcm { g711al aw | g711ul aw }
undo fax protocol
Parameters t38
Uses T.38 fax protocol. With this protocol, fax setup
speed is high.
standard-t38
Uses the standard T38 negotiation mode specified by
H323 or SIP to fax.
lb-redundancy number Configures the number of low-speed redundant
packets. number ranges from 0 to 5, and default
value is 0.
hb-redundancy number
Configures the number of high-speed redundant
packets. number ranges from 0 to 2, and default
value is 0.
nonstandard
Uses the fax protocol compatible with the mainstream
devices of the industry.
pcm
Uses PCM coding/decoding.
g711alaw
Enables G.711A-law voice coding/decoding.
g711ulaw
Enables G.711 -law voice coding/decoding.
Default By default, fax Passthrough mode is disabled.
Example Configure the number of high-speed redundant packets sent through the T.38 fax
recommendation as 2.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax pr ot ocol t 38 hb- r edundancy 2
Voice Entity view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fax protocol 1445
Command Reference
Description Use the fax protocol command to configure the protocol for intercommunication
with other devices or enable the fax Passthrough mode, and configure the number of
redundant packets sent via the T.38 fax protocol. The argument standard-t38
indicates the standard T38 negotiation mode specified by H323 or SIP adopted.
Use the undo fax protocol command to restore the default number of
redundant packets and disable the fax Passthrough.
Low-speed data refers to the V.21 command data, and high-speed data refers to the
TCF and graphic data.
To intercommunicate with the mainstream fax terminals of the industry, the
mainstream fax protocol must be used. Likewise, to intercommunicate with other fax
terminals supporting the T.38 protocol, the T.38 protocol must be adopted. As the
mainstream devices do not support local training mode for fax, the end-to-end
training mode must be adopted in order to implement intercommunication with the
mainstream devices of the industry.
Increasing the number of redundant packets will improve reliability of network
transmission and reduce packet loss ratio. A great amount of redundant packets,
however, can increase bandwidth consumption to a great extent and thereby, in the
case of low bandwidth, affect the fax quality seriously. Therefore, the number of
redundant packets should be selected properly according to the network bandwidth.
The fax Passthrough is easily influenced by such factors as loss of packet, jitter and
delay, so the clock on both sides of the communication must be kept synchronous. At
present, only G.711Alaw and G.711law compression methods are supported, and
the voice activity detection (VAD) function should be disabled for fax Passthrough.
1446 fax support-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fax support-mode
Purpose Use the fax support-mode command to configure the fax interworking mode
with other equipments.
Use the undo fax support-mode command to restore the fax interworking mode
with other equipment to its default.
Syntax fax support-mode { r t p | vt | si p- udp }
undo fax support-mode
Parameters rtp
RTP mode.
vt
VT mode, the mode when interworking with the
VocalTec gateway.
sip-udp Specifies SIP UDP mode.
Default By default, the RTP mode is adopted.
Example Configure the mode when interworking with VocalTec device to vt.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax suppor t - mode vt
Voice Entity view
Description Use the fax support-mode command to configure the fax interworking mode
with other equipments.
Use the undo fax support-mode command to restore the fax interworking mode
with other equipment to its default.
Under common conditions, use the rtp mode. When interworking with the VocalTec
gateway, the vt mode is adopted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fax train-mode 1447
Command Reference
fax train-mode
Purpose Use the fax train-mode command to configure the training mode used by the
gateway.
Use the undo fax train-mode command to restore the training mode used by
the gateway to the default.
Syntax fax train-mode { l ocal | ppp }
undo fax train-mode
Parameters local
Use the local training mode.
ppp
Use the end-to-end training mode.
Default By default, the ppp mode is adopted.
Example Set the mode used by the gateway as the local training mode.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] f ax t r ai n- mode l ocal
Voice Entity view
Description The local training mode means that the gateway participates in the rate training
between the facsimile terminals at both ends. In this mode, first carry on the training
between the facsimile terminals and between the gateways respectively, then the
receiving gateway will transmit the training result of the receiving end to the gateway
at the transmitting end. The transmitting gateway will decide the final packet
transmission rate according to the training results of both ends.
The end-to-end training mode means that the gateway does not participates in the
rate training between the facsimile terminals at both ends. In this mode, the rate
training is carried on between the facsimile terminals at both ends, and it is
transparent to the gateway.
1448 fdl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fdl
Purpose Use the fdl command to set the behavior of the CT1/PRI interface on the FDL in ESF
framing.
Use the undo fdl command to restore the default.
Syntax fdl { none | ansi | at t }
undo fdl
Parameters none Disables facilities data link (FDL).
ansi Implements ANSI T1.403 FDL.
att Implements AT&T TR 54016 FDL.
Default By default, FDL is disabled. You can, however, change the setting depending on the
setting at the far end.
Example Implement AT&T TR 54016 FDL on interface T1 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] f dl at t
Description FDL is an embedded 4 kbps overhead channel within the ESF format for transmitting
performance statistics or loopback code.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fe1 clock 1449
Command Reference
fe1 clock
Purpose Use the fe1 clock command to configure clocking on the E1-F interface.
Use the undo fe1 clock command to restore the default or slave, the line clock.
Syntax fe1 clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo fe1 clock
Parameters master Internal clock.
slave Line clock.
Example Set the E1-F interface to use internal clock.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 cl ock mast er
E1-F Interface view
Description When the E1-F interface works as DCE, internal clock (master) must be used. If the
interface works as DTE, however, line clock (slave) must be used.
1450 fe1 code 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fe1 code
Purpose Use the fe1 code command to configure the line code format of the E1-F interface.
Use the undo fe1 code command to restore the default or hdb3.
Syntax fe1 code { ami | hdb3 }
undo fe1 code
Parameters ami
AMI line code format.
hdb3
HDB3 line code format.
Example Set the line code format of the E1-F interface to AMI.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 code ami
E1-F Interface view
Description The line code of an interface should be set in consistency with that of the peer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fe1 detect-ais (E1-F interface) 1451
Command Reference
fe1 detect-ais (E1-F interface)
Purpose Use the fe1 detect-ais command to enable alarm indication signal (AIS) detect
on the E1-F interface.
Use the undo detect-ais command to disable AIS detect on the E1-F interface.
Syntax fe1 detect-ais
undo fe1 detect-ais
Parameters None
Default By default, AIS detect is enabled on the E1-F interface.
Example Disable AIS detect on E1-F interface serial 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] undo f e1 det ect - ai s
E1-F Interface view
Description Before enabling or disabling AIS detect for an E1-F interface, you must configure the
interface to operate in unframed mode with the fe1 unframed command.
1452 fe1 frame-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fe1 frame-format
Purpose Use the fe1 frame-format command to configure the framing format of the E1-F
interface.
Use the undo fe1 frame-format command to restore the default or no-crc4.
Syntax fe1 frame-format { cr c4 | no- cr c4 }
undo fe1 frame-format
Parameters crc4 Adopts CRC4 as the framing format for the E1-F
interface.
no-crc4
Adopts no-CRC4 as the framing format for the E1-F
interface..
Example Set the framing format of the E1-F interface to CRC4.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 f r ame- f or mat cr c4
E1-F Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fe1 loopback 1453
Command Reference
fe1 loopback
Purpose Use the fe1 loopback command to place the E1-F interface in local or remote
loopback.
Use the undo fe1 loopback command to disable the local and remote loopback
on the interface.
Syntax fe1 loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo fe1 loopback
Parameters local
Places the interface in local loopback.
remote
Places the interface in remote loopback.
Default By default, loopback is disabled.
Example Place the E1-F interface in local loopback.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 l oopback l ocal
E1-F Interface view
Description Enable loopback only when testing state of interfaces or cables.
1454 fe1 timeslot-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fe1 timeslot-list
Purpose Use the fe1 timeslot-list command to bundle timeslots on the E1-F interface.
Use the undo fe1 timeslot-list command to restore the default.
Syntax fe1 timeslot-list range
undo fe1 timeslot-list
Parameters range
Timeslots participating in the binding. Valid values are
1 to 31. When specifying timeslots for binding, you
can specify the following:
number1-number2
multiple discrete timeslots by specifying number1,
number2-number3.
Default By default, all the timeslots on the E1-F interface are bundled to form a 1984 kbps
interface.
Example Bundle the timeslots 1, 2, 5, 10 through 15, and 18 on the E1-F interface.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 5, 10- 15, 18
E1-F Interface view
Description Time slot bundling results in interface rate change. For example, after you bundle
timeslots 1 through 10 on the interface, the interface rate becomes 10 x 64 kbps.
When the E1-F interface is working in unframed mode, you cannot configure the fe1
timeslot-list command.
Related Command fe1 unframed
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fe1 unframed 1455
Command Reference
fe1 unframed
Purpose Use the fe1 unframed command to configure an E1-F interface to work in
unframed mode.
Use the undo fe1 unframed command to configure the E1-F interface to work in
framed mode.
Syntax fe1 unframed
undo fe1 unframed
Parameters None
Default By default, the E1-F interface works in framed mode.
Example Set the E1-F interface to work in unframed mode.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f e1 unf r amed
E1-F Interface view
Description When the E1-F interface is working in unframed mode, it is a 2048 kbps interface
without timeslot division and is logically equivalent to a synchronous serial interface.
When it works in framed mode, however, it is physically divided into 32 timeslots
numbered in the range 0 to 31, and timeslot 0 is used for transmitting
synchronization information.
Related Command fe1 timeslot-list
1456 feac (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
feac (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the feac command to enable FEAC channel signal detection and sending on the
CT3 interface.
Use the undo feac command to remove the current FEAC settings.
Syntax feac detect
feac generate loopback { ds3- l i ne | ds3- payl oad }
feac generate { ds3- l os | ds3- ai s | ds3- oof | ds3- i dl e | ds3- eqpt f ai l }
undo feac detect
undo feac generate loopback { ds3- l i ne | ds3- payl oad }
undo feac generate { ds3- l os | ds3- ai s | ds3- oof | ds3- i dl e |
ds3- eqpt f ai l }
Parameters detect Enables periodical far end and control signal (FEAC)
channel signal detection. By default, periodical FEAC
channel signal detection is enabled.
loopback
Sends loopback code for activating far-end line
loopback with the ds3-line keyword or payload
loopback with the ds3-payload keyword. By default,
loopback code sending is disabled.
generate
Sends FEAC signals. Specify ds3-los for DS3 LOS,
ds3-ais for DS3 AIS, ds3-oof for DS3 out of frame
(OOF), ds3-idle for DS3 idle, and ds3-eqptfail for DS3
equipment failure. By default, FEAC signal sending is
disabled.
Example Enable FEAC channel signal detection on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f eac det ect
Sends DS3 LOS signal on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f eac gener at e ds3- l os
On CT3 interface 1/0/0 send loopback code to the far end and place the far end in a
line loopback.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f eac gener at e l oopback ds3- l i ne
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family feac (CT3 Interface) 1457
Command Reference
On CT3 interface 1/0/0 send loopback code to the far end and disable far-end
payload loopback.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] undo f eac gener at e l oopback ds3- payl oad
CT3 Interface view
Description FEAC is a channel formed by using the third C-bit in the first subframe in C-bit
framing. It is used to transmit alarm state signals for line test purpose or to transmit
loopback control code for activating or deactivating far-end loopback during a
loopback test.
According to ANSI T1.107a, the frame format used by FEAC channels is bit oriented
protocol (BOP).
At the startup of your router, FEAC channel signal detection is enabled on the CT3
interface with FEAC signal sending disabled.
After far-end loopback is enabled with the feac generate loopback { ds3-line
| ds3-payload } command, you may disable it with the undo form of the command.
Disable FEAC detection before you configure far-end loopback to prevent loopback
deadlock, which may happen when the local end enables loopback after detecting
the loopback code sent back by the far end.
1458 fifo queue-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fifo queue-length
Purpose Use the fifo queue-length command to set the FIFO queue length of frame
relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo fifo queue-length command to restore the default value.
Syntax fifo queue-length queue-length
undo fifo queue-length
Parameters queue-length FIFO queue length, namely, the maximum number of
packets that can be held by the queue. Valid values are
1 to 1024.
Example Set the FIFO queue of the frame relay class named test1 to hold 80 packets at most.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] f i f o queue- l engt h 80
[ 3Com] f r del 1 pr ot ocol i p
Description When the router serves as DCE for switching, the FIFO queue length of DLCI can be
set if FRTS has been applied to DLCI.
Related Command fr class
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family file prompt 1459
Command Reference
file prompt
Purpose Use the file prompt command to enable or disable the router to warn when an
operation may result in data loss or corruption.
Syntax file prompt {alert | quiet }
Parameters alert Enables interactive acknowledgement when a user
operation, deleting a file for example, may result in
data loss or corruption.
quiet
No prompt is displayed even when a user operation,
deleting a file for example, may result in data loss or
corruption.
Default By default, the prompt mode is alert.
Example Set the file operation prompt mode to quiet.
[3Com] file prompt quiet
Set the file operation prompt mode to alert.
[3Com] file prompt alert
System view
Description When the prompt mode is set to quiet, the system does not warn even when an
operation may result in data loss or corruption.
1460 filename 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
filename
Purpose Use the filename command to configure the name of the file to be gotten from or
put onto an FTP server.
Use the undo filename command to cancel the configuration of the file name.
Syntax filename file-name
undo filename
Parameters file-name Name of the file to be gotten from or put onto an FTP
server.
Default By default, no file name is configured.
Example Specify the file to be gotten from or put onto an FTP server by specifying its name
config.txt".
[Router-administrator-ftp] filename config.txt
Description This command applies only to FTP test.
Related Commands username
password
ftp-operation
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family filter-policy 1461
Command Reference
filter-policy
Purpose Use the filter-policy export command to configure the filtering conditions of
the routing information advertised by a certain type of routing protocols.
Use the undo filter-policy export command to cancel the filtering
conditions set.
Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } export [
protocol ]
undo filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } export [
protocol ]
Number of the access control list used for matching
the destination address field of the routing
information.
ip-prefix-name Address prefix list used for matching the routing
information destination address field.
protocol
Routing information of which kind of route protocol to
be filtered.
Default By default, the advertised routing information is not filtered.
Example Define the filtering rules for advertising the routing information of RIP. Only the
routing information passing the filtering of address prefix list p1 will be advertised by
RIP.
[ 3Com- r i p] f i l t er - pol i cy i p- pr ef i x p1 expor t
Routing Protocol view
Description In some cases, it may be required that only the routing information meeting some
conditions can be advertised. Then, the filter-policy command can be used to
set the filtering conditions for the routing information to be advertised. Only the
routing information passing the filtering can be advertised.
Related Command filter-policy import
1462 filter-policy export 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
filter-policy export
Purpose Use the filter-policy export command to filter the advertised routes and
only the routes passing the filter can be advertised by BGP.
Use the undo filter-policy export command to cancel the filtering to the
advertised routes.
Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } expor t [
protocol ]
undo filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } expor t [
protocol ]
Parameters acl-number Specifies the number of ACL matching the destination
address field of routing information, ranging from
2000 to 3999.
ip-prefix-name Specifies the name of the address prefix list matching
the destination address field of routing information,
protocol
Specifies routing information of which kind of routing
protocol to be filtered. It can be direct, ospf, ospf-ase,
ospf-nssa, isis, rip, and static at present.
Default By default, the advertised routing information is not filtered.
Example Use acl 2003 to filter all routes advertised by BGP.
[ 3Com- bgp] f i l t er - pol i cy 2003 expor t
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Description If the argument protocol is specified, only routes redistributed from the specified
protocol are filtered, and routes redistributed from other protocols are not affected. If
the parameter protocol is not specified, routes redistributed from any protocol will
be filtered.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family filter-policy export 1463
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy export command to configure IS-IS to filter all
redistributed routes or routes redistributed from a specified routing protocol.
Use the undo filter-policy export command to disable IS-IS to filter all
redistributed routes or routes redistributed from a specified routing protocol.
Syntax filter-policy acl-number export [ protocol ]
undo filter-policy acl-number export [ protocol ]
Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging
from 2000 to 3999.
protocol Specifies a routing protocol, which could be direct,
static, rip, bgp, ospf, ospf-nssa, or ospf-ase. Without
this parameter, filtering is performed on all
redistributed routes.
Default By default, IS-IS does not filter any redistributed routing information.
Example Use acl 2006 to filter routes redistributed to IS-IS.
[ 3Com- i si s] f i l t er - pol i cy 2006 expor t
IS-IS view
conditions be advertised. You may use the filter-policy export command to
set the conditions for filtering redistributed routing information. Only the routing
information passing the filtering can be advertised.
1464 filter-policy export 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy export command to configure OSPF to filter the LSAs of
redistributed routes for advertisement.
Use the undo filter-policy export command to cancel the filtering rules that
have been set.
Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [
routing-protocol ]
undo filter-policy {acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name} export [
routing-protocol ]
Parameters acl-number Access control list number.
ip-prefix-name
Name of the address prefix list.
routing-protocol
Protocol advertising the routing information, including
direct, isis, bgp, rip and static at present.
Default By default, no LSA filtering is performed for any type of route.
Example Configure OSPF to advertise only the routing information permitted by acl 2001.
[3Com ] acl number 2001
[3Com -acl-basic-1] rule permit source 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
[3Com -acl-basic-1] rule deny source any
[3Com -ospf] filter-policy 2001 export
OSPF view
conditions be advertised. Then, the filter-policy command can be used to
configure the filtering conditions for the routing information to be advertised. Only
the routing information passing the filtration can be advertised.
ip ip-prefix
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family filter-policy export 1465
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy export command to configure to filter the advertised
routing information by RIP.
Use the undo filter-policy export command to configure not to filter the
advertised routing information.
Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy
route-policy-name} export [ routing-protocol ]
undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name |
route-policy route-policy-name} export [ routing-protocol ]
Access control list number used for filtering the
destination addresses of the routing information.
ip-prefix-name
Name of address prefix list used for filtering the
route-policy-name Name of the routing policy used for filtering routing
information. It allows RIP to decide which routes
should be sent or received based on the fields acl, cost,
interface, ip, ip-prefix, and tag.
routing-protocol Routing protocol whose routing information is to be
filtered, including direct, isis, bgp, ospf, ospf-ase,
ospf-nssa, and static at present.
Default By default, RIP does not filter the advertised routing information.
Example Filter the advertised route information according to acl 2003.
[3Com -rip] filter-policy 2003 export
RIP view
filter-policy import
ip ip-prefix
1466 filter-policy gateway 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
filter-policy gateway
Purpose Use the filter-policy gateway import command to filter the routing
information advertised by a specified router.
Use the undo filter-policy gateway import command to cancel the
setting of the filtering condition.
Use the filter-policy import command to configure the condition for
filtering the routing information.
Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel the setting of filter
condition.
Syntax filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name import
undo filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name import
filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } import
undo filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } import
Access control list number used for matching the
destination address field of the routing information.
ip-prefix ip-prefix-name
Prefix address list name. Its matching object is the
destination address field of the routing information.
gateway ip-prefix-name Prefix address list name of the neighbor router address.
Its matching object is the routing information
advertised by the specified neighbor router.
Default By default, the received routing information is not filtered.
Example Define the filtering rule for receiving routing information of RIP. Only the routing
information filtered through the address prefix list p1 can be received by RIP.
[ 3Com- r i p] f i l t er - pol i cy i p- pr ef i x p1 i mpor t
conditions can be received. Then, the filter-policy command can be used to set
the filtering conditions. acl-number is the access control list number used for
filtering the destination addresses of the routing information and ip-prefix
parameter is used to filter the routing information specified destination address.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family filter-policy gateway 1467
Command Reference
1468 filter-policy import 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy gateway import command to filter the learned
routing information advertised by the specified address.
Use the undo filter-policy gateway import command to remove the
filtering to the routing information advertised by the specified address.
Use the filter-policy import command to filter the received global routing
information.
Use the undo filter-policy import command to remove the filtering to the
received global routing information.
undo filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name i mpor t
filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } i mpor t
undo filter-policy { acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name } i mpor t
Specifies the number of ACL matching the destination
address field of routing information, ranging from
2000 to 3999.
ip-prefix ip-prefix-name Address prefix list name. The matched object is the
destination address field of the routing information,
gateway ip-prefix-name
Address prefix list name of the neighboring router. The
matched object is the routing information distributed
by the specified neighboring router, ranging from 1 to
19.
Default By default, the received routing information is not filtered.
Example Use acl 2003 to filter the routing information received by BGP.
[ 3Com- bgp] f i l t er - pol i cy 2003 i mpor t
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family filter-policy import 1469
Command Reference
Description This command can be used to filter the routes received by BGP and determines
whether to add the routes to the BGP routing table.
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy import command to configure to filter the routes
received by IS-IS.
Use the undo filter-policy import command to configure not to filter the
received routes.
Syntax filter-policy acl-number import
undo filter-policy acl-number import
Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging
from 2000 to 2999.
Default By default, IS-IS does not filter the received routing information.
Example Filter the received routes by using acl 2003.
[ 3Com- i si s] f i l t er - pol i cy 2003 i mpor t
IS-IS view
Description In some cases, only the routing information meeting the specified conditions will be
accepted. You can configure the filter-policy to specify the filter conditions so as to
accept the desired routing information only.
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy import command to configure the OSPF rules of filtering
the routing information received.
Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel the filtering of the
routing information received.
Use the filter-policy import command to filter the routes calculated by OSPF.
Only the filtered routes can be added to the routing table. The filtering can be
performed according to the next hop and destination of the route.
Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | gateway
prefix-list-name } import
undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | gateway
ip-prefix-name } import
ip-prefix-name Name of address prefix list used for filtering the
gateway ip-prefix-name
Name of address prefix list used for filtering the
addresses of the neighboring routers advertising the
Default By default, no filtering of the received routing information is performed.
Example Filter the received routing information according to the rule defined by the ACL 2002.
[3Com ] acl number 2002
[3Com -acl-basic-2002] rule permit source 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
[3Com -acl-basic-2002] rule deny source any
[3Com -ospf-1] filter-policy 2002 import
OSPF view
conditions can be received. Then, the filter-policy command can be used to set
the filtering conditions for the routing information to be advertised. Only the routing
information passed the filtration can be received.
Since OSPF is a dynamic routing protocol based on link state, its routing information
hides in the link state, this command cannot filter the advertised/received routing
Command Reference
information in link state. There is more limitation when using this command in OSPF
than using it in distance vector routing protocol.
This command is valid for this process only if multiple OSPF processes are enabled.
Command Reference
Purpose Use the filter-policy gateway command to configure to filter the received
routing information distributed from the specified address.
Use the undo filter-policy gateway command to configure not to filter the
received routing information distributed from the specified address.
Use the filter-policy import command to configure the filtering to the
Use the undo filter-policy import command to disable filtering to the
undo filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name import
filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway
ip-prefix-name ] | route-policy route-policy-name} import
undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway
ip-prefix-name ] | route-policy route-policy-name } import
Parameters ip-prefix-name Name of address prefix list used for filtering the
acl-number
gateway ip-prefix-name Name of address prefix list used for filtering the
addresses of the neighboring routers advertising the
route-policy-name
Name of the routing policy used for filtering routing
information. It allows RIP to decide which routes
should be sent or received based on the fields acl, cost,
interface, ip, ip-prefix, and tag.
Default By default, RIP does not filter the received routing information.
Example Configure the filtering of the global routing information according to acl 2003.
[3Com -rip] filter-policy 2003 import
RIP view
Command Reference
Description The range of the routes received by RIP can be controlled by specifying the access
control list and the address prefix list.
Related Command acl
ip ip-prefix
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family final-callednum 1475
Command Reference
final-callednum
Purpose Use the final-callednum command to enable or disable the terminate signal to
be sent to the terminating point after the called number is sent.
Syntax final-callednum { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable Enables the called number terminate signal to be sent
back.
disable
Disables the called number terminate signal to be sent
back.
Default By default, the called number terminate signal is disabled.
Example Enable the called number terminate signal.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] f i nal - cal l ednumenabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the final-callednum command to enable or disable the terminate signal to
be sent to the terminating point after the called number is sent.
In some countries, the R2 interregister signaling can be used to send the called
number terminate signal after the called number is sent out, indicating that the called
number transmission is completed. In this case, you can use this command to adjust
the signaling exchange approach. When the terminating point receives the terminate
signal, it stops requesting for the called number.
Related Command register-value digital-end
1476 firewall aspf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
firewall aspf
Purpose Use the firewall aspf command to apply ASPF policy in specified direction to an
interface.
Use the undo firewall aspf command to delete the applied ASPF policy on the
interface.
Syntax firewall aspf aspf-policy-number { i nbound | out bound }
undo firewall aspf aspf-policy-number { i nbound | out bound }
Parameters aspf-policy-number
ASPF policy number used on the interface.
inbound
Applies ASPF policy in inbound direction of the
interface.
outbound Applies ASPF policy in outbound direction of the
interface.
Example Configure ASPF firewall function in outbound direction of the interface
ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] f i r ewal l aspf 1 out bound
Interface view
Description There are two concepts in ASPF: inbound interface and outbound interface. If the
router connects with both intranet and internet, and uses ASPF to protect the servers
of intranet, the router interface connected with intranet is regarded as inbound
interface and that connected with internet is regarded as outbound interface.
When ASPF is applied on outbound interface, ASPF will refuse the access of intranet
from internet users, but the returning packets of intranet users accessing internet can
pass the detection of ASPF.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family firewall default 1477
Command Reference
firewall default
Purpose Use the firewall default command to configure the default filtering rule of the
firewall, whether to be permit or deny.
Syntax firewall default { per mi t | deny }
Parameters permit Default filter rule is permitting packets to pass.
deny Default filter rule is denying packets to pass.
Default By default, the system permits packets.
Example Set the default filtering rule of the firewall to deny.
[ 3Com] f i r ewal l def aul t deny
System view
1478 firewall enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
firewall enable
Purpose Use the firewall enable command to enable the firewall.
Use the undo firewall enable command to disable the firewall.
Syntax firewall enable
undo firewall enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the firewall function is disabled.
Example Enables the firewall
[ 3Com] f i r ewal l enabl e
System view
Description If the firewall enable command is not executed to enable the firewall, the
packet filter function cannot take effect even if it is configured on the interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family firewall ethernet-frame-filter 1479
Command Reference
firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Purpose Use the firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to apply a MAC-based
ACL on the interface.
Use the undo firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to remove the
MAC-based ACL from the interface.
Syntax firewall ethernet-frame-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound }
undo firewall ethernet-frame-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound }
Number of a MAC-based ACL.
inbound
Filters the Ethernet frames received on the interface.
outbound
Filters the Ethernet frames forwarded from the
interface.
Example Configure filtering rule (ACL 4000) in the receiving direction on the interface
Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her het 0/ 0/ 0] f i r ewal l et her net - f r ame- f i l t er 4000 i nbound
Apply ACL 4001 to the outbound direction of interface dialer 0.
[ 3Com- Di al er 0] f i r ewal l et her net - f r ame- f i l t er 4001 out bound
Interface view
Description This command can be configured on all bridge-supported interfaces.
For more information on MAC-based ACLs, refer to the security part of this manual.
Related Command acl
1480 firewall fragments-inspect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
firewall fragments-inspect
Purpose Use the firewall fragments-inspect command to enable fragment
inspection switch.
Use the undo firewall fragments-inspect command to disable fragment
inspection switch.
Syntax firewall fragments-inspect
undo firewall fragments-inspect
Parameters None
Default By default, fragment inspection switch is disabled.
Example Enable the fragment inspection switches
[ 3Com] f i r ewal l f r agment s- i nspect
System view
Description This command is the premise of realizing exact match. Only after fragment inspection
switch is enabled, can fragment exact match be implemented. Packet filtering firewall
will record the status of a fragment, and perform the exact matching to advanced
ACL rules according to the information beyond the layer 3 (IP layer).
Packet filtering firewall will consume some system resources for recording the
fragment status. If the exact match mode is not used, you are recommended to
disable this function so as to improve the running efficiency of system and reduce the
system cost.
Only when the fragment packet inspection is enabled, can the exact match really take
effect.
Related Commands display firewall fragments-inspect
firewall packet-filter
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family firewall fragments-inspect {high | low} 1481
Command Reference
firewall fragments-inspect {high | low}
Purpose Use the firewall fragments-inspect { high | low } command to
configure the high and low thresholds of records for fragment inspection.
Use the undo firewall fragments-inspect { high | low } command to
restore the default high and low thresholds.
Syntax firewall fragments-inspect { hi gh | l ow } { def aul t | number }
undo firewall fragments-inspect { hi gh | l ow }
Parameters high number
Specifies the high threshold of the fragment status
records. Valid values are 100 to 10000.
low number Specifies the low threshold of the fragment status
records. Valid values are 100 to 10000.
default
Default number of fragment status records. The
default high threshold of the fragment status records is
2000 and the default low threshold of the fragment
status records is 1500.
Example Configure the high threshold for fragment packet inspection to 3000 and configure
the low threshold to the default value.
[ 3Com] f i r ewal l f r agment s- i nspect hi gh 3000
[ 3Com] f i r ewal l f r agment s- i nspect l ow def aul t
System view
Description If fragment inspection switch is enabled and exact match filtering is applied, the
executing efficiency of the packet filtering will be slightly reduced. As the number of
matching entries increases, efficiency is reduced. Therefore, the (high and low)
thresholds should be set. When the number of fragment status records reaches the
high threshold, those status entries first reserved will be deleted until the number of
records is below the low threshold.
The low threshold must be no greater than the high threshold.
Related Commands display firewall-statistics
1482 firewall packet-filter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the firewall packet-filter command to apply the access control list to
the corresponding interface.
Use the undo firewall packet-filter command to delete the corresponding
setting.
Syntax firewall packet-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound } [
mat ch- f r agment s { nor mal l y | exact l y } ]
undo firewall packet-filter acl-number { i nbound | out bound }
Serial number of access control list rule.
inbound
Filters the packet received from the interface.
outbound Filters the packet forwarded from the interface.
match-fragments Specify the matching mode of fragments. This
parameter can only be applied to advanced ACLs.
normally
Normal matching mode, the default mode.
exactly
Exact matching mode.
Example Apply ACL 1001 to the Serial1/0/0 interface to filter the packets forwarded by the
interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f i r ewal l packet - f i l t er 1001 out bound
Interface view
Description Interface-based ACL (namely ACL rule with sequence number from 1000 to 1999)
can only use the parameter outbound.
Packet-filtering on Comware platform can filter fragment packets, which matches
and filters all fragment packets on layer 3 (IP layer) by source IP address, destination IP
address etc. It also provides standard matching and exact matching for advanced ACL
rules that contain extended information such as TCP/UDP port number and type of
ICMP.
The standard matching matches layer 3 information and special information such as
time range and vpn-instance, and neglects layer 4 Information. The exact matching
matches packets according to all filtering rules of an advanced ACL, including layer 3
and layer 4 information, time range, and vpn-instance. If an advanced ACL includes
layer 4 filtering rules but the interface employs the default standard matching mode,
the layer 4 filtering rules do not take effect.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family firewall packet-filter 1483
Command Reference
For the layer 4 matching rules in an advanced ACL to take effect, you must first
configure the firewall fragments-inspect command on the firewall to
enable fragment inspection, making the firewall record the layer 4 information in the
first fragment of a packet to obtain complete matching information about the
non-first-fragments. In addition, you must configure the interface to filter fragments
by exactly matching all the rules in the ACL.
If the firewall enable command is not executed to enable the firewall function,
the packet filter function cannot take effect even if it is configured on the interface.
display acl
1484 first-rule 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
first-rule
Purpose Use the first-rule command to configure the number-substitute rule that is first
used in the current number-substitute list.
Use the undo first-rule command to restore the default number-substitute rule.
Syntax first-rule rule-number
undo first-rule
Parameters rule-number Serial numbers of the number-substitute rules, ranging
from 0 to 127.
Default By default, the configured rule with the smallest serial number is used first.
Example Set rule 4 as the first-used rule in number-substitute list 20.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - subst i t ut e20] r ul e 4 663 3
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - subst i t ut e20] f i r st - r ul e 4
Description In a voice call, the system first uses the rule that is defined by the first-rule
command when it begins to use the number-substitute rules. If this rule fails, it will try
all other rules in order, till it finds the one that works or till it confirms all the rules do
not work.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fixdisk 1485
Command Reference
fixdisk
Purpose Use the fixdisk command to restore the space of a storage device when it
becomes unavailable because of some abnormal operation.
Syntax fixdisk device-name
Parameters device Device name.
Example Restore the space of the Flash.
<3Com> fixdisk flash:
Restore the space of the CF card.
<3Com> fixdisk cflash:
User view
1486 flag 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
flag
Purpose Use the flag command to set the overhead byte of SONET/SDH frames.
Use the undo flag command to restore the default.
Syntax flag { j 0 j0-string | j 1 j1-string | c2 c2-value }
undo flag { j 0 | j 1 | c2 }
Parameters j0
Regeneration section trace message, comprised of a
string from 1 to 15 characters long.
The default value is 0x01.
j1
Path trace message, a string of 1 to 15 characters.
The default value is NetEngine.
c2 Path signal label byte. The value is a hexadecimal
number ranging from 00 to FF.
The default value is 0x02.
Example Set the path trace message j1 of the interface CPOS 1/0/0 to 3Com.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] f l ag j 1 3Com
CPOS Interface view
Description SONET/SDH frames provide a variety of overhead bytes for operation and
maintenance (OAM) such as layered management on transmission networks. j1, j0
and c2 are used to support interoperability between devices from different countries,
areas or vendors.
Related Command display controller cpos
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family flag 1487
Command Reference
flag
Purpose Use the flag command to set the SDH overhead byte.
Use the undo flag command to restore the default.
Syntax flag {c2 | j 0 } hex-value
undo flag { c2 | j0 }
Parameters c2 Path signal label byte, a higher-order path overhead
byte used to indicate the multiplex structure of virtual
container (VC) frames and property of payload.
The default value is the hexadecimal number 16.
j0 Regeneration section trace message, a section
overhead byte used to test continuity of the
connection between two interfaces at the section
level.
The default value is the hexadecimal number 0.
hex-value
Hexadecimal number in the range 0 to ff.
Example Set the overhead byte J0.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] f l ag j 0 f f
View This command can be used in the following views:POS interface view
POS Interface view
Related Command display interface pos
1488 flow control 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
flow control
Purpose Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet interface,
which is useful only when the peer end also supports flow control.
Use the undo flow-control command to restore the default.
Syntax flow-control
undo flow-control
Parameters None
Default By default, flow control is disabled.
Example Enable flow control on GE interface 0/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace gi gabi t et her net 0/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Gi gabi t Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] f l ow- cont r ol negot i at i on
Description When using this command, keep the configuration the same as that of the peer end.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family flow-control 1489
Command Reference
flow-control
Purpose Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet port to
avoid packet drop when congestion occurs.
Use the undo flow-control command to disable flow control.
Syntax flow-control
undo flow-control
Parameters None
Default By default, flow control on the Ethernet port is disabled.
Example Enable flow control on port Ethernet1/0/1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] f l ow- cont r ol
Ethernet Port view
1490 flow-control 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
flow-control
Purpose Use the flow-control command to configure flow control mode.
Use the undo flow-control command to restore the default.
Syntax flow-control { hardware | software | none }
undo flow-control
Parameters none
No flow control.
software
Software flow control.
hardware
Hardware flow control , only valid on console and AUX
ports.
Default By default, TTY interfaces use hardware flow control.
Example Configure software flow control in user interface view.
[3Com-ui-console0] flow-control software
User Interface view
Description The configuration can become effective only when the serial interface works in the
asynchronous flow mode.
When the system is outputting, you may press <Ctrl+S> to halt outputting and
<Ctrl+Q> to continue.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family flow interval 1491
Command Reference
flow interval
Purpose Use the flow-interval command to configure traffic statistic interval.
Use the undo flow-interval command to restore the default traffic statistic
interval. This command takes effect only on DCC packet-triggered dial-up.
Syntax flow-interval interval
undo flow-interval
Parameters interval
Traffic statistic interval (in seconds). Valid values are 1
to 1500.
Example Set the traffic statistic interval to 3 seconds.
[ 3Com] f l ow- i nt er val 3
System view
Description The command specifies intervals at which the system provides statistics about traffic
on the links in an MP bundle. It is applied to the situation where whether links are
brought up depends on traffic size. Changing the interval setting can affect the
interface traffic statistic interval that you can see when executing the display
interfaces command.
dialer threshold
1492 flow-interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
flow-interval
Purpose Use the flow-interval command to configure the interval for measuring the
average rate of the interfaces.
Use the undo flow-interval command to restore the default.
Syntax flow-interval seconds
undo flow-interval
Parameters seconds Statistic interval in the range 1 to 1500 seconds.
Example Set the interval for measuring the average interface rate to 10 seconds.
[ 3Com] f l ow- i nt er val 10
Display information on Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com] di spl ay i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Et her net 0/ 0/ 0 cur r ent st at e : UP
The Maxi mumTr ansmi t Uni t i s 1500, Hol d t i mer i s 10( sec)
I nt er net Addr ess i s 10. 0. 103. 254/ 24 Sub
I nt er net Addr ess i s 10. 0. 102. 254/ 24 Sub
00e0- f c12- 384f
Medi a t ype i s t wi st ed pai r , l oopback not set , pr omi scuous mode not set
100Mb/ s, Ful l - dupl ex, l i nk t ype i s f or ce l i nk
Out put f l ow- cont r ol i s di sabl ed, i nput f l ow- cont r ol i s di sabl ed
Last 30 seconds i nput r at e 138. 36 byt es/ sec, 1. 63 packet s/ sec
Last 30 seconds out put r at e 5. 59 byt es/ sec, 0. 13 packet s/ sec
I nput : 492731 packet s, 84128872 byt es, 492731 buf f er s
79 er r or s, 78 r unt s, 0 gi ant s
1 cr c, 0 al i gn er r or s, 0 over r uns
0 dr i bbl es, 0 dr ops, 0 no buf f er s
Out put : 230681 packet s, 165591360 byt es, 230683 buf f er s
0 def er r ed, 0 l ost car r i er s
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family flow-interval 1493
Command Reference
1494 flow-interval qos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
flow-interval qos
Purpose Use the flow-interval qos command to configure QoS policy traffic statistical
interval and QoS policy rate updating interval.
Use the undo flow-interval qos command to restore the default.
Syntax flow-interval qos flow-interval [ updat e- i nt er val seconds ]
undo flow-interval qos
Parameters flow-interval QoS policy traffic statistical interval, in the range 1 to
30 minutes. The default is 5 minutes.
update-interval seconds
Optional, QoS policy rate updating interval in seconds.
It takes the value of 10, 15, 20, 30, or 60 and defaults
to 10. The smaller the interval, the faster the updating
rate.
Example Set the QoS policy traffic statistical interval to 10 minutes, and rate updating interval
to 15 seconds.
[ 3Com] f l ow- i nt er val qos 10 updat e- i nt er val 15
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pol i cy i nt er f ace e0/ 0/ 0 out bound
Pol i cy: t est
10 Mi n Rat e: 0 bps
Behavi or : be
- none-
Cl assi f i er : t est
10 Mi n Rat e: 0 bps
Oper at or : AND
Behavi or : t est
- none-
System view
Description QoS traffic statistical information is displayed along with QoS policy configuration
displayed by the display qos policy command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family flow-interval qos 1495
Command Reference
Related Command display qos policy
1496 force-link 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
force-link
Purpose Use the force-link command to enable the GE interface to work in force mode.
Use the undo force-link command to restore the default operating mode.
Syntax force-link
undo force-link
Parameters None
Default The default operating mode is negotiation.
Example Enable negotiation on the GE interface 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - Gi gabi t Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] f or ce- l i nk
GE Interface view
Description GE optical interfaces provide two operating modes: negotiation and force. In
negotiation mode, the interface chip checks negotiation code, negotiating the format
of the PAUSE frame and the peer state (that is, whether it is faulty). In force mode, no
negotiation stream is present on the line. The interface chip decides whether an
interface can be brought up depending on how much light intensity it reads.
You must set the two ends to work in the same operating mode. Any inconsistency
can prevent the interface adopting negotiation mode from going up.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family force-metering 1497
Command Reference
force-metering
Purpose Use the force-metering command to enable or disable the metering signal of R2
signaling.
Syntax force-metering { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable Enables the metering signal of R2 signaling.
disable Disables the metering signal of R2 signaling.
Default By default, the metering signal of R2 signaling is disabled.
Example Enable the metering signal of R2 signaling.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] f or ce- met er i ng enabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the force-metering command to enable or disable the metering signal of R2
signaling.
If the opposite exchange supports the metering signal, 3Com router, as the
terminating point, sends a forced-release signal instead of a clear-back signal when it
terminates a call, so as to indicate that the called party has release the line and the call
is terminated. And so metering signal collision can be avoided.
1498 format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
format
Purpose Use the format command to format a storage device.
Syntax format device-name
Parameters device-name
Device name.
Example Format the Flash memory.
<3Com> format flash:
All data on flash: will be lost, proceed with format? [Y/N]:
Format flash: completed
Format the CF card.
<3Com> format cflash:
All data on cflash: will be lost, proceed with format? [Y/N]:
Format cflash: completed
User view
Description Formatting results in loss of all files on the specified storage device and these files
cannot be restored.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fqdn 1499
Command Reference
fqdn
Purpose Use the fqdn command to specify the FQDN of an entity.
Use the undo fqdn command to delete the entity FQDN.
Syntax fqdn name-str
undo fqdn
Parameters name-str FQDN of an entity, within the range of 1 to 127
characters
Default By default, no entity FQDN is specified.
Example Configure the FQDN of an entity
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] f qdn pki . 3Com- 3com. com
PKI Entity view
Description FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name) is the unique identifier an entity has in the
network, like email address. It can be resolved into IP address, usually in the form of
user.domain.
1500 fr bump 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr bump
Purpose Use the fr bump command to configure the standby PVC that will take over when a
specified PVC goes down.
Use the undo fr bump command to remove the backup configuration.
Syntax fr bump dlci grade
undo fr bump dlci
Parameters dlci DLCI number of the PVC to be backed up. Valid values
are 16 to 1007.
grade
Priority level of the packets assigned to the standby
PVC that will take over for the specified PVC when it
fails. When the Precedence identifier in IP packet or
the EXP field in MPLS packet is used to differentiate
packets. Valid values for this argument are 0 to 7.
When the DSCP identifier in IP packet is used to
differentiate packets, Valid values for this argument are
0 to 63.
Default By default, a PVC has no standby PVC configured.
Example For the PVC group named 123, configure the PVC carrying packets of priority level 3
to take over when PVC 200 goes down.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r pvc- gr oup 123
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r bump 200 3
FR Pvc-Group view
Description The standby PVC configured using this command must be in the same PVC group as
the PVC to be backed up.
When a PVC goes down, if there is no standby PVC configured for it, the PVC
carrying packets of default priority levels takes over for it. If there is no PVC
configured to carry packets of default priority levels, the whole PVC group becomes
unavailable.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr-class 1501
Command Reference
fr-class
Purpose Use the fr-class command to associate a frame relay class with the current frame
relay virtual circuit or frame relay interface.
Use the undo fr-class command to remove the association between a frame
relay class and the frame relay virtual circuit or frame relay interface.
Syntax fr-class class-name
undo fr-class class-name
Parameters class-name
Name of a frame relay class, in the form of character
string, with a length ranging from 1 to 30.
Default By default, there is no association between a frame relay class and the frame relay
virtual circuit or frame relay interface.
Example Associate the frame relay class named test1 with the frame relay virtual circuit whose
DLCI is 200.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 0/ 1] f r dl ci 200
[ 3Com- f r - dl ci - Ser i al 4/ 0/ 1- 200] f r - cl ass t est 1
Frame Relay DLCI view
Description If the specified frame relay class does not exist, the command will first create a frame
relay class before associating the frame relay class with the current virtual circuit or
interface. If the specified frame relay class does exist, the command will associate the
frame relay class with the current virtual circuit or interface without creating a new
frame relay class.
The undo command only removes the association between a specified frame relay
class and a virtual circuit or an interface rather than deletes the real frame relay class.
To delete a frame relay class, use the undo fr class command.
After a frame relay class is associated with an interface, all virtual circuits on the
interface will inherit the frame relay QoS parameter of this frame relay class.
Related Commands fr class
fr dlci
1502 fr class 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr class
Purpose Use the fr class command to create a frame relay class and enter frame relay class
view.
Use the undo fr class command to delete a specified frame relay class.
Syntax fr class class-name
undo fr class class-name
Parameters class-name Class name, with 30 characters at most.
Default By default, no frame relay class is created.
Example Create a frame relay class named test1.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1]
System view
Description Only after associating a frame relay class with an interface or virtual circuit and
enabling the frame relay QoS function on the corresponding interface, can the set
frame relay class parameter take effect.
When a frame relay class is deleted, the association between all interfaces or DLCIs
and the frame relay class will be released.
Related Command fr-class
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr compression frf9 1503
Command Reference
fr compression frf9
Purpose Use the fr compression frf9 command to enable the FRF9 compression
function.
Use the fr compression frf9 command to disable the FRF9 compression
function.
Syntax fr compression frf9
undo fr compression
interface-number Specifies an interface.
Default By default, the frame relay function is disabled.
Example Enable frame relay compression on the point-to-point frame relay sub-interface
Serial4/1/3.1.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace ser i al 4/ 1/ 3. 1 p2p
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 3. 1] f r compr essi on f r f 9
Frame Relay Interface view
Description This command is only valid for point-to-point interfaces. In other words, it is used for
frame relay sub-interfaces of point-to-point type.
Only when the frame relay packets type of the interface is IETF, can frame relay
compression take effect. When this command is configured, the system will
automatically change the packet type of the interface into IETF if the frame relay
packets type of an interface is not IETF.
Related Command fr map
1504 fr compression iphc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr compression iphc
Purpose Use the fr compression iphc command to enable the IP header compression.
Use the undo fr compression iphc command to disable the function.
Syntax fr compression iphc
undo fr compression iphc
Parameters None
Default By default, the Frame Relay compression function is disabled.
Example Configure the Frame Relay interface Serial 4/1/0 to adopt IP header compression.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 0] f r compr essi on i phc
Related Command fr map
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr congestion-threshold 1505
Command Reference
fr congestion-threshold
Purpose Use the fr congestion-threshold command to enable congestion
management function of a frame relay interface.
Use the undo fr congestion-threshold command to disable this function.
Syntax fr congestion-threshold { de | ecn } queue-percentage
undo fr congestion-threshold { de | ecn }
Parameters de
Discards the frame relay packet whose DE flag bit is 1
when congestion occurs.
ecn
Processes the BECN and FECN flag bits of frame relay
packets when congestion occurs.
queue-percentage Network congestion threshold, the occupation ratio of
the interface queue, equal to the percentage of
current queue length to the total queue length of the
interface. Valid values are from 1 to 100.
Default By default, the congestion management function of a frame relay interface is
disabled.
Example Set to process the flag bit of a frame relay packet when the interface queue length
exceeds 80% of the total length.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] f r congest i on- t hr eshol d de 80
MFR Interface view
Description This command is similar to the congestion-threshold command. The difference
is that this command is applied to frame relay interfaces, while the
congestion-threshold command is applied to frame relay virtual circuit.
The command can only be used for frame relay DCE interfaces or NNI interfaces.
Related Command congestion-threshold
1506 fr de del 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr de del
Purpose Use the fr de del command to apply a DE rule list to the specified frame relay
virtual circuit.
Use the undo fr de del command to delete a DE rule list from virtual circuit.
Syntax fr de del list-number dl ci dlci-number
undo fr de del list-number dl ci dlci-number
Parameters list-number DE rule list number. Valid values are 1 to 10.
dlci-number Frame relay virtual circuit number. Valid values are 16
to 1007.
Default By default, no DE rule list is applied to frame relay virtual circuit.
Example In the view of interface Serial 4/1/2, apply DE rule list 3 to DLCI 100 on the current
interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] f r de del 3 dl ci 100
In the view of subinterface Serial 4/1/2.1 apply DE rule list 3 to DLCI 200 on
subinterface Serial 4/1/2.2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2. 2] f r dl ci 200
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2. 1] f r de del 3 dl ci 200
Frame Relay Interface (or Subinterface) view
MFR Interface view
Description In the view of a frame relay main interface (or subinterface), this command can only
apply a DE rule list to the frame relay VCs on the main interface or (or subinterface).
After a DE rule list is applied to frame relay virtual circuit, those packets that match
the rule list will have their DE flag set to 1.
Related Commands fr del inbound-interface
fr del protocol
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr del inbound-interface 1507
Command Reference
fr del inbound-interface
Purpose Use the fr del inbound-interface command to configure an interface-based
DE rule list. For the packet received from the specified interface, if it is forwarded from
the router as a frame relay packet, its DE flag bit is set to 1 before being forwarded.
Use the undo fr del inbound-interface command to delete the specified DE
rule from a DE rule list.
Syntax fr del list-number inbound-interface interface-type interface-number
undo fr del list-number inbound-interface interface-type
interface-number
Number of DE rule list. Valid values are 1 to 10.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number, in 3-dimension form (slot
number/card number/interface number).
Default By default, no DE rule list is created.
Example Add a rule to DE rule list 1. For the packet received from the interface Serial 4/1/2, if it
is needed to be forwarded by encapsulating frame relay protocol, flag the DE flag bit
of the packet as 1 before forwarding.
[ 3Com] f r del 1 i nbound- i nt er f ace ser i al 4/ 1/ 2
System view
Description New rules can be added to a DE rule list by using this command repeatedly. At most,
100 rules can be configured in a DE rule list. To delete a DE rule list, you should first
delete all DE rules in it.
Related Commands fr de del
fr del protocol
1508 fr del protocol ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr del protocol ip
Purpose Use the fr del protocol ip command to configure an IP-based DE rule list. The
DE flag bit of the frame relay packet encapsulated with an IP packet matching the
specified rule will be flagged as 1.
Use the undo fr del protocol ip command to delete the specified DE rule
from a DE rule list.
Syntax fr del list-number protocol ip [ f r agment s | acl acl-number | l ess- t han
bytes | gr eat er - t han bytes | t cp ports | udp ports ]
undo fr del list-number protocol ip [ f r agment s | acl acl-number |
l ess- t han bytes | gr eat er - t han bytes | t cp ports | udp ports ]
DE rule list number. Valid values are1 to 10.
protocol ip
IP.
fragments
All fragmented IP packets.
acl acl-number
IP packets meeting ACL matching requirement.
acl-number ranges from 2000 to 3999.
less-than bytes IP packets whose length is less than bytes. bytes ranges
from 0 to 65535.
greater-than bytes
IP packets whose length is greater than bytes. . Valid
values are 0 to 65535 bytes.
tcp ports
IP packets whose source or destination TCP port
number are ports.
udp ports IP packets whose source or destination UDP port
number are ports.
If optional parameters are not used, it represents all IP
packets.
Default By default, no DE rule list is created.
Example Add a rule to DE rule list 1. For all frame relay packets encapsulated with IP packets,
flag their DE flag bits as 1.
[ 3Com] f r del 1 pr ot ocol i p
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr del protocol ip 1509
Command Reference
Description New rules can be added to a DE rule list by using this command repeatedly. At most,
100 rules can be configured in a DE rule list. The undo form of this command can
once delete one DE rule only. To delete a DE rule list, you must delete all DE rules in it.
Related Commands fr de del
1510 fr dlci 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr dlci
Purpose Use the fr dlci command to configure the virtual circuit for Frame Relay interface.
Use the undo fr dlci command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax fr dlci dlci
undo fr dlci dlci
Parameters dlci
Virtual circuit number allocated for Frame Relay
interface. Valid values are 16 to 1007. The values of 0
to 15 and 1008 to 1023 are reserved by the protocol
for special purpose.
Example Assign a virtual circuit with DLCI 100 to Frame Relay sub-interface Serial1/0/0.1.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0. 1] f r dl ci 100
Interface view
PVC Group view
Description When the Frame Relay interface type is DCE or NNI, it is necessary to manually
configure virtual circuit for interface (either main interface or sub-interface). When
the Frame Relay interface type is DTE, if the interface is main interface, the system will
automatically configure the virtual circuit according to the peer device.
If a PVC group has been created on the interface, configure the command in the view
of the PVC group.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr dlci-switch 1511
Command Reference
fr dlci-switch
Purpose Use the fr dlci-switch command to configure a static route for frame relay PVC
switching.
Use the undo fr dlci-switch command to delete a static route for frame relay
PVC switching.
Syntax fr dlci-switch in-dlci interface interface-type interface-number dlci
out-dlci
undo fr dlci-switch in-dlci
Parameters in-dlci DLCI in the packets received on the interface. Valid
interface-type
Specified interface type.
interface-number
Specified interface number.
out-dlci
DLCI in the sent packets. Valid values are 16 to 1007.
Default By default, no static route is configured for frame relay PVC switching.
The default type of the forwarding interface can be frame relay or MFR. You can
however specify a tunnel interface for forwarding, if one has been configured, thus
transmitting frame relay packets over IP networks.
MFR Interface view
Example Configure a static route, allowing the packets on the link with DLCI of 100 on Serial
1/0/0 to be forwarded over the link with DLCI of 200 on interface Serial 2/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r dl ci - swi t ch 100 i nt er f ace ser i al 2/ 0/ 0 dl ci 200
Configure a static route, allowing the packets on the link with DLCI of 200 on Serial
4/1/2 to be forwarded over the link with DLCI of 300 on tunnel interface 4.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] f r dl ci - swi t ch 200 i nt er f ace Tunnel 4 dl ci 300
Description Before the static route of frame relay PVC is configured, it is necessary to enable the
frame relay PVC switching first by using the command fr switching.
Related Command fr switching
1512 fr inarp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr inarp
Purpose Use the fr inarp command to enable the inverse address resolution of Frame Relay.
Use the undo fr inarp command to disable this function.
Syntax fr inarp [ i p [ dlci ] | i px [ dlci ] ]
undo fr inarp [ i p [ dlci ] | i px [ dlci ] ]
Parameters ip
Performs inverse address resolution for IP addresses.
ipx
Performs inverse address resolution for IPX addresses.
dlci
Data link connection identifier number, that is, virtual
circuit number, indicating that the inverse address
resolution is performed for this DLCI number only.
Default By default, system permits enabling the Frame Relay inverse address resolution.
Example Enable InARP at all PVCs of the Frame Relay interface Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r i nar p
Enable InARP for IPX addresses on PVC 100 on FR interface Serial 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f r i nar p i px 100
Interface view
Description When the Frame Relay sends data over the interface, it is necessary to map the
network address to the DLCI numbers. Such a map can be specified manually or can
be completed via the function of automatic inverse address resolution. Automatic
inverse address resolution can be started by using the command.
InARP of FR applies to both IP and IPX addresses.
If it is expected to enable the inverse address resolution function of all PVCs, the
command without any parameters is adopted.
If it is expected to enable the inverse address resolution function in the specified data
link, the command with dlci parameter is adopted.
The fr inarp command configured on an FR main interface also applies to its
subinterfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr inarp 1513
Command Reference
Related Commands display fr map-info
fr map
reset fr inarp
1514 fr interface-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr interface-type
Purpose Use the fr interface-type command to set the Frame Relay interface type.
Use the undo fr interface-type command to restore the default Frame Relay
interface type.
Syntax fr interface-type { dce | dt e | nni }
undo fr interface-type
Parameters dte, dce and nni Three types of Frame Relay interfaces.
Default By default, the frame relay interface type is DTE
Example Set the type of the Frame Relay interface Serial1/0/0 to DCE.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r i nt er f ace- t ype dce
Interface view
Description In Frame Relay, there are two communicating parties, namely, the user side and
network side. The user side is called Data Terminal Equipment (DTE), and the network
side is called Data Communications Equipment (DCE). In a Frame Relay network, the
interface between the Frame Relay switches is Network-to-Network Interface (NNI),
and the corresponding interface adopts the NNI operating view. If the device is used
as Frame Relay switching, the Frame Relay interface should operate in the NNI view or
DCE mode. NE16E/08E/05 routers support the three modes.
In NE16E/08E/05 routers, while configuring the Frame Relay interface type as DCE or
NNI, it is unnecessary to perform the fr switching command in the System view.
Please notice that this is different from Cisco.
Related Command link-protocol fr
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr ip-dscp 1515
Command Reference
fr ip-dscp
Purpose Use the fr ip-dscp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the
specified priority levels when the DSCP identifier in the IP packet is used to identify
the priority levels of packets.
Use the undo fr ip-dscp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax fr ip-dscp dlci { min [ max ] | def aul t }
undo fr ip-dscp dlci
Parameters dlci
DLCI number of the PVC. Valid values are 16 to 1007.
min [ max ]
The lowest and highest priority levels of IP packets that
the specified PVC carries. Valid values are 0 to 63. With
both levels configured, you specify a range of priority
levels. With only the lowest priority level configured,
you specify a priority level.
default Specifies that the PVC serves as the default PVC.
Example Configure PVC 100 in PVC group 123 to carry IP packets of priority levels from 0 to
20.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r mat ch dscp
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r i p- dscp 100 0 20
FR Pvc-Group view
Description The DSCP identifier in the TOS field of the IP header occupies six bits, and therefore is
able to identify 64 priority levels. Note that:
Only after you use the fr match command to specify to identify the priority
levels of packets by the DSCP identifier of IP packets, can you configure the fr
ip-dscp command.
After configuring the fr match dscp command, you must configure this
command; otherwise, the whole PVC group will become unavailable because the
packets of the corresponding priority levels have no PVC to carry.
Related Command fr match
1516 fr ip-precedence 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr ip-precedence
Purpose Use the fr ip-precedence command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the
specified priority levels when the Precedence identifier in the IP packet is used to
identify the priority levels of packets.
Use the undo fr ip-precedence command to remove the configuration.
Syntax fr ip-precedence dlci { min [ max ] | def aul t }
undo fr ip-precedence dlci
Parameters dlci
min [ max ]
The lowest and highest priority levels of IP packets that
the specified PVC carries. Valid values are 0 to 7.With
both levels configured, you specify a range of priority
levels. With only the lowest priority level configured,
you specify a priority level.
Default By default, no packets are assigned to a PVC.
Example Configure PVC 100 in PVC group 123 to carry IP packets of priority levels 0 to 2.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r mat ch pr ecedence
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r i p- pr ecedence 100 0 2
FR Pvc-Group view
Description The Precedence identifier in the TOS field of the IP header occupies three bits, and
therefore is able to identify eight priority levels. Note that:
After configuring the fr match command to specify to differentiate traffic by the
DSCP identifier, you cannot configure this command.
If you do not configure the fr match dscp command or you have configured
the fr match precedence command, you must configure the fr
ip-precedence command.
Related Command fr match
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr iphc 1517
Command Reference
fr iphc
Purpose Use the fr iphc command to enable IP header compression function, including
RTP/TCP header compression.
Use the undo fr iphc command to disable this function.
Syntax fr iphc { nonst andar d | r t p- connect i ons number1 | t cp- connect i ons
number2 | t cp- i ncl ude }
undo fr iphc { nonst andar d | r t p- connect i ons number1 | t cp- connect i ons
number2 | t cp- i ncl ude }
Parameters nonstandard Nonstandard compatible compression format.
rtp-connections number1 The number of RTP compression connections. Valid
If no value is specified, the default number of RTP
compression connections is 256.
tcp-connections number2 The number of TCP compression connections. Valid
If no value is specified, the default number of TCP
compression connections is 256.
tcp-include Includes TCP header compression when performing
RTP compression.
Example Configure the number of RTP compression connections as 200 on the frame relay
Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r i phc r t p- connect i ons 200
MFR Interface view
Related Command fr map ip
1518 fr lmi n391dte 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr lmi n391dte
Purpose Use the fr lmi n391dte command to configure N391 parameter at the DTE side.
Use the undo fr lmi n391dte command to restore the default value.
Syntax fr lmi n391dte n391-value
undo fr lmi n391dte
Parameters n391-value
Status counter of the PVC. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Default By default, its value is 6.
Example Set DTE as the operating mode of Frame Relay interface Serial1/0/0, and the counter
value of the PVC status to 10.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol f r
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r i nt er f ace- t ype dt e
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r l mi n391dt e 10
Interface view
Description The DTE sends a Status-Enquiry packet at regular interval set by T391 to the DCE.
There are two types of Status-Enquiry packets: link integrity authentication packet
and link status enquiry packet. The N391 parameter defines the ratio of sending the
two types of packets, that is, link integrity authentication packets: link status enquiry
packets = (N391 - 1): 1.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr lmi n392dce 1519
Command Reference
fr lmi n392dce
Purpose Use the fr lmi n392dce command to set N392 parameter at the DCE side.
Use the undo fr lmi n392dce command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax fr lmi n392dce n392-value
undo fr lmi n392dce
Parameters n392-value Error threshold. Valid values are 1 to 10.
Default By default, the parameter value is 3.
Example Set the operation of frame relay interface Serial1/0/0 as DCE mode and sets N392 to 5
and N393 to 6.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r l mi n392dce 5
Interface view
Description The DCE requires the DTE to send a Status-Enquiry packet at regular interval (set by
T392). If the DCE does not receive the Status-Enquiry packet within a period of time,
it will record the error by adding 1 to the error count. If the errors exceed the
threshold, the DCE would consider the physical channels and all the DLCIs to be
unavailable.
N392 and N393 together define the error threshold. N393 defines the event
number observed and N392 defines the error threshold of that number (N393). That
is, if number of errors that occurred to the DCE reaches N392 in N393 events, DCE
will consider the errors have reached the threshold and declare the physical channels
and all DLCIs to be unavailable.
N392 should be less than N393.
Related Commands fr interface-type
fr lmi n393dce
Command Reference
fr lmi n392dte
Purpose Use the fr lmi n392dte command to set N392 parameter at the DTE side.
Use the undo fr lmi n392dte command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax fr lmi n392dte n392-value
undo fr lmi n392dte
Parameters n392-value
Error threshold. Valid values are 1 to 10.
Default By default, the parameter is 3.
Example Set the operation of frame relay interface Serial1/0/0 as the DTE mode and sets N392
to 5 and N393 to 6.
Interface view
Description The DTE sends a Status-Enquiry packet at a regular interval to the DCE to inquire the
link status. On receiving this packet, the DCE will immediately send a Status-Response
packet. If the DTE does not receive the response packet in the specified time, it will
record the error by adding 1 to the error count. If the errors exceed the threshold, the
DTE will consider that the physical channels and all the DLCIs to be unavailable.
N392 and N393 together define the error threshold. N393 indicates the event
number observed and N392 indicates the error threshold of that number (N393). That
is, if N392 errors occurred in N393 Status-Enquiry packets in the DTE, the DTE would
consider that the error had exceeded the threshold and declare the physical channels
N392 at DTE side should be less than N393 at DTE side.
fr lmi n393dte
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr lmi n393dce 1521
Command Reference
fr lmi n393dce
Purpose Use the fr lmi n393dce command to set the N393 parameter at the DCE side.
Use the undo fr lmi n393dce command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax fr lmi n393dce n393-value
undo fr lmi n393dce
Parameters n393-value Event counter. Valid values are 1 to 10.
Example Set the operation of frame relay interface Serial1/0/0 as DCE mode and sets N392 to 5
and N393 to 6.
Interface view
Description The DCE requires the DTE to send a Status-Enquiry packet at a regular interval (set by
T392). If the DCE does not receive the Status-Enquiry packet, it will record the error by
adding 1 to the error count. If the errors exceed the threshold, the DCE would
consider the physical channels and all the DLCIs to be unavailable.
N392 and N393 together define the error threshold. N393 defines the event
number observed and N392 defines the error threshold of that number (N393). That
is, if the number of errors that occurred to the DCE reach N392 in N393 events, DCE
will consider the errors have reached the threshold and declare the physical channels
N392 at DCE side should be less than N393 at DCE side.
fr lmi n392dce
Command Reference
fr lmi n393dte
Purpose Use the fr lmi n393dte command to set N393 parameter at the DTE side.
Use the undo fr lmi n393dte command to restore the default configuration.
SyntaxSyntax fr lmi n393dte n393-value
undo fr lmi n393dte
Parameters Event counter. In the range 1 to 10.
Default By default, the parameter value is 4.
Example Set the operation of frame relay interface Serial1/0/0 as the DTE mode and sets N392
to 5 and N393 to 6.
Interface view
Description The DTE sends a Status-Enquiry packet at a regular interval to the DCE to inquire the
link status. On receiving this packet, the DCE will immediately send a Status-Response
packet. If the DTE does not receive the response packet in the specified time, it will
record the error by adding 1 to the error count. If the errors exceed the threshold, the
DTE will consider that the physical channels and all the DLCIs to be unavailable.
N392 and N393 together define the error threshold. N393 indicates the event
number observed and N392 indicates the error threshold of that number (N393). That
is, if N392 errors occurred in N393 Status-Enquiry packets in the DTE, the DTE would
consider that the error count had exceeded the threshold and declare the physical
channels and all DLCIs to be unavailable.
N392 at DTE side should be less than N393 at DTE side.
fr lmi n392dte
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr lmi t392dce 1523
Command Reference
fr lmi t392dce
Purpose Use the fr lmi t392dce command to set T392 parameter at the DCE side.
Use the undo fr lmi t392dce command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax fr lmi t392dce t392-value
undo fr lmi t392dce
Parameters t392-value Value of the polling timer (in seconds). Valid values are
5 to 30 seconds.
Default By default, the parameter value is 15s.
Example Set the Frame Relay interface Serial1/0/0 to operate in DCE mode and set T392 to
10s.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r l mi t 392dce 10
Interface view
Description This parameter defines the maximum time for DCE waiting for a Status-Enquiry.
T392 at DCE side should be greater than T391 at DTE side.
1524 fr lmi type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr lmi type
Purpose Use the fr lmi type command to configure the Frame Relay LMI protocol type.
Use the undo fr lmi type command to restore to the default value of LMI
protocol type.
Syntax fr lmi type { ansi | nonst andar d | q933a }
undo fr lmi type
Parameters ansi Standard LMI protocol type of ANSI T1.617
Appendix D.
nonstandard
Nonstandard compatible LMI protocol type.
q933a
Standard LMI protocol type of Q.933 Appendix A.
Default By default, the LMI protocol type is q933a.
Example Set the FR LIMI type of Serial1/0/0 to nonstandard.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r l mi t ype nonst andar d
Interface view
Description The NE16E/08E/05 routers usually support three LMI protocols, namely, Q.933
Appendix A, ANSI T1.617 Appendix D and Nonstandard compatible LMI protocol.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr map bridge 1525
Command Reference
fr map bridge
Purpose Use the fr map bridge command to add a bridge-set to frame relay map entry.
Use the undo fr map bridge command to delete a bridge-set to frame relay map
entry.
Syntax fr map bridge dlci br oadcast
undo fr map bridge dlci
Parameters dlci
Local VC number. Valid values are 16 to 1007.
broadcast
Specifies the broadcast attribute of the map.
Default By default, no bridge-set to frame relay map is configured.
Example On the interface Serial1/0/0, configure a bridge-set to frame relay map entry on the
VC with DLCI 50.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r map br i dge 50 br oadcast
Interface view
Related Command display fr map
1526 fr map clns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr map clns
Purpose Use the fr map clns command to add an FR mapping for OSI packets.
Use the undo fr map clns command to remove an FR mapping established for
OSI packets.
Syntax fr map clns dlci [ nonst andar d | i et f ] [ compr essi on f r f 9 ]
undo fr map clns dlci
Parameters dlci Local virtual circuit number. Valid values are 16 to
1007.
nonstandard
Specifies to encapsulate the mapping in a
non-standard format.
ietf Specifies to encapsulate the mapping in IETF format.
frf9 Specifies to adopt payload compression. (This option is
not available for point-to-point interfaces.)
Default No FR mapping is established for OSI packets by default.
Example With a virtual circuit (DLCI = 40) existing on Serial1/0/0 interface, configure a static
address mapping.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] fr map clns 40
Interface view
Description Address mapping can be achieved through manually configuring or reverse address
resolution protocol (RARP). Static address mapping can be achieved through manually
configuring, which is applicable when there are few peer ESs or the default routes
exist. Whereas dynamic address mapping can be achieved through RARP, which is
applicable when the peer router supports RARP and the network is relatively complex.
As OSI packets cannot be forwarded through Layer 3 address mapping, you can only
map by protocol for OSI packets. There can only be one mapping for OSI packets. So
you must remove the existing map before you create a new one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr map ip 1527
Command Reference
fr map ip
Purpose Use the fr map ip command to add an IP address map entry for FR.
Use the undo fr map ip command to remove an IP address map entry for FR.
Syntax fr map ip { protocol-address [ ip-mask ] | def aul t } dlci [ br oadcast ]
[ nonst andar d [ compr essi on i phc connect i ons number ] | i et f [
compr essi on [ f r f 9 | i phc connect i ons number ] ] ]
fr map ip { protocol-address [ ip-mask ] | def aul t } pvc- gr oup
pvc-group-name [ nonst andar d | i et f | br oadcast ] *
undo fr map ip { protocol-address | def aul t } { dlci | pvc- gr oup
pvc-group-name }
Parameters protocol-address
Peer protocol address.
ip-mask
IP mask used to establish a network segment map.
dlci
Local virtual circuit number. Valid values are 16 to
1007.
pvc-group-name PVC group name. Specify this argument when a PVC
has been created on the interface.
default
Creates a default map.
broadcast
Specifies if broadcast packets can be sent using the
map.
nonstandard The map adopts nonstandard compatible
encapsulation format. In this case, only IPHC
compression can be adopted. PVC groups does not
support compression.
ietf The map adopts IETF encapsulation format. In this
case, only FRF9 and IPHC can be adopted. PVC groups
does not support compression.
compression
Enables frame relay compression.
frf9
Adopts payload compression.
iphc
Adopts IP, UDP, or RTP header compression.
connections number
RTP compression connection number.
Default By default, no static address map entry exists and InARP is enabled.
Example Create a static address map entry on interface Serial 1/0/0, where DLCI 50 is
connected to the router with IP address 202.38.163.252.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r map i p 202. 38. 163. 252 50
1528 fr map ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Interface Serial 1/0/0 is connected to a router with IP address 10.1.1.1. Map PVC
group 123 to this remote IP address for data forwarding.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] f r map i p 10. 1. 1. 1 pvc- gr oup 123
Interface view
Description You may map an IP address to a PVC by specifying DLCI, or to a PVC group by
specifying PVC group name. In the latter case, which PVC is selected from the PVC
group to forward an IP packet depends on the precedence of the packet.
You can create an address map manually or by using InARP. InARP is suitable for a
complex network where the remote router also supports InARP. When the number of
remote hosts is small or when default routes exist, however, manual map creation is
preferred.
In the fr map ip command, if nonstandard encapsulation is adopted, only IPHC
compression is available; if IETF encapsulation is adopted, both IPHC compression and
FRF.9 compression are available.
Related Commands display fr map
fr inarp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr map ipx 1529
Command Reference
fr map ipx
Purpose Use the fr map ipx command to add an IPX address map entry.
Use the undo fr map ipx command to remove an IPX address map entry of FR.
Syntax fr map ipx protocol-address dlci [ br oadcast ] [ nonst andar d | i et f ] [
compr essi on f r f 9 ]
undo fr map ipx protocol-address dlci
Parameters protocol-address
IPX address of the remote host.
dlci
Local virtual circuit number. Valid values are 16 to
1007.
broadcast
Specifies if broadcast packets can be sent using the
map.
nonstandard The map adopts nonstandard compatible
encapsulation format.
ietf
The map adopts IETF encapsulation format. In this
case, only FRF9 can be adopted.
compression frf9
Enables FRF.9 compression.
Default By default, no static address map entry exists.
Example Create a static IPX address map entry on interface Serial 0/0/0, where DLCI 50 is
connected to the remote IPX address 100.00e0-fc32-4802.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f r map i px 100. 00e0- f c32- 4802 50
Interface view
Description You can create an address map manually or by using InARP. InARP is suitable for a
complex network where the remote router also supports InARP. When the number of
remote hosts is small or when default routes exist, however, manual map creation is
preferred.
The priority of a static address map entry is higher than that of a dynamic address
map entry. When a dynamic address map entry is found to be the same as a static
address map entry, it is automatically removed.
1530 fr map ipx 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands display fr map
fr inarp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr map ppp interface virtual-template 1531
Command Reference
fr map ppp interface virtual-template
Purpose Use the fr map ppp interface virtual-template command to map the FR
DLCI (corresponds to an FR PVC) to a PPP link, so the PPPoFR link is established, and
thus PPP packets can be sent/received on FR PVC.
Use the undo map ppp command to cancel this map, and thus eliminates this
PPPoFR link.
Syntax fr map ppp dlci interface virtual-template interface-number
undo fr map ppp dlci
Parameters interface-number Virtual template interface number.
Dlci Specific DLCI number.
Example Map DLCI 100 to PPP and establish PPPoFR link.
[ Rout er - ser i al 0\ 0\ 0] f r map ppp i nt er f ace vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
Interface view
Description The configuration parameter of this PPP link is up to the parameters configured on
the interface which is specified by interface virtual-template
interface-number.
Related Command interface virtual-template
1532 fr match 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr match
Purpose Use the fr match command to configure a PVC group to differentiate traffic by the
Precedence or DSCP identifier in the TOS field of the IP header.
Use the undo fr match command to remove the configuration.
Syntax fr match {dscp | pr ecedence }
undo fr match
Parameters dscp Specifies to differentiate IP packets by the 6-bit DSCP
identifier in the TOS field of the IP header.
precedence
Specifies to differentiate IP packets by the 3-bit
Precedence identifier in the TOS field of the IP header.
Default By default, a PVC group uses the 3-bit Precedence identifier to differentiate IP
packets.
Example Configure PVC group 123 to differentiate traffic by the 6-bit DSCP identifier in the
TOS field of the IP header.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r mat ch dscp
FR Pvc-Group view
Related Commands fr ip-dscp
fr ip-precedence
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr mpls-exp 1533
Command Reference
fr mpls-exp
Purpose Use the fr mpls-exp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the
specified priority levels when the EXP identifier in the MPLS packet is used to identify
the priority levels of packets.
Use the undo fr mpls-exp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax fr mpls-exp dlci { min [ max ] | def aul t }
undo fr mpls-exp dlci
Parameters dlci
min [ max ]
The lowest and highest priority levels for MPLS packets
that the specified PVC carries. The valid range is from 0
to 7. With both levels configured, you specify a range
of priority levels. With only the lowest priority level
configured, you specify a priority level.
Default By default, no PVC is assigned for MPLS packets of the specified priority levels.
Example Configure PVC 100 in PVC group 123 to carry MPLS packets of priority levels 0 to 2.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r mpl s- exp 100 0 2
FR Pvc-Group view
Description Before configuring this command, you must enable MPLS in system view and
interface view.
1534 fr pvc-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr pvc-group
Purpose Use the fr pvc-group command to create a PVC group.
Use the undo fr pvc-group command to remove a PVC group.
Syntax fr pvc-group pvc-group-name
undo fr pvc-group pvc-group-name
Parameters pvc-group-name
Name for the PVC group, comprised of a string from 1
Default By default, no PVC group is configured.
Example Create a PVC group named 123.
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr pvc-pq 1535
Command Reference
fr pvc-pq
Purpose Use the fr pvc-pq command to set the queue type of a frame relay interface as
PVC PQ (PVC Priority Queuing) and set queue length, i.e. the maximum number of
packets that can be held by a queue, for each queue.
Use the undo fr pvc-pq command to restore the queue type of the interface into
FIFO.
Syntax fr pvc-pq [ top-limit middle-limit normal-limit bottom-limit ]
undo fr pvc-pq
Parameters top-limit Length of top priority queue. Valid values are 0 to
1024.
middle-limit
Length of middle priority queue. Valid values are 0 to
1024.
normal-limit
Length of normal priority queue. Valid values are 0 to
1024.
bottom-limit Length of bottom priority queue. Valid values are 0 to
1024.
Default By default, the queuing type of a frame relay interface is FIFO.
Example Set the queuing type of the interface Serial 2/0/0 as PVC PQ.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0] f r pvc- pq
MFR Interface view
Description After FRTS is enabled on an interface, the queuing type of the interface can only be
FIFO or PVC PQ.
PVC PQ is a new queuing mechanism of FRTS. Similar to PQ, it also has four queue
types: top, middle, normal and bottom, in descending order. Configure the queue of
PVC PQ that DLCI enters in frame relay class. When congestion occurs on an
interface, different DLCIs enter different PVC PQs. When sending data, according to
queue priority, data in higher priority queues will be sent before lower priority queues.
1536 fr pvc-pq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command pvc-pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr pvc-protect 1537
Command Reference
fr pvc-protect
Purpose Use the fr pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in
a PVC group.
Use the undo fr pvc-protect command to remove protection of a PVC group
member.
Syntax fr pvc-protect dlci { gr oup | i ndi vi dual }
undo fr pvc-protect dlci
Parameters dlci
DLCI number of the PVC to be protected. Valid values
are 17 to 1006.
group Specifies to use group protection mode.
individual Specifies to use individual protection mode.
Default By default, the system does not protect any PVC in a PVC group.
Example Specify to protect PVC 100 in PVC group 123 in individual mode.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r pvc- pr ot ect 100 i ndi vi dual
Specify to protect PVC 200 and PVC 300 in PVC group 123 in group mode.
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r pvc- pr ot ect 200 gr oup
[ 3Com- f r - pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] f r pvc- pr ot ect 300 gr oup
FR Pvc-Group view
Description Use the fr pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in
a PVC group.
Use the undo fr pvc-protect command to remove protection of a PVC group
member.
1538 fr pvc-protect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Note that:
With a PVC in a PVC group configured to be protected in individual mode, the
whole PVC group becomes unavailable when the PVC goes down. Even if the PVC
is configured with a standby PVC, the standby PVC does not take over.
With several PVCs in a PVC group configured to be protected in group mode,
when a protected PVC goes down, if its standby PVC (if any) is also a member of
the protected object, the standby PVC takes over for the failed PVC. Otherwise,
the standby PVC cannot take over and the whole PVC group becomes unavailable.
When a PVC protected in individual mode goes down, the whole PVC group becomes
unavailable. When all PVCs in a protected group go down, even if packets of any
priority levels are configured with standby PVCs that are active at the time, the PVC
group still becomes unavailable.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr switch 1539
Command Reference
fr switch
Purpose Use the fr switch command to create a PVC used for frame relay switching and
enter frame relay switching view.
Use the undo fr switch command to delete a specified PVC.
Syntax fr switch name [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number dl ci dlci1
i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number dl ci dlci2 ]
undo fr switch name
Parameters name
Name of PVC used for frame relay switching,
comprised of 30 characters at most.
interface-number dlci dlci
DLCI number at both ends of PVC as well as the type
and number of its interface. The peer can be specified
as Tunnel interface.
Default By default, there is no PVC used for frame relay switching.
Example Create a PVC named pvc1 on the DCE serving as the switch, which is from the DCLI
100 of serial interface 0/0/0 to the DLCI 200 of serial interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] f r swi t chi ng
[ 3Com] f r swi t ch pvc1 i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 dl ci 100 i nt er f ace ser i al
1/ 0/ 0 dl ci 200
[ 3Com- f r - swi t chi ng- pvc1]
System view
Description The interface for forwarding packets can be either a frame relay interface or an MFR
interface. If Tunnel interface is specified as the forwarding interface, frame relay
packets over IP can thus be realized.
In frame relay switching view, the shutdown/undo shutdown operation can be
executed on a PVC. Before you can enter frame relay switching view, the PVC must
have existed.
Related Commands display fr pvc-infoc
fr dlci
fr dlci-switch
fr switching
1540 fr switching 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr switching
Purpose Use the fr switching command to enable frame relay PVC switching.
Use the undo fr switching command to disable frame relay PVC switching.
Syntax fr switching
undo fr switching
Parameters None
Default By default, no FR switching is enabled.
Example Enable PVC switching on FR interface.
[ 3Com] f r swi t chi ng
System view
Description The command is used to enable Frame Relay PVC switching.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fr traffic-policing 1541
Command Reference
fr traffic-policing
Purpose Use the fr traffic-policing command to enable FRTP function.
Use the undo fr traffic-policing command to disable FRTP function.
Syntax fr traffic-policing
undo fr traffic-policing
Parameters None
Example Enable the traffic policing function on the interface Serial 2/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0] f r t r af f i c- pol i ci ng
MFR Interface view
Description FRTP function is applied to the inbound interface of frame relay packets on a router.
Furthermore, it is only used at the DCE end of a frame relay network.
When configuring traffic policing for an inbound interface, you must first set the DCE
as a frame relay switching by using the fr switching command.
1542 fr traffic-shaping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
fr traffic-shaping
Purpose Use the fr traffic-shaping command to enable FRTS function.
Use the undo fr traffic-shaping command to disable FRTS function.
Syntax fr traffic-shaping
undo fr traffic-shaping
Parameters None
Default By default, FRTS function is disabled.
Example Enable FRTS on the serial interface Serial 2/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 2/ 0/ 0] f r t r af f i c- shapi ng
MFR Interface view
Description The FRTS function is applied to the outbound interface of a router, generally used at
the DTE end of a frame relay network.
Related Commands fr-class
fr class
fr dlci
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fragment 1543
Command Reference
fragment
Purpose Use the fragment command to enable the FRF.12-compliant fragmentation function
on frame relay virtual circuit.
Use the undo fragment command to disable this function.
Syntax fragment [ fragment-size ] [ dat a- l evel | voi ce- l evel ]
undo fragment [ fragment-size ]
Parameters fragment-size
Size of a fragment (in bytes). Valid values are 16 to
1600.
If no value is specified, the default fragment size is 45
bytes.
data-level
Fragment size with voice disabled.
voice-level
Fragment size with voice enabled.
Default By default, the fragmentation function on frame relay virtual circuit is disabled.
Example Configure fragment size as 128 in the frame relay class named test1.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] f r agment 128
1544 frame-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
frame-format
Purpose Use the frame-format command to set the frame format of ATM OC-3c/STM-1
interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default setting.
Syntax frame-format { sdh | sonet }
undo frame-format
Parameters sdh Sets the frame format to SDH STM-1.
sonet Sets the frame format to SONET OC-3.
Example Set the frame format on the ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface to SDH.
[3Com -Atm4/0/0] frame-format sdh
ATM Interface view
Description The frame format on the ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface defaults to SONET.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family frame-format 1545
Command Reference
frame-format
Purpose Use the frame-format command to configure the ATM over E1/T1 framing format.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default, that is, CRC4 ADM
for ATM E1 and ESF ADM for ATM T1.
Syntax frame-format { crc4-adm | no-crc4-adm }
frame-format { sf-adm | esf-adm }
undo frame-format
Parameters crc4-adm
Sets the ATM over E1 framing format to 4-bit cyclic
redundancy check ATM direct mapping (CRC4 ADM).
no-crc4-adm Sets the ATM over E1 framing format to no-CRC4
ADM.
sf-adm
Sets the ATM over T1 framing format to super frame
ADM (SF ADM).
esf-adm
Sets the ATM over T1 framing format to extended
super frame ADM (ESF ADM).
Example Configure no-CRC4 ADM framing on ATM E1 interface 2/0/1.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm2/0/1] frame-format no-crc4-adm
Description ADM directly maps the ATM cells transmitted over the E1/T1 line into E1/T1 frames.
Its process is defined by ITU-T G.804 and ATM forum.
Related Commands cable
code
Command Reference
frame-format
Purpose Use the frame-format command to configure frame format of ATM E3/T3
interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax frame-format { g832-adm | g751-adm | g751-plcp }
frame-format { cbit-adm | cbit-plcp | m23-adm | m23-plcp }
undo frame-format
Parameters g832-adm
Configures frame format of ATM E3 as G.823 ATM
direct mapping.
g751-adm
Configures frame format of ATM E3 as G.751 ATM
direct mapping.
g751-plcp
Configures frame format of ATM E3 as G.751 Physical
Layer Convergence Protocol (PLCP).
cbit-adm
Configures frame format of ATM T3 as C-bit ATM
direct mapping.
cbit-plcp Configures frame format of ATM T3 as C-bit PLCP.
m23-adm Configures frame format of ATM T3 as M23 ATM
direct mapping.
m23-plcp
Configures frame format of ATM T3 as M23 PLCP.
Default By default, frame format g751-plcp is used for ATM E3 and cbit-plcp used for ATM
T3.
Example Configure ATM E3 interface 1/0/0 to use frame format G.832 ADM.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] frame-format g832-adm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family frame-format 1547
Command Reference
frame-format
Purpose Use the frame-format command to set the frame type of the CPOS interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default or SDH.
undo frame-format
Parameters sdh Sets frame type to synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH).
sonet Sets frame type to synchronous optical network
(SONET).
Example Set the specified CPOS physical interface to operate in SONET mode.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat sonet
CPOS Interface view
Command Reference
frame-format
Purpose Use the frame-format command to set the frame format of the POS interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default or SDH.
undo frame-format
Parameters sdh
Sets frame type to SDH.
sonet
Sets frame type to SONET.
Default By default, the frame format is SDH.
Example Set the frame format of the POS interface to SDH.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat sdh
POS Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family frame-format (CE1/PRI Interface) 1549
Command Reference
frame-format (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the frame-format command to set the frame format on the CE1 interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default, or no-crc4.
Syntax frame-format { cr c4 | no- cr c4 }
undo frame-format
Parameters crc4 Sets the frame format on the CE1 interface to CRC4.
no-crc4 Sets the frame format on the CE1 interface to
no-CRC4.
Example Set the frame format on the interface E1 3/0/0 to CRC4.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat cr c4
Description A CE1/PRI interface in CE1 mode supports both CRC4 and no-CRC4 frame formats.
Among them, CRC4 supports four-bit cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on physical
frames whereas no-CRC4 does not.
1550 frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the frame-format command to set the frame format on the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore to the default or esf.
Syntax frame-format { sf | esf }
undo frame-format
Parameters sf
Sets the frame format to super frame (SF).
esf
Sets the frame format to extended super frame (ESF).
Example Set the frame format of T1 1/0/0 to SF.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat sf
Description A CT1/PRI interface supports two frame formats, that is, SF and ESF. In SF format,
multiple frames can share the same FSC and signaling information, so that more
significant bits are available for transmitting user data. The use of ESF allows you to
test the system without affecting the ongoing service.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family frame-format (CT3 Interface) 1551
Command Reference
frame-format (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the frame-format command to configure the frame format used by the CT3
interface.
Use the undo frame-format command to restore the default or C-bit frame
format.
Syntax frame-format { c- bi t | m23 }
undo frame-format
Parameters c-bit
Sets the frame format to C-bit.
m23
Sets the frame format to m23.
Example Set the frame format of the interface T3 1/0/0 to m23.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat m23
CT3 Interface view
1552 frame-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
frame-length
Purpose Use the frame-length command to configure the number of ATM cells in an IMA
frame.
Use the undo frame-length command to restore the default, that is, 128 ATM
cells in an IMA frame.
Syntax frame-length { 32 | 64 | 128 | 256 }
undo frame-length
Parameters 32, 64, 128, 256
Specifies the number of ATM cells in an IMA frame.
Example Set the number of ATM cells in an IMA frame to 64 on IMA group interface 1/0/1.
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1] frame-length 64
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family framefill none 1553
Command Reference
framefill none
Purpose Use the framefill none command to disable a serial interface to send interframe
filling tags.
Use the undo framefill none command to enable the serial interface to send
interframe filling tags.
Syntax framefill none
undo framefill none
Parameters None
Default By default, there are filling tags between frames sent by a serial interface.
Example Disable a serial interface to send interframe filling tags.
[ Rout er - Async1/ 0/ 0] f r amef i l l none
AUX Interface view
AM Interface view
1554 free unused porttag 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
free unused porttag
Purpose Use the free unused porttag command to release the port tag resources used
by removed interfaces for creating new interfaces.
Syntax free unused porttag
Parameters None
Example Release the port tag resources used by removed interfaces.
[ 3Com] f r ee unused por t t ag
System view
Description The port tag resources currently available only support up to 65,535 interfaces. If all
port tag resources are depleted, no interface can be created any longer. To do that,
use the free unused porttag command to release the port tag resources
assigned to the removed interfaces first.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family free user-interface 1555
Command Reference
free user-interface
Purpose Use the free user-interface number command to disconnect the user
corresponding to the user interface specified by its absolute index.
Use the free user-interface type-name number command to disconnect
the user corresponding to the user interface specified by its type and relative index.
Syntax free user-interface [ type-name ] number
Parameters type-name User interface type.
number Absolute/relative user interface index. If type-name is
not specified, number is an absolute index in the
range of 0 to 38. If type-name is specified, it is a
relative index whose value depends on the user
interface type.
Example Disconnect the user corresponding to user interface 0.
<3Com> free user-interface 0
User view
1556 frequency 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
frequency
Purpose Use the frequency command to configure an automatic test interval.
Use the undo frequency command to restore the default value.
Syntax frequency interval
undo frequency
Parameters interval
Automatic test interval (in seconds). Valid values are 0
to 65535.
If no value is specified, the default is 0, meaning no
automatic test. For a jitter voice test, it defaults to 60.
Example Set the automatic test interval to 10 seconds.
[Router-administrator-icmp] frequency 10
Description The system automatically tests at intervals specified by this command, where the
argument interval is greater than 0.
Related Command count
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 alarm-threshold 1557
Command Reference
ft1 alarm-threshold
Purpose Use the alarm-threshold command to configure the alarm thresholds on the
T1-F interface as needed.
Use the undo alarm-threshold command to restore the default alarm threshold
values.
Syntax ft1 alarm-threshold l os pul se- det ect i on value
ft1 alarm-threshold l os pul se- r ecover y value
ft1 alarm-threshold ai s { l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 }
ft1 alarm-threshold l f a { l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 | l evel - 3 | l evel - 4 }
undo ft1 alarm-threshold
Parameters los
Sets a loss of signal (LOS) alarm threshold. Two LOS
alarm thresholds are available: pulse-detection for the
pulse detection duration threshold with LOS and
pulse-recovery for the pulse threshold with LOS.
ais
Sets the alarm threshold of alarm indication signal
(AIS). Two AIS alarm threshold options are available:
level-1 and level-2. If level-1 is specified, an AIS alarm
occurs when the number of 0s in the bit stream of an
SF or ESF frame is less than or equal to 2. If level-2 is
specified, an AIS alarm occurs when the number of 0s
is less than or equal to 3 in the bit stream of an SF
frame or less than or equal to 5 in the bit stream of an
ESP frame.
lfa
Sets the loss of frame align (LFA) alarm threshold. Four
threshold options are available: level-1, level-2, level-3,
and level-4. If level-1 is specified, an LFA alarm occurs
when two of four frame alignment bits are lost. If
level-2 is specified, an LFA alarm occurs when two of
five frame alignment bits are lost. If level-3 is specified,
an LFA alarm occurs when two of six frame alignment
bits are lost. Level-4 applies only to ESF frames; an LFA
alarm occurs when four consecutive ESF frames have
errors.
Default The threshold of pulse-detection ranges from 16 to 4,096 pulse intervals and defaults
to 176.
The threshold of pulse-recovery ranges from 1 to 256 and defaults to 22.
If the number of the pulses detected during the total length of the specified pulse
detection intervals is smaller than the pulse-recovery threshold, a LOS alarm occurs.
By default, level-1 AIS alarm threshold applies.
1558 ft1 alarm-threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
By default, level-1 LFA alarm threshold applies.
Example Set the number of detection intervals to 300 for the pulse detection duration
threshold.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 al ar m- t hr eshol d l os pul se- det ect i on 300
T1-F Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 bert (T1-F Interface) 1559
Command Reference
ft1 bert (T1-F Interface)
Purpose Use the ft1 bert command to start a BERT test on the T1-F interface.
Use the undo ft1 bert command to stop the BERT test running on the T1-F
interface.
Syntax ft1 bert pattern { 2^15 | 2^20 }t i me minutes [ unf r amed ]
undo ft1 bert
Parameters pattern
Sets a bit error rate test (BERT) pattern, which could be
2^15 or 2^20.
2^15
time minutes
1440 minutes.
unframed
Example Run a 10-minute 2^20 BERT test on T1-F interface 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 ber t pat t er n 2^20 t i me 10
T1-F Interface view
which, the T1-F interface supports only 2^15 and 2^20 at present.
You may view the state and result of the BERT test with the display ft1 serial
command.
1560 ft1 cable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft1 cable
Purpose Use the ft1 cable command to configure attenuation or transmission segment
matching the T1-F interface.
Use the undo ft1cable command to restore the default.
Syntax ft1 cable { l ong decibel | shor t length }
undo ft1 cable
Parameters long decibel Matches the transmission segment longer than 655
feet. The argument decibel can take 0db, -7.5db,
-15db, or -22.5db, depending on the signal quality at
the receiving end. In this case, no external CSU is
required.
short length
Matches the transmission segment shorter than 655
feet. The argument length can take 133ft, 266ft,
399ft, 533ft, or 655ft, depending on the transmission
segment.
Default By default, the transmission line attenuation matching the T1-F interface is long 0db.
Example Set the transmission segment matching the T1-F interface to 133 feet.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 cabl e shor t 133f t
T1-F Interface view
Description This command is used for configuring the signal waveform required for different
types of transmission.In practice, you can decide whether to use this command
according to the signal quality at the receiving end. If the signal quality is acceptable,
you can use the default setting.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 clock 1561
Command Reference
ft1 clock
Purpose Use the ft1 clock command to configure clocking on the T1-F interface.
Use the undo ft1 clock command to restore the default or slave.
Syntax ft1 clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo ft1 clock
Parameters master Internal clock is used.
slave Line clock is used.
Example Set clocking on the T1-F interface to internal.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 cl ock mast er
T1-F Interface view
Description If the T1-F interface is working as DCE, use internal clock (master) for it. If the
interface is working as DTE, use line clock (slave) for it.
1562 ft1 code 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft1 code
Purpose Use the ft1 code command to configure line code format for a T1-F interface.
Use the undo ft1 code command to restore the default or b8zs.
Syntax ft1 code { ami | b8zs }
undo ft1 code
Parameters ami
AMI line code format.
b8zs
B8ZS line code format.
Example Set the line code format of the T1-F interface to AMI.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 code ami
T1-F Interface view
Description The line code of an interface should be set in consistency with that of its peer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 data-coding 1563
Command Reference
ft1 data-coding
Purpose Use the ft1 data-coding normal command to disable user data inversion on
the T1-F interface.
Use the ft1 data-coding inverted command to enable user data inversion on
the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the undo ft1 data-coding command to restore the default.
Syntax ft1 data-coding { nor mal | i nver t ed }
undo ft1 data-coding
Parameters normal
Disables user data inversion.
inverted
Enables user data inversion.
Default By default, data inversion is disabled.
Example Enable user data inversion on the T1-F interface.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 dat a- codi ng i nver t ed
T1-F Interface view
Description To prevent 7e in valid data from being taken for stuffing characters, HDLC inserts a
zero after every five ones in the data stream. Then, HDLC inverts every one bit into a
zero and every zero bit into a one. This ensures at least at least one out of every eight
bits is a one. When AMI encoding is adopted on a T1-F interface, the use of data
inversion can eliminate presence of multiple consecutive zeros.
At the two ends of a T1-F line, the same data inversion setting must be adopted.
1564 ft1 fdl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft1 fdl
Purpose Use the ft1 fdl command to set the behavior of the T1-F interface on the FDL in
ESF framing.
Use the undo ft1 fdl command to restore the default.
Syntax ft1 fdl { none | ansi | at t }
undo ft1 fdl
Parameters none Disables facilities data link (FDL).
ansi Implements ANSI T1.403 FDL.
att Implements AT&T TR 54016 FDL.
Default By default, FDL is disabled. You can however change the setting depending on the
setting at the far end.
Example Implement ANSI T1.403 FDL on interface the T1-F interface.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 f dl ansi
T1-F Interface view
performance statistics or loopback code.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 loopback 1565
Command Reference
ft1 loopback
Purpose Use the ft1 loopback command to place the T1-F interface in local or remote
loopback.
Use the undo ft1 loopback command to disable loopback on the interface.
Syntax ft1 loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo ft1 loopback [ l ocal | r emot e ]
Parameters local
Places the interface in local loopback.
remote
Places the interface in remote loopback.
Default By default, the interface is not placed in local or remote loopback.
Example Place the T1-F interface in local loopback.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 l oopback l ocal
T1-F Interface view
Description Enable loopback only when testing state of interfaces or cables.
1566 ft1 sendloopcode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft1 sendloopcode
Purpose Use the sendloopcode command to send remote loopback control code.
Syntax ft1 sendloopcode { i nband- l l b- up | i nband- l l b- down | f dl - ansi - l l b- up |
f dl - ansi - l l b- down | f dl - ansi - pl b- up | f dl - ansi - pl b- down |
f dl - at t - pl b- up | f dl - at t - pl b- down }
Parameters inband-llb-up
Sends in-band line loopback (LLB) activation request
code compliant with the ANSI or AT&T
implementation. This enables remote loopback.
inband-llb-down
Sends in-band LLB deactivation request code compliant
with the ANSI or AT&T implementation. This disables
loopback.
fdl-ansi-llb-up
Sends ANSI-compliant line loopback (LLB) activation
request code in the FDL. This enables remote loopback.
fdl-ansi-llb-down
Sends ANSI-compliant LLB deactivation request code in
the FDL. This disables loopback.
fdl-ansi-plb-up Sends ANSI-compliant payload loopback (PLB)
activation request code in the FDL to enable remote
loopback.
fdl-ansi-plb-down
Sends ANSI-compliant PLB deactivation request code in
the FDL to disable loopback.
fdl-att-plb-up Sends AT&T-compliant PLB activation code in the FDL
to enable remote loopback.
fdl-att-plb-down
Sends AT&T-compliant PLB deactivation code in the
FDL to disable loopback.
Default By default, no remote loopback control code is sent.
Example Send in-band LLB activation request code.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 sendl oopcode i nband- l l b- up
T1-F Interface view
Description You may configure loopback on the far-end T1-F interface by sending the loopback
request code.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 sendloopcode 1567
Command Reference
In LLB mode, all 193 bits (one synchronization bit and 192 effective bandwidth bits) in
a T1 PCM frame are looped back. In PLB mode, however, only 192 effective
bandwidth bits are looped back.
The format of loopback code can be compliant with ANSI T1.403 or AT&T TR 54016.
In SF framing, LLB code is sent using the effective bandwidth (slots 1 through 24). In
ESF framing, both LLB code and PLB code are sent/received in the FDL in ESF frames.
This command is used in conjunction with the far-end T1 device. The far-end device
must be able to set loopback mode depending on the detected loopback code.
1568 ft1 timeslot-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft1 timeslot-list
Purpose Use the ft1 timeslot-list command to bundle timeslots on the T1-F interface.
Use the undo ft1 timeslot-list command to restore the default.
Syntax ft1 timeslot-list range [ speed { 56k | 64k } ]
undo ft1 timeslot-list
Parameters range
Timeslots participating in the bundling. Valid values are
1 to 24. When specifying timeslots to be bundled, you
can configure any of the following:
number1-number2
discrete timeslots by specifying number1,
number2-number3.
speed { 56k | 64k }
Time slot bundling speed in kbps. If 56k applies,
timeslots are bundled into an N x 56 kbps bundle. If
64k applies, timeslots are bundled into an N X 64 kbps
bundle.
Default By default, all the timeslots on the T1-F interface are bundled to form a 1536 kbps
interface.
Example Bind the timeslots 1, 2, 5, 10 through 15, and 18 on the T1-F interface.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] f t 1 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 5, 10- 15, 18
T1-F Interface view
Description Time slot bundling results in interface rate change. For example, after you bundle
timeslots 1 through 10 on the interface, the interface rate becomes 10 x 64 kbps or
10 x 56 kbps.
When binding T1-F interface with Virtual-template, if you want to use the ft1
timeslot-list command to modify T1-F interface time-slot bundling, shutdown
the corresponding T1-F interface and execute the ft1 timeslot-list command.
Note that you should perform the above modification on the two T1-F interfaces on
both end of the link and then execute the undo shutdown command to T1-F
interface; otherwise, when you execute the display interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft1 timeslot-list 1569
Command Reference
virtual-template command, the displayed baudrate for virtual-template
interface could be incorrect.
1570 ft3 (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ft3 (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the ft3 command to configure the CT3 interface to operate in FT3 mode and to
set the DSU mode and subrate for FT3.
Use the undo ft3 command to restore the default DSU mode or subrate.
Syntax ft3 { dsu- mode { 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 } | subr at e number }
undo ft3 { dsu- mode | subr at e }
Parameters dsu-mode Sets the data service unit (DSU) mode for fractional T3
(FT3). The following table lists available FT3 DSU mode
options:
subrate number Sets a T3 subrate, in the range 1 to 44,210 kbps.
Default By default, DSU mode is set to 0, that is, Digital Link mode; the T3 subrate is set to
44,210 kbps.
Example Configure interface T3 1/0/0 to operate in FT3 mode, and set DSU mode to 1 and
subrate to 3000 kbps.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] usi ng t 3
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f t 3 dsu- mode 1
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] f t 3 subr at e 3000
CT3 Interface view
Description FT3, also known as subrate T3, is a nonstandard application of T3. The subrate and
number of subrate grades vary with different vendors. The ft3 command allows your
router to be compatible with five mainstream FT3 DSU modes in the industry.
Table 283 FT3 DSU mode options
Keyword DSU mode (vendor) Subrate range
Total number of subrate
grades
0 Digital Link 300 to 44210 kbps in steps of
300,746 bps
1 Verilink 1500 to 44,210 kbps in steps
of 1,578,918 bps
20
2 Larscom 3100 to 44,210 kbps in steps
of 3,157,835 bps
14
3 Adtran 75 to 44,210 kbps in steps of
75,187 bps
588
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ft3 (CT3 Interface) 1571
Command Reference
When using the ft3 command, note that:
The command is only available to the FT3-supported CT3 cards.
The command is available in T3 mode only. In CT3 mode, the command is
unavailable.
The subrates available in a DSU mode set using the ft3 dsu-mode command are
discrete and the subrate set using the ft3 subrate command is an approximate
subrate. The T3 interface calculates an exact subrate (in bps) closest to the
approximate subrate within the subrate range in the specified DSU mode and then
set the hardware circuit to support the calculated exact subrate.
You may use the display interface serial interface-number:0
command to view the DSU mode, subrate setting, real interface rate, and interface
baudrate. The actual interface rate refers to the data bandwidth without
overheads and the interface baudrate is 44,736 kbps, the actual rate of T3 line
with overheads included.
1572 ftp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftp
Purpose Use the ftp command to set up control connection to the remote FTP server and
enter FTP client view.
Syntax ftp [host [ port ] ] [ source-interface interface-type interface-number
| source-ip ip-address ]
Parameters host
IP address or hostname of the remote FTP server.
port
Port number of the remote FTP server.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies source interface type and number of the FTP
client.Source address of the FTP client.
ip-address Specifies source address of the FTP client
Example Connect to the remote FTP server with the IP address of 1.1.1.1.
<3Com> ftp 1.1.1.1
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ftphost source-interface 1573
Command Reference
ftphost source-interface
Purpose Use the ftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface
that the FTP client uses when accessing the specified FTP server. This interface must be
an exiting local interface.
Syntax ftp host source-interface interface-type interface-number
Parameters host
IP address or name of an FTP server.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies a source interface by its type and number.
Default By default, the FTP client uses the IP address of the outbound interface to access the
specified FTP server.
Example Set the source IP address that the FTP client uses when accessing a specified FTP server
to ethernet0/0/0.
<Router> ftp 192.168.0.2 source-interface ethernet0/0/0
User view
1574 ftphost source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftphost source-ip
Purpose Use the ftp host source-ip command to specify the source IP address that the
FTP client uses when accessing the specified FTP server.
Syntax ftp host source-ip ip-address
Parameters host
IP address or name of an FTP server.
ip-address
Source IP address.
Default By default, the FTP client uses the IP address of the outbound interface to access the
specified FTP server.
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address that the FTP client uses when accessing the
FTP server at 192.168.0.2.
<Router> ftp 192.168.0.2 source-ip 192.168.0.1
User view
Description The source IP address must be a local address.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ftp-operation 1575
Command Reference
ftp-operation
Purpose Use the ftp-operation command to configure the FTP operation done by the
system.
Syntax ftp-operation { get | put }
Parameters get Gets a file from an FTP server.
If no other FTP operation is specified, get is the default.
put
Sends a file to an FTP server.
Example Set the FTP operation to get.
[Router-administrator-ftp] ftp-operation get
Description To FTP a file from a server, use the ftp-operation get command. To FTP a file to
a server, use the ftp-operation put command.
This command applies only to FTP test.
password
1576 ftp server enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftp server enable
Purpose Use the ftp server enable command to enable the FTP server to allow login of
FTP users.
Use the undo ftp server command to disable the FTP server as well as login of
FTP users.
Syntax ftp server enable
undo ftp server
Parameters None
Default By default, the FTP server is disabled.
Example Disable the FTP server.
[3Com] undo ftp server
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ftp-server source-interface 1577
Command Reference
ftp-server source-interface
Purpose Use the ftp-server source-interface command to specify a source
interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the FTP server.
Use the undo ftp-server source-interface command to delete the source
interface specified for the FTP server.
Syntax ftp-server source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ftp-server source-interface
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP server is the IP address
of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Example Set the source interface for the FTP server to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] ftp-server source-interface Ethernet 0/0/0
System view
Description Use the ftp-server source-interface command to specify a source
interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the FTP server. After that, the
IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet
sent by the FTP server.
interface specified for the FTP server. After that, the source IP address in each packet
sent by the FTP server is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP server with the
ftp-server source-interface command or with the ftp-server
source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later
overrides.
1578 ftp-server source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftp-server source-ip
Purpose Use the ftp-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the
packets sent by the FTP server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo ftp-server source-ip command to delete the source IP address
specified for the FTP server. After that, the source IP address of a packet sent by the
FTP server is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax ftp-server source-ip ip-address
undo ftp-server source-ip
Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP server is the IP address
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the FTP server.
[Router] ftp-server source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP server with the
ftp-server source-interface command or with the ftp-server
overrides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ftp source-interface 1579
Command Reference
ftp source-interface
Purpose Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the FTP client.
Use the undo ftp source-interface command to delete the source interface
specified for the FTP client.
Syntax ftp source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ftp source-interface
interface-number Specifies a source interface by its type and number.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP client is the IP address
Example Set the source interface for the FTP client to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] ftp source-interface ethernet0/0/0
System view
Description Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the FTP client. After that, the IP address of the
specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP
client.
specified for the FTP client. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by the
FTP client is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP client with the
ftp source-interface command or with the ftp source-ip command. If
both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides.
1580 ftp source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftp source-ip
Purpose Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets
sent by the FTP client. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo ftp source-ip command to delete the source IP address specified
for the FTP client. After that, the source IP address of each packet sent by the FTP
client is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax ftp source-ip ip-address
undo ftp source-ip
Source IP address.
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the FTP client.
[Router] ftp source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP client with the
ftp source-interface command or with the ftp source-ip command. If
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ftp timeout 1581
Command Reference
ftp timeout
Purpose Use the ftp timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer.
Use the undo ftp timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax ftp timeout minutes
undo ftp timeout
Parameters minutes Idle-timeout timer (in minutes). Valid values are 1 to
35791.
Example Set the idle-timeout timer to 36 minutes.
[3Com] ftp timeout 36
System view
Description Once you log onto the FTP server, you set up an FTP connection. When the connection
is disrupted or aborted, the FTP server, however, cannot realize that if not notified and
maintains the connection all the same. To address this issue, you can set an
idle-timeout timer to have the FTP server disconnect if no command is received or/and
transmitted before the timer expires.
1582 ftp update 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ftp update
Purpose Use the ftp update command to set the file update mode that the FTP server uses
while receiving data.
Use the undo ftp update command to restore the default, or fast mode.
Syntax ftp update { fast | normal }
undo ftp update
Parameters fast Fast update.
normal Normal update.
Example Set the FTP update mode to normal.
[Router] ftp update normal
System view
Description The FTP server can update files you upload to it in either of the following modes:
In fast mode, the FTP server judges whether there is enough space for storing files
in the Flash and then starts writing data to the Flash memory after file transfer
completes; if there is not enough space, the FTP server sends an error prompt
message and releases memory. This protects the existing files on the router from
being ruined in the event that anomalies, such as power failure, occur during a file
transfer.
In normal mode, the FTP server writes data to the Flash memory during file
transfer. This means that any anomaly, such as power failure, during file transfer
might result in corruption of the files on the router. This mode, however,
consumes less memory than fast mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family fxo-monitoring 1583
Command Reference
fxo-monitoring
Purpose Use the fxo-monitoring enable command to enable the on line monitoring function
on all FXO interfaces of the device.
Use the undo fxo-monitoring enable command to disable the on line monitoring
function on all FXO interfaces of the device.
Syntax fxo-monitoring enable
undo fxo-monitoring enable
Parameters None.
Default By default, the fxo-monitoring enable command is used to enable on line monitoring
function of FXO interfaces.
Example Disable on line monitoring function on all FXO interfaces.
[ Rout er - voi ce] undo f xo- moni t or i ng enabl e
Voice view
Description The command is only valid for FXO interfaces. Cpld 3.0 and its later versions support
the command.
When the on line monitoring function is enabled, FXO circuit board system monitors
the on line status of FXO interfaces on real time.
1584 gateway-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gateway-list
Purpose Use the gateway-list command to configure IP addresses of the egress GW
routers used by DHCP clients.
Use the undo gateway-list command to delete the configuration.
Syntax gateway-list ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo gateway-list { ip-address | al l }
Parameters ip-address IP address of egress GW router. You can configure up
to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a
command.
all
IP addresses of all the egress GW routers.
Default By default, no egress GW router is configured.
Example Associate the egress GW router at 10.110.1.99 with DHCP address pool 0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] gat eway- l i st 10. 110. 1. 99
network
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family get 1585
Command Reference
get
Purpose Use the get command to FTP a file from a remote server and save it.
Syntax get remotefile [ localfile ]
Parameters localfile Local file name.
remotefile File name on the remote FTP server.
Default By default, if no name is specified, the local file uses the name of the source file on
the FTP server.
Example Download file temp1.c and save it as temp.c.
[ftp] get temp1.c temp.c
FTP Client view
1586 get 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
get
Purpose Use the get command to download and save a file from a remote server.
Syntax get remote-file [ local-file ]
Parameters remote-file
Name of the source file on the remote SFTP server.
local-file
Name assigned to the file to be saved at the local end.
Example Download file temp1.c and save it with name temp.c.
sftp-client> get temp1.c temp.c
SFTP Client view
Description If no local file name is specified, the name of the source file is used by default.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gk-2nd-id 1587
Command Reference
gk-2nd-id
Purpose Use the gk-2nd-id command to configure the name and IP address of the backup
GK Server corresponding to the gateway.
Use the undo gk-2nd-id command to cancel the name and IP address of the
backup GK Server corresponding to the gateway.
Use the gk-2nd-id command to configure the IP address, name and port of the
backup GK Server.
Syntax gk-2nd-id gk-name gk- addr gk-ipaddress [ r as- por t ]
undo gk-2nd-id
Parameters Refer to the parameters of the gk-id command.
Example Configure the backup GK Server as follows: The IP address is 1.1.1.2, the name is
"gk-backup", and use the default port.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gk- i d gk- cent er gk- addr 1. 1. 1. 1
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gk- 2nd- i d gk- backup gk- addr 1. 1. 1. 2
Description When the communication between the GK Client and the master GK Server is
abnormal (e.g. timeout) or the master GK Server fails, the 3Com router can also send
registration requests to the backup GK Server.
The gk-id command must be used first to configure the name and address of the
master GK Server, before those of the backup GK Server can be configured.
Related Command gk-id
1588 gk-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gk-client
Purpose Use the gk-client command to enter Voice GK client view, and configure the GK
parameters for voice.
Use the quit command to exit this view.
Syntax gk-client
Parameters None
Example Enter gk-client view.
[ Rout er - voi ce] gkcl i ent
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk]
Voice view
Related Commands area-id (Voice GK Client view)
gk-2nd-id
gk-id
gw-address
gw-id
ras-on
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gk-id 1589
Command Reference
gk-id
Purpose Use the gk-id command to configure the GK Server name and IP address
corresponding to the gateway.
Use the undo gk-id command to cancel the GK Server name and IP address
corresponding to the gateway.
Use the command gk-id to configure such information as the IP address, name,
and port of GK Server to facilitate the research for the right GK Server equipment by
the GK Client according to this information, so as to implement the register task of
gateway in the GK Server.
Syntax gk-id gk-name gk- addr gk-ipaddress [ ras-port ]
undo gk-id
Parameters gk-name
GK Server name, a string of 1 to 128 case sensitive
characters.
gk-ipaddress
IP address of the GK Server.
ras-port
RAS communication port of GK Server, with the value
range being the integer between 1 and 65535. By
default ras-port is 1719.
Example Configure the IP address of the GK Server as 1.1.1.1, name as gk-center, port as the
default.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gk- i d gk- cent er gk- addr 1. 1. 1. 1
Related Command area-id (Voice GK Client view)
gw-id
gk-2nd-id
gw-address
ras-on
1590 gk-security call 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gk-security call
Purpose Use the gk-security call enable command to enable security calls on the GK
Client (router).
Use the undo gk-security call enable command to disable security calls on
the GK Client (router).
Syntax gk-security call enable
undo gk-security call enable
Parameters None
Default By default, enable security calls.
Example Disable the security calls on the GK Client (router).
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] undo gk- secur i t y cal l enabl e
Description To let the router acting as a GK client pass calling tokens of a GK Server, you need to
configure GK security calls. After a call is originated, the calling gateway obtains the
calling token from the calling GK server and transparently transports it to the called
gateway that will then pass the token to the called GK server.
In some voice network environments, the called GK Servers cannot process calling
tokens; in this case you must disable the GK Client security calls.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gk-security register-pwd 1591
Command Reference
gk-security register-pwd
Purpose Use the gk security register-pwd command to set the GK register password.
Use the gk-security register-pwd command to remove the GK register
password.
Syntax gk-security register-pwd { ci pher | si mpl e } password
undo gk-security register-pwd
Parameters cipher
Use encrypted password when echo is adopted.
simple
Do not use encrypted password when echo is adopted.
password
Password that has been set, 1 to 16 printable
characters, except space.
Default By default, the GK Client (router) has no password.
Example Configure a GK register password to vrp in cipher-text mode.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gk- secur i t y r egi st er - pwd ci pher vr p
Description After the GK Client (router) is configured with the register password, the password is
carried during the whole register process.
1592 gratuitous-arp-learning enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gratuitous-arp-learning enable
Purpose Use the gratuitous-arp-learning enable command to enable the address
learning function of gratuitous ARP.
Use the undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable command to disable the
address learning function of gratuitous ARP.
Syntax gratuitous-arp-learning enable
undo gratuitous-arp-learning enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the address learning function of gratuitous ARP is disabled.
Example Enable the address learning function of gratuitous ARP.
<3ComA> syst emvi ew
[ 3ComA] gr at ui t ous- ar p- l ear ni ng enabl e
System view
Description By sending gratuitous ARP messages, a network device can:
Check for IP address conflicts with other devices.
Update its current hardware address to the caches on other devices if a hardware
address change has occurred for example, after the device reconnected to the
network with a new interface card.
Related Command debugging arp packet
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gratuitous-arp-sending enable 1593
Command Reference
gratuitous-arp-sending enable
Purpose Use the gratuitous-arp-sending enable command to configure the system
to return ARP responses when receiving gratuitous ARP packets from other network
segments. The system, however, does not learn the received ARP entries.
Use the undo gratuitous-arp-sending enable command to disable the
system to respond to gratuitous ARP requests from .
Syntax gratuitous-arp-sending enable
undo gratuitous-arp-sending enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the system does not return ARP responses when receiving gratuitous ARP
packets from different network segments.
Example Configure the system to return ARP responses when receiving gratuitous ARP packets
from different network segments.
[ Rout er ] gr at ui t ous- ar p- sendi ng enabl e
System view
1594 gre checksum 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gre checksum
Purpose Use the gre checksum command to configure the two ends of a tunnel to perform
end-to-end check, verifying the correctness of packets and discard those that do not
pass the verification.
Use the undo gre checksum command to cancel the check.
Syntax gre checksum
undo gre checksum
Parameters None
Default By default, end-to-end check of the two ends of tunnel is disabled.
Example Set up a tunnel between the interface serial 3/0/1 of the router 3Com1 and the
interface serial 2/1/1 of the router 3Com2 and enable checksum on both ends of the
tunnel.
[3Com1-Tunnel3] gre checksum
[3Com2-Tunnel2] gre checksum
Description You may enable or disable checksum at each end of a tunnel as needed. If checksum
is enabled at the local end but not at the opposite end, the local end will perform
checksum on the transmitted packets but not on the received packets. If checksum is
disabled at the local end but enabled at the opposite end, the local end will perform
do the opposite.
Related Command: interface tunnel
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gre key 1595
Command Reference
gre key
Purpose Use the gre key command to set identification keyword of the tunnel interface, and
by this feeble security mechanism avoid incorrectly identifying or receiving packets
from undesired places.
Use the undo gre key command to delete this configuration.
Syntax gre key key-number
undo gre key
Parameters key-number
Identification keyword of the two ends of the tunnel.
Valid values are any integer 0 to 4294967295.
Default By default, the system does not assign identification keyword to the tunnel in use.
Example Set up a tunnel between the router 3Com1 and the router 3Com2 and set the
identification keyword of the tunnel.
[3Com1-Tunnel3] gre key 123
[ 3Com2- Tunnel 2] gr e key 123
Description Regarding the setting of key-number, you are required either to specify the same
key-number at both ends of the tunnel or to specify it at neither of the two ends.
1596 group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
group
Purpose Use the group command to create a peer group.
Use the undo group command to delete the configured peer group.
Syntax group group-name { [ i nt er nal ] | ext er nal }
undo group group-name
Specifies the name of the peer group. It can be an
alphanumeric string with the length ranging from 1 to
47.
internal
Creates an internal peer group.
external
Creates an external peer group including other sub
ASs in the confederation.
Default By default, an IBGP peer is added to the default peer group and needs no
configuration, and the route update policy configured for any IBGP peer is valid for
the other IBGP peers in the group. To be specific, if the router is not a route reflector,
all the IBGP peers are in the same group. If the router is a route reflector, all the route
reflection clients are in a group, while non-clients are in another group.
Example Establish a peer group "test".
[ 3Com- bgp] gr oup t est
BGP view
Description The use of BGP peer group is for ease of configuration. When you are starting several
peers with the same configuration, you can establish and configure a peer group at
first, and then add all the peers to the peer group so that they have the same
configuration as the peer group.
The external peer group members must be in the same network segment. Otherwise,
some EBGP peers may discard the transmitted route update.
The peer group members cannot be configured with a route update policy different
from that of the peer group, but can be configured with different ingress policies.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family group-b 1597
Command Reference
group-b
Purpose Use the group-b command to enable or disable Group-B stage signal to complete
register exchange.
Syntax group-b { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable Enables signal exchange at Group-B stage of R2
signaling.
disable
Disables signal exchange at Group-B stage of R2
signaling, that is, backward Group-A signal A6 is used
to complete register exchange directly.
Default By default, Group-B stage signal is used to complete register exchange, that is, the
command is in enable state.
Example Enable Group-B signal to complete register exchange.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] gr oup- b enabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the group-b command to enable or disable Group-B stage signal to complete
register exchange.
In some countries, R2 register exchange does not support Group-B stage signal
exchange, or cannot correctly interpret Group-B signal value. Then you can use the
group-b command to enable or disable Group-B signal exchange.
Related Command register-value req-switch-groupb
1598 gts 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gts
Purpose Use the gts command to configure traffic shaping for a behavior.
Use the undo gts command to delete traffic shaping for a behavior.
Syntax gts ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs
excess-burst-size [ queue- l engt h queue-length ] ] ]
undo gts
Parameters cir
CIR, in the range of 8000 to 155,000,000 bps. Note
that in policy embedding, the CIR specified in a child
policy could be less than 8 kbps.
CBS, in the range of 15,000 to 155,000,000 bits.
When the CIR value is less than 30,000, the default
CBS value is 15,000; when the CIR value is greater
than 30,000, the default CBS value is half of the CIR
value.
ebs excess-burst-size
EBS, in the range of 0 to 155,000,000 bits.
queue-length queue-length
The maximum length of a queue, in the range 1 to
1024.
Default By default, committed-burst-size is half of
committed-information-rate, excess-burst-size is 0, and
queue-length is 50.
Example Configure GTS for a behavior. The normal traffic is 38400 bps. Burst traffic twice of
the normal traffic can pass initially and later the traffic is transmitted normally when
the rate is less than or equal to 38400 bps. When the rate exceeds 38400 bps, the
traffic will enter the queue buffer and the buffer queue length is 100.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] gt s ci r 38400 cbs 76800 ebs 0 queue- l engt h
100
Description A policy in which shape is used on an interface can only be applied in the outbound
direction of the interface.
Application of class-based GTS policy including shape policy on an interface will cause
the previously configured qos gts command ineffective.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gts 1599
Command Reference
If this command is frequently configured on the same traffic behavior, the last
configuration will overwrite the previous ones.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
1600 gw-access-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gw-access-number
Purpose Use the gw-access-number command to configure the access service number or
enter the view of the access service number.
Use the undo gw-access-number command to cancel a single access service
number or all access service numbers that have been set.
Syntax gw-access-number access-number
undo gw-access-number [ access-number ]
Parameters access-number
The specified access service number (such as 169,
17900, etc.). The value is a character string within 31
characters, and the acceptable symbols include the
figures from 0 to 9, the wildcard .. The . wildcard
indicates a character. The character T" is control
character, it indicating that the dial string is a string
whose length is variable. At most 100 access service
numbers can be configured.
Example Add the access service number 18901 and enter the voice access-number view.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] gw- access- number 18901
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum18901]
Delete all the access service numbers that have been set in the system.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] undo gw- access- number
Description If no access service number is specified in the undo gw-access-number command,
all existing access service numbers are deleted. If an access service number is
specified, only this number is deleted.
When you attempt to delete all access service numbers that have been set, the system
gives the following operation warning:
Delete all of the access number? (n/y)
Select y to confirm the delete or n to cancel the delete.
When setting an access service number, pay attention to the following points:
No unacceptable character is allowed to appear in the access service numbers, if
any of these characters (such as English characters, etc.) appears in the entered
access-number, this enter is invalid.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gw-access-number 1601
Command Reference
The digits of an access service number cannot be more than 31, if those of the
entered access-number are over 31, this enter is invalid.
At most 100 access service numbers are allowed to be set in the system, if 100
pieces of access-number have been set, no more access service number can be
added. To continue with adding settings, please delete some records.
Related Commands process-config
card-digit
password-digit
redialtimes
1602 gw-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
gw-address
Purpose Use the gw-address command to configure the source IP address used by the voice
gateway.
Use the undo gw-address command to cancel the source IP address used by the
voice gateway.
Syntax gw-address ip-address
undo gw-address
The source address of gateway.
Default By default, the source IP address used by the voice gateway is not configured.
Example Configure the source IP address used by the voice gateway as 1.1.1.1.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gw- addr ess 1. 1. 1. 1
Description CAUTION:
This command takes effect immediately after it is configured, disregarding whether
the GK client has been enabled (using the ras-on command) or not.
Related Commands area-id (Voice GK Client view)
gk-2nd-id
gk-id
gw-address
ras-on
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family gw-id 1603
Command Reference
gw-id
Purpose Use the gw-id command to configure the gateway alias.
Use the undo gw-id command to cancel the alias of the specified gateway.
Use the command gw-id to configure the gateway alias, which is used for the
gateway to register and identify the voice gateway. Each gateway has only one alias,
and the new alias will cover the old one.
Syntax gw-id namestring
undo gw-id
Parameters namestring
Gateway alias (gateway ID), a string of 1 to 128 case
sensitive characters.
Default By default, the gateway alias is empty, i.e., the interface alias is not configured.
Example Configure the gateway alias as beijing-gw.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] gw- i d bei j i ng- gw
Related Command area-id (Voice GK Client view)
gk-2nd-id
gk-id
gw-address
ras-on
1604 header 3Com Switch 5500 Family
Command Reference
header
Purpose Use the header command to create a banner.
Use the undo header command to clear a banner.
Syntax header [ i ncomi ng | l ogi n | mot d | shel l ] text
undo header [ i ncomi ng | l ogi n | mot d | shel l ]
Parameters incoming
Banner displayed when a user logs onto a terminal
user interface.
login Login banner at authentication.
motd Banner displayed before the login interface.
shell
Banner displayed for entering user view.
text
Banner message, with the first character being the
start and ending delimiters. After the ending delimiter
is input, the system quits automatically.
Example Configure banner information.
[ Rout er ] header l ogi n %l ogi n t ext %
[ Rout er ] header shel l %shel l t ext %
[ Rout er ] header mot d %mot d t ext %
<Rout er > qui t
*********************************************************
* Al l r i ght s r eser ved ( 1997- 2005) *
* Wi t hout t he owner ' s pr i or wr i t t en consent , *
*no decompi l i ng or r ever se- engi neer i ng shal l be al l owed. *
*********************************************************
User i nt er f ace aux0 i s avai l abl e.

Pl ease pr ess ENTER.
mot d t ext
l ogi n t ext
Logi n aut hent i cat i on
User name: admi n
Passwor d:
shel l t ext
<Rout er >
3Com Switch 5500 Family header 1605
Command Reference
System view
Description The motd banner is displayed when a user just logs in from a user interface. If
password or scheme authentication is set, the banner is displayed before login
authentication.
The login banner is displayed only when login authentication is set to password or
scheme. It is displayed after the motd banner is displayed and before login
authentication.
The shell banner is displayed after a user session is established.
Two ways are available for inputting a banner message:
1. Input the message in one line. This allows 255 characters including the command
keyword.
2. Input the message in separate lines each ended with a carriage return. This allows
1024 characters (including those invisible) in addition to the command keyword.
If no keyword, incoming, login, motd, or shell, is specified, the configured banner is
taken as a login banner by default. Therefore, if no text is provided after you input
one of these keywords, incoming, for example, it will be taken as the text for a login
banner rather than a keyword.
You may do the following to have the start delimiter as part of the banner message or
not:
To have the start delimiter excluded from the banner message, input a carriage
return immediately after it or make sure that the start and ending delimiters are in
the same line.
To have the start delimiter being part of the banner message, make sure that the
start and ending delimiters are in different lines and the start delimiter is not
immediately followed by a carriage return.
1606 help 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
help
Purpose Use the help command to get the help information for the specified or all SFTP client
commands.
Syntax help [ command ]
Parameters command
Name of a command.
Example View the help information for the get command.
sftp-client> help get
get remote-path [local-path] Download file
Default local-path is the same with remote-path
SFTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family history-command max-size 1607
Command Reference
history-command max-size
Purpose Use the history-command max-size command to set the size of history
command buffer.
Use the undo history-command max-size command to restore the default.
Syntax history-command max-size size-value
undo history-command max-size
Parameters size-value
History buffer size. Valid values are 0 to 256.
If no value is specified, the defaults is 10, that is, up to
ten history commands can be stored.
Example Set the size of the history command buffer to 20.
[3Com-ui-console0] history-command max-size 20
User Interface view
1608 history keep-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
history keep-time
Purpose Use the history keep-time command to configure the retaining time of the
history record for a test group.
Use the undo history keep-time command to remove the original
configuration and restore the default.
Syntax history keep-time keep-time
undo history keep-time
Parameters keep-time
Retaining time of the history record for a test group (in
minutes). Valid values are 1 to 1440.
Example The history record will be deleted in 240 minutes.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] hwping 1 1
[3Com-hwping-1-1] history keep-time 240
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family history-record 1609
Command Reference
history-record
Purpose Use the history-record enable command to enable history record.
Use the undo history-record enable command to disable history record.
Syntax history-record enable
undo history-record enable
Parameters None
Example Enable history record saving.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] hwping 1 1
[3Com-hwping-1-1] history-record enable
Description Use the display hwping history command to view the history record, but by
default, history record is disabled. You should configure to save history record as
needed.
If you need to save history record, enable it.
If you disable the history record after enabling it, the saved history record will be
deleted and the maximum number of the history record for you to save will not be
changed.
If you do not need to save history record, disable it. At this time you can also
configure the number of the history record to be saved, but the history record will
not be saved.
When you are performing a test, the system prompts that parameter is not
allowed to be configured; otherwise, the system prompts "Test is in progress, can't
change the parameter.".
1610 history-records 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
history-records
Purpose Use the history-records command to configure the number of test results that
the system can retain.
Use the undo history-records command to restore the default.
Syntax history-records number
undo history-records
Parameters number Number of test results allowed to be retained. Valid
values are 0 to 50.
Example Set the number of retained history records concerning the current test group to 10.
[Router-administrator-icmp] history-records 10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family home-agent ip-address 1611
Command Reference
home-agent ip-address
Purpose Use the home-agent ip-address command to configure the HA address of the
MR.
Use the undo home-agent ip-address command to remove the configuration.
Syntax home-agent ip-address ip-address
undo home-agent ip-address
HA address for the MR.
Default By default, an MR has no HA configured.
Example Configure an HA for an MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] home-agent ip-address 1.1.1.1
MR view
Description You cannot configure the undo home-agent ip-address command on a
registered or registering MR.
1612 hookoff-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
hookoff-time
Purpose Use the hookoff-time command to configure the hangup timer. When this timer
times out, the interface hangs up.
Use the undo hookoff-time command to cancel the setting of the hangup timer.
Syntax hookoff-time time
undo hookoff-time
Parameters time Length of the hangup timer, in the range 60 to 36000
seconds. By default, no hangup timer is set.
Example Set the hangup timer to 500 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 0/ 0] hookof f - t i me 500
Description In some countries, PBXs do not play busy tone; if they play, the busy tone only lasts a
short period of time. When noise is present on a transmission link, the
silence-th-span command may be inadequate for solving the problem that the
FXO interface does not hang up. In this case, you may use the hookoff-time
command to address the problem.
Once configured the hookoff-time command takes effect on all interfaces on the
card.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family host-route 1613
Command Reference
host-route
Purpose Use the host-route command to control the RIP to accept the host route.
Use the undo host-route command to reject the host route.
Syntax host-route
undo host-route
Parameters None
Default By default, router accepts the host route.
Example Configure RIP to reject a host route.
[3Com -rip] undo host-route
RIP view
Description In some special cases, RIP receives a great number of host routes in the same network
segment. These routes cannot help the path searching much but occupy a lot of
resources. In this case, the undo host-route command can be used to reject host
routes.
1614 hotkey 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
hotkey
Purpose Use the hotkey command to assign a hot key to a command line.
Use the undo hotkey command to restore the default assignment scheme of the
system: <CTRL_G> to display current-configuration, <CTRL_L> to display ip
routing-table, <CTRL_O> to undo debugging all, and null to other two hot keys.
Syntax hotkey [ CTRL_G | CTRL_L | CTRL_O | CTRL_T | CTRL_U ] command_text
undo hotkey [ CTRL_G | CTRL_L | CTRL_O | CTRL_T | CTRL_U ]
Parameters CTRL_G
Assigns the hot key <CTRL+G> to a command.
CTRL_L
Assigns the hot key <CTRL+L> to a command.
CTRL_O
Assigns the hot key <CTRL+O> to a command.
CTRL_T
Assigns the hot key <CTRL+T> to a command.
CTRL_U
Assigns the hot key <CTRL+U> to a command.
command_text
The command line associated with the hot key.
Example Assign the hot key < CTRL_T> to the display tcp status command.
[ 3Com] hot key ct r l _t di spl ay t cp st at us
[ 3Com] di spl ay hot key
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - HOTKEY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
=Def i ned hot keys=
Hot keys Command
CTRL_G di spl ay cur r ent - conf i gur at i on
CTRL_L di spl ay i p r out i ng- t abl e
CTRL_O undo debug al l
CTRL_T di spl ay t cp st at us
=Undef i ned hot keys=
Hot keys Command
CTRL_U NULL
=Syst emhot keys=
Hot keys Funct i on
CTRL_A Move t he cur sor t o t he begi nni ng of t he cur r ent l i ne.
CTRL_B Move t he cur sor one char act er l ef t .
CTRL_C St op cur r ent command f unct i on.
CTRL_D Er ase cur r ent char act er .
CTRL_E Move t he cur sor t o t he end of t he cur r ent l i ne.
CTRL_F Move t he cur sor one char act er r i ght .
CTRL_H Er ase t he char act er l ef t of t he cur sor .
CTRL_K Ki l l out goi ng connect i on.
CTRL_N Di spl ay t he next command f r omt he hi st or y buf f er .
CTRL_P Di spl ay t he pr evi ous command f r omt he hi st or y buf f er .
CTRL_R Redi spl ay t he cur r ent l i ne.
CTRL_V Past e t ext f r omt he cl i pboar d.
CTRL_W Del et e t he wor d l ef t of t he cur sor .
CTRL_X Del et e al l char act er s up t o t he cur sor .
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family hotkey 1615
Command Reference
CTRL_Y Del et e al l char act er s af t er t he cur sor .
CTRL_Z Ret ur n t o t he user vi ew.
CTRL_] Ki l l i ncomi ng connect i on or r edi r ect connect i on.
ESC_B Move t he cur sor one wor d back.
ESC_D Del et e r emai nder of wor d.
ESC_F Move t he cur sor f or war d one wor d.
ESC_N Move t he cur sor down a l i ne.
ESC_P Move t he cur sor up a l i ne.
ESC_< Speci f y t he begi nni ng of cl i pboar d.
ESC_> Speci f y t he end of cl i pboar d.
System view
Description Use the hotkey command to assign a hot key to a command line.
Use the undo hotkey command to restore the default assignment scheme of the
system: <CTRL_G> to display current-configuration, <CTRL_L> to display ip
routing-table, <CTRL_O> to undo debugging all, and null to other two hot keys.
You can customize this scheme however.
1616 http-operation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
http-operation
Purpose Use the http-operation command to configure an HTTP operation type.
Syntax http-operation { get | post }
Parameters get
Obtains data from an HTTP server.
If no other operation is specified, get is the default.
post Sends data to an HTTP server.
Example Set the HTTP test operation type to get.
[Router-administrator-http] http-operation get
Description HTTP operation includes get and post, where get is to obtain data from an HTTP
server and post is to send data to the HTTP server.
This command applies only to HTTP test.
Related Command http-string
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family hwatacacs change-password self 1617
Command Reference
hwatacacs change-password self
Purpose Use the hwtacacs change-password self command to enable the TACACS
online user to change the password.
Syntax hwtacacs change-password self
Parameters None
Example Change the old password.
<3Com> hwt acacs change- passwor d sel f
pl ease wai t t i ng f or connect i on wi t h t acacs ser ver . . . . . .
Ol d Passwor d:
New Passwor d:
Re- ent er New passwor d:
Passwor d Changed
< 3Com>
User view
Description After this command is configured, the system guides the TACACS online user through
to change the password. Three chances are available for changing the password.
Failure to do so makes the TACACS server quit this operation automatically.
This function is only valid for terminal users (including console, AUX, TTY, and VTY)
configured with TACACS authentication.
1618 hwatacacs nas-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
hwatacacs nas-ip
Purpose Use the hwtacacs nas-ip command to specify the source address of the hwtacacs
packet sent from NAS.
Use the undo hwtacacs nas-ip command to restore the default setting.
Syntax hwtacacs nas-ip ip-address
undo hwtacacs nas-ip
Parameters ip-address Specifies a source IP address.
Default By default, the source address is not specified, that is, the address of the interface
sending the packet serves as the source address.
Example Configure the router to send hwtacacs packets from 129.10.10.1.
[ 3Com] hwt acacs nas- i p 129. 10. 10. 1
System view
Description By specifying the source address of the hwtacacs packet, you can avoid unreachable
packets as returned from the server upon interface failure. The source address is
normally recommended to be a loopback interface address.
This command specifies only one source address; therefore, the newly configured
source address may overwrite the original one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family hwatacacs scheme 1619
Command Reference
hwatacacs scheme
Purpose Use the hwtacacs scheme command to enter TACACS+ Server view. If the
specified TACACS+ server scheme does not exist, you can create a new TACACS+
scheme.
Use the .undo hwtacacs scheme command to delete an TACACS+ scheme.
Syntax hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
undo hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
Specifies an TACACS+ server scheme, with a character
string of 1 to 32 characters.
Example Create an TACACS+ scheme named "test1" and enter the relevant TACACS+ Server
view.
[ 3Com] hwt acacs scheme t est 1
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1]
System view
1620 hwping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
hwping
Purpose Use the hwping command to create an HWPing test group.
Syntax hwping administrator-name operation-tag
undo hwping administrator-name operation-tag
Parameters administrator-name
Specifies name of the administrator creating an
HWPing test group.
operation-tag
Test operation tag.
Example Create an HWPing test group, where the administrator name is administrator and the
test operation tag is icmp.
[Router] hwping administrator icmp
System view
Description Executing this command allows the system to access HWPing test group view.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family hwping-agent enable 1621
Command Reference
hwping-agent enable
Purpose Use the hwping-agent enable command to enable the HWPing client function.
Use the undo hwping-agent enable command to disable the HWPing client
function.
Syntax hwping-agent enable
undo hwping-agent enable
Parameters None
Example Enable HWPing Client.
[Router] hwping-agent enable
System view
Description Before you can perform a test, you must enable the HWPing client function.
Related Command hwping-server enable
1622 hwping-agent max-requests 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
hwping-agent max-requests
Purpose Use the hwping-agent max-requests command to set the allowed maximum
number of concurrent tests.
Use the undo hwping-agent max-requests command to restore the default
maximum number of concurrent tests.
Syntax hwping-agent max-requests max-number
undo hwping-agent max-requests
Parameters max-number
Maximum number of concurrent tests. Valid values are
1 to 5.
If no value is specified, the default is 5. This command
is invalid for ICMP, Jitter and UDP tests.
Example Set the maximum number of concurrent tests to 4.
[Router] hwping-agent max-requests 4
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family hwping-server enable 1623
Command Reference
hwping-server enable
Purpose Use the hwping-server enable command to enable HWPing Server.
Use the undo hwping-server enable command to disable HWPing Server.
Syntax hwping-server enable
undo hwping-server enable
Parameters None
Default By default, HWPing Server is disabled.
Example Enable HWPing Server.
[Router] hwping-server enable
System view
Description You may use HWPing to test jitter, or UDP or TCP connection of a specified port. Note
that if a 3Com router is used as the server in an HWPing test, you must enable
HWPing on the server.
Related Commands hwping-agent enable
hwping-server tcpconnect
hwping-server udpecho
1624 hwping-server tcpconnect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the hwping-server tcpconnect command to create a TCP listening service.
Use the undo hwping-server tcpconnect command to delete the established
TCP listening service.
Syntax hwping-server tcpconnect ip-address port-number
undo hwping-server tcpconnect ip-address port-number
Parameters ip-address IP address where HWPing Server provides the TCP
listening service.
port-number
Port where HWPing Server provides the TCP listening
service. This port number cannot be greater than
50,000 or be one reserved for special purpose such as
1701.
Example Create a TCP listening service, setting IP address to 169.254.10.2 and port number to
9000.
[Router] hwping-server tcpconnect 169.254.10.2 9000
System view
Description When you use a 3Com router as the server in an HWPing test on the TCP connection
of a specified port, you must create the TCP listening service on the server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family hwping-server udpecho 1625
Command Reference
Purpose Use the hwping-server udpecho command to create a UDP listening service.
Use the undo hwping-server udpecho command to delete the established UDP
listening service.
Syntax hwping-server udpecho ip-address port-number
undo hwping-server udpecho ip-address port-number
IP address where HWPing server provides the UDP
listening service.
port-number
Port where HWPing Server provides the UDP listening
service. This port number must be smaller than 49,999
and could not be that of a port that is well-known or
has a special purpose, such as port 1701.
Example Create a UDP listening service, setting IP address to 169.254.10.2 and port number to
9000.
[Router] hwping-server udpecho 169.254.10.2 9000
System view
Description If you want to use a 3Com router as the server in an HWPing test on the UDP
connection of a specified port, you must create the UDP listening service on the
server.
1626 icmp redirect send 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
icmp redirect send
Purpose Use the icmp redirect send command to enable the sending of ICMP Redirect
messages.
Use the undo icmp redirect send command to disable the sending of ICMP
messages.
Syntax icmp redirect send
undo icmp redirect send
Parameters None
Default By default, the system can send ICMP Redirect messages.
Example Enable the sending of ICMP Redirect messages.
[ Rout er ] i cmp r edi r ect send
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family id-type 1627
Command Reference
id-type
Purpose Use the id-type command to select the type of ID used in IKE negotiation.
Use the undo id-type command to restore the default setting. By default, IP
address is the ID used in IKE negotiation.
Syntax id-type { i p | name }
undo id-type
Parameters ip
Selects IP address as the ID used in IKE negotiation.
name
Selects name as the ID used in IKE negotiation.
Example Set name as the ID used in IKE negotiation.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - new_peer ] i d- t ype name
IKE-Peer view
Description In main mode, you can only use IP address to perform IKE negotiation and to create
an SA.
In aggressive mode, you can use both IP address and name to perform Ike negotiation
and to create an SA.
Related Command ike local-name
1628 idle-mark 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
idle-mark
Purpose Use the idle-mark command to set the line idle-mark of the synchronous serial
interface to FF.
Use the undo idle-mark command to restore the line idle-mark of the
synchronous serial interface to 7E.
Syntax idle-mark
undo idle-mark
Parameters None
Default Line idle-mark of synchronous serial interfaces defaults to 7E.
Example Set the line idle-mark of the synchronous serial interface to FF.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i dl e- mar k
Description In normal circumstances, the synchronous serial interface uses the code 7E to
identify the idle state of the line. However, there are still some devices that use FF
(that is, the high level of all 1s) to make the identification. For the sake of
compatibility in this case, it is necessary to configure the line idle-mark of the
synchronous serial interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family idle-timeout 1629
Command Reference
idle-timeout
Purpose Use the idle-timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer. When it expires, the
user connection is disconnected.
Use the undo idle-timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax idle-timeout minutes [ seconds ]
undo idle-timeout
Parameters minutes
Number of minutes. Valid values are 0 to 35791.
seconds
Number of seconds. Valid values are 0 to 59.
Default The default idle-timeout is 10 minutes.
Example Set the idle-timeout timer to 1 minute and 30 seconds.
[3Com-ui-console0] idle-timeout 1 30
User Interface view
Description Setting idle-timeout to zero disables the timer and the connection is maintained
regardless of whether it is idle.
1630 idlecode (CE1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
idlecode (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the idlecode command to set the line idle code on the CE1/PRI interface. Two
types of line idle code are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
Use the undo idlecode command to restore the default, or 0x7e.
Syntax idlecode { 7e | ff }
undo idlecode
Parameters 7e Sets the line idle code to 0x7e.
ff Sets the line idle code to 0xff.
Example Set the line idle code to 0x7e on CE1/PRI interface 3/0/0.
[3Com -E1 3/0/0] idlecode 7e
Description The line idle code is sent in the timeslots that are not bundled into the logical
channels on the interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family idlecode (CT1/PRI Interface) 1631
Command Reference
idlecode (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the idlecode command to set the line idle code on the CT1/PRI interface. Two
types of line idle code are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
Use the undo idlecode command to restore the default, 0x7e.
Syntax idlecode { 7e | ff }
undo idlecode
Parameters 7e
Sets the line idle code to 0x7e.
ff
Sets the line idle code to 0xff.
Example Set the line idle code to 0x7e on CT1/PRI interface 3/0/0.
[3Com -T1 3/0/0] idlecode 7e
Description The line idle code is sent in the timeslots that are not bundled into the logical
channels on the interface.
1632 if-match 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match
Purpose Use the if-match command to define the match rule of a class.
Use the undo if-match command to delete the match rule of a class.
Syntax if-match [ not ] match-criteria
undo if-match [ not ] match-criteria
Parameters not
Not match the class.
match-criteria
Class match rules. The value can include acl, any,
classifier, destination-mac, inbound-interface,
ip-precedence, dscp, fr-de, atm-clp, dot1p-cos,
protocol, source-mac, mpls-exp, and rtp.
When packets of a certain class do not meet the packet type restrictions of a rule, the
rule is senseless and regarded as ineffective, and the system will neglect it when
performing process by class. Restrictions of rules on packet types are as follows:
destination-mac, source-mac, and dot1p-cos are effective only for Ethernet
packets.
mpls-exp is effective in the inbound direction only for MPLS packets.
mpls-exp (in the outbound direction), ip-precedence, dscp, rtp, and acl are
effective for IP and MPLS packets.
fr-de, atm-clp, protocol, inbound-interface, any, and classifier are effective for all
packets.
Example Define if-match destination-mac rule and if-match inbound-interface rule on ATM
PVC.
[ 3Com] di spl ay qos pol i cy i nt er f ace At m1/ 0/ 0 pvc 0/ 99
At m1/ 0/ 0, pvc 0/ 99
Pol i cy: t est
1 Mi n Rat e: 0 bps
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch dest i nat i on- mac f f f f - f f f f - f f f f
i f - mat ch i nbound- i nt er f ace e0/ 0/ 0
Behavi or : t est
- none-
I n f act , i f - mat ch dest i nat i on- mac i s i nef f ect i ve on ATMPVC. Ther ef or e,
t he r ul e on t he ATM PVC i s l i ke t hi s:
1 Mi n Rat e: 0 bps
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match 1633
Command Reference
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch i nbound- i nt er f ace e0/ 0/ 0
Behavi or : t est
- none-
Class view
Related Command traffic classifier
1634 if-match acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match acl
Purpose Use the if-match acl command to define ACL match rule.
Use the undo if-match acl command to delete ACL match rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] acl access-list-number
undo if-match [ not ] acl access-list-number
Parameters access-list-number
ACL number.
not
Not matching the class.
Example Define a class to match ACL3101.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch acl 3101
Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match acl 1635
Command Reference
if-match acl
Purpose Use the if-match acl command to set conditions that multicast packets should
meet in each policy node.
Use the undo if-match acl command to remove the match conditions set.
Syntax if-match acl acl-number
undo if-match acl acl-number
Standard or extended ACL number. Valid values are
2000 to 3999.
Default By default, no if-match clause is defined.
Example Set the ACL conditions that multicast packets need to meet.
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy p1 per mi t node 10
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch acl 2001
Route-Policy view
Description If a packet meets the if-match conditions specified in a policy node, actions specified
by the node will be performed. If a packet does not meet the if-match conditions
specified in a policy node, the next node will be detected. If a packet does not meet
the conditions of all policy nodes, the packet will return to the normal forwarding
flow. The configuration and use of this command are the same as those of the same
command in the unicast policy routing.
Related Command if-match ip-prefix
1636 if-match acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match acl
Purpose Use the if-match acl command to set the match condition for IP address.
Use the undo if-match acl command to delete the IP address match condition.
undo if-match acl
Address access control list number.
Example Set packets that accord with the access list 2010 to be matched.
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy map1 per mi t node 2010
Route-Policy view
Description An acl-number can be basic ACL or advanced ACL.
Related Command if-match packet length
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match acl 1637
Command Reference
if-match acl
Purpose Use the if-match acl command to configure the IP address range to match the
route-policy.
Use the undo if-match acl command to cancel the setting of the match rule.
undo if-match [ acl acl-number ]
filtering.
ip-prefix-name
Specifies the name of the prefix address list used for
filtering.
Example Display how to define one if-match clause. When the clause is used for filtering route
information, the route information filtered by route destination address through
address ACL 2010 is enabled to pass the if-match clause.
Routing Policy view
Description Filtering is performed by quoting an ACL.
Related Commands apply cost
apply ip-address
apply origin
apply tag
if-match cost
if-match interface
if-match ip-prefix
if-match tag
route-policy
1638 if-match any 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match any
Purpose Use the if-match any command to define the rule matching all packets.
Use the undo if-match any command to delete the rule matching all packets.
Syntax if-match [ not ] any
undo if-match [ not ] any
Parameters not
Example Define the rule matching all packets.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch any
Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match as-path 1639
Command Reference
if-match as-path
Purpose Use the if-match as-path command to filter BGP routing information.
Use the undo if-match as-path command to disable the configuration.
Syntax if-match as-path aspath-acl-number
undo if-match as-path
Parameters aspath-acl-number Number of the AS path list, in the range of 1 to 199.
aspath-acl-number is defined by the ip as-path-acl
command.
Default By default, Route-policy does not require for matching with the AS path list.
Example Define an as-path numbered as 2002 and allow the autonomous system number to
contain the routing information of 200 and 300. Then, define a route-policy named
test. The node No.10 of this route-policy defines an if-match clause, which quotes the
definition of as-path.
[ 3Com] i p as- pat h acl 2 per mi t 200: 300
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy t est per mi t node 10
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch as- pat h 2
Routing Policy view
Description This if-match clause of route-policy is used to filter BGP routing information. The
match condition is specified according to the AS path attributes of the routing
information.
Related Command ip as-path-acl
1640 if-match atmclp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match atmclp
Purpose Use the if-match atmclp command to create a cell loss priority (CLP) bit match
rule defining that ATM cells with CLP bit set to 1 are matched.
Use the if-match not atmclp command to create a CLP bit match rule defining
that ATM cells with CLP bit set to 0 are matched.
Use the undo if-match atmclp command to delete the CLP bit match rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] atmclp
undo if-match [ not ] atmclp
Parameters not Not match the class.
Example Define a rule, setting that all ATM cells with CLP bit set to 1 are matched.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl ass cl ass1
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch at mcl p
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] di spl ay t r af f i c cl assi f i er user - def i ned
cl ass1
Cl assi f i er : cl ass1
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch at mcl p
Define a rule, setting that all ATM cells with CLP bit set to 0 are matched.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl ass cl ass2
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass2] i f - mat ch not at mcl p
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass2] di spl ay t r af f i c cl assi f i er user - def i ned
cl ass2
Cl assi f i er : cl ass2
Oper at or : AND
Rul e( s) : i f - mat ch not at mcl p
Class view
Description CLP is the last bit in the fourth byte of ATM cell headers. As it can only take on 1 or 0,
setting CLP bit match rule is simple. When congestion occurs, ATM cells with CLP bit
set to 1 are more likely to be dropped than those with CLP bit set to 0.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match classifier 1641
Command Reference
if-match classifier
Purpose Use the if-match classifier command to define class-map match rule.
Use the undo if-match classifier command to delete the class-map match
rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] classifier tcl-name
undo if-match [ not ] classifier tcl-name
Parameters tcl-name
Class name.
Example Define match rule of class2 and class1 must be used. Therefore, class1 is configured
first. The match rule of class1 is ACL 101 and the IP precedence is 5.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch i p- pr ecedence 5
Define the packet whose class is class2, match rule is class1 and destination MAC
address is 0050-BA27-BED3.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass2] i f - mat ch cl assi f i er cl ass1
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass2] i f - mat ch dest i nat i on- mac 0050- BA27- BED3
Class view
Description When defining both logical AND and logical OR match rules for a class, you may use
this command.
For example: classA needs to match: rule1 & rule2 | rule3
traffic classifier classB operator and
if-match rule1
if-match rule2
traffic classifier classA operator or
if-match rule3
if-match classifier classB
1642 if-match community 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match community
Purpose Use the if-match community command to configure the community list number
to be matched in route-policy.
Use the undo if-match community command to cancel the configuration of the
matched community list number.
Syntax if-match community { standard-community-list-number [ whol e- mat ch ] |
extended-community-list-number }
undo if-match community
Parameters standard-community-list-nu
mber Standard community list number, ranging from 1 to
99.
extended-community-list-nu
mber Extended community list number, ranging from 100 to
199.
whole-match
Fully matching, i.e., all the communities must appear.
Default By default, community list is not matched.
Example Define a community-list numbered as 1, and allow the autonomous system number
to contain the routing information of 100 and 200. Then, the route-policy named
test is defined. The node No.10 of the route-policy defines a if-match clause, which
quotes the definition of the community-list.
[ 3Com] i p communi t y- l i st 1 per mi t 100: 200
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy t est per mi t node 10
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch communi t y 1
Routing Policy view
Description The if-match clause of route-policy is used to filter BGP routing information. The
match condition is specified according to the community attributes of the routing
information.
Related Commands route-policy
ip community-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match cost 1643
Command Reference
if-match cost
Purpose Use the if-match cost command to configure one of the matching rules of
route-policy to match the cost of the routing information.
Use the undo if-match cost command to cancel the configuration of the
matching rule.
Syntax if-match cost value
undo if-match cost
Parameters value
Specifies the required route cost value, ranging from 0
to 4294967295.
Example Define an if-match clause, which allows the routing information with routing cost 8
to pass this if-match clause.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch cost 8
Routing Policy view
Description This if-match clause of route-policy is used to specify the route cost value of the
matched routing information.
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
1644 if-match {destination-mac | source-mac} 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match {destination-mac | source-mac}
Purpose Use the if-match { destination-mac | source-mac } command to define match rule
of destination or source MAC address.
Use the undo if-match { destination-mac | source-mac } command to delete the
match rule of destination or source MAC address.
Syntax if-match [ not ] { dest i nat i on- mac | sour ce- mac } mac-address
undo if-match [ not ] { dest i nat i on- mac | sour ce- mac } mac-address
Parameters not
mac-address
MAC address.
Example Define that the match rule of class2 is to match the packets with the destination MAC
address 0050-ba27-bed3.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch dest i nat i on- mac 0050- ba27- bed3
Define the match rule of class2 as matching the packets with source MAC address
0050-ba27-bed2.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass2] i f - mat ch sour ce- mac 0050- ba27- bed2
Class view
Description The match rules of the destination MAC address are only meaningful for the policies
of the outbound direction and the interface of Ethernet type.
The match rules of the source MAC address are only meaningful for the policies of
the input direction and the interface of Ethernet type.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match dot1p-cos 1645
Command Reference
if-match dot1p-cos
Purpose Use the if-match dot1p-cos command to define a COS field match rule for
VLAN packets.
Use the undo if-match atmclp command to delete the specified COS field
match rule for VLAN packets.
Syntax if-match [ not ] dot1p-cos cos-value
if-match [ not ] dot1p-cos cos-value
Parameters cos-value
COS value in VLAN packets, in the range 0 to 7.
Example Define a rule, setting that the VLAN packets with COS field of 1, 3, or 6 are matched.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch dot 1p- cos 1 3 6
Class view
Description For a class, you can configure multiple COS field match rules. The COS values
specified by them are automatically arranged in ascending order.
You can specify up to eight COS values in one if-match dot1p-cos command. In
case the same value is specified multiple times, only one of them is valid. If the COS
value of a VLAN packet matches one of the specified COS values, the system regards
that a match is found.
1646 if-match dscp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match dscp
Purpose Use the if-match dscp command to define an IP DSCP match rule.
Use the undo if-match dscp command to delete an IP DSCP match rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] dscp dscp-value
undo if-match [ not ] dscp dscp-value
Parameters dscp-value
DSCP value, in the range of 0 to 63.
Example Define the match rule of class1 as matching the packets with the DSCP value as 1, 6
or 9.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch dscp 1 6 9
Class view
Description For a class, you can configure multiple IP DSCP match rules. The DSCP values specified
by them are automatically arranged in ascending order. Only when the specified DSCP
values are identical with those in the rule (sequence may be different) can the
command be deleted.
You may configure up to eight DSCP values in one command. If multiple DSCPs of the
same value are specified, the system regards them as one. Relation between different
DSCP values is OR.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match fr-de 1647
Command Reference
if-match fr-de
Purpose Use the if-match fr-de command to define an FR DE matching rule.
Use the undo if-match fr-de command to delete the FR DE matching rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] fr-de
undo if-match [ not ] fr-de
Parameters None
Example Define a matching rule for class1, specifying to match FR packets with the DE bit set
to 1.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch f r - de
Define a matching rule for class2, specifying to match FR packets with the DE bit left
as 0.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch not f r - de
Class view
Description The if-match fr-de command matches packets with the FR DE bit set to 1, while
the if-match not fr-de command matches packets with the FR DE bit left as 0.
1648 if-match inbound-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match inbound-interface
Purpose Use the if-match inbound-interface command to define ingress interface
match rule of a class.
Use the undo if-match inbound-interface command to delete ingress
interface match rule of a class.
Syntax if-match [ not ] inbound-interface interface-type interface-number
undo if-match [ not ] inbound-interface interface-type interface-number
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Define that the class matches the packets entering from Ethernet6/0/0.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch i nbound- i nt er f ace Et her net 6/ 0/ 0
Class view
Description Before specifying an interface, make sure that it has been created. If the specified
interface is a dynamic one, removing the interface can delete the rule.
Supported interface type: ATM, Ethernet, Serial, Tunnel, and VT.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match interface 1649
Command Reference
if-match interface
Purpose Use the if-match interface command to match the route whose next hop is
designated interface.
Use the undo if-match interface command to cancel the setting of match
condition.
Syntax if-match interface interface-type interface-number
undo if-match interface
Specifies the type of the interface.
interface-number
Specifies the number of the interface.
Example Display how to define one if-match clause to match the route whose next hop
interface is ethernet 1/0/2.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 2
Routing Policy view
Description This if-match clause of the route-policy is used to match the corresponding interface
of the route next hop when it filters the route.
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
1650 if-match ip next-hop 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the if-match ip next-hop command to configure one of the match rules of
route-policy on the next hop address of the routing information.
Use the undo if-match ip next-hop command to cancel the setting of match
condition.
Syntax if-match ip next-hop { acl acl-number | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name }
undo if-match ip next-hop [ i p- pr ef i x ]
filtering. The range is 2000 to 2999.
ip-prefix-name
filtering. The range is 1 to 19.
Example Define an if-match clause. It permits the routing information, whose route next hop
address passes the filtering of the prefix address list p1, to pass this if-match clause.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch i p next - hop i p- pr ef i x p1
Routing Policy view
Description This if-match clause of the route-policy is used to specify the next hop address field
matching the routing information when it filters the routing information and
implement its filtering function by referring to an ACL or address prefix list.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match ip next-hop 1651
Command Reference
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
1652 if-match ip-precedence 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match ip-precedence
Purpose Use the if-match ip-precedence command to define IP precedence match rule.
Use the undo if-match ip-precedence command to delete IP precedence
match rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] ip-precedence ip-precedence-value
undo if-match [ not ] ip-precedence
Parameters ip-precedence-value Precedence value, in the range of 0 to 7. Multiple
values can be specified and the maximum number is 8.
If multiple precedence of the same value are
specified, only one of them is taken. Relation between
different DSCP values is OR.
Example Define the match rule of class1 as matching the packets with the precedence value as
1 or 6.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch i p- pr ecedence 1 6
Class view
Description When the command is configured, the ip-precedence-value will be sorted
automatically in ascending order.
Multiple precedence values can be specified and the maximum number is 8. If
multiple precedence values of the same are specified, the system regards them as
one. Relation between different precedence values is OR.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match ip-prefix 1653
Command Reference
if-match ip-prefix
Purpose Use the if-match ip-prefix command to configure one of the match rules of
route-policy on the IP address range of the routing information.
Use the undo if-match ip next-hop command to cancel the setting of match
condition.
Syntax if-match ip-prefix ip-prefix-name
undo if-match [ i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix-name ]
Parameters ip-prefix-name
filtering.
Example Define an if-match sub-statement in which the IP address prefix list p1 is used in
routing information filtering.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch i p- pr ef i x p1
Routing Policy view
Description The filtering is achieved through redistributing an IP address prefix name.
if-match interface
if-match cost
if-match tag
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
1654 if-match mpls-exp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match mpls-exp
Purpose Use the if-match mpls-exp command to configure the matching rule for EXP
domain of MPLS.
Use the undo if-match mpls-exp command to delete the matching rule.
Syntax if-match [ not ] mpls-exp { mpls-experimental-value }
undo if-match [ not ] mpls-exp
Parameters mpls-experimental-value EXP value. Valid values are 0 to 7.
Example Define the class to match the packet whose exp is 3 or 4.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - dat abase] i f - mat ch mpl s- exp 3 4
Class view
Description Multiple exp-values can be specified in the command and the maximum number
is 8. If multiple exp-values of the same value are specified, the system only takes
one. Relation between different values is OR. If this command is frequently
configured under one class, the last configuration will overwrite the previous ones.
After this command is configured, the exp-value will be sorted automatically in
ascending order.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match mpls-label 1655
Command Reference
if-match mpls-label
Purpose Use the if-match mpls-label command to configure to match public network
routes with MPLS labels only.
Use the undo if-match mpls-label command to remove the match rules.
Syntax if-match mpls-label
undo if-match mpls-label
Parameters None
Example Define an if-match clause to permit the filtering of routes with labels.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch mpl s- l abel
Route-Policy view
Related Command apply mpls-label
1656 if-match outbound-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match outbound-interface
Purpose Use the if-match outbound-subinterface command to define an outbound
subinterface matching rule for the class.
Use the undo if-match inboud-subinterface command to delete an
outbound subinterface matching rule from the class.
Syntax if-match [ not ] outbound-subinterface interface-type
interface-number.subinterface-number
undo if-match [ not ] outbound-subinterface interface-type
interface-number.subinterface-number
Parameters interface-type Interface type, which must support subinterfaces. It
can be GE, FE, FR, or MFR only at present.
interface-number.subinterf
ace-number Subinterface number.
Example Define an outbound subinterface matching rule for class1.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch out bound- subi nt er f ace
Gi gabi t Et her net 6/ 0/ 0. 1
Class view
Description The subinterface specified in this command must be one that already existed. After
this subinterface is deleted, the rule is deleted.
A policy containing a rule defined using this command must be applied to the main
interface where the specified subinterface is located. If the policy is applied to a
subinterface or to FR PVC, the rule cannot take effect.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match packet length 1657
Command Reference
if-match packet length
Purpose Use the if-match packet-length command to set length match conditions of
IP packets.
Use the undo if-match packet-length command to delete the configuration
about IP packet length match conditions.
Syntax if-match packet-length min-len max-len
undo if-match packet-length
Parameters min-len
Minimum size of network layer packets. Valid values
are 0 to 2147483647.
max-len Maximum size of network layer packets. Valid values
are 0 to 2147483647.
Example Set the packet in the range 100 to 200 to be matched.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch packet - l engt h 100 200
Route-Policy view
Related Command if-match acl
1658 if-match protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match protocol
Purpose Use the if-match protocol command to define protocol matching rules.
Use the undo if-match protocol command to delete the rules.
Syntax if-match [ not ] protocol protocol-name
undo if-match [ not ] protocol protocol-name
Parameters protocol-name
Name of matching protocols, which can be: bgp,
bittorrent, citrix, cuseeme, dhcp, dns, edonkey, egp,
eigrp, exchange, fasttrack, finger, ftp, gnutella,
gopher, gre, h323, http, icmp, igmp, imap, ip, ipinip,
ipsec, irc, kerberos, l2tp, ldap, mgcp, napster, netbios,
netshow, nfs, nntp, notes, novadign, ntp, pcanywhere,
pop3, pptp, printer, rcmd, rip, rsvp, rtcp, secure-ftp,
secure-http, secure-imap, secure-irc, secure-ldap,
secure-nntp, secure-pop3, secure-telnet, sip, skinny,
smtp, snmp, socks, sqlnet, sqlserver, ssh, streamwork,
sunrpc, syslog, telnet, tftp, vdolive, winmx, xwindows,
unknown-tcp, unknown-udp, unknown-others,
user-defined01, user-defined02, , user-defined10 (
the new names will apply if the protocols
user-defined01 to user-defined10 are renamed), in
which unknown-tcp indicates the unidentifiable TCP
packet, unknown-udp indicates the unidentifiable UDP
packet, and unknown-others indicates other
unidentifiable IP packets. User-defined01,
user-defined02, , user-defined10 are user-defined
protocol packets, whose port numbers are invalid
before the dar protocol command is executed.
Default By default, no matching rule is configured.
Example Define smtp-class and configure the matching rule to match the SMTP protocol.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl assi f i er smt p- cl ass
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - smt p- cl ass] i f - mat ch pr ot ocol smt p
Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match protocol rtp 1659
Command Reference
if-match protocol rtp
Purpose Use the if-match protocol rtp command to configure RTP matching rules.
Use the undo if-match protocol rtp command to delete the rules.
Syntax if-match [ not ] protocol rtp [ payl oad- t ype { audi o | vi deo |
payload-string } * ]
undo if-match [ not ] protocol rtp [ payload-type { audio | video |
payload-string }* ]
Parameters payload-type
Matches payload type.
audio
Matches audio RTP payload type.
video
Matches video RTP payload type.
payload-string
The payload type matched in an RTP packet. Valid
values are 0 to 127. Multiple values ( up to 16) can be
configured at the same time, and each two are
separated with a space.
Default No RTP matching rule is configured.
Example Define rtp-class1, and configure the matching rule to be the RTP packet in the audio
payload type.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl assi f i er r t p- cl ass1
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - r t p- cl ass1] i f - mat ch pr ot ocol r t p payl oad- t ype vi deo
Define the class rtp-class2, and configure the matching rule to be the RTP packet in
the 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 10, or 64 payload type.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c cl assi f i er r t p- cl ass2
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - r t p- cl ass2] i f - mat ch pr ot ocol r t p payl oad- t ype 0 1 4 5
6 10 64
Class view
Description If no payload type is specified, it matches all RTP packets.
1660 if-match rtp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match rtp
Purpose Use the if-match rtp command to define port match rule of RTP.
Use the undo if-match rtp command to delete the port match rule of RTP.
Syntax if-match [ not ] rtp st ar t - por t starting-port-number end- por t
end-port-number
undo if-match [ not ] rtp st ar t - por t starting-port-number end- por t
end-port-number
Parameters starting-port-number
Starting RTP port number, in the range of 2000 to
65535.
end-port-number
Ending RTP port numbers, in the range of 2000 to
65535.
Example Define the match rule of class1 as matching the packets whose RTP port number is
the even UDP port number between 16384 and 32767.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1] i f - mat ch r t p st ar t - por t 16384 end- por t 32767
Class view
Description This command can match RTP packets in the range of specified RTP port number, i.e.,
to match packets of even UDP port numbers between <starting-port-number>
and < end-port-number >. If this command is frequently used under a class, the
last configuration will overwrite the previous ones.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family if-match tag 1661
Command Reference
if-match tag
Purpose Use the if-match tag command to match the tag field of OSPF route information.
Use the undo if-match tag command to cancel the existing matching rules.
Syntax if-match tag value
undo if-match tag
Parameters value Specifies the required tag value.
Example Display how to define one if-match clause and enable the OSPF route information
whose tag field is 8 to pass the if-match clause.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy] i f - mat ch t ag 8
Routing Policy view
Description When a route is redistributed from protocol A to protocol B, and is redistributed back
to protocol A on some other routers, protocol A allows the tag field of the routing
protocol update packet to be transferred to the peer, that is, the information in the
tag field can traverse from protocol A to protocol B and then back to protocol A,
without being lost.
OSPF, RIP2, ISIS, and BGP support the tag field, but RIP1 does not.
For example, when a BGP route is redistributed into OSPF and then redistributed back
to BGP on another router, the as-path attribute of the BGP route is lost. You can the
aplly tag command to set the OSPF tag field as as-path to guarantee the integrity of
the as-path attribute.
1662 if-match tag 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
if-match acl
if-match ip-prefix
if-match cost
route-policy
apply ip-address
apply cost
apply origin
apply tag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp enable 1663
Command Reference
igmp enable
Purpose Use the igmp enable command to enable IGMP on an interface.
Use the undo igmp enable command to disable IGMP on an interface.
Syntax igmp enable
undo igmp enable
Parameters None
Default By default, IGMP is disabled on an interface.
Example Enable IGMP on interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] igmp enable
Interface view
Description Only after multicast is enabled, can this command take effect. After this command is
configured, the configuration of other attributes of IGMP can be performed.
Related Command multicast routing-enable
1664 igmp group-limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
igmp group-limit
Purpose Use the igmp group-limit command to limit the number of IGMP groups joined
on the interface. If the number exceeds the limit, the router will not process the
joined IGMP packet any more.
Use the undo igmp group-limit command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax igmp group-limit limit
undo igmp group-limit
Parameters limit
Number of IGMP groups. Valid values are 0 to
MAX_IF_IGMP_GROUP_LIMIT. The value of
MAX_IF_IGMP_GROUP_LIMIT on routers is
MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT, which varies according to router
type.
Default By default, the maximum number of IGMP groups joined on the interface is 1024.
Example Limit the maximum number of IGMP groups joined on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to
100.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp group-limit 100
Interface view
Description If the number of IGMP groups joined on the interface has exceeded the configuration
value during configuration, the previously joined IGMP groups will not be deleted.
If this command is executed repeatedly, the new configuration will overwrite the
previous one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp group-policy 1665
Command Reference
igmp group-policy
Purpose Use the igmp group-policy command to set the filter of multicast groups on an
interface to control the accessing to the IP multicast groups.
Use the undo igmp group-policy command to remove the filter configured.
Syntax igmp group-policy acl-number [ 1 | 2 ]
undo igmp group-policy
Number of basic IP ACL, defining the range of a
multicast group. Valie values are 2000 to 2999.
1
IGMP Version 1.
2
IGMP Version 2. If IGMP version is not specified, IGMP
Version 2 is used by default.
Default By default, no filter is configured, that is, a host can join any multicast group.
Example Permit the hosts on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to join multicast group 225.1.1.1
only.
[3Com-acl-basci-2005] rule permit source 225.1.1.1 0
[3Com-acl-basci-2005] quit
[3Com] interface ethernet 1/0/0
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp group-policy 2005
Interface view
Description If you do not want the hosts on the network that the interface is on to join some
multicast groups and receive the packets from the multicast groups, you can use this
command to limit the range of the multicast groups served by the interface.
Related Command igmp host-join
1666 igmp host-join 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
igmp host-join
Purpose Use the igmp host-join command to enable an interface of a router to join a
multicast group.
Use the undo igmp host-join command to disable the configuration.
Syntax igmp host-join group-address
undo igmp host-join group-address
Parameters group-address Multicast address of the multicast group that an
interface will join.
Default By default, an interface does not join any multicast group.
Example Configure Ethernet1/0/0 to join the multicast group 255.0.0.1.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp host-join 225.0.0.1
Interface view
Description On one router, up to 1024 interfaces can be configured with igmp host-join
command at best.
Related Command igmp group-policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp lastmember-queryinterval 1667
Command Reference
igmp lastmember-queryinterval
Purpose Use the igmp lastmember-queryinterval command to set the interval at
which IGMP querier sends the IGMP specified group query packet when it receives
IGMP Leave packet from the host.
Use the undo igmp lastmember-queryinterval command to restore the
default value.
Syntax igmp lastmember-queryinterval seconds
undo igmp lastmember-queryinterval
Parameters seconds: Interval at which IGMP querier sends the IGMP
specified group query packet when it receives IGMP
Leave packet from the host, in seconds. Valid values
are 1 to 5 seconds.
If not specified, the default value is 1 second.
Example Configure the query interval of the querier for the last group member on the interface
Ethernet1/0/0 to 3 seconds.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp lastmember-queryinterval 3
Interface view
Description On a shared network, that is, when there are multiple hosts and multicast routers on
a network segment, the query router (querier for short) takes charge of maintaining
IGMP group membership on an interface. When the host in IGMP Version 2 leaves a
group, the host should send IGMP Leave packet. If IGMP querier receives the packet,
it must send the IGMP specified group query packet for robust-value times according
to the interval seconds configured via igmp lastmember-queryinterval
command (if the command is not configured, seconds is 1) and the robust coefficient
robust-value configured via igmp robust-count (if the command is not
configured, robust-value is 2). If another host receives the IGMP specified group query
packet from IGMP querier and is interested in the group, it will send IGMP
Membership Report packet within the maximum response time regulated by the
packet. If IGMP querier receives IGMP Membership Report packet from another host
within the time robust-value x seconds, it will go on maintaining the group
membership. If not, it will regard the group is timeout and stop maintaining the
group membership.
The command is only valid when IGMP query router is running in IGMP Version 2. If
the host runs in IGMP Version 1, it may not send IGMP Leave packet when it leaves a
group. At that time, the command is invalid to the host.
1668 igmp lastmember-queryinterval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands igmp robust-count
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp max-response-time 1669
Command Reference
igmp max-response-time
Purpose Use the igmp max-response-time command to configure the maximum
response time contained in the IGMP query packet.
Use the undo igmp max-response-time command to restore the default value.
Syntax igmp max-response-time seconds
undo igmp max-response-time
Parameters seconds:
The maximum response time in the IGMP query packet
in seconds. Valid values are 1 to 25.
Example Configure the maximum response time to 8 seconds.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp max-response-time 8
Interface view
Description The maximum query response time determines the period for a router to detect
quickly that there are no longer directly connected group members in a LAN.
Related Command display igmp group
1670 igmp proxy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
igmp proxy
Purpose Use the igmp proxy command to specify an interface of a leaf network router as
the IGMP proxy of another interface.
Use the undo igmp proxy command to remove the configuration.
Syntax igmp proxy interface-type interface-number
undo igmp proxy
Parameters interface-type Proxy interface type.
interface-number Proxy interface number.
Default By default, IGMP proxy function is disabled.
Example Configure the IGMP proxy of router Ethernet0/0/0 to Ethernet1/0/0.
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] igmp proxy ethernet 1/0/0
Interface view
Description You must enable PIM on the interface before you configure the igmp proxy
command. An interface cannot act as the IGMP proxy of two or more other interfaces
at the same time.
If an interface is configured with IGMP proxy for multiple times, the last one overrides
all the previous configurations.
Related Command pim neighbor-policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp robust-count 1671
Command Reference
igmp robust-count
Purpose Use the igmp robust-count command to set the times IGMP querier sends the
IGMP specified group query packet when it receives IGMP Leave packet from the
host.
Use the undo igmp robust-count command to restore the default value.
Syntax igmp robust-count robust-value
undo igmp robust-count
Parameters robust-value
IGMP robust coefficient, indicating the times the IGMP
querier sends the IGMP specified group query packet
when it receives IGMP Leave packet from the host.
Example Configure the robust-value of querier on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to 3.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp robust-count 3
Interface view
Description On a shared network, that is, when there are multiple hosts and multicast routers on
a network segment, the query router (querier for short) takes charge of maintaining
IGMP group membership on an interface. When the host in IGMP Version 2 leaves a
group, the host should send IGMP Leave packet. If IGMP querier receives the packet,
it must send the IGMP specified group query packet for robust-value times according
to the interval seconds configured via igmp lastmember-queryinterval
command (if the command is not configured, seconds is 1) and the robust coefficient
robust-value configured via igmp robust-count (if the command is not
configured, robust-value is 2). If another host receives the IGMP specified group query
packet from IGMP querier and is interested in the group, it will send IGMP
Membership Report packet within the maximum response time regulated by the
packet. If IGMP querier receives IGMP Membership Report packet from another host
within the time robust-value x seconds, it will go on maintaining the group
membership. If not, it will regard the group is overtime and stop maintaining the
group membership.
The command is only valid when IGMP query router is running in IGMP Version 2. If
the host runs in IGMP Version 1, it may not send IGMP Leave packet when it leaves a
group. At that time, the command is invalid to the host.
1672 igmp robust-count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command igmp lastmember-queryinterval
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp timer other-querier-present 1673
Command Reference
igmp timer other-querier-present
Purpose Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the
overtime value of presence of IGMP querier.
Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command to restore the
default value.
Syntax igmp timer other-querier-present seconds
undo igmp timer other-querier-present
Parameters seconds
IGMP querier present time, in seconds. Valid values are
1 to 131070 seconds.
If not specified, the default value is generally 120
seconds (or twice the value of the IGMP query
messages interval).
Example Configure the querier present time on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to 200 seconds.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp timer other-querier-present 200
Interface view
Description On a shared network, i.e., there are multiple multicast routers on the same network
segment, the query router (querier for short) takes charge of sending query messages
periodically on the interface. If other non-queriers receive no query messages within
the valid period, the router will consider the previous query to be invalid and the
router itself becomes a querier.
In IGMP Version 1, the selection of a querier is determined by the multicast routing
protocol. In IGMP Version 2, the router with the lowest IP address on the shared
network segment acts as the querier.
CAUTION: If the querier present time configured is less than the twice of query
interval, it may lead to the repeated changes of queriers in the network.
Related Command igmp timer query
1674 igmp timer query 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
igmp timer query
Purpose Use the igmp timer query command to configure the interval at which a router
interface sends IGMP query messages.
Use the undo igmp timer query command to restore the default value.
Syntax igmp timer query seconds
undo igmp timer query
Parameters seconds Interval at which the router sends the IGMP query
messages, in seconds. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
Example Configure the interval at which multicast router Ethernet1/0/0 sends IGMP query
packet to 125 seconds.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp timer query 125
Interface view
Description A multicast router sends IGMP query messages at intervals to find out whether there
are multicast group members on the network. The query interval can be modified
according to the practical conditions of the network.
Related Command igmp timer other-querier-present
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family igmp version 1675
Command Reference
igmp version
Purpose Use the igmp version command to specify the version of IGMP that a router uses.
Use the undo igmp version command to restore the default value.
Syntax igmp version { 1 | 2 }
undo igmp version
Parameters 1 IGMP Version 1.
2 IGMP Version 2.
If no version is specified, the default IGMP Version is 2.
Example Specify Ethernet1/0/0 to use IGMP Version 1.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp version 1
Interface view
Description All systems running in the same sub-network must support the same version of IGMP.
When a router finds the system of Version 1, it cannot switch to Version 1 by itself.
1676 ignore-lsp-checksum-error 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ignore-lsp-checksum-error
Purpose Use the ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure the IS-IS to
ignore the checksum error of LSP.
Use the undo ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure the IS-IS
not to ignore the checksum error of LSP.
Syntax ignore-lsp-checksum-error
undo ignore-lsp-checksum-error
Parameters None
Default By default, the checksum error of LSP is not ignored.
Example Configure to ignore the checksum error of LSP.
[ 3Com- i si s] i gnor e- l sp- checksum- er r or
IS-IS view
Description After receiving an LSP packet, the local IS-IS will calculate its checksum and compares
the result with the checksum in the LSP packet. This process is the checksum
authentication over the received LSP. By default, if the checksum in the packet is
found not in consistent with the calculated result, the LSP will be discarded without
being processed. Moreover, if ignoring checksum error is set with the
ignore-lsp-checksum-error command, the packet will be processed as a
normal one even if the checksum error is found.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ike dpd 1677
Command Reference
ike dpd
Purpose Use the ike dpd command to create a DPD structure and enter its view.
Use the undo ike dpd command to delete the specified DPD structure.
Syntax ike dpd dpd-name
undo ike dpd dpd-name
Parameters dpd-name Name of dead peer detection (DPD) structure.
Example Create a DPD structure named aaa.
[ 3Com] i ke dpd aaa
Delete the DPD structure named aaa.
[ 3Com] undo i ke dpd aaa
System view
Description If a DPD structure has been referenced by an IKE peer, it cannot be deleted.
Related Command dpd
1678 ike local-name 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ike local-name
Purpose Use the ike local-name command to set the name of the local GW.
Use the undo ike local-name command to restore the default name of the local
GW. By default, router name is used as the name of the local GW.
Syntax ike local-name name
undo ike local-name
Parameters name Name of the local GW in IKE negotiation, which
contains 1 to 32 characters.
Example Identify the local GW by the configured name beijing_VPN
[ Rout er ] i ke l ocal - name bei j i ng_VPN
System view
Description If the initiator uses the GW name to perform IKE negotiation (id-type name is used),
you must configure the ike local-name command on the local device.
Related Command remote-name
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ike next-payload check disabled 1679
Command Reference
ike next-payload check disabled
Purpose Use the ike next-payload check disabled command to disable the router to
check the next-payload field in the last payload of the IKE negotiation packet during
IPSec negotiation for compatibility with other vendors.
Use the undo ike next-payload check disabled command to restore the
default, checking the next payload field.
Syntax ike next-payload check disabled
undo ike next-payload check disabled
Parameters None
Example Disable the router to check the next-payload field in the last payload of the IKE
negotiation packet during IPSec negotiation.
[ Rout er ] i ke next - payl oad check di sabl ed
System view
Description An IKE negotiation packet comprises multiple payloads; the next-payload field is in
the generic header of the last payload. According to the protocol, this field should be
set to 0. It however may vary by vendor. For compatibility sake, you can use the ike
next-payload check disabled command to ignore this field during IPSec
negotiation.
1680 ike peer (IPSec Policy view or IPSec Policy Template view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ike peer (IPSec Policy view or IPSec Policy
Template view)
Purpose Use the ike peer command to quote an IKE peer in an IPSec policy or IPSec policy
template.
Use the undo ike peer command to remove the quoted IKE peer from the IPSec
policy or IPSec policy template.
Syntax ike peer peer-name
undo ike peer peer-name
Parameters peer-name IKE peer name, which is comprised of a string of up to
15 characters.
Example Quote an IKE peer in the IPSec policy.
[ Rout er - i psec- pol i cy- i sakmp- pol i cy- 10] i ke peer new_peer
IPSec Policy view
IPSec Policy Template view
Related Command ipsec policy (Interface view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ike peer (System view) 1681
Command Reference
ike peer (System view)
Purpose Use the ike peer command to configure an IKE peer and access IKE-peer view.
Use the undo ike peer command to delete an IKE peer.
Syntax ike peer peer-name
undo ike peer peer-name
Parameters peer-name IKE peer name, which is comprised of a string of up to
15 characters.
Example Configure an IKE peer new_peer and access its view.
[ 3Com- i ke- peer - new_peer ]
System view
1682 ike proposal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ike proposal
Purpose Use the ike proposal command to define an IKE proposal.
Use the undo ike proposal command to delete an IKE proposal.
Syntax ike proposal proposal-number
undo ike proposal proposal-number
Parameters proposal-number
IKE proposal number. Valid values are 1 to 100. This
value also stands for the priority. A smaller value stands
for a higher priority. When perform an IKE negotiation,
the system matches IKE proposals by the proposal
number, the one with the smallest proposal number
first.
Example Define IKE proposal 10.
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmmd5
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] aut hent i cat i on- met hod pr e- shar e
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] sa dur at i on 5000
System view
Description The system provides a default IKE proposal with the lowest priority.
Executing this command in system view will enter the IKE proposal view, where you
can set parameters such as authentication method, encryption algorithm,
authentication algorithm, DH group ID, and sa duration for this IKE proposal using
the authentication-method, encryption-algorithm, dh,
authentication-algorithm, and sa duration command.
The Default IKE proposal has the following default parameters:
Encryption algorithm: DES-CBC
Authentication algorithm: HMAC-SHA1
Authentication method: Pre-Shared Key
DH group ID: MODP_768
SA duration: 86400 seconds
These parameters will be used to establish a security tunnel once these parameters
are confirmed by the both sides of the negotiation.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ike proposal 1683
Command Reference
Both sides of the negotiation can be configured more than one IKE proposal. During
the negotiation, the IKE proposals in both sides are selected to match one by one, by
turns of their priority levels. The parameters that must be same during the match are
encryption algorithm, authentication algorithm, authentication method, and DH
group. The sa duration is decided by the initiator of the negotiation, needing no
agreement.
Related Commands authentication-algorithm
dh
display ike policy
sa duration
1684 ike sa keepalive-timer interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ike sa keepalive-timer interval
Purpose Use the ike sa keepalive-timer interval command to configure the
interval for sending Keepalive packet to the remote end through ISAKMP SA.
Use the undo ike sa keepalive-timer interval command to disable the
function.
Syntax ike sa keepalive-timer interval seconds
undo ike sa keepalive-timer interval
Parameters seconds
Specifies the interval for sending Keepalive packet to
the remote end through ISAKMP SA. It can be set to a
value in the range 20 to 28800.
Default This function is enabled automatically when IPSec implements NAT traversal, and the
default interval time is 20 seconds.
By default, this function is disabled.
Example Configure the interval as 20 seconds for the local end to send Keepalive packet to the
remote end.
[ 3Com] i ke sa keepal i ve- t i mer i nt er val 20
System view
Description This command is used to configure the interval for sending Keepalive packet to the
remote end through ISAKMP SA. IKE maintains the link state of the ISAKMP SA by
using the Keepalive packet. In general, if a timeout is configured at the remote end by
using the ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command, an interval for
sending Keepalive packet must be configured at the local end. When the remote end
in the configured timeout time does not receive the Keepalive packet, the ISAKMP SA
with the TIMEOUT flag and the IPSec SA corresponding to it will be deleted, and
otherwise the ISAKMP SA without the TIMEOUT flag will be marked as TIMEOUT.
Thus the configured timeout should be longer than the interval for sending the
Keepalive packet during configuration.
Related Command ike sa keepalive-timer timeout
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ike sa keepalive-timer timeout 1685
Command Reference
ike sa keepalive-timer timeout
Purpose Use the ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command to configure a timeout
for ISAKMP SA to wait for the Keepalive packet.
Use the undo ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command to disable the
function.
Syntax ike sa keepalive-timer timeout seconds
undo ike sa keepalive-timer timeout
Parameters seconds
Specifies the timeout for ISAKMP SA to wait for the
Keepalive packet. It can be set to a value in the range
20 to 28800.
Example Configure the timeout as 20 seconds for the local end to wait for the remote end to
send the Keepalive packet.
[ 3Com] i ke sa keepal i ve- t i mer t i meout 20
System view
Description This command is used to configure the timeout for the remote end to send the
Keepalive packet. IKE maintains the link state of the ISAKMP SA by using the
Keepalive packet. When the remote end in the configured timeout does not receive
the Keepalive packet, the ISAKMP SA with the TIMEOUT flag and the IPSec SA
corresponding to it will be deleted, and otherwise the ISAKMP SA without the
TIMEOUT flag will be marked as TIMEOUT. Thus the configured timeout should be
longer than the interval for sending the Keepalive packet during configuration.
Generally, packets will not be lost for more than three consecutive times in the
network, so the timeout can be configured as three times of the interval set for the
remote end to send Keepalive packets.
Related Command ike sa keepalive-timer interval
1686 ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval
Purpose Use the ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval command to configure the
NAT keepalive interval for IKE peers.
Use the undo ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval command to
disable NAT keepalive for IKE peers.
Syntax ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval seconds
undo ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval
Parameters seconds
Specifies the NAT keepalive interval for IKE peers (in
Default By default, NAT keepalive of IKE is disabled.
Example Set the NAT keepalive interval to 30 seconds for IKE peers.
[ 3Com] i ke sa nat - keepal i ve- t i mer i nt er val 30
System view
Description The NAT keepalive interval must be less than the translation timeout of NAT.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ima-clock 1687
Command Reference
ima-clock
Purpose Use the ima-clock command to configure the clock mode of the IMA group.
Use the undo ima-clock command to restore the default, that is, CTC.
Syntax ima-clock {itc | ctc [ link_number number ] }
undo ima-clock
Parameters itc Independent transmit clock configuration. In this
mode, the links in the IMA group use at least two clock
sources.
ctc
Common transmit clock configuration. In this mode,
all links in the IMA group share a clock source, which
can be an external clock or the one extracted from a
member link.
link_number number
Number of the E1/T1 link that provides the clock
source.
Example Set the clock mode to ITC on IMA group interface 1/0/1.
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1] ima-clock itc
Description When the IMA group adopts ITC mode, you must set the clock mode of each
member ATM E1/T1 link to slave with the clock slave command.
When the IMA group adopts CTC mode, you must set the clock mode of each
member ATM E1/T1 link to master with the clock master command.
1688 ima ima-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ima ima-group
Purpose Use the ima ima-group command to add the ATM E1/T1 interface to the specified
IMA group. If the specified IMA group does not exist, it is created first.
Use the undo ima ima-group command to remove the interface from the IMA
group.
Syntax ima ima-group group-number
undo ima ima-group
IMA group number. Valid values are 1 to 8.
Example Add ATM E1 interface 1/0/1 to IMA group 1.
[3Com -Atm 1/0/1] ima ima-group 1
Description The first link in the IMA group is the primary link. You can delete it only when you
delete the IMA group.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ima-test 1689
Command Reference
ima-test
Purpose Use the ima-test command to set a test pattern for testing the connectivity of the
specified link to the rest of the IMA group.
Use the undo ima-test command to cancel the test.
Syntax ima-test [ link_number number ] [ pattern-id id ]
undo ima-test
Parameters link_number number
Number of the test E1/T1 link in the IMA group.
pattern-id id
Test pattern. Valid values are any hexadecimal number
from 0 to FE.
Default By default, IMA group test is disabled.
Example Send test pattern AB over link 0 on IMA group interface 1/0/1.
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1] ima-test link-number 0 pattern-id ab
Description You may test the connectivity of a link to the rest of the IMA group by sending a test
pattern over the link. This test pattern is looped over all the active links at the far end
and back to the transmitter. To display the connectivity test result, execute the
display interface ima-group command.
If no E1/T1 link is specified, the system sends the test pattern over the first link in the
IMA group by default. If no test pattern is specified, 0xAA applies by default.
1690 impedance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
impedance
Purpose Use the impedance command to configure the current electric impedance on a
voice subscriber-line.
Use the undo impedance command to restore the default electric impedance on
the voice subscriber-line.
Syntax impedance { country-name | R550 | R600 | R650 | R700 | R750 | R800 |
R850 | R900 | R950 }
undo impedance
Parameters country-name
Specifies a country so that its impedance standard is
used. It can be Australia, Austria, Belgium-Long,
Belgium-Short, Brazil, China, Czech-Republic,
Denmark, ETSI-Harmanized, Finland, France,
German-Swiss, Greece, Hungary, India, Italy, Japan,
Korea, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal,
Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, U.K., US-Loaded-Line,
US-Non-Loaded, or US-Special-Service.
R550
550-ohm real impedance.
R600
R650
R700
R750
R800
R850
R900
R950
Default The default electric impedance on the voice line is China.
Example Configure the current electric impedance to r600 on voice subscriber-line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] i mpedance r 600
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family impedance 1691
Command Reference
Description You can specify an impedance value by specifying the country where the value
applies. You may just input the leading letters that uniquely identify the country
however.
1692 import-route 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
import-route
Purpose Use the import-route command to redistribute routes from other protocols.
Use the undo import-route command to disable the configuration.
Syntax import-route protocol [ med med-value ] [ r out e- pol i cy
route-policy-name ]
undo import-route protocol
Parameters protocol Specifies the routing protocol from which to
redistribute routes, it can be direct, ospf, ospf-nssa ,
ospf-ase, rip, bgp, and static at present.
med med-value
Specifies the MED value to be applied to redistributed
routes, ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
route-policy
route-policy-name
Specifies the route-policy for filtering redistributed
routes. It can be an alphanumeric string with the
length ranging from 1 to 19.
Default By default, BGP does not redistribute the routes from other protocols.
Example Redistribute routes from RIP.
[ 3Com- bgp] i mpor t - r out e r i p
BGP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family import-route 1693
Command Reference
import-route
Purpose Use the import-route command to import routing information from other
protocols to BGP.
Use the undo import-route command to cancel the importing of routing
information from other protocols.
Syntax import-route protocol [ route-policy policy-name ] [ med metric ]
Parameters protocol:
Source routing protocols that can be imported, which
can be direct, ospf, ospf-ase, ospf-nssa, rip, isis and
static at present.
metric:
Metric value loaded by an imported route.
policy-name:
Routing policy used by an imported route.
system.
Example Configure to import a static route.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] import-route static
Command Reference
import-route
Purpose Use the import-route command to configure IS-IS to filter the redistributed
routes.
Use the undo import-route command to configure IS-IS not to redistribute the
routing information of other protocols.
Syntax import-route protocol [ al l ow- i bgp ] [ cost value ] [ t ype { ext er nal |
i nt er nal } ] [ l evel - 1 ] [ l evel - 1- 2 ] [ l evel - 2 ] [ r out e- pol i cy
route-policy-name ]
undo import-route protocol [ cost value ] [ t ype { ext er nal | i nt er nal
} ] [ l evel - 1 ] [ l evel - 1- 2 ] [ l evel - 2 ] [ r out e- pol i cy
route-policy-name ]
Parameters protocol Specifies source routing protocols which can be
redistributed, including direct, bgp, ospf, ospf-nssa ,
ospf-ase, rip and static at present.
allow-ibgp
Optional when the protocol argument is set to
BGP. Whereas the import-route bgp command
redistributes only EBGP routes, the import-route bgp
allow-ibgp command redistributes IBGP routes in
addition and as such, must be used with cautions.
cost value Specifies the route cost of the redistributed route,
level-1
Redistributes the route into Level-1 routing table.
level-2
Redistributes the route into Level-2 routing table.
level-1-2
Redistributes the route into Level-1-2 routing table.
If the level for redistributing the route is not specified
in the command, it defaults to redistribute the routes
into Level-1 and Level-2, i.e. Level-1-2 routing table.
route-policy
route-policy-name
Redistributes only the routes matching the specified
route-policy.
Default By default, IS-IS does not redistribute routing information from any other protocols.
Example Redistribute a static route with cost 15.
[ 3Com- i si s] i mpor t - r out e st at i c cost 15
IS-IS view
Command Reference
Description For IS-IS, the routes discovered by other routing protocols are processed as the routes
outside the routing domain. When redistributing the routes of other protocols, you
can specify the default cost for them. If OSPF routes are redistributed, you can also
specify the cost type for them.
When IS-IS redistributes routes, you can specify to redistribute the routes to Level-1,
Level-2 or Level-1-2. If you do not specify the level, the system will redistribute the
routes to Level-2 routing table by default.
IS-IS regards all the routes redistributed into the routing domain as the external
routes, which describe the way how to select the routes to the destination outside the
routing domain.
Command Reference
import-route
Purpose Use the import-route command to redistribute the information of another routing
protocol.
Use the undo import-route command to cancel the redistributed external
Syntax import-route protocol [ allow-ibgp ] [ cost value ] [ type value ] [ tag
value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Parameters protocol
Specifies the source routing protocol that can be
redistributed. At present, it includes direct, rip, bgp,
isis, static, ospf, ospf-ase, and ospf-nssa.
ospf process-id
Redistributes only the internal routes found by OSPF
process-id as external routing information. If no
process number is specified, the OSPF default process
number 1 is used.
ospf-ase process-id
Redistributes only the ASE external routes found by
OSPF process-id as external routing information. If
no process number is specified, the OSPF default
process number 1 is used.
ospf-nssa process-id
Redistributes only the NSSA external routes found by
OSPF process-id as external routing information. If
no process number is specified, the OSPF default
process number 1 is used.
allow-ibgp
Optional when the protocol argument is set to BGP.
Whereas the import-route bgp command redistributes
only EBGP routes, the import-route bgp allow-ibgp
command redistributes IBGP routes in addition and as
such, must be used with cautions.
cost value Cost of the redistributed routes.
type value Type of the routes to be redistributed by OSPF. value
takes 1 or 2; type 1 represents class 1 external routes,
and type 2 (default) represents class 2 external routes.
tag value
Tags the redistributed routes.
route-policy
route-policy-name Redistributes only the routes matching the specified
Route-policy.
Default By default, the routing information of other protocols is not redistributed.
Command Reference
Example Specify an redistributed RIP route as the route of type 2, with the route tag as 33 and
the route cost as 50.
[3Com -ospf-1] import-route rip type 2 tag 33 cost 50
Specify OSPF process 100 to redistribute the route found by OSPF 160.
[3Com -ospf-100] import-route ospf 160
OSPF view
Description For an redistributed class 1 route, its metric equals the metric for this router to reach
the router where the route is advertised plus the cost assigned to the route. For an
redistributed class 2 route, its metric equals the cost assigned to it.
Set the arguments cost, type, and tag at a time instead of setting them using
the command for several times, because the latest configuration will overwrite the
previous one.
Command Reference
import-route
Purpose Use the import-route command to redistribute the routes of other protocols into
RIP.
Use the undo import-route command to cancel the routes redistributed from
other protocols.
Syntax import-route protocol [ allow-ibgp ] [ cost value ] [ route-policy
route-policy-name ]
Parameters protocol
Specifies the source routing protocol to be
redistributed by RIP. At present, RIP can redistribute the
following routes: direct, ospf, ospf-ase, ospf-nssa,
static, and bgp and isis.
allow-ibgp Optional when the protocol argument is set to BGP.
Whereas the import-route bgp command redistributes
only EBGP routes, the import-route bgp allow-ibgp
command redistributes IBGP routes in addition and as
such, must be used with cautions.
value
Cost value of the route to be redistributed. Valid values
are 1 to 16.
route-policy
route-policy-name Configured to redistribute the route matching the
condition of the specified Route-policy only.
Default By default, RIP does not redistribute any other routes.
Example redistribute a static route with cost being 4.
[3Com -rip] import-route static cost 4
Set the default cost and redistribute an OSPF route with the default cost.
[3Com -rip] default cost 3
[3Com -rip] import-route ospf
RIP view
Command Reference
Description The import-route command is used to redistribute the route of another protocol
by using a certain value. RIP regards the redistributed route as its own route and
transmits it with the specified value. This command can greatly enhance the RIP
capability of obtaining routes, thus increasing the RIP performance.
If the cost value is not specified, routes will be redistributed according to the
default cost. It is in the range of 1 to 16. If it is larger than or equal to 16, it
indicates an unreachable route and the transmission will be stopped in 120 seconds.
Related Command default cost
1700 import-route isis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
import-route isis
Purpose Use the import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command to enable
routing information in a Level-2 area to be redistributed to a Level-1 area.
Use the undo import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command to
remove the function.
Syntax import-route isis level-2 into level-1 [ acl number ]
undo import-route isis level-2 into level-1 [ acl number ]
Parameters number
ACL number. When configuring routing leak from
Level-2 to Level-1, only the routes that are permitted
by ACL can be redistributed to Level-1 area if an ACL
has been specified.
Default By default, routing information in a Level-2 area is not redistributed to a Level-1 area.
Example Redistribute routing information of a router from a Level-2 area to a Level-1 area.
[ 3Com] acl number 3100 per mi t any
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] i mpor t - r out e i si s l evel 2 i nt o l evel 1 acl 3100
IS-IS view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family import-route ospf 1701
Command Reference
import-route ospf
Purpose Use the import-route ospf command to enable to import OSPF route.
Use the undo import-route ospf command to disable to import OSPF route.
Syntax import-route { ospf | ospf - ase | ospf - nssa } [ process-id ] [ med value
| r out e- pol i cy route-policyname ]
undo import-route { ospf | ospf - ase | ospf - nssa } [ process-id ]
OSPF process ID. By default, it is 1.
ospf
Imports only the ASE internal route discovered by OSPF
process with process-id as the external route
information.
ospf-ase Imports only the OSPF-ASE route discovered by OSPF
information.
ospf-nssa
Imports only the OSPF-NSSA route discovered by OSPF
information.
med value
Route cost value
route-policyname
Route policy name
Example Enable to import an OSPF route with process ID 100.
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance sphi nx
[ 3Com- vpn- sphi nx] r out e- di st i ngui sher 168. 168. 55. 1: 85
[ 3Com- vpn- sphi nx] qui t
[ 3Com] bgp 352
[ 3Com- bgp] i p vpn- i nst ance sphi nx
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn- i nst ance] i mpor t - r out e ospf 100
BGP Unicast/Multicast view
MBGP VPN-Instance Address Family view
CAUTION: By default, the process ID is 1.
1702 import-source 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
import-source
Purpose Use the import-source command to configure which (S, G) entries in the domain
need to be advertised when a MSDP originates an SA message.
Use the undo import-source command to remove the configuration.
Syntax import-source [ acl acl-number ]
undo import-source
Parameters acl-number Number of basic or advanced IP ACLs, controlling
which sources SA messages will advertise and to which
groups it will be sent in the domain. Basic ACL
performs filtering to source and advanced ACL
performs filtering to source/group. Valid values are
2000 to 3999. If no ACL is specified, no multicast
source will be advertised.
Default By default, all the (S, G) entries in the domain are advertised by the SA message.
Example Configure which (S, G) entries from the multicast routing table will be advertised in
SA messages originated by the MSDP peer.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-acl-adv-3101] rule permit ip source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255
destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] import-source acl 3101
MSDP view
Description Besides controlling SA messages creation, you can filter the forwarded SA messages
by the commands peer sa-policy import and peer sa-policy export.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center channel 1703
Command Reference
info-center channel
Purpose Use the info-center channel command to assign a name to the information
channel specified by channel-number.
Syntax info-center channel channel-number name channel-name
Parameters channel-number Channel number. Valid values are 0 to 9. (The system
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
A string of up to 30 characters excluding minus signs
(-), forward slashes (/) and backslashes (\).
Example Name Channel 0 as execconsole.
[3Com] info-center channel 0 name execconsole
System view
Description Note that the assigned name must be unique.
1704 info-center console channel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the info-center console channel command to have the info-center
output information to the console over the specified channel.
Use the undo info-center console channel command to disable the
current settings.
Syntax info-center console channel { channel-number | channel-name }
undo info-center console channel
Parameters channel-number
Channel number. Valid values are 0 to 9. (The system
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
Channel name.
Default By default, no system information is output to the console.
Example Output information to the console and set the output channel.
[3Com] info-center console channel console
System view
Description This command becomes valid only when the syslog function is enabled.
display info-center
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center enable 1705
Command Reference
info-center enable
Purpose Use the info-center enable command to enable the info-center.
Use the undo info-center enable command to disable the info-center.
Syntax info-center enable
undo info-center enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the info-center is enabled.
Example Enable the info-center.
[3Com] info-center enable
% information center is enabled
System view
Description Only when the info-center is enabled can the system output information.
Related Commands info-center loghost
display info-center
1706 info-center logbuffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the info-center logbuffer command to enable the log buffer and specify
the channel for system information output as well as the size of the log buffer.
Use the undo info-center logbuffer command to cancel the current settings.
Syntax info-center logbuffer [ channel { channel-number | channel-name } |
size buffersize ] *
undo info-center logbuffer [ channel | size ]
Parameters channel
Sets the channel for outputting information to the log
buffer.
channel-number
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
Channel name.
size
Sets log buffer size.
buffersize
Size of the log buffer (the message entries that can be
accommodated).
Default By default, information output to the log buffer is allowed and log buffer size is 512.
Example Enable the info-center to send information to the log buffer and set the log buffer
size to 50.
[3Com] info-center logbuffer size 50
System view
Description Only when the info-center is enabled can this command become effective.
By setting channel number after enabling log buffer, you can specify information
output direction.
display info-center
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center logfile 1707
Command Reference
info-center logfile
Purpose Use the info-center logfile channel command to have the info-center
output system information to the log file.
Use the undo info-center logfile channel command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax info-center logfile channel { channel-number | channel-name } *
undo info-center logfile channel
Parameters channel
Information channel for outputting information to the
log file.
channel-number Channel number. Valid values are 0 to 9. (The system
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
Channel name.
Example Enable the info-center to send information to the log file.
[3Com] info-center logfile channel 4
System view
Description Only when the information center is enabled can this command become effective.
display info-center
1708 info-center loghost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
info-center loghost
Purpose Use the info-center loghost command to have the info-center output
information to the log host.
Use the undo info-center loghost command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax info-center loghost X.X.X.X [ channel { channel-number | channel-name }
| facility local-number | language { chinese | english } ] *
undo info-center loghost X.X.X.X
Parameters X.X.X.X
IP address of the log host.
channel
Information channel for the log host.
channel-number
has 10 channels. )
channel-name Channel name.
facility Sets the logging tool of the log host.
local-number Logging tool of the log host. Valid values are 0 to local
7.
language
Sets the logging language.
chinese, english
Logging language, which can be Chinese or English.
Default By default, no information is output to the log host.
Example Enable the info-center to send information to the UNIX workstation at 202.38.160.1.
[3Com] info-center loghost 202.38.160.1
System view
Description If not specified, the information channel for the log host defaults to channel 2 which
is named log host, the log host recording tool local-number to local 7, and the
language to english.
Only when the information center is enabled can this command become effective.
By setting the IP address of the log host, you can specify the information output
direction. You can set up to four log hosts.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center loghost 1709
Command Reference
display info-center
1710 info-center loghost source 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
info-center loghost source
Purpose Use the info-center loghost source command to specify the source address
in the packets destined to the log host.
Use the undo info-center loghost source command to cancel the current
configuration.
Syntax info-center loghost source interface-type interface-number [
subinterface-type ]
undo info-center loghost source
Interface type.
interface-number
Number of the interface.
subinterface-type Subinterface type.
Example Set the IP address of loopback 0 as the source address of the log messages.
[3Com] interface loopback 0
[3Com-LoopBack0] ip address 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
[3Com-LoopBack0] quit
[3Com] info-center loghost source loopback 0
System view
Description When a log message is sent out a router, its source address defaults to the IP address
of the interface where it is sent. You can change this address however using this
command. By assigning different source addresses to the packets sent by different
routers, you can discriminate them for retrieval convenience.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center monitor channel 1711
Command Reference
Purpose Use the info-center monitor channel command to have the info-center
output information over the specified channel to the user terminal.
Use the undo info-center monitor channel command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax info-center monitor channel { channel-number | channel-name }
undo info-center monitor channel
has 10 channels.)
channel-name Channel name.
Default By default, no information is output to the user terminal.
Example Enable the info-center to output information to the user terminal and set the output
channel.
[3Com] info-center monitor channel monitor
System view
display info-center
1712 info-center snmp channel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
info-center snmp channel
Purpose Use the info-center snmp channel command to set the information channel
for SNMP.
Use the undo info-center snmp channel command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax info-center snmp channel { channel-number | channel-name }
undo info-center snmp channel
has 10 channels.)
If no channel is specified, the default channel used is 5.
channel-name
Channel name.
Example Set SNMP information channel to channel 6.
[3Com] info-center snmp channel 6
System view
Related Command display snmp-agent statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center source 1713
Command Reference
info-center source
Purpose Use the info-center source command to add records to an information
channel.
Use the undo info-center source command to remove the records from the
information channel.
Syntax info-center source { module-name | default } { channel { channel-number
| channel-name} } [ log { state { on | off } | level severity }* | trap
{ state { on | off } | level severity } * | debug { state { on | off }
| level severity }* ]*
undo info-center source { module-name | default } { channel {
channel-number | channel-name }
Parameters module-name Module name.
default Includes all modules by default.
channel-number Information channel number to be set.
channel-name Information channel name to be set.
log Log information.
trap Trap information.
debug Debugging information.
on
Enables outputting information.
off
Disables outputting information.
level
Sets information level to disable the info-center to
output information at this or higher level.
severity
Information level. As shown in the following table, the
info-center divides information into eight levels by
severity or emergency, with a lower level indicating an
event more emergent event. Level 1 represents
emergencies and level 8 represents debugging.
Table 284 Definition of information level
Severity level Descriptions
1. Emergencies The extremely emergent errors
2. Alerts The errors that need to be corrected immediately.
3. Critical Critical errors
4. Errors The errors that need concerns but not critical
5. Warnings Warning, there might exist some kinds of errors.
6. Notifications The information should be concerned.
7. Informational Common prompt information
8. Debugging Debugging information
*: Indicates to select from multiple options, at least one and
at most all.
1714 info-center source 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Output IP modules log information at emergencies and lower levels through the
SNMP channel.
[3Com] info-center source ip channel snmpagent log level emergencies
Remove the setting of the CMD module in the SNMP channel.
[3Com] undo info-center source cmd channel snmpagent
System view
Description For the specified module, by default,
The state of logging information output is on and the allowed information level is
informational.
The state of trapping information output is on and the allowed information level is
informational.
The state of debugging information output is off.
The system allocates one information channel for each output direction as shown in
the following table:
In addition, each information channel has a default record, where the module name
and number are default and 0xffff0000. But for different channels, the record may
have different default settings for log, trap, and debugging information. If a module
has no explicit configuration record in the channel, the default configuration record is
used.
When adding a new or duplicate record, you need to specify its log, trap, and debug
information levels if the default levels are not desired.
Table 285 Default information channels assigned to each direction
Output direction
Information
channel No. Default channel name
Console 0 console
Monitor terminal 1 monitor
Log host 2 loghost
Trap buffer 3 trapbuffer
Log buffer 4 logbuffer
SNMP 5 snmpagent
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center synchronous 1715
Command Reference
info-center synchronous
Purpose Use the info-center synchronous command to enable synchronous terminal
output.
Use the undo info-center synchronous command to disable synchronous
terminal output.
Syntax info-center synchronous
undo info-center synchronous
Parameters None
Default By default, synchronous terminal output is disabled.
Example Enable synchronous terminal output.
[3Com] info-center synchronous
Current IC terminal output sync is on
System view
Description When you are editing a command line, the output of system information may
interrupt your work. With synchronous terminal output enabled, the system can
re-display the input that you are editing after the system information output is
completed.
1716 info-center timestamp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
info-center timestamp
Purpose Use the info-center timestamp command to set a time stamp format for the
system information output to the information channels except for the log host.
Use the undo info-center timestamp command to cancel the current
configuration.
Syntax info-center timestamp { trap | debugging | log } { boot | date | none }
undo info-center timestamp { trap | debugging | log }
Parameters trap
Trap information
debugging
Debugging information.
log
Log information.
boot
Time elapses after the system boots. It is in the format
of xxxxxx.yyyyyy, where xxxxxx is the high 32 bits and
yyyyyy the low 32 bits of the passed milliseconds.
date
Current system date and time, in the format of
mm/dd/yyyy-hh:mm:ss.
none
No time stamp.
Default By default, the boot time stamp is used for debugging information while the date
time stamp is used for other types of information.
Example Set the time stamp format to boot for traps.
[3Com] info-center timestamp trap boot
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family info-center timestamp loghost 1717
Command Reference
info-center timestamp loghost
Purpose Use the info-center timestamp loghost command to set a time stamp
format for the system information output to the log host.
Use the undo info-center timestamp loghost command to restore the
default.
Syntax info-center timestamp loghost { date | no-year-date | none }
undo info-center timestamp loghost
Parameters date
Specifies to use the time stamp format containing the
year. With this keyword specified, the log information
will contain information about the year, for example,
May 27 10:29:38 2005 3Com
%%10SHELL/5/CMD(l): task:co0 ip:** user:**
command:dis this.
no-year-date
Specifies to use the time stamp format without the
year. With this keyword specified, the log information
will not contain information about the year, for
example, May 27 10:29:54 3Com
command:dis this.
none Specifies not to use time stamps. With this keyword
specified, the log information will not contain time
information, for example, 3Com
command:dis this.
Default By default, the date keyword applies.
Example Set the time stamp format to date for the system information output to the log host.
[Router] info-center timestamp loghost date
System view
1718 info-center trapbuffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the info-center trapbuffer command to enable the trap buffer, set its
size and the channel that outputs information to it.
Use the undo info-center trapbuffer command to cancel the current
settings.
Syntax info-center trapbuffer [ channel { channel-number | channel-name } |
size buffersize ] *
undo info-center trapbuffer [ channel | size ]
Parameters channel
Sets the channel for outputting information to the
trapbuffer.
channel-number
has 10 channels.)
channel-name
Channel name.
size
Sets trapbuffer size.
buffersize
Size of the trapbuffer (the information entries that can
be accommodated).
Default By default, information output to trap buffer is allowed and the trap buffer size is
256.
Example Enable the info-center to send information to the trap buffer whose size is 30.
[3Com] info-center trapbuffer size 30
System view
By setting size of the trap buffer, you can allow the info-center output information to
the trap buffer.
display info-center
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface 1719
Command Reference
interface
Purpose Use the interface command to create a P2MP or P2P subinterface.
Use the undo interface command to delete the specified subinterface.
Syntax interface interface-type interface-number.subinterface-number [ p2mp |
p2p ]
undo interface interface-type interface-number.subinterface-number
Type of interface.
interface-number
Interface number.
subinterface-number
Number of subinterface.
p2mp
Sets the type of the subinterface to point to
multipoint. It is the default subinterface type.
p2p
Sets the type of the subinterface to point to point.
Default By default, the type of subinterface is point to multipoint.
Example Create a subinterface on ATM interface 2/0/0.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com ] interface atm 2/0/0.1
[3Com -Atm2/0/0.1]
System view
Description You may configure point to multipoint or point to point subinterfaces on interfaces
that are ATM or on interfaces encapsulated with Frame Relay or X.25.
The number of subinterfaces you can create on an interface depends on the model of
your router.
1720 interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface
Purpose Use the interface command to enter the specified interface view or create a
logical interface or subinterface.
Use the undo interface command to delete a specified logical interface or
subinterface.
Syntax interface type number [ .sub-number ]
undo interface type number [ .sub-number ]
Parameters type
Interface type. Table 286 lists the interfaces that
Comware supports so far.
number
Interface number. Comware numbers the interfaces
separately by interface type, with the numbers of each
type of interfaces beginning at 0 or 1.
sub-number
Subinterface number, which is separated from the
main interface number by a dot (.).
Example Enter the Ethernet interface view in system view.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0]
Switch from Ethernet0/0/0 view to the view of the subinterface Serial0/0/0.1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0. 1
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0. 1]
System view
Description
Table 286 Interfaces supported by Comware
Interface Description Attribute
ATM ATM interface Physical interface
AUX AUX interface Physical interface
AnalogModem Analog modem interface Physical interface
Async Asynchronous serial interface Physical interface
Bri ISDN BRI interface Physical interface
Bridge-Template Bridge-group virtual interface Logical interface
controller e1 E1 interface Physical interface
controller t1 T1 interface Physical interface
controller e3 E3 interface Physical interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface 1721
Command Reference
Remembering the interface numbering convention mentioned earlier, you could
know that the name of a physical interface is represented by interface type + interface
number. For example, Ethernet0/0/0 represents the Ethernet interface numbered
0/0/0, and Serial0/0/0.1 the first subinterface on the interface Serial0/0/0, and
interface Serial3/0/0:2 the second channel set of the CE1/PRI interface (namely
controller interface) numbered 3/0/0.
The name of a logical interface is represented by interface type + interface number,
for example, tunnel 0.
You can however shorten the type portion in the interface name by inputting only the
leading conflict-free letters, for example, e0/0/0 for Ethernet 0/0/0 and s0/0/0.1 for
Serial 0/0/0.1.
You can enter the view of the desired physical interface and create logical interfaces
or subinterfaces as needed by executing the interface command.
You can create subinterfaces for an Ethernet interface or a serial interface
encapsulated with X.25 or Frame Relay (FR). The subinterface numbered 0 is the
actually corresponding main interface.
Note that executing the undo interface command deletes the defined logical
interfaces (such as Dialer, tunnel, and virtual-template interfaces) and subinterfaces.
controller t3 T3 interface Physical interface
Dialer Dialer interface Logical interface
Ethernet Ethernet interface Physical interface
gigabitethernet Gigabit Ethernet interface Physical interface
Logic-Channel Logical-channel interface Logical interface
Loopback Loopback interface Logical interface
NULL Null interface Logical interface
MFR Multi-link FR (MFR) interface Logical interface
Serial Synchronous serial interface Physical interface
Virtual-Ethernet VE interface Logical interface
Virtual-Template Virtual-template interface Logical interface
Tunnel Tunnel interface Logical interface
Table 286 Interfaces supported by Comware (continued)
Interface Description Attribute
1722 interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface
Purpose Use the interface command to enter Ethernet port view.
Syntax interface { interface_type interface_num | interface_name }
Port type. It can be Ethernet only.
interface_num
Port number.
interface_name
Port name, in interface_type interface_num format.
Example Enter the view of Ethernet 1/0/1 port.
System view
Description Before you can configure an Ethernet port, you must enter its view first with this
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface atm 1723
Command Reference
interface atm
Purpose Use the interface atm command to enter the view of the specified ATM E1/T1
interface.
Syntax interface atm number
Parameters number ATM E1/T1 interface number.
Example Enter the view of ATM E1/T1 interface 1/0/1.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm1/0/1]
System view
1724 interface bridge-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface bridge-template
Purpose Use the interface bridge-template command to create a bridge template
interface, connecting the specified bridge set to the routing network.
Use the undo interface bridge-template command to delete the bridge
template interface.
Syntax interface bridge-template bridge-set
undo interface bridge-template bridge-set
Example Create interface bridge-template 1.
[ Rout er ] i nt er f ace br i dge- t empl at e 1
[ 3Com- Br i dge- t empl at e1]
System view
Description Each bridge set can have only one bridge template interface.
Related Command bridge routing-enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface dialer 1725
Command Reference
interface dialer
Purpose Use the interface dialer command to create a dialer circular group for the
Circular DCC, or configure a dialer interface for the Resource-Shared DCC.
Use the undo interface dialer command to cancel the existing setting.
Syntax interface dialer number
undo interface dialer number
Parameters number
Interface number. The range of valid values varies with
router model.
Default By default, no dialer interface is defined.
Example Define a dialer interface dialer 1.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace di al er 1
System view
Description In Resource-Shared DCC, any dialer interface can use the services provided by
multiple physical interfaces, and individual physical interfaces can provide services for
multiple dialer interfaces at the same time. Therefore, authentication must be
configured on these physical interfaces, so as to use the user name of a dial-in party
to locate the corresponding dialer interface for the call. In this mode, physical
interfaces and dialer interfaces are dynamically bound. Furthermore, a dialer interface
can only call a destination address, which will be specified in the dialer number
command.
The physical interfaces in Circular DCC and Resource-Shared DCC do not use
individual network addresses. Instead, they use the addresses of the corresponding
dialer interfaces.
1726 interface encrypt 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface encrypt
Purpose Use the interface encrypt command to enter encryption card interface view.
Syntax interface encrypt [ slot-id ]
Parameters slot-id
card.
Example Enter the interface mode of the encryption card at slot 5/0/0.
[ Rout er ] i nt er f ace encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er - Encr ypt 5/ 0/ 0]
System view
Description In encryption card interface view, you only can the shutdown and undo shutdown
commands, respectively to shut down the encryption card or turn the card up.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface ethernet 1727
Command Reference
interface ethernet
Purpose Use the interface ethernet command to create an Ethernet subinterface.
Use the undo interface ethernet command to delete the specified Ethernet
subinterface.
Syntax interface ethernet interface-number.subinterface-number
undo interface ethernet interface-number.subinterface-number
Interface number.
subinterface-number
Subinterface number. Valid values are 1 to 4096 for
the Router 6000 series, and 0 to 100 for the Router
5000 series.
Example Create a subinterface on Ethernet interface 1/0/0.
[3Com ] interface ethernet 1/0/0.1
[3Com -Ethernet1/0/0.1]
System view
1728 interface ima 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface ima
Purpose Use the interface ima command to enter the specified IMA group interface view.
Syntax interface ima slot/card/group-number
Parameters slot
Slot number.
card
Card number.
group-number
IMA group number. Valid values are 1 to 8.
Example Enter the view of IMA group interface 1/0/1.
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface logic-channel 1729
Command Reference
interface logic-channel
Purpose Use the interface logic-channel command to create a logical channel
interface.
Use the undo interface logic-channel command to delete the specified
logical channel interface.
Syntax interface logic-channel interface-number
undo interface logic-channel interface-number
Number of the logical channel interface. Valid values
are 0 to 1023.
Example Create the logical channel interface 100.
[3Com ] interface logic-channel 100
[3Com -Logic-Channel100]
System view
Description Once created, the logical channel interface will maintain the UP state until deleted.
1730 interface loopback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface loopback
Purpose Use the interface loopback command to create a loopback interface or its view.
Use the undo interface loopback command to delete the specified loopback
interface.
Syntax interface loopback number
undo interface loopback number
Parameters number Number of the loopback interface. Valid values are 0 to
65535.
Example Create loopback interface 5.
[3Com ] interface loopback 5
[3Com -LoopBack5]
System view
Description After created, the loopback interface keeps up until it is shutdown. As it has the
loopback feature, it is often used to improve reliability.
You can shut down a loopback interface using the shutdown command. When you
do this, Line protocol current state :UP (spoofing) is displayed describing the
current state of the link layer protocol on the interface.
Related Command display interface loopback
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface mfr 1731
Command Reference
interface mfr
Purpose Use the interface mfr command to create a multilink frame relay bundle
interface or sub-interface and enter the corresponding interface view.
Use the undo interface mfr command to delete a specified multilink frame relay
bundle interface or sub-interface.
Syntax interface mfr interface-number [ .subnumber ]
undo interface mfr interface-number [ .subnumber ]
MFR interface number. Valid values are 0 to 1023.
subnumber
MFR subinterface number. Valid values are 0 to 4095.
Default By default, there is no multilink frame relay interface or sub-interface.
Example Create a multilink frame relay bundle interface with a point-to-multipoint
sub-interface.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace mf r 4
[ 3Com- MFR4] qui t
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace mf r 4. 1
[ 3Com- MFR4. 1]
System view
Description Before using the undo interface mfr command to delete an MFR interface, you
must delete all physical interfaces from the MFR interface.
Before an MFR sub-interface is created, the MFR interface must be created first.
Related Commands link-protocol fr mfr
mfr bundle-name
1732 interface mp-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface mp-group
Purpose Use the interface mp-groupwcommand to create an MP-group interface.
Use the undo interface mp-group command to delete the specified MP-group
interface.
Syntax interface mp-group number
undo interface mp-group number
Parameters number Number of MP-group interface. Valid values are 0 to
1023. That is, an interface board supports up to 1024
MP-group interfaces.
Example Create MP-group interface 3.
[3Com ] interface mp-group 3
[3Com -mp-group 3]
System view
Description Use this command in conjunction with the ppp mp mp-group command to create
an MP-group interface and add an interface to it. These two tasks are order
independent.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface null 1733
Command Reference
interface null
Purpose Use the interface null command to enter null interface view.
Syntax interface null 0
Parameters None
Example Enter the view of null 0 interface.
[3Com ] interface null 0
[3Com -NULL0]
System view
Description There is only one null interface, that is, null 0, which always keeps up, and cannot be
shut down or deleted.
Related Command display interface null
1734 interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ]
Purpose Use the interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] command to configure type of the
specified FR subinterface and enter frame relay subinterface view.
Use the undo interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] command to restore the
default frame relay subinterface type.
Syntax interface serial interface-number.subinterface-number [ p2p | p2mp ]
undo interface serial interface-number.subinterface-number [ p2p | p2mp
]
Parameters interface-number.
subinterface-number Specifies a subinterface, with valid numbers for
subinterface-number from 1 to 1024.
p2p
Point-to-point subinterface.
p2mp
Point-to-multipoint subinterface.
Default By default, the link-layer protocol encapsulated on the interface is PPP, and the Frame
Relay encapsulation format is IETF.
FR subinterface type defaults to p2mp.
Example Configure a point-to-point FR subinterface s0/0/0.1.
[ Rout er ] i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0. 1 p2p
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface tunnel 1735
Command Reference
interface tunnel
Purpose Use the interface tunnel command to create a tunnel interface and enter the
view of this tunnel interface.
Use the undo interface tunnel command to delete the specified tunnel
interface.
Syntax interface tunnel number
undo interface tunnel number
Parameters number
Tunnel interface number. Valid values are 0 to 1023.
Default By default, there is no tunnel interface in the system.
Example Create interface Tunnel 3.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t unnel 3
System view
Description The interface tunnel command is used to enter interface view of the specified
tunnel. If the tunnel interface does not exist, the system will create it before entering
tunnel interface view.
Tunnel interface numbers have only local significance. The two ends of a tunnel can
use the same or different interface numbers.
Related Commands: source
destination
gre key
gre checksum
tunnel-protocol gre
1736 interface virtual-ethernet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interface virtual-ethernet
Purpose Use the interface virtual-ethernet command to create a virtual Ethernet
interface.
Use the undo interface virtual-ethernet command to delete the specified
virtual Ethernet interface.
Syntax interface virtual-ethernet number
undo interface virtual-ethernet number
Parameters number
Number of virtual Ethernet interface. Valid values are 0
to 1023.
Example Create virtual Ethernet interface 12.
[3Com ] interface virtual-ethernet 12
[3Com -Virtual-Ethernet12]
System view
Description Virtual Ethernet interfaces are mainly applied to PPPoE, PPPoEoA and IPoEoA.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family interface virtual-template 1737
Command Reference
Purpose Use the interface virtual-template command to create a virtual template or
enter the existing virtual template view.
Use the undo interface virtual-template command to delete the specified
virtual template.
Syntax interface virtual-template number
undo interface virtual-template number
Parameters number
Number of the virtual template. Valid values are 0 to
1023.
Example Create virtual template 10.
[3Com ] interface virtual-template 10
[3Com -Virtual-Template10]
System view
Description You must create a virtual template before creating virtual access interfaces and
disable it after disabling the virtual access interface.
In deleting a virtual template, make sure that all its virtual access interfaces have been
removed and this virtual template is not in use any more.
Virtual templates are mainly used to configure parameters of the virtual interfaces
dynamically created by the router in operation, such as MP interfaces (bundled logical
interfaces) and L2TP logical interfaces.
Related Command: allow l2tp
1738 interval-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
interval-time
Purpose Use the interval-time command to configure the interval for triggering DPD
query.
Use the undo interval-time command to restore the default.
Syntax interval-time seconds
undo interval-time
Parameters seconds Interval for triggering DPD queries. Valid values are 1
to 300 seconds.
Example Set interval-time to 20 seconds.
[ 3Com- i ke- dpd- aaa] i nt er val - t i me 20
Reset interval-time to 10 seconds.
[ 3Com- i ke- dpd- aaa] undo i nt er val - t i me
DPD Structure view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family invert receive-clock 1739
Command Reference
invert receive-clock
Purpose Use the invert receive-clock command to invert the receive-clock signal on
the DTE-side synchronous serial interface.
Use the undo invert transmit-clock command to disable inverting the
signal.
Syntax invert receive-clock
undo invert receive-clock
Parameters None
Default By default, receive-clock signal inversion is disabled on the synchronous serial
interface at DTE side.
Example Invert the receive-clock on the DTE-side synchronous serial interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i nver t r ecei ve- cl ock
Serial Interface View
Description You may invert the receive-clock signal on a DTE-side serial interface for the special
purpose of eliminating the half clock-period delay on the line. This command is useful
only for some special DCE devices. For common applications, clock must not be
inverted.
Related Commands physical-mode
invert transmit-clock
1740 invert transmit-clock 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the invert transmit-clock command to enable the inverting of the
transmit-clock signal of the synchronous serial interface at the DTE side.
Use the undo invert transmit-clock command to disable inverting the
signal.
Syntax invert transmit-clock
undo invert transmit-clock
Parameters None
Default By default, transmit-clock signal inversion is disabled on the synchronous serial
interface at DTE side.
Example Invert the transmit-clock of the synchronous serial interface at DTE side.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i nver t t r ansmi t - cl ock
Description In some special cases, for eliminating the half-period delay of the clock on the line,
you may make the configuration to make the system invert the transmit-clock signal
of the synchronous serial interface at the DTE side. This command can take effect only
on some specific DCE devices. Clock inversion is unnecessary to general applications.
Related Commands physical-mode
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip 1741
Command Reference
ip
Purpose Use the ip command to specify the IP address of an entity.
Use the undo ip command to delete the specified IP address.
Syntax ip ip-address
undo ip
Parameters ip-address IP address of an entity in the form of dotted decimal
like A.B.C.D
Default By default, no entity IP address is specified.
Example Configure the IP address of an entity
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] i p 161. 12. 2. 3
PKI Entity view
1742 ip address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip address
Purpose Use the ip address command to configure the home address of an MR.
Use the undo ip address command to remove the home address of an MR.
Syntax ip address ip-address
undo ip address
Home address for the MR
Example Configure an MR with the number of 3 and set its home address as 101.1.1.1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router 3
[3Com-HA-MobileRouter-3] ip address 101.1.1.1
HA-MR view
Description With the ip address command configured, when an MN having this address as its
home address registers with the HA, the HA treats it as an MR. In addition, an HA also
considers an MN whose registration request includes normal vendor/organization
specific extension (NVSE) an MR.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip address 1743
Command Reference
ip address
Purpose Use the ip address command to set an IP address for an interface.
Use the undo ip address command to delete an IP address of the interface.
Syntax ip address ip-address net-mask [ sub ]
undo ip address [ ip-address net-mask [ sub] ]
Parameters ip-address Interface IP address, in dot delimitated decimal format.
net-mask The mask of the corresponding subnet, in dot
delimitated decimal format.
sub
To enable communications among different subnets,
the configured slave IP address should be used.
Default By default, no IP address is configured.
Example Configure the interface Serial 0/0/0 with the master IP address as 129.102.0.1, the
slave IP address is 202.38.160.1, and the subnet mask of both is 255.255.255.0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess 129. 102. 0. 1 255. 255. 255. 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess 202. 38. 160. 1 255. 255. 255. 0 sub
Interface view
Description IP address is classified into five types, and users can select proper IP subnet according
to actual conditions. Moreover, in the case that part of the host address is composed
of 0 or the entire host address is composed of 1, the address has some special use
and can not be used as ordinary IP address.
The mask identifies the network number in an IP address.
Under normal conditions, one interface only needs to be configured with one IP
address. However, to enable one interface of a router to connect to several subnets,
one interface can be configured with several IP addresses. Among them, one is
master IP address, and others are slave IP addresses. Following is the relationship
between the master and slave IP addresses:
If a master IP address is configured while theres already an existing master IP
address, the original one will be deleted and the newly configured will take effect.
The command undo ip address without parameters indicates to delete all the
IP addresses of the interface. The command undo ip address ip-address
net-mask indicates to delete the master IP address and undo ip address
1744 ip address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip-address net-mask sub indicates to delete the slave address. All the slave
addresses must be deleted before the master IP address can be deleted.
In addition, any two IP addresses configured for all interfaces on a router cannot be
located in the same subnet.
Related Commands ip route-static
display interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip address 1745
Command Reference
ip address
Purpose Use the ip address command to configure the home address of an MR.
Use the undo ip address command to remove the configuration.
Syntax ip address ip-address { mask | mask-length }
undo ip address
Parameters ip-address Home address of the MR.
mask Mask of the MR home address.
Mask-length Length of the MR home address mask. It cannot be 32.
Default By default, an MR has no home address configured.
Example Configure MR home address on the MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] ip address 1.1.1.3 255.0.0.0
Configure the MR home address on interface loopback1.
[3Com-MobileRouter] quit
[3Com-MR-LoopBack1] ip address 1.1.1.3 255.255.255.255
MR view
Description The home address of an MR is a special address. It must be on the same segment as
that of the HA and must be configured on the loopback interface with a mask of
255.255.255.255. Otherwise, the sending of the registration request will fail.
After an MR starts up, you must configure this command for it; otherwise, it cannot
use its home address to communicate with others.
1746 ip address bootp-alloc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip address bootp-alloc
Purpose Use the ip address bootp-alloc command to configure the Ethernet interface
to obtain IP address using BOOTP.
Use the undo ip address bootp-alloc command to disable the Ethernet
interface to obtain IP address using BOOTP.
Syntax ip address bootp-alloc
undo ip address bootp-alloc
Parameters None
Default By default, the Ethernet interface does not obtain IP address using BOOTP.
Example Configure interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to obtain IP address using BOOTP.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess boot p- al l oc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip address dhcp-alloc 1747
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ip address dhcp-alloc command to enable DHCP client on the
Ethernet or WAN interface for obtaining local IP address.
Use the undo ip address dhcp-alloc command to disable DHCP client.
Syntax ip address dhcp-alloc
undo ip address dhcp-alloc
Parameters None
Default By default, DHCP client is disabled.
Example Enable DHCP client on Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess dhcp- al l oc
Interface view (Ethernet Interface or Subinterface)
Synchronous/Asynchronous Serial Interface (encapsulated with PPP, HDLC, or
frame relay, E1 interface)
Description Currently this command is available on following interfaces:
Ethernet Interface (subinterface)
Synchronous/Asynchronous Serial Interface (encapsulated with PPP, HDLC, or
Frame Relay)
E1 Interface
1748 ip address ppp-negotiate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ip address ppp-negotiate command to allow IP address be assigned
through negotiation at the interface.
Use the undo ip address ppp-negotiate command to disable this function.
Syntax ip address ppp-negotiate
undo ip address ppp-negotiate
Parameters None
Default By default, no interface IP address negotiation is allowed.
Example Display how to set IP address of interface Serial 0/0/0 to be allocated by peer through
negotiation.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess ppp- negot i at e
Interface view
Description As PPP supports IP address negotiation, only when the interface is encapsulated with
the link-layer protocol PPP, can the IP address negotiation at this interface be
configured.
Normally, it is not necessary to configure IP address negotiation. Only in some special
circumstances such as accessing Internet through the ISP, the IP addresses of the
interface that is connected with the ISP are allocated by the ISP through negotiation.
When IP address negotiation for the interface is configured, it is not necessary to
configure the IP address manually for this interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip address unnumbered 1749
Command Reference
ip address unnumbered
Purpose Use the ip address unnumbered command to enable an interface to borrow the
IP address of another interface.
Use the undo ip address unnumbered command to disable this function on the
interface.
Syntax ip address unnumbered interface interface-type interface-number
undo ip address unnumbered
Name of the unnumbered interface.
interface-number
Serial number of the unnumbered interface.
Default By default, the interface does not borrow IP addresses from other interfaces.
Example Display how to make the serial interface 0/0/0 encapsulated with PPP borrow the
unnumbered IP address from Ethernet interface 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i p addr ess unnumber ed Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
Interface view
Description This command is used to enable serial interfaces encapsulated with PPP, HDLC, Frame
Relay, SLIP or Tunnel to borrow IP addresses from Ethernet interface or other
interfaces. Ethernet interfaces however cannot use unnumbered IP addresses.
The interface that uses an unnumbered address has no IP address itself. Its route
cannot be added into the routing table as a result. For connectivity purpose, you must
configure two static routes for it. For more information, refer to the Routing
Protocol part of this manual.
1750 ip as-path-acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip as-path-acl
Purpose Use the ip as-path-acl command to configure an AS path regular expression.
Use the undo ip as-path-acl command to disable the defined regular
expression.
Syntax ip as-path-acl aspath-acl-number { per mi t | deny }
as-regular-expression
undo ip as-path-acl aspath-acl-number
Parameters aspath-acl-number
Number of AS path list ranging from 1 to 199.
AS path regular expression.
The routing information packet of the BGP protocol includes an AS path field. During
BGP routing information exchange, all the ASs along the route are recorded in this
field. Identifying an AS path list is to compare it with a regular expression. A regular
expression is a combination of characters. For example, ^200. *100$ means all the
AS path fields that begin with AS200 and end with AS100.
The following table shows the special characters used in AS regular expressions and
their meanings.
You can specify a regular expression to match AS path information when defining
aspath-acl. The system can filter out unmatched routing information by matching
aspath-acl. You can define multiple aspath-acl commands for one list number, that
is, one list number can represent a group of AS access lists. Each AS path list is
identified by a number.
Example Configure an AS path list.
[ 3Com] i p as- pat h- acl 10 per mi t 200, 300pur pose_body
Table 287 Special characters in regular expressions
Character Meaning
. Matches any single character, including blank space.
* Matches 0 or more patterns.
+ Matches 1 or more patterns.
^ Matches the beginning of an input string.
$ Matches the end of an input string.
_ Matches a comma, left brace, right brace, left parenthesis, right
parenthesis, the beginning of an input string, the end of an input
string, or a space.
[ range ] Means the range of single-character patterns.
- Separates the ending points of a range.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip as-path-acl 1751
Command Reference
System view
Description The configured AS path list can be used in BGP policy.
Related Commands peer as-path-acl
1752 ip binding vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip binding vpn-instance
Purpose Use the ip binding vpn-instance command to bind an interface or
subinterface to a vpn-instance.
Use the undo ip binding vpn-instance command to delete the binding.
Syntax ip binding vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
undo ip binding vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
Parameters vpn-instance-name Name assigned to vpn-instance.
Default By default, global routing table is used.
Example Bind VPN instance vpn1 to the interface atm0/0/0.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] i p bi ndi ng vpn- i nst ance vpn1
Interface (or Subinterface) view
Description The IP address of the interface will be removed after you execute this command on it,
so you need to reconfigure the IP address for the interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip community-list 1753
Command Reference
ip community-list
Purpose Use the ip community-list command to configure a BGP community list.
Use the undo ip community-list command to delete the configured BGP
community list.
Syntax ip community-list stand-comm-list-number { per mi t | deny } { aa:nn |
i nt er net | no- expor t - subconf ed | no- adver t i se | no- expor t }
ip community-list ext-comm-list-number { per mi t | deny }
undo ip community-list { stand-comm-list-number | ext-comm-list-number
}
Parameters stand-comm-list-number
Number of the standard community list ranging from 1
to 99.
ext-comm-list-number Number of the extended community list ranging from
100 to 199.
permit
Permits those that match the conditions to access.
deny
Denies those that match the conditions to access.
aa:nn
Community number, where aa is the AS number and
nn is the community number.
internet
Advertises all routes.
AS.
no-advertise
no-export
other sub ASs.
Community attribute in the regular expression form.
Example Define a community attribute list and indicate not to advertise routes with the
community attribute beyond the AS.
[ 3Com] i p communi t y- l i st 6 per mi t no- expor t - subconf edpur pose_body
System view
Description The configured community list can be used in BGP policy.
1754 ip community-list 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands apply community
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip count enable 1755
Command Reference
ip count enable
Purpose Use the ip count enable command to enable IP accounting.
Use the undo ip count enable command to disable IP accounting.
Syntax ip count enable
undo ip count enable
Parameters None
Default By default, IP accounting is disabled.
Example Enable IP accounting.
[ 3Com] i p count enabl e
System view
1756 ip count exterior threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip count exterior threshold
Purpose Use the ip count exterior-threshold command to configure maximum
number of entries in the exterior hash table, with each entry for an IP packet that
does not match any IP accounting rule.
Use the undo ip count exterior-threshold command to restore the default
value, that is, 0. When doing this, you are prompted to clear the table first if the
number of entries that already existed in the table exceeds the default.
Syntax ip count exterior-threshold number
undo ip count exterior-threshold
Parameters number Maximum number of entries in the exterior hash table.
Default By default, maximum number of entries in the exterior hash table is 0.
Example Set maximum number of entries in the exterior hash table to 100.
[ 3Com] i p count ext er i or - t hr eshol d 100
Restore the default maximum number of entries in the exterior hash table.
[ 3Com] undo i p count ext er i or - t hr eshol d
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip count firewall denied 1757
Command Reference
ip count firewall denied
Purpose Use the ip count firewall-denied command to configure the IP Accounting
to count the IP packets denied by the firewall on the current interface.
Use the undo ip count firewall-denied command to restore the default.
Syntax ip count firewall-denied { i nbound- packet s | out bound- packet s }
undo ip count firewall-denied { i nbound- packet s | out bound- packet s }
Parameters inbound-packets
Counts the inbound IP packets denied by the firewall
on the current interface.
outbound-packets
Counts the outbound IP packets denied by the firewall
Default By default, IP packets denied by the firewall are not counted on the current interface.
Example Configure the IP Accounting to count the outbound IP packets denied by the firewall
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p count f i r ewal l - deni ed out bound- packet s
Configure the IP Accounting not to count the outbound IP packets denied by the
firewall on the current interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo i p count f i r ewal l - deni ed out bound- packet s
Interface view
Description Information about counted IP packets is stored in the firewall-list table.
1758 ip count inbound packets 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip count inbound packets
Purpose Use the ip count inbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting
to count inbound IP packets on the current interface.
Use the undo ip count inbound-packets command to configure the IP
Accounting to restore the default.
Syntax ip count inbound-packets
undo ip count inbound-packets
Parameters None
Default By default, inbound IP packets on the interface are not counted.
Example Configure the IP Accounting to count inbound IP packets on the interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p count i nbound- packet s
Configure the IP Accounting to count inbound IP packets on the interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo i p count i nbound- packet s
Interface view
Description When counting inbound IP packets on the interface, the IP Accounting assigns them
to the exterior hash table or the interior hash table according to rules in the IP
accounting list.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip count interior threshold 1759
Command Reference
ip count interior threshold
Purpose Use the ip count interior-threshold command to configure maximum
number of entries in the interior hash table, with each entry for an IP packet matching
the IP accounting rule.
Use the undo ip count interior-threshold command to restore the
default. When doing this, you are prompted to clear the table first if the number of
entries in the table is greater than the default.
Syntax ip count interior-threshold number
undo ip count interior-threshold
Parameters number
Maximum number of entries in the interior hash table.
Default By default, maximum number of entries in the interior hash table is 512.
Example Set maximum number of entries in the interior hash table to 1,000.
[ 3Com] i p count i nt er i or - t hr eshol d 1000
Restore the default maximum number of entries in the interior hash table.
[ 3Com] undo i p count i nt er i or - t hr eshol d
System view
1760 ip count outbound-packets 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip count outbound-packets
Purpose Use the ip count outbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting
to count outbound IP packets on the current interface.
Use the undo ip count outbound-packets command to restore the default.
Syntax ip count outbound-packets
undo ip count outbound-packets
Parameters None
Default By default, outbound IP packets on the interface are not counted.
Example Configure the IP Accounting to count outbound IP packets on an interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p count out bound- packet s
Configure the IP Accounting not to count outbound IP packets on an interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo i p count out bound- packet s
Interface view
Description When counting outbound IP packets on the interface, the IP Accounting assigns them
to the exterior hash table or the interior hash table according to the IP count rule list.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip count rule 1761
Command Reference
ip count rule
Purpose Use the ip count rule command to configure IP accounting rules.
Use the undo ip count rule command to delete the specified or all IP
accounting rules.
Syntax ip count rule ip-address net-mask
undo ip count rule [ ip-address net-mask ]
Interface IP address, in dotted decimal format. It
cannot be a loopback address.
net-mask
Subnet mask, in dotted decimal notation or using
mask length.
Default By default, no IP accounting rule is configured in the system.
Example Configure an IP accounting rule.
[ 3Com] i p count r ul e 169. 254. 10. 1 255. 255. 0. 0
Remove an IP accounting rule.
[ 3Com] undo i p count r ul e 169. 254. 10. 1 16
Remove all IP accounting rules.
[ 3Com] undo i p count r ul e
System view
Description When counting packets, the IP Accounting follows these conventions:
If the source or destination IP address of an IP packet matches a network segment
address in the table, information about the packet is recorded in the interior hash
table as a legitimate packet (packet permitted by the firewall) matching the rule.
If neither of the addresses has a match, the packet is recorded in the exterior hash
table as a legitimate packet not matching the rule.
If the packet is denied by the firewall when it arrives at an interface, its
information is recorded in the firewall-denied hash table as illegitimate.
You may configure 32 rules at most.
1762 ip count timeout 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip count timeout
Purpose Use the ip count timeout command to configure the aging time of IP
accounting entries.
Use the undo ip count timeout command to restore the default aging time.
Syntax ip count timeout minutes
undo ip count timeout
Parameters minutes Aging time of IP accounting entries (in minutes). Valid
values are 60 to 10,080 minutes.
If no value is specified, the default is 720 minutes, or
12 hours.
Example Set the aging time of IP accounting entries to 100 minutes.
[ 3Com] i p count t i meout 100
Restore the default aging time of IP accounting entries.
[ 3Com] undo i p count t i meout
System view
Description If an IP accounting entry does not receive a new IP packet before its aging time
expires, the entry is considered expired and then deleted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip df-check enable 1763
Command Reference
ip df-check enable
Purpose Use the ip df-check enable command to enable dont fragment bit (DF-bit)
check for IP packets.
Use the undo ip df-check enable command to disable DF-bit check for IP
packets.
Syntax ip df-check enable
undo ip df-check enable
Parameters None
Default By default, DF-bit check is enabled for IP packets.
Example Enable DF-bit check for IP packets.
[Router] ip df-check enable
System view
Description With DF-bit check enabled, the router checks the DF bit in the IP header. If an arriving
packet with the DF bit set to 1 is greater than the MTU of the outgoing interface, the
router does not fragment the packet; instead, it drops the packet and sends back an
ICMP message carrying the code of fragmentation needed and DF set.
Before disabling DF-bit check for IP packets, you must ensure that it is disabled on all
the devices along the link.
1764 ip-dscp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip-dscp
Purpose Use the ip-dscp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified
priority levels when the DSCP identifier in the IP packet is used to identify the priority
levels of packets.
Use the undo ip-dscp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax ip-dscp { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } { min [ max ] | def aul t }
undo ip-dscp { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name
cannot be used as a PVC name. In addition, the PVC
identified by this argument must exist.
vpi/vci vpi refers to ATM virtual path identifier and is in the
identifier and is in the range from 0 to 2047. Usually,
the VCI values from 0 to 31 are reserved for special
purposes and are not recommended. Note that the
PVC identified by this argument must exist.
min
The lowest priority level of IP packets that the specified
PVC carries. It must be in the range from 0 to 63.
max The highest priority level of IP packets that the
specified PVC carries. It must be in the range from 0 to
63.
default
Specifies that the PVC serves as the default PVC.
Example Configure PVC 1/100 in the PVC group to carry IP packets of priority levels from 0 to
20.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace At m1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc- gr oup 1/ 100
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] mat ch dscp
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] i p- dscp 1/ 100 0 20
ATM Pvc-Group view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip-dscp 1765
Command Reference
Description Note that:
If you do not configure the ip-dscp command, IP packets of all priorities are
carried by the fundamental PVC of the PVC group, that is, the PVC used to
construct the PVC group.
If you configure the ip-dscp command with the default keyword, IP packets of
the definitely specified priority levels are carried by the specified PVC, while IP
packets of priority levels that are not specified are carried by the PVC specified
with the default keyword. If no PVC is specified by the ip-dscp command with
the default keyword, those IP packets of priority levels that are not specified are
carried by the fundamental PVC.
The specified PVC must be in the current PVC group, and the lowest priority level
(min) must be less than or equal to the highest priority level (max).
PVC service mapping does not change the priority of an IP packet. To change the
priority of an IP packet, you can configure CAR.
pvc-group
1766 ip fast-forwarding 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip fast-forwarding
Purpose Use the ip fast-forwarding command to enable unicast fast packet forwarding
on both inbound and outbound interfaces.
Use the ip fast-forwarding inbound command to enable unicast fast packet
forwarding on the inbound interface.
Use the ip fast-forwarding outbound command to enable unicast fast packet
forwarding on the outbound interface.
Use the undo ip fast-forwarding command to disable unicast fast forwarding
on both the inbound and outbound interfaces.
Syntax ip fast-forwarding [ i nbound | out bound ]
undo ip fast-forwarding
Parameters inbound
Allows unicast fast forwarding only on the inbound
interface.
outbound Allows unicast fast forwarding only on the outbound
interface.
Default By default, unicast fast forwarding is allowed on both inbound and outbound
interfaces.
Example Disable unicast fast forwarding on an interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net / 0/ 0] undo i p f ast - f or war di ng
# Enabl e uni cast f ast f or war di ng on t he i nbound i nt er f ace on Et her net
0/ 0/ 0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p f ast - f or war di ng i nbound
Interface view
Description Unicast fast forwarding is well-suited to high-speed links (such as Ethernet and FR). Its
function will be render useless, however, on a low-speed link, due to the low
transmission rate such a link can provide.
3Com Series Routers support unicast fast forwarding on the links of various
high-speed interfaces such as Ethernet, synchronous PPP, FR, and HDLC, on the
interfaces configured with firewall and NAT features, and on the virtual tunnel
interface of GRE as well. However, it should be noted that the interface configured
with the function of unicast fast forwarding will be unable to send ICMP redirection
packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip forward-broadcast 1767
Command Reference
ip forward-broadcast
Purpose Use the ip forward-broadcast command to enable the current interface to
forward broadcasts.
Use the undo ip forward-broadcast command to disable the current interface
to forward broadcasts.
Syntax ip forward-broadcast [ acl-number ]
undo ip forward-broadcast
ACL value. Valid values are 1000 to 3999.
Default By default, the router does not forward broadcasts.
Example Enable interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to forward all broadcasts.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p f or war d- br oadcast
Enable interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to forward broadcasts matching ACL 2100.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p f or war d- br oadcast 2100
[ Rout er ] acl number 2100
[ Rout er - acl - basi c- 2100] r ul e 1 per mi t sour ce 1. 1. 0. 0 0. 0. 255. 255
[ Rout er - acl - basi c- 2100] r ul e 2 deny sour ce any
Interface view
Description You may configure this command on an output interface. When configured with an
ACL, the command which otherwise allows the output interface to forward all
broadcasts enables the output interface to forward only matched broadcasts.
1768 ip host 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip host
Purpose Use the ip host command to configure the IP address corresponding to a host
name.
Use the undo ip host command to remove the IP address corresponding to a host
name.
Syntax ip host hostname ip-address
undo ip host hostname [ ip-address ]
Parameters hostname
The name of a host, comprised of a string from 1 to 20
characters long. Valid values are any digit from 0 to 9,
a capital letter from A to Z, or a small letter from a to z.
Other characters are invalid. At least one letter must be
contained in the host name.
ip-address The IP address corresponding to a host name, whose
format can be A.B.C.D
Default By default, the static domain name table is empty, that is, no hostname-to-IP map.
Example Configure the IP address corresponding to the host name router1 as 10.110.0.1.
[ 3Com] i p host r out er 1 10. 110. 0. 1
Configure the IP address corresponding to the host name router2 as 10.110.0.2.
Configure to assign the IP address 10.110.0.3 to the host name router3.
Remove the IP address 10.110.0.2 corresponding to the host name router2.
[ 3Com] undo i p host r out er 2 10. 110. 0. 2
System view
Description A hostname can be mapped to one IP address only.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip ip-prefix 1769
Command Reference
ip ip-prefix
Purpose Use the ip ip-prefix command to configure an address prefix list or one of its
items.
Use the undo ip ip-prefix command to delete an address prefix list or one of its
items.
Syntax ip ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ i ndex index-number ] { per mi t | deny }
network len [ gr eat er - equal greater-equal | l ess- equal less-equal ]
undo ip ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ i ndex index-number | per mi t | deny ]
Parameters ip-prefix-name Specifies an address prefix list name. It identifies one
address prefix list uniquely.
index-number
Identifies an item in the prefix address list. The item
with smaller index-number will be tested first.
permit
Specifies the match mode of the defined address prefix
list items as permit mode. In the permit mode, if the IP
address to be filtered is in the defined range, it will not
be tested by the next node. Otherwise, it has to go on
with the test.
deny Specifies the match mode of the defined address prefix
list items as deny mode. In the deny mode, the IP
address in the defined range cannot pass the filtering
and is refused to go on with the next test. Otherwise,
it will have the next test.
network
IP address prefix range (IP address). If it is 0.0.0.0 0, all
the IP addresses are matched.
len IP address prefix range (mask length). If it is 0.0.0.0 0,
all the IP addresses are matched.
greater-equal, less-equal
Specifies the address prefix range [greater-equal,
less-equal] to be matched after the address prefix
network len has been matched. The meaning of
greater-equal is "greater than or equal to" , and the
meaning of less-equal is "less than or equal to". The
range is len <= greater-equal <= less-equal
<= 32. When only greater-equal is used, it indicates
the prefix range [greater-equal, 32]. When only
less-equal is used, it indicates the prefix range [len,
less-equal].
Example Configure an address prefix list named p1. It permits the routes with the mask of 17
or 18 bits long and in network segment 10.0.192.0.8 to pass.
[ 3Com] i p i p- pr ef i x p1 per mi t 10. 0. 192. 0 8 gr eat er - equal 17 l ess- equal
18
1770 ip ip-prefix 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description The address prefix list is used for IP address filtering. An address prefix list may contain
several items, and each item specifies one address prefix range. The inter-item
filtering relation is "OR", i.e. passing an item means passing the filtering of this
address prefix list. Not passing the filtering of all items means not passing the filtering
of this prefix address list.
The address prefix range may contain two parts, which are determined by len and
[greater-equal, less-equal] respectively. If the prefix ranges of these two parts
are both specified, the IP to be filtered must match the prefix ranges of these two
parts.
If you specify network len as 0.0.0.0 0, it only matches the default route.
Specify network len as 0.0.0.0 0 less-equal 32 to match all the routes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip local policy route-policy 1771
Command Reference
ip local policy route-policy
Purpose Use the ip local policy route-policy command to enable local policy
routing.
Use the undo ip local policy route-policy command to delete the
existing setting of the policy routing.
Syntax ip local policy route-policy policy-name
undo ip local policy route-policy policy-name
Policy name.
Default By default, interface local policy routing is disabled.
Example Enable a local policy routing at system view. The policy routing is specified by
route-policy AAA.
[ 3Com] i p l ocal pol i cy r out e- pol i cy AAA
System view
Description This command is used to enable or disable the local policy routing for the packets sent
by the local device. If there is no special demand, it is recommended that users do not
configure local policy routing.
Related Command ip policy route-policy
1772 ip multicast-fast-forwarding 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip multicast-fast-forwarding
Purpose Use the ip multicast-fast-forwarding command to enable multicast fast
forwarding on an interface.
Use the undo ip multicast-fast-forwarding command to disable
multicast fast forwarding on an interface. When you configure this command on an
interface, all fast forwarding table entries with this interface as the inbound interface
in the cache are cleared.
Syntax ip multicast-fast-forwarding
undo ip multicast-fast-forwarding
Parameters None
Example Enable multicast fast forwarding on an interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p mul t i cast - f ast - f or war di ng
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip multicast-policy route-policy 1773
Command Reference
ip multicast-policy route-policy
Purpose Use the ip multicast-policy route-policy command to enable a multicast
policy routing on an interface.
Use the undo ip multicast-policy route-policy command to remove a
multicast policy route applied on the interface.
Syntax ip multicast-policy route-policy policy-name
undo ip multicast-policy route-policy policy-name
Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely
identifies one route-policy.
Default By default, no multicast route policy is enabled.
Example Enable multicast policy routing named map1 on interface Ethernet 2/0/0.
[3Com-Ethernet2/0/0] ip multicast-policy route-policy map1
Interface view
Description When multicast policy routing is configured on an interface of a router, all multicast
packets entering the router on the interface will be filtered.
Using this command can enable multicast policy routing defined by the route-policy
named policy-name on an interface.
The filter method is that all policy nodes of the route-policy specified by the policy
routing are tried in the order of the ascending sequence of the numbers. If a packet
meets the if-match conditions specified in a policy node, actions specified by the node
will be performed. If a packet does not meet the if-match conditions specified in a
policy node, the next node will be detected. If a packet does not meet the conditions
of any policy nodes, the packet will return to the normal forwarding flow.
1774 ip netstream aggregation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip netstream aggregation
Purpose Use the ip netstream aggregation command to enter NetStream aggregation
view.
Syntax ip netstream aggregation { as | protocol-port | source-prefix |
destination-prefix | prefix }
Parameters as
AS aggregation by combination of source AS number,
destination AS number, inbound interface index, and
outbound interface index.
protocol-port Protocol-port aggregation by combination of protocol
number, source port, and destination port.
source-prefix
Source-prefix aggregation by combination of source
AS number, source address mask length, source prefix,
and inbound interface index.
destination-prefix
Destination-prefix aggregation by destination AS
number, destination address mask length, destination
prefix, and outbound interface index.
prefix Source and destination prefix aggregation by
combination of source AS number, destination AS
number, source address mask length, destination
address mask length, source prefix, destination prefix,
inbound interface index, and outbound interface
index.
Example Enter NetStream AS aggregation view.
System view
Description In NetStream aggregation view, you can enable or disable the aggregation mode, set
information about source interface, destination IP address and destination port
number for version 8 UDP packets.
Related Commands enable
ip netstream export host
ip netstream export source
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip netstream export host 1775
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ip netstream export host command to set the destination IP address
and UDP port number for NetStream UDP packets.
Use the undo ip netstream export host command to restore the defaults.
Syntax ip netstream export host ip-address udp-port
undo ip netstream export host
Destination IP address for NetStream UDP packets, in
dotted decimal notation.
udp-port
UDP port number for NetStream UDP packets.
Example Configure the destination IP address and UDP port number for NetStream UDP packet
as 172.16.105.48 and 50000 respectively.
[R6000] ip netstream export host 172.16.105.48 50000
System view,
Description In system view, the source interface is 0, destination address and destination UDP port
number are both 0, UDP packet version is 5, and the peer AS numbers are recorded in
NetStream cache entries by default.
In aggregation view, the default source interface, and destination address and
destination UDP port number are those configured in system view.
Related Commands ip netstream aggregation
1776 ip netstream export source 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ip netstream export source command to configure a source
interface for NetStream UDP packets.
Use the undo ip netstream export source command to restore the default.
Syntax ip netstream export source interface interface-type interface-number
undo ip netstream export source
interface-number
Specifies a source interface for NetStream UDP
packets.
Default By default, the source interface is 0, meaning no source interface is specified for
NetStream UDP packets.
Example Configure the source interface for NetStream UDP packet as Ethernet 3/0/0.
[R6000] ip netstream export source interface ethernet 3/0/0
System view,
Related Commands ip netstream aggregation
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip netstream export version 1777
Command Reference
ip netstream export version
Purpose Use the ip netstream export version command to configure the type of AS
numbers to be recorded in NetStream cache entries and the version of UDP packets.
Use the undo ip netstream export version command to restore the
defaults.
Syntax ip netstream export version version-number [ origin-as | peer-as ]
undo ip netstream export version
Parameters version-number
UDP packet version number. At present, it can be 5
only.
origin-as Sets the type of AS number recorded in NetStream
cache entries to origin.
peer-as
Sets the type of AS number recorded in NetStream
cache entries to peer.
Default By default, the version number is 5 and the AS option is peer-as.
Example Set the NetStream UDP packet version number to 5 and the AS option to origin-as.
[R6000] ip netstream export version 5 origin-as
System view
Description In the FIB, each IP address, source or destination, has two AS numbers, origin and
peer. The NetStream however, records only one of them. For example, when the
default AS option setting, peer-as applies, NetStream records only the peer AS
numbers with the source and destination IP addresses for each entry. These peer AS
numbers are to be used for AS aggregation if it is enabled.
1778 ip netstream format no-direction 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip netstream format no-direction
Purpose Use the ip netstream format no-direction command to remove flow
direction mark in the header of NetStream log packet.
Use the undo ip netstream format no-direction command to configure
to mark flow direction in the header of NetStream log packet.
Syntax ip netstream format no-direction
undo ip netstream format no-direction
Parameters None
Default By default, the header in the NetStream log packet marks the flow direction.
Example Remove flow direction mark in the header of NetStream log packet.
[3Com] ip netstream format no-direction
System view
Description The first byte in the header of NetStream log packet is used to mark the flow
direction, and the second is used to mark the version number. However, in Cisco's log
packet, the first two bytes are used together to mark the version number only. You
can use this command remove the flow direction mark in order to keep compatible
with Cisco.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip netstream { inbound | outbound } 1779
Command Reference
ip netstream { inbound | outbound }
Purpose Use the ip netstream { inbound | outbound } command to enable
NetStream statistics in the inbound or outbound direction of the interface.
Use the undo ip netstream { inbound | outbound } command to disable
Netstream statistics in the inbound or outbound direction of the interface.
Syntax ip netstream { inbound | outbound }
undo ip netstream { inbound | outbound }
Parameters inbound
Enables NetStream statistics in the inbound direction
of the interface.
outbound Enables NetStream statistics in the outbound direction
of the interface.
Default By default, NetStream statistics is disabled in both directions of the interface.
Example Enable NetStream statistics in the inbound direction of interface ATM 1/0/0.
[R6000-Atm1/0/0] ip netstream inbound
Interface view
1780 ip netstream max-entry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip netstream max-entry
Purpose Use the ip netstream max-entry command to set the NetStream cache size.
Use the undo ip netstream max-entry command to restore the default.
Syntax ip netstream max-entry max-entries
undo ip netstream max-entry
Parameters max-entries
Maximum number of entries that the NetStream cache
can accommodate. Valid values are 1,000 to 100,000.
Default By default, the NetStream cache size is 10,000.
Example Set the NetStream cache size to 5000.
[R6000] ip netstream max-entry 5000
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip netstream timeout active 1781
Command Reference
ip netstream timeout active
Purpose Use the ip netstream timeout active command to set the active aging timer
for NetStream cache entries.
Use the undo ip netstream timeout active command to restore the
default.
Syntax ip netstream timeout active minutes
undo ip netstream timeout active
Parameters minutes
Sets the length of the active aging timer for NetStream
cache entries (in minutes). Valid values are 1 to 60.
Default By default, the active aging timer is set to 30 minutes.
Example Set the active aging timer to 60 minutes.
[R6000] ip netstream timeout active 60
System view
Description In the active aging approach, a NetStream cache entry ages out if the time elapsed
since the first packet was present for this entry exceeds the time specified by the
active timeout command.
Related Command ip netstream timeout inactive
1782 ip netstream timeout inactive 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip netstream timeout inactive
Purpose Use the ip netstream timeout inactive command to set the inactive aging
timer for NetStream cache entries.
Use the undo ip netstream timeout inactive command to restore the
default.
Syntax ip netstream timeout inactive seconds
undo ip netstream timeout inactive
Parameters seconds
Sets the length of the inactive aging timer for
NetStream cache entries (in seconds). Valid values are
10 to 600 seconds.
Example Set the inactive aging timer to 60 seconds.
[R6000] ip netstream timeout inactive 60
System view
Description In the inactive aging approach, a NetStream cache entry ages out if the time elapsed
since the last packet was present for this entry exceeds the time specified by the
inactive timeout command.
Related Command ip netstream timeout active
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip option source-routing 1783
Command Reference
ip option source-routing
Purpose Use the ip option source-routing command to enable IP source routing,
allowing the router to handle the packets with the IP source-route option.
Use the undo ip option source-routing command to disable IP source
routing.
Syntax ip option source-routing
undo ip option source-routing
Parameters None
Default By default, IP source routing is disabled to decrease the risk of attacks. You may
enable and use it in conjunction with the ping or tracert command executed on
other devices when troubleshooting network path faults or transmitting some special
service.
Example Enable IP source routing.
[3Com] ip option source-routing
Disable IP source routing.
[3Com] undo ip option source-routing
System view
1784 ip policy route-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip policy route-policy
Purpose Use the ip policy route-policy command to enable policy routing at an
interface.
Use the undo ip policy route-policy command to delete the existing policy
routing at an interface.
Syntax ip policy route-policy policy-name
undo ip policy route-policy policy-name
Policy name.
Default By default, interface policy routing is disabled.
Example Enable the policy routing specified by route-policy AAA at the interface Ethernet
0/0/0.
[ 3Com- et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p pol i cy r out e- pol i cy AAA
Interface view
Related Command ip local policy route-policy
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip pool 1785
Command Reference
ip pool
Purpose Use the ip pool command to configure a local address pool for assigning addresses
to PPP users.
Use the undo ip pool command to delete the specified local address pool.
Syntax ip pool pool-number low-ip-address [ high-ip-address ]
undo ip pool pool-number
Parameters pool-number
Address pool number. Valid values are 0 to 99.
low-ip-address and
high-ip-address
The start and end IP addresses of the address pool. The
number of in-between addresses cannot exceed 1024.
If end IP address is not specified, there will be only one
IP address in the pool, namely the start IP address.
Default By default, no local IP address pool is configured.
Example Configure the local IP address pool 0 with the address range of 129.102.0.1 to
129.102.0.10.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ] i p pool 0 129. 102. 0. 1 129. 102. 0. 10
System view
ISP Domain view
Description You can configure an IP address pool in system view and use the remote address
command in interface view to assign IP addresses from the pool to PPP users.
You can also configure an IP address pool in ISP domain view for assigning IP
addresses to PPP users in the current ISP domain. This applies to the case where an
interface serves a great amount of PPP users but with inadequate address resources
for allocation. For example, an Ethernet interface running PPPoE can accommodate
4095 users at most. However, only one address pool with up to 1024 addresses can
be configured on its Virtual Template (VT). This is obviously far from what is required.
To address the issue, you can configure address pools for ISP domains and assign
addresses from them to their PPP users.
Related Command remote-address
1786 ip-precedence 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip-precedence
Purpose Use the ip-precedence command to set the precedence of IP packets carried over
PVC.
Use the undo ip-precedence command to delete the precedence configuration
of IP packets carried over PVC.
Syntax ip-precedence { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } { min [ max ] | def aul t
}
undo ip-precedence { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name
PVC name, whose maximum length is 16 characters
(case insensitive). It should be unique at ATM interface.
And it should not be legal VPI/VCI pair. For example,
"1/20" cannot be a PVC name. The PVC
corresponding to pvc-name must have already been
created.
vpi/vci
Virtual path identifier and virtual channel identifier pair
used by ATM to identify a PVC. VPI ranges from 0 to
255. VCI ranges from 0 to 2047, with values 0 through
31 being reserved for special use. The PVC specified in
this command must be an existing one.
min Minimum preference of IP packets carried by the PVC.
max Maximum preference of IP packets carried by the PVC.
default Uses the specified PVC as the default PVC.
Example Display how to set an IP packet named "3Com" whose VPI/VCI is 1/32 and the PVC
carrying preference is 0 to 3.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32- 3Com] i p- pr ecedence 3Com1/ 32 0 3
ATM PVC-Group view
Description Use the ip-precedence command to set the precedence of IP packets carried over
PVC.
Use the undo ip-precedence command to delete the precedence configuration
of IP packets carried over PVC.
If the ip-precedence command is not configured, all IP packets, regardless of
their precedence levels, are transmitted over the primary PVC in the PVC-group.
This primary PVC is the one used when the PVC-group is created.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip-precedence 1787
Command Reference
The IP packets carrying certain priorities are transmitted over the PVCs specified
for them using the ip-precedence { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
min [ max ] command. If no PVC is specified for the IP packets with certain
priorities, they are transmitted over the PVC specified using the ip-precedence
{ pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } default command if there is any. If no
default PVC is specified, the primary PVC is used.
This command is only for setting the PVCs within the PVC-Group. The specified
minimum preference min must be less than or equal to the specified maximum
preference max.
Note that setting PVC service map does not change the precedence levels of IP
packets. To change the precedence levels of IP packets, you may configure CAR.
pvc-group
1788 ip relay address cycle 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip relay address cycle
Purpose Use the ip relay address cycle command to enable the DHCP relay to
allocate servers using the load sharing approach, where the HASH algorithm applies
allowing different clients to use different DHCP servers and the same client to use the
same DHCP server so long as it is possible.
Use the undo ip relay address cycle command to enable the DHCP relay to
relay client requests to all the DHCP servers by broadcasting.
Syntax ip relay address cycle
undo ip relay address cycle
Parameters None
Default By default, broadcast applies.
Example Enable the DHCP Relay to assign servers in the load sharing approach.
[ 3Com] i p r el ay addr ess cycl e
System view
Description A user is assigned to a server by the DHCP relay based on its MAC address and only
when this MAC address changes may this server be different. That means, a user is
associated with only one DHCP server, but one DHCP server can be associated with
multiple users. With this mechanism, the users of a server may be unable to obtain
addresses after the server fails because they are not assigned to other servers. Two
solutions are available for addressing this problem: recover the server, or delete the
configuration of the server from the DHCP Relay to allow the Relay to assign the users
to other servers.
Related Commands ip relay address (Interface view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip relay address (Interface view) 1789
Command Reference
ip relay address (Interface view)
Purpose Use the ip relay address command to specify the exact location of a DHCP
server by configuring an IP relay address for it on the current interface.
Use the undo ip relay address command to delete one or all relay IP addresses
used by an interface.
Syntax ip relay address ip-address
undo ip relay address [ ip-address ]
IP relay address in dotted decimal format.
Default By default, no relay IP address has been configured.
Example Add two relay IP addresses on Ethernet 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p r el ay addr ess 202. 38. 1. 2
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i p r el ay addr ess 202. 38. 1. 3
Interface view
Description Executing undo ip relay address without ip-address will delete all the relay IP
addresses configured on the current interface.
As the packets sent by DHCP client machines in some phases of DHCP are broadcast
packets, the interfaces configured with relay IP addresses must support broadcast. In
other words, this command can be used on the broadcast-supported network
interfaces, Ethernet interfaces for example.
Related Command dhcp select interface
1790 ip relay address interface (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ip relay address interface command to configure a relay address
for the Ethernet interfaces in a specified range for the purpose of transparent
forwarding.
Use the undo ip relay address interface command to delete the
configured relay address.
Syntax ip relay address ip-address [ i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number
[ t o interface-type interface-number ] | al l ]
undo ip relay address { ip-address | al l } { i nt er f ace interface-type
IP address of the DHCP server.
interface-type
interface-type
interface-number ]
all
In the undo form of the command, the first all
refers to all the relay addresses and the second all, the
interfaces.
Default By default, no relay IP address has been configured on any Ethernet interface.
Example Add a relay IP address for the interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to
Ethernet2/0/0.5.
[ 3Com] i p r el ay addr ess 202. 38. 1. 2 i nt er f ace et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 1 t o
et her net 2/ 0/ 0. 5
System view
Related Command ip relay address (Interface view)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip route-static 1791
Command Reference
ip route-static
Purpose Use the ip route-static command to configure a static route.
Use the undo ip route-static command to cancel the configured static route.
Use the undo ip route-static command to delete all the static routes to the
same destination through the same next hop.
Use the undo ip route-static preference command to delete the static
routes with the specified preference.
Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route.
In the application of multi-role host, you can configure a static route on a private
network to specify the interface of another private network or public network as its
outbound interface.
Use the undo ip route-static vpn-instance command to remove the static
route configuration.
Syntax ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ interface-type
interface-number ] [nexthop-address ] [ preference preference-value ] [
reject | blackhole ] [ tag tag-value ] [ description string ]
undo ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ interface-type
interface-number | nexthop-address ] [ preference preference-value ]
ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-instance-name1 vpn-instance-name2
ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ interface-type interface-number [
nexthop-address ] | vpn-instance vpn-nexthop-name nexthop-address |
nexthop-address [ public ] ] [ preference preference-value ] [ reject |
blackhole ]
undo ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-instance-name1 vpn-instance-name2
ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ interface-type interface-number |
vpn-instance vpn-nexthop-name nexthop-address | nexthop-address [
public ]] [ preference preference-value ]
Parameters ip-address Destination IP address, in dotted decimal notation.
mask Mask.
mask-length Mask length. Since "1" s in the 32-bit mask are
required to be consecutive, the mask in dotted decimal
notation can be replaced by mask-length, which is
the number of the consecutive "1" s in the mask.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies the outbound interface type and number of
the static route. The interfaces of the public network
or under other vpn-instances can be taken as the
outbound interface of the static route.
vpn-instance-name
Indicates a name of VPN instance. It can take a
maximum of 6 values.
vpn-nexthop-name
Specifies the vpn-instance of the static route next hop.
1792 ip route-static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nexthop-address Specifies the next hop IP address (in dotted decimal
notation) of the static route.
preference-value
Preference level of the static route in the range from 1
to 255.
public
Public network.
reject
Indicates an unreachable route.
blackhole Indicates a blackhole route.
tag tag-value Tag for the static route. It is used for routing policies.
description string Description on the static route.
Default By default, the system can obtain the sub-net route directly connected with the
router. When configuring a static route, the default preference is 60 if it is not
specified. If it is not specified as reject or blackhole, the route will be reachable by
default.
Example Configure the next hop of the default route as 129.102.0.2.
[3Com ] ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 129.102.0.2
Configure the static route, whose destination address is 100.1.1.1 and whose
next-hop address is 1.1.1.2.
[3Com ] ip route-static vpn-instance vpn1 100.1.1.1 16 vpn-instance
vpn1 1.1.1.2
System view
Description Two static routes to the same destination through the same next hop but with
different preferences are totally different. The system will prefer the route with the
smaller preference value, that is, higher preference level as the current route.
Precautions when configuring static route:
When the destination IP address and the mask are both 0.0.0.0, it is the default
route. If it is failed to detect the routing table, a packet will be forwarded along
the default route.
For different configuration of preference level, flexible routing management policy
can be adopted. For example, configure multiple routes to the same destination.
Load sharing can be fulfilled by specifying the same preference for the routes.
Route backup can be realized by specifying different preferences.
To configure static route, either transmission interface or next hop address can be
specified, which one is adopted in practice depends on actual condition. For the
interfaces supporting the resolution from network address to link layer address or
point-to-point interface, transmission interface or next hop address can be
specified. But for NBMA interfaces, such as the interface or dialing interface
encapsulated with X.25 or frame-relay, they support point-to-multi-point. Except
IP route is configured, secondary route, i.e. the map from IP address to link layer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip route-static 1793
Command Reference
address should be established on link layer. In such condition, transmission
interface cannot be specified and the next hop IP address should be configured
when configuring static route.
VT interface cannot be configured as outbound interface.
In some conditions (for example, the link layer is encapsulated with PPP),
transmission interface can be specified when opposite address cannot be learned
in router configuration. After specifying transmission interface, the configuration
of this router is unnecessary to be modified as opposite address changes.
Related Command display ip routing-table
1794 ip route-static detect-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip route-static detect-group
Purpose Use the ip route-static detect-group command to configure a static route and
reference a detect group.
Syntax ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } { interface-type
interface-number | nexthop } [ preference preference-value ]
detect-group group-number
Destination IP address of the static route, in the dotted
decimal format.
mask Subnet mask of the destination IP address.
mask-length Length of the subnet mask, that is, the number of the
consecutive 1s in the subnet mask.
interface-type
Type of the outbound interface.
interface-number
Number of the outbound interface.
nexthop
IP address of the next hop, in the dotted decimal
format.
preference-value Preference value of the route. Valid values are 1 to
255.
group-number
Number of the detect group. Valid values are 1 to 100.
Example Configure a static route to 192.168.0.5/24 with 192.168.0.2 as the next hop and
reference detect group 10. This static route is valid only when detect group 10 is
reachable.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] ip route-static 192.168.0.5 24 192.168.0.2 detect-group 10
System view
Description Use the ip route-static detect-group command to configure a static route
and reference a detect group. Whether the static route is valid depends on the
reachability of the referenced detect group:
If it is reachable, the static route is valid.
If it is unreachable, the static route is invalid.
To remove the auto detect function from the static route, you must first use the
undo ip route-static command to remove the static route and then
reconfigure it.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip route-static vpn-instance 1795
Command Reference
ip route-static vpn-instance
Purpose Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route,
by specifying a private network interface as the outgoing-interface of this static route.
Use the undo ip route-static vpn-instance command to delete the
configuration of this static route.
Syntax ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-instance-name1 vpn-instance-name2
destination-address { mask | mask-length } { interface-type
interface-number | [ nexthop-address ] | vpn-instance vpn-nexthop-name
vpn-nexthop-address | nexthop-address [ publ i c ] } [ pr ef er ence
preference-value ] [ r ej ect | bl ackhol e ]
undo ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-instance-name1 vpn-instance-name2
destination-address { mask | mask-length } { interface-type
interface-number | vpn-instance vpn-nexthop-name vpn-nexthop-address |
nexthop-address [ publ i c ] } [ pr ef er ence preference-value ]
Parameters vpn-name Name of VPN instance. 6 names can be configured at
most.
destination-address
Destination address of the static route.
mask
Address mask.
mask-length
Length of the mask. As it requires consecutive 1s in a
32-bit mask, the mask in dotted decimal notation
format can be substituted by mask-length.
(mask-length is represented by the number of
consecutive 1s in the mask.)
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies the outgoing interface of the static route by
its type and number. You can specify the interface of
public network or other vpn-instance as the
outgoing-interface of the static route.
vpn-nexthop-name
Specifies vpn-instance of the next hop for the static
route.
vpn-nexthop-address
Specifies IP address of the next hop for the static route.
public
Indicates that the next hop of this route is a public IP
address.
preference-value Specifies preference value.
reject Configures a route as unreachable.
blackhole Configures a route as a blackhole.
Example Configure a static route with destination address 100.1.1.1 and next hop address
1.1.1.2.
1796 ip route-static vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
[ 3Com] i p r out e- st at i c vpn- i nst ance vpn1 100. 1. 1. 1 16 vpn- i nst ance
vpn1 1. 1. 1. 2
System view
Description Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route,
by specifying a private network interface as the outgoing-interface of this static route.
When using a multi-role host, you can configure a static route in a private network
with an interface of another private network or public network as its
outgoing-interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip rpf-longest-match 1797
Command Reference
ip rpf-longest-match
Purpose Use the ip rpf-longest-match command to configure the longest-match rule to
be the multicast RPF route selecting policy.
Use the undo ip rpf-longest-match command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax ip rpf-longest-match
undo ip rpf-longest-match
Parameters None
Default By default, routes are selected according to the preference-preferred rule.
Example Set the longest-match rule to be the multicast RPF route selecting policy.
[3Com] ip rpf-longest-match
System view
1798 ip rpf-route-static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip rpf-route-static
Purpose Use the ip rpf-route-static command to configure multicast static routes.
Use the undo ip rpf-route-static command to remove the multicast static
routes from the multicast static routing table.
Syntax ip rpf-route-static source { mask | mask-length } [ protocol ] [
route-policy policyname ] { rpf-nbr | interface-type interface-number }
[ preference preference ]
undo ip rpf-route-static source { mask | mask-length } [ protocol ] [
route-policy policyname ]
Parameters source IP address of multicast source (unicast address).
mask IP address mask of multicast source.
mask-length
IP address mask length of multicast source.
protocol
Indicates that matched routes must appear in the
specified unicast routing protocol. Protocol can be
such unicast routing protocols as bgp, isis, ospf, rip
and static.
route-policy
Match rule for static multicast routes.
rpf-nbr
IP address of RPF neighbor router.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies the interface connected to the neighbor
running RPF.
preference Route preference. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Configure a multicast static route.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] ip rpf-route-static 1.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 rip route-policy map1
11.0.0.1
Display the multicast static route configured.
[3Com] display multicast routing-table static config
Continue to configure the multicast static route.
[3Com] ip rpf-route-static 1.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 rip route-policy map1
13.1.1.2
Continue to configure the multicast static route.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip rpf-route-static 1799
Command Reference
[3Com] ip rpf-route-static 1.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 null0
System view
Related Commands display multicast routing-table static config
1800 ip source-address-check 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip source-address-check
Purpose Use the ip source-address-check command to enable source address check
function for IP packets.
Use the undo ip source-address check command to disable source address
check function for IP packets.
Syntax ip source-address-check
undo ip source-address-check
Parameters None
Default By default, the source address check function for IP packets is disabled.
Example Enable source address check function for an IP packet.
[3Com] ip source-address-check
System view
Description When the source address check function for IP packets is enabled, the system checks
the validity of the source address of the IP packets. If the source address is not an A
class, B class or C class address, the packet will be discarded.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip tcp vjcompress 1801
Command Reference
ip tcp vjcompress
Purpose Use the ip tcp vjcompress command to enable a PPP interface to compress the
VJ TCP header.
Use the undo ip tcp vjcompress command to disable the PPP interface to
compress the VJ TCP header.
Syntax ip tcp vjcompress
undo ip tcp vjcompress
Parameters None
Default By default, the VJ TCP header is disabled to compress at the PPP interface.
Example Permit VJ TCP header compression on the PPP interface.
[ 3Com- di al er 0] i p t cp vj compr ess
Interface view
Description If the VJ TCP header is permitted to compress at the PPP interface, the interface at the
opposite end shall also permit to compress the VJ TCP header. This command is only
used in the centralized environment.
1802 ip urpf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ip urpf
Purpose Use the ip urpf command to enable URPF check on the interface.
Use the undo ip urpf command to disable URPF check.
Syntax ip urpf { st r i ct | l oose } [ al l ow- def aul t ] [ acl acl-number ]
undo ip urpf
Parameters strict
Strict check. The packets source address must be in
the routers FIB table. It searches reversely for outgoing
interfaces for the packet. At least one outgoing
address must match the packets incoming interface;
otherwise URPF rejects the packet.
loose
Loose check. The only requirement is that the packets
source address is in the routers FIB table; otherwise
URPF rejects the packet.
allow-default Allows special treatment for the default route. When
the default route and the allow-default parameters are
both configured, the principles of strict check and
loose check change.
acl-number ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 3999.
Default By default, URPF is disabled.
Example Enable strict URPF check on Ethernet2/2/0, allow special treatment for the default
route, and set ACL number to 2999.
[ 3Com- Et her net 2/ 2/ 0] i p ur pf st r i ct al l ow- def aul t acl 2999
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ip vpn-instance 1803
Command Reference
ip vpn-instance
Purpose Use the ip vpn-instance command to create and configure a vpn-instance.
Use the undo ip vpn-instance command to delete the specified vpn-instance.
Use the ip vpn-instance command to create a vpn-instance named vpn-name.
Syntax ip vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
undo ip vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
Name assigned to vpn-instance.
Default By default, vpn-instance is not defined. Neither input nor output list is associated with
vpn-instance. No route-map is associated with vpn-instance.
Example Create VPN instance vpn1.
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vpn1
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn1]
System view
Routing Protocol (BGP and RIP) view
1804 ipsec card-proposal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipsec card-proposal
Purpose Use the ipsec card-proposal command to create an SA proposal for the
encryption card and enter the corresponding view.
Use the undo ipsec card-proposal command to delete an SA proposal of the
encryption card.
Syntax ipsec card-proposal proposal-name
undo ipsec card-proposal proposal-name
Parameters proposal-name
Name of the SA proposal of the encryption card, a
string up to 32 characters. It is case-sensitive.
Example Create the SA proposal card using the encryption card at slot 5/0/0, configure
security and encryption algorithm.
[ Rout er ] i psec car d- pr oposal car d
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal ] use encr ypt - car d 5/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal - car d] t r ansf or mah- esp
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal - car d] ah aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmsha1
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal - car d] esp aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmsha1
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal - car d] esp encr ypt i onal gor i t hm3des
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal - car d] qui t
[ Rout er ]
System view
Description This command is used in encryption card SA proposal view (the corresponding
encryption/decryption/authentication are implemented on the encryption card),
whereas the host software is also compatible with SA proposal view of the host itself
(the ipsec proposal command), in which the
encryption/decryption/authentication are implemented by the host. In encryption card
SA proposal view, you can also specify the slot ID of the encryption card for the SA
proposal, with the use encrypt card command, while other configurations are
identical with the ipsec proposal command.
After completing SA proposal configuration, you need to return to system view using
the quit command, so that you can initiate other configuration.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipsec policy (Interface view) 1805
Command Reference
ipsec policy (Interface view)
Purpose Use the ipsec policy (Interface view) command to apply an ipsec policy group
with the name policy-name at the interface,.
Use the undo ipsec policy (Interface view) command to remove one or all ipsec
policy group from the interface so as to disable the IPSec function of the interface.
Syntax ipsec policy policy-name
undo ipsec policy [ policy-name ]
Specifies the name of an ipsec policy group applied at
the interface. The ipsec policy group with name
policy-name should be configured in system view.
Example Apply an ipsec policy whose name is policy1 to interface Serial 4/1/2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] i psec pol i cy pol i cy1
Interface view
Description At an interface, only one ipsec policy group can be applied. An ipsec policy group can
be applied at multiple interfaces.
When a packet is sent from an interface, it searches for each ipsec policy in the ipsec
policy group by number in an ascending order. If the packet matches an access
control list used by an ipsec policy, then this ipsec policy is used to process the packet;
otherwise it continues to search for the next ipsec policy. If the packet does not match
any of the access control lists used by all the ipsec policies, it will be directly
transmitted (that is, IPSec will not protect the packet).
To prevent transmitting any unencrypted packet from the interface, it is necessary to
use the firewall together with IPSec; the firewall is for dropping all the packets that do
not need to be encrypted.
Related Command ipsec policy (System view)
1806 ipsec policy (System view) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipsec policy (System view)
Purpose Use the ipsec policy command to establish or modify an ipsec policy, and enter
IPSec policy view.
Use the undo ipsec policy policy-name command to delete an IPSec policy
group whose name is policy-name.
Use the undo ipsec policy policy-name seq-number command to delete
an IPSec policy whose name is policy-name and sequence number is
seq-number.
Syntax ipsec policy policy-name seq-number [ manual | i sakmp [ t empl at e
template-name ] ]
undo ipsec policy policy-name [ seq-number ]
Name of the ipsec policy. The naming rule is: the
length of the name is 1 to 15 characters, the name is
case insensitive and the characters can be English
characters or numbers, cannot include -.
seq-number
Sequence number of the ipsec policy, ranging 1 to
10000, with lower value indicating higher sequence
priority.
manual Sets up SA manually.
isakmp Sets up SA through IKE negotiation.
template Dynamically sets up SA by using policy template. The
policy-name discussed here will reference
template-name which is a created policy template thus
named.
template-name Name of the template.
Default By default, no ipsec policy exists.
Example Set an ipsec policy whose name is newpolicy1, sequence number is 100, and
negotiation mode is isakmp.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy newpol i cy1 100 i sakmp
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- i sakmp- newpol i cy1- 100]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipsec policy (System view) 1807
Command Reference
Description Use the ipsec policy policy-name seq-number isakmp template
template-name command to establish an ipsec policy according the template
through IKE negotiation. Before using this command, the template should have
been created. During the negotiation and policy matching, the parameters defined in
the template should be compliant, the other parameters are decided by the initiator.
The proposal must be defined in policy template, other parameters are optional.
To establish an ipsec policy, it is necessary to specify the negotiation mode (manual or
isakmp). To modify the ipsec policy, it is not necessary to specify a negotiation mode.
Once the ipsec policy is established, its negotiation mode cannot be modified. For
example: if an ipsec policy is established in manual mode, it cannot be changed to
isakmp mode--this ipsec policy must be deleted and then recreated, if appropriate,
with the negotiation mode being isakmp.
Ipsec policies with the same name constitute an ipsec policy group. The name and
sequence number are used together to define a unique ipsec policy. In an ipsec policy
group, at most 100 ipsec policies can be set. In an ipsec policy, the smaller the
sequence number of an ipsec policy is, the higher is its preference. Apply an ipsec
policy group at an interface means applying all ipsec policies in the group
simultaneously, so that different data streams can be protected by adopting different
SAs.
CAUTION:
IKE will not use a policy with a template argument to initiate a negotiation. Rather,
it uses such a policy to response the negotiation initiated by its peer.
The number of an IPSec policy configured by referencing an IPSec policy template
must be greater than that of an IPSec policy not configured in that way.
Otherwise, the responding party can find a match and the negotiation fails.
Related Commands display ipsec policy
ike peer (IPSec Policy view or IPSec Policy Template view)
ipsec policy-template
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
1808 ipsec policy-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ipsec policy-template command to establish or modify an IPSec policy
template, and enter IPSec policy template view.
Use the undo ipsec policy-template template-name command to delete
the IPSec policy template group named template-name.
Use the undo ipsec policy-template template-name seq-number
command to delete the IPSec policy template with the name of template-name
and the serial number of seq-number.
Syntax ipsec policy-template template-name seq-number
undo ipsec policy-template template-name [ seq-number ]
Parameters template-name Name of the IPSec policy template, comprised of an
alphanumeric string of 1 to 15 characters, case
insensitive, excluding minus signs (-).
seq-number
Number of the IPSec policy template. Valid values are 1
to 10000. In one IPSec policy template group, the
smaller the serial number of an IPSec policy template,
the higher its preference.
Default By default, no IPSec policy template exists.
Example Establish an IPSec policy template with the name of template1 and the serial number
of 100.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy- t empl at e t empl at e1 100
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- t empl at e- t empl at e1- 100]
System view
Description A policy template that has been created with the name of template-name can be
referenced by the ipsec policy policy-name seq-number isakmp
template template-name command to create an IPSec policy.
The IPSec policy template and the security policy of IPSec IPSAMP negotiation share
the same kinds of arguments, including the referenced IPSec proposal, the protected
traffic, PFS feature, lifetime, and the address of the remote tunnel end. However, you
should note that the proposal argument is compulsory to be configured whereas
other arguments are optional. If an IPSec policy template is used for the policy match
operation undertaken in an IKE negotiation, the configured arguments must be
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipsec policy-template 1809
Command Reference
matched, and the settings of the initiator will be used if the corresponding arguments
have not been configured.
Related Commands display ipsec policy
proposal
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
1810 ipsec proposal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipsec proposal
Purpose Use the ipsec proposal proposal-name command to establish or modify a
proposal named proposal-name, and enter IPSec proposal view.
Use the undo ipsec proposal proposal-name command to delete the
proposal named proposal-name.
Syntax ipsec proposal proposal-name
undo ipsec proposal proposal-name
Parameters proposal-name
Name of the specified proposal. The naming rule is:
the length of the name is 1 to 15 characters, case
insensitive.
Default By default, no proposal exists.
After a new IPSec proposal is established by using the ipsec proposal command, the
ESP protocol, DES encryption algorithm and MD5 authentication algorithm are
adopted by default.
Example Establish a proposal named newprop1.
[ 3Com] i psec pr oposal newpr op1
System view
Description This proposal is a combination of the security protocol, encryption and authentication
algorithm and packet encapsulation format for implementing IPSec protection.
An ipsec policy determines the protocol, algorithm and encapsulation mode to be
adopted by the use of the proposal. Before the ipsec policy uses a proposal, this
proposal must have already been set up.
encapsulation-mode
proposal
transform
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipsec sa global-duration 1811
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ipsec sa global-duration command to set a global SA duration.
Use the undo ipsec sa global-duration command to restore to the default
setting of the global SA duration.
Syntax ipsec sa global-duration { t i me- based seconds | t r af f i c- based kilobytes }
undo ipsec sa global-duration { t i me- based | t r af f i c- based }
Parameters time-based seconds
Time-based global SA duration (in seconds). Valid
If no value is specified, the default is 3600 seconds
(1hour).
traffic-based kilobytes
Traffic-based global SA duration (in kilobytes). Valid
If no value is specified, the default is 1843200. When
the traffic reaches this value, the duration expires.
Example Set the global SA duration to 2 hours.
[ 3Com] i psec sa gl obal - dur at i on t i me- based 7200
Set the global SA duration to 10M bytes transmitted.
[ 3Com] i psec sa gl obal - dur at i on t r af f i c- based 10000
System view
Description When IKE negotiates to establish a SA, if the adopted IPSec policy is not configured
with its own duration, the system will use the global SA duration specified by this
command to negotiate with the peer. If the IPSec policy is configured with its own
duration, the system will use the duration of the IPSec policy to negotiate with the
peer. When IKE negotiates to set up an SA for IPSec, the smaller one of the lifetime
set locally and that proposed by the remote is selected.
There are two types of SA duration: time-based (in seconds) and traffic-based (in
kilobytes) lifetimes. The traffic-based SA duration, that is, the valid time of the SA is
accounted according to the total traffic that can be processed by this SA, and the SA
is invalid when the set value is exceeded. No matter which one of the two types
expires first, the SA will get invalid. Before the SA is about to get invalid, IKE will set
up a new SA for IPSec negotiation. So, a new SA is ready before the existing one gets
invalid.
1812 ipsec sa global-duration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Modifying the global SA duration will not affect a map that has individually set up its
own SA duration, or an SA already set up. But the modified global SA duration will be
used to set up a new SA in the future IKE negotiation.
The SA duration does not function for an SA manually set up, that is, the SA manually
set up will never be invalidated.
Related Commands display ipsec sa
sa duration
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipv4-family 1813
Command Reference
ipv4-family
Purpose Use the ipv4-family command to enter IPv4 extended address family view of BGP.
Use the undo ipv4-family command to remove all configurations in extended
address family view and return to IPv4 unicast address family view of BGP.
Use the command to enter the IPv4 extended address family view. In this view,
parameters related to the address family can be configured for BGP.
Use the ipv4-family multicast command to multicast. For relevant contents,
refer to "MBGP Multicast Extended" chapter in module "Multicast" of this manual.
Use the undo ipv4-family multicast command to exit the multicast extended
address family view, remove all configurations in the address family view and return
to BGP unicast view.
Use the ipv4-family vpn-instance command for BGP/MPLS VPN. For related
description, refer to "MPLS VPN" chapter in module "MPLS" module of this manual.
Use the undo ipv4-family vpn-instance vpn-instance-name command to
remove the association between the specified VPN instance and IPv4 address family
and delete all configurations in the address family and return to BGP unicast view.
Syntax ipv4-family { mul t i cast | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name }
undo ipv4-family { mul t i cast | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name }
Parameters multicast
Enters the BGP multicast extended address family view
with the argument.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name Associates the specified VPN instance with the IPv4
address family. Enter the MBGP address family view of
BGP with this argument.
Example None
BGP view
VPN Instance view
Related Commands ipv4-family vpnv4
peer enable
1814 ipv4-family 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipv4-family
Purpose Use the ipv4-family multicast command to enter MBGP multicast address
family view.
Use the undo ipv4-family multicast command to delete the configuration of
the specified multicast address family view.
Use the ipv4-family vpn-instance command to enter MBGP vpn-instance
address family view.
Use the undo ipv4-family vpn-instance command to delete the association
of vpn-instance with MBGP address family, and return to BGP unicast view.
Use the ipv4-family vpnv4 command to enter MBGP VPNv4 address family view.
Use the undo ipv4-family vpnv4 command to delete the configuration of
MBGP VPNv4 address family view.
Syntax ipv4-family { mul t i cast | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [
uni cast ] }
undo ipv4-family {mul t i cast | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [
uni cast ] }
Parameters multicast It is used to enter MBGP multicast address family view.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Associates the specified vpn-instance with the MBGP
address family. This parameter is used to enter MBGP
vpn-instance address family view.
vpnv4 It is used to enter MBGP vpnv4 address family view.
unicast Uses VPNv4 unicast address.
Default By default, unicast address is used when MBGP address family is configured.
By default, unicast address is used when VPNv4 address family is configured.
Example Associate the specified vpn-instance with MBGP address family to enter MBGP
vpn-instance address family view. You must first configure vpn-instance before you
perform that configuration.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Combgp] i pv4 f ami l y vpn- i nst ance abc
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn- i nst ance]
Enter VPNv4 address family view.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp] i pv4 f ami l y vpnv4 uni cast
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn]
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipv4-family 1815
Command Reference
BGP view
Description Use this command to enter address family view and configure parameters related to
BGP address family in this view.
Related Command peer enable
1816 ipv4-family multicast 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipv4-family multicast
Purpose Use the ipv4-family multicast command to enter the IPv4 multicast
subaddress family view.
Use the undo ipv4-family multicast command to remove all the
configurations in the IPv4 multicast subaddress family view.
Syntax ipv4-family multicast
undo ipv4-family multicast
Parameters None
Example Enter the IPv4 multicast subaddress family view.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] bgp 100
[3Com-bgp] ipv4-family multicast
[3Com-bgp-af-mul]
BGP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipv4-family vpn-instance 1817
Command Reference
ipv4-family vpn-instance
Purpose Use the ipv4-family command to enter MBGP address family view of RIP.
Use the undo ipv4-family command to cancel all configurations in extended
Syntax ipv4-family [ unicast ] vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
undo ipv4-family [ unicast ] vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
Parameters unicast
Unicast address.
vpn-instance-name
Associates the specified VPN instance with the IPv4
address family. Enter the MBGP address family view of
RIP with this parameter.
Example Enter the RIP MBGP address family view.
[3Com ] ip vpn-instance xhy
[3Com -vpn-xhy] route-distinguisher 100:1
[3Com -rip] ipv4-family vpn xhy
[3Com-rip-af-vpn-instance]
RIP view
Description ipv4-family command is used to enter the MBGP address family view. In this view,
parameters related to address family can be configured for RIP.
undo ipv4-family command is only used in RIP view.
The ipv4-family vpn-instance command is used for BGP/MPLS VPN. For
related description, refer to MPLS VPN section in module MPLS chapter of this
manual.
Related Command display rip vpn-instance
1818 ipv4-family vpnv4 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipv4-family vpnv4
Purpose Use the ipv4-family vpnv4 command to enter VPNv4 address family view of
BGP.
Use the undo ipv4-family vpnv4 command to delete all configurations in
VPNv4 address family view and return to IPv4 unicast address family view of BGP.
Syntax ipv4-family vpnv4 [ uni cast ]
undo ipv4-family vpnv4 [ uni cast ]
Parameters unicast
Enters VPN-IPv4 unicast address family view with this
argument.
Example None
BGP view
Description The ipv4-family vpnv4 command is used for BGP/MPLS VPN. For related
description, refer to "MPLS VPN" chapter in module "MPLS" of this manual.
The present VRP software platform only supports IPv4 unicast address of VPN.
Performing the ipv4-family vpnv4 command will enter VPN-IPv4 unicast address
family view even if the unicast argument is not specified.
Related Commands ipv4-family
peer enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family idle-mark 1819
Command Reference
idle-mark
Purpose Use the idle-mark command to configure the idle coding scheme of the
synchronous serial port.
Use the undo idle-mark command to restore the default idle coding scheme of
the synchronous serial port.
Syntax idle-mark
undo idle-mark
Parameters None
Default By default, the synchronous serial port adopts the 7E coding scheme.
Example Configure the idle coding scheme of the synchronous serial port on the Serial1/0/0 as
idle-mark.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i dl e- mar k
Description 3Com series routers encapsulate 7E in the packets to identify the free time of the
SDLC serial interface, but some SDLC devices adopt full 1 high level instead. In
order to be better compatible to this kind devices, the idle coding scheme of the
router needs to be changed.
Sometimes when connecting with the AS/400, this command needs to be configured
to change the idle coding scheme and accelerate the AS/400 polling speed.
1820 ipx enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx enable
Purpose Use the ipx enable command to activate IPX.
Use the undo ipx enable command to deactivate IPX and remove all IPX
configurations simultaneously.
Syntax ipx enable [ node node ]
undo ipx enable
Parameters node Node value of the router. It is a 48-bit value
represented by a triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers separated by -. It is neither a broadcasting
address nor a multicast address. If the parameter is not
configured, the router will assign MAC address of the
first Ethernet interface as its node value.
If there is no Ethernet interface in the router, the system will assign a random node
value based on the system clock.
Example Enable IPX.
[ 3Com] i px enabl e
Disable IPX.
[ 3Com] undo i px enabl e
System view
Description Activating IPX again after executing the undo ipx enable command, you cannot
restore any IPX configuration.
The node argument specifies the node value of the router. If no node value is
specified, the router uses the MAC address of its first Ethernet interface.
The following describes the node value assignment conventions:
If no node value is assigned to the router when IPX is activated, the router uses the
MAC address of its first Ethernet interface as the node value of its serial interface.
If a node value is assigned to the router when IPX is activated, the router uses this
value as the node value of its serial interface.
For an Ethernet interface, its node value is its MAC address regardless of whether
the router is assigned a node value.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx encapsulation 1821
Command Reference
ipx encapsulation
Purpose Use the ipx encapsulation command to set IPX frame encapsulation format on
Ethernet interface.
Use the undo ipx encapsulation command to restore the default IPX frame
Syntax ipx encapsulation [ dot 2 | dot 3 | et her net - 2 | snap ]
undo ipx encapsulation
Parameters dot2
Encapsulation format is Ethernet_802.2.
dot3
Encapsulation format is Ethernet_802.3.
ethernet-2
Encapsulation format is Ethernet_II.
snap
Default By default, IPX frame encapsulation format on Ethernet interface is dot3
(Ethernet_802.3).
Example Configure IPX frame encapsulation format on the interface Ethernet0/1/0 as
Ethernet_II.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] i px encapsul at i on et her net - 2
Restore the default IPX frame encapsulation format on the interface Ethernet0/1/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] undo i px encapsul at i on
Encapsulation format is Ethernet_SNAP.
Description In WAN interfaces, IPX frame only supports PPP encapsulation.
1822 ipx netbios-propagation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx netbios-propagation
Purpose Use the ipx netbios-propagation command to configure the router to
forward type 20 broadcast packets on the current interface.
Use the undo ipx netbios-propagation command to disable the forwarding
of type 20 packets.
Syntax ipx netbios-propagation
undo ipx netbios-propagation
Parameters None
Default By default, type 20 broadcast packets will be discarded by the router rather than
forwarded.
Example Enable the receipt and forwarding of type 20 broadcast packets.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] i px net bi os- pr opagat i on
Disable the receipt and forwarding of type 20 broadcast packets.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] undo i px net bi os- pr opagat i on
Interface view
Description IPX type 20 packet is a packet for NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System)
defined by Novell NetWare.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx network 1823
Command Reference
ipx network
Purpose Use the ipx network command to configure a network ID for an interface.
Use the undo ipx network command to delete IPX network ID of an interface.
Syntax ipx network network
undo ipx network
Parameters network Network ID of IPX interface in hex. Valid values are 0x1
to FFFFFFFD.
Default By default, IPX is disabled on all interfaces after it is activated. There is no IPX network
ID on the interface.
Example Configure the interface Ethernet0/1/0 as IPX interface and assign it with a network ID.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] i px net wor k 675
Cancel the configuration of the interface Ethernet0/1/0 as IPX interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 1/ 0] undo i px net wor k
Interface view
1824 ipx rip import-route 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx rip import-route
Purpose Use the ipx rip import-route static command to import static routes into
RIP. RIP adds them in their route updates.
Use the undo ipx rip import-route static command to disable the
importation of static routes.
Syntax ipx rip import-route static
undo ipx rip import-route static
Parameters static
Imported static route.
Example Import a static route to RIP.
[ 3Com] i px r i p i mpor t - r out e st at i c
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx rip mtu 1825
Command Reference
ipx rip mtu
Purpose Use the ipx rip mtu command to configure RIP updating packet size.
Use the undo ipx rip mtu command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax ipx rip mtu bytes
undo ipx rip mt u
Parameters bytes Maximum RIP updating packet size (in bytes). Valid
Default By default, the maximum size of RIP updating packets is 432 bytes. In RIP updating
packets, the size of each routing information item is 8 bytes and the size of IPX
header and RIP header is 32 bytes. So an updating packet can carry up to 50 routing
information items at most.
Example Configure the maximum size of RIP updating packets on the interface Ethernet1/0/0
to 500 bytes.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] i px r i p mt u 500
Interface view
1826 ipx rip multiplier 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx rip multiplier
Purpose Use the ipx rip multiplier command to configure the aging period of RIP
routing information table items.
Use the undo ipx rip multiplier command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax ipx rip multiplier multiplier
undo ipx rip multiplier
Parameters multiplier
Used to calculate the aging period of RIP routing
information table items. Valid values are 1 to 1000.
If not specified, the default the value is 3. The actual
aging time is the value of multiplier multiplied by the
RIP updating interval.
Default By default, RIP aging period is 3 times of updating interval.
Example Configure RIP aging period of routing information table items is 5 times of updating
interval.
[ 3Com] i px r i p mul t i pl i er 5
System view
Description Routers may contain a timer for each item in their routing information table, which
keeps track of elapsed time since the route was received. Every time the updating
packet containing the routing information is received, the timer is reset to zero. If RIP
route is not updated in a period of time, the system will regard the route is no longer
valid and delete it from the routing table.
Related Command ipx rip timer update
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx rip timer update 1827
Command Reference
ipx rip timer update
Purpose Use the ipx rip timer update command to configure RIP updating interval.
Use the undo ipx rip timer update command to restore the default value of
RIP updating interval.
Syntax ipx rip timer update seconds
undo ipx rip timer update
Parameters seconds
RIP updating interval (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to
60000.
Default By default, the RIP updating interval is 60 seconds.
Example Configure RIP updating interval to 30 seconds.
[ 3Com] i px r i p t i mer updat e 30
System view
Description On a network, routers need constantly exchange routing information with each other
to keep routing information consistent with actual network topology. In RIP, directly
connected routers periodically send updating packets to each other.
The changes of RIP updating interval will affect aging period.
Related Command ipx rip multiplier
1828 ipx route load-balance-path 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx route load-balance-path
Purpose Use the ipx route load-balance-path command to configure the equivalent
route number to the same destination address.
Use the undo ipx route load-balance-path command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax ipx route load-balance-path paths
undo ipx route load-balance-path
Parameters paths
The maximum equivalent route number to the same
destination address. Valid values are 1 to 64.
Example Configure the equivalent route number to the same destination address to 30.
[ 3Com] i px r out e l oad- bal ance- pat h 30
System view
Description The equivalent route number to the same destination address is the maximum
number of active equivalent routes in the current system. If the newly configured
value is less than the current active route number, the system will change the
excessive active routes to inactive status.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx route max-reserve-path 1829
Command Reference
ipx route max-reserve-path
Purpose Use the ipx route max-reserve-path command to configure the maximum
dynamic route number to the same destination address.
Use the undo ipx route max-reserve-path command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax ipx route max-reserve-path paths
undo ipx route max-reserve-path
Parameters paths
The maximum dynamic route number to the same
destination address. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Configure the maximum dynamic route number to the same destination address to
200.
[ 3Com] i px r out e max- r eser ve- pat h 200
System view
Description When the dynamic route number to the same destination address exceeds the
maximum value configured, the newly found dynamic routes will not be added into
the routing table, discarded directly. If the newly configured value is less than the
original one, the excessive routes in the current routing table will not be deleted until
they get aging themselves or are deleted manually.
1830 ipx route-static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx route-static
Purpose Use the ipx route-static command to configure IPX static route.
Use the undo ipx route-static command to delete static route.
Syntax ipx route-static network { network.node | interface-type interface-num
} [ pr ef er ence value ] [ t i ck ticks hop hops ]
undo ipx route-static { network [ network.node | interface-type
interface-num ] | al l }
Parameters network
Destination network ID of IPX static route. Valid values
are an 8-bit hexadecimal number, ranging from 1 to
0xFFFFFFFE. The same network ID must be used at the
two ends of a link.
network.node
The next hop address of IPX static route. network is the
network ID of the next hop. node is a triplet of
four-bit hexadecimal numbers separated by -, each
ranging from 1 to 0xFFFF.
interface-type
Outgoing interface type, only supporting the interface
with PPP encapsulation. It can be Serial or POS
interface.
interface-num
Outgoing interface number.
preference
Route preference. The preference of directly connected
routes is fixed to 0 and cannot be changed. By default,
the preference of active IPX static route is 60 and can
be configured. The preference of dynamic IPX routes is
fixed to 100 and cannot be changed.
value
Route preference value. Valid values are 1 to 255. The
less the value, the higher the preference.
ticks It indicates the necessary time to destination network
(1 tick = 1/18 second). By default, it is the tick value of
outgoing interface. Interfaces of different types have
different default tick values. The tick value of Ethernet
interface is 1 and that of Serial interface is 6. When the
tick value of an interface is modified, the tick value of
the corresponding static route will also be changed.
hops Number of routers which are passed by to destination
network. By default, the value is 1.
all
All IPX static routes.
Example Configure an IPX static route with destination network ID being 0x5a, the next hop
being 1000.0-0c91-f61f, ticks 10 and hops 2.
[ 3Com] i px r out e- st at i c 5a 1000. 0- 0c91- f 61f t i ck 10 hop 2
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx route-static 1831
Command Reference
Configure the default IPX route with the next hop being 3.4a-60-7, ticks 10, hops 2
and preference 20.
[ 3Com] i px r out e- st at i c FFFFFFFE 3. 4a- 60- 7 pr ef er ence 20 t i ck 10 hop 2
Configure an IPX static route with destination network ID being 3a, outgoing
interface being Serial1/0/0, ticks 10, hops 2 and preference 30.
[ 3Com] i px r out e- st at i c 3a ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 pr ef er ence 30 t i ck 10 hop 2
System view
Description The system regards the IPX static route with destination network ID being -2
(0xFFFFFFFE) as the default route.
1832 ipx sap disable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx sap disable
Purpose Use the ipx sap disable command to disable SAP on the current interface.
Use the undo ipx sap disable command to enable SAP on the current
interface.
Syntax ipx sap disable
undo ipx sap disable
Parameters None
Default By default, the interface SAP is enabled as soon as IPX is enabled.
Example Disable SAP on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i px sap di sabl e
Re-enable SAP on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0] undo i px sap di sabl e
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx sap gns-disable-reply 1833
Command Reference
ipx sap gns-disable-reply
Purpose Use the ipx sap gns-disable-reply command to disable IPX GNS reply on the
current interface.
Use the undo ipx sap gns-disable-reply command to enable IPX GNS reply
Syntax ipx sap gns-disable-reply
undo ipx sap gns-disable-reply
Parameters None
Default By default, GNS reply is enabled on an interface.
Example Disable GNS reply on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i px sap gns- di sabl e- r epl y
Re-enable GNS reply on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo i px sap gns- di sabl e- r epl y
Interface view
1834 ipx sap gns-load-balance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx sap gns-load-balance
Purpose Use the ipx sap gns-load-balance command to configure the router to
respond GNS request in Round-robin method, that is, all servers respond GNS request
in turn.
Use the undo ipx sap gns-load-balance command to configure the nearest
server to respond GNS request.
Syntax ipx sap gns-load-balance
undo ipx sap gns-load-balance
Parameters None
Default By default, for GNS request, a router will inform all servers it knows to respond in
Round-robin method to avoid overload of one server.
Example Configure the nearest server to respond GNS request.
[ 3Com] undo i px sap gns- l oad- bal ance
Configure all servers to respond GNS request in Round-robin method.
[ 3Com] i px sap gns- l oad- bal ance
System view
Related Command ipx sap gns-disable-reply
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx sap max-reserve-servers 1835
Command Reference
ipx sap max-reserve-servers
Purpose Use the ipx sap max-reserve-servers command to configure the length of
the service information reserve queue.
Use the undo ipx sap max-reserve-servers command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax ipx sap max-reserve-servers length
undo ipx sap max-reserve-servers
Parameters length
The length of the dynamic service information reserve
queue. Valid values are 1 to 2048.
Example Set the maximum length of service information reserve queue to 1024.
[ 3Com] i px sap max- r eser ve- ser ver s 1024
System view
Description If the newly configured service information queue length is less than the present one,
the items in SIT will not be deleted. If the service information item number for the
same service type exceeds the maximum value configured, the new service
information will not be added.
1836 ipx sap mtu 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx sap mtu
Purpose Use the ipx sap mtu command to configure the maximum size of SAP updating
packet.
Use the undo ipx sap mtu command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax ipx sap mtu bytes
undo ipx sap mtu
Parameters bytes The maximum SAP packet size (in bytes). Valid values
are 480 to 1500.
Default By default, the maximum size of SAP updating packet is 480 bytes. The size of IPX
header and SAP header is 32 bytes, so a 480-byte SAP updating packet contains 7
service information items (64 bytes each).
Example Set the maximum size of SAP updating packet on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to 674
bytes (carrying 10 service information items at most).
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] i px sap mt u 674
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx sap multiplier 1837
Command Reference
ipx sap multiplier
Purpose Use the ipx sap multiplier command to configure the aging period of SAP
service information table items.
Use the undo ipx sap multiplier command to restore the default value of SAP
aging period.
Syntax ipx sap multiplier multiplier
undo ipx sap multiplier
Parameters multiplier
Used to calculate the aging period of SAP service
information table items. Valid values are 1 to 1000.
If no value is specified, the default value is 3. When the
updating interval is 60 seconds, the aging period is
60*3 = 180 seconds.
Default By default, the aging period of SAP service information table items is 3 times of SAP
updating interval.
Example Set the aging period of SAP service information table items is 5 times of updating
interval.
[ 3Com] i px sap mul t i pl i er 5
System view
Related Command ipx sap timer update
1838 ipx sap timer update 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx sap timer update
Purpose Use the ipx sap timer update command to configure SAP updating interval.
Use the undo ipx sap timer update command to restore the default value of
SAP updating interval.
Syntax ipx sap timer update seconds
undo ipx sap timer update
Parameters seconds SAP updating interval (in seconds). Valid values are 10
to 60000 seconds.
Example Configure SAP updating interval to 300 seconds.
[ 3Com] i px sap t i mer updat e 300
System view
Description When an interface adopts trigger update method, the command configuration does
not take effect.
Related Commands ipx sap multiplier
ipx update-change-only
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx service 1839
Command Reference
ipx service
Purpose Use the ipx service command to add a static service information item to SIT.
Use the undo ipx service command to delete a static service information item
from SIT.
Syntax ipx service service-type name network.node socket hop hopcount
pr ef er ence preference
undo ipx service { { service-type [ name [ network.node ] ] [ pr ef er ence
preference ] } | al l }
Parameters service-type Service type is a 4-byte hexadecimal number. 0
indicates all service types.
name
The server name which provides the service, in
character string with the maximum length being 48
bytes.
network.node Network ID and node value of a server. Network ID is
represented by an 8-bit hexadecimal number, ranging
from 0x1 to 0xFFFFFFFD. The 0s in front can be omitted
when inputting. Node value is used to identify a node
in the network, with the length of 48 bits, represented
by a triplet of 4-digit hexadecimal numbers separated
by -.
socket
It is represented by a 4-bit hexadecimal number,
ranging from 0x1 to 0xFFFF.
hop-count
The number of hops to the server in decimal, ranging
from 1 to 15. Note that hop count more than or equal
to 16 implies the service is unreachable.
preference
The preference of service information, ranging from 1
to 255. The less the value, the higher the preference.
By default, the preference of the static service
information table items is 60 and the preference of the
dynamic one is 500.
Example Add a static service information item with service type 4, service name FileServer,
server network ID 130, node value 0000-0a0b-abcd, server hops 1 and server
preference 60.
[ 3Com] i px ser vi ce 4 Fi l eSer ver 130. 0000- 0a0b- abcd 451 hop 1
pr ef er ence 60
[ 3Com] i px ser vi ce 4 Fi l eSer ver 130. 0000- 0a0b- abcd 451 hop 1
[ 3Com] i px ser vi ce 114 MySer ver 199. 0000- 0a0b- abcd 451 hop 10
Ser vi ce i nf or mat i on wi t h ser ver t ype 114 wi l l not be adver t i sed i f
t her e i s no act i ve r out e t o t he net wor k 199.
1840 ipx service 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description The NetWare server uses SAP to advertise service information and stores the service
information to SIT which is dynamically updated by SAP. Adding a service information
item to SIT, users can access the service.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx split-horizon 1841
Command Reference
ipx split-horizon
Purpose Use the ipx split-horizon command to enable split horizon on the current
interface.
Use the undo ipx split-horizon command to disable split horizon on the
current interface.
Syntax ipx split-horizon
undo ipx split-horizon
Parameters None
Default By default, split horizon is enabled on the interface.
Example Enable split horizon on the interface Ethernet1/1/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 1/ 0] i px spl i t - hor i zon
Disable split horizon on the interface Ehernet1/1/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 1/ 0] undo i px spl i t - hor i zon
Interface view
Description Split horizon is a way to avoid routing loops, that is, routing information received
from an interface is not permitted to be sent from the interface. The function does
not take effect to point-to-point connection links.
1842 ipx tick 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ipx tick
Purpose Use the ipx tick command to configure the delay of interface sending IPX
packets.
Use the undo ipx tick command to restore the default value of interface delay.
Syntax ipx tick ticks
undo ipx tick
Parameters ticks Delay time (in ticks) Valid values are 0 to 30000. One
tick is 1/18 second (approximately 55 ms).
If no value is specified, the default delay of Ethernet
interface is 1 tick; the default delay of the
asynchronous serial port is 30 ticks; and the default
delay of WAN port is 6 ticks.
Example Configure the delay is 5 ticks on the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] i px t i ck 5
Interface view
Description As the IPX RIP delay field, the delay value configured by the ipx tick command is a
basis for the optimal routing selection.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ipx update-change-only 1843
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ipx update-change-only command to enable trigger update on the
current interface.
Use the undo ipx update-change-only command to disable trigger update on
the current interface.
Syntax ipx update-change-only
undo ipx update-change-only
Parameters None
Default By default, trigger update is disabled on the interface.
Example Enable trigger update on the interface Ethernet1/1/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 1/ 0] i px updat e- change- onl y
Disable trigger update on the interface Ethernet1/1/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 1/ 0] undo i px updat e- change- onl y
Interface view
Description IPX RIP and SAP periodically advertise updating broadcast packets. Users can
configure trigger update to avoid broadcast flood.
1844 is-level 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
is-level
Purpose Use the is-level command to configure the IS-IS level.
Use the undo is-level command to restore the default setting.
Syntax is-level { l evel - 1 | l evel - 1- 2 | l evel - 2 }
undo is-level
Parameters level-1
Configures the router to operate at Level-1, only
calculate the intra-area routes and maintain the LSDB
of L1.
level-1-2
Configures the router to operate at Level-1-2, calculate
both the L1 and L2 routes and maintain the LSDB of
Level-1 and Level-2.
level-2
Configures the router to operate at Level-2, only
switch Level-2 LSP and calculate the Level-2 routes and
maintain the LSDB of Level-2.
Default By default, the value is level-1-2.
Example Set the current router to operate on Level-1.
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] i s- l evel l evel - 1
IS-IS view
Description You are recommended to set the system level when configuring IS-IS.
If there is only one area, you are recommended to set the level of all the routers as
Level-1 or Level-2, because it is not necessary for all the routers to maintain two
identical databases. You are recommended to set all the routers to Level-2 for
convenient future extension, when applying them to IP network.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family is-level 1845
Command Reference
As described in ISIS protocol, there is only one type of PDU Hello message on a
point-to-point link, while there are two types of PDU Hello messages on a LAN
interface, namely, Level-1 and Level-2. If you have configured different Level-1 and
Level-2 authentication passwords on a point-to-point link, the system will have to
choose one type of password, since only one type of Hello message exists on a
point-to-point link. Hence the system will choose one password from Level-1 and
Level-2 and put it into the Hello message.
As for sender:
If the sender is of Level-1 or Level-1-2 interface, it encapsulates the
Level-1authenticator into Hello message.
If the sender is of Level-2 interface, it encapsulates the Level-2 authenticator into
Hello message.
As for receiver:
Supposing that the receiver is of Level-1 interface, it uses the Level-1 authenticator.
Supposing that the receiver is of Level-2 interface, it uses the Level-1 authenticator
if its neighbors are of Level-1-2; otherwise, it uses the Level-2 authenticator.
Supposing that the receiver is of Level-1-2 interface, it uses the Level-1
authenticator if its neighbors are of Level-1-2 or Level-1; otherwise, it uses the
Level-2 authenticator.
Related Command isis circuit-level
1846 isdn bch-local-manage 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn bch-local-manage
Purpose Use the isdn bch-local-manage command to enable local ISDN B channel
management.
Use the undo isdn bch-local-manage command to disable the setting.
Syntax isdn bch-local-manage [ excl usi ve ]
undo isdn bch-local-manage
Parameters exclusive Exclusive local management mode for ISDN B
channels. When the B channel indicated by the
exchange is inconsistent with the one required by the
local end, call failure occurs.
Example Enable local ISDN B channel management.
[ 3Com- Br i 2/ 0/ 0] i sdn bch- l ocal - manage
ISDN Interface view
Description It is very important to put appropriate control on the B channels used for calls in
process, especially in the PRI mode. Proper channel management can improve call
efficiency and reduce call loss. Normally, the centralized B channel management
provided by exchanges can work well. For this reason, you are recommended to
adopt the management function provided by exchanges in most cases, despite the
ISDN module can provide the channel management function as well.
Configured with isdn bch-local-manage command, the router operates in
local B-channel management mode to select available B channels for calls. Despite
this, the connected exchange has higher priority in B channel selection. If the B
channel the router selected for a call is different from the one indicated by the
exchange, the one indicated by the exchange is used for communication.
Configured with the isdn bch-local-manage exclusive command, the
router operates in exclusive local B-channel management mode. In this mode, the B
channel selected by the router must be adopted for communication. In the Channel
ID information element of the call Setup message sent for a call, the router indicates
that the B channel is mandatory and unchangeable. If the connected exchange
indicates a B channel different from the one selected by the router, call failure occurs.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn bch-select-way 1847
Command Reference
isdn bch-select-way
Purpose Use the isdn bch-select-way command to set a B channel selection method.
Syntax isdn bch-select-way { ascendi ng | descendi ng }
Parameters ascending Selects B channels in ascending order.
descending Selects B channels in descending order.
Example Configure B channel selection method on the interface Bri2/0/0 to descending order.
[ 3Com- Br i 2/ 0/ 0] i sdn bch- sel ect - way descendi ng
ISDN Interface view
Description If configuring the isdn bch-select-way ascending command, you must use
the isdn-bch-local-manage command to configure local channel management;
otherwise, the configured ISDN B channel selection mode does not take effect.
When operating in B channel local management mode, the router selects B channels
in ascending order by default.
1848 isdn caller-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn caller-number
Purpose Use the isdn caller-number command to configure the range of the numbers
that the router can receive.
Use the undo isdn caller-number command to delete the configured caller
number.
Syntax isdn caller-number caller-number
undo isdn caller-number
Parameters caller-number
Caller number that an incoming ISDN call can carry,
comprised of a character string from 1 to 24 characters
long.
Example Configure the router to receive only the incoming calls from the caller numbers with
400.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn cal l er - number 400
ISDN Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn calling 1849
Command Reference
isdn calling
Use the isdn calling command to have the messages from a calling party to a
called party carry the calling number.
Use the undo isdn calling command to delete calling number in the messages
that a calling party transmitted.
Syntax isdn calling calling-number
undo isdn calling
Parameters calling-number Calling number.
Example Configure the message from a calling party to a called party on interface Bri0/0/0 to
carry calling number.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn cal l i ng 8060170
ISDN Interface view
Description This command mainly applies on BRI interfaces. If a calling party has configured this
command on its BRI interface, the call party will be able to see the calling number by
viewing the call history information.
1850 isdn check-called-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn check-called-number
Purpose Use the isdn check-called-number command to configure the called number
or subaddress that the system should verify when receiving a digital call.
Use the undo isdn check-called-number command to remove the
configuration.
Syntax isdn check-called-number check-index called-party-number [ : subaddress
]
undo isdn check-called-number check-index
Parameters check-index
Called number or subaddress checking index. Valid
values are 1 to 3.
called-party-number
Called number, comprised of a string from 1 to 20
digits long.
subaddress
Subaddress, comprised of a string of digits and/or
case-insensitive English letters from 1 to 20 characters
long.
Default By default, the system does not check the called number or subaddress carried by
incoming digital calls.
Example Check whether the called number carried by incoming digital calls is 66668888 on
the interface Bri 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn check- cal l ednumber 1 66668888 : 123
ISDN PRI Interface view
Description This command is used for setting the examined item when a digital call is received.If a
subaddress is specified, the system will deny an incoming digital call if the calling
party sends a wrong subaddress or does not send at all.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn crlength 1851
Command Reference
isdn crlength
Purpose Use the isdn crlength command to set length of the call reference used when a
call is placed on an ISDN interface.
Use the undo isdn crlength command to restore the default ISDN call reference
length on the interface.
Syntax isdn crlength call-reference-length
undo isdn crlength
Parameters call-reference-length
ISDN call reference length, which can be one or two
bytes.
Default By default, the call reference length is two bytes for E1 PRI and T1 PRI interfaces and
one byte for BRI interfaces.
Example Set the call reference length carried by the ISDN messages on the PRI interface
serial0/0/0:15 to 1 byte.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn cr l engt h 1
ISDN Interface view
Description Call reference is equal to the sequence number that the protocol assigns to each call.
It is one or two bytes in length and can be used cyclically.
When the router receives a call from a remote device, it can automatically identify the
length of the call reference. However, some devices on the network do not have such
capability. In the event that the router is required to place calls to such a device
connected to it, you must configure the router to use the same call reference length
configured on the connected device.
You are not allowed to configure this command on an ISDN interface if there is still a
call on it. This command can take effect only if it is configured when there is no call
on the interface. Alternatively you can manually disable the interface by executing the
shutdown command, configure the command, and then enable the interface by
executing the undo shutdown command. The operations, however, will lead to the
disconnection of the call existing on the interface.
1852 isdn ie passthrough 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn ie passthrough
Purpose Use the isdn ie passthrough command to enable transparent transmission of
some or all related information elements and you can use this command to configure
transparent transmission direction.
Use the undo isdn ie passthrough command to disable transparent
transmission for some or all related information element.
Syntax isdn ie passthrough { information-element | all } { incoming | outgoing
| both }
undo isdn ie passthrough { information-element | all }
Parameters information-element List of information elements that support transparent
transmission. See Table 288 for detailed information.
all
Enables or disables transparent transmission for all
Q.931 related information elements.
incoming Specifies to transparently transmit the information
element on the incoming direction of Q.931 packet.
outgoing
Specifies to transparently transmit the information
element on the outgoing direction of Q.931 packet.
both
Specifies to transparently transmit the information
element on both the incoming and outgoing direction
of Q.931 packet.
Default By default, Q.931 information element transparent transmission is not enabled on
ISDN interface (PRI interface and BRI interface).
Table 288 Q.931 related information element supporting transparent transmission
information-element Description
connectnum Connect number
connectsub Connect subnet address
datetime Date and time
display Display
facility Facility
hlc High-layer compatibility
keypad Keyboard facility
llc Lower-layer compatibility
notification Notification
progress Progress
datetime Date and time
display display
facility Facility
hlc High-layer compatibility
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn ie passthrough 1853
Command Reference
Example Set to enable transparent transmission for facility on both directions on Serial
0/0/0:15.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] interface serial 0/0/0:15
[3Com-Serial0/0/0:15] isdn ie passthrough facility both
ISDN Interface view (not applicable on BRI Interface)
Description This command is only valid when ISDN initiates or receives an H.323 call and invalid
for a DCC call.
1854 isdn ignore connect-ack 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn ignore connect-ack
Purpose Use the isdn ignore connect-ack command to configure the router to switch
the ISDN protocol state to ACTIVE to start the data and voice service communications
after sending a CONNECT message without having to wait for a CONNECT ACK
message.
Use the undo isdn ignore connect-ack command to restore the default
setting.
Syntax isdn ignore connect-ack
undo isdn ignore connect-ack
Parameters None
Default By default, in the event that the router is communicating with an exchange, the ISDN
protocol must wait for the CONNECT ACK message in response to the CONNECT
message before it can switch to the ACTIVE state to start data and voice service
communications.
Example Set the call process on the BRI interface 0/0/0 to proceed to the ACTIVE state without
waiting for CONNECT ACK messages.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn i gnor e connect - ack
ISDN Interface view
Description In the event that the router is communicating with an ISDN exchange, its settings
must be the same as those on the exchange.
on the interface.Alternatively, you can manually disable the interface by executing the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn ignore hlc 1855
Command Reference
isdn ignore hlc
Purpose Use the isdn ignore hlc command to disable ISDN to carry the higher layer
compatibility (HLC) information element in the SETUP messages sent when placing
voice calls.
Use the undo isdn ignore hlc command to configure ISDN to carry the HLC
information element in SETUP messages.
Syntax isdn ignore hlc
undo isdn ignore hlc
Parameters None
Default By default, HLC information element is carried in SETUP messages when placing voice
calls.
Example Configure ISDN to carry the HLC information element in the SETUP messages for the
voice calls placed on the Bri interface 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn i gnor e hl c
ISDN Interface view
on the interface. Alternatively, you can manually disable the interface by executing
the shutdown command, configure the command, and then enable the interface by
1856 isdn ignore llc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn ignore llc
Purpose Use the isdn ignore llc command to disable ISDN to carry the Lower Layer
Compatibility (LLC) information element in the SETUP messages sent when placing
voice calls.
Use the undo isdn ignore llc command to configure ISDN to carry the LLC
information element in SETUP messages.
Syntax isdn ignore llc
undo isdn ignore llc
Parameters None
Default By default, LLC information element is carried in SETUP messages when placing voice
calls.
Example Disable ISDN to carry the LLC information element in the SETUP messages for the
voice calls placed on the interface Bri 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn i gnor e l l c
ISDN Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn ignore sending-complete 1857
Command Reference
isdn ignore sending-complete
Purpose Use the isdn ignore sending-complete command to configure the ISDN
protocol to ignore the processing on the Sending Complete Information Element.
Use the undo isdn ignore sending-complete command to restore the
default setting.
Syntax isdn ignore sending-complete [ i ncomi ng | out goi ng ]
undo isdn ignore sending-complete [ i ncomi ng | out goi ng ]
Parameters incoming
Ignores the Sending Complete Information Element in
SETUP messages with respect to incoming calls.
outgoing Sends SETUP messages without the Sending Complete
Information Element with respect to outgoing calls.
Default By default, in the event that the router is communicating with an exchange, the ISDN
protocol checks whether the received SETUP messages carry the Sending Complete
Information Element with respect to incoming calls and carries the Sending Complete
Information Element in SETUP messages with respect to outgoing calls.
Example Ignore the Sending Complete Information Element in the received SETUP messages.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn i gnor e sendi ng- compl et e i ncomi ng
Disable carrying the Sending Complete Information Element in the transmitted SETUP
messages.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn i gnor e sendi ng- compl et e out goi ng
ISDN Interface view
You can configure this command on an interface only when the ISDN protocol
running on the interface is DSS1, Q.SIG, NI2, or ETSI.
1858 isdn L3-timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn L3-timer
Purpose Use the isdn L3-timer command to configure the duration of an ISDN L3 timer.
Use the undo isdn L3-timer command to restore the default duration of the
ISDN L3 timer on the interface.
Syntax isdn L3-timer timer-name time-interval
undo isdn L3-timer { timer-name | al l }
Parameters timer-name Name of a L3 timer of the ISDN protocol.
time-interval Timer duration, which can take on one of the values
listed in the following table.
all
Restores the default durations of all the L3 timers.
Default You can view the default durations of the L3 timers in the ISDN protocol by executing
the display isdn parameters command.
Example Set the duration of the L3 timer T301 on the interface Bri 0/0/0 to 160 seconds.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn l 3- t i mer t 301 160
ISDN Interface view
Table 289 Description of Q931 timers
timer-name Value range (in units) Default (in units)
t301 30 to 1200 240
t302 5 to 60 15
t303 2 to 10 4
t304 10 to 60 30
t305 4 to 30 30
t308 2 to 10 4
t309 10 to 180 90
t310 10 to 180 40
t313 2 to 10 4
t316 2 to 180 120
t322 2 to 10 4
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn number-property 1859
Command Reference
isdn number-property
Purpose Use the isdn number-property command to set the type and code scheme of
calling or called numbers in incoming or outgoing ISDN calls.
Use the undo isdn number-property command to restore the default.
Syntax isdn number-property number-property [ cal l i ng | cal l ed ] [ i n | out ]
undo isdn number-property [ cal l i ng | cal l ed ] [ i n | out ]
Parameters number-property
Type and number scheme of ISDN numbers. The
argument takes on a hex value in the range of 0 to 7F.
When it is expressed in 8 bits, bits 1 through 4
represent the code scheme, bits 5 through 7 represent
the code type, and bit 8 is reserved. The following
table lists the possible number type and code schemes.
For more information, see the related protocol for
reference.
Table 290 Types and code schemes of ISDN numbers
Protocol Field (Bit) value Definition
Types Code schemes
8 7 6 5 4 3 1 1
ANSI 0 0 0 User-specified
0 1 0 National network identification
0 1 1 International network identification
0 0 0 0 Unknown/user-specified
0 0 0 1 Carrier identification code
0 0 1 1 Data network identification code
(ITU-T Recommendation X.121)
AT&T 0 0 0 Unknown
0 0 1 International number
0 1 0 National number
1 0 0 Subscriber number
0 0 0 0 Unknown
0 0 0 1 ISDN/telephony numbering loan (
Recommendation E.164/E.163)
1 0 0 1 Private numbering plan
DSS1 0 0 0 Unknown
0 1 1 Network specific number
1 1 0 Abbreviated number
1 1 1 Reserved for extension
0 0 0 0 Unknown
1860 isdn number-property 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
0 0 0 1 ISDN/telephony numbering plan(
Recommendation E.164)
0 0 1 1 Data numbering plan( Recommendation
X.121)
0 1 0 0 Telex numbering plan( Recommendation
F.69)
1 0 0 0 National standard numbering plan
1 1 1 1 Reserved for extension
ETSI 0 0 0 Unknown
1 1 0 Abbreviated number
1 1 1 Reserved for extension
0 0 0 0 Unknown
0 0 1 1 Data numbering plan
( Recommendation X.121)
0 1 0 0 Telex numbering plan
(Recommendation F.69)
1 0 0 0 National standard numbering plan
1 1 1 1 Reserved for extension
NI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Unknown number in Unknown numbering
plan
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 International number in ISDN numbering
plan (Rec. E.164)
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 National number in ISDN numbering plan
(Rec. E.164)
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 Network specific number in private
numbering plan
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 Local (directory) number in ISDN numbering
plan (Rec. E.164)
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 Abbreviated number in private numbering
plan
NTT 0 0 0 Unknown
0 0 0 0 Unknown
QSIG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Unknown number in Unknown numbering
plan
Table 290 Types and code schemes of ISDN numbers (continued)
Types Code schemes
8 7 6 5 4 3 1 1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn number-property 1861
Command Reference
The undefined bits in all the protocols are reserved for other purposes.
calling The specified number property is for calling numbers.
called The specified number property is for called numbers.
in The specified number property is for calling numbers
and called numbers in incoming ISDN calls.
out
The specified number property is for calling numbers
and called numbers in outgoing ISDN calls.
Default By default, the system selects ISDN number type and code scheme depending on
upper layer service.
Example On interface BRI 0/0/0, set both number type and code scheme of calling numbers in
incoming ISDN calls to unknown.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn number - pr oper t y 0 cal l i ng i n
On interface BRI 0/0/0, set both number type and code scheme of called numbers in
outgoing ISDN calls to unknown.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn number - pr oper t y 0 cal l ed out
ISDN Interface view
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Unknown number in ISDN/Telephony
numbering plan (ITU-T Rec.E.164/E.163)
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 International number in ISDN/Telephony
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 National number in ISDN/Telephony
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 Subscriber number in ISDN/Telephony
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 Unknown number in private numbering
plan
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 Level 2 regional number in private
numbering plan
numbering plan
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 PISN specific number in private numbering
plan
numbering plan
Table 290 Types and code schemes of ISDN numbers (continued)
Types Code schemes
8 7 6 5 4 3 1 1
1862 isdn number-property 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description If the isdn number-property command is configured, the system adopts the
configured ISDN number type and code scheme without considering the upper layer
service.
The following table shows how to set number type and code scheme.
Table 291 Set the type and code scheme of ISDN numbers
Operation Command
Set a number type and code scheme for the
called numbers in incoming calls
number-property called in
Remove the number type and code scheme
for the called numbers in incoming calls
undo isdn number-property called in
called numbers in outgoin calls
isdn number-property number-property
called out
for the called numbers in outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property called out
calling numbers in incoming calls
calling in
for the calling numbers in incoming calls
undo isdn number-property calling in
calling numbers in outgoing calls
calling out
for the calling numbers in outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property calling out
calling numbers in incoming and outgoing
calls
calling
for the calling numbers in incoming and
outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property calling
called numbers in incoming and outgoing
calls
called
for the called numbers in incoming and
outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property called
calling and called numbers in incoming calls
in
for the calling and called numbers in
incoming calls
undo isdn number-property in
calling and called numbers in outgoing calls
out
outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property out
calling and called numbers in incoming and
outgoing calls
incoming and outgoing calls
undo isdn number-property
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn overlap-sending 1863
Command Reference
isdn overlap-sending
Purpose Use the isdn overlap-sending command to set the system to send the called
number information in the overlap mode on the ISDN interface.
Use the undo isdn overlap-sending command to set the system to send the
called information in full mode.
Syntax isdn overlap-sending [ digits ]
undo isdn overlap-sending
Parameters digits
The number of the digits, which is sent each time in
overlap-sending mode. Valid values are 1 to 15.
Default By default, full-sending mode applies.
Example Apply the overlap-sending function on the interface Bri0/0/0 and set the number of
digits allowed to send each time to 12 digits.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn over l ap- sendi ng 12
ISDN Interface view
Description In "overlap-sending mode, the digits of each called number will be sent separately
and the number of the digits sent each time can be set using this command.
In "full-sending" mode, all the digits of each called number will be collected and sent
at a time.
Overlap-sending is only suitable for five ISDN protocols: ANSI, DSS1, ETSI, NI, and
QSIG.
NI2 only supports full-sending.
1864 isdn q921-permanent 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn q921-permanent
Purpose Use the isdn q921-permanent command to enable the Q.921 permanent link
function.
Use the undo isdn q921-permanent command to disable the Q.921 permanent
link function.
Syntax isdn q921-permanent
undo isdn q921-permanent
Parameters None
Default By default, the Q.921 permanent link function is disabled.
Example Enable the Q.921 permanent link function on interface BRI 2/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 2/ 0/ 0] i sdn q921- per manent
Disable the Q.921 permanent link function on interface BRI 2/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 2/ 0/ 0] undo i sdn q921- per manent
ISDN Interface View
Description After you enable the function, the ISDN BRI interface automatically sets up and
maintains one or two Layer 2 links, whether Layer 3 calls are present on it or not. Two
Layer 2 links involves when two-TEI mode is enabled on the interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn pri-slipwnd-size 1865
Command Reference
isdn pri-slipwnd-size
Purpose Use the isdn pri-slipwnd-size command to set the slide window size on a PRI
interface.
Use the isdn pri-slipwnd-size default command to restore the default
slide window size on the PRI interface.
Syntax isdn pri-slipwnd-size window-size
isdn pri-slipwnd-size def aul t
Parameters window-size
Slide window size. Valid values are 5 to 14.
If no value is specified, the default slide window size
on PRI interfaces is 7.
Example Configure the slide window size on the interface e1 0/0/0 to 10.
[ 3Com] cont r ol l er e1 0/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- E1 0/ 0/ 0] usi ng
[ 3Com- E1 0/ 0] pr i - set
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn pr i - sl i pwnd- si ze 10
Interface view
1866 isdn protocol-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn protocol-mode
Purpose Use the isdn protocol-mode command to set the ISDN interface to operate on
the user side or network side of ISDN protocol.
Syntax isdn protocol-mode mode
undo isdn protocol-mode
Parameters mode
ISDN protocol mode, which can be network or user.
Default By default, both ISDN BRI and ISDN PRI interfaces are operating on the user-side of
ISDN protocol. Among BRI interfaces, only BSV interfaces support network-side BRI.
Example Set interface serial 0/0/0:15 to operate on network-side of ISDN protocol.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn pr ot ocol - mode net wor k
Restore the default ISDN protocol mode of interface serial 0/0/0:15.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] undo i sdn pr ot ocol - mode
ISDN Interface view
Description This command is available on ISDN BSV and PRI interfaces only.
Network-side ISDN PRI interfaces only support Q.SIG and DSS1.
Network-side ISDN BSV interfaces only support DSS1.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn protocol-type 1867
Command Reference
isdn protocol-type
Purpose Use the isdn protocol-type command to set the ISDN protocol to be run on an
ISDN interface.
Syntax isdn protocol-type protocol
Parameters protocol ISDN protocol, which can be DSS1, NTT, NI, QSIG, ETSI,
ANSI, or AT&T.
Default By default, both BRI and PRI interfaces run the ISDN protocol DSS1.
Example Apply ISDN ETSI on interface Bri0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn pr ot ocol - t ype et si
Apply ISDN NI2 on interface Pri0/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 23
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 23] i sdn pr ot ocol - t ype ni 2
ISDN Interface view
Description You are not allowed to configure this command on an ISDN interface if there is still a
1868 isdn protocol-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
You are allowed to configure the followng:
ANSI ISDN on BRI and T1 PRI interfaces;
AT&T ISDN on T1 PRI interfaces;
DSS1 ISDN on BRI, E1 PRI, and T1 PRI interfaces;
ETSI ISDN on BRI, E1 PRI, and T1 PRI interfaces;
NI (National ISDN) on BRI interfaces;
NI2 (National ISDN) on T1 PRI interfaces;
QSIG ISDN on E1 PRI and T1 PRI interfaces;
NTT ISDN on BRI and T1 PRI interfaces.
For a network-side PRI interface, its protocol must be set to DSS1 or Q.SIG; for a
network-side BSV interface, its protocol must be set to DSS1.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn send-restart 1869
Command Reference
isdn send-restart
Purpose Use the isdn send-restart command to enable PRI interfaces to actively send
ISDN RESTART messages to clear calls of the remote end before maintaining B
channels.
Use the undo isdn send-restart command to disable PRI interfaces to actively
send ISDN RESTART messages.
Syntax isdn send-restart
undo isdn send-restart
Parameters None
Default By default, the PRI interface actively sends RESTART messages to the remote end
before maintaining B channels.
Example Enable the PRI interface to send RESTART messages before maintaining B channels.
[ 3Com] i sdn send- r est ar t
Disable the PRI interface to send RESTART messages before maintaining B channels.
[ 3Com] undo i sdn send- r est ar t
System view
1870 isdn spid auto_trigger 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn spid auto_trigger
Purpose Use the isdn spid auto_trigger command to enable SPID auto-negotiation
once on the BRI interface running the NI protocol.
Syntax isdn spid auto_trigger
Parameters None
Default By default, a BRI interface does not originate a SPID negotiation request unless
triggered by a call.
Example Manually trigger a new SPID negotiation request on the interface bri0/0/0.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d aut o_t r i gger
Description On a BRI interface compliant with the North American ISDN protocol, the router can
place a call only after SPID negotiation or initialization. SPID information can be
obtained via static configuration or dynamic negotiation. You may manually trigger a
new SPID negotiation request by executing this command if the SPID negotiation in
dynamic negotiation fails or just for the purpose of testing
This command applies only on the BRI interface running the NI protocol.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn spid nit 1871
Command Reference
isdn spid nit
Purpose Use the isdn spid nit command to set the SPID processing mode to NIT (Not
Initial Terminal) on an NI-compliant BRI interface.
Use the undo isdn spid nit command to disable the NIT mode on the BRI
interface.
Syntax isdn spid nit
undo isdn spid nit
Parameters None
Default By default, NIT mode does not apply on BRI interfaces. Instead, static SPID or dynamic
SPID negotiation is applied.
Example Ignore SPID negotiation and initialization on the interface bri0/0/0, i.e., adopting the
NIT mode.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d ni t
Description On an NI-compliant BRI interface, calls can be placed only after the SPID negotiation
or initialization is finished. When the router is communicating with an NI-compliant
exchange that does not support SPID negotiation, you can use this command to set
the SPID processing mode on the router to NIT and the ISDN will ignore ISPID
negotiation and initialization.
This command applies only on NI-compliant BRI interfaces.
1872 isdn spid resend 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn spid resend
Purpose Use the isdn spid resend command to set the number of INFORMATION
message retransmission attempts for SPID negotiation or initialization on an
NI-compliant BRI interface.
Use the undo isdn spid resend command to restore the default number of
INFORMATION message retransmission attempts on the interface.
Syntax isdn spid resend times
undo isdn spid resend
Parameters times
An integer between 1 and 255.
Example Set the allowed number of INFORMATION retransmission attempts to five.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d r esend 5
Description On a BRI interface compliant with the ISDN protocol in North America, calls can be
placed only after the SPID negotiation or initialization is finished. The timer TSPID is
started when the terminal originates a negotiation or initialization request by sending
the INFORMATION message. If the terminal does not receive any response upon the
expiration of TSPID, it will retransmit the INFORMAITON message. You can use this
command to modify the number of INFORMATION message retransmission attempts.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn spid service 1873
Command Reference
isdn spid service
Purpose Use the isdn spid service command to configure the service types that must be
supported in SPI negotiation on the BRI interface adopting NI protocol.
Use the undo isdn spid service command to delete he service types that must
be supported in SPI negotiation on the BRI interface adopting NI protocol.
Syntax isdn spid service [ audi o | dat a | speech ]
undo isdn spid service
Parameters audio
Supports audio service.
data
Supports data service.
speech
Supports voice service.
Example Set the service type supported by BRI interface to data and voice.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d ser vi ce dat a
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d ser vi ce speech
Description There are three types of services. You can select any one or none. None means all
services are supported. By default, SPID needs to support data and voice service
simultaneously.
Generally, as for the BRI interface adopting North America ISDN protocol, you need to
negotiate or initialize SPID before originate a call. During negotiation, SPCS may send
multiple SPIDs and carry the service types supported by the SPID, therefore, the router
needs to choose a proper SPID according to the local service type.
This command can only be applied on the BRI interface adopting NI protocol.
1874 isdn spid timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn spid timer
Purpose Use the isdn spid timer command to set the duration of the timer TSPID for an
NI-compliant BRI interface to timer_length.
Use the undo isdn spid timer command to restore the default duration of the
timer TSPID for the NI-compliant BRI interface.
Syntax isdn spid timer seconds
undo isdn spid timer
Parameters seconds
Duration of the SPID timer (in seconds). Valid values
are 1 to 255.
Example Set the duration of TSPID on the interface bri0/0/0 to 50 seconds.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d t i mer 50
placed only after the SPID negotiation or initialization is finished. SPID information can
be obtained via static configuration or dynamic negotiation. The timer TSPID is started
when the terminal originates a negotiation or initialization request by sending the
INFORMATION message. You can use this command to modify the duration of TSPID.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn spid1 1875
Command Reference
isdn spid1
Purpose Use the isdn spid1 command to configure SPID information for the B1 channel on
the NI-compliant BRI interface.
Use the undo isdn spid1 command to remove the SPID information of the B1
channel on the interface.
Syntax isdn spid1 spid [ LDN ]
undo isdn spid1
Parameters spid
A string from 1 to 20 digits long.
LDN
Local dialing number, consisting of a string from 1 to
30 digits long.
Default By default, Both SPID and LDN for the B1 channel on the BRI interface are null.
Example Set SPID to 012345 for the B1 channel on the interface bri0/0/0.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d1 012345
Assign the SPID 012345 and the LDN 54321 to the B1 channel on the BRI interface.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d1 012345 54321
Description On a BRI interface compliant with the ISDN protocol (North America), calls can be
be obtained via static configuration or dynamic negotiation. Only after SPID
information is configured for the B1 channel on the BRI interface can the system
makes the L3 initialization to place calls normally.
In addition, when the router works with an ISDN NI compliant switch (the DMS100
for example) in North America, you must use this command to configure a unique
SPID and LDN for each B channel to ensure a successful MP channel call. Otherwise,
only one B channel can be brought up. Also note that both SPID and LDN are
provided by your service provider and the configuration of LDN voids the
configuration of the ISDN calling command.
1876 isdn spid2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isdn spid2
Purpose Use the isdn spid2 command to configure SPID information for the B1 channel on
an NI-compliant BRI interface.
Use the undo isdn spid2 command to remove the SPID information of the B1
channel on the interface.
Syntax isdn spid2 spid [ LDN ]
undo isdn spid2
Parameters spid
A string from 1 to 20 digits long.
LDN
Local dialing number, consisting of a string from 1 to
30 digits long.
Default By default, both SPID and LDN for the B2 channel on the BRI interface are null.
Example Set SPID to 012345 for the B2 channel on the interface bri0/0/0.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d2 012345
Assign the SPID 012345 and the LDN 54321 to the B2 channel on the BRI interface.
[ 3Com- br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn spi d2 012345 54321
be obtained via static configuration or dynamic negotiation. Only after SPID
information is configured for the B2 channel on the BRI interface can the system
makes the L3 initialization to place calls normally.
In addition, when the router works with an ISDN NI compliant switch (the DMS100
for example) in North America, you must use this command to configure a unique
SPID and LDN for each B channel to ensure a successful MP channel call. Otherwise,
only one B channel can be brought up. Also note that both SPID and LDN are
provided by your service provider and the configuration of LDN voids the
configuration of the ISDN calling command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn statistics 1877
Command Reference
isdn statistics
Purpose Use the isdn statistics command to have the system make statistics on the
information received and transmitted at an ISDN interface.
Use the isdn statistics start command in the view of an interface to start
making statistics on the messages received and transmitted at the interface.
Use the isdn statistics display command to view the statistic information.
Use the isdn statistics continue command to continue the effort in making
statistics.
Use the isdn statistics display flow command to view the statistics in the
form of flow.
Use the isdn statistics stop command to stop making statistics.
Syntax isdn statistics { cl ear | cont i nue | di spl ay [ f l ow ] | st ar t | st op }
Parameters clear
Clears the statistics.
continue
Continues counting.
display
Displays the statistics.
display flow
Displays the statistic information about message flows.
start
Starts counting.
stop
Stops counting.
Default By default, no statistics is made on the information transmitted and received at
interfaces.
Example Start counting incoming and outgoing messages on PRI interface serial 0/0/0:15.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn st at i st i cs st ar t
After a while, stop counting incoming and outgoing messages on PRI interface serial
0/0/0:15.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn st at i st i cs st op
Display statistics about the received and sent messages for PRI interface serial
0/0/0:15.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0: 15] i sdn st at i st i cs di spl ay
Q. 931 message r ecei ved and sent out on cur r ent por t :
CALL_PROC Send( 0) Recv( 6)
SETUP Send( 6) Recv( 13)
CONN Send( 13) Recv( 5)
SETUP_ACK Send( 0) Recv( 6)
1878 isdn statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
CONNECT_ACK Send( 5) Recv( 13)
DI SCONNECT Send( 3) Recv( 16)
RELEASE Send( 1) Recv( 18)
RELEASE_COM Send( 18) Recv( 1)
ISDN Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isdn two-tei 1879
Command Reference
isdn two-tei
Purpose Use the isdn two-tei command to have the router requests the connected switch
for a new TEI value before calling for a B channel.
Use the undo isdn two-tei command to restore the default TEI handling practice
on the BRI interface.
Syntax isdn two-tei
undo isdn two-tei
Parameters None
Default By default, all the B channels on the BRI interface use one TEI value.
Example Configure the router to request the connected switch for a new TEI value before
calling to bring up a B channel.
[ Rout er - br i 0/ 0/ 0] i sdn t wo- t ei
BRI Interface view
Description This command applies in the situation where the switch with which the router works
is an ISDN NI compliant switch (the DMS100 for example) in North America.In this
case, you must ensure that the TEI value assigned to each B channel is unique to
ensure a successful MP channel call. Otherwise, only one B channel can be brought
up.
Related Commands isdn protocol-type
isdn spid1
isdn spid2
ppp mp
1880 isis 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis
Purpose Use the isis command to enable the corresponding IS-IS routing process and enter
the IS-IS view.
Use the undo isis command to cancel the specified IS-IS routing process.
Syntax isis [ tag ]
undo isis [ tag ]
Parameters tag Name given to the IS-IS process. The name length
should be no longer than 128 characters. It can be 0,
which means null.
Default By default, IS-IS routing process is not started
Example Start an IS-IS routing process, in which the system ID is 0000.0000.0002 and the area
ID is 01.0001.
[ 3Com] i si s
[ 3Com- i si s] net wor k- ent i t y 01. 0001. 0000. 0000. 0002. 00
System view
Description For the normal operation of the IS-IS protocol, the isis command must be used to
enable the IS-IS process. Then the network-entity command is used to set a
Network Entity Title (NET) for the router. And, at last, the isis enable command
is used to enable each interface on which the IS-IS process runs. The IS-IS protocol is
actually enabled upon the completion of these configurations.
Only one IS-IS routing process can be started on one router.
Related Commands isis enable
network-entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis authentication-mode 1881
Command Reference
Purpose Use the isis authentication-mode command to configure the IS-IS to
authenticate the hello messages of the corresponding level, in the specified mode and
with the specified password on the IS-IS interface.
Use the undo isis authentication-mode command to cancel the
authentication and delete the password at the same time.
Syntax isis authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } password [ { l evel - 1 | l evel - 2
} [ i p | osi ] ]
undo isis authentication-mode { si mpl e | md5 } password [ { l evel - 1 |
l evel - 2 } [ i p | osi ] ]
Parameters simple
Transmit the authentication password in simple text.
md5
Transmit the authentication password in MD5
encryption.
password Specifies the authentication password.
level-1 Configures authentication password for Level-1.
level-2 Configures authentication password for Level-2.
ip Specifies the IP authentication password.
osi Specifies the OSI authentication password.
Default By default, the password is not set and no authentication is executed.
Example Set the authentication password "tangshi" in simple text for the Level-1 neighboring
relationship on Interface serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s aut hent i cat i on- mode si mpl e t angshi l evel - 1
Interface view
Description If the password is set, but no parameter is specified, the default settings are Level-1,
simple and osi.
1882 isis authentication-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis circuit-level 1883
Command Reference
isis circuit-level
Purpose Use the isis circuit-level command to configure the link adjacency
relationship.
Use the undo isis circuit-level command to restore the default setting.
Syntax isis circuit-level [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 1- 2 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis circuit-level
Parameters level-1
Configures only Level-1 adjacency instead of Level-2
one on the current interface.
level-1-2
Configures both Level-1 and Level-2 adjacency on the
current interface.
level-2 Configures only Level-2 adjacency on the current
interface.
Default By default, you can configure both Level-1 and Level-2 adjacency on the interface.
Example When interface serial1/0/0 is connected with a non-backbone router in the same
area, you can set this interface as Level-1, prohibiting the sending and receiving of
Level-2 hello messages.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s enabl e
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s ci r cui t - l evel l evel - 1
Interface view
Description If the local router is a Level-1-2 router and it is required to establish a correlation with
the peer router on a certain level (Level-1 or Level-2), this command can specify the
interface to send and receive hello messages of this level. Certainly, only one type of
hello message is sent and received on the point-to-point link. In this way, excessive
processing is avoided, and the bandwidth is saved.
Only when system type of IS-IS is Level-1-2, can the circuit level take effect.
Otherwise, take the level defined via is-level command as the standard.
Related Command is-level
1884 isis cost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis cost
Purpose Use the isis cost command to configure the link cost of this interface when
performing SPF calculation.
Use the undo isis cost command to restore the default link cost.
Syntax isis cost value [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis cost [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters value Specifies the link cost used in the SPF calculation of
corresponding level.
If no value is specified, the default value is 10. When
the cost type is narrow, its range is 1 through 63;
when the cost type is wide, its range is 1 to 16777215.
level-1
Indicates that the link cost corresponds to Level-1
level-2
Indicates that the link cost corresponds to Level-2
Example Set the link cost of the Level-2 link on Interface serial1/0/0 to 5.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s ost 5 l evel - 2
Interface view
Description If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified in the configuration, Level-1 will be the
default value.
The link cost for interfaces will effect the calculation of IS-IS routes.
Related Command cost-style
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis dis-priority 1885
Command Reference
isis dis-priority
Purpose Use the isis dis-priority command to configure the priority of an interface for
the corresponding level DIS election.
Use the undo isis dis-priority command to restore the default priority.
Syntax isis dis-priority value [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis dis-priority [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters value
Specifies the priority when selecting DIS, ranging from
0 to 127. By default, the value is 64.
level-1
Specifies the priority when selecting Level-1 DIS.
level-2
Specifies the priority when selecting Level-2 DIS.
Example Set the priority of Interface serial1/0/0 to 127.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s di s- pr i or i t y127 l evel - 2
Interface view
Description If the level is not specified, it defaults to set the Level-2 priority.
The IS-IS does not concern the concept of backup DIS. The router with the priority 0
can also run for the DIS, which is different from the DR election of OSPF.
1886 isis enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis enable
Purpose Use the isis enable command to configure this interface to activate the
corresponding IS-IS routing process.
Use the undo isis enable command to cancel this designation.
Syntax isis enable [ tag ]
undo isis enable [ tag ]
Parameters tag Name given to an IS-IS routing process, when
executing isis command in the system view. If not
specified, it is null.
Default By default, the IS-IS routing process is not enabled on an interface.
Example Create an IS-IS routing process named "3Com", and activate this routing process on
interface serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i si s 3Com
[ 3Com- i si s] qui t
[ 3Com- ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s enabl e 3Com
Interface view
Description For the normal operation of the IS-IS protocol, the isis command must be used to
enable the IS-IS process. Then the network-entity command is used to set a
Network Entity Title (NET) for the router. And, at last, the isis enable command
is used to enable each interface on which the IS-IS process runs. The IS-IS protocol will
be enabled upon the completion of these configurations.
So far, a router can enable the IS-IS process on 255 interfaces at most, including logic
interfaces such as subinterfaces.
Related Commands isis
network-entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis enable clns 1887
Command Reference
isis enable clns
Purpose Use the isis enable clns command to enable CLNS-based IS-IS routing process
for a specified interface.
Use the undo isis enable clns command to delete the enabled IS-IS process
on a specified interface.
Syntax isis enable clns [ tag ]
undo isis enable clns [ tag ]
Parameters tag
Name of the IS-IS routing process specified by the
configuration of the isis command in system view. If
not specified, it is empty.
Default By default, IS-IS process is not enabled on the interface.
Example Create an IS-IS routing process named 123 and enable this process on interface
Serial1/0/0.
[3Com] isis 123
[3Com-isis] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00
[3Com-isis] quit
[3Com] interface serial1/0/0
[3Com-serial1/0/0] isis enable clns 123
Interface view
Description To make IS-IS protocol operate normally, you must use the isis command to enable
IS-IS process, use the network-entity command to set a net entity name (NET) for the
router, and use the isis enable command to enable the interfaces which need to run
IS-IS process in turn, Only after these configurations are finished can IS-IS protocol be
started.
Currently, IS-IS process can be enabled on up to 255 interfaces on one router
(including logical interfaces such as subinterfaces).
network-entity
1888 isis mesh-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis mesh-group
Purpose Use the isis mesh-group command to add an interface to a specified mesh
group.
Use the undo isis mesh-group command to cancel this interface from the mesh
group.
Syntax isis mesh-group [ mesh-group-number | mesh- bl ocked ]
undo isis mesh-group
Parameters mesh-group-number
Specifies the mesh group number, ranging from 1 to
4294967295.
mesh-blocked
Blocks a specified interface, so that it will not flood the
received LSP to other interfaces.
Default By default, the interface does not belong to any mesh group and floods LSP normally.
Example Add interface serial1/0/0 to mesh group 3.
Interface view
Description The interface beyond the mesh group floods the received LSP to other interfaces,
following the normal procedure. This processing method applied to an NBMA
network with higher connectivity and several point-to-point links will cause repeated
LSP flooding and waste bandwidth.
The interface joining a mesh group only floods the received LSP to the interfaces
beyond the local mesh group.
Be sure to provide some redundancy when adding an interface to a mesh group or
blocking it, for avoiding the effect on the normal flooding of the LSP due to link
failure.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis small-hello 1889
Command Reference
isis small-hello
Purpose Use the isis small-hello command to disable IS-IS to stuff Hello packets to the
size of interface MTU if their data sizes are smaller.
Use the undo isis small-hello command to restore the default to have IS-IS
stuff Hello packets to the size of interface MTU if their data sizes are smaller.
Syntax isis small-hello
undo isis small-hello
Parameters None
Example Disable ISIS to stuff Hello packets to the size of interface MTU when their data sizes
are smaller.
[ Rout er - t unnel 0/ 0/ 0] i si s smal l - hel l o
Interface view
Description You are recommended to configure the isis small-hello command on the
interfaces with an MTU greater than 1500 bytes, such as tunnel and GE interfaces.
1890 isis timer csnp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis timer csnp
Purpose Use the isis timer csnp command to configure the interval of sending CSNP
packets on the broadcast network.
Use the undo isis timer csnp command to restore the default value, that is, 10
seconds.
Syntax isis timer csnp seconds [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis timer csnp [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters seconds
Specifies the CSNP packet interval on the broadcast
network, ranging from 1 to 65535 and measured in
seconds. By default, the value is 10 seconds.
level-1
Specifies the Level-1 CSNP packet interval.
level-2
Specifies the Level-2 CSNP packet interval.
If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, it defaults to
set Level-1-2 Hello message interval, that is, both
Level-1 and Level-2 take effect.
Example Set the Level-2 CSNP packet to be transmitted every 15 seconds on the interface
Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s t i mer csnp 15 l evel - 2
Interface view
Description Only DIS can periodically send CSNP packets, therefore, this command is valid only for
the router that is selected as the DIS. Furthermore, DIS is divided into Level-1 and
Level-2, and their intervals of sending CSNP packets must be set respectively.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis timer hello 1891
Command Reference
isis timer hello
Purpose Use the isis timer hello command to configure the interval of sending hello
message of corresponding level.
Use the undo isis timer hello command to restore the default value, that is,
10 seconds.
Syntax isis timer hello seconds [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis timer hello [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters seconds
Specifies the Hello message interval (in seconds). Valid
level-1
Specifies the Level-1 Hello interval.
level-2
Specifies the Level-2 Hello interval.
If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, it is defaulted
to Level-1-2 Hello message interval, that is, both
Level-1 and Level-2 take effect.
Example Set the Hello message of Level-1 to be transmitted every 20 seconds on Interface
serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s t i mer hel l o 20 l evel - 1
Interface view
Description On a broadcast link, Level-1 and Level-2 hello messages will be sent respectively and
their intervals should also be set respectively. Such settings are unnecessary on
point-to-point links. The shorter the sending interval is, the more system resources are
occupied to send hello messages. Therefore, the interval should be set according to
actual conditions.
Related Command isis timer dead
1892 isis timer holding-multiplier 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis timer holding-multiplier
Purpose Use the isis timer holding-multiplier command to configure the number
of invalid Hello messages for the interface.
Use the undo isis timer holding-multiplier command to restore the
default settings.
Syntax isis timer holding-multiplier number [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo isis timer holding-multiplier [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters number
Default The default number of invalid Hello messages is 3.
Example Set the number of invalid Hello messages to 10.
[ Rout er ] i si s t i mer hol di ng- mul t i pl i er 10
Interface view
Description ISIS protocol maintains the adjacency between the adjacent routers by sending and
receiving Hello messages. If the local router does not receive a Hello message from
the peer within an interval, it regards the neighbor unavailable. The interval is the ISIS
holddown time.
In ISIS, the holddown time can be regulated by configuring the number of invalid
Hello messages. That is, the local router regards its neighbor unavailable if it has not
received the specific number of Hello messages consecutively.
If you do not specify Level-1 or Level-2 in the command, the system applies the
number of invalid Hello messages to Level-1 and Level-2.
Related Command isis timer hello
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family isis timer lsp 1893
Command Reference
isis timer lsp
Purpose Use the isis timer lsp command to configure minimum IS-IS LSP interval on the
interface.
Use the undo isis timer lsp command to restore the default setting.
Syntax isis timer lsp time
undo isis timer lsp
Parameters time
Specifies the LSP interval (in milliseconds). Valid values
are 1 to 1000.
If no value is specified, the default value is 33
milliseconds.
Example Set the LSP interval on Interface serial1/0/0 to 500 milliseconds.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace I nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s t i mer l sp 500
Interface view
Related Command isis timer retransmit
1894 isis timer retransmit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
isis timer retransmit
Purpose Use the isis timer retransmit command to configure the LSP retransmission
interval over the point-to-point link.
Use the undo isis timer retransmit command to restore the default setting.
Syntax isis timer retransmit seconds
undo isis timer retransmit
Parameters seconds Specifies the retransmission interval of LSP packets,
with the range from 0 to 300 and the default value is 5
seconds.
Example Set the LSP retransmission interval to 10 seconds on Interface serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] i si s t i mer r et r ansmi t 10
Interface view
Description Use this parameter cautiously when setting this parameter to avoid unnecessary
retransmission.
The response is required when sending LSP packets on the p2p link, not the broadcast
link, and therefore this command is unnecessary for the broadcast link.
Related Command isis timer lsp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family itf (CE1/PRI Interface) 1895
Command Reference
itf (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the itf command to set the type of and the number of interframe filling tags on
the CE1/PRI interface. Two types of interframe filling tag are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
Use the undo itf command to restore the default.
Syntax itf type { 7e | f f }
itf number number
undo itf {t ype | number }
Parameters type { 7e | ff }
Sets the type of interframe filling tag to 0x7e by
specifying the 7e argument or to 0xff by specifying the
ff keyword. On the CE1/PRI interface, the default type
of interframe filling tag is 0x7e.
number number
Sets the number of interframe filling tags. Valid values
are 0 to 14 bytes.
If no value is specified, the default is 4 bytes.
Example Set the type of interframe filling tag to 0xff on CE1/PRI interface 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] i t f t ype f f
On CE1/PRI interface 3/0/0 set the number of interframe filling tags to five.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] i t f number 5
Description Interframe filling tags are sent when no service data is sent on the timeslots bundled
into logical channels on the CE1/PRI interface.
On the CE1/PRI interface, the default type of interframe filling tag is 0x7e and the
default number of interframe filling tags is four.
1896 itf (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
itf (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the itf command to set the type of and the the number of interframe filling
tags on the CT1/PRI interface. Two types of interframe filling tag are available: 0x7e
and 0xff.
Use the undo itf command to restore the default.
Syntax itf type { 7e | f f }
itf number number
undo itf { t ype | number }
Parameters type { 7e | ff }
Sets the type of interframe filling tag to 0x7e by
specifying the 7e argument or to 0xff by specifying the
ff keyword. On the CE1/PRI interface, the default type
of interframe filling tag is 0x7e.
number number Sets the number of interframe filling tags. Valid values
are 0 to 14 bytes.
Example Set the type of interframe filling tag to 0xff on CT1/PRI interface 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- T1 3/ 0/ 0] i t f t ype f f
On CE1/PRI interface 3/0/0 set the number of interframe filling tags to five.
[ 3Com- T1 3/ 0/ 0] i t f number 5
Description Interframe filling tags are sent when no service data is sent on the timeslots bundled
into logical channels on the CT1/PRI interface.
On the CT1/PRI interface, the default type of interframe filling tag is 0x7e and the
default number of interframe filling tags is four.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family jitter-interval 1897
Command Reference
jitter-interval
Purpose Use the jitter-interval command to set a packet sending interval for a jitter
test.
Use the undo jitter-interval command to restore the default.
Syntax jitter-interval interval
undo jitter-interval
Parameters interval
Packet sending interval in a jitter test (in milliseconds).
The range of acceptable values depends on different
test types. For Jitter test, valid values are 10 to 1000
milliseconds, defaulting to 50 milliseconds; for a voice
test, valid values are 10 to 60,000 milliseconds,
defaulting to 20 milliseconds..
Example Send packets at intervals of 30 milliseconds in a jitter test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] jitter-interval 30
Description This command applies only to jitter test.
Related Command jitter-packetnum
1898 jitter-packetnum 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
jitter-packetnum
Purpose Use the jitter-packetnum command to configure the number of packets to be
sent in a jitter test.
Use the undo jitter-packetnum command to restore the default.
Syntax jitter-packetnum number
undo jitter-packetnum
Parameters number Number of packets to be sent in a jitter test. The range
of acceptable values depends on whether a voice test
is configured. For a jitter test, valid values are 10 to
1000, defaulting to 10. If voice codec is configured,
valid values are 10 to 60000, defaulting to 1000.
Example Send 30 packets in a jitter test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] jitter-packetnum 30
Description This command applies only to jitter test.
Related Command jitter-interval
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family keepalive 1899
Command Reference
keepalive
Purpose Use the keepalive command to enable the keepalive function of GRE and
configure the interval for sending keepalive messages and the maximum number of
sending attempts as well.
Use the undo keepalive command to disable the keepalive function.
Syntax keepalive [ seconds ] [ times ]
undo keepalive
Parameters seconds
Internal for sending keepalive messages in seconds.
Valid values are 1 to 32,767 seconds.
times
The maximum number of keepalive message-sending
attempts allowed. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Default By default, the keepalive function of GRE is disabled.
Example Configure the router to send GRE keepalive messages at intervals of 20 seconds and
for up to five times.
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0/ 0/ 5] keepal i ve 20 5
Description After you configure the keepalive command, the router sends GRE keepalive
messages regularly. If no response is received for a keepalive message that it has sent
upon the expiration of a specified period, the router resends the keepalive message. If
no response is received yet after the number of resending attempts exceeds the
specified limit, the protocol of the local tunnel interface goes down.
1900 language-mode 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
language-mode
Purpose Use the language-mode command to toggle the display language of the command
line interface (CLI) between English and Chinese.
Syntax language-mode { chi nese | engl i sh }
Parameters chinese
Sets the CLI language environment to Chinese.
english
Sets the CLI language environment to English.
Default By default, the CLI language mode is set to English.
Example Toggle the language from English to Chinese.
<3Com> l anguage- mode chi nese
Change l anguage mode, conf i r m? [ Y/ N] y
%Swi t ch t o Chi nese mode.
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family lapb max-frame 1901
Command Reference
lapb max-frame
Purpose Use the lapb max-frame command to configure LAPB parameter N1.
Use the undo lapb max-frame command to restore the default value.
Syntax Lapb max-frame n1- val ue
undo lapb max-frame
Parameters n1-value Value of parameter N1 (in bits). Valid values are 1096
to 12104. LAPB parameter N1 defaults to 12032.
Example Set the LAPB parameter N1 on Serial0/0/0 to 1160.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb max- f r ame 1160
Interface view
Description N1 indicates the maximum frame length in bits between DTE and DCE, which should
be 8 times of MTU plus the protocol header.
The lapb max-frame command is configurable only when X.25 applies on the link
layer. If the LAPB applies on the link layer, you cannot configure the lapb max-frame
command. When the MTU value on the interface changes, however, you need to use
the undo lapb max-frame command to change the default value of LAPB parameter
N1 to the value after MTU changes since the default value was calculated according
to the previous MTU.
1902 lapd modulo 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lapd modulo
Purpose Use the lapb modulo command to specify the LAPB frame numbering view (also
called modulo).
Use the undo lapb modulo command to restore the default value.
Syntax lapb modulo { 128 | 8 }
undo lapb modulo
Parameters 12 Using modulus 128 numbering view.
8 Using modulus 8 numbering view.
Default By default, the LAPB frame protocol view is modulo 8.
Example Set the LAPB frame numbering view on Serial0/0/0 to modulo 8.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb modul o 8
Interface view
Description There are two LAPB frame numbering views: modulo 8 and modulo 128. Each
information frame (I frame) is numbered in sequence, in the range 0 to the modulo
minus 1. In addition, sequential numbers will cycle within the range of modulo.
Modulo 8 is a basic view, LAPB can implement all the standards via the view. It is
sufficient for most links.
Related Command lapb window-size
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family lapb pollremote 1903
Command Reference
lapb pollremote
Purpose Use the lapb pollremote command to configure the link protocol to teardown
the link in use after receiving false packets.
Use the undo lapb pollremote command to restore the default
Syntax lapb pollremote
undo lapb pollremote
Parameters None
Default By default, the link protocol does not teardown when receiving false packets, that is,
no lapb pollremote command is configured by default.
Example Configure the lapb pollremote command on Serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb pol l r emot e
Interface view
Description In data transmission, false packets are always created, which may trigger link recovery
rules, thus making the link protocol teardown the link in use and the network fail.
You can use the undo lapb pollremote command to avoid the above situation.
1904 lapb retry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lapb retry
Purpose Use the lapb retry command to configure LAPB parameter N2.
Use the undo lapb retry command to restore the default value.
Syntax lapb retry n2-value
undo lapb retry
Parameters n2-value
The value of N2. Valid values are 1 to 255.
If no value is specified, the default parameter N2 of
LAPB is 10.
Example Set the LAPB parameter N2 on Serial0/0/0 to 20.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb r et r y 20
Interface view
Description The value of N2 indicates the maximum retries that DCE or DTE sends one frame to
DTE or DCE.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family lapd timer 1905
Command Reference
lapd timer
Purpose Use the lapb timer command to configure the LAPB timers T1, T2 and T3.
Use the undo lapb timer command to restore their default values.
Syntax lapb timer { t 1 t1-value | t 2 t1-value | t 3 t3-value }
undo lapb timer { t 1 | t 2 | t 3 }
Parameters t1-value The value of timer T1 (in milliseconds). Valid values are
1 to 64000.
If no value is specified, the default is 3000
milliseconds.
t2-value Value of the timer T2 (in milliseconds). Valid values are
1 to 32000 milliseconds.
milliseconds.
t3-value Value of the timer T3 (in milliseconds). Valid values are
0 to 255 seconds.
If no value is specified, the default is 0 second.
Example Set the LAPB timer T1 on Serial0/0/0 to 3000ms.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb t i mer t 1 3000
Interface view
Description T1 is a transmission timer. When T1 expires, DTE (DCE) will start retransmission. The
value of T1 shall be greater than the maximum time between the sending of a frame
and the receiving of its response frame.
T2 is a reception timer. When it expires, the DTE/DCE must send an acknowledgement
frame so that this frame can be received before the peer DTE/DCE T1 timer expires
(T2<T1).
T3 is an idle channel timer, when it expires, the DCE reports to the packet layer that
the channel stays idle for a long time. T3 should be greater than the timer T1 (T3>T1)
on a DCE. When T3 is 0, it indicates that it does not function yet.
1906 lapb window-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lapb window-size
Purpose Use the lapb window-size command to configure the LAPB window
parameter K.
Use the undo lapb window-size command to restore the default value of the
LAPB window parameter K.
Syntax lapb window-size k-value
undo lapb window-size
Parameters k-value
Maximum number of I frame of unacknowledged
sequence number that DTE or DCE may send. If the
modulus is 8, the value of the window parameter K
ranges from 1 to 7. If the modulus is 128, the value of
the window parameter K ranges from 1 to 127.
If no value is specified, the default window parameter
K is 7.
Example Set the LAPB window parameter K on the interface Serial 0/0/0 to be 5.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l apb wi ndow- si ze 5
Interface view
Description The value of the window parameter K is determined by the value of modulus.
Related Command lapd modulo
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ldap-server 1907
Command Reference
ldap-server
Purpose Use the ldap-server ip command to configure the LDAP server IP address and
the port.
Use the undo ldap-server ip command to cancel the related configuration.
Syntax ldap-server i p ip-address [ por t port-num ] [ ver si on version-number ]
undo ldap-server ip
IP address of LDAP server.
port-num
Port number of the LDAP server. Valid values are 1 to
65535.
version-number LDAP version number, alternatively 2 or 3.
Default By default, no LDAP server IP address or port is configured.
Example Specify the LDAP server address
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1] l dap- ser ver i p 169. 254. 0 30
PKI Domain view
1908 lcd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lcd
Purpose Use the lcd command to get the local working directory path of the FTP client.
Syntax lcd
Parameters None
Example Display the local working directory path.
[ftp] lcd
% Local directory now flash:
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family level 1909
Command Reference
level
Purpose Use the level command to configure user priority level.
Use the undo level command to restore the default user priority level.
Syntax level level
undo level
Parameters level Specifies user priority level. Valid values are any integer
between 0 and 3.
If no value is specified, the default priority level is 0.
Example Set the priority level of the user to 3.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] l evel 3
Local User view
Description If the configured authentication mode is none authentication or password
authentication, the command level that a user can access after login depends on the
priority of user interface. In the case of authentication requiring both username and
password, however, the accessible command level depends on user priority level.
Related Command local user
1910 limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
limit
Purpose Use the limit command to create rule under corresponding connection limit policy.
Use the undo limit command to delete the rule under corresponding connection
limit policy.
Syntax limit limit-id acl acl-number [ { per-source | per-destination |
per-service }* amount upper-limit lower-limit ]
undo limit limit-id
Parameters limit-id
Rule ID for connection limit policy. Valid values are 0 to
255.
acl
Specifies ACL. The connection limit policy uses ACL to
specify the characteristics of connections to be limited.
ACL can be used to specify nearly all connection
characteristics.
acl-number Specifies ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 3999.
per-source Specifies to limit according to each source address.
per-destination Specifies to limit according to each destination
address.
per-service
Specifies to limit according to each service (destination
port).
amount
Identifies that it is the connection limit that is
configured, but not rate limit, in order to facilitating
adding rate identifier when adding rate limit function
in the future.
upper-limit, lower-limit
Specifies the connection upper limit and lower limit of
this rule. When the connection characteristic meets the
specified rule, the two values are used to limit the
connections. The upper-limit ranges from 1 to
4294967295, and the lower-limit ranges from 1 to
4294967295. When the connection number reaches
the upper limit, it is prohibited to establish new
connection. At this time, to establish new connection
is allowed only when the connection number drops to
be below or equal to the lower limit.
Example Create a rule under policy 1 to use ACL3000 to limit the source address, with the
upper limit being 100 and lower limit being 10.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] connection-limit policy 1
[3Com-connection-limit-policy-1] limit 0 acl 3000 per-source amount 100
10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family limit 1911
Command Reference
Connection Limit Policy view
Description When a rule is bound with NAT, it cannot be modified or deleted. To modify or delete
it needs to first unbind the rule from NAT.
1912 line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
line
Purpose Use the line command to associate the voice entity with a specified voice
subscriber-line.
Use the undo line command to cancel this association.
Syntax line line-number
undo line
Parameters line-number Number of a subscriber line.
Example Associate voice entity 10 and voice subscriber-line 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] l i ne 0/ 0/ 0
POTS Voice Entity view
Description It can take effect only on FXS, FXO, analog E&M, and digital E&M interfaces.
Figure 1 Number the voice subscriber-lines on voice cards
The above figure displays the rear view of a router installed with four voice cards. The
first card provides two subscriber lines, while other three provides four subscriber lines
each. The voice subscriber-line numbers are set according to the card sequence from
the left to the right, and add 1 in order starting from 0.
solt 3
solt 0
solt 2
slot 1
line0/0/0 line0/0/1 line0/0/2 line0/0/3 line1/0/0 line1/0/1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family line 1913
Command Reference
line
Purpose Use the line command to configure the corresponding relationship between the
POTS voice entity and the logic subscriber line.
Use the undo line command to cancel the corresponding relationship between the
POTS peer and the logical subscriber line.
Syntax line slot -number { ts-set-number | 15 }
line slot -number : 23
undo line
Parameters slot number Indicate the serial number of E1/T1 subscriber-line to
which this subscriber line belongs.
ts-set-number
Indicate the serial number of Timeslot set established
successfully.
15
Indicate adopting the E1 voice ISDN PRI interface
mode.
23 Indicate adopting the T1 voice ISDN PRI interface
mode.
Example Configure the corresponding relationship between POTS voice entity 3 and No.1
Timeslot set in E1 subscriber-line.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y3] l i ne 1/ 0/ 1: 1
Description This command applies to E1 and T1 voice.
This command can be used in POTS voice entity view only and takes effect on E1/T1
voice subscriber-line only.
Use the command line e1-number:ts-set-number to select the subscriber line
corresponding to Timeslot set in this E1 subscriber-line as the routing output. Use the
command line e1-number:15 corresponding to the ISDN PRI set in this E1
subscriber-line as the routing output. Use the command line t1-number:23
corresponding to the ISDN PRI set in this T1 subscriber-line as the routing end.
After configuring the destination mode of voice entity by using the command
match-template, it is required to use the command line to configure the
corresponding relationship between the POTS voice entity and logic line, that is, to
specify that via which line the routing should be performed toward this destination.
1914 line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
entity
pri-set
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family link-protocol 1915
Command Reference
link-protocol
Purpose Use the link-protocol command to set the link layer protocol of the interface.
Syntax link-protocol { f r | hdl c | ppp }
Parameters fr Specifies Frame Relay as the link layer protocol of the
interface.
hdlc
Specifies HDLC as the link layer protocol of the
interface.
ppp
Specifies PPP as the link layer protocol of the interface.
Default By default, PPP is used.
Example Specify HDLC as the link protocol on the POS interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol hdl c
POS Interface view
1916 link-protocol fr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
link-protocol fr
Purpose Use the link-protocol fr command to encapsulate interface link layer protocol
as Frame Relay.
Syntax link-protocol fr [ nonst andar d | i et f ]
Parameters nonstandard
Nonstandard compatible encapsulation format.
ietf
Default encapsulation format according to the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard.
Default By default, the link-layer protocol encapsulated on the interface is PPP, and the Frame
Relay encapsulation format is IETF.
Example Configure Frame Relay encapsulation on interface Serial1/0/0 and select the
nonstandard encapsulation compatible format.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol f r nonst andar d
Interface view
Description In Comware, the Frame Relay encapsulation can be either ietf or nonstandard
compatible encapsulation (nonstandard). IETF encapsulation conforms to
RFC1490, that is, it supports the IETF standard.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family link-protocol fr mfr 1917
Command Reference
link-protocol fr mfr
Purpose Use the link-protocol fr mfr command to configure the current physical
interface as an MFR bundle link and bundle it onto a specified MFR interface.
Syntax link-protocol fr mfr interface-number
Default By default, there is no MFR bundle link.
Example Configure the current serial interface as a bundle link and add it onto the frame relay
bundle interface mfr4.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] l i nk- pr ot ocol f r mf r 4
Interface view
Description When this command is configured, the specified MFR interface must exist. A
maximum of 16 physical interfaces can be bundled onto an MFR interface.
To delete a physical interface from an MFR interface, use the link-protocol
command to apply a link layer protocol of non frame relay MFR to the interface.
Related Commands interface mfr
mfr link-name
1918 link-protocol hdlc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
link-protocol hdlc
Purpose Use the link-protocol hdlc command to configure the interface encapsulation
as HDLC.
Syntax link-protocol hdlc
Parameters None
Default By default, the interface is encapsulated with PPP.
Example Configure HDLC encapsulation on interface Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol hdl c
Interface view
Description HDLC is a link layer protocol and can bear network layer protocols, such as IP and IPX.
timer hold
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family link-protocol lapb 1919
Command Reference
link-protocol lapb
Purpose Use the link-protocol lapb command to specify the link layer protocol of the
interface as LAPB.
Syntax link-protocol lapb [ dt e | dce ] [ i p | mul t i - pr ot ocol ]
Parameters dte Indicates that the interface works in DTE mode of
LAPB.
dce
Indicates that the interface works in DCE mode of
LAPB.
ip
Indicates that the network layer protocol borne by
LAPB is IP.
Default By default, DTE is the default LAPB operating mode. IP is the default network layer
protocol.
Example Configure LAPB as the link layer protocol of the interface Serial 0/0/0, and enable it to
work in DCE mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol l apb dce
Interface view
Description Though LAPB is a layer-2 protocol of X.25, it can act as an independent link-layer
protocol for simple data transmission. Generally, LAPB can be used when two routers
are directly connected with a dedicated line. At that time one end works in the DTE
mode, and the other in the DCE mode.
1920 link-protocol ppp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
link-protocol ppp
Purpose Use the link-protocol ppp command to configure the link-layer protocol
encapsulated on the interface as PPP.
Syntax link-protocol ppp
Parameters None
Default By default, the link-layer protocol for interface encapsulation is PPP.
Example Configure PPP encapsulation on interface Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol ppp
Interface view
Description PPP is a link-layer protocol bearing network-layer packets over the point-to-point link.
It defines a whole set of protocols including LCP (link control protocol), NCP
(network-layer control protocol), PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) and CHAP
(Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol). It is widely used for it supports user
authentication, easy scalability and synchronization/asynchronization.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family link-protocol sdlc 1921
Command Reference
link-protocol sdlc
Purpose Use the link-protocol sdlc command to change the link layer encapsulation
protocol of the synchronous serial interface into SDLC.
Syntax link-protocol sdlc
Parameters None
Default By default, the encapsulated link layer protocol of the synchronous serial interface is
PPP.
Example Configure the encapsulation protocol on the Serial1/0/0 as SDLC.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol sdl c
Description The SDLC is a kind of link layer protocol relative to the SNA, with working principal
similar to that of the HDLC. In order for the DLSw to work normally, the link layer
encapsulation protocol of the synchronous serial interface should be changed into
SDLC.
Note all the IP related commands on the interface should be removed before
encapsulating the SDLC, as the SDLC link protocol cannot be used to carry the IP
protocol, for example, to delete the IP address on the interface, etc.
1922 link-protocol slip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
link-protocol slip
Purpose Use the link-protocol slip command to set the link layer protocol of the
interface as SLIP.
Syntax link-protocol slip
Parameters None
Default By default, the link-layer protocol for interface is PPP.
Example Configure the link layer protocol on the interface Serial0/0/0 as SLIP.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol sl i p
Interface view
Description P2P link can use simpler link layer protocol SLIP(Serial Line IP), which is mainly used to
run TCP/IP on the P2P serial port. SLIP is only used for the asynchronous link.
SLIP only defines the start and end identifiers of frame, so as to intercept IP packet on
the serial line. Compared with PPP, SLIP has no address concept, negotiation process,
differentiation of packet types (so only one network protocol can be supported at the
same time) and error correction function.
The link layer protocol of the interface shall be consistent with that of the peer
interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family link-protocol sot 1923
Command Reference
link-protocol sot
Purpose Use the link-protocol sot command to encapsulate the serial interface with
SOT.
Syntax link-protocol sot
Parameters None
Default By default, the serial interface is encapsulated with PPP.
Example Encapsulate the Serial0/0/0 interface with SOT.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol sot
Description Before you can configure SOT on a synchronous serial interface, you must
encapsulate the interface with SOT.
1924 link-protocol x25 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
link-protocol x25
Purpose Use the link-protocol x25 command to encapsulate X.25 protocol to the
Syntax link-protocol x25 [ dt e | dce ] [ i et f | nonst andar d ]
Parameters dte
Indicates that the interface works in DTE mode.
dce
Indicates that the interface works in DCE mode.
letf
Based on the standard stipulation of the IETF RFC
1356, encapsulate IP or other network protocols on
the X.25 network.
nonstandard
Encapsulates IP or other network protocols on the
X.25 network with nonstandard.
Default By default, the link-layer protocol for interface is PPP. When the interface uses X.25
protocol, it works in DTE IETF mode by default.
Example Specify X.25 as the link layer protocol of the interface Serial 0/0/0 that works in DTE
IETF mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol x25 dt e i et f
Interface view
Description If the X.25 switching function is not used, and two Routers are directly connected
back to back via the X.25 protocol, one Router shall work in DTE mode, while the
other shall work in DCE mode. When two Routers are connected via the X.25 public
packet network, they shall generally work in DTE mode. If the X.25 switching
function is used, the Router shall generally work in DCE mode.
In practice, select the IETF format of datagram if there is no special requirement.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family llc2 max-ack 1925
Command Reference
llc2 max-ack
Purpose Use the llc2 max-ack command to configure the length of the advance response
window before the LLC2 sending the acknowledgement frame.
Use the undo llc2 max-ack command to restore the default length of the
advance response window before the LLC2 sending the acknowledgement frame.
Syntax llc2 max-ack length
undo llc2 max-ack
Parameters length
Length of the LLC2 advanced response window. Valid
If no value is specified, the default length of the LLC2
advance response window is 3.
Example Configure the length of the advanced response window before the LLC2 sends the
acknowledgement frame as 5.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 max- ack 5
Description The LLC2 advance response window refers to the maximum receivable information
frames before sending the acknowledgement frame, that is, to send the response
packet in advance on receiving the packet n.
1926 llc2 max-send-queue 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
llc2 max-send-queue
Purpose Use the llc2 max-send-queue command to configure the queue length sending
the LLC2 packet.
Use the undo llc2 max-send-queue command to restore the default queue
length sending the LLC2 packet.
Syntax llc2 max-send-queue length
undo llc2 max-send-queue
Parameters length
The queue length sending the LLC2 packet. Valid
If not specified, the default queue length sending the
LLC2 packet is 50.
Example Configure the queue length sending the LLC2 packet as 30.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 max- send- queue 30
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family llc2 max-transmission 1927
Command Reference
llc2 max-transmission
Purpose Use the llc2 max-transmission command to configure the retransmission
times of the LLC2.
Use the undo llc2 max-transmission command to restore the default
retransmission times of the LLC2.
Syntax llc2 max-transmission retries
undo llc2 max-transmission
Parameters retries
LLC2 retransmission times. Valid values are 1 to 255.
If no value is specified, the default number of
transmission retries of the LLC2 is 3.
Example Set the number of transmission retries of the LLC2 to 10.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 max- t r ansmi ssi on 10
Description The LLC2 retransmission times refers to the times of resending information frames
before the acknowledgement frame is received from the peer end.
1928 llc2 modulo 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
llc2 modulo
Purpose Use the llc2 modulo command to configure the modulus of the LLC2.
Use the undo llc2 modulo command to restore the default modulus of the LLC2.
Syntax llc2 modulo n
undo llc2 modulo
Parameters n
The modulus of the LLC2, with the available values of
8 or 128.
If no value is specified, the default modulus of the
LLC2 is 128.
Example Restore the default modulus of the LLC2.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] undo l l c2 modul o
Description LLC2, like X25, adopts modulus mode to number information packets, and the
modulus of LLC2 is 8 or 128. Ethernet generally uses modulus 128.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family llc2 receive-window 1929
Command Reference
llc2 receive-window
Purpose Use the llc2 receive-window command to configure the maximum packets that
can be sent before the LLC2 receives the acknowledgement frame.
Use the undo llc2 receive-window command to restore the default value of
the maximum packets that can be sent before the acknowledgement frame is
received.
Syntax llc2 receive-window length
undo llc2 receive-window
Parameters length Length of the local response window. Valid values are
1 to 127.
If not specified, the default length of the LLC2 local
response window is 7.
Example Configure the maximum packets that can be sent before the LLC2 receives the
acknowledgement frame as 10.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 r ecei ve- wi ndow 10
Description The LLC2 local response window refers to the maximum packets that can be sent
continuously before the acknowledgement frame is received.
1930 llc2 timer ack 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
llc2 timer ack
Purpose Use the llc2 timer ack command to configure the LLC2 local response time.
Use the undo llc2 timer ack command to restore the default value of the LLC2
local response time.
Syntax llc2 timer ack mseconds
undo llc2 timer ack
Parameters mseconds LLC2 local response time. Valid values are 1 to
60000ms.
If not specified, the default LLC2 local response time is
200ms.
Example Configure the LLC2 local response time as 10ms.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 t i mer ack 10
Description The LLC2 local response time refers to the maximum waiting time for the response
from the peer end after an LLC2 data packet is sent.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family llc2 timer ack-delay 1931
Command Reference
llc2 timer ack-delay
Purpose Use the llc2 timer ack-delay command to configure the local
acknowledgement delay time when the LLC2 receives information frames.
Use the undo llc2 timer ack-delay command to restore the default value of
the local acknowledgement delay time when the LLC2 receives information frame.
Syntax llc2 timer ack-delay mseconds
undo llc2 timer ack-delay
Parameters mseconds
Local acknowledgement delay time on receiving the
information frames. Valid values are 1 to 60000ms.
If not specified, the default LLC2 local
acknowledgement delay time is 100ms.
Example Configure the local acknowledgement delay time for received information frames as
200 milliseconds.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 t i mer ack- del ay 200
Description The LLC2 local acknowledgement delay time refers to the maximum waiting time for
delayed acknowledgement on receiving an LLC2 data packet.
1932 llc2 timer busy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
llc2 timer busy
Purpose Use the llc2 timer busy command to configure the LLC2 BUSY time.
Use the undo llc2 timer busy command to restore the default value of the
LLC2 BUSY time.
Syntax llc2 timer busy mseconds
undo llc2 timer busy
Parameters mseconds The LLC2 BUSY time. Valid values are 1 to 60000ms.
If not specified, the default LLC2 BUSY time is 300ms.
Example Configure the LLC2 BUSY time as 200ms.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 t i mer busy 200
Description The LLC2 BUSY time refers to the waiting time before repolling a busy station.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family llc2 timer poll 1933
Command Reference
llc2 timer poll
Purpose Use the llc2 timer poll command to configure the P/F waiting time of the
LLC2.
Use the undo llc2 timer poll command to restore the default value of the
LLC2 P/F waiting time.
Syntax llc2 timer poll mseconds
undo llc2 timer poll
Parameters mseconds
LLC2 P/F waiting time. Valid values are 1 to 60000ms.
If no value is specified, the default LLC2 P/F waiting
time is 5000ms.
Example Configure the LLC2 P/F waiting time as 2000ms.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 t i mer pol l 2000
Description The LLC2 P/F waiting time refers to the time of waiting for the acknowledgement
frame after the frame P is sent.
1934 llc2 timer reject 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
llc2 timer reject
Purpose Use the llc2 timer reject command to configure the REJ time of the LLC2.
Use the undo llc2 timer reject command to restore the default value of the
LLC2 REJ time.
Syntax llc2 timer reject mseconds
undo llc2 timer reject
Parameters mseconds The LLC2 REJ time. Valid values are 1 to 60000ms.
Default By default, the LLC2 REJ time is 500ms.
Example Configure the LLC2 REJ time as 2000ms.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] l l c2 t i mer r ej ect 2000
Description The LLC2 REJ time refers to the waiting time for the acknowledgement frame to
come after a deny frame is sent.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family loadbandwidth 1935
Command Reference
loadbandwidth
Purpose Use the loadbandwidth command to allocate load bandwidth to the interface.
Use the undo loadbandwidth to restore the default load bandwidth of the
interface, that is, the physical bandwidth.
Syntax loadbandwidth bandwidth
undo loadbandwidth
Parameters bandwidth
Load bandwidth (in kbps) on the current interface.
Valid values are 0 to 1,000,000.
Example Configure the bandwidth for load sharing on interface Ethernet 0/0/0.
[3Com -Ethernet0/0/0] loadbandwidth 1000
[3Com -Ethernet0/0/0] undo loadbandwidth
Interface (Excluding Logical Interfaces) view
Description Different from physical bandwidth, the configuration of load bandwidth does not
affect interface properties but load distribution. When you set the bandwidth
argument to 0, the current interface is shut down and do not participate in load
sharing.
1936 local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
local
Purpose Use the local command to configure the subnet type in IKE negotiation.
Use the undo local command to restore the default subnet type. You can use this
command to enable interoperability between the router and a Netscreen device.
Syntax local { mul t i - subnet | si ngl e- subnet }
undo local
Parameters multi-subnet Sets the subnet type to multiple.
single-subnet Sets the subnet type to single.
Default The default is single-subnet.
Example Set the subnet type in IKE negotiation to multiple.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - xhy] l ocal mul t i - subnet
IKE-Peer view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family local-address 1937
Command Reference
local-address
Purpose Use the local-address command to configure the IP address of the local GW in
IKE negotiation.
Use the undo local-address command to delete the IP address of the local GW.
Syntax local-address ip-address
undo local-address
IP address of the local GW in IKE negotiation.
Example Set the IP address of the local GW to 1.1.1.1.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - xhy] l ocal - addr ess 1. 1. 1. 1
IKE-Peer view
Description Normally, you do not need to configure the local-address command, unless you
want to specify a special address for the local GW.
1938 local-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
local-server
Purpose lUse the local-server command to configure a local RADIUS authentication
server.
Use the undo local-server command to delete a local RADIUS authentication
server.
Syntax local-server nas- i p ip-address key password
undo local-server nas- i p ip-address
Parameters nas-ip ip-address
NAS-IP address of the access server, in dotted decimal
format. By default, there is a local server with a NAS-IP
of 127.0.0.1.
key password
Shared key of the local server, a string consisting of up
to 16 characters.
If no value is specified, the default key password is
3Com.
Default By default, the system creates a local RADIUS authentication server with the NAS-IP of
127.0.0.1 and the key of 3Com.
Example Configure a local RADIUS authentication server, setting the IP address to 10.110.1.2,
the shared key to aabbcc.
[ 3Com] l ocal - ser ver nas- i p 10. 110. 1. 2 key aabbcc
System view
In addition to the traditional RADIUS client function (that is, employing an
authentication/authorization server and a separate accounting server for user
authentication management), the router provides a simple local RADIUS server
function for authentication and authorization, which is called the local RADIUS
authentication server function.
With the local RADIUS authentication server function, the UDP port for
authentication/authorization service must be 1645, and the UDP port for
accounting service must be 1646.
The packet encryption key configured using the local-server nas-ip
command must be identical to that configured using the key authentication
command in RADIUS scheme view.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family local-server 1939
Command Reference
Up to 16 local RADIUS authentication servers can be configured, including the one
created by the system by default.
Related Commands radius scheme
state
1940 local-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
local-user
Purpose lUse the local-user command to configure the user name and password of a
client.
Use the undo local-user command to remove the existing user name and
password.
Syntax local-user username password { simple | cipher } password
undo local-user username
Parameters username
User name of the client, consisting of a string from 1
byte to 80 bytes in length.
password
Password of the client.
simple Displays the password in plain text.
cipher Displays the password in cipher text.
Example Configure the user name and password of a client to user and test respectively.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l ocal - user user passwor d si mpl e t est
Dvpn-Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family local user 1941
Command Reference
local user
Purpose Use the local-user command to add a local user and enter the local user view.
Use the undo local-user command to remove the specified local user.
Syntax local-user user-name
undo local-user { user-name | al l }
Parameters user-name Specifies a local username with a character string not
exceeding 80 characters, excluding forward slashes (/),
colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than
signs (<), and greater-than signs (>). The @ sign can be
used only once in one username. The username
without domain name (the part before @, namely the
user ID) cannot exceed 55 characters. user-name is
case-insensitive, so UserA and usera are the same.
all
All the users.
Default By default, no local user is configured.
Example Add a local user named 3Com1.
[ 3Com] l ocal - user 3Com1
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1]
System view
1942 local-user password-display-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
local-user password-display-mode
Purpose Use the local-user password-display-mode command to configure the
password display mode of all the local users.
Use the undo local-user password-display-mode command to restore the
default password display mode of all the local users.
Syntax local-user password-display-mode { ci pher - f or ce | aut o }
undo local-user password-display-mode
Parameters cipher-force
Forced cipher mode specifies that the passwords of all
the accessed users must be displayed in cipher text.
auto
The auto mode specifies that a user is allowed to use
the password command to set a password display
mode.
Default By default, auto applies when displaying passwords of local users.
Example Force all the local users to have passwords displayed in cipher text.
[ 3Com] l ocal - user passwor d- di spl ay- mode ci pher - f or ce
System view
Description If cipher-force applies, the effort of specifying in the password command to display
passwords in simple text is rendered useless.
Related Commands display local-user
password
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family locality 1943
Command Reference
locality
Purpose Use the locality command to name the geographical locality of an entity, by a city
for example.
Use the undo locality command to cancel the mentioned naming operation.
Syntax locality locality-str
undo locality
Parameters locality-str
Name of the geographical locality of an entity,
comprised of a string from 1 to 31 characters long.
Default By default, no geographical locality is specified for any entity.
Example Configure the name of the city where the entity lies
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] l ocal i t y bei j i ng
PKI Entity view
1944 lock 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
lock
Purpose Use the lock command to lock the active user interface and prevent unauthorized
users from accessing it. The active user interface can be console, AUX, or VTY.
Syntax lock
Parameters None.
Example Log in through the console port and lock the active user interface.
<3Com>l ock
Passwor d: xxxx
Agai n: xxxx
User view
Description After entering the lock command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the
screensaver's password. If you enter the same password twice, the interface is locked.
To unlock and access the system after that, you must press <Enter> first and enter the
password you just set.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family log enable 1945
Command Reference
log enable
Purpose Use the log enable command to enable ASPF session logging function.
Use the undo log enable command to disable logging function.
Syntax log enable
undo log enable
Parameters None
Default By default, session logging function is disabled.
Example Enable ASPF session logging function.
[ 3Com- aspf - pol i cy- 1] l og enabl e
ASPF Policy view
Description ASPF provides enhanced session logging function, which can log all connections,
including connection time, source address, destination address, port in use and
transmitted bytes number.
display aspf policy
1946 log-peer-change 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
log-peer-change
Purpose Use the log-peer-change command to turn on the BGP adjacency changes
output switch.
Use the undo log-peer-change command to turn off the BGP adjacency
changes output switch.
Syntax log-peer-change
undo log-peer-change
Parameters None
Default By default, BGP adjacency changes output switch is turned off.
Example Turn on the BGP adjacency changes output switch on the current router.
[ 3Com- bgp] l og- peer - change
BGP view
Description After the BGP adjacency changes output switch is turned on, BGP adjacency changes
will be output to the configuration terminal until the switch is turned off.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family log-peer-change 1947
Command Reference
log-peer-change
Purpose Use the log-peer-change command to configure to log the IS-IS adjacency
changes.
Use the undo log-peer-change command to configure not to log the IS-IS
adjacency changes.
Parameters None
Default By default, IS-IS adjacency changes log is disabled.
Example Configure to log the IS-IS adjacency changes on the current router.
[ 3Com- i si s] l og- peer - change
IS-IS view
Description After IS-IS adjacency changes log is enabled, the IS-IS adjacency changes will be
output on the configuration terminal until the log is disabled.
1948 log-peer-change 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
log-peer-change
Purpose Use the log-peer-change command to turn on the OSPF adjacency changes
output switch for the current OSPF process.
Use the undo log-peer-change command to turn off the OSPF adjacency
changes output switch.
Parameters None
Default By default, OSPF adjacency changes output switch is turned off.
Example Turn on the adjacency changes output switch for OSPF process 1.
[3Com -ospf-1] log-peer-change
%Apr 12 17:15:08:870 2005 UA02 PHY/2/PHY: Serial4/0/0: change status
to down
%Apr 12 17:15:08:970 2005 UA02 IFNET/5/UPDOWN:Line protocol on the
interface Serial4/0/0 is DOWN
%Apr 12 17:15:09:090 2005 UA02 IFNET/5/UPDOWN:PPP IPCP protocol on the
interface Serial4/0/0 is DOWN
%Apr 12 17:15:09:210 2005 UA02 RM/5/RTLOG:OSPF-ADJCHANGE:Process
1,Adjacency To 1.1.1.1 (Serial4/0/0) from Down to Down
Information about adjacency changes is in boldface.
OSPF view
Description After the OSPF adjacency changes output switch is turned on, OSPF adjacency
changes for the current OSPF process will be output to the configuration terminal
until the switch is turned off.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family log startup 1949
Command Reference
log startup
Purpose Use the log startup command to turn on the configuration restoration log
switch.
Use the undo log startup command to turn off the configuration restoration log
switch.
Syntax log startup
undo log startup
Parameters None
Default By default, the configuration restoration log switch is turned on.
Example Turn off the configuration restoration log switch.
<3Com> undo l og st ar t up
User view
Description When the configuration restoration log switch is turned on, the commands executed
for the configuration file to be recovered at startup are logged and the log
information is output in the following format:
%May 31 06: 46: 58: 015 2005 5500G- EI SHELL/ 5/ CMD: - 1 - t ask: CFM i p: **
user : ** command: sysname 5500G- EI
As the log information may occupy a large space, you are recommended to turn off
the switch in normal cases.
1950 loopback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable the loopback function on an ATM
OC-3c/STM-1 interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the loopback function.
Syntax loopback { cell | local | remote }
undo loopback
Parameters cell Enables the ATM interface to perform cell loopback.
local Enables the ATM interface to perform local loopback.
remote Enables the ATM interface to perform the remote
loopback.
Default By default, loopback function is disabled.
Example Enable the ATM interface to perform local loopback.
[3Com -Atm4/0/0] loopback local
ATM Interface view
Description Enable loopback only when performing some special tests.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family loopback 1951
Command Reference
loopback
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode on the ATM E1/T1
interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback.
Syntax loopback { cell | local | remote | payload }
undo loopback
Parameters cell
Internal cell loopback for checking that the local
physical chip is operating.
local Internal loopback for checking that the local service
chip is operating.
remote
External line loopback for checking that the remote
end is normal.
payload
External payload loopback for checking that payload
framing is normal.
Example Enable payload loopback on ATM E1/T1 interface 1/0/2.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm1/0/2] loopback payload
ATM E1/T1 Interface views
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable loopback function of interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback function.
Syntax loopback { cell | local | payload | remote }
undo loopback
Parameters cell
Internal cell loopback
local
Internal loopback.
payload
External payload loopback, where data is looped back
at the framer.
remote
External line loopback.
Example Enable external payload loopback of ATM E3/T3 interface 2/0/0.
<3Com > system-view
[3Com -Atm2/0/0] loopback payload
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable a serial interface to perform loopback.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the serial interface to perform
loopback.
Syntax loopback
undo loopback
Parameters None
Default By default, loopback of the serial interface is disabled.
Example Enable loopback on the serial interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l oopback
AM Interface view
AUX Interface view
Description You need to enable loopback on the serial interface only when testing some special
functions.
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to set the loopback mode on the interface.
Use the undo loopback command to restore the default.
Syntax loopback { l ocal | r emot e | payl oad }
undo loopback
Parameters local
Places the local physical layer in a local loopback.
remote
Places the local physical layer in a remote loopback.
payload
Places the local physical layer in a payload loopback.
Example Place the local physical layer of interface E1 1/0 in a local loopback.
[ Rout er - E1 1/ 0/ 0] l oopback l ocal
CE1/PRI interface view
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to configure the loopback function of the CPOS
interface.
Syntax loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo loopback
Parameters local
Places the CPOS interface in local loopback.
remote
Places the CPOS interface in remote loopback.
Example Place CPOS 1/0/0 in remote line loopback.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] l oopback r emot e
CPOS Interface view
Description The CPOS module provides loopback of different depths that allows you to
troubleshoot the interfaces or connection cables.
In normal conditions, disable loopback.
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable loopback on the Ethernet port for test
purpose.
Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback on the Ethernet port.
Syntax loopback
undo loopback
Parameters None
Example Enable loopback on port Ethernet 1/0/1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] l oopback
Ethernet Port view
Command Reference
loopback
Purpose Use the loopback command to configure the loopback function of the POS
interface.
Syntax loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo loopback
Parameters local
Places the POS interface in local loopback.
remote
Places the POS interface in remote loopback.
Example Place the interface POS 1/0/0 in local loopback.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] l oopback l ocal
POS Interface view
Description Loopback is enabled on an interface only for troubleshooting purpose.
If you enable loopback on a POS interface encapsulated with PPP, it is normal that the
state of the link layer protocol is reported down.
1958 loopback (CE1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
loopback (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable a CE1/PRI interface to perform loopback.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the CE1/PRI interface to perform
local, remote, or external payload loopback.
undo loopback
Parameters local Enables the interface to perform local loopback.
remote Enables the interface to perform remote loopback.
payload Enables the interface to perform external payload
loopback.
Default By default, the interface is disabled to perform loopback in any form.
Example Set the interface E1 3/0/0 to perform local loopback.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] l oopback l ocal
Description You can use loopback to check the condition of interfaces or cables. When they are
operating normally, disable this function.
You can bundle timeslots on the CE1/PRI interface to form a serial interface and
encapsulate it with PPP. After you enable loopback on this serial interface, it is normal
that the state of the link layer protocol is reported down.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family loopback (CE3 Interface) 1959
Command Reference
loopback (CE3 Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode of a CE3 interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the CE3 interface to perform
loopback.
Syntax loopback { l ocal | payl oad | r emot e }
undo loopback
Parameters local
Enables the CE3 interface to perform local loopback.
payload
Places the CE3 interface in an remote payload
loopback. Data passes the framer in this case and is
looped back after payload is generated.
remote Enables the CE3 interface to perform remote
loopback. Data does not go through the framer in this
case and will be looped back before the payload has
been generated.
Default By default, loopback is disabled on the CE3 interface.
Example Enable the interface E3 1/0/0 to perform local loopback.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] l oopback l ocal
CE3 Interface view
Description It is necessary for you to enable the CE3 interface to perform loopback only for
testing some special function.
If a CE3 interface encapsulated with PPP is placed in a loopback, it is normal that the
1960 loopback (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
loopback (CT1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable a CT1/PRI interface to perform local, remote,
or external payload loopback.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the CT1/PRI interface to perform
loopback.
undo loopback
Parameters local
Enables the CT1/PRI interface to perform local
loopback.
remote
Enables the interface to perform remote loopback.
payload Enables the interface to perform external payload
loopback.
Default By default, the interface is disabled to perform loopback in any form.
Example Set the interface T1 1/0/0 to perform remote loopback.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] l oopback r emot e
Description You can use loopback to check the condition of interfaces or cables. When they are
operating normally, disable this function.
You can bundle timeslots on the CT1/PRI interface to form a serial interface and
encapsulate it with PPP. After you enable loopback on this serial interface, it is normal
that the state of the link layer protocol is reported down.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family loopback (CT3 Interface) 1961
Command Reference
loopback (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the CT3 interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable the CT3 interface to perform
loopback.
Syntax loopback {l ocal | payl oad | r emot e }
undo loopback
Parameters local
Enables the CT3 interface to perform local loopback.
payload
Places the CT3 interface in an external payload loop.
Data passes the framer in this case and is looped back
after payload is generated.
remote Enables the CT3 interface to perform remote
loopback. Data does not go through the framer in this
case and will be looped back before the payload has
been generated.
Default By default, loopback is disabled on the CT3 interface.
Example Enable the interface T3 1/0/0 to perform local loopback.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] l oopback l ocal
CT3 Interface view
Description Loopback is usually used for some special tests. Disable it in normal cases.
If you place a CT3 interface encapsulated with PPP in a loopback, it is normal that the
1962 loopback (Ethernet/GE Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
loopback (Ethernet/GE Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to enable local loopback on the Ethernet interface.
Use the undo loopback command to disable local loopback on the Ethernet
interface.
Syntax loopback
undo loopback
Parameters None
Default By default, local loopback is disabled on the Ethernet interface.
Example Enable local loopback on the FE interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] l oopback
Description You need to enable local loopback on the Ethernet interface only when testing some
special functions.
The Ethernet interface works in full duplex mode after you enable loopback. The
original mode resumes after loopback is disabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family loopback (ISDN BRI Interface) 1963
Command Reference
loopback (ISDN BRI Interface)
Purpose Use the loopback command to place the B1, B2, or both channels on the BRI
interface in a remote looback. This can send data from a line back to the line.
Use the undo loopback command to disable remote loopback.
Syntax loopback { b1 | b2 | bot h }
undo loopback
Parameters b1
Places the B1 channel in a remote loopback.
b2
Places the B2 channel in a remote loopback.
both
Places both B1 and B2 channels in a remote loopback.
Default By default, remote loopback is disabled on the ISDN BRI interface.
Example Place the B1 and B2 channels on the BRI interface in a remote loopback.
[ Rout er - br i 0/ 0/ 0] l oopback bot h
Description On the ISDN BRI interface, you can place its B1, B2, or both channels in a remote
loopback.
CAUTION:
The modules with loopback-supported ISDN interfaces include 4BS (MIM), and
1BS\1BU\2BS\2BU (SIC). In addition, loopback is also supported by the fixed ISDN
interfaces on the routers, if there is any.
1964 looptest 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
looptest
Purpose Use the looptest command to test whether an interface or line is in a loop.
Syntax looptest [ - c count | - p { pattern | speci al { ascendi ng | descendi ng |
r andom} } | - s packetsize | - t timeout ] * i nt er f ace type number
Parameters -c count
Number of test packets sending attempts. Valid values
are 1 to 4,294,967,295.
-p pattern Test pattern, consisting of a hexadecimal string in the
range 0 to FFFFFFFF, (for example ff).
If not specified, the default test pattern is 0x55
interleaved with 0xAA.
ascending
Pads each test packet byte-by-byte with sequences
from 0x00 to 0xff cyclically in ascending order.
descending
Pads each test packet byte-by-byte with sequences
from 0x00 to 0xff cyclically in descending order.
random Pads each test packet byte-by-byte with a sequence in
the range 0x00 to 0xff.
-s packetsize
Test packet size with the 12-byte header excluded. It
ranges from 0 to 1688 bytes and defaults to 52 bytes.
-t timeout
Sets the timeout waiting for receiving a sent test
packet.Valid values are 0 to 65,535 milliseconds.
If not specified, the default is 2000 milliseconds.
Example Test whether interface Serial 1/0/0 and its connected line is in a loop.
<3Com> l oopt est i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
LOOPTEST Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0: 52 dat a byt es, pr ess CTRL_C t o br eak
Recei ve f r omSer i al 1/ 0/ 0: byt es=52 sequence=1 t i me=1 ms
- - - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 l oopt est st at i st i cs - - -
5 packet ( s) t r ansmi t t ed
5 packet ( s) r ecei ved
0 packet ( s) l ost
0 packet ( s) er r or
0. 00%packet l ost
0. 00%packet er r or
r ound- t r i p mi n/ avg/ max = 1/ 1/ 1 ms
concl usi on: l oopback
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family looptest 1965
Command Reference
Any view
Description Loop test is available only on synchronous serial interfaces (including those formed on
E1/T1/E1-F/T1-F interfaces) using SD701 chips.
A loop test on an interface starts by sending a test packet. If the interface is in a local
or line loop, the test packet just sent will loop back to the interface.
In addition to testing interface or line loops, you may use this command to test the
transmission quality of a loopback line.
The output of this command provides information about:
Receiving state of test packets. If a test packet does not loop back to the sending
interface upon timeout, the message Wait time out is displayed. If it does loop
back, information about number of bytes, sequence number, and delay is
displayed for the packet.
Final statistics about sent test packets, received test packets, lost packets, received
error packets, percentage of lost packets, percentage of error packets, delay in its
minimum/average/maximum, and test conclusion
For a line with a low transmission speed, increase the timeout waiting for receiving a
sent test packet.
Related Commands loopback
fe1 loopback
ft1 loopback
1966 lr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lr
Purpose Use the lr command to configure LR.
Use the undo lr command to disable LR.
Syntax lr ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs
excess-burst-size] ]
undo lr
Parameters committed-information-rateCIR in the range 8000 to 155,000,000 bps.
committed-burst-size CBS in the range 15,000 to 155,000,000 bits. When
the CIR value is less than 30,000, the default CBS value
is 15,000; when the CIR value is greater than 30,000,
the default CBS value is half of the CIR value.
excess-burst-size
EBS in the range 0 to 155,000,000 bits. It defaults to
0, meaning only one token bucket is used for policing.
Default By default, LR is disabled.
Example For the specified behavior, set CIR to 38400 bps and CBS to 76800 bits. This allows
bursty traffic twice the CIR to pass at the first time. After that, traffic smaller than
38400 bps is sent and traffic larger than 38400 bps is put in queues.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] l r ci r 38400 cbs 76800
Description LR is different from GTS in the sense that the former is functioning at the link layer
whereas the latter is functioning at the IP layer.
Related Command display traffic policy interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family lr percent 1967
Command Reference
lr percent
Purpose 1Use the lr percent command to configure LR.
Use the undo lr percent command to disable LR.
Syntax lr percent ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [
ebs excess-burst-size ] ]
undo lr
Parameters committed-information-rate
CIR in percentages, in the range 1 to 100.
CBS in the range 50 to 2000 milliseconds. The default
CBS is 500 milliseconds.
excess-burst-size
EBS in the range 0 to 2000 milliseconds. It defaults to
0, meaning only one token bucket is used for policing.
Default By default, LR is disabled.
Example For the specified behavior, set CIR to 50% of interface bandwidth and CBS to 200
milliseconds. This allows bursty traffic equivalent to 200 milliseconds x 50% of
interface bandwidth to pass at the first time. After that, traffic smaller than or equal
to 50% of interface bandwidth is sent and larger traffic is put in queues.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] l r per cent ci r 50 cbs 200
Description The CIR, CBS, and EBS in the lr percent command are computed based on
interface or ATM PVC bandwidth. Note that the interface bandwidth discussed here is
computed based on the bandwidth in the qos max-bandwidth command without
multiplying the maximum reserved-bandwidth percentage. If the computed CIR is
smaller than 8 kbps, it is regarded 8 kbps; if the computed CBS is smaller than 15000
bits, it is regarded 15000 bits.
LR is different from GTS in the sense that the former is functioning at the link layer
whereas the latter is functioning at the IP layer.
Related Command display traffic policy interface
1968 ls 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ls
Purpose Use the ls command to query for a specified file/directory.
Syntax ls [ remotefile ] [ localfile ]
Parameters remotefile
Remote file for which you query.
localfile
Name of the file to be saved at the local.
Default By default, all files and directories are displayed if no file is specified.
Example Query for file temp.c.
[ftp] ls temp.c
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ls 1969
Command Reference
ls
Purpose Use the ls command to view the files in the specified directory as you would with the
dir command.
Syntax ls [ remote-path ]
Parameters remote-path Name of the intended directory.
Example Display directory flash:/
sftp-client> ls flash:/
-rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06:52 vrpcfg.cfg
SFTP Client view
Description If the remote-path argument is not specified, the files in the current directory are
displayed.
1970 lsp-trigger 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
lsp-trigger
Purpose Use the lsp-trigger command to configure topology-triggered LSP creation
policy.
Use the undo lsp-trigger command to remove the filtering conditions specified
by parameters and disable LSP trigger creation at any route.
Syntax lsp-trigger { al l | i p- pr ef i x ip-prefix }
undo lsp-trigger { al l | i p- pr ef i x [ ip-prefix ] }
Parameters all
Triggers LSPs at any route.
ip-prefix
Triggers LSPs only at the routes matching the specified
IP prefix list.
ip-prefix IP prefix list, ranging from 1 to 19.
Default By default, all kinds of routing protocols are filtered out.
Example Triggers LSPs at all routes.
[ 3Com- mpl s] l sp- t r i gger al l
MPLS view
Description If no topology-triggered policy is configured, LSPs can be triggered at all host routes
with 32-bit masks.
If you import an IP-prefix rule without contents, LSPs can be triggered at all routes
according to the IP-prefix usage convention in Comware.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mac-address 1971
Command Reference
mac-address
Purpose Use the mac-address command to configure Mac address of virtual Ethernet
interface.
Use the undo mac-address command to restore the default.
Syntax mac-address H-H-H
undo mac-address
Parameters H-H-H
Mac address of virtual Ethernet interface, in
hexadecimal format.
Example Configure MAC address of virtual Ethernet interface 10.
[3Com ] interface virtual-ethernet 10
[3Com -Virtual-Ethernet10/0/0] mac-address 1000-1000-1000
Virtual Ethernet Interface view
1972 mac-address timer aging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mac-address timer aging
Purpose Use the mac-address timer aging command to set the aging timer for the
MAC address table on the port.
Use the undo mac-address timer aging command to restore the default, that
is, 300 seconds.
Syntax mac-address timer aging { age-time | no- age }
undo mac-address timer aging
Parameters age-time
Address aging time on the port. Valid values are 10 to
1000000 seconds.
no-age
The MAC addresses are never aged out of the table on
the port.
Example Set the aging timer for the MAC address table on port Ethernet 1/0/1 to 20 seconds.
[ 3Com- et her net 1/ 0/ 1] mac- addr ess t i mer agi ng 20
Ethernet Port view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mandatory-chap 1973
Command Reference
mandatory-chap
Purpose Use the mandatory-chap command to force LNS to perform CHAP authentication
again with the client.
Use the undo mandatory-chap command to disable CHAP re-authentication.
Syntax mandatory-chap
undo mandatory-chap
Parameters None
Default By default, CHAP re-authentication is not performed.
Example Perform mandatory CHAP authentication.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] mandat or y- chap
L2TP Group view
Description After LAC performs agent authentication on clients, LNS can perform authentication
on them again for enhancing security. If the mandatory-chap command is used,
each VPN client whose tunnel connection is initialized by access server will undergo
authentication both on access server side and on LNS side. Some PPP clients may not
support the second authentication. In this case, local CHAP authentication will fail.
Related Command: mandatory-lcp
1974 mandatory-lcp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mandatory-lcp
Purpose Use the mandatory-lcp command to allow LNS and client to renegotiate Link
Control Protocol (LCP) between them.
Use the undo mandatory-lcp command to disable LCP renegotiation.
Syntax mandatory-lcp
undo mandatory-lcp
Parameters None
Default By default, LCP is not renegotiated.
Example Enable LCP renegotiation.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] mandat or y- l cp
L2TP Group view
Description Concerning NAS-Initialized VPN client, PPP negotiation will be first performed with
Network Access Server (NAS) at the beginning of a PPP session. If the negotiation is
successful, the access server will initiate the tunnel connection and transmit the
information collected during the negotiation to LNS. LNS will judge whether the user
is legal based on the information. The mandatory-lcp command can be used to
force LNS and client to renegotiate LCP. In this case, NAS agent authentication
information is ignored. If PPP clients do not support LCP renegotiation, LCP
renegotiation will fail.
Related Command: mandatory-chap
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family map bridge 1975
Command Reference
map bridge
Purpose Use the map bridge command to establish the IPoEoA mapping or PPPoEoA
mapping on the PVC.
Use the undo map bridge command to delete the mapping.
Syntax map bridge vi r t ual - et her net interface-num
undo map bridge
Parameters interface-num
Interface number of a VE interface.
Default By default, no mapping is configured.
Example The f ol l owi ng exampl e shows a compl et e pr ocess of I PoEoA conf i gur at i on.
Establish a VE interface Virtual-Ethernet 2.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace vi r t ual - et her net 2
Configure IP address 10.1.1.1/16 for the VE interface.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Et her net 2] i p addr ess 10. 1. 1. 1 255. 255. 0. 0
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Et her net 2] qui t
Establish PVC 1/102 on the ATM interface Atm2/0/0
[ 3Com- At m2/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 102
Establish the IPoE mapping using the established VE interface in PVC view.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m2/ 0/ 0- 1/ 102] map br i dge vi r t ual - et her net 2
PVC view
Description Before using this command, make sure that VE has been created.
As the upper layer of the link layer on the VE interface is Ethernet and the lower layer
is carried by AAL5, the MAC address used by VE is not the actual MAC address and it
cannot be obtained from the hardware and must be configured manually. Users need
to configure the correct MAC address by themselves.
1976 map bridge-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
map bridge-group
Purpose Use the map bridge-group broadcast command to enable the PVC to transmit
and receive BPDUs.
Use the undo map bridge-group command to disable the PVC to transmit or
receive BPDUs.
Syntax map bridge-group broadcast
undo map bridge-group
Parameters None
Default By default, no bridge-group broadcast map is configured, and thus ATM interfaces
are disabled to transmit BPDUs.
Example Enable PVC 1/102 to transmit and receive BPDUs.
[ 3Com- At m2/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 102
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m2/ 0/ 0- 1/ 102] map br i dge- gr oup br oadcast
PVC view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family map clns 1977
Command Reference
map clns
Purpose Use the map clns command to create a CLNSOA mapping for a PVC.
Use the undo map clns command to remove existing CLNSOA mapping.
Syntax map clns
undo map clns
Parameters None
Default No CLNSOA mapping is established by default.
Example Create a static mapping on PVC 1/32.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] map clns
ATM PVC view
Description You can configure only one CLNS mapping for a virtual circuit on a
point-to-multipoint interface. So you must remove the existing one before you create
another map on the same interface.
1978 map ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
map ip
Purpose Use the map ip command to create IPoA mapping for PVC.
Use the undo map ip command to delete the mapping.
Syntax map ip { ip-address [ ip-mask ] | def aul t | i nar p [ minutes ] } [
br oadcast ]
undo map ip { ip-address | def aul t | i nar p }
Parameters ip-address Opposite IP address mapping to PVC.
ip-mask IP address mask, optional. If a packet cannot find the
next hop at the interface, but the next hop address
belongs to the network segment specified by
ip-address and ip-mask, it can be sent over the
PVC.
default
A mapping with the default route property is set. If a
packet cannot find a mapping with the same address
of next hop at the interface, but one PVC has the
default mapping, the packet can be sent over the PVC.
inarp
Enables Inverse Address Resolution Protocol (InARP) at
PVC.
minutes Time interval to send InARP packets in minutes,
optional. The range of the value is 1 to 600 and the
default value is 15.
broadcast
Pseudo-broadcast, an optional keyword parameter. If
the IPoA map of the PVC is configured with
pseudo-broadcast, the router sends on the PVC a copy
of each broadcast packet that it sends out the
interface to which the PVC belongs. You must
configure the broadcast keyword on an ATM PVC
where broadcast or multicast packets must be sent, for
example, to allow PIM multicast to create neighbor
relationship with the router connected using the ATM
interface.
Default By default, no mapping is configured. If a mapping is set, pseudobroadcast is not
supported by default.
Example The two examples are the cases creating IPoA mapping for PVC.
Display how to create a static mapping at PVC 1/32, specify the opposite IP address to
61.123.30.169 and support pseudobroadcast.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] map i p 61. 123. 30. 169 br oadcast
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family map ip 1979
Command Reference
Display how to enable InARP at PVC 1/33 to automatically obtain the opposite
address and send InARP packets every 10 minutes.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1- 1/ 33] map i p i nar p 10
PVC view
Description When InARP is used, it must be aal5snap encapsulation type. InARP is not supported
when aal5mux and aal5nlpid encapsulations are adopted.
1980 map ppp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
map ppp
Purpose Use the map ppp command to create a PPPoA map on the PVC.
Use the undo map ppp command to delete the map.
Syntax map ppp { vi r t ual - t empl at e vt-number [ ser ver ] | di al er dialer-member }
undo map ppp
Parameters vt-number
Number of the virtual template interface
corresponding to common PPPoA or PPPoA server. It
must be one that already exists.
server
Configures the PPPoA as the server.
dialer-member
Number of the dialer interface corresponding to the
PPPoA client. It must be one that already exists.
Default By default, no mapping is configured.
Example The following presents a complete PPPoA configuration process.
Create virtual template interface 1o and assign is an IP address.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace vi r t ual - t empl at e 10
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e10] i p addr ess 202. 38. 160. 1 255. 255. 255. 0
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e10] qui t
Create PVC 1/101 on interface Atm1/0/0.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 101
Create a PPPoA map in common PPPoA mode associating virtual template 10 with
PVC 1/101.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 101] map ppp vi r t ual - t empl at e 10
PVC view
Description Three PPPoA configuration modes are available: common PPPoA, PPPoA server, and
PPPoA client.
To configure common PPPoA, use the map ppp virtual-template vt-number
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family map ppp 1981
Command Reference
To configure PPPoA server, use the map ppp virtual-template vt-number
server command.
To configure PPPoA client, use the map ppp dialer dialer-member command.
When PPPoA client mode is adopted, you may configure the dialer timer idle
command and the dialer queue-length command in dialer interface view to
modify the idle-timeout timer and the buffer queue length.
Before this command is used, the VT must have already been created.
Related Commands dialer queue-length
dialer timer idle
1982 map routed-bridge 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
map routed-bridge
Purpose Use the map routed-bridge command to configure routed bridge encapsulation
on the PVC.
Use the undo map routed-bridge command to remove routed bridge
encapsulation on the PVC.
Syntax map routed-bridge vi r t ual - et her net interface-number
undo map routed-bridge
Parameters virtual-ethernet
interface-number
The bound VE interface in a routed bridge map entry.
Example Create a point-to-point ATM subinterface and on it create PVC 1/101.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace at m1/ 0/ 0. 1 p2p
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1] pvc 1/ 101
Bind a VE interface with PVC 1/101 to create a routed bridge map entry.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1- 1/ 101] map r out ed- br i dge vi r t ual - et her net 1
ATM PVC view
Description Upon execution of the map routed-bridge command, the support of routed
bridge encapsulation to IP is enabled by default.
When using the map routed-bridge command, it can be configured only on
point-to-point PVCs. The bound VE interface must be an idle interface not used by
any other service.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family match 1983
Command Reference
match
Purpose Use the match command to configure a PVC group to differentiate traffic by the
Precedence or DSCP identifier in the TOS field of the IP header.
Use the undo match command to restore the default.
Syntax match { dscp | pr ecedence }
undo match
Parameters dscp
Specifies to differentiate IP packets by the 6-bit DSCP
precedence
Specifies to differentiate IP packets by the 3-bit
Precedence identifier in the TOS field of the IP header.
Default By default, a PVC group uses the 3-bit Precedence identifier to differentiate IP
packets.
Example Configure the PVC group to differentiate traffic by the 6-bit DSCP identifier in the
TOS field of the IP header.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc- gr oup 1/ 100
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] mat ch dscp
ATM Pvc-Group view
1984 match-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
match-template
Purpose Use the match-template command to configure the match template for a voice
entity.
Use the undo match-template command to delete this configuration.
Syntax match-template match-string
undo match-template
Parameters match-string Match template. Its format is [ + ] { string [ T ] [ $ ] | T },
with the largest length of 31 characters. The
characters are described in the following.
indicate that the number is E.164-compliant.
$: Is the last character, indicating the end of the
number. That means the entire called number must
match all the characters before $ in the string.
T: Timer. It means the system is waiting the
subscriber for dialing any number till: the number
length threshold is exceeded; the subscriber inputs
the terminator; or the timer expires. It seems to
subscribers that T matches any number in any
length.
string: A string composed of any characters of
0123456789ABCD#*.!+%[]()-. The meanings of
the characters are described in the following table:
Character Meaning
. A wildcard. It can match any digit of a valid number. For example,
555. . . . matches any string that begins with 555 and with four
additional characters.
! The character or characters right in front of it does not appear or
appears once. For example, 56!1234 can match 51234 and 561234.
+ The character or characters right in front of it appears once or
several times. But its appearance at the beginning of the whole
number means the number is E.164-compliant.
- Hyphen. It connects two values (the smaller one before it and the
bigger one after it) to indicate a range. For example, 1-9 means
numbers from 1 to 9 (inclusive).
% The character or characters right in front of it does not appear, or
appears several times.
[ ] Select one character from the group. For example, [1-36A] can
match only one character among 1, 2, 3, 6, and A.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family match-template 1985
Command Reference
The character or characters in front of "!, %, and + are not to be matched
accurately. They are handled similar to the wildcard .. Moreover, these symbols
cannot be used alone. There must be a valid digit or digits in front of them.
If you want to use [ ] and ( ) at the same time, you must use them in the
format ( [ ] ). Other formats, such as [ [ ] ] and [ ( ) ] are illegal.
- can only be used in [ ], and it only connects the same type of characters, such
as 0-9. The formats like 0-A are illegal.
The metacharacter "!+%" indicates the times that the characters to the left of the
plus sign in the expression should have one match or sequence of matches in the
target object. In number match, if it matches any digit of a valid telephone
number, it means a complete match. In the longest match mode, after a complete
match, voice gatway will not wait for a user to continue to dial a number. If it
needs to wait for a user to continure to dial a number, refer to T mode.
Example Set 5557922 as the telephone number of voice entity 10.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] mat ch- t empl at e +5557922
Set 66.... as the match template of voice entity 20.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y20] mat ch- t empl at e 66. . . .
Set the match template for the numbers beginning with 661, 662, 663, and 669, and
containing four other digits.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] mat ch- t empl at e 66[ 1- 39] . . . .
Set the match template for the numbers beginning with 66 and 6602 and containing
four other digits.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] mat ch- t empl at e 66( 02) ! . . . .
Set the match template for the numbers beginning with 66 and within the length of
31 digits.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] mat ch- t empl at e 66T
Set the match template for the numbers beginning with any number and within the
length of 31 digits.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] mat ch- t empl at e T
Voice Entity view
Description The match template defined by the match-template command can be used to
match the number reaching the corresponding voice entity. The voice entity will
( ) A group of characters. For example, (123A) means a string 123A.
It is usually used with !, %, and +. For example, 408(12)+
can match 40812 or 408121212. But it cannot match 408. That is,
12 can appear continuously and it must at least appear once.
Character Meaning
1986 match-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
complete the call if the match is successful. The match template can be defined
flexibly. It can not only be a string of a unique number like 01016781234, but also an
expression that can match a group of numbers, such as 010[1-5]678. They are
used to match the actual numbers in the received call packets to complete the calls.
Comware software does not check the validity of E.164 numbers.
In E1 voice, T, #, and * are not supported currently.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family max-call (in Voice Dial Program View) 1987
Command Reference
max-call (in Voice Dial Program View)
Purpose Use the max-call command to configure max-call sets (128 sets at most).
Use the undo max-call command to delete the specified set or all the max-call
sets.
Syntax max-call set-number max-number
undo max-call { al l | set-number }
Parameters set-number
Specify a max-call set. Its value ranges from 1 to
2147483647. You can configure 128 sets at most.
max-number
Specify the maximum number of call connections for a
max-call set. It ranges from 1 to 120.
All All max-call sets.
Example Set the maximum number of call connections of max-call set 1 to 5.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] max- cal l 1 5
Description This command is used to limit the number of call connections for a voice entity or a
group of voice entities.
It needs to be used with the max-call command in voice entity view: It defines the
serial number of a max-call set and the maximum call connections; while the
max-call command in voice entity view binds that voice entity to the max-call set
with the serial number.
Related Command max-call (in Voice Entity View)
1988 max-call (in Voice Entity View) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
max-call (in Voice Entity View)
Purpose Use the max-call command to bind a voice entity to the max-call set specified by
set-number.
Use the undo max-call command to delete the binding. Each voice entity can only
be bound to one max-call set, but you can change the binding.
Syntax max-call set-number
undo max-call
Parameters set-number
Specify a max-call set. Its value ranges from 1 to
2147483647.
Default By default, no max-call set is bound. That means there is no limitation on the number
of call connections.
Example Bind voice entity 10 to max-call set 1.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] max- cal l 1
Voice Entity view
Description This command is used with the max-call command in voice dial program view: the
max-call command in voice dial program view sets the serial number of max-call set
and the maximum number of call connections; this command binds the voice entity
to the max-call set with the serial number.This command is used with the max-call
command in voice dial program view: the max-call command in voice dial program
view sets the serial number of max-call set and the maximum number of call
connections; this command binds the voice entity to the max-call set with the serial
number.
Related Command max-call (in Voice Dial Program View)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family max-packet-process 1989
Command Reference
max-packet-process
Purpose Use the max-packet-process command to set the maximum number of
processed packets per second on a certain VLAN.
Use the undo max-packet-process command to restore it to the default
setting.
Syntax max-packet-process count vid
undo max-packet-process vid
Parameters count
Maximum number of processed packets.
vid
Default By default, the system has no limitation of the maximum number of processed
packets.
Example Set the maximum number of processed packets per second on the VLAN 10 as
200000.
[3Com ] max-packet-process 200000 10
System view
Description After setting the maximum number of processed packets per second on a certain
VLAN, and the received packet number belonging to this VLAN reaches the limitation,
the subsequently received packets belonging to the VLAN will be discarded. Through
this command, you can perform flow control.
Related Command display vlan max-packet-process
1990 md5-compatible 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
md5-compatible
Purpose Use the md5-compatible command to configure ISIS to use the 3Com-compatible
MD5 algorithm. You need to use this command when MD5 authentication on ISIS is
required between your router and a 3Com device.
Use the undo md5-compatible command to restore the default MD5 algorithm.
Syntax md5-compatible
undo md5-compatible
Parameters None
Example Configure ISIS to use the 3Com-compatible MD5 algorithm.
[ 3Com- i si s] md5- compat i bl e
ISIS view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mdl (CT3 Interface) 1991
Command Reference
mdl (CT3 Interface)
Purpose Use the mdl command to configure MDL message detection/sending on the CT3
interface.
Use the undo mdl detect command to disable the CT3 interface to detect MDL
messages.
Use the undo mdl generate command to disable the CT3 interface to send MDL
messages.
Use the undo mdl data command to restore the default.
Syntax mdl { det ect | dat a { ei c string | l i c string | f i c string | uni t string | pf i
string | por t - no string | gen- no string }| gener at e { pat h | i dl e- si gnal |
t est - si gnal } }
undo mdl [ det ect | dat a [ ei c | l i c | f i c | uni t | pf i | por t - no |
gen- no ] | gener at e [ pat h | i dl e- si gnal | t est - si gnal ] ]
Parameters detect
Enables periodical maintenance data link (MDL)
message detection.
data
Sets information included in MDL messages.
eic string
Equipment identification code, comprised of a string
from 1 to 10 characters long. It can be defined for all
types of MDL messages. The default EIC is line.
lic string
Location identification code, a string of 1 to 11
characters. It can be defined for all types of MDL
messages. The default LIC is line.
fic string
Frame identification code, a string of 1 to 10
characters. It can be defined for all types of MDL
messages. The default FIC is line.
unit string Unit, a string of 1 to 6 characters. It can be defined for
all types of MDL messages. The default unit is line.
pfi string
Path facility identification, comprised of a string from 1
to 38 characters long. It is only for path MDL
messages. The default PFI is line.
port-no string Port number, comprised of a string from 1 to 38
characters long. It is only for idle signal messages. The
default port number is line.
gen-no string
Generator number, comprised of a string from 1 to 38
characters long. It is only for test signal messages. The
default generator number is line.
generate
Sends specified information with MDL messages,
which can be path, idle signal, and/or test signal
regularly.
1992 mdl (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Enable MDL detection on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] mdl det ect
On CT3 i nt er f ace 1/ 0/ 0 set t he LI C i nf or mat i on sent wi t h MDL messages
t o hel l o.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] mdl dat a l i c hel l o
Send path messages on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] mdl gener at e pat h
CT3 Interface view
Description MDL is a channel formed by using the three C-bits in the fifth subframe in C-bit
framing. According to ANSI T1.107a, it is used to transmit three types of maintenance
messages, path, idle signal, and test signal, and its data frame format is LAPD.
At the startup of your router, MDL message detection and sending are disabled on
the CT3 interface and the default MDL message information applies.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family memory 1993
Command Reference
memory
Purpose Use the memory command to configure the safety value and lower limit of the router
idle memory.
Use the undo memory command to restore the default safety value and lower limit
of the router idle memory.
Syntax memory { saf et y safety-value | l i mi t limit-value }*
undo memory { saf et y safety-value | l i mi t limit-value }*
Parameters safety-value
Safety value of the router idle memory in Mbytes. Its
valid range depends on the current idle memory of the
router. The default value depends on the memory of
the router. For a router with 128 Mbytes memory,
safety-value defaults to 5 Mbytes; for a router with
256 Mbytes memory, it defaults to 50 Mbytes.
limit-value
Lower limit of the router idle memory in Mbytes. Its
valid range depends on the current idle memory of the
router. The default value depends on the memory of
the router. For a router with 128 Mbytes memory,
limit-value defaults to 3 Mbytes; for a router with 256
Mbytes memory, it defaults to 40 Mbytes.
Example Set the lower limit of the router idle memory to 25 Mbytes.
[ 3Com] memor y l i mi t 25
[ 3Com]
%Dec 15 16: 51: 29: 987 2004 3Com RM/ 5/ RTLOG: You have changed t he memor y
l i mi t / saf et y val ue
Set the lower limit of the router idle memory to 25 Mbytes and the safety value to 30
Mbytes.
[ 3Com] memor y saf et y 30 l i mi t 25
[ 3Com]
%Dec 15 15: 51: 29: 987 2004 3Com RM/ 5/ RTLOG: Changed t he syst emmemor y
l i mi t ( 20- >25) / saf et y( 30- >35) successf ul l y
System view
Description Use the memory command to configure the safety value and lower limit of the router
idle memory. When the idle memory of the router is less than the lower limit, all the
routing protocol connections will be disconnected forcibly. If you configure the
memory auto-establish enable command (configured by default), when the
1994 memory 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
idle memory reaches safety-value, all forcibly disconnected routing protocol
connections will be reestablished automatically.
Note that limit-value must be less than safety-value; otherwise, the
configuration will fail.
Related Commands memory auto-establish disable
memory auto-establish enable
memory safety
display memory limit
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family memory auto-establish disable 1995
Command Reference
memory auto-establish disable
Purpose Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the function of
restoring the connections of all the routing protocols (even if the idle memory reduces
to a safety value).
Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above
function.
Syntax memory auto-establish disable
Parameters None
Default By default, when the idle memory of the router recovers to a safety value,
connections of all the routing protocols will always recover (when the idle memory of
the router reduces to a lower limit, the connection will be disconnected forcibly).
Example Disable to recover the connections of all the protocols automatically when the current
router memory resumes.
[ 3Com] memor y aut o- est abl i sh di sabl e
[ 3Com]
%3/ 13/ 2003 15: 47: 2- RM- 5- S1- RTLOG: You have changed t he model of
connect i on
System view
Description Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above
function. Thus, connections of all the routing protocols will not recover when the idle
memory of the router recovers to a safety value. In this case, you need to restart the
routing protocol to recover the connections.
You shall use the command cautiously.
Related Commands memory auto-establish enable
memory { safety | limit }
display memory limit
1996 memory auto-establish enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the memory auto-establish enable command to resume connections of
all the routing protocols when the idle memory of the router recovers to a safety
value.
Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above
function. Use the memory auto-establish enable command to enable the
above function again. By default, the function is always enabled.
Syntax memory auto-establish enable
Parameters None
Default By default, when the idle memory of the router recovers to a safety value,
connections of all the routing protocols will always recover (when the idle memory of
the router reduces to a lower limit, the connection will be disconnected forcibly).
Example Enable memory resume of the current router and recover connections of all the
protocols automatically.
[ 3Com] memor y aut o- est abl i sh enabl e
[ 3Com]
%3/ 13/ 2003 15: 48: 2- RM- 5- S1- RTLOG: You have changed t he model of
connect i on
System view
Related Commands memory auto-establish disable
memory
display memory
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mfc (R2 CAS) 1997
Command Reference
mfc (R2 CAS)
Purpose Use the mfc command to maintain of MFC channel of the specified timeslot.
Syntax mfc { bl ock | open | quer y } t i mesl ot s timeslots-list
Parameters block Indicates blocking the MFC channel of the specified
timeslot.
open
Indicates opening the MFC channel of the specified
timeslot.
query
Indicates querying the MFC channel of the specified
timeslot.
timeslots-list Specifies a timeslot range. The expression includes the
single digit, two digits separated by ,, a pair of digits
separated by -, or the combination form (e.g., 1-14,
15, 17-31). The value range of digits is the integer
from 1 to 31.
Example Block the timeslots 1-15 in No.5 Timeslot set, and query the channel status of the
timeslots 1-31.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] mf c bl ock t i mesl ot s 1- 15
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] mf c quer y t i mesl ot s 1- 31
R2 CAS view
Description Use the mfc command to maintain of MFC channel of the specified timeslot.
To block the MFC channel means that this channel will no longer load the R2
interregister signaling information, that is, this channel is set manually as unavailable.
To open the MFC channel is the processes inverse to the blocking operation, which
can re-set the channel as available and enable it to load R2 interregister signaling.
To query the MFC channel will display the busy/idle, opened/blocked status of channel
in a real time way.
ts
1998 mfr bundle-name 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mfr bundle-name
Purpose Use the mfr bundle-name command to set frame relay bundle identification (BID).
Use the undo mfr bundle-name command to restore the default value.
Syntax mfr bundle-name [ name ]
undo mfr bundle-name [ name ]
Parameters name
Bundle identification, comprised of a string from 1 to
49 characters long.
Default By default, BID is represented by mfr plus frame relay bundle number, for example,
mfr4.
Example Set the frame relay link BID to bundle 1.
[ 3Com- MFR4] mf r bundl e- name bundl e1
MFR Interface view
Description Each MFR bundle has a BID, which only has local significance. Therefore, the same
BID can be used at both ends of the link.
When changing the BID of an interface, you must execute the shutdown/undo
shutdown command on the interface to validate the new BID.
Related Command mfr link-name
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mfr fragment 1999
Command Reference
mfr fragment
Purpose Use the mfr fragment command to enable FRF.16 fragmentation on the MFR
bundle.
Use the undo mfr fragment command to disable the function.
Syntax mfr fragment
undo mfr fragment
Parameters None
Default By default, FRF.16 fragmentation is disabled on the MFR bundle.
Example Enable fragmentation on interface MFR 4.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace mf r 4
[ 3Com- MFR4] mf r f r agment
MFR Interface view
Related Commands mfr fragment-size
mfr window-size
2000 mfr fragment-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mfr fragment-size
Purpose Use the mfr fragment-size command to configure the maximum fragment size
allowed on a frame relay bundle link.
Use the undo mfr fragment-size command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mfr fragment-size bytes
undo mfr fragment-size
Parameters bytes Fragment size (in bytes). Valid values are 60 to 1500.
If no value is specified, the default maximum fragment
size allowed on a frame relay bundle link is 300 bytes.
Example Configure the maximum fragment size allowed on the multilink frame relay bundle
link Serial4/1/2 to be 70 bytes.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] mf r f r agment - si ze 70
MFR Interface view
Description The priority of the fragment size configured in frame relay interface view is higher
than that of the one configured in MFR interface view.
Related Commands mfr fragment
mfr window-size
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mfr link-name 2001
Command Reference
mfr link-name
Purpose Use the mfr link-name command to set the frame relay bundle link identification
(LID).
Use the undo mfr link-name command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mfr link-name [ name ]
undo mfr link-name [ name ]
Parameters name
Name of a bundle link identification. Valid values are a
Default By default, LID is the name of the corresponding physical interface.
Example Set the bundle LID of the multilink frame relay bundle link Serial4/1/2 to be bl1.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] mf r l i nk- name bl 1
Description The peer equipment identifies a frame relay bundle link via LID or associates the
bundle link with a frame relay bundle by using LID. LID is locally valid; therefore, the
LIDs at both ends of a link can be the same.
When changing the bundle LID on an interface, you must execute the
shutdown/undo shutdown command on the interface to make the new bundle
LID valid.
Related Command mfr bundle-name
2002 mfr retry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mfr retry
Purpose Use the mfr retry command to set the maximum times that a frame relay bundle
link can resend hello message when waiting for a hello acknowledgement message.
Use the undo mfr retry command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mfr retry number
undo mfr retry
Parameters number The maximum times that a bundle link can resend
hello messages. Valid values are 1 to 5.
If no value is specified, the default is twice.
Example Set the bundle link Serial4/1/2 to resend hello message for 3 times at most.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] mf r r et r y 3
Description If the times that a bundle link resends hello message reach the maximum without
receiving acknowledgement from the peer, the system will regard the link protocol on
the bundle link to be malfunctioning.
Only after the link-protocol fr mfr command is used to associate a frame
relay bundle link interface with a frame relay bundle, can this command be
configured.
Related Commands mfr timer ack
mfr timer hello
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mfr timer ack 2003
Command Reference
mfr timer ack
Purpose Use the mfr timer ack command to set the time of waiting for hello
acknowledgment message before frame relay bundle link resends hello message.
Use the undo mfr timer ack command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mfr timer ack seconds
undo mfr timer ack
Parameters seconds
Time of waiting for hello acknowledgment message
before resending hello message (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 to 10.
Example Set the frame relay bundle link Serial4/1/2 to wait for six seconds before resending
hello message.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] l i nk- pr ot ocol f r mf r 4
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] mf r t i mer ack 6
Related Commands mfr timer hello
mfr retry
2004 mfr timer hello 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mfr timer hello
Purpose Use the mfr timer hello command to set the interval for a frame relay bundle
link to send hello message.
Use the undo mfr timer hello command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mfr timer hello seconds
undo mfr timer hello
Parameters seconds Interval for a bundle link to send hello message (in
Example Set the bundle link Serial4/0/2 to send hello message once every 15 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] mf r t i mer hel l o 15
Description Both ends of a frame relay bundle link periodically send hello message to the peer
end. After the peer receives the hello message, it will response hello
acknowledgement message.
Related Commands mfr timer ack
mfr retry
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mfr window-size 2005
Command Reference
mfr window-size
Purpose Use the mfr window-size command to configure the number of fragments that
can be held by the window used in sliding window algorithm when multilink frame
relay reassembles received fragments.
Syntax mfr window-size number
undo mfr window-size
Parameters number Number of fragments. Valid values are 1 to 16.
Default By default, the size of a sliding window is equal to the number of physical interfaces
of an MFR bundle.
Example Set the size of the sliding window of the MFR bundle interface MFR4 to be 8.
[ 3Com- MFR4] mf r wi ndow- si ze 8
MFR Interface view
Related Commands interface mfr
mfr fragment
mfr fragment-size
2006 min-active-links 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
min-active-links
Purpose Use the min-active-links command to configure the minimum number of
available links required for the IMA group to operate.
Use the undo min-active-links command to restore the default.
Syntax min-active-links number
undo min-active-links
Parameters number Specifies the number of links. Valid values are 1 to 8.
Example Set the minimum number of available links required for IMA group 1/0/1 to operate
to 2.
[3Com -Ima-group 1/0/1] min-active-links 2
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mkdir 2007
Command Reference
mkdir
Purpose Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote FTP server.
Syntax mkdir pathname
Parameters pathname Directory name.
Example Create the directory test on the remote FTP server.
[ftp] mkdir test
FTP Client view
2008 mkdir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mkdir
Purpose Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote SFTP server.
Syntax mkdir remote-path
Parameters remote-path
Name of a directory on the remote SFTP server.
Example Create directory test on the remote SFTP server.
sftp-client> mkdir test
SFTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mkdir 2009
Command Reference
mkdir
Purpose Use the mkdir command to create a directory under the specified directory on the
specified storage device.
Syntax mkdir directory
Parameters directory Name of directory.
Example Create directory dd.
<3Com> mkdir dd
Created dir flash:/dd.
User view
Description The name of the directory to be created must be unique under the specified directory.
This command does not allow you to create multiple directory levels at one time.
2010 mobile-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip
Purpose Use the mobile-ip command to enable the MIP function.
Use the undo mobile-ip command to disable the MIP function.
Syntax mobile-ip
undo mobile-ip
Parameters None
Default By default, MIP is not enabled.
Example Enable MIP on a router.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip
Disable MIP on a router.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] undo mobile-ip
System view
Description You must enable MIP before configuring HA or FA on a router.
Once MIP is disabled, all relevant configurations (including those configured globally
or locally on an interface) are deleted, all dynamic information (the visitor table,
pending table, and binding table) are removed, and all statistics are cleared.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip foreign-agent 2011
Command Reference
mobile-ip foreign-agent
Purpose Use the mobile-ip foreign-agent command to set foreign agent care-of
addresses and the pending time.
Use the undo mobile-ip foreign-agent command to disable FA service or,
with said arguments specified, remove a foreign agent care-of address and restore the
default pending time setting.
Syntax mobile-ip foreign-agent { care-of ethernet interface-number | pending
seconds }
undo mobile-ip foreign-agent [ care-of ethernet interface-number |
pending ]
Parameters care-of ethernet
interface-number Care-of address of the FA. An FA can have multiple
care-of addresses and must have at least one.
pending seconds
Time for waiting for the registration reply (in seconds).
If no reply is received for a sent registration request in
this period, the FA deletes information about the MN
from the pending table. Valid values are 5 to 600
seconds.
Default By default, the FA function is not enabled.
Example Enable FA service on interface Ethernet 0/0/1, setting the IP address of the interface
1.0.0.1 as the care-of address for advertisements.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip foreign-agent care-of Ethernet 0/0/1
System view
Description With at least one care-of address specified, the mobile-ip foreign-agent
service command enables FA service. An FA sends agent advertisements on
interfaces with FA service enabled.
An FA relays registration requests to the HAs, establishes tunnels to the HAs, and
forwards packets to the MNs. Any requests that arrive at an interface without care-of
address or with FA service not enabled are ignored.
If a security association between a visiting MN and the FA exists, the FA authenticates
the registration request from the MN. If the registration request passes the
2012 mobile-ip foreign-agent 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
authentication, the FA relays the request to the HA. If a security association exists
between the FA and the HA, the FA also adds the FA-HA authentication extension,
when the pending timer will be started (set to 7 seconds by default). Each MN can
send up to five pending registration requests. If the registration request fails the
authentication, the FA sends an error code to the MN, and logs the event as a security
exception.
When a registration reply arrives at the FA, if a security association exists between the
HA and the FA, the FA will authenticate the reply. If the authentication is successful,
the FA relays the registration reply to the MN, and creates or updates its visitor table,
including the aging timer. A visitor binding will be removed If the registration lifetime
expires or a deregistration request is accepted.
An FA must advertise its care-of address, which an MN uses to register with its HA.
The HA and FA use the care-of address as the endpoint of the tunnel and the starting
point of the reverse tunnel respectively. When packets destined for an MN reach the
FA, the FA detunnels and forwards the packets to the MN. When an MN uses a
reverse tunnel to send packets, the FA uses the care-of address as the starting point of
the reverse tunnel, tunneling the packets from the MN to the HA.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip foreign-agent service 2013
Command Reference
mobile-ip foreign-agent service
Purpose Use the mobile-ip foreign-agent service command to enable FA service
on an interface.
Use the undo mobile-ip foreign-agent service command to disable FA
service on an interface or, with any parameters specified, restore the defaults of the
parameters without disabling FA service.
Syntax mobile-ip foreign-agent service [ home-acl acl ] [
registration-required ] [ restrict number ] [ reverse-tunnel [
mandatory ] ]
undo mobile-ip foreign-agent service [ home-acl ] [
registration-required ] [ restrict ] [ reverse-tunnel ]
Parameters home-acl acl ACL that controls which HA address can be used by
MNs to register. Valid values for the acl argument
range from 2000 to 2999.
registration-required
Forces MNs to register through the FA even if they are
using co-located care-of addresses. Meanwhile, the R
bit in the agent advertisement of the interface must be
set to 1.
restrict number
Maximum number of visitors permitted on the
interface. When the number of registered visitors
reaches this threshold, the agent advertisement of the
interface will have the B bit set to 1. Valid values for
this argument range from 1 to 100.
reverse-tunnel [ mandatory
] Supports reverse tunneling. With the mandatory
keyword specified, it forces MNs to use reverse
tunneling. When an interface supports reverse
tunneling, its agent advertisements have the T bit set
to 1. By default, reverse tunneling is not supported.
Default By default, FA service is not enabled.
Example Enable FA service on the interface, restricting the visitor number up to 100.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com]mobile-ip foreign-agent care-of ethernet 0/0/0
[3Com]interface Ethernet 0/0/0
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0]ip address 11.1.1.1 24
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0]mobile-ip foreign-agent service restrict 100
2014 mobile-ip foreign-agent service 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip home-agent 2015
Command Reference
mobile-ip home-agent
Purpose Use the mobile-ip home-agent command to enable HA service on a router.
Use the undo mobile-ip home-agent command to disable HA service on a
router or restore the defaults of some parameters.
Syntax mobile-ip home-agent [ care-of-acl acl ] [ha-virtual-net ip-address] [
lifetime seconds ] [ replay seconds ] [ reverse-tunnel {off |
mandatory } ] [ roam-acl acl ]
undo mobile-ip home-agent [ care-of-acl ] [ha-virtual-net] [ lifetime]
[ replay ] [ reverse-tunnel ] [ roam-acl]
Parameters care-of-acl number
ACL that indicates the care-of addresses that MNs can
register. Use this ACL to control where MNs can roam.
By default, all addresses are allowed. Valid values for
the number argument range from 2000 to 2999.
ha-virtual-net ip-address
HA address of the virtual network when MIP supports
virtual network.
lifetime seconds
Registration lifetime for all MNs, which can be
overwritten by that set for a single MN (using the
mobile-node low-addr [ up-addr ] { interface
ethernet interface-number | virtual-network
network_address mask} [ lifetime lifetime ]
command). Valid values are 3 to 65,535 seconds. If the
lifetime of a registration request is longer than
seconds, the registration request is accepted with the
longer as its lifetime.
If no value is specified, the default is 36,000 seconds.
replay seconds Replay protection interval, in which registration is valid.
It ranges from 1 to 600 seconds and defaults to 30
seconds.
reverse-tunnel {mandatory
| off } The mandatory keyword enables reverse tunneling and
forces MNs to use reverse tunneling. The off keyword
cancels reverse tunneling. By default, an HA supports
reverse tunneling.
roam-acl number ACL that indicates which nodes can roam. Valid values
for the number argument range from 2000 to 2999.
Default By default, HA service is not enabled.
Example Enable the HA function.
[3Com] mobile-ip home-agent
2016 mobile-ip home-agent 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Set the global registration lifetime to 7,200 seconds.
[3Com] mobile-ip home-agent lifetime 7200
Add ACL 2000 as the roam-acl to specify the MNs, and ACL 2001 as the care-of-acl
to specify the FAs for MNs.
[3Com-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 200.1.1.8 0.0.0.0
Enable the HA function.
[3Com] mobile-ip home-agent care-of-acl 2001 roam-acl 2000
System view
Description An HA processes registration requests from its MNs, establishes tunnels, sets up
routes to the care-of addresses, and forwards packets destined for the MNs to the
care-of addresses.
If HA service is not enabled on an expected HA, or no MN-HA security association is
configured, any incoming registration request will be ignored. Otherwise, the HA will
authenticate the registration request and respond.
After accepting the registration request of an MN, the HA creates or updates its MN
binding table, including the entry aging time. If no previous binding information
about the MN exists in the binding table, the HA adds an entry for the MN, and
creates a virtual tunnel to the care-of address. Meanwhile, the HA adds a routing
entry into the routing table, setting the destination address to the home address of
the MN, the next hop to the care-of address of the MN, and the outbound interface
to Mobile0. Packets destined for the MN are forwarded through this route to the
care-of address, including gratuitous ARP packets.
When an MN deregisters or its registration lifetime expires, the HA removes the
corresponding routing entry in the routing table, binding information in the binding
table and deletes the virtual tunnel interface. If an MN returns home, it sends a
gratuitous ARP packet.
When a packet destined for an MN arrives, the HA encapsulates and tunnels the
packet to the care-of address. If the don't segment bit is set, the outer IP header
also must be set, which allows the PMTU discovery function to set the MTU. If the
subsequent packets are larger than the PMTU, they will be dropped and an ICMP
message informing the too large packet will be sent back to the initiator.
If the route to the endpoint of the tunnel (that is, the care-of address of the MN) is
unreachable, the HA removes the route from its routing table. When the route comes
up again, the route will be automatically added back to the routing table. If the HA
finds no route to an MN, it sends the packet to the interface (the home link) or the
virtual network.
An HA uses the care-of-acl argument to control where MNs can roam, and uses the
roam-acl to control which nodes can roam.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router 2017
Command Reference
mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router
Purpose Use the mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router command to configure an
MR on an HA. This command will bring you to HA-MR view.
Use the undo mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router command to remove
an MR from the HA.
Syntax mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router number
undo mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router number
Parameters number
Number for the MR. Valid values are 1 to 1024.
Example Configure an MR with the number of 3 and enter HA-MR view.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-HA-MobileRouter-3]
System view
Description In HA-MR view, you can configure the IP address of the MR and the connected mobile
network.
2018 mobile-ip irdp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip irdp
Purpose Use the mobile-ip irdp command to enable IRDP and configure the relevant
attributes on an interface.
Use the undo mobile-ip irdp command to disable IRDP or restore the default
IRDP attributes on an interface.
Syntax mobile-ip irdp [ lifetime seconds ] [ max-interval seconds ] [
min-interval seconds ] [ multicast ]
undo mobile-ip irdp [ lifetime seconds ] [ max-interval seconds ] [
min-interval seconds ] [ multicast ]
Parameters lifetime seconds Agent advertisement lifetime (in seconds). Valid values
are 5 to 9,000 seconds. It must be greater than the
maximum agent advertisement interval.
If no value is specified, the default is 1,800 seconds.
max-interval seconds
Maximum agent advertisement interval (in seconds).
Valid values are 4 to 1,800 seconds. It must be greater
than the minimum agent advertisement interval. A
value of 0 specifies that the interface sends agent
advertisements only upon receiving agent solicitations.
min-Interval seconds Minimum agent advertisement interval (in seconds).
Valid values are 3 to 1,800 seconds. It must be less
than the maximum agent advertisement interval.
multicast Changes the default broadcast address for agent
advertisement to multicast address 224.0.0.1.
Default By default, IRDP is not enabled.
Example Enable IRDP on interface Ethernet 1/0/0.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] interface Ethernet 1/0/0
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] mobile-ip irdp
Interface view
Description Without mobile-ip irdp configured, an FA or HA sends agent advertisements
only upon receiving agent solicitations from MNs. After it configured, however, an FA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip irdp 2019
Command Reference
or HA periodically sends agent advertisements on the attached network through IRDP
to advertise its presence.
2020 mobile-ip mobile-router 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip mobile-router
Purpose Use the mobile-ip mobile-router command to enable the MR function and
enter MR view.
Use the undo mobile-ip mobile-router command to disable the MR
function.
Syntax mobile-ip mobile-router
undo mobile-ip mobile-router
Parameters None
Default By default, the MR function is disabled.
Example Enable the MR function.
<3Com> system-view
System view
Description The MR function can be enabled only when the MIP function is enabled and the HA
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa 2021
Command Reference
mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa
Purpose Use the mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only command to specify that the
interface can only use a co-located care-of address to register.
Use the undo mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only command to remove
the configuration.
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only gateway command to
configure the default gateway for the interface using a co-located care-of address to
register.
Use the undo mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa gateway command to
remove the configured default gateway address.
Syntax mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only
mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa gateway ip-address
undo mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa { only | gateway }
IP address of the default gateway.
only
Specifies that the interface can only use a co-located
care-of address to register.
Default By default, an interface is neither specified to use only a co-located care-of address to
register, nor configured with a default gateway address.
Example Specify an MR interface to use only a co-located care-of address to register.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only
Interface view
Description When an MR uses a co-located care-of address to register, it employs the default
gateway specified by the ip-address argument (if specified). If the co-located
care-of address is manually configured or is configured to be obtained through DHCP
but no DHCP gateway is available, you must configure the IP address of the default
gateway.
2022 mobile-ip mobile-router roam 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip mobile-router roam
Purpose Use the mobile-ip mobile-router roam command to enable the roaming
function on the interface, that is, to allow the interface to function as the roaming
interface of the MR.
Use the undo mobile-ip mobile-router roam command to remove the
roaming function of the interface.
Syntax mobile-ip mobile-router roam [ priority value ]
undo mobile-ip mobile-router roam
Parameters value
Priority of the interface. Valid values are 1 to 255. A
greater value indicates a higher priority.
Default By default, the roaming function is not enabled on an interface.
Example Enable the roaming function on interface Ethernet1/0/0 of the MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] mobile-ip mobile-router roam priority 10
Interface view
Description When registering, an MR uses the roaming interface with the highest priority among
available ones. After registration, if a newly available roaming interface with a higher
priority than the previous one receives a new agent advertisement, the MR will use
the new roaming interface to re-register.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip mobile-router solicit 2023
Command Reference
mobile-ip mobile-router solicit
Purpose Use the mobile-ip mobile-router solicit command to configure agent
solicitation retransmission parameters.
Use the undo mobile-ip mobile-router solicit command to restore the
defaults.
Syntax mobile-ip mobile-router solicit { interval value | retransmit { initial
value | maximum value | retry value } }
undo mobile-ip mobile-router solicit { interval | retransmit { initial |
maximum | retry } }
Parameters interval-time
Agent solicitation transmission interval for the
interface (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
initial-time Initial agent solicitation retransmission interval for the
interface. Valid values are 10 to 20,000 ms.
If no value is specified, the default is 1,000 ms.
max-time
Maximum agent solicitation retransmission interval for
the interface. Valid values are 10 to 20,000 ms.
If no value is specified, the default is 4,000 ms.
number
Maximum number of agent solicitation retransmission
attempts for the interface. Valid values are 0 to 10.
Example Configure the initial agent solicitation retransmission interval to 2,000 ms.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] mobile-ip mobile-router solicit retransmit initial
2000
Interface view
Description An MR retransmits agent solicitations using a binary exponential backoff mechanism,
doubling the interval between consecutive solicitations. If no any reply, it will not stop
the retransmission until the maximum interval or the permitted maximum number of
agent solicitations is reached.
2024 mobile-ip prefix-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip prefix-length
Purpose Use the mobile-ip prefix-length command to add the prefix-length extension
part in the agent advertisement.
Use the undo mobile-ip prefix-length command to remove the
prefix-length extension part added in the agent advertisement.
Syntax mobile-ip prefix-length
undo mobile-ip prefix-length
Parameters None
Default By default, the prefix-length extension part is not added to the agent advertisement.
Example Specify to add the prefix-length extension part in the agent advertisement.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] mobile-ip prefix-length
Interface view
Description After an MN registers, it uses the following two alternative methods to determine
whether it has moved to another network:
Use the lifetime of the agent advertisement
An MN can know the agent advertisement lifetime from the Lifetime field in the
received agent advertisement. The agent advertisement lifetime indicates how long
the FA is valid. If an MN does not receive any more agent advertisement from the FA
in this period, it assumes that the FA is not present any more and that it has moved
away from the network where the FA resides.
Use the network prefix
This method is applicable to registered MNs. When an MN that has registered with an
FA receives the agent advertisement of another FA, it uses prefix-length extension to
determine whether the advertisement is from the same network. It checks whether
the network address in the Router Address field of the advertisement is the same as
the network address of the current care-of address. If they are not the same, the MN
assumes that it has moved to another network.
An MN moving to another network must register with the FA on the network.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip registration-lifetime 2025
Command Reference
mobile-ip registration-lifetime
Purpose Use the mobile-ip registration-lifetime command to set the registration
lifetime of the MN.
Use the undo mobile-ip registration-lifetime command to restore the
default registration lifetime.
Syntax mobile-ip registration-lifetime seconds
undo mobile-ip registration-lifetime
Parameters seconds
Registration lifetime of the MN. This argument
specifies how long an MN is valid after registration.
Once the lifetime of an MN expires, the FA deletes the
registration information of the MN. Typically, an MN
resends a registration request when the registration
lifetime is going to expire. Valid values for this
argument are 3 to 65,535 seconds.
Default By default, the registration lifetime is 36,000 seconds.
Example Set the registration lifetime to 600 seconds on interface Ethernet0/0/0 and to 3,600
seconds on Ethernet0/0/1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com]interface Ethernet 0/0/0
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] mobile-ip registration-lifetime 600
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/1] mobile-ip registration-lifetime 3600
Interface view
Description An FA can use the MN registration lifetime to control how long an MN can stay with
it. If a visiting MN requests a lifetime longer than this registration lifetime, the FA will
reject the request.
2026 mobile-ip secure 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip secure
Purpose Use the mobile-ip secure command to configure mobility security associations
on HAs, FAs, and MRs.
Use the undo mobile-ip secure command to remove the configuration.
Syntax mobile-ip secure home-agent { host | foreign-agent } low-addr [ up-addr ] spi
spi key string
mobile-ip secure foreign-agent { home-agent | visitor } low-addr [ up-addr ]
spi spi key string
mobile-ip secure mobile-router { home-agent | foreign-agent } low-addr [
up-addr ] spi spi key string
undo mobile-ip secure home-agent { host | foreign-agent } low-addr [
up-addr ]
undo mobile-ip secure foreign-agent { home-agent | visitor } low-addr [
up-addr ]
undo mobile-ip secure mobile-router { home-agent | foreign-agent }
low-addr [ up-addr ]
Parameters home-agent host
HA-MN mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of MN
addresses. This configuration is required on an HA for
improving HA-MN registration security.
home-agent foreign-agent
HA-FA mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of FA
addresses. This configuration is required on an HA for
improving HA-FA registration security.
foreign-agent home-agent
FA-HA mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of HA
addresses. This configuration is required on an FA for
improving FA-HA registration security.
foreign-agent visitor
FA-MN mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of MN
addresses. This configuration is required on an FA for
improving FA-HA registration security.
mobile-router home-agent
MR-HA mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of HA
addresses. This configuration is required on an MR for
improving MR-HA registration security.
mobile-router
foreign-agent MR-FA mobility security association attributes.
low-addr [ up-addr] refers to the range of FA
addresses. This configuration is required on an MR for
improving MR-FA registration security.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip secure 2027
Command Reference
spi spi
Security parameter index in the range of 0x100 to
0xFFFFFFFF.
key string
Shared key string of ASCII codes, ranging from 1 to 16
characters.
Default By default, no security association is configured.
Example Configure an HA-MN security association, the IP address of the MN is 20.0.0.1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip secure home-agent host 20.0.0.1 spi 100 key
1234567812345678
System view
Description A security association indicates the address of the mobility agent or MN, SPI, and the
key.
2028 mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery
Purpose Use the mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery command to set the PMTU
update policy.
Use the undo mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery command to specify
not to perform PMTU discovery.
Use the undo mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery age-timer
command to restore the default PMTU aging time.
Syntax mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery [ age-timer {seconds | infinite} ]
undo mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery [ age-timer ]
Parameters seconds
PMTU aging time (in seconds). Valid values are 30 to
1,800.
infinite
Specifies never to age out the PMTU.
Default By default, PMTU discovery is not performed.
Example Set the PMTU discovery aging time to 480 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery age-timer 480
System view
Description PMTU is used to find the maximum packet size tunneled without fragmentation. The
discovered PMTU can be aged out periodically, replaced by a more suitable PMTU in
some cases, or reset when it expires.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-ip virtual-network 2029
Command Reference
mobile-ip virtual-network
Purpose Use the mobile-ip virtual-network command to define a virtual network.
Use the undo mobile-ip virtual-network command to remove one or all
virtual networks.
Syntax mobile-ip virtual-network ip-address {mask | mask-length } [ ha-address
ip-address ]
undo mobile-ip virtual-network [ net { mask | mask-length } ]
IP address for the virtual network.
mask
Mask for the virtual network.
mask-length
Length of the mask for the virtual network.
ha-address ip-address
HA Address for the virtual network, which must be the
address of an interface and is usually the address of a
loopback interface.
Default By default, no virtual network is defined.
Example Add virtual network 20.0.0.0, using the address of loopback interface loopback0 as
the HA address.
[3Com] mobile-ip virtual-network 20.0.0.0 255.255.0.0
[3Com-loopback0] ip address 20.0.0.1 255.255.255.255
[3Com-loopback0] quit
[3Com] mobile-ip virtual-network 20.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 ha-address
20.0.0.1
System view
Description The mobile-ip virtual-network command adds a virtual network to the
routing table so that MNs can use the virtual network as the home network.
2030 mobile-network 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-network
Purpose Use the mobile-network command to configure a mobile network for an MR.
Use the undo mobile-network command to remove a connected mobile network
of an MR.
Syntax mobile-network ip-address { mask | mask_length }
undo mobile-network ip-address { mask |mask_length }
Parameters ip-address IP address for the connected mobile network of the
MR.
mask
Mask of the IP address for the connected mobile
network of the MR.
mask_length Mask length of the IP address for the connected
mobile network of the MR.
Example Configure an MR with the number of 3 and set the address of its connected mobile
network as 101.1.2.0.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-HA-MobileRouter-3] mobile-network 101.1.2.0 255.255.255.0
HA-MR view
Description After an MR registers with the HA, the HA adds a route to the mobile network
connected by the MR. Thus, the HA can forward all packets destined for the mobile
network over the route to the MR, which will then forward the packets to the
respective destinations.
You can configure multiple mobile networks for an MR.
After an MR registers with its HA and the HA adds the route to a mobile network of
the MR, executing the undo mobile-network command on the HA will delete the
route.
CAUTION: A mobile network cannot be the network where the roaming interface of
the MR resides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mobile-network 2031
Command Reference
mobile-network
Purpose Use the mobile-network command to configure a mobile network for the MR.
Use the undo mobile-network command to remove a mobile network of the MR.
Syntax mobile-network { interface-type interface-number | ip-address { mask |
mask-length }}
undo mobile-network { interface-type interface-number | ip-address { mask |
mask-length } }
Type of the interface for the mobile network.
interface-number
Number of the interface for the mobile network.
ip-address
IP address of the mobile network.
mask
Mask of the mobile network.
mask-length
Length of the mask of the mobile network.
Default By default, an MR has no mobile network configured.
Example Configure a mobile network for the MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] mobile-network Ethernet1/0/0
MR view
Description An MR adds NVSE in its registration requests. The NVSE includes information about
the mobile network. If the HA supports NVSE, it adds a route to the mobile network
in its routing table, enabling the mobile network of the MR to communicate.
After you remove a mobile network of an MR, the HA deletes the route to the mobile
network only after the MR re-registers with it.
2032 mobile-node 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mobile-node
Purpose Use the mobile-node command to set MN attributes, including the interface or
virtual network and the registration lifetime.
Use the undo mobile-node command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax mobile-node low-address [ up-address ] { interface ethernet
interface-number | virtual-network network-address mask} [ lifetime
lifetime ]
undo mobile-node low-address [ up-address ] { interface ethernet
interface-number | virtual-network network-address mask} [ lifetime ]
Parameters low-address [ up-address ]Home addresses of MNs. It can be a single address or a
range of addresses.
interface ethernet
interface-number Interface to which the MN belongs.
virtual-network ip-address
mask
If an MN belongs to a virtual network, you must
specify the IP address and mask of the virtual network.
You can specify the mask length or mask address.
lifetime lifetime MN Registration lifetime (in seconds). Valid values are 1
to 65,535 seconds.
Example Specify MN 10.1.1.1 to belong to interface Ethernet0/0/1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] mobile-node 10.1.1.1 interface Ethernet 0/0/1
System view
Description You can set the MN registration lifetime in two ways: using the mobile-ip
home-agent lifetime number command to set the registration lifetime for all
MNs, or using the mobile-node low-addr [ up-addr ] { interface ethernet
interface-number | virtual-network network_address mask} [ lifetime
lifetime ] command to set the registration lifetime for a single MN.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mode 2033
Command Reference
mode
Purpose Use the mode command to configure the R2 signaling mode in a country or region.
Use the undo mode command to restore the default, as you would with the mode
itu-t default-standard command.
Syntax mode zone-name [ def aul t - st andar d ]
undo mode
Parameters zone-name
Name of the country or region. By default, it is set to
the mode of ITU-T. It can be:
argentina: Uses Argentinean R2 signaling
standard.
australia: Uses Australian R2 signaling standard.
china: Uses Chinese R2 signaling standard.
bengal: Uses Bengalee R2 signaling standard.
brazil: Uses Brazilian R2 signaling standard.
custom: Uses the R2 signaling mode defined by
customer.
hongkong: Uses Hongkong R2 signaling standard.
india: Uses Indian R2 signaling standard.
indonesia: Uses Indonesian R2 signaling standard.
itu-t: Uses ITU-T R2 signaling standard.
korea: Uses Korean R2 signaling standard.
malaysia: Uses Malaysian R2 signaling standard.
mexico: Uses Mexican R2 signaling standard.
newzealand: Uses New Zealand R2 signaling
standard.
singapore: Uses Singaporean R2 signaling
standard.
thailand: Uses Thai R2 signaling standard.
default-standard
Initializes the related parameters of R2 signaling
according to the mode in the current country, that is,
initializes the values of the sense and force-metering
commands.
Default The default R2 signaling mode is ITU-T mode.
2034 mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Adopt the default standard of Hongkong R2 signaling mode.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] mode hongkong def aul t - st andar d
R2 CAS view
Description Use the mode command to configure the R2 signaling mode in a country or region.
Use the undo mode command to restore the default, as you would with the mode
itu-t default-standard command.
The implementation and parameters of R2 signaling vary in different countries.
Therefore, the mode needs to be adjusted to enable 3Com router to exchange R2
signaling with the switching devices of different countries or regions. According to
the configuration, the system automatically selects the appropriate subscriber-line
state, service type, metering signal, and the signal values of C and D bits, etc. At
present, it supports the modes in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, India, New Zealand,
Thailand, Bengal, South Korea, Hongkong, Indonesia, as well as the countries and
regions that comply with ITU-T standards.
If the default-standard parameter is configured, then the system will initialize the
subscriber line status, service type, metering signal and C signaling bit and D signaling
bit and other parameters according to the national standards of the countries or
regions.
In the custom mode, you can configure the specific signaling exchange process and
signal values of R2 signaling, so as to adjust the R2 signaling in your country in a more
flexible way.
You can execute this command only when the register-enable off command
is configured.
Related Commands register-value
force-metering
effect-time
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mode (SIP Client view) 2035
Command Reference
mode (SIP Client view)
Purpose Use the mode command to set the registration mode of the gateway.
Use the undo mode command to restore the default registration mode, or the
gateway mode.
Syntax mode {gat eway { al l | si ngl e } | phone number number }
undo mode
Parameters gateway
sets the registration mode of the gateway to gateway.
all
All telephone numbers are carried in one register
message.
single
One telephone number is carried in one register
message.
phone sets the registration mode of the gateway to phone.
number number the number to be registered in phone mode.
Example Set the gateway registration mode to phone and the number to be registered to
1688.
[ Rout er ] mode phone number 1688
SIP Client view
Description In gateway mode, the router can register multiple numbers while in phone mode it
can register only the one specified by the number argument.
2036 modem 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
modem
Purpose Use the modem or modem both command to allow modem calls to pass through,
both incoming and outgoing.
Use the undo modem or undo modem both command to disable modem calls to
pass through, both incoming and outgoing.
Use the modem [ call-in | call-out ] command to allow incoming or
outgoing modem calls to pass through.
Use the undo modem [ call-in | call-out ] command to disable incoming
or outgoing modem calls to pass through.
Syntax modem [ both | call-in | call-out ]
undo modem [ both | call-in | call-out ]
Parameters both
Allows both incoming and outgoing calls.
call-in
Allows incoming calls.
call-out
Allows outgoing calls.
Default By default, both incoming and outgoing modem calls are disabled to pass through.
Example Set the modem call attribute on TTY 1.
[3Com-ui-tty1] modem
User Interface view
Description This command is only available with the AUX interface and other asynchronous
interfaces (TTYs). You cannot use it on the console interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family modem adapt no-waiting-connect 2037
Command Reference
modem adapt no-waiting-connect
Purpose Use the modem adapt no-waiting-connect command to set the
asynchronous serial interface Modem to switch from IDLE to ACTIVE without waiting
for receiving the signal CONNECT (a signal used for a physical modem to negotiation
rate) after it receives CD_UP (a lower layer detects carrier signal).
Use the undo modem adapt no-waiting-connect command to set the
asynchronous serial interface Modem to switch from IDLE to ACTIVE until it receives
the signal CONNECT after it receives CD_UP (a lower layer detects carrier signal).
Syntax modem adapt no-waiting-connect
undo modem adapt no-waiting-connect
Parameters None
Default By default, the asynchronous serial interface Modem switches from IDLE to ACTIVE
until it receives the signal CONNECT after it receives CD_UP (a lower layer detects
carrier signal).
Example Set the asynchronous serial interface Modem to switch from IDLE to ACTIVE without
waiting for the CONNECT signal after it receives CD_UP (a lower layer detects carrier
signal).
[ Rout er - ui - aux0] modemadapt no- wai t i ng- connect
User Interface view
2038 modem auto-answer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
modem auto-answer
Purpose Use the modem auto-answer command to have the external modem connected to
the asynchronous interface automatically answer or hook off.
Use the undo modem auto-answer command to disable the connected external
modem to answer automatically. In this case, the modem answers only when
receiving an AT instruction sent by software.
Syntax modem auto-answer
undo modem auto-answer
Parameters None
Default By default, the connected external modem is set to non-auto answer mode.
Example Set the answer mode of the modem connected to the asynchronous serial interface
UI-TTY1 to auto.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] modemaut o- answer
User Interface view
Description Use this command depending on the answer state of the connected external modem.
When the modem is in auto-answer mode (AA LED of the modem lights), configure
the modem auto-answer command to prevent the router from sending an answer
instruction after the modem answers automatically. If the modem is in non-auto
answer mode, configure the undo modem auto-answer command.
If the configuration of this command is not consistent with the current answer state
of the connected modem, anomalies may occur.
Related Command modem
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family modem auto-answer 2039
Command Reference
modem auto-answer
Purpose Use the modem auto-answer command to set the answering mode to
auto-answer.
Use the undo modem auto-answer command to restore the default, or manual
answer.
Syntax modem auto-answer
undo modem auto-answer
Parameters None
Example Set the answering mode to auto-answer.
[3Com-ui-aux0] modem auto-answer
User Interface view
Description This command applies only to the AUX interface and other TTYs. You cannot use it on
the console interface.
To allow a user interface to accept dial-up connections using modem, you must first
set the modem parameters on it.
2040 modem compatible-param 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
modem compatible-param
Purpose Use the modem compatible-param command in the case that you fail to use
standard Modem PCM to interoperate with devices from other vendors.
Use the undo default entity modem compatible-param command to
restore the voice entity Modem compatible parameter globally to the default.
Syntax modemcompat i bl e- par aminteger
undo modemcompat i bl e- par am
Parameters integer
Compatible parameter value
Default The Modem compatible parameter for global voice entity is 100.
Example Configure the Modem compatible parameter of voice entity 100 to 98.
[ 3Com] voi ce- set up
[ 3Com- voi ce] di al - pr ogr am
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] ent i t y 100
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y100] modemcompat i bl e- par am98
Voice Entity view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family modem protocol 2041
Command Reference
modem protocol
Purpose Use the modem protocol none protocol to disable Modem function for single
voice entity.
Use the modem protocol pcm command to configure PCM Modem protocol type
for single voice entity, including coding/decoding and Modem negotiation mode.
Use the undo modem protocol command to restore the Modem protocol for
single voice entity to the default value.
Syntax modem protocol { none | pcm{ g711al aw | g711ul aw } { pr i vat e | st andar d
} }
undo modem protocol
Parameters none Disables modem.
pcm Enables PCM fax mode.
g711alaw: Adopts PCM G.711 a-law
g711ulaw: Adopts PCM G.711 -law
private Private PCM Modem negotiation mode owned by our
company.
standard
Standard PCM Modem negotiation mode in the
industry.
Default Modem protocol for single voice entity is that for global voice entity.
Example Configure the Modem protocol of voice entity 100 to PCM coding/decoding.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y100] modempr ot ocol pcmg711al aw st andar d
Disable the Modem function of voice entity.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y100] modempr ot ocol none
Voice Entity view
2042 modem timer answer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
modem timer answer
Purpose Use the modem timer answer command to set the timeout time spent waiting for
the carrier signal after the off-hook action when setting up an incoming call
connection.
Use the undo modem timer answer command to restore the default, or 30
seconds.
Syntax modem timer answer seconds
undo modem timer answer
Parameters seconds
Timeout time (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 60.
Example None
User Interface view.
Description This command is only available with the AUX interface and other TTYs. You cannot
use it on the console interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family monitor-port 2043
Command Reference
monitor-port
Purpose Use the monitor-port command to specify the current port as the monitoring port
Use the undo monitor-port command to remove the configuration.
Syntax monitor-port
undo monitor-port
Parameters None
Example Specify Ethernet1/1 as the monitoring port.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace et her net 1/ 1
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 1] moni t or - por t
2044 more 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
more
Purpose Use the more command, you can view the contents of the specified file.
Syntax more filename
Parameters filename
File name.
Default By default, the file system displays files in the form of text, that is, the file contents.
Example Display the contents of file test.txt.
<3Com> more test.txt
AppWizard has created this test application for you.
This file contains a summary of what you will find in each of the files
that make up your test application.
Test.dsp
This file (the project file) contains information at the project level
and is used to build a single project or subproject. Other users can
share the project (.dsp) file, but they should export the makefiles
locally.
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family motorola base-svc 2045
Command Reference
motorola base-svc
Purpose Use the motorola base-svc command to configure the start SVC for voice
routing on a DLCI.
Use the undo motorola base-svc command to restore the default.
Syntax motorola base-svc start-svc
undo motorola base-svc
Parameters start-svc
Start SVC for voice routing. Valid values are 1 to 4080.
By default, the start SVC for voice routing is 17.
Example Specify the start SVC for voice routing on DLCI 100 to 100.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] mot or ol a base- svc 100
DLCI view
Description The user is allowed to configure this command when the VoFR call control protocol
on the DLCI is Motorola-compatible.
Related Commands vofr
motorola max-voice
2046 motorola encapsulation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
motorola encapsulation
Purpose Use the motorola encapsulation command to specify an encapsulation for
Motorola LCON on the DLCI.
Use the undo motorola encapsulation command to restore the default.
Syntax motorola encapsulation { codex | r f c1294 }
undo motorola max-voice
Parameters codex Motorola codex encapsulation.
rfc1294 RFC 1294 multi-protocol encapsulation.
Default By default, codex encapsulation mode is used.
Example Adopt RFC 1294 multi-protocol encapsulation for Motorola LCON on the DLCI 200.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 200] mot or ol a encapsul at i on r f c1294
DLCI view
Description This command is available only when the VoFR call control protocol is set to
motorola-compatible on the DLCI.
Related Commands vofr
motorola max-voice
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family motorola max-voice 2047
Command Reference
motorola max-voice
Purpose Use the motorola max-voice command to configure the maximum number of
voice channels created on a DLCI concurrently.
Use the undo motorola max-voice command to restore the default.
Syntax motorola max-voice max-number
undo motorola max-voice
The maximum number of voice channels. Valid values
are 0 to 15.
By default, the maximum number of voice channels is
0.
Example Specify that a maximum of 10 voice channels can be concurrently set up on DLCI 100.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] mot or ol a max- voi ce 10
DLCI view
Description The user can configure this command only when the VoFR call control protocol used
on the DLCI is motorola-compatible. If it is set to 0, no voice will be sent.
Related Command vofr
2048 motorola remote-id 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
motorola remote-id
Purpose Use the motorola remote-id command to configure a remote connection ID.
Use the undo motorola remote-id command to restore the default.
Syntax motorola remote-id index
undo motorola remote-id
Parameters index
Remote connection ID. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Set the remote connection ID to 20.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 200] mot or ol a r emot e- i d 20
DLCI view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family move 2049
Command Reference
move
Purpose Use the move command to move a file.
Syntax move filename-source filename-dest
Parameters filename-source Name of the source file.
filename-dest Name of the target file.
Example <3Com> dir
0 -rw- 2145123 Jul 12 2001 12:28:08 AR46.bin
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 10:47:50 vrpcfg.cfg
2 drw- 0 Jul 12 2001 19:41:20 test
6477 KBytes total (2144 KBytes free)
<3Com> dir flash:/test/
Directory of flash:/test/
0 drw- - Jul 12 2001 20:23:37 subdir
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
2 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:08:32 sample.txt
Move the file from flash:/test/sample.txt to flash:/sample.txt.
<3Com> move flash:/test/sample.txt flash:/sample.txt
Move flash:/test/sample.txt to flash:/sample.txt ?[Y/N]:y
% Moveded file flash:/test/sample.txt flash:/sample.txt
<3Com> dir
0 -rw- 2145123 Jul 12 2001 12:28:08 ne80.bin
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 10:47:50 vrpcfg.cfg
2 drw- 0 Jul 12 2001 19:41:20 test
3 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:26:48 sample.txt
<3Com> dir flash:/test/
Directory of flash:/test/
0 drw- - Jul 12 2001 20:23:37 subdir
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
User view
Description If the name of the target file is the same with the name of an existing directory, the
target file is moved to the directory, with the same file name. If the name of the
target file is the same with an existing file name, you are prompted whether the
existing file should be overwritten.
2050 mpls 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls
Purpose Use the mpls command in system view to enable MPLS globally and enter MPLS
view.
Use the undo mpls command in system view to disable MPLS globally.
Use the mpls command in interface view to enable MPLS on the interface.
Use the undo mpls command in interface view to disable MPLS on the interface.
Syntax mpls
undo mpls
Parameters None
Default By default, MPLS is not enabled.
Example Enter MPLS view in system view.
[ 3Com] mpl s
[ 3Com- mpl s]
Execute the mpls command in interface view.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] mpl s
%I nf o: MPLS i n t he i nt er f ace i s st ar t i ng, pl ease wai t . . . OK
Interface view
System view
Virtual Interface view
Description Before you can enter MPLS view, you must configure the mpls lsr-id command
first. In addition, you can configure other MPLS commands only after you enter MPLS
view.
Related Commands mpls enable
disable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls l2vc 2051
Command Reference
mpls l2vc
Purpose Use the mpls l2vc command to create an LDP connection.
Use the undo mpls l2vc command to delete the connection.
Syntax mpls l2vc ip-address vc-id [ at m- cel l [ at m- 1t o1- vcc | at m- 1t o1- vpc ] ]
undo mpls l2vc
Parameters ip-address lsr-id address of peer PE.
vc-id ID of the VC, ranging from 1 to 4294967295.
atm-cell N-to-one encapsulation mode for ATM cell transparent
transmission.
atm-1to1-vcc
atm-1to1-vpc
Example Create a virtual connection with ID 23, with the interface in ATM transparent
transmission mode, adopting ATM CELL N-to-One encapsulation mode.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] at m- ct t
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 32
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] mpl s l 2vc 10. 0. 0. 11 23 at m- cel l
Interface view
Description Supported interface types: Serial, Asy Serial, POS, ATM, ATM subinterface, Ethernet,
Ethernet subinterface, VE, GE, GE subinterface.
Enable MPLS L2VPN and encapsulate CCC on the interface before using this
command.
Related Commands mpls l2vpn
ccc
2052 mpls l2vpn 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls l2vpn
Purpose Use the mpls l2vpn command to enable L2VPN.
Use the undo mpls l2vpn command to disable L2VPN.
Syntax mpls l2vpn
undo mpls l2vpn
Parameters None
Example Enter MPLS view, configure LSR ID, and enable MPLS.
[ 3Com] undo mpl s
[ 3Com- mpl s] mpl s l sr - i d 10. 0. 0. 1
[ 3Com] mpl s
Enable L2VPN.
[ 3Com] mpl s l 2vpn
System view
Description Enable MPLS before using this command.
Related Commands mpls
mpls lsr-id
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls l2vpn encapsulation 2053
Command Reference
mpls l2vpn encapsulation
Purpose Use the mpls l2vpn encapsulation command to create Kompella MPLS
L2VPN, specify encapsulation type, and enter MPLS L2VPN view.
Use the undo mpls l2vpn encapsulation command to remove the
encapsulation.
Syntax mpls l2vpn vpn-name encapsulation { at m- aal 5 | et her net | f r | hdl c |
ppp | vl an | at m- cel l [ at m- 1t o1- vcc | at m- 1t o1- vpc ] }
undo mpls l2vpn vpn-name
Parameters vpn-name Unique VPN name in PE with 1 to 20 bytes.
encapsulation MPLS L2VPN encapsulation type.
Ethernet Ethernet encapsulation mode.
vlan VLAN encapsulation mode.
fr FR encapsulation mode.
hdlc HDLC encapsulation mode.
ppp PPP encapsulation mode.
atm-aal5 ATM frame mode encapsulation mode.
atm-cell N-to-One encapsulation mode for ATM cell transparent
transmission.
atm-1to1-vcc
atm-1to1-vpc One-to-one VPC encapsulation mode for ATM cell
Example Create a Kompella MPLS L2VPN, named 3com, with encapsulation type atm-cell
atm-1to1-vcc:
[ 3Com] mpl s l 2vpn 3comencapsul at i on at m- cel l at m- 1t o1- v
System view
Description Create Kompella MPLS L2VPN after MPLS L2VPN is enabled. All the parameters of
L2VPN are configured in L2VPN view.
2054 mpls l2vpn encapsulation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands ce
mtu
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls-exp 2055
Command Reference
mpls-exp
Purpose Use the mpls-exp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified
priority levels when the EXP identifier in the MPLS packet is used to identify the
priority levels of packets.
Use the undo mpls-exp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax mpls-exp { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } { min [ max ] | def aul t }
undo mpls-exp { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name
cannot be any valid VPI/VCI pair. For example, "1/20"
cannot be used as a PVC name. In addition, the PVC
identified by this argument must exist.
identifier and is in the range from 0 to 2047. Usually,
the VCI values from 0 to 31 are reserved for special
purposes and are not recommended. Note that the
PVC identified by this argument must exist.
min
The lowest priority level of MPLS packets that the
specified PVC carries. Valid values are 0 to 7.
max
The highest priority level of MPLS packets that the
specified PVC carries. Valid values are 0 to 7.
default
Specifies that the PVC serves as the default PVC.
Default Specifies that the PVC serves as the default PVC.
Example Configure PVC 1/100 in the PVC group to carry MPLS packets of priority levels from 0
to 2.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] mpl s
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc- gr oup 1/ 100
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 123] mpl s- exp 1/ 100 0 2
ATM Pvc-Group view
2056 mpls-exp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
If you do not configure the mpls-exp command, MPLS packets of all priorities are
carried by the fundamental PVC of the PVC group, that is, the PVC used to
construct the PVC group.
If you configure the mpls-exp command with the default keyword, MPLS packets
of the definitely specified priority levels are carried by the specified PVC, while
MPLS packets of priority levels that are not specified are carried by the PVC
specified with the default keyword. If no PVC is specified by the mpls-exp
command with the default keyword, those packets of priority levels that are not
specified are carried by the fundamental PVC.
The specified PVC must be in the current PVC group, and the lowest priority level
(min) must be less than or equal to the highest priority level (max).
Related Command pvc-group
pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls label advertise 2057
Command Reference
mpls label advertise
Purpose Use the mpls label advertise command to specify at the egress the type of the
label to be distributed to the penultimate hop.
Use the undo mpls label advertise command to restore the default.
Syntax mpls ldp advertise { i mpl i ci t - nul l | expl i ci t - nul l | non- nul l }
undo mpls ldp advertise { i mpl i ci t - nul l | expl i ci t - nul l | non- nul l }
Parameters explicit-null
Specifies at egress to distribute an explicit null label to
the penultimate hop.
implicit-null
Specifies at egress to distribute an implicit null label to
non-null Specifies at egress to distribute a normal label to the
penultimate hop.
Label value 0 stands for IPv4 Explicit NULL Label, which is valid only at the bottom of
label stack. That is, the label stack must be popped and forwarded as the IPv4 header.
Label value 1 stands for Router Alert Label, which is valid except at the bottom of
label stack. When receiving messages with label value 1 at the top of the label stack,
the system forwards them into local software module for further processing. If a
lower-layer label is to be forwarded, it must be put with Router Alert Label.
Label value 2 stands for IPv6 Explicit NULL Label, which is valid only at the bottom of
label stack. That is, the label stack must be popped and forwarded as the IPv6 header.
Label value 3 stands for Implicit NULL Label, which can be distributed and forwarded,
but cannot be placed in encapsulation. When LSR switches top-layer labels, it only
needs to pop the labels, but cannot replace them when using label 3 to replace the
original label.
Labels 4 to 15 are reserved.
Default By default, the implicit label is assigned to the penultimate hop
Example Specify at the egress to distribute a normal label to the penultimate hop.
[ 3Com- mpl s] mpl s l abel adver t i se non- nul l
MPLS view
2058 mpls label advertise 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description When the keyword explicit-null is selected, the m-layer label of a packet with
m-layer label parameter is popped at the penultimate LSR of the LSP, instead of at the
egress LSR. This can lower the stack operation demands at egress node and
somewhat mitigate the load on the egress node.
If the explicit null label is assigned to the penultimate hop, it can only reside at the
bottom of the label stack.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls ldp 2059
Command Reference
mpls ldp
Purpose Use the mpls ldp command to enable LDP.
Use the undo mpls ldp command to disable LDP.
Syntax mpls ldp
undo mpls ldp
Parameters None
Default By default, LDP is disabled.
Example Enable LDP.
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp
System view
Description Before enabling LDP, you must enable MPLS and configure LSR ID first.
Related Command mpls lsr-id
2060 mpls ldp enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls ldp enable
Purpose Use the mpls ldp enable command to enable LDP on the interface.
Use the undo mpls ldp enable command to disable LDP on an interface.
Syntax mpls ldp enable
mpls ldp disable
Parameters None
Default By default, LDP is disabled on the interface.
Example Enable LDP on the interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] mpl s l dp enabl e
Interface view
Description To enable an interface, you must enable LDP first. After LDP is enabled on an
interface, peer discovery and session creation starts.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls ldp hops-count 2061
Command Reference
mpls ldp hops-count
Purpose Use the mpls ldp hops-count command to set the maximum hops of loop
detection.
Use the undo mpls ldp hops-count command to restore the default value.
Syntax mpls ldp hops-count hop-number
undo mpls ldp hops-count
Parameters hop-number
Maximum hops of loop detection, ranging from 1 to
32.
Default By default, the maximum hops of loop detection are 32.
Example Set the maximum hops of loop detection to 22.
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp hops- count 22
Set the maximum hops of loop detection to its default value, that is, 32.
[ 3Com] undo mpl s l dp hops- count
System view
Description This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on any interface. Its value,
which depends on actual networking situation, decides the loop detection speed
during LSP creation
Related Commands mpls ldp loop-detect
2062 mpls ldp loop-detect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the mpls ldp loop-detect command to enable loop detection.
Use the undo mpls ldp loop-detect command to disable loop detection.
Syntax mpls ldp loop-detect
undo mpls ldp loop-detect
Parameters None
Default By default, loop detection is disabled in the system.
Example Enable loop detection.
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp l oop- det ect
Disable loop detection.
[ 3Com] undo mpl s l dp l oop- det ect
System view
Description This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on any interface.
Related Commands mpls ldp hops-count
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls ldp password 2063
Command Reference
mpls ldp password
Purpose Use the mpls ldp password command to configure LDP authentication mode.
Use the undo mpls ldp password command to delete the configuration.
Syntax mpls ldp password { ci pher | si mpl e } password
undo mpls ldp password
Parameters simple Transmits password in plain text.
cipher Transmits password in encrypted text (MD5).
password User password.
Example Configure the LDP authentication mode to be in plain text, with a password of 123.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0. 1] mpl s l dp passwor d si mpl e 123
Interface view
Remote-Peer view
2064 mpls ldp path-vectors 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the mpls ldp path-vectors command to set the maximum value of path
vector.
Use the undo mpls ldp path-vectors command to restore the default
maximum value of path vector.
Syntax mpls ldp path-vectors pv-number
undo mpls ldp path-vectors
Parameters pv-number
Maximum value of path vector, ranging from 1 to 32.
Default By default, pv-number is 32.
Example Set the maximum value of path vector to 23
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp pat h- vect or s 23
Restore the default maximum value of path vector.
[ 3Com] undo mpl s l dp pat h- vect or s
System view
Description This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on any interface. Its value,
which depends on actual networking situation, decides the loop detection speed in
LSP creation.
Related Commands mpls ldp loop-detect
mpls ldp hops-count
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls ldp remote-peer 2065
Command Reference
mpls ldp remote-peer
Purpose Use the mpls ldp remote-peer command to create a remote-peer entity and
enter remote-peer view.
Use the undo mpls ldp remote-peer command to delete a remote-peer entity.
Syntax mpls ldp remote-peer Index
undo mpls ldp remote-peer Index
Parameters Index
Index of remote peer entity, used to identify an entity.
It ranges from 0 to 99.
Example Create a remote-peer.
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp r emot e- peer 22
[ 3Com- mpl s- r emot e22]
Delete a remote-peer.
[ 3Com- mpl s- r emot e22] undo mpl s l dp r emot e- peer 22
[ 3Com]
Remote-Peer view
System view
Description You can use this command to create a remote-peer and accordingly create remote
session
Related Command remote-peer
2066 mpls ldp reset-session 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls ldp reset-session
Purpose Use the mpls ldp reset-session command to reset a specified session on an
interface.
Syntax mpls ldp reset-session peer-address
Corresponding LDP Peer address (in IP address format).
Example Reset the session at the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] mpl s l dp r eset - sessi on 10. 1. 1. 1
Interface view
Description After LDP is configured on an interface and LDP session is created, this command can
be used to reset a specific session on the interface. You only need to specify the
address of the peer corresponding to the session to be reset.
mpls ldp enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls ldp timer 2067
Command Reference
mpls ldp timer
Purpose Use the mpls ldp timer command to set the duration of a Hello hold timer or
session hold timer.
Use the undo mpls ldp timer command to restore the default value.
Syntax mpls ldp timer { sessi on- hol d session-holdtime | hel l o hello-holdtime }
undo mpls ldp timer { sessi on- hol d | hel l o }
Parameters hello hello-holdtime
Specifies timeout time of hello hold timer, in the range
6 to 65535 seconds. It defaults to 15 seconds.
session-hold
session-holdtime Specifies timeout time of session hold timer, in the
range 1 to 65535 seconds. It defaults to 60 seconds.
Example Modify the duration of a Hello hold timer.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] mpl s l dp t i mer hel l o 30
Interface view
Remote-Peer view
Description Timeout of Hello hold timer means that the adjacency relation with the peer is down,
while timeout of session hold timer means that the session relation with the peer is
down.
In general, the transmission interval of hello/keepalive packets is one-third of the
timeout time of hello/session hold timer.
Normally, the default value can be directly adopted. In special cases, you need to
make modification according to requirements. Please note that the modification of
hello parameter may cause reestablishment of the original session as well as deletion
and reestablishment of the LSP established based on this session
mpls ldp enable
2068 mpls ldp transport-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls ldp transport-ip
Purpose Use the mpls ldp transport-ip command to configure an LDP session
transport address.
Use the undo mpls ldp transport-ip command to restore the default LDP
transport address.
Syntax mpls ldp transport-ip { i nt er f ace | ip-address }
undo mpls ldp transport-ip
Parameters interface
Sets the IP address of the current interface as the
transport address.
ip-address
Sets the IP address as the transport address.
Default By default, the transport address is the LSR ID. Normally, LSR ID is an address of a
certain loopback interface and only when its peer has a route to this loopback
interface address, can the session be established successfully.
Example Set the address of the current interface as the transport address.
[ Qui dwa- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] mpl s l dp t r anspor t - i p i nt er f ace
Set the address of another interface as the transport address.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] mpl s l dp t r anspor t - i p 10. 1. 11. 2
Interface view
Description For a remote-peer, the configuration of transport address is not supported and its
transport address is fixed on the LSR ID.
In the case of local peer, the address of the local interface or the Router ID of LSR can
be adopted as its transport address.
When MPLS LDP is enabled on multiple directly connected links, these links must be
configured with the same transport address. It is recommended that you take the
default LSR-ID as the transport address; otherwise, the LDP session may not be well
established.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mpls lsr-id 2069
Command Reference
mpls lsr-id
Purpose Use the mpls lsr-id command to configure an LSR ID.
Use the undo mpls lsr-id command to delete an LSR ID.
Syntax mpls lsr-id ip-address
undo mpls lsr-id
Parameters ip-address LSR ID, with the format like IP address, used to identify
an LSR.
Default By default, no LSR has an ID.
Example Set the ID of the LSR to 202.17.41.246.
[ 3Com] mpl s l sr - i d 202. 17. 41. 246
%Mpl s l sr - i d changed.
System view
Description LSR-ID address must be the interface address of the router, and the address must be
reachable in the entire network. In general, it is recommended to use the address of
the loopback interface.
As a premise for configuring other MPLS commands, this command you can
configure an LSR ID.
Related Command display mpls interface
2070 mpls static-l2vc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mpls static-l2vc
Purpose Use the mpls static-l2vc command to create an SVC MPLS L2VPN connection.
Use the undo mpls static-l2vc command to delete the connection.
Syntax mpls static-l2vc dest i nat i on destination-ip-address t r ansmi t - vpn- l abel
transmit-label-value r ecei ve- vpn- l abel receive-label-value [ at m- cel l
[ at m- 1t o1- vcc | at m- 1t o1- vpc ] ]
undo mpls static-l2
Parameters destination
destination-ip-address
IP address of the destination router.
transmit-vpn-label
transmit-label-value Label value of the transmitting VPN.
receive-vpn-label
receive-label-value
Label value of the receiving VPN.
atm-cell
N-to-one encapsulation mode for ATM cell transparent
transmission.
atm-1to1-vcc One-to-one VCC encapsulation mode for ATM cell
atm-1to1-vpc
Example Create an SVC MPLS L2VPN connection, with the interface in ATM cell transparent
transmission mode, adopting one-to-one VPC encapsulation mode.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] at m- ct t
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 1/ 32
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] mpl s st at i c- l 2vc dest i nat i on 192. 1. 1. 1
t r ansmi t - vpn- l abel 333 r ecei ve- vpn- l abel 111 at m- cel l at m- 1t o1- vpc
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family msdp 2071
Command Reference
msdp
Purpose Use the msdp command to enable MSDP and enter the MSDP view.
Use the undo msdp command to clear all configurations of MSDP, release all
resources that MSDP occupies, and restore the initial state.
Syntax msdp
undo msdp
Parameters None
Example Clear all configurations of MSDP.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] undo msdp
System view
2072 msdp-tracert 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
msdp-tracert
Purpose Use the msdp-tracert command to trace the transmission path of SA messages in
the network.
Syntax msdp-tracert source-address group-address rp-address [ max-hops
max-hops ] [ next-hop-info ] [ sa-info ] [ peer-info ] [ skip-hops
skip-hops ]
Parameters source-address
Multicast address address.
group-address
rp-address
IP address of RP.
max-hops
The maximum number of hops that are traced. Valid
next-hop-info
Flag bit for collecting the next hop information.
sa-info
Flag bit for collecting SA entity information.
peer-info
Flag bit for collecting MSDP peer information.
skip-hops
Number of hops that are skipped before collecting
detailed information. Valid values are 0 to 255.
Example Trace (10.10.1.1, 225.2.2.2, 20.20.20.20) path information.
<3Com> msdp-tracert 10.10.1.1 225.2.2.2 20.20.20.20
Specify the maximum number of hops that are traced and collect detailed information
of SA and MSDP peer.
<3Com> msdp-tracert 10.10.1.1 225.2.2.2 20.20.20.20 max-hops 10 sa-info
peer-info
MSDP tracert: press CTRL_C to break
D-bit: set if have this (S,G) in cache but with a different RP
RP-bit: set if this router is an RP
NC-bit: set if this router is not caching SA's
C-bit: set if this (S,G,RP) tuple is in the cache
MSDP Traceroute path information:
Router Address: 20.20.1.1
Fixed-length response info:
Peer Uptime: 10 minutes, Cache Entry Uptime: 30 minutes
D-bit: 0, RP-bit: 1, NC-bit: 0, C-bit: 1
Return Code: Reached-max-hops
Next Hop info:
Next-Hop Router Address: 0.0.0.0
SA info:
Count of SA messages received for this (S,G,RP): 0
Count of encapsulated data packets received for this (S,G,RP):0
SA cache entry uptime: 00:30:00 , SA cache entry expiry time:
00:03:32
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family msdp-tracert 2073
Command Reference
Peering info:
Peering Uptime: 10 minutes, Count of Peering Resets: 3
Any view
Description Use the msdp-tracert command to trace the transmission path of SA messages in
the network, which helps to locate the faults such as information loss and
configuration error. After the transmission path of SA messages is determined, correct
configuration can avoid the overflow of SA messages.
Table 293 Description of msdp-tracert command domain
Item Description
Router Address Address where the local router creates Peering session with Peer-RPF
neighbor.
Peer Uptime Time for which the local router performs Peering session with Peer-RPF
neighbor in minute, with the maximum value of 255.
Cache Entry Uptime Present time of (S, G, RP) entry in SA cache of the local router, in
minute, with the maximum value of 255.
D-bit: 1 (S, G, RP) entry existing in SA cache of the local router.
But the RP is different from the RP specified in the request message.
RP-bit: 1 The local router is an RP, but it is not necessarily the source RP in (S, G,
RP) entry.
NC-bit: 0 The local router enables SA cache.
C-bit: 1 (S, G, RP) entry exists in SA cache of the local router.
Return Code:
Reached-max-hops
Return reason is the reached maximum hops and other possible value
includes:
Hit-src-RP: The local hop router is the source RP in (S, G, RP) entry.
Next-Hop Router
Address: 0.0.0.0
If the parameter next-hop-info is used, Peer-RPF neighbor address will
be displayed.
Count of SA messages
received for this (S,G,RP)
Number of SA messages received for tracing this (S, G, RP) entry.
Count of encapsulated
data packets received for
this (S,G,RP)
Number of encapsulated data packets received for tracing this (S, G,
RP) entry.
SA cache entry uptime Present time of SA cache entry.
SA cache entry expiry
time
Expiry time of SA cache entry.
Peering Uptime: 10
minutes
Time for which the local router performs Peering session with Peer-RPF
neighbor.
Count of Peering Resets Number of Peering session resets.
2074 mtu 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mtu
Purpose Use the mtu command to set the size of Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the ATM
interface.
Use the undo mtu command to restore the default of the value.
Syntax mtu mtu-number
undo mtu
Parameters mtu-number MTU size of ATM interface (in bytes). Valid values are
128 to 2000.
Example Display how to set MTU of ATM interface Atm1/0/0 to 1492 bytes.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] mt u 1492
Interface view
Description MTU of ATM interface only influences the packet assembling and packet
disassembling of IP layer at the ATM interface. Because of the limit of the QoS queue
length (for example, the default length of the FIFO queue is 75), the too small MTU
will lead to too many fragments and will be dropped by the QoS queue. In this case,
the length of the QoS queue can be enlarged appropriately. FIFO is the queue
dispatching mechanism used by PVC by default, and its queue length can be changed
by using the fifo queue-length command in the PVC view.
This command can be used in ATM main interface and sub-interface at the same
time.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mtu 2075
Command Reference
mtu
Purpose Use the mtu command to configure MTU of Kompella MPLS L2VPN.
Syntax mtu mtu
Parameters mtu Layer2 MTU value of VPN. MTU defaults to 1500.
Example Configure the mtu of VPN 3Com as 1000.
[ 3Com- l 2vpn- 3Com] mt u 1000
MPLS L2VPN view
Description When configuring VPN layer2 mtu, make sure that the mtu values of different PEs in
the same VPN are the same in the whole SP network. Otherwise, VPN will not work
normally.
Related Command mpls l2vpn encapsulation
2076 mtu (ATM Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mtu (ATM Interface)
Purpose Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the ATM interface.
Use the undo mtu command to restore the default.
Syntax mtu size
undo mtu
Parameters size
MTU size of the ATM interface (in bytes).
Example Set MTU of the ATM interface 1/0/0 to 1492.
[3Com -ATM1/0/0] mtu 1492
Interface view
Description The MTU setting of an ATM interface can affect the assembly and fragmentation of IP
packets on the interface.
Related Command display interface atm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface) 2077
Command Reference
mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface)
Purpose Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the Ethernet interface.
Syntax mtu size
undo mtu
Parameters size Maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of the Ethernet
interface (in bytes). Valid values are 46 to 1500 for the
frame formats of both Ethernet_II and GE.
Example Set MTU of the FE interface 0/0/0 to 1492.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] mt u 1492
Description The MTU setting of an Ethernet interface can affect the assembly and fragmentation
of IP packets on the interface.
2078 mtu label-including 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mtu label-including
Purpose Use the mtu label-including command to configure to include MPLS label
length in outgoing interface MTU calculation.
Use the undo mtu label-including command to restore the default setting.
Syntax mtu label-including
undo mtu label-including
Parameters None
Default By default, MPLS label length is not included in outgoing interface MTU calculation.
Example Configure to include MPLS label length in outgoing interface MTU calculation.
[ 3Com- mpl s] mt u l abel - i ncl udi ng
MPLS view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mtu (POS Interface) 2079
Command Reference
mtu (POS Interface)
Purpose Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the POS interface.
Syntax mtu size
undo mtu
Parameters size MTU size of the POS interface, which is in bytes. Valid
Example Set MTU of POS interface 0/0/0 to 1492.
[ 3Com- pos0/ 0/ 0] mt u 1492
POS Interface view
Description The MTU setting of a POS interface can affect the assembly and fragmentation of IP
packets on the interface.
Related Command display interface pos
2080 mtu (serial interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mtu (serial interface)
Purpose Use the mtu command to set MTU of the serial interface.
Syntax mtu size
undo mtu
Parameters size
MTU size of the serial interface (in bytes). Valid values
are 128 to 1500 bytes.
Example Set MTU of the serial interface to 1200.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] mt u 1200
AM Interface view
AUX Interface view
Description The MTU setting can affect the assembly and fragmentation of IP packets on the
interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mtu (Tunnel Interface) 2081
Command Reference
mtu (Tunnel Interface)
Purpose Use the mtu command to set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for Tunnel
interface.
Use the undo mtu command to restore to the default value.
Syntax mtu size
undo mtu
Parameters size
Specifies maximum transmission unit on Tunnel
interface (in bytes). Valid values are 100 to 64000.
Default By default, the MTU value for Tunnel interface is 15000.
Example Set the MTU value for Tunnel interface to 64000.
[3Com-Tunnel0] mtu 64000
2082 mtracert 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
mtracert
Purpose Use the mtracert command to trace the network path from the multicast source to
the destination receiver along Multicast Distribution Tree, according to either the
multicast kernel routing table or RPF rule to the source.
Syntax mtracert source-address [ last-hop-address ] [ group-address ]
Parameters source-address Address of the multicast source.
last-hop-address Unicast address, which is the starting address of path
tracing. This address must be an interface address of a
hop router. By default, it is a physical interface address
of the local router.
group-address Address of multicast group. By default, the value is
0.0.0.0.
Example Trace the path reversely from the local hop router 18.110.0.1 to the multicast source
10.10.1.2 in weak trace mode.
<3Com> mtracert 10.10.1.2
Type Ctrl+C to abort
Mtrace from 10.10.1.2 to 18.110.0.1 via RPF
Querying full reverse path...
-1 18.110.0.1
Incoming Interface Address: 18.110.0.1
Previous-Hop Router Address: 18.110.0.2
Input packet count on incoming interface: 0
Output packet count on outgoing interface: 0
Total number of packets for this source-group pair: 0
Protocol: PIM
Forwarding TTL: 0
Forwarding Code: No error
-2 18.110.0.2
Protocol: PIM
Forwarding TTL: 0
-3 11.110.0.4
Protocol: PIM
Forwarding TTL: 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family mtracert 2083
Command Reference
Trace reversely the path information of multicast group 225.1.1.1 from the multicast
source 10.10.1.3 to the destination address 12.110.0.2.
<3Com>mtracert 10.10.1.3 12.110.0.2 225.1.1.1
Type Ctrl+C to abort
Mtrace from 10.10.1.3 to 12.110.0.2 via group 225.1.1.1
Querying full reverse path...
-1 12.110.0.2
Protocol: PIM
Forwarding TTL: 0
-2 11.110.0.4
Protocol: Unknown
Forwarding TTL: 0
For war di ng Code: No er r or
Any view
Description This command can help to locate the faults, such as information loss and
configuration error.
The trace mode to the group address of 0.0.0.0 is called weak trace mode.
2084 multi-path-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
multi-path-number
Purpose Use the multi-path-number command to configure maximum number of OSPF
equal-cost routes.
Use the undo multi-path-number command to restore the default.
Syntax multi-path-number number
undo multi-path-number
Parameters number Number of equal-cost routes. Valid values are 1 to 3.
Example Set the number of OSPF equal-cost routes to 2.
[3Com -ospf-1] multi-path-number 2
OSPF view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family multicast minimum-ttl 2085
Command Reference
multicast minimum-ttl
Purpose Use the multicast minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL value
for multicast forwarding.
Use the undo multicast minimum-ttl command to remove the minimum TTL
value configured.
Syntax multicast minimum-ttl ttl-value
undo multicast minimum-ttl
Parameters ttl-value
The minimum TTL value. Valid values are 0 to 255.
Default By default, no minimum TTL value for multicast forwarding is configured.
Example Configure the minimum TTL value for multicast forwarding to 8.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] mul t i cast mi ni mum- t t l 8
Interface view
2086 multicast packet-boundary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
multicast packet-boundary
Purpose Use the multicast packet-boundary command to configure a multicast
forwarding boundary.
Use the undo multicast packet-boundary command to remove the multicast
forwarding boundary configured.
Syntax multicast packet-boundary acl-number
undo multicast packet-boundary
Number of basic or advanced ACL. Valid values are
2000 to 3999.
Default By default, no multicast forwarding boundary is configured.
Example Set boundary conditions for multicast packets through the basic ACL 2001.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] mul t i cast packet - boundar y 2001
Interface view
Description You can set boundary conditions for multicast packets on an interface via basic or
advanced Access Control List (ACL). Packets denied by the ACL will be discarded. The
source address of a multicast packet can be filtered through the basic ACL. Both the
source address and the destination address (source group address) of a multicast
packet can be filtered through the advanced ACL.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family multicast route-limit 2087
Command Reference
multicast route-limit
Purpose Use the multicast route-limit command to limit the multicast routing table
capacity. If the capacity exceeds the limit, the router will discard protocols and data
packets of the newly-added (S, G).
Syntax multicast route-limit limit
Parameters limit
Limit of multicast routing table capacity, ranging from
0 to MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT. In which,
MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT differs with the different router
types.
Default By default, the limit of multicast routing table capacity is MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT.
Example Limit the multicast routing table capacity to 1000.
[ 3Com] mul t i cast r out e- l i mi t 1000
System view
Description If the number of route entries in the routing table has exceeded the configured
number when configuring the command, the previous route entry in the routing table
will not be deleted. The system will prompt The number of current route entries is
more than that configured.
previous one.
2088 multicast routing-enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
multicast routing-enable
Purpose Use the multicast routing-enable command to enable IP multicast routing.
Use the undo multicast routing-enable command to disable IP multicast
routing.
Syntax multicast routing-enable
undo multicast routing-enable
Parameters None
Default By default, IP multicast routing is disabled.
Example Enable IP multicast routing.
<3Com> system-view
[ 3Com] mul t i cast r out i ng- enabl e
System view
Description The system will not forward any multicast packet when IP multicast routing is
disabled.
Related Commands pim dm
pim sm
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family multiplex mode 2089
Command Reference
multiplex mode
Purpose Use the multiplex mode command to set AUG multiplexing mode.
Use the undo multiplex mode command to restore the default setting, au-4.
Syntax multiplex mode { au- 4 | au- 3 }
undo multiplex mode
Parameters au-4 Gets AUG through AU-4.
au-3 Gets AUG through AU-3.
Example In SDH mode, multiplex AUG to AU-3.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] f r ame- f or mat sdh
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] mul t i pl ex mode au- 3
CPOS Interface view
Description SDH provides two payload map/multiplex solutions: ANSI and ETSI.
The multiplex schemes of ANSI and ETSI are AU-3 and AU-4 respectively.
When the CPOS interface is operating in SDH mode, you can choose to multiplex
AUG to AU-4 or AU-3 by using the multiplex mode command. When the CPOS
interface operates in SONET mode, AUG can only be multiplexed to AU-3 and the
multiplex mode command is invalid in this case.
Related Command frame-format
2090 nas-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nas-ip
Purpose Use the nas-ip command to set the source IP address of the network access server
(NAS, the router in this manual), so that all packets destined for the RADIUS server
carry the same source IP address.
Use the undo nas-ip command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax nas-ip ip-address
undo nas-ip
IP address in dotted decimal format.
Default By default, the source IP address of packets is the IP address of the output port.
Example Set the source IP address that is carried in the RADIUS packets sent by the NAS (the
router) to 10.1.1.1.
[ 3Com] r adi us scheme t est 1
[ 3Com- r adi us- t est 1] nas- i p 10. 1. 1. 1
RADIUS view
Description Specifying a source address for the RADIUS packets to be transmitted can avoid the
situation where the packets sent back by the RADIUS server cannot be received as the
result of a physical interface failure. The address of a loopback interface is usually
used as the source address.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nas-ip 2091
Command Reference
nas-ip
Purpose Use the nas-ip command to have all the TACACS+ packets sent by the NAS (the
router) carry the same source address.
Use the undo nas-ip command to delete the setting.
Syntax nas-ip ip-address
undo nas-ip
IP address in dotted decimal format.
Default By default, the source IP address of a TACACS+ packet sent by the NAS is the IP
address of the output port.
Example Set the source IP address carried in the TACACS+ packets that are sent by the NAS to
10.1.1.1.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] nas- i p
10. 1. 1. 1
TACACS+ view
Description Specifying a source address for the TACACS+ packets to be transmitted can avoid the
situation where the packets sent back by the TACACS server cannot be received as
the result of a physical interface failure. The address of a loopback interface is usually
used as the source address.
2092 nat address-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat address-group
Purpose Use the nat address-group command to configure an address pool.
Use the undo nat address-group command to delete an IP address pool.
Syntax nat address-group group-number start-addr end-addr
undo nat address-group group-number
Defined Address pool ID. Valid values are an integer
start-addr Starting IP address in the address pool.
end-addr Ending IP address in the address pool.
Example Configure an address pool from 202.110.10.10 to 202.110.10.15, with its NAT pool
ID being 1.
[ 3Com] nat addr ess- gr oup 1 202. 110. 10. 10 202. 110. 10. 15
System view
Description Address pool indicates the cluster of some outside IP addresses. If start-addr and
end-addr are the same, it means that there is only one address.
CAUTION:
The length of an address pool (numbers of all addresses contained in an address
pool) cannot exceed 255.
The address pool cannot be deleted, if it has been correlated to some certain
access control list to perform the address translation.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat aging-time 2093
Command Reference
nat aging-time
Purpose Use the nat aging-time command to set the lifetime of NAT connections.
Syntax nat aging-time { def aul t | { dns | f t p- ct r l | f t p- dat a | i cmp | ppt p
| t cp | t cp- f i n | t cp- syn | udp } seconds }
Parameters default
Sets the address translation lifetime values to the
defaults.
dns Sets the address translation lifetime for DNS to 60
seconds (default).
ftp-ctrl
Sets the address translation lifetime for FTP control
links to 7200 seconds (default).
ftp-data
Sets the address translation lifetime for FTP data links
to 240 seconds (default).
icmp Sets the address translation lifetime for ICMP to 60
seconds (default).
pptp
Sets the address translation lifetime for PPTP to 86400
seconds (default).
tcp
Sets the address translation lifetime for TCP to 86400
seconds (default).
tcp-fin Sets the address translation lifetime for TCP FIN or TCP
RST connections to 60 seconds (default).
tcp-syn
Sets the address translation lifetime for TCP SYN
connections to 60 seconds (default).
udp Sets the address translation lifetime for UDP to 300
seconds (default).
seconds
Time value (in seconds). Valid values are 10 to 86400
(24 hours).
Example Set the valid connection time of TCP to 240 seconds.
[ 3Com] nat agi ng- t i me t cp 240
System view
Description This command is used to set the lifetime of address translation connection in seconds,
and different time values are set for different types of protocols.
2094 nat agl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat agl
Purpose Use the nat alg command to enable the application gateway function of NAT.
Use the undo nat alg command to disable the application gateway function of
NAT.
Syntax nat alg { dns | f t p | h323 | i l s | nbt | ppt p | si p }
undo nat al g { dns | f t p | h323 | i l s | nbt | ppt p | si p }
Parameters dns Supports DNS.
ftp Supports FTP.
h323 Supports H.323.
ils
Supports Internet locator service (ILS).
nbt
Supports NetBIOS over TCP/IP.
ppt
: Supports point to point tunneling protocol.
sip
Supports session initiation protocol.
Default By default, the application gateway function of NAT is enabled.
Example Enable the application gateway function of NAT, allowing it to support FTP.
[ Rout er ] nat al g f t p
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat connection-limit-policy 2095
Command Reference
nat connection-limit-policy
Purpose Use the nat connection-limit-policy command to specify the NAT
connection limit policy.
Use the undo nat connection-limit-policy command to delete the policy.
Syntax nat connection-limit-policy policy-number
undo nat connection-limit-policy policy-number
Parameters policy-number
The policy number of NAT connection limit. Valid
values are 0 to 19.
Default By default, the policy is not bound with NAT.
Example Bind policy 1 with NAT.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] nat connection-limit-policy 1
System view
Description The nat connection-limit-policy command can be configured repeatedly. The new
configuration overwrites the previous one.
2096 nat dns-map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat dns-map
Purpose Use the nat dns-map command to configure a NAT entry, mapping a domain name
to a triplet of external IP address, port number, and protocol type.
Use the undo nat dns-map command to remove the NAT entry for a domain
name
Syntax nat dns-map domain-name global-addr global-port [ t cp | udp ]
undo nat dns-map domain-name
Valid domain name that can be correctly translated by
external DNS servers.
global-addr
Public IP address that outside hosts can access.
global-port Service port number that outside hosts can access.
tcp Sets the transport protocol to TCP.
udp Sets the transport protocol to UDP.
Default By default, no map entry exists for any domain name.
Example Map a domain name to a triplet of public IP address, port number, and protocol type.
[ Rout er ] nat dns- map www. abc. com202. 112. 0. 1 80 t cp
System view
Description You may configure your internal hosts to access internal servers by domain name. In
case your intranet has no DNS server, an external DNS server will be involved to
provide domain name resolution service.
When an internal host attempts to access an internal server by domain name, its DNS
request is first forwarded to an external DNS server where the domain name is
resolved to a public IP address. The NAT server, however, could not identify the
desired internal server with this public IP address only. To allow it to correctly identify
an internal server by domain name, you must create a NAT entry for the domain
name of the internal server. This entry must include a service port number in addition
to the public IP address.
You may create up to 16 NAT entries for domain names.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat oubound 2097
Command Reference
nat oubound
Purpose Use the nat outbound command to associate an ACL with an address pool,
indicating that the address specified in the acl-number can be translated by using
address pool group-number.
Use the undo nat outbound command to remove the corresponding address
translation.
Syntax nat outbound acl-number [ addr ess- gr oup group-number [ nopat ] ]
undo nat outbound acl-number [ addr ess- gr oup group-number [ nopat ] ]
Parameters address-group Configures address translation by means of address
pool. If the address pool is not specified, use the IP
address of the interface as the translated address, that
is, the "easy ip" feature.
no-pat Uses simple address translation, which means only to
translate the address of the packet but not use port
information.
acl-number
ACL index. Valid values are 2000 to 3999 (the
advanced ACL can be used).
group-number The number of a defined address pool.
Example Enable the hosts of the 10.110.10.0/24 network segment to perform address
translation by selecting the addresses from 202.110.10.10 to 202.110.10.12 as the
translated address. Suppose that the interface Serial0/0/0 connects to ISP.
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2001] r ul e per mi t sour ce 10. 110. 10. 0 0. 0. 0. 255
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2001] r ul e deny
# Conf i gur e t he addr ess pool .
[ 3Com] nat addr ess- gr oup 1 202. 110. 10. 10 202. 110. 10. 12
# Al l ow addr ess t r ansl at i on and use t he addr esses of addr ess pool 1 f or
addr ess t r ansl at i on. Dur i ng t r ansl at i on, t he i nf or mat i on of TCP/ UDP
por t i s used.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat out bound 2001 addr ess- gr oup 1
# Del et e t he cor r espondi ng conf i gur at i on.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo out bound 2001 addr ess- gr oup 1
# Conf i gur at i on of si mpl e addr ess t r ansl at i on ( Not usi ng t he TCP/ UDP
por t i nf or mat i on t o per f or mt he addr ess t r ansl at i on)
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] nat out bound 2001 addr ess- gr oup 1 nopat
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo nat out bound 2001 addr ess- gr oup 1 nopat
# The conf i gur at i on t hat can be used when per f or mi ng addr ess
t r ansl at i on by usi ng t he I P addr ess of i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 di r ect l y.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat out bound 2001
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo nat out bound 2001
2098 nat oubound 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Interface view
Description Translation of the source address of the packet that conforms to the ACL is
accomplished by configuring the association between the ACL and the address pool.
The system performs address translation by selecting one address in the address pool
or by directly using the IP address of the interface. Users can configure different
address translation associations at the same interface. The corresponding undo form
of the command can be used to delete the related address translation association.
Normally, this interface is connected to ISP, and serves as the exit interface of the
inside network.
The command without the address-group parameter implements the "easy-ip"
feature. When performing address translation, the IP address of the interface is used
as the translated address and the ACL can be used to control which addresses can be
translated.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat outbound interface 2099
Command Reference
nat outbound interface
Purpose Use the nat outbound interface command to associate an ACL with an
interface and to use the address of the interface as the target address in the
translations for the packets matching the ACL. After that, this address substitutes for
the source addresses of the packets matching the ACL.
Use the undo nat outbound interface command to remove an ACL to
interface association.
Syntax nat outbound acl-number interface interface-type interface-number
undo nat outbound acl-number interface interface-type interface-number
ACL index number. Valid values are 2000 to 3999.
interface-number
Currently, it can be a loopback interface only.
Example Use the address of interface loopback 0 as the target address for address translation.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace l oopback0
[ 3Com- LoopBack0] i p addr ess 202. 38. 160. 106
[ 3Com- LoopBack0] qui t
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2000] r ul e per mi t sour ce 10. 110. 12. 0 0. 0. 0. 255
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] nat out bound 2 i nt er f ace l oopback 0
Interface view
Description Currently, the interface specified in this command can only be a loopback interface.
2100 nat outbound static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat outbound static
Purpose Use the nat outbound static command to apply on the interface one-to-one
address translation configured using the nat static command.
Syntax nat outbound static
Parameters None.
Example Apply one-to-one address translation on the interface Serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat out bound st at i c
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat overlapaddress 2101
Command Reference
nat overlapaddress
Purpose Use the nat overlapaddress command to map an overlapping address pool to a
temporary address pool.
Use the undo nat overlapaddress command to remove the specified map
entry.
Syntax nat overlapaddress number overlappool-startaddress
temppool-startaddress { pool - l engt h pool-length | addr ess- mask mask }
undo nat overlapaddress number
Parameters number Sequence number of an address pool pair. Valid values
are 0 to 7.
overlappool-startaddress
Start address of an overlapping address pool. The
range of this pool must be unique among all
overlapping address pools.
temppool-startaddress Start address of a temporary address pool. This pool
must be unique among all temporary address pools.
Temporary addresses cannot be existing internal or
external addresses. When specifying temporary
address pools, private address ranges are preferred to
public address ranges.
pool-length
Address pool length, in decimal format. The associated
overlapping and temporary address pools must be
configured in the same length, with one overlap
address corresponding to one temporary address.
mask Subnet mask of the address pools.
Example Configure an overlapping address pool map entry, setting address pool pair number
to 0, start address of the overlapping address pool to 171.69.100.0, start address of
the temporary address pool to 192.168.0.0, and subnet mask to 24.
[ 3Com] nat over l apaddr ess 0 171. 69. 100. 0 192. 168. 0. 0 addr ess- mask 24
System view
2102 nat overlapaddress 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Overlapping address pools and temporary address pools come in pairs. When
converting an overlapping address to a temporary address, the following conventions
are followed:
Temporary address = Start address of the temporary address pool ?+ (overlapping
address start address of the overlapping address pool)
Overlapping address = Start address of the overlapping address pool +?
(temporary address start address of the temporary address pool)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat server 2103
Command Reference
nat server
Purpose Use the nat server command to define a mapping table for internal servers. Users
can access the internal server with the address and port as host-addr and host-port
respectively through the address port defined by global-addr and global-port.
Use the undo nat server command to remove the mapping table.
Syntax nat server [ acl-number ] [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] pr ot ocol
pro-type gl obal { global-addr [ global-port ] | cur r ent - i nt er f ace |
i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number } i nsi de host-addr [
host-port ]
nat server [ acl-number ] [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] pr ot ocol
pro-type gl obal { global-addr global-port1 global-port2 |
cur r ent - i nt er f ace | i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number } i nsi de
host-addr1 host-addr2 host-port
undo nat server [ acl-number ] [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
pr ot ocol pro-type gl obal { global-addr [ global-port ] |
cur r ent - i nt er f ace | i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number } i nsi de
host-addr [ host-port ]
undo nat server [ acl-number ] [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
pr ot ocol pro-type gl obal { global-addr global-port1 global-port2 |
cur r ent - i nt er f ace | i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number } inside
host-addr1 host-addr2 host-port
ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 3999. When
configured with an ACL, the nat server command
allows the NAT server to translate addresses for
packets sent by internal servers only when the source
and destination addresses in the packets are permitted
by the ACL.
vpn-instance-name
The virtual route forwarding instance of the VPN the
internal server belongs to. If the parameter is not
configured, it represents that the internal server
belongs to an ordinary private network, other than
one MPLS VPN.
global-addr
An IP address provided for the outside to access (a
legal IP address).
global-port A service port number provided for the outside to
access. If ignored, its value shall be the same with the
host-ports value.
current interface
Uses the address of the current public network
interface of the router as the public network address
of NAT server.
interface number
Uses the address of other interfaces as the public
network address of the NAT server. Currently, only
Loopback interface is supported and must be
configured on a router.
2104 nat server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
host-addr IP address of the server in internal LAN.
host-port Service port number provided for a server in the range
of 0 to 65535, and the common used port numbers
are replaced by key words. For example, www service
port number is 80, which can also be represented by
www. ftp service port number is 21, and ftp can also
stands for it. If the inside-port is 0, it indicates that
all the types of services can be provided and the key
word any can be used to stand for it in this situation. If
the parameter is not configured, it is considered as the
case of any, which is the same as that there is a static
connection between global-addr and
host-addr. When the host-port is configured as
any, the global-port also should be any, otherwise
the configuration is illegal.
global-port1, global-port2
Specifies a port range through two port numbers,
forming a corresponding relation with the internal host
address range. global-port2 must be larger than
global-port1.
host-addr1, host-addr2
Defines a group of consecutive address ranges, which
respectively one-to-one matches the port ranges
defined above. host-addr2 must be bigger than
host-addr1. The number of the address ranges
should be the same as the number of ports defined by
global-port1 and global-port2.
pro-type
The protocol type carried by IP, possibly being a
protocol ID, or a key word as a substitution. For
example: icmp (its protocol ID is 1), tcp (its protocol ID
is 6), udp (its protocol ID is 17).
Example Specify the IP address of the interior www server of the LAN as 10.110.10.10, the IP
address of the interior ftp server as 10.110.10.11. It is expected that the outside can
access WEB through http:// 202.110.10.10:8080 and connect FTP web site through
ftp://202.110.10.10. Suppose that Serial0/0/0 is connected to ISP.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 10 8080
i nsi de 10. 110. 10. 10 www
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vr f 10
[ 3Com- vpn- i nst ance] r out e- di st i ngui sher 100: 001
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 10 i nsi de
10. 110. 10. 11 f t p
Specify one interior host 10.110.10.12, expecting that the host of the exterior
network can ping it with ping 202.110.10.11 command.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol i cmp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 11 i nsi de
10. 110. 10. 12
Delete the www server.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 10
8070 i nsi de 10. 110. 10. 10 www
By the command below, the internal ftp server of VPN vrf10 can be removed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat server 2105
Command Reference
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] undo nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 11
8070 i nsi de 10. 110. 10. 11 f t p
Specify an outside address as 202.110.10.10, and map the ports ranging from 1001
to 1100 to the addresses of 10.110.10.1 to 10.110.10.100 respectively to access ftp
service inside VPN vrf10. 202.110.10.10:1001 accesses 10.110.10.1 and
202.110.10:1002 accesses 10.110.10.2, etc.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal 202. 110. 10. 10 1001
1100 i nsi de 10. 110. 10. 1 10. 110. 10. 100 t el net
Specify the address of the current public network interface of the router as the public
network address of NAT server. Configure FTP interface mapping of an internal server
with the IP address of 1.0.0.1 to provide service for public network users.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal cur r ent - i nt er f ace
f t p i nsi de 1. 0. 0. 1 f t p
Specify the IP address obtained by Dialer 0 interface as the public network address of
NAT server.
[ 3Com- Di al er 0] nat ser ver pr ot ocol t cp gl obal cur r ent - i nt er f ace 5000
i nsi de 10. 0. 0. 10 5000
Interface view
Description Through this command, you can configure some internal network servers for outside
use. The internal server can locate in the ordinary private network or in MPLS VPN. For
example, www, ftp, telnet, kpop3, dns and so on.
Up to 256 internal server conversion commands can be configured on one interface
and at most 4096 internal servers can be configured on one interface. Up to 1024
internal server conversion commands can be configured in one system. If the nat
servers are configured in the form of port range (that is, specify a port range through
configuring global-port1 and global-port2, forming a corresponding relation with the
address range of the internal hosts), then the number of internal servers will be the
same as that of the ports configured, and the max number of them are also 4096. To
ensure the normal work of NAT while configuring nat server for tftp, it is required to
configure nat outbound for tftp server in internal network.
The interface on which this command is configured is interconnected with ISP and
serves as the gateway of the internal network.
2106 nat static 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat static
Purpose Use the nat static command to configure a one-to-one private-to-public address
binding.
Use the undo nat static command to delete an existing one-to-one
private-to-public address binding.
Syntax nat static [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] inside-ip global-ip nat
st at i c ip-addr1 ip-addr2
undo nat static [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] inside-ip global-ip
Parameters inside-ipip-addr1
Private IP address of an internal host.
global-ipip-addr2
Global IP address.
Example Bind an internal private IP address with a public IP address for one-to-one address
translation.
[ 3Com] nat st at i c 192. 168. 1. 1 2. 2. 2. 2
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nat static inside 2107
Command Reference
nat static inside
Purpose Use the nat static inside command to create a static net-to-net NAT entry.
When the router translates addresses based on this type of NAT entry, it translates the
network address portion without touching the host address portion.
Use the undo nat static inside command to delete a static net-to-net NAT
entry.
Syntax nat static inside [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] i p
inside-start-address inside-end-address gl obal i p global-ip { mask |
prefix-length }nat st at i c net - t o- net i nsi de i p inside-start-address
inside-end-address gl obal global-address mask
undo nat static inside [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ip
inside-start-address inside-end-address global ip global-ip { mask |
prefix-length }
vpn-instance-name Virtual route forwarding instance of the VPN to which
the internal host belongs. It is a character string in the
length of 1 to 19 characters.
inside-start-address
Start address of an internal-address range.
inside-end-address
End address of the internal-address range.
global-address
Public network segment address.
mask Subnet mask of the public network segment address.
Default By default, no static net-to-net NAT entry is configured.
Example Configure a static net-to-net NAT entry, allowing the addresses in the range 10.1.1.1
to 10.1.1.100 to be translated into addresses on the segment 211.1.1.0 with their
host addresses unchanged.
[ 3Com] nat st at i c i nsi de 10. 1. 1. 1 10. 1. 1. 100 gl obal 211. 1. 1. 0
255. 255. 255. 0
System view
Description The global-address can be any address. Then it will be calculated by combining with
the mask and the length of the mask.
The static NAT entries configured using the nat static inside command must
not conflict with those configured using the nat static command.
2108 nat traversal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nat traversal
Purpose Use the nat traversal command to configure the NAT traversal function of
IKE/IPSec.
Use the undo nat traversal command to disable the NAT traversal function of
IKE/IPSec.
Syntax nat traversal
undo nat traversal
Parameters None
Example Configure the NAT traversal function under the IKE peer new_peer.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - new_peer ] nat t r aver sal
IKE-Peer view
Description This command fits for the application that the NAT GW functionality is included in the
VPN tunnel constructed by IKE/IPSec.
To save IP address space, ISPs often deploy NAT gateways on public networks so that
private IP addresses can be allocated to users. The likelihood thus exists that at one
end of an IPSec/IKE tunnel is a public address and at the other end is a private one. To
set up the tunnel in this case, you must configure NAT traversal at both private
network side and public network side.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family national-bit 2109
Command Reference
national-bit
Purpose Use the national-bit command to configure national bit on the CE3 interface.
Use the undo national-bit command to restore the default or 1.
Syntax national-bit { 0 | 1 }
undo national-bit
Parameters 0 Sets the national bit of the CE3 interface to 0.
1 Sets the national bit of the CE3 interface to 1.
Example Set the national bit to 0 on the interface E3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] nat i onal - bi t 0
CE3 Interface view
Description You need to set the national bit to 0 on an E3 interface only in some special
circumstances.
Related Command controller e3
2110 naturemask-arp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
naturemask-arp
Purpose Use the naturemask-arp enable command to support ARP within natural
network segments rather than subnets.
Use the undo naturemask-arp enable command to disable the support to ARP
within natural network segments.
Syntax naturemask-arp enable
undo naturemask-arp enable
Parameters None
Example Enable ARP within natural network segments.
[ R6000] nat ur emask- ar p enabl e
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nbns-list 2111
Command Reference
nbns-list
Purpose Use the nbns-list command to configure NetBIOS server addresses in a global
DHCP address pool for the clients.
Use the undo nbns-list command to remove the configured NetBIOS server
addresses.
Syntax nbns-list ip-address [ ip-address ]
undo nbns-list { ip-address | al l }
all All the NetBIOS server IP addresses.
Example In the DHCP address pool 0, allocate the NetBIOS server at 10.12.1.99 to the clients.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] nbns- l i st 10. 12. 1. 99
pool.
netbios-type
2112 nesting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nesting
Purpose Use the nesting command to configure a nesting rule.
Use the undo nesting command to delete a nesting rule.
Syntax nesting acl-number
undo nesting acl-number
Nesting ACL number. Valid values are 3000 to 3999.
Default By default, no nesting rule is configured.
Example Configure to nest ACL3001 in ACL3000.
[3Com-acl-adv-3000] nesting 3001
ACL view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family netbios-type 2113
Command Reference
netbios-type
Purpose Use the netbios-type command to configure the NetBIOS node type of the clients
of a global DHCP address pool.
Use the undo netbios-type command to restore the default setting.
Syntax netbios-type { b- node | h- node | m- node | p- node }
undo netbios-type
Parameters b-node
p-node
Peer-to-peer mode, that is, maps are obtained by
m-node Mixed (m) mode, that is, the mode of type b nodes
h-node
Example Specify b-node as the NetBIOS node type of clients of DHCP address pool 0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] net bi os- t ype b- node
nbns-list
2114 network 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
network
Purpose Use the network command to configure the network routes advertised by the local
BGP system.
Use the undo network command to cancel the existing configuration.
Syntax network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ r out e- pol i cy route-policy-name ]
undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ r out e- pol i cy
route-policy-name ]
Network address for BGP to advertise.
address-mask
Mask of the network address.
route-policy-name
Route-policy applied to the advertised route.
Default By default, no route is advertised by the local BGP system.
Example Advertise the route through network segment 10.0.0.0/16.
[ 3Com- bgp] net wor k 10. 0. 0. 1 255. 255. 0. 0
BGP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family network 2115
Command Reference
network
Purpose Use the network command to configure an IP address range used for dynamic
allocation.
Use the undo network command to delete the configuration.
Syntax network ip-address [ mask netmask ]
undo network
The subnet address of an IP address pool used for
dynamic allocation.
mask netmask
Network mask of the IP address pool. Natural mask will
be adopted if the parameter is not specified.
Default By default, no IP address range has been configured for dynamic allocation.
Example Use 192.168.8.0/24 as the address space for DHCP address pool 0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] net wor k 192. 168. 8. 0 mask 255. 255. 255. 0
Description Each DHCP address pool can be configured with a network segment and the new
configuration will replace the old one. If the system requires several such address
segments, you should configure them in multiple address pools.
Command Reference
network
Purpose Use the network command to configure the network addresses to be sent by the
local BGP.
Use the undo network command to remove the existing configuration.
Syntax network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy policy-name ]
undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy policy-name ]
Parameters ip-address Network address that BGP advertises.
address-mask Mask of the network address.
route-policy policy-name: outing policy applied to the routes advertised.
Default By default, the local BGP does not advertise any route.
Example Advertise routes to the network segment 10.0.0.0/16.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] network 10.0.0.1 255.255.0.0
Command Reference
network
Purpose Use the network command to configure the interface running OSPF.
Use the undo network command to cancel the interface running OSPF.
Syntax network ip-address wildcard
undo network ip-address wildcard
Parameters ip-address Address of the network segment where the interface
locates.
wildcard
IP address wildcard mask, which is similar to the
reversed form of the mask of IP address. But when
configure this parameter to type it as mask of IP
address, it could be translated as wildcard mask by
Comware system.
Default By default, the interface does not belong to any area.
Example Specify the interfaces whose master IP addresses are in the segment range of
10.110.36.0 to run the OSPF protocol and specify the number of the OSPF area
(where these interfaces are located) as 6.
[3Com -ospf] area 6
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.6] network 10.110.36.0.0 0.0.0.255
Enable OSPF process 100 on the router and specify the number of the area where the
interface is located as 2.
[3Com ] router id 10.110.1.9
[3Com ] ospf 100
[3Com ] ospf 200 vpn-instance vpn1
[3Com ] ospf 300 vpn-instance vpn1
Network already set in OSPF process 200
Command Reference
OSPF Area view
Description To run the OSPF protocol on one interface, the master IP address of this interface
must be in the range of the network segment specified by this command. If only the
slave IP address of the interface is in the range of the network segment specified by
this command, this interface will not run OSPF protocol.
After OSPF multi-instance is configured, different OSPF processes are bound with
different VPN instances. The network addresses between different processes can be
the same or included. But for the same VPN instance, the network addresses between
different OSPF processes cannot be the same or included. Otherwise, the later
configured command cannot be valid and the following will be displayed: Network
already set in OSPF process xx, that is, if network 10.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 is enabled in
process 100, network 10.1.0.0 0.0.255.255, network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 or
network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 will fail to be enabled in other OSPF processes.
CAUTION:
OSPF configuration can only enable the interfaces that belong to the same VPN
instance.
After OSPF is configured multi-instance, if different VPN instances are bound in
the OSPF process, the network addresses between different processes can be the
same or included. But for the same VPN instance, the network addresses between
different OSPF processes cannot be the same or included.
Related Command ospf
Command Reference
network
Purpose Use the network command to enable Routing Information Protocol (RIP) on the
interface.
Use the undo network command to cancel the RIP on the interface.
Syntax network network-address
undo network network-address
Parameters network-address
Address of the network enabled/disabled. It can be IP
network address of any interface.
Note: For the Router 5000/6000 Family, the network-address argument can be
configured to 0.0.0.0 to enable all network segments.
Default By default, RIP is disabled on any interface.
Example Enable the RIP on the interface with the network address as 129.102.0.0.
[3Com -rip] network 129.102.0.0
RIP view
Description After enabling a RIP routing process, it is disabled on any interface by default. RIP at a
certain interface must be enabled with the network command.
Like the undo rip work command in interface view, the undo network
command in RIP view can disable an interface from receiving or transmitting RIP
routes. They are different in the sense that the undo rip work command does not
prevent other interfaces from forwarding the route of the interface while the undo
network can prevent RIP from advertising the route of the interface and as a result
no route is available for forwarding the packets intended for this interface.
When the network command is used on an address, the effect is that the interface
on the network segment at this address is enabled. For example, the results of
viewing the network 129.102.1.1 with both the display
current-configuration command and the display rip command are
shown as the network 129.102.0.0.
Related Command rip work
2120 network-entity 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
network-entity
Purpose Use the network-entity command to configure the name of Network Entity Title
(NET) of the IS-IS routing process.
Use the undo network-entity command to cancel a NET.
Syntax network-entity net
undo network-entity net
Parameters net Specifies the NET (Network Entity Title ) in the
XX.XXXX....XXXX.00 format, in which the first
"XX" is the area address, the twelve Xs in the
middle is the System ID of the router, and the 00 in the
end is SEL.
Default By default, the value is No NET.
Example Specify NET as 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00, in which the system ID is
1010.1020.1030, area ID is 10.0001.
[ 3Com] i si s
IS-IS view
Description NET means the Network Service Access Point (NSAP). The NET field of IS-IS is 8 to 20
bytes.
It consists of three parts. Part one is area ID, which is variable (1 to 13 bytes), and the
area IDs of the routers in the same area are identical. Part two is system ID (6 bytes) of
this router, which must be unique in the whole area and backbone area. Part three,
the last byte "SEL", whose value must be "00". Usually, one router can be configured
with one NET. When the area is redesigned by combination or separation, after
reconfiguration, the correctness and continuity of the routes must be ensured.
isis enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family normal-connect slow-h245 2121
Command Reference
normal-connect slow-h245
Purpose Use the normal-connect slow-h245 command to configure disabling the
calling end from actively initiating an H245 connection request to the called end
before the called end is hooked off in voice entity view.
Use the undo default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to
restore the default value (i.e. allow the calling end to actively initiate an H245
connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off).
Use the normal-connect slow-h245 command to disable the calling end from
actively initiating an H245 connection request to the called end before the called end
is hooked off in voice entity view.
Syntax normal-connect slow-h245
undo normal-connect slow-h245
Parameters None
Default Enable the calling end to actively initiate an H245 connection request to the called
end before the called end is hooked off.
Example Configure for VoIP voice entity 103 to disable the calling end from actively initiating
the H245 connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y103] nor mal - connect sl ow- h245
Related Commands fast-connect
2122 nslookup type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
nslookup type
Purpose Use the nslookup type command to resolve the specified IP address or domain
name to a domain name or IP address.
Syntax nslookup type { pt r ip-address | a domain-name }
Parameters ptr ip-address
Resolves the specified IP address to a domain name.
a domain-name
Resolves the specified domain name to an IP address.
The domain name may be any string up to 30
characters long. Automatic domain name appending is
supported.
Example Resolve the address 192.168.3.2 to a domain name.
<3Com> nsl ookup t ype pt r 192. 168. 3. 2
Tr yi ng DNS ser ver ( 10. 72. 66. 36)
Name: www. 3Com. com
Addr ess: 192. 168. 3. 2
Resolve www.3Com.com to an IP address.
<3Com> nsl ookup t ype a www. 3Com. com
Tr yi ng DNS ser ver ( 10. 72. 66. 36)
Name: www. 3Com. com
Addr ess: 192. 168. 3. 2
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family nssa 2123
Command Reference
nssa
Purpose Use the nssa command to configure an area as NSSA area.
Use the undo nssa command to cancel the function.
Syntax nssa [ default-route-advertise ] [ no-import-route ] [ no-summary ]
undo nssa
Parameters default-route-advertise Only available for the NSSA ABR or ASBR. When using
the parameter at NSSA ABR to generate Type-7 LSAs
for the default route no matter whether there exists
the default route 0.0.0.0 in the routing table. When
using the parameter at NSSA ASBR to generate Type-7
LSAs for the default route only if there exists the
default route 0.0.0.0 in the routing table.
no-import-route Forbids AS external routes to be redistributed in to the
NSSA as Type-7 LSAs. This parameter is available for
the NSSA ABR and for the ASBR in OSPF AS, to ensure
all external route information is redistributed into the
OSPF areas.
no-summary
Only available for the NSSA ABR. When the parameter
is selected, the NSSA ABR advertises a default route via
the Summary-LSAs (Type-3) in the area, but no other
Summary-LSAs to other areas.
Default By default, NSSA area is not configured.
Example Configure area 1 as NSSA.
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] nssa
OSPF Area view
Description For all the routers in the NSSA area, the command nssa must be used to configure
the area as NSSA.
2124 ntp-service access 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service access
Purpose Use the ntp-service access command to control access to the NTP service on
the local device.
Use the undo ntp-service access command to cancel the limit on the access
right.
Syntax ntp-service access { query | synchronization | server | peer }
acl-number
undo ntp-service access { query | synchronization | server | peer }
Parameters query
Query right.
synchronization
access to the server is permitted.
server Both access to the server and query are allowed.
peer Full access right.
acl-number IP ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Default By default, no access right is configured.
Example Enable the peer in ACL 76 to perform time request, query control and time
synchronization on the local device.
[3Com] ntp-service access peer 76
Enable the peer in ACL 28 to perform time request, query control on the local device.
[3Com] ntp-service access server 28
System view
Description You can control access to the NTP service on the local device with this command.
Each time the system receives a request, it compares the request against the access
control restrictions from least to maximum: peer, server, synchronization, query.
For protection more secure, you need to configure identification authentication.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service authentication enable 2125
Command Reference
ntp-service authentication enable
Purpose Use the ntp-service authentication enable command to enable NTP
service ID authentication.
Use the undo ntp-service authentication enable command to disable
NTP service ID authentication.
Syntax ntp-service authentication enable
undo ntp-service authentication enable
Parameters None
Default By default, ID authentication is disabled.
Example Enable NTP service ID authentication.
[3Com] ntp-service authentication enable
System view
2126 ntp-service authentication-keyid 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service authentication-keyid
Purpose Use the ntp-service authentication-keyid command to set an NTP
authentication key.
Use the undo ntp-service authentication-keyid command to cancel the
NTP authentication key.
Syntax ntp-service authentication-keyid number authentication-mode md5 value
undo ntp-service authentication-keyid number
Parameters number
Key ID. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
value
The key, which comprises 1 to 32 ASCII characters.
Default By default, no authentication key is configured.
Example Set MD5 ID authentication key: the key ID number is 10 and the key is BetterKey.
[3Com] ntp-service authentication-keyid 10 authentication-mode md5
BetterKey
System view
Description This command only supports MD5 authentication.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service broadcast-client 2127
Command Reference
ntp-service broadcast-client
Purpose Use the ntp-service broadcast-client command to configure NTP
broadcast client mode.
Use the undo ntp-service broadcast-client command to cancel NTP
broadcast client mode.
Syntax ntp-service broadcast-client
undo ntp-service broadcast-client
Parameters None
Default By default, NTP broadcast client service is not configured.
Example Enable the interface Ethernet 1/0/1 to receive NTP broadcast packets.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] ntp-service broadcast-client
Interface view
Description This command specifies the interface to receive NTP broadcast packets. Operating in
broadcast client mode, the device listens to broadcast packets from the server. When
receiving the first broadcast packet, it first enters a transient client/server model to
exchange messages with the remote server in order to estimate network delay. Then it
enters the client mode to listen to the broadcast packets and synchronizes the local
clock according to the received broadcast packets.
2128 ntp-service broadcast-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service broadcast-server
Purpose Use the ntp-service broadcast-server command to configure NTP
broadcast server mode.
Use the undo ntp-service broadcast-server command to cancel NTP
broadcast server mode.
Syntax ntp-service broadcast-server [ authentication-keyid keyid | version
number ] *
undo ntp-service broadcast-server
Parameters authentication-keyid
Specifies an ID authentication key.
keyid
Key ID number used when transmitting messages to
broadcast clients. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
version
Specifies an NTP version.
number
NTP version in the range 1 to 3.
Default By default, broadcast service is not configured and NTP version 3 is used.
Example Specify Ethernet 1/0/0 to transmit NTP broadcast packets, use the key numbered four
for encryption, and set NTP version number to three.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] ntp-service broadcast-server authentication-key 4
version 3
Interface view
Description This command specifies the interface to transmit NTP broadcast packets. In broadcast
server mode, the local device operates as a broadcast server to transmit broadcast
messages periodically to the broadcast clients.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions 2129
Command Reference
ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions
Purpose Use the ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions command to set the number of
sessions allowed by the local device.
Use the undo ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions command to restore the
default, or 100.
Syntax ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions number
undo ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions
Parameters number
Number of sessions allowed to be established locally.
Example Set the number of sessions allowed by the local device to 50.
[3Com] ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions 50
System view
2130 ntp-service multicast-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service multicast-client
Purpose Use the ntp-service multicast-client command to configure NTP
multicast client mode.
Use the undo ntp-service multicast-client command to cancel NTP multicast
client mode.
Syntax ntp-service multicast-client [ X.X.X.X ]
undo ntp-service multicast-client [ X.X.X.X ]
Parameters X.X.X.X
Multicast IP address, or a class D address.
Default By default, multicast client service is not configured and X.X.X.X is 224.0.1.1.
Example Configure Ethernet 1/0/0 to receive NTP multicast packets. The multicast address
corresponding to the multicast packets is 224.0.1.1.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] ntp-service multicast-client 224.0.1.1
Interface view
Description This command specifies the interface to receive NTP multicast packets. Operating in
multicast client mode, the local device listens to multicast packets from the server.
When receiving the first multicast packet, the local device first enters a transient
client/server model to exchange messages with the remote server in order to estimate
network delay. Then it enters multicast client mode to listen to the multicast packets
and synchronizes the local clock according to the incoming multicast packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service multicast-server 2131
Command Reference
ntp-service multicast-server
Purpose Use the ntp-service multicast-server command to configure NTP multicast
server mode.
Use the undo ntp-service multicast-server command to cancel NTP
multicast server mode.
Syntax ntp-service multicast-server [ X.X.X.X ] [ authentication-keyid keyid |
ttl ttl-number | version number ] *
undo ntp-service multicast-server [ X.X.X.X ]
Parameters X.X.X.X Multicast IP address, a class D address. The default
address is 224.0.1.1.
authentication-keyid
Specifies the ID authentication key.
keyid
Key ID used when transmitting messages to the
multicast clients. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
ttl
Lifetime of multicast packets.
ttl-number
Lifetime of multicast packets. Valid values are 1 to 255.
version
Specifies an NTP version.
number
NTP version number. Valid values are 1 to 3.
Default By default, multicast service is not configured, the IP address is 224.0.1.1 and NTP
version 3 is used.
Example Configure Ethernet 1/0/0 to transmit NTP multicast messages. Set the multicast
address to 224.0.1.1, encryption key ID to four and NTP version to three.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] ntp-service multicast-server 224.0.1.1
authentication-keyid 4 version 3
Interface view
Description This command specifies the interface to transmit NTP multicast packets. In multicast
server mode, the local device operates as a multicast server to transmit multicast
messages periodically to the multicast clients.
2132 ntp-service refclock-master 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service refclock-master
Purpose Use the ntp-service refclock-master command to set the local clock as the
NTP master clock to provide synchronization source.
Use the undo ntp-service refclock-master command to remove the
setting of the NTP master clock.
Syntax ntp-service refclock-master [ X.X.X.X ] [ layers-number ]
undo ntp-service refclock-master [ X.X.X.X ]
Parameters X.X.X.X
IP address of the reference clock 127.127.1.u, where u
is an integer in the range 0 to 3.
layers-number
Specifies the stratum of the local clock. Valid values are
1 to 15.
If no value is specified, the default stratum of the local
clock is 8.
Default By default, the IP address of reference clock is not specified. In this case, the local
clock is the NTP master clock.
Example Use the local device as the NTP master clock to provide synchronization source for
other peers. Set layers-number to three.
[3Com] ntp-service refclock-master 3
System view
Description You may set the stratum of the NTP master clock in this command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid 2133
Command Reference
ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid
Purpose Use the ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid command to
specify a reliable key.
Use the undo ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid command
to cancel the setting.
Syntax ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid number
undo ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid number
Parameters number
Key ID. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
Default By default, no reliable authentication key is set.
Example Enable ID authentication of NTP. Adopt MD5 encryption, and specify the key ID to 37
and the key to BetterKey. Specify the key to be reliable.
[3Com] ntp-service authentication enable
[3Com] ntp-service authentication-keyid 37 authentication-mode md5
BetterKey
[3Com] ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid 37
System view
Description When ID authentication is enabled, you can use this command to specify that one or
more keys are reliable. The client only synchronizes to the server that provides the
reliable key.
2134 ntp-service source-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ntp-service source-interface
Purpose Use the ntp-service source-interface command to specify an interface for
the local end to transmit NTP messages.
Use the undo ntp-service source-interface command to cancel the
setting.
Syntax ntp-service source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ntp-service source-interface
Specifies an interface along with
interface-number.
interface-number
Specifies an interface along with interface-type.
Example Use the IP address of interface Ethernet 1/0/0 as the source address of all the NTP
messages to be transmitted.
[3Com] ntp-service source-interface ethernet 1/0/0
System view
Description Normally, the source IP address of an NTP message is the address of its output
interface. However, you may use this command to specify the source IP address for all
the NTP messages to be transmitted. The replies to these messages, as a result, use
that address as their destination address.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service unicast-peer 2135
Command Reference
ntp-service unicast-peer
Purpose Use the ntp-service unicast-peer command to configure NTP peer mode.
Use the undo ntp-service unicast-peer command to cancel the setting.
Syntax ntp-service unicast-peer [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] {X.X.X.X |
server-name } [ version number | authentication-key keyid |
source-interface interface-type interface-number | priority ] *
undo ntp-service unicast-peer [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] {
X.X.X.X | server-name }
vpn-instance-name
Specifies a VPN instance, through which the router can
synchronize to the remote server and vice versa.
X.X.X.X
IP address of the remote server.
server-name
Remote server name.
version
NTP version number.
number
NTP version number. Valid values are 1 to 3.
authentication-keyid
Specifies an ID authentication key.
keyid
Key ID used when transmitting messages to the
remote server. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
source-interface
interface-type
interface-number.
interface-number
Specifies an interface along with interface-type.
The IP address of this interface is the source address in
the NTP messages to be transmitted.
priority
Specifies the server as the one always preferred.
Default By default, NTP version 3 is used, ID authentication is not configured and the server is
not the preferred one.
Example Allow the local device and its peer at 128.108.22.44 to synchronize to each other.
Specify NTP version to three and use the IP address of Ethernet 1/0/0 as the source IP
address of the NTP messages.
[3Com] ntp-service unicast-peer 128.108.22.44 version 3
source-interface ethernet 1/0/0
2136 ntp-service unicast-peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description This command sets the remote server specified by X.X.X.X as the peer of the local
device, while the local device is operating in symmetric active mode. X.X.X.X is a
host address and cannot be the address of the broadcast, multicast or reference clock.
In this configuration, the local device and the remote server can synchronize to each
other.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ntp-service unicast-server 2137
Command Reference
ntp-service unicast-server
Purpose Use the ntp-service unicast-server command to configure NTP server
mode.
Use the undo ntp-service unicast-server command to cancel the setting.
Syntax ntp-service unicast-server [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] {X.X.X.X
| server-name } [ version number | authentication-keyid keyid |
source-interface interface-type interface-number | priority ] *
undo ntp-service unicast-server [X.X.X.X | server-name ]
vpn-instance-name
Specifies a VPN instance, through which, the local
device can synchronize to the remote server, but not
the vice versa.
X.X.X.X IP address of the remote server.
server-name Remote server name.
version NTP version number.
number NTP version number. Valid values are 1 to 3.
authentication-keyid Specifies an ID authentication key.
keyid Key ID used when transmitting messages to the
remote server. Valid values are 1 to 4294967295.
source-interface
interface-type
interface-number.
interface-number Specifies an interface along with interface-type.
The IP address of this interface is the source address in
the NTP messages to be transmitted.
priority
Specifies the server as the preferred one.
Default By default, NTP version 2 is used, ID authentication is not configured and the server is
not the preferred one.
Example Configure the local device to synchronize to the server at 128.108.22.44. NTP Version
3 is used.
[3Com] ntp-service unicast-server 128.108.22.44 Version 3
System view
2138 ntp-service unicast-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description This command sets the remote server specified by X.X.X.X or server-name as the
local time server. The X.X.X.X is a host address and cannot be the IP address of the
broadcast, multicast or reference clock. In this configuration, the local device can
synchronize to the remote server but not the vice versa.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family number-match 2139
Command Reference
number-match
Purpose Use the number-match command to configure a global number match-policy.
Use the undo number-match command to restore the default.
Syntax number-match { l ongest | shor t est }
undo number-match
Parameters longest Indicate to perform the match according to the longest
number.
shortest
Indicate to perform the match according to the
shortest number.
Default By default, match according to the shortest number.
Example Configure that the number match is performed according to the longest number.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] number - mat ch l ongest
Description Command number-match is used to decide if the match is performed according to
the longest or the shortest number for the number match. For instance,
match-template 0106688 and match-template 01066880011 are respectively
configured in two voice entities.
When the user dials 01066880011, if the router is configured with the shortest
number match-policy, then the router originates a connection to 0106688 at the
remote end, and the four numbers 0011 will not be processed; if the router is
configured with the longest number match-policy, and the user only dials 0106688,
the router will wait for the user to dial. After timeout, the number match-policy
configured with the system is neglected, and the shortest number match-policy will
be automatically followed to make a call; if the user dials 0106688# (here the "#
represents the dial terminator configured by the system), the router will likewise
neglect the number match-policy configured by the system and use the shortest
number match-policy, thus providing a greater flexibility for the configuration of user
dial scheme.
2140 number-substitute 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
number-substitute
Purpose Use the number-substitute command to create a number-substitute list and
enter voice dial program view.
Use the undo number-substitute command to delete the specified
number-substitute list or all the number-substitute lists.
Syntax number-substitute list-number
undo number-substitute { list-number | al l }
Serial number of number-substitute list. Valid values
are 1 to 2147483647.
all
All number-substitute lists.
Default By default, no number-substitute list is created.
Example Enter voice dial program view and create a number-substitute list.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - subst i t ut e1]
Related Commands rule
substitute
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family oam ais-rdi 2141
Command Reference
oam ais-rdi
Purpose Use the oam ais-rdi command to change the parameters related to AIS/RDI alarm
cell detection. If no argument is specified, the default value applies.
Use the undo oam ais-rdi command to restore the default.
Syntax oam ais-rdi up up-count down down-count
undo oam ais-rdi
Parameters up-count
Number of contiguous seconds during which no alarm
indication signal/remote defect indication (AIS/RDI)
alarm cell is received. It ranges from 3 to 60 seconds
and defaults to 3 seconds. Upon its expiration, the
specified PVC goes up.
down-count
Number of contiguous AIS/RDI alarm cells received on
the specified PVC. It ranges from 1 to 60 seconds and
defaults to 1. Upon its expiration, the PVC goes up.
Default By default, AIS/RDI alarm cell detection is enabled, allowing a PVC to come down
after receiving the number of AIS/RDI alarm cells specified by down-count and to go
up if no AIS/RDI alarm cell is present for contiguous seconds specified by up-count.
Example Modify the AIS/RDI alarm detection parameters on PVC1/32, setting both up-count
and down-count to 5.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] oamai s- r di up 5 down 5
ATM Class view
PVC view
2142 oam frequency 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
oam frequency
Purpose Use the oam frequency command to enable the transmission of OAM F5
Loopback cell so as to check the PVC status. You can also enable OAM F5 Loopback
retransmission check or modify the related parameters of the retransmission check.
Use the undo oam frequency command to disable the transmission and
retransmission check of the cell.
Syntax oam frequency frequency [ up up-count down down-count r et r y- f r equency
retry-frequency ]
undo oam frequency
Parameters frequency Time interval to send operations, administration, and
maintenance (OAM) F5 Loopback cells in seconds, and
the range of the value is 1 to 600.
up-count The number of OAM F5 Loopback cells continuously
and correctly received before PVC status changes to
UP. The range of the number is 1 to 600.
down-count
The number of OAM F5 Loopback cells continuously
and correctly not received before PVC status changes
to DOWN. The range of the number is 1 to 600.
retry-frequency
Before PVC status changes, the sending interval of
OAM F5 Loopback cell in retransmission check, in
second. The range of the value is 1 to 1000.
Default By default, OAM F5 Loopback cell transmission is disabled, but if OAM F5 Loopback
cell is received, it should be responded. By default, up-count is 3, down-count is 5
and retry-frequency is 1 second.
Example Display how to enable OAM F5 Loopback check at PVC 1/32, with the period of 12
seconds. And set the retransmission check up-count as 4, down-count as 4 and
retransmission period as 1 second.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32] oamf r equency 12 up 4 down 4
r et r y- f r equency 1
ATM Class view
PVC view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family oamping interface 2143
Command Reference
oamping interface
Purpose Use the oamping interface command to enable the specified ATM interface to
send OAM cells on the specified PVC for checking link state. Receiving no response
upon expiration of the specified time indicates that the link is disconnected, busy, or
prone to packet loss.
Syntax oamping interface at minterface-num pvc {pvc-name | vpi / vci } [ number ]
timeout
Parameters atm interface-num
ATM interface number.
pvc-name
PVC name.
vpi/vci
VPI/VCI number.
number
Number of OAM cells to be transmitted consecutively.
It defaults to 5.
timeout
OAM response timeout time in seconds. It defaults to
2.
Example Check the link state about PVC 1/32 on ATM interface 3/0/0, sending three cells and
setting timeout time to one second.
[ Rout er - At m1/ 0/ 0] oampi ng i nt er f ace at m3/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32 3 1
PI NG i nt er f ace At m3/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32 wi t h 3 of 53 byt es of oamF5
end- t o- end cel l ( s) ,
t i meout i s 1 second( s) , pr ess CTRL_C t o br eak
Recei ve r epl y f r ompvc 1/ 32: t i me=1 ms
ATM Interface view
2144 opaque-capability 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
opaque-capability
Purpose Use the opaque-capability enable command to enable the Opaque capability
of OSPF.
Use the undo opaque-capability command to disable the Opaque capability of
OSPF.
Syntax opaque-capability enable
undo opaque-capability
Parameters None
Example Enable Opaque capability.
[3Com -ospf-100] opaque-capability enable
OSPF view
By default, Opaque capability of OSPF is enabled.
If the application based on Opaque LSA is enabled, for example, the area TE
capability is enabled, the Opaque capability cannot be disabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family open 2145
Command Reference
open
Purpose Use the open command to set up control connection to the remote FTP server.
Syntax open ipaddr [ port ] [-a ip-address]
Parameters ipaddr IP address of the remote FTP server.
port Port number of the remote FTP server.
-a ip-address Source address of the FTP client.
Example Set up FTP connection to the FTP server on the host 10.110.3.1.
[ftp] open 10.110.3.1
FTP Client view
2146 open-trunk 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
open-trunk
Purpose Use the open-trunk command to enable E&M non-signaling mode.
Use the undo open-trunk command to delete E&M non-signaling mode.
Syntax open-trunk { cal l er [ moni t or interval ] | cal l ed }
undo open-trunk [ cal l er moni t or ]
Parameters caller
Enables E&M non-signaling mode but not the
monitoring function when voice gateway works as the
calling end.
monitor interval
Enables E&M non-signaling mode and the monitoring
function at the same time when voice gateway works
as the calling end. The monitoring time is specified by
interval.
called
Enables E&M non-signaling mode when voice gateway
works as the called end.
Default E&M non-signaling mode is disabled.
When you use the open-trunk caller monitor interval command to enable E&M
non-signaling mode and the monitoring function at the same time, executing the
undo open-trunk monitor command to delete the monitoring function (Note that the
execution of this command only disables the monitoring function but does not delete
E&M non-signaling mode.); If you use the undo open-trunk command, not only E&M
non-signaling mode will be deleted, but also the monitoring function will be disabled.
Example Configure to enable E&M non-signaling mode and the monitoring function at the
same time. The monitoring time is 120 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 0/ 0] open- t r unk cal l er moni t or 120
Analog E&M Voice Subscriber Line view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family option 2147
Command Reference
option
Purpose Use the option command to configure the self-defined options for a DHCP global
address pool.
Use the undo option command to delete the DHCP self-defined options.
Syntax option code { asci i ascii-string | hex hex-string | i p- addr ess
ip-address }
undo option code
Parameters code
Option value that needs to be assigned by the user.
ascii ascii-string
ASCII string.
hex hex-string
2-digit or 4-digit hexadecimal string, such as hh or
hhhh.
ip-address ip-address IP address.
Example Define the hexadecimal strings of the option code 100 to 0x11 and 0x22.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] opt i on 100 hex 11 22
Description New options are emerging along with the development of DHCP. In order to
accommodate these options, manual option addition is supported so that they can be
added into the attribute list maintained by the DHCP server.
Related Commands dhcp server option (Interface view)
2148 organization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
organization
Purpose Use the organization command to specify the name of the organization to which
the entity belongs.
Use the undo organization command to delete that name.
Syntax organization org-str
undo organization
Parameters org-str organization name in the range of 1~31 characters
Default By default, no organization name is specified for any entity.
Example Configure the name of the organization to which an entity belongs
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] or gani zat i on 3Com3com
PKI Entity view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family organizational-unit 2149
Command Reference
organizational-unit
Purpose Use the organizational-unit command to specify the name of the organization
unit to which this entity belongs.
Use the undo organizational-unit command to delete the specified
organization unit name.
Syntax organizational-unit org-unit-str
undo organizational-unit
Parameters org-unit-str
Organization unit name, comprised of a string from 1
Default By default, no organization unit name is specified for any entity.
Example Configure the name of the organization unit to which an entity belongs
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] or gani zat i onal - uni t sof t pl at
PKI Entity view
2150 originating-rp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
originating-rp
Purpose Use the originating-rp command to allow a MSDP to use the IP address of
specified interface as the RP address in the SA message originated.
Use the undo originating-rp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax originating-rp interface-type interface-number
undo originating-rp
Default By default, the RP address in the SA message is the RP address configured by PIM.
Example Configure IP address of the interface Ethernet1/0/0 as the RP address in the SA
message originated.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] originating-rp ethernet 1/0/0
MSDP view
Description Configure logical RP by using this command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family osm connect slot 2151
Command Reference
osm connect slot
Purpose Use the osm connect slot command to connect the current control terminal to
the OSM board to manage the system on the OSM board. If you want to return from
the OSM board to the operation interface on the router, click hot key <Ctrl+k>.
Syntax osm connect slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum
Number of the slot OSM card is in.
Example Connect the current control terminal of the router to the OSM board in slot3.
<3Com> osm connect slot 3
User view
2152 osm reboot slot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
osm reboot slot
Purpose Use the osm reboot slot command to reset the OSM board.
Syntax osm reboot slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum
Number of the slot OSM board is in.
Example None
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family osm reload slot 2153
Command Reference
osm reload slot
Purpose Use the osm reload slot command to restart the operation system on OSM
board.
Syntax osm reload slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum Number of the slot the OSM board is installed.
Example Restart the operation system of the OSM board in slot3.
<3Com>osm reload slot 3
This command will reload the OSM.
Continue? [Y/N]y
Reload OSM by command
User view
Description The service interruption resulting from restart of the operation system.
Related Commands osm reboot slot
osm shutdown slot
2154 osm shutdown slot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
osm shutdown slot
Purpose Use the osm shutdown slot command to shut down the operation system on
OSM board. This operation equals to execute the turn off command on the operation
system of OSM board.
Syntax osm shutdown slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum Number of the slot the OSM board is installed.
Example Shut down the operation system of the OSM board in slot3.
<3Com> osm shutdown slot 3
This command will shutdown the OSM.
Continue? [Y/N]y
OSM is being shutdown. You can use reboot command to recover from
shutdown
User view
Related Commands osm reboot slot
osm reload slot
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf 2155
Command Reference
ospf
Purpose Use the ospf command to enable the OSPF protocol.
Use the undo ospf command to disable the OSPF protocol.
Syntax ospf [ process-id [ [ router-id router-id ] vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
] ]
undo ospf [ process-id ]
Number of an OSPF process. If no process number is
specified the default number 1 is used.
router-id
Router ID employed by the OSPF process, in dotted
decimal notation.
vpn-instance-name Name of the VPN instance bound with the OSPF
process.
Default By default, the system does not run the OSPF protocol.
Example Enable the OSPF protocol.
[3Com ] router id 10.110.1.8
[3Com ] ospf
[3Com -ospf-1]
Enable OSPF process 120.
[3Com ] router id 10.110.1.8
[3Com ] ospf 120
[3Com -ospf-120]
System view
Description By specifying different process IDs, you can run multiple OSPF processes on the same
router. In this case, you are recommended to use router-id to specify different Router
IDs for those processes.
After enabling OSPF protocol, the user can make the corresponding configuration in
OSPF view.
If you use OSPF as the VPN interior routing protocol of the MPLS VPN solution, the
OSPF process must be bound with the VPN instance. For more details, refer to the
VPN section of this manual.
2156 ospf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Command network
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf authentication-mode 2157
Command Reference
ospf authentication-mode
Purpose Use the ospf authentication-mode command to configure the authentication
mode and key between adjacent routers.
Use the undo ospf authentication-mode command to cancel the
authentication key that has been set.
Syntax ospf authentication-mode { simple password | md5 key-id key }
undo ospf authentication-mode { simple | md5 }
Parameters simple password
Character string not exceeding 8 characters using
simple text authentication.
key-id ID of the authentication key in MD5 cipher text
authentication mode. Valid values are 1 to 255.
key
MD5 authentication key. If it is input in a simple form,
MD5 key is a character string of 1 to 16 characters.
And it will be displayed in a cipher text form in a
length of 24 characters when display
current-configuration command is executed. Inputting
the 24-character MD5 key in a cipher text form is also
supported.
Default By default, the interface does not authenticate the OSPF packets.
Example Set the area 1 where the network segment 131.119.0.0 of Interface serial1/0/0 is
located to support MD5 cipher text authentication. The authentication key identifier
is set to 15 and the authentication key is 3Com.
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] authentication-mode md5
[3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] interface serial 1/0/0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ospf aut hent i cat i on- mode md5 15 3Com
Interface view
Description The passwords for authentication keys of the routers on the same network segment
must be identical. In addition, using authentication-mode command to set the
authentication type of the area authentication key so as to validate the configuration.
Related Command authentication-mode
2158 ospf cost 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf cost
Purpose Use the ospf cost command to configure different packet sending costs so as to
send packets from different interfaces.
Use the undo ospf cost command to restore the default costs.
Syntax ospf cost value
undo ospf cost
Parameters value Cost for running OSPF protocol. Valid values are 1 to
65535.
Default By default, the interface automatically calculates the costs required for running OSPF
protocol according to the current Baud rate.
Example Specify the cost spent when an interface runs OSPF as 33.
[3Com ] interface serial1/0/0
[3Com -Serial1/0/0] ospf cost 33
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf dr-priority 2159
Command Reference
ospf dr-priority
Purpose Use the ospf dr-priority command to configure the priority for electing the
"designated router" on an interface.
Use the undo ospf dr-priority command to restore the default value.
Syntax ospf dr-priority value
undo ospf dr-priority
Parameters value
Interface priority for electing the "designated
router."Valid values are 0 to 255.
If no values is specified, the default value is 1.
Example Set the priority of the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to 8, when electing the DR.
[3Com ] interface Ethernet1/0/0
[3Com -Ethernet1/0/0] ospf dr-priority 8
Interface view
Description Interface priority determines the interface qualification when electing the
designated router. The interface with high priority is considered first when there is
collision in election.
2160 ospf mib-binding 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf mib-binding
Purpose Use the ospf mib-binding command, MIB operation can be bound on the
specified OSPF process.
Use the undo ospf mib-binding command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax ospf mib-binding process-id
undo ospf mib-binding
Parameters process-id Number of OSPF process.
Default By default, MIB operation is bound on the first enabled OSPF process.
Example Bind MIB operation on OSPF process 100.
[3Com ] ospf mib-binding 100
Cancel MIB operation binding
[3Com ] undo ospf mib-binding
System view
Description MIB operation is always bound on the first process enabled by OSPF protocol. Use the
this command, MIB operation can be bound on other OSPF processes. Use the undo
ospf mib-binding command to cancel the binding configuration. MIB operation
is rebound automatically by OSPF protocol on the first enabled process.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf mtu-enable 2161
Command Reference
ospf mtu-enable
Purpose Use the ospf mtu-enable command to enable the interface to write MTU value
when sending DD packets.
Use the undo ospf mtu-enable command to restore the default settings.
Syntax ospf mtu-enable
undo ospf mtu-enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the MTU value is 0 when sending DD packets, that is, the actual MTU
value of the interface is not written.
The default MTU value of DD packet is 0. With this command, the specified interface
can be set manually to write the MTU value area in DD packets when sending DD
packets, i.e. the actual MTU value of the interface is written in.
Example Set interface Ethernet1/0/0 to write MTU value area when sending DD packets.
[3Com ] interface Ethernet1/0/0
[3Com -Ethernet1/0/0] ospf mtu-enable
Interface view
Description Database Description Packets (DD packets) are used to describe its own LSDB when
the router running OSPF protocol is synchronizing the database.
2162 ospf network-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf network-type
Purpose Use the ospf network-type command to configure the network type of OSPF
interface.
Use the undo ospf network-type command to restore the default network
type of the OSPF interface.
Syntax ospf network-type { broadcast | nbma | p2mp | p2p }
undo ospf network-type
Parameters broadcast
Changes the interface network type to broadcast.
nbma
Changes the interface network type to Non-Broadcast
Multicast Access.
p2mp Changes the interface network type to
point-to-multipoint.
p2p
Changes the interface network type to point-to-point.
Example Set the interface serial1/0/0 to NBMA type.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] ospf network-type nbma
Interface view
Description OSPF divides networks into four types by link layer protocol:
Broadcast: If Ethernet is adopted, OSFP defaults the network type to broadcast.
Non-Broadcast Multi-access (nbma): If Frame Relay, ATM, HDLC or X.25 is
adopted, OSPF defaults the network type to NBMA.
Point-to-Multipoint (p2mp): OSPF will not default the network type of any link
layer protocol to p2mp. The general undertaking is to change a partially
connected NBMA network to p2mp network if the NBMA network is not
fully-meshed.
Point-to-point (p2p): If PPP or LAPB is adopted, OSPF defaults the network type to
p2p.
If there is a router not supporting multicast address on the broadcast network, the
interface network type can be changed to NBMA. The interface network type can
also be changed from NBMA to broadcast.
A network that can be called an NBMA network or can be changed to a broadcast
network should satisfy the following condition: there is a virtual circuit directly
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf network-type 2163
Command Reference
connects any two routers on the network. In other words, the network is full-meshed.
If the network cannot satisfy this condition, the interface network type must be
changed to point-to-multipoint. In this way, these two routers can exchange routing
information via a router directly connected with the two routers.
If there are only two routers running OSPF protocol on the same network segment,
the interface network type can be changed to point-to-point.
Note: When the network type of an interface is NBMA or it is changed to NBMA
manually, the peer command must be used to configure the neighboring point.
Related Command ospf dr-priority
2164 ospf timer dead 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf timer dead
Purpose Use the ospf timer dead command to configure the dead interval of the OSPF
neighbor.
Use the undo ospf timer dead command to restore the default value of the
dead interval of the neighbor.
Syntax ospf timer dead seconds
undo ospf timer dead
Parameters seconds
Dead interval of the OSPF neighbor (in seconds). Valid
Default By default, the dead interval for the OSPF neighbors of p2p and broadcast interfaces
is 40 seconds, and for those of p2mp and nbma interfaces is 120 seconds.
Example Set the neighbor dead interval on the interface serial1/0/0 to 80 seconds.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] ospf timer dead 80
Interface view
Description The dead interval of OSPF neighbors means that within this interval, if no Hello
message is received from the neighbor, the neighbor will be considered to be invalid.
The value of dead seconds should be at least four times the value of the Hello
seconds. The dead seconds for the routers on the same network segment must be
identical.
Related Command ospf timer hello
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf timer hello 2165
Command Reference
ospf timer hello
Purpose Use the ospf timer hello command to configure the interval for transmitting
Hello messages on an interface.
Use the undo ospf timer hello command to restore the default value.
Syntax ospf timer hello seconds
undo ospf timer hello
Parameters seconds
Interval for an interface to transmit hello message (in
Default By default, the interval is 10 seconds for an interface of p2p or broadcast type to
transmit Hello messages, and 30 seconds for an interface of nbma or p2mp type.
Example Configure the interval of transmitting Hello packets on the interface serial1/0/0 to 20
seconds.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] ospf timer hello 20
Interface view
Related Command ospf timer dead
2166 ospf timer poll 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf timer poll
Purpose Use the ospf timer poll command to configure the poll Hello message interval
on nbma and p2mp network.
Use the undo ospf timer poll command to restore the default value.
Syntax ospf timer poll seconds
undo ospf timer poll
Parameters seconds Specifies the poll Hello messages interval (in seconds).
Example Configure to transmit poll Hello message from interface serial2/0/0 every 130
seconds.
[3Com -serial2/0/0] ospf timer poll 130
Interface view
Description On the nbma and p2mp network, if a neighbor is invalid, the Hello message will be
transmitted regularly according to the poll seconds. You can configure the poll
seconds to specify how often the interface transmits Hello messages before it
establishes adjacency with the adjacent router.
You are recommended to set the poll timer longer than the hello timer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf timer retransmit 2167
Command Reference
ospf timer retransmit
Purpose Use the ospf timer retransmit command to configure the interval for LSA
re-transmitting on an interface.
Use the undo ospf timer retransmit command to restore the default interval
value for LSA re-transmitting on the interface.
Syntax ospf timer retransmit interval
undo ospf timer retransmit
Parameters interval
Interval for re-transmitting LSA on an interface ( in
Example Specify the retransmission for LSA transmitting between the interface serial1/0/0 and
the adjacent routers to 12 seconds.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] ospf timer retransmit 12
Interface view
Description If a router running OSPF transmits a "link state advertisement"(LSA) to the peer, it
needs to wait for the acknowledgement packet from the peer. If no
acknowledgement is received from the peer within the LSA retransmission, this LSA
will be re-transmitted. According to RFC2328, the LSA retransmission between
adjacent routers should not be set too short. Otherwise, unexpected retransmission
will be caused.
2168 ospf trans-delay 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ospf trans-delay
Purpose Use the ospf trans-delay command to configure the LSA transmitting delay on
an interface.
Use the undo ospf trans-delay command to restore the default value of the
LSA transmitting delay on an interface.
Syntax ospf trans-delay seconds
undo ospf trans-delay
Parameters seconds
Transmitting delay of LSA on an interface (in seconds).
If no value is specified, the default value is 1 second.
Example Specify the trans-delay of transmitting LSA on the interface serial1/0/0 as 3 seconds.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] ospf trans-delay 3
Interface view
Description LSA will age in the "link state database" (LSDB) of the router as time goes by (add 1
for every second), but it will not age during network transmission. Therefore, it is
necessary to add a period of time set by this command to the aging time of LSA
before transmitting it.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ospf vpn instance 2169
Command Reference
ospf vpn instance
Purpose Use the ospf command to enable an OSPF process.
Use the undo ospf command to disable an OSPF process.
Syntax ospf process-id [ r out er - i d router-id-number ] vpn- i nst ance
vpn-instance-name
undo ospf process-id
OSPF process ID. By default, it is set to 1.
router-id-number
Router ID for an OSPF process. It is optional.
vpn-instance-name
VPN instance bound to an OSPF process.
Default By default, OSPF protocol is not used in the system.
Example Enable OSPF protocol with default process ID.
[ 3Com] r out er i d 10. 110. 1. 8
[ 3Com] ospf
Enable OSPF protocol with process ID 120.
[ 3Com] r out er i d 10. 110. 1. 8
[ 3Com] ospf 120
[ 3Com- ospf - 120]
Enable OSPF process with process ID 100, specify its route ID to 2.2.2.2, and bind it to
VPN instance vpn1.
[ 3Com] ospf 100 r out er - i d 2. 2. 2. 2 vpn- i nst ance vpn1
[ 3Com- ospf - 100]
System view
Description After enabling an OSPF process, you can perform the configuration related to OSPF in
the OSPF protocol view.
Comware supports multiple OSPF processes, so you can specify different process IDs
to enable multiple OSPF processes on a router.
You are recommended to specify route-id in a process using router-id when
enabling the OSPF process. If you want to enable multiple processes on a router, you
are recommended to specify different router IDs for different processes.
2170 ospf vpn instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
To enable an OSPF process belonging to a public network without router ID, the
following conditions should be satisfied:
RM is configured with router ID.
There is an interface configured with an IP address.
If you enable an OSPF process without specify router ID, and the process is to be
bound to a VPN instance, the VPN instance should have an interface that is
configured with an IP address.
If you want to bind a process to a VPN instance, you must specify the VPN instance
name.
One VPN instance may include several processes. For example, for VPN instance 1 to
configure the commands ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1, ospf 2
vpn-instance vpn1, and ospf 3 vpn-instance vpn1. Accordingly, VPN
instance 1 will include processes 1, 2, and 3.
One process belongs to one instance only however. If you have configured ospf 1
vpn-instance vpn1, you cannot configure ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn2.
Otherwise, the system prompts: Wrong configuration. Process 1 has been bound to
vpn-instance vpn-instance 1. If you configure ospf 1 first and then ospf 1
vpn-instance vpn1, the system prompts: Wrong configuration. Process 1 has
been running in public domain.
If you configure ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1 first and then ospf 1, the
system enters ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1 mode. That is, the commands ospf 1 and
ospf 1 vpn-instance vpn1 are equivalent.
When an OSPF process is bound to a VPN instance, the default OSPF router is PE
router. After executing the display ospf process-id brief command, you
will view the information: PE router, connected to VPN backbone.
CAUTION:
A router can run no more than 1024 OSPF processes, with up to 10 processes
enabled in each VPN instance.
If you bind an OSPF process to a nonexistent VPN instance, the configuration for
the command fails. The system prompts: Specified vpn instance not configured.
When a VPN instance is deleted, all the related OSPF processes will be deleted. For
example, VPN instance vpn1 includes OSPF processes 1, 2 and 3. If VPN instance
vpn1 is deleted, the OSPF processes 1, 2 and 3 will all be deleted at the same time.
Related Command network
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family option 2171
Command Reference
option
Purpose Use the option command to specify the logical relationship between the addresses
to be probed in the detect group.
Use the undo option command to remove the configured logical relationship.
Syntax option [ and | or ]
undo option [ and | or ]
Parameters and
Specifies that the relationship between the addresses
to be probed is logical AND.
or
Specifies that the relationship between the addresses
to be probed is logical OR.
Default By default, the relationship between the addresses in a detect group is logical AND.
Example Specify the relationship between the addresses in detect group 10 as or.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] option or
Detect Group view
Description The router probes the IP addresses in a detect group in the ascending order of their
assigned sequence numbers and determines whether the detect group is reachable as
follows:
When the relationship between the IP addresses is logical AND, the detect group is
regarded reachable only if all IP addresses can be pinged. If the router fails to ping
an IP address, it stops probing and considers that the detect group is unreachable.
When the relationship between the IP addresses is logical OR, the detect group is
regarded reachable if one of the IP addresses can be pinged. When an IP address is
pinged, the router stops probing and considers that the detect group is reachable.
2172 outband 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
outband
Purpose Use the outband command to configure transmission of DTMF code in the outband
mode.
Use the undo outband command to restore transmission of DTMF code to inband
mode.
Syntax outband { h225 | h245 | si p }
undo outband
Parameters h225 Enables DTMF H.225 out-of-band transmission.
h245 Enables DTMF H.245 out-of-band transmission.
sip Enables DTMF SIP out-of-band transmission.
Default By default, the inband transmission mode is adopted.
Example Configure DTMF code outband transmission in the fast connect mode for VoIP voice
entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] out band h245
Voice Entity view
Description Adopting normal connect mode, DTMF code can be directly transmitted through
H.245 or H.225 protocol. Adopting fast connect mode, the DTMF code can only be
transmitted in outband.
Once transmitting DTMF code in outband mode has been configured for
NON-STANDARD router, in order to confirm whether or not the peer gateway can
accept such transmission mode of DTMF, the ability negotiation must be fulfilled after
the connection is established. Currently, 3Com series routers only reactively accept
transparent transmission ability negotiation of DTMF code. In no case will it actively
initiate the negotiation process mentioned above.
In order to transparently transmit DTMF code, it is demanded, during actual
application, to configure this command for VoIP voice entity on the calling gateway
and also for POTS voice entity for the called gateway.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family outband 2173
Command Reference
tunnel-on
2174 outband vofr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
outband vofr
Purpose Use the outband vofr command to configure out-of-band transmission of DTMF
codes.
Use the undo outband command to restore transmission of DTMF codes to in-band
mode.
Syntax outband vofr
undo outband
Parameters None
Default By default, in-band transmission is adopted.
Example Configure VoFR voice entity 10 to transmit DTMF codes out of band.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] outband vofr
Voice Entity view
Description In practice, to implement the transparent transmission of DTMF codes, the
transmission mode of DTMF codes should be configured in the VoFR voice entity on
the calling gateway as well as the POTS voice entity on the called gateway.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family overlap voip h323 2175
Command Reference
overlap voip h323
Purpose Use the overlap voip h323 command to configure the calling party to support
h323 overlap mode for sending numbers.
Use the undo overlap voip h323 command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax overlap voip h323
undo overlap voip h323
Parameters None
Default h323 overlap mode is not supported by the calling party.
Example Configure the calling party to support h323 overlap mode for sending numbers.
[ Rout er 6000- voi ce- di al ] over l ap voi p h323
2176 packing timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
packing timer
Purpose Use the packing-timer command to set the maximum waiting time for one PVC.
Use the undo packing-timer command to restore the default.
Syntax packing-timer time
undo packing-timer
Parameters time
Maximum waiting time for PVC packing. Valid values
are 10 to 4095 milliseconds.
Default By default, the maximum waiting time for PVC packing is 40 milliseconds.
Example Configure the maximum waiting time for PVC packing on PVC1/32 to 22.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Atm1/0/0] pvc 1/32
[3Com-atm-pvc-Atm1/0/0-1/32] packing-timer 22
PVC view
Description If waiting time exceeds the maximum packing waiting time, the system packs the
packets in the buffer and sends them.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pad 2177
Command Reference
pad
Purpose Use the pad command to establish a PAD connection with the remote site.
Syntax pad x121-address
Parameters x121-address The x121 destination address.
Example Establish a PAD connection, and the destination x121 address is 2.
<03Com> pad 2
User view
Description PAD is a kind of application similar to telnet. It can establish the connection between
two ends through X121 address, and then, to carry out configuration operations.
2178 pad-mode pos enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pad-mode pos enable
Purpose Use the pad-mode pos enable command to enable POSPAD access mode.
Use the undo pad-mode pos enable command to restore the default PAD access
mode, that is, X.25 PAD.
Syntax pad-mode pos enable
undo pad-mode pos enable [ posid number ]
Parameters posid number ID of a POS connection. Valid values are 0 to 255. This
argument is intended for debugging only. You can
view it by executing the display pos-interface
command.
Example Enable POSPAD access mode on interface Serial 1/0/0.
[Router-serial1/0/0] pad-mode pos enable
Description The 3Com Series Routers support two PAD access modes: X.25 PAD and POSPAD.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family parity 2179
Command Reference
parity
Purpose Use the parity command to set the check bit of the user interface.
Use the undo parity command to restore the default, or none.
Syntax parity { none | even | odd | mark | space }
undo parity
Parameters none No parity check.
even Even parity check.
odd Odd parity check.
mark Mark parity check.
space Space parity check.
Example Set the transmission check bit to odd on the AUX interface.
[3Com-ui-aux0] parity odd
User Interface view
Description The configuration is effective only when the serial interface works in asynchronous
flow mode.
2180 passive 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
passive
Purpose Use the passive command to set data transmission mode to passive.
Use the undo passive command to set data transmission mode to active.
Syntax passive
undo passive
Parameters None
Default The default transmission mode is passive.
Example Set data transmission mode to passive.
[ftp] passive
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family password 2181
Command Reference
password
Purpose Use the password command to configure the password required for logging onto
the FTP server.
Use the undo password command to cancel the configured password.
Syntax password password
undo password
Parameters password
Password required at login.
Default By default, no password is configured for logging onto the FTP server.
Example Set the password for logging onto the FTP server to hwping.
[Router-administrator-ftp] password hwping
Description This command applies only to FTP test.
ftp-operation
2182 password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
password
Purpose Use the password command to configure a password for a local user.
Use the undo password command to cancel the password of the local user.
Syntax password { si mpl e | ci pher } password
undo password
Parameters simple
Specifies to display passwords in simple text.
cipher
Specifies to display passwords in cipher text.
password
Defines a password. When input in simple text, it is a
string of 1 to 48 characters, for example, 1234567.
When input in cipher text, it is a string of 24 or 64
characters, for example, _(TT8F]Y\5SQ=^Q`MAF4<1!!.
Cipher-text password, is available however only when
the cipher keyword is specified.
Example Display the password of the user 3Com1 in simple text, with the password being
20030422.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] passwor d si mpl e 20030422
Local User view
Description If local-user password-display-mode cipher-force applies, the effort
of specifying in the password command to display passwords in simple text is
rendered useless.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family password-digit 2183
Command Reference
password-digit
Purpose Use the password-digit command to configure the user password digits of a
certain access service number in the card number process.
Syntax password-digit password-digit
Parameters password-digit The password digit, in the range of 1 to 16. By default,
the user password is in 6 digits.
Example Set the password in 4 digits for the access service number 18901.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum18901] passwor d- di gi t 4
Description This command is used to configure the password digit of two-stage dialing card
number process (use the card number/password to authenticate a users ID) users.
If the dialing process of the access service number to be configured is not specified as
the card number process through the process-config command, this command
cannot take effect. Only after the dialing process is set as the card number process,
can the access service number be retrieved, and can this command function properly.
process-config
card-digit
2184 payload-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
payload-size
Purpose Use the payload-size command to notify the underlying layer how much time
DSP spends assembling a voice packet, or the time length of each voice packet.
Use the undo payload-size command to restore the default.
Syntax payload-size { g711 | g723 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 | g726r 32 | g726r 40 |
g729 } time-length
undo payload-size { g711 | g723 | g726r 16 | g726r 24 | g726r 32 | g726r 40
| g729 }
Parameters g711
coding (g711alaw or g711ulaw). Valid values are 10 to
30 milliseconds.
g723 Specifies the time length of voice packets with g723
coding (g723r53 or g723r63). Valid values are 30 to
180 milliseconds.
g726r16 coding. Valid values are 10 to 110
milliseconds.
g726r24 coding.Valid values are 10 to 70 milliseconds.
g726r32
milliseconds.
g726r40
milliseconds.
g729
coding (g729r8 or g729a). Valid values are 20 to 180
milliseconds.
time-length
Duration for DSP to assemble a packet in the
corresponding codec mode.
Example Set the time that DSP spends assembling a voice packet in g711 mode to 30
milliseconds for voice entity 8801.
[ r out e- voi ce- di al - ent i t y8801] payl oad- si ze g711 30
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family payload-size 2185
Command Reference
Restore the default time that DSP spends assembling a voice packet in g711 codec
mode for voice entity 8801.
[ r out e- voi ce- di al - ent i t y8801] undo payl oad- si ze g711
Set the default time that DSP spends assembling a voice packet in g729 mode to 180
milliseconds.
[ r out e- voi ce- di al ] def aul t ent i t y payl oad- si ze g729 180
Restore the initial default time that DSP spends assembling a packet in g729 codec
mode in voice dial program view.
[ r out e- voi ce- di al ] undo def aul t ent i t y payl oad- si ze g729
Voice Entity view
Description This time length may differ by card type. Because voice entities, which are upper layer
relevant, are hardware independent, the upper-layer can only verify whether the
specified value is in the valid range for the applied codec mode. Whether this value is
valid within the range is decided by DSP based on hardware type. If valid, the value
delivered by the upper layer is used; if otherwise, the default value for the codec
mode is used.
If you find that the configured duration does not take effect, first check that the
assigned value is valid for the card type and codec mode.
s
In voice dial program view, you can use the default entity command to
configure global attributes for voice entities, namely the default time that DSP spends
assembling a packet in each codec mode.
Related Commands default entity
entity compression
Table 294 Valid ranges corresponding to card
Codec mode G711 G723 G729 Description
Valid range
for C55xx
(milliseconds)
10 to 30
(must be an
integral multiple
of 10)
30 to 180
(must be an
integral multiple
of 30)
20 to 180
(must be an
integral multiple
of 10)
8FXS
VG2032
VG2016
Valid range
for C54xx
(milliseconds)
20 30 to 180
(must be an
integral multiple
of 30)
20 to 180
(must be an
integral multiple
of 10)
4VI/2VI/17VI
VG1040
VG1041
Default
(milliseconds)
20 30 20
2186 pcm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pcm
Purpose Use the pcm command to configure a companding law used for quantizing signals.
Use the undo pcm command to restore the default.
Syntax pcm { a- l aw | - l aw }
undo pcm
Parameters a-law
Companding A-law, used in most part of the world,
such as China, Europe, Africa, and South America.
-law Companding -law, used in North America.
Default By default, A-law applies.
Example Adopt -law companding for signal quantization.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 0/ 0: 0] pcmu- l aw
Description Companding laws are usually adopted to quantize signals unevenly for the purpose of
reducing noise and improving signal to noise ratio. Underpinning this approach is the
statistics about voice signals, which indicate that lower power signals are more likely
present than high power signals.
According to CCITT, when two countries use different companding schemes
communicate, the side using -law is responsible for converting signals to A-law.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer 2187
Command Reference
peer
Purpose Use the peer command to configure the destination address of the peer to which
information is sent in unicast mode.
Use the undo peer command to cancel the set destination address.
Syntax peer ip-address
undo peer ip-address
IP address of the peer router with which information
will be exchanged in unicast mode, represented in the
format of dotted decimal.
Default By default, do not send RIP packet to any destination.
Example Specify the sending destination address 202.38.165.1.
[3Com -rip] peer 202.38.165.1
RIP view
Description This command specifies the sending destination address to fit some non-broadcast
networks. Usually, it is not recommended to use this command.
2188 peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer
Purpose Use the peer command to configure an MSDP peer.
Use the undo peer command to remove the MSDP peer configured.
Syntax peer peer-address connect-interface interface-type interface-number
undo peer peer-address
connect-interface
interface-type
interface-number
Interface type and number whose primary address is
used by the local router as the source IP address to
establish TCP connection with remote MSDP peers.
Example Configure the router using IP address 125.10.7.6 as an MSDP peer of the local router.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 connect-interface ethernet 0/1/0
MSDP view
Description If the local router is also in BGP peer relation with a MSDP peer, the MSDP peer and
the BGP peer should use the same IP address.
Related Command static-rpf-peer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer 2189
Command Reference
peer
Purpose Use the peer command to configure the IP address of adjacent routers and specify a
DR priority on an NBMA network.
Use the undo peer command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax peer ip-address [ dr-priority dr-priority-number ]
undo peer ip-address
IP address of the neighboring point.
dr-priority-number
Represents the corresponding value of the network
neighbor priority. Valid values are an integer between
0 and 255.
Example Configure the IP address of peer router as 10.1.1.1.
[3Com -ospf-1] peer 10.1.1.1
OSPF view
Description On the frame relay network, a full-meshed network (i.e. there is a VC directly
connecting any two routers on the network) can be implemented by configuring
map. Thus OSPF can perform in the same way in the frame relay network as in the
broadcast network (such as electing DR and BDR). However, the IP address of
adjacent routers and their election rights must be configured manually for the
interface because adjacent routers cannot be found dynamically by advertising Hello
messages.
2190 peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer
Purpose Use the peer command to configure the subnet type in IKE negotiation.
Use the undo peer command to restore the default subnet type. You can use this
command to enable interoperability between the router and a Netscreen device.
Syntax peer { mul t i - subnet | si ngl e- subnet }
undo peer
Parameters multi-subnet Sets the subnet type to multiple.
single-subnet Sets the subnet type to single.
Default The default is single-subnet.
Example Set the subnet type in IKE negotiation to multiple.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - xhy] peer mul t i - subnet pur pose_body
IKE-Peer view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer advertise-community 2191
Command Reference
peer advertise-community
Purpose Use the peer advertise-community command to enable the transmission of
community attributes to a peer group.
Use the undo peer advertise-community command to cancel the existing
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name advertise-community
undo peer group-name advertise-community
Specifies the name of the peer group.
Default By default, community attributes are not transmitted to any peer group.
Example Enable the transmission of community attributes to peer group test.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est adver t i se- communi t y
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Related Commands if-match community-list
apply community
2192 peer advertise-community 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the peer advertise-community command to configure to advertise
community attributes to a peer (group).
Use the undo peer advertise-community command to remove the existing
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name advertise-community
undo peer group-name advertise-community
Name of the peer group.
Default By default, no community attribute is advertised to any peer (group).
Example Advertise community attributes to the peer group named test.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test advertise-community
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer allow-as-loop 2193
Command Reference
peer allow-as-loop
Purpose Use the peer allow-as-loop command to configure the repeating times of the
local AS number.
Use the undo peer allow-as-loop command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop [ number ]
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop
peer-address
Specifies the IP address of the peer.
number
Specifies the repeating times of the local AS number.
Example Configure the repeating times of the local AS number to 2.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 1. 1. 1. 1 al l ow- as- l oop 2
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Related Commands display current-configuration
display bgp routing peer { advertised | received }
display bgp routing group
2194 peer allow-as-loop 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer allow-as-loop
Purpose Use the peer allow-as-loop command to allow the AS_PATH attribute in the
received routes to include the local AS number.
Use the undo peer allow-as-loop command to disallow the AS_PATH attribute
in the received routes to include the local AS number.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop [number]
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop
Peer group name.
peer-address
Peer IP address.
number
Specifies the times that the local AS number allows to
be present in the received route update messages.
Default By default, the local AS number is unacceptable in the received route updates.
Example Specify to contain the local AS number in the AS_PATH attributes received.
[3Com-bgp-af-vpn] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer as-number 2195
Command Reference
peer as-number
Purpose Use the peer as-number command to specify an AS number for a peer group.
Use the undo peer as-number command to delete the AS number of a peer
group.
Syntax peer group-name as-number as-number
undo peer group-name as-number as-number
as-number
Peer AS number of the peer group. Valid values are 1
to 65,535.
Default By default, no AS number is configured.
Example Specify the AS number of the peer group test as 100.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est as- number 100
BGP view
2196 peer as-path-acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer as-path-acl
Purpose Use the peer as-path-acl command to specify BGP route filtering policy based
on AS path list for a peer/peer group.
Use the undo peer as-path-acl command to cancel the existing configuration.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl number i mpor t
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl number i mpor t
peer group-name as-path-acl number expor t
undo peer group-name as-path-acl number expor t
peer-address Specifies the IP address of the peer.
aspath-acl-number Specifies the filtering list number of an AS regular
expression. Valid values are 1 to 199.
import
Distribution list for received routes.
export
Distribution list for advertised routes.
Default By default, a peer/peer group has no AS path list associated.
Example Set the AS path ACL for peer group test.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est as- pat h- acl 3 expor t
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer as-path-acl 2197
Command Reference
peer as-path-acl
Purpose Use the peer as-path-acl import command to have MBGP filter the routes
received from the specified peer or peer group based on the specified AS path list.
Use the undo peer as-path-acl import command to disable MBGP to filter
the received routes.
Use the peer as-path-acl export command to have MBGP filter the routes
advertised to the specified peer or peer group.
Use the undo peer as-path-acl export command to disable MBGP filter the
routes advertise to the specified peer or peer group.
Syntax peer {group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl number import
undo peer {group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl number import
peer group-name as-path-acl number export
undo peer group-name as-path-acl number export
peer-address
IP address of the peer.
as-path-acl number
Number of AS path list matched. Valid values are 1 to
199.
import Filter list applied to incoming routes.
export Filter list applied to outgoing routes.
Default By default, MBGP does not filter the received or advertised routes.
Example Enable MBGP to filter routes advertised to the specified BGP peer or peer group based
on the specified AS path list.
[3Com-bgp] peer test as-number 100
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test enable
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test as-path-acl 3 export
2198 peer connect-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer connect-interface
Purpose Use the peer connect-interface command to specify the source interface for
route updates.
Use the undo peer connect-interface command to restore the best source
interface.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } connect-interface interface-type
interface-number
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } connect-interface
interface-type interface-number
Parameters group-name Specifies the name of the peer group.
peer-address
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies the type and name of the interface.
Default By default, BGP uses the best source interface.
Example Specify to use loopback0 as the source interface for route updates.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est connect - i nt er f ace l oopback 0
BGP view
Description Usually, BGP uses the optimal source interface to forward route updates. However, for
updates to be forwarded in case the interface experiences a failure, you can configure
to use the Loopback interface for forwarding route updates.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer default-route-advertise 2199
Command Reference
peer default-route-advertise
Purpose Use the peer default-route-advertise command to redistribute a default
route to a peer group.
Use the undo peer default-route-advertise command to cancel the
existing configuration.
Syntax peer group-name default-route-advertise
undo peer group-name default-route-advertise
Default For this command, no default route is required in the routing table. A default route is
sent unconditionally to a peer with the next hop being itself.
Default By default, no default route is redistributed to a peer group
Example Redistribute a default route to peer group "test".
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est def aul t - r out e- adver t i se
View. This command can be used in the following views:
BGP view
2200 peer default-route-advertise 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the peer default-route-advertise command to enable a peer (group) to
import a default route.
Use the undo peer default-route-advertise command to remove the
existing configuration.
Syntax peer group-name default-route-advertise
undo peer group-name default-route-advertise
Peer group name.
Default By default, a peer (group) does not import default route.
Example Enable the peer (group) test to import a default route.
[ 3Combgp] peer t est def aul t - r out e- adver t i se
BGP view
MBGP IPv4-Family view
Description Use the peer default-route-advertise command to enable a peer (group) to
import a default route.
This command does not require any default route in the routing table but transmits a
default route with the next hop being itself to the peer unconditionally.
You can use this command to create a remote-peer and accordingly create remote
session.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer description 2201
Command Reference
peer description
Purpose Use the peer description command to configure the description information of
the peer/peer group.
Use the undo peer description command to remove the description
information of the peer/peer group.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } description description-line
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } description
peer-address
description-line
Description information to be configured, an
alphanumeric string up to 79 characters.
Default By default, no description information is configured for a peer (group).
Example Configure the description information of the peer named group1 as beijing1.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer gr oup1 descr i pt i on bei j i ng1
BGP view
Related Commands display current-configuration
display bgp peer
display bgp routing group
2202 peer description 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer description
Purpose Use the peer description command to configure descriptive text to MSDP peer.
Use the undo peer description command to remove the descriptive text
configured.
Syntax peer peer-address description text
undo peer peer-address description
Parameters peer-address Address of MSDP peer.
text Descriptive text, being case sensitive. The maximum
length is 80 characters.
Default By default, an MSDP peer has no descriptive text.
Example Add descriptive text CstmrA to router 125.10.7.6 to specify that the router is
Client A.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 description router CstmrA
MSDP view
Description Administrator can conveniently differentiate MSDP peers by configuring descriptive
text.
Related Command display msdp peer-status
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer ebgp-max-hop 2203
Command Reference
peer ebgp-max-hop
Purpose Use the peer ebgp-max-hop command to allow establishing EBGP connection
with a neighbor on an indirectly connected network.
Use the undo peer ebgp-max-hop command to cancel the existing
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name ebgp-max-hop [ ttl ]
undo peer group-name ebgp-max-hop
ttl
Specifies the maximum hop count. The range is 1 to
255. By default, the value is 64.
Default By default, this feature is disabled.
Example Allow to establish EBGP connection with peer group "test" on an indirectly
connected network.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est ebgp- max- hop
BGP view
2204 peer enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer enable
Purpose Use the peer enable command to enable the specified peer (group).
Use the undo peer enable command to disable the specified peer (group).
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } enable
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } enable
peer-address
Default By default, BGP peer (group) is enabled in unicast address family, but disabled in VPN
and MBP address families.
Example Deactivate the specified peer.
[ 3Com] bgp 180
[ 3Com- bgp] undo peer 18. 10. 0. 9 enabl e
Configure a peer and activate it in VPNv4 unicast address family view.
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp] i pv4- f ami l y vpnv4 uni cast
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn] peer 10. 15. 0. 15 enabl e
Configure a peer and activate it in IPv4 multicast address family view.
[ 3Com] bgp 200
[ 3Com- bgp] i pv4- f ami l y mul t i cast
[ 3Com- bgp- af - mul ] peer 20. 10. 0. 1 enabl e
BGP Unicast Address Family view
L2VPN Address Family view
IPv4 Multicast Sub-address Family view
VPNv4 Address Family view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer enable 2205
Command Reference
Description Note that the peer peer-address enable command can be configured in
unicast address family view only. Use this command to disable the unicast function of
the peer.
You can delete the peer from the group in the corresponding address to disable its
multicast function or VPNv4 function.
If the specified peer/peer group is disabled, the router will not exchange routing
information with the specified peer (group).
2206 peer enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer enable
Purpose Use the peer enable command to enable the multicast peer or peer group.
Use the undo peer enable command to disable the multicast peer or peer group.
Syntax peer group-name enable
undo peer group-name enable
Name of the multicast peer group.
Default By default, the multicast peer (or peer group) is disabled.
Example Enable the multicast peer test.
[3Com-bgp] peer test enable
Description Only after the peer (peer group) is enabled, can it establish connection with the
multicast peer.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer enable 2207
Command Reference
peer enable
Purpose Use the peer enable command to activate the specified peer (group) in L2VPN
Use the undo peer enable command to deactivate the specified peer (group) in
L2VPN address family view.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } enable
undo peer { group-name | peer-address }enable
Peer group name, refers to the whole peer group.
peer-address
IP address of the peer, refers to the specific peer.
Default By default, unicast peer (group) of IPv4 address family is activated, while other peer
(group) is deactivated.
Example Activate the peer (group) 192 in the L2VPN address family view.
[ 3Com- bgp] l 2vpn- f ami l y
[ 3Com- bgp- af - l 2vpn] peer 1. 1. 1. 1 enabl e
2208 peer filter-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer filter-policy
Purpose Use the peer filter-policy import command to configure BGP to filter
routes received from the peer (group) based on the ACL.
Use the undo peer filter-policy import command to cancel filtering of the
received routes based on the ACL.
Use the peer filter-policy export command to configure BGP to filter
routes advertised to the peer (group) based on the ACL.
Use the undo peer filter-policy export command to cancel filtering of the
advertised routes based on the ACL.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } filter-policy acl-number i mpor t
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } filter-policy acl-number i mpor t
peer group-name filter-policy acl-number expor t
undo peer group-name filter-policy acl-number expor t
peer-address
list-number
Specifies the IP ACL number.
import
Applies the filter-policy to received routes.
export
Applies the filter-policy to advertised routes.
Default By default, no filtering is applied to routes advertised or received.
Example Set the filter-policy list of peer group test.
[ 3Com- acl - basi c- 2003] r ul e 0 deny sour ce 98. 12. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 255
[ 3Com] bgp 100
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est f i l t er - pol i cy 2003 i mpor t
BGP view
IPv4 Multicast Sub-Address Family view
Related Commands ip as-path-acl
peer as-path-acl
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer filter-policy 2209
Command Reference
peer filter-policy
Purpose Use the peer filter-policy import command to have MBGP filter the routes
received from the specified peer or peer group based on the specified ACL.
Use the undo peer filter-policy import command to disable MBGP to
filter the received routes.
Use the peer filter-policy export command to have MBGP filter the routes
advertised to the specified peer or peer group based on the specified ACL.
Use the undo peer filter-policy export command to disable MBGP to
filter the advertised routes.
Syntax peer {group-name | peer-address }filter-policy acl-number import
undo peer {group-name | peer-address } filter-policy acl-number import
peer group-name filter-policy acl-number export
undo peer group-name filter-policy acl-number export
peer-address
acl-number
IP ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 3999.
import
Specifies the redistribution policy.
export
Specifies the advertising policy.
Default By default, MBGP does no filter the received or advertised routes.
Example Set the filter policy list for a peer.
[3Com-bgp] peer test as-number 100
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test filter-policy 2003 import
Related Command peer as-path-acl
2210 peer group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer group
Purpose Use the peer group command to add a peer to a peer group.
Use the undo peer group command to delete the specified peer from a peer
group.
Syntax For mul t i cast addr ess f ami l y or VPNv4 addr ess f ami l y:
peer peer-address group group-name
undo peer peer-address group
For uni cast addr ess f ami l y or VPN- I NSTANCE addr ess f ami l y:
peer peer-address group group-name [ as- number as-number ]
undo peer peer-address group
Specifies the name of the peer group. It can be an
alphanumeric string with the length ranging from 1 to
47.
peer-address
as-number
Specifies the AS number for the peer.
Example Add the peer with IP address being 10.1.1.1 to the peer group TEST.
[ 3Com- bgp] gr oup TEST
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 10. 1. 1. 1 gr oup TESTpur pose_body
BGP view
Description In the unicast/VPN-INSTANCE address family view, when adding a peer to an external
peer group without a specified AS number, specify an AS number for the peer at the
same time. While it is unnecessary when adding the peer to an internal peer group or
an external peer group with a specified AS number.
In the multicast/VPNv4 address family view, it is required that the peer to be added
exist and have been added to a peer group in the unicast address family (the peer can
be disabled).
In different address family views, a peer can be added to different peer groups and a
peer group can have different members.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer ip-prefix 2211
Command Reference
peer ip-prefix
Purpose Use the peer ip-prefix import command to configure BGP to filter routes
received from the peer/peer group based on the ip-prefix list.
Use the undo peer ip-prefix import command to cancel filtering of the
received routes based on the ip-prefix list.
Use the peer ip-prefix export command to configure BGP to filter routes
advertised to the peer/peer group based on the ip-prefix list.
Use the undo peer ip-prefix export command to cancel filtering of the
advertised routes based on the ip-prefix list.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } ip-prefix prefixname i mpor t
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } ip-prefix prefixname i mpor t
peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname expor t
undo peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname expor t
peer-address
prefixname
Specifies the name of the ip-prefix.
import
Applies the filtering policy to routes received by the
specified peer/peer group.
export Applies the filtering policy to routes advertised to the
specified peer/peer group.
Default By default, no filtering is applied to routes advertised or received.
Example Configure the route filtering policy based on the ip-prefix list.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer gr oup1 i p- pr ef i x l i st 1 i mpor t
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
2212 peer ip-prefix 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer ip-prefix
Purpose Use the peer ip-prefix import command to have MBGP filter the routes
received from the specified peer or peer group based on the specified address prefix
list.
Use the undo peer ip-prefix import command to disable MBGP to filter the
received routes.
Use the peer ip-prefix export command to have MBGP filter the routes
advertised to the specified peer or peer group based on the specified address prefix
list.
Use the undo peer ip-prefix export command to disable MBGP to filter the
advertised routes.
Syntax peer {group-name | peer-address } ip-prefix prefixname import
undo peer {group-name | peer-address } ip-prefix prefixname import
peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname export
undo peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname export
Parameters group-name Name of the peer group.
peer-address IP address of the peer.
ip-prefix prefixname Specifies ip-prefix name, which may be a character
import
Applies the filter policy to the routes received by the
specified peer or peer group.
export
Applies the filter policy to the routes advertised by the
specified peer or peer group.
Default By default, MBGP does no filter the received or advertised routes.
Example Enable MBGP to filter the routes received from the specified peer group based on the
specified address prefix list.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer group1 ip-prefix list1 import
body with cross ref to command
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer label route-capability 2213
Command Reference
peer label route-capability
Purpose Use the peer label-route-capability command to enable the capability of a
peer to process IPv4 routes with labels.
Use the undo peer label-route-capability command to disable the
capability.
Syntax peer group-name label-route-capability
undo peer group-name label-route-capability
Indicates name of peer group.
Default By default, BGP peer cannot process IPv4 routes with labels.
Example Enable the capabilities of IBGP and EBGP peer groups to process IPv4 routes with
labels.
[ 3Com- bgp] gr oup i bgp i nt er nal
[ 3Com- bgp] peer i bgp l abel - r out e- capabi l i t y
[ 3Com- bgp] gr oup ebgp ext er nal
[ 3Com- bgp] peer ebgp l abel - r out e- capabi l i t y
BGP view
2214 peer mesh-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer mesh-group
Purpose Use the peer mesh-group command to configure an MSDP peer to join an Mesh
Group.
Use the undo peer mesh-group command to remove the configuration.
Syntax peer peer-address mesh-group name
undo peer peer-address mesh-group name
Parameters name Name of an Mesh Group, being case sensitive. The
maximum length is 32 characters.
peer-address
Address of an MSDP peer to be a member of the Mesh
Group.
Default By default, an MSDP peer is not a member of any Mesh Group.
Example Configure the MSDP peer with address 125.10.7.6 to be a member of the Mesh
Group Grp1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 mesh-group Grp1
MSDP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer minimum-ttl 2215
Command Reference
peer minimum-ttl
Purpose Use the peer minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL
(Time-to-Live) value of the multicast data packets encapsulated in SA messages to be
sent to specified MSDP peer.
Use the undo peer minimum-ttl command to restore the default TTL threshold.
Syntax peer peer-address minimum-ttl ttl
undo peer peer-address minimum-ttl
Address of the MSDP peer to which the TTL limitation
applies.
ttl TTL threshold. Valid values are 0 to 255.
Default By default, the value of TTL threshold is 0.
Example Configure the TTL threshold value to 10, i.e., only those multicast data packets with a
TTL value greater than or equal to 10 can be forwarded to the MSDP peer
110.10.10.1.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 110.10.10.1 minimum-ttl 10
MSDP view
2216 peer next-hop-invariable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer next-hop-invariable
Purpose Use the peer next-hop-invariable command to configure the invariable next
hop when sending routes to EBGP peers.
Use the undo peer next-hop-invariable command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name next-hop-invariable
undo peer group-name next-hop-invariable
Indicates name of peer group.
Default By default, BGP Speaker varies the next hop to itself when sending routes to EBGP
peers.
Example Configure the invariable next hop when sending VPNv4 routes to EBGP peers.
[ 3Com- bgp] gr oup ebgp ext er nal
[ 3Com- bgp] i pv4- f ami l y vpnv4
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn] peer ebgp enabl e
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn] peer ebgp next - hop- i nvar i abl e
BGP view
BGP VPN-Instance view
BGP-VPNv4 Subaddress Family view
BGP-IPv4 Multicast Subaddress Family view
Description The peer next-hop-invariable command is applicable to the networking
application that adopts Multihop MP-BGP multi-AS VPN mode and uses Route
Reflector (RR) to advertise VPNv4 routes. The invariable next hop is configured when
VPNv4 routes are advertised between multi-AS RRs.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer next-hop-local 2217
Command Reference
peer next-hop-local
Purpose Use the peer next-hop-local command to configure the next hop in the route
to be advertised to the peer group as the address of the local router.
Use the undo peer next-hop-local command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax peer group-name next-hop-local
undo peer group-name next-hop-local
Example Make BGP take its own address as the next hop when distributing a route to peer
group test.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est next - hop- l ocal
BGP view
2218 peer next-hop-local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer next-hop-local
Purpose Use the peer next-hop-local command to remove the processing of the next
hop in routes which BGP will advertise to the peer (group) and set the local address as
the next hop.
Use the undo peer next-hop-local command to remove the existing setting.
Syntax peer group-name next-hop-local
undo peer group-name next-hop-local
Example Set the local address as the next hop when advertising routes to peer group named
test.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test next-hop-local
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer password 2219
Command Reference
peer password
Purpose Use the peer password command to configure BGP to perform MD5
authentication before setting up a TCP connection.
Use the undo peer password command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } password { ci pher | si mpl e }
password
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } password
peer-address
Specifies the IP address of the peer, in dotted decimal
format.
cipher Displays the configured password in cipher text.
simple Displays the configured password in simple text.
password Password, a string with 1 to 16 characters when
argument simple is configured in the command or in
the event of inputting the password in simple text but
argument cipher is configured in the command; with
24 characters in the event of inputting the password in
cipher text when argument cipher is configured in the
command.
Default By default, BGP does not perform MD5 authentication before setting up a TCP
connection.
Example Perform MD5 authentication on the TCP connection set up between the local router
at 10.1.100.1 and the peer router at 10.1.100.2.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 10. 1. 100. 2 passwor d si mpl e 3Com
Perform the similar configuration on the peer.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 10. 1. 100. 1 passwor d si mpl e 3Com
BGP view
Description Once MD5 authentication is enabled, both parties involved in the authentication must
be configured with the exact authentication mode and password. Otherwise, the TCP
connection will not be set up because of the failed authentication.
2220 peer password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
This command is used to configure MD5 authentication for a specific peer only when
the peer group to which the peer belongs is not configured with MD5 authentication.
Otherwise, the peer group configuration takes precedence.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer public-as-only 2221
Command Reference
peer public-as-only
Purpose Use the peer public-as-only command to configure not to carry the private AS
number when transmitting BGP updates.
Use the undo peer public-as-only command to configure to carry the private
AS number when transmitting BGP updates.
Syntax peer group-name public-as-only
undo peer group-name public-as-only
Default By default, the private AS number is carried when BGP updates are transmitted.
Example Configure not to carry the private AS number when transmitting BGP updates to the
peer named test.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est publ i c- as- onl y
BGP view
Description Generally, BGP transmits BGP updates with the AS number (either the public AS
number or the private AS number). To enable some outbound routers to ignore the
private AS number when transmitting updates, configure not to carry the private AS
number when transmitting BGP updates.
2222 peer public-as-only 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer public-as-only
Purpose Use the peer public-as-only command to configure only to carry public AS
number rather than private AS number when BGP sends update packets.
Use the undo peer public-as-only command to configure to carry private AS
number when BGP sends update packets.
Syntax peer group-name public-as-only
undo peer group-name public-as-only
Default By default, the private AS number is carried when BGP sends update packets.
Example Configure not to carry private AS number when BGP sends update packets to peer
group named test.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test public-as-only
Description Generally, BGP sends update packets with the AS number (which can be either the
public AS number or private AS number). To enable some external routers to ignore
the private AS number when sending update packets to configure not to carry the
private AS number when BGP sends update packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer-public-key end 2223
Command Reference
peer-public-key end
Purpose Use the peer-public-key end command to return to system view from public
key view.
Syntax peer-public-key end
Parameters None
Example Exit public key view and save the configuration.
[3Com] rsa peer-public-key 3Com003
[3Com-rsa-public-key] peer-public-key end
[3Com]
Public Key view
Related Commands rsa peer-public-key
public-key-code begin
2224 peer reflect-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer reflect-client
Purpose Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer group as the route
reflector client.
Use the undo peer reflect-client command to cancel the existing
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name reflect-client
undo peer group-name reflect-client
Default By default, no route reflector is in AS.
Example Configure the peer group "test" as the route reflector client.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est r ef l ect - cl i ent pur pose_body
BGP view
VPNv4 view
Description Generally speaking, it is not necessary to configure this command for the peer group
because IBGP peers are in the default group. A single peer peer-address
reflect-client command should be used to configure the route reflector clients.
Related Commands reflect between-clients
reflector cluster-id
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer reflect-client 2225
Command Reference
peer reflect-client
Purpose Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer (group) as a client
of the route reflector.
Use the undo peer reflect-client command to remove the existing
configuration.
Syntax peer group-name reflect-client
undo peer group-name reflect-client
Default By default, there is no route reflector in the autonomous system.
Example Configure peer group named test to be client of the route reflector.
[3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test reflect-client
2226 peer request-sa-enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer request-sa-enable
Purpose Use the peer request-sa-enable command to enable the router to send SA
request message to the specified MSDP peer when receiving a new group join
message.
Use the undo peer request-sa-enable command to remove the
configuration.
Syntax peer peer-address request-sa-enable
undo peer peer-address request-sa-enable
Default By default, when receiving a new group join message, the router sends no SA request
messages to MSDP peers but waits to receive the next SA message.
Example Configure to send SA request message to the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 request-sa-enable
MSDP view
Related Command cache-sa-enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer route-policy 2227
Command Reference
peer route-policy
Purpose Use the peer route-policy import command to configure MBGP to filter
routes received from the peer (group) based on the route-policy.
Use the undo peer route-policy import command to disable the specified
route-policy.
Use the peer route-policy export command to configure MBGP to filter
routes advertised to the peer (group) based on the route-policy.
Use the undo peer route-policy export command to disable the specified
route-policy.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name i mpor t
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name i mpor t
peer group-name route-policy policy-name expor t
undo peer group-name route-policy policy-name expor t
peer-address
route-policy-name
Specifies the route-policy.
import
Applies the route-policy to routes received from the
peer (group).
export Applies the route-policy to routes advertised to the
peer (group).
Default By default, the peer (group) has no route-policy associated.
Example Apply routing policy test-policy to routes from peer group test.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est r out e- pol i cy t est - pol i cy i mpor t pur pose_body
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
2228 peer route-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer route-policy
Purpose Use the peer route-policy import command to have MBGP apply the
specified routing policy to the routes received from the specified peer or peer group.
Use the undo peer route-policy import command to remove the applied
routing policy.
Use the peer route-policy export command to have MBGP apply the
specified routing policy to the routes advertised to the specified peer or peer group.
Use the undo peer ip-prefix export command to disable MBGP to remove
the applied routing policy.
Syntax peer {group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name import
undo peer {group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name import
peer group-name route-policy policy-name export
undo peer group-name route-policy policy-name export
peer-address
route-policy policy-name
Routing policy specified.
import
Applies routing policy to the routes received from the
peer (group).
export
Applies routing policy to the routes advertised to the
peer (group).
Default By default, no routing policy is applied to the received or advertised routes.
Example Apply policy 1 to the routes received from the peer group named test.
3Com[bgp-af-mul] peer test route-policy policy1 import
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer route-update-interval 2229
Command Reference
peer route-update-interval
Purpose Use the peer route-update-interval command to configure the interval for a
peer group to advertise route updates.
Use the undo peer route-update-interval command to restore the default
value.
Syntax peer group-name route-update-interval seconds
undo peer group-name route-update-interval
seconds
Specifies the minimum interval of sending UPDATE
message (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to 600.
If no value is specified, the default interval is 5 seconds
for internal peer groups, and 30 seconds for external
peer groups.
Example Configure BGP peer group test to advertise route updates at intervals of 10 seconds.
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est r out e- updat e- i nt er val 10
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
2230 peer sa-cache-maximum 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer sa-cache-maximum
Purpose Use the peer sa-cache-maximum command to limit the number of caches
originated when the router receives SA messages from an MSDP peer.
Use the undo peer sa-cache-maximum command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax peer peer-address sa-cache-maximum sa-limit
undo peer peer-address sa-cache-maximum
sa-limit
Maximum value that the SA cache allows. Valid values
are 1 to 2048.
Default By default, the maximum number of SA caches is 2048.
Example Limit the number of caches originated to 100 when the router receives SA messages
from the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-cache-maximum 100
MSDP view
Description This configuration is recommended for all MSDP peers in the networks possibly
attacked by DoS.
Related Commands display msdp
sa-count
display msdp brief
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer sa-policy 2231
Command Reference
peer sa-policy
Purpose Use the peer sa-policy command to configure a filter list for SA messages
received or forwarded from the specified MSDP peer.
Use the undo peer sa-policy command to remove the configuration.
Syntax peer peer-address sa-policy { import | export } [ acl acl-number ]
undo peer peer-address sa-policy { import | export }
Parameters import
Receives SA messages from the specified MSDP peer.
export
Forwards SA messages from the specified MSDP peer.
peer-address
Address of the MSDP peer whose SA messages need
to be filtered.
acl acl-number
Number of advanced IP ACL. Valid values are 3000 to
3999.
If no ACL is specified, all (S, G) entries are filtered.
Default By default, messages received or forwarded will not be filtered. All SA messages are
received or forwarded from an MSDP peer.
Example Forward only those SA messages that passed the advanced IP ACL.
<3Com> system-view
destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-policy export acl 3100
MSDP view
2232 peer sa-request-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer sa-request-policy
Purpose Use the peer sa-request-policy command to limit SA request messages that
the router receives from MSDP peers.
Use the undo peer sa-request-policy command to remove the limitation.
Syntax peer peer-address sa-request-policy [ acl acl-number ]
undo peer peer-address sa-request-policy
Parameters peer-address Address from which the local router receives SA
request messages sent by the specified MSDP peer.
acl acl-number
Number of basic IP ACL, describing multicast group
address. Valid values are 2000 to 2999. If no ACL is
specified, all SA request messages will be ignored.
Default By default, the router receives all SA request messages from the MSDP peer.
Example Configure the ACL for filtering SA request messages from the MSDP peer 175.58.6.5.
The SA request messages from group address range 225.1.1.0/8 will be received and
all the others will be ignored.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] quit
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] peer 175.58.6.5 sa-request-policy acl 2001
MSDP view
Description If no ACL is specified, all SA requests will be ignored. If ACL is specified, only those SA
request messages from the groups permitted by the ACL will be processed and all the
others will be ignored.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer shutdown 2233
Command Reference
peer shutdown
Purpose Use the peer shutdown command to disable the specified BGP peer or peer group
to initiate or receive BGP connection or to disconnect a BGP connection that has
existed.
Use the undo peer shutdown command to restore the default, allowing the
peer/peer group to intiate or receive BGP connection.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } shutdown
undo peer {group-name | peer-address } shutdown
Parameters group-name Specifies the name of the peer group.
peer-address Specifies the IP address of the peer.
Example Disable the BGP peer 1.1.1.1 to initiate or receive BGP connection.
[ Rout er - bgp] peer 1. 1. 1. 1 shut down
BGP view
VPN Instance view
2234 peer timer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
peer timer
Purpose Use the peer timer command to configure Keepalive and Holdtime intervals for a
peer (group).
Use the undo peer timer command to restore the default values.
Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } timer keepal i ve keepalive-interval
hol d holdtime-interval
undo peer { group-name | peer-address } timer
peer-address
keepalive-interval
Specifies the Keepalive interval (in seconds). Valid
holdtime-interval
Specifies the Holdtime interval (in seconds). Valid
seconds.
Example Configure the Keepalive and Holdtime intervals of the peer group "test".
[ 3Com- bgp] peer t est t i mer keepal i ve 60 hol d 180
BGP view
Description Use the peer timer command to configure Keepalive and Holdtime intervals for a
peer (group).
Use the undo peer timer command to restore the default values.
The timer configured by using this command has a higher priority than the one
configured by using the timer command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family peer upe 2235
Command Reference
peer upe
Purpose Use the peer upe command to configure BGP peer as the UPE of hierarchical
BGP/MPLS VPN.
Use the undo peer upe command to delete this configuration.
Syntax peer peer-address upe
undo peer peer-address} upe
IP address of a peer.
Example Configure BGP peer as the UPE of hierarchical BGP/MPLS VPN.
[ 3Com- bgp] i pv4- f ami l y vpnv4
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn] peer 1. 1. 1. 1 upe
BGP view
2236 permanent-active 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
permanent-active
Purpose Use the permanent-active command to configure BSV interfaces to permanent
active.
Use the undo permanent-active command to cancel the setting.
Syntax permanent-active
undo permanent-active
Parameters None
Default BSV interfaces are not permanent active (undo permanent-active).
Example Enable the BSV interfaces.
[ 3Com- Bsv2/ 1/ 0] per manent - act i ve
BSV Interface view (in NTmode)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pfs 2237
Command Reference
pfs
Purpose Use the pfs command to set the Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) feature for the IPSec
policy to initiate the negotiation.
Use the undo pfs command to set not to use the PFS feature during the
negotiation.
Syntax pfs { dh- gr oup1 | dh- gr oup2 | dh- gr oup5 | dh- gr oup14 }
undo pfs
Parameters dh-group1
Specifies that the 768-bit Diffie-Hellman group is used.
dh-group2
Specifies that the 1024-bit Diffie-Hellman group is
used.
dh-group5 Specifies that the 1536-bit Diffie-Hellman group is
used.
dh-group14
Specifies that the 2048-bit Diffie-Hellman group is
used.
Default By default, no PFS feature is used.
Example Set that PFS must be used when negotiating through ipsec policy shanghai 200.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy shanghai 200 i sakmp
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- i sakmp- shanghai - 200] pf s gr oup1
IPSec Policy view
Description The command is used to add a PFS exchange process when IPSec uses the ipsec policy
to initiate a negotiation. This additional key exchange is performed during the phase
2 negotiation so as to enhance the communication safety. The DH group specified by
the local and remote ends must be consistent, otherwise the negotiation will fail.
Can this command be used only when the security alliance is established through IKE
style.
Related Commands ipsec policy (Interface view)
2238 pfs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sa duration
proposal
tunnel local
tunnel remote
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family phy-mru 2239
Command Reference
phy-mru
Purpose Use the phy-mru command to configure in asynchronous flow mode MRU at the
physical layer.
Use the undo phy-mru command to restore the default.
Syntax phy-mru size
undo phy-mru
Parameters size
Maximum receive unit (MRU). Valid values are 4 to
1,700 bytes.
If no value is specified, the default is 1,700 bytes.
Example Set the MRU at the physical layer of asynchronous serial interface Async 1/0/0 to 100
bytes.
[ Rout er - Async1/ 0/ 0] phy- mr u 100
2240 physical-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
physical-mode
Purpose Use the physical-mode command to set the operating mode of the
synchronous/asynchronous serial interface.
Syntax physical-mode { sync | async }
Parameters sync
Sets the synchronous/asynchronous serial interface to
work in synchronous mode.
async Sets the synchronous/asynchronous serial interface to
work in asynchronous mode.
Default By default, the synchronous/asynchronous serial interface is working in synchronous
mode.
Example Set the synchronous/asynchronous serial interface to work in asynchronous mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] physi cal - mode async
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pim 2241
Command Reference
pim
Purpose Use the pim command to enter PIM view.
Use the undo pim command to clear the configuration in PIM view.
Syntax pim
undo pim
Parameters None
Example <3Com> system-view
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim]
System view
Description The global parameter which is related with the PIM must be configured in PIM view.
2242 pim bsr-boundary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pim bsr-boundary
Purpose Use the pim bsr-boundary command to configure an interface to become the
PIM domain boundary.
Use the undo pim bsr-boundary command to remove the boundary.
Syntax pim bsr-boundary
undo pim bsr-boundary
Parameters None
Default By default, no domain boundary is set.
Example Configure a domain boundary on the interface Pos1/0/0.
[3Com-Pos1/0/0] pim bsr-boundary
Interface view
Description After this command is configured on an interface, Bootstrap messages cannot pass
the boundary, whereas other PIM packets can. This command can effectively divide
the network to domains which use different BSRs.
Related Command c-bsr
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pim dm 2243
Command Reference
pim dm
Purpose Use the pim dm command to enable PIM-DM.
Use the undo pim dm command to disable PIM-DM.
Syntax pim dm
undo pim dm
Parameters None
Default By default, PIM-DM is disabled.
Example Enable PIM-DM on the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[3Com] interface ethernet1/0/0
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim dm
Interface view
Description Once PIM-DM is enabled on an interface, PIM-SM cannot be enabled on the same
interface and vice versa.
2244 pim neighbor-limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pim neighbor-limit
Purpose Use the pim neighbor-limit command to limit PIM neighbor number on an
router interface. If the number exceeds the limit configured, no new neighbor can be
added to the router.
Use the undo pim neighbor-limit command to restore the default
configuration.
Syntax pim neighbor-limit limit
undo pim neighbor-limit
Parameters limit
Upper limit of PIM neighbor number on an interface.
Default By default, the upper limit of PIM neighbor number on an interface is 128.
Example Limit the upper limit of PIM neighbor number on the interface Ethernet1/0/0/ to 50.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim neighbor-limit 50
Interface view
Description If the PIM neighbor number on an interface has exceeded the value configured during
configuration, the previous PIM neighbor will not be deleted.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pim neighbor-policy 2245
Command Reference
pim neighbor-policy
Purpose Use the pim neighbor-policy command to configure a router to filter the PIM
neighbor of the current interface.
Use the undo pim neighbor-policy command to cancel the filtering.
Syntax pim neighbor-policy acl-number
undo pim neighbor-policy
Number of basic ACL. Valid values 2000 to 2999.
Example Configure 10.10.1.2 rather than 10.10.1.1 as the PIM neighbor of Ethernet1/0/0.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim neighbor-policy 2001
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] quit
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule permit source 10.10.1.2 0
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule deny source 10.10.1.1 0
Interface view
Description Only the router which is permitted by ACL can act as PIM neighbor of the current
interface, while other routers cannot.
If this command is configured repeatedly, the new configuration will overwrite the
previous one.
2246 pim sm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pim sm
Purpose Use the pim sm command to enable PIM-SM protocol on an interface.
Use the undo pim sm command to disable PIM-SM protocol.
Syntax pim sm
undo pim sm
Parameters None
Default By default, PIM-SM is disabled.
Example Enable PIM-SM on the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim sm
Interface view
Description Once PIM-SM is enabled on an interface, PIM-DM cannot be enabled on the same
interface and vice versa.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pim timer hello 2247
Command Reference
pim timer hello
Purpose Use the pim timer hello command to configure the interval for sending PIM
router Hello messages.
Use the undo pim timer hello command to restore the default value.
Syntax pim timer hello seconds
undo pim timer hello
Parameters seconds
Interval for sending Hello message in seconds. Valid
Example Configure the interval of sending Hello message on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 on
the PIM router to 40 seconds.
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim sm
[3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim timer hello 40
Interface view
2248 ping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ping
Purpose Use the ping command to test connectivity of an IP network and reachability of a
host.
Syntax ping [ -a X.X.X.X | -c count | -d | -f | -h ttl_value | -i {
interface-type interface-number } | ip | -n | -p pattern | -q | -r | -s
packetsize | -t timeout | tos | -v | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *
host
Parameters -a X.X.X.X Sets the source IP address in the ICMP ECHO-REQUEST
packets.
-c count
Number of ICMP ECHO-REQUEST transmissions. Valid
-d
Sets socket to debug mode.
-f Discards the packets larger than the interface MTU
without fragmentation.
-h ttl_value
Sets TTL value in the range of 1 to 255.
-i
Sets the interface for sending ICMP ECHO-REQUEST
packets. It sets the TTL in packets to 1. Use this
keyword when testing directly connected devices. The
-i and -vpn options cannot be specified in the same
command.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
-n
Directly uses the host parameter as IP address without
domain name resolution.
-p pattern The byte for padding ICMP ECHO-REQUEST packets. It
is in hexadecimal format and in the range 0 to
FFFFFFFF. For example, if the parameter is set to -p ff,
the entire packet is padded by ff.
-q Displays statistic figures rather than details.
-r Records routes.
-s packetsize Size of ECHO-REQUEST packets (excluding IP and ICMP
headers). Valid values are 20 to 8100 bytes. The
packets larger than the interface MTU are sent after
fragmented.
-t timeout Time to wait for ECHO-RESPONSE (in milliseconds).
tos
TOS value in ECHO-REQUEST packets.
-v
Displays the received ICMP packets other than
ECHO-RESPONSE packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ping 2249
Command Reference
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Sets the vpn-instance name of MPLS VPN,
specifying the VPN attribute configured in this ping
command, that is, name of the associated
vpn-instance created locally. The -i and -vpn
options cannot be specified in the same command.
host Name or IP address of the destination host.
ip Adopts the IP protocol.
Defaults The following are the default settings apply when none of the parameters is specified:
An ECHO-REQUEST packet is sent five times at most.
Socket is non-debug mode.
Host is regarded an IP address. If it is not, domain name resolution is performed.
Padding begins at 0x01 and increments until 0x09 and then repeats.
All information including statistics is displayed.
Routes are not recorded.
The length of ECHO-REQUEST packets is 56 bytes.
The time to wait for an ECHO-RESPONSE packet is 2000 ms.
The ICMP packets other than ECHO-RESPONSE packets are not displayed.
The parameter vpn-instance is not defined.
Example Check reachability of the host at 202.38.160.244.
<3Com> ping 202.38.160.244
ping 202.38.160.244 : 56 data bytes , press CTRL-C to break
Reply from 202.38.160.244 : bytes=56 sequence=1 ttl=255 time = 1ms
--202.38.160.244 ping statistics--
5 packets transmitted
5 packets received
0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 1/2/3 ms
Any view
Description The following is the process for executing the ping command:
2250 ping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
A host sends an ICMP ECHO-REQUEST. If the connection to the destination network is
normal, the destination host will be able to receive the ICMP ECHO-REQUEST and
send an ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet back to the source host.
You can use the ping command to test network connectivity or line quality. Its
output includes:
Information on the reply to each ECHO-REQUEST, including data bytes, packet
sequence number, TTL, and the roundtrip time. If no reply is received upon
timeout, Request time out is displayed.
The final statistics, including the number of the packets sent and received, packet
loss ratio, roundtrip time in its minimum value, mean value and maximum value.
If network transmission is slow, you can appropriately extend the time to wait for
reply.
Related Command tracert
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ping clns 2251
Command Reference
ping clns
Purpose Use the ping clns command to test the reachability to a specified destination.
Syntax ping clns NSAP
Parameters NSAP Layer 3 address of the destination in the format of
##.####. ... .##.
Example A successful ping operation.
<3Com> pi ng cl ns 49. 0001. 0000. 0000. 026a. 00
The syst emi s al i ve.
An unsuccessful ping operation.
<3Com> pi ng cl ns 47. 0001. 0001. 0001. 000a. 0025. 11
Can not r each t he syst em.
Perform a ping operation on an IS with CLNS not enabled.
<3Com> pi ng cl ns 49. 0001. 0000. 0000. 026a. 00
CLNS has not been enabl ed, pl ease enabl e CLNS f i r st .
Perform a ping operation on an IS with NET address not configured.
<3Com> pi ng cl ns 49. 0001. 0000. 0000. 026a. 00
No l ocal Net wor k Ent i t y Ti t l e ( NET) t o use.
Any view
Description This command sends a CLNP ECHO REQUEST (ERQ) packet to the destination and
waits for its corresponding ECHO RESPONSE (ERP) packet. A ping operation is
successful if the source receives an ERP packet in three seconds after it sends an ERQ
packet to the destination. Otherwise, it is unsuccessful.
2252 ping ipx 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ping ipx
Purpose Use the ping ipx command to check host reachability and network connectivity in
IPX network.
Syntax ping ipx network.node [ - c count ] [ - t timeout ] [ - s size ]
Parameters network.node
Ping destination address. The parameter network can
be an eight-bit hexadecimal number ranging from 0x1
to 0xFFFFFFFD. The 0s in front can be omitted when
inputting. The parameter node is a 48-bit value
represented by a triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers separated by -.
The 0s in front of node value cannot be omitted.
count Number of Ping packets that are sent.
By default, the value is 5.
timeout
The time waiting for Ping response.
By default, the value is 2 seconds.
size
Ping packet size. By default, the value is 100 bytes.
Example Ping system whose destination address is 675.0000-a0b0-fefe with default
parameters.
<3Com> pi ng i px 675. 0000- a0b0- f ef e
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pki delete-certificate 2253
Command Reference
pki delete-certificate
Purpose Use the pki delete-certificate command to delete the locally stored
certificates.
Syntax pki delete-certificate { l ocal | ca } domai n domain-name
Parameters local Indicates the deletion of all local certificates that are
locally stored;
ca
Indicates the deletion of all CA certificates that are
locally stored.
domain-name
PKI domain where the certificate to be deleted locates.
Example Delete the local certificate in the PKI domain named cer.
[ 3ComCA] pki del et e- cer t i f i cat e l ocal domai n cer
System view
2254 pki domain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pki domain
Purpose Use the pki domain command to enter PKI domain view, and configure the
parameters of LDAP server and for certificate request and authentication.
Use the undo pki domain command to delete the specified PKI domain.
Syntax pki domain name
undo pki domain name
Parameters name PKI domain name specified for the quotation of other
commands, indicating the PKI domain to which this
device belongs. It can contain 1 to 15 characters.
Default By default, no PKI domain name is specified.
Example Enter PKI domain view
[ Rout er CA] pki domai n 1
[ Rout er CA- pki - domai n- 1]
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pki entity 2255
Command Reference
pki entity
Purpose Use the pki entity command to name a PKI entity and enter PKI entity view.
Use the undo pki entity command to delete the name and cancel all
configurations under the name space.
Syntax pki entity name-str
undo pki entity name-str
Parameters name-str
Device-related unique character string of identification,
from 1 to 15 characters long.
Default By default, entity name is not specified.
Example Enter PKI entity view
[ Rout er CA] pki ent i t y en
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- en]
Any view
Description A variety of attributes can be configured in PKI entity view. name-str plays only for the
convenience in being quoted by other commands. No field of certificate is concerned.
2256 pki import-certificate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pki import-certificate
Purpose Use the pki import-certificate command to import an existing CA certificate
or local certificate.
Syntax pki import-certificate { l ocal | ca } domai n domain-name { der | p12 | p7
| pem} [ f i l ename filename ]
Parameters local
Indicates the local certificate.
ca
Indicates the CA certificate.
domain-name
Specifies the PKI domain where the certificate locates.
der
Specifies DER format, binary coding.
p12
Specifies PKCS#12 format.
p7
Specifies PKCS#7 format, binary coding.
pem
Specifies PEM (Base 64) coding.
filename
Name of the certificate file, consisting of a string of 1
to 127 characters.
Example Import the CA certificate in the PKI domain named cer. The certificate file format is
PEM.
[ 3ComCA] pki i mpor t - cer t i f i cat e ca domai n cer pem
System view
Related Command pki domain
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pki request-certificate 2257
Command Reference
pki request-certificate
Purpose Use the pki request-certificate command to deliver certificate request
through SCEP to CA for the generated RSA key pair.
Syntax pki request-certificate domai n domain-name [ password ] [ pkcs10 [
f i l ename filename ] ]
Contains CA or RA related information. It is configured
by using the pki domain command.
password Optionally involved in certificate revocation. It is a
string consisting of 1 to 31 characters.
pkcs10
Displays the BASE64-encoded PKCS#10 certificate
request. You can use the information to request a
certificate by phone, disk, or email.
filename Name of the file for saving the PKCS#10 certificate
request.
Example Specify to manually apply for a certificate and display the PKCS#10 certificate request
information.
[ 3ComCA] pki r equest - cer t i f i cat e domai n 1 pkcs10
System view
Description Use the pki request-certificate command to deliver certificate request
through SCEP to CA for the generated RSA key pair. If SCEP fails to go through
normal communication, you can print the local certificate request in base64 format
using the optional parameter PKCS#10, copy it, and send one to CA in an outband
mode.
This operation is not saved within the configuration.
2258 pki retrieval-certificate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pki retrieval-certificate
Purpose Use the pki retrieval-certificate command to download a certificate from
the certificate issuing server.
Syntax pki retrieval-certificate { l ocal | ca } domai n domain-name
Parameters local
Indicates the download of a local certificate;
ca
Indicates the download of a CA certificate;
domain-name
Contains CA or RA related information. It is configured
Example Retrieve a certificate.
[ Rout er CA] pki r et r i eval - cer t i f i cat e ca domai n 1
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pki retrieval-crl 2259
Command Reference
pki retrieval-crl
Purpose Use the pki retrieval-crl command to obtain the latest CRL from CRL server
for the verification of the validity of a current certificate.
Syntax pki retrieval-crl domai n domain-name
Parameters domain-name Contains CA or RA related information. It is configured
Example Retrieve a CRL
[ Rout er CA] pki r et r i eval - cr l domai n 1
System view
2260 pki validate-certificate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pki validate-certificate
Purpose Use the pki validate-certificate command to verify the validity of a
certificate.
Syntax pki validate-certificate { l ocal | ca } domai n domain-name
Parameters local
Indicates the validation of a local certificate;
ca
Indicates the validation of a CA certificate;
domain-name
Specifies the domain of the certificate about to be
command.
Example Verify the validity of a certificate
[ Rout er CA] pki val i dat e- cer t i f i cat e domai n 1
System view
Description Use the pki validate-certificate command to verify the validity of a
certificate. The focus is to check the CA signature on the certificate, and to make sure
that the certificate is still within the validity period and beyond revocation. All
certificates with authentic signatures of CA can pass the validation, since it is believed
that CA never issues fake certificates.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family plan-numbering 2261
Command Reference
plan-numbering
Purpose Use the plan-numbering command to configure the calling/called numbering plan
attribute of voice entities.
Use the undo plan-numbering command to restore the default numbering plan.
Syntax plan-numbering { cal l ed | cal l i ng } { dat a | i sdn | nat i onal | pr i vat e |
r eser ved | t el ex | unknown }
undo plan-numbering { cal l ed | cal l i ng }
Parameters called
Called number.
calling
Calling number.
data
Data numbering plan.
isdn
Numbering plan of ISDN telephone.
national
Numbering plan of national standard.
private
Private numbering plan.
reserved
Reserved extension.
telex
Subscriber telex numbering plan
unknown
Unknown numbering plan.
Default By default, the calling/called numbering plan of a voice entity is set to unknown.
Example Set the called numbering plan of voice entity 10 to national.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] pl an- number i ng cal l ed nat i onal
Voice Entity view
Description The numbering plans comply with ITU-T Recommendation Q931.
Related Command type-number
2262 play stop-accounting-buffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
play stop-accounting-buffer
Purpose Use the display stop-accounting-buffer command to view information on
the stop-accounting requests buffered in the router by RADIUS scheme, session ID, or
time range. The displayed packet information can help you troubleshoot RADIUS
faults.
Syntax display stop-accounting-buffer { r adi us- scheme radius-scheme-name |
sessi on- i d session-id | t i me- r ange start-time stop-time | user - name
user-name }
Parameters radius-scheme
radius-scheme-name
Displays information on buffered stop-accounting
requests related to the RADIUS scheme specified by
radius-scheme-name. It is a string not exceeding
32 characters and excluding forward slashes (/), colons
(:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than signs (<),
session-id session-id
Displays information on the buffered stop-accounting
requests related to the session ID specified by
session-id, a character string not exceeding 50
characters.
time-range start-time
stop-time Displays the buffered stop-accounting requests by the
time range of requests. It is specified by start-time
and stop-time in the format of
hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd, that
is, hours:minutes:seconds-months/days/years or
hours:minutes:seconds-years/months/days.
user-name user-name
Displays information on the buffered stop-accounting
requests by user ID, or user name excluding the
domain name. This user name comprises up to 55
Example Display information on the buffered stop-accounting requests between 0:0:0 and
23:59:59 on August 31, 2002.
<3Com> di spl ay st op- account i ng- buf f er t i me- r ange 0: 0: 0- 08/ 31/ 2002
23: 59: 59- 08/ 31/ 2002
Tot al f i nd 0 r ecor d
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family play stop-accounting-buffer 2263
Command Reference
Description If receiving no response after sending a stop-accounting request to a RADIUS server,
the router buffers the request packet and retransmits it. The number of allowed
transmission attempts can be set using the retry stop-accounting command.
Related Commands reset stop-accounting-buffer
2264 plc-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
plc-mode
Purpose Use the plc-mode command to configure packet loss compensation mode.
Use the undo plc-mode command to restore the default packet loss compensation
mode.
Syntax plc-mode { gener al | speci f i c }
undo plc-mode
Parameters general
Uses the universal frame erasure algorithm.
specific
Uses the specific algorithm provided by the voice
gateway.
Default By default, the specific algorithm is used.
Example Configure the voice gateway to use the universal packet loss compensation
algorithm.
[ VG- voi ce- l i ne0] pl c- mode gener al
Description This command takes effect only on FXO and FXS interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family policy vpn-target 2265
Command Reference
policy vpn-target
Purpose Use the policy vpn-target command to filter the received routing information
according to the VPN-target extended community attributes.
Use the undo policy vpn-target command to remove the filtering.
Syntax policy vpn-target
undo policy vpn-target
Parameters None
Default By default, the received routing information is filtered according to the VPN-target
extended community attributes.
Example Filter the received routing information according to the VPN-target extended
[ 3Com- bgp- af - vpn] pol i cy vpn- t ar get
2266 port access vlan 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
port access vlan
Purpose Use the port access vlan command to add the port whose link type is access to
a specified VLAN.
Use the undo port access vlan command to remove the access port from the
specified VLAN.
Syntax port access vlan vlan_id
undo port access vlan
Parameters vlan_id
VLAN ID defined in IEEE 802.1Q. Valid values are 2 to
4094.
Example Add port Ethernet 1/0/1 to VLAN 3.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] por t access vl an 3
Ethernet Port view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family port hybrid pvid vlan 2267
Command Reference
port hybrid pvid vlan
Purpose Use the port hybrid pvid vlan command to assign a default VLAN ID to the
hybrid port.
Use the undo port hybrid pvid command to restore the default VLAN ID of the
hybrid port.
Syntax port hybrid pvid vlan vlan_id
undo port hybrid pvid
Parameters vlan_id
VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q. Valid values are 1 to
4094.
Example Set the default VLAN ID of hybrid port Ethernet 1/0/1 to 100.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] por t hybr i d pvi d vl an 100
Ethernet Port view
Description To ensure correct transmission of packets, the default VLAN ID of the hybrid port
must be the same as the one used by the connected hybrid port.
Related Command port link-type
2268 port-mapping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
port-mapping
Purpose Use the port-mapping command to establish a mapping from the port to
application layer protocol.
Use the undo port-mapping command to delete the PAM ingress defined by the
user.
Syntax port-mapping application-name por t port-number [ acl acl-number ]
undo port-mapping [ application-name por t port-number [ acl acl-number
] ]
Parameters application-name
Specifies the name of the application for PAM.
Optional applications include ftp, http, h323, smtp and
rtsp.
port-number
acl-number
Number of basic ACL. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Example Map port 3456 to FTP service, with this configuration, all the data flows destined to
port 3456 will be regarded as FTP data flows.
[ 3Com] por t - mappi ng f t p por t 3456
System view
Description PAM supports two mapping mechanisms: general port mapping and host port
mapping based on basic ACL. The former is to establish the mapping relation
between a user-defined port number and an application protocol. For example,
mapping the port 8080 to the HTTP will make all the TCP packets destined to 8080
be regarded as HTTP packets. The latter is to map the self-defined port number to the
application protocol for the packets from some specific hosts. For example, you can
map the TCP packets using the port 8080, which destine to the hosts residing on the
segment 1.1.0.0 to be the HTTP packets. The range of hosts will be specified by the
basic ACL.
Related Command display port-mapping
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family port trunk permit vlan 2269
Command Reference
port trunk permit vlan
Purpose Use the port trunk permit vlan command to assign the trunk port to the
specified VLANs.
Use the undo port trunk permit vlan command to remove the trunk port
from the specified VLANs.
Syntax port trunk permit vlan { vlan_id_list | al l }
undo port trunk permit vlan { vlan_id_list | al l }
Parameters vlan_id_list
Equals [ vlan_id1 [ to vlan_id2 ] ]&<1-10>. It
specifies a range of contiguous or discrete VLANs to
which the hybrid port is to be assigned. The vlan_id
ranges from 1 to 4094. &<1-10> indicates that the
former arguments can be input 10 times repeatedly at
most.
all
Assign the trunk port to all VLANs.
Example Assign trunk port Ethernet 1/0/1 to VLANs 2, 4, and 50 through 100.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] por t t r unk per mi t vl an 2 4 50 t o 100
Ethernet Port view
Description This command can be used on condition that the VLAN specified using vlan_id is not
the default one.
A trunk port can belong to multiple VLANs. If multiple VLAN lists are configured using
the port trunk permit vlan command, all the VLANs of these list can pass
through the port.
Related Command port link-type
2270 portal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal
Purpose Use the portal command to enable portal authentication on an interface.
Use the undo portal command to disable portal authentication on an interface.
Syntax portal server-name
undo portal
Parameters server-name
Name of a configured portal server.
Example Enable portal authentication on interface Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] por t al por t al 1
Description Before enabling portal authentication on an interface, make sure that the interface is
configured with a legal IP address, and the specified portal server exists.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal all-resource-id 2271
Command Reference
portal all-resource-id
Purpose Use the portal all-resource-id command to configure the all-resource ID.
Use the undo portal all-resource-id command to delete the all-resource
ID.
Syntax portal all-resource-id number
undo portal all-resource-id
Parameters number
All-resource ID.
Default By default, no all-resource ID is configured.
Example Set the all-resource ID to 2.
[ 3Com] por t al al l - r esour ce- i d 2
Delete the all-resource ID.
[ 3Com] undo por t al al l - r esour ce- i d
System view
Description The all-resource ID is corresponding to the security ACL configured on the security
policy server for the router.
The security policy server issues the security ACL when an endpoint user using portal+
client passes security authentication. This security ACL must be the same as the
all-resource ID. With the all-resource ID, the user can access network resources other
than update resources.
2272 portal auth-network 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal auth-network
Purpose Use the portal auth-network command to configure a network segment for
portal authentication.
Use the undo portal auth-network command to remove a specified
authentication network segment or all authentication network segments.
Syntax portal auth-network ip-address net-mask i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num
undo portal auth-network { [ ip-address net-mask ] i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-num | al l }
Parameters ip-address IP address of a network segment.
net-mask
Subnet mask of the network segment.
interface-type
interface-num
Type and number of the Ethernet interface to which
the network segment is attached.
all All configured authentication network segments.
Default By default, no authentication network segments are configured.
Example Configure the network segment for portal authentication.
[ 3Com] por t al aut h- net wor k 192. 168. 0. 200 255. 255. 0. 0 i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 0
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal fast-authentication 2273
Command Reference
portal fast-authentication
Purpose Use the portal fast-authentication command to enable fast portal
authentication.
Use the undo portal fast-authentication command to disable fast portal
authentication.
Syntax portal fast-authentication ser ver server-name user - name user-name
passwor d password
undo portal fast-authentication ser ver server-name
Parameters server-name Name of the configured portal server.
user-name User name used for fast authentication.
password Password used for fast authentication.
Default By default, normal portal authentication is enabled.
Example Enable fast portal authentication for portal server pt, and specify to use user name
fast and password 123.
[ 3Com] por t al f ast - aut hent i cat i on ser ver pt user - name f ast passwor d 123
System view
Description Note that the portal server name must exist, that is, the portal server must have been
configured. Otherwise, an error occurs.
2274 portal free-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal free-ip
Purpose Use the portal free-ip command to configure a free IP address.
Use the undo portal free-ip command to remove a specified free IP address.
Syntax portal free-ip ip-address i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num
undo portal free-ip { [ ip-address ] i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num | al l }
Parameters ip-address Free IP address of the host to be configured.
interface-type
interface-num
Type and number of the Ethernet interface on which
the free IP address of the host is configured.
all All the free IP addresses.
Default By default, no free IP address for a host or segment is configured.
Example Configure a free IP address 192.168.253.222 on Ethernet0/0/0.
[ 3Com] por t al f r ee- i p 192. 168. 253. 222 i nt er f ace et her net 0/ 0/ 0
System view
Description You can configure the IP address of a free website provided by an Internet service
provider (ISP) as a free IP address. All users can access it without restriction.
The system supports up to eight free IP addresses, including the IP address of the
portal server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal free-user 2275
Command Reference
portal free-user
Purpose Use the portal free-user command to configure a portal authentication-free
user.
Use the undo portal free-user ip command to delete a specified
authentication-free user.
Use the undo portal free-user interface command to delete all
authentication-free users on a specified interface.
Use the undo portal free-user all command to delete all set
authentication-free users.
Syntax portal free-user i p ip-address i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num
undo portal free-user { [ i p ip-address ] i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num | al l }
Parameters ip-address IP address of the authentication-free user.
interface-type
interface-num
Type and number of the Ethernet interface to which
the authentication-free user is attached.
all
All the authentication-free users.
Example Configure a portal authentication-free user, who is at 10.110.100.100 and connected
to Ethernet0/0/1.
[ 3Com] por t al f r ee- user i p 10. 110. 100. 100 i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/ 1
System view
Description In actual networking environments, you can configure some servers and the LAN
network devices attached to the router as authentication-free users, enabling them to
access all networks without authentication.
The authentication-free user information contains the IP address of the user and the
interface on the router to which the user is connected. Only the user whose
information fully matches the authentication-free user information can be allowed to
access the Internet without authentication.
2276 portal free-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
CAUTION:
In re-DHCP authentication mode, the IP address of an authentication-free user and
the primary IP address of the interface must be on the same network segment. In
direct authentication mode, the IP address of an authentication-free user and the
IP address of the interface must be on the same network segment.
This configuration takes effect only if portal authentication is enabled on the
interface to which the authentication-free user is connected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal method 2277
Command Reference
portal method
Purpose Use the portal method command to specify a portal authentication method.
Use the undo portal method command to restore the default authentication
method, that is, direct authentication.
Syntax portal method { di r ect | r edhcp }
undo portal method
Parameters direct
Direct authentication.
redhcp
Re-DHCP authentication.
Example Set the portal authentication method to redhcp.
[ 3Com] por t al met hod r edhcp
Restore the default authentication method.
[ 3Com] undo por t al met hod
System view
2278 portal resource 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal resource
Purpose Use the portal resource command to create an accessible-resource name.
Use the undo portal resource command to restore the default
accessible-resource name.
Syntax portal resource resource-name
undo portal resource
Parameters resource-name Name of accessible resource.
Default The default accessible-resource name is 3Com.
Example Create an accessible-resource name to sina.
[ 3Com] por t al r esour ce si na
Restore the default accessible-resource name.
[ 3Com] undo por t al r esour ce
System view
Description This resource name is used by the system in the security authentication failure prompt
indicating that the resource with the specified name is accessible only after security
authentication is passed.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal server 2279
Command Reference
portal server
Purpose Use the portal server command to configure a portal server or modify the
configuration of a portal server.
Use the undo portal server command to delete a specified portal server or
restore the default settings for a specified portal server
Syntax portal server server-name { i p ip-address | key key-string | por t port |
ur l url-string } *
undo portal server server-name [ key | por t | ur l ]
Parameters server-name Name of the portal server, consisting of a string from 1
ip-address
IP address of the portal server, which cannot be
0.0.0.0, or any loopback address, multicast address, or
broadcast address.
key-string Shared key for communications between the portal
server and the router, consisting of a string from 1 to
16 characters long. (By default, it is 3Com. )
port
Port from which the router sends packets to the portal
server. Valid values are 1 to 65,534.
If no value is specified, the default is 50,100.
url-string
URL for HTTP redirection. By default, it is a string
starting with http:// and consisting of the value of the
ip-address argument. For example, if the value of the
ip-address argument is 10.110.100.100, then the
default URL is http://10.110.100.100. When entering
the string, you do not need to put it between double
quotation marks.
Example Configure a portal server named 3Com with an IP address of 10.10.100.100, a
communication key of 163, a port of 50101, and an HTTP redirection URL of
http://www.3Com.com.
[ 3Com] por t al ser ver 3Comi p 10. 10. 100. 100 key 163 por t 50101 ur l
ht t p: / / www. 3Com. com
System view
Description . All users can access a portal server without limitation.
2280 portal server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
CAUTION:
When configuring a portal server for the first time, you must specify its IP address.
To modify the parameters of a portal server which is referenced by an interface,
you must first remove the portal server from the port.
The IP address of a portal server is a free IP address. If the number of free IP
addresses has already reached the maximum number, the portal server
configuration will fail.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal service-type 2281
Command Reference
portal service-type
Purpose Use the portal service-type command to set the portal authentication mode.
Use the undo portal service-type command to restore the default portal
authentication mode.
Syntax portal service-type { nor mal | pl us }
undo portal service-type
Parameters normal
Sets the portal authentication mode to normal (or
portal).
plus
Sets the portal authentication mode to portal+.
Default After you enable portal on an interface, normal portal authentication mode applies by
default.
Example Set the portal authentication mode to portal+.
[ 3Com] por t al ser vi ce- t ype pl us
Set the portal authentication mode to normal.
[ 3Com] undo por t al ser vi ce- t ype
System view
Description Portal+ is an enhancement to portal; it supports endpoint admission defense in
addition to the functions provided by portal.
2282 portal update-resource 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal update-resource
Purpose Use the portal update-resource command to add an IP address to update
resources.
Use the undo portal update-resource command to remove one or all IP
addresses from update resources.
Syntax portal update-resource i p ip-address [ mask mask ]
undo portal update-resource { i p ip-address [ mask mask ] | al l }
IP address of update-resource.
mask
Dotted decimal subnet mask or mask length of the IP
address of update resource.
all All update resources.
Default By default, no update resources are configured.
Example Add 192.168.0.201 to update resources.
[ 3Com] por t al updat e- r esour ce i p 192. 168. 0. 201
Remove 192.168.0.201 from update resources.
[ 3Com] undo por t al updat e- r esour ce i p 192. 168. 0. 201
System view
Description EAD uses two authentication phases, identity authentication of AAA and security
authentication, to control resources accessible to an endpoint user using the portal+
client as follows:
When the user passes identity authentication, it can access update resources, that
is, the resources in the isolation zone.
When the user passes the subsequent security authentication, it can access all
available resources.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family portal update-resource-id 2283
Command Reference
portal update-resource-id
Purpose Use the portal update-resource-id command to configure the
update-resource ID.
Use the undo portal update-resource-id command to delete the
update-resource ID.
Syntax portal update-resource-id number
undo portal update-resource-id
Parameters number
Update-resource ID.
Default By default, the update-resource ID is not configured.
Example Set the update-resource ID to 1.
[ 3Com] por t al updat e- r esour ce- i d 1
Delete the update-resource ID.
[ 3Com] undo por t al r esour ce- i d
System view
Description The update-resource ID is corresponding to the isolation ACL configured on the
security policy server for the router.
The security policy server issues the isolation ACL when an endpoint user using
portal+ client passes identity authentication of AAA. If this isolation ACL is the same
as the update-resource ID, the user can access update resources. If this isolation ACL
is not the same as the update-resource ID, the router assigns the update-resource ID
to the user. By using this update-resource ID, the user can access update resources.
To access resources other than update resources, the user must pass the security
authentication.
2284 portal upload-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
portal upload-ip
Purpose Use the portal upload-ip command to configure the IP address of the interface
connected to the CAMS server.
Use the undo portal upload-ip command to delete the IP address of the
interface connected to the CAMS server.
Syntax portal upload-ip ip-address
undo portal upload-ip
IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS.
Default By default, the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS server is not
configured.
Example Configure the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS server.
[ Rout er - Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] portal upload-ip 172.21.1.1
Description Use this command only on the Ethernet interface enabled with portal authentication.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pos-server app tcp 2285
Command Reference
pos-server app tcp
Purpose Use the pos-server app tcp command to configure a POS application in TCP/IP
connection mode.
Use the undo pos-server app tcp command to remove the specified POS
application.
Syntax pos-server app tcp app-number ip-address port-number
undo pos-server app tcp app-number
Number for the POS application. Valid values are 0 to
31. A router can be configured with up to 32 POS
applications.
ip-address
Destination address of the POS application in TCP/IP
connection mode.
port-number
Port number of the POS application in TCP/IP
connection mode. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
Default By default, no POS application is configured.
Example Configure POS application 1 with IP address 1.1.254.78 and port number 9010.
[Router] pos-server app tcp 1 1.1.254.78 9010
System view
Description A POS access router can be connected to a UNIX FEP in one of two ways:
asynchronous and TCP/IP. When configuring a POS application in asynchronous
connection mode, a different command is used.
On a TCP/IP connection, an application is identified by IP address and port number.
Two applications are regarded unique, whether they use different IP addresses or use
the same IP address but different port numbers.
2286 pos-server app x25 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pos-server app x25
Purpose Use the pos-server app x25 command to configure the specified POS
application on the POSPAD client router.
Use the undo pos-server app x25 command to remove the specified POSPAD
client application.
Syntax pos-server app x25 appid x121-address
undo pos-server app x25 appid
Parameters app-id
Number of a POS application. Valid values are 0 to 31.
x121-address
X.121 address of the POSPAD server corresponding to
the POS application.
Default By default, no POSPAD client application is configured.
Example Associate POSPAD client application 1 with the peer x121 address of 12345.
[Router] pos-server app x25 1 12345
System view
Description The POSPAD client sends the POS packets of the specified application to the POSPAD
server with the specified x121 address, and receives responses from that address.
When configuring an application, ensure that the serial interface on the router works
in X.25 PAD mode and the PAD is available.
The POSPAD client does not support PAD multi-application mapping, so only one
client application needs to be configured.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pos-server checkschar 2287
Command Reference
pos-server checkschar
Purpose Use the pos-server checkschar command to enable the system to check POS
packets for the string 10 04.
Use the undo pos-server checkschar command to disable the system to
check POS packets for the string 10 04.
Syntax pos-server checkschar
undo pos-server checkschar
Parameters None
Default By default, the system does not check POS packets for the string 10 04.
Example Enable the system to check POS packets for the string 10 04.
[Router] pos-server checkschar
System view
Description In the context of POSPAD access, the string 10 04 indicates a disconnection request
and the string 02 03 03 indicates a connection setup request. After you configure the
pos-server checkschar command, the system considers all packets with the
string 10 04 as disconnection requests.
When 10 04 string check is disabled, the system does not check the payload of POS
packets for the string 10 04. Instead, it treats a POS packet as a disconnection request
only when the payload of this packet is 10 04 or when the packet ends with 10 04.
2288 pos-server enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pos-server enable
Purpose Use the pos-server enable command to enable POS access server.
Use the undo pos-server enable command to disable server.
Syntax pos-server enable
undo pos-server enable
Parameters None
Default By default, POS access server is disabled.
Example Enable POS access server.
[Router] pos-server enable
System view
Description To implement POS access, you must first enable POS access server. If you execute the
pos-server enable command when POS access server is enabled, the following
prompt appears:
pos-server has been enabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pos-server fcm 2289
Command Reference
pos-server fcm
Purpose Use the pos-server fcm command to configure FCM parameters for modem
negotiation.
Use the undo pos-server fcm command to restore the defaults.
Syntax pos-server fcm { answertime time | tradetime time | packetinterval time }
undo pos-server fcm [ answertime ] [ tradetime ] [ packetinterval ]
Parameters answertime time
Maximum duration waiting for an answer (in
milliseconds). Valid values are 500 to 2000.
tradetime time Maximum duration a transaction may last (in
milliseconds). Valid values are 30,000 to 12,000,000.
packetinterval time
Maximum duration waiting for an acknowledgement
(in milliseconds). Valid values are 3,500 to 10,000.
Default In normal cases, the defaults of these timers are adequate. When exceptions occur,
you may modify them as needed.
Example Set the answer timer to 800 milliseconds, trade timer to 1,200,000 milliseconds (20
minutes), and packet interval timer to 6000 milliseconds (6 seconds).
[Router] pos-server fcm answertime 800
[Router] pos-server fcm tradetime 1200000
[Router] pos-server fcm packetinterval 6000
System view
Description In a POS access application, the modem on the FCM module usually acts as the called
party, and the modem embedded in the POS terminal acts as the calling party. The
following is the communication process between the two parties:
The POS terminal originates a call.
When the called party detects the call signal, it switches to the off-hook status and
sends answer tone to the POS terminal.
After the POS terminal receives the answer tone, the two sides begin the modem
negotiation (V.22). To ensure a successful negotiation, you need to set the
duration of answer tone appropriately considering the differences of telephony
networks in signal quality and delay. For a system with a bad network condition, a
2290 pos-server fcm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
short duration setting may cause modem negotiation failures; on the router, the
modem port intermittently comes up/goes down and no data is transmitted or
received. In this case, you can increase the value of the answer timer.
After the negotiation succeeds, the two parties begin to communicate. Since the
link layer protocol adopted by POS terminals is SDLC, a timeout retransmission
mechanism is needed to handle communication exceptions during transmission of
data frames. To this end, you may set the packet interval timer. For a system that
must handle packets greater than 512 bytes, consider to increase the value of
packet interval.
POS network convergence ratios are usually quite high. To improve the utilization of
POS access ports, you need to limit the duration of each transaction, preventing a
POS terminal from occupying resources for a long time. To this end, you may set the
trade timer. If a transaction is not completed upon expiration of this timer, the router
disconnects the involved POS terminal to release the occupied resources.
Related Command: pos-server enable
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pos-server map 2291
Command Reference
pos-server map
Purpose Use the pos-server map command to configure a multi-application POS access
map entry.
Use the undo pos-server map command to delete a multi-application POS access
map entry.
Syntax pos-server map {des-code | default } app-number
undo pos-server map { des-code | default }
Parameters des-code
Destination address in the TPDU header of the POS
packet. It is a string of four hexadecimal numerals,
such as FFFF, usually used for identifying a bank.
Generally, the number is distributed by the service
center to a POS access device.
default Default POS multi-application map entry.
app-number Number of a POS application. Valid values are 0 to 31.
Default By default, no multi-application POS access map is configured.
Example Configure the system to send the packets with a destination address of 01f1 in their
TDPU header to application 2.
[Router] pos-server map 01f1 2
Configure the system to send the packets that do not match any multi-application
map entry to default application 0.
[Router] pos-server map default 0
System view
Description When a POS access port receives a packet from its physical interface, it looks up the
POS multi-application map for a match based on the destination address in the TPDU
field. If a match is found, the packet is passed to the corresponding application; if no
match is found, the packet is passed to the default application.
At present, a router supports up to 32 applications.
2292 pos-server padmode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pos-server padmode
Purpose Use the pos-server padmode command to configure a POSPAD packet
Syntax pos-server padmode { 0 | 1 }
Parameters 0
Encapsulates POSPAD packets in synchronous format.
1
Encapsulates POSPAD packets in asynchronous format.
Default By default, POSPAD packets are encapsulated in synchronous format.
Example Set the POSPAD packet encapsulation format to asynchronous.
[Router] pos-server padmode 1
System view
Description POS transaction packets transmitted from a POS terminal to a POSPAD are
encapsulated in either synchronous format or asynchronous format.
In synchronous format, a POS transaction packet is made up of a TPDU starting with
60 and an ISO 8583 packet. The POSPAD could not recognize the start and end of
this type of packets. To do that, it must use a control mechanism.
In asynchronous format, a POS transaction packet is a synchronous packet
encapsulated starting with 0x02. The packet includes information such as length of
the packet and checksum.
The same encapsulation format must be adopted on the connected POS terminal and
POSPAD.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pos-server source-ip 2293
Command Reference
pos-server source-ip
Purpose Use the pos-server source-ip command to bind the specified application with
the source address of a TCP connection.
Use the undo pos-server source-ip command to remove the binding.
Syntax pos-server source-ip app-number ip-address
undo pos-server source-ip app-number
Number of an application. Valid values are 0 to 31.
ip-address
Source IP address bound with the specified application
number.
Example Bind application 0 in TCP connection mode with IP address 1.1.1.5.
[Router] pos-server source-ip 0 1.1.1.5
System view
Description Packets from multiple POS terminals can be multiplexed into one TCP connection
between the POS access router and the UNIX FEP to reach the mainframe. For security
sake and other concerns, you may hide the true IP address of the TCP connection on
the POS access router, and use another IP address as the source address instead. More
than that, source address binding can provide link backup.
Note that TCP source IP address binding is only applicable to applications based on
TCP connection. In addition, to ensure a successful binding, the involved TCP
connection must have not been initiated yet. Otherwise, the configuration will fail
and the following error message will appear:
App-state is wrong.
2294 pos-server wait-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pos-server wait-time
Purpose Use the pos-server wait-time command to set the POSPAD wait timer.
Use the undo pos-server wait-time command to restore the default of the
POSPAD wait timer, that is, 200 milliseconds.
Syntax pos-server wait-time time
undo pos-server wait-time
Parameters time POSPAD wait timer setting (in 100-millisecond units).
Example Set the POSPAD wait timer to 300 milliseconds.
[Router] pos-server wait-time 3
System view
Description While a POS terminal sends a packet in asynchronous mode, the POSPAD does not
know when the transmission is complete. Therefore, you need to set a wait timer for
the POSPAD. Upon expiration of this timer, the POSPAD considers that the
transmission is complete and begins to receive the packet.
The setting of this timer depends on packet length. Normally, the default setting is
adequate.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family power-source 2295
Command Reference
power-source
Purpose Use the power-source command to enable remote power supply.
Use the undo power-source command to cancel the setting.
Syntax power-source
undo power-source
Parameters None
Default Remote power supply is disabled.
In network side mode, BSV V2 circuit board can provide remote power supply of 4w
at maximum.
Example Configure to enable remote power supply on BSV interfaces.
[ 3Com- bsv2/ 1/ 0] power - sour ce
Other ISDN commands available with BSV interfaces include:
isdn bch-local-manage, isdn bch-select-way, isdn
caller-number, isdn calling, isdn check-called-number, isdn
ignore connect-ack, isdn ignore hlc, isdn ignore llc, isdn
ignore sending-complete, isdn l3-timer, isdn link-mode, isdn
number-property, isdn overlap-sending, isdn protocol-mode,
isdn protocol-type, isdn statistics, and isdn two-tei.
BSV Interface view (in NT mode)
2296 ppp authentication-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ppp authentication-mode command to set the mode that the local PPP
uses to authenticate the peer router.
Use the undo ppp authentication-mode command to disable authentication.
Syntax ppp authentication-mode { chap | pap } [ cal l - i n | domai n isp-name ]
undo ppp authentication-mode
Parameters chap, pap Authentication mode. You must specify either option,
but not both of them.
call-in
Authenticates the peer only when a call from a remote
user is received.
domain Domain name in user authentication.
Default By default, no authentication is performed.
Example Authenticate the peer router by means of PAP on interface Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp aut hent i cat i on- mode pap domai n syst em
Interface view
Virtual-Template Interface view
Description If you configure the ppp authentication-mode { pap | chap } command without
specifying a domain, the system-default domain named system applies by default,
adopting local authentication and using the address pool you configured for this
domain for address allocation.
If a domain is specified, you must configure an address pool in the specified domain.
If a received username includes a domain name, this domain name is used for
authentication (if the name does not exist, authentication is denied). Otherwise, the
domain name configured for PPP authentication applies.
If the username does not include a domain name, and the domain name configured
for PPP authentication does not exist, authentication is denied also.
There are two PPP authentication algorithms:
PAP is a two-way handshake authentication
CHAP is a three-way handshake authentication
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp authentication-mode 2297
Command Reference
In addition, the defined AAA authentication algorithm list can be used.
Either CHAP or PAP is just an authentication process. The success of the
authentication is decided by AAA, which can authenticate on the basis of the local
authentication database or AAA server.
Related Commands local-user
ppp chap password
ppp chap user
ppp pap local-user
ppp pap password
2298 ppp callback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp callback
Purpose Use the ppp callback command to enable an interface to send or accept PPP
callback requests.
Use the undo ppp callback command to disable the interface to send or accept
PPP callback requests.
Syntax ppp callback { cl i ent | ser ver }
undo ppp callback { cl i ent | ser ver }
Parameters client
As the client end, sends callback requests.
server
As the server end, accepts callback requests.
Default By default, sending or receiving callback request is disabled.
Example Enable accepting callback request on Serial0/0/0 interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp cal l back ser ver
Description The callback function can be used to save the communication cost for the calling
party in the case that the calling party pays the charge for calls.
Related Command ppp callback ntstring
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp callback ntstring 2299
Command Reference
ppp callback ntstring
Purpose Use the ppp callback ntstring command to configure the dial number
required for a Windows NT server to call back the router.
Use the undo ppp callback ntstring command to cancel the configured
callback dial number.
Syntax ppp callback ntstring dial-number
undo ppp callback ntstring
Parameters dial-number
Dial number for a Windows NT server to call back the
router.
Default By default, no callback dial number is set for the Windows NT server.
Example Set the dial number for a Windows NT server to call back the router to 2489.
[ 3Com- Di al er 1] ppp cal l back NTSt r i ng 2489
Description When a router functions as the callback server to call a Windows NT server, this
command should be configured if the server needs the router to send the callback
number.
Related Command ppp callback
2300 ppp chap password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp chap password
Purpose Use the ppp chap password command to configure the password for CHAP
authentication.
Use the undo ppp chap password command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax ppp chap password { si mpl e | ci pher } password
undo ppp chap password
Parameters password Password.
simple Indicates to display the password in plain text.
cipher Indicates to display the password in ciphertext.
Example Set the username to 3Com, which is to be displayed in plain text in CHAP
authentication.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ppp chap passwor d si mpl e 3Com
Interface view
Description While configuring CHAP authentication, you should configure the local password to
be the same as the user password at the remote end.
When encrypting randomly generated packets, the authenticatee always looks to the
ppp chap password command for a password prior to the local user database.
Related Commands ppp authentication-mode
local-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp chap user 2301
Command Reference
ppp chap user
Purpose Use the ppp chap user command to configure the user name when performing
the CHAP authentication.
Use the undo ppp chap user command to delete the existing configuration.
Syntax ppp chap user username
undo ppp chap user
Parameters username
User name of CHAP authentication, consisting of a
string from 1 to 80 characters long. The username is
sent to the peer equipment to be authenticated.
Default By default, the user name of the CHAP authentication is blank.
Example Configure the local user name as Root when CHAP authentication is performed on
interface Serial0/0/0.
[3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ppp chap user Root
Interface view
Description While configuring CHAP authentication, you should configure the username of each
end as the local-user of the peer end, and configure the corresponding
password accordingly.
local-user
2302 ppp compression iphc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp compression iphc
Purpose Use the ppp compression iphc command to enable IP header compression on
the interface.
Use the undo ppp compression iphc command to disable IP header
compression.
Syntax ppp compression iphc [ nonst andar d ]
undo ppp compression iphc
Parameters nonstandard
Nonstandard encapsulation mode.
Default By default, TCP header compression and RTP header compression are disabled on the
interface.
Example Enable TCP header compression and RTP header compression on interface serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp compr essi on i phc
Interface view
Description IP header compression discussed here refers to compression of TCP and RTP headers.
The compression command can take effect on a link only when it is configured at
both ends of the link.
The configuration will take effect only when the shutdown and undo shutdown
operations are performed on the interface. If the configuration is applied on MP, the
shutdown and undo shutdown operations should be performed on all the MPs.
Related Commands ppp compression iphc rtp-connections
ppp compression iphc tcp-connections
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp compression iphc rtp-connections 2303
Command Reference
ppp compression iphc rtp-connections
Purpose Use the ppp compression iphc rtp-connections command to designate
the connections number of IP Header Compression allowed on one interface.
Use the undo ppp compression iphc rtp-connections command to
cancel the configuration and restore the default value.
Syntax ppp compression iphc rtp-connections number
undo ppp compression iphc rtp-connections
Parameters number
The maximum connection number (from 3 to 256) of
IP Header Compression mode on the interface.
If no value is specified, the default number is 16.
Example Set the number of compression-enabled RTP connections to 10 on interface
serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp compr essi on i phc r t p- connect i ons 10
Interface view
Description RTP is connection oriented; the number of RTP connections that a link can
accommodate is relatively large. The use of compression however requires the router
to maintain some information for each connection when compressing headers. To
restrict the memory load generated by compression, you can use the ppp
compression iphc rtp-connections command to limit the number of
compression-enabled RTP connections to three for example. The packets on the
fourth RTP connection are not compressed as a result.
The configuration will take effect after commands shutdown and undo shutdown
have been executed on the interface. When configuring MP, commands shutdown
and undo shutdown must be executed on all MP member interfaces
2304 ppp compression iphc tcp-connections 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ppp compression iphc tcp-connections command to configure
the connection number of TCP compression mode.
Use the undo ppp compression iphc tcp-connections command to
restore the default connection number of TCP compression mode.
Syntax ppp compression iphc tcp-connections number
undo ppp compression iphc tcp-connections
Parameters number
The maximum connection number (from 3 to 256) of
TCP compression mode on the interface.
If no value is specified, the default number is 16.
Example Set the number of compression-enabled TCP connections to 10 on interface
serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp compr essi on i phc t cp- connect i ons 10
Interface view
Description TCP is connection oriented; the number of TCP connections that a link can
accommodate is relatively large. The use of compression however requires the router
to maintain some information for each connection when compressing headers. To
restrict the memory load generated by compression, you can use the ppp
compression iphc tcp-connections command to limit the number of
compression-enabled TCP connections to three for example. The packets on the
fourth TCP connection are not compressed as a result.
The configuration can become valid on an interface only after you perform the
shutdown and then the undo shutdown operations on the interface. If the
configuration is for an MP bundle, you should perform the operations on all MP
member interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp compression stac-lzs 2305
Command Reference
ppp compression stac-lzs
Purpose Use the ppp compression stac-lzs command to enable STAC-LZS compression
for PPP.
Use the undo ppp compression stac-lzs command to disable STAC-LZS
compression on the current interface.
Syntax ppp compression stac-lzs
undo ppp compression stac-lzs
Parameters None
Default By default, compression is disabled.
Example Enable STAC compression on the local router.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp compr essi on st ac- l zs
Interface view
Description You can configure STAC-LZS compression on an interface to reduce size of data
frames through lossless compression. However, as this can increase the load on the
router, you are recommended to disable the function when the load on the router is
heavy.
Note that STAC-LZS compression can take effect on a PPP link only when the
stac-lzs option is configured on both ends of the link.
Related Command link-protocol ppp
2306 ppp ipcp dns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp ipcp dns
Purpose Use the ppp ipcp dns command to enable the router to allocate a DNS address to
the peer.
Use the undo ppp ipcp dns command to disable the router to allocate a DNS
server address to the peer.
Syntax ppp ipcp dns primary-dns-address [ secondary-dns-address ]
undo ppp ipcp dns primary-dns-address [ secondary-dns-address ]
Parameters primary-dns-address
Address of the primary DNS server.
secondary-dns-address
Address of the secondary DNS server.
Default By default, the router does not allocate DNS server addresses.
Example Configure the primary DNS address of the local Router as 100.1.1.1, and the
secondary DNS address as 100.1.1.2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp i pcp dns 100. 1. 1. 1 100. 1. 1. 2
Interface view
Description The router can allocate DNS server addresses after being solicited to the devices
connected to it using PPP, PCs dialed to it for example, allowing these devices to
access the network using their domain names.
If you are connected to the router using a PC, you can execute the winipcfg
command or the ipconfig/all command to view the provided DNS server
address.
ppp ipcp dns admit-any
local-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp ipcp dns admit-any 2307
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ppp ipcp dns admit-any command to enable the router to accept the
unsolicited DNS server address allocated by the peer without sending a DNS request.
Use the undo ppp ipcp dns admit-any command to disable the router to
accept the unsolicited DNS server address allocated by the peer.
Syntax ppp ipcp dns admit-any
undo ppp ipcp dns admit-any
Parameters None
Default By default, the router does not accept the unsolicited DNS address allocated by the
peer.
Example Enable the router to accept the unsolicited DNS server address allocated by the peer.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp i pcp dns admi t - any
Interface view
Description When the router is connected using PPP to another device, a network access server of
a service provider for example, this allows the router to use the DNS server allocated
by the peer.
ppp ipcp dns
local-user
2308 ppp ipcp dns request 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp ipcp dns request
Purpose Use the ppp ipcp dns request command to enable the router to request the
peer for a DNS server address.
Use the undo ppp ipcp dns request command to disable the router to request
the peer for a DNS server address.
Syntax ppp ipcp dns request
undo ppp ipcp dns request
Parameters None
Default By default, the router is disabled to request the peer for a DNS server address.
Example Enable interface Dialer0 to request for a DNS server address.
[ Rout er - Di al er 0] ppp i pcp dns r equest
Interface view
Description When the router is connected using PPP to another device, a network access server of
a service provider for example, this allows the router to request the peer for a DNS
server address through negotiation.
The valid DNS server address obtained after negotiation is displayed in the output
information about the corresponding interface.
ppp ipcp dns
local-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp ipcp remote-address forced 2309
Command Reference
ppp ipcp remote-address forced
Purpose Use the ppp ipcp remote-address forced command to forbid the peer to
use the fix self-configured IP address but the one allocated by this router.
Use the undo ppp ipcp remote-address forced command to cancel the
setting of forcible address allocation, allowing the peer to use its self-configured IP
address.
Syntax ppp ipcp remote-address forced
undo ppp ipcp remote-address forced
Parameters None
Default By default, the peer can use its self-configured IP address in PPP IPCP negotiation. If
the peer explicitly requests this end for an address, this end acts as requested; if the
peer already has a self-configured IP address, this end does not allocate one to the
peer.
Example The PPP-encapsulated interface serial 0/0/0 wants to allocate the IP address 10.0.0.1
to the peer. The peer can accept this allocated address, a self-configured address, or
have no address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] r emot e addr ess 10. 0. 0. 1
The PPP-encapsulated interface serial 0/0/0 wants to allocate the IP address 10.0.0.1
to the peer. The peer must accept this allocated address and cannot use a
self-configured address or have no address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp i pcp r emot e- addr ess f or ced
Interface view
Description If the peer is not allowed to use self-configured IP address, you must configure the
ppp ipcp remote-address forced command on the local interface.
Related Command remote address
2310 ppp lcp mru consistent 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp lcp mru consistent
Purpose Use the ppp lcp mru consistent command to enable PPP LCP to negotiation
maximum receive unit (MRU).
Use the undo ppp lcp mru consistent command to restore the default.
Syntax ppp lcp mru consistent
undo ppp lcp mru consistent
Parameters None
Default By default, PPP LCP does not negotiate MRU; the local end modifies MTU depending
on the remote MRU.
Example Enable PPP LCP to negotiate MRU.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp l cp mr u consi st ent
Interface view
Description After PPP LCP is enabled to negotiate MRU, the MRU value carried in the LCP
CONREQ message received from the remote end cannot be less than the MTU value
configured on the local interface. If a smaller MRU value is received, the local end
sends a CONNAK message to the remote end. If the received MRU value is still smaller
after the local end makes a specified number of CONNAK message sending attempts,
the local end sends a CONREJ message to disable MRU negotiation. The MRU
negotiation attempts made by the remote end after that will always fail.
Normally, after PPP LCP negotiation succeeds, the MTU at the local end does not
change as the remote MRU changes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp lqc 2311
Command Reference
ppp lqc
Purpose Use the ppp lqc command to enable PPP link quality control (LQC).
Use the undo ppp lqc command to disable PPP link quality control.
Syntax ppp lqc forbidden-percentage [ resumptive-percentage ]
undo ppp lqc
Parameters forbidden-percentage Link quality percentage threshold. Once the quality of
a link decreased below this percentage, the link is
taken down. Valid values are 0 to 100.
resumptive-percentage
Link quality percentage threshold. The link that has
been taken down is brought up again once its quality
exceeds this percentage. Valid values are 0 to 100.
Default By default, PPP LQC is disabled.
By default, the arguments resumptive-percentage and
forbidden-percentage are equal.
Example Enable LQC on interface Serial 0/0/0, setting forbidden-percentage to 90% and
resumptive-percentage to 95%.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp l qc 90 95
Interface view
Description You may use PPP LQC to monitor quality of PPP links including those in MP bundles.
The system shuts down a link when its quality decreased below the
forbidden-percentage and brings it up when its quality ameliorates exceeding the
resumptive-percentage. When re-enabling the link, PPP LQC experiences a delay to
avoid link flapping.
Note that the value of resumptive-percentage must be equal to or greater
than that of forbidden-percentage.
When enabling LQC at both ends of a PPP link, you must use the same parameter
settings on the routers at both ends. Normally, you are not encouraged to enable LQC
at both ends of a link.
Besides, you are not encouraged to enable PPP LQC on a dial-up line. That is
because in case the link is disabled, the DCC would disconnect the dial-up line,
2312 ppp lqc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
resulting in inability of LQC to work. LQC can operate again only after the DCC brings
the dial-up line up again for transmitting data.
Related Command timer hold
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp 2313
Command Reference
ppp mp
Purpose Use the ppp mp command to enable the interface encapsulated with PPP to operate
in the MP mode.
Use the undo ppp mp command to enable the interface to operate in the Single PPP
mode
Syntax ppp mp
undo ppp mp
Parameters None
Default By default, the interface encapsulated with PPP operates in the Single PPP mode.
Example Configure the PPP encapsulated interface Serial0/0/0 to work in MP mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ppp mp
Interface view
Description .To increase the bandwidth, multiple PPP links can be bound to form a logical MP
interface. For this purpose, it is necessary to specify a virtual-template in system view.
MP can be configured and used only at the physical interfaces which can encapsulate
PPP. To enable MP, you must configure the ppp mp command and the PAP or CHAP
authentication at the physical interface.
ppp mp user
2314 ppp mp binding-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp binding-mode
Purpose Use the ppp mp binding-mode command to set the MP binding condition.
Use the undo ppp mp binding-mode command to restore the default value of
the MP binding condition.
Syntax ppp mp binding-mode { aut hent i cat i on | bot h | descr i pt or }
undo ppp mp binding-mode
Parameters authentication Performs the MP binding according to the
authentication user name of PPP.
both
Performs the MP binding based on both the
authentication user name of PPP and the terminal
identifier.
descriptor
Performs the MP binding according to the terminal
identifier.
Default By default, it performs the MP binding based on both the authentication user name
of PPP and the terminal identifier.
Example Perform MP bundling only based on the user name of the PPP authentication.
[ 3Com- Di al er 0] ppp mp bi ndi ng- mode aut hent i cat i on
Virtual Template Interface view,
Description User name is the peer one received by the PPP link performing the PAP or CHAP
authentication, while the terminal identifier, as a unique flag of a Router, is the peer
one received in performing the LCP negotiation. The system can perform the MP
binding base on the received user name and terminal identifier, and then the
interfaces with the identical user name or the same terminal identifier is bound
together.
Related Command ppp mp user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp lfi 2315
Command Reference
ppp mp lfi
Purpose Use the ppp mp lfi command to configure the link fragmentation and interleaving
features.
Use the undo ppp mp lfi command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax ppp mp lfi [ del ay- per - f r ag max-delay ]
undo ppp mp lfi [ del ay- per - f r ag ]
Parameters max-delay
Maximum delay (in milliseconds). Valid values are 1 to
1000.
Default By default, the value of number is 10.
Example Set a maximum delay of 100 milliseconds for per fragmentation.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e0] ppp mp l f i del ay- per - f r ag 100
2316 ppp mp lfi 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp lfi
Purpose Use the ppp mp lfi command to enable link fragmentation and interleaving (LFI)
on the interface.
Use the undo ppp mp lfi command to remove LFI from the interface.
Syntax ppp mp lfi
undo ppp mp lfi
Parameters None
Default By default, the time delay of the fragment is 10ms after LFI is enabled on the Virtual
Template interface.
Example [ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e1] ppp mp l f i
MP-Group Interface view
Related Command ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag 2317
Command Reference
ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag
Purpose Use the ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag command to set the maximum time delay
for transmitting a LFI fragment.
Use the undo ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag command to restore the default
maximum time delay for transmitting an LFI fragment.
Syntax ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag time
undo ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag
Parameters time
The maximum time delay of LFI fragment in ms. Valid
Default By default, the time delay of the fragment is 10ms after LFI is enabled on the Virtual
Template interface.
Example Set the maximum time delay of LFI fragment of Virtual-Template 1 to 20ms.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e1] ppp mp l f i del ay- per - f r ag 20
Related Command ppp mp lfi
2318 ppp mp max-bind 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp max-bind
Purpose Use the ppp mp max-bind command to configure maximum number of bound
links of MP.
Use the undo ppp mp max-bind command to restore the default configuration.
Syntax ppp mp max-bind max-bind-num
undo ppp mp max-bind
Parameters max-bind-num Indicates maximum number of links that can be
bound. Valid values are 1 to 128.
Default By default, its value is 16.
Example Set the maximum number of bound links to 12.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e10] ppp mp max- bi nd 12
Description Normally, it is not necessary to configure the parameter, which should be performed
under the guidance of technical engineers when necessary. Such a configuration may
have impact on the performance of PPP. If it is necessary to bind more than 16 PPP
channels, the parameter max-bind-num can be changed.
If MP fails to delete links, it is possible that the maximum binding number is smaller
than the actually configured one. Make sure that the maximum binding number
should be larger than the actual one.
After you change the maximum number of links in an MP bundle on a
virtual-template or dialer interface, you must shutdown and undo shutdown all
the physical interfaces to validate the modification.
Related Command ppp mp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp min-bind 2319
Command Reference
ppp mp min-bind
Purpose Use the ppp mp min-bind command to configure the minimum number of PPP
links that an MP bundle must have.
Use the undo ppp mp min-bind command to restore the default when a call
requires only one PPP link.
Syntax ppp mp min-bind min-bind-num
undo ppp mp min-bind
Parameters min-bind-num
Minimum number of links in an MP bundle. Valid
Default By default, no lower limit of links is set for MP bundling.
Example Set the minimum number of channels an MP bundle must have to 4.
[ 3Com- di al er 0] ppp mp mi n- bi nd 4
Remove the minimum number of channels setting you set.
[ 3Com- di al er 0] undo ppp mp mi n- bi nd
Description In a dial application where multiple links are required to carry services, it is necessary
to allow a packet trigger to call up multiple links to guarantee the minimum
bandwidth needed.
Note that, after you configure the ppp mp min-bind command, the router does
not look at the ratio of traffic to bandwidth when making calls to bring up links. As
for links that already exist, they are not torn down because of timeout. The ppp mp
min-bind command voids the dialer timer idle command, just as the
dialer threshold 0 command would.
The argument min-bind-num must be less than max-bind-num.
Related Commands dialer threshold
ppp mp
2320 ppp mp min-fragment 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp min-fragment
Purpose Use the ppp mp min-fragment command to set minimum size of outgoing
fragments.
Use the undo ppp mp min-fragment command to restore the default, that is,
128 bytes.
Syntax ppp mp min-fragment size
undo ppp mp min-fragment
Parameters size
Minimum packet size for MP outgoing packet
fragmentation. When the MP outgoing packet is
smaller than this value, fragmentation is avoided.
When the MP packet is larger than this value,
fragment is involved. Valid values are 128 to 1500
bytes.
Example Set the minimum packet of the MP packet fragmentation to 500 bytes.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e10] ppp mp mi n- f r agment 500
Description If the small packet fragmentation is not expected, this command can be used to set
larger packet size value of the MP packet fragment.
Related Command ppp mp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp mp-group 2321
Command Reference
ppp mp mp-group
Purpose Use the ppp mp mp-group command to add the current interface to the specified
MP-group.
Use the undo ppp mp mp-group command to remove the current interface from
the specified MP-group.
Syntax ppp mp mp-group number
undo ppp mp mp-group number
Parameters number
MP-group interface number.
Example Add serial interface 3/0/0 to MP-group 3.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] ppp mp mp- gr oup 3
Remove serial interface 3/0/0 from MP-group 3.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 3/ 0/ 0] undo ppp mp mp- gr oup 3
Interface view
Description Use this command in conjunction with the interface mp-group command to
create an MP-group interface and add an interface to the MP-group. These two tasks
are order independent.
Note that the interfaces added to an MP group must be physical. The logical
interfaces such as tunnel interfaces do not support this command.
2322 ppp mp sort-buffer-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp sort-buffer-size
Purpose Use the ppp mp sort-buffer-size command to set the size of the MP sort
window.
Use the undo ppp mp sort-buffer-size command to restore the default.
Syntax ppp mp sort-buffer-size size
undo ppp mp sort-buffer-size
Parameters size Size of the sort window. Valid values are 1 to 64.
If no value is specified, the default is 1, meaning only
one packet is sorted.
Example Configure and display the size of the sort window.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace Vi r t ual - Templ at e 1
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e1] ppp mp sor t - buf f er - si ze 64
Description When MP applies, packets may be received out of order. The sort window is thus used
to re-order packets. The size of the sort window is a trade-off between re-ordering
effect and delay: a large sort window brings good re-ordering effect but increased
delay. For voice packets, transmission delay should be minimized.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp mp user 2323
Command Reference
ppp mp user
Purpose Use the ppp mp user command to bind an MP user to a virtual template.
Use the undo ppp mp user command to remove the specified binding.
Syntax ppp mp user username bi nd vi r t ual - t empl at e number
undo ppp mp user username
Parameters username User name, consisting of a string from 1 to 80
characters long.
number
Virtual-template number.
Example Specify the corresponding virtual-template as 1 for the username 3Com, and
configure the IP address of the virtual-template as 202.38.60.1.
[ 3Com] ppp mp user 3Combi nd vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
[ 3Com- vi r t ual - t empl at e1] i p addr ess 202. 38. 60. 1 255. 255. 255. 0
System view
Description During the establishment of a PPP connection, after PPP authentication succeeds, if a
virtual-template is specified, MP will be bound on the basis of parameters of the
virtual-template and a new virtual interface will be formed to transfer data.
Operating parameters that could be configured on the virtual-template include:
Local IP address and the IP address (or IP address pool) assigned to the peer PPP
PPP working parameter
Related Commands ppp mp
ppp mp max-bind
2324 ppp mp virtual-template 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp mp virtual-template
Purpose Use the ppp mp virtual-template command to configure the virtual template
number to be bound by the interface.
Use the undo ppp mp command to disable the MP binding of the interface.
Syntax ppp mp virtual-template number
undo ppp mp
Parameters number Configures the virtual template number to be bound
by the interface. Valid values are 0 to 1023.
Default By default, the MP binding of the interface is disabled, and the interface works in
ordinary PPP mode.
Example Configure the PPP encapsulated interface Serial0/0/0 to work in MP mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] ppp mp vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
Interface view
Description This command specifies the virtual template number to be bound on the interface.
The interface using this command to perform the MP binding needs not configuring
PAP or CHAP authentication. Two or more interfaces with the same virtual template
number is bound directly together. Moreover, this command is mutually exclusive with
the ppp mp command. That is, only one of the two commands can be configured on
a same interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ppp pap local-user 2325
Command Reference
ppp pap local-user
Purpose Use the ppp pap local-user command to configure the username and password
sent by the local router when it is authenticated by the peer router via the PAP
method.
Use the undo ppp pap local-user command to disable the configuration.
Syntax ppp pap local-user username passwor d { si mpl e | ci pher } password
undo ppp pap local-user
Parameters username
Username sent, consisting of a string from 1 to 80
characters.
password Password sent.
simple Indicates to display the password in plain text.
cipher Indicates to display the password in ciphertext.
Default By default, when the local router is authenticated by the peer router via the PAP
method, both the username and the password sent by the local router are empty.
Example Set the username of the local router authenticated by the peer end via the PAP
method as 3Com and the password as 3Com.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ppp pap l ocal - user 3Compasswor d si mpl e 3Com
Interface view
Description When the local router is authenticated via the PAP method by the peer router, the
username and password sent by the local router must be the same as the user
and password of the peer router.
local-user
2326 ppp timer negotiate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ppp timer negotiate
Purpose Use the ppp timer negotiate command to set the PPP negotiation timeout.
Use the undo ppp timer negotiate command to restore the default value.
Syntax ppp timer negotiate seconds
undo ppp timer negotiate
Parameters seconds
Time of negotiation timeout (in seconds). During the
PPP negotiation, if the local end does not receive the
response packet of the peer end, PPP will resend the
last packet. Valid values are 1 to 10 seconds.
Example Set the PPP negotiation timeout to 5 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] ppp t i mer negot i at e 5
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pppoe-client 2327
Command Reference
pppoe-client
Purpose Use the pppoe-client command to establish a PPPoE session and specify the
Dialer Bundle corresponding to the session.
Use the undo pppoe-client command to delete a PPPoE session.
Syntax pppoe-client dial-bundle-number number [ no- host uni q ] [ i dl e- t i meout
seconds [ queue- l engt h packets ] ]
undo pppoe-client dial-bundle-number number
Parameters dial-bundle-number number
Dialer Bundle number corresponding to PPPoE session.
For the Router 5000 Series Routers, valid values are 1
to 128; for the Router 6000 Series Routers, valid values
are 1 to 512.The parameter number can be used to
identify a PPPoE session, or as a PPPoE session.
no-hostuniq The call originated from PPPoE Client does not carry
the Host-Uniq field. By default, no no-hostuniq
parameter is configured, that is, PPPoE session works
in permanent online mode by default.
idle-timeout seconds Idle time of PPPoE session (in seconds). Valid values are
1 to 65535. If the parameter is not configured, PPPoE
session will work in permanent online mode.
Otherwise, it will works in packet trigger mode.
queue-length packets
Packet number cached in the system before PPPoE
session is established. Valid values are 1 to 100.
If no value is specified, the default is 10. Only after
idle-timeout is configured will the parameter be
enabled.
Default By default, no PPPoE session is configured.
Example Create a PPPoE session on the interface Ethernet 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] pppoe- cl i ent di al - bundl e- number 1
Ethernet Interface (subinterface) view
Description Multiple PPPoE sessions can be configured at one Ethernet interface, i.e. one Ethernet
interface might simultaneously belong to multiple Dialer Bundles. However, one
Dialer Bundle only has one Ethernet interface. PPPoE session and Dialer Bundle are
2328 pppoe-client 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
one-to-one. If the Dialer Bundle at a certain Dialer has had one Ethernet interface
used by PPPoE, any other interfaces cannot be added to this Dialer Bundle. Likewise, if
Dialer Bundle has had interfaces other than the PPPoE Ethernet interface, this Dialer
Bundle can also not be added to the Ethernet interface used by PPPoE Client.
When PPPoE session works in permanent online mode, and the physical lines go UP,
the Router will immediately initiate PPPoE call to establish PPPoE session. This PPPoE
connection will exist constantly unless users use the command undo
pppoe-client to delete PPPoE session. When PPPoE session works in packet
trigger mode, the Router will not initiate PPPoE call to establish PPPoE session unless it
has data to transmit. If there is no data transmission on the PPPoE link within
seconds, the Router will automatically terminate PPPoE session. Only after it has
new data to transmit, PPPoE session will be re-established.
Related Command reset pppoe-client
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pppoe-server bind virtual-template 2329
Command Reference
Purpose Use the pppoe-server bind virtual-template command to enable PPPoE
on the virtual-template specified by the Ethernet interface.
Use the undo pppoe-server bind command to disable PPPoE protocol on the
relevant interface.
Syntax pppoe-server bind virtual-template number
undo pppoe-server bind
Parameters number
Number of the virtual-template for access to PPPoE.
Default By default, PPPoE protocol is disabled.
Example Enable PPPoE on virtual-template 1 of Ethernet interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] pppoe- ser ver bi nd vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
Interface view
2330 pppoe-server log-information off 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pppoe-server log-information off
Purpose Use the pppoe-server log-information off command to enable the PPPoE
server to output the PPP-related log information.
Use the undo pppoe-server log-information off command to disable the
PPPoE server to output the PPP-related log information.
Syntax pppoe-server log-information off
undo pppoe-server log-information off
Parameters None
Default By default, the PPPoE server outputs the PPP-related log information.
Example Disable the PPPoE server to output the PPP-related log information.
[ Rout er ] pppoe- ser ver l og- i nf or mat i on of f
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac 2331
Command Reference
pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac
Purpose Use the pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac command to set the
maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established at a local MAC address.
Use the undo pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac command to restore
the default configuration.
Syntax pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac number
undo pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac
Parameters number
Maximum number of sessions that can be established
at a local MAC address. Valid values are 1 to 4069.
Example Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established at a local MAC
address to 50.
[ 3Com] pppoe- ser ver max- sessi ons l ocal - mac 50
System view
Related Commands pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac
pppoe-server max-sessions total
2332 pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac
Purpose Use the pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac command to set the
maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established at a peer MAC address.
Use the undo pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac command to
restore the default configuration.
Syntax pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac number
undo pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac
Parameters number
Maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be
established at a peer MAC address. Valid values are 1
to 4096.
Example Display how to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established
at a remote MAC address to 50.
[ 3Com] pppoe- ser ver max- sessi ons r emot e- mac 50
System view
Related Commands pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pppoe-server max-sessions total 2333
Command Reference
Purpose Use the pppoe-server max-sessions total command to set the maximum
number of PPPoE sessions that the system can establish.
Use the undo pppoe-server max-sessions total command to restore the
default configuration.
Syntax pppoe-server max-sessions total number
undo pppoe-server max-sessions total
Parameters number
Maximum number of PPPoE sessions that the system
can establish. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
Example Set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions established by the system to 3000.
[ 3Com] pppoe- ser ver max- sessi ons t ot al 3000
System view
Related Commands pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac
2334 pq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pq
Purpose Use the pq command to set the queue type of frame relay virtual circuit as Priority
Queuing.
Use the undo pq command to restore the queue type of virtual circuit to FIFO.
Syntax pq pql pql-index
undo pq
Parameters pql pql-index Group number of Priority Queuing. Valid values are 1
to 16.
Default By default, the queuing type of frame relay virtual circuit is FIFO.
Example Apply the group10 of Priority Queuing to the frame relay class named test1.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] pq pql 10
Related Commands cq
pvc-pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pre-shared-key 2335
Command Reference
pre-shared-key
Purpose Use the pre-shared-key command to set the pre-shared key used when a client
needs to authenticate a DVPN server.
Use the undo pre-shared-key command to remove the pre-shared key of the
DVPN server configured on the client side.
Syntax pre-shared-key key
undo pre-shared-key
Parameters key
Pre-shared key of a DVPN server, consisting of a string
with a maximum of 127 bytes.
Example Set the pre-shared key of the DVPN server on a client side to 123.
[ 3Com- dvpn- cl ass- abc] pr e- shar ed- key 123
Dvpn-Class view
2336 pre-shared-key 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pre-shared-key
Purpose Use the pre-shared-key command to configure a pre-shared key to be used in IKE
negotiation.
Use the undo pre-shared-key command to remove the pre-shared key used in
IKE negotiation.
Syntax pre-shared-key key
undo pre-shared-key
Parameters key
Specifies a pre-shared key, consisting of a string from 1
Example Set the pre-shared key used in IKE negotiation to abcde.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - new_peer ] pr e- shar ed- key abcde
IKE-Peer view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family preference 2337
Command Reference
preference
Purpose Use the preference command to configure the preference of BGP protocol.
Use the undo preference command to restore the default preference.
Syntax preference value
undo preference
Parameters value Specifies the preference. Valid values are 1 to 256.
Example Configure the preference of the BGP protocol to 150.
[ 3Com- bgp] pr ef er ence 150
BGP Protocol view
BGP Multicast Address Family view
Description Each kind of routing protocol has its own preference, by which the routing policy will
select the optimal from the routes of different protocols. The greater the preference
value is, the lower the preference is. BGP defines two kinds of routes: routes learned
from external peers and routes learned from internal peers. The preferences of the
two kinds of routes can be different, and can be set manually.
Different BGP preferences for different sub-address families are supported, so are
unicast address family and multicast address family at present.
2338 preference 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
preference
Purpose Use the preference command to configure the preference of IS-IS protocol.
Use the undo preference command to restore the default value.
undo preference
Parameters value
Specifies the preference. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Configure the preference of IS-IS as 25.
[ 3Com- i si s] pr ef er ence 25
IS-IS view
Description Several dynamic routing protocols could run simultaneously on a router. In this case,
there is an issue of sharing and selecting the routing information among all the
routing protocols. The system sets a preference for each routing protocol. When
various routing protocols find the route to the same destination, the protocol with the
higher preference will take effect.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family preference 2339
Command Reference
preference
Purpose Use the preference command to configure the preference of an OSPF protocol
route.
Use the undo preference command to restore the default value of the OSPF
protocol route.
Syntax preference [ ase ] value
undo preference [ ase ]
Parameters value
OSPF protocol route preference. Valid values are 1 to
255.
ase Preference of an redistributed external route of the AS.
Default By default, the preference of an OSPF protocol internal route is 10 and the preference
of an external route is 150.
Example Specify the preference of an external redistributed route of the AS as 160.
[ 3Com- ospf - 1] pr ef er ence ase 160y
OSPF view
Description Because multiple dynamic routing protocols could be running on a router, there is the
problem of routing information sharing among routing protocols and selection.
Therefore, a default preference is specified for each routing protocol. When multiple
routes to the same destination are found by different routing protocols, the route
found by high preference routing protocol will be selected to forward IP packets.
2340 preference 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
preference
Purpose Use the preference command to configure the route preference of RIP.
Use the undo preference command to restore the default preference.
undo preference
Parameters value
Preference level. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Specify the RIP preference as 20.
[3Com -rip] preference 20
RIP view
Description Every routing protocol has its own preference. Its default value is determined by the
specific routing policy. The preference will finally determine the routing algorithm to
obtain the optimal route in the IP routing table. This command can be used to modify
the RIP preference manually.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family preference clns 2341
Command Reference
preference clns
Purpose Use the preference clns command to set the preference of the CLNS routes
discovered by IS-IS protocol.
Use the undo preference clns command to revert the preference of the CLNS
routes discovered by IS-IS protocol to the default.
Syntax preference clns value
undo preference clns
Parameters value
Preference value. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Default The default preference value of CLNS routes discovered by IS-IS protocol is 15.
Example Set the preference value of CLNS routes discovered by IS-IS protocol to 35.
[ 3Com- i si s] preference clns 35
IS-IS view
Description As a router can have multiple dynamic routing protocols employed, multiple routes
lead to the same destination may coexist on the router. You can assign a preference
value to each of these protocols to enable the router to select the route with the
highest preference when selecting from multiple routes discovered by protocols with
different preference values.
2342 pri-set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pri-set
Purpose Use the pri-set command to bundle timeslots on the CT1/PRI or CE1/PRI interface
into a pri-set.
Use the undo pri-set command to remove the timeslot bundle.
Syntax pri-set [ t i mesl ot - l i st range ]
undo pri-set
Parameters range Number of bundled timeslots. Valid values are 1 to 31
in CE1/PRI interface view and from 1 to 24 in CT1/PRI
interface view. When specifying the timeslots to be
bundled, you can specify one timeslot by specifying its
number, a timeslot range by specifying a range in the
form number1-number2, or several discrete timeslots
in the form number1 number2-number3.
Default By default, no timeslots are bundled into pri-sets.
Example On the CE1/PRI interface bundle timeslots 1, 2, and 8 through 12 into a pri-set.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] pr i - set t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 8- 12
Description When creating a pri-set on a CE1/PRI interface, note the following:
Timeslot 16 is D channel for transmitting signaling; it cannot form a bundle that
includes itself only. The attempt to bundle only timeslot 16 will fail.
In a pri-set formed by timeslot bundling on a CE1/PRI interface, timeslot 0 is used
for frame synchronization control (FSC), timeslot 16 as a D channel for signaling
transmission, and other timeslots as B channels for data transmission. You may
bundle the timeslots except for timeslot 0 into a pri-set (as the D channel, timeslot
16 is automatically bundled). The logic features of this pri-set will be the same like
those of an ISDN PRI interface. If no timeslot is specified, all timeslots except for
timeslot 0 are bundled into an interface similar to an ISDN PRI interface in the form
of 30B+D.
The system automatically creates a serial interface after timeslot bundling on the
interface. This serial interface has the same logic features of ISDN PRI interface.
The serial interface is numbered in the form of serial number:15, where number
is maximum serial interface number plus 1.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pri-set 2343
Command Reference
Only one timeslot bundling mode is supported on one CE1/PRI interface at a time.
In other words, you cannot use this command and the channel-set command
together.
When creating a pri-set on a CT1/PRI interface, note the following:
Timeslot 24 is D channel for transmitting signaling; it cannot form a bundle that
includes itself only. The attempts to bundle only timeslot 24 will fail.
In a pri-set formed by timeslot bundling on a CT1/PRI interface, timeslot 24 is used
as D channel for signaling transmission, and other timeslots as B channels for data
transmission. You may randomly bundle these timeslots into a pri-set (as the D
channel, timeslot 24 is automatically bundled). The logic features of this pri-set will
be the same like those of an ISDN PRI interface. If no timeslot is specified, all the
timeslots are bundled into an interface similar to an ISDN PRI interface in the form
of 23B+D.
interface. This serial interface has the same logic features of ISDN PRI interface.
The serial interface is numbered in the form of serial number:23, where number
is maximum serial interface number plus 1.
other words, you cannot use this command and the channel-set command
together.
2344 pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the pri-set command to have timeslots on the CE1/PRI interface form a pri-set.
Use the undo pri-set command to remove the bundle.
undo pri-set
Parameters range
Number of the timeslots in the bundle. It is in the
range 1 to 31. When specifying the timeslots to be
bundled, you can configure a single timeslot using the
form of number, or a range of timeslots using the
form of number1-number2, or multiple discrete
timeslots using the form of number1,
number2-number3.
Default By default, no pri-set is created.
Example Bundle timeslots 1, 2, and 8 through 12 of the CE1/PRI interface into a pri-set.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] pr i - set t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 8- 12
Description When creating a pri-set on a CE1/PRI interface, note that timeslot 16 is D channel for
transmitting signaling; it cannot form a bundle that includes itself only. The attempt
to bundle only timeslot 16 will fail.
In a pri-set formed by timeslot bundling on a CE1/PRI interface, timeslot 0 is used for
frame synchronization control (FSC), timeslot 16 as a D channel for signaling
transmission, and other timeslots as B channels for data transmission. You may
bundle the timeslots except for timeslot 0 into a pri-set (as the D channel, timeslot 16
is automatically bundled). The logic features of this pri-set will be the same like those
of an ISDN PRI interface. If no timeslot is specified, all timeslots except for timeslot 0
are bundled into an interface similar to an ISDN PRI interface in the form of 30B+D.
interface. This serial interface has the same logic features of ISDN PRI interface. The
serial interface is numbered in the form of serial number:15, where number is
the number of the CE1/PRI interface where the serial interface is created.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 2345
Command Reference
Only one timeslot bundling mode is supported on one CE1/PRI interface at a time. In
together.
Related Command channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
2346 pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the pri-set command to bundle the timeslots of the CT1/PRI interface into a
pri-set.
Use the undo pri-set command to remove the timeslot bundle.
undo pri-set
Parameters range The number of the timeslots that are bundled. Valid
form number1-number2, or several discrete timeslots
by specifying number1, number2-number3.
Default By default, no timeslots are bundled into pri-sets.
Example Bundle the timeslots 1, 2, and 8 through 12 of the CT1/PRI interface into a pri-set.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] pr i - set t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2, 8- 12
Description When creating a pri-set on a CT1/PRI interface, note that timeslot 24 is D channel for
transmitting signaling; it cannot form a bundle that includes itself only. The attempts
to bundle only timeslot 24 will fail.
In a pri-set formed by timeslot bundling on a CT1/PRI interface, timeslot 24 is used as
D channel for signaling transmission, and other timeslots as B channels for data
transmission. You may randomly bundle these timeslots into a pri-set (as the D
channel, timeslot 24 is automatically bundled). The logic features of this pri-set will be
the same like those of an ISDN PRI interface. If no timeslot is specified, all timeslots
are bundled into an interface similar to an ISDN PRI interface in the form of 23B+D.
interface. This serial interface has the same logic features of ISDN PRI interface. The
serial interface is numbered in the form of serial number:23, where number is the
number of the CT1/PRI interface where the serial interface is created.
together.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 2347
Command Reference
Related Command channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface)
2348 primary accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
primary accounting
Purpose Use the primary accounting command to configure IP address and port number
of the primary RADIUS accounting server.
Use the undo primary accounting command to restore the default IP address
and port number of the primary RADIUS accounting server.
Syntax primary accounting ip-address [ port-number ]
undo primary accounting
IP address in dotted decimal format. By default, IP
address of the primary accounting server is 0.0.0.0.
port-number
UDP port number of the primary accounting server.
Example Set the IP address of the primary accounting server in the RADIUS scheme 3Com to
10.110.1.2 and use the UDP port 1813 to provide the RADIUS accounting service.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] pr i mar y account i ng 10. 110. 1. 2 1813
RADIUS view
Description After creating a RADIUS scheme, you are supposed to configure IP address and UDP
port of each RADIUS server (primary/secondary authentication/authorization or
accounting server). The configuration of RADIUS servers is at your discretion except
that there must be at least one authentication/authorization server and one
accounting server. Besides, ensure that the RADIUS service port settings on the router
are consistent with the port settings on the RADIUS servers.
state
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family primary accounting 2349
Command Reference
primary accounting
Purpose Use the primary accounting command to configure a primary TACACS
accounting server.
Use the undo primary accounting command to delete the configured primary
TACACS accounting server.
Syntax primary accounting ip-address [ port ]
undo primary accounting
IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in
port Port number of the server. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
If no value is specifed, the default is 49.
Default By default, IP address of TACACS accounting server is all zeros.
Example Configure a primary accounting server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] pr i mar y accout i ng 10. 163. 155. 12 49
TACACS+ view
Description You are not allowed to assign the same IP address to both primary and secondary
accounting servers.
You can configure only one primary accounting server in a TACACS+ scheme. If you
repeatedly use this command, the latest configuration replaces the previous one.
You can remove an accounting server only when it is not being used by any active TCP
connections, and the removal impacts only packets forwarded afterwards.
2350 primary authentication 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
primary authentication
Purpose Use the primary authentication command to configure IP address and port
number of the primary RADIUS authentication/authorization server.
Use the undo primary authentication command to restore the default IP
address and port number of the primary RADIUS authentication/authorization server.
Syntax primary authentication ip-address [ port-number ]
undo primary authentication
IP address in dotted decimal format. By default, the IP
address of the primary authentication/authorization
server is 0.0.0.0.
port-number
UDP port number of the primary
authentication/authorization server. Valid values are 1
to 65535.
Example Set IP address of the primary authentication/authorization server in the RADIUS
scheme 3Com to 10.110.1.1 and use the UDP port 1812 to provide the RADIUS
authentication/authorization service.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] pr i mar y aut hent i cat i on 10. 110. 1. 1 1812
RADIUS view
Description After creating a RADIUS scheme, you are supposed to configure IP address and UDP
port of each RADIUS server (primary/secondary authentication/authorization or
accounting server). The configuration of RADIUS servers is at your discretion except
that there must be at least one authentication/authorization server and one
accounting server. Besides, ensure that the RADIUS service port settings on the router
are consistent with the port settings on the RADIUS servers.
state
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family primary authentication 2351
Command Reference
Purpose Use the primary authentication command to configure a primary TACACS
authentication server.
Use the undo primary authentication command to delete the configured
Syntax primary authentication ip-address [ port ]
undo primary authentication
Default By default, IP address of TACACS authentication server is all zeros.
Example Configure a primary authentication server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] pr i mar y aut hent i cat i on 10. 163. 155. 13 49
TACACS+ view
authentication servers.
You can configure only one primary authentication server in a TACACS+ scheme. If
you repeatedly use this command, the latest configuration replaces the previous one.
You can remove an authentication server only when it is not being used by any active
TCP connections, and the removal impacts only packets forwarded afterwards.
2352 primary authorization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
primary authorization
Purpose Use the primary authorization command to configure a primary TACACS
authorization server.
Use the undo primary authorization command to delete the configured
primary authorization server.
Syntax primary authorization ip-address [ port ]
undo primary authorization
port
Port number of the server. Valid values are 1 to 65535.
Default By default, IP address of TACACS authorization server is all zeros.
Example Configure a primary authorization server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] pr i mar y aut hor i zat i on 10. 163. 155. 13 49
TACACS+ view
Description If TACACS authentication is configured for a user without TACACS authorization
server, the user cannot log in regardless of its user type.
You are not allowed to assign the same IP address to both primary and secondary
authorization servers.
You can configure only one primary authorization server in a TACACS+ scheme. If you
You can remove an authorization server only when it is not being used by any active
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family priority 2353
Command Reference
priority
Purpose Use the priority command to configure the priority levels for voice entities.
Use the undo priority command to restore the default priority level.
Syntax priority priority-order
undo priority
Parameters priority-order Priority of a voice entity. Valid values are 0 to 10. The
smaller the number is, the higher the priority is. That
means 0 is the highest priority and 10 is the lowest
priority.
Default By default, the priority level is set to 0.
Example Set the priority level of voice entity 10 to 5.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] pr i or i t y 5
Voice Entity view
Description If you have configured priority levels for voice entities and have configured priority in
voice entity select rule (see select-rule), the system will first select the voice entity of
the highest priority when it initiates a call. If the voice entity of the highest priority
fails, it will try those of lower priority levels to initiate the call.
Related Command entity
2354 private-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
private-ip
Purpose Use the private-ip command to specify a private IP address of a specified DVPN
server.
Use the undo private-ip command to remove the private IP address of a
specified DVPN server.
Syntax private-ip ip-address
undo private-ip
Private IP address of a specified DVPN server (the IP
address of the tunnel interface).
Default No private IP address of the DVPN server is specified by default.
Example Set the private IP address of a DVPN server to 192.168.0.1 (That is, assign the private
IP address to the tunnel interface).
[ 3Com- Dvpn- cl ass- abc] pr i vat e- i p 192. 168. 0. 1
Dvpn-Class view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family private-line 2355
Command Reference
private-line
Purpose Use the private-line command to configure private auto-ring mode for the
subscriber line and the E.164 telephone number of the destination end.
Use the undo private-line command to cancel the specified connection mode.
Syntax private-line string
undo private-line
Parameters string
E.164 telephone number of the destination end, and it
may include these characters: 0 to 9, *, and #.
Default By default, no private auto-ring mode is configured.
Example Set an automatic dialing to 5559262 after off-hook on the subscriber line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] pr i vat e- l i ne 5559262
Description This command is applicable to FXO, FXS, analog E&M subscriber-lines and digital E1
The private-line command is used to specify a connection mode for
subscriber-line. The parameter string will serve as the called number of all the calls
incoming to this subscriber line, i.e., after off-hook, the user need not perform any
operation and the system will dial out the string as the called number automatically.
If the private-line command is not configured, when the subscriber-line enters
an off-hook status, the standard session application program will generate a dial tone
until enough numbers are collected and the call process is completed.
2356 probe-failtimes 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
probe-failtimes
Purpose Use the probe-failtimes command to configure the number of consecutive
probe failures allowed in an HWPing test before a trap is sent to the NMS.
Use the undo probe-failtimes command to restore the default.
Syntax probe-failtimes times
undo probe-failtimes
Parameters times Number of consecutive probe failures. Valid values are
1 to 15
Example Send a trap to the NMS after three consecutive probe failures for an HWPing test.
[Router] probe-failtimes 3
Description A test may include multiple probes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family process-config 2357
Command Reference
process-config
Purpose Use the process-config command to configure the dialing process of a certain
access service number.
Syntax process-config { cal l er number | car dnumber | voi cecal l er }
Parameters callernumber Caller number process. After a user dials the access
service number, the system continues to send dialing
tones to the user, so that he can enter the called
number. Under this process, the users ID is
authenticated by identifying the caller number.
cardnumber
Card number process. After a user dials the access
service number, the system continues to send
prompting tones to the user, so that he can enter the
prepaid card number and password. Under this
process, the users ID is authenticated by identifying
the prepaid card number/password.
voice-caller Voice caller number process. Configured with it, the
system plays voice messages to users after they dial the
access number, asking them to select language and
input the called numbers. In this process, users are
authenticated using calling number identification
(CNI).
When the user changes the current dial process (that
is, between the calling number dial process and the
card number dial process), the system restores the
involved parameters (for example, card number/PIN,
and redial times in the card number process) to the
defaults automatically.
Default By default, all access service numbers use the card number process.
Example Specify the user access process of the access service number 18901 as the card
number process.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum18901] pr ocess- conf i g car dnumber
Description Each access service number has a specific dialing process. For a certain access service
number, all the users to whom it belongs must implement call establishment in the
same process.
2358 process-config 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
With VRP, three dial processes are available: calling number process, card number
process, and voice caller number process.
Caller number process: It is actually the caller number authentication process,
which is the authentication, authorization and accounting process carried out
according to the caller number of the user. The caller number process does not
require further parameter setting in the process.
Voice caller number process: uses calling numbers for authentication. After a user
dials the access number, the voice gateway plays voice messages to prompt the
user to select prompt language and dial the called number. This is different from
the caller number process where the voice gateway displays only dial tone (long
tone) after a user dials the access number.
Card number process: As its name implies, the user should dial its own card
number and password to complete the authentication process after dialing an
access service number, and he cannot dial the called number to set up a call until it
is authenticated. The parameters in a card number process can be set through the
such commands as card-digit, password-digit and redialtimes.
card-digit
password-digit
redialtimes
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family promiscuous 2359
Command Reference
promiscuous
Purpose Use the promiscuous command to set the Ethernet interface to operate in
promiscuous mode.
Use the undo promiscuous command to disable the Ethernet interface to operate
in promiscuous mode.
Syntax promiscuous
undo promiscuous
Parameters None
Default By default, the Ethernet interface is operating in non-promiscuous mode.
Example Set interface ethernet 0/0/0 to operate in promiscuous mode.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] pr omi scuous
Description When the Ethernet interface is operating in promiscuous mode, it receives all correct
Ethernet packets without checking their MAC addresses, This mode is configured
when network listening applies.
After you enable the bridging function on an Ethernet interface and adds it to a
bridge-set, the interface enters promiscuous mode automatically. After removed from
the bridge-set, the interface enters non-promiscuous mode automatically.
2360 proposal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
proposal
Purpose Use the proposal command to set the proposal used by the IPSec policy.
Use the undo proposal command to cancel the proposal used by the IPSec policy.
Syntax proposal proposal-name1 [ proposal-name2...proposal-name6 ]
undo proposal [ proposal-name ]
Parameters proposal-name1,,
proposal-name6 Name of the proposals adopted.
Default By default, no proposal is used.
Example Set a proposal with name prop1, adopting ESP and the default algorithm, and set an
IPSec policy as using a proposal name prop1.
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] qui t
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy pol i cy1 100 manual
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - pol i cy1- 100] pr oposal pr op1
IPSec Policy view
Description Before using this command, the corresponding IPSec proposal must has been
configured.
If set up in manual mode, an SA can only use one proposal. And if a proposal is
already set, it needs to be deleted by using the undo proposal command before a
new one can be set.
If set up in isakmp mode, an SA can use six proposals at most. IKE negotiation will
search for the completely matching proposal at both ends of the security tunnel.
If it is the IPSec template, each template can use six proposals at most, and the IKE
negotiation will search for the completely matching proposal.
ipsec proposal
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family proposal 2361
Command Reference
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
2362 protocol inbound 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
protocol inbound
Purpose Use the protocol inbound command to enable the current user interface to
support Telnet, PAD, SSH, or all of them.
Syntax protocol inbound { all | pad | ssh | telnet }
Parameters all
Supports all the protocols, PAD, Telnet, and SSH.
pad
Supports PAD only.
ssh
Supports SSH only.
telnet
Supports Telnet only.
Default By default, the VTY interface supports all these protocols.
Example Enable the VTYs 0 through 4 to support SSH only.
[3Com] user-interface vty 0 4
[3Com-ui-vty0-4] protocol inbound ssh
Enable VTY 0 to support SSH only.
[3Com-ui-vty0] protocol inbound ssh
VTY Interface view
Description Note that even after you configured the current user interface to support SSH (which
has been enabled), the SSH service is unavailable if no local RSA key exists. After you
configure the RSA key, the configuration takes effect at next login.
If SSH is configured, you must set the authentication method to scheme using the
authentication-mode scheme command to guarantee a successful login. The
configuration of the authentication-mode password or
authentication-mode none command fails the protocol inbound ssh
command.
Related Command user-interface vty
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family protocol-priority 2363
Command Reference
protocol-priority
Purpose Use the protocol-priority command to set a priority for a protocol globally.
Use the undo protocol-priority command to restore the default priority of a
protocol.
Syntax protocol-priority protocol-type protocol-type { i p- pr ecedence
ip-precedence | dscp dscp-value }
undo protocol-priority protocol-type protocol-type
Parameters protocol-type
protocol-type Protocol type. Currently, only OSPF, TELNET, SNMP,
ICMP, BGP, and LDP are available.
ip-precedence
ip-precedence
IP precendence. Valid values are 0 to 7.
dscp dscp-value
DSCP priority. Valid values are 0 to 63.
Example Set the IP precedence of OSPF packets to 3.
[ 3Com] pr ot ocol - pr i or i t y pr ot ocol - t ype OSPF i p- pr ecedence 3
System view
2364 proxy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
proxy
Purpose Use the proxy command to configure the IPv4 address and port number of the proxy
server.
Use the undo proxy command to remove the configuration of the proxy server
under UAs.
Syntax proxy ipv4 ip-address [ port port-number ]
undo proxy
Parameters ipv4 ip-address
IPv4 address of the proxy server.
port port-number
Example Configure the SIP proxy server address to 192.168.5.10 and port number to 1120.
[Router-voice-sip] proxy ipv4 192.168.5.10 port 1120
SIP Client view
Description Configure the proxy server according to IPv4 address. The configuration of port
number is optional.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family public-ip 2365
Command Reference
public-ip
Purpose Use the public-ip command to specify a public IP address of a specified DVPN
server.
Use the undo public-ip command to remove the public IP address of a specified
DVPN server.
Syntax public-ip ip-address
undo public-ip ip-address
Public IP address of a specified DVPN server.
Default No public IP address of the specified DVPN server is configured by default.
Example Set the public IP address of a specified DVPN server to 61.18.3.66.
[ 3Com- dvpn- cl ass- abc] publ i c- i p 61. 18. 3. 66
Dvpn-Class view
2366 public-key-code begin 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the public-key-code begin command to enter public key code view.
Syntax public-key-code begin
Parameters None
Example Enter public key code view to input the key.
[3Com-rsa-public-key] public-key-code begin
[3Com-key-code] 308186028180739A291ABDA704F5D93DC8FDF84C427463
[3Com-key-code] 1991C164B0DF178C55FA833591C7D47D5381D09CE82913
[3Com-key-code] D7EDF9C08511D83CA4ED2B30B809808EB0D1F52D045DE4
[3Com-key-code] 0861B74A0E135523CCD74CAC61F8E58C452B2F3F2DA0DC
[3Com-key-code] C48E3306367FE187BDD944018B3B69F3CBB0A573202C16
[3Com-key-code] BB2FC1ACF3EC8F828D55A36F1CDDC4BB45504F020125
[3Com-key-code] public-key-code end
Public Key view
Description Before using this command, you must use the rsa peer-public-key command
to specify a key name. With the public-key-code begin command, you can
enter public key code view to input key data. Spaces and carriage returns are
accepted between characters. The configured public key must be a hex character
string coded according to public key format. It is generated randomly by the
SSH2.0-supported client software.
public-key-code end
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family public-key-code end 2367
Command Reference
public-key-code end
Purpose Use the public-key-code end command to return from public key code view to
public key view and to save the configured public key.
Syntax public-key-code end
Parameters None
Example Exit public key code view and save the configuration.
[3Com-rsa-key-code] public-key-code end
[3Com-rsa-public-key]
Public Key Code view
Description Executing this command ends the public key edit process. The system verifies the key
before saving it. If the key contains illegal characters, the system prompts the error
and discards the key. The configuration fails. If the key is valid, it is saved to the linked
list of client public keys.
2368 put 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
put
Purpose Use the put command to FTP a local file to the remote FTP server.
Syntax put localfile [ remotefile ]
Parameters localfile
Local file name.
remotefile
File name on the remote FTP server.
Default If no name is assigned to the file to be saved on the FTP server, the name of the local
file is used.
Example Upload the local file temp.c to the remote FTP server and save it as temp1.c.
[ftp] put temp.c temp1.c
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family put 2369
Command Reference
put
Purpose Use the put command to upload a local file to the remote SFTP server.
Syntax put local-file [ remote-file ]
Parameters local-file Name of the source file at the local end.
remote-file Name assigned to the file to be saved on the remote
SFTP server.
Example Upload local file temp.c to the remote SFTP server and save it with the name temp1.c.
sftp-client> put temp.c temp1.
SFTP Client view
Description If no name is specified for the file to be saved on the remote SFTP server, the name of
the source file is used.
2370 pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pvc
Purpose Use the pvc command to create a PVC or enter the PVC view at ATM interface or in
PVC-Group view.
Use the undo pvc command to delete the specified PVC.
Syntax pvc { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
undo pvc { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name PVC name, whose maximum length is 16 characters. It
shall be unique at ATM interface (case insensitive), and
can not be a legal VPI/VCI pair. For example, "1/20"
cannot be a PVC name.
vpi/vci
vpi is ATM Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) in the range 0 to
255; vci is ATM Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI). Its
value range depends on interface type. (Refer to the
following table.) Usually, the vci values from 0 to 31
are reserved for special usage and cannot be used.
Note:
vpi and vci cannot both be 0.
A PVC in certain PVC-Group cannot be deleted at ATM interface.
Default By default, no PVC is created.
Example Display how to create a PVC named "3Com" with VPI/VCI as 1/101.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 3Com1/ 101
ATM Interface view
PVC-Group view
Table 295 VCI range for each type of ATM interface
Interface type VCI
ADSL <0-255>
GSHDSL <0-255>
ATMOC3 <0-1023>
ATM25 <0-511>
ATME3 <0-1023>
ATMT3 <0-1023>
IMA-E1/T1 <0-511>
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvc 2371
Command Reference
Description Use the pvc command to create a PVC or enter the PVC view at ATM interface or in
PVC-Group view.
Use the undo pvc command to delete the specified PVC.
This command is used to create a PVC with specified VPI/VCI.
Once pvc-name is specified for one PVC (e.g. "3Com"), it is possible to re-enter the
PVC view by inputting pvc pvc-name (e.g. " pvc 3Com"). The deletion of the PVC
can be done by inputting undo pvc pvc-name (e.g. " undo pvc 3Com") or
through the undo pvc vpi/vci (if the VPI/VCI of this PVC is 1/32, it is " undo pvc
1/32") command.
The VPI/VCI pair of each PVC is unique at an ATM interface (including main interface
and sub-interface).
The actual number of PVCs that can be created is determined by the pvc
max-number command.
Related Commands display atm pvc-info
pvc max-number
2372 pvc-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pvc-group
Purpose Use the pvc-group command to create a PVC-Group or enter the PVC-Group view
at ATM interface.
Use the undo pvc-group command to delete the specified PVC-Group.
Syntax pvc-group { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
undo pvc-group { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
Parameters pvc-name PVC name, whose maximum length is 16 characters. It
is case insensitive and should be unique at ATM
interface. And it should not be legal VPI/VCI pair. For
example, "1/20" cannot be a PVC name. The PVC
corresponding to pvc-name must have already been
created.
vpi/vci vpi is ATM Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) in the range 0 to
255; vci is ATM Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI). (For its
value range, refer to Table 296.) Usually, the vci values
from 0 to 31 are reserved for special usage and cannot
be used. PVC corresponding to vpi/vci must have
already been created.
Example Display how to create a PVC-Group based on the name "3Com" and the PVC with
VPI/VCI as 1/32.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc- gr oup 3Com1/ 32.
ATM Interface view
Description Once pvc-name is specified for some PVC (e.g. "3Com"), it is possible to enter the
PVC-Group view by inputting pvc-group pvc-name (e.g. "pvc-group 3Com").
Table 296 VCI range for each type of ATM interface
Interface type VCI
ADSL <0-255>
GSHDSL <0-255>
ATMOC3 <0-1023>
ATM25 <0-511>
ATME3 <0-1023>
ATMT3 <0-1023>
IMA-E1/T1 <0-511>
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvc-group 2373
Command Reference
The deletion of the PVC-Group can be done by inputting undo pvc-group
pvc-name (e.g. "undo pvc-group 3Com") or through the undo pvc-group
vpi/vci (if the VPI/VCI of this PVC is 1/32, it is " undo pvc-group 1/32")
command.
Related Commands ip-precedence
pvc
2374 pvc max-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pvc max-number
Purpose Use the pvc max-number command to set the maximum number of ATM interface
virtual circuits (VC).
Use the undo pvc max-number command to restore the default value.
Syntax pvc max-number max-number
undo pvc max-number
Parameters max-number Maximum number of supported VCs. The value range
and default value for this parameter depends on
interface type, as shown in the following table:
Example Configure ATM interface Atm 1/0/0 to support up to 1024 VCs.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc max- number 1024
Configure ATM interface Atm 1/0/0 to support the default maximum number of VCs
(1024).
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] undo pvc max- number
Description Use the pvc max-number command to set the maximum number of ATM interface
virtual circuits (VC).
Use the undo pvc max-number command to restore the default value.
Table 297 The maximum number of VCs allowed for each type of ATM interface
Interface type
Value range for
max-number Default
ADSL 1 to 32 32
GSHDSL 1 to 32 32
ATMOC3 1 to 1024 1024
ATM25 1 to 256 256
ATME3 1 to 1024 1024
ATMT3 1 to 1024 1024
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvc max-number 2375
Command Reference
This command is used to set the maximum number of the total available VCs for ATM
main interfaces and sub-interfaces.
Although this command is valid on both ATM main interface and sub-interface, it can
only be used in ATM main interface view and there is not this command in ATM
sub-interface view.
Related Command display atm interface
2376 pvc-pq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pvc-pq
Purpose Use the pvc-pq command to set the type of the PVC PQ that packets sent by frame
relay virtual circuit enter.
Use the undo pvc-pq command to restore the default PVC PQ type.
Syntax pvc-pq { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
undo pvc-pq
Parameters top Sets the top PVC PQ , namely, top priority queue, to
accept the packets from the VC.
middle
Sets the middle PVC PQ , namely, middle priority
queue, to accept the packets.
normal Sets the normal PVC PQ , namely, normal priority
bottom
Sets the bottom PVC PQ , namely, normal priority
Default By default, the packets sent by frame relay virtual circuit enter into the normal PVC
PQ.
Example Set packets sent by virtual circuit which is associated with the frame relay class named
test1 to enter top PVC PQ.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- one] pvc- pq t op
Description PVC PQ falls into four groups: top, middle, normal and bottom. PVC PQ is relative to
DLCI. After the queue of an interface is set as PVC PQ, packets on each virtual circuit
can enter only one type of PVC PQ.
Related Command fr pvc-pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvc-protect 2377
Command Reference
pvc-protect
Purpose Use the pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in a
PVC group.
Use the undo pvc-protect command to remove protection of a PVC group
member.
Syntax pvc-protect { pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci } {gr oup | i ndi vi dual }
undo pvc-protect {pvc-name [ vpi/vci ] | vpi/vci }
ATM Pvc-Group view
Parameters pvc-name PVC name, a case-insensitive string up to 16
cannot be used as a PVC name.
identifier and its valid value range is related to the
interface type. Usually, the VCI values from 0 to 31 are
reserved for special purposes and are not
recommended.
group Specifies to use group protection mode.
individual Specifies to use individual protection mode.
Default By default, the system does not protect any PVC in a PVC group.
Example Specify to protect PVC 1/101 in PVC group 1/100 in individual mode and protect PVC
1/101 and PVC 1/102 in the same PVC group in group mode.
[ 3Com- At m] pvc- gr oup 1/ 100
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] pvc- pr ot ect 1/ 101 i ndi vi dual
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] pvc- pr ot ect 1/ 102 gr oup
[ 3Com- pvc- gr oup- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 100] pvc- pr ot ect 1/ 103 gr oup
Description Use the pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in a
PVC group.
Use the undo pvc-protect command to remove protection of a PVC group
member.
2378 pvc-protect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
When a PVC group member that is configured to be protected in individual mode
goes down, its standby PVC (if any) does not take over, while the PVC specified
with the default keyword does instead. If no PVC is specified with the default
keyword, the fundamental PVC takes over.
With several PVCs in a PVC group configured to be protected in group mode,
when a protected PVC goes down, if its standby PVC (if any) is also a member of
the protected group, the standby PVC takes over for the failed PVC. Otherwise,
the standby PVC does not take over, while the PVC specified with the default
keyword does instead. If no PVC is specified with the default keyword, the
fundamental PVC takes over.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvp create 2379
Command Reference
pvp create
Purpose Use the pvp create command to create a virtual path.
Use the undo pvp create command to delete the virtual path.
Syntax pvp create vpi
undo pvp create
Parameters vpi Virtual path identifier of ATM network. Valid values are
0 to 4095.
Default By default, no virtual path is created.
Example Create a virtual path with vpi of 22.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-Atm1/0/0] pvp create 22
Interface view
Description Only one virtual path can be created on one interface. If you have created one virtual
path, the executing of this command will delete the original virtual path and create a
new one.
2380 pvp limit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pvp limit
Purpose Use the pvp limit command to set the parameters for VP policing.
Use the undo pvp limit command to delete the VP policing.
Syntax pvp limit vpi peak-rate
undo pvp limit vpi
Parameters vpi
Virtual path identifier of ATM network, its value ranges
from 0 to 255.
peak-rate Normal flow to be held. Value range of this parameter
depends on interface type, as shown in the following
table:
Default By default, the VP policing is not performed.
Example Set the traffic of VP with vpi 1 to 2M.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvp l i mi t 1 2000
Description When applying VP policing, the parameters of PVC are still valid. Only when the
parameters of PVC and VP policing are satisfied, will the packets be transmitted.
When calculating the traffic, the LLC/SNAP, MUX and NLPID headers are included, but
the ATM cell head is not included.
service cbr
service vbr-nrt
Table 298 Value ranges of peak-rate
Interface type peak-rate
ADSL <64-640>
GSHDSL <64-2312>
ATMOC3 <2000-155000>
ATM25 <64-25600>
ATME3 <64-34000>
ATMT3 <64-44000>
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pvp limit 2381
Command Reference
service vbr-rt
service ubr
2382 pwd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pwd
Purpose Use the pwd command to view the working directory on the remote FTP server.
Syntax pwd
Parameters None
Example Display the working directory on the remote FTP server.
[ftp] pwd
"d:/temp" is current directory.
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family pwd 2383
Command Reference
pwd
Purpose Use the pwd command to display the current directory on the SFTP server.
Syntax pwd
Parameters None
Example Display the current directory on the SFTP server.
sftp-client> pwd
flash:
SFTP Client view
2384 pwd 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
pwd
Purpose Use the pwd command, you can view the current path.
Syntax pwd
Parameters None
Example Display the current path.
<3Com> pwd
flash:/test
User view
Description If the current path is not set, the operation will fail.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qmtoken 2385
Command Reference
qmtoken
Purpose Use the qmtoken command to configure the number of transmitted tokens.
Use the undo qmtoken command to disable the token function of QoS.
Syntax qmtoken token-number
undo qmtoken
Parameters token-number The number of transmitted tokens, in the range 1 to
50.
Default By default, the token function of QoS is disabled.
Example Set the number of transmitted tokens to 1.
[ Rout er - Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] qmt oken 1
Interface view
Description During an FTP transfer, flow control provided by the upper layer protocol can
invalidate the configuration of QoS queuing. To resolve this problem, the token
function of QoS was introduced into Comware. This function provides a flow control
mechanism at the underlying-layer queuing level. It can control the number of
packets sent to the underlying interface queues based on the number of tokens.
If FTP applies, you are recommended to set the number of tokens sent by an interface
to 1.
After you configure this command on an interface, you must perform shutdown and
undo shutdown on the interface to have the function take effect.
So far, this command is supported only by Ethernet, serial, and BRI interfaces.
2386 queue af 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
queue af
Purpose Use the queue af command to configure the class to perform the
assured-forwarding and the minimum bandwidth used.
Use the undo queue af command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax queue af bandwidth {bandwidth | pct percentage }
undo queue af
Parameters bandwidth Bandwidth in Kbps, in the range of 8 to 1000000.
pct percentage Percentage of the available bandwidth configured, in
the range of 1 to 100.
Example Configure traffic behavior named database and configure the minimum bandwidth of
the traffic behavior to 200 kbps.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] queue af bandwi dt h 200
Description When associating the class with the queue af behavior in the policy, the following
must be satisfied.
The sum of the bandwidth specified for the classes in the same policy to assured
forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must be less than or
equal to the available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.
The sum of percentages of the bandwidth specified for the classes in the same
policy to assured forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must
be less than or equal to 100.
The bandwidth configuration for the classes in the same policy to assured
forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must adopt the value
of the same type. For example, they all adopt the absolute value form or the
percentage form.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family queue ef 2387
Command Reference
queue ef
Purpose Use the queue ef command to configure expedited-forwarding packets to the
absolute priority queue and configure the maximum bandwidth.
Use the undo queue ef command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax queue ef bandwidth { bandwidth [ cbs committed-burst-size ] | pct
percentage [ cbs_r at i o ratio ] }
undo queue ef
Bandwidth in Kbps, in the range of 8 to 1000000.
percentage
Percentage of available bandwidth, in the range of 1
to 100.
committed-burst-size Specifies the committed burst size in bytes, in the
range of 32 to 2000000, By default, burst is
bandwidth*25.
ratio
Committed burst percentage, in the range 25 to 500.
Example Configure packets to enter priority queue. The maximum bandwidth is 200 kbps and
burst is 5000 bytes by default.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] queue ef bandwi dt h 200 cbs 5000
Description The command can not be used together with queue af, queue-length, and
wred in traffic behavior view.
In the policy the default class default-class cannot be associated with the traffic
behavior queue ef belongs to.
The sum of the bandwidth specified for the classes in the same policy to assured
forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must be less than or
equal to the available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.
The sum of percentages of the bandwidth specified for the classes in the same
policy to assured forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must
be less than or equal to 100.
The bandwidth configuration for the classes in the same policy to assured
forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must adopt the value
of the same type. For example, they all adopt the absolute value form or the
percentage form.
2388 queue ef 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family queue-length 2389
Command Reference
queue-length
Purpose Use the queue-length command to configure maximum queue length.
Use the undo queue-length command to delete configuration.
Syntax queue-length queue-length
undo queue-length
Parameters queue-length The maximum threshold value of the queue, in the
range of 1 to 512. The default drop mode is tail drop
and the queue length is 64.
Default By default, tail drop is configured.
Example Configure tail drop and set the maximum queue length to 16.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] queue- l engt h 16
Description This command can be used only after the queue af or queue wfq command has
been configured.
The queue-length, which has been configured, will be deleted when the undo
queue af or undo queue wfq command is executed.
The queue-length, which has been configured, will be deleted when the random
drop mode is configured via the wred command, and vise versa.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
2390 queue wfq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
queue wfq
Purpose Use the queue wfq command to configure the default-class to use WFQ.
Use the undo queue wfq command to .delete the configuration.
Syntax queue wfq [ queue- number total-queue-number ]
undo queue wfq
Parameters total-queue-number
Number of fair queue, which can be 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 and the default value
is 64.
Example Configure WFQ for default-class and the queue number is 16.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c behavi or t est
[ 3Com- behavi or - t est ] queue wf q 16
[ 3Com- qospol i cy- 3Com] cl assi f i er def aul t - cl ass behavi or t est
Description The traffic behavior configured with the command can only be associated with the
default class. It can also be used together with the command like queue-length or
wred.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family quit 2391
Command Reference
quit
Purpose Use the quit command to return from current view to lower level view, or exit the
system if current view is user view.
Syntax qui t
Parameters None
Example Return from system view to user view.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] qui t
[ 3Com] qui t
<3Com>
Any view
Description The following lists the three levels of views available (from lower level to higher level):
User view
System view
Configuration view (such as routing protocol view, interface view, and VPDN
group view)
Related Command return
2392 quit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
quit
Purpose Use the quit command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user
view.
Syntax quit
Parameters None
Example Disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view.
[ftp] quit
<3Com>
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family quit 2393
Command Reference
quit
Purpose Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and
exit to system view as you would with the bye and exit commands.
Syntax quit
Parameters None
sftp-client> quit
[3Com]
SFTP Client view
2394 quit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
quit
Purpose Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SSH server.
Syntax quit
Parameters None
Example Terminate the connection to the remote SSH server.
<3Com> quit
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos apply policy 2395
Command Reference
qos apply policy
Purpose Use the qos apply policy command to apply a service policy to the interface.
Use the undo qos apply policy command to delete the associated policy from
the interface.
Syntax qos apply policy policy-name { i nbound | out bound [ dynami c ] }
undo qos apply policy { i nbound | out bound }
Parameters inbound
Inbound direction.
outbound
Outbound direction.
policy-name
Policy name.
dynamic
Dynamically applies the policy, but only when MP is
enabled.
Example Apply the policy 3Com in the outbound direction of interface Ethernet6/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos appl y pol i cy 3Comout bound
Interface view
Description To successfully apply the policy to the interface, you must make sure that the sum of
bandwidth specified for the AF and EF classes in the policy is smaller than the
available bandwidth of the interface. You can modify the available bandwidth of the
current interface. If the sum of their bandwidth still exceeds that modified value, the
policy will be deleted.
For a policy to be applied in the inbound direction, it cannot contain classes
associated with traffic behaviors specified using queue af, queue ef, queue
wfq, or gts.
dynamic applies only to the dial-up or virtual template interfaces configured with
MP. Before applying a QoS policy to such a dial-up or VT interface, use the qos
max-bandwidth command to configure adequate bandwidth for running the
policy. However, the policy you applied to the interface is not used immediately.
Instead, it is used dynamically depending on the actual bandwidth condition as
follows:
When the bandwidth of the bundle reaches the policy requirement (bandwidth >
ef + af), the policy is enabled on the interface; but before that, the default FIFO
queuing applies.
If bandwidth > ef + af, the policy is enabled to accommodate changes when a
channel comes up, goes down, or joins the bundle.
2396 qos apply policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
When some channels in use are disconnected resulting in inefficient bandwidth
use, FIFO queuing applies.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos car 2397
Command Reference
qos car
Purpose Use the qos car command to implement TP policy on an interface.
Use the undo qos car command to remove a certain TP policy at the interface.
Syntax qos car { i nbound | out bound } { any | acl acl-number | car l carl-index }
ci r committed-information-rate cbs committed-burst-size ebs
excess-burst-size gr een action r ed action
undo qos car { i nbound | out bound } { any | acl acl-number | car l
carl-index }ci r committed-information-rate cbs committed-burst-size ebs
excess-burst-size
Parameters inbound
Limits rate for the packets received by the interface.
outbound
Limits rate for the packets sent by the interface.
any
Limits rates for all packets that match any rules.
acl acl-number
Limits the rate of packets matching the ACL, with
acl-number ranging 2000 to 3999.
carl carl-index
Limits the rate of packets matching the CARL, with
carl-index ranging 1 to 199.
cir
committed-information-rat
Committed Information Rate(CIR), in the range of
8000 to 155,000,000 bps. It should not exceed CBS x
20.
Committed Burst Size (CBS), in the range of 15000 to
155000000 bits.
ebs
excess-committed-burst-siz
e
Excess Burst Size (EBS), in the range of 0 to
155000000 bits.
green
Action taken on the packets when the traffic rate
conform to CIR.
red Action taken on the packets when the traffic rate does
not conform to CIR..
action
Action taken on a packet, which can be:
continue
Has it to be dealt with by the next CAR policy.
discard
Dicards the packet.
pass
Sends the packet.
remark-prec-continue
new-precedence
Remarks the packet with a new IP priority and hands it
over to the next CAR policy. It ranges from 0 to 7.
remark-prec-pass
new-precedence
Remarks the packet with a new IP priority and
forwards the packet. It ranges from 0 to 7.
2398 qos car 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remark-mpls-exp-continue
new-mpls-exp
Remarks the received packet with a new MPLS EXP
value in the range 0 to 7 and hands it over to the next
CAR policy.
remark-mpls-exp-pass
new-mpls-exp
Remarks the received packet with a new MPLS EXP
value in the range 0 to 7 and forwards it to the
destination.
Example Configure traffic policing for outbound packets that conform to CARL rule 1 at the
interface Ethernet6/0/0. The normal traffic is 38400 bps. The burst size, twice of the
normal traffic, is allowed at the first time; then packets are normally transmitted
when the rate is less than or equal to 38400 bps. When the rate is larger than 38400
bps, packets will be transmitted after their precedence is changed to 0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos car out bound any car l 1 ci r 38400 cbs 76800
ebs 0 gr een pass r ed r emar k- pr ec- pass 0
Interface view
Description You can configure several CAR policies by using the command for several times. And
the executing order of the policies depends on the configuration order.
This command only applies to IP packets. w
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos carl 2399
Command Reference
qos carl
Purpose Use the qos carl command to establish or modify a CARL.
Use the undo qos carl command to delete a CARL.
Syntax qos carl carl-index { pr ecedence precedence-value | mac mac-address }
undo qos carl carl-index
Parameters carl Committed access rate list.
carl-index CAR list number. Valid values are 1 to 199.
precedence-value Precedence. Valid values are 0 to 7.
mac-address Hexadecimal MAC address. In the car inbound
direction, it is a source MAC address; in the car
outbound direction, it is a destination MAC address.
Example Configure CARL 1 with packet precedence 1 and 7.
[ 3Com] qos car l 1 pr ecedence 1 7
System view
Description You can establish a CARL based on IP precedence, dscp or MAC address.
For different carl-index, the repeat execution of this command will create multiple
CARLs, and for the same carl-index, such undertaking will modify the parameters
of the CARL.
You can define eight precedence values at most. If the same precedence is specified
for several times, the system by default regards that only one precedence value has
been specified. The precedence values are related to one another in the way of OR.
2400 qos cq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos cq
Purpose Use the qos cq cql command to apply the customized queue to an interface.
Use the undo qos cq command to restore the congestion management policy at
the interface to FIFO.
Syntax qos cq cql cql-index
undo qos cq
Parameters cql-index CQL index. Valid values are 1 to 16.
Default By default, the congestion management policy at the interfaces is FIFO.
Example Apply the CQ 5 on the Ethernet 6/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos cq cql 5
Interface view
Description One interface can only use one group of customized queues.
This command can configure multiple classification rules for each group in the CQL.
During traffic classification, the system matches packets along the rule link. If
matching a certain rule, a packet will be classified into the corresponding priority
queue specified by this rule. If not matching any rule, it will go to the default priority
queue.
CAUTION: Except for interfaces encapsulated with X.25 or LAPB, all physical
interfaces can use CQ.
You can apply CQ to a dialer interface successfully only when default queuing is
configured on its physical interfaces. The configuration, however cannot update to its
physical interfaces immediately if they have connections with their respective
connected devices. Instead, the configuration updates to the physical interfaces the
next time they set up connections.
Related Commands qos cql default-queue
qos cql inbound-interface
qos cql protocol
qos cql queue serving
qos fifo queue-length
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos cql default-queue 2401
Command Reference
qos cql default-queue
Purpose Use the qos cql default-queue command to assign a default queue for those
packets that do not match any rule in the CQL.
Use the undo qos cql default-queue command to restore to the default
queue.
Syntax qos cql cql-index default-queue queue-number
undo qos cql cql-index default-queue
Parameters cql-index
CQL index. Valid values are 1 to 16.
queue-number
Queue number. Valid values are 0 to 16.
If no value is specified, the default customized queue
number is 1.
Example Assign default queue 2 to CQL 5.
[ 3Com] qos cql 5 def aul t - queue 2
System view
Description During traffic classification, if a packet does not match any rule, it will go to the
default queue.
Related Commands qos cql default-queue
qos cql protocol
2402 qos cql inbound-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the qos cql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules
based on interfaces.
Use the undo qos cql inbound-interface command to delete corresponding
classification rules.
Syntax qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number
queue queue-number
undo qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type
interface-number
Parameters cql-index CQL index, in the range 1 to 16.
Interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
queue-number
Queue number in the range 0 to 16.
Default By default, no classification rules are configured.
Example Specify a rule to put packets from tunnel 1 in queue 3.
[ 3Com] qos cql 5 i nbound- i nt er f ace t unnel 1 queue 3
System view
Description This command matches a packet to a rule according to the interface that the packet
comes from. For the same group-number, this command can be repeatedly used,
establishing different classification rules for packets from different interfaces.
Related Commands qos cql protocol
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos cql protocol 2403
Command Reference
qos cql protocol
Purpose Use the qos cql protocol command to establish classification rules based on the
protocol type.
Use the undo qos cql protocol command to delete corresponding classification
rules.
Syntax qos cql cql-index protocol protocol-name queue-key key-value queue
queue-number
undo qos cql cql-index protocol protocol-name [ queue-key key-value ]
Parameters cql-index CQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
protocol-name Protocol name, which can only be IP by far.
queue-number Queue number, ranging 0 to 16.
When protocol-name is IP, the values of queue-key and key-value are
displayed in the following table:
When queue-key is tcp or udp, key-value can be port name or the associated
port number. You can enter ? to get the port numbers associated with port names.
Example Specify CQ rule 5 to make any IP packet that matches the ACL 3100 be put into
queue 3.
[ 3Com] qos cql 5 pr ot ocol i p acl 3100 queue 3y
Table 299 Descriptions of values of queue-key and key-value
queue-key key-value description
fragments Null All IP fragments are enqueued.
Acl ACL group number,
2000 to 3999
All IP packets that match the
specified ACL are enqueued.
less-than Length, 0 to 65535 Link layer data units smaller than the
specified value are enqueued.
greater-than Length, 0to 65535 Link layer data units greater than the
tcp Port number, 0 to 65535 IP packets with the source or
destination TCP port number being
the specified port number are
enqueued.
udp Port number, 0 to 65535 IP packets with the source or
destination UDP port number being
the specified port number are
enqueued.
- - All IP Packets
2404 qos cql protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description The system matches a packet to a rule according to the order that rules are
configured. When the packet matches a certain rule, the search process is completed.
For the same cql-index, this command can be repeatedly used, establishing
multiple classification rules for IP packets.
Related Commands qos cql inbound-interface
qos cql protocol
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos cql protocol mpls exp 2405
Command Reference
qos cql protocol mpls exp
Purpose Use the qos cql protocol mpls exp command to configure classification rule
based on the MPLS protocol.
Use the undo qos cql protocol mpls exp command to delete the
corresponding classification rule.
Syntax qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp mpls-experimental-number queue
queue-number
undo qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp mpls-experimental-number
Parameters cql-index Group number of precedence list. Valid values are 1 to
16.
mpls-experimental-number
EXP domain of MPLS packet. Valid values are 0 to 7.
queue-number
Queue number. Valid values are 0 to 16.
Example Configure classification rule based on the MPLS protocol and sets EXP value of MPLS
to 1.
[ 3Com] qos cql 10 pr ot ocol mpl s exp 1
System view
Description The system matches packets in the sequence that rules are configured. When the
packet is found to match a rule, the entire searching process comes to an end.
For the same group-number, this command can be used repeatedly to establish
multiple types of classification rules for IP packets.
Related Command qos cq
2406 qos cql queue 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos cql queue
Purpose Use the qos cql queue command to configure the length of a queue, namely, the
number of packets a queue can hold.
Use the undo qos cql queue command to restore the default.
Syntax qos cql cql-index queue queue-number queue- l engt h queue-length
undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-number queue- l engt h
Parameters cql-index CQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
queue-number Queue number, ranging 0 to 16.
queue-length The maximum length of the queue, ranging 0 to 1024
packets. The default is 20.
Example Specify the maximum packets in the queue 4 in CQL 5 to 40.
[ 3Com] qos cql 5 queue 4 queue- l engt h 40
System view
Description If a queue is full, any newly incoming packet will be dropped.
qos cql protocol
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos cql queue serving 2407
Command Reference
Purpose Use the qos cql queue serving command to set the byte-count of the packets
sent from a given queue in each poll.
Use the undo qos cql queue serving command to restore the byte-count of
sent packets to the default value.
Syntax qos cql cql-index queue queue-number serving byte-count
undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-number serving
Parameters cql-index
CQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
queue-number
Queue number, ranging 0 to 16.
byte-count
Number of bytes in packets that the given queue sends
in each poll, ranging 1 to 16,777,215 bytes. The
default setting is 1500 bytes.
Default By default, byte-count is 1500.
Example Specify byte-count of queue 2 in the CQL 5 to 1400.
[ 3Com] qos cql 5 queue 2 ser vi ng 1400
System view
qos cql protocol
2408 qos fifo queue-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the qos fifo queue-length command to set the length limit of FIFO queue.
Use the undo qos fifo queue-length command to restore the default value of
the queue length.
Syntax qos fifo queue-length queue-length
undo qos fifo queue-length
Parameters queue-length Length limit of a queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.
Default By default, queue-length is 75.
Example Set the length of FIFO queue to 100.
[ 3Com- Et her net 3/ 0/ 0] qos f i f o queue- l engt h 100pur pose_body
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos gts 2409
Command Reference
qos gts
Purpose Use the qos gts command to set shaping parameters for all or a specified type of
traffic and perform traffic shaping.
Use the undo qos gts command to remove the shaping configuration for all or a
specified type of traffic.
Syntax qos gts { any | acl acl-number } ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs
committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size [ queue- l engt h
queue-length ] ] ]
undo qos gts { any | acl acl-number }
Parameters any
Performs TS on all the IP packets.
acl acl-number
Performs traffic shaping of packets matching the ACL,
with acl-number being the ACL number in the range
of 2000 to 3999.
cir
committed-information-rat
CIR, in the range 8000 to 155,000,000 bps.
CBS, in the range 15,000 to 155,000,000 bits. When
the CIR value is less than 30,000, the default CBS value
is 15,000; when the CIR value is greater than 30,000,
the default CBS value is half of the CIR value.
ebs excess-burst-size
EBS, in the range 0 to 155000000 bits. It defaults to 0,
that is, only one token bucket is used for policing.
queue-length queue-length The maximum length of the buffer, in the range of 1 to
1024. By default, queue-length is 50.
Example Configure traffic shaping for the packets that conform to ACL rule 2001 at the
Ethernet6/0/0 interface. The normal traffic is 38400 bps. The burst size, twice of the
normal traffic, is allowed at the first time. Then packets are normally transmitted
when the traffic is less than or equal to 38400 bps. When the rate is larger than
38400 bps, packets will be added to the buffer queue, which is 100 long.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos gt s acl 2001 ci r 38400 cbs 76800 ebs 0 queue- l engt h
100
Interface view
Description qos gts acl is used to set shaping parameters for the packets that conforms to
certain ACL. Different ACLs can be used to set shaping parameters for different
packets.
2410 qos gts 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos gts any is used to set shaping parameters for all packets.
qos gts acl cannot be used together with the qos gts any.
Repeated using qos gts will replace configuration set earlier.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos lr 2411
Command Reference
qos lr
Purpose Use the qos lr command to limit the transmitting rate of the interface.
Use the undo qos lr command to remove the limit.
Syntax qos lr ci r committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs
excess-burst-size ] ]
undo qos lr
Parameters cir
CIR, in the range of 8000 to 155,000,000 bps.
CBS, in the range of 15,000 to 155,000,000 bits.
When the CIR value is less than 30,000, the default
CBS value is 15,000; when the CIR value is greater
than 30,000, the default CBS value is half of the CIR
value.
ebs excess-burst-size EBS, in the range of 0 to 155000000bits. By default,
excess-burst-size is 0. There is only one token
bucket is used to police.
Example Limit packet-forwarding rate of interface Ethernet6/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos l r ci r 38400 cbs 76800 ebs 0
Interface (including the MFR Interface) view
Description You can use this command on a tunnel interface to limit its interface rate and
implement congestion management along with other queue scheduling algorithms.
Before configuring queuing on the tunnel interface, you must configure the qos lr
command. Before deleting the qos lr command on the interface, however, you
must delete the queuing configuration.
2412 qos max-bandwidth 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos max-bandwidth
Purpose Use the qos max-bandwidth command to configure the maximum interface
bandwidth used when CBQ enqueues packets.
Use the undo qos max-bandwidth command to cancel the bandwidth
configuration.
Syntax qos max-bandwidth bandwidth
undo qos max-bandwidth
Available bandwidth of the interface. It is in kbps (1 to
1000000). By default, this value is the actual interface
baud rate or speed for a physical interface, the total
bandwidth of the channel set for a logical serial
interface that is formed by bundling in T1/E1 or MFR,
or 64 kbps for a logical interface like virtual template
or VE.
Example Set the bandwidth of virtual-template 1 to 128 kbps.
[ 3Com- Vi r t ual - Templ at e1] qos max- bandwi dt h 128
Interface view
Description The maximum available bandwidth of an interface is preferred to be smaller than the
real available bandwidth of the physical interfaces or the logical links. For a serial
interface, the value defaults to 64 kbps. To modify it, you can change the interface
rate using the baudrate command to 2.048 Mbps for example, and then set a new
value, 115.2 kbps for example.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos policy 2413
Command Reference
qos policy
Purpose Use the qos policy command to define a policy and enter policy view.
Use the undo qos policy command to delete a policy.
Syntax qos policy policy-name
undo qos policy policy-name
Parameters policy-name Policy name.
Example Define a policy named as 3Com.
[ 3Com- qospol i cy- 3Com]
System view
Description The policy cannot be deleted if it is applied on an interface. It is necessary to remove
application of the policy on the current interface before deleting it via the undo qos
policy command.
policy-name should not be the policy defined by the system. The default is the
policy defined by the system.
Related Commands classifier behavior
qos apply policy
2414 qos pq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos pq
Purpose Use the qos pq command to apply a group of priority list to an interface.
Use the undo qos pq command to restore the congestion management policy at
the interface to FIFO.
Syntax qos pq pql pql-index
undo qos pq
Parameters pql-index PQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
Default By default, the congestion management policy at the interfaces is FIFO.
Example Apply the priority list 12 to the Ethernet 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] qos pq pql 12
Interface view
Description An interface can only use one group of priority lists.
This command can configure multiple classification rules for each group in the priority
list. During traffic classification, the system matches packets along the rule list. If
matching a certain rule, a packet will be classified into the priority queue specified by
this rule; or it will be put into the default priority queue.
interfaces can use PQ.
You can apply queuing configuration to a dialer interface. The configuration, however
cannot update to its physical interfaces immediately if they have connections with
their respective connected devices. Instead, the configuration updates to the physical
interfaces the next time they set up connections.
Related Commands qos pql
display qos pql
display interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos pql default-queue 2415
Command Reference
qos pql default-queue
Purpose Use the qos pql default-queue command to designate the packets without
corresponding rules to a default queue.
Use the undo qos pql default-queue command to cancel the configuration
and restore the default value.
Syntax qos pql pql-index def aul t - queue { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
undo qos pql pql-index def aul t - queue
Parameters pql-index
PQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
top, middle, normal and
bottom Corresponding to the four levels of priority queue, in
descending order. The queue defaults to normal.
Example Set the default queue of the packets matching no rules in PQL 12 to be the bottom
queue.
[ 3Com] qos pql 12 def aul t - queue bot t om
System view
Description During traffic classification, if a packet does not match any rule, it will be put into the
default priority queue.
For the same pql-index, repeated use of this command will set new default queue.
Related Command display qos pql
2416 qos pql inbound-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos pql inbound-interface
Purpose Use the qos pql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules
Use the undo qos pql inbound-interface command to delete the
Syntax qos pql pql-index i nbound- i nt er f ace interface-type interface-number
queue { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
undo qos pql pql-index i nbound- i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number
Parameters pql-index PQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
Interface-type
Interface type.
Interface-number
Interface number.
bottom
Corresponding to the four levels of priority queues, in
descending order.
Default By default, no classification rule is configured.
Example Create rule 12, making packets from interface Serial 0/0/0 to be put into the middle
queue.
[ 3Com] qos pql 12 i nbound- i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 mi ddl e
System view
Description This command can match packets according to which interface the packet comes
from. For the same pql-index, this command can be repeatedly used, establishing
classification rules for packets that come from different interfaces.
Related Commands qos pql default-queue
qos pql protocol
qos pql queue
qos pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos pql protocol 2417
Command Reference
qos pql protocol
Purpose Use the qos pql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules
Use the undo qos pql inbound-interface command to delete the
Syntax qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number
queue { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
undo qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type
interface-number
Interface-type
Interface type.
Interface-number
Interface number.
bottom
Corresponding to the four levels of priority queues, in
descending order.
When queue-key is tcp or udp, key-value can be port name or the associated
port number. You can enter ? to get the port numbers associated with port names..
Default By default, no classification rule is configured.
Table 300 Description on values of queue-key and key-value
queue-key key-value Description
fragments Null All IP packets that match the specified
ACL are enqueued.
acl ACL group number, 2000 to
3999
All IP fragments are enqueued.
less-than Length, 0 to 65535 Link layer frames greater than the
greater-than Length, 0 to 65535 Any link layer frame greater than the
specified value is enqueued.
tcp Port number, 0 to 65535 Any IP packet whose source or
destination TCP port number is the
specified port number will be classified.
udp Port number, 0 to 65535 Any IP packet whose source or
destination UDP port number is the
specified port number will be classified.
All IP packets
2418 qos pql protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Specify PQ rule 1 to make IP packets matching ACL 3100 be put into the top queue.
[ 3Com] qos pql 1 pr ot ocol i p acl 3100 queue t op
System view
Description This command can match packets according to which interface the packet comes
from. For the same pql-index, this command can be repeatedly used, establishing
classification rules for packets that come from different interfaces.
qos pql protocol
qos pql queue
qos pq
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos pql queue 2419
Command Reference
qos pql queue
Purpose Use the qos pql queue command to specify the maximum number of packets that
can wait in each of the priority queues, or the length of a PQ.
Use the undo qos pql queue command to restore to the default value of each PQ
length.
Syntax qos pql pql-index queue { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om} queue- l engt h
queue-length
undo qos pql pql-index queue { t op | mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
queue- l engt h
queue-length
Four length values of priority queues, ranging 1 to
1024. By default, the length values of the queues are
as following:
Default The default length value of the top queue is 20.
The default length value of the middle queue is 40.
The default length value of the normal queue is 60.
The default length value of the bottom queue is 80.
Example Specify the maximum number of packets waiting in the top priority queue 10 to 10.
[ 3Com] qos pql 10 queue t op queue- l engt h 10
System view
Description If a queue is full, any newly incoming packet will be dropped.
qos pql protocol
qos pq
2420 qos pql protocol mpls exp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos pql protocol mpls exp
Purpose Use the qos pql protocol mpls exp command to establish the classification
rule based on MPLS protocol.
Use the undo qos pql protocol mpls exp command to delete corresponding
classification rules.
Syntax qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp mpls-experimental-value queue { t op
| mi ddl e | nor mal | bot t om}
undo qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp mpls-experimental-value
Group number of priority list. Valid values are 1 to 16.
mpls-experimental-value
EXP domain of MPLS packet. Valid values are 0 to 7.
queue top | middle | normal
| bottom
Top/middle/normal/bottom priority queue.
Example Establish the classification rule based on MPLS protocol and sets the EXP value of
MPLS to 5.
[ 3Com] qos pql 10 pr ot ocol mpl s exp t op 5
System view
Description The system matches packets in the sequence that rules are configured. When the
packet is found to match a rule, the entire searching process comes to an end.
For the same group-number, this command can be used repeatedly to establish
several types of classification rules for IP packets.
Related Command qos pql protocol
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos reserved-bandwidth 2421
Command Reference
qos reserved-bandwidth
Purpose Use the qos reserved-bandwidth command to set the maximum reserved
bandwidth percentage.
Use the undo qos reserved-bandwidth command to restore the default value.
Syntax qos reserved-bandwidth pct percentage
undo qos reserved-bandwidth
Parameters percentage
Percentage of the reserved bandwidth to the available
bandwidth. It is in the range of 1 to 100 and the
default value is 80.
Example Set the maximum reserved bandwidth allocated for RTP priority queue to 80% of the
available bandwidth.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] qos r eser ved- bandwi dt h pct 80
Interface view
Description Usually the bandwidth configured for the QoS queue is less than 75 percent of the
total bandwidth, considering that part of the bandwidth should be used for
controlling protocol packets, layer 2 frame headers and so on.
Caution should be taken in using this command to the maximum preserved
bandwidth.
Related Command qos rtpq
2422 qos rtpq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos rtpq
Purpose Use the qos rtpq command to enable RTP queue feature on an interface so as to
reserve a real-time service for the RTP packets sent to some UDP destination port
ranges.
Use the undo qos rtpq command to disable the RTP queuing feature of the
interface.
Syntax qos rtpq st ar t - por t first-rtp-port-number end- por t last-rtp-port-number
bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs committed-burst-size ]
undo qos rtpq
Parameters first-rtp-port-number Specifies the first UDP port number to initiate RTP
messages.
last-rtp-port-number
Specifies the last UDP port number to initiate RTP
messages.
bandwidth Bandwidth for RTP priority queue, which is part of the
maximum reserved bandwidth in Kbps.
Committed burst size, in the range 1500 to 2000000
bytes.
Default By default, RTP queuing feature is disabled.
Example Enable IP RTP Priority on Serial 1/0/0. The starting port number is 16384. The starting
port number is 16383.The RTP packets in the range of 16384~32767 of the
destination port use 64Kbps bandwidth. If network convergence happens, the
packets will enter IP RTP Priority queue.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] qos r t pq st ar t - por t 16384 end- por t 32767 bandwi dt h
64
Interface view
Description This command is applied to the delay-sensitive applications, real-time voice
transmission for example. Configured with the qos rtpq command, the system will
serve the voice services first among all other services.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos rtpq 2423
Command Reference
The parameter "bandwidth" should be set greater than the service-required
bandwidth so as to prevent conflict caused by the burst traffic. However, the
bandwidth should be no greater than 75% of the total bandwidth. If you need to
configure the bandwidth to be greater than 75% of the total bandwidth, please first
change the maximum reserved bandwidth via qos reserved-bandwidth
command.
In bandwidth allocation, the bandwidth for data load, IP header, UDP header and RTP
header is allocated, except that for the Layer2 frame header. Therefore, it is obligatory
to reserve 25% of the total bandwidth.
interfaces can use RTPQ.
You can apply an RTPQ to a dialer interface successfully only when its physical
interfaces use default queuing and have adequate bandwidth.
Related Command qos reserved-bandwidth
2424 qos wfq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos wfq
Purpose Use the qos wfq command to apply WFQ to and configure WFQ parameters on the
interface or modify WFQ parameters on the interface.
Use the undo qos wfq command to restore the default congestion management
mechanism FIFO.
Syntax qos wfq [ pr ecedence | dscp ] [ queue- l engt h max-queue-length [
queue- number total-queue-number ] ]
undo qos wfq
Parameters precedence
Assigns bandwidth to queues by IP precedence. This is
the default setting.
dscp
Assigns bandwidth to queues by DSCP.
max-queue-length
Maximum queue length, or maximum number of
packets in each queue. It ranges from 1 to 1024 and
defaults to 64. Packets out of the range will be
discarded.
total-queue-number
Sum of queues. When IP precedence applies, available
numbers are 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048
and 4096. The default is 256. When DSCP applies,
available numbers are 64, 128, 256, 1024, 2048, and
4096. The default setting is 256 for the Router 6000
and 64 for the Router 5000.
Example Apply WFQ at the Ehernet6/0/0 interface, set the queue length to 100 and set the
total queue number to 512.
[ 3Com- Et her net 6/ 0/ 0] qos wf q queue- l engt h 100 queue- number 512
Interface view
Description If the qos wfq command is configured without any parameters being specified,
traffic is classified based on IP quintuple and precedence.
interfaces can use CQ.
You can apply WFQ to a dialer interface successfully only when default queuing is
configured on its physical interfaces. The configuration, however cannot update to its
physical interfaces immediately if they have connections with their respective
connected devices. Instead, the configuration updates to the physical interfaces the
next time they set up connections.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos wfq 2425
Command Reference
2426 qos wred 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos wred
Purpose Use the qos wred command to apply WRED at an interface.
Use the undo qos wred command to restore the default dropping method.
Syntax qos wred
undo qos wred
Parameters None
Default By default, the dropping method of a queue is tail drop.
Example Apply WRED at Ethernet0/0/0 interface. (Provided that WFQ has already been applied
at the interface).
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] qos wr ed
Interface view
Description As WRED in interface view cannot be used independently or with the queuing
methods but WFQ, apply WFQ to the interface before enabling WRED on it.
Related Commands qos wfq
qos wred
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos wred dscp 2427
Command Reference
qos wred dscp
Purpose Use the qos wred dscp command to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop
probability denominator of a WRED DSCP.
Use the undo qos wred dscp command to restore the default settings.
Syntax qos wred dscp dscp-value l ow- l i mi t low-limit hi gh- l i mi t high-limit
di scar d- pr obabi l i t y discard-prob
undo qos wred dscp dscp-value
DSCP value. Valid values are 0 to 63 or be one of the
following keywords: ef, af11, af12, af13, af21, af22,
af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3,
cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, and default.
low-limit
Lower limit. Valid values are 1 to 1024
high-limit Upper limit. Valid values are 1 to 1024
discard-prob
Drop probability denominator. Valid values are 1 to
255.
Example For DSCP 3, set the lower and upper average length limits of the queue to 20 and 40
respectively, and the drop probability denominator to 15.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] qos wr ed dscp 3 l ow- l i mi t 20 hi gh- l i mi t 40
di scar d- pr obabi l i t y 15
Interface view
Description Before configuring the WRED parameters, you must use the qos wred command to
apply the WRED to an interface. The thresholds limit the average queue length.
Related Commands qos wred
2428 qos wred ip-precedence 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
qos wred ip-precedence
Purpose Use the qos wred ip-precedence command to configure the minimum
threshold, maximum threshold and drop probability denominator for each
precedence level in WRED.
Use the undo qos wred ip-precedence command to restore the default value.
Syntax qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence l ow- l i mi t low-limit hi gh- l i mi t
high-limit di scar d- pr obabi l i t y discard-prob
undo qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence
Parameters ip-precedence
Precedence of IP packets. Valid values are 0 to 7.
low-limit low-limit
The minimum threshold. Valid values are 1 to 1024.
high-limit high-limit
The maximum threshold. Valid values are 1 to 1024
discard-probability
discard-prob Drop probability denominator. Valid values are 1 to
255.
Example Display how to set minimum threshold of the packet of precedence 3 at an interface
to 20, maximum threshold to 40 and discard probability to 15.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] qos wr ed i p- pr ecedence 3 l ow- l i mi t 20 hi gh- l i mi t
40 di scar d- pr obabi l i t y 15
Interface view
Description WRED parameters can be set only after the command qos wred has been used to
apply WRED at the interface. The thresholds are for the average quantity of packets in
queue.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family qos wred weighting-constant 2429
Command Reference
qos wred weighting-constant
Purpose Use the qos wred weighting-constant command to set exponential used to
calculate the average length of WRED queues.
Use the undo qos wred weighting-constant command to restore the default
value.
Syntax qos wred weighting-constant exponent
undo qos wred weighting-constant
Parameters exponent
Exponential used to calculate the average queue
length Valid values are 1 to 16.
Example Set the exponential used to calculate average queue length to 6 at Ethernet0/0/0
interface, provided that WRED has already been applied on this interface.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] qos wr ed wei ght i ng- const ant 6
Interface view
Description Before you can configure WRED parameters on an interface, you must apply WRED
with the qos wred command on it.
2430 radius nas-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
radius nas-ip
Purpose Use the radius nas-ip command to specify the source address of the RADIUS
packet sent from NAS.
Use the undo radius nas-ip command to restore the default setting..
Syntax radius nas-ip ip-address
undo radius nas-ip
Parameters ip-address Specifies a source IP address.
Default By default, the source address is not specified, that is, the address of the interface
sending the packet serves as the source address.
Example Configure the router to send RADIUS packets from 129.10.10.1.
[ 3Com] r adi us nas- i p 129. 10. 10. 1
System view
Description By specifying the source address of the RADIUS packet, you can avoid unreachable
packets as returned from the server upon interface failure. The source address is
normally recommended to be a loopback interface address..
This command specifies only one source address; therefore, the newly configured
source address may overwrite the original one.
Related Command nas-ip
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family radius scheme 2431
Command Reference
radius scheme
Purpose Use the radius scheme command to configure a RADIUS scheme and enter its
view.
Use the undo radius scheme command to delete the specified RADIUS scheme.
Syntax radius scheme radius-scheme-name
undo radius scheme radius-scheme-name
Parameters radius-scheme-name
RADIUS scheme name, a character string not
?, < and >.
Default By default, the RADIUS scheme named system exists in the system, with all attributes
being the defaults. You cannot delete this scheme.
Example Create a RADIUS scheme named 3Com and enter its view.
[ 3Com] r adi us scheme 3Com
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com]
System view
Description RADIUS protocol is configured scheme by scheme. Every RADIUS scheme must at
least specify IP address and UDP port number of RADIUS
authentication/authorization/accounting server and the parameters necessary for the
RADIUS client (a router) to interact with the servers. You must first create a RADIUS
scheme and enter its view before you can perform RADIUS protocol configurations.
A RADIUS scheme can be referenced by several ISP domains at the same time.
The undo radius scheme command can be used to delete any RADIUS scheme
except for the default one. Note that a RADIUS scheme currently being used by any
online users cannot be removed.
Related Commands display radius
retry
retry realtime-accounting
2432 radius scheme 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
scheme
server type
state
timer realtime-accounting
user-name-format
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family radius trap 2433
Command Reference
radius trap
Purpose Use the radius trap command to enable the RADIUS server to send traps when it
goes down.
Use the undo radius trap command to disable the RADIUS server to send traps
when it goes down.
Syntax radius trap { aut hent i cat i on- ser ver - down | account i ng- ser ver - down }
undo radius trap { aut hent i cat i on- ser ver - down | account i ng- ser ver - down
}
Parameters authentication-server-downThe state of the RADIUS authentication server changes
to down.
accounting-server-down
The state of the RADIUS accounting server changes to
down.
Default By default, the RADIUS server does not send traps when it goes down.
Example Enable the RADIUS authentication server to send traps when it goes down.
[ 3Com] r adi us t r ap aut hent i cat i on- ser ver - down
System view
2434 ras-on 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ras-on
Purpose Use the ras-on command to enable the GK Client function.
Use the undo ras-on command to disable the GK Client function.
Syntax ras-on
undo ras-on
Parameters None
Default By default, the GK Client function is disabled.
Example Activate the GK Client function.
[ Rout er - voi ce- gk] r as- on
Description Only after activating the GK Client function can the normal communication be
maintained between the router voice gateway and the GK server, or it is unable to
establish the connection between them.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family re-answer 2435
Command Reference
re-answer
Purpose Use the re-answer command to enable or disable the originating point to support
re-answer signal process.
Syntax re-answer { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable Enables the originating point to support re-answer
signal process.
disable
Disables the originating point to support re-answer
signal process.
Default By default, the originating point does not support re-answer signal process.
Example Enable the originating point to process re-answer signals.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] r e- answer enabl e
R2 CAS view
Description Use the re-answer command to enable or disable the originating point to support
re-answer signal process.
In some countries, re-answer process is needed in R2 signaling. When the terminating
point sends a clear-back signal, the originating point does not release the line right
away, but maintains the call state instead. If it receives the re-answer signal from the
terminating point in the specified time, it continues the call; otherwise, it disconnects
the call after timeout.
Related Commands answer
timer dl re-answer
2436 re-authentication 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
re-authentication
Purpose Use the re-authentication command to enable console login re-authentication.
Use the undo re-authentication command to disable console login
re-authentication.
Syntax re-authentication
undo re-authentication
Parameters None
Default By default, console login re-authentication is disabled.
Example Enable console login re-authentication.
[3Com-ui-console0] re-authentication
[3Com-ui-console0] flow-control hardware
Configure password authentication on the console port.
[3Com-ui-console0] authentication-mode password
[3Com-ui-console0] set authentication password simple 3Com
Remove the console cable, and then connect it before the console connection times
out. The following message is displayed:
Login authentication
Username:
Password:
User Interface view
Description Console login re-authentication can provide extra security for your console
connection based on console login authentication.
Suppose you remove the console cable without clearing the existing console
connection. Console login re-authentication ensures that even if the cable is
connected again when the console connection is still present, one must undergo
another authentication to log in from the console port.
Configure the re-authentication command in conjunction with the
flow-control hardware command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reboot 2437
Command Reference
reboot
Purpose Use the reboot command to have the router reboot.
Syntax reboot
Parameters None
Example Reboot the device.
<3Com> reboot
This command will reboot the system. The current configuration has not
been saved and will be lost if you continue. Continue? [Y/N]
User view
Description Executing this command is equal to powering up the router after a power-down,
except that you do not have to go to the site where the router is located.
Executing this command may halt network operation transiently; use it with caution.
In addition, save the configuration file before rebooting the router, because the
configurations you just made cannot survive a reboot.
2438 receive gain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
receive gain
Purpose Use the receive gain command to configure the gain value at the voice
subscriber-line input end.
Use the undo receive gain command to restore the default value.
Syntax receive gain value
undo receive gain
Parameters value Voice input gain ranging from -14.0 to 14.0 in dB with
one digit after the decimal point.
If no value is specified, the default value is 0 dB.
Example Configure the voice input gain as 3.5dB on subscriber line 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] r ecei ve gai n 3. 5
When the voice signal on the line attenuates to a relatively great extent, this
command can be used to appropriately enhance the voice input gain.
CAUTION:
Adjusting the gain may cause voice calls unable to be established. Therefore, when
required, adjust the gain only under the direction of technical support staff.
Related Commands transmit gain
subscriber-line
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family redialtimes 2439
Command Reference
redialtimes
Purpose Use the redialtimes command to configure the number of times of dialing in
each dialing phase for a certain access service number.
Syntax redialtimes redialtimes-number
Parameters redialtimes-number The number of times of dialing in each dialing phase in
a card number process. Valid values are 1 to 10.
If no value is specified, the default number can be
dialed three times in each dialing phase.
Example Configure the number of redialing times of the card number/password of the access
service number 18901 to be 4 (the number can be dialed for 5 times).
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum18901] r edi al t i mes 5
Description When the card number procedure or the caller number procedure with IVR is
adopted, the user, after getting through to the access number, needs to follow voice
prompts to operate. To avoid mistake in a dial segment from causing the failure of the
entire dial process, you may specify the maximum number of dial attempts that a user
can make to provide the correct number in each dial segment.
For the caller number procedure without IVR, skip this configuration.
For the caller number procedure, the number of dial attempts allowed in each
segment also makes sense. The setting can limit the number of attempts that the
user can make to dial the called number after getting through to the access
number.
For the card number procedure and the caller number procedure with IVR, the
setting is effective for each dial segment. For example, for the card number
procedure, the numbers of attempts that the user can make to input card number,
password, and called number are the same.
The redialtimes-number argument specifies the number of dial attempts rather
than redials. For example, to allow a user to redial three times in each dial
segment, set the redialtimes-number argument to 4.
process-config
card-digit
password-digit
2440 redirect bind vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
redirect bind vpn-instance
Purpose Use the redirect bind vpn-instance command to bind a VPN instance to the
user interface.
Use the undo redirect bind vpn-instance command to remove the binding.
Syntax redirect bind vpn-instance vpn-instance-name
undo redirect bind vpn-instance
Parameters vpn-instance-name Specifies a VPN instance
Default By default, no VPN instance is bound with the user interface.
Example Bind user interface TTY 7 with VPN instance VPN1.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y7] r edi r ect bi nd vpn- i nst ance vpn1
User Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family redirect disconnect 2441
Command Reference
redirect disconnect
Purpose Use the redirect disconnect command to disconnect a redirected telnet
connection manually.
Syntax redirect disconnect
Parameters None
Example Manually disconnect a redirected Telnet connection.
[Router-ui-tty7] redirect disconnect
User Interface view
2442 redirect enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
redirect enable
Purpose Use the redirect enable command to enable redirect on the asynchronous serial
interface.
Use the undo redirect enable command to disable redirect on the
corresponding asynchronous serial interface.
Syntax redirect enable
undo redirect enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the asynchronous serial interface does not support redirect.
Example Enable redirect on user interface TTY7.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y7] r edi r ect enabl e
User Interface view
Description This command is only useful for AUX and TTY interfaces.
Related Commands telnet
display tcp status
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family redirect listen-port 2443
Command Reference
redirect listen-port
Purpose Use the redirect listen-port command to specify a port to listen for
redirected Telnet connections.
Use the undo redirect listen-port command to restore the default listening
port.
Syntax redirect listen-port port-number
undo redirect listen-port
Number of the listening port. Valid values are 2000 to
50000.
Default The default number of the port that listens for redirected Telnet connections is TTY
number plus 2000.
Example Set the number of the port that listens for the redirected Telnet connections to 50.
[Router-ui-tty7] redirect listen-port
User Interface view
2444 redirect refuse-negotiation 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
redirect refuse-negotiation
Purpose Use the redirect refuse-negotiation command to disable Telnet option
negotiation during setup of redirected Telnet connection.
Use the undo redirect refuse-negotiation command to enable Telnet
option negotiation during setup of redirected Telnet connection.
Syntax redirect refuse-negotiation
undo redirect refuse-negotiation
Parameters None
Default By default, Telnet option negotiation is enabled.
Example Disable Telnet option negotiation during setup of redirected Telnet connection.
[Router-ui-tty7] redirect refuse-negotiation
User Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family redirect return-deal from-telnet 2445
Command Reference
redirect return-deal from-telnet
Purpose Use the redirect return-deal from-telnet command to have the router
that redirects Telnet connection substitute 0x0d for 0x0d 0x0a and 0x0d 0x00, the
carriage returns received from the Telnet client.
Use the undo redirect return-deal from-telnet command to disable the
router that redirects Telnet connection to process carriage returns.
Syntax redirect return-deal from-telnet
undo redirect return-deal from-telnet
Parameters None
Default By default, carriage returns are not processed.
Example Enable the router that redirects Telnet connection to process the carriage returns
received from the Telnet client.
[ Rout er - ui - t t y7] r edi r ect r et ur n- deal f r om- t el net
User Interface view
2446 redirect return-deal from-terminal 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
redirect return-deal from-terminal
Purpose Use the redirect return-deal from-terminal command to have the router
that redirects Telnet connection substitute 0x0d for 0x0d 0x0a and 0x0d 0x00, the
carriage returns received from the terminal (a PC connected to the console port for
example).
Use the undo redirect return-deal from-terminal command to disable
the router that redirects Telnet connection to process the carriage returns.
Syntax redirect return-deal from-terminal
undo redirect return-deal from-terminal
Parameters None
Default By default, carriage returns are not processed.
Example Enable the router that redirects Telnet connection to process the carriage returns
received from the terminal.
[ Rout er - ui - t t y7] r edi r ect r et ur n- deal f r om- t er mi nal
User Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family redirect timeout 2447
Command Reference
redirect timeout
Purpose Use the redirect timeout command to specify the amount of time that a
redirected Telnet connection can stay idle. After that, the connection is disconnected.
Use the undo redirect timeout command to allow the system to maintain an
always-on redirected telnet connection.
Syntax redirect timeout minutes
undo redirect timeout
Parameters minutes
Idle timeout (in seconds). Valid values are 30 to 86400.
Example Set the idle timeout for the redirected telnet connection to 200 seconds.
[Router-ui-tty7] redirect timeout 200
User Interface view
2448 reflect between-clients 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reflect between-clients
Purpose Use the reflect between-clients command to enable route reflection
between clients.
Use the undo reflect between-clients command to disable this function.
Syntax reflect between-clients
undo reflect between-clients
Parameters None
Default By default, route reflection between clients is enabled
Example Disable the route reflection between clients.
[ 3Com- bgp] undo r ef l ect bet ween- cl i ent s
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Description After a route reflector is configured, it reflects the routes of a client to other clients. If
the clients of a route reflector are fully connected, disable route reflection between
clients to reduce overheads.
Related Commands reflector cluster-id
peer reflect-client
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reflector cluster-id 2449
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reflector cluster-id command to configure the cluster ID of the
route reflector.
Use the undo reflector cluster-id command to remove the configured
cluster ID.
Syntax reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | address }
undo reflector cluster-id
Parameters cluster-id
Specifies the cluster ID of the route reflector, in integer
or IP address format, with valid values from 1 to
4294967295.
address
Specifies the interface address of the route reflectors
cluster ID.
Default By default, each route reflector uses its router ID as the cluster ID.
Example Set cluster ID for local router to identify the cluster.
[ 3Com- bgp] r ef l ect or cl ust er - i d 80
[ 3Com- bgp] peer 11. 128. 160. 10 r ef l ect - cl i ent
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
Description Usually, there is only one route reflector in a cluster. It is the router ID of the reflector
that identifies the cluster. You can configure multiple route reflectors to improve the
stability of the network. If a cluster is configured with multiple route reflectors, use
this command to configure the identical cluster ID for all the reflectors.
Related Commands reflect between-clients
peer reflect-client
2450 refresh bgp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
refresh bgp
Purpose Use the refresh bgp command to request the peer to retransmit routes or
retransmit routes to the peer.
Syntax refresh bgp { al l | peer-address | { gr oup group-name } } [ mul t i cast |
vpnv4 | vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ] { i mpor t | expor t }
Parameters all
Refreshes all the peers.
peer-address
Refreshes the peer with the specified address.
group-name
Refreshes all the members in the specified peer group.
vpnv4
Refreshes routes of VPNv4 address family for the peer.
multicast
Refreshes routes of multicast address family for the
peer.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Refreshes VPN routes for the peer in the specified
VPN-INSTANCE.
import
Sends ROUTE-REFRESH packet to the peer to require
retransmission of all the routes.
export Retransmits all the routes to the peer.
Example Request all the peers to retransmit multicast routes.
<3Com> r ef r esh bgp al l mul t i cast i mpor t
Retransmit all the routes to the CE peer 10.1.1.1 in VPN-INSTANCE vpn1.
<3Com> r ef r esh bgp 10. 1. 1. 1 vpn- i nst ance vpn1 expor t
User view
Description After a BGP connection is created, only incremental routes are transmitted. But in
some cases, for example, when the routing policy is changed, retransmission of routes
is required on both ends, and the routes will be filtered according to the new policy.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family register-enable 2451
Command Reference
register-enable
Purpose Use the register-enable command to enable or disable the SIP registration
function.
Syntax register-enable { on | off }
undo register-enable
Parameters on
Enables the SIP registration function.
off
Disables the SIP registration function.
Default By default, the SIP registration function is not enabled.
Example Enable the SIP registration function.
[Router-voice-sip] register-enable on
SIP Client view
Description Use the register-enable command to enable or disable the SIP registration
function.
This command can be executed only after the registrar command has been
configured.
You can disable the SIP registration function by executing either undo
register-enable or register-enable off.
Under the UDP transmission mode, after you configure the mode gateway all
command, generally if the digit of the number does not exceed 20, up to 32 numbers
can be carried in a registration packet. However, to carry multiple numbers will lead
to over-length of the registration packet, which may be rejected by some registration
servers consequently. To avoid the situation, you can reduce the amount of
registration numbers as required or register with a single number.
2452 register lifetime 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
register lifetime
Purpose Use the register lifetime command to configure the registration lifetime of an
MR.
Use the undo register lifetime command to restore the default.
Syntax register lifetime value
undo register lifetime
Parameters value Registration lifetime for the MR (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Default By default, the registration lifetime of an MR is 36,000 seconds.
Example Set the registration lifetime of the MR to 18,000 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] register lifetime 18000
MR view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family register-number 2453
Command Reference
register-number
Purpose Use the register-number command to enable the gateway (the VoIP-enabled
router) to register the number of the voice entity with the H.323 gatekeeper or SIP
server.
Use the undo register-number command to disable the gateway to register the
number of the voice entity when registering with the H.323 gatekeeper or SIP server.
Syntax register-number
undo register-number
Parameters None
Default By default, the number of the voice entity is registered.
Example Disable the gateway to register the number of voice entity 1.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] undo r egi st er - number
Voice Entity view
Description This command is only applicable to the configurations of POTS voice entities.
You need to use the undo register-number command to disable the gateway
to register the numbers of some voice entities with a gatekeeper or SIP server in the
situations where:
POTS entities with the same number exist on multiple gateways on the same
network. But for their gatekeeper or SIP server, the number of a POTS entity must
be unique. Therefore, those POTS entities cannot register with the gatekeeper or
SIP server at the same time.
The user needs to register the numbers of some ports with the gatekeeper or SIP
server but not the numbers of others for special purposes.
CAUTION:
After configuring this command, use the ras-on command in GK-client view or the
register-enable command in SIP view to register the number with the
gatekeeper or SIP server to make the configuration effective.
2454 register-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
register-policy
Purpose Use the register-policy command to configure a RP to filter the register packet
sent by the DR in the PIM-SM network and to accept the specific packet only.
Use the undo register-policy command to remove the configured packet
filtering.
Syntax register-policy acl-number
undo register-policy
Number of advanced IP ACL, defining the rule of
filtering the source and group addresses. Valid values
are 3000 to 3999.
Example If the local device is the RP in the network, using the following command can only
accept the multicast data register packets sent by the source on the network segment
10.10.0.0/16 to the multicast address in the range of 225.1.0.0/16.
<3Com> system-view
destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] register-policy 3110
PIM view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family register retransmit 2455
Command Reference
register retransmit
Purpose Use the register retransmit command to configure the registration
retransmission parameters of an MR, including the initial registration retransmission
interval, the maximum registration retransmission interval, and the maximum number
of registration retransmission attempts.
Use the undo register retransmit command to restore the defaults.
Syntax register retransmit { initial initial-time | maximum max-time | retry number }
undo register retransmit [ initial | maximum | retry ]
Parameters initial-time Initial registration retransmission interval for the MR (in
seconds). Valid values are 1 to 16. If no value is
specified, the default is 1 second.
max-time
Maximum registration retransmission interval for the
MR (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 1,800.
number
Maximum number of registration retransmission
attempts for the MR. Valid values are 1 to 64.
Default By default, the initial registration retransmission interval is one second, the maximum
registration retransmission interval is 128 seconds, and the maximum number of
registration retransmission attempts is 5.
Example Configure the MR registration retransmission parameters, setting the initial interval to
2 seconds, the maximum interval to 100 seconds, and the maximum number of
registration retransmission attempts to 3.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] register retransmit initial 2
[3Com-MobileRouter] register retransmit maximum 100
[3Com-MobileRouter] register retransmit retry 3
MR view
Description An MR sends registration requests using a binary exponential backoff mechanism,
doubling the interval between consecutive requests. If no any reply, it will not stop the
retransmission until the maximum interval or the maximum number of registration
requests is reached.
2456 register-value 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
register-value
Purpose Use the register-value command to configure the value of all register signals of
R2 signaling.
Use the undo register-value command to restore the default value.
Syntax register-value { bi l l i ngcat egor y | cal l cr eat e- i n- gr oupa |
cal l i ngcat egor y | congest i on | demand- r ef used | di gi t - end | nul l num|
r eq- bi l l i ngcat egor y | r eq- cal l i ngcat egor y | r eq- cur r ent di gi t |
r eq- f i r st cal l i ngnum| r eq- f i r st di gi t | r eq- next cal l ednum|
r eq- next cal l i ngnum| r eq- l ast f i r st di gi t | r eq- l ast seconddi gi t |
r eq- l ast t hi r ddi gi t | r eq- swi t ch- gr oupb | subscr i ber - busy |
subscr i ber - i dl e } value
undo register-value { bi l l i ngcat egor y | cal l cr eat e- i n- gr oupa |
cal l i ngcat egor y | congest i on | demand- r ef used | di gi t - end | nul l num|
r eq- bi l l i ngcat egor y | r eq- cal l i ngcat egor y | r eq- cur r ent di gi t |
r eq- f i r st cal l i ngnum| r eq- f i r st di gi t | r eq- next cal l ednum|
r eq- next cal l i ngnum| r eq- l ast f i r st di gi t | r eq- l ast seconddi gi t |
r eq- l ast t hi r ddi gi t | r eq- swi t ch- bgr oup | subscr i ber - busy |
subscr i ber - i dl e }
Parameters billingcategory value
Specifies the billing category value. Valid values are 1
to 16.
callcreate-in-groupa valueSpecifies the directly created calling signal value. Valid
values are 1 to 16.
callingcategory value
Specifies calling category value. Valid values are 1 to
16.
congestion value
Specifies congestion value. Valid values are 1 to 16.
demand-refused value
Specifies demand-refused value. Valid values are 1 to
16.
digit-end value
Specifies digit-end value. Valid values are 1 to 16.
nullnum value
Specifies null number value. Valid values are 1 to 16.
req-billingcategory value Specifies request billing category value. Valid values
are1 to 16.
req-callingcategory value
Specifies request calling category value. Valid values
arein the range 1 to 16.
req-currentdigit value
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family register-value 2457
Command Reference
Specifies request current digit value. Valid values are 1
to 16.
req-firstcallingnum value Specifies request first calling number value. Valid
values are 1 to 16.
req-firstdigit value
Specifies request first digit value. Valid values are 1 to
16.
req-nextcallednum value
Specifies request next called number value. Valid
values are1 to 16.
req-nextcallingnum value Specifies request next calling number value. Valid
values are1 to 16. It defaults to 5.
req-lastfirstdigit value
Specifies request last first digit value. Valid values are1
to 16.
req-lastseconddigit value
Specifies request last second digit value. Valid values
aree 1 to 16.
req-lastthirddigit value Specifies request last third digit value. Valid values are1
to 16.
req-switch-groupb value
Specifies request switch Group-B value. Valid values
arerange 1 to 16.
subscriber-busy value
Specifies subscriber line busy value. Valid values are 1
to 16.
subscriber-idle value Specifies subscriber line idle value. Valid values are 1 to
16.
Example Request the originating point to send calling category by configuring a backward
signal (signal value 7).
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] r egi st er - val ue r eq- cal l i ngcat egor y 7
R2 CAS view
Description Signal value 16 means the corresponding signal function does not exist. For example,
if the request last first digit function does not exist in some countries, the value of
req-lastfirstdigit is 16.
2458 register-value 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
By configuring the register-value command, you can send the specified request signal
and require the opposite exchange to send back the corresponding answer signal. For
example, using the register-value callingcategory command, you can enable the
terminating point to send the specified signal to require the originating point to send
back the calling category.
The register-value billingcategory command is used to configure KA signal of R2
signaling. That is, the originating point sends a calling category signal to the
originating toll office or originating international exchange, which provides two kinds
of information: billing category of this connection (paid at the specified time or at
once, or toll free) and subscriber level (with or without priority).
The register-value callingcategory command is used to configure KD signal of R2
signaling, i.e., calling category. It functions to identify whether break-in and forced-
release can be implemented by or on the calling party.
The register-value subscriber-idle command is used to configure KB signal of R2
signaling. It indicates subscriber status (such as idle), and acknowledges and controls
connection. You should make sure that KB values of the both ends are the same.
Otherwise, call connection might not be established even if the called party is idle. If
3Com routers are used at both ends, you should make sure that KB values of the
both ends are the same. If PBX is used at one end, and a router is used at the other
end, you should adjust the KB value of the router to keep it consistent with that of
the PBX.
In some countries, the register signal encoding scheme does not necessarily support
all the register signals described above. For example, there is no billingcategory but
callingcategory in ITU-T recommendation. Therefore, it is recommended that you use
the default values and do not configure unless there are special requirements.
Related Command group-b {enable/disable}
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family registrar 2459
Command Reference
registrar
Purpose Use the registrar command to configure the IP address or domain name, port
number, timeout time as well as master/slave attribute of the registration server under
UAs.
Use the undo registrar command to remove the configuration on the
registration server under UAs. The slave configuration is optional, which is used to
remove the configuration of the slave server.
Syntax registrar ipv4 ip-address [ port port-number ] [ expires seconds ] [
slave ]
undo registrar [ slave ]
Parameters ipv4 ip-address
IPv4 address of the server.
port port-number
expires seconds Registration timeout time (in seconds). Valid values are
60 to 65535.
slave
Specifies the registration server to be the slave server.
Default By default, the port number is 5060, the timeout time is 3600 seconds, and the
master/slave attribute is master.
Example Configure the IP address of the SIP registration server to 192.168.5.10, the port
number to 1120 and the timeout time to 120 seconds.
[Router-voice-sip] registrar ipv4 192.168.5.10 port 1120 expires 120
SIP Client view
Description Configure the registration server according to IPv4 address. The configurations of port
number, timeout time and master/slave attribute of the registration server are
optional.
2460 remark atmclp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remark atmclp
Purpose Use the remark atmclp command to have the system remark the CLP bit of ATM
packets in the class.
Use the undo remark atmclp command to disable remarking the CLP bit of ATM
packets.
Syntax remark atmclp atmclp-value
undo remark atmclp
Parameters atmclp-value
Value of the cell loss priority (CLP) bit in ATM packets,
0 or 1.
Default By default, the CLP bit of ATM packets is not remarked.
Example Remark the CLP bit of ATM packets to 1.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k at mcl p 1
Description The policy that includes CLP remark can apply only on the outbound direction of
interfaces or ATM PVCs. When congestion occurs, the router drops packets with a
high CLP bit value, if CLP remark is supported.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remark dot1p 2461
Command Reference
remark dot1p
Purpose Use the remark dot1p command to configure the 802.1p priority value in the
VLAN packets of a class.
Use the undo remark dot1p command to remove the 802.1p priority value from
the VLAN packets.
Syntax remark dot1p cos-value
undo remark dot1p
Parameters cos-value
802.1p priority value of VLAN packets, ranging from 0
to 7.
Default By default, VLAN packets have no 802.1p priority value.
Example Set the 802.1p priority value in the VLAN packets of a class to 6.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k dot 1p 6
Description 802.1p priority value is the CoS domain value in VLAN packets. The level 2 switching
devices, such as Ethernet switch, set up forwarding policy according to this priority
value.
2462 remark dsc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remark dsc
Purpose Use the remark dscp command to set a remarked DSCP value for IP packets
belonging to the class.
Use the undo remark dscp command to disable DSCP remark.
Syntax remark dscp dscp-value
undo remark dscp
Parameters dscp-value Preset DSCP value, in the range of 0 to 63, which can
be any of these keywords: ef, af11, af12, af13, af21,
af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1,
cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs7, or default.
Default By default, DSCP remark is disabled.
Example Remark the DSCP of the IP packets belonging to the class to 6.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k dscp 6
Table 301 DSCP keywords and values
Keyword DSCP value (binary) DSCP value (decimal)
ef 101110 46
af11 001010 10
af12 001100 12
af13 001110 14
af21 010010 18
af22 010100 20
af23 010110 22
af31 011010 26
af32 011100 28
af33 011110 30
af41 100010 34
af42 100100 36
af43 100110 38
cs1 001000 8
cs2 010000 16
cs3 011000 24
cs4 100000 32
cs5 101000 40
cs6 110000 48
cs7 111000 56
default 000000 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remark dsc 2463
Command Reference
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
2464 remark fr-de 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remark fr-de
Purpose Use the remark fr-de command to set the remarked DE bit of frame relay packets.
Use the undo remark fr-de command to remove the setting.
Syntax remark fr-de fr-de-value
undo remark fr-de
Parameters fr-de-value
Value of the DE flag bit in the frame relay packet, 0 or
1.
Default By default, DE bit remark is disabled.
Example Remark the DE bit in frame relay packets to 1.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k f r - de 1
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remark ip-precedence 2465
Command Reference
remark ip-precedence
Purpose Use the remark ip-precedence command to configure IP precedence remark.
Use the undo remark ip-precedence command to disable IP precedence
remark.
Syntax remark ip-precedence ip-precedence-value
undo remark ip-precedence
Parameters ip-precedence-value
Preset precedence value, in the range of 0 to 7.
Default By default, IP precedence remark is disabled.
Example Remark the IP precedence of the matched IP packets to 6.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k i p- pr ecedence 6
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
2466 remark mpls-exp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remark mpls-exp
Purpose Use the remark mpls-exp command to configure MPLS EXP value to identify
matched packets.
Use the undo remark mpls-exp command to delete the configuration.
Syntax remark mpls-exp mpls-experimental-value
undo remark mpls-exp
Parameters mpls-experimental-value Preset EXP value of MPLS. Valid values are 0 to 7.
Example Set EXP value of MPLS to 0.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] r emar k mpl s- exp 0
Related Commands traffic classifier
qos policy
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remote-address 2467
Command Reference
remote-address
Purpose Use the remote-address command to configure IP address of the remote GW.
Use the undo remote-address command to delete IP address of the remote GW.
Syntax remote-address ip-address1 [ ip-address2 ]
undo remote-address
Parameters ip-address IP address, which can be the address of a network
segment. When both the ip-address1 and
ip-address2 arguments are specified, they are the
low address and high address of a remote-address
range. If an address range is specifed, the router could
function as a receiver to receive negations initiated by
the peers within the address range.
Example Set IP address of the remote GW to 10.0.0.1.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - new_peer ] r emot e- addr ess 10. 0. 0. 1
IKE-Peer view
Description During an IKE negotiation, the initiator sends its IP address as its identity to the peer if
the id-type ip command is configured. The peer then uses the address or address
range configured with the remote-address command to authenticate the initiator.
To guarantee a successful authentication, you must make sure that the IP address
configured with the local-address command on the initiator is the same address
or within the address range configured with the remote-address command.
2468 remote address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remote address
Purpose Use the remote address command to configure to assign IP address for the peer
interface.
Use the undo remote address command to disable to assign IP address for the
peer interface.
Syntax remote address { ip-address | pool [ pool-number ] }
undo remote address
IP address.
pool-number
Global address pool number. Valid values are 0 to 99.
If no value is specified, the default is 0. One address
picked from the specified address pool is to be
assigned to the peer interface.
Default By default, the interface does not assign the address for the peer interface.
Example The serial interface encapsulated with PPP assigns an IP address 10.0.0.1 for the peer.
Interface view
Description When an interface is encapsulated with PPP, but not configured with authentication
and IP address, perform the following task to configure the negotiable attribute of IP
address for this interface (configuring the ip address ppp-negotiate
command on local router), and configure the remote address command on the
peer router, so that the local interface can accept the IP address originated from PPP
negotiation. This IP address is assigned by the opposite end. This configuration is
mainly used to obtain IP address assigned by ISP when accessing Internet via ISP.
CAUTION: This command does not forbid the peer to configure IP address itself. To
forbid the peer to configure IP address itself, you must configure the ppp ipcp
remote-address forced command.
Use this command only when PPP authentication is not configured, and be sure to
specify a global address pool.
Related Commands ip address ppp-negotiate
ppp ipcp address forced
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remote-ip 2469
Command Reference
remote-ip
Purpose Use the remote-ip command to configure a remote IP address. The address should
be the LSR ID of the remote LSR. As remote peers adopt LSR ID as their transport
addresses, the last two remote peers use their LSR ID as their transport addresses for
creating TCP connection.
Syntax remote-ip ip-address
IP address of a remote peer.
Example Configure the address of remote-peer.
[ 3Com] mpl s l dp r emot e- peer 12
[ 3Com- r emot e- peer 12] r emot e- i p 192. 168. 1.
Remote-Peer view
Description remote-peer command is mainly used for extension discovery mode to establish
session with peers that are not directly connected with the links.
Related Command mpls ldp remote-peer
2470 remote-name 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remote-name
Purpose Use the remote-name command to specify a name for the remote GW.
Use the undo remote-name command to remove the remote GW.
Syntax remote-name name
undo remote-name
Parameters name
Specifies a name for the peer in IKE negotiation,
consisting of a string from 1 to 32 characters long.
Example Set the name of the remote GW to citya.
[ Rout er - i ke- peer - new_peer ] r emot e- name ci t ya
IKE-Peer view
Description If the initiator uses its GW name in IKE negotiation (that is, id-type name is used), it
sends the name to the peer as its identity, whereas the peer uses the username
configured using the remote-name name command to authenticate the initiator. To
pass authentication, this remote name must be the same one configured using the
ike local-name command on the gateway at the initiator end.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remotehelp 2471
Command Reference
remotehelp
Purpose Use the remotehelp command to view the help for the FTP commands.
Syntax remotehelp [ protocol-command ]
Parameters protocol-command FTP command.
Example Display the syntax of the user command.
[ftp] remotehelp user
214 Syntax: USER <sp> <username>
FTP Client view
2472 remove 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
remove
Purpose Use the remove command to delete the specified file from the server as you would
with the delete command.
Syntax remove remote-file
Parameters remote-file
Name of a file on the server.
Example Delete file temp.c from the server.
sftp-client> remove temp.c
SFTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family remove slot 2473
Command Reference
remove slot
Purpose Use the remove slot command to have the system do some pre-processing work
before removing an interface card.
Use the undo remove slot command to cancel the inadvertent operation on the
remove slot command.
Syntax remove slot slotnum
undo remove slot slotnum
Parameters slotnum
Slot number for the interface card.
Example Remove the interface card from slot 3.
<3Com>remove slot 3
User view
Description You do not need to execute the undo remove slot command when you replace a
removed card, but you must execute the remove slot command before removing
a card.
2474 rename 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rename
Purpose Use the rename command to rename a file on the FTP server from the FTP client.
Parameters rename filename1 filename2
Parameters filename1
Original name of a file on the FTP server.
filename2
New name for the file.
Default On FTP servers, some functions such as rename and delete are optional, or, by default,
disabled. To use the rename function on the FTP client, make sure that the rename
option is selected on the FTP server.
Example Rename the file config.cfg on the FTP server to 3Com.cfg.
[ftp] rename config.cfg 3Com.cfg
FTP Client view
Description The use of this command is not restricted to the FTP server of a particular vendor.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rename 2475
Command Reference
rename
Purpose Use the rename command to change the name of the specified file on the SFTP
server.
Syntax rename oldname newname
Parameters oldname Original file name.
newname New file name.
Example Change the name of file temp1 on the SFTP server to temp2.
sftp-client> rename temp1 temp2
SFTP Client view
2476 rename 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rename
Purpose Use the rename command to rename a file.
Syntax rename filename-source filename-dest
Parameters filename-source
filename-dest
Name of the target file.
Example <3Com> dir
0 -rw- 2145123 Jul 12 2001 12:28:08 system.bin
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 10:47:50 vrpcfg.cfg
2 drw- - Jul 12 2001 19:41:20 test
3 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:26:48 sample.txt
Rename file sample.txt to sample.bak.
<3Com> rename sample.txt sample.bak
Rename flash:/sample.txt to flash:/sample.bak ?[Y/N]:y
% Renamed file flash:/sample.txt flash:/sample.bak
<3Com> dir
0 -rw- 2145123 Jul 12 2001 12:28:08 system.bin
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 10:47:50 vrpcfg.txt
2 drw- - Jul 12 2001 19:41:20 test
3 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:29:55 sample.bak
6477 KByt es t ot al ( 2144 KByt es f r ee)
User view
Description Note that the target file name must not be the same as an existing directory or file
name.
CAUTION: If only one application file (system.bin if dual image is supported or
main.bin/backup.bin/secure.bin if dual image is not supported) exists in the system,
you cannot rename it. Any modification may cause boot failure when you upgrade
the application in the router.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family renew 2477
Command Reference
renew
Purpose Use the renew command to configure the signal values of C bit and D bit.
Use the undo renew command to restore the default value.
Syntax renew ABCD
undo renew
Parameters ABCD Indicate the default of each signal bit in transmission,
with the value being 0 or 1. It defaults to 1111.
Example Configure the signal values of both the C-bit and D-bit of R2 line signaling as 1.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] r enew 0011
R2 CAS view
In the R2 signaling A-bit and B-bit are used to transmit the valid information, and the
actual transmission signal has nothing to do with the setting value. C-bit and D-bit do
not transmit the valid information, and generally the set signal value is adopted as the
transmission signals. Therefore, for the R2 signaling, this command only makes sense
to C-bit and D-bit.
Using this command, you can adjust the values of C and D bits according to the line
signaling encoding standards in different countries. For example, in China, the values
of C and D bits of R2 signaling are fixed to 1 and 1 respectively. However, in most
other countries, the values of C and D bits are 0 and 1 respectively.
This command takes effect only after the mode zone-name {custom| standard}
command is configured , and is invalid after command mode custom configured,
namely the values of C and D will not be changed. With mode custom configured, all
signal values of R2 signaling are set manually. With mode zone-name custom
configured, some signals values are set as required, while most signal values comply
with the standard of the zone-name country.
reverse
2478 reset 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset
Purpose Use the reset command to reset the system parameters of RIP.
Syntax reset
Parameters None
Example Reset the RIP system.
[3Com -rip] reset
RIP view
Description When you need to re-configure parameters of RIP, this command can be used to
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset acl counter 2479
Command Reference
reset acl counter
Purpose Use the reset acl countercommand to clear the statistics of access control list
Syntax reset acl counter { al l | acl-number }
Parameters acl-number ACL expressed by number.
all All ACL rules.
Example Reset the statistics of access control list 1000.
<3Com> r eset acl count er 1000
User View
2480 reset alarm urgent 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset alarm urgent
Purpose Use the reset alarm urgentwcommand to clear all the stored alarms.
Syntax reset alarm urgent
Parameters None
Example Clear all the stored alarms.
<3Com> reset alarm urgent
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset l2tp session 2481
Command Reference
reset l2tp session
Purpose Use the reset l2tp session command to disconnect a session. When the user
calls in, the session can be set up again.
Syntax reset l2tp session session-id
Parameters session-id Local identifier of a session connection.
Example Disconnect an L2TP session.
<3Com> r eset l 2t p sessi on 1
User view
Related Command: reset l2tp tunnel
2482 reset l2tp tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset l2tp tunnel
Purpose Use the reset l2tp tunnel command to clear the specified tunnel connection
and all sessions on the tunnel.
Syntax reset l2tp tunnel { remote-name | tunnel-id }
Parameters remote-name
Name of the peer end of the tunnel, comprised of a
tunnel-id Local ID of the tunnel.
Example Clear the tunnel connection with the peer name of AS8010.
<3Com> r eset l 2t p t unnel AS8010
User view
Description The tunnel connection compulsorily disconnected by the reset l2tp tunnel
command can be reestablished again when the remote user calls in again. You may
specify tunnel connections to be disconnected by specifying remote name. If no such
tunnel connections exist, the current tunnel connections will not be affected. If there
are several tunnel connections (with the same name but different IP addresses), all of
them will be cleared. When tunnel-id is specified, only the corresponding tunnel
connection will be disconnected.
Related Command: display l2tp tunnel
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset l2tp user 2483
Command Reference
reset l2tp user
Purpose Use the reset l2tp user command to disconnect the L2TP connection of the
specified user.
Syntax reset l2tp user user-name
Parameters user-name L2TP user name.
Example Disconnect the current L2TP user.
<3Com> r eset l 2t p user 3Com@h3c
User view
Description When the user calls in, the connection can be set up.
Related Commands: reset l2tp tunnel
reset l2tp session
2484 reset arp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset arp
Purpose Use the reset arp command to clear the ARP entries in the ARP mapping table.
Syntax reset arp [ al l | dynami c | st at i c | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number ]
Parameters all
Indicates to clear all ARP entries.
dynamic
Indicates to clear the dynamic ARP entries.
static
Indicates to clear the static ARP entries.
interface
Indicates the selected interface.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface sequence number.
Example The following example shows how to delete the dynamic entries in the ARP mapping
table on Ethernet 0/0/0.
<3Com> r eset ar p i nt er f ace Et her net 0/ 0/
User view
Description When operation is performed to the interface with specified interface, the interface
type can only be Ethernet, GE or virtual Ethernet and only the dynamic entries can be
deleted on the interface.
Related Commands arp static
display arp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset atm 2485
Command Reference
reset atm
Purpose Use the reset atm command to clear statistics about all PVCs on the specified ATM
interface, excluding statistics about the ATM interface.
Syntax reset atm interface [ atm number ]
Parameters atm number ATM interface number.
Example Clear statistics about all PVCs on the specified ATM interface.
<Router> reset atm inter atm 1/0/0
User view
Description To clear statistics about ATM interfaces, use the reset counters interface
command.
2486 reset bgp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset bgp
Purpose Use the reset bgp peer-address command to reset the connection of BGP with
a specified peer.
Use the reset bgp all command to reset all the BGP connections.
Syntax reset bgp { al l | peer-address } [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
Parameters all
Resets all the BGP connections.
peer-address
Resets only the connection with the specified BGP
peer.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name Name of specified VPN-INSTANCE. Valid values are 1 to
19.
Example Reset all the BGP connections to enable the new configuration (after configuring new
Keepalive and Holdtime intervals using the timer command).
<3Com> r eset bgp al l
User view
Description After changing the BGP policy or protocol configuration, resetting BGP connections
can make the newly configured policy in effect immediately.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset bgp flap-info 2487
Command Reference
reset bgp flap-info
Purpose Use the reset bgp flap-info command to reset the flap statistics of routes.
Syntax reset bgp flap-info [ r egul ar - expr essi on as-regular-expression |
as-path-acl aspath-acl-number | network-address [ mask ] } ]
reset bgp network-address [ f l ap- i nf o ]
Parameters regular-expression
Clears the flap statistics of routes matching the AS
path regular expression.
as-path-acl
aspath-acl-number Clears the flap statistics of routes in consistency with
the specified filtering list. The range of the argument is
1 to 199.
network-address
Clears the flap statistics recorded at this IP address. If
this argument is put before flap-info, the router clears
the flap statistics of all the routes from this address.
mask
Network mask.
Example Clear the flap statistics of all routes matching filtering list 10.
<3Com> r eset bgp f l ap- i nf o as- pat h- acl 10
User view
Related Command dampening
2488 reset bgp group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset bgp group
Purpose Use the reset bgp group command to reset the BGP connections of all the
members in the specified peer group.
Syntax reset bgp group group-name [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
Specifies the name of the peer group, in a string with 1
to 47 characters.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name
Specifies the name of the VPN-INSTANCE. Valid values
are 1 to 19.
Example Reset the BGP connections of all members from peer group group1.
<3Com> r eset bgp gr oup gr oup1
User view
Related Command peer group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset bridge address-table 2489
Command Reference
reset bridge address-table
Purpose Use the reset bridge command to clear all the dynamic address entries or the
entries of a specified bridge set or a specified interface in the forwarding table.
Syntax reset bridge address-table [ br i dge- set bridge-set | i nt er f ace
Bridge set number. Valid values are an integer from 1
to 255.
interface-type Interface type.
Example Clear all the dynamic address entries pf bridge set 1 in the forwarding table.
<3Com> r eset br i dge addr ess- t abl e br i dge- set 1
User view
2490 reset bridge traffic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset bridge traffic
Purpose Use the reset bridge traffic command to clear the traffic statistics of a bridge
set on a interface.
Syntax reset bridge traffic [ br i dge- set bridge-set | i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-number | dl sw ]
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
dlsw
Displays the information of traffic passing DLSW
module.
Example Clear the traffic statistics of bridge set 1.
<3Com> r eset br i dge t r af f i c br i dge- set 1
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset clns statistics 2491
Command Reference
reset clns statistics
Purpose Use the reset clns statistics command to reset statistics information about
CLNS flow.
Syntax reset clns statistics
Parameters None
Example Reset statistics information about CLNS flow.
<3Com> reset clns statistics
User view
Description This command clears interface statistics and global statistics. Note that changes of
interface state (UP/DOWN) do not affect the statistics. And the statistics information
about an interface gets lost when you remove the interface.
2492 reset counters controller e1 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset counters controller e1
Purpose Use the reset counters controller e1 command to clear the controller
counter for the CE1/PRI interface.
Syntax reset counters controller e1 interface-number
Interface number
Example Clear the controller counter for CE1/PRI interface 1/0/0.
<Router> reset counters controller e1 1/0/0
User view
Description To display the value of the controller counter, use the display controller e1
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset counters controller t1 2493
Command Reference
reset counters controller t1
Purpose Use the reset counters controller t1 command to clear the controller
counter for the CT1/PRI interface.
Syntax reset counters controller t1 interface-number
Example Clear the controller counter for CT1/PRI interface 1/0/0.
<Router> reset counters controller t1 1/0/0
User view
Description To display the value of the controller counter, use the display controller t1
command.
The reset counters interface command could not clear the controller
counters for CE1/PRI interfaces. To do so, you must use the reset counters
controller t1 command.
2494 reset counters encrypt 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset counters encrypt
Purpose Use the reset counters interface encrypt command to clear the statistics
on the encryption card.
Syntax reset counters interface encrypt [ slot-id ]
Parameters slot-id
encryption card.
Example Clear the statistics on the encryption card on the slot 5/0/0.
<Rout er > r eset count er s encr ypt - car d 5/ 0/ 0
User view
Description The statistics record all the information starting from normal operation of the
encryption card, while system debugging requires statistics of a specific time period
for fault analysis. Then you may need to reset the existing statistics and get the
statistics of a required time period.
Related Commands display encrypt-card sa
ipsec card-proposal
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset counters interface 2495
Command Reference
reset counters interface
Purpose Use the reset counters interface command to reset the statistics about the
port.
Syntax reset counters interface [ interface_type | interface_type
interface_num | interface_name ]
Port type.
interface_num
Port number.
interface_name
Port name in interface_type interface_num
format.
For parameter description, refer to the interface command.
Example Clear statistics about port Ethernet 1/0/1.
<3Com> r eset count er s i nt er f ace et her net 1/ 0/ 1
User view
Description If port type and port number are not specified when clearing the statistics,
information on all the ports is cleared. If only port type is specified, information on all
the ports of this type is cleared. If both port type and port number are specified,
information on the specified port is cleared.
2496 reset counters interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reset counters interface command to clear statistics about the
transmitted and received packets, IP, ARP, and ICMP on the specified interface or all
interfaces.
Syntax reset counters interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ]
Example Clear the statistics on Serial 0/0/0.
<3Com> r eset count er s i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
User view
Description To count the traffic size on an interface within some period, you need to clear the
existing statistics on the interface before making a new counting.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dampening 2497
Command Reference
reset dampening
Purpose Use the reset dampening command to clear the dampening information and flap
statistics of a route and release the suppression of a suppressed route.
Syntax reset dampening [ network-address [ mask ] ]
Parameters network-address Network IP address related to clearing dampening
information.
mask
Network mask.
Example Clear the dampening information of the route to network 20.1.0.0, and release the
suppression of the suppressed route.
<3Com> r eset dampeni ng 20. 1. 0. 0 255. 255. 0. 0
User view
Related Commands dampening
2498 reset dhcp ip-in-use 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dhcp ip-in-use
Purpose Use the reset dhcp server ip-in-use command to clear the DHCP dynamic
address binding information, outdated or not.
Syntax reset dhcp server ip-in-use { i p ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] |
i nt er f ace [ interface-type interface-number ] | al l }
Binding information of a specified IP address.
pool-name
Specifies a global address pool. All the global address
interface-type
interface-number Specifies an interface address pool. If no interface has
been specified, all the interface address pools will
apply.
all All the address pools.
Example Clear the binding information of the address 10.110.1.1.
<3Com> r eset dhcp ser ver i p- i n- use i p 10. 110. 1. 1
User view
Related Command display dhcp server ip-in-use
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dhcp relay statistics 2499
Command Reference
reset dhcp relay statistics
Purpose Use the reset dhcp relay statistics command to clear the DHCP relay
statistics.
Syntax reset dhcp relay statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear the DHCP relay statistics.
<3Com> r eset dhcp r el ay st at i st i cs
User view
Related Command display dhcp relay statistics
2500 reset dhcp server conflict 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dhcp server conflict
Purpose Use the reset dhcp server conflict command to clear the statistics about
DHCP address collision.
Syntax reset dhcp server conflict { ip-address | al l }
all
All the address pools.
Example Clear all the address collision statistics.
<3Com> r eset dhcp ser ver conf l i ct
User view
Related Command display dhcp server conflict
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dhcp server statistics 2501
Command Reference
reset dhcp server statistics
Purpose Use the reset dhcp server statistics command to clear the statistics on
the DHCP server, including such information as number of DHCP address pools,
automatically and manually bound addresses and expired addresses, number of
unknown packets, number of DHCP request packets, and number of response
packets.
Syntax reset dhcp server statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear statistic information of the DHCP server.
<3Com> r eset dhcp ser ver st at i st i cs
User view
Related Command display dhcp server statistics
2502 reset dlsw bridge-entry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dlsw bridge-entry
Purpose Use the reset dlsw bridge-entry command to clear the entry cache
information in the DLSw bridge group.
Syntax reset dlsw bridge-entry
Parameters None
Example Clear the entry cache information in the DLSw bridge group.
<3Com> r eset dl sw br i dge- ent r y
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dlsw circuits 2503
Command Reference
reset dlsw circuits
Purpose Use the reset dlsw circuits command to clear the DLSw virtual circuit
information.
Syntax reset dlsw circuits [ circuit-id ]
Parameters circuit-id The virtual circuit ID of DLSw. Valid values are 0 to
FFFFFFFF.
Example Clear the virtual circuit information with the virtual circuit number of 100.
<3Com> r eset dl sw ci r cui t s 100
User view
Description CAUTION: Use this command with caution; it can disconnect circuits.
2504 reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit
Purpose Use the reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit command to clear
information about all circuits that the router and its neighbors have established with
the remote peers since DLSw Ethernet redundancy is enabled.
Syntax reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit
Parameters None
Example Clear the records about all circuits that the router and its neighbors have established
since DLSw Ethernet redundancy is enabled.
<3Com> r eset dl sw et her net - backup ci r cui t
User view
Description This command does not tear down the circuits; it only clears information about the
circuits. When new circuits are set up, the router will learn and record information
about them.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dlsw ethernet-backup map 2505
Command Reference
reset dlsw ethernet-backup map
Purpose Use the reset dlsw ethernet-backup map command to clear the MAC
address map of the Ethernet switch support feature.
Syntax reset dlsw ethernet-backup map
Parameters None
Example Clear the MAC address map of the Ethernet switch support feature.
<3Com> r eset dl sw et her net - backup map
User view
2506 reset dlsw reachable-cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dlsw reachable-cache
Purpose Use the reset dlsw reachable-cache command to clear information from the
reachable-cache of the DLSw.
Syntax reset dlsw reachable-cache
Parameters None
Example Clear information from the reachable-cache of the DLSw.
<3Com> r eset dl sw r eachabl e- cache
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dlsw tcp 2507
Command Reference
reset dlsw tcp
Purpose Use the reset dlsw tcp command to reestablish or delete all connection to all the
remote peers.
Use the reset dlsw tcp ip-address command to reestablish a TCP
connection or delete the connection to the specified remote peer.
Syntax reset dlsw tcp [ ip-address ]
Parameters ip-address IP address of the remote peer.
Example Specify to reestablish the TCP connections to the remote peers.
<3Com> debuggi ng dl sw t cp
<3Com> r eset dl sw t cp
DLSw_TCP 4. 4. 4. 2: The r emot e peer i s l ear ned dynami cal l y , i t wi l l be
del et ed
DLSW_TCP 4. 4. 4. 3 : r ebul i d t cp wi t h t he peer
<3Com> r eset dl sw t cp 255. 255. 255. 255
Er r or : I nvai l d I P addr ess
<3Com> r eset dl sw t cp 1. 1. 1. 2
Er r or : No speci f i ed peer i s f ound
User view
Description If a remote peer is learned dynamically by DLSw, this command deletes the remote
peer. If the specified remote peer is configured statically, this command reestablishes
the TCP connection to the remote peer.
Table 302 Description on the fields of the reset dlsw tcp command
Field Description
DLSw_TCP 4.4.4.2:The
remote peer is learned
dynamically ,it will be
deleted
The remote peer 4.4.4.2 is leaned dynamically and therefore is deleted
by DLSw.
DLSW_TCP 4.4.4.3 :
rebulid tcp with the peer
The TCP connection to remote peer 4.4.4.3 is reestablished.
Error: Invaild IP address You have entered an invalid IP address.
Error: No specified peer is
found
The specified peer does not exist.
2508 reset dns dynamic-host 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dns dynamic-host
Purpose Use the reset dns dynamic-host command to clear the current contents in the
domain name cache of the DNS client.
Syntax reset dns dynamic-host
Parameters None
Example Clear the current contents in the domain name cache of the DNS client.
[ Rout er ] r eset dns dynami c- host
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dvpn all 2509
Command Reference
reset dvpn all
Purpose Use the reset dvpn all command to clear all operating information about a
specified DVPN domain and to initiate the DVPN domain.
Syntax reset dvpn all dvpn-id
Parameters dvpn-id ID of a DVPN domain.
Example Reset DVPN 2.
<3Com> r eset dvpn al l 2
User view
2510 reset dvpn map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dvpn map
Purpose Use the reset dvpn map command to clear a specified map.
Syntax reset dvpn map ip-address port [ control-id ]
Public IP address.
port
Port number. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
control-id
ID number of the map. Valid values are 1 to
4,294,967,295.
Example Clear the map with an IP address of 10.0.0.2, a port number of 9876, and a
control-id of 123456.
<3Com> r eset dvpn map 10. 0. 0. 2 9876 123456
User view
Description Use the reset dvpn map command to clear a specified map. This command also
clears the sessions related to the map (if the sessions exist). If the map is what the
client uses to register, this command clears all the sessions of the DVPN client who
registers by using the specified map.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset dvpn session 2511
Command Reference
reset dvpn session
Purpose Use the reset dvpn session command to clear a specified session.
Syntax reset dvpn session dvpn-id private-ip
Parameters dvpn-id ID number of a DVPN domain. Valid values are 1 to
65,535.
private-ip
Private IP address.
Example Clear the session with a private IP address of 10.0.0.2 in DVPN 2.
<3Com> r eset dvpn sessi on 2 10. 0. 0. 2
User view
Description Use the reset dvpn session command to clear a specified session. If the session
is the one established when the client registers, this command clears all sessions of
the DVPN client.
2512 reset dvpn statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset dvpn statistics
Purpose Use the reset dvpn statistics command to clear all the statistics information
of a DVPN module.
Syntax reset dvpn statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear the DVPN statistics information.
<3Com> r eset dvpn st at i st i cs
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset encrypt-card sa 2513
Command Reference
reset encrypt-card sa
Purpose Use the reset encrypt-card sa command to clear the SAs on the encryption
card.
Syntax reset encrypt-card sa [ slot-id ]
encryption card.
Example Clear the SAs on the encryption card on the slot 5/0/0.
<Rout er > r eset encr ypt - car d sa 5/ 0/ 0
User view
Description You may need to clear the SA database information stored on the encryption card, to
output only the required information during debugging.
Related Commands display encrypt-card sa
ipsec card-proposal
2514 reset encrypt-card statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset encrypt-card statistics
Purpose Use the reset encrypt-card statistics command to clear the statistics
during processing of the encryption card.
Syntax reset encrypt-card statistics [ slot-id ]
Parameters slot-id
encryption card.
Example Clear the processing statistics on the encryption card on the slot 5/0/0.
<Rout er > r eset encr ypt - car d st at i st i c 5/ 0/ 0
User view
Description The statistics record all the protocol processing information from the last rebooting,
including counts of incoming/outgoing ESP/AH packets, dropped packets, failed
authentications, erroneous SAs, invalid SA proposals, invalid protocols.
Related Command display encrypt-card statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset encrypt-card syslog 2515
Command Reference
reset encrypt-card syslog
Purpose Use the reset encrypt-card syslog command to clear all the logging
information on the encryption card.
Syntax reset encrypt-card syslog [ slot-id ]
card.
Example Clear all the logging information on the encryption card on the slot 5/0/0.
<Rout er > r eset encr ypt - car d sysl og 5/ 0/ 0
User view
Description The encryption card records all logging history information. And all the information
(including those obsolete items) shall be reported for every query, which imposes
somewhat difficulties to log monitoring and locating. Then you may need to clear the
log buffer of the encryption card.
Related Command display encrypt-card syslog
2516 reset esis statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset esis statistics
Purpose Use the reset esis statistics command to reset statistics information about
ES-IS flow.
Syntax reset esis statistics
Parameters None
Example Reset statistics information about ES-IS flow.
<3Com> reset esis statistics
User view
Description This command clears interface statistics and global statistics. Note that changes of
interface state (UP/DOWN) do not affect the statistics. And the statistics information
about an interface gets lost when you disable ES-IS protocol on the interface or
remove the interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset fcm 2517
Command Reference
reset fcm
Purpose Use the reset fcm command to clear the dial-up negotiation failure counter and
the timeout disconnection counter for each FCM interface.
Syntax reset fcm
Parameters None
Example Clear the dial-up negotiation failure counter and the timeout disconnection counter
for each FCM interface
[Router] reset fcm
User view
Related Command: display fcm
2518 reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Purpose Use the reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to clear the
ACL-based firewall statistics.
Syntax reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter { al l | dl sw | i nt er f ace
interface-type interfacenumber }
Parameters all
Statistics of all ACLs.
dlsw
Statistics about DLSw on the firewall.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Clear firewall statistics of all ACLs.
<3Com> r eset f i r ewal l et her net - f r ame- f i l t er al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset firewall-statistics 2519
Command Reference
reset firewall-statistics
Purpose Use the reset firewall-statistics command to clear the firewall statistics.
Syntax reset firewall-statistics { al l | i nt er f ace type number }
Parameters all Clears the filtering packet statistics of all the interfaces.
interface Clears the filtering packet statistics of a certain
interface.
type number
Example Clear filtering packet statistics of the interface E3/1/0.
<3Com> r eset f i r ewal l - st at i st i cs i nt er f ace e3/ 1/ 0
User view
2520 reset fr inarp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset fr inarp
Purpose Use the reset fr inarp command to clear the address mapping established by
inverse ARP.
Syntax reset fr inarp
Parameters None
Example Clear all the Frame Relay dynamic address maps.
<3Com> r eset f r i nar p
User view
Description In some special cases, for example, when the network architecture changes, the
dynamic address maps originally established will become invalid. Hence it is necessary
to establish them again. Users can use this command to clear all the dynamic address
maps.
Related Command fr inarp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset hwatacs statistics 2521
Command Reference
reset hwatacs statistics
Purpose Use the reset hwtacacs statistics command to clear TACACS+ protocol
statistics.reset hwtacacs statistics
Syntax reset hwtacacs statistics { account i ng | aut hent i cat i on | aut hor i zat i on
| al l }
Parameters accounting
Clears all the TACACS+ accounting statistics.
authentication
Clears all the TACACS+ authentication statistics.
authorization
Clears all the TACACS+ authorization statistics.
all
Clears all statistics.
Example Clear all TACACS+ protocol statistics.
<3Com> r eset hwt acacs st at i st i cs
User view
2522 reset igmp group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset igmp group
Purpose Use the reset igmp group command to delete the IGMP group joined on the
interface. The deletion of the group does not affect its joining again.
Syntax reset igmp group { all | interface interface-type interface-number { all
| group-address [
group-mask
] } }
all
All IGMP groups.
interface-number
group-address
IGMP group address.
group-mask
Network segment mask of group address.
Example Delete all the IGMP groups on all interfaces.
<3Com> reset igmp group all
Delete all the IGMP groups on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
<3Com> reset igmp group interface ethernet0/0/0 all
Delete the group 225.0.0.1 on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
<3Com> reset igmp group interface ethernet0/0/0 225.0.0.1
Delete the IGMP groups ranging between the network segment 225.1.1.0 and
225.1.1.255 on the interface Ethernet0/0/0.
<3Com> reset igmp group interface ethernet0/0/0 225.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ike sa 2523
Command Reference
reset ike sa
Purpose Use the reset ike sa command to delete the security tunnel set up by IKE.
Syntax reset ike sa [ connection-id ]
Parameters connection-id Specifies the SA to be deleted. If this parameter is not
specified, all the SAs at phase 1 will be deleted.
Example Delete the security tunnel to 202.38.0.2.
<3Com> di spl ay i ke sa
conn- i d r emot e f l ag phase doi
1 202. 38. 0. 2 RD| ST 1 I PSEC
2 202. 38. 0. 2 RD| ST 2 I PSEC
f l ag meani ng:
RD- - READY ST- - STAYALI VE RT- - REPLACED FD- - FADI NG
<3Com> r eset i ke sa 2
<3Com> di spl ay i ke sa
conn- i d r emot e f l ag phase doi
2 202. 38. 0. 2 RD| ST 2 I PSEC
f l ag meani ng:
RD- - READY ST- - STAYALI VE RT- - REPLACED FDFADI NG TOTI MEOUT
CAUTION:
If the SA of phase 1 is deleted first, the remote end cannot be informed of clearing
the SA database when deleting the SA of phase 2.
User view
Description If connection-id is not specified, all the SAs at phase 1will be deleted. If ISAKMP SA at
phase 1 exists when deleting the local security tunnel, a Delete Message notification
will be sent to the remote under the protection of this security tunnel to notify the
remote to delete the corresponding SA.
IKE uses ISAKMP of two phases: phase 1 or ISAKMP SA to establish SA, phase 2 or
IPSec SA to negotiate and establish IPSec SA, using the former established SA.
Related Command display ike sa
2524 reset ip count 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ip count
Purpose Use the reset ip count command to clear information that the IP Accounting
retained about IP packets.
Syntax reset ip count { i nt er i or | ext er i or | f i r ewal l - deni ed | al l }
Parameters firewall-denied
Information about the IP packets denied by the
firewall.
interior Information about the IP packets in an interior hash
table.
exterior
Information about the IP packets in an exterior hash
table.
all
All IP accounting tables.
Example Clear all IP accounting tables.
<3Com> r eset i p count al l
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ip fast-forwarding cache 2525
Command Reference
reset ip fast-forwarding cache
Purpose Use the reset ip fast-forwarding cache command to reset the unicast fast
forwarding cache.
Syntax reset ip fast-forwarding cache
Parameters None
Example Clear the unicast fast forwarding cache.
<3Com> r eset i p f ast - f or war di ng cache
User view
Description After being cleared, the fast forwarding table does not contain any fast forwarding
entry.
2526 reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Purpose Use the reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache command to clear
the multicast fast forwarding cache. However, this command does not release the
space occupied by the cache.
Syntax reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Parameters None
Example Clear the multicast fast forwarding cache.
<3Com> r eset i p mul t i cast - f ast - f or war di ng cache
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ip netstream statistics 2527
Command Reference
reset ip netstream statistics
Purpose Use the reset ip netstream statistics command to age and export all
stream statistics to clear the NetStream cache.
Syntax reset ip netstream statistics
Parameters None
Example Age and export all stream statistics to clear the NetStream cache.
<R6000> reset ip netstream statistics
User view
2528 reset ip routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ip routing-table
Purpose Use the reset ip routing-table command to clear the routing table.
Syntax reset ip routing-table [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] statistics
protocol protocol-type
Parameters vpn-instance vpn-instance
name
Specifies the name of the VPN-instance.
protocol protocol-type
Specifies the protocol type, including all, BGP, direct
connection route, ISIS, OSPF, OSPF ASE, OSPF NSSA,
RIP, and static route.
Example Remove the routing information of the private network whose VPN-instance name is
3Com 1.
[Router] reset ip routing-table vpn-instance 3Com 1
Routing tables:
Proto route active added deleted
DIRECT 2 2 0 0
STATIC 1 1 0 0
BGP 0 0 0 0
RIP 0 0 0 0
IS-IS 0 0 0 0
OSPF 0 0 0 0
O_ASE 0 0 0 0
O_NSSA 0 0 0 0
AGGRE 0 0 0 0
Total 3 3 0 0
User view
Description When you specify the vpn-instance, the numbers of added and deleted routes of the
specified protocol are set to zero.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ip statistics 2529
Command Reference
reset ip statistics
Purpose Use the reset ip statistics command to clear the IP statistics information. In
some special cases, it is necessary to clear the IP statistics information and perform
new statistics.
Syntax reset ip statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear IP statistics information.
<3Com> r eset i p st at i st i cs
User view
Related Commands display ip interface
2530 reset ipsec sa 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ipsec sa
Purpose Use the reset ipsec sa command to delete an SA already set up (manually or
through IKE negotiation). If no parameter (remote, policy, parameters) is specified, all
the SA will be deleted.
Syntax reset ipsec sa [ r emot e ip-address | pol i cy policy-name [ seq-number ] |
par amet er s dest-addr protocol spi ]
Parameters remote ip-address
Specifies remote address, in dotted decimal format.
policy
Specifies the IPSec policy.
policy-name
Specifies the name of the IPSec policy. The naming rule
is as follows: length is 1 to 15 characters, case
sensitive, and the character can be English character or
number.
seq-number Optional parameter specifying the serial number of the
ipsec policy. If no seq-number is specified, the IPSec
policy refers to all the policies in the IPSec policy group
named policy-name.
parameters Defines a Security Association (SA) by the destination
address, security protocol and SPI.
dest-address
Specifies the destination address in the dotted decimal
IP address format.
protocol
Specifies the security protocol by inputting the key
word ah or esp, case insensitive. ah indicates the
Authentication Header protocol and esp indicates
Encapsulating Security Payload.
spi
Specifies the security parameter index (SPI), ranging
256 to 4294967295.
Example Delete all the SAs.
<3Com> r eset i psec sa
Delete an SA whose remote IP address is 10.1.1.2.
<3Com> r eset i psec sa r emot e 10. 1. 1. 2
Delete all the SAs in policy1.
<3Com> r eset i psec sa pol i cy pol i cy1
Delete the SA of the ipsec policy with the name policy1 and the serial number 10.
<3Com> r eset i psec sa pol i cy pol i cy1 10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ipsec sa 2531
Command Reference
Delete an SA whose remote IP address is 10.1.1.2, security protocol is AH, and SPI is
10000.
<3Com> r eset i psec sa par amet er s 10. 1. 1. 2 ah 10000
User view
Description An SA is uniquely identified by a triplet of IP address, security protocol and SPI. A SA
can be set up either manually or through Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation.
If an SA set up manually is deleted, the system will automatically set up a new SA
according to the parameter manually set up.
If a packet re-triggers IKE negotiation after an SA set up through IKE negotiation is
deleted, IKE will reestablish an SA through negotiation.
The keyword parameters will take effect only after the spi of the outbound SA is
defined. Because SAs appear in pairs, the inbound SA will also be deleted after the
outbound SA is deleted.
Related Command display ipsec sa
2532 reset ipsec statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ipsec statistics
Purpose Use the reset ipsec statistics command to clear IPSec message statistics,
and set all the statistics to zero.
Syntax reset ipsec statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear IPSec message statistics.
<3Com> r eset i psec st at i st i cs
User view
Related Command display ipsec statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ipx routing-table statistics 2533
Command Reference
reset ipx routing-table statistics
Purpose The reset ipx routing-table statistics command is used to clear the
statistical information of a specified type of IPX route.
Syntax reset ipx routing-table statistics pr ot ocol [ al l | def aul t | di r ect |
r i p | st at i c ]
Parameters all
Clears statistical information of all types IPX route.
default
Clears the statistical information of the default IPX
route type.
direct Clears the statistical information of the IPX route
directly connected.
rip
Clears the statistical information of the IPX RIP route.
static
Clears the statistical information of the static IPX route.
Example Add 5 IPX static routes to the router, then delete them, and then add anther 9 IPX
static routes. The IPX route statistical information would be as follows:
[ 3Com] di spl ay i px r out i ng- t abl e st at i st i cs
Rout i ng t abl es:
Di r ect 1 1 1 0
0
St at i c 9 9 14 5
5
RI P 0 0 0 0
0
Def aul t 0 0 0 0
0

Tot al 10 10 15 5
5
[ 3Com]
Clear the IPX static route.
<3Com> r eset i px r out i ng- t abl e st at i st i cs pr ot ocol st at i c
Thi s wi l l er ase t he speci f i c r out i ng count er s i nf or mat i on.
Ar e you sur e?[ Y/ N] y
<3Com>
The displayed statistical information shows that all three items (add, delete, freed) of
static route have changed to 0, and the below Total item has also changed
accordingly.
<3Com> di spl ay i px r out i ng- t abl e st at i st i cs
Rout i ng t abl es:
Di r ect 1 1 1 0
0
2534 reset ipx routing-table statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
St at i c 9 9 0 0
0
RI P 0 0 0 0
0
Def aul t 0 0 0 0
0

Tot al 10 10 1 0
0
<3Com>
User view
Description The reset ipx routing-table statistics command is used to clear the
statistical information of a specified type of IPX route. Such information can be shown
upon the terminal using the display ipx routing-table statistics
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ipx statistics 2535
Command Reference
reset ipx statistics
Purpose Use the reset ipx statistics command to clear IPX statistics by the system.
Syntax reset ipx statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear IPX statistics.
<3Com> r eset i px st at i st i cs
User view
2536 reset isis all 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset isis all
Purpose Use the reset isis all command to reset all the IS-IS data.
Syntax reset isis all
Parameters None
Example Clear all the IS-IS data.
<3Com> r eset i si s al l
User view
Description This command is used when LSPs need refreshing immediately. For example, after
area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode
commands are executed, the old LSP still remain on the router.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset isis peer 2537
Command Reference
reset isis peer
Purpose Use the reset isis peer command to reset the IS-IS data of specified IS-IS
neighbor.
Syntax reset isis peer system-id
Parameters system-id Specifiesy the system ID of IS-IS neighbor.
Example Clear the IS-IS data of neighbor whose system ID is 0000.0c11.1111.
<3Com> r eset i si s peer 0000. 0c11. 1111
User view
Description This command is used when you want to reconfigure a certain neighbor.
2538 reset lapb 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset lapb
Purpose Use the reset lapb statistics command to clear the statistics about LAPB.
Syntax reset lapb statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear the statistics about LAPB.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] r eset l apb st at i st i cs
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset loadsharing 2539
Command Reference
reset loadsharing
Purpose Use the reset loadsharing command to reset statistics about unbalanced load
sharing for all interfaces or the interfaces related to the equal-cost routes to the
specified destination network.
Syntax reset loadsharing { all | ip address ip-address mask }
Parameters all
Clears the statistics about unbalanced load sharing for
all interfaces.
ip-address mask
IP address and mask of destination network. The
specified mask takes the dotted decimal format or the
form of length.
Example Clear the statistics about unbalanced load sharing
<Router> reset loadsharing all
User view
2540 reset logbuffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset logbuffer
Purpose Use the reset logbuffer command to clear information in the log buffer.
Syntax reset logbuffer
Parameters None
Example Clear information in the log buffer.
<3Com> reset logbuffer
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset mobile-ip binding 2541
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip binding
Purpose Use the reset mobile-ip binding command to remove mobility bindings. With
neither the ip-address argument nor the interface-number argument
specified, all mobility bindings are removed.
Syntax reset mobile-ip binding [ ip-address | interface ethernet
interface-number ]
Parameters ip-address IP address of the MN.
Interface ethernet
interface-number
Interface that MNs rely on. Specify this argument to
remove all mobility bindings on the interface.
Example Disable MN 20.0.0.1 from roaming.
[3Com] display mobile-ip binding
Mobile IP Binding List:
Total 1
20.0.0.1:
Care-of Addr 68.0.0.31, Src Addr 68.0.0.31,
Lifetime granted 02:46:40 (10000), remaining 02:46:32
Flags SbdmGvt, Identification B750FAC4.C28F56A8,
Tunnel100 src 66.0.0.5 dest 68.0.0.31 reverse-allowed
Routing Options - (G)GRE
<3Com> reset mobile-ip binding 20.0.0.1
<3Com> display mobile-ip binding
Mobile-ip Binding List:
Total 0
User view
Description An HA maintains a mobility binding for each roaming MN. The mobility binding
mechanism allows MNs to exchange packets with their respective CNs. When a
mobility binding is removed, routing information about the MN will be removed from
the routing table. If the MN still needs to roam, it must register again.
CAUTION: Using the reset mobile-ip binding command can terminate an
ongoing session.
2542 reset mobile-ip mobile-router 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip mobile-router
Purpose Use the reset mobile-ip mobile-router agent command to clear agent
information discovered by the MR, MR registration information, and MR statistics.
Syntax reset mobile-ip mobile-router { agent [ agent-address ] | registration [
reg-address ] | statistics }
Parameters agent-address
Address of the mobility agent.
reg-address
FA or HA to register with.
statistics
Statistics of the MR.
Example Clear information about MR discovered mobility agent 5.5.5.5.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip mobile-router agent 5.5.5.5
Clear all MR registration information.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip mobile-router registration
Clear MR statistics.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip mobile-router statistics
User view
Description The reg-address refers to the destination address of the registration requests. You
can view the corresponding information by using the display mobile-ip
mobile-router command.
Once information about an agent in use or registration successful is cleared, the MR
moves to the state of Isolated and resends registration requests.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset mobile-ip node-statistics 2543
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip node-statistics
Purpose Use the reset mobile-ip node-statistics command to clear MN statistics.
Syntax reset mobile-ip node-statistics [ ip-address ]
Parameters ip-address MN IP address. If not specified, statistics about all MNs
are cleared.
Example Clear statistics about MN 10.0.0.1.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip node-statistics 10.0.0.1
User view
2544 reset mobile-ip statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip statistics
Purpose Use the reset mobile-ip statistics command to clear all MIP counters.
Syntax reset mobile-ip statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear all MIP counters.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip statistics
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset mobile-ip visitor 2545
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip visitor
Purpose Use the reset mobile-ip visitor command to delete information in the visitor
table and the pending table on the FA, or with the pending keyword specified to delete
information in the pending table only. You can also restrict deletion to one MN or MNs
registered on an interface by specifying arguments ip-address and interface
ethernet interface-number respectively.
Syntax reset mobile-ip visitor [ pending ] [ ip-address | interface ethernet
interface-number ]
Parameters pending
Deletes information in the pending table.
ip-address
IP address of the visiting MN.
interface ethernet
interface-number FA interface name.
Example Disable MN 10.0.0.1 from roaming.
<3Com> reset mobile-ip visitor 10.0.0.1
User view
Description Upon receipt of a MN registration request, the FA authenticates the request. If the
request is valid, the FA relays the request to the HA and adds an entry in its pending
table.
Upon receipt of the registration request, the HA authenticates the request. If the
request is valid, the HA sends a reply to the FA, informing the FA of the successful
registration.
When the FA receives the reply, it authenticates the reply. If the reply is valid, the FA
adds for the MN a visitor entry in its visitor table, deletes the corresponding entry in
the pending table, and relays the reply to the MN.
When visiting a foreign network, an MN can receive packets destined for it as long as
it has a visitor entry in the visitor table of the FA. Deleting a visitor entry will terminate
an ongoing session. Therefore, use this command with caution.
After you configure this command for an MN, the MN must register on the FA again
for roaming.
2546 reset mpls cell-transfer interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset mpls cell-transfer interface
Purpose Use the reset mpls cell-transfer interface command to reset statistics
for the cells received/sent in a packet on an interface in transparent transmission
mode.
Syntax reset mpls cell-transfer interface [ interface-type interface-num |all]
Parameters all Resets statistics for all transparent transmission
interfaces.
interface-type
interface-num
Resets statistics for a specified interface.
Example <3Com> reset mpls cell-transfer interface all
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset mpls statistics 2547
Command Reference
reset mpls statistics
Purpose Use the reset mpls statistics command to clear MPLS statistics.
You can use this command to clear the statistics on all or one interface(s); or the
statistics on all or one LSP(s).
Syntax reset mpls statistics { i nt er f ace { al l | interface-type interface-num
} | l sp { lsp-index | al l | name lsp-name } }
Parameters all
All interfaces or all LSPs
interface-type
Type of a network interface.
Interface-num
Number of a network interface.
lsp-Index
LSP index
name lsp-name
Name of LSP.
Example Clear statistics on the LSP named citya-cityb.
<3Com> r eset mpl s st at i st i cs l sp name ci t ya- ci t yb
User view
Related Command display mpls statistics
2548 reset msdp peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset msdp peer
Purpose Use the reset msdp peer command to reset TCP connection with the specified
MSDP peer, and clear all the statistics of the specified MSDP peer.
Syntax reset msdp peer peer-address
Example Clear TCP connection and statistics of the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6.
<3Com> reset msdp peer 125.10.7.6
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset msdp sa-cache 2549
Command Reference
reset msdp sa-cache
Purpose Use the reset msdp sa-cache command to clear SMDP SA cache entries.
Syntax reset msdp sa-cache [ group-address ]
Parameters group-address Address of the group, (S, G) entries matching which
are cleared from the SA cache. If no multicast group
address is specified, all SA cache entries will be cleared.
Example Clear the cache entries with group address 225.5.4.3 from the SA cache.
<3Com> reset msdp sa-cache 225.5.4.3
User view
Related Commands cache-sa-enable
2550 reset msdp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset msdp statistics
Purpose Use the reset msdp statistics command to clear statistics of one or more
MSDP peers without resetting the MSDP peer.
Syntax reset msdp statistics [ peer-address ]
Address of the MSDP peer whose statistics, resetting
information and input/output information will be
cleared. If no MSDP peer address is specified, all MSDP
peers statistics will be cleared.
Example Clear the statistics of the MSDP peer 25.10.7.6.
<3Com> reset msdp statistics 125.10.7.6
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset multicast forwarding-table 2551
Command Reference
reset multicast forwarding-table
Purpose Use the reset multicast forwarding-table command to clear MFC
forwarding entries or the statistics of MFC forwarding entries.
Syntax reset multicast forwarding-table [ statistics ] { all | { group-address
[ mask { group-mask | group-mask-length } ] | source-address [ mask {
source-mask | source-mask-length } ] | { incoming-interface
interface-type interface-number } | { slot slot-number } } * }
Parameters statistics
If this parameter is used, the statistics of MFC
forwarding entries will be cleared. Otherwise, the MFC
forwarding entries will be cleared.
all All the MFC forwarding entries.
group-address Address of the specified group.
group-mask Address mask of the specified group.
group-mask-length Address mask length of the specified group.
source-address Address of the specified source.
source-mask Address mask of the specified source.
source-mask-length Address mask length of the specified source.
incoming-interface Incoming interface of the specified forwarding entry.
interface-type
interface-number
slot-number
Number of the slot where the interface board resides.
This parameter is only present in the distributed router.
Example Clear the forwarding entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from the MFC
forwarding table.
<3Com> reset multicast forwarding-table 225.5.4.3
Clear the statistics of the forwarding entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from
MFC forwarding table.
<3Com> r eset mul t i cast f or war di ng- t abl e st at i st i cs 225. 5. 4. 3
User view
Description The sequence of group-address and source-address can be reversed, but
the input group-address and source-address must be valid. Otherwise, the
system will prompt input error.
2552 reset multicast forwarding-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands reset pim routing-table
reset multicast routing-table
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset multicast routing-table 2553
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reset multicast routing-table command to clear the route entry in
the multicast kernel routing table and remove the corresponding forwarding entry in
MFC.
Syntax reset multicast routing-table { all | { group-address [ mask {
group-mask | group-mask-length } ] | source-address [ mask {
source-mask | source-mask-length } ] | { incoming-interface
interface-type interface-number } } * }
Parameters all
All the route entries in multicast kernel routing table.
group-address
Address of the specified group.
group-mask
Address mask of the specified group.
group-mask-length
Address mask length of the specified group.
source-address
Address of the specified source.
source-mask
Address mask of the specified source.
source-mask-length
Address mask length of multicast source.
incoming-interface
Incoming interface of the specified route entry.
interface-type
interface-number Interface type and interface number.
Example Clear the route entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from the multicast kernel
routing table.
<3Com> reset multicast routing-table 225.5.4.3
User view
Description The sequence of group-address and source-address can be reversed, but
the input group-address and source-address must be valid. Otherwise, the
Related Commands reset pim routing-table
2554 reset nat 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset nat
Purpose Use the reset nat command to clear up the mapping tables of address translation
in the memory and release all the memory dynamically allocated to store the mapping
tables.
Syntax reset nat sessi on sl ot slot-number
Parameters slot slot-number Number of the interface card, which only exists in the
distributed environment.
session
Clears the information of the address translation table.
Example In a centralized environment, clear NAT log buffer.
<3Com> r eset nat sessi on
# I n a di st r i but ed envi r onment , cl ear i nf or mat i on of t he addr ess
t r ansl at i on t abl e.
<3Com> r eset nat sessi on sl ot 10
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ospf 2555
Command Reference
reset ospf
Purpose Use the reset ospf all command to reset all the OSPF processes. Use the
parameter of statistics to reset statistics about OSPF.
Use the reset ospf command to reset the OSPF process, the following results are
expected:
Syntax reset ospf [ statistics ] { all | process-id }
Parameters statistics Resets statistics of the OSPF process.
process-id OSPF process number. If no OSPF process number is
specified, all the OSPF processes should be reset.
all
Resets all the OSPF processes.
Example Reset all the OSPF processes
<3Com > reset ospf all
Reset the OSPF process 200
<3Com > reset ospf 200
User view
Description The reset ospf process-id command can be used to reset the specified process and
clear statistics data. Use the parameter of statistics to reset statistics about OSPF.
Clear invalid LSA immediately without waiting for LSA timeout.
If the Router ID changes, a new Router ID will take effect by executing the
command.
Re-elect DR and BDR conveniently.
OSPF configuration will not be lost if the system is restarted.
Delete the original OSPF routes.
After OSPF process is restarted, new routes and LSA will be generated
correspondingly and LSA will be advertised.
The system will require the user to confirm whether to re-enable the OSPF protocol
after execution of the command.
2556 reset pim neighbor 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset pim neighbor
Purpose Use the reset pim neighbor command to clear PIM neighbor.
Syntax reset pim neighbor {all | { neighbor-address | interface interface-type
interface-number } * }
Parameters all
All PIM neighbors.
neighbor-address
Specifies neighbor address.
interface
Specifies the interface.
interface-type
interface-number
Example Clear the PIM neighbor of the interface addressed with 25.5.4.3.
<3Com> reset pim neighbor 25.5.4.3
User view
Related Command display pim neighbor
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset pim routing-table 2557
Command Reference
reset pim routing-table
Purpose Use the reset pim routing-table command to clear PIM route entry.
Syntax reset pim routing-table all
reset pim routing-table {group-address [ mask group-mask |
group-mask-length ] [ source-address [ mask source-mask |
source-mask-length ] [ incoming-interface { interface-type
interface-number | null } ] } *
Parameters all
All PIM route entries.
group-address
mask group-mask
Address mask of multicast group.
group-mask-length
Address mask length of multicast group.
source-address
Multicast source address.
mask source-mask
Address mask of multicast source.
source-mask-length
Address mask length of multicast source.
null
Route entry with null incoming interface.
incoming-interface
Incoming interface of the route entry in PIM routing
table.
interface-type
interface-number
Example Clear the route entry with group address of 225.5.4.3 in PIM routing table.
<3Com> reset pim routing-table 225.5.4.3
User view
Description The sequence of group-address and source-address can be reversed, but the
input group-address and source-address must be valid. Otherwise, the
If group-address is configured to 244.0.0.0/24 and source-address to RP
address (in which, group address may have mask but the calculation result of the two
must be 224.0.0.0, while source address has no mask), it indicates only (*, *, RP)
entry is deleted.
If group-address is configured to a group address and source-address to 0
(in which, group address may have mask while source address has no mask), it
indicates only (*, G) entry is deleted.
2558 reset pim routing-table 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
After this command is executed, not only the multicast route entry is deleted from
PIM, but also the corresponding route entry or forwarding entry in the multicast
kernel routing table and MFC is deleted.
Related Commands reset multicast routing-table
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset portal 2559
Command Reference
reset portal
Purpose Use the reset portal command to clear the related portal statistics.
Syntax reset portal { acm| ser ver | t cp- cheat } st at i st i cs
Parameters acm Clears portal ACM statistics, that is, clear the state
machine statistics related to authentication,
connection, and management.
server
Clears portal server statistics.
tcp-cheat
Clears TCP spoofing statistics.
Example Clear portal ACM statistics.
<3Com> r eset por t al acmst at i st i cs
User view
2560 reset pos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset pos
Purpose Use the reset pos command to clear the counters for POS applications and POS
access ports, that is, the information displayed with the display pos-app and
display pos-interface commands.
Syntax reset pos
Parameters None
Example Clear the counters for POS applications and POS access ports.
[Router] reset pos
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset ppp compression iphc 2561
Command Reference
reset ppp compression iphc
Purpose Use the reset ppp compression iphc command to delete the invalid
IP/UDP/RTP header compression or decompression context storage table and clear
statistic information of IP/UDP/RTP header compression.
Syntax reset ppp compression iphc [ interface-type interface-number ]
Parameters Interface-type
Interface type.
Interface-number
Interface number.
Example Reset statistics about IP/UDP/RTP header compression.
<Rout er > r eset ppp compr essi on i phc
User view
Description If no parameter is specified, the storage table entries of IP header compression on all
interfaces will be cleared.
2562 reset ppp compression stac-lzs 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset ppp compression stac-lzs
Purpose Use the reset ppp compression stac-lzs command to clear statistics about
STAC-LZS compression.
Syntax reset ppp compression stac-lzs [ interface-type interface-number ]
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Clear statistics about STAC-LZS on all the interfaces.
<Rout er > r eset ppp compr essi on st ac- l zs
User view
Description If no interface is specified, statistics about STAC-LZS compression on all interfaces is
cleared.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset pppoe-client 2563
Command Reference
reset pppoe-client
Purpose Use the reset pppoe-client command to terminate PPPoE session and
re-initiate the connection later.
Syntax reset pppoe-client { al l | di al - bundl e- number number }
Parameters all Clears all PPPoE sessions.
dial-bundle-number number Dialer Bundle number, which is used to clear the PPPoE
session corresponding to Dialer Bundle. Valid values
are 1 to 255..
Example Clear all PPPoE sessions, and re-initiate PPPoE session later.
<3Com> r eset pppoe- cl i ent al l
User view
Description If PPPoE session in permanent online mode is terminated using the command reset
pppoe-client, the Router will automatically re-establish PPPoE session in sixteen
seconds. If PPPoE session is terminated in packet trigger mode using the command
reset pppoe-client, the Router will not re-establish PPPoE session unless it has
data to transmit.
Related Command pppoe-client
2564 reset pppoe-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset pppoe-server
Purpose Use the reset pppoe-server command to clear PPPoE sessions at the server end.
Syntax reset pppoe-server { al l | vi r t ual - t empl at e number | i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-num }
Parameters all
Clears all PPPoE sessions.
virtual-template number
Specifies a virtual template by its number.
interface-num
Example Clear the sessions on virtual template 1.
<Rout er > r eset pppoe- ser ver vi r t ual - t empl at e 1
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset radius statistics 2565
Command Reference
reset radius statistics
Purpose Use the reset radius statistics command to clear the statistic information
related to the RADIUS protocol.
Syntax reset radius statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear the RADIUS protocol statistics.
<3Com> r eset r adi us st at i st i cs
User view
2566 reset recycle-bin 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset recycle-bin
Purpose Use the reset recycle-bin command to delete one or files from the recycle bin
completely.
Syntax reset recycle-bin [filename] [flash:/] [/force]
Parameters filename
Name of the file to be deleted. (You need to specify
the path.)
flash:/ Deletes all files from the Flash memory.
/force Empties the recycle bin.
Example Delete the specified file from the recycle bin.
<3Com> reset recycle-bin flash:/p1h_logic.out
reset flash:/plh_logic.out?[Y/N]
Empty the recycle bin.
<3Com > reset recycle-bin /force
Clear all files in recycle-bin directly?[Y/N]:y
%Cleared file flash:/test/a.cfg.
%Cleared file flash:/test/b.cfg.
%Cleared file flash:/test/c.cfg.
Finished.
User view
Description This command accepts the asterisks (*) as wildcards. The delete command only
moves files to the recycle bin. To delete a file finally, use the reset recycle-bin
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset saved-configuration 2567
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reset saved-configuration command to delete the configuration file
loaded at this startup from the Flash.
Syntax reset saved-configuration
Parameters None
Example Delete the configuration file loaded at this startup from the Flash.
<3Com> reset saved-configuration
The saved configuration will be erased.
Are you sure?[Y/N]y
Configuration in the device is being cleared.
Please wait ...
....
Configuration in the device is cleared.
User view
Description This command could not have the router boot with empty configuration at next
startup.
Use this command with caution and under the guidance of technical staff.
You may use this command to delete the configuration file before deploying the
router in a new application environment where new configuration is required.
2568 reset stop-accounting-buffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset stop-accounting-buffer
Purpose Use the reset stop-accounting-buffer command to clear the buffered
stop-accounting requests that have no responses.
Syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer { r adi us- scheme radius-scheme-name |
sessi on- i d session-id | t i me- r ange start-time stop-time | user - name
user-name }
Parameters radius-scheme
radius-scheme-name Clears the buffered stop-accounting requests related
to the RADIUS scheme specified by
radius-scheme-name, a character string not
?, < and >.
session-id session-id
Clears the buffered stop-accounting requests related
to the session ID specified by session-id, a
character string not exceeding 50 characters.
time-range start-time
stop-time
Clears the buffered stop-accounting requests by the
time range of requests. The time range is specified by
start-time and stop-time in the format of
hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd, that
is, hours:minutes:seconds-months/days/years or
hours:minutes:seconds-years/months/days.
user-name user-name
Clears the buffered stop-accounting requests by user
ID, or user name excluding the domain name. This user
name comprises up to 55 characters, excluding
forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question
marks (?), less-than signs (<), and greater-than signs
(>).
Example Clear the buffered stop-accounting requests related to the user
user0001@3Com163.net.
<3Com> r eset st op- account i ng- buf f er user - name user 0001@3Com163. net
Clear the buffered stop-accounting requests in the time range 0:0:0 to 23:59:59 on
August 31, 2002.
<3Com> r eset st op- account i ng- buf f er t i me- r ange 0: 0: 0- 08/ 31/ 2002
23: 59: 59- 08/ 31/ 2002
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset stop-accounting-buffer 2569
Command Reference
Description If receiving no response after sending a stop-accounting request to a RADIUS server,
the router buffers the request packet and retransmits it. The number of allowed
transmission attempts can be set using the retry stop-accounting command.
You can clear the buffered stop-accounting requests by RADIUS scheme, session ID,
username, or time range.
Related Commands display stop-accounting-buffer
2570 reset stop-accounting-buffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reset stop-accounting-buffer command to clear the
stop-accounting requests that have no response and are buffered on the router.
Syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer hwt acacs- scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name
hwtacacs-scheme-name Configures to delete the stop-accounting requests
from the buffer according to the specified TACACS+
scheme name. The hwtacacs-scheme-name specifies
the TACACS+ scheme name with a character string
not exceeding 32 characters, excluding /, :, *,
?, < and >.
Example Delete the buffered stop-accounting requests that are related to the TACACS+
scheme 3Com.
<3Com> r eset st op- account i ng- buf f er hwt acacs- scheme 3Com
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset stp statistics 2571
Command Reference
reset stp statistics
Purpose Use the reset stp statistics command to clear statistics about the spanning
tree.
Syntax reset stp statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear statistics about the spanning tree.
<Rout er > r eset st p st at i st i cs
User view
2572 reset tcp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset tcp statistics
Purpose Use the reset tcp statistics command to clear TCP traffic statistic
information. After the execution of this command, theres no prompt information on
the screen, and the existing statistics are cleared.
Syntax reset tcp statistics
Parameters None
Example Display the TCP traffic statistic information.
<3Com> r eset t cp st at i st i cs
User view
Related Command display tcp statistics
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset trapbuffer 2573
Command Reference
reset trapbuffer
Purpose Use the reset trapbuffer command to clear information in the trap buffer.
Syntax reset trapbuffer
Parameters None
Example Clear information in the trap buffer.
<3Com> reset trapbuffer
User view
2574 reset udp statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset udp statistics
Purpose Use the reset udp statistics command to clear the UDP statistics
information. After the execution of this command, theres no prompt information on
the screen, and the existing statistics are cleared.
Syntax reset udp statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear UDP traffic statistics information.
<3Com> r eset udp st at i st i csur pose_body
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset vlan statistics vid 2575
Command Reference
reset vlan statistics vid
Purpose Use the reset vlan statistics vid command to clear the VLAN statistics.
Syntax reset vlan statistics vid vid
Parameters vid VLAN ID, used to identify a VLAN.
Example Clear the statistics with VLAN ID 10.
<3Com > reset vlan statistics vid 10
User view
Related Command display vlan statistics vid
2576 reset voice call-history-record line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice call-history-record line
Purpose Use the reset voice call-history-record line command to clear the call
history of all voice subscriber lines, or information displayed by the display voice
call-history-record line command.
Syntax reset voice call-history-record line
Parameters None
Example Clear the call history of all voice-subscriber lines.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce cal l - hi st or y- r ecor d l i ne
Real l y r eset al l of t he cal l - hi st or y i nf or mat i on? [ y] y
Al l of t he cal l - hi st or y i nf or mat i on have been r emoved!
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset voice em 2577
Command Reference
reset voice em
Purpose Use the reset voice em command to reset the call statistics on the digital E&M
interface.
Syntax reset voice em
Parameters None
Example Reset the call statistics on the E&M interface.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce em
User view
Description This command applies to E1 voice lines only.
Related Command display voice em call-statistic
2578 reset voice fax 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice fax
Purpose Use the reset voice fax command to reset fax statistics.
Syntax reset voice fax
Parameters None
Example Clear fax statistics.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce f ax
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset voice fax trans-statistics 2579
Command Reference
reset voice fax trans-statistics
Purpose Use the reset voice fax trans-statistics command to reset the statistics
for the FAX transform module.
Syntax reset voice fax trans-statistics
Parameters None
Example Clear the statistics for the fax transform module.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce f ax t r ans- st at i st i cs
User view
2580 reset voice ipp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice ipp
Purpose Use the reset voice ipp command to reset IPP statistics.
Syntax reset voice ipp
Parameters None
Example Clear IPP statistics.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce i pp
User view
Related Command display voice vpp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset voice r2 2581
Command Reference
reset voice r2
Purpose Use the reset voice r2 command to reset the call statistics of R2 signaling.
Syntax reset voice r2
Parameters None
Example Reset the call statistics of R2 signaling.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce r 2
User view
Related Command display voice r2 call-statistics
2582 reset voice rcv 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice rcv
Purpose Use the reset voice rcv command to reset RCV statistics.
Syntax reset voice rcv
Parameters None
Example Clear RCV statistics.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce r cv
User view
Related Command display voice rcv statistic
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset voice sip 2583
Command Reference
reset voice sip
Purpose Use the reset voice sip command to reset all the statistic information about the
SIP client.
Syntax reset voice sip
Parameters None
Example Reset all the statistic information about the SIP client.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce si p
User view
2584 reset voice vcc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice vcc
Purpose Use the reset voice vcc command to reset the information related to VCC.
Syntax reset voice vcc { al l | cal l - r ecor d | st at i st i cs }
Parameters all
Clear all information.
call-record
Clear the call record information.
statistics
Clear the statistics.
Example Clear the generated call record information.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce vcc cal l - r ecor d
User view
Description All or part of the information related to VCC module which is stored in the system
can be cleared according to the information categories.
Related Commands display voice vcc
debugging voice vcc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset voice voip data-statistics 2585
Command Reference
Purpose Use the reset voice voip data-statistic command to reset statistics
information of voice data.
Syntax reset voice voip data-statistic
Parameters None
Example Clear statistics information of voice data.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce voi p dat a- st at i st i c
User view
Description After voice data statistics is enabled via the vqa data-statistic command, all
statistics items (time for successfully searching the voice table, total number of
received data packets, time for searching the table in fast and common modes and
voice and fax of receive and transmit channels) perform data accumulation until all
counters are cleared via the reset voice voip data-statistic command.
After that, new statistics begins.
Related Commands vqa data-statistic
2586 reset voice vpp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset voice vpp
Purpose Use the reset voice vpp command to reset VPP statistics.
Syntax reset voice vpp
Parameters None
Example Clear VPP statistics.
<Rout er > r eset voi ce vpp channel 1
User view
Related Command display voice vpp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset web java-blocking counter 2587
Command Reference
reset web java-blocking counter
Purpose Use the reset web java-blocking counter command to clear the Java
blocking statistics information.
Syntax reset web java-blocking counter
Parameters None
Example Clear the Java blocking statistics information.
<3Com> reset web java-blocking counter
User view
2588 reset web log-buf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset web log-buf
Purpose Use the reset web log-buf command to clear the web filtering log buffer.
Syntax reset web log-buf
Parameters None
Example Delete the web filtering log buffer.
<3Com> reset web log-buf
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset web url-filter host counter 2589
Command Reference
reset web url-filter host counter
Purpose Use the reset web url-filter host counter command to clear the URL
address filtering statistics information.
Syntax reset web url-filter host counter
Parameters None
Example Clear the URL address filtering statistics information.
<3Com> reset web url-filter host counter
Clear the counter of keywords in filter successfully.
User view
2590 reset web url-filter parameter counter 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset web url-filter parameter counter
Purpose Use the reset web url-filter parameter counter command to clear the
statistics of SQL injection attack protection.
Syntax reset web url-filter parameter counter
Parameters None
Example Delete the statistics of SQL injection attack protection.
<3Com> reset web url-filter parameter counter
Clear the counter of keywords in filter successfully.
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reset x25 2591
Command Reference
reset x25
Purpose Use the reset x25 command to reset statistics about X.25 on the specified
interface or to reset the specified X.25 VC.
Syntax reset x25 { count er s i nt er f ace type number | vc i nt er f ace type number [
pvc-number ] }
Parameters counters
Resets interface statistics.
vc
Rests X.25 circuits.
pvc-number
PVC number. Valid values are 1 to 4095.
Example Reset the statistics about X.25 on the specified interface.
[ Rout er ] r eset x25 count er s i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
User view
2592 reset xot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reset xot
Purpose For SVC, use the reset xot command to initiatively clear an XOT link.
For PVC, use the reset xot command to initiatively reset an XOT link.
Syntax reset xot local local-ip-address local-port r emot e remote-ip-address
remote-port
Parameters local-ip-address
Local IP address of the XOT connection.
local-port
Local port number of the XOT connection.
remote-ip-address
Remote IP address of the XOT connection.
remote-port
Remote port number of the XOT connection.
Example Clear or reset an XOT link.
<3Com> r eset xot l ocal 10. 1. 1. 1 1998 r emot e 10. 1. 1. 2 1024
User view
Description You can initiatively clear or reset the XOT link using the command reset xot.
When you clear or reset the XOT link, you can obtain the required ports using the
commands display x25 xot or display tcp status.
display x25 xot
display tcp status
x25 switching
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family restart 2593
Command Reference
restart
Purpose Use the restart command to reset the physical interface.
Syntax restart
Parameters None
Example Reset the interface Ethernet 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 0] r est ar t
Interface view
Description In some special circumstances, after modifying the operating parameters on an
interface for example, the modification cannot take effect immediately. To make new
configurations take effect, you must perform the commands shutdown and undo
shutdown on the interface, or alternatively the restart command. In remote
management, this command can reset the managed interface without disrupting
management.
2594 retry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
retry
Purpose Use the retry command to set the maximum number of probing retries during an
auto detect interval.
Use the undo retry command to restore the default maximum number of probing
retries during an auto detect interval.
Syntax retry retry-times
undo retry
Parameters retry-times
Maximum number of probing retries during an auto
detect interval. Valid values are 0 to 10.
Example Specify the maximum number of probing retries during an auto detect interval to 3
for detect group 10.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] retry 3
Detect Group view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family retry 2595
Command Reference
retry
Purpose Use the retry command to configure the number of RADIUS request attempts.
Use the undo retry command to restore the default.
Syntax retry retry-times
undo retry
Parameters retry-times The maximum number of request attempts. Valid
values are 1 to 20.
Example With the RADIUS scheme "3Com", a RADIUS request can be sent up to five times.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] r et r y 5
RADIUS view
Description In the RADIUS protocol, UDP applies to provide unreliable transmission. If the NAS
receives no response from the current RADIUS server when the response timeout
timer expires, it has to retransmit the RADIUS request.
Suppose the maximum number of retransmission attempts is set to N. If the primary
RADIUS server does not respond after the number of request attempts exceeds (N
[N/2]), the NAS considers that the current RADIUS server is disconnected and turns to
another RADIUS server.
Appropriately set the retry-times parameter to maintain an acceptable system
response speed.
2596 retry realtime-accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the retry realtime-accounting command to configure the maximum
number of real-time accounting request attempts allowed to have no responses.
Use the undo retry realtime-accounting command to restore the default.
Syntax retry realtime-accounting retry-times
undo retry realtime-accounting
Parameters retry-times The maximum number of real-time accounting request
attempts that have no responses. Valid values are 1 to
255.
Example Configure the RADIUS scheme "3Com" to allow up to ten real-time accounting
request attempts.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] r et r y r eal t i me- account i ng 10
RADIUS view
Description RADIUS server usually checks whether a user is online using a timeout timer. If the
RADIUS server has not received the real-time accounting packet from NAS, it will
consider that there is line or device failure and stop accounting. Accordingly, it is
necessary to disconnect the user at NAS end and on RADIUS server synchronously
when some unexpected failure occurs. 3Com-3Com 3Com Series Routers support to
set maximum times of real-time accounting request failing to be responded. NAS will
disconnect the user if it has not received real-time accounting response from RADIUS
server for some specified times.
Suppose the response timeout timer of the RADIUS server is T and the real-time
accounting interval of NAS is t. Set T to 3, t to 12, and the maximum number of
real-time request retries to 5. With these values being configured, the NAS generates
an accounting request every 12 minutes, and retries if no response is received within
3 minutes. If no response is received after five attempts, the NAS assumes that this
accounting fails. Normally, the result of retry-times multiple by T is smaller than t.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family retry stop-accounting 2597
Command Reference
Purpose Use the retry stop-accounting command to configure the maximal
retransmission times after stop-accounting request.
Use the undo retry stop-accounting command to restore the retransmission
times to the default value.
Syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times
undo retry stop-accounting
Specifies the maximal retransmission times after
stop-accounting request. Valid values are 10 to 65535.
Example Indicate that, when stop-accounting request for the server in the RADIUS scheme
3Com, the router system will retransmit the packets for up to 1000 times.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] r et r y st op- account i ng 1000
RADIUS view
Description Because the stop-accounting request concerns account balance and will affect the
amount of charge, which is very important for both the user and ISP, NAS shall make
its best effort to send the message to RADIUS accounting server. Accordingly, if the
message from the router to RADIUS accounting server has not been responded, the
router shall save it in the local buffer and retransmit it until the server responds or
discard the messages after transmitting for specified times.
radius scheme
2598 retry stop-accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the retry stop-accounting command to enable stop-accounting packet
retransmission and configure the maximum number of stop-accounting request
attempts.
Use the undo retry stop-accounting command to restore the default setting.
Syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times
undo retry stop-accounting
The maximum number of real-time accounting request
attempts. Valid values are 1 to 300.
Default By default, stop-accounting packet retransmission is enabled and has 100 attempts
for each request.
Example Enable stop-accounting packet retransmission and allow up to 50 attempts for each
request.
[ 3Com] r et r y st op- account i ng 50
TACACS+ view
hwatacacs scheme
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family return 2599
Command Reference
return
Purpose Use the return command to return to user view from any other view.
Syntax return
Parameters None
Example Return to user view from any other view (the example below shows the command
entered from the system view), enter the following.
[ 3Com] r et ur n
<3Com>
All views except User view
Description Use the return command to return to user view from any other view, as you would
with the hot key <Ctrl+Z>.
Related Command quit
2600 reverse 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reverse
Purpose Use the reverse command to configure the inversion mode of line signals.
Use the undo reverse command to restore the default value.
Syntax reverse ABCD
undo reverse
Parameters ABCD
Indicates whether to perform the inversion of each
signal bit, with the value of each bit being 0 or 1. The
default ABCD is 0000, that is, the function of inversion
is disabled.
Example reverse the B-bit and D-bit of the R2 line signaling.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] r ever se 0101
R2 CAS view
This command can be used to perform the inversion change to A, B, C, and D bits
prior to sending and after receiving the line signal, that is, 0 is changed to 1, and 1 to
0. If the value of one bit is 1, it indicates this bit is needed to invert.
renew
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family reverse-rts 2601
Command Reference
reverse-rts
Purpose Use the reverse-rts command to reverse RTS signal.
Use the undo reverse-rts command to restore the default.
Syntax reverse-rts
undo reverse-rts
Parameters None
Default By default, RTS signal reverse is disabled.
Example Reverse RTS signal.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 0/ 0] r ever se- r t s
Description This command is used for debugging purpose.
2602 reverse-tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
reverse-tunnel
Purpose Use the reverse-tunnel command to enable the reverse tunneling function for
an MR.
Use the undo reverse-tunnel command to disable the reverse tunneling
function of an MR.
Syntax reverse-tunnel enable
undo reverse-tunnel enable
Parameters None
Default By default, reverse tunneling is not enabled.
Example Enable the reverse tunneling function on the MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] reverse-tunnel enable
MR view
Description An MR supports registration using reverse tunneling only when the following
conditions are satisfied:
The MR uses an FA to register.
The FA supports reverse tunneling.
Reverse tunneling is enabled on the MR.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ring-generate 2603
Command Reference
ring-generate
Purpose Use the ring-generate command to configure the gateway at the called side to
give a ringback tone when in quick start mode.
Use the ring-generate command to remove the configuration and then the
ringback tone generated by the switch will be transmitted transparently.
Syntax ring-generate
undo ring-generate
Parameters None
Default By default, the gateway at the called side gives a ringback tone when in quick start
mode.
Example Configure the gateway at the called side to give a ringback tone when in quick start
mode.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne2/ 0: 2] undo r i ng- gener at e
Description FXS subscriber-lines do not support this function.
2604 rip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rip
Purpose Use the rip command to enable the RIP and enter the RIP view.
Use the undo rip command to cancel RIP.
Syntax rip
undo rip
Parameters None
Default By default, the system does not run RIP.
Example Enable the RIP and enter the RIP view.
[3Com ] rip
[3Com -rip]
System view
Description To enter the RIP view to configure various RIP global parameters, RIP should be
enabled first. Whereas the configuration of parameters related to the interfaces is not
restricted by enabling/disabling RIP.
CAUTION: You can execute the undo rip command in both system view and
interface view, which will lead to deletion of all RIP-related commands.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rip authentication-mode 2605
Command Reference
rip authentication-mode
Purpose Use the rip authentication-mode command to configure RIP-2 authentication
mode and corresponding parameters.
Use the undo rip authentication-mode command to cancel the RIP-2
authentication.
Syntax rip authentication-mode { { simple password } | { md5 { rfc2082
key-string key-id | rfc2453 key-string } } }
undo rip authentication-mode
Parameters simple Simple text authentication mode.
password Simple text authentication key, in character string
format with 1 to 16 characters in simple text mode or
24 characters in cipher text mode.
md5
MD5 cipher text authentication mode.
rfc2082
Specifies the MD5 cipher text authentication packet to
use a nonstandard packet format described in
RFC2082.
3Com
Specifies the MD5 cipher text authentication packet to
use the generic packet format (RFC2453 standard
format).
key-string
MD5 cipher-text authentication key. When input in
simple text, it is a string of 1 to 16 characters, for
example, 1234567. When input in cipher text, it is a
string of 24 characters, for example,
(TT8F]Y\5SQ=^Q`MAF4<1!!.
key-id
MD5 cipher text authentication identifier, ranging from
1 to 255.
Example Specify Interface serial1/0/0 to use the simple text authentication with the key as aaa.
[3Com -Serial1/0/0] rip version 2
[3Com -Serial1/0/0] rip authentication-mode simple aaa
Interface view
2606 rip authentication-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description RIP-1 does not support authentication. There are two RIP authentication modes:
simple text authentication and MD5 cipher text authentication. When MD5 cipher
text authentication mode is used, there are two types of packet formats. One of them
is described in RFC 1723, which was brought forward earlier. The other format is the
one described specially in RFC 2082. The router supports both of the packet formats
and the user can select either of them on demands.
Whether you configure plain text password or cipher text password, the password
must be entered in plain text for authentication.
Related Command rip version
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rip input 2607
Command Reference
rip input
Purpose Use the rip input command to allow an interface to receive RIP packets.
Use the undo rip input command to cancel an interface to receive RIP packets.
Syntax rip input
undo rip input
Parameters None
Default By default, RIP packets at all interfaces (except loopback interface) can be received..
Example Specify the interface serial1/0/0 not to receive RIP packets.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] undo rip input
Interface view
Description This command is used in cooperation with the other two commands: rip output
and rip work.Functionally, rip work is equivalent to rip input & rip
output. The latter two control the receipt and the transmission of RIP packets
respectively on an interface. The former command equals the functional combination
of the latter two commands.
Related Commands rip output
rip work
2608 rip metricin 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rip metricin
Purpose Use the rip metricin command to configure the additional route metric added to
the route when an interface receives RIP packets.
Use the undo rip metricin command to restore the default value of this
additional route metric.
Syntax rip metricin value
undo rip metricin
Parameters value
Additional route metric added when receiving a
packet. Valid values are 0 to 16.
Example Specify the additional route metric to 2 when the interface serial1/0/0 receives RIP
packets.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] rip metricin 2
Interface view
Description This command is valid for the routes distributed by the local network and other routes
redistributed by other routes. This command is invalid for the routes redistributed by
the local router.
Related Command rip metricout
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rip metricout 2609
Command Reference
rip metricout
Purpose Use the rip metricout value command to enable RIP to send routes out the
interface with an additional route metric added. This command applies to routes both
locally learned and learned from other routers.
Use the rip metricout value all-route command to enable RIP to send
routes out the interface with an additional route metric added. This command applies
to locally redistributed routes in addition to those locally learned and learned from
other routers.
Use the undo rip metricout command to restore the default value of this
additional route metric.
Syntax rip metricout value [ all-route ]
undo rip metricout
Parameters value
Additional route metric added when transmitting a
packet. Valid valuds are 1 to 16.
all-route
Adds the additional route metric to all routes.
Example Enable RIP to send routes out interface Serial 6/0/0 all with an additional route metric
added.
[3Com -Serial6/0/0] rip metricout 10 all-route
When RIP sends routes out interface Serial 6/0/0, enable it to add an additional route
metric to the routes both locally learned and learned from other routers.
[3Com -Serial6/0/0] rip metricout 10
Restore the default additional route metric value.
[3Com -Serial6/0/0] undo rip metricout
Interface view
Description The rip metricout value command will override the previously configured rip
metricout value all-route command, if there is any.
Related Command rip metricin
2610 rip output 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rip output
Purpose Use the rip output command to configure an interface to transmit RIP packets to
the external.
Use the undo rip output command to cancel an interface to transmit RIP packets
to the external.
Syntax rip output
undo rip output
Parameters None
Default By default, RIP packets at all interfaces (except loopback interface) can be transmitted.
Example Disable the interface serial1/0/0 to transmit RIP packets.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] undo rip output
Interface view
Description This command is used in cooperation with the other two commands: rip input
and rip work.Functionally, rip work is equivalent to rip input & rip
output. The latter two control the receipt and the transmission of RIP packets
respectively on an interface. The former command equals the functional combination
of the latter two commands.
Related Commands rip input
rip work
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rip split-horizon 2611
Command Reference
rip split-horizon
Purpose Use the rip split-horizon command to configure an interface to use split
horizon when transmitting RIP packets.
Use the undo rip split-horizon command to configure an interface not to use
split horizon when transmitting RIP packets.
Syntax rip split-horizon
undo rip split-horizon
Parameters None
Default By default, an interface is enabled to use split horizon when transmitting RIP packets.
Example Specify the interface serial1/0/0 not to use split horizon when processing RIP packets.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] undo rip split-horizon
Interface view
Description Normally, split horizon is necessary for reducing routing loops. Only in some special
cases should split horizon be disabled to ensure the correct execution of protocols.
For example, on an NBMA network, you need to disable split horizon on
FR-encapsulated main interfaces and point-to-multipoint subinterfaces to allow an
interface to send the routes learned from those interfaces.
2612 rip triggered 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rip triggered
Purpose Use the rip triggered command to enable trigger RIP (TRIP).
Use the undo rip triggered command to disable TRIP.
Syntax rip triggered
undo rip triggered
Parameters None
Example Enable TRIP.
[3Com ] serial 6/0/0
[3Com -Serial6/0/0] rip triggered
Interface view
Description TRIP only runs on PPP, frame relay, and X.25.
Routers are used on connection-oriented networks to allow potential connectivity to
many remote destinations. Circuits on the WAN are established on demand and are
relinquished when traffic subsides. Depending on the application, the connection
between any two sites for user data could be short and relatively infrequent.
Periodic updates are suppressed over the interface on which this feature is enabled.
Therefore, you can save money on demand circuit for which you are charged for
usage.
Whenever, routing information needs to be exchanged over demand circuits using
RIP, or triggered RIP it should be enabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rip version 2613
Command Reference
rip version
Purpose Use the rip version command to configure the version of RIP packets on an
interface.
Use the undo rip version command to restore the default value of RIP packet
version on the interface.
Syntax rip version { 1| { 2 [ broadcast | multicast ] } }
undo rip version
Parameters 1
Interface version is RIP-1.
If no interface RIP version is specified, the default is
RIP-1.
2
Interface version is RIP-2. By default, multicast is used.
broadcast
Transmission mode of RIP-2 packet is broadcast.
multicast
Transmission mode of RIP-2 packet is multicast.
Example Configure the interface serial1/0/0 as RIP-2 broadcast mode.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] rip version 2 broadcast
Interface view
Description RIP-2 has 2 transmission modes: broadcast and multicast. Multicast is the default
mode. The multicast address in RIP-2 is 224.0.0.9. One of the advantages of multicast
mode is that the hosts that do not run RIP in this network will not receive the
broadcast packets. Additionally, hosts running RIP-1 will be prevented from receiving
and processing the RIP-2 routes with subnet masks.
When the interface specifies the use of RIP-1, only RIP-1 and RIP-2 broadcast packets
will be received. In this case, RIP-2 multicast packets will be rejected. When the
interface is specified to use RIP-2 multicast, only RIP-2 multicast packets and RIP-2
broadcast packets will be received. In this case, RIP-1 packets will be rejected.
2614 rip work 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rip work
Purpose Use the rip work command to enable the running of RIP on an interface.
Use the undo rip work command to disable the running of RIP on an interface.
Syntax rip work
undo rip work
Parameters None
Default By default, RIP is run on an interface.
Example Disable the interface serial1/0/0 to run the RIP.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] undo rip work
Interface view
Description This command is used in cooperation with rip input, rip output and network
commands.
Related Commands network
rip input
rip output
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rlogin 2615
Command Reference
rlogin
Purpose Use the rlogin command to rlogin onto the specified remote host with the
specified user name.
Syntax rlogin remote-host username
Parameters remote-host IP address or name of the UNIX host onto which you
want to log.
username
User name for the remote login, which must have
been registered with the Unix host.
Example Log as the user zhb onto the UNIX server at 192.168.0.200.
<3Com> rlogin 192.168.0.200 zhb
Trying 192.168.0.200 ...
Connected to 192.168.0.200 ...
Password:
Enter your password at the prompt. After the authentication is passed,
the server prompt appears.
Last login: Thu Oct 28 17:30:23 from 192.168.0.5
bash: Path: command not found
[root@localhost zhb] #
User view
Description The rlogin client function of the router enables its logging terminal users to log onto a
remote UNIX host using rlogin.
After a terminal user logs onto the remote UNIX host and passes authentication, all
characters input by the user except for local terminal escape sequences are sent to the
remote server. The commands in escape sequences are locally executed.
The local terminal can terminate the rlogin session in one of the following three
ways:
Press CTRL+K.
Enter the local terminal escape character, or a tilde (~) at the beginning of a line,
and then enter a dot (.).
Enter an abort command requesting the server to terminate the session process.
This command differs with servers, while exit and quit are commonly used.
2616 rmdir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rmdir
Purpose Use the rmdir command to delete a specified directory from the FTP server.
Syntax rmdir pathname
Parameters pathname
Directory name on the remote FTP server.
Example Delete the d:/temp1 directory from the FTP server.
[ftp] rmdir d:/temp1
FTP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rmdir 2617
Command Reference
rmdir
Purpose Use the rmdir command to delete the specified directory from the remote SFTP
server.
Syntax rmdir remote-path
Parameters remote-path Name of a directory on the remote SFTP server.
Example Delete directory D:/temp1 from the remote SFTP server.
sftp-client> rmdir D:/temp1
SFTP Client view
2618 rmdir 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rmdir
Purpose Use the rmdir command to delete a directory.
Syntax rmdir directory
Name of the directory.
Example <3Com>dir
0 drw- - Jul 12 2001 20:23:37 subdir
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
Delete directory subdir.
<3Com> rmdir subdir
Rmdir subdir?[Y/N]:y
% Removed directory subdir
<3Com> dir
0 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
User view
Description The directory to be deleted must be an empty one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rmon alarm 2619
Command Reference
rmon alarm
Purpose Use the rmon alarm command to set an alarm entry. When an exception occurs,
the alarm is triggered. The alarm in turn triggers the corresponding event, which can
be log, trap, or log-and-trap.
Use the undo rmon alarm command to remove an alarm entry.
Syntax rmon alarm alarm-entry alarm-variable sampling-time { delta | absolute }
rising_threshold threshold-value1 event-entry1 falling_threshold
threshold-value2 event-entry2 [ owner text ]
undo rmon alarm entry-number
Parameters alarm-entry
Alarm index. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
alarm-variable
Alarm variable, consisting of a string from 1 to 256
characters long. It adopts the dotted node object
identifier (OID) format, such as 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.1.10.1 (or
ifInOctets.1).
sampling-time
Sampling interval (in seconds). Valid values are 5 to
65,535.
delta
Sets sample type to delta value.
absolute
Sets sample type to absolute value.
rising_threshold
threshold-value1
Rising threshold, in the range 0 to 2,147,483,647.
event-entry1
Event index corresponding to the rising threshold, in
the range 0 to 65,535.
falling_threshold
threshold-value2 Falling threshold, in the range 0 to 2,147,483,647.
event-entry2 Event index corresponding to the falling threshold, in
the range 0 to 65,535.
owner text
Owner of the entry, consisting of a string from 1 to
127 characters long.
Example Remove alarm entry 15.
[3Com] undo rmon alarm 15
System view
2620 rmon event 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rmon event
Purpose Use the rmon event command to add an event entry.
Use the undo rmon event command to remove an event entry.
Syntax rmon event event-entry [ description string ] { log | trap
trap-community | log-trap log-trapcommunity | none } [ owner text ]
undo rmon event event-entry
Parameters event-entry Event index. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
description string Event description, consisting of a string from 1 to 127
characters long.
log
Sets event type to log.
trap
Sets event type to trap.
trap-community
Name of the community to which trap messages are
sent.
log-trap Sets event type to log-and-trap.
log-trapcommunity Name of the community to which trap messages are
sent.
none
Event other than log, trap, and log-and-trap.
owner text
Example Add event entry 10 to the event table and set its type to log.
[3Com] rmon event 10 log
System view
Description The type of notification made about an event can be: log, sending a trap to the
network management station, or both. Based on the received information, the
network management system can handle the event appropriately.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rmon history 2621
Command Reference
rmon history
Purpose Use the rmon history command to add a history control entry.
Use the undo rmon history command to remove a history control entry.
Syntax rmon history history-control-entry buckets number interval
sampling-interval [ owner text-string ]
undo rmon history entry-number
Parameters history-control-entry
History control index. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
buckets number
Specifies the number of sampling actions in a sampling
period.
interval sampling-interval
3,600.
owner text Owner of the specified entry, consisting of a string
Default By using this command, you can enable sampling on an interface, set sampling
interval and the number of buckets. After that, RMON periodically collects and saves
data on the specified interface, providing information such as utilization, number of
errors, and total number of packets for later retrieval.
Example Add a history control entry.
[3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] rmon history 1 buckets 10 interval 10
Description The history control table of RMON retains data sampled in a sampling period.
2622 rmon prialarm 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rmon prialarm
Purpose Use the rmon prialarm command to add an entry to the prialarm table.
Use the undo rmon prialarm command to remove an entry from the prialarm
table.
Syntax rmon prialarm prialarm-entry prialarm-formula prialarm-des
sampling-timer { delta | absolute | changeratio }rising_threshold
threshold-value1 event-entry1 falling_threshold threshold-value2
event-entry2 entrytype { forever | cycle cycle-period } [ owner text ]
undo rmon prialarm entry-number
Parameters prialarm-entry Prialarm index. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
prialarm-formula Prialarm formula, which returns a long integer. Create
your prialarm formula with caution to prevent errors
caused by overflow in each calculating step of your
prialarm formula.
alarm-des
Alarm description, consisting of a string from 0 to 127
characters long.
sampling-timer
65,535.
delta | absolute |
changeratio
Sets sample type to delta value, change ratio, or
absolute value.
threshold-value1
Rising threshold, a number greater than zero.
event-entry1
Index of the event associated with the rising threshold.
threshold-value2 Falling threshold, a number greater than zero.
event-entry2 Index of the event associated with the falling
threshold. Valid values are 0 to 65535.
forever | cycle
cycle-period
Lifetime of the prialarm entry, which can be forever or
span the specified period.
owner text Owner of the entry, consisting of a string from 1 to
Example Remove prialarm entry 10.
[3Com] undo rmon prialarm 10
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rmon prialarm 2623
Command Reference
Description The number of prialarm entries you can create is hardware-dependent.
2624 rmon statistics 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rmon statistics
Purpose Use the rmon statistics command to add a statistics entry.
Use the undo rmon statistics command to remove a statistics entry.
Syntax rmon statistics entry-number [ owner text ]
undo rmon statistics entry-number
Parameters entry-number
Statistics index. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
owner text
Example Add statistics entry 20 to the statistics table on interface Ethernet2/0/1.
[3Com-Ethernet2/0/1] rmon statistic 20 owner null
Description You can use the statistics function of RMON to collect statistics about the monitored
interface, such as collisions, CRCs and queues, undersize and oversize packets,
timeout, fragments, broadcast, multicast, unicast, use of bandwidth.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family root-certificate fingerprint 2625
Command Reference
root-certificate fingerprint
Purpose Use the root-certificate fingerprint command to configure the
fingerprint for authenticating the CA root certificate.
Use the undo root-certificate fingerprint command to delete the
fingerprint for authenticating the CA root certificate.
Syntax root-certificate fingerprint { md5 | sha1 } string
undo root-certificate fingerprint
Parameters md5
Specifies to use an MD5 fingerprint.
sha1
Specifies to use an SHA1 fingerprint.
string
Fingerprint to be used. For an MD5 fingerprint, it must
consist of 32 characters and be entered in hexadecimal
format. For an SHA1 fingerprint, it must consist of 40
characters and be entered in hexadecimal format.
Default By default, no fingerprint is configured for authenticating the CA root certificate.
Example Configure an MD5 fingerprint for authenticating the CA root certificate.
[ 3ComCA- pki - domai n- 1] r oot - cer t i f i cat e f i nger pr i nt md5
12EF53FA355CD23E12EF53FA355CD23E
Configure an SHA1 fingerprint for authenticating the CA root certificate.
[ 3ComCA- pki - domai n- 1] r oot - cer t i f i cat e f i nger pr i nt sha1
D1526110AAD7527FB093ED7FC037B0B3CDDDAD93
PKI Domain view
2626 route-distinguisher 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
route-distinguisher
Purpose Use the route-distinguisher command to configure RD for an MPLS VPN
instance. A vpn-instance cannot run until it is configured with an RD.
Syntax route-distinguisher route-distinguisher
Parameters route-distinguisher
Configures a VPN IPv4 prefix by adding an 8-byte value
to an IPv4 prefix.
Example Configure RD for an MPLS VPN instance.
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vpn_bl ue
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn_bl ue] r out e- di st i ngui sher 100: 3
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vpn_r ed
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn_r ed] r out e- di st i ngui sher 173. 13. 0. 12: 200
MBGP VPN-Instance view
Description A route distinguisher (RD) creates route and forwarding list for a VPN and specifies
the default route identifier. Add an RD to the beginning of a specific IPv4 prefix to
make it the globally unique VPN IPv4 prefix.
If an RD is associated with an autonomous system number (ASN), it is composed of
the ASN and an arbitrary number; if the RD is associated with an IP address, it is a
combination of the IP address and an arbitrary number.
RD has the following formats:
16-bit ASN (can be 0 here): a 32-bit number defined by user, for example, 101:3.
32-bit IP address (can be 0.0.0.0 here): a 16-bit number defined by user, for example,
192.168.122.15:1.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family route-policy 2627
Command Reference
route-policy
Purpose Use the route-policy command to create a route-policy or a route-policy node
and enter the corresponding view.
Use the undo route-policy command to remove a route-policy or a route-policy
node.
Syntax route-policy route-policy-name { per mi t | deny } node { node-number }
undo route-policy route-policy-name [ per mi t | deny | node node-number
]
Parameters route-policy-name Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely
permit
Sets the match mode of a route-policy node to permit.
If a packet matches all if-match clauses of the
route-policy node, the packet is permitted and actions
are performed on the packet according to the apply
clauses of the route-policy node. If the packet does not
match one of the if-match clauses of the route-policy
node, it is checked against the next route-policy node.
deny
Sets the match mode of a route-policy node to deny.
When a packet matches all if-match clauses of the
node, the packet is denied by the node and will not be
checked against the next node.
node
Route-policy node.
node-number
Identifies a node in the route-policy. When the
route-policy is used for routing information filtering,
the node with a smaller node-number is used first.
Default By default, no route-policy is defined.
Example Configure route-policy policy 1, setting its node number to 10 and match mode to
permit; and enter the corresponding view.
[ 3Com] r out e- pol i cy pol i cy1 per mi t node 10
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy]
System view
2628 route-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Route-policies are used for policy routing. One route-policy may contain multiple
nodes, each consisting of multiple if-match and apply clauses.
The if-match clauses of a route-policy node define the match rules whereas its apply
clauses define the actions performed on the packets filtered in by the node.
For a route-policy node, the relationship between its if-match clauses is AND for
packet filtering, meaning a packet is permitted by the node only when it matches all
if-match clauses.
For a route-policy, the relationship between its nodes is OR for packet filtering,
meaning a packet permitted by a route-policy node passes the filtering of the
route-policy. If the packet does not match any route-policy node, it is denied by the
route-policy.
Related Commands apply cost
apply ip-address
apply ip-precedence
apply origin
apply tag
if-match acl
if-match cost
if-match interface
if-match ip-prefix
if-match tag
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family route-policy 2629
Command Reference
route-policy
Purpose Use the route-policy command to configure a route-policy node and enter the
route-policy view.
Use the undo route-policy command to remove a route-policy or a node.
Syntax route-policy policy-name { per mi t | deny } node sequence-number
undo route-policy policy-name [ per mi t | deny ] [ node sequence-number
]
Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely
permit Specifies the match mode of the route-policy node
defined as permit. When a route entry meets the
if-match clause of the node, the entry is permitted to
pass the filter of the node and the apply clause of the
node will be performed. If a route entry does not meet
the if-match clause of the node, the next node of the
route-policy will be tested. For multicast policy routing
configuration, all the if-match clauses except the
if-match acl clause are invalid.
deny
Specifies the match mode of the route-policy node
defined as deny. When a route entry meets the
if-match clause of the node, the entry is denied to pass
the filter of the node and the next node will not be
tested. For multicast policy routing configuration, all
the if-match clauses except the if-match acl clause are
invalid.
sequence-number Identifies a node in the route-policy. When the
route-policy is used for routing information filtering,
the node with a smaller sequence-number is tested
first. This parameter ranges from 0 to 65535.
Default By default, no route-policy is defined.
Example Configure a route-policy named map1 with the node ID of 10 and with the match
mode of permit and enter the route-policy view.
[ 3Com- r out e- pol i cy]
System view
2630 route-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The policy of IP multicast policy routing is implemented by configuring route-policies.
Multiple route-policies can be configured on the router. Each route-policy may
contain multiple route-nodes. Different route-nodes in a route-policy are identified by
different integer sequence-numbers. In each route-node, set the conditions that
packets should match (that is, the match rule) with the if-match command and
configure the forwarding actions to be executed to packets that meet the match
conditions with the apply command.
The logical relation that filter the if-match clauses is and. This means that any
if-match clause passing the filter will cause others to be ignored.
Only the if-match acl clause is effective for multicast policy routing. The logical
relation between route-policy nodes is or. That is, one packet forwarded in one
policy node results in all the following nodes being ignored. If all permit nodes can
not succeed in matching with the features of packet or any deny node is matched,
the packet will then be forwarded or discarded normally, up to the route table.
When multicast policy routing is configured on an interface of a router, all multicast
packets entering the router on the interface will be filtered. The filter method is that
all policy nodes of the route-policy are applied in the ascending sequence of their ID(a
number).
apply ip-address next-hop (for Multicast Policy Routing)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family route-tag 2631
Command Reference
route-tag
Purpose Use the route-tag command to specify a tag value to identify VPN import route.
Use the undo route-tag command to restore the default value.
Syntax route-tag tag-number
undo route-tag
Parameters tag-number Tag value to identify VPN import route, in range of 0 to
4294967295. By default, its first two fields are fixed to
0xD000, while the last two fields are the ASN of local
BGP. For example, if local BGP ASN is 100, then the
default tag value in decimal is 3489661028.
Example Configure route-tag 100 to OSPF process 100.
[ 3Com- ospf - 100] r out e- t ag 100
OSPF: Pr ocess 100' s r out e t ag has been changed
OSPF: Rel oad or use ' r eset ospf ' command f or t hi s t o t ake ef f ect
OSPF Protocol view
Description If a VPN site is linked to multiple PEs, when a route learned from MPLS/BGP is
advertised by a PE router via its type-5 or type-7 LSA to the VPN site, the route may be
received by another PE router. This will result in routing loop. To avoid routing loop,
you should configure route-tag and you are recommended to configure the same
route-tag for the PEs in the same VPN domain. The route-tag is included in the
type-5/-7 LSA. It is not transmitted in the extended community attributes of BGP, and
thus it is limited in the local area. Therefore, it can only be configured and function on
the PE router, which receives BGP routes and generates OSPF LSA.
Configure route-tag in OSPF protocol view. Different processes can be configured
with a same route-tag. You can configure the same route-tag using different
commands, but they are different in priority levels.
1. Those configured with the import-route command are of the highest priority
level.
2. Those configured with the route-tag command are in the second place in terms
of priority level.
3. Those configure with the default tag command are of the lowest priority level.
2632 route-tag 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
If the route-tag included in the type-5/-7 LSA is identical with its existing tag, the LSA
received will be neglected in route calculation.
CAUTION: To validate the configured route-tag, you must execute the reset ospf
command.
Related Commands import-route
default
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family routed-bridge protocol 2633
Command Reference
routed-bridge protocol
Purpose Use the routed-bridge protocol command to enable the support of routed
bridge encapsulation to a network protocol.
Use the undo routed-bridge protocol command to disable the support of
routed bridge encapsulation to a network protocol.
Syntax routed-bridge protocol protocol-name
undo routed-bridge protocol protocol-name
Parameters protocol protocol-name
Specifies a network protocol, which can be ip or mpls
only.
Example Bind a VE interface with PVC 1/101 to create a routed bridge map entry.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1- 1/ 101] map r out ed- br i dge vi r t ual - et her net 1
Enable the support of routed bridge encapsulation to IP and MPLS.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1- 1/ 101] r out ed- br i dge pr ot ocol i p
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0. 1- 1/ 101] r out ed- br i dge pr ot ocol mpl s
ATM PVC view
Description At present the network protocols supported by routed bridge encapsulation are IP
and MPLS only. As IP is used more often than MPLS, the support to it is enabled upon
execution of the map routed-bridge command.
As IP is the basis of MPLS, you need enable the support of routed bridge
encapsulation to IP when enabling the support of routed bridge encapsulation to
MPLS.
2634 router id 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
router id
Purpose Use the router id command to configure the ID of a router running the OSPF
protocol.
Use the undo router id command to cancel the router ID that has been
configured.
Syntax router id router-id
undo router id
Parameters router-id
Router ID that is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
Default By default, no router ID is configured.
Example Set the router ID to 10.1.1.3.
[3Com ] router id 10.1.1.3
System view
Description Router ID is a 32-bit unsigned integer that uniquely identifies a router in an OSPF
autonomous system. If the router ID is not specified, the router will automatically
choose a largest one from the IP addresses of a configured interface as its own ID. If
none of the interfaces is configured with an IP address, then you must configure the
router ID in system view, otherwise, the OSPF cannot be operated.
When the router ID is configured manually, the IDs of any two routers cannot be
identical in the autonomous system. It is recommended that you choose the IP
address of the loopback interface as the router ID, because the interface is always up
unless you shut it down manually.
Note:
The modified router ID will not be valid unless OSPF is re-enabled.
The router ID configured using the router id command takes effect only on the
OSPF on public networks.
Related Command ospf
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family routing-table limit 2635
Command Reference
routing-table limit
Purpose Use the routing-table limit command to limit the route maximum in a
vpn-instance, to avoid too many routes in the ingress interface of the PE router.
Use the undo routing-table limit

command to remove the limitation.
Syntax routing-table limit threshold-value { warn threshold | sysl og- al er t }
undo routing-table limit
Parameters threshold-value
Threshold of the maximum route count. When the
number of routes reaches this threshold, no route can
be added. It is in the range 1 to 1000.
warn-threshold Warn threshold percentage. When the number of
routes exceeds the threshold of the maximum route
count times the warn threshold, alarm is generated.
The warn threshold is in the range 1 to 100.
syslog-alert Allows a route to be added when the number of
routes reaches the threshold of the maximum route
count. In this case, a SYSLOG error message is sent.
Example Set the threshold of maximum route count to 1000 in VPN-instance vpn1.
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vpn1
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn1] r out e- di st i ngui sher 100: 1
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn1] vpn- t ar get 100: 1 i mpor t - ext communi t y
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn1] r out i ng- t abl e l i mi t 1000 si mpl y- al er t
Description It is necessary to enter vpn-instance sub-view before using the routing-table
limit command. Create a vpn-instance routing table in this view and allocate a
route distinguisher (RD) in either of the following formats:
16-bit ASN: a 32-bit user-defined number, e.g. 100:1.
32-bit IP address: a 16-bit user-defined number, e.g. 172.1.1.1:1.
Create a vpn-target extended community for a vpn-instance and specify ingress or
egress interface or both of them for the vpn-target command. These parameters
can be used to configure ingress/egress routing information of the VPN-target
extended community for a router.
2636 rsa local-key-pair create 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rsa local-key-pair create
Purpose Use the rsa local-key-pair create command to generate the local RSA host
key pair and server key pair.
Syntax rsa local-key-pair create
Parameters None
Example Generate the local host key pair and server key pair.
[3Com] rsa local-key-pair create
The name for the keys will be: 3Com _Host
% You already have RSA keys defined for rtvrp_Host
% Do you really want to replace them? [yes/no]:y
Choose the size of the key modulus in the range of 512 to 2048 for your
Keys.
Choosing a key modulus greater than 512 may take a few minutes.
How many bits in the modulus [512]:512
Generating keys...
.....++++++++++++
........................++++++++++++
..........++++++++
............................++++++++
System view
Description Executing this command generates two files, hostkey and serverkey, each containing
a pair of local public key and private key. While the key pair in the serverkey file is
updated automatically at regular intervals, the key pair in the hostkey file will not
change after their creation.
If the key pairs exist when you enter this command, the system warns that the
existing keys are to be replaced. The names of the generated key pairs are respectively
router name+ server and router name + host, for example, 3Com_host and
3Com_server. This command is not stored in the configuration file.
After you enter this command, the system asks you to input the number of digits for
the host key pair. The server key pair and the host key pair have at least 128 digits of
difference. The minimum length of server key pair and host key pair is 512 digits and
the maximum length is 2048 digits. If there have been key pairs, you need to confirm
whether to change them. The default key pair length is 1024 digits.
To log onto the router through SSH, you must first generate local RSA key pairs using
the rsa local-key-pair create command. You only need to execute this
command once and do not need to execute it again at reboot.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rsa local-key-pair create 2637
Command Reference
Related Command: rsa local-key-pair destroy
2638 rsa local-key-pair destroy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rsa local-key-pair destroy
Purpose Use the rsa local-key-pair destroy command to remove all RSA keys on the
server (including the host key pair and the server key pair).
Syntax rsa local-key-pair destroy
Parameters None
Example Remove all keys on the server.
[3Com] rsa local-key-pair destroy
% Keys to be removed are named 3Com _Host .
% Do you really want to remove these keys? [yes/no]:y
System view
Description The execution of this command needs your confirmation. This command is not stored
in the configuration file.
Related Command: rsa local-key-pair create
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rsa peer-public-key 2639
Command Reference
rsa peer-public-key
Purpose Use the rsa peer-public-key command to enter public key view. After that, you
may use the public-key-code begin command and the public-key-code
end command to configure the public key of the client.
Use the rsa peer-public-key keyname import sshkey filename
command to convert the format of an RSA public key file generated at the SSH client
to PKCS format and to complete the configuration of the key automatically.
Syntax rsa peer-public-key key-name
rsa peer-public-key key-name import sshkey filename
Parameters key-name
Name of the public key.
filename
Name of the key file to be imported from Flash. The
file must have exisited on Flash.
Example Enter public key view.
[3Com-rsa-public-key]
Convert and configure the RSA public key of the client.
[3Com] rsa peer-public-key 123 import sshkey pub2
System view
Description Before performing those operations, you must obtain the RSA public key file
generated at the SSH client and use SSHKEY.EXE software to convert the generated
public key to a hexadecimal character string.
The following is an alternative way of configuring the public key of the client.
Unlike the rsa peer-public-key command, the rsa peer-public-key
keyname import sshkey filename command does not involve manual
configuration. However, it requires that the device functioning as the SSH client have
upload its RSA public key to the Flash at the SSH server end through FTP or TFTP.
The SSH client discussed here refers to both SSH 1.0 client and SSH 2.0 client.
Related Commands: public-key-code begin
public-key-code end
2640 rsh 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rsh
Purpose Use the rsh command to execute a command on a remote host remotely.
Syntax rsh host [ user username ] command remote-command
Parameters host
IP address or host name of the remote host.
user username
Login user that is allowed to execute the RSH
command on the remote host. If no user is specified,
the system name of the router, which is specified using
the sysname command, applies.
command
Sets the command to be executed remotely.
remote-command
The command to be executed on the remote host. The
commands to be supported depend on the operating
system running on the RSH server.
Example Execute the dir command remotely on the remote server at 169.254.1.100 (the
operating system is Windows 2000).
<3Com> rsh 169.254.1.100 com dir
Trying 169.254.1.100 ...
Volume in drive C is SYSTEM
Volume Serial Number is 2A0F-18DF
Directory of C:\WRSHDNT
2004-07-13 09:10 <DIR> .
2004-07-13 09:10 <DIR> ..
2001-05-10 09:04 162,304 UNWISE.EXE
2001-12-05 15:36 45,056 wrshdcfg.exe
1996-08-05 15:39 48,128 ctrlrshd.exe
1998-10-13 16:31 31,744 forewin.exe
2004-01-02 23:05 40,625 history.txt
2003-02-26 17:04 6,822 order.txt
1997-08-26 16:05 23,552 whoami.exe
2001-12-07 17:28 122,880 wrshdctl.exe
2003-06-21 10:51 192,512 wrshdnt.cpl
2001-12-09 16:41 38,991 wrshdnt.hlp
2001-12-09 16:26 1,740 wrshdnt.cnt
2003-06-22 11:14 452,230 wrshdnt.htm
2003-06-23 18:18 4,803 wrshdnt_header.htm
2003-06-23 18:18 178 wrshdnt_filelist.xml
2003-06-22 11:13 156,472 wrshdnt.pdf
2001-09-02 15:41 49,152 wrshdrdr.exe
2003-06-21 10:32 69,632 wrshdrun.exe
2004-01-02 15:54 196,608 wrshdsp.exe
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rsh 2641
Command Reference
2004-01-02 15:54 102,400 wrshdnt.exe
2001-07-30 18:05 766 wrshdnt.ico
2004-07-13 09:10 3,253 INSTALL.LOG
21 files 1,749,848 bytes
2 directories 2,817,417,216 bytes free
Execute the interactive command time on the RSH server at 169.254.1.100 (the
operating system is Windows 2000).
<3Com> rsh 169.254.1.100 command time
Trying 169.254.1.100 ...
The current time is: 6:56:42.57
Enter the new time: 12:00
12:00
User View
Description You can operate on the RSH client to invoke/execute commands, and query/access
information on the RSH server as well.
2642 rtpq 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
rtpq
Purpose Use the rtpq command to configure to apply Realtime Transport Protocol (RTP)
Priority Queuing.
Use the undo rtpq command to remove the application.
Syntax rtpq st ar t - por t min-dest-port end- por t max-dest-port bandwi dt h
bandwidth
undo rtpq
Parameters min-dest-port
Lower limit of a destination UDP port. Valid values are
2000 to 65535.
max-dest-port
Upper limit of a destination UDP port. Valid values are
2000 to 65535.
bandwidth bandwidth
Bandwidth of a RTP queue (in kbps). Valid values are 0
to 2000.
Example Configure RTP priority queue on the frame relay class named test1 with a bandwidth
of 20kbps.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] r t pq st ar t - por t 16383 end- por t 16384 bandwi dt h
20
Description The application of a frame relay class configured with RTPQ to a PVC results in the
creation of a strict priority queue on the PVC. Packets in the port range specified by
RTPQ of the destination UDP port will enter RTPQ. When congestion occurs in the
virtual circuit, the packets in the queue will be absolutely sent with preference
without exceeding the configured bandwidth. When congestion does not occur in
the virtual circuit, the RTP packets in the specified port range can occupy the available
bandwidth on the virtual circuit. Generally, the UDP port range used by VoIP can be
configured as from 16384 to 32767.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family rule 2643
Command Reference
rule
Purpose Use the rule command to add a rule in current ACL view.
Use the undo rule command to delete a rule.
Syntax 1) Cr eat e or del et e a r ul e of a basi c access cont r ol l i st .
rule [ rule-id ] { per mi t | deny | comment text } sour ce [ sour-addr
sour-wildcard | any ] [ t i me- r ange time-name ] [ l oggi ng ] [ f r agment ]
[ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
undo rule rule-id [ comment text ] [ sour ce ] [ t i me- r ange ] [ l oggi ng
] [ f r agment ] [ vpn- i nst ance vpn-instance-name ]
2) Cr eat e or del et e a r ul e of an advanced access cont r ol l i st .
rule [ rule-id ] { per mi t | deny | comment text } protocol sour ce [
sour-addr sour-wildcard | any ] dest i nat i on [ dest-addr wildcard | any ] [
sour ce- por t operator port1 [ port2 ] ] [ dest i nat i on- por t operator port1
[ port2 ] ] [ i cmp- t ype { icmp-message | icmp-type icmp-code} ] [ dscp dscp ]
[ est abl i shed ] [ r ef l ect acl-number [ t i meout time ] [ pr ecedence
precedence ] [ t os tos ] [ t i me- r ange time-name ] [ l oggi ng ] [ f r agment
] [ vpn- i nst ance ]
undo rule rule-id [ comment text ] [ sour ce ] [ dest i nat i on ] [
sour ce- por t ] [ dest i nat i on- por t ] [ i cmp- t ype ] [ dscp ] [ pr ecedence
] [ t os ] [ t i me- r ange ] [ l oggi ng ] [ f r agment ] [ vpn- i nst ance
vpn-instance-name ]
3) Cr eat e or del et e a r ul e of an i nt er f ace- based ACL r ul e.
rule [ rule-id ] { per mi t | deny | comment text } i nt er f ace {
interface-type interface-number | any } [ t i me- r ange time-name ] [
l oggi ng ]
undo rule rule-id [ comment text ] [ t i me- r ange | l oggi ng ] *
4) Add/ del et e a MAC- based ACL r ul e
rule [ rule-id ] { deny | per mi t | comment text } [ t ype type-code
type-mask | l sap lsap-code lsap-mask ] [ sour ce- mac sour - addr sour - mask
] [ dest - mac dest-addr dest-mask ]
undo rule rule-id [ comment text ]
Parameters In the rule command
rule-id ID of an ACL rule, optional, ranging from 0 to 65534.
If you specify a rule-id, and the ACL rule related to
the ID already exists, the newly defined rule will
overwrite the existing rule, just as editing the existing
ACL rule. If the rule-id you specify does not exist, a
new rule number with the specified rule-id will be
created. If you do not specify the rule-id, A new
rule will be created and the system will assign a rule-id
to the ACL rule automatically.
deny
Discards matched packets.
2644 rule 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
permit Permits matched packets.
comment text Specifies a comment for each rule.
protocol Protocol type over IP expressed by name or number.
The number range is from 0 to 255, and the name
range covers gre, icmp, igmp, ip, ipinip, ospf, tcp and
udp.
source
Optional, specify source address information of ACL
rule. If it is not configured, it indicates that any source
address of the packets matches.
sour-addr Source IP address of packets in dotted decimal format.
Or use "any" to represent the source address 0.0.0.0
with the wildcard 255.255.255.255.
sour-wildcard
Source address wildcard in dotted decimal format.
Inputting 0 indicates that the wildcard is 0.0.0.0. It
represents a host with the address specified by
parameter sour-addr.
destination
Optional, specify destination address information of
ACL rule. If it is not configured, it indicates that any
destination address of the packets matches.
dest-addr
Destination IP address of packets in dotted decimal
format. Or use "any" to represent the destination
address 0.0.0.0 with the wildcard 255.255.255.255.
dest-wildcard Destination address wildcard in dotted decimal format.
Inputting 0 indicates that the wildcard is 0.0.0.0. It
represents a host with the address specified by
parameter dest-addr.
icmp-type Optional, specify ICMP packet type and ICMP message
code, only valid when packet protocol is ICMP. If it is
not configured, it indicates any ICMP packet matches.
icmp-type
ICMP packet can be filtered according to ICMP
message type. It is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
icmp-code ICMP packets that can be filtered according to ICMP
message type can also be filtered according to
message code. It is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
icmp-message
ICMP packets can be filtered according to ICMP
message type or ICMP message code.
source-port Optional, specify source port information of UDP or
TCP packets, valid only when the protocol specified by
the rule is TCP or UDP. If it is not specified, it indicates
that any source port information of TCP/UDP packets
matches.
destination-port
Optional, specify destination port information of UDP
or TCP packets, valid only when the protocol specified
by the rule is TCP or UDP. If it is not specified, it
indicates that any destination port information of
TCP/UDP packets matches.
operator Optional, comparison between port number of source
or destination address. Their names and meanings are
as follows: lt (lower than), gt (greater than), eq (equal
Command Reference
to), neq (not equal to) and range (between). If the
operator is range, two port numbers should follow it.
Others only need one port number.
port1, port2 Optional, port number of TCP or UDP, expressed by
name or number. The number range is from 0 to
65535.
dscp dscp
Specifies a DSCP field, the DS byte in IP packets.
established
Matches the TCP packets with the ACK and/or RST
flag, including the TCP packets of these types:
SYN+ACK, ACK, FIN+ACK, RST, RST+ACK.
precedence
Optional, a number ranging from 0 to 7, or a name.
Packets can be filtered according to precedence field.
tos tos
Optional, a number ranging from 0 to 15 or a name.
Packets can be filtered according to type of service.
logging Optional, indicating whether to log qualified packets.
The log contents include sequence number of ACL
rule, packets passed or discarded, upper layer protocol
type over IP, source/destination address,
source/destination port number, and number of
packets. This parameter applies only to the firewall
module. Namely, when other modules invoke the ACL,
the matched packets are not logged.
time-range time-name
Specifies that the ACL is valid in this time range.
fragment
Specifies that this rule is only valid for the fragment
packets that are not the first fragment. When this
parameter is contained, it indicates that the rule is only
valid for the fragment packets that are not the first
fragment. A matching rule specified without this
keyward cannot match fragments.
interface-number
Specifies the interface information of the packets,
which cannot be L2 Ethernet port information. If no
interface is specified, all interfaces can be matched.
any represents all interfaces.
vpn-instance
Optional, specifies a vpn-instance. If it is not specified,
the ACL rule is invalid for packets in all vpn-instances.
If it is specified, the ACL rule is valid only for the
specified vpn-instance.
vpn-instance-name
Specifies the name of a vpn-instance that existed.
In the undo rule command
rule-id ID of an ACL rule, it should be an existing ACL rule
number. If the command is not followed by other
parameters, this ACL rule will be deleted completely;
otherwise, only part of information related to this ACL
rule will be deleted.
comment text
Specifies a comment for each rule.
Command Reference
source Optional. Only the information settings related to the
source address part of the ACL rule number will be
deleted.
destination
Optional. Only the information setting related to the
destination address part of the ACL rule number will
be deleted.
source-port
source port part of the ACL rule number will be
deleted, valid only when the protocol is TCP or UDP.
destination-port
destination port part of the ACL rule number will be
deleted, valid only when the protocol is TCP or UDP.
icmp-type Optional. Only the information setting related to ICMP
type and message code part of the ACL rule number
will be deleted, valid only when the protocol is ICMP.
dscp dscp
Specifies a DSCP value. For IP packets, it is a DS value.
reflect acl-number
Specifies a reflexive attribute group by its number, in
timeout time Timeout time (in seconds). Valid values are 60 to
2147483.
precedence
Optional. Deletes only the settings related to the
precedence of the ACL rule.
tos tos
Optional. Deletes only settings related to the TOS of
the ACL rule.
time-range time-name Optional. Specifies the time range during which the
ACL will be effective.
logging
Optional. Deletes only the setting for logging the
matched packets in the ACL rule.
fragment
Optional. Deletes only the settings effective to
non-first fragments in the ACL rule. A matching rule
specified without this keyword cannot match
fragments.
vpn-instance
Optional. Deletes only the settings about VPN
instances in the specified ACL rule.
type-code Type of the Data frame, a 16-bit hexadecimal number
corresponds to the type-code field in Ethernet_II and
Ethernet_SNAP frames.
type-mask
A 16-bit hexadecimal number used for specifying the
mask bits.
lsap-code
Encapsulation format of data frames, a 16-bit
hexadecimal number.
lsap-mask
LSAP mask, a 16-bit hexadecimal number used to
specify mask bits.
sour-addr Source MAC address in the format of xxxx-xxxx-xxxx,
used to match the source address of a packet.
sour-mask
Source MAC address mask.
Command Reference
dest-addr
Destination MAC address in the format of
xxxx-xxxx-xxxx, used to match the destination address
of a packet.
dest-mask Destination MAC address mask.
Example Create ACL 3001 and add a rule to deny RIP packets.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e deny udp dest i nat i on- por t eq r i p
Add a rule to permit hosts in the network segment 129.9.0.0 to send WWW packet
to hosts in the network segment 202.38.160.0.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e per mi t t cp sour ce 129. 9. 0. 0 0. 0. 255. 255
dest i nat i on 202. 38. 160. 0 0. 0. 0. 255 dest i nat i on- por t eq www
Add a rule to deny the WWW access (80) from the host in network segment
129.9.0.0 to the host in network segment 202.38.160.0, and log events that violate
the rule.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e deny t cp sour ce 129. 9. 0. 0 0. 0. 255. 255
dest i nat i on 202. 38. 160. 0 0. 0. 0. 255 eq www l oggi ng
Add a rule to permit the WWW access (80) from the host in network segment
129.9.8.0 to the host in network segment 202.38.160.0.
dest i nat i on 202. 38. 160. 0 0. 0. 0. 255 dest i nat i on- por t eq www
Add a rule to prohibit all hosts from establishing Telnet (23) connection to the host
with the IP address 202.38.160.1.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e deny t cp dest i nat i on 202. 38. 160. 1 0
dest i nat i on- por t eq t el net
Add a rule to prohibit create UDP connections with port number greater than 128
from the hosts in network segment 129.9.8.0 to the hosts in network segment
202.38.160.0
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e deny udp sour ce 129. 9. 8. 0 0. 0. 0. 255
dest i nat i on 202. 38. 160. 0 0. 0. 0. 255 dest i nat i on- por t gt 128
Add a rule, denying the packets carrying the source address 1.1.1.1 from VPN vrf1.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e deny i p sour ce 1. 1. 1. 1 vpn- i nst ance vr f 1
Configure the reflexive attribute under ACL3001.
[ 3Com- acl - adv- 3001] r ul e per mi t t cp r ef l ect 3001 t i meout 301
ACL view
Description When an interface-based ACL rule is added, if the interface information of the packet
is specified, it must not be the L2 Ethernet port information.
Command Reference
rule
Purpose Use the rule command to configure the number-substitute rules.
Use the undo rule command to delete the specified or all number-substitute rules.
Syntax rule rule-tag input-number output-number
undo rule { rule-tag | al l }
Parameters all
Deletes all number substitution rules.
rule-tag
Number of a rule. Valid values are 0 to 127.
input-number
Input string for number substitute. Format of the
number is [ ^ ] [ + ] string [ $ ], with the maximum
length of 31 digits. The characters are described in the
following:
^: Indicates a number must be matched from the
first character. When the system matches a
subscriber number with the match string, it must
begin from the first character of the subscriber
number.
indicate that the number is E.164 compliant.
$: Indicates that the last character of the number
must be matched, that is, the last character of the
number must match the last character of the match
string.
string: String composed of any characters of
0123456789#*.!%. The characters are
described in the following table:
output-number Output string for number substitute. It is composed of
any characters of 0123456789#*., with the largest
length of 31 digits. The meanings of the characters are
shown in the table above.
Table 304
Field Description
. A wildcard. It can match any digit of a valid number. For example, 555. . . . matches
any string that begins with 555 and with four additional characters.
! The character or characters right in front of it does not appear or appears once. For
example, 56!1234 can match 51234 and 561234.
+ The character or characters right in front of it appears once or several times.
% The character or characters right in front of it does not appear or appears several
times.
Command Reference
Pay attention to the following points:
The character or characters in front of "!, %, and
+ are not to be matched accurately. They are
handled similar to the wildcard .. Moreover, these
symbols cannot be used alone. There must be a valid
digit or digits in front of them.
number-type
Number type.
numbering-plan
Numbering plan.
input-number-type
Input type number, the value of which are abbreviated,
any, international, national, network, reserved,
subscriber, and unknown.
abbreviated: Abbreviated number type.
any: It is not a specific number type, meaning any
input number type can match.
international: International number type.
national: National number type.
network: Network-specifice number type.
reserved: Reserved for extension.
subscriber: Subscriber number type.
unknown: Unknown number type.
output-number-type Output number type, refer to the argument
input-number-type for its value, excluding any.
data: Data numbering plan.
isdn: ISDN telephone numbering plan.
national: National standard numbering plan.
private: Private numbering plan.
reserved: Reserved for extension.
telex: Subscriber telex numbering plan.
unknown: Unknown numbering plan.
Dots in input-number and output-number are handled in three ways:
Treat dots in output-number as invalid. When you use the dot-match
command to configure the dot match rule as end-only (that is, only dots at the
end of the input format are handled), the dots in output-number are discarded
immediately, and the digits corresponding to all the dots at the end of
input-number are added to the end of output-number.
Discards extra dots in output-number. When you use the dot-match
command to configure the dot match rule as right-left (from right to left) or
left-right (from left to right), and the dot digits in output-number are more than
those in input-number, all digits corresponding to the dots in input-number
are selected to replace the dots in output-number one by one from left to right.
The dots not replaced in output-number are discarded. That is, the dots to the
right are discarded.
Discards (the digits corresponding to) the extra dots in input-number. When
you use the dot-match command to configure the dot match rule as right-left
Command Reference
(from right to left) or left-right (from left to right), and the number of dot digits in
input-number are greater than or equal to that in output-number, two cases
exist:
Case 1: For right-left matching, extract from right to left the digits corresponding to
the dots in input-number and use them to replace the dots in output-number
one by one. The digits corresponding to dots that are not extracted in
input-number are discarded.
Case 2: For left-right matching, extract from left to right the digits corresponding to
the dots in input-number and use them to replace the dots in output-number
one by one. The digits corresponding to dots that are not extracted in
input-number are discarded.
Default By default, no number-substitute rules are configured.
Example Configure the number-substitute rules for number-substitute list 1
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - subst i t ut e1] r ul e 1 ^91 1
View This command can be used in the following views:V
Description When you have successfully created a number-substitute list, you need to use the
command to configure the number-substitute rules in it.
Related Commands substitute
number-substitute
first-rule
dot-match
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa authentication-hex 2651
Command Reference
sa authentication-hex
Purpose Use the sa authentication-hex command to set the SA authentication key
manually for the ipsec policy of manual mode.
Use the undo sa authentication-hex command to delete the SA
authentication key already set.
Syntax sa authentication-hex { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp } hex-key
undo sa authentication-hex { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp }
Parameters inbound
Configures the authentication-hex parameter for the
inbound SA. IPSec uses the inbound SA for processing
the packet in the inbound direction (received).
outbound
Configures the authentication-hex parameter for the
outbound SA. IPSec uses the outbound SA for
processing the packet in the outbound direction (sent).
ah Sets the authentication-hex parameter for the SA using
AH. If the IPSec proposal used by the ipsec policy
adopts AH, the ah key word is used here to set the AH
relevant parameter of the SA.
esp Sets the authentication-hex parameter for the SA using
ESP. If the IPSec proposal used by the ipsec policy
adopts ESP, the esp key word is used here to set the
ESP relevant parameter of the SA.
hex-key
Specifies a key for the SA input in the hex format. If
MD5 is used, then input a 16-byte key; if SHA1 is used,
input a 20-byte key.
Example Set SPI of the inbound SA to 10000, key to
0x112233445566778899aabbccddeeff00; set the SPI of the outbound SA to 20000,
and its key to 0xaabbccddeeff001100aabbccddeeff00 in the ipsec policy using AH
and MD5.
[ 3Com] i psec pr oposal pr op_ah
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_ah] t r ansf or mah
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_ah] ah aut hent i cat i onal gor i t hmmd5
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_ah] qui t
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy t i anj i n 100 manual
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] pr oposal pr op_ah
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa spi i nbound ah 10000
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa aut hent i cat i on- hex i nbound ah
112233445566778899aabbccddeef f 00
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa spi out bound ah 20000
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa aut hent i cat i on- hex out bound
ah aabbccddeef f 001100aabbccddeef f 00
2652 sa authentication-hex 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Manually-Established IPSec Policy view
Description This command is only used for the ipsec policy in manual mode.
For the ipsec policy in isakmp mode, it is unnecessary to set the SA parameter
manually. IKE will automatically negotiate the SA parameter and establish a SA.
When configuring the SA of manual mode, the SA parameters of inbound and
outbound directions must be set separately.
The SA parameters set at both ends of the security tunnel must be fully matching. The
SPI and key for the SA input at the local end must be the same as those output at the
remote. The SA SPI and key output at the local end must be the same as those input
at the remote.
There are two ways of inputting a key: hex and character string. To input a character
string for a key, you must use the sa string-key command. If two keys, input in
different ways, are available, the one specified the last takes effect. At both ends of a
security tunnel, the key should be input in the same way. If the key is input in
character string at one end, and it is input in hex at the other end, then a security
tunnel cannot be set up correctly.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa duration 2653
Command Reference
sa duration
Purpose Use the sa duration command to specify the ISAKMP Sa duration for an IKE
proposal.
Use the undo sa duration command to restore it to the default.
Syntax sa duration seconds
undo sa duration
Parameters seconds
Specifies the ISAKMP Sa duration (in seconds). When
the sa duration expires, ISAKMP SA will update
automatically. It can be set to a value in the range 60
to 604800 seconds.
Default By default, the value of ISAKMP Sa duration is 86400 seconds (one day).
Example Specify the ISAKMP Sa duration for IKE proposal 10 as 600 seconds (10 minutes).
[ 3Com- i ke- pr oposal - 10] sa dur at i on 600
IKE Proposal view
Description Before the sa duration for a SA expires, a new SA will be negotiated for replacing the
existing SA, and the old SA will be automatically cleared when the Sa duration
expires.
Related Commands display ike proposal
ike proposal
2654 sa duration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sa duration
Purpose Use the sa duration command to set a SA duration of the ipsec policy.
Use the undo sa duration command to cancel the SA duration, i.e., restore the
use of the global SA duration.
Syntax sa duration { t r af f i c- based kilobytes | t i me- based seconds }
undo sa duration { t r af f i c- based | t i me- based }
Parameters time-based seconds Time-based SA duration (in seconds). Valid values are
30 to 604800 seconds.
If no value is specified, the default is 3600 seconds (1
hour).
traffic-based kilobytes
Traffic-based SA duration (in kilobytes). Valid values are
256 to 4194303.
kilobytes.
Example Set the Sa duration for the ipsec policy shenzhen 100 to 2 hours, that is, 7200
seconds.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy shenzhen 100 i sakmp
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- i sakmp- shenzhen- 100] sa dur at i on t i me- based 7200
Set the Sa duration for the ipsec policy shenzhen 100 to 20M bytes, that is, the SA is
overtime when the traffic exceeds 20000 kilobytes.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy shenzhen 100 i sakmp
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- i sakmp- shenzhen- 100] sa dur at i on t r af f i c- based 20000
IPSec Policy view
Description When IKE negotiates to establish a SA, if the adopted IPSec policy is not configured
with its own duration, the system will use the global SA duration to negotiate with
the peer. If the IPSec policy is configured with its own duration, the system will use
the duration of the IPSec policy to negotiate with the peer. When IKE negotiates to
set up an SA for IPSec, the shorter one of the lifetime set locally and that proposed by
the remote is selected.
There are two types of SA duration: time-based (in seconds) and traffic-based (in
kilobytes) lifetimes. The traffic-based SA duration, that is, the valid time of the SA is
accounted according to the total traffic that can be processed by this SA, and the SA
is invalid when the set value is exceeded. No matter which one of the two types
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa duration 2655
Command Reference
expires first, the SA will get invalid. Before the SA is about to get invalid, IKE will set
up a new SA for IPSec negotiation. So, a new SA is ready before the existing one gets
invalid.
The SA duration does not function for an SA manually set up, that is, the SA manually
set up will never be invalidated.
proposal
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
2656 sa encryption-hex 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sa encryption-hex
Purpose Use the sa encryption-hex command to set the SA encryption key manually for
the ipsec policy of manual mode.
Use the undo sa encryption-hex command to delete the SA parameter already
set.
Syntax sa encryption-hex { i nbound | out bound } esp hex-key
undo sa encryption-hex { i nbound | out bound } esp
Parameters inbound
Sets the encryption-hex parameter for the inbound SA.
IPSec uses the inbound SA for processing the packet in
the inbound direction (received).
outbound
Sets the encryption-hex parameter for outbound SA.
IPSec uses the outbound SA for processing the packet
in the outbound direction (sent).
esp Sets the encryption-hex parameter for the SA using
ESP. If the IPSec proposal used by the ipsec policy
adopts ESP, the esp key word is used here to set the
ESP relevant parameter of the SA.
hex-key Specifies a key for the SA input in the hex format.
When applied in ESP, if DES is used, then input an
8-byte key; if 3DES is used, then input a 24-byte key.
Example Set the SPI of the inbound SA to 1001, and the key to 0x1234567890abcdef; set the
SPI of the outbound SA to 2001, and its key to 0xabcdefabcdef1234 in the ipsec
policy using ESP and DES.
[ 3Com] i psec pr oposal pr op_esp
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_esp] t r ansf or mesp
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_esp] ah encr ypt i onal gor i t hmdes
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op_esp] qui t
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] pr oposal pr op_esp
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa spi i nbound esp 1001
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa encr ypt i on- hex i nbound esp
1234567890abcdef
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa spi out bound esp 2001
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa encr ypt i on- hex out bound esp
abcdef abcdef 1234
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa encryption-hex 2657
Command Reference
Description This command is only used for the ipsec policy in manual mode. It is used to set the
SA parameter manually and establish a SA manually.
manually, and this command is invalid. IKE will automatically negotiate the SA
parameter and establish a SA.
at the remote.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
2658 sa spi 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sa spi
Purpose Use the sa spi command to set the SA SPI manually for the ipsec policy of manual
mode.
Use the undo sa spi command to delete the SA SPI already set.
Syntax sa spi { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp } spi-number
undo sa spi { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp }
Parameters inbound Sets the spi parameter for the inbound SA. IPSec uses
the inbound SA for processing the packet in the
inbound direction (received).
outbound
Sets the spi parameter for outbound SA. IPSec uses the
outbound SA for processing the packet in the
outbound direction (sent).
ah
Sets the spi parameter for the SA using AH. If the IPSec
proposal set used by the ipsec policy adopts AH, the ah
key word is used here to set the spi relevant parameter
of the SA.
esp
Sets the spi parameter for the SA using ESP. If the IPSec
proposal set used by the ipsec policy adopts ESP, the
esp key word is used here to set the spi relevant
parameter of the SA.
spi-number
Security Parameter Index (SPI) in the triplet
identification of the SA. Valid values are 256 to
4294967295. The triplet identification of the SA,
which appears as SPI, destination address, and
protocol number, must be unique.
Example Set the SPI of the inbound SA to 10000, set the SPI of the outbound SA to 20000, in
the ipsec policy using AH and MD5.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa spi 2659
Command Reference
at the remote.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
2660 sa string-key 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sa string-key
Purpose Use the sa string-key command to set the SA parameter manually for the ipsec
policy of manual mode.
Use the undo sa string-key command to delete the SA parameter already set.
Syntax sa string-key { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp } string-key
undo sa string-key { i nbound | out bound } { ah | esp }
Parameters inbound Sets the string-key parameter for the inbound SA.
IPSec uses the inbound SA for processing the packet in
the inbound direction (received).
outbound
Sets the string-key parameter for the outbound SA.
IPSec uses the outbound SA for processing the packet
in the outbound direction (sent).
ah
Sets the string-key parameter for the SA using AH. If
the IPSec proposal set used by the ipsec policy adopts
AH, the ah key word is used here to set the string-key
esp
Sets the string-key parameter for the SA using ESP. If
the IPSec proposal set used by the ipsec policy adopts
ESP, the esp key word is used here to set the string-key
string-key
Specifies the key for an SA input in the character string
format, with a length ranging 1 to 256 characters. For
different algorithms, you can input character strings of
any length in the specified range, and the system will
generate keys meeting the algorithm requirements
automatically according to the input character strings.
As for ESP, the system will automatically generate the
key for the authentication algorithm and that for the
encryption algorithm at the same time.
Example Set the SPI of the inbound SA to 10000, and the key string to abcdef; sets the SPI of
the outbound SA to 20000, and its key string to efcdab in the ipsec policy using AH
and MD5.
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa st r i ng- key abcdef
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - t i anj i n- 100] sa st r i ng- key ef cdab
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sa string-key 2661
Command Reference
outbound directions must be set separately
at the remote.
There are two methods for inputting the key: hex and character string. To input a
hexadecimal key, use the sa authentication-hex command. For the character
string key and hex string key, the last set one will be adopted. At both ends of a
security tunnel, the key should be input by the same method. If the key is input in
character string at one end, and it is input in hex at the other end, then a security
tunnel cannot be set up correctly.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
tunnel remote
2662 save 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
save
Purpose Use the save command to save the current configuration file to the storage device.
Syntax save [file-name | safely ]
Parameters file-name
Filename, whose extension must be cfg. If this
argument is not specified, the configurations you
made are saved to the configuration file loaded at this
startup.
safely
Executing the command without the safely keyword is
fast, but the file cannot survive a reboot or power-off
during the saving process; executing this command
with the safely keyword is slow, but the file can survive
a reboot or power-off during the saving process.
Default By default, fast saving applies. This mode is preferred in an environment where stable
power supplies are available. In an environment where stable power supplies are not
available or in the case of remote maintenance, however, the save safely
command is preferred.
Example Save the current configuration file to the default storage device.
<3Com> save
Any view
Description After you finish and validate a set of configurations, you should save the current
configuration file to the Flash memory.
CAUTION:If you save the current configuration to the default configuration file with
the save command and also specify another configuration file to be loaded at next
boot, the saved configuration, which can be seen by executing the display
saved-configuration command, will not be executed at next boot.
Related Commands reset saved-configuration
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family schedule reboot at 2663
Command Reference
schedule reboot at
Purpose Use the schedule reboot at command to enable the scheduled reboot function
of the router and schedule the reboot time and date.
Syntax schedule reboot at time [ date ]
Parameters time Reboot time of the router, in the format of hh:mm
(hours:minutes). Valid values for hh are 0 to 23, and
valid values for mm are 0 to 59.
date
Reboot date of the router, in the format of mm/dd/yyyy
or yyyy/mm/dd, where mm is the month of the year in
the range 1 to 12; dd is the day of the month, the
range of which depends on month; and yyyy is the
year in the range of 2000 to 2099.
Default By default, scheduled reboot is disabled.
Example Set the router to reboot at 22:00 that night (the current time is 15:50).
<3Com> schedule reboot at 22:00
Reboot scheduled for 22:00:00 UTC 11/18/2002 (in 6 hours and 10
minutes)
Proceed with reboot? [Y/N]:y
User view
Description If a future date is specified, the router will reboot as scheduled with about one
minutes tolerance.
If no date is specified, two cases are involved:
If the time is set behind the current time, the router will reboot at the time of that
day;
If the configured time is ahead of the current time, the router will reboot at that
time the next day.
The configured date must not be 30 days ahead of the current date. In addition, to
have the schedule take effect, you must confirm it by entering y or Y when
asked by the system. This overwrites the original setting, if there is any.
After you configure the schedule reboot at command, tuning system time
with the clock command or through NTP will void the scheduled reboot setting
you made.
2664 schedule reboot at 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
After the configuration of the schedule reboot at command, a timer starts.
This timer is cyclic and measured in minutes. For example, if you set at 12:05:26 to
have the router reboot at 12:06:00, the router will reboot at 12:06:26 instead of
12:06:00.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family schedule reboot delay 2665
Command Reference
Purpose Use the schedule reboot delay command to enable scheduled router reboot
and set the waiting time.
Syntax schedule reboot delay { time | minutes }
Parameters time Time waiting for reboot, in the format of hhh:mm
(hours:minutes), where valid values for hhh are 0 to
720, and valid values for mm are 0 to 59.
minutes
Time waiting for reboot (in absolute minute value).
Default By default, the scheduled router reboot function is disabled.
Example Configure the router to reboot 88 minutes later (the current time is 21:32).
<3Com> schedule reboot delay 88
Reboot scheduled for 23:00:00 UTC 11/1/2002 (in 1 hours and 28 minutes)
Proceed with reboot? [Y/N]:y
User view
Description In setting the time waiting for reboot, two formats are available: hours: minutes
(hhh:mm) and "absolute minutes". But the total time length must be less than or
equal to 302460 minutes, or 30 days.
After you complete this configuration, the system asks you to confirm and validate
the setting by entering a "Y" or "y". If a future date is specified, the router will
reboot as scheduled with about one minutes tolerance. The validated new setting
overwrites the original setting, if there is any.
After you configure the schedule reboot delay command, tuning system time
with the clock command or through NTP will void the scheduled reboot setting you
made.
schedule reboot at
2666 scheme 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
scheme
Purpose Use the scheme command to configure the AAA scheme to be referenced by the
current ISP domain.
Use the undo scheme command to restore the default AAA scheme
Syntax. scheme { r adi us- scheme radius-scheme-name [ l ocal ] | hwt acacs- scheme
hwtacacs-scheme-name [ l ocal ] | l ocal | none }
undo scheme { r adi us- scheme | hwt acacs- scheme | none }
Parameters radius-scheme-name
RADIUS scheme, comprised of a character string not
exceeding 32 characters.
TACACS+ scheme, a character string not exceeding 32
characters.
local
Local authentication.
none
No authentication.
Default The default AAA scheme in the system is local.
Example Specify the current ISP domain, 3Com163.net, to use the RADIUS scheme 3Com.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ] scheme r adi us 3Com
Set the authentication scheme referenced by the ISP domain 3Com to radius-scheme
rd and use the local scheme as the backup.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com] scheme r adi us- scheme r d l ocal
Set the authentication scheme referenced by the ISP domain 3Com to
hwtacacs-scheme hwtac and use the local scheme as the backup.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com] scheme hwt acacs- scheme hwt ac l ocal
ISP Domain view
Description With this command the current ISP domain can reference a RADIUS/TACACS+
scheme that has been configured.
When the radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local command or the
hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name local command is configured,
the local scheme applies as a backup scheme if the RADIUS or TACACS server is not
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family scheme 2667
Command Reference
available. If the RADIUS or TACACS server is available, local authentication is not
used.
If the local or none scheme applies as the first scheme, no RADIUS or TACACS+
scheme can be adopted.
Related Commands hwatacacs scheme
radius scheme
2668 scramble 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
scramble
Purpose Use the scramble command to enable an undo scramble to scramble the
payload on ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface.
Use the undo scramble command to disable the scrambling function.
Syntax scramble
undo scramble
Parameters None
Default By default, the ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface is enabled to scramble the payload.
Example Disable the ATM interface to scramble the payload.
[3Com -Atm4/0/0] undo scramble
ATM Interface view
Description Executing the scramble command will make an interface to scramble and
descramble the payload without touching the cell header.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family scramble 2669
Command Reference
scramble
Purpose Use the scramble command to enable payload scrambling on the ATM E1/T1
interface. This, however, does not affect cell headers.
Use the undo scramble command to disable payload scrambling.
Syntax scramble
undo scramble
Parameters None
Default By default, payload scrambling is enabled on the ATM E1/T1 interface.
Example Disable payload scrambling on ATM E1/T1 interface 1/0/0.
<3Com > system-view
2670 scramble 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
scramble
Purpose Use the scramble command to enable scrambling function of ATM E3/T3 interface.
Use the undo scramble command to disable scrambling function.
Syntax scramble
undo scramble
Parameters None
Default By default, scrambling function of ATM E3/T3 interface is enabled.
Example Disable scramble function of ATM E3/T3 interface 2/0/0.
<3Com > system-view
Description The scramble command scrambles and descrambles the payload without touching
the cell header.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family scramble 2671
Command Reference
scramble
Purpose Use the scramble command to enable the POS interface to scramble payload data.
Use the undo scramble command to disable data scrambling.
Syntax scramble
undo scramble
Parameters None
Default By default, the POS interface is enabled to scramble payload data.
Example Disable the POS interface to scramble payload data.
[ 3Com- Pos1/ 0/ 0] undo scr ambl e
POS Interface view
2672 screen-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
screen-length
Purpose Use the screen-length command to set the number of lines displayed on the
terminal screen.
Use the undo screen-length command to restore the default.
Syntax screen-length screen-length
undo screen-length
Parameters screen-length Number of lines displayed on the screen. Valid values
are 0 to 512.
If no value is specified, the default is 24 lines.
Example Set the number of lines on the terminal screen to 30.
[3Com-ui-console0] screen-length 30
User Interface view
Description Setting the screen length to zero disables multiple-screen output.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family screen-width 2673
Command Reference
screen-width
Purpose Use the screen-width command to set the width of the terminal screen, that is,
how many characters can be displayed in one line.
Use the undo screen-width command to restore the width of the terminal screen
to the default value.
Syntax screen-width width
undo screen-width
Parameters width
Width of the terminal screen to be configured. Valid
values are 80 to 132 characters.
If no value is specified, the default is 80 characters.
Example Set the width of the terminal screen for console port to 100.
[3Com-ui-console0] screen-width 100
User interface view
2674 script-string 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
script-string
Purpose Use the script-string command to configure a Modem script.
Use the undo script-string command to cancel the Modem script.
Syntax script-string script-name script-content
undo script-string script-name
Parameters script-name
Name of Modem script.
script-content
Script content.
Default By default, the system does not have a Modem script.
Example Define a Modem script.
[ 3Com] scr i pt - st r i ng exampl e " " AT OK ATS0=1 OK
System view
Description 3Com series routers provide the Modem script, which is mainly used for:
Providing flexibility in controlling the Modems of different models. For example,
using different initialization strings can make the Modem of different
manufacturers or models to interoperate with the 3Com series routers better.
Implementing the interactive login to remote systems. Interactive negotiation of
the scripts can enable the systems to enter different link states. For example, after
the asynchronous serial interfaces on the two routers set up a connection via the
Modems, the routers can negotiate the protocol to be encapsulated with the
physical link and its operating parameters.
The Modem script format in common use is as follow:
send-string1 receive-string1 send-string2 receive-string2
......
Among the above format:
send-string indicates a sending string.
receive-string indicates a receiving string.
Normally, send-string and receive-string appear in pairs, and the script
must begin with a sending string. For example, send-string1
receive-string1 represents the execution flow: Send send-string1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family script-string 2675
Command Reference
to the Modem and expect to receive receive-string1. If the string matching
receive-string1 is received before timeout, the execution of the subsequent
script, which will be otherwise terminated, will continue.
If the last string is a sending string, it indicates that the execution of the script will
be terminated after the string is sent without waiting for any receiving string.
If the beginning of the script needs no sending string, but need to wait for
receiving string directly, the first string can be set as , the meaning of which will
be explained later.
Except for ending with \c, the sending string will be automatically added with a
return to its end whenever it is sent.
A receiving string is matched via the location-independent matching method. That
is, a match is considered successful as long as the received contents contain the
expected string.
Concerning the match of receiving string, there can be multiple expected receiving
strings. The match operation on a receiving string will be considered successful if
the receiving string is matched with any expected receiving strings which are
separated by hyphens (-).
The default timeout time waiting for a receiving string is 5 seconds. TIMEOUT
seconds can be inserted into the script to adjust the timeout time waiting for
the receiving string, which is valid till a new TIMEOUT is set in the same script. For
its meanings, refer to the following table.
All the strings and keywords in a script are case-sensitive.
Both strings and keywords are separated by spaces. If a space is contained in a
string, it should be put in the double quotation marks (" "). A pair of empty
quotation marks (that is, "") has two possible meanings. Being a leading "" in a
script, it means that no string needs to be sent and the system will directly wait for
the receiving string. If "" is put at any other locations, the string content will be
regarded to be "".
ABORT receive-string can be inserted anywhere in a script to change the
script execution flow. Its presence in the script indicates that the script execution
will be terminated if a received string is fully matched to the receive-string
set by ABORT receive-string. Multiple ABORT entries can be defined in a
script, and they will take effect concurrently. Once a received string matches any of
them, the script execution will be terminated. Regardless of where the ABORT
receive-string is placed, it will take effect in the whole script execution
process.
Escape characters can be inserted in a script for the purpose of better controlling
the script and increasing its flexibility. In addition, all the escape characters are the
delimiters in the string at the same time. Refer to the following table for details.
Table 305 Script keywords
Keyword Description
ABORT receive-string The string following ABORT will be compared with the string sent
from a Modem or a remote DTE device for a full match. Multiple
ABORT entries can be configured for a script, and all of them take
effect in the whole script execution period.
TIMEOUT seconds The digit following TIMEOUT is used to set the timeout interval that
the device waits for receiving strings. If no expected strings are
received within the interval, the execution of the script will be failed.
Once being set, the setting will be valid till a new TIMEOUT is set.
2676 script-string 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands sendat
start-chat
script trigger login
script trigger connect
script trigger logout
script trigger dial
script trigger init
Table 306 script escape characters
Escape characters Description
\c It means that only the specified string can be sent and the character
"Enter" will not be sent. The character of "\c" must be at the end of
the sending strings. Otherwise, it is invalid at other location.
\d Represents pausing 2 seconds.
\n Represents the character "newline".
\r Represents the character "Enter".
\s Represents the character "Space".
\t Represents the character "Tab".
\\ Represents the character "\".
\T Represents telephone number.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family script trigger connect 2677
Command Reference
Purpose Use the script trigger connect command to configure the Modem script that
will be executed once an incoming call connection is established.
Use the undo script trigger connect command to cancel this feature.
Syntax script trigger connect script-name
undo script trigger connect
Default By default, no Modem script is configured.
Example Specify the script example to be executed anytime an incoming call connection is
established.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] scr i pt t r i gger connect exampl e
User Interface view
Description If this command is configured, the specified script will be executed anytime when an
incoming call connection is established.
Related Commands script-string
start-chat
script trigger dial
script trigger init
2678 script trigger dial 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
script trigger dial
Purpose Use the script trigger dial command to configure the Modem script that is
used for DCC dialing.
Use the undo script trigger dial command to cancel the feature.
Syntax script trigger dial script-name
undo script trigger dial
Parameters script-name Name of Modem script.
Default By default, the system does not specify the script.
Example Specify the script example to be used for DCC dialing.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] scr i pt t r i gger di al exampl e
User Interface view
Description If this command is configured, the specified script will be executed for DCC dialing.
start-chat
script trigger init
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family script trigger init 2679
Command Reference
script trigger init
Purpose Use the script trigger init command to configure the Modem script that will
be executed when the system is powered on or rebooted.
Use the undo script trigger init command to cancel this feature.
Syntax script trigger init script-name
undo script trigger init
Default By default, the system does not specify the script.
Example Set the system to execute example when the system is powered on or rebooted.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] scr i pt t r i gger i ni t exampl e
User Interface view
Description If this command is configured, the specified Modem script will be executed for
initializing the asynchronous device connected to the interface when the system is
powered on or rebooted.
start-chat
script trigger dial
2680 script trigger login 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the script trigger login command to configure the Modem script that
will be executed when an outgoing call connection is successfully established.
Use the undo script trigger login command to cancel this feature.
Syntax script trigger login script-name
undo script trigger login
Example Specify the script example to be executed anytime an outgoing call connection is
established.
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] scr i pt t r i gger l ogi n exampl e
User Interface view
Description If this command is configured, the specified script will be started to execute anytime
when an outgoing call connection is established. This script can be the registration
information on a remote system. For example, when a router is connected to a
remote UNIX server, we can log in to the remote UNIX server using this script through
sending login information and password to the UNIX server.
start-chat
script trigger dial
script trigger init
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family script trigger logout 2681
Command Reference
Purpose Use the script trigger logout command to configure the Modem script that
is executed when a link is reset.
Use the undo script trigger logout command to cancel this feature.
Syntax script trigger logout script-name
undo script trigger logout
Example Specify the Modem script that will be executed when the link is reset.
[ 3Com] scr i pt - st r i ng dr op- l i ne " " +++ OK ATH OK " ATS0=1" OK
[ 3Com- ui - t t y1] scr i pt t r i gger l ogout dr op- l i ne
User-interface view
Description If this command is configured, the specified Modem script will be executed when a
link is reset. For example, reset the Modem when the call on the interface is down.
start-chat
script trigger dial
script trigger init
2682 sdlc controller 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc controller
Purpose Use the sdlc controller command to configure the secondary station address of
the SDLC.
Use the undo sdlc controller command to delete the secondary station
address of the SDLC.
Syntax sdlc controller sdlc-address
undo sdlc controller sdlc-address
Parameters sdlc-address
The secondary station address of the SDLC.
Default By default, the secondary station address of the SDLC is not configured.
Example Configure the secondary station address of the SDLC on the Serial1/0/0 as 0x05.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c cont r ol l er 05
Description The SDLC protocol permits several virtual circuits running on a single SDLC physical
link, with one end connected with the primary station and the other end connected
with the secondary station. In order to distinguish each virtual circuit, their SDLC
addresses need to be designated. Because the SDLC is in unbalanced mode, a primary
device can connects with several secondary devices through the medium of shared
machine or SDLC switch, while the secondary devices cannot be connected with each
other. And there can exist one and only primary device if any. In this sense, the SDLC
devices in the same group can be guaranteed to communicate with each other
normally only if the addresses of the secondary devices are specified. This command
specifies the SDLC address, which is unique on a physical interface, for the virtual
circuit. The configured SDLC address on synchronous serial interface is virtually the
address of the SDLC secondary station.
The SDLC address ranges from 0x01 to 0xFE. The SDLC address of a router is only
valid on one physical interface, that is, the SDLC addresses configured on different
interfaces can be same.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc mac-map local 2683
Command Reference
sdlc mac-map local
Purpose Use the sdlc mac-map local command to configure the virtual MAC address of
the SDLC.
Use the undo sdlc mac-map local command to delete the virtual MAC address
of the SDLC.
Syntax sdlc mac-map local mac-address
undo sdlc mac-map local
The virtual MAC address of the SDLC.
Default By default, the SDLC has no virtual MAC address.
Example Configure the virtual MAC address of the SDLC.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c mac- map l ocal 0000- e81c- b6bf
2684 sdlc mac-map remote 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc mac-map remote
Purpose Use the sdlc mac-map remote command to configure the SDLC peer.
Use the undo sdlc mac-map remote command to delete the SDLC peer.
Syntax sdlc mac-map remote mac-addr sdlc-addr
undo sdlc mac-map remote mac-addr sdlc-addr
Parameters mac-addr
The MAC address of the SDLC peer.
sdlc-addr
The SDLC address of the SDLC peer.
Default By default, the synchronous serial interface has no peer.
Example Configure the SDLC peer.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c mac- map r emot e 00E0- FC00- 0010 0x05
Description This command is used to specify the MAC address of a peer end for an SDLC virtual
circuit so as to provide the destination MAC address on the transformation from the
SDLC to the LLC2. When configuring the DLSw, an SDLC address should be
configured a related partner (peer). The MAC address of the partner (peer) should be
the MAC address of the remote SNA device (physical addresses of such devices as the
Ethernet and the Token-Ring), or the MAC address of the peer end compounded by
the SDLC.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc max-pdu 2685
Command Reference
sdlc max-pdu
Purpose Use the sdlc max-pdu command to configure the maximum receivable frame
length of the SDLC.
Use the undo sdlc max-pdu command to restore the default value of the SDLC
maximum receivable frame length.
Syntax sdlc max-pdu n
undo sdlc max-pdu
Parameters n
The maximum receivable frame length of the SDLC.
Valid values are 1 to 17600 bytes.
Default By default, the maximum receivable frame length of the SDLC is of 265 bytes.
Example Configure the maximum receivable frame length of the SDLC as 512.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c max- pdu 521
Description The SDLC maximum frame length refers to the bytes of the largest packet that can be
received and sent, excluding the parity bit and the start/stop bit.
The maximum receivable frame length of some PU2.0 devices is of 265 bytes, and
that of IBM AS/400 is generally of 521 bytes. Usually we need to configure it the
same value as the connected SDLC device.
2686 sdlc max-send-queue 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc max-send-queue
Purpose Use the sdlc max-send-queue command to configure the queue length sending
the SDLC packet.
Use the undo sdlc max-send-queue command to restore the default value of
the queue length sending the SDLC packet.
Syntax sdlc max-send-queue length
undo sdlc max-send-queue
Parameters length
The queue length sending the SDLC packet. Valid
Example Configure the queue length sending the SDLC packet on the Serial1/0/0 as 30.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c max- send- queue 30
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc max-transmission 2687
Command Reference
sdlc max-transmission
Purpose Use the sdlc max-transmission command to configure the SDLC timeout
retransmission times.
Use the undo sdlc max-transmission command to restore the default value
of the SDLC timeout retransmission times.
Syntax sdlc max-transmission retries
undo sdlc max-transmission
Parameters retries
The SDLC timeout retransmission times. Valid values
are 1 to 255 times.
If no SDLC timeout retransmission time is specified, the
default is 20.
Example Configure the SDLC timeout retransmission times as 30.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c max- t r ansmi ssi on 30
Description The SDLC timeout retransmission times (N2) refers to the retransmission times before
receiving the acknowledgement packet from the peer end.
2688 sdlc modulo 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc modulo
Purpose Use the sdlc modulo command to configure the modulus of the SDLC.
Use the undo sdlc modulo command to restore the default modulus of the SDLC.
Syntax sdlc modulo n
undo sdlc modulo
Parameters n
SDLC modulus, with available value of 8 or 128.
Default By default, the SDLC modulus is 8.
Example Restore the default modulus of the SDLC.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] undo sdl c modul o
Description SDLC, like X25, adopts modulus mode to number information packets, and the
modulus of SDLC is 8 or 128. Generally modulus 8 is selected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc sap-map local 2689
Command Reference
sdlc sap-map local
Purpose Use the sdlc sap-map local command to configure the SAP address on
transforming the SDLC into the LLC2.
Use the undo sdlc sap-map local command to restore the default value of the
LLC2 SAP address.
Syntax sdlc sap-map local lsap sdlc-addr
undo sdlc sap-map local lsap sdlc-addr
Parameters lsap
The virtual SAP address set by the device connected
with the local interface.
sdlc-addr The SDLC address.
Default By default, lsap is 04.
Example Configure the SAP address on translating the SDLC into the LLC2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c sap- map l ocal 08 05
Description When the SDLC packet is translated into the LLC2 packet, the SAP address is needed
besides the MAC address.
Generally speaking, the SAP address of the SNA protocol is 0x04 or 0x08 or 0x0C.
Related Command sdlc sap-map remote
2690 sdlc sap-map remote 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc sap-map remote
Purpose Use the sdlc sap-map remote command to configure the remote DLSw device
SAP address when SDLC is translated into LLC2.
Use the undo sdlc sap-map remote command to restore the default value.
Syntax sdlc sap-map remote dsap sdlc-addr
undo sdlc sap-map remote dsap sdlc-addr
Parameters dsap The SAP address of the DLSw peer device.
By default, dsap is 04.
sdlc-addr
The SDLC address.
Example Configure the remote DLSw device SAP address when SDLC is translated into LLC2.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c sap- map r emot e 0C 05
Description When the SDLC packet is translated into the LLC2 packet, the SAP address is needed
besides the MAC address.
Generally speaking, the SAP address of the SNA protocol is 0x04 or 0x08 or 0x0C.
Related Command sdlc sap-map local
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc simultaneous 2691
Command Reference
sdlc simultaneous
Purpose Use the sdlc simultaneous command to configure the SDLC data to use the
bidirectional transmission mode.
Use the undo sdlc simultaneous command to stop the SDLC data to use the
bidirectional transmission mode.
Syntax sdlc simultaneous
undo sdlc simultaneous
Parameters None
Default By default, the SDLC data are transmitted in bidirectional mode.
Example Configure the SDLC data to use the bidirectional transmission mode.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c si mul t aneous
Description This command configures the synchronous serial interface to work in bidirectional
data simultaneous transmission mode. That is, the SDLC primary station can send
data to the secondary station and receive data at the same time.
2692 sdlc status 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc status
Purpose Use the sdlc role command to configure the SDLC role the device acts.
Use the undo sdlc role command to restore the default SDLC role.
Syntax sdlc status { pr i mar y | secondar y }
undo sdlc status
Parameters primary
The primary station of the end, controlling the whole
connection process.
secondary The secondary station of the end, controlled by the
primary station.
Default By default, the device has no role.
Example Configure the SDLC device connected with the Serial1/0/0 as primary, and the local
interface as secondary.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c r ol e secondar y
Description The SDLC is a kind of link layer protocol in unbalanced mode. That is, the statuses of
the devices on the two connected ends are unequal: one is primary and the other is
secondary. The primary side, being the primary station, whose role is primary, plays
the dominant role and controls the whole connection process. While the other side,
being the secondary station, whose role is secondary, receives control passively.
Therefore, the user needs to configure the role for the interface encapsulated with
SDLC protocol. On the SDLC role configuration, the roles should be decided by the
status of the SDLC device connected with the local router. If the SDLC device
connected with the local interface is primary, the local interface is to be set secondary,
and vice versa.
In general, the central IBM mainframe is primary, whereas terminal devices, including
UNIX hosts and ATM, are secondary.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc timer ack 2693
Command Reference
sdlc timer ack
Purpose Use the sdlc timer ack command to configure the SDLC primary station
response waiting time (mseconds).
Use the undo sdlc timer ack command to restore the default value of the
SDLC primary station response waiting time.
Syntax sdlc timer ack mseconds
undo sdlc timer ack
Parameters mseconds
The SDLC primary station response waiting time. Valid
values are 1 to 60000ms.
Default By default, the configured SDLC primary station response waiting time is 3000ms.
Example Configure the SDLC primary station response waiting time (mseconds) as 2000ms.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c t i mer ack 2000
Description The primary station response waiting time (mseconds) refers to the waiting time for
the response from the secondary station after the primary station sends information
frames.
2694 sdlc timer lifetime 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc timer lifetime
Purpose Use the sdlc timer lifetime command to configure the SDLC secondary
station response waiting time (mseconds).
Use the undo sdlc timer lifetime command to restore the default value of
the SDLC secondary station response waiting time.
Syntax sdlc timer lifetime mseconds
undo sdlc timer lifetime
Parameters mseconds
The SDLC secondary station response waiting time.
Valid values are 1 to 60000ms.
Default By default, the SDLC secondary station response waiting time (mseconds) is 500ms.
Example Configure the SDLC secondary station response waiting time (mseconds) as 1000ms.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c t i mer l i f et i me 1000
Description The secondary station response waiting time (mseconds) refers to the waiting time
for the response from the primary station after the secondary station sends
information frames.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc timer poll 2695
Command Reference
sdlc timer poll
Purpose Use the sdlc timer poll command to configure the SDLC poll pause timer.
Use the undo sdlc timer poll command to restore the default value of the
SDLC poll pause timer.
Syntax sdlc timer poll mseconds
undo sdlc timer poll
Parameters mseconds
SDLC poll pause timer. Valid values are 1 to 10000ms.
Default By default, the SDLC poll pause timer is 1000ms.
Example Configure the SDLC poll pause timer as 200ms.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c t i mer pol l 200
Description The SDLC poll pause timer refers to the waiting interval between the two SDLC nodes
polled by the SDLC primary station.
2696 sdlc window 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sdlc window
Purpose Use the sdlc window command to configure the length of the SDLC local response
window.
Use the undo sdlc window command to restore the default length of the SDLC
local response window.
Syntax sdlc window length
undo sdlc window
Parameters length
Length of the SDLC local response window. Valid
values are 1 to 7.
Default By default, the default length of the SDLC local response window is 7.
Example Configure the length of the SDLC local response window on the Serial1/0/0 as 5.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c wi ndow 5
Description The SDLC local response window refers to the maximum packets number that can be
sent continuously without waiting for the response from the peer end.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sdlc xid 2697
Command Reference
sdlc xid
Purpose Use the sdlc xid command to configure the XID of the SDLC.
Use the undo sdlc xid command to delete the XID of the SDLC.
Syntax sdlc xid sdlc-address xid-number
undo sdlc xid sdlc-address
Parameters sdlc-address The SDLC address of the XID, which should be
configured beforehand.
xid-number
An integer with a length of 4 bytes, ranging from 1 to
0xFFFFFFFF. The first 12 bits are network numbers, and
the last 20 bytes are node numbers.
Default By default, the synchronous serial interface has no XID of the SDLC.
Example Configure the XID of the SDLC, in which the xid-number is 0x2000.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] sdl c xi d 05 2000
Description The XID is the ID of a device in the SNA world. Generally speaking, there are two
kinds of devices: PU2.0 and PU2.1. The XID has been automatically configured on the
PU2.1 devices and they can announce their IDs by exchanging the XID. The PU2.0
devices did not exchange the ID, so they can not get ID automatically. Therefore, this
command needs not to be configured on PU2.1 typed devices, whereas it is needed
to specify an XID for PU2.0 typed devices.
2698 secondary accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
secondary accounting
Purpose Use the secondary accounting command to configure the IP address and port
number for the secondary RADIUS accounting server.
Use the undo secondary accounting command to restore the IP address and
port number to the defaults.
Syntax secondary accounting ip-address [ port-number ]
undo secondary accounting
IP address, in dotted decimal format. By default, the IP
address of secondary accounting server is at 0.0.0.0.
port-number
Specifies the UDP port number. Valid values are 1 to
65535.
If no value is specified, the default accounting service is
provided through UDP 1813.
Example Set the IP address of the secondary accounting server of RADIUS scheme, 3Com, to
10.110.1.1 and the UDP port 1813 to provide RADIUS accounting service.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] secondar y account i ng 10. 110. 1. 1 1813
RADIUS view
Related Commands primary accounting
radius scheme
state
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family secondary accounting 2699
Command Reference
Purpose Use the secondary accounting command to configure a secondary TACACS
accounting server.
Use the undo secondary accounting command to delete the configured
secondary
Syntax secondary accounting ip-address [ port ]
undo secondary accounting
Default By default, IP address of TACACS accounting server is all zeros.
Example Configure a secondary accounting server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] secondar y account i ng 10. 163. 155. 12 49
TACACS+ view
accounting servers.
You can configure only one secondary accounting server in a TACACS+ scheme. If
You can remove an accounting server only when it is not being used by any active TCP
connections.
2700 secondary authentication 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
secondary authentication
Purpose Use the secondary authentication command to configure the IP address and
port number of the secondary RADIUS authentication/authorization/accounting
server.
Use the undo secondary authentication command to restore the IP address
and port number to the defaults.
Syntax secondary authentication ip-address [ port-number ]
undo secondary authentication
IP address in dotted decimal format. By default, the IP
address of the secondary authentication/authorization
server is 0.0.0.0.
port-number
If no value is specified, the default
authentication/authorization service is provided
through UDP 1812.
Example Set IP address of the secondary authentication/authorization server in the RADIUS
scheme 3Com to 10.110.1.2 and use the UDP port 1812 to provide the RADIUS
authentication/authorization service.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] secondar y aut hent i cat i on 10. 110. 1. 2 1812
RADIUS view
Related Commands primary authentication
radius scheme
state
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family secondary authentication 2701
Command Reference
Purpose Use the secondary authentication command to configure a secondary
TACACS authentication server.
Use the undo secondary authentication command to delete the configured
secondary authentication server.
Syntax secondary authentication ip-address [ port ]
undo secondary authentication
Default By default, IP address of TACACS authentication server is all zeros.
Example Configure a secondary authentication server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] secondar y aut hent i cat i on 10. 163. 155. 13 49
TACACS+ view
authentication servers.
You can configure only one primary authentication server in a TACACS+ scheme. If
You can remove an authentication server only when it is not being used by any active
2702 secondary authorization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
secondary authorization
Purpose Use the secondary authorization command to configure a secondary TACACS
authorization server.
Use the .undo secondary authorization command to delete the configured
secondary authorization server.
Syntax secondary authorization ip-address [ port ]
undo secondary authorization
IP address of the server, a legal unicast address in
port
If no value is specifed, the default is 49.
Default By default, IP address of TACACS authorization server is all zeros.
Example Configure the secondary authorization server.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] secondar y aut hor i zat i on 10. 163. 155. 13 49
TACACS+ view
authorization servers.
You can configure only one primary authorization server in a TACACS+ scheme. If you
You can remove an authorization server only when it is not being used by any active
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family security acl 2703
Command Reference
security acl
Purpose Use the security acl command to set an access control list to be used by the
ipsec policy and specify the data stream protection mode.
Use the undo security acl command to remove the access control list used by
the ipsec policy.
Syntax security acl acl-number [ aggr egat i on | per - sessi on ]
undo security acl
Specifies the number of the access control list used by
the ipsec policy. Valid values are 3000 to 3999.
aggregation Specifies the data stream protection mode of the IPSec
policy to be the aggregation mode.
per-session
Specifies the data stream protection mode of the IPSec
policy to be the per-session mode, which is supported
only by the isakmp negotiation mode.
Default By default, no ACL has been specified for IPSec policies. If neither the aggregation
mode nor per-session mode is specified when this command is executed, the default
data protection mode, i.e., the standard mode, is used to establish a tunnel for each
data stream defined in the ACL.
The data flow that will be protected by the IPSec policy is confined by the ACL in this
command. According to the rules in the ACL, IPSec determines which packets need
security protection and which do not. The packet permitted by the access control list
will be protected, and a packet denied by the access control list will not be protected.
The denied packets are sent out directly without IPSec protection.
Example Set the ipsec policy as using access control list 3001, using the aggregation mode for
data stream protection.
dest i nat i on 10. 1. 1. 2 0. 0. 0. 255
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy bei j i ng 100 manual
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - bei j i ng- 100] secur i t y acl 3001 aggr egat i on
IPSec Policy view
2704 security acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Presently, IPSec protects the data streams that match the specified ACL in three
modes: standard, aggregation and per-session:
The standard mode: Establishes a tunnel according to each specified ACL rule to
protect the packets that match the ACL.
The aggregation mode: Establishes a tunnel to protect all data streams that match
the ACL
The per-session mode: Finds the ACL that a packet matches, and establishes a
tunnel to protect the packets that share the same source and destination
addresses with this packet. In per-session mode, multiple tunnels are to be
established to protect the specified ACL rule, because packets with different
source and destination addresses probably match one ACL rule.
The data flow that will be protected by the IPSec policy is confined by the ACL in this
command. According to the rules in the ACL, IPSec determines which packets need
security protection and which do not. The packet permitted by the access control list
will be protected, and a packet denied by the access control list will not be protected.
The denied packets are sent out directly without IPSec protection.
proposal
sa duration
tunnel local
tunnel remote
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family security-policy-server 2705
Command Reference
security-policy-server
Purpose Use the security-policy-server command to specify the IP address of a
security policy server.
Use the undo security-policy-server command to delete the specified or all
security policy servers.
Syntax security-policy-server ip-address
undo security-policy-server [ ip-address | al l ]
Specifies a security policy server by specifying its IP
address.
all All security policy servers.
Example Specify the security policy server with IP address 192.168.0.1.
[ 3Com] r adi us scheme syst em
[ 3Com- r adi us- syst em] secur i t y- pol i cy- ser ver 192. 168. 0. 1
RADIUS Scheme view
Description You may specify up to eight security policy servers in a RADIUS scheme.
Configured with the security-policy-server command, the RADIUS server
accepts only the session control packets (carrying the security ACL) issued by the
specified security policy server or servers after endpoints pass security authentication.
You need to configure this command only when RADIUS, portal, and security policy
servers are not co-located.
2706 seizure-ack 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
seizure-ack
Purpose Use the seizure-ack command to enable or disable the terminating point to send
seizure acknowledgement signal.
Syntax seizure-ack { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters enable
Enables the terminating point to send seizure
acknowledgement signal.
disable Disables the terminating point to send seizure
Default By default, the terminating point sends seizure acknowledgement signal.
Example Disable the terminating point to send seizure acknowledgement signal.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] sei zur e- ack di sabl e
R2 CAS view
Normally, the terminating point sends seizure acknowledgement signal when it
receives a seizure signal from the originating point. However, in some countries R2
signaling encoding scheme allows the terminating point not to send seizure
acknowledgement signal. In this case, you can use the seizure-ack command to
adjust the signaling encoding scheme. If the originating point does not require
acknowledgement signal, the terminating point has no need to send back the signal
when it receives a seizure signal.
Related Command timer dl seizure
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family select-mode 2707
Command Reference
select-mode
Purpose Use the select-mode command to configure the E1 trunk selection mode.
Use the undo select-mode command to restore the default.
Syntax select-mode [ max | maxpol l | mi n | mi npol l ]
undo select-mode
Parameters max Indicate the maximum selection.
maxpoll Indicate the maximum polling selection.
min Indicate the minimum selection.
minpoll Indicate the minimum polling selection.
Default By default, the trunk selection mode is min.
Example Configure the trunk selection mode as max for the No.5 Timeslot set in No.0 E1
subscriber-line.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] sel ect - mode max
R2 CAS view
The proper selection policy can not only enables each timeslot in E1 trunk to have the
balanced opportunity to be used but also helps to enhance the speed of selecting idle
timeslot, so as to improve the telephone connection speed.
The parameter max indicates the maximum selection, selecting the timeslot of the
maximum serial number from the currently available timeslots.
The parameter maxpoll indicates the maximum polling selection. When used for the
first time, select the timeslot of the maximum serial number from the currently
available timeslots, and next time select in descending order the available timeslot
whose serial number is less than it. For example, No.31 and No.29 timeslots are
unavailable in 32 timeslots, so select firstly No.30 timeslot, and select No.28 timeslot
secondly.
The parameter min indicates the minimum selection, selecting the timeslot of the
minimum serial number from the currently available timeslots.
2708 select-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The parameter minpoll indicates the minimum polling selection. When used for the
first time, select the timeslot of the minimum serial number from the currently
available timeslots , and next time select in descending order the available timeslot
whose serial number is bigger than it. For example, No.1 and No.3 timeslots are
unavailable in 32 timeslots, so select firstly No.2 timeslot, and select No.4 timeslot
secondly.
Using the command select-mode without any parameter can restore the default
trunk timeslot selection mode.
trunk-direction
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family select-rule search-stop 2709
Command Reference
select-rule search-stop
Purpose Use the select-rule search-stop command to configure the maximum
number of voice entities found.
Use the undo select-rule search-stop command to cancel the limitation on
the search for voice entities.
Syntax select-rule search-stop max-number
undo select-rule search-stop
Maximum number of voice entities found. Valid values
are 1 to 400.
Default By default, no maximum number is configured to the search for voice entities. That
means there is no limitation on the search for voice entities.
Example Configure to search 5 voice entities at most.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] sel ect - r ul e sear ch- st op 5
Description There might be multiple voice entities that meet the call requirements during call
connection. If a voice entity fails, the system can search for other qualified ones and
continue the call. The select-rule search-stop command is used to define
the maximum number of qualified voice entities to be found before the search stops.
If there are multiple qualified voice entities, only the one of the highest priority is used
to initiate a call.
Related Commands select-rule rule-order
select-rule type-first
2710 select-rule type-first 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the select-rule type-first command to configure the type-first select
rules for voice entities.
Use the undo select-rule type-first command to delete the type-first
select rules.
Syntax select-rule type-first 1st-type 2nd-type 3rd-type
undo select-rule type-first
Parameters 1st-type
Serial number of the type of the first priority. Valid
values are 1 to 3. The meanings of the serial numbers
are shown in the following table.
2nd-type
Serial number of the type of the second priority. Valid
values are 1 to 3. It cannot be the same number as
1st-type.
3rd-type Serial number of the type of the third priority. Valid
values are 1 to 3. It cannot be the same number as
1st-type or 2nd-type.
Default By default, voice entities are not selected according to their types.
Example Configure to select voice entities according to the type-first rules: VoIP-> POTS ->
VoFR.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] sel ect - r ul e t ype- f i r st 2 1 3
Description The command is used to configure the select order for voice entities according to their
types. If multiple voice entities (of different types) are qualified for a call connection,
the system will select a suitable voice entity according to the type-first rules
configured by the select-rule type-first command. The order of inputting
the parameters determines voice entity type priorities. The system selects the first type
first and then the third type last.
Table 307 Meaning of the serial numbers
Serial Number Meaning
1 VoIP voice entity
2 POTS voice entity
3 VoFR voice entity
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family select-rule type-first 2711
Command Reference
2712 select-rule rule-order 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
select-rule rule-order
Purpose Use the select-rule rule-order command to configure the select rule of voice
entities.
Use the undo select-rule rule-order command to restore the default value.
Syntax select-rule rule-order 1 [ 2 [ 3 ] [ 4 ] ]
undo select-rule rule-order
Parameters The following lists the meanings of the serial numbers.
Default By default, the order of voice entity select rules is 1->2->3. That means exact match
first, voice entity priority second, and random select last.
Example Set the select rule of voice entities to exact match-> priority-> longest unused.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] sel ect - r ul e r ul e- or der 1 2 4
Description Use the select-rule rule-order command to configure three rules of
different priorities at most. But you cannot configure the same rules. Order of
priorities is the order of select rules. If there are rules of multiple priorities, the system
first select voice entities according to the rule of first priority. If that rule cannot
distinguish the priorities of the voice entities, the rule of second priority will be used.
The rule of third priority will be used for the voice entities that cannot be
distinguished by the first and second rules, and so on. If all the rules cannot
distinguish voice entity priorities, Identifiers of voice entities are used for selection,
and the voice entity with the smallest identifier will be preferred.
The select rules are described in the following:
1. Exact match. From left to right, the more digits it matches, the better the precision
is. The system stops using the rule once it meets a digit that cannot be matched
uniquely.
Table 308 Meanings of the serial numbers
Serial Number Meaning
1 Exact match
2 Priority
3 Random select
4 Longest unused
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family select-rule rule-order 2713
Command Reference
2. Priority. Voice entities are divided into 11 classes, with values ranging from 0 to 10.
The smaller the value is, the higher the priority is. That means 0 is the highest
priority.
3. Random select. The system selects a voice entity from a group of qualified voice
entities randomly.
4. Longest unused. The longer the voice entity is unused, the higher its priority is.
There will be no collision between voice entities when random select is applied.
Therefore, random select can only be used as the last rule or the only rule.
Related Commands select-rule search-stop
2714 select-stop 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
select-stop
Purpose Use the select-stop command to disable the search for voice entities.
Use the undo select-stop command to re-enable the search for voice entities.
Syntax select-stop
undo select-stop
Parameters None
Default By default, the search for voice entities is enabled.
Example Configure the system to stop the search once voice entity 10 is found.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] sel ect - st op
Voice Entity view
Description There might be multiple qualified voice entities for a call connection. If a voice entity
fails, the system can search for another one that meets the requirements and
continue the call. In that case, you can use this command to configure the system to
stop the search when it has found the specified voice entity.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family send 2715
Command Reference
send
Purpose Use the send command to transfer messages between user interfaces.
Use the send all command to send messages to all user interfaces.
Use the send number command to send messages to the user interface specified by
its absolute index.
Use the send type-name number command to send messages to the user
interface specified by its interface type and relative index.
Syntax send [ number | all | type-name number ]
Parameters number
Absolute/relative user interface index.
all
Sends messages to all user interfaces.
type-name
User interface type.
Example Send messages to the console interface.
<3Com> send con 0
Enter message, end with CTRL+Z or Enter; abort with CTRL+C:
Hello,good morning!
Send message? [Y/N]
User view
2716 send-busytone 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
send-busytone
Purpose Use the send-busytone command to enable busy tone sending on the FXO
interface.
Use the undo send-busytone command to disable busy tone sending on the FXO
interface.
Syntax send-busytone { enabl e | t i me seconds }
undo send-busytone { enabl e | t i me }
Parameters enable
Enables busy-tone sending on the FXO interface.
time seconds
Duration of busy tone, in the range 2 to 15 seconds. It
defaults to 3 seconds. This parameter is not available
when busy-tone sending is disabled.
Default By default, busy tone sending is disabled.
Example Enable FXO interface 1/0/0 to send busy tone that lasts 5 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce] subscr i ber - l i ne 3/ 1
FXO i nt er f ace encount er ed
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 1] send- busyt one enabl e
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne3/ 1] send- busyt one t i me 5
Description This command is valid only on FXO interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family send-number (in Voice Entity View) 2717
Command Reference
send-number (in Voice Entity View)
Purpose Use the send-number command to configure the number sending mode.
Use the undo send-number command to restore the default mode.
Syntax send-number { digit-number | al l | t r uncat e }
undo send-number
Parameters digit-number Number of least significant digits that are sent. Valid
values are 0 to 31. It is not larger than the total
number of digits of the called number.
all
All digits of the called number.
truncate
Send the truncated called number.
Default By default, the truncate mode is used.
Example Configure voice entity 10 to send the 6 least significant digits of the called number.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] send- number 6
Description This command only applies to POTS voice entities. As for the numbers sent to PSTN,
this command is used to control how to send the called numbers. You can not only
configure to send some digits (defined by digit-number from right to left) or all
digits of the called number, but also the truncated called numbers, i.e., the numbers
that match the wildcard . at the end.
Related Commands dot-match
match-template
2718 send-number (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
send-number (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Purpose Use the send-number command to configure the FXS voice subscriber-line to allow
the FXS to send called numbers.
Use the undo send-number command to disable the FXS to send called numbers.
Syntax send-number
undo send-number
Parameters None
Default By default, the FXS is disabled to send called numbers.
Example Enable the FXS to send called numbers on FXS voice subscriber-line 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] send- number
FXS Voice Subscriber-Line View
Description Normally, the FXS interface is connected to a standard telephone, so the FXS does not
need to send called numbers. But sometimes, the FXS interface is connected to the
FXO interface. In this case, when the FXO receives a ring from the FXS, it imitates an
off-hook and sends dial tone for the second stage of dial. With the send-number
feature enabled, the FXS voice subscriber-line can send called numbers to the
connected FXO interface directly to free the calling party from the second stage of
dial.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family send-ring 2719
Command Reference
send-ring
Purpose Use the send-ring command to enable the local end to play ringback tone.
Use the undo send-ring command to disable the local end to play ringback tone.
Syntax send-ring
undo send-ring
Parameters None
Default By default, the local end does not play ringback tone.
Example Enable the local end to play ringback tone.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y8801] send- r i ng
Description This configuration takes effect only in fast-connect mode.
2720 send-trap 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
send-trap
Purpose Use the send-trap command to configure the type of events that trigger trap
sending.
Use the undo send-trap command to cancel the configuration of the event type.
Syntax send-trap { all | probefailure | testcomplete | testfailure }
undo send-trap { all | probefailure | testcomplete | testfailure }
Parameters probefailure Sends traps after test packet transmission fails.
testcomplete Sends traps upon completion of the test.
testfailure Sends traps upon test failures.
all
Sends traps for all the events described above.
Default By default, no traps are sent.
Example Send traps upon completion of tests.
[Router-administrator-icmp] send-trap testcomplete
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sendat 2721
Command Reference
sendat
Purpose Use the sendat command to manually send AT command to the modem.
Syntax sendat at-string
Parameters at-string AT command string. The string "+++", "A/", or any
string that starts with AT is allowed.
Example Send AT tone dialing command and dial 169
[ Rout er - Async1] sendat ATDT169
Interface (Asynchronous Serial Interface, AUX Port, or AM Interface) view
Description The sendat command does not check the validity of the AT command, rather it takes
the string entered by the user as the AT command and sends it to the modem,
changing all lower case letters into upper case letters. If the debugging function is
enabled for the corresponding AT command on the related interface, you can see the
object code returned by the modem, and also the echoed AT command if the modem
has been configured with a command echo.
You can use the AT command on a modem only when it is in the AT command mode,
if the modem is in data mode, the AT command sent by the sendat at-string
command is invalid.
Related Command script-string
2722 sendloopcode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sendloopcode
Purpose Use the sendloopcode command to send the remote loopback control code.
Syntax sendloopcode { i nband- l l b- up | i nband- l l b- down | f dl - ansi - l l b- up |
f dl - ansi - l l b- down | f dl - ansi - pl b- up | f dl - ansi - pl b- down |
f dl - at t - pl b- up | f dl - at t - pl b- down }
Parameters inband-llb-up
Sends in-band line loopback (LLB) activation request
code compliant with the ANSI or AT&T
implementation. This enables remote loopback.
inband-llb-down
Sends in-band LLB deactivation request code compliant
with the ANSI or AT&T implementation. This disables
loopback.
fdl-ansi-llb-up
Sends ANSI-compliant line loopback (LLB) activation
request code in the FDL. This enables remote loopback.
fdl-ansi-llb-down
Sends ANSI-compliant LLB deactivation request code in
the FDL. This disables loopback.
fdl-ansi-plb-up Sends ANSI-compliant payload loopback (PLB)
activation request code in the FDL to enable remote
loopback.
fdl-ansi-plb-down
Sends ANSI-compliant PLB deactivation request code in
the FDL to disable loopback.
fdl-att-plb-up Sends AT&T-compliant PLB activation code in the FDL
to enable remote loopback.
fdl-att-plb-down
Sends AT&T-compliant PLB deactivation code in the
FDL to disable loopback.
Default By default, no remote loopback control code is sent.
Example Send in-band LLB activation request code.
[ 3Com- T1 1/ 0/ 0] sendl oopcode i nband- l l b- up
Description You may configure loopback on the far-end CT1/PRI interface by sending the
loopback request code.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sendloopcode 2723
Command Reference
In LLB mode, all 193 bits (one synchronization bit and 192 effective bandwidth bits) in
a T1 PCM frame are looped back. In PLB mode, however, only 192 effective
bandwidth bits are looped back.
The format of loopback code can be compliant with ANSI T1.403 or AT&T TR 54016.
In SF framing, LLB code is sent using the effective bandwidth (slots 1 through 24). In
ESF framing, both LLB code and PLB code are sent/received in the FDL in ESF frames.
This command is used in conjunction with the far-end T1 device. The far-end device
must be able to set loopback mode depending on the detected loopback code. The
sending of remote loopback control code can last five minutes without affecting the
operation of other interfaces.
You can use this command only when the far-end CT1/PRI interface can automatically
detect loopback request code from the network.
2724 sendpacket passroute 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sendpacket passroute
Purpose Use the sendpacket passroute command to enable routing table bypass.
Use the undo sendpacket passroute command to disable routing table bypass.
Syntax sendpacket passroute
undo sendpacket passroute
Parameters None
Default By default, routing table bypass is disabled.
Example Bypass routing table when sending ICMP packets.
[Router] sendpacket passroute
Description With routing table bypass, a remote host can bypass the normal routing tables and
send ICMP packets directly to a host on an attached network. If the host is not on a
directly connected network, an error is returned. You can use this function when
pinging a local host on an interface that has no route defined.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sendring 2725
Command Reference
sendring
Purpose Use the sendring command to enable or disable the terminating point to send
ring-back tone or busy tone signal to the calling party.
Syntax sendring { r i ngback | r i ngbusy } { enabl e | di sabl e }
Parameters ringback { enable | disable
}
Enables/disables the sending of ring-back signal.
ringbusy { enable | disable
}
Enables/disables the sending of ring-busy signal.
Default By default, the ring-back tone and busy tone signals are sent.
Example When time slot 5 on the E1 port 0 works as the terminating point, enable it to send
ring-back tone to the originating point.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] sendr i ng r i ngback enabl e
R2 CAS view
In some regions a PBX, as the originating point, might not send ring-back tone to the
calling party during call connecting process. To avoid call connection failure due to the
calling party not able to hear the corresponding tone, you can manually configure the
sendring command. If 3Com router works as the terminating point, it sends the
corresponding tone to the originating point according to call connection situations.
Related Command timer ringring
2726 seq-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
seq-number
Purpose Use the seq-number command to enable voice packets transmitted on the local
gateway to carry sequence numbers.
Use the undo seq-number command to disable voice packets to carry sequence
numbers.
Syntax seq-number
undo seq-number
Parameters None
Default By default, no sequence numbers are carried in voice packets.
Example Configure that the voice packets should be numbered in the VoFR voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] seq-number
Voice Entity view
Description The gateway at receiving end can know whether the voice packets have been
dropped, repeated or disordered according to the numbers, so that voice
compensation can be made. However, use of numbers requires more bandwidth. You
must carefully consider the trade-off between packet numbering and bandwidth.
The configuration of this command will not affect CODEC numbering. If needed, DSP
will number CODEC, regardless of whether this command has been configured.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family server type 2727
Command Reference
server type
Purpose Use the server-type command to configure the RADIUS server type supported by
the router.
Syntax server-type { 3Com| st andar d | por t al }
Parameters 3Com Specifies the RADIUS server of 3Com type (generally
CAMS), which requires the RADIUS client (router
system) and RADIUS server to interact according to the
procedures and packet format provisioned by the
private RADIUS protocol of 3Com Corporation.
standard
Specifies the RADIUS server of Standard type, which
requires the RADIUS client end (router system) and
RADIUS server to interact according to the regulation
and packet format of standard RADIUS protocol (RFC
2138/2139 or newer).
Standard is the default server-type value.
portal Specifies the RADIUS server of portal type.
Example Set RADIUS server type of RADIUS scheme 3Com to 3Com.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] ser ver - t ype 3Com
RADIUS view
2728 service cbr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
service cbr
Purpose Use the service cbr command to specify PVC service type as constant bit rate
(CBR).
Syntax service cbr output-pcr [ cdvt cdvt_value ]
Parameters output-pcr
Output peak rate of ATM cell in kbps. Value range of
this parameter depends on interface type, as shown in
the following table.
cdvt_value
cell delay variation tolerance, in s, and the range of
the value is 0 to 10000 s.
Default By default, the service type is UBR after creating a PVC. When the value of cdvt is not
specified, it is 500s by default.
Example Create a PVC named "3Com" with VPI/VCI as 1/101.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 3Com1/ 101
Specify the service type of the PVC as cbr and the peak rate of ATM cell as
50,000Kbits/s.Cell delay variation tolerance is 1000s.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 101- 3Com] ser vi ce cbr 50000 cdvt 1000
PVC view
Description Use the service cbr command to specify PVC service type as constant bit rate
(CBR).
Table 309 Value ranges of output-pcr
Interface type output-pcr
ADSL 64 to 640
GSHDSL For two-wire interfaces or four-wire interfaces in two-wire mode: 64 to 2312
For four-wire interfaces: 128 4624
ATMOC3 64 to 155000
ATM25 64 to 25600
ATME3 64 to 34000
ATMT3 64 to 44000
IMA-E1/T1 64 to 1904
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service cbr 2729
Command Reference
This command is used to set the PVC service type and parameter. The newly specified
PVC service type will replace the existing service type. It is recommended that the PVC
with larger bandwidth be created first and then the one with smaller bandwidth. If
the creation fails, the cdvt_value can be adjusted larger to create the PVC once
more. The above case will be prompted in the command line, as follows:
fail to set service parameter, please adjust cdvt value
The command does not support ATM E1 interface and ATM E3 interface.
Related Commands service vbr-nrt
service vbr-rt
service ubr
2730 service data 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
service data
Purpose Use the service data command to enable data call service.
Use the undo service data command to disable data call service.
Syntax service data
undo service data
Parameters None
Default Data call service is disabled.
Example Configure the voice entity to support data dial service.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y100] ser vi ce dat a
Voice Entity view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service modem-callback 2731
Command Reference
service modem-callback
Purpose Use the service modem-callback command to enable the callback function of
modems.
Use the undo service modem-callback command to disable the callback
function of modems.
Syntax service modem-callback
undo service modem-callback
Parameters None
Example Enable the callback function.
[ 3Com] ser vi ce modem- cal l back
System view
Description When a modem line is active, that is, when the modem detects the carrier or data is
being received, you may enable callback. As the service modem-callback
command uses modem scripts to implement callback before entering PPP, it enables
callback before accounting is started. This can save cost.
2732 service type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
service type
Purpose Use the service-type command to configure a service type for a particular user.
Use the undo service-type command to delete one or all service types
configured for the user.
Syntax service-type { dvpn | t el net | ssh | t er mi nal | pad }
undo service-type { dvpn | t el net | ssh | t er mi nal | pad }
Parameters dvpn Authorizes the user to use the DVPN service.
telnet Authorizes the user to use the Telnet service.
ssh Authorizes the user to use the SSH service.
terminal
Authorizes the user to use the terminal service (login
via the Console, AUX or Asyn port).
pad
Authorizes the user to use the PAD service.
Default By default, no service is available for the user.
Example Authorize the user to use the Telnet service.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] ser vi ce- t ype t el net
Local User view
Related Commands service-type ftp
service-type ppp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service-type ftp 2733
Command Reference
service-type ftp
Purpose Use the service-type ftp command to specify a directory accessible for the FTP
user.
Use the undo service-type ftp command to disable FTP service.
Use the undo service-type ftp ftp-directory command to restore the
default directory accessible for the FTP user.
Syntax service-type ftp [ f t p- di r ect or y directory]
undo service-type ftp [ f t p- di r ect or y ]
Parameters ftp-directory directory
Specifies a directory accessible for the FTP user,
consisting of a string up to 56 characters long.
Default By default, no services of any type are authorized to any user and access of
anonymous FTP users is not allowed, but a user that is granted the FTP service is
authorized to access the root directory "flash:/".
Example Authorize the user to use the FTP service.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] ser vi ce- t ype f t p
Local User view
Related Commands service type
service-type ppp
2734 service-type ppp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
service-type ppp
Purpose Use the service-type command to configure the callback attribute and caller
number of the PPP user.
Use the undo service-type command to restore their default settings.
Syntax service-type ppp [ cal l back- number callback-number | cal l - number
call-number [ : subcall-number ] ]
undo service-type ppp [ cal l back- number | cal l - number ]
Parameters callback-number
callback-number
Specifies a callback number.
call-number call-number
Specifies a caller number in ISDN user authentication,
with a length up to 64 bytes.
[ : subcall-number ]
Specifies the sub-caller number. If included, the total
length of it plus the caller number cannot exceed 62
bytes.
Default By default, no services of any type are authorized to any users; if the PPP service is
authorized, no callback number is specified; and the system does not authenticate the
caller number of ISDN users.
Example Set the PPP call back number to 123456.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] ser vi ce- t ype ppp cal l back- number 123456
Local User view
Related Commands service type
service-type ftp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service ubr 2735
Command Reference
service ubr
Purpose Use the service ubr command to specify the service type of PVC as Unspecified
Bit Rate (UBR) and specify the related rate parameters.
Syntax service ubr output-pcr
Parameters output-pcr Output peak rate of ATM cell in kbps. For the value
ranges of this parameter, see the following table.
Default By default, the service type is UBR after creating a PVC.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 3Com1/ 101
Display how to specify the service type of the PVC as ubr and the peak cell rate of
ATM cell as 100,000Kbps.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 101- 3Com] ser vi ce ubr 100000
PVC view
Description Use the service ubr command to specify the service type of PVC as Unspecified
Bit Rate (UBR) and specify the related rate parameters.
This command as well as the service vbr-nrt, service vbr-rt and
service cbr commands can be used to set the service type and service parameters
of PVC. The newly specified PVC service type will supersede the existing service type.
ADSL 64 to 640
ATMOC3 64 to 155000
ATM25 64 to 25600
ATME3 64 to 34000
ATMT3 64 to 44000
IMA-E1/T1 64 to 1904
2736 service ubr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands service vbr-nrt
service vbr-rt
service cbr
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service vbr-nrt 2737
Command Reference
service vbr-nrt
Purpose Use the service vbr-nrt command to specify the service type of PVC as Variable
Bit Rate-Non Real Time (VBR-NRT) and specify the related rate parameters.
Syntax service vbr-nrt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs
Parameters output-pcr Peak rate of ATM cell output in kbps. For the value
ranges of this parameter, see Table 311.
output-scr
Sustainable rate of ATM cell output in Kbps. Its value
ranges are the same as those of output-pcr.
output-mbs
Maximum burst size for ATM cell output, that is, the
maximum number of ATM cells that the output
interface can cache. It ranges from 1 to 512.
When 64 < SCR <70 and 475 = MBS = 512 hold, chip limitation can result in
configuration failure.
[ 3Com- At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 3Com1/ 101
Display how to specify the service type of the PVC as VBR-NRT and set the peak bit
rate of ATM cell to 100,000kbps, sustainable bit rate to 50,000Kbps, the maximum
burst size to 320 cells.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 101- 3Com] ser vi ce vbr - nr t 100000 50000 320
PVC view
ADSL 64 to 640
ATMOC3 64 to 155000
ATM25 64 to 25600
ATME3 64 to 34000
ATMT3 64 to 44000
IMA-E1/T1 64 to 1904
2738 service vbr-nrt 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Use the service vbr-nrt command to specify the service type of PVC as Variable
Bit Rate-Non Real Time (VBR-NRT) and specify the related rate parameters.
This command as well as the service ubr, service vbr-rt and service
cbr commands can be used to set the service type and service parameters of PVC.
The newly specified PVC service type will replace the existing service type.
Related Commands service vbr-rt
service ubr
service cbr
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family service vbr-rt 2739
Command Reference
service vbr-rt
Purpose Use the service vbr-rt command to set the service type of PVC to Variable Bit
Rate- Real Time (VBR-RT) and specify the related rate parameters in the PVC view.
Syntax service vbr-rt output-pcr output-scr output-mbs
Parameters output-pcr Peak cell rate of ATM output in Kbps. For the value
ranges of this parameter, see Table 312.
output-scr
Sustainable cell rate of ATM output in Kbps. Its value
ranges are the same as those of output-pcr.
output-mbs
Maximum burst size of ATM cell output, that is, the
maximum cache size of ATM cell output at the
interface in cell number. Valid values are 1 to 512.
When it is used in ATM E3 interface, valid values are 1
to 512.
[ 3Com- i f - At m1/ 0/ 0] pvc 3Com1/ 101
Display how to specify the service type of the PVC as VBR-NRT and set the peak cell
rate of ATM to 100,000kbps, sustainable cell rate to 50,000Kbps, the maximum burst
size to 320 cells.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m1/ 0/ 0- 1/ 101- 3Com] ser vi ce vbr - r t 100000 50000 320
PVC view
ADSL 64 to 640
ATMOC3 64 to 155000
ATM25 64 to 25600
ATME3 64 to 34000
ATMT3 64 to 44000
IMA-E1/T1 64 to 1904
2740 service vbr-rt 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Use the service vbr-rt command to set the service type of PVC to Variable Bit
Rate - Real Time (VBR-RT) and specify the related rate parameters in the PVC view.
This command as well as the service ubr, service cbr and service
vbr-nrt commands can be used to set the service type and service parameters of
PVC. The newly specified PVC service type will replace the existing service type. The
command does not support ATM E1 interface.
Related Commands service cbr
service ubr
service vbr-nrt
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family session algorithm-suite 2741
Command Reference
session algorithm-suite
Purpose Use the session algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite a
session uses.
Use the undo session algorithm-suite command to revert to the default
algorithm suite.
Syntax session algorithm-suite suite-number
undo session algorithm-suite
Algorithm suite number. Valid values are 0 to 12.
This argument stands for the algorithm suite used to
encrypt session control packets, whose available values
are described as follows:
0 Without protection
1 DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
2 DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
3 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP1
4 DES_SHA1_DHGROUP2
5 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP1
6 3DES_MD5_DHGROUP2
Example Set not to encrypt control packets, that is, set the suit number to 0.
[ 3Com- dvpn- pol i cy- abc] sessi on al gor i t hm- sui t e 0
Dvpn-Policy view
Description Algorithm suite 1 is used by default, which stands for DES (for encryption), MD5 (for
authentication), and DHGROUP1 (for key negotiation).
2742 session idle-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
session idle-time
Purpose Use the session idle-time command to set the L2TP session idle-timeout timer.
Upon expiration of this timer, the L2TP session is disconnected.
Use the undo session idle-time command to disable the idle-timeout timer.
Syntax session idle-time time
undo session idle-time
Parameters time Timeout period (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to
10000 seconds.
If not specified the default is 0, meaning the session
never expires.
Default By default the 2TP session never expires.
Example Enter L2TP group view.
[3Com] l2tp-group 1
Set the L2TP session idle-timeout timer to 600 seconds.
[ 3Com] sessi on i dl e- t i me 600
L2TP Group view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family session idle-timeout 2743
Command Reference
session idle-timeout
Purpose Use the session idle-timeout command to set the idle timeout time for
sessions.
Use the undo session idle-timeout command to revert to the default idle
timeout time.
Syntax session idle-timeout time-interval
undo session idle-timeout
Idle timeout time. Valid values are 60 seconds to
86,400 seconds.
Example Set the idle timeout time to 30 seconds.
[3Com-dvpn-policy-abc] session idle-timeout 30
Dvpn-Policy view
Description If no packets pass through a session during a specific period, the session is removed
automatically. The specific period is known as idle timeout time.
2744 session keepalive-interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
session keepalive-interval
Purpose Use the session keepalive-interval command to set the keepalive interval
of sessions.
Use the undo session keepalive-interval command to revert to the default
keepalive interval.
Syntax session keepalive-interval time-interval
undo session keepalive-interval
Keepalive interval. Valid values are 5 seconds to 300
seconds.
Example Set the keepalive interval to 30 seconds.
[ 3Com- dvpn- pol i cy- abc] sessi on keepal i ve- i nt er val 30
Dvpn-Policy view
Description Keepalive packets are used to check the connection state of sessions. After a session
is established, the active side sends keepalive packets regularly if no packet passes
through the session, and the passive side responds with keepalive-ack packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family session setup-interval 2745
Command Reference
session setup-interval
Purpose Use the session setup-interval command to set the interval for sending
requests to establish a session (Setup request). Setup request packets are sent
regularly until the session is established.
Use the undo session setup-interval command to revert to the default
setup interval.
Syntax session setup-interval time-interval
undo session setup-interval
Parameters time-interval Interval for sending requests to establish a session.
Valid values for this argument range from 5 seconds to
60 seconds.
Example Set the interval for sending requests to 30 seconds.
[3Com-dvpn-policy-abc] session setup-interval 30
Dvpn-Policy view
Description A client takes count of the Setup request packets it sends. If it does not receive the
response packets from the peer when the setup interval expires after it sends s Setup
request packet, it sends another Setup request packet.
2746 set authentication password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
set authentication password
Purpose Use the set authentication password command to set a local authentication
password.
Use the undo set authentication password command to remove the local
authentication password.
Syntax set authentication password { simple | cipher } password
undo set authentication password
Parameters simple
Plain text password.
cipher
Encrypted password.
password
If the password format is set to simple, the password
argument must be in plain text. If it is set to cipher,
password can be either in ciphertext or in plain text
depending on what has been input. A plain text
password can be a string of no more than 16
consecutive characters, 1234567 for example. An
encrypted password, however, must comprise 24
characters and in ciphertext,
_(TT8F]Y\5SQ=^Q`MAF4<1!! for example.
Default By default, Telnet users must provide passwords at login, that is, the
authentication-mode password command applies. If no password is
configured, the following information appears:
Login password has not been set !
Example Set the local authentication password for the user interfaces VTYs 0 through 4 to
3Com.
[3Com-ui-vty0-4] authentication-mode password
[3Com-ui-vty0-4] set authentication password simple 3Com
User Interface view
Description Regardless of whether the password format is set to plain text or ciphertext, a user
must input plain text password at authentication time.
When configuring a password, you must specify its format either to simple or to
cipher to save it in plain text or ciphertext. In the latter case, the password is displayed
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family set authentication password 2747
Command Reference
in ciphertext regardless of whether the password you entered is in plain text or in
ciphertext.
Related Command authentication-mode
2748 set-overload 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
set-overload
Purpose Use the set-overload command to configure overload flag bit for the current
router.
Use the undo set-overload command to reset the overload flag bit.
Syntax set-overload
undo set-overload
Parameters None
Default By default, no overload bit is set.
Example Set overload flag bit on the current router.
[ 3Com- i si s] set - over l oad
IS-IS view
Description If a router is configured with the overload bit, it will be ignored by other routers in SPF
calculation. (However the directly connected routes will not be ignored.)
When the overload threshold is set, other routers should not send this router the
packets which should be forwarded by it.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sftp 2749
Command Reference
sftp
Purpose Use the sftp command to establish a connection to the remote SFTP server and
enter SFTP client view.
Syntax sftp { host-ip | host-name } [ port-num ] [ prefer_kex { dh_group1 |
dh_exchange_group } ] [ prefer_ctos_cipher { des | 3des | aes128 } ] [
prefer_stoc_cipher { des | 3des | aes128 } ] [ prefer_ctos_hmac { sha1
| sha1_96 | md5 | md5_96 } ] [ prefer_stoc_hmac { sha1 | sha1_96 | md5
| md5_96 } ]
Parameters host-ip
IP address of the server.
host-name
Name of the server, comprised of a string from 1 to 20
characters long.
port-num Port number of the server. Valid values are 0 to 65,535.
If no value is specified, the default port number is 22.
prefer_kex
Preferred key exchange algorithm,
Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1 or
Diffie-Hellman-Group-Exchange-SHA1.
dh_group1
Key exchange algorithm Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1,
the default algorithm.
dh_exchange_group Key exchange algorithm
prefer_ctos_cipher
Preferred encryption algorithm from the client to the
server. The default algorithm is AES 128.
prefer_stoc_cipher Preferred encryption algorithm from the server to the
client. The default algorithm is AES 128.
des
Encryption algorithm DES_CBC.
3des
Encryption algorithm 3DES_CBC.
aes128
Encryption algorithm AES_128.
prefer_ctos_hmac
Preferred HMAC algorithm from the client to the
server. The default algorithm is SHA1_96.
prefer_stoc_hmac
Preferred HMAC algorithm from the server to the
client. The default algorithm is SHA1_96.
sha1 HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1.
sha1_96 HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1-96.
md5 HMAC algorithm HMAC-MD5.
md5_96 HMAC algorithm HMAC-MD5-96.
2750 sftp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Connect to the SFTP server with IP address 10.1.1.2 and using the default algorithms.
[3Com] sftp 10.1.1.2
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sftp server enable 2751
Command Reference
sftp server enable
Purpose Use the sftp server enable command to enable the secure FTP (SFTP) server.
Use the undo sftp server command to disable the SFTP server.
Syntax sftp server enable
undo sftp server
Parameters None
Default By default, the SFTP server is disabled.
Example Enable the SFTP server.
[3Com] sftp server enable
Disable the SFTP server.
[3Com] undo sftp server
System view
2752 sftp source-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sftp source-interface
Purpose Use the sftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the SFTP client. After that, the IP address of the
specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the SFTP
client.
Use the undo sftp source-interface command to delete the source interface
specified for the SFTP client. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by
the SFTP client is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax sftp source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo sftp source-interface
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SFTP client is the IP
address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Example Set the source interface for the SFTP client to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] sftp source-interface ethernet0/0/0
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the Telnet server with the
sftp source-interface command or with the sftp source-ip command. If
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sftp source-ip 2753
Command Reference
sftp source-ip
Purpose Use the sftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets
sent by the SFTP client. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo sftp source-ip command to delete the source IP address specified
for the SFTP client. After that, the source IP address of each packet sent by the SFTP
Syntax sftp source-ip ip-address
undo sftp source-ip
Parameters ip-address Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SFTP client is the IP
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the SFTP client.
[Router] sftp source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
sftp source-interface command or with the sftp source-ip command. If
2754 sham-link 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sham-link
Purpose Use the sham-link command to configure a sham link.
Use the

undo sham-link command to delete a sham link.
Syntax sham-link source-addr destination-addr [ cost cost-value ] [ dead
seconds ] [ hel l o seconds ] [ md5 keyid key seconds ] [ r et r ansmi t
seconds ] [ si mpl e password ] [ t r ans- del ay seconds ]
undo sham-link source-addr destination-addr
Parameters source-addr
Source address of a sham-link, a loopback interface
address with 32-bit mask
destination-addr
Destination address of a sham-link, a loopback
interface address with 32-bit mask
cost-value
Cost at sham link, in the range of 1 to 65535. By
default, it is 1.
password
Specifies authentication string in plain text at the
interface, 8 characters at most. It must be consistent
with the authentication string of sham link peer.
keyid
Specifies MD5 authentication string at the interface, in
range of 1 to 255 characters. It must be consistent
with the authentication string of sham link peer.
key Specifies authentication string at the interface, 16
characters at most. It must be consistent with the
authentication string of sham link peer. When the
display current-configuration command is executed,
the system displays the 24-character MD5
authentication string in cipher text. You can also input
24-character authentication string in cipher text.
dead seconds Specifies interval for the dead timer, in range of 1 to
8192 seconds. By default, it is 40 seconds. It must be
consistent with the value of dead seconds for sham
link peer.
hello seconds Specifies interval between Hello message transmissions
at the interface, in range of 1 to 8192 seconds. By
default, it is 10 seconds. It must be consistent with the
value of hello seconds for sham link peer.
retransmit seconds Specifies internal for LSA message retransmission at
the interface, in range of 1 to 8192 seconds. By
default, it is 5 seconds.
trans-delay seconds
Specifies delay period for LSA message transmission at
the interface, in range of 1 to 8192 seconds. By
default, it is 1 second.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sham-link 2755
Command Reference
Example Configure a sham link, with source address 1.1.1.1 and destination address 2.2.2.2.
[ 3Com- ospf - 100- ar ea- 0. 0. 0. 1] sham- l i nk 1. 1. 1. 1 2. 2. 2. 2 cost 100
OSPF Area view
Description In the OSPF PE-CE connection, suppose that in an OSPF area there are two sites
belonging to the same VPN. They are connected to different PE routers and there is an
intra-domain OSPF link (backdoor) between them. Though there may be other routes
connecting the two sites via PE routers, these routes are inter-area routes, and OSPF
will first select those routes through the backdoor link. Sometimes, users desire to
select the routes first through VPN backbone. Hence it is required to establish sham
links between PE routers. In this case, the routes through VPN backbone are of the
highest priority within the OSPF area.
The sham link between VPN PE routers is taken as a link within the OSPF area. Its
source and destination addresses are both loopback interface addresses with 32-bit
mask, which must be bound to a VPN instance and imported into BGP through a
direct-connect route. The optional parameters can be appended in the sham link
command and only those appended in the sham link command can be selected in
the undo command.
CAUTION:
The source and destination addresses of a sham link are both loopback interface
addresses with 32-bit mask, which must be bound to a VPN instance and
imported into BGP through a direct-connect route.
The source and destination addresses of a sham link cannot be the same.
The same sham link cannot be configured for different OSPF processes.
50 sham links can be configured for an OSPF process at most.
2756 shdsl mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shdsl mode
Purpose Use the shdsl mode command to set the operating mode of the G.SHDSL interface.
Use the undo shdsl mode command to restore the default.
Syntax shdsl mode { co | cpe }
undo shdsl mode
Parameters co
Sets to the central office (CO) mode.
cpe
Sets to the customer premises equipment (CPE) mode.
Default By default, the G.SHDSL interface is operating in CPE mode.
Example Set the operating mode of interface ATM 1/0/0 to CO mode.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] shdsl mode co
Description On a back-to-back connection, you must set one end to CO mode and the other end
to CPE mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family shdsl psd 2757
Command Reference
shdsl psd
Purpose Use the shdsl psd command to set PSD of the G.SHDSL interface working as CPE.
It is not necessarily the same as the one set at CO.
Use the undo shdsl psd command to restore the default.
Syntax shdsl psd { asymmetry | symmetry }
undo shdsl psd
Parameters asymmetry
Asymmetric mode, where different power spectral
densities (PSD) are set for the central office (CO) and
the customer premises equipment (CPE).
symmetry Symmetric mode, where the same PSD is set for the
CO and CPE.
Power spectral density (PSD) is the amount of power per unit (density) of frequency
(spectral) as a function of the frequency. PSD describes how the power of a time
series is distributed with frequency.
Default By default, the PSD of the G.SHDSL interface is in symmetric mode.
Example Set the PSD of the G.SHDSL interface to asymmetric mode.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] shdsl psd asymmetry
2758 shdsl rate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shdsl rate
Purpose Use the shdsl rate command to set single-pair interface rate of the SHDSL
interface or just select auto-negotiation mode. You can specify maximum line rate.
Use the undo shdsl rate command to restore the default.
Syntax shdsl rate { auto | rate }
undo shdsl rate
Parameters auto Auto-negotiation mode, which is the default.
rate Sets maximum single-pair rate of the G.SHDSL
interface, in the range 192 kbps to 2,312 kbps.
For four-wire (dual-pair) G.SHDSL, interface rate is two times that of single-pair
rate. For example, if you set single-pair rate to 2,312 kbps, four-wire interface rate
is 4,624 kbps.
Because four-wire G.SHDSL interfaces cannot negotiate rate, do not set their
single-pair interface rate to auto mode.
Default By default, the rate of two-wire G.SHDSL interface is set to auto-negotiation mode;
the single-pair interface rate of four-wire G.SHDSL interface is set to 2,312 kbps
(four-wire G.SHDSL interface rate is 4,624 kbps).
Example Restore the auto-negotiation mode on the interface.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] undo shdsl rate
Description You can set the line rate in the range 192 to 2,312 kbps in steps of 64 kbps. The
overload displayed in interface view includes an additional 8 kbits.
In actual applications, likelihood exists that maximum downlink rate could not reach
the specified rate as restricted by ATU-C and line conditions. If you select the auto
mode, the CPE and CO can negotiate a rate commensurate with the current line
condition during the activating process. If fixed rates are set at the two ends, the two
parties negotiate rate. In case the lower rate between them cannot be provided, the
line could not be activated.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family shdsl snr-margin 2759
Command Reference
shdsl snr-margin
Purpose Use the shdsl snr-margin command to set a target margin to signal-to-noise
ratio (SNR).
Use the undo shdsl snr-margin command to restore the default.
Syntax shdsl snr-margin [ current current-margin-value ] [ snext
snext-margin-value ]
undo shdsl snr-margin
Parameters current-margin-value
Sets a target margin. Valid values are 0 to 10.
If no value is specified, the default is 2. During SHDSL
line training, this target margin is considered in
addition to the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) threshold. A
larger margin value means increased link stability and
noise suppression ability.
snext-margin-value
Sets a target margin. Valid values are 0 to 10.
If no value is specified, the default is 2. During SHDSL
line training, this target margin is considered in
addition to the SNEXT threshold. A larger margin value
means increased link stability and noise suppression
ability.
Default By default, current-margin-value is set to 2 and snext-margin-value is set to 0.
Example Set current-margin-value to 5.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] shdsl snr-margin current 5
Description Setting margin can affect maximum rate of the line. When line condition is good, you
can set a small margin to obtain higher rate. When much noise is around the line, this
may cause disconnection however.
2760 shdsl wire 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shdsl wire
Purpose Use the shdsl wire command to set the operating mode of the current G.SHDSL
interface.
Use the undo shdsl wire command to restore the default.
Syntax shdsl wire { 2 | 4-auto-enhanced | 4-standard | 4-enhanced }
undo shdsl wire
Parameters 2 Two-wire mode.
4-auto-enhanced Four-wire auto-switch mode. When this mode is
enabled, the four-wire enhanced mode is used first
when the local end negotiates with the remote end. If
the remote end is not operating in four-wire enhanced
mode, the local end uses the four-wire standard mode
for negotiation. When four-wire auto-switch mode is
adopted, the remote end can be set to operate in
four-wire enhanced mode or four-wire standard mode.
4-standard
Four-wire standard mode. In this mode, the two pairs
of these four wires must start negotiation at the same
time; in addition, the remote end must be set to
operate in four-wire standard mode as well.
4-enhanced
Four-wire enhanced mode. In this mode, the two pairs
of the four wires can start negotiation separately; in
addition, the remote end must be set to operate in
four-wire enhanced mode as well.
Default By default, the four-wire G.SHDSL interface operates in four-wire enhanced mode.
Example Set a four-wire G.SHDSL interface to operate in four-wire auto-switch mode.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] shdsl wire 4-auto-enhanced
ATM (G. SHDSL) Interface view
Description The shdsl wire command is available with four-wire G.SHDSL devices only.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family shell 2761
Command Reference
shell
Purpose Use the shell command to enable terminal services on the user interface.
Use the undo shell command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax shell
undo shell
Parameters None
Default By default, terminal services are enabled on all user interfaces.
Example Disable terminal services on the VTYs 0 through 4.
[3Com-ui-vty0-4] undo shell
The following information appears when a Telnet terminal logs in:
The connection was closed by the remote host!
User Interface view
Description If you want to enable telnet redirect, you must configure this command.
The following are the restrictions on the use of the undo shell command:
You cannot execute the command on the console port.
When the AUX port on your router functions as the console port, you cannot
execute the command on it.
These restrictions do not apply to other types of user interfaces.
2762 shell priority high 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shell priority high
Purpose Use the shell priority high command to set command execution first.
Use the undo shell priority high command to remove command execution
first.
Syntax shell priority high
undo shell priority high
Parameters None
Default By default, shell priority high is disabled.
Example Set command execution first.
[ 3Com] shel l pr i or i t y hi gh
System view
Description The possessing rate of the CPU of a router exceeding 50% may result in the low
reaction speed on the Console interface because the system defaults to give higher
priority to data forwarding. Here you can use the command to make the system
process command executions first.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family shutdown 2763
Command Reference
shutdown
Purpose Use the shutdown command to shut down the CPOS physical interface.
Use the undo shutdown command to enable the CPOS physical interface.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Parameters None
Default By default, the CPOS physical interface is enabled.
Example Disable CPOS physical interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] shut down
CPOS Interface view
Description Executing the shutdown command on the CPOS physical interface disables all E1/T1
channels and serial interfaces formed by timeslot bundles. They stop transmitting or
receiving data as a result. If you execute the undo shutdown command on the
CPOS physical interface again, all E1/T1 channels and the serial interfaces go up.
2764 shutdown 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shutdown
Purpose Use the shutdown command to shut down the Ethernet port.
Use the undo shutdown command to enable the Ethernet port.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Parameters None
Default By default, the Ethernet port is enabled.
Example Enable port Ethernet 1/0/1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] undo shut down
Ethernet Port view
Command Reference
shutdown
Purpose Use the shutdown command to disable the current switching PVC.
Use the undo shutdown command to enable the current switching PVC.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Default By default, the switching PVC is enabled.
Example Disable the current switching PVC.
[ 3Com] f r swi t ch pvc1 i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 dl ci 100 i nt er f ace ser i al
2/ 0/ 0 dl ci 200
[ 3Com- f r - swi t chi ng- pvc1] shut down
Frame Relay Switching view
2766 shutdown 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shutdown
Purpose Use the shutdown command to shut down the interface.
Use the undo shutdown command to enable the interface.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Parameters None
Example Shut down Ethernet 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] shut down
%Dec 15 13: 48: 39: 630 2004 28- 31 PHY/ 2/ PHY: Et her net 0/ 0: change
st at us t o down
%Dec 15 13: 48: 39: 730 2004 28- 31 I FNET/ 5/ UPDOWN: Li ne pr ot ocol on t he
i nt er f ace Et
her net 0/ 0 i s DOWN
Interface view
Description This command can take effect not only on physical interfaces but also on loopback,
tunnel and MFR interfaces.
In some special circumstances, after modifying the operating parameters on an
interface for example, the modification cannot take effect immediately. To make new
configurations take effect, you must perform the commands shutdown and undo
shutdown on the interface, or alternatively the restart command.
Command Reference
shutdown
Purpose Use the shutdown command to disable the MSDP peer specified.
Use the undo shutdown command to remove the configuration.
Syntax shutdown peer-address
undo shutdown peer-address
Parameters peer-address IP address of MSDP peer.
Default By default, no MSDP peer is disabled.
Example Disable the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] shutdown 125.10.7.6
MSDP view
2768 shutdown (in Voice Entity View) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
shutdown (in Voice Entity View)
Purpose Use the shutdown command in voice entity view to configure to change the
management status of specified voice entity from UP to DOWN.
Use the undo shutdown command in voice entity view to restore the voice entity
management status from DOWN to UP.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Parameters None
Default By default, the voice entity management status is UP.
Example Change the status of voice entity 4 to DOWN.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y4] shut down
Voice Entity view
Description Running command shutdown will cause the voice entity unable to make calls.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family shutdown (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) 2769
Command Reference
shutdown (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Purpose Use the shutdown command in voice subscriber-line view to configure the voice
subscriber-line from UP to DOWN.
Use the undo shutdown command in voice subscriber-line to restore the voice
subscriber-line from DOWN to UP.
Syntax shutdown
undo shutdown
Parameters None
Default By default, the voice subscriber-line status is UP.
Example Shut down voice subscriber-line 0/0/0.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] shut down
The function of the POTS voice subscriber-line specified by the command shutdown
is disabled, whereas using command undo shutdown will enable all the voice
subscriber-lines on the voice card.
2770 signal-value 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
signal-value
Purpose Use the signal-value command to configure the digital E&M subscriber-line to
receive and transmit the ABCD bits of idle signaling and seizure signaling.
Use the undo signal-value command to restore the bits of the corresponding
signaling to the default value.
Syntax signal-value { r ecei ved i dl e | r ecei ved sei ze | t r ansmi t - bi t s i dl e |
t r ansmi t sei ze } ABCD
undo signal-value { r ecei ved i dl e | r ecei ved sei ze | t r ansmi t - bi t s i dl e
| t r ansmi t sei ze }
Parameters received idle The digital E&M subscriber-line receives idle signaling.
received seize
The digital E&M subscriber-line receives the seizure
signaling.
transmit idle
That the digital E&M subscriber-line transmits the idle
signaling.
transmit seize The digital E&M subscriber-line transmits the seizure
signaling.
ABCD
The default value of each signaling bit in a
transmission. It is valued to be either 0 or 1. By default,
the ABCD bits value of the received and transmitted
idle signaling are 1101 and those of seizure signaling
on the digital E&M subscriber-line are 1101
Example Set the ABCD bits of seizure signaling transmitted by the digital E&M subscriber-line
are 1011.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0: 0] si gnal - val ue t r ansmi t sei ze 1011
When the router and its peer device, such as a PBX, communicate using the digital
E&M signaling, it should be ensured that they interpret the ABCD bits of the received
and transmitted idle signaling and seizure signaling in the same way. That is, the
signaling of the same type should have the same bit value at both ends.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family silence-th-span 2771
Command Reference
silence-th-span
Purpose Use the silence-th-span command to set the silence detection parameters that
have the system take automatic on-hook action.
Use the undo silence-th-span command to restore the default.
Syntax silence-th-span threshold time-length
undo silence-th-span
Parameters threshold
Silence detection threshold. If the voice signal from the
switch is smaller than this value, the system regards it
as silence. This threshold ranges from 0 to 200 and
defaults to 20. Normally, the signal amplitude on the
links without traffic is in the range 2 to 5.
time-length
Duration of silence detection. Upon expiration of this
duration, the system goes on-hook automatically. It
ranges from 2 to 7200 (default) seconds.
Example Set the silence detection threshold to 20 and the duration to 10 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] si l ence- t h- span 20 10
FXO Subscriber-Line view
Description Silence detection-based disconnection applies to prevent an FXO interface from
hanging when the busy tone parameters provided by the connected PBX are special.
In normal cases, you need not to use this function to tune the busy tone detection
parameters and any misconfiguration may result in incorrect disconnection.
When configuring this command, you are recommended to test multiple parameter
sets for the one that allows quick resource release on the FXO interface after the user
hangs up while eliminating the likelihood of incorrect on-hook.
2772 silent-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
silent-interface
Purpose Use the silent-interface command to disable a specified interface to transmit
IS-IS packet.
Use the undo silent-interface command to enable the interface to transmit
IS-IS packet.
Syntax silent-interface interface-type interface-number
undo silent-interface interface-type interface-number
Specifies the interface type.
interface-number
Specifies the interface number.
Default By default, all the interface are allowed to transmit/receive IS-IS packets.
Example Prohibit the IS-IS packets to be transmitted via Interface Ethernet1/0/0.
[ 3Com- i si s] si l ent - i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 0[ 3Com- i si s]
si l ent - i nt er f ace Et her net 1/ 0/ 0
IS-IS view
Description The silent-interface command is only used to restrain the IS-IS packets not to
be sent on the interface, but the interface routes still can be sent from other
interfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family silent interface 2773
Command Reference
silent interface
Purpose Use the silent-interface command to disable an interface to transmit OSPF
packet.
Use the undo silent-interface command to restore the default setting.
Syntax silent-interface interface-type interface-number
undo silent-interface interface-type interface-number
Specifies the interface type
interface-number
Default By default, the interface is enabled to transmit OSPF packet.
Example Disable interface serial2/0/0 to transmit OSPF packet.
[3Com -ospf-1] silent-interface serial2/0/0
Disable interface Ethernet2/0/0 to transmit OSPF packet in both OSPF process 100
and OSPF process 200.
[3Com ] router id 10.110.1.9
[3Com ] ospf 100
[3Com -ospf-100] silent-interface ethernet 2/0/0
[3Com -ospf-100] quit
[3Com ] router id 20.18.0.7
[3Com ] ospf 200
[3Com -ospf-200] silent-interface ethernet 2/0/0
OSPF view
Description You can use this command to disable an interface to transmit OSPF packet, so as to
prevent the router on some network from receiving the OSPF routing information.
Different processes can disable the same interface to transmit OSPF packet. While
silent-interface command only takes effect on the interface enabled with
OSPF by this process, being invalid for the interface enabled by other processes.
2774 simultaneous-bindings 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
simultaneous-bindings
Purpose Use the simultaneous-bindings command to enable simultaneous binding.
Use the undo simultaneous-bindings command to disable simultaneous
binding.
Syntax simultaneous-bindings enable
undo simultaneous-bindings enable
Parameters None
Default By default, simultaneous binding is not enabled.
Example Enable simultaneous binding on the MR.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-MobileRouter] simultaneous-bindings enable
MR view
Description If both an MR and its HA support simultaneous binding, the HA retains the MRs prior
mobility binding information, including multiple care-of addresses of the MR.
Otherwise, the HA replaces the prior mobility binding information with the new
binding information specified in the registration request.
Multiple simultaneous mobility bindings are likely to be useful when an MN using at
least one wireless network interface moves within a wireless transmission range with
more than one foreign agent. When the HA allows simultaneous bindings, it tunnels
a separate copy of each packet to each care-of address of the MR, and the MR will
receive multiple copies of each packet destined for it.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sip 2775
Command Reference
sip
Purpose Use the sip command to access SIP client view.
Syntax sip
Parameters None
Example Access SIP client view.
[ Rout er - voi ce] si p
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p]
Voice view
Description Before you can configure a SIP client, you should first access the appropriate SIP client
view.
2776 sip-call 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sip-call
Purpose Use the sip-call command to enable globally supplementary service. body style
(undo command description goes here)
Use the undo sip-call command to disable globally supplementary service.
Syntax sip-call { forwarding | waiting | transfer }
undo sip-call { forwarding | waiting | transfer }
Parameters forwarding Enables call forwarding.
waiting Enables call waiting.
transfer Enables call transfer.
Default All supplementary service is enabled
Example Enable SIP call forwarding.
[ 3Com- voi ce- si p] si p- cal l f or war di ng
SIP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sip-comp 2777
Command Reference
sip-comp
Purpose Use the sip-comp command to configure a SIP compatibility option.
Use the undo sip-comp command to restore the default setting of a SIP
compatibility option.
Syntax sip-comp { cal l ee | f r om| ser ver }
undo sip-comp { cal l ee | f r om| ser ver }
Parameters callee
Extracts the called number from the To field.
from
Configures the device to use the IP address in the To
field as the IP address in the From field when sending a
SIP request. By default, the From field indicates the
calling address and the To field indicates the called
address.
server
Allows the Server field to be included in requests.
According to RFC 3261, the Server field is an optional
field in responses.
Example Configure the device to use the IP address in the To field as the IP address in the From
field when sending a SIP request.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] si p- comp f r om
Configure this command when the router intercommunicates with Softx3000 system
through Fax.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] si p- comp t 38
SIP Client view
2778 sip-comp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sip-comp
Purpose Use the sip-comp command to configure a SIP compatibility option.
Use the undo sip-comp command to restore the default setting of a SIP
compatibility option.
Syntax sip-comp { callee | from | server [ string ] | t38}
undo sip-comp { callee | from | server | t38 }
Parameters callee Extracts the called number from the To field.
from Configures the device to use the IP address in the To
field as the IP address in the From field when sending a
SIP request. By default, the from field indicates the
calling address and the to field indicates the called
address.
server
Allows the Server field to be included in requests.
According to RFC 3261, the Server field is an optional
field in responses.
String
Character string that indicates the Server field
information, comprised of 1 to 31 characters.
If no value is specified, the default is 3Com-Router.
t38 Indicates that in the Reinvite message that the device
sends, three fax parameters are compatible with
Softx3000 system.
Example Configure the device to use the IP address in the To field as the IP address in the From
field when sending a SIP request.
[Router-voice-sip] sip-comp from
Configure this command when the router intercommunicates with Softx3000 system
through Fax.
[Router-voice-sip] sip-comp t38
SIP Client view
Description The sip-comp from command can be used in the case that voice gateway has
passed sip proxy call authentication and the IP addresses of From and To field must be
the same. Do not configure this command in other cases.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sip-comp agent 2779
Command Reference
sip-comp agent
Purpose Use the sip-comp agent command to configure including user-agent field in SIP
request.
Use the undo sip-comp command to configure not including user-agent field in
SIP request.
Syntax sip-comp agent [agent-info ]
undo sip-comp agent
Parameters agent
Includes the user-agent field in SIP request.
agent-info
Character string that indicates the user-agent field
information, comprised of 1 to 31 characters. If no
value is specified, the default is 3Com-Router.
Default By default, user-agent field is not included in SIP request.
Example Configure the user-agent field be included in SIP request, and the value is h3c.
[Router-voice-sip] sip-comp agent h3c
Configure the user-agent field be included in SIP request,, and uses the default value.
[Router-voice-sip] sip-comp agent
Configure the user-agent field not to be included in SIP request.
[Router-voice-sip] undo sip-comp agent
SIP Client view
2780 sip-domain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sip-domain
Purpose Use the sip-domain command to configure the domain name of a SIP server.
Use the undo sip-domain command to delete the domain name of the SIP server.
Syntax sip-domain domain-name
undo sip-domain
Domain name of the SIP server. Valid values are 1 to 31
characters.
Default By default, a SIP server is identified by its IP address instead of domain name.
Example Configure a SIP servers domain name hello.com.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] si p- domai n hel l o. com
SIP Client view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sip-id 2781
Command Reference
sip-id
Purpose Use the sip-id command to set ID of the local gateway and configure its SIP
Use the undo sip-id command to restore the default.
Syntax sip-id id passwor d { si mpl e | ci pher } password
undo sip-id
Parameters id
SIP ID of router, which is a case sensitive character
string in the range 1 to 31 and defaults to
VRP-GATEWAY.
simple Displays the configuration of SIP-ID password in plain
text.
cipher
Displays the configuration of SIP-ID password in
ciphertext.
password
SIP authentication password of the gateway, which
defaults to VRP-SIP.
Default By default, SIP ID of gateway is VRP-GATEWAY and authentication password is
VRP-SIP.
Example Set SIP ID of the router to 3Com, password to 1234, and display mode to ciphertext.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] si p- i d 3Compasswor d ci pher 1234
SIP Client view
Description During the SIP message interaction, the local device may be required by the remote
SIP device to provide SIP ID and password for authentication. You can use this
command however only when the register-enable off command is
configured.
2782 sip-server 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sip-server
Purpose Use the sip-server command to configure address information of SIP proxy server
and define call requests that can be accepted.
Use the undo sip-server command to restore the default.
Syntax sip-server { mast er | sl aver } ip-address por t port-number [ i nbound |
al l ]
undo sip-server
Parameters master
Master proxy server.
slaver
Slave proxy server.
ip-address
IPv4 address.
port port-number
Port number, which is in the range 1 to 65535 and
defaults to 5060.
inbound Accepts only SIP call requests from the specified server.
all Accepts all the SIP call requests.
Default By default, all the SIP call requests are accepted.
Example Set the address of master SIP proxy server to 169.54.5.10 and port number to 1120.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] si p- ser ver mast er 169. 54. 5. 10 por t 1120 al l
SIP Client view
Description You can use this command to configure master and slave SIP proxy servers. During an
interaction, requests are sent to the slave proxy server if the master is not available.
You can use this command however only when the register-enable off
command is configured.
If the inbound keyword applies, only SIP call requests from the specified proxy server
are acceptable; if the all keyword applies, all the SIP call requests are acceptable.
The address configured here should be consistent with that assigned to the specified
SIP proxy server at the time of networking.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family selectlanguage 2783
Command Reference
selectlanguage
Purpose Use the selectlanguage command to enable or disable the voice gateway to play
the prompt language selection message in the voice caller number process. This
command only applies to the voice caller number process.
Syntax selectlanguage { di sabl e | enabl e }
Parameters disable
Disables language selection.
enable
Enables language selection.
Default By default, language selection is disabled.
Example Disable prompt language selection.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum163] sel ect l anguage di sabl e
Enable prompt language selection.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - anum163] sel ect l anguage enabl e
Description With language selection enabled, the voice gateway plays a message asking the user
to select a prompt language and then to input the called number. If language
selection is disabled, the called number input prompt is played in Chinese after
authentication.
2784 slic-gain 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
slic-gain
Purpose Use the slic-gain command to configure the output gain of the SLIC chip.
Use the undo slic-gain command to restore the default or 0.
Syntax slic-gain { 0 | 1 }
undo slic-gain
Parameters 0
Sets the output gain of the subscriber line interface
circuit (SLIC) chip to 0.8 dB (the default).
1 Sets the output gain of the SLIC chip to 2.1 dB (the
default).
Example Set SLIC-gain to 1 in analog E&M voice subscriber-line view.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0] sl i c- gai n 1
Analog E&M Voice Subscriber-Line view
Description The underlying layer tunes signal gain through the SLIC chip.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent 2785
Command Reference
snmp-agent
Purpose Use the snmp-agent command to enable SNMP agent.
Use the undo snmp-agent command to disable SNMP agent.
Syntax snmp-agent
undo snmp-agent
Parameters None
Default By default, SNMP agent is disabled.
Example Disable the operating SNMP agent.
[3Com] undo snmp-agent
System view
Description Note that you can enable SNMP agent with any snmp-agent command but not
their undo form. When SNMP agent is disabled, configuring the undo form of any
SNMP agent command is useless.
2786 snmp-agent community 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent community
Purpose Use the snmp-agent community command to configure the read/write attribute
of a community, the MIB view that it can access, and the ACL applied to it. The
configuration overwrites the old configuration of the community, if there is any.
Use the undo snmp-agent community command to cancel the setting.
Syntax snmp-agent community { read | write } community-name [ [ mib-view
view-name ] | [ acl acl-number ] ]*
undo snmp-agent community community-name
Parameters read
Indicates that the community name has read-only
access to the specified view.
write
Indicates that the community name has read-write
access to the specified view.
community-name
Community string.
mib-view
MIB view that the specified community can access.
view-name
Specifies a MIB view.
acl
Applies an ACL to the community name.
acl-number
Number of the ACL. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Example Set the community name to comaccess and grant it read-only access.
[3Com] snmp-agent community read comaccess
Set the community name to mgr and grant it read-write access.
[3Com] snmp-agent community write mgr
Delete the community name comaccess.
[3Com] undo snmp-agent community comaccess
System view
Related Commands snmp-agent group
snmp-agent usm-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent group 2787
Command Reference
snmp-agent group
Purpose Use the snmp-agent group command to configure a new SNMP group, or to map
an SNMP user or group to an SNMP view.
Use the undo snmp-agent group command to delete a specified SNMP group.
Syntax snmp-agent group { v1 | v2c } group-name { [ read read-view ] | [ write
write-view ] | [ notify notify-view ] } [ acl acl-number ]
snmp-agent group { v1 | v2c } group-name acl acl-number
undo snmp-agent group { v1 | v2c } group-name
snmp-agent group v3 group-name [ authentication | privacy ] { [ read
read-view ] | [ write write-view ] | [ notify notify-view ] } [ acl
acl-number ]
snmp-agent group v3 group-name acl acl-number
undo snmp-agent group v3 group-name [ authentication | privacy ]
Parameters v1
V1 security model.
v2c
V2c security model.
v3
V3 security model.
group-name
Group name. Valid vlaues are 1 to 32 bytes.
authentication
Authenticates the packets without encryption.
privacy Both authenticates and encrypts the packets.
read Specifies a read-only view.
read-view Name of the read-only view. Valid values are 1 to 32
bytes.
write
Specifies a read-write view.
write-view
Name of the read-write view. Valid values are 1 to 32
bytes.
notify
Specifies a notify view.
notify-view
Name of the notify view. Valid values are 1 to 32 bytes.
acl
Specifies an ACL for the SNMP group.
acl-number
Standard ACL. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Default By default, the snmp-agent group group-name v3 command does not provide
authentication or encryption.
2788 snmp-agent group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Create the SNMPv3 group named Johngroup.
[3Com] snmp-agent group v3 Johngroup
System view
Description If no view is specified, the snmp-agent group v3 command considers
ViewDefault view as read-only by default. The rights of other views needs
configuration.
The snmp-agent group { v1 | v2c } command configures the SNMP community
attribute. Its default is the same as the snmp-agent group v3 command.
Related Commands snmp-agent mib-view
snmp-agent usm-user
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent local-engineid 2789
Command Reference
snmp-agent local-engineid
Purpose Use the snmp-agent local-engineid command to configure an engine ID for
the local SNMP entity.
Use the undo snmp-agent local-engineid command to remove the current
setting.
Syntax snmp-agent local-engineid engineid
undo snmp-agent local-engineid
Parameters engineid
Engine ID string, comprised of 10 to 64 hexadecimal
numbers.
Default The default engine ID is enterprise number plus equipment information. Equipment
information can be an IP address, MAC address or a hexadecimal number string
defined using this command.
Example Set the name of the local equipment to 123456789A.
[3Com] snmp-agent local-engineid 123456789A
System view
Related Command snmp-agent usm-user
2790 snmp-agent mib-view 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent mib-view
Purpose Use the snmp-agent mib-view command to create or update the information
about a view.
Use the undo snmp-agent mib-view command to delete the view information.
Syntax snmp-agent mib-view { included | excluded } view-name oid-tree
undo snmp-agent mib-view view-name
Parameters view-name Name of the view.
oid-tree OID MIB subtree for the MIB object subtree. It can be a
character string of the variable OID or a character
string of variable name, for example, 1.4.5.3.1,
system, or 1.4.5.*.*.1.
included
Includes the MIB subtree.
excluded
Excludes the MIB subtree.
Default By default, the view name is ViewDefault and the OID is 1.3.6.1.
Example Create a view that includes all MIB-II objects.
[3Com] snmp-agent mib-view included mib2 1.3.6.1
System view
Description This command accepts both variable OID strings and node names.
Related Command snmp-agent group
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent packet max-size 2791
Command Reference
snmp-agent packet max-size
Purpose Use the snmp-agent packet max-size command to set the maximum length of
the SNMP packets that the agent can receive/send.
Use the undo snmp-agent packet max-size command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax snmp-agent packet max-size byte-count
undo snmp-agent packet max-size
Parameters byte-count
Maximum length (in bytes) of the SNMP packets that
the agent can receive/send. Valid values are 484 to
17940.
Example Set the maximum length of SNMP packets that the agent can receive/send to 1042
bytes.
[3Com] snmp-agent packet max-size 1042
System view
2792 snmp-agent sys-info 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent sys-info
Purpose Use the snmp-agent sys-info command to set system information, including
system contact, physical location of the node, and SNMP version.
Use the undo snmp-agent sys-info command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax snmp-agent sys-info { contact sysContact | location sysLocation |
version { { v1 | v2c | v3 } * | all } }
undo snmp-agent sys-info { contact | location | version { { v1 | v2c |
v3 } * | all } }
Parameters contact
Sets the system contact.
sysContact
System contact string.
location Sets the physical location of the node.
sysLocation Physical location of the node.
version Sets the SNMP version.
v1 SNMPv1.
v2c SNMPv2c.
v3 SNMPv3.
* Indicates to select from the three options of v1, v2c
and v3, at least one and at most all.
all
SNMPv1, SNMPv2c and SNMPv3.
Default By default, the system contact is R&D Marborough, MA, 3Com Corporation, system
location is Marborough, MA and the version is SNMPv3.
Example Set the system contact to call Operator at 010-82882488.
[3Com] snmp-agent sys-info contact call Operator at 010-82882488
System view
Related Command display snmp-agent sys-info
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent target-host 2793
Command Reference
snmp-agent target-host
Purpose Use the snmp-agent target-host command to set the destination that receives
SNMP notifications.
Use the undo snmp-agent target-host command to cancel the current
setting.
Use the snmp-agent target-host command in conjunction with the
snmp-agent trap enable command.
Syntax snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain X.X.X.X [ udp-port
port-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] params securityname
security-string [ v1 | v2c | v3 [ authentication | privacy ] ]
undo snmp-agent target-host X.X.X.X securityname security-string
Parameters trap
Specifies a host as the trap host.
address
Specifies the target host address in the SNMP
messages to be transmitted.
udp-domain
Specifies that the transport domain of the target host
is UDP based.
X.X.X.X IP address of the host.
udp-port Specifies the UDP port.
port-number
Specifies the port that receives traps.
vpn-instance vpn-name
specifies VPN instance name.
params
Specifies the log host that generates SNMP messages.
securityname
Specifies an SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c community name or
an SNMPv3 user name.
security-string
SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c community name, or SNMPv3
user name, in the range 1 to 32 bytes.
v1 SNMPv1.
v2c SNMPv2c.
v3 SNMPv3.
authentication Authenticates packets without encryption.
privacy Both authenticates and encrypts packets.
Example Allow the router to send SNMP traps to 10.1.1.1, using the community name of
comaccess.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap enable standard
[3Com] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 10.1.1.1 params
securityname comaccess
2794 snmp-agent target-host 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Send SNMP traps to 10.1.1.1, using the community name of public.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap enable standard
securityname public
Send traps to 202.38.160.6 in private network blue, using the community name of
public.
[3Com] snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain 202.38.160.6
udp-port 5000 vpn-instance blue params securityname public
System view
Description The snmp-agent trap enable command enables a device to send traps. To have
a host send notifies, you need to configure the snmp-agent target-host
command on it.
In an MPLS L3VPN network environment, a CE, a Quidview NMS for example, on a
private network can use SNMP to manage PEs. To this end, you must specify the VPN
instance to which the SNMP trap host belongs on PEs so these PEs can send back
SNMP messages in response to the SNMP get/set requests from the CE. If a PE has no
direct connection to the CE, you must specify a source interface for traps in addition.
Related Commands snmp-agent trap enable
snmp-agent trap source
snmp-agent trap life
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap enable 2795
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable command to enable the device to send traps
and set the trap and notification parameters.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable [ trap-type [ trap-list ] ]
undo snmp-agent trap enable [ trap-type [ trap-list ] ]
Parameters trap-type
Specifies the trap type, or the module where traps are
sent.
trap-list Parameter list corresponding to the trap type.
Default By default, trap sending is enabled on all modules.
Example Allow the system to send SNMP authentication traps to 10.1.1.1, with the trap
format of SNMPv2c and the community name of public.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap enable standard authentication
securityname public v2c
Allow the system to send all types of BGP traps to 10.1.1.1. Set the trap format to
SNMPv3. Authenticate the traps without encryption and set the use name to super.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap enable bgp
securityname super v3 authentication
System view
Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable command in conjunction with the
snmp-agent target-host command, which specifies the hosts to which the
traps are sent. To send traps, you must configure at least one snmp-agent
target-host command.
The snmp-agent trap enable command without any parameters specified
allows the device to send all types of SNMP traps from all the modules.
The trap-type argument specifies the module where traps are sent. It can be bgp,
configuration, flash, ldp, lsp, ospf, standard, system, voice, and vrrp.
2796 snmp-agent trap enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The standard traps include authentication, coldstart, linkdown, linkup, and
warmstart.
Related Commands snmp-agent target-host
snmp-agent trap-timeout
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card 2797
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card command to enable SNMP
agent trap function on the encryption card.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card command to disable
SNMP agent trap function on the card.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card
undo snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card
Parameters None
Default By default, the function is enabled.
Example Enable the trap function on the encryption card.
[ Rout er ] snmp- agent t r ap enabl e encr ypt - car d
System view
Description When combined with appropriate NM configuration, the trap function allows you to
view information about card reboot, state transition and packet loss processing on
the Console of the NM station or router.
2798 snmp-agent trap enable ldp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable ldp
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable ldp command to enable Trap function in
MPLS LDP creation.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable ldp command to disable Trap
function in MPLS LDP creation.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable ldp
undo snmp-agent trap enable ldp
Parameters None
Default By default, TRAP function is not enabled during MPLS LDP creation.
Example Enable TRAP function during MPLS LDP creation.
[ 3Com] snmp- agent t r ap enabl e l dp
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap enable lsp 2799
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable lsp
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable lsp command to enable Trap function in
MPLS LSP creation.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable lsp command to disable Trap
function in MPLS LSP creation.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable lsp
undo snmp-agent trap enable lsp
Parameters None
Default By default, TRAP function is disabled during MPLS LSP creation.
Example Enable TRAP function during MPLS LSP creation.
[ 3Com] snmp- agent t r ap enabl e l sp
System view
2800 snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip command to enable the MIP
SNMP trap function. With the function enabled, a trap packet is sent to the network
management software whenever a security violation event occurs.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip command to disable the
MIP SNMP trap function.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip
undo snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip
Parameters None
Default By default, MIP SNMP trap is disabled.
Example Enable the MIP SNMP trap function.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap enable ospf 2801
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap enable ospf
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap enable ospf command to enable the TRAP function
of OSPF.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf command to disable the TRAP
function.
Syntax snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ trap-type ]
undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ trap-type ]
OSPF process number. If no OSPF process number is
specified, this command is valid for all the current
OSPF processes.
trap-type
Type of SNMP TRAP packet transmitted by OSPF. It can
be the keyword in the following table.
Default By default, no OSPF process is enabled to transmit TRAP packets.
Example Enable TRAP function of OSPF process 100.
<3Com > snmp-agent trap enable ospf 100
Table 313 SNMP TRAP type keywords
Keywords Description
ifauthfail Enables the InterfaceAuthenticationFailure trap packets
ifcfgerror Enables the InterfaceConfigError trap packets
ifrxbadpkt Enables the InterfaceRecieveBadPacket trap packets
ifstatechange Enables the InterfaceStateChange trap packets
iftxretransmit Enables the InterfaceTxRetransmitPacket trap packets
lsdbapproachoverflow Enables the LsdbApproachOverflow trap packets
lsdboverflow Enables the LsdbOverflow trap packets
maxagelsa Enables the MaxAgeLsa trap packets
nbrstatechange Enables the NeighborStateChange trap packets
originatelsa Enables the OriginateLsa trap packets
virifauthfail Enables the VirtualInterfaceAuthenticationFailure trap packets
virifcfgerror Enables the VirtualInterfaceConfigError trap packets
virifrxbadpkt Enables the VirtualInterfaceRecieveBadPacket trap packets
virifstatechange Enables the VirtualInterfaceStateChange trap packets
viriftxretransmit Enables the VirtualInterfaceTxRetransmitPacket trap packets
virnbrstatechange Enables the VirtualNeighborStateChange trap packets
2802 snmp-agent trap enable ospf 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
Description This command takes no effect on the OSPF process enabled after its execution.
For detailed configuration of SNMP TRAP, refer to system management section in
this manual.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap life 2803
Command Reference
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap life command to set the lifetime of traps. The
expired traps are discarded without being retained or sent.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap life command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax snmp-agent trap life seconds
undo snmp-agent trap life
Parameters seconds
Lifetime (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 2592000.
Example Set the lifetime of traps to 60 seconds.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap life 60
System view
2804 snmp-agent trap queue-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent trap queue-size
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap queue-size command to set the length of the trap
queue to the specified host.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap queue-size command to cancel the setting.
Syntax snmp-agent trap queue-size size
undo snmp-agent trap queue-size
Parameters size Length of the message queue. Valid values are 1 to
1000.
If no value is specified, the default length is 100.
Example Set the length of the outgoing trap queue to 200.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap queue-size 200
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent trap source 2805
Command Reference
Purpose Use the snmp-agent trap source command to specify the source address of
traps.
Use the undo snmp-agent trap source command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax snmp-agent trap source interface-type interface-number
undo snmp-agent trap source
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Example Specify the IP address of Ethernet interface 1/0/0 as the source address of trap
packets.
[3Com] snmp-agent trap source ethernet 1/0/0
System view
Description The SNMP traps from a server have a trap address, regardless of out which interface
they are sent. Through trap addresses configured using this command, you can trace
a particular event.
2806 snmp-agent usm-user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
snmp-agent usm-user
Purpose Use the snmp-agent usm-user command to add a new user to an SNMP group.
Use the undo snmp-agent usm-user command to delete an SNMP group user.
Syntax snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2c } user-name group-name [ acl acl-number
]
undo snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2c } user-name group-name
snmp-agent usm-user v3 user-name group-name [ [ authentication-mode {
md5 | sha } auth-password ] [ privacy des56 priv-password ] ] [ acl
acl-number ]
undo snmp-agent usm-user v3 user-name group-name { local | engineid
engineid-string }
Parameters v1 V1 security model.
v2c V2c security model.
v3 V3 security model.
user-name User name. Valid values are 1 to 32 bytes.
group-name Name of the group to which the user is assigned. Valid
values are 1 to 32 bytes.
authentication-mode
Sets the security level to authentication.
md5
Sets the authentication protocol to HMAC-MD5-96.
sha
Sets the authentication protocol to HMAC-SHA-96.
auth-password
Authentication password, consisting of a character
string from 1 to 64 bytes.
privacy
Sets the security level to encrypt.
des56
Sets the encryption protocol to DES.
priv-password
Encryption password, consisting of a character string
from 1 to 64 bytes.
acl Sets the ACL applied to the access view.
acl-number Standard ACL. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
local Local entity user.
engineid Specifies the engine ID associated with the user.
engineid-string Engine ID string.
Example Add user John to the SNMP group of Johngroup, setting the security level to
authentication, authentication protocol to HMAC-MD5-96 and password to hello.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family snmp-agent usm-user 2807
Command Reference
[3Com] snmp-agent usm-user v3 John Johngroup authentication-mode md5
hello
System view
Description After you configure a remote user for an agent, engine ID is needed during
authentication. If the engine ID changes after that, the user corresponding to the
original engine ID becomes invalid.
For SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c, this command adds a new community name; for
SNMPv3, it adds a new user to an SNMP group.
Related Commands snmp-agent group
2808 sot counter keepalive 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot counter keepalive
Purpose Use the sot counter keepalive command to specify the number of keepalive
checks before disconnecting from the peer SOT entity.
Use the undo sot counter keepalive command to disable keepalive check
before disconnection. The peer SOT entity is disconnected without keepalive check.
Syntax sot counter keepalive count
undo sot counter keepalive
Parameters count
Maximum number of keepalive checks before
disconnecting from the peer SOT entity. Valid values
are 1 to 10.
Default By default, SOT connection is disconnected without keepalive check.
Example Set maximum number of keepalive checks to four before disconnecting from the peer
SOT entity.
[ Rout er ] sot count er keepal i ve 4
System view
Description The command is used only in SOT local acknowledgement mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sot gather 2809
Command Reference
sot gather
Purpose Use the sot gather command to assign the serial interface to an existing SOT
protocol group.
Use the undo sot gather command to remove the serial interface from its SOT
protocol group.
Syntax sot gather group-number
undo sot gather group-number
Any integer bettween 1 and 255.
Example Assign interface Serial 0/0/0 to SOT protocol group 2.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot gat her 2
Description You can assign a serial interface to only one SOT protocol group. If this group is
operating in simple SOT mode, the interface will operate in simple SOT mode
providing only point-to-point data transmission. If this group is operating in SDLC
mode, the interface operates in pass-through mode or local acknowledgement mode
providing point to multipoint data transmission.
The configuration of the sot gather group-number command will replace the
original one, if there is any.
When the type of the SOT protocol group changes, from simple to SDLC for example,
the SOT configuration on the interface is removed.
Related Command sot group-set
2810 sot group-set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot group-set
Purpose Use the sot group-set command to set up a SOT protocol group.
Use the undo sot group-set command to remove a SOT protocol group.
Syntax sot group-set group-number { si mpl e | sdl c }
undo sot group-set group-number
An integer between 1 and 255.
simple
Simple protocol group, corresponding to simple SOT
mode.
sdlc SDLC protocol group, corresponding to SDLC mode:
pass-through or local.
Default By default, no protocol group is set up.
Example Set up SOT protocol group 5 and specifies its mode to simple.
[ Rout er ] sot gr oup- set 5 si mpl e
Set up SOT protocol group 6 and specifies its mode to SDLC.
[ Rout er ] sot gr oup- set 6 sdl c
System view
Description SDLC protocol groups are well suited to point-to-point or point-to-multipoint SDLC
routing; simple protocol groups are well suited to point-to-point connections.
Related Command sot gather
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sot peer 2811
Command Reference
sot peer
Purpose Use the sot peer command to assign an IP address to the local SOT entity.
Use the undo sot peer command to remove the local SOT entity.
Syntax sot peer ip-address
undo sot peer
Parameters ip-address IP address of the local SOT entity.
Example Assign the IP address 131.108.254.6 to the local SOT entity.
[ Rout er ] sot peer 131. 108. 254. 6
System view
Description The IP address provided in this command must belong to an interface that is always
up, a loopback interface for example. Otherwise, the tunnel cannot be established
and the system prompts that the IP address is not a local address.
2812 sot sdlc broadcast 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot sdlc broadcast
Purpose Use the sot sdlc broadcast command to configure the broadcast address FF for
the connected SDLC terminals, allowing them to receive broadcast frames.
Use the undo sot sdlc broadcast command to disable SDLC broadcast.
Syntax sot sdlc broadcast
undo sot sdlc broadcast
Parameters None
Default By default, SDLC broadcast is disabled.
Example Configure the broadcast address FF for the connected SDLC terminals.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot sdl c br oadcast
Related Command sot send address
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sot sdlc controller 2813
Command Reference
sot sdlc controller
Purpose Use the sot sdlc controller command to configure the SDLC address of a
connected terminal.
Use the undo sot sdlc controller command to remove the SDLC address of a
connected terminal.
Syntax sot sdlc controller sdlc-address
undo sot sdlc controller sdlc-address
SDLC address of the terminal. Valid values are 0 to ff
(exclusive).
Default By default, no terminal is specified.
Example Configure the terminal C2.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot sdl c cont r ol l er c2
Description This command allows the router to implement point-to-multipoint transmission in
SDLC mode, sending packets to multiple connected terminals. This command is used
to have an IBM controller or front end processor to communicate with specified
terminals.
Before you can configure the sdlc controller command on the interface, you
must assign the interface to a SOT protocol group. In addition, multiple terminals can
be configured.
2814 sot sdlc-status primary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot sdlc-status primary
Purpose Use the sot sdlc-status primary command to set the role of the router to
SDLC primary node.
Use the undo sot sdlc-status command to delete the role setting.
Syntax sot sdlc-status primary
undo sot sdlc-status
Parameters None
Default By default, no role is assigned to the router.
Example Specify the router to be SDLC primary node.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot sdl c- st at us pr i mar y
Description In SOT local acknowledgement mode, you must assign a role to the router, depending
on the position of the router in the sequence of primary (IBM host), secondary
(router), primary (router), and secondary (terminal). If the router is connected to
terminals, its role is SDLC primary node. Other SOT modes however, do not involve
the role of primary node.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sot sdlc-status secondary 2815
Command Reference
sot sdlc-status secondary
Purpose Use the sot sdlc-status secondary command to set the role of the router to
SDLC secondary node.
Use the undo sot sdlc-status command to delete the role setting.
Syntax sot sdlc-status secondary
undo sot sdlc-status
Parameters None
Default By default, no role is assigned to the router.
Example Set the role of the router to SDLC secondary node.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot sdl c- st at us secondar y
Description In SOT local acknowledgement mode, you must assign a role to the router, depending
on the position of the router in the sequence of primary (IBM host), secondary
(router), primary (router), and secondary (terminal). If the router is connected to an
IBM host, its role is SDLC secondary node. In broadcast mode, you must set the role of
the router to secondary, regardless of whether it is connected to an IBM host or to a
terminal. Other SOT modes however, do not involve the role of secondary node.
Related Commands ip route
display interface
2816 sot send address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot send address
Purpose Use the sot send address command to configure the route for sending SDLC
frames to the specified specific terminal.
Use the undo sot send address command to remove the specified route.
Syntax sot send address sdlc-address t cp ip-address [ l ocal ] [ send- queue ]
undo sot send address sdlc-address t cp ip-address [ l ocal ] [ send- queue
]
SDLC address of a terminal. Valid values are a
hexadecimal number between 1 and FF.
ip-address
IP address of the peer SOT entity.
local Implements the local acknowledgement function.
send-queue Sets maximum length of the TCP output queue. Valid
vlaues are 10 to 500.
Example Send the SDLC frames destined for SDLC terminal 10 to the peer device (in non-local
mode) with the IP address of 131.108.8.1.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot send addr ess 10 t cp 131. 108. 8. 1
Send the SDLC frames destined for SDLC terminal 10 to the peer device (in local
acknowledgement mode) with the IP address of 131.108.8.1.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot send addr ess 10 t cp 131. 108. 8. 1 l ocal
Description This command is applicable to the following two SDLC modes:
In non-local mode or pass-through mode, the sdlc-address argument ranges
from 1 to FF. When the sdlc-address argument is set to FF, the router sends
SDLC frames to all SDLC terminals connected to it.
In local acknowledgement mode (specified by the local keyword), the
sdlc-address argument ranges from 1 to fe and cannot be the broadcast
address FF.
Related Command sot sdlc broadcast
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sot send all tcp 2817
Command Reference
sot send all tcp
Purpose Use the send all tcp command to forward all received SDLC frames to the
specified address.
Use the undo send all tcp command to disable the router to forward the SDLC
frames received on the interface.
Syntax sot send all tcp ip-address
undo sot send all tcp ip-address
IP address of the peer entity.
Default By default, the received SDLC frames are not forwarded.
Example Forward all SDLC frames received on interface Serial 0/0/0 to the specified IP address
131.108.8.1.
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] sot send al l t cp 131. 108. 8. 1
Description This command is only applicable to simple SOT mode.
2818 sot timer keepalive 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sot timer keepalive
Purpose Use the sot timer keepalive command to configure the keepalive timer.
Use the undo sot timer keepalive command to restore the default.
Syntax sot timer keepalive [ seconds ]
undo sot timer keepalive
Parameters seconds
Keepalive timer (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 300.
Example Set the keepalive timer to 60 seconds.
[ Rout er ] sot t i mer keepal i ve 60
System view
Description Use this command in SOT local acknowledgement mode and in conjunction with the
sot counter keepalive command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family source 2819
Command Reference
source
Purpose Use the tunnel source command to specify the source IP address or source
interface to be filled in the added IP header at the time of tunnel interface
encapsulation.
Use the undo tunnel source command to delete the defined source address or
source interface.
Syntax source { ip-addr | interface-type interface-num }
undo source
Parameters ip-addr Specifies the IP address of the real interface sending
GRE packets in the address format of A.B.C.D.
interface-type
interface-num
Specifies the real interface sending packets by
specifying its interface name and number. These
interfaces include: Ethernet, Serial, ATM, Tunnel, and
Loopback.
system.
Example Configure the interface tunnel5 on the router 3Com1, on which the real output
interface of the encapsulated packet is serial 0/0/0 (with the IP address of the
interface being 192.100.1.1.
Alternatively, you may specify the actual physical interface:
[ 3Com1- Tunnel 5] sour ce ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Description The specified source address of the tunnel is the real interface address sending GRE
packets, which should keep accordance with the specified destination address at the
opposite tunnel interface.
The same source address and destination address cannot be configured on two or
more tunnel interfaces using the same encapsulation protocol.
2820 source 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands: interface tunnel
destination
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family source-interface 2821
Command Reference
source-interface
Purpose Use the source-interface command to configure the source interface in the
transmitted test packets.
Use the undo source-interface command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo source-interface
Interface type.
interface-number
Interface number.
Default By default, no source interface is configured for the transmitted test packets.
Example Specify Ethernet 1 as the source interface in the transmitted test packet.
[Router-administrator-dhcp] source-interface ethernet 1
2822 source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
source-ip
Purpose Use the source-ip command to configure a source IP address for this test.
Use the undo source-ip command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax source-ip ip-address
undo source-ip
Source IP address used in the test.
Example Set the source IP address for this test to 169.254.10.2.
[Router-administrator-icmp] source-ip 169.254.10.2
Description The source IP address in this test defaults to the IP address of the interface where test
packets are to be sent.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family source-ip 2823
Command Reference
source-ip
Purpose Use the source-ip command to bind a source IP address to the router when it
functions as a User Agent (UA).
Syntax source-ip ip-address
undo source-ip
IPv4 address.
Default By default, no SIP source IP address is configured. The peer device will use the source
IP address (namely, the IP address of the interface sending packets on the local device)
in the TCP or UDP packet as the destination address for transmitting packets.
Example Set the local source address to 192.168.1.1.
[Router-voice-sip] source-ip 192.168.1.1
SIP Client view
Description The source address should be the IP address of an existing interface on the router.
You can use this command however only when the register-enable off
2824 source-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
source-policy
Purpose Use the source-policy command to configure a router to filter the multicast data
packet received according to source (group) address.
Use the undo source-policy command to remove the configuration.
Syntax source-policy acl-number
undo source-policy
Parameters acl-number Number of basic or advanced ACL. Valid values are
2000 to 3999.
Example Configure to accept the multicast data packets with source address of 10.10.1.2 and
discard the multicast data packets with source address of 10.10.1.1.
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] source-policy 2001
[3Com-pim] quit
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule permit source 10.10.1.2 0
[3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule deny source 10.10.1.1 0
PIM view
Description This command filters not only multicast data, but also the multicast data encapsulated
in register packet.
If source address filtering and basic ACL are configured, all the multicast data packets
received will be matched with source addresses. The packet which does not pass the
matching will be discarded.
If source address filtering and advanced ACL are configured, all the multicast data
packets received will be matched with source and group addresses. The packet which
does not pass the matching will be discarded.
previous one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family source-port 2825
Command Reference
source-port
Purpose Use the source-port command to configure a source port number for this test.
Use the undo source-port command to cancel the configuration.
Syntax source-port port-number
undo source-port
Parameters port-number Source port number used in the test.
Example Set the source port number to 8000 for this test.
[Router-administrator-icmp] source-port 8000
2826 special-character 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
special-character
Purpose Use the special-character command to configure the supported special
characters during register signal exchange.
Syntax special-character character number
A special character, which can be #, *, A, B, C, or D.
number
Code of the register signal, ranging from 11 to 15.
Default By default, no special character is configured.
Example Configure register signal code of # to 11.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] speci al - char act er # 11
R2 CAS view
In some countries, besides numerical information, register forward Group I signal of
R2 signaling also supports the information containing special characters, such as #
and *. To encode these special characters, you need to use the
special-character command.
Do not use the special-character command to configure one special
character to different signal codes.
Up to six special characters can be configured with register signal codes.
Different special characters must use different signaling values; otherwise, calling
may be affected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family special-service 2827
Command Reference
special-service
Purpose Use the special-service command to enable or disable the special-service
numbers.
Syntax special-service enable
undo special-service enable
Parameters enable
Enable the special-service numbers. All special-service
numbers are enabled.
Default By default, the special-service numbers are disabled.
Example Enable the special-service numbers.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] speci al - ser vi ce enabl e
Description The special-service numbers include: do-not-disturb, call forwarding on busy, call
forwarding unconditionally, call forwarding on no reply, alarm service, and call
forwarding during conversation (not supported at present). If you use the command
to disable the special-service numbers, all the numbers are disabled, and vice versa.
Related Commands special-service
transfer-number
2828 speed 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
speed
Purpose Use the speed command to set the operating speed of the Ethernet interface.
Use the undo speed command to restore the default operating speed of the
Ethernet interface.
Syntax speed { 10 | 100 | 1000 | negot i at i on }
undo speed
Parameters 10 Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 10 Mbps.
100 Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 100 Mbps.
1000 Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 1000 Mbps
(only applied to GE interfaces).
negotiation
Sets the Ethernet interface to work in auto-negotiation
mode.
Default By default, the Ethernet interface is working in auto-negotiation mode.
Example Set the FE interface to work in 10Base-T mode.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] speed 10
Description Before setting the Ethernet interface to work in auto-negotiation mode, make sure
that the connected end is working in auto-negotiation mode. If you cannot make
sure, manually set the same operating mode at the two ends.
You can set the rate of FE electrical interface to 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps or auto-sensing
and the rate of GE electrical interface to 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 1000 Mbps or
auto-sensing. Nevertheless, the rate of FE optical interface is fixed to 100Mbps and
the rate of GE optical interface is fixed to 1000Mbps, which cannot be changed by
using commands.
As for GE electrical interface, the operating rate of 1000Mbps and the mode of
half-duplex are mutually exclusive. Do not set these two values at the same time.
Related Commands duplex
display interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family speed 2829
Command Reference
speed
Purpose Use the speed command to configure the rate of the port.
Use the undo speed command to restore the default port rate, that is,
negotiation.
Syntax speed { 10 | 100 | negot i at i on }
undo speed
Parameters 10
Port rate is 10 Mbps.
100
Port rate is 100 Mbps.
negotiation
Port rate is to be negotiated.
Example Set port rate on port Ethernet 1/0/1 to 100 Mbps.
[ 3Com- Et her net 1/ 0/ 1] speed 100
Ethernet Port view
Description When setting the port to auto-negotiation mode, you must ensure that the
connected port is operating in the same mode. If otherwise, you must set both ports
to operate in the same mode manually.
Related Command duplex
2830 speed 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
speed
Purpose Use the speed command to set the transmission rate on the user interface.
Use the undo speed command to restore the default.
Syntax speed speed-value
undo speed
Parameters speed-value
Transmission rate in bps. Available transmission rates
with asynchronous serial interfaces include the
following:
300 bps
600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps (the default)
19200 bps
38400 bps
57600 bps
115200 bps
Example Set the transmission rate on the user interface to 19200 bps.
[3Com-ui-aux0] speed 19200
User Interface view
Description Only when the serial interface works in asynchronous flow mode can the
configuration be effective.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family spf-delay-interval 2831
Command Reference
spf-delay-interval
Purpose Use the spf-delay-interval command to configure the interval for actively
releasing CPU in the SPF calculation.
Use the undo spf-delay-interval command to restore the default setting.
Syntax spf-delay-interval number
undo spf-delay-interval
Parameters number
Interval for actively releasing CPU in route calculation.
It is in pieces, with valid values from 1000 to 50000.
Default By default, CPU is released once when every 5000 pieces of routes are processed.
Example Set IS-IS to release CPU once after processing every 3000 pieces of routes.
[ 3Com- i si s] spf - del ay- i nt er val 3000
IS-IS view
Description When there are a large number of routes in the routing table, this command can be
used to set that CPU resources are released automatically after a certain number of
routes are processed. The unprocessed routes will be processed in one second.
The value of the parameter number can be adjusted according to the capacity of the
routing table. If the spf-slice-size command is also configured, the SPF calculation will
be paused when any setting item is met.
Related Command spf-slice-size
2832 spf-schedule-interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
spf-schedule-interval
Purpose Use the spf-schedule-interval command to configure the route calculation
interval of OSPF.
Use the undo spf-schedule-interval command to restore the default
setting.
Syntax spf-schedule-interval interval
undo spf-schedule-interval
Parameters Interval
SPF calculation interval of OSPF (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 to 10.
Example Set the OSPF route calculation interval of 3Com to 6 seconds.
[3Com -ospf-1] spf-schedule-interval 6
OSPF view
Description According to the Link State Database (LSDB), the router running OSPF can calculate
the shortest path tree taking itself as the root and determine the next hop to the
destination network according to the shortest path tree. By adjusting SPF calculation
interval, network frequently changing can be restrained, which may lead to that too
many bandwidth resources and router resources will be used.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family spf-slice-size 2833
Command Reference
spf-slice-size
Purpose Use the spf-slice-size command to configure whether to set slice and the
duration time each time when IS-IS performs SPF route calculation.
Use the undo spf-slice-size command to restore the default setting.
Syntax spf-slice-size seconds
undo spf-slice-size
Parameters seconds
Duration time for SPF calculation each time (in
seconds). Valid values are 0 to 120. When the
calculation duration time reaches or exceeds the set
value, the calculation of this time ends. If seconds is set
to 0, it indicates that SPF calculation is not divided into
slices and it will operate until the end.
Example Set the SPF duration time to 1 second.
[ 3Com- i si s] spf - sl i ce- si ze 1
IS-IS view
Description When there are a large number of routes in the routing table, this command can be
used to enable the SPF calculation in slices to prevent it from occupying the system
resources for a long time. Each time the router processes some route information, it
will free CPU to process other things, and process route information after 1 second.
The user is recommended to use the command when the number of routes reaches
150,000 or 200,000 and the value of seconds is recommended as 1. In other cases,
the default setting should be used, that is, SPF runs to the end with no slice.
If the spf-delay-interval command is also configured, when SPF calculation is
run, the SPF calculation will be paused if any setting item is met.
Related Command spf-delay-interval
2834 spt-switch-threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
spt-switch-threshold
Purpose Use the spt-switch-threshold command to set the packet rate threshold when
the PIM leaf router switches from the RPT to the SPT.
Use the undo spt-switch-threshold command to restore the default setting.
Syntax spt-switch-threshold { traffic-rate | infinity } [ group-policy
acl-number [ order order-value] ]
undo spt-switch-threshold { traffic-rate | infinity } [ group-policy
acl-number ]
Parameters traffic-rate
Switch rate threshold from the RPT to the SPT in Kbps.
If not specified, the default switch threshold value is 0
(that is, switching starts when the RPT receives the first
data packet).
infinity
Indicates never to switch to SPT.
acl-number
Number of basic IP ACL, defining the range of a
multicast group. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
order-value
Order of the newly added or refreshed group-policy in
the group-policy table. Valid values are 1 to 99.
Example Set the threshold value to 4 kbps. If the transmission rate from the source to the
multicast group is higher than the value, the router will switch to the SPT toward the
source.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] spt-switch-threshold 4
Add a new group-policy, with ACL number of 2010, threshold value of 100, and
order number of 1.
[3Com] spt-switch-threshold 100 group-policy 2010 order 1
PIM view
Description Use the order command to regulate the order of the group-policy. In addition, the
system chooses SPT switch threshold according to the order of group-policy, which is
more flexible and increases efficiency.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh authentication-type default 2835
Command Reference
ssh authentication-type default
Purpose Use the ssh authentication-type default command to specify a default
authentication mode for SSH users.
Use the undo ssh authentication-type default command to clear the
specified default authentication mode.
Syntax ssh authentication-type default { password | RSA | all |
password-publickey }
undo ssh authentication-type default
Parameters password Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to
AAA.
RSA
Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to
RSA.
all
Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to
RSA or AAA.
password-publickey Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to
the combination of RSA and AAA.
Default If a default authentication mode is available, you do not necessarily specify an
authentication mode for each SSH user. The SSH users that have not been configured
with an authentication mode can adopt the default.
If no default authentication mode is available, you must configure an authentication
mode with the ssh user authentication-type command after creating an
SSH user with the ssh user command.
By default, no default SSH user authentication mode is configured.
Example Set the default SSH user authentication mode to AAA.
[3Com] ssh authentication-type default password
System view
Related Command: ssh user authentication-type
2836 ssh client assign rsa-key 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh client assign rsa-key
Purpose Use the ssh client assign rsa-key command to associate an SSH server with
the name assigned to its public key. When connecting to this server, the client verifies
its trustworthiness based on this association.
Use the undo ssh client assign rsa-key command to remove the
association.
Syntax ssh client server assign rsa-key keyname
undo ssh client server assign rsa-key
Parameters server
IP address or name of an SSH server.
keyname
Name for the public key from the SSH server.
Example At the client end associate an SSH server with its public key.
[3Com] ssh client 192.168.0.1 assign rsa-key abc
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh client first-time enable 2837
Command Reference
ssh client first-time enable
Purpose Use the ssh client first-time enable command to enable the SSH client to
perform first-time authentication on SSH servers.
Use the undo ssh client first-time command to disable the SSH client to
perform first-time authentication on SSH servers.
Syntax ssh client first-time enable
undo ssh client first-time
Parameters None
Default By default, first-time authentication is disabled on the SSH client.
Example Enable first-time authentication on the SSH client.
[3Com] ssh client first-time enable
System view
Description The configuration of first-time authentication decides the action taken by the SSH
client when it accesses a server in the absence of the servers public key:
With first-time authentication enabled, the SSH client can attempt to access the
server and get the servers public key through negotiation. Then this public key
could be saved on the client for next access.
With first-time authentication disabled, the SSH client rejects to access a server. To
access the server, you must save its public key on the SSH client beforehand.
2838 ssh server authentication-retries 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh server authentication-retries
Purpose Use the ssh server authentication-retries command to set the number
of SSH connection authentication retries, which is validated at next login.
Use the undo ssh server authentication-retries command to restore
the default.
Syntax ssh server authentication-retries times
undo ssh server authentication-retries
Parameters times
Specifies the number of authentication retries. Valid
values are 1 to 5.
Example Specify the number of authentication retries at login to four.
[3Com] ssh server authentication-retries 4
System view
Related Command: display ssh server
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable 2839
Command Reference
ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable
Purpose Use the ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable command to enable the SSH
server to work with SSH1.X clients.
Use the undo ssh server compatible_ssh1x command to disable the SSH
server to work with SSH1.X clients.
Syntax ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable
undo ssh server compatible_ssh1x
Parameters None
Default By default, the SSH server can work with SSH1.X clients.
Example Enable the SSH server to work with SSH1.X clients.
[3Com] ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable
System view
2840 ssh server rekey-interval 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the ssh server rekey-interval command to set the interval for updating
the server key.
Use the undo ssh server rekey-interval command to cancel the current
setting.
Syntax ssh server rekey-interval hours
undo ssh server rekey-interval
Parameters hours
Update interval (in hours). Valid values are 1 to 24.
Default By default, the server key is not updated.
Example Set the interval for updating the server key to three hours.
[3Com] ssh server rekey-interval 3
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh-server source-interface 2841
Command Reference
ssh-server source-interface
Purpose Use the ssh-server source-interface command to specify a source
interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the SSH server. After that, the
IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet
sent by the SSH server.
Use the undo ssh-server source-interface command to delete the source
interface specified for the SSH server. After that, the source IP address in each packet
sent by the SSH server is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax ssh-server source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ssh-server source-interface
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH server is the IP
Example Set the source interface for the SSH server to Ethernet 0/0/0.
[Router] ssh-server source-interface Ethernet 0/0/0
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SSH server with the
ssh-server source-interface command or with the ssh-server source-ip
command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides.
2842 ssh-server source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh-server source-ip
Purpose Use the ssh-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the
packets sent by the SSH server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo ssh-server source-ip command to delete the source IP address
specified for the SSH server. After that, the source IP address of a packet sent by the
FTP server is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax ssh-server source-ip ip-address
undo ssh-server source-ip
Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH server is the IP
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the SSH server.
[Router] ssh-server source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP server with the
ssh-server source-interface command or with the ssh-server source-ip
command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh server timeout 2843
Command Reference
ssh server timeout
Purpose Use the ssh server timeout command to set a timeout for SSH connection
authentication at login. It becomes valid at next login.
Use the undo ssh server timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax ssh server timeout seconds
undo ssh server timeout
Parameters seconds
Specifies the login timeout (in seconds). Valid values
are 1 to 120 seconds.
Example Set authentication timeout to 80 seconds at login.
[3Com] ssh server timeout 80
System view
2844 ssh user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh user
Purpose Use the ssh user command to create an SSH user.
Use the undo ssh user command to delete an SSH user.
Syntax ssh user username
undo ssh user username
Parameters username
SSH user name; it must be consistent with the user
name defined in AAA if password authentication is
adopted. If RSA authentication is adopted, the value of
this argument is a local SSH user name and needs not
to be defined in AAA.
Default If the default authentication mode for SSH users is password and local AAA
authentication is adopted, you are not necessarily use the ssh user command to
create an SSH user. Instead, you can use the local-user command to create a user
name and its password and then specify the service type for the user to SSH.
Example Create an SSH user, setting its name to tom.
[3Com] ssh user tom.
System view
Description All SSH users need authentication. Before creating an SSH user with the ssh user
command, you must specify a default authentication mode with the ssh
authentication-type default command.
Alternatively, you may create an SSH user and specify an authentication mode for it
by using the ssh user authentication-type command.
Related Command: ssh authentication-type default
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh user assign 2845
Command Reference
ssh user assign
Purpose Use the ssh user assign command to assign one existing public key to a user. If
a key exists, the new assignment overrides.
Use the undo ssh user assign command to delete the association.
Syntax ssh user username assign rsa-key keyname
undo ssh user username assign rsa-key
Parameters username: username
keyname
Public key name of the client, consisting of a string
Example Assign key1 to user Smith.
[3Com] ssh user smith assign rsa-key key1
[3Com]
System view
Description The AAA module is responsible for creating and deleting local users in the system.
Each time AAA creates an SSH user, SSH receives a notification and adds the user into
the user set that it maintains. Likewise, each time AAA deletes an SSH user, SSH
receives a notification and deletes the user if there is any.
The newly configured public key becomes valid at next login.
Related Command: display ssh user-information
2846 ssh user authentication-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh user authentication-type
Purpose Use the ssh user authentication-type command to create an SSH user and
specify an authentication mode for it.
Use the undo ssh user authentication-type command to restore the
default, where login is always denied.
Syntax ssh user username authentication-type { password | rsa | all |
password-publickey }
undo ssh user username authentication-type
Parameters username
password
Sets the authentication mode of the user to password.
rsa
Sets the authentication mode of the user to RSA.
all
The authentication mode of the user can be either
password or RSA.
password-publickey
Sets the authentication mode for the SSH user to the
combination of AAA and RSA.
Example Set the authentication mode to password for user tom.
[3Com] ssh user tom authentication-type password
System view
Description You must specify an authentication mode for each new user, or they will be unable to
log in. The new authentication mode takes effect at next login.
All SSH users need authentication.
You may create an SSH user name and specify an authentication mode for it by using
the ssh user authentication-type command.
Alternatively, you may create an SSH user name with the ssh user command.
Before that, you must specify a default authentication mode with the ssh
authentication-type default command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh user authentication-type 2847
Command Reference
Related Commands: ssh authentication-type default
2848 ssh user service-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh user service-type
Purpose Use the ssh user service-type command to specify service type for a user.
Use the undo ssh user service-type command to restore the default service
type for the SSH user in the system.
Syntax ssh user username service-type { stelnet | sftp | all }
undo ssh user username service-type
Parameters username SSH user name; it must be consistent with the user
stelnet
Sets the service type to stelnet.
sftp
Sets the service type to secure FTP (SFTP).
all
Includes stelnet and SFTP services.
Default The default service type for the SSH user is stelnet.
Example Specify SFTP service for SSH user Tom.
[3Com] ssh user tom service-type sftp
System View
Related Command: display ssh user-information
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh2 2849
Command Reference
ssh2
Purpose Use the ssh2 command to initiate a connection to the specified SSH server, and
specify the preferred key exchange algorithm, encryption algorithm and HMAC
algorithm between the client and the server.
Syntax ssh2 { host-ip | host-name } [ port-num ] [ prefer_kex { dh_group1 |
dh_exchange_group } ] [ prefer_ctos_cipher { des | 3des | aes128 } ] [
prefer_stoc_cipher { des | 3des | aes128 } ] [ prefer_ctos_hmac { sha1
| sha1_96 | md5 | md5_96 } ] [ prefer_stoc_hmac { sha1 | sha1_96 | md5
| md5_96 } ]
Parameters host-ip IP address of a server.
host-name Name of a server, consisting of a string from 1 to 20
characters long.
port-num
Port number of the server. Valid values are 0 to 65,535.
If no value is specified, the default port number is 22.
prefer_kex
Preferred key exchange algorithm,
Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1 or
dh_group1 Key exchange algorithm Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1,
the default algorithm.
dh_exchange_group
Key exchange algorithm
prefer_ctos_cipher Preferred encryption algorithm from the client to the
server. The default algorithm is AES 128.
prefer_stoc_cipher
Preferred encryption algorithm from the server to the
client. The default algorithm is AES 128.
des
Encryption algorithm DES_CBC.
3des
Encryption algorithm 3DES_CBC.
aes128
Encryption algorithm AES_128.
prefer_ctos_hmac
Preferred HMAC algorithm from the client to the
server. The default algorithm is SHA1_96.
prefer_stoc_hmac Preferred HMAC algorithm from the server to the
client. The default algorithm is SHA1_96.
sha1
HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1.
sha1_96
HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1-96.
md5
HMAC algorithm HMAC-MD5.
md5_96
HMAC algorithm HMAC-MD5-96.
2850 ssh2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Log into the remote SSH2 server with IP address 10.214.50.51, and configure
algorithms as follows:
Preferred key exchange algorithm: DH_exchange_group
Preferred encryption algorithm from the client to the server: 3DES-CBC
Preferred HMAC algorithm from the client to the server: HMAC-MD5
Preferred encryption algorithm from the server to the client: AES-128
Preferred HMAC algorithm from the server to the client: HMAC-SHA1-96
[3Com] ssh2 10.214.50.51 prefer_kex dh_exchange_group
prefer_ctos_cipher 3des prefer_ctos_hmac md5
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ssh2 source-interface 2851
Command Reference
ssh2 source-interface
Purpose Use the ssh2 source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the SSH client. After that, the IP address of the
specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH
client.
Use the undo ssh2 source-interface command to delete the source interface
specified for the SSH client. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by
the SSH client is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax ssh2 source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo ssh2 source-interface
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH client is the IP address
Example Set the source interface for the SSH client to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] ssh2 source-interface ethernet0/0/0
System view
Description You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SSH client with the
ssh2 source-interface command or with the ssh2 source-ip command. If
2852 ssh2 source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ssh2 source-ip
Purpose Use the ssh2 source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets
sent by the SSH client. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo ssh2 source-ip command to delete the source IP address specified
for the SSH client. After that, the source IP address of each packet sent by the SSH
Syntax ssh2 source-ip ip-address
undo ssh2 source-ip
Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH client is the IP address
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the SSH client.
[Router] ftp source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
telnet-server source-interface command or with the telnet-server
overrides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family standby bandwidth 2853
Command Reference
standby bandwidth
Purpose Use the standby bandwidth command to configure the actual bandwidth that
the main interface uses in backup load sharing.
Use the undo standby bandwidth command to restore the default, that is, 0, to
disable backup load sharing.
Syntax standby bandwidth number
undo standby bandwidth
Parameters number
Specifies the interface bandwidth in the range of 0 to
4000000 kilobits.
If not specified the default is 0.
Example Configure interface Serial 0/0/0 to use interface Serial 1/0/0 for back up, and assign it
bandwidth for backup load sharing.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] st andby bandwi dt h 10000
Interface view
Description When the main interface participates in backup load sharing, the backup center uses
the backup bandwidth that you configured preferentially on the main interface. If it is
not configured, the backup center automatically obtains the information that the
system provides on the physical bandwidth of the main interface. In case the
information is not available, the backup center would require you to assign backup
bandwidth to the main interface.
Before you can use this command, you must use the standby interface
command to specify physical interfaces or logical channels to back up the interface.
2854 standby detect-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
standby detect-group
Purpose Use the standby detect-group command to implement interface backup using
the auto detect function.
Use the undo standby detect-group command to disable interface backup
using the auto detect function.
Syntax standby detect-group group-number
undo standby detect-group group-number
Number of the detect group. Valid values are 1 to 100.
Example Enable backup up interface Serial 0/0/0 when detect group 10 is unreachable.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] interface serial 0/0/0
[3Com-Serial 0/0/0] standby detect-group 10
Interface view
Description Using the result of auto detect, you can control whether to enable the backup
interface.
When a detect group is referenced for interface backup, the router does one of the
following:
When the detect group is reachable, use the main interface.
When the detect group is unreachable, enable the backup interface.
When the unreachable detect group becomes reachable again, switch over to the
main interface.
This command is configured on the backup interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family standby interface 2855
Command Reference
standby interface
Purpose Use the standby interface command to specify a physical interface to back up
the interface.
Use the undo standby interface command to remove the specified standby
interface.
Syntax standby interface type number [ priority ]
undo standby interface type number
Parameters type
Specifies the interface type.
number
priority
Specifies the priority of the standby interface. Valid
values are 0 to 255. (The greater the value, the higher
the priority.)
Default By default, no standby interface is specified.
Example Specify interface Serial 1/0/0 to back up interface Serial 0/0/0, and assign it the
priority of 50.
Interface view
Description You can configure multiple standby interfaces for a main interface. The order in which
they are used depends on the assigned priority. The standby interface with higher
priority is used first.
2856 standby routing-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
standby routing-group
Purpose Use the standby routing-group command to apply a dynamic routing standby
group on the secondary interface.
Use the undo standby routing-group command to remove the dynamic
routing standby group from the dialer interface.
Syntax standby routing-group group-number
undo standby routing-group group-number
Number of the dynamic routing standby group. Valid
Example Apply dynamic routing standby group 1 on the interface BRI 0/0/0.
[3Com -Bri0/0/0] standby routing-group 1
Remove dynamic routing standby group 1 from the interface BRI 0/0/0.
[3Com -Bri0/0/0] undo standby routing-group 1
Dial Interface view
Description Before applying a dynamic routing standby group on the interface, make sure you
have successfully configured the legacy DCC.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family standby routing-rule 2857
Command Reference
standby routing-rule
Purpose Use the standby routing-rule command to create a dynamic routing standby
group and assign a monitored network segment to it.
Use the undo standby routing-rule command to delete a monitored network
segment from the specified dynamic routing standby group or to delete the dynamic
routing standby group.
Syntax standby routing-rule group-number ip ip-address ip-mask
undo standby routing-rule group-number [ ip ip-address ip-mask ]
Parameters group-number Number of the dynamic routing standby group. Valid
ip-address
Address of the network segment to be monitored, or
the destination address of the call placed after standby
dialup is enabled.
ip-mask IP address mask.
Example Configure dynamic routing standby group 1 to monitor routing to network segments
20.0.0.0 and 30.0.0.0.
[3Com ] standby routing-rule 1 ip 20.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
[3Com ] standby routing-rule 1 ip 30.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
Delete dynamic routing standby group 1. The segments 20.0.0.0 and 30.0.0.0 will
not be monitored as the result.
[3Com ] undo standby routing-rule 1
Remove monitored segment 30.0.0.0 from dynamic routing standby group 1.
[3Com ] undo standby routing-rule 1 ip 30.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
System view
Description Each dynamic routing standby group may contain up to 255 monitored network
segments. The primary link of a dynamic routing standby group is regarded
disconnected only when the routes of all the monitored network segments in the
group are removed.
2858 standby threshold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
standby threshold
Purpose Use the standby threshold command to configure backup load sharing on an
interface or logical channel.
Use the undo standby threshold command to disable backup load sharing on
the interface or logical channel.
Syntax standby threshold enable-threshold disable-threshold
undo standby threshold
Parameters enable-threshold
Percentage of the available bandwidth that the traffic
load must exceed to bring up a standby interface or
logical channel. Valid values are 2 to 99.
disable-threshold
Percentage of the available bandwidth that the traffic
load must be less than to close a standby interface or
logical channel. Valid values are 1 to 98.
Default By default, backup load sharing is disabled.
Example Configure backup load sharing on interface Serial 0/0/0.
Interface view
Description This command applies to the main interface in the backup center. When the traffic on
all the active interfaces reaches the enable-threshold, the backup center enables the
standby interface with the highest priority. When the total traffic on all active
interfaces decreases below the disable-threshold, the backup center disables the
standby interface with the lowest priority.
The enable-threshold argument must not be less than the disable-threshold
argument.
Executing the undo standby threshold command shuts down all standby
interfaces that have been enabled, if there is any. After that, only the main interface
works.
Related Command standby interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family standby timer delay 2859
Command Reference
standby timer delay
Purpose Use the standby timer delay command to set failover and fallback delays on
the interface, avoiding frequent switchover caused by instability of interface state.
Use the undo standby timer delay command to restore the default or 0,
meaning switching without delay.
Syntax standby timer delay enable-delay disable-delay
undo standby timer delay
Parameters enable-delay
Failover delay, or the delay for the interface to switch
its state from main to standby. Valid values are 0 to
65535 seconds.
disable-delay
Fallback delay, or the delay for the interface to switch
from backup to main. Valid values are 0 to 65535
seconds.
If not specified, the default is 0, meaning switching
without delay.
Example Configure interface Serial 0/0/0 to use interface Serial 1/0/0 for backup, and to
experience 10 seconds of delay before failover or fallback.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] st andby i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] st andby t i mer del ay 10 10
Interface view
Description Before you can use this command, you must use the standby interface
2860 standby timer flow-check 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
standby timer flow-check
Purpose Use the standby timer flow-check command to configure the interval for
checking the traffic size on the main interface.
Use the undo standby timer flow-check command to restore the default or
30 seconds.
Syntax standby timer flow-check interval-time
undo standby timer flow-check
Parameters interval-time
Flow checking interval, in the range 30 to 600
seconds.
Example Set Serial 1/0/0 to the standby interface of Serial 0/0/0, and configure the backup
bandwidth of the main interface on Serial 0/0/0.
[3Com ] interface serial 0/0/0
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby interface serial10/0/0 50
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby bandwidth 10000
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby threshold 80 50
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby timer flow-check 60
Interface view
Description When the main interface participates in backup load sharing, the backup center
automatically checks the traffic size on the main interface at intervals configured
using this command.
Before you can use this command, you must use the standby interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family standby timer routing-disable 2861
Command Reference
standby timer routing-disable
Purpose Use the standby timer routing-disable command to specify a delay for the
secondary link to be disconnected after the primary link goes up to avoid route
oscillation.
Use the undo standby timer routing-disable command to restore the
default delay, that is, 0.
Syntax standby timer routing-disable seconds
undo standby timer routing-disable
Parameters seconds Delay for the dynamic routing standby module to
disconnect the secondary link. Valid values are 1 to
65535.
Default By default, the secondary link is disconnected immediately.
Example On the interface BRI 0/0/0 disconnect the secondary link five seconds after the
primary link resumes.
[3Com -Bri0/0/0] standby timer routing-disable 5
On the interface BRI 0/0/0 disconnect the secondary link immediately after the
primary link resumes.
[3Com -Bri0/0/0] undo standby timer routing-disable
Dial Interface view
Description A dial interface refers to a physical dial interface such as PRI and BRI, or a logical dial
interface, that is, dialer interface.
2862 start l2tp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
start l2tp
Purpose Use the start l2tp command to specify conditions triggering the local end to
place calls when it works as L2TP LAC.
Use the undo start l2tp command to delete the specified triggering conditions.
Syntax start l2tp { ip ip-addr [ ip ip-addr ] [ ip ip-addr ] ... } {domain
domain-name | fullusername user-name }
undo start
Parameters ip ip-addr
IP address of the peer end of the tunnel (LNS). Five IP
addresses can be set at most to provide LNS backup for
each other.
domain-name
Domain name triggering connection requests,
consisting of a case-sensitive character string from 1 to
30 characters long.
user-name Full username triggering connection requests,
consisting of a case-sensitive character string from 1 to
32 characters long.
Example Specify the users using the domain name of 3Com.com to be VPN users, with IP
address of the L2TP access server of the headquarters being 202.38.168.1.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] st ar t l 2t p i p 202. 38. 168. 1 domai n 3Com. com
L2TP Group view
Description This command is used on LAC side to specify IP address of LNS; it can support several
connection request triggering conditions, specifically,
Initiating tunnel connection request according to the users domain name. For
example, if domain name of users company is 3Com.com, the user with this
domain name can be specified as a VPN user.
Deciding whether a user is a VPN user according to its dialed number. For example,
if the number 8810188 is specified to be the special service number, the access
user who dials this number is a VPN user.
Specifying a user to be a VPN user by directly specifying full username.
For a VPN user, the local end (LAC) will send L2TP tunnel connection request to a
certain LNS according to the configured LNS priority or order. If receiving response
from the LNS within the specified period, LAC will take it as the peer end of the
tunnel. If not, LAC will send tunnel connection request to the next LNS.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family start l2tp 2863
Command Reference
Conflicts may exist between these VPN user judgment ways. For example, LNS
address specified according to full username is 1.1.1.1, while that according to
domain name is 1.1.1.2. To avoid situations like this, a user searching order is
necessary to be specified. The system always starts a search by looking for the
specified L2TP group by full username; if finding no match, it continues the search by
domain name.
2864 start l2tp tunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
start l2tp tunnel
Purpose Use the start l2tp tunnel command to enable the L2TP LAC to start L2TP
tunnel connection.
Syntax start l2tp tunnel
Parameters None
Example Enable the LAC to start L2TP tunnel connection. It requests the LNS at 1.1.1.1 first
and then the LNS at 2.2.2.2 if no response is received.
[3Com-l2tp1] start l2tp ip 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2 fullusername vpdnuser
[3Com-l2tp1] start l2tp tunnel
CAUTION:
You must use this command in conjunction with the tunnel keepstanding
command. Otherwise, the tunnel will be torn down immediately after it is set up.
L2TP Group view
Description This command is used only on LAC side.
Related Command: tunnel keepstanding
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family start script 2865
Command Reference
start script
Purpose Use the start-script command to configure executing the specified Modem
script on an interface.
Syntax start-script script-name number
number Interface number of the script.
Example Execute the specified Modem script example on the interface 1.
<3Com> st ar t - scr i pt exampl e 1
User view
Description This command provides the user with means of instantly executing the Modem script.
If an other script is being executed on the corresponding interface, this command will
not be executed and an error will be reported.
Related Command script-string
2866 startup saved-configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
startup saved-configuration
Purpose Use the startup saved-configuration command to specify the configuration
file used at next startup.
Use the undo startup saved-configuration command to configure the
system to boot without any configuration file at next startup.
Syntax startup saved-configuration filename
undo startup saved-configuration
Parameters filename
Configuration file name.
Example Set the configuration file used at next boot to master.cfg.
<3Com> startup saved-configuration master.cfg
Display the configuration files that the system saves for boot.
<3Com> display startup
Startup saved-configuration file: flash:/vrpcfg.cfg
Next startup saved-configuration file: flash:/master.cfg
vrpcfg.cfg is the default configuration file and master.cfg is the
configuration file used at next reboot.
Configure the system to boot without any configuration file at next startup.\
<3Com> undo startup saved-configuration
User view
Description When multiple configuration files are available on the Flash, you may use this
command to specify the one to be loaded at startup.
The following table shows how to name a configuration file:
Table 314 Name a configuration file
File name Description
vrpcfg.cfg Default name for the configuration file to be saved. The name is
specified by the manufacturer but you can modify the contents.
vrpcfg.def Default ex-factory configuration file name; its contents are
manufacturer specified.
vrpcfg.txt Name of the configuration file for some old 3Com devices.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family startup saved-configuration 2867
Command Reference
The following are how configuration files are selected at boot:
1. If you do not set to skip configuration file at boot, configuration files are selected
in the order described in 2) and 3). Otherwise, the system boots with empty
configuration.
2. If you specify a configuration file, the system selects its boot configuration file in
this order: the specified configuration file and then vrpcfg.def. In case vrpcfg.def
does not exist, the system boots with empty configuration.
3. If you do not specify a boot configuration file, the configuration file is selected in
this order: vrpcfg.cfg, vrpcfg.txt, and vrpcfg.def. If none of them exists, the system
boots with empty configuration.
2868 state 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
state
Purpose Use the state command to configure the state of the current ISP domain or local
user.
Syntax state { act i ve | bl ock }
Parameters active
Configured to allow users in the current ISP domain or
the current local user to request for network services.
block Configured to block users in the current ISP domain or
the current local user to request for network services.
Default By default, both ISP domain (in ISP domain view) and local user (in local user view) are
in the active state upon their creation (in ISP domain view.
Example Set the state of the current ISP domain "3Com163.net" to block. The supplicants in
this domain cannot request for network services.
[ 3Com- i sp- 3Com163. net ] st at e bl ock
Set the state of the user "3Com1" to block.
[ 3Com- l user - 3Com1] st at e bl ock
ISP Domain view
Local User view
Description Every ISP domain can be active or blocked. If an ISP domain is configured to be active,
the supplicants in it can request for network services; whereas in the block state, its
users are disallowed to request for any network service, which does not affect the
users currently online. This also applies to local users.
Related Command domain
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family state 2869
Command Reference
state
Purpose Use the state command to clarify the name of the state where an entity lies.
Use the undo state command to cancel the previous operation.
Syntax state state-str
undo state
Parameters state-str State name, consisting of a string from 1 to 31
characters long.
Default By default, the state of an entity is not specified.
Example Specify the state where an entity lies
[ Rout er CA- pki - ent i t y- 1] st at e bei j i ng
PKI Entity view
2870 state 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
state
Purpose Use the state command to configure the state of a RADIUS server.
Syntax state { pr i mar y | secondar y } { account i ng | aut hent i cat i on } { bl ock |
act i ve }
Parameters primary
Sets the state of the primary RADIUS server.
secondary
Sets the state of the secondary RADIUS server.
accounting
Sets the state of RADIUS accounting server.
authentication
Sets the state of RADIUS authentication/authorization
server.
block
Sets state of the RADIUS server to block.
active Sets state of the RADIUS server to active, namely the
normal operation state.
Default By default, all the RADIUS servers in every RADIUS scheme are in the state of active.
Example Set the state of the secondary authentication server in the RADIUS scheme 3Com
to active.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] st at e secondar y aut hent i cat i on act i ve
RADIUS view
Description When the primary server (accounting or authentication) in a RADIUS scheme becomes
unavailable, the NAS automatically turns to the secondary server. After the primary
one recovers however, the NAS does not resume the communication with it at once;
instead, the NAS continues the communication with the secondary one and turns to
the primary one again only after the secondary one fails. To have the NAS
communicate with the primary server right after its recovery, you can manually set the
state of the primary server to active.
When both the primary and secondary servers are active or blocked, the NAS only
sends packets to the primary server.
primary accounting
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family state 2871
Command Reference
2872 static-bind ip-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the static-bind ip-address command to configure an IP address for a
static address binding in DHCP address pool view.
Use the undo static-bind ip-address command to delete the static address
binding in DHCP address pool view.
Syntax static-bind ip-address ip-address [ mask netmask ]
undo static-bind ip-address
IP address to be bound.
netmask
Mask of the IP address to be bound. If it is not
specified, the natural mask will be adopted.
Default By default, no static address binding exists in DHCP address pool view.
Example Bind the PC at the MAC address 0000-e03f-0305 with the IP address 10.1.1.1 using
the mask 255.255.255.0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] st at i c- bi nd i p- addr ess 10. 1. 1. 1 mask 255. 255. 255. 0
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] st at i c- bi nd mac- addr ess 0000- e03f - 0305
Description The static-bind ip-address command must be used in combination with the
static-bind mac-address/static-bind client-identifier command
to bind an IP address with a MAC address or client identifier.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family static-bind { mac address | client identifier } 2873
Command Reference
static-bind { mac address | client identifier }
Purpose Use the static-bind { mac-address | client-identifier } command to
configure a MAC address or client identifier for a static binding.
Use the undo static-bind { mac-address | client-identifier }
command to delete the MAC address or client identifier from a static binding.
Syntax static-bind { mac- addr ess mac-address | cl i ent - i dent i f i er
client-identifier }
undo static-bind { mac- addr ess | cl i ent - i dent i f i er }
Parameters mac-address The host MAC address to be bound, which is in the
format of H-H-H.
client-identifier
Host ID to be bound.
Default By default, no MAC address or client identifier is bound statically.
Example Bind the PC at the MAC address 0000-e03f-0305 with the IP address 10.1.1.1 using
the mask 255.255.255.0.
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] st at i c- bi nd i p- addr ess 10. 1. 1. 1 mask 255. 255. 255. 0
[ 3Com- dhcp- 0] st at i c- bi nd mac- addr ess 0000- e03f - 0305
Description The commands static-bind { mac-address | client-identifier }
and static-bind ip-address must be used in pairs.
2874 static-lsp egress 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
static-lsp egress
Purpose Use the static-lsp egress command to configure a static LSP for an egress LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp egress command to delete an LSP for an egress LSR.
Syntax static-lsp egress lsp-name i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num i n- l abel in-label-value
undo static-lsp egress lsp-name
Parameters lsp-name Name of LSP.
interface-type Type of network interface.
Interface-num Number of network interface.
in-label-value
Value of inbound label, ranging from 16 to 1023.
Example Configure a static LSP named citya-cityb on the egress LSR.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp egr ess ci t ya- ci t yb i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace
ser i al 8/ 0/ 0 i n- l abel 233
MPLS view
Related Commands static-lsp ingress
debugging mpls
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family static-lsp egress l2vpn 2875
Command Reference
static-lsp egress l2vpn
Purpose Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in
L2VPN for egress LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp egress l2vpn command to delete an LSP used in
L2VPN of egress LSR.
Syntax static-lsp egress lsp-name l2vpn i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num i n- l abel in-label
undo static-lsp egress lsp-name l2vpn
Parameters lsp-name LSP name
interface-type
Interface-num
in-label-value
Inbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024
Example Add a static LSP citya-city at egress LSR.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp egr ess ci t ya- ci t yb l 2vpn i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace
ser i al 8/ 0/ 0 i n- l abel 233
MPLS view
Description Two LSPs (one in each direction) should be created in advance before creating a
Related Commands static-lsp ingress l2vpn
debugging mpls
2876 static-lsp ingress 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
static-lsp ingress
Purpose Use the static-lsp ingress command to configure a static LSP for the ingress
LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp ingress command to delete an LSP for the ingress
LSR.
Syntax static-lsp ingress lsp-name dest i nat i on dest-addr { addr-mask |
mask-length } { next hop next-hop-addr | out goi ng- i nt er f ace
interface-type interface-num } out - l abel out-label-value
undo static-lsp ingress lsp-name
Parameters lsp-name Name of LSP.
dest-addr
Destination IP address.
addr-mask
Destination IP address mask.
mask-length
Mask length of destination IP address
next-hop-addr
Next-hop address.
interface-type
Type of network interface.
Interface-num
Number of network interface.
out-label-value
Value of outbound label, ranging from 16 to 1023.
Example Configure a static LSP for the ingress LSR heading for the destination address
202.25.38.1.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp i ngr ess ci t ya- ci t yb dest i nat i on 202. 25. 38. 1 24
next hop 202. 55. 25. 33 out - l abel 237
MPLS view
Description In addition to configuring a static LSP for the ingress LSR, you can set precedence
value and metric value for the LSP with this command.
Related Commands static-lsp egress
static-lsp transit
debugging mpls
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family static-lsp ingress l2vpn 2877
Command Reference
static-lsp ingress l2vpn
Purpose Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in
L2VPN for ingress LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp egress l2vpn command to delete an LSP used in
L2VPN of ingress LSR.
Syntax static-lsp ingress lsp-name { l 2vpn | dest i nat i on ip_addr } { next hop
next-hop-addr | out goi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num }
out - l abel out-label
undo static-lsp ingress lsp-name l2vpn
Parameters lsp-name
LSP name
next-hop-addr
Next hop address
interface-type
Interface-num
out-label-value
Outbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024
Example Add a static LSP with destination address 202.25.38.1 at ingress LSR.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp i ngr ess ci t ya- ci t yb dest i nat i on 202. 25. 38. 1 24
next hop 202. 55. 25. 33 out - l abel 237
MPLS view
Description With this command, you can configure a static LSP for ingress LSR, and set preference
and measurement value for it.
Two LSPs (one in each direction) should be created in advance before creating a
Related Commands static-lsp egress lvpn
static-lsp transit
debugging mpls
2878 static-lsp transit 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
static-lsp transit
Purpose Use the static-lsp transit command to configure a static LSP for a transit LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp transit command to delete an LSP for a transit LSR.
Syntax static-lsp transit lsp-name i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num i n- l abel in-label-value { next hop next-hop-addr |
out goi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num } out - l abel
out-label-value
undo static-lsp transit lsp-name
Parameters lsp-name
Name of LSP.
interface-type
Type of an incoming or outgoing interface.
Interface-num Number of an incoming or outgoing interface.
next-hop-addr Next-hop address.
in-label-value Value of inbound label, ranging from 16 to 1023.
out-label-value Value of outbound label, ranging from 16 to 1023.
Example Configure a static LSP for the serial interface Serial3/0/0 on a transit LSR, with an
inbound label of 123 and an outbound label of 253.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp t r ansi t ci t ya- ci t yb i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace
ser i al 3/ 0/ 0 i n- l abel 123 next hop 202. 34. 114. 7 out - l abel 253
MPLS view
Related Commands static-lsp egress
static-lsp ingress
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family static-lsp transit l2vpn 2879
Command Reference
static-lsp transit l2vpn
Purpose Use the static-lsp transit command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN
for transit LSR.
Use the undo static-lsp transit command to delete an LSP used in L2VPN of
transit LSR.
Syntax static-lsp transit lsp-name l2vpn i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type
interface-num i n- l abel in-label { next hop next-hop-addr |
out goi ng- i nt er f ace interface-type interface-num } out - l abel out-label
undo static-lsp transit lsp-name l2vpn
Parameters lsp-name
LSP name
interface-type
Interface-num
next-hop-addr
Next hop address
in-label-value
Inbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024
out-label-value
Outbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024
Example Add a static LSP used in 12vpn for the Serial0/0/0 of transit LSR, with inbound label
123 and outbound label 253.
[ 3Com- mpl s] st at i c- l sp t r ansi t ci t ya- ci t yb l 2vpn i ncomi ng- i nt er f ace
ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 i n- l abel 123 next hop 202. 34. 114. 7 out - l abel 253
MPLS view
Description Two LSPs (one in each direction) should be created in advance and configured to the
transit LSR before creating a remote CCC connection.
Related Commands static-lsp egress l2vpn
2880 static-rp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
static-rp
Purpose Use the static-rp command to configure static RP.
Use the undo static-rp command to remove the configuration.
Syntax static-rp rp-address [ acl-number ]
undo static-rp
Parameters rp-address
Static RP address. This address must be valid unicast IP
address and cannot be configured as the address in
127 network segment.
acl-number
Number of basic ACL, used in controlling the multicast
group range that static RP serves. Valid values are 2000
to 2999.
Example Configure 10.110.0.6 as a static RP.
[3Com] pim
[3Com-pim] static-rp 10.110.0.6
PIM view
Description RP is the kernel router in multicast routing. If the dynamic RP elected through BSR
mechanism is invalid for some reason, static RP can be configured as backup of the
dynamic RP to improve robusticity of the network and operation management
capability of the multicast network.
All routers in the PIM domain should be configured with this command and be
specified with the same RP address. If the configured static RP address is the address
of an UP interface on the local device, the local device will act as static RP. PIM is not
necessarily enabled on the interface which acts as static RP.
If this command is configured but ACL is not specified, the static RP configured will
serve all the multicast groups. If ACL is specified, the static RP configured will only
serve the multicast group permitted by the ACL.
In the case that the RP elected through BSR mechanism is valid, static RP does not
take effect.
previous one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family static-rp 2881
Command Reference
Related Command display pim rp-info
2882 static-rpf-peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
static-rpf-peer
Purpose Use the static-rpf-peer command to configure static RPF peer.
Use the undo static-rpf-peer command to remove the static RPF peer.
Syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-policy list ]
undo static-rpf-peer peer-address
Address of the static RPF peer to receive SA messages.
rp-policy list
Filter policy based on RP address, which filters the RP in
SA messages. If the parameter is not specified, all SA
messages from static RPF peer will be accepted. If the
parameter rp-policy list is specified and filter policy is
configured, the router will only accept SA messages
from the RP which passes filtering. If no filter policy is
configured, the router will still accept all SA messages
from the static RPF peer.
Default By default, no static RPF peer is configured.
Example Configure two static RPF peers.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] ip ip-prefix list1 permit 130.10.0.0 16
[3Com] ip ip-prefix list2 permit 130.10.0.0 16
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.6 rp-policy list1
[3Com-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.5 rp-policy list2
MSDP view
Description You must configure the peer command before using the static-rpf-peer
command.
If you do not want to perform RPF check to SA messages from a same MSDP peer. If
only an MSDP peer is configured on a router, this MSDP peer will be regarded as static
RPF peer.
Related Commands peer
ip prefix-list
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family statistics {interval interval | max-group number } 2883
Command Reference
statistics {interval interval | max-group
number }
Purpose Use the statistics { interval interval | max-group number } command to
configure the statistics interval and the maximum number of the groups of the
retained statistics information according to the configuration.
Use the undo statistics interval and undo statistics max-group
commands to remove your configuration and restore the default.
Syntax statistics { interval interval | max-group number }
undo statistics { interval | max-group }
Parameters interval
Statistics interval (in minutes). Valid values are 1 to
1440.
number
Number of groups of statistics information. Valid
If no value is specified, the default is 2 groups.
Example Set the statistics interval to 120 minutes and the maximum number of statistics
groups to three.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] hwping 1 1
[3Com-hwping-1-1] statistic interval 120
[3Com-hwping-1-1] statistic max-group 3
Description By default, the statistics interval for a test is once every 60 minutes and up to two
groups of statistics information can be retained.
Delete all statistics information when internet parameter changes.
2884 statistics keep-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
statistics keep-time
Purpose Use the statistics keep-time command to configure the retaining time of the
test statistics.
Use the undo statistics keep-time command to remove your configuration
and restore the default.
Syntax statistics keep-time keep-time
undo statistics keep-time
Parameters keep-time
Retaining time of the test statistics (in minutes). Valid
Example Statistics information will be deleted in 180 minutes.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] hwping 1 1
[3Com-hwping-1-1] statistics keep-time 180
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family stop-accounting-buffer enable 2885
Command Reference
Purpose Use the stop-accounting-buffer enable command to enable the router to
buffer the stop-accounting requests that have no responses.
Use the undo stop-accounting-buffer enable command to disable the
router to buffer the stop-accounting requests that have no responses.
Syntax stop-accounting-buffer enable
undo stop-accounting-buffer enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the router is enabled to buffer the stop-accounting requests that have no
responses.
Example In the RADIUS scheme 3Com, enable the router to buffer the stop-accounting
requests that have no responses.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] st op- account i ng- buf f er enabl e
RADIUS view
Description Since the stop-accounting packet affects the charge to a user, it has importance for
both users and ISPs. Therefore, the NAS makes its best effort to send every
stop-accounting request to RADIUS accounting servers. If receiving no response after
a specified period of time, the NAS buffers and resends the packet until receiving a
response or discards the packet when the number of transmission retries reaches the
configured limit.
radius scheme
2886 stopbits 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
stopbits
Purpose Use the stopbits command to set the stop bits on the user interface.
Use the undo stopbits command to restore the default.
Syntax stopbits { 1.5 | 1 | 2 }
undo stopbits
Parameters 1.5
1.5 stop bits.
1
1 stop bit (the default).
2
2 stop bits.
Example Use 1.5 stop bits on the user interface.
[3Com-ui-vty0] stopbits 1.5
User Interface view
Description Only when the serial interface works in asynchronous flow mode can the
configuration be effective.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family stub 2887
Command Reference
stub
Purpose Use the stub command to configure the type of an OSPF area as the STUB area.
Use the undo stub command to cancel the settings.
Syntax stub [ no-summary ]
undo stub
Parameters no-summary Only available for the ABR in Stub area. When this
parameter is selected, the ABR only advertises the
Summary-LSA for the default route, but no other
Summary-LSAs. The area is also called totally stub area.
Default By default, no area is set to be the STUB area.
Example Set the type of OSPF area 1 to the STUB area.
[3Com -ospf] area 1
[3Com -ospf-area-0.0.0.1] stub
OSPF Area view
Description All the routers in a Stub area must be configured with the corresponding attribute.
Related Command default cost
default-cost
2888 subscriber-line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
subscriber-line
Purpose Use the subscriber-line command to enter the voice subscriber-line view.
Syntax subscriber-line slot-number: { ts-set-number | 15 }
subscriber-line slot-number: 23
Indicate the subscriber line number generated in
creating Timeslot set or ISDN PRI set, determined by
the slot number of the E1V1 module.
ts-set-number Indicate the number of Timeslot set created
successfully.
15
ISDN PRI set on E1 subscriber line.
23 Indicate the subscriber line is generated in creating the
ISDN PRI set on T1 subscriber line.
Example Enter the view of subscriber line 1/0/0:5.
[ Rout er - voi ce] subscr i ber - l i ne 1/ 0/ 0: 5
R2 i nt er f ace encount er ed
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0: 5]
Voice view
Description This command applies to E1 and T1 voice.
After creating the Timeslot set successfully, the system will generate the subscriber
line corresponding to this Timeslot set according to current E1 subscriber-line number
and Timeslot set number, and the subscriber line number is E1 subscriber-line
number: Timeslot set number.
After configuring the ISDN PRI set successfully, the system will generate the subscriber
line corresponding to this PRI set according to the number of E1 subscriber-line where
the current PRI subscriber-line is located, and the subscriber line number is E1
subscriber-line number: 15.
After configuring the ISDN PRI set successfully on T1 subscriber-line, the system will
generate the subscriber line corresponding to this PRI set according to the number of
T1 subscriber-line where the current PRI subscriber-line is located, and the subscriber
line number is T1 subscriber-line number: 23.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family subscriber-line 2889
Command Reference
pri-set
2890 subscriber-line 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
subscriber-line
Purpose Use the subscriber-line command to enter FXS, FXO, analog E&M, or digital
E1/T1 voice subscriber-line view.
Syntax subscriber-line line-number
Purpose line-number
Subscriber line number.
Example Enter the view of the voice subscriber line 0/0/0 in voice view.
[ Gat eWay01- voi ce] subscr i ber - l i ne 0/ 0/ 0
FXO i nt er f ace encount er ed
[ Gat eWay01- voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0]
Any Voice view except for Voice Entity view
Description In the view, use subscriber-line command to enter the voice subscriber-line
view. When line-number is the FXS voice subscriber-line, the system will enter the
FXS voice subscriber-line view. When the line-number is the analog E&M voice
subscriber-line, the system will enter analog E&M voice subscriber-line view, etc.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family substitute 2891
Command Reference
substitute
Purpose Use the substitute command to bind the calling/called number-substitute list to
the voice subscriber-line or voice entity.
Use the undo substitute command to delete the calling/called number-substitute
list that is bound to the voice subscriber-line or voice entity.
Syntax substitute { cal l ed | cal l i ng } list-number
undo substitute { cal l ed | cal l i ng }
Parameters called
Apply the number-substitute rules to the called
number.
calling Apply the number-substitute rules to the calling
number.
list-number
Serial number of the number-substitute list. Valid
Default By default, no number-substitute list is bound to voice subscriber-line or voice entity.
That means the system does not substitute number.
Example Apply called number-substitute list 6 to voice subscriber-line 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] subst i t ut e cal l ed 6
Voice Entity View
Description Firstly, you should use the number-substitute list-number command to
configure the number-substitute lists in voice dial program view, and use the rule
command to configure the rules in the list. Secondly, you should use the
substitute command to apply the number-substitute list to the voice
subscriber-line or voice entity.
According to network requirements, you can complete number substitute in the
following two ways.
Before voice entities are matched, you can use the substitute command in the
voice subscriber-line view to substitute the calling/called numbers corresponding
to the specified subscriber-line.
After voice entities are matched and before a call is initiated, you can use the
substitute command in voice entity view to substitute the specified
calling/called numbers.
2892 substitute 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Related Commands number-substitute
rule
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family substitute incoming-call 2893
Command Reference
substitute incoming-call
Purpose Use the substitute incoming-call command to bind the calling/called
numbers of the incoming calls from the network side to the number-substitute list.
Use the undo substitute incoming-call command to cancel the binding.
Syntax substitute incoming-call { cal l ed | cal l i ng } list-number
undo substitute incoming-call { cal l ed | cal l i ng } { al l | list-number
}
Parameters called
number.
number.
list-number
all
All number-substitute rule lists.
Default By default, no number-substitute list is bound. That means the system does not
substitute any number.
Example Apply number-substitute list 5 to the called numbers of the incoming calls from the
network side.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] subst i t ut e i ncomi ng- cal l cal l ed 5
Description First, you can use the number-substitute list-number command in voice dial
program view to create a number-substitute list, and then use the rule command to
configure the rules in the list. Second, you can use the substitute
incoming-call command to apply the number-substitute list to the strategy of
incoming calls from the network.
You should follow these rules in using the command:
1. 32 number-substitute lists can be bound at most.
2894 substitute incoming-call 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
2. The system searches all the rules in the number-substitute lists in order, and it
stops the search once one rule works.
According to network requirements, before voice entities are matched, you can use
the substitute incoming-call command in the voice dial program view to
substitute all the calling/called numbers of the incoming calls from the network side.
rule
substitute outgoing-call
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family substitute outgoing-call 2895
Command Reference
Purpose Use the substitute outgoing-call command to bind the calling/called
numbers of the outgoing calls from the network side to the number-substitute list.
Use the undo substitute outgoing-call command to cancel the binding.
Syntax substitute outgoing-call { cal l ed | cal l i ng } list-number
undo substitute outgoing-call { cal l ed | cal l i ng } { al l | list-number
}
Parameters called
number.
number.
list-number
all
Delete all number-substitute rule lists.
Default By default, no number-substitute list is bound. That means the system does not
substitute any number.
Example Apply number-substitute lists 5, 6, and 8 to the called numbers of the outgoing calls
from the network side.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al ] subst i t ut e out goi ng- cal l cal l ed 5
Description First, you can use the number-substitute list-number command in voice dial
program view to create a number-substitute list, and then use the rule command to
configure the rules in the list. Second, you can use the substitute
outgoing-call command to apply the number-substitute list to the policy of
outgoing calls from the network.
You should follow these rules to use the command:
1. 32 number-substitute lists can be bound at most.
2896 substitute outgoing-call 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
2. The system searches all the rules in the number-substitute lists in order, and it
stops the search once one rule works.
According to network requirements, before voice entities are matched, you can use
the substitute outgoing-call command in the voice dial program view to
substitute all the calling/called numbers of the outgoing calls from the network side.
rule
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family summary 2897

Command Reference
summary
Purpose Use the summary command to configure automatic aggregation of sub-network
routes.
Use the undo summary command to disable automatic aggregation.
Syntax summary
undo summary
Parameters None
Default By default, no automatic aggregation of sub-network routes is executed.
Example Configure automatic aggregation of the sub-network routes.
[ 3Com- bgp] summar y
BGP Multicast view
BGP Unicast view
VPN Instance view
Description After the summary is configured, BGP cannot receive sub-network routes
redistributed from IGP, so the amount of the routing information can be reduced.
2898 summary 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
summary
Purpose Use the summary command to configure IS-IS route summary.
Use the undo summary command to cancel the summary.
Syntax summary ip-address mask [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 1- 2 | l evel - 2 ]
undo summary ip-address mask [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 1- 2 | l evel - 2 ]
Address segment of the routes to be aggregated.
mask
Aggregated route mask.
level-1
Aggregates the routes redistributed into Level-1.
level-1-2
Aggregates the routes redistributed to both areas and
backbone network.
level-2
Aggregates the routes redistributed to backbone
network only.
Default By default, no routes will be summarized.
Example Set a route summary of 202.0.0.0/8.
[ 3Com- i si s] summar y 202. 0. 0. 0 255. 0. 0. 0
IS-IS view
Description Similarly, the routes with the same next hops can be aggregated into one route. In
this way, the sizes of the routing table, LSP packets and LSDB are reduced. Among
them, the aggregated route can be either a route found by IS-IS protocol, or an
redistributed route. Furthermore, the cost value of the aggregated route adopts the
smallest cost of the routes aggregated.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family summary 2899
Command Reference
summary
Purpose Use the summary command to enable RIP-2 automatic route summarization.
Use the undo summary command to disable RIP-2 automatic route summarization.
Syntax summary
undo summary
Parameters None
Default By default, RIP-2 route summarization is enabled.
Example Set RIP version on the interface serial1/0/0 as RIP-2 and disable the route
summarization function.
[3Com -serial1/0/0] rip version 2
[3Com -serial1/0/0] quit
[3Com ] rip
[3Com -rip] undo summary
RIP view
Description Route aggregation can be performed to reduce the routing traffic on the network as
well as to reduce the size of the routing table. If RIP-2 is used, route summarization
function can be disabled with the undo summary command, when it is necessary to
broadcast the subnet route.
RIP-1 does not support subnet mask. Forwarding subnet route may cause ambiguity.
Therefore, RIP-1 uses route summarization all the time. The undo summary
command is invalid for RIP-1.
Related Command rip version
2900 super 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
super
Purpose Use the super command to switch the current user level to a specified user level, or
the command level that the user can access.
Syntax super [ level ]
Parameters level
Specifies a user level. Valid values are 0 to 3.
Example Switch to user level 3.
<3Com> super 3
Passwor d:
User pr i vi l ege changes t o 3 l evel , j ust equal or l ess t hi s l evel ' s
commands can be used.
Pr i vi l ege not e: 0- VI SI T, 1- MONI TOR, 2- SYSTEM, 3- MANAGE
User view
Description There are four levels of commands:
Visit: involves commands for network diagnosis (such as ping and tracert),
commands for accessing an external device (such as Telnet client, SSH client,
RLOGIN). Saving the configuration file is not allowed at this level.
Monitor: includes the display and debugging commands for system
maintenance, service fault diagnosis. Saving the configuration file is not allowed at
this level.
System: provides service configuration commands, including routing and
commands at each level of the network for providing services.
Manage: influences the basic operation of the system and the system support
modules for service support. Commands at this level involve file system, FTP, TFTP,
Xmodem download and configuration file switch, power control, standby board
control, user management, level setting, as well as parameter setting within a
system (the last case involves those non-protocol or non RFC provisioned
commands).
Login users are also classified into four levels that correspond to the four command
levels. After users at different levels log in, they can only use commands at their own,
or lower, levels.
To fence off intrusion of illegitimate users, users are required to provide the correct
super password, if one has been configured using the super password command,
when they switch from a lower level to a higher level. For privacy sake, the entered
password is not displayed on the screen. Users have three chances to provide the
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family super 2901
Command Reference
correct password. Only after the correct password is entered can they switch to the
higher level. Otherwise, the original user level remains unchanged.
Related Command super password
2902 super authentication mode 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
super authentication mode
Purpose Use the super authentication-mode command to configure authentication
mode for the super command, which can be configured to the following four modes:
super-password
scheme
super-password + scheme
scheme + super-password
Syntax super authentication-mode { super - passwor d | scheme }*
Parameters super-password
Adopts super-password authentication.
scheme
Adopts scheme configured by a user for
authentication.
Default By default, super-password authentication is adopted.
Example Configure Console user to adopt scheme authentication
[ 3Com] user - i nt er f ace consol e 0
[ 3Com- ui - con0] super aut hent i cat i on- mode scheme
User Interface view
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family super password 2903
Command Reference
super password
Purpose Use the super password command to set the password needed to switch from a
lower user level to a higher one.
Use the undo super password command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax super password [ l evel user-level ] { si mpl e | ci pher } password
undo super password [ l evel user-level ]
Parameters user-level
User level. Valid values for this argument are 1 to 3.
simple
Specifies to provide the password in plain text, which
may be any consecutive string up to 16 characters
long.
cipher Ciphertext password. You can define it in plain text, or
a string of up to 16 consecutive characters. The system
will automatically generate the corresponding
ciphertext, for example, 7-CZB#/YX]KQ=^Q`MAF4<1!!
for 123. Alternatively, you can define the password
directly in ciphertext, a string of up to 24 characters.
Whichever method is used, you must provide the
password in plain text at authentication time. For this
reason, you are recommended to define a ciphertext
password in plain text.
Reviewer Comment: Password definition is missing.
Default If no user-level parameter is configured, the password of the third level user is
adopted by default.
Example Set the password to zbr for switching the user level to three.
[ 3Com] super passwor d l evel 3 si mpl e zbr
System view
2904 sync-clock enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
sync-clock enable
Purpose Use the sync-clock enable command to enable clock synchronization between
the router and the OSM board.
Use the undo sync-clock enable command to disable clock synchronization
between the router and the OSM board.
Syntax sync-clock enable
undo sync-clock enable
Parameters None
Default By default, clock synchronization between the router and the OSM board is disabled.
Example Enable clock synchronization between the router and the OSM board in slot3/0/0.
[3Com-GigabitEthernet3/0/0]sync-clock enable
Disable clock synchronization between the router and the OSM board in slot3/0/0.
[3Com-GigabitEthernet3/0/0]undo sync-clock enable
GigabitEthernet Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family sync-clock interval 2905
Command Reference
sync-clock interval
Purpose Use the sync-clock interval command to set clock synchronization interval
between the router and the OSM board.
Syntax sync-clock interval inte-value
Parameters inte-value Clock synchronization interval, ranging from 1 to 1440
minutes, defaults to 1 minute.
Example Set the clock synchronization interval between the router and the OSM board in
slot3/0/0 to five minutes.
[3Com-GigabitEthernet3/0/0]sync-clock interval 5
Related Command sync-clock enable
2906 synchronize arp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
synchronize arp
Purpose Use the synchronize arp command to enable authorized ARP for global DHCP
address pools.
Use the undo synchronize arp command to disable authorized ARP that has
been enabled for global DHCP address pools.
Syntax synchronize arp
undo synchronize arp
Parameters None
Example Enter global address pool view and enable authorized ARP.
[ 3Com] dhcp sever i p- pool ar p
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - ar p] synchr oni ze ar p
Description After you enable authorized ARP for global DHCP address pools, the system permits IP
addresses allocated from the global address pools to be resolved dynamically using
ARP, and allows the corresponding authorized ARP entries to be added to the ARP
table.
3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family sysname 2907
Command Reference
sysname
Purpose Use the sysname command to set the name of the router.
Syntax sysname sysname
Parameters sysname Specifies the name of the router, comprised of a string
Default By default, the name of the router is 3Com.
Example Set the name of the router to R1760.
[ 3Com] sysname R1760
[ R1760]
System view
Description Modifying the name of the router affects the prompt of the CLI. For example, if the
router's name is 3Com, the prompt of user view is <3Com>.
2908 system-view 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
system-view
Purpose Use the system-view command to enter system view from the current user view.
Syntax system-view
Parameters None
Example To enter system view from user view, enter the following:
[ 3Com]
User view
Related Commands quit
return
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 bert 2909
Command Reference
t1 bert
Purpose Use the t1 bert command to start a BERT test on the specified T1 line on the CT3
interface.
Use the undo t1 bert command to stop the BERT test running on the specified T1
line on the CT3 interface.
Syntax t1 line-number bert pat t er n { 2^11 | 2^15 | 2^20 | 2^23 | qr ss } t i me
number [ unf r amed ]
undo t1 line-number bert
Parameters line-number T1 line number. Valid values are 1 to 28.
pattern Sets a BERT pattern, which could be 2^11, 2^15,
2^20, 2^23, or QRSS.
2^11
Two to eleventh power, length of the transmitted BERT
pattern in bits.
2^15
2^23
Two to the twenty third power, length of the
transmitted BERT pattern in bits.
qrss Two to the twentieth power, length of the transmitted
BERT pattern in bits. In this pattern, the presence of 14
consecutive zeros is not allowed.
time number
1440 minutes.
unframed The test pattern covers the overhead bits of the frame.
Example Run a 10-minute QRSS BERT test on T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 ber t pat t er n qr ss t i me 10
Stop the BERT test running on T1 line on CT3 interface 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] undo t 1 1 ber t
CT3 Interface view
2910 t1 bert 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
which, t1 lines on the CT3 interface support only 2^11, 2^15, 2^20, 2^23, and QRSS
at present.
t3 command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 channel-set 2911
Command Reference
t1 channel-set
Purpose Use the t1 channel-set command to bundle timeslots on the T1 channel.
Use the undo t1 channel-set command to remove the bundle.
Syntax t1 t1-number channel-set set-number timeslot-list range [ speed { 56k |
64k } ]
undo t1 t1-number channel-set set-number
Number of a T1 channel on the CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 84.
set-number
Channel set number. Valid values are 0 to 23.
range
Timeslots assigned to the channel set.
speed
Specifies how timeslots are bundled. If 56k applies, the
timeslots form an N 56 kbps bundle. If 64k applies,
timeslots form an N 64 kbps bundle. If the speed is
not specified, the default 64 kbps applies.
Example Bundle timeslots on T1 channel 1.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 channel - set 1 t i mesl ot - l i st 0- 23
Enter the serial interface view after the bundling operation.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] qui t
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 1: 1
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 1: 1]
View information on the serial interface formed by the timeslot bundle.
<3Com> di spl ay i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0/ 1: 1
CPOS Interface view
Description T1 commands are available with the CPOS(T) interface module but not with the
CPOS(E) interface module.
Related Command t1 unframed
2912 t1 channel set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 channel set
Purpose Use the t1 channel-set command to bundle the timeslots of a T1 line.
Use the undo t1 channel-set command to remove the timeslot bundle.
Syntax t1 line-number channel-set set-number t i mesl ot - l i st range [ speed { 56k
| 64k } ]
undo t1 line-number channel-set set-number
set-number The number of the channel-set formed by bundling
the timeslots of T1 line. Valid values are 0 to 23.
range
form number1-number2, or discrete timeslots by
specifying number1, number2-number3.
speed
Timeslot bundling mode. If 56k applies, the timeslots
are bundled into an N x 56 kbps bundle. If 64k applies,
the timeslots are bundled into an N x 64 kbps bundle.
It defaults to 64k.
Example Bundle a 128 kbps serial interface on the first T1 line on the interface T3 1/0/0.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set channel - set 1 t i mesl ot - l i st 1, 2
CT3 Interface view
Description When a T1 line is operating in framed (CT1) mode, you can bundle timeslots on it.
The system will automatically create a serial interface numbered serial number /
line-number:set-number for the channel-set. This interface operates at N x 64
Kbps (or N x 56 kbps) and has the same logic features of a synchronous serial
interface on which you can make other configurations.
Related Command t1 unframed
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 sendloopcode 2913
Command Reference
t1 sendloopcode
Purpose Use the t1 sendloopcode command to set the loopback mode of the specified
far-end T1 line.
Use the undo t1 sendloopcode command to remove the corresponding setting.
Syntax t1 line-number sendloopcode { i nband- l i ne- up | f dl - ansi - l i ne- up |
f dl - ansi - payl oad- up }
undo t1 line-number sendloopcode { i nband- l i ne- up | f dl - ansi - l i ne- up |
f dl - ansi - payl oad- up }
inband-line-up Places the far-end T1 line in a line loopback by sending
in-band signals.
fdl-ansi-line-up
Places the far-end T1 line in a line loopback by using
ANSI-compliant FDL.
fdl-ansi-payload-up
Places the far-end T1 line in a payload loopback by
using ANSI-compliant FDL.
Example Send the in-band signal on T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 1/0/0 to place the far-end T1
line in line loopback mode.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 sendl oopcode i nband- l i ne- up
Send line loopback control code on T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 1/0/0 to disable line
loopback on the far-end T1 line.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] undo t 1 1 sendl oopcode f dl - ansi - l i ne- up
CT3 Interface view
Description Loopback is an effective way of diagnosis. You may place a far-end device into
loopback mode either at command line on it or by sending loopback control code to
it. The types and formats of loopback control code supported on T1 interfaces are
compliant with ANSI T1.403.
Loopback is divided into line loopback and payload loopback by loopback method.
They differ in the sense that the data stream is looped back at the framer with line
loopback but not with payload loopback.
2914 t1 sendloopcode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
You may transmit loopback control code through the in-band signal (the 192 effective
bandwidth bits or all 193 bits of T1) or the FDL in ESF frames.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 set clock 2915
Command Reference
t1 set clock
Purpose Use the t1 set clock command to configure the clock mode of T1 channel.
Use the undo t1 set clock command to restore the default or slave.
Syntax t1 t1-number set clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo t1 t1-number set clock
Parameters t1-number Number of a T1 channel on the CPOS. Valid values are
1 to 84.
Master
Set the clock mode of T1 channel to master.
slave
Set the clock mode of the T1 channel to slave.
Example Set the clock mode of T1 channel 1 to master.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set cl ock mast er
CPOS Interface view
Description Different E1 channels on the same CPOS physical interface can use different clock
modes.
T1 commands are available with the CPOS(T) interface module but not with the
2916 t1 set clock 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 set clock
Purpose Use the t1 set clock command to set the clock mode for a T1 line on the CT3
interface.
Use the undo e1 clock command to restore the default or line clock.
Syntax t1 line-number set clock { mast er | sl ave }
undo t1 line-number set clock
master Internal clock.
slave Line clock.
Example Configure the first T1 line on the T3 interface to adopt line clock.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set cl ock sl ave
CT3 Interface view
Description When the CE3 interface is working in channelized mode, its E1 lines may use separate
clocks.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 set fdl 2917
Command Reference
t1 set fdl
Purpose Use the t1 set fdl command to set the behavior of the specified T1 line on the
FDL in ESF framing.
Use the undo t1 set fdl command to disable FDL of T1.
Syntax t1 line-number set fdl ansi
undo t1 line-number set fdl ansi
fdl
Sets the FDL format of T1.
ansi
Implements ANSI T1.403 FDL.
Default By default, ANSI T1.403 FDL is not configured.
Example On CT3 interface 1/0/0, set the FDL to be ANSI T1.403 compliant for T1 line 1.
[ 3Com] i nt er f ace t 3 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set f dl ansi
CT3 Interface view
periodical performance report (PPR) statistics or loopback code.
According to ANSI T1.403, the format of PPR is LAPD, and the format of loopback
code is BOP.
The t1 set fdl command only starts PPR transmission. It cannot be used to
enable loopback code transmission or detection.
2918 t1 set frame-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 set frame-format
Purpose Use the t1 set frame-format command to set a frame format for T1 channel.
Use the undo t1 set frame-format command to restore the default or ESF.
Syntax t1 t1-number set frame-format { esf | sf }
undo t1 t1-number set frame-format
values are 1 to 84.
esf Sets the T1 channel to use the extended super frame
(ESF) format.
sf
Sets the T1 channel to use the super frame (SF) format.
Example Set the frame format of T1 channel 1 to SF.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set f r ame- f or mat sf
CPOS Interface view
Description T1 commands are available with the CPOS(T) interface module but not with the
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 set frame-format 2919
Command Reference
t1 set frame-format
Purpose Use the t1 set frame-format command to configure the frame format of T1
line.
Use the undo t1 set frame-format command to restore the default or esf.
Syntax t1 line-number set frame-format { esf | sf }
undo t1 line-number set frame-format
esf
Set the T1 line to use the ESF format.
sf
Set the T1 line to use the SF format.
Example Adopt the frame format SF for the first T1 line on the T3 interface.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set f r ame- f or mat sf
CT3 Interface view
Description You can configure this command only when the T1 line is working in framed format
(which can be set by using the undo t1 unframed command).
Related Commands t1 unframed
2920 t1 set loopback 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 set loopback
Purpose Use the t1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the T1
channel.
Use the undo t1 set loopback command to disable loopback (default).
Syntax t1 t1-number set loopback { l ocal | r emot e }
undo t1 t1-number set loopback
Parameters t1-number Number of a T1 channel on the CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 84.
local
Places the T1 channel in local loopback.
remote
Places the T1 channel in remote loopback.
Example Place T1 channel 1 in remote loopback.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set l oopback r emot e
CPOS Interface view
Description Loopback is used for troubleshooting purpose. Disable loopback when the device is
working normally.
Related Command display controller cpos t1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 set loopback 2921
Command Reference
t1 set loopback
Purpose Use the t1 set loopback command to set the loopback mode of a T1 line on the
T3 interface.
Use the undo t1 set loopback command to disable the T1 line to loop back.
Syntax t1 line-number set loopback { l ocal | r emot e | payl oad }
undo t1 line-number set loopback
local
Enables the T1 line to perform local loopback.
remote
Enables the T1 line to perform remote loopback.
payload
Enables the T1 line to perform far-end payload
loopback.
Default By default, T1 lines are disabled to loop back.
Example Set the loopback mode on the first T1 line on the T3 interface to local.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 set l oopback l ocal
CT3 Interface view
Description If a T1 line encapsulated with PPP is placed in a loopback, it is normal that the state of
the link layer protocol is reported down.
Loopback is usually used for some special tests. Disable it in normal cases.
2922 t1 show 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 show
Purpose Use the t1 show command to view the line state of the specified T1 line on the CT3
interface.
Syntax t1 line-number show
show
Displays the physical line state of the specified T1 line.
Example Display line state of T1 line 1 on CT3 interface 3/0/0.
[ 3Com- T3 3/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 show
T3 1/ 0 CT1 1 i s up
Fr ame- f or mat ESF, cl ock sl ave, l oopback not set
FDL Per f or mance Repor t i s di sabl ed
Tr ansmi t t er i s sendi ng none
Recei ver al ar mst at e i s none
Li ne l oop back deact i vat e code usi ng i nband si gnal l ast sent
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce t est st ar t ed) : 0 Kbi t s
Bi t s r ecei ved ( si nce l at est sync) : 0 Kbi t s
Table 315 Description on the fields of the t1 show command
Field Description
T3 3/0/0 CT1 1 is up
Frame-format ESF Frame format of T1: ESF or SF
clock slave Clock used by the T1 line: slave or master
loopback not set Loopback state or mode: local, remote, payload, or not set.
FDL Performance Report is disabled
Transmitter is sending RAI
Receiver alarm state
Line loop back activate code using
inband signal last sent
BERT state BERT test state: running, complete, or stopped (not
completed)
Test pattern: 2^11, Status: Not Sync,
Sync Detected: 0
Test pattern in use, 2^11 in this example; synchronization
state, and the number of detected synchronizations
Time: 0 minute(s), Time past: 0
minute(s)
Bit errors (since test started): 0 bits Number of bit errors received since the start of the BERT
test
Bits received (since test started): 0
Kbits
Bit errors (since latest sync): 0 bits Number of bit errors received since the last synchronization
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 show 2923
Command Reference
CT3 Interface view
Bits received (since latest sync): 0
Kbits
Number of bits received since the last synchronization
Table 315 Description on the fields of the t1 show command (continued)
Field Description
2924 t1 shutdown 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 shutdown
Purpose Use the t1 shutdown command to shut down a T1 channel.
Use the undo t1 shutdown command to enable the T1 channel.
Syntax t1 t1-number shutdown
undo t1 t1-number shutdown
values are 1 to 84.
Default By default, T1 channel is enabled.
Example Shut down T1 channel 1.
[ 3Com- Cpos1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 shut down
CPOS Interface view
Description Disabling a T1 channel disables the serial interfaces formed on it, if there is any.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 shutdown 2925
Command Reference
t1 shutdown
Purpose Use the t1 shutdown command to shut down a T1 line on the CT3 interface.
Use the undo t1 shutdown command to open a T1 line.
Syntax t1 line-number shutdown
undo t1 line-number shutdown
Default By default, T1 lines are open.
Example Shut down the first T1 line on the T3 interface.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 shut down
CT3 Interface view
Description This command will affect not only the specified T1 line but also the serial interfaces
formed by bundling timeslots on the T1 line. Executing the t1 shutdown command
on the specified T1 line will shut down all these serial interfaces. Data transmission
and receiving will stop as a result. Likewise, executing the undo t1 shutdown
command will re-enable all these serial interfaces.
2926 t1 unframed 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
t1 unframed
Purpose Use the t1 unframed command to set a T1 channel on the CPOS interface to
unframed mode.
Use the undo t1 unframed command to restore the default, channelized mode.
Syntax t1 t1-number unframed
undo t1 t1-number unframed
Parameters t1-number Number of a T1 channel on the CPOS interface. Valid
values are 1 to 84.
Example Set T1 channel 3 on the CPOS interface 1/0/0 to operate in unframed mode.
[ 3Com- Cpos 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 3 unf r amed
CPOS Interface view
Description T1 channel does not contain frame control information, perform timeslot division, or
perform timeslot binding after it is configured to work in unframed mode. Its 24
timeslots and F-bit works as a path to form a serial interface at 1.544Mbit/s.
When the T1 channel is set to work in unframed mode, it does not include frame
control information and does not allow timeslot division or bundling. Its 24 timeslots
and F-bit form a 1.544 Mbps serial interface as a channel.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family t1 unframed 2927
Command Reference
t1 unframed
Purpose Use the t1 unframed command to set a T1 line on the CT3 interface to work in
unframed mode (T1 mode).
Use the undo t1 unframed command to set the T1 line on the CT3 interface to
work in framed mode (CT1 mode).
Syntax t1 line-number unframed
undo t1 line-number unframed
Default By default, T1 lines are working in framed mode.
Example Set the first T1 line on the T3 interface to work in unframed mode.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] t 1 1 unf r amed
CT3 Interface view
Description A T1 line in unframed mode does not contain the frame control information; it
cannot be divided into timeslots. Naturally, no timeslot bundling can be performed on
it. In this case, the system automatically creates a serial interface numbered serial
number / line-number:0 for it. This interface operates at 1544 kbps and has the
same logic features of a synchronous serial interface on which you can make other
configurations.
Related Command t1 channel set
2928 tcp mss 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tcp mss
Purpose Use the tcp mss command to designate a value as a threshold for TCP packets to be
fragmented.
Use the undo tcp mss command to prevent TCP packets from being fragmented.
Syntax tcp mss value
undo tcp mss
Parameters Value The threshold for the TCP packet to be fragmented.
Default By default, TCP packets are not fragmented.
Example Configure the threshold of TCP packet fragmentation to be 300.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] t cp mss 300
Interface view
Description Since the default MTU of the interface is 1500 bytes, this restricts the total length of
encryption packet head + data link expenditure + IP packet head
+ TCP packet to 1500 bytes. The dear length of TCP packets to fragment may be
about 1200 bytes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tcp timer fin-timeout 2929
Command Reference
tcp timer fin-timeout
Purpose Use the tcp timer fin-timeout command to configure the TCP finwait timer.
Use the undo tcp timer fin-timeout command to restore the default value of
the timer.
Syntax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value
undo tcp timer fin-timeout
Parameters time-value
TCP finwait timer value (in seconds). Valid values are
76 to 3600.
If no value is specifed, the default TCP finwait timer
value is 675 seconds.
Example Configure the TCP finwait timer value as 675 seconds.
[ 3Com] t cp t i mer f i n- t i meout 675
System view
Description When the TCP connection status changes from FIN_WATI_1 to FIN_WAIT_2, the
finwait timer is enabled. If FIN packet is not received before the timeout of finwait
timer, the TCP connection will be closed.
The configuration of this parameter needs to be implemented under the guidance of
the technical support engineers.
Related Commands tcp timer syn-timeout
tcp window
2930 tcp timer syn-timeout 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tcp timer syn-timeout
Purpose Use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the TCP synwait timer.
Use the undo tcp timer syn-timeout command to restore the default value of
the timer.
Syntax tcp timer syn-timeout time-value
undo tcp timer syn-timeout
Parameters time-value TCP synwait timer value (in seconds). Valid values are 2
to 600.
If no value is specified, the default TCP synwait timer
Example Configure the TCP synwait timer value as 55 seconds.
[ 3Com] t cp t i mer syn- t i meout 55
System view
Description When a syn packet is sent, TCP enables the synwait timer. If the response packet is
not received before synwait timeout, the TCP connection will be disabled.
The configuration of this parameter needs to be implemented under the guidance of
Related Commands tcp timer fin-timeout
tcp window
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tcp window 2931
Command Reference
tcp window
Purpose Use the tcp window command to configure the size of the transceiving buffer of
the connection-oriented Socket.
Use the undo tcp window command to restore the default size of the buffer, or 8
KB.
Syntax tcp window-si ze window-size
undo tcp window
Parameters window-size
The size of the transceiving buffer of the
connection-oriented Socket (in kilobytes (KB)). Valid
values are 1 to 32.
Example Configure the size of the transceiving buffer of the connection-oriented Socket as 4
KB.
[ 3Com] t cp wi ndow 4
System view
Description The configuration of this parameter needs to be implemented under the guidance of
Related Commands tcp timer fin-timeout
2932 telnet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
telnet
Purpose Use the telnet command to telnet from this router to another device.
Syntax telnet [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] host-ip-address [
service-port ]
vpn-instance-name
Sets the VPN instance name of MPLS VPN.
host-ip-address
Host name or IP address of the remote device, in
service-port Number of the TCP port where the remote device
provides the Telnet service. Valid values are 0 to 65535.
Default By default, if the service-port is not specified, the Telnet port number is 23.
Example Telnet from router 3Com to router 3Com 2 at 129.102.0.1.
<3Com> telnet 129.102.0.1
Trying 129.102.0.1...
Service port is 23
Connected to 129.102.0.1
<3Com2>
User view
Description By executing the telnet command, you can telnet from this router to another
device to manage it.
Related Command display tcp status
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family telnet-server source-interface 2933
Command Reference
telnet-server source-interface
Purpose Use the ftp-server source-interface command to specify a source
interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the Telnet server. After that,
the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet
sent by the Telnet server.
interface specified for the Telnet server. After that, the source IP address in each
packet sent by the Telnet server is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is
sent out.
Syntax telnet-server source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo telnet-server source-interface
interface-number
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the Telnet server is the IP
Example Set the source interface for the Telnet server to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] telnet-server source-interface Ethernet 0/0/0
System view
overrides.
2934 telnet-server source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
telnet-server source-ip
Purpose Use the telnet-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for
the packets sent by the Telnet server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
Use the undo telnet-server source-ip command to delete the source IP
address specified for the Telnet server. After that, the source IP address of each packet
sent by the Telnet server is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Syntax telnet-server source-ip ip-address
undo telnet-server source-ip
Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the Telnet server is the IP
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the Telnet server.
[Router] telnet-server source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
overrides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family telnet source-interface 2935
Command Reference
telnet source-interface
Purpose Use the telnet source-interface command to telnet from the main IP address
of the specified interface to the destination IP address.
Syntax telnet ip-address [ port ] source-interface interface-type
interface-number
port
Destination port number.
interface-type
interface-number
Specifies the source interface for telnet.
Example Telnet from the source interface ethernet 1/0/1 to the destination address 2.2.2.2.
<3Com> telnet 2.2.2.2 source-interface ethernet 1/0/1
User view
System view
2936 telnet source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
telnet source-ip
Purpose Use the telnet source-ip command to telnet from the specified source IP
address to the specified destination IP address.
Syntax telnet ip-address [ port ] source-ip source-address
port
Destination port number.
source-address Source IP address used when setting up a Telnet
connection.
Example Telnet from source IP address 1.1.1.1 to destination IP address 2.2.2.2.
<3Com> telnet 2.2.2.2 source-ip 1.1.1.1
User view
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family terminal debugging 2937
Command Reference
terminal debugging
Purpose Use the terminal debugging command to have the debugging information
displayed on the user terminal.
Use the undo terminal debugging command to disable the function.
Syntax terminal debugging
undo terminal debugging
Parameters None
Default By default, terminal display is disabled.
Example Display debugging information on the terminal.
<3Com> terminal debugging
User view
Related Command debugging
2938 terminal logging 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
terminal logging
Purpose Use the terminal logging command to have the log information displayed on
the terminal.
Use the undo terminal logging command to disable displaying log information
on the terminal.
Syntax terminal logging
undo terminal logging
Parameters None
Default By default, log information can be displayed on the terminal.
Example Disable displaying log information on the terminal.
<3Com> undo terminal logging
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family terminal monitor 2939
Command Reference
terminal monitor
Purpose Use the terminal monitor command to have the terminal display debugging
/log/trap information sent from the info-center.
Use the undo terminal monitor command to disable the terminal to display
debugging/log/trap information.
Syntax terminal monitor
undo terminal monitor
Parameters None
Default By default, terminal display is turned on for console users, allowing all prompt
messages to output to the console terminal.
Example Disable the terminal to display information sent from the info-center.
<3Com> undo terminal monitor
User view
Description For other types of terminal user, AUX, VTY, and TTY, terminal display is turned off by
default. To have the prompt messages for them output to the console terminal, you
need to configure the terminal monitor command.
The undo terminal monitor command prohibits all debugging, log, and trap
information from outputting to the current terminal, just as the undo terminal
debugging, undo terminal logging, and undo terminal trapping
commands would do.
When the terminal monitor command is configured, you can use the
terminal debugging/undo terminal debugging, terminal
logging/undo terminal logging, and terminal trapping/undo
terminal trapping commands to enable/disable debugging/log/trap information
output.
2940 terminal trapping 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
terminal trapping
Purpose Use the terminal trappingcommand to have the terminal display trap
information.
Use the undo terminal trapping command to disable the terminal to display
trap information.
Syntax terminal trapping
undo terminal trapping
Parameters None
Default By default, the terminal displays trap information.
Example Disable the terminal to display trap information.
<3Com> terminal trapping
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family terminal type 2941
Command Reference
terminal type
Purpose Use the terminal type command to set the terminal type.
Use the undo terminal type command to restore to the default type.
Syntax terminal type { ansi | vt 100 }
undo terminal type
Parameters ansi Sets the terminal type to ANSI.
vt100 Sets the terminal type to VT100.
Default By default, the terminal type is ANSI.
Example Set the terminal type to VT100.
[ 3Com- ui - vt y0] t er mi nal t ype vt 100
User Interface view
Description Currently, two terminal types are supported: ANSI and VT100.
2942 terminator 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
terminator
Purpose Use the terminator command to configure a special character string as the
terminator of a telephone number whose length is variable.
Use the undo terminator command to cancel the existing setting.
Syntax terminator character
undo terminator
Parameters character Telephone number terminator. The valid characters are
digits 0 through 9, alphabetic characters A through D,
pound sign (#), and asterisk (*).
Default By default, no terminator is configured.
Example Configure using # as a terminator.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al ] t er mi nat or #
Description In areas where telephone numbers with variable are used, a character can be
specified as a terminator in order to avoid that the system cannot dial until the dial is
timeout.
timer
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family test-enable 2943
Command Reference
test-enable
Purpose Use the test-enable command to execute an HWPing test.
Use the undo test-enable command to cancel an HWPing test.
Syntax test-enable
undo test-enable
Parameters None
Example Execute the HWPing test defined by the test group wgw-testicmp.
[Router-hwping-wgw-testicmp] test-enable
Description After you execute the test-enable command, the system does not display the test
result. You may view the test result information by executing the display hwping
command.
Related Command display hwping
2944 test-failtimes 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
test-failtimes
Purpose Use the test-failtimes command to configure the number of consecutive test
failures allowed before a trap is sent to the NMS.
Use the undo test-failtimes command to restore the default.
Syntax test-failtimes times
undo test-failtimes
Parameters times Number of consecutive test failures allowed. Valid
values are 1 to 15.
Example Send a trap to the NMS after three consecutive test failures.
[Router] test-failtimes 3
Description A test may include multiple probes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family test-time begin 2945
Command Reference
test-time begin
Purpose Use the test-time begin command to configure the start time and the lasting
time of a test.
Use the undo test-time command to stop the test and remove the configuration.
Syntax test-time begin { hh:mm :ss [ yyyy/mm/dd ] | now } lifetime lifetime
undo test-time
Parameters hh:mm:ss
Test start time.
yyyy/mm/dd
Test start time. Valid values for yyyy (year) are 2000 to
2099. Valie values for mm (month) are 1 to 12. Valid
values for dd (date) are 1 to 31.
now Specifies a test starts now.
lifetime Lasting time of a test (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to
2147483647.
Example Set the test to start from 14:03 and last 3600 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] hwping 1 1
[3Com-hwping-1-1] test-time begin 14:03:00 lifetime 3600
Description When the test is not performed, the configuration information you input is saved,
including test start time and lasting time.
If you set a start time earlier than the current system time or the test lasting time
you configured is 0, the test will not be performed.
When a test is being performed, you cannot perform any configuration; otherwise
the system prompts error.
After you configure this command, if the test-related parameters are not
complete, the system prompts configuration error.
The test starts until you execute the test-time begin command.
If you set a start time earlier than the current system time, when you modify the
current system time, the test will not be performed.
If lifetime of the test group expires, the test will stop and when you modify the
current system time, the test will not be performed.
2946 test-type 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
test-type
Purpose Use the test-type command to configure the type of the test.
Syntax test-type type [codec codec-value]
Parameters test-type
Test type, which can be one of the following keywords:
dhcp: DHCP test.
dlsw: DLSw test.
ftp: FTP connection test.
http: HTTP connection test.
icmp: ICMP test, which is the default test type.
jitter: Jitter test for analyzing delay variations in UDP
packet transmission.
snmpquery: SNMP test.
tcpprivate: Tests the TCP connection of a specified
unknown port.
tcppublic: Tests the TCP connection of port 7.
udpprivate: Tests the UDP connection of a specified
unknown port.
udppublic: Tests the UDP connection of port 7.
codec-value: Coding type for a voice test, which can
be configured for a Jitter test and can be the following
keywords:
g711a: Specifies coding type to G.711 A-Law.
g711u: Specifies coding type to G.711
muHmm-Law.
g729a: Specifies coding type to G.729A-Law.
Example Set test type to ICMP.
[Router-administrator-icmp] test-type icmp
Description HWPing tests include DHCP, DLSw, FTP, HTTP, ICMP, Jitter, SNMP, TCP, and UDP tests.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp 2947
Command Reference
tftp
Purpose Use the tftp command to upload or download a file through TFTP.
Syntax tftp ip-address { get | sget | put } source-filename [
destination-filename ]
IP address of the TFTP server.
source-filename
Source file name.
destination-filename
Target file name.
get
Downloads the file without protection. In this mode,
the router writes data to the Flash memory during file
transfer, which is somewhat unsafe. For example, if
you specify destination-filename to system, the
new file rewrites the original system file at real time.
The failure of this download attempt will cause
inability of the router to start.
sget
Downloads the file with protection. In this mode, the
router starts writing data to the Flash memory after file
transfer completes. Then the original system file will
not be rewritten even when the download fails, thus
ensuring higher reliability. This method however
requires larger memory.
put
Uploads the file.
Example Download file vrpcfg.cfg from the root directory of the TFTP server at 1.1.254.2 and
save it as vrpcfg.bak.
<3Com> tftp 1.1.254.2 get vrpcfg.cfg flash:/vrpcfg.bak
Upload file vrpcfg.cfg stored under the root directory of the Flash memory onto the
default directory on the TFTP server at 1.1.254.2 and save it as vrpcfg.bak.
<3Com> tftp 1.1.254.2 put flash:/vrpcfg.cfg vrpcfg.bak
User view
Related Command tftp-server acl
2948 tftp host source-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp host source-interface
Purpose Use the tftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface
that the TFTP client uses when accessing the specified TFTP server.
Syntax tftp host source-interface interface-type interface-number
Parameters host
IP address or name of a TFTP server.
interface-type
Default By default, the TFTP client uses the IP address of the outbound interface to access the
specified TFTP server.
Example Set the source IP address that the TFTP client uses when accessing the TFTP server at
192.168.0.2 to ethernet0/0/0.
<Router> tftp 192.168.0.2 source-interface ethernet0/0/0
User view
Description Use the tftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface
that the TFTP client uses when accessing the specified TFTP server. This interface must
be an exiting local interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp host source-ip 2949
Command Reference
tftp host source-ip
Purpose Use the tftp host source-ip command to specify the source IP address that the
TFTP client uses when accessing the specified TFTP server. This source IP address must
be a local address.
Syntax tftp host source-ip ip-address
Parameters host
IP address or name of a TFTP server.
ip-address
Source IP address.
Default By default, the TFTP client uses the IP address of the outbound interface to access the
specified TFTP server.
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address that the TFTP client uses when accessing the
TFTP server at 192.168.0.2.
<Router> tftp 192.168.0.2 source-ip 192.168.0.1
User view
2950 tftp hostname vpn-instance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp hostname vpn-instance
Purpose Use the tftp hostname vpn-instance to adopt VPN instance mode to access
TFTP server and upload and download files.
Syntax tftp hostname vpn-instance vpn-instance-name source-ip ip-address { get
| put | sget } source-filename [ destination-filename ]
Parameters hostname
Name of TFTP Server or IP address.
vpn-instance-name
ip-address
Source IP address.
get
FTP file downloading in normal mode, where the FTP
server writes data to the Flash memory during file
transfer. Therefore, when you specify
destianation-filename to system, new system file will
overwrite the original one momentarily. If system file
downloading fails, network disconnection for example,
might result in unsuccessful startup of the router. This
mode has a lower security factor.
sget File downloading mode with protection. In this mode,
the router stores the received user file into its memory
and writes data to the Flash memory after file receiving
completes. This means if file downloading fails
because of network disconnection for example, the
router can still start up because the original file is not
overwritten. This mode has a higher security factor,
however consumes more memory than the normal
mode.
put
Specifies to perform file uploading.
source-filename
destination-filename
Name of the destination file.
Example Upload the vrpcfg.cfg file to TFTP server in VPN instance mode. The IP address of TFTP
server is 172.31.1.7 and VPN instance name is vpn5.
<3Com> tftp 172.31.1.7 vpn-instance vpn5 source-ip 169.56.82.1 put
vrpcfg.cfg
User view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp hostname vpn-instance 2951
Command Reference
Description Follow these rules when executing this command:
VPN instance name must exist and be correct.
The specified source IP address must be the IP address of the router.
The specified VPN instance name must match the source IP address.
2952 tftp-server acl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp-server acl
Purpose Use the tftp-server acl command to reference an ACL to control access to the
TFTP server.
Syntax tftp-server acl acl-number
IP ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Example Reference ACL 2001 to control access to the TFTP server.
[3Com] tftp-server acl 2001
System view
Related Command tftp
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp-server directory 2953
Command Reference
tftp-server directory
Purpose Use the tftp-server directory command to configure the directory TFTP
Client can access.
Use the undo tftp-server directory command to restore the default
directory.
Syntax tftp-server directory directory
undo tftp-server directory
Directory that TFTP Client can access, which defaults to
Flash root directory.
Example Configure the directory TFTP client can access to flash:/object.
[3Com] tftp-server directory flash:/object
System view
2954 tftp-server enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp-server enable
Purpose Use the tftp-server enable command to enable TFTP Server.
Use the undo tftp-server enable command to disable TFTP Server.
Syntax tftp-server enable
undo tftp-server enable
Parameters None
Default By default, TFTP server is disabled.
Example Enable TFTP server.
[Router] tftp-server enable
% Start TFTP Server
Disable TFTP server.
[Router] undo tftp-server enable
Some files are being transferred now. This operation will cut the
connection between the server and client, continue?[Y/N]:y
System view
Description When you use the undo tftp-server enable command to disable TFTP server, if
a file is being transmitted, the system prompts you whether to forcibly disconnect the
server. Only after your confirmation is the TFTP server disconnected.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp-server max-users 2955
Command Reference
tftp-server max-users
Purpose Use the tftp-server max-users command to maximum number of concurrent
users that are allowed to access TFTP server.
Use the undo tftp-server max-users command to restore to the default.
Syntax tftp-server max-users number
undo tftp-server max-users
Parameters number
Maximum number of users that are allowed to access
TFTP server. Valid values are 1 to 6 and defaults to 1.
Default By default, concurrent access of multiple users to TFTP server is not supported. If this
function is needed, users can configure it by themselves.
Example Configure the maximum number of concurrent users to access TFTP server to 3.
[Router] tftp-server max-users 3
System view
2956 tftp-server retry-times 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp-server retry-times
Purpose Use the tftp-server retry-times command to configure maximum number of
retry times for TFTP server timeout retransmission.
Use the undo tftp-server retry-times command to restore the default.
Syntax tftp-server retry-times times
undo tftp-server retry-times
Parameters times Maximum number of retry times for timeout
retransmission. Valid values are 1 to 20.
Example Configure maximum number of retry times for TFTP server timeout retransmission.
[3Com] tftp-server retry-times 6
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp-server timeout 2957
Command Reference
tftp-server timeout
Purpose Use the tftp-server timeout command to configure UDP packet response
timeout time for TFTP server.
Use the undo tftp-server timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax tftp-server timeout seconds
undo tftp-server timeout
Parameters seconds
Response timeout time for a UDP packet (in seconds).
If no value is specified, the default is five seconds.
Example Configure UDP packet response timeout time for TFTP server to 10 seconds.
[3Com]tftp-server timeout 10
System view
2958 tftp-server update 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp-server update
Purpose Use the tftp-server update command to set the file update mode that the FTP
server uses while receiving data.
Use the undo tftp-server update command to restore the default, or fast
mode.
Syntax tftp-server update { fast | normal }
undo tftp-server update
Parameters fast
Fast update mode.
normal
Normal update mode.
Example Set the FTP update mode to fast.
[3Com] tftp-server update fast
System view
Description The FTP server can update files you upload to it in either of the following modes:
In fast mode, the FTP server judges whether there is enough space for storing files
in the Flash and then starts writing data to the Flash memory after file transfer
completes; if there is not enough space, the FTP server sends error prompt
message and releases memory. This protects the existing files on the router from
being ruined in the event that anomalies, power failure for example, occur during
a file transfer.
In normal mode, the FTP server writes data to the Flash memory during file
transfer. This means that any anomaly, power failure for example, during file
transfer might result in corruption of the files on the router. This mode consumes
less memory than the fast mode, however has a lower security factor.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tftp source-interface 2959
Command Reference
tftp source-interface
Purpose Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the TFTP client.
specified for the TFTP client.
Syntax tftp source-interface interface-type interface-number
undo tftp source-interface
Example Set the source interface for the TFTP client to ethernet0/0/0.
[Router] tftp source-interface ethernet0/0/0
System view
Description Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which
must be an existing local interface, for the TFTP client. After that, the IP address of the
specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the TFTP
client.
specified for the TFTP client. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by
the TFTP client is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out.
tftp source-interface command or with the tftp source-ip command. If
2960 tftp source-ip 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tftp source-ip
Purpose Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets
sent by the TFTP client.
for the TFTP client.
Syntax tftp source-ip ip-address
undo tftp source-ip
Source IP address.
Default By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the TFTP client is the IP
Example Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the TFTP client.
[Router] tftp source-ip 192.168.0.1
System view
Description Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets
sent by the TFTP client. This IP address must be a local IP address.
for the TFTP client. After that, the source IP address of each packet sent by the TFTP
tftp source-interface command or with the tftp source-ip command.
If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family time-out 2961
Command Reference
time-out
Purpose Use the time-out command to configure the time waiting for a DPD
acknowledgement.
Use the undo time-out command to restore the default.
Syntax time-out seconds
undo time-out
Parameters seconds
Time waiting for a DPD acknowledgement (in
Example Set time-out to two seconds.
[ 3Com- i ke- dpd- aaa] t i meout 2
Reset time-out to five seconds.
[ 3Com- i ke- dpd- aaa] undo t i meout
DPD Structure view
2962 time-range 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
time-range
Purpose Use the time-range command to specify a time range.
Use the undo time-range command to delete a time range.
Syntax t i me- r ange time-name { start-time t o end-time days-of-the-week [ f r om
start-time start-date ] [ t o end-time end-date ] | f r omstart-time
start-date [ t o end-time end-date ] | t o end-time end-date }
undo t i me- r ange time-name { start-time t o end-time days-of-the-week [
f r omstart-time start-date ] [ t o end-time end-date ] | f r omstart-time
start-date [ t o end-time end-date ] | t o end-time end-date
Parameters time-name Name of time range.
start-time Start time of a time range, in the format of HH:MM.
end-time
End time of a time range, in the format of HH:MM.
days-of-the-week
Indicates on which day of a week the time range is
valid or from which day in a week the time range is
valid. It is represented by numbers 0 through 6,
respectively for Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday.
Working-day includes Monday through Friday;
Off-day includes Saturday and Sunday;
Daily includes the seven days of a week.
from start-time start-date
Optional. Used to indicate the start time and date. The
input format of time is hh:mm, which is shown in
24-hour notation. The range of hh is from 0 to 23 and
the range of mm is from 0 to 59. The input format of
date is MM/DD/YYYY. DD can be in the value range
from 1 to 31. MM is one number in the range from 1
to 12 and YYYY is one number in the range from 1970
to 2100 . If no start time is set, it means that there is
no restriction on start time and only the end time
should be considered.
to end-time end-date
Optional. Used to indicate the end time and date. In
addition, the input format of time and date is the same
with that of the start time. The end time must be
greater than the start time. If the end time is not set, it
will be the maximum time that the system can set.
Example Configure the time range valid at 0:0 on Jan. 1, 2003, always valid.
[ 3Com] t i me- r ange t est f r om0: 0 1/ 1/ 2003
Configure the time range valid between 14:00 and 16:00 in every weekend from
20:00 on Apr.01, 2003 to 20:00 on Dec.10, 2003.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family time-range 2963
Command Reference
[ 3Com] t i me t est 14: 00 t o 16: 00 of f - day f r om20: 00 04/ 01/ 2003 t o 20: 00
12/ 10/ 2003
Configure the time range valid between 8:00 and 18:00 in each working day.
[ 3Com] t i me- r ange t est 8: 00 t o 18: 00 wor ki ng- day
Configure the time range valid between 14:00 and 18:00 in each weekend day.
[ 3Com] t i me- r ange t est 14: 00 t o 18: 00 of f - day
System view
Description A time range can be one of the following types:
Absolute time range created using the time-range time-name [ from time1
date1 ] [ to time2 date2 ] command. For example, you can use the time-range
test from 20:00 04/01/2003 to 20:00 12/10/2003 command in system view to
create an absolute time range spanning from April 1, 2003 20:00 to December 10,
2003 20:00.
Periodic time range created using the time-range time-name [ start-time to
end-time ] [ days ] command. For example, you can create a periodic time
range spanning from 12:00 to 17:00 on a daily basis.
Periodic time range effective within an absolute time range, created by the
time-range time-name [ start-time to end-time ] [ days ] [ from time1
date1 ] [ to time2 date2 ] command. For example, you can use the
time-range test 14:00 to 16:00 off-day from 20:00 04/01/2003 to 20:00
12/10/2003 command in system view to create a time range spanning from 14:00
to 16:00 and effective on off-days between April 1, 2003 20:00 and December
10, 2003 20:00.
Combined time range formed by multiple time range segments. If no periodic time
range segment is included, the combined time range is the union of all the
absolute time range segments. If periodic time range segments are included, the
combined time range is the intersection of the absolute time range segment union
and the periodic time range segment union.
To display the configured time range, use the display time-range command.
2964 timeout 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timeout
Purpose Use the timeout command to configure a timeout time for a test.
Use the undo timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax timeout time
undo timeout
Parameters time
Timeout time (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 60.
It no value is specified, the default is three seconds. For
a Jitter test, the default is five seconds.
Example Set the timeout time to 10 seconds.
[Router-administrator-icmp] timeout 10
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer (Digital E&M) 2965
Command Reference
timer (Digital E&M)
Purpose Use the timer command to configure the timeout values of the signals in the digital
E&M signaling.
Use undo timer command to restore them to defaults.
Syntax timer { di al - i nt er val | r i ngback } seconds
timer wai t - di gi t { seconds | i nf i ni t y }
undo timer { di al - i nt er val | r i ngback | wai t - di gi t }
Parameters dial-interval seconds
Set the max waiting time between two digit numbers,
it is any integer in the 0 to 300 seconds. By default, the
dial-interval seconds is 4 seconds.
ring-back seconds
Set the timeout time for the calling party to wait for
the ringback response from the called party. It is any
integer in the range 5 to 60000 seconds. By default,
the ring-back seconds is 60 seconds.
wait-digits second
Set the timeout time for the called party to wait for the
called number. It is any integer in the range 3 to 600
seconds. By default, the wait-digits seconds is 5
seconds.
infinity
Indicate that there is no time limit, that is, timeout will
not occur.
Example Set the ringback response timer to 30 seconds on a voice subscriber-line.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne1/ 0/ 0: 3] t i mer r i ngback 30
The timer ring-back seconds command can be used at the digital E&M
subscriber-line to set the timeout time for a calling party to wait for the ringback
response from the called party.
The timer wait-digit seconds command can be used at the digital E&M
subscriber-line to set the timeout time for a called party to wait for the called number.
2966 timer configuration 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer configuration
Purpose Use the timer configuration command to set the interval to send ISH packets.
Use the undo timer configuration command to revert to the default interval
to send ISH packets.
Syntax timer configuration [ seconds ]
undo timer configuration
Parameters seconds Interval in seconds to send ISH packets. Valid values for
this argument range from 1 to 65535.
Example Set the interval to send ISH packets to 20 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[ 3Com] esis
[ 3Com- esi s] timer configuration 20
ES-IS view
Description Note:
Make sure the interval to send ISH packets (CT) is less than or equal to one third of
the holding time (HT) of the information ISH packets carry. Otherwise, you are
prompted with configuration error messages.
HT value must be at least three times of that of CT. So, with CT larger than 60, if
you try to revert to the default HT (180) by executing the undo timer holding
command, you are prompted with an error message and the operation stops. You
can execute the undo timer holding command to revert to the default HT
successfully only when CT is less than or equal to 60.
Related Command timer holding
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer-dial-interval 2967
Command Reference
timer-dial-interval
Purpose Use the timer dial-interval command to configure the timer that the system
waits for a subscriber to dial the next digit.
Use the undo timer dial-interval command to restore the default time
settings.
Syntax timer dial-interval seconds
undo timer dial-interval
Parameters seconds
The maximum interval between two digits. Valid values
are 1 to 300 seconds.
Example Set the maximum duration waiting for the next digit on voice line 0/0/0 to 5 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t i mer di al - i nt er val 5
Description This command is applied to FXO, FXS subscriber-lines.
This timer will restart whenever the subscriber dials a digit and will work in this way
until all the digits of the number are dialed. If the timer times out before the dialing is
completed, the subscriber will be prompted to hook up and the call is terminated.
Setting the argument seconds of a timer to 0 will disable this timer.
2968 timer dl (R2) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer dl (R2)
Purpose Use the timer dl command to configure the timeout value of line signals of R2
signaling.
Use the undo timer dl command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer dl { answer | cl ear - back | cl ear - f or war d | sei zur e | r e- answer |
r el ease- guar d } time
undo timer dl { answer | cl ear - back | cl ear - f or war d | sei zur e |
r e- answer | r el ease- guar d }
Parameters answer time
Timeout interval during which R2 waits for an answer
signal (in milleseconds). The terminating point should
send back an answer signal in the specified time after
a seizure acknowledgement signal is sent. Valid values
are 10 to 120000 milliseconds.
milliseconds.
clear-back time Timeout interval of R2 clear-back signal (in
milleseconds). After it sends a clear-back signal, the
terminating point should recognize the forward signal
sent by the originating point in the specified time.Valid
values are 100 to 60000 milliseconds.
milliseconds.
clear-forward time Timeout interval of R2 clear-forward signal (in
milleseconds).. After the originating point sends a
clear-forward signal, the terminating point should send
back a corresponding line signal in the specified time,
such as clear-back signal or release guard signal. Valid
milliseconds.
seizure time
Timeout value of R2 seizure signal (in milleseconds).
After the originating point sends a seizure signal, the
terminating point should send back a seizure
acknowledgement signal in the specified time. Valid
milliseconds.
re-answer time
Timeout interval of R2 re-answer signal (in
milleseconds). When the originating point recognizes
the clear-back signal, if the terminating point does not
send a re-answer signal in the specified time, the
originating point releases the line. Valid values are 100
to 60000 milliseconds.
milliseconds.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer dl (R2) 2969
Command Reference
release-guard time
Timeout interval of R2 release guard signal (in
milleseconds). When the originating point sends a
clear-forward signal, the terminating point should send
a release guard signal in the specified time after it
sends back a clear-back signal. Valid values are 100 to
60000 milliseconds.
milliseconds.
Example Configure the timeout interval of R2 signaling seizure signal to 300ms.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] t i mer dl sei ze 300
R2 CAS view
2970 timer dtmf (R2) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer dtmf (R2)
Purpose Use the timer dtmf command to configure the time interval for sending DTMF
signals.
Use the undo timer dtmf command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer dtmf time
undo timer dtmf
Parameters time Interval at which R2 signaling sends DTMF signals, in
the range 50 to 10000 milliseconds. It defaults to 50
milliseconds.
Example Configure the R2 signaling to send a DTMF signal 800 milliseconds after the reception
of the seizure acknowledgement signal.
[ 3Com- cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] t i mer dt mf 800
R2 CAS view
Normally, the originating point sends a DTMF signal upon receiving the line seizure
acknowledgement signal. Using this command, you can configure the device at the
originating point to send a DTMF signal after the specified time interval, so as to
make it appropriate to the number receiving process of the peer PBX,
Related Command dtmf
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer first-dial 2971
Command Reference
timer first-dial
Purpose Use the timer first-dial command to configure the timer that the system
waiting for a subscriber to dial the first digit.
Use the undo timer first-dial command to restore the default time settings.
Syntax timer first-dial seconds
undo timer first-dial
Parameters seconds
The maximum time waiting for the first dial. Valid
If no value is specified, the default seconds is 10s.
Example Set the maximum duration waiting for the first dial on voice line 0/0/0 to 10 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t i mer f i r st - di al 10
Description This command is applied to FXO, FXS subscriber-lines.
Upon the expiration of the timer, the subscriber will be prompted to hook up and the
call is terminated.
2972 timer hold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer hold
Purpose Use the timer hold command to set the polling interval.
Use the undo timer hold command to restore the default value of the polling
interval.
Syntax timer hold seconds
undo timer hold
Parameters seconds Value of the polling interval (in seconds). Valid values
are 0 to 32767. A 0 indicates that the link detection
Default By default, the value of seconds is 10 seconds.
Example Set the value of polling interval on interface Serial1/0/0 to 100 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] t i mer hol d 100
Interface view
Description The polling interval should be set to equal at the two ends of the data link. A zero
polling interval set in both ends will close the polling operation of the data link.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer hold 2973
Command Reference
timer hold
Purpose Use the timer hold command to configure the polling timer at the DTE side.
Use the undo timer hold command to restore its default value.
undo timer hold
Parameters seconds Value of polling timer (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to
32767. A value of 0 indicates that the LMI protocol is
disabled.
Example Configure that Frame Relay interface serial1/0/0 to work in DTE mode, and set the
value of polling timer to 15 seconds.
Interface view
Description The parameter defines the interval of Status-Enquiry packet sent by DTE.
fr lmi t392dce
2974 timer hold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer hold
Purpose Use the timer hold command to set the timer to send keepalive packet.
Use the undo timer hold command to restore the default value.
undo timer hold
Parameters seconds
Time interval for the interface to send keepalive packet
(in seconds). Valid values are 0 to 32767.
Example Set the PPP timer hold to 20 seconds.
Description For the very slow data links, the seconds parameter must not be set too small.
Because the long datagram can only be transferred totally after a long time, the
transfer of keepalive datagram is delayed. The data link would be regarded to be
broken if the interface has not received the keepalive packet from the other end for
many keepalive periods. When the keepalive time is set to a very long time, the link is
considered broken by the other end, and then is closed.
At the two ends of a PPP link, the same keepalive interval is recommended.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer holding 2975
Command Reference
timer holding
Purpose Use the timer holding command to set the holding time of the information ISH
packets sent carry.
Use the undo timer holding command to revert to the default holding time.
Syntax timer holding [ seconds ]
undo timer holding
Parameters seconds
Holding time of the information ISH packets sent carry.
The Holding Time field of an ISH packet holds the
holding time of its information. Valid values for this
argument range from 1 to 65535.
Example Set the interval to send ISH packets to 20 seconds, and the holding time of the
information ISH packets sent carry to 60 seconds.
[ 3Com] esi s
[ 3Com- esi s] t i mer conf i gur at i on 20
[ 3Com- esi s] t i mer hol di ng 60
ES-IS view
Description Note:
Make sure the holding time (HT) of the information ISH packets carry is at least
three times to the interval to send ISH packets (CT). Otherwise, you are prompted
with configuration error messages.
HT value must be at least three times of that of CT. So, with CT larger than 60, if
you try to revert to the default HT (180) by executing the undo timer holding
command, you are prompted with an error message and the operation stops. You
can execute the undo timer holding command to revert to the default HT
successfully only when CT is less than or equal to 60.
2976 timer keep-alive hold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer keep-alive hold
Purpose Use the timer keep-alive hold command to configure the Keepalive and
Holdtime timer of BGP.
Use the undo timer keep-alive hold command to restore the default values
of the Keepalive and Holdtime timers.
Syntax timer keep-alive keepalive-interval hol d holdtime-interval
undo timer
Parameters keepalive-interval
Interval for sending Keepalive message, ranging from 0
to 65535. By default, its value is 60 seconds.
holdtime-interval
Keepalive time of BGP, ranging from 0 to 65535. By
default, its value is 180 seconds.
Example Configure the Keep-alive and Hold-time timers as 30 seconds and 60 seconds,
respectively.
[ 3Com- bgp] t i mer keepal i ve 30 hol d 60
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer loop 2977
Command Reference
timer loop
Purpose Use the timer loop command to set the auto detect interval, that is, the frequency
for auto detect.
Use the undo timer loop command to restore the default auto detect interval.
Syntax timer loop seconds
undo timer loop
Parameters seconds
Auto detect interval (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to
86,400.
Example Set the detect interval of detect group 10 to 60 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] timer loop 60
Detect Group view
2978 timer lsp-max-age 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer lsp-max-age
Purpose Use the timer lsp-max-age command to configure the maximum lifetime of an
LSP generated by the current router.
Use the undo timer lsp-max-age command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer lsp-max-age seconds
undo timer lsp-max-age
Parameters seconds Specifies the maximum lifetime of LSP, measured in
seconds. The range is 1 to 65535. The default value is
1200 seconds.
Example Set the lifetime of an LSP generated by the current system to 25 minutes, i.e., 1500
seconds.
[ 3Com- i si s] t i mer l sp- max- age 1500
IS-IS view
Description When a router generates the LSP of the system, it will fill in the maximum lifetime of
this LSP. When other routers receive this LSP, its lifetime will be reduced continuously
as the time goes by. If updated LSP has not been received before the old one times
out, this LSP will be deleted from the LSDB.
Related Command timer-lsp-refresh
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer-lsp-refresh 2979
Command Reference
timer-lsp-refresh
Purpose Use the timer lsp-refresh command to configure the refresh interval of LSP.
Use the undo timer lsp-refresh command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer lsp-refresh seconds
undo timer lsp-refresh
Parameters seconds Specifies the LSP refresh interval ( in seconds). Valid
seconds.
Example Set the LSP refresh interval of the current system to 1500 seconds.
[ 3Com- i si s] t i mer l sp- r ef r esh 1500
IS-IS view
Description By this mechanism, synchronization of the LSPs within the entire area can be
maintained.
Related Command timer lsp-max-age
2980 timer quiet 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer quiet
Purpose Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that the primary server must
wait before it can resume the active state.
Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the default (five minutes).
Syntax timer quiet minutes
undo timer quiet
Parameters minutes The number of minutes the primary server must wait
before it can resume the active state. Valid values are 1
to 255.
If no value is specified, the default is 5 minues.
Example Set the quiet timer for the primary server to ten minutes.
[ 3Com] r adi us scheme t est 1
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] t i mer qui et 10
RADIUS view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer quiet 2981
Command Reference
timer quiet
Purpose Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that a primary server must wait
before it can resume the active state.
Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the default (five minutes).
Syntax timer quiet minutes
undo timer quiet
Parameters minutes
The number of minutes the primary server must wait
before it resumes the active state. Valid values are 1 to
255 minutes.
Example Set the quiet timer for the primary server to ten minutes.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] t i mer qui et 10
TACACS+ view
2982 timer realtime-accounting 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose tUse the timer realtime-accounting command to configure a real-time
accounting interval.
Use the undo timer realtime-accounting command to restore the default
interval.
Syntax timer realtime-accounting minutes
undo timer realtime-accounting
Parameters minutes
Real-time accounting interval (in minutes). Valid values
are multiples of 3 between 3 and 60.
Example Set the real-time accounting interval in the RADIUS scheme 3Com to 51 minutes.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] t i mer r eal t i me- account i ng 51
RADIUS view
Description The setting of real-time accounting interval is indispensable to real-time accounting.
After an interval value is set, the NAS transmits the accounting information of online
users to the RADIUS accounting server at intervals of this value.
The setting of real-time accounting interval somewhat depends on the performance
of the NAS and the RADIUS server: a shorter interval requires higher device
performance. You are therefore recommended to adopt a longer interval when there
are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table
recommends the ratio of minutes to the number of users.
Table 316 Recommended ratio of minutes to the number of users
Number of users Real-time accounting interval (minute)
1 99 3
100 499 6
500 999 12
=1000 =15
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer realtime-accounting 2983
Command Reference
Purpose Use the timer realtime-accounting command to configure a real-time
accounting interval.
Use the undo timer realtime-accounting command to restore the default
interval.
Syntax timer realtime-accounting minutes
undo timer realtime-accounting
Parameters minutes
Real-time accounting interval (in minutes). Valid values
are multiples of 3 between 3 and 60.
Example Set the real-time accounting interval in the TACACS+ scheme 3Com to 51 minutes.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- 3Com] t i mer r eal t i me- account i ng 51
TACACS+ view
Description Real-time accounting interval is necessary for real-time accounting. After an interval
value is set, the NAS transmits the accounting information of online users to the
TACACS accounting server at intervals of this value.
The setting of real-time accounting interval depends somewhat on the performance
of the NAS and the TACACS server: a shorter interval requires higher device
performance. You are therefore recommended to adopt a longer interval when there
are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table
recommends the ratio of minutes to the number of users.
Table 317 Recommended ratio of minutes to the number of users
Number of users Real-time accounting interval (minute)
1 99 3
100 499 6
500 999 12
=1000 =15
2984 timer register-complete (R2) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer register-complete (R2)
Purpose Use the timer register-complete command to configure the timeout value for
register signals of R2 signaling.
Use the undo timer register-complete command to restore the default
value.
Syntax timer register-complete gr oup- b time
undo timer register-complete gr oup- b
Parameters group-b time Timeout value in which the originating point waits for
Group-B signal of R2 signaling. The terminating point
should send Group-B signal in the specified time when
switching to Group-B exchange. It ranges from 100 to
90,000ms. By default, it is set to 30,000ms.
Example Configure the maximum Group-B signal exchange time to 10,000 ms during
connecting process.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] t i mer r egi st er - compl et e gr oup- b 10000
R2 CAS view
Related Command timer dl (R2)
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer register-pulse (R2) 2985
Command Reference
timer register-pulse (R2)
Purpose Use the timer pulse command to configure the persistence time of the register
pulse signal of R2 signaling (A3, A4 and A6, etc.).
Use the undo timer pulse command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer register-pulse per si st ence time
undo timer register-pulse
Parameters persistence time
Duration time of the register pulse signal of R2
signaling (in milleseconds). Valid values are 100 to
1,000 milliseconds.
If no value is specified, the default is set to 15030
milliseconds.
Example Set the persistence time of the register pulse signal of R2 signaling to 300ms.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] t i mer r egi st er - pul seper si st ence 300
R2 CAS view
When the terminating point sends a backward register pulse signal, such as A3, the
signal must persist for a specified time range. When the originating point receives the
pulsed A3 signal, it has to send a forward Group II signal. When the originating point
recognizes the pulse signal A4, A6, or A15, it stops sending any forward signal, and
terminates the register signal exchange.
Related Command timer register-complete (R2)
2986 timer response-timeout 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer response-timeout
Purpose Use the timer response-timeout command to configure the RADIUS server
response timer.
Use the undo timer response-timeout command to restore the default.
Syntax timer response-timeout seconds
undo timer response-timeout
Parameters seconds RADIUS server response timeout timer. Valid values are
1 to 10 seconds.
Example Set the response timeout timer in the RADIUS scheme 3Com to 5 seconds.
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] t i mer r esponse- t i meout 5
RADIUS view
Description If the NAS receives no response from the RADIUS server after sending a RADIUS
request (authentication/authorization or accounting request) for a period, the NAS
resends the request, thus ensuring the user can obtain the RADIUS service. You can
specify this period by setting the RADIUS server response timeout timer, taking into
consideration the network condition and the desired system performance.
retry
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer response-timeout 2987
Command Reference
Purpose Use the timer response-timeout command to set the response timeout timer
of the TACACS server.
Use the undo timer response-timeout command to restore the default (five
seconds).
Syntax timer response-timeout seconds
undo timer response-timeout
Parameters seconds
Valid values are 1 to 300 seconds.
Example Set the response timeout time of the TACACS server to 30 seconds.
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- t est 1] t i mer r esponse- t i meout 30
TACACS+ view
Description As the TACACS+ is based on TCP, either the server response timeout and/or the TCP
timeout may cause disconnection to the TACACS server.
2988 timer retry 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer retry
Purpose Use the timer retry command to configure the value of connection request re-try
period.
Use the undo timer retry command to restore the default value.
Syntax timer retry seconds
undo timer retry
Parameters seconds Value of connection request re-try period in seconds.
Example Configure the connection request re-try period to 60 seconds.
<Qudiway> system-view
[3Com] msdp
[3Com-msdp] timer retry 60
MSDP view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer ring (R2) 2989
Command Reference
timer ring (R2)
Purpose Use the timer ring command to configure the maximum time range before the
signal tone of R2 signaling is sent.
Use the undo timer ring command to restore it to the default value.
Syntax timer ring { r i ngback | r i ngbusy } time
undo timer ring { r i ngback | r i ngbusy }
Parameters ringback time
Time interval before ring-back tone is sent, ranging
from 1,000 to 90,000ms. By default, it is set to
60,000ms.
ringbusy time Time interval before busy tone is sent, ranging from
1,000 to 90,000ms. By default, it is set to 30,000ms.
Example Configure the timeout interval for R2 signaling ring-back tone to 10,000ms.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 0] t i mer r i ng r i ngback 10000
R2 CAS view
By manually configuring the senrding command, you can enable the device at the
originating point to send ring-back and busy tones to the calling party. The timer
ring command helps you identify these signals.
Related Command sendring
2990 timer ring-back 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer ring-back
Purpose Use the timer ring-back command to configure the maximum duration for the
system to send the ringback tone.
Use the undo timer ring-back command to restore the default.
Syntax timer ring-back seconds
undo timer ring-back
Purpose seconds Maximum duration of ringback tone (in seconds). Valid
If no value is specified, the default is 60 seconds. This
argument applies on interfaces that are analog E&M,
digital E&M, FXS, or FXO.
Example Set the maximum time duration for the system to send ringback tone to eight
seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t i mer r i ngback 8
Description This command applies only on interfaces that are analog E&M, digital E&M, FXS, or
FXO.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer spf 2991
Command Reference
timer spf
Purpose Use the timer spf command to configure the interval for the SPF calculation.
Use the undo timer spf command to restore the default setting.
Syntax timer spf seconds [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
undo timer spf [ l evel - 1 | l evel - 2 ]
Parameters seconds Specifies the SPF calculation interval (in seconds). Valid
level-1
Sets Level-1 SPF calculation interval only.
level-2
Sets Level-2 SPF calculation interval only.
If the level is not specified, it defaults to SPF interval of
Level-1.
Example Set the SPF calculation interval of the router to 3 seconds.
[ 3Com- i si s] t i mer spf 3
IS-IS view
Description In IS-IS protocol, when the LSDB of the corresponding level is changed, SPF
calculation is required. However, if the SPF calculation is performed too frequently, the
system efficiency will be lowered and a great number of resources on the network will
be occupied. SPF calculation interval can improve its calculation efficiency to some
degree. This setting can be made according to actual conditions.
2992 timer wait 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timer wait
Purpose Use the timer wait command to set a timeout period for a probing attempt.
Use the undo timer wait command to restore the default timeout period for a
probing attempt.
Syntax timer wait seconds
undo timer wait
Parameters seconds Timeout time for a probing attempt (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 to 30.
Example Set the probing attempt timeout period to three seconds for detect group 3.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] timer wait 3
Detect Group view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timer wait-digit 2993
Command Reference
timer wait-digit
Purpose Use the timer wait-digit command to configure the maximum time duration
that the system waits for a digit.
Use the undo timer wait-digit command to restore the default time settings.
Syntax timer wait-digit { i nf i ni t y | seconds }
undo timer wait-digit
Parameters infinity
Infinite time.
seconds
The maximum duration waiting for a digit, in the range
3 to 600 seconds. It defaults to 5 seconds. This
argument only applies to analog and digital E&M
interfaces.
Example Set the maximum duration waiting for the first dial on voice line 0/0/0 to 5 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t i mer wai t - di gi t 5
Description This command is applied to analog E&M and digital E&M subscriber-lines.
Setting the argument seconds of a timer to 0 will disable this timer.
2994 timers 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
timers
Purpose Use the timers command to modify value for the three timers, Period update,
Timeout and Garbage-collection, of RIP.
Use the undo timers command to restore the default setting.
Syntax timers { update update-timer-length | timeout timeout-timer-length } *
undo timers { update | timeout } *
Parameters update-timer-length Period update value (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to
3600.
timeout-timer-length
Timeout value (in seconds). Valid values are 1 to 3600.
Default The default values of timer Period update, Timeout and Garbage-collection are
respectively 30s, 180s and 120s.
Example Set timer Period update to 10 seconds and timer Timeout to 30 seconds.
[3Com ] rip
[3Com -rip] timers update 10 timeout 30
RIP view
Description Usually, the timing length of timer Garbage-collection is fixedly 3 times longer than
that of timer Period update. However, in practice, an unreachable route will not be
completely deleted until the fourth update packet sent from the same neighbor is
received. So the actual timing length of timer Garbage-collection is as 3 to 4 times as
that of timer Period update. Additionally, the modification on timer Period update will
affect timer Garbage-collection.
The modified value of RIP timers will take effect immediately.
Related Command display rip
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timeslot-set 2995
Command Reference
timeslot-set
Purpose Use the timeslot-set command to configure the timeslot set to perform R2
signaling and digital E&M signaling configurations.
Use the undo timeslot-set command to cancel the specified timeslot set.
Syntax timeslot-set ts-set-number t i mesl ot - l i st timeslots-list si gnal {
e&m- del ay | e&m- i mmedi at e | e&m- wi nk | r 2 }
undo timeslot-set ts-set-number
Parameters ts-set-number
Specify the identification number of a certain Timeslot
set. Valid values are 0 to 30.
timeslots-list Specify a timeslot range. The expression includes the
from 1 to 31.
signal
Specify the binding signaling mode of this Timeslot set,
which is generally used to configure the signaling
mode adopted by the central office. It includes the
following types of signaling:
e&m-delay Adopt the delay-start mode in the
digital E&M signaling.
e&m-immediate Adopt the immediate-start mode
in the digital E&M signaling.
e&m-wink Adopt the wink-start mode in the digital
E&M signaling.
r2 Specify that the signaling mode adopt ITU-T
Q.421 digital line signaling R2, which is the most
common configuration signaling.
Default By default, no TS set is configured, and if the digital E&M signaling is used, then
adopts e&m-immediate mode.
Example Create a timeslot set numbered 5, including 1 to 31 timeslots and using R2 signaling.
2996 timeslot-set 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description Use the timeslot-set command to configure the timeslot set to perform R2
signaling and digital E&M signaling configurations.
Use the undo timeslot-set command to cancel the specified timeslot set.
The Timeslot set is actually the logical subscriber line abstracted from the physical E1
interface, mainly used for configuring R2 signaling, digital E&M signaling and other
voice functions. In one E1 interface only one Timeslot set can be defined. In defining
the timeslot range of Timeslot set, the timeslot range can be distributed is 1-15 and
17-31, and the No.16 timeslot is reserved as the transmission channel of the
out-of-band signaling.
When using the digital E&M signaling delay-start mode (e&m-delay), If the calling side
off-hooks to occupy the trunk line, the connected peer (e.g., PBX) will also enter the
off-hook state to answer the calling party and will remain in that state until it is ready
for receiving the address message. In this case, the PBX enters the hook-up state (this
interval is the delay-dial period). The calling party sends the address message, and PBX
connects this call to the called party, and thus the two parties can begin their
communications.
When the digital E&M signaling e&m-immediate mode is adopted, the calling party
off-hooks to wait for the confirmation of time, and then it sends the dialing address
message to the connected peer such as a PBX. During the process, it does not detect
whether the PBX is ready to receive.
When the digital E&M signaling e&m-wink mode is adopted, the calling party first
off-hooks to occupy the trunk line while the connected peer (e.g., a PBX) remains in
the hook-up state until it receive the connecting signal from the calling party. In this
case, the wink signal sent by the PBX indicates that it has been ready. Upon receiving
the wink signal, the calling party begins to send the address message and the PBX will
connect the call to the called party and thus the two parties can begin their
communications.
Only after establishing TS set successfully can the command subscriber-line be used to
enter the subscriber line and configure the voice-related attributes.
Related Commands subscriber-line
cas
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family timestamp 2997
Command Reference
timestamp
Purpose Use the timestamp command to enable the local end to send voice packets with
timestamps.
Use the undo timestamp command to disable voice packets to carry timestamps.
Syntax timestamp
undo timestamp
Parameters None
Default By default, voice packets do not carry timestamps.
Example Enable voice packets to carry timestamps in VoFR voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] timestamp
Voice Entity view
2998 tos 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tos
Purpose Use the tos command to assign a value to the ToS field in the header of HWPing test
packets.
Use the undo tos command to cancel the ToS value configuration.
Syntax tos value
undo tos
Parameters value ToS field in the header of HWPing test packets.Valid
If no value is specified, the default ToS field is not set.
Example Set the ToS field in the header of HWPing packets to one.
[Router-administrator-ftp] tos 1
Description In a ping command, service type is set using the argument -o.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family trace interval 2999
Command Reference
trace interval
Purpose Use the trace interval command to configure the interval for information
recording in the debugging process, that is, the number of voice packets upon the
pass of which a record will be made.
Use the undo trace interval command to restore the default.
Syntax trace interval packets
undo trace interval
Parameters packets
Number of voice packets. Valid values are 1 to 10000.
Example Record debugging information for every 300 voice packets.
[ Rout er - voi ce] t r ace i nt er val 300
Voice view
3000 tracert 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tracert
Purpose Use the tracert command to trace the gateways by which a packet passes from
source to destination for network connectivity test and fault location.
Syntax tracert [ -a X.X.X.X | -f first_TTL | -m max_TTL | -p port | -q nqueries
| vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | -w timeout ] * host
Parameters -a X.X.X.X
Specifies the source IP address in this trace. It is in the
format of X.X.X.X and must be the address of a local
interface.
-f first_TTL Tests the correctness of the f switch. first_TTL
specifies an initial TTL in the range 0 to maximum TTL.
-m max_TTL
Tests the correctness of the m switch. max_TTL
specifies a maximum TTL, which can be any TTL larger
than the initial TTL.
-p port
Tests the correctness of the p switch. port is an
integer specifying a port on the destination host.
Normally, you need not to change this option.
-q nqueries Tests the correctness of the q switch with nqueries
specifying the number of the query packets sent each
time. It can be any integer greater than zero.
vpn-instance
vpn-instance-name Sets the vpn-instance name of MPLS VPN,
specifying the VPN attribute configured in this tracert
command, that is, name of the associated
vpn-instance created locally.
-w timeout Tests the correctness of the -w switch. timeout
specifies the timeout time of IP packets. It is in seconds
and can be any integer larger than zero.
host
IP address of the destination host.
Default The following are default settings that apply when none of the parameters is
specified:
The parameters -a and vpn-instance are not specified.
first_TTL is 1.
max_TTL is 30.
port is 33434.
nqueries is 3.
timeout is 5 seconds.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tracert 3001
Command Reference
Example <3Com> tracert 18.26.0.115
tracert to allspice.lcs.mit.edu (18.26.0.115), 30 hops max
1 helios.ee.lbl.gov (128.3.112.1) 0 ms 0 ms 0 ms
2 lilac-dmc.Berkeley.EDU (128.32.216.1) 19 ms 19 ms 19 ms
3 lilac-dmc.Berkeley.EDU (128.32.216.1) 39 ms 19 ms 19 ms
4 ccngw-ner-cc.Berkeley.EDU (128.32.136.23) 19 ms 39 ms 39 ms
5 ccn-nerif22.Berkeley.EDU (128.32.168.22) 20 ms 39 ms 39 ms
6 128.32.197.4 (128.32.197.4) 59 ms 119 ms 39 ms
7 131.119.2.5 (131.119.2.5) 59 ms 59 ms 39 ms
8 129.140.70.13 (129.140.70.13) 80 ms 79 ms 99 ms
9 129.140.71.6 (129.140.71.6) 139 ms 139 ms 159 ms
10 129.140.81.7 (129.140.81.7) 199 ms 180 ms 300 ms
11 129.140.72.17 (129.140.72.17) 300 ms 239 ms 239 ms
12 * * *
13 128.121.54.72 (128.121.54.72) 259 ms 499 ms 279 ms
14 * * *
15 * * *
16 * * *
17 * * *
18 ALLSPICE.LCS.MIT.EDU (18.26.0.115) 339 ms 279 ms 279 ms
Any view
Description The following sections describe how a tracert operates:
Tracert sends a packet with TTL value of 1.
The fist hop sends back an ICMP TTL Expired message.
Tracert resends the packet with TTL value of 2.
The second hop sends back an ICMP TTL Expired message when the packet
arrives.
This process continues until the packet reaches its destination. By doing this, the
source station obtains the source address in every returned ICMP TTL Expired message
to draw the path for the IP packet to reach its destination.
After detecting a fault with the ping command, you can use the tracert
command to locate the problem.
The output of the command tracert includes IP addresses of all the gateways along
the path to the destination. If a gateway times out, asterisks (***) are output.
3002 tracert clns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tracert clns
Purpose Use the tracert clns command to track the nodes along the route that leads to a
specified destination.
Syntax tracert clns [ - mmax-TTL | - n n-request | - t timeout | - v ] * NSAP
Parameters -m max-TTL
Sets the maximum time to live (TTL) value available for
echo request (ERQ) packets. Valid values for the
max-TTL argument range from 1 to 255.
-n n-request
Sets the maximum number of ERQ packets that can be
sent for a specific TTL. Valid values for the
n-request argument range from 0 to 65535.
-t timeout Sets the interval (in seconds) to wait for response
packets. Valid values for the timeout argument
range from 0 to 65535.
-v Specifies to display the descriptions of errors that the
error numbers in returned error report packets
correspond to.
NSAP
Destination Layer 3 address in the format of ##.####.
... .##. A Layer 3 addresses can be 8 to 20 bytes in
length.
Example Execute the tracert clns command with CLNS not enabled.
[ 3Com] tracert clns 49.0001.0000.0000.026a.00
CLNS has not been enabl ed, pl ease enabl e CLNS f i r st
Execute the tracert clns command with local NET address not configured.
[ 3Com] tracert clns 49.0001.0000.0000.026a.00
No l ocal Net wor k Ent i t y Ti t l e ( NET) t o use
Execute the tracert clns command normally.
[ 3Com] tracert clns v 47.0001.0001.0001.000a.0025.11
No l ocal Net wor k Ent i t y Ti t l e ( NET) t o use
t r acer out e 47. 0001. 0001. 0001. 000a. 0025. 11, 30 hops max, 39 byt e packet
pr ess CTRL_C t o br eak
1 47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0033. 00 19ms
47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0034. 00 20ms
47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0033. 00 19ms
2 *
*
*
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tracert clns 3003
Command Reference
3 47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0035. 00 20ms ! A
Dest i nat i on addr ess unr eachabl e
47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0036. 00 10ms
47. 0001. 0002. 0001. 000c. 0035. 00 10ms ! A
Dest i nat i on addr ess unr eachabl e
4 47. 0001. 0001. 0001. 000a. 0025. 11 39ms
47. 0001. 0001. 0001. 000a. 0025. 11 39ms
47. 0001. 0001. 0001. 000a. 0025. 11 19ms
Any view
Description This command can be used to test the reachability of a specified network and
troubleshoot network problems.
Upon executed, the command first sends an ERQ packet with a TTL of 1 to the
destination. It sends another ERQ packet with a TTL of 2 when being replied with a
TTL timeout packet. The command continues sending ERQ packets to the destination,
each with its TTL 1 larger than that of its predecessor, until a TTL timeout packet sent
from the destination is received. You can obtain the nodes of the route that leads to
the destination by checking the source addresses of these TTL timeout packets.
When executing the tracert clns command, make sure that:
The IS is assigned a NET address. (Refer to the clns net command.)
CLNS is enabled globally. (Refer to the clns enable command.)
Generation of ER packets is enabled globally. (Refer to the clns erpacket
enable command.)
Table 318 Description on the fields of the tracert clns command
Field Description
* No response packet received when times out
! Error report packet received before times out (Error types are described
as follows)
N Unknown error type
P Packet format conflict with protocol
C Checksum error
G Packet discarded due to network congestion
H Cannot parse packet header
S Packet cannot be fragmented
I Incomplete packet
D Duplicated options
T Unsupported packet type
A Destination unreachable
O Unsupported or not specified option
V Wrong protocol version
Q QoS error
R Error in reassembling
3004 traffic behavior 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
traffic behavior
Purpose Use the traffic behavior command you can define a traffic behavior and enter
the behavior view.
Use the undo traffic behavior command to delete a traffic behavior.
Syntax traffic behavior behaviorname
undo traffic behavior behaviorname
Parameters behavior-name Behavior name.
Example Define a traffic behavior named behavior1.
[ 3Com] t r af f i c behavi or behavi or 1
[ 3Com- behavi or - behavi or 1]
System view
Description behavior-name shall not be the traffic behavior pre-defined by the system. The
traffic behaviors defined by the system include ef, af, and be.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family traffic classifier 3005
Command Reference
traffic classifier
Purpose Use the traffic classifier command to define a class and enter the class view.
Use the undo traffic classifier command to delete a class.
Syntax traffic classifier tcl-name [ oper at or { and | or } ]
undo traffic classifier tcl-name
Parameters and Specifies the relation between the rules in the class as
logic AND. That is, the packet that matches all the
rules belongs to this class.
or
Specifies the relation between the rules in the class as
logic OR. That is, the packet that matches any one of
the rules belongs to this class.
tcl-name
Class name.
Default By default, the relation is operator and.
Example Define a class named as class 1.
[ 3Com- cl assi f i er - cl ass1]
System view
Description tcl-name shall not be the classes pre-defined by the system. The classes defined by
the system include: default-class, ef, af1, af2, af3, af4, ip-prec0, ip-prec1, ip-prec2,
ip-prec3, ip-prec4, ip-prec5, ip-prec6, ip-prec7, mpls-exp0, mpls-exp1, mpls-exp2,
mpls-exp3, mpls-exp4, mpls-exp5, mpls-exp6, and mpls-exp7.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3006 traffic-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
traffic-policy
Purpose Use the traffic-policy command to associate a sub-policy to the behavior.
Use the undo traffic-policy command to remove the association.
Syntax traffic-policy policy-name
undo traffic-policy
Specifies a policy by its name.
Example Embed the sub-policy Child in the policy for the traffic behavior database
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] t r af f i c- pol i cy Chi l d
Description After defining a class using the traffic classifier command, you can have it
perform the associated behavior defined in its policy and in addition, use a sub-policy
to sub-classify the class, having it perform the behavior defined in the sub-policy. You
can thus implement policy embedding.
Related Commands traffic behavior
traffic classifier
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family traffic-shaping adaptation 3007
Command Reference
traffic-shaping adaptation
Purpose Use the traffic-shaping adaptation command to enable the adaptive traffic
shaping function of frame relay.
Use the undo traffic-shaping adaptation command to disable this
function.
Syntax traffic-shaping adaptation { becn percentage | i nt er f ace- congest i on number
}
undo traffic-shaping adaptation { becn | i nt er f ace- congest i on }
Parameters becn Adjusts the packets with the BECN flag.
percentage Adjustment percentage. Valid values are 1 to 30
percent. The default value is 25 percent.
interface-congestion
Traffic shaping according to the number of the packets
in the outbound queue.
number
Number of packets in the queue. Valid values are 1 to
40.
Default By default, traffic-shaping adaptation is enabled, and the ratio of each adaption is set
to 25.
Example Enable the frame relay traffic shaping function, by adjusting the packets with the
BECN flag.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] t r af f i c- shapi ng adapt at i on becn 20
Related Commands fr traffic-shaping
cir allow
cir
3008 traffic-share-across-interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
traffic-share-across-interface
Purpose Use the traffic-share-across-interface command to enable RIP to
distribute traffic equally on multiple interfaces using equal-cost routes.
Use the undo traffic-share-across-interface command to disable traffic
sharing across interfaces.
Syntax traffic-share-across-interface
undo traffic-share-across-interface
Parameters None
Default By default, traffic sharing across RIP interfaces is disabled.
Example Enable RIP traffic sharing across interfaces.
[Router-rip] traffic-share-across-interface
Enable RIP traffic sharing across interfaces in RIP MBGP address family view.
[3Com ] ip vpn-instance 3Com
[3Com -vpn-xhy] route-distinguisher 100:1
[3Com -rip] ipv4-family vpn 3Com
[3Com -rip-af-vpn-instance] traffic-share-across-interface
RIP Protocol view
RIP MBGP Address Family view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family transform 3009
Command Reference
transform
Purpose Use the transform command to set a security protocol used by a proposal.
Use the undo transform command to restore the default security protocol.
Syntax transform { ah | ah- esp | esp }
undo transform
Parameters ah Uses AH protocol specified in RFC2402.
ah-esp Uses ESP specified in RFC2406 to protect the packets
and then uses AH protocol specified in RFC2402 to
authenticate packets.
esp
Uses ESP specified in RFC2406.
Default By default, esp, that is, the ESP specified in RFC2406 is used.
Example Set a proposal using AH.
[ 3Com- i psec- pr oposal - pr op1] t r ansf or mah
IPSec Proposal view
Description If ESP is adopted, the default encryption algorithm is DES and the authentication
algorithm is MD5.
If AH is adopted, the default authentication algorithm is MD5.
If the parameter ah-esp is specified, the default authentication algorithm for AH is
MD5 and the default encryption algorithm for ESP is DES without authentication.
AH protocol provides data authentication, data integrity check and anti-replay
function.
ESP protocol provides data authentication, data integrity check, anti-replay function
and data encryption.
While establishing a SA manually, the proposals used by the ipsec policy set at both
ends of the security tunnel must be set as using the same security protocol.
3010 transform 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
The following figure illustrates the data encapsulation formats of different security
protocols in the transport mode and the tunnel mode. The data in this figure is the
original IP datagram.
Figure 2 Data encapsulation formats of security protocols)
encapsulation-mode
ipsec proposal
proposal
Transfer
mode
Security
protocol
transport tunnel
ah
esp
ah-esp
IP AH
data
IP AH
data
IP
IP ESP
data
ESP-T IP ESP
data
ESP-T IP
IP ESP
data
ESP-T AH IP ESP
data
ESP-T AH IP
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family translate ip 3011
Command Reference
translate ip
Purpose Use the translate ip command to configure an X2T forwarding route from IP
network to X.25 network.
Use the undo translate ip command to cancel a configured X2T forwarding
route from IP network to X.25 network.
Syntax translate ip ip-address por t port-number { x25 x.121-address | pvc {
interface-type interface-number } pvc-number }
undo translate ip ip-address por t port-number
Parameters ip-address Local IP address.
port-number TCP port number on which the local router listen
messages.
x.121-address
Destination address of X.121 after translation.
interface-type
Interface type.
interface-number
Number of the port encapsulated with X25.
pvc-number
PVC number.
Example Configure an X2T forwarding route to forward the packets that the local device
receives at 10.1.1.1:102 to the X.121 address 111.
[ Rout er ] Tr ansl at e i p 10. 1. 1. 1 por t 102 x25 111
Configure an X2T forwarding route to forward the packets that the local device
receives at 10.1.1.1:102 to PVC 1 on the interface serial 0/0/0. .
[ Rout er ] Tr ansl at e i p 10. 1. 1. 1 por t 102 pvc ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 1
System view
Description When the host in IP network transmits packets to the specified IP address and port
number of the router, the router will translate these IP packets to X.25 ones and then
forward them to a specified X1.121 address or PVC in X.25 network.
x.121-address supports wildcard. For the details about how to use wildcard, refer
to the X25 route command.
3012 translate x25 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
translate x25
Purpose Use the translate x25 command to configure an X2T forwarding route from
X.25 network to IP network.
Use the undo translate x25 command to cancel this configuration.
Syntax translate x25 x.121-address i p ip-address por t port-number
undo translate x25 x.121-address
Parameters x.121-address Destination address of X.121.
ip IP address of the remote host to be connected.
port Port number of the remote host to be connected.
Example Configure an X2T forwarding route to forward the packets that are received at the
X.121 address 111 to the IP address 10.1.1.1:102.
[ Rout er ] Tr ansl at e x25 1111 i p 10. 1. 1. 1 por t 102
System view
Description Users can implement the packet forwarding between X25 and IP network. The
program compares the destination address in the X.25 call request packet with
x.121-address, then initiates a TCP connection to a specified IP address and port
number according to the configuration if the matching result describes it is an X2T
application.
You can establish mapping between port numbers and X.121 addresses by multiple
commands.
x.121-address supports wildcard. For the details about how to use wildcard, refer to
the X25 route command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family transmit gain 3013
Command Reference
transmit gain
Purpose Use the transmit gain command to configure the voice subscriber-line output
end gain value.
Use the undo transmit gain command to restore the default value.
Syntax transmit gain value
undo transmit gain
Parameters value
Voice output gain ranging -14.0 to 14.0 in dB with one
digit after the decimal point. By default, the value is 0
dB.
Example Configure the voice output gain value as -6.7dB on subscriber line 0/0/0
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t r ansmi t gai n - 6. 7
When a relatively small voice signal power is needed on the output line, this
command can be used to properly increase the voice output gain value to adapt to
the output line signal requirement.
CAUTION: Adjusting the gain may cause voice calls unable to be established.
Therefore, when required, adjust the gain only under the direction of technical
support staff.
Related Commands receive gain
subscriber-line
3014 transmit-priority 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
transmit-priority
Purpose Use the transmit-priority command to assign a transmit priority to the ATM
PVC associated with the UBR, VBR-T, or VBR-NRT service. The higher priority PVC is
allocated bandwidth before any other PVCs.
Uses the undo transmit-priority command to restore the default transmit
priority of the PVC according to the associated service type.
Syntax transmit-priority value
undo transmit-priority
Parameters value
Priority in the range 0 to 9, with a higher value
indicating a higher priority.
The transmit priority for the UBR service ranges from 0
to 4 and defaults to 0.
The transmit priority for the VBR-NRT service ranges
from 5 to 7 and defaults to 5.
The transmit priority for the VBR-RT service ranges
from 8 to 9 and defaults to 8.
Default After you change the service type of the PVC, its transmit priority changes to the
default for the current service.
Example Assign the transmit priority of 3 to ATM PVC1/32.
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m5/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32- hun] t r ansmi t - pr i or i t y 3
[ 3Com- at m- pvc- At m5/ 0/ 0- 1/ 32- hun] di spl ay at mpvc- i nf o i nt er f ace at m
5/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32
At m5/ 0/ 0, VPI : 1, VCI : 32, Name: hun, I NDEX: 0
AAL5 Encaps: SNAP, Pr ot ocol : I P
Ser vi ce- t ype: UBR, out put - pcr : 100000 kbps
Tr ansmi t - Pr i or i t y: 3
OAM i nt er val : 0 sec( di sabl ed) , OAM r et r y i nt er val : 1 sec
OAM r et r y count ( up/ down) : 3/ 5
I nt er f ace St at e: UP, OAM St at e: UP, PVC St at e: UP
ATM PVC view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family trunk-direction 3015
Command Reference
trunk-direction
Purpose Use the trunk-direction command to configure the E1 trunk direction.
Use the undo trunk-direction command to restore the default value.
Syntax trunk-direction t i mesl ot s timeslots-list { i n | out | dual }
undo trunk-direction t i mesl ot s timeslots-list
Parameters timeslots-list Specify the range of trunk timeslot. The expression
includes the single digit, two digits separated by ,, a
pair of digits separated by -, or the combination
form (e.g., 1-14, 15, 17-31). The value range of digits
is the integer from 1 to 31.
in
Indicate the trunk is the incoming trunk.
out
Indicate the trunk is the outgoing trunk.
dual
Indicate the trunk is the bidirectional trunk.
Default By default, configure the bidirectional trunk.
Example Configure the trunk direction as bidirectional trunk for timeslot set 5 on E1 port 1/0/0.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] t r unk- di r ect i on t i mesl ot s 1- 31 dual
R2 CAS view
Description Use the trunk-direction command to configure the E1 trunk direction.
Use the undo trunk-direction command to restore the default value.
When configuring the E1 trunk direction as incoming trunk, this trunk will not load
any outgoing call. When configuring the E1 trunk direction as outgoing trunk, this
trunk can only be used for the outgoing call and not for incoming call. When
configuring it as bidirectional trunk, it can load the outgoing call and incoming call
respectively according to the initiative of originating call.
To keep the E1 communication appropriate, if the E1 trunk adopts the mode of
incoming trunk or outgoing trunk, then one end of it must be ensured as incoming
and other as outgoing, or the connection will fail. If both ends of E1 trunk adopt the
bidirection mode, it is required to use the command of select-mode to adjust the
3016 trunk-direction 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
trunk selection policy to avoid the simultaneous hold of timeslot by the two sides of
communication.
In configuration avoid that one end is bidirectional trunk while the other end is
outgoing trunk, or the call from the end configured as the bidirectional trunk will
always fail.
select-mode
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family trunk-id 3017
Command Reference
trunk-id
Purpose Use the trunk-id command to configure the number that the local end dials to call
the PSTN side in FRF.11 trunk mode.
Use the undo trunk-id command to restore the local called number to null.
Syntax trunk-id string
undo trunk-id
Parameters string
The number that the local end dials to call the PSTN
side in FRF.11 trunk mode. Valid values are a digit
Default By default, no number is configured, that is means the parameter string is null.
Example Set the outgoing number to PSTN in VoFR voice entity 2001 to 2001.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y1] trunk-id 2001
Voice Entity view
Description This command can be used only for the VoFR voice entities in FRF.11 trunk mode.
FRF.11 does not provide end-to-end signaling management leased line. To create a
leased line, the trunk-id command must be configured.
Related Commands call-mode
match-template
3018 ts 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ts
Purpose Use the ts command to maintain the trunk circuit of the specified timeslot.
Syntax ts { bl ock | open | quer y | r eset } t i mesl ot s timeslots-list
Parameters block
Indicate blocking the trunk circuit of the specified
timeslot.
open Indicate opening the trunk circuit of the specified
timeslot.
query
Indicate querying the trunk circuit of the specified
timeslot.
reset
Indicate resetting the trunk circuit of the specified
timeslot.
timeslots timeslots-list
Specify a timeslot range. The expression includes the
from 1 to 31.
Example Reset the circuit of timeslots 1-15 in No.5 Timeslot set and query the status of the
circuit of timeslots 1-31.
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] t s r eset t i mesl ot s 1- 15
[ Rout er - cas1/ 0/ 0: 5] t s quer y t i mesl ot s 1- 31
R2 CAS view
Description Use the ts command to maintain the trunk circuit of the specified timeslot.
To block the trunk circuit means that the circuit no longer loads the service
information, that is, this circuit is set manually as unavailable.
To open the trunk circuit is the inverse process of the blocking operation, which can
reset the trunk circuit as available and enable it to load service information.
To query the trunk circuit will display the busy/idle, opened/blocked status of the
circuit in a real time way.
To reset the trunk circuit refers to re-initializing the state of trunk circuit. Generally, if
the circuit state cannot be restored to normal in blocking or opening the circuit
manually, it is required to perform the resetting. If the circuit cannot be reset
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ts 3019
Command Reference
automatically and correctly because of other reasons,, it is generally required to reset
manually the circuit, too.
mfc (R2 CAS)
3020 ttl 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ttl
Purpose Use the ttl command to configure TTL of ICMP test packets.
Use the undo ttl command to restore the default TTL of ICMP test packets.
Syntax ttl number
undo ttl
Parameters number
Time to live (TTL) value or lifetime of HWPing ICMP test
packets. Valid values are 1 to 255.
Example Set the TTL of HWPing ICMP test packets to 16.
[Router-administrator-icmp] ttl 16
Description TTL is actually a hop count limit on how far a test packet can travel on a network. In a
ping command, it is defined using the argument -h.
This command applies to all types of tests except for DHCP test.
The sendpacket passroute command voids the ttl command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family ttl expiration 3021
Command Reference
ttl expiration
Purpose Use the ttl expiration command to configure the router to forward ICMP
responses by local IP routing when the MPLS TTL expires.
Use the undo ttl expiration command to disable the function.
Use the undo mpls command to clear all the configurations related to the ttl
expiration command.
Syntax ttl expiration pop
undo ttl expiration pop
Parameters None
Default For a one-tier MPLS packet with TTL expired, its ICMP response is forwarded by local
IP routing by default.
Example Send back an ICMP packet along the LSP if the TTL of an MPLS packet expires.
[ 3Com- mpl s] undo t t l expi r at i on pop
MPLS view
Description You are recommended to configure the undo ttl expiration command on the
ASBRs or the SPEs on an HoVPN network. This ensures that you can get the correct
forwarding path of the public-network routers when tracerting to another device on
the VPN.
Related Command ttl propagate
3022 ttl propagate 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
ttl propagate
Purpose Use the ttl propagate command to enable IP TTL duplication of MPLS.
Use the undo ttl propagate command to disable IP TTL duplication of MPLS.
Syntax ttl propagate { publ i c | vpn }
undo ttl propagate { publ i c | vpn }
Parameters public
Configures to apply TTL duplication to the packets on
the public network.
vpn Configures to apply TTL duplication to the VPN
packets.
Example Apply IP TTL duplication of MPLS to VPN packets.
[ 3Com- mpl s] t t l pr opagat e vpn
MPLS view
Description The ttl propagate command is only available with the NE16E, NE08E, and NE05.
CAUTION: The configuration of TTL duplication must be the same on all the PEs. If
otherwise, the results of traceroutes cannot reflect the real network conditions.
Related Commands tracert
ttl expiration
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel authentication 3023
Command Reference
tunnel authentication
Purpose Use the l2tp tunnel authentication command to enable L2TP tunnel
authentication.
Use the undo l2tp tunnel authentication command to disable L2TP tunnel
authentication.
Syntax tunnel authentication
undo tunnel authentication
Parameters None
Default By default, L2TP tunnel authentication is performed.
Example Set not to authenticate the peer end of the tunnel.
[3Com-l2tp1] undo tunnel authentication
L2TP Group view
Description L2TP tunnel authentication is permitted by default. Normally, authentication needs to
be performed on both ends of the tunnel for securitys sake. In case of network
connectivity test or receiving connection sent by nameless peer end, tunnel
authentication is not required.
3024 tunnel avp-hidden 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel avp-hidden
Purpose Use the tunnel avp-hidden command to configure Attribute Value Pair (AVP)
data to be transmitted in hidden format.
Use the undo tunnel avp-hidden command to restore the default transmission
way of AVP data.
Syntax tunnel avp-hidden
undo tunnel avp-hidden
Parameters None
Default By default, the tunnel transmits AVP data in plain text.
Example Set AVP data to be transmitted in hidden format.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] t unnel avp- hi dden
L2TP Group view
Description Some parameters of L2TP protocol are transmitted by AVP data. If high data security
is desired, this command can be used to configure AVP data to be transmitted in
hidden format.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel flow-control 3025
Command Reference
tunnel flow-control
Purpose Use the tunnel flow-control command to enable L2TP tunnel flow-control.
Use the undo tunnel flow-control command to disable the flow-control
function.
Syntax tunnel flow-control
undo tunnel flow-control
Parameters None
Default By default, the L2TP tunnel flow-control function is not performed.
Example Enable the flow-control function.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] t unnel f l ow- cont r ol
L2TP Group view
3026 tunnel local 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel local
Purpose Use the tunnel local command to set the local address of an ipsec policy.
Use the undo tunnel local command to delete the local address set in the ipsec
policy.
Syntax tunnel local ip-address
undo tunnel local
Parameters ip-address Local address in dotted decimal format.
Default By default, the local address of an ipsec policy is not configured.
Example Set the local address for the ipsec policy, which is applied at serial 4/1/2 whose IP
address is 10.0.0.1.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy guangzhou 100 manual
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - guangzhou- 100] t unnel l ocal 10. 0. 0. 1
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- manual - guangzhou- 100] qui t
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 1/ 2] i psec pol i cy guangzhou
Description It is not necessary to set a local address for an ipsec policy in isakmp mode, so this
command is invalid in this situation. IKE can automatically obtain the local address
from the interface where this ipsec policy is applied.
As for the ipsec policy in manual mode, it is necessary to set the local address before
the SA can be established. A security tunnel is set up between the local and remote
end, so the local address and remote address must be correctly configured before a
security tunnel can be set up.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel remote
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel keepstanding 3027
Command Reference
tunnel keepstanding
Purpose Use the tunnel keepstanding command to enable the tunnel-hold function of
L2TP, preventing the tunnel from being disconnected when no session is present.
Use the undo tunnel keepstanding command to disable the tunnel-hold
function of L2TP.
Syntax tunnel keepstanding
undo tunnel keepstanding
Parameters None
Example Enter L2TP group view.
[3Com] l2tp-group 1
Enable the tunnel-hold function of L2TP.
[3Com-l2tp1] tunnel keepstanding
L2TP Group view
To have this command take effect on a tunnel, you must configure it at both ends of
the tunnel.
3028 tunnel name 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel name
Purpose Use the tunnel name command to specify local name of a tunnel.
Use the undo tunnel name command to restore the local name to the default.
Syntax tunnel name name
undo tunnel name
Parameters name
Local name of the tunnel, comprised of a character
Example Set local name of the tunnel to itsme.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] t unnel name i t sme
Default By default, local name is router name.
L2TP Group view
Description When creating an L2TP group, the system initiates local name into router name.
Related Command: sysname
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel-on 3029
Command Reference
tunnel-on
Purpose Use the tunnel-on command to enable tunnel function.
Use the undo tunnel-on command to disable tunnel function.
Syntax tunnel-on
undo tunnel-on
Parameters None
Default By default, the tunnel function is disabled.
Example Enable the tunnel function for VoIP voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] t unnel - on
Description Tunnel function can assist in negotiating process of such nonstandard H.245 message
as transmitting DTMF code transparently.
Only after successfully enabling the fast connect mode, can one fulfill the
configuration of tunnel function. As the calling gateway, it can be decided whether or
not to enable the tunnel function for each call on the router. Being the called
gateway, it shall be decided whether or not to enable the tunnel function based on
the status of the calling gateway. That is, if the function is enabled on calling gateway,
it will also be enabled on the called gateway. Otherwise, tunnel function is disabled
on both sides. In order to transmit DTMF code transparently via the fast connect
mode, the tunnel function must be enabled. Otherwise DTMF code cannot be
transmitted.
During actual configuration, it is only necessary to fulfill this command for the VoIP
voice entity at the calling gateway.
outband
3030 tunnel password 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel password
Purpose Use the tunnel password command to specify a password for tunnel
authentication.
Use the undo l2tp tunnel password command to remove the tunnel
Syntax tunnel password { simple | cipher } password
undo tunnel password
Parameters simple
Password in plain text.
cipher
Password in ciphertext.
password
Password used for tunnel authentication, comprised of
a character string from 1 to 16 characters long.
Default By default, tunnel authentication password is null.
Example Set tunnel authentication password to yougotit displayed in cipher text.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] t unnel passwor d ci pher yougot i t
L2TP Group view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel-protocol dvpn 3031
Command Reference
tunnel-protocol dvpn
Purpose Use the tunnel-protocol udp dvpn command to encapsulate a tunnel
interface with UDP DVPN.
Syntax tunnel-protocol udp dvpn
Parameters udp dvpn Specifies the tunnel interface to be encapsulated with
UDP DVPN.
Default A tunnel interface is encapsulated with GRE by default.
Example Set to encapsulate a tunnel interface with UDP DVPN.
[ 3Com- Tunnel 0] t unnel - pr ot ocol udp dvpn
Description Use the tunnel-protocol udp dvpn command to encapsulate a tunnel
interface with UDP DVPN.
In this case, the tunnel interface is of Multipoint attribute and NBMA (non-broadcast
multiple access) type.
3032 tunnel-protocol gre 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel-protocol gre
Purpose Use the tunnel mode command to set encapsulation mode of the tunnel interface
to GRE.
Syntax tunnel-protocol gre
undo tunnel-protocol
Parameters gre
Encapsulation protocol of the tunnel.
Default By default, the encapsulation protocol of tunnel interface is GRE.
Example Create a tunnel between routers 3Com1 and 3Com2, with encapsulation protocol
being GRE and transport protocol being IP.
[3Com1-Tunnel3] tunnel-protocol gre
[ 3Com2- Tunnel 2] t unnel - pr ot ocol gr e
Tunnel interface view
Description Under the GRE mode, users can execute and view the GRE related commands,
whereas other relevant commands are available under other modes.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family tunnel remote 3033
Command Reference
tunnel remote
Purpose Use the tunnel remote command to set the remote address of an ipsec policy.
Use the undo tunnel remote command to delete the remote address in the ipsec
policy.
Syntax tunnel remote ip-address
undo tunnel remote [ ip-address ]
Remote address in dotted decimal format.
Default By default, the remote address of an ipsec policy is not configured.
Example Set the remote address of the ipsec policy to 10.1.1.2.
[ 3Com] i psec pol i cy shanghai 10 manual
[ 3Com- i psec- pol i cy- shanghai - 10] t unnel r emot e 10. 1. 1. 2
Description For the ipsec policy in manual mode, only one remote address can be set. If a remote
address is already set, this existing address must be deleted before a new one can be
set.
The security tunnel is established between the local and remote ends. The remote
address must be set correctly on both ends of the security tunnel.
proposal
sa duration
security acl
tunnel local
3034 tunnel timer hello 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
tunnel timer hello
Purpose Use the tunnel timer hello command to set a Hello packet forwarding interval.
Use the undo tunnel timer hello command to restore Hello packet forwarding
interval in the tunnel to the default.
Syntax tunnel timer hello hello-interval
undo tunnel timer hello
Parameters hello-interval The forwarding interval (in seconds) of a Hello packet
when LAC or LNS has no packet to receive. Valid
If not specified, the default forwarding interval is 60
seconds.
Example Set Hello packet forwarding interval to 99 seconds.
[ 3Com- l 2t p1] t unnel t i mer hel l o 99
L2TP Group view
Description Different Hello packet time intervals can be configured on LNS and LAC sides.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family type 3035
Command Reference
type
Purpose Use the type command to configure the analog E&M subscriber-line signal type.
Use the undo type command to cancel the existing setting.
Syntax type { 1 | 2 | 3 | 5 }
undo type
Purpose 1, 2, 3 and 5 Correspond respectively to the four signal types of
analog E&M subscriber-lines, that is, type 1, 2, 3 and 5.
Default By default, the analog E&M subscriber-line signal type is type 5.
Example Configure subscriber line 0/0/0 analog E&M subscriber-line type as type 3.
[ Rout er - voi ce- l i ne0/ 0/ 0] t ype 3
Description This command is only applicable to the analog E&M subscriber-line.
Of the analog E&M signaling types, a PBX transmits signals on the M line (M means
Mouth, indicating it is transmitted from a PBX), and receives signals from E line (E
means Ear, indicating it is received by the PBX). So, as to a router that has voice
function, the router receives the M signal of the PBX, and transmits E signal to the
PBX.
The analog E&M subscriber-line has four data transmission (signal) lines, and two or
all the four lines are used according to different types:
E (Ear or recEive): the signal line from the router side to the PBX side.
M (Mouth or transMit): the signal line from the PBX side to the router side.
SG (Signal Ground): used for some types of analog E&M only.
SB (Signal Battery): used for some types of analog E&M only.
3036 type-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
type-number
Purpose Use the type-number command to configure the calling/called number types of
voice entities.
Use the undo type-number command to restore the default number types.
Syntax type-number { cal l ed | cal l i ng } { abbr evi at ed | i nt er nat i onal |
nat i onal | net wor k | r eser ved | subscr i ber | unknown }
undo type-number { cal l ed | cal l i ng }
Parameters called
Called number.
calling
Calling number.
abbreviated
Abbreviated dial type.
international
International number type.
national
National number type.
network
Special network number type.
reserved
Extension reserved.
subscriber
Subscriber number type.
unknown
Unknown number type.
Default By default, calling/called number types of voice entities are set to unknown.
Example Set the called number of voice entity 10 to national type.
[ 3Com- voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] t ype- number cal l ed nat i onal
Voice Entity view
Description The number types comply with ITU-T Recommendation Q931.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family udp-helper enable 3037
Command Reference
udp-helper enable
Purpose Use the udp-helper enable command to enable UDP Helper.
Use the undo udp-helper enable command to disable UDP Helper.
Syntax udp-helper enable
undo udp-helper enable
Parameters None
Default By default, UDP Helper is disabled.
Example Enable UDP Helper.
[ 3Com] udp- hel per enabl e
System view
3038 udp-helper port 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
udp-helper port
Purpose Use the udp-helper port command to specify the UDP port number in the UDP
broadcasts to be forwarded.
Use the undo udp-helper port command to disable the system to forward the
UDP broadcasts with the specified UDP port number.
Syntax udp-helper port { port | dns | net bi os- ds | net bi os- ns | t acacs | t f t p
| t i me }
undo udp-helper port { port | dns | net bi os- ds | net bi os- ns | t acacs |
t f t p | t i me }
Parameters port UDP port number in the UDP broadcasts to be
forwarded. Valid values are 1 to 65,535.
dns
Domain name service, corresponding to UDP port 53.
netbios-ds
NetBios datagram service, corresponding to UDP port
138.
netbios-ns NetBios name service, corresponding to UDP port 137.
tacacs TAC access control system, corresponding to UDP port
49.
tftp
Trivial file transfer protocol, corresponding to UDP port
69.
time
Time service, corresponding to UDP port 37.
Example Configure the system to forward the UDP broadcasts with the UDP port number of
DNS.
[ 3Com] udp- hel per por t dns
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family udp-helper server 3039
Command Reference
udp-helper server
Purpose Use the udp-helper server command to configure the destination server to
which the UDP broadcasts received on the interface are forwarded.
Use the undo udp-helper server command to remove the configured
destination server.
Syntax udp-helper server ip-address
undo udp-helper server [ ip-address ]
IP address of the destination server, in dotted decimal
format.
Default By default, no destination server is configured.
Example Configure the system to forward all UDP broadcasts received on interface Ethernet
0/0/0 to 192.1.1.2.
[ 3Com- et her net 0/ 0/ 0] udp- hel per ser ver 192. 1. 1. 2
Related Command display udp-helper server
3040 undelete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
undelete
Purpose Use the undelete command to restore a file from the recycle bin.
Syntax undelete filename
Parameters filename
Name of the file to be restored.
Example <3Com> dir /all
0 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
1 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:09:23 [sample.bak]
Restore file sample.bak from the recycle bin.
<3Com> undel et e sampl e. bak
Undelete flash:/test/sample.bak ?[Y/N]:y
% Undeleted file flash:/test/sample.bak
<3Com> dir /all
0 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:34:19 sample.bak
1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 20:13:19 vrpcfg.cfg
User view
Description You cannot restore a file if its name is the same as that of the existing directory name.
If the name of the file is the same as that of an exiting file, the system asks you
whether to overwrite the existing file.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family undo schedule reboot 3041
Command Reference
Purpose Use the undo schedule reboot command to cancel the configuration of the
schedule reboot terminal service.
Syntax undo schedule reboot
Parameters None
Example Disable the scheduled reboot function.
<3Com> undo schedule reboot
User view
schedule reboot at
3042 undo synchronization 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the undo synchronization command to remove the synchronization
between BGP and IBGP.
Syntax undo synchronization
Parameters None
Example [ 3Com- bgp] undo synchr oni zat i on
BGP view
VPN Instance view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family upgrade 3043
Command Reference
upgrade
Purpose Use the upgrade command to upgrade the Boot ROM program, pico-code or the
logic.
Syntax upgrade [ bootrom | pico-code] filename
Parameters bootrom Upgrades the Boot ROM in service.
pico-code Upgrades the pico-code in service.
filename File name of the upgrade software package.
Example Upgrade the pico-code in service using the file named filename.
[3Com] upgrade pico-code filename
System view
3044 upgrade 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
upgrade
Purpose Use the upgrade command to upgrade the Boot ROM.
Syntax upgrade bootrom [ full ]
Parameters bootrom
Upgrades the Boot ROM.
full
Upgrades the entire Boot ROM.
Example Upgrade the Boot ROM on the R1760, provided the upgrade software package is
stored under the root directory on the Flash memory and the file name is
bootromfull.
<3Com> upgrade bootrom full
User view
Description You may upgrade the Boot ROM on your router in service. After you execute the
upgrade command, the Boot ROM file is extracted from the upgrade software
package and written to the Boot ROM.
When executing this command, make sure that the upgrade software package
(named bootromfull) exists under the root directory in the Flash memory.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family upgrade flash 3045
Command Reference
upgrade flash
Purpose Use the upgrade flash command to upgrade the software of the card. To have
the upgraded software take effect, reboot the router.
Syntax upgrade flash file-name { full | part }
Parameters file-name File name read from Flash.
full Updates the whole mirror.
part Updates part of the mirror.
Example Upgrade the whole mirror of the card using the bcm6348.bin file.
[3Com -Atm1/0/0] upgrade flash bcm6348.bin full
Description This command is valid for ADSL2+ cards and ADSL 7074 cards installed with CPUs
only.
3046 use encrypt-card 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
use encrypt-card
Purpose Use the use encrypt-card command to specify the SA proposal uses the
encryption card at a designated slot.
Use the undo use encrypt-card command to remove the configuration.
Syntax use encrypt-card [ slot-id ]
undo use encrypt-card [ slot-id ]
card.
Example Configure the slot holding the encryption card used by the encryption card SA
proposal named card.
[ Rout er ] i psec car d- pr oposal car d
[ Rout er - i psec- car d- pr oposal ] use encr ypt - car d 5/ 0/ 0
Card SA Proposal view
Description One SA proposal can only be processed by a single encryption card, but one single
encryption card can process different SA proposals.
Related Command ipsec card-proposal
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family user 3047
Command Reference
user
Purpose Use the user command to register an FTP user.
Syntax user username [ password ]
Parameters username Login username.
password Login password.
Example Log onto the FTP server with the username tom and the password bjhw.
[ftp] user tom bjhw
FTP Client view
3048 user 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
user
Purpose Use the user command to configure username, password and corresponding display
mode in SIP client view and/or voice entity view. The configurations of the cnonce and
realm authentication information fields are optional, which can be used for
authentication.
Use the undo user command to delete the user authentication information
configured in SIP client view and/or voice entity view.
Syntax user username password { simple | cipher } password [ cnonce cnonce ] [
realm realm ]
undo user
Parameters username
Username used for registration authentication,
comprised of a string of 1 to 31 characters.
simple Displays the current user password in simple text.
cipher Displays the current user password in cipher text.
password Password used for authentication, comprised of a
cnonce cnonce
Cnonce authentication information field, which is used
for handshake authentication between the server and
UAs, comprised of a string of 1 to 255 characters.
realm realm Realm authentication information field, which is used
for handshake authentication between the server and
UAs, comprised of a string of 1 to 255 characters.
Example Configure the global authentication information, in which the username is 1111,
password is 1234 and display mode is in cipher text.
[Router-voice-sip] user 1111 password cipher 1234
SIP Client view
Voice Entity view
Description The SIP registration server authenticates users by username and password. Priority will
be given to the authentication information configured under entity. If such
information is not configured, the information configured under UAs will be used.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family user-interface 3049
Command Reference
user-interface
Purpose Use the user-interface command to enter single-user interface view or
multi-user interface view.
Syntax user-interface [ type-keyword ] number [ ending-number ]
Parameters type-keyword User interface type.
number The first user interface to be configured.
ending-number The last user interface to be configured.
Example Enter the view of the console 0 user interface.
[3Com-ui-console0]
Enter the view of the VTY 0 user interface.
[3Com-ui-vty0]
Enter the view of the user interfaces VTY 0 through VTY 3.
[3Com-ui-vty0-3]
Enter user interface view to configure user interfaces 0 through 3. The types of the
interfaces include console, AUX and VTY. The actual user interface types however
depend on the interfaces provided by the router. If the router does not provide the
AUX port, this example configures one console user interface and three VTY user
interfaces.
[3Com] user-interface 0 3
[3Com-ui0-3]
System view
Description You can specify a user interface view by its relative index or absolute index. In the
former case, you need also to specify the type of the user interface whereas in the
latter case you do not need to do so. For more information on the numbering rules,
refer to the Configuration Guide.
3050 user-name-format 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
user-name-format
Purpose Use the user-name-format command to configure the format of the username to
be sent to a RADIUS server.
Syntax user-name-format { wi t h- domai n | wi t hout - domai n }
Parameters with-domain
Includes the ISP domain name in the username sent to
the RADIUS server.
without-domain Excludes the ISP domain name from the username sent
to the RADIUS server.
Default By default, ISP domain name is included in the username.
Example Send the username without the domain name to the RADIUS servers in the RADIUS
scheme "3Com".
[ 3Com- r adi us- 3Com] user - name- f or mat wi t hout - domai n
RADIUS view
Description The supplicants are generally named in the userid@isp-name format, of which
isp-name is used by the router to decide the ISP domain to which a supplicant
belongs. Some earlier RADIUS servers however, cannot recognize usernames
including an ISP domain name. Before sending a username including a domain name
to such a RADIUS server, the router must remove the domain name. This command is
thus provided for you to decide whether to include a domain name in a username to
be sent to a RADIUS server.
If a RADIUS scheme defines that the username is sent without the ISP domain name,
do not apply the RADIUS scheme to more than one ISP domains, thus avoiding the
confused situation where the RADIUS server regards two users in different ISP
domains but with the same userid as one.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family user-name-format 3051
Command Reference
user-name-format
Purpose Use the user-name-format command to configure the username format sent to
the TACACS server.
Syntax user-name-format { wi t h- domai n | wi t hout - domai n }
Parameters with-domain Specifies to send the username with domain name to
the TACACS server.
without-domain
Specifies to send the username without domain name
to the TACACS server.
Default By default, TACACS+ scheme acknowledges that the username sent to it includes ISP
domain name.
Example Specify to send the username without domain name to the TACACS+ scheme
"3Com".
[ 3Com- hwt acacs- 3Com] user - name- f or mat wi t hout - domai n
TACACS+ view
Description The supplicants are generally named in userid@isp-name format. The part following
the @ sign is the ISP domain name, according to which the router assigns a user to
the corresponding ISP domain. However, some earlier TACACS servers reject the user
name including ISP domain name. In this case, the user name is sent to the TACACS
server after its domain name is removed. Accordingly, the router provides this
command to decide whether the username is sent to the TACACS server, carrying ISP
domain name or not.
If a TACACS+ scheme is configured to reject usernames including ISP domain names,
the TACACS scheme shall not be simultaneously used in more than one ISP domains.
Otherwise, the TACACS server will regard two users in different ISP domains as the
same user by mistake, if they have the same username (excluding their respective
domain names.)
Related Command hwatacacs scheme
3052 user privilege 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
user privilege
Purpose Use the user privilege command to configure the command level that the login
users on the current user interface can access.
Use the undo user privilege command to cancel the current setting.
Syntax user privilege level level
undo user privilege level
Parameters level Command level. Valid values are 0 to 3.
Default By default, the default command level is three for the console user interface and zero
for other user interfaces.
Example Set the command level that the users logging in from VTY 0 to two.
[3Com-ui-vty0] user privilege level 2
After the user telnets to the router from VTY 0, the terminal displays:
<3Com>
User Interface view
Description When a user logs onto the router from a user interface, the command level that the
user can access depends on two points. One is the command level that the user itself
can access, the other is the command level assigned to this user interface. If the two
levels are different, the former is taken. For example, the command level of the VTY 0
user interface is two; however, user 007 has the right to access command level 3. If
007 logs in from VTY 0 user interface, he can access commands at level 3 and lower.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family username 3053
Command Reference
username
Purpose Use the username command to configure a name used for logging onto the FTP
server.
Use the undo username command to cancel the username configuration.
Syntax username name
undo username
Parameters name
User name used for logging onto the FTP server.
Default By default, no username is configured for logging onto the FTP server.
Example Use administrator as the username for logging onto the FTP server.
[Router-administrator-ftp] username administrator
Description This command applies to FTP test only.
Related Commands password
ftp-operation
3054 using (CE1/PRI Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
using (CE1/PRI Interface)
Purpose Use the using command to configure the operating mode of the CE1/PRI interface.
Use the undo using command to restore the default or CE1/PRI mode.
Syntax using { ce1 | e1 }
undo using
Parameters e1
The interface is operating in E1 mode.
ce1
The interface is operating in CE1/PRI mode.
Example Set the CE1/PRI interface to work in E1 mode.
[ 3Com- E1 3/ 0/ 0] usi ng e1
Description A CE1/PRI interface can work in either E1 mode (non-channelized mode) or CE1/PRI
mode (channelized mode).
A CE1/PRI interface in E1 mode equals a 2 Mbps interface without timeslot division.
Its logic features are the same like those of a synchronous serial interface. When
working in CE1/PRI mode, it is physically divided into 32 timeslots numbered from 0
to 31. Among them, timeslot 0 is used for transmitting the FSC information. This
interface can work as either a CE1 interface or a PRI interface.
After the CE1/PRI interface is enabled to work in E1 mode by using the using e1
command, the system automatically creates a serial interface numbered serial
interface-number:0, where interface-number is the number of the CE1/PRI
interface.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family using (CE3 Interface) 3055
Command Reference
Purpose Use the using command to configure the operating mode of a CE3 interface.
Use the undo using command to restore the default setting.
Syntax using { e3 | ce3 }
undo using
Parameters e3 Sets the CE3 interface to work in unchannelized mode.
ce3 Sets the CE3 interface to work in channelized mode.
Default By default, the CE3 interface is working in channelized mode.
Example Configure the interface E3 1/0/0 to work in unchannelized mode.
[ 3Com- E3 1/ 0/ 0] usi ng e3
CE3 Interface view
Description Only when the CE3 interface is working in channelized mode can you configure the
E1 lines on it.
When the CE3 interface is working in unchannelized mode, the system automatically
creates a serial interface numbered serial number / 0:0 for it. This interface operates
at 34.368 Mbps and has the same logic features of a synchronous serial interface on
which you can make other configurations.
Related Command controller e3
3056 using (CT3 Interface) 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the using command to configure the operating mode of a CT3 interface.
Use the undo using command to restore the default or channelized mode.
Syntax using { t 3 | ct 3 }
Parameters t3 Sets the CT3 interface to work in unchannelized mode.
ct3 Sets the CT3 interface to work in channelized mode.
Example Configure the interface T3 1/0/0 to work in unchannelized mode.
[ 3Com- T3 1/ 0/ 0] usi ng t 3
CT3 Interface view
Description Only when the CT3 interface is working in channelized mode can you configure the
T1 lines on it.
When the CT3 interface is working in unchannelized mode, the system automatically
creates a serial interface numbered serial number / 0:0 for it. This interface operates
at 44.736 Mbps and has the same logic features of a synchronous serial interface on
which you can make other configurations.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vad-on 3057
Command Reference
vad-on
Purpose Use the vad-on command to enable silence detection function.
Use the undo vad-on command to disable silence detection function.
Syntax vad-on
undo vad-on
Parameters None
Default By default, the silence detection function is disabled.
Example Enable the VAD function of POTS voice entity 10.
[ Rout er - voi ce- di al - ent i t y10] vad- on
Voice Entity view
Description VAD is an abbreviation of Voice Activity Detection, generally termed as silence
detection. Its basic idea is to detect and delete any silence on the basis of the
difference of energy between the voice signals of peoples conversation and their
silence signals, so that no signals are produced; and only when an abrupt activity tone
is detected will a voice signal be generated and transmitted. It is displayed by research
that no less than 50% transmission bandwidth can be attained by the use of VAD
technology.
3058 validate source address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
validate source address
Purpose Use the validate-source-address command to enable checking of the source
address of a RIP packet upon reception.
Use the undo validate-source-address command to cancel checking of the
source address of a RIP packet.This command applies to the RIP protocol both running
in public networks and private networks in a MPLS VPN.
Syntax validate-source-address
undo validate-source-address
Parameters None
Example Configure not to check the source address of a RIP packet received.
[Router-rip] undo validate-source-address
Configure not to check the source address of a RIP packet received.
[Router-rip] ipv4-family vpn-instance 3Com
[Router-rip-af-vpn-instance] undo validate-source-address
RIP Protocol view
Description With the source address of a RIP packet not checked, indirectly connected RIP routes
can be exchanged. By default, the source address of a RIP packet is checked.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family verbose 3059
Command Reference
verbose
Purpose Use the verbose command to enable the verbose function to view information from
the FTP server.
Use the undo verbose command to disable the verbose function.
Syntax verbose
undo verbose
Parameters None
Default By default, the verbose function is disabled.
Example Enable the verbose function.
[ftp] verbose
FTP Client view
3060 vfs check check-method discard 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vfs check check-method discard
Purpose Use the vfs check check-method discard command to specify the file
discarding method to be the file system check method.
Use the undo vfs check check-method discard command to cancel file
discarding when the system checks the file system.
Syntax vfs check check-method discard
undo vfs check check-method discard
Parameters None
Example Specify file discarding method.
[Router] vfs check check-method discard
Cancel file discarding method.
[Router] undo vfs check check-method discard
System view
Description These two commands affect the vfs check file-system command in the
following ways:
If you specify the file discarding method by executing the vfs check
check-method discard command, the system discards the contents of
corrupted files after you execute the vfs check file-system command.
If you disable file discarding by executing the undo vfs check
check-method discard command, the system does not discard the contents
of corrupted files after you execute the vfs check file-system command.
The automatic file fixing method is the default file system checking method.
The file discarding function does not delete corrupted files. It only discards the
contents of corrupted files. To delete a corrupted file, use the delete command.
The setting of file discarding remains valid during the course of file system self test
when the system restart.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vfs check check-method discard auto 3061
Command Reference
vfs check check-method discard auto
Purpose Use the vfs check check-method discard auto command to specify to
discard the contents of corrupted files and then recycle the corresponding storage
space automatically.
Use the undo vfs check check-method discard auto command to disable
the function.
Syntax vfs check check-method discard auto
undo vfs check check-method discard auto
Parameters None
Example Specify to discard the contents of corrupted files and then recycle the corresponding
storage space.
[Router] vfs check check-method discard auto
Disable recycling storage space automatically.
[Router] undo vfs check check-method discard auto
System view
following ways:
If you enable this function by executing the vfs check check-method
discard auto command, the system recycles the corresponding storage space
after discards the contents of corrupted files when you execute the vfs check
file-system command. Otherwise, you need to execute the fixdisk
device-name command to recycle storage space.
If you disable this function by executing the undo vfs check check-method
discard auto command, the system does not recycle the corresponding
storage space after discarding the contents of corrupted files.
This function does not delete corrupted files. It only discards the contents of
corrupted files and recycles the corresponding storage space. To delete a corrupted
file, use the delete command.
The setting of file discarding and space recycling remain valid during the course of file
system self test when the system restart.
3062 vfs check check-method fix 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vfs check check-method fix
Purpose Use the vfs check check-method fix command to set the file check method
to automatic file fixing.
Use the undo vfs check check-method fix command to cancel automatic
file fixing when the system checks the file system.
Syntax vfs check check-method fix
undo vfs check check-method fix
Parameters None
Example Specify automatic file fixing method.
[Router] vfs check check-method fix
Cancel automatic file fixing method.
[Router] undo vfs check check-method fix
System view
following ways:
If you specify automatic file fixing method by executing the vfs check
check-method fix command, the system fixes corrupted files automatically
after you execute the vfs check file-system command.
If you disable automatic file fixing by executing the undo vfs check
check-method fix command, then the system does not fix corrupted files
automatically after you execute the vfs check file-system command.
The setting of file fixing remains valid during the course of file system self test when
the system restart.
At present, for corrupted files (that is, files that are reported to be zero byte in size by
the dir command but actually are not), file fixing only makes their actual file size to
be displayed. And for incomplete downloaded files (this kind of files occur when a
power failure occurs during the course of file downloading), this function only fixes
the downloaded parts. So this function is suitable for commonly used files (such as
text files) instead of image files, since the later maybe incomplete.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vfs check file-system 3063
Command Reference
vfs check file-system
Purpose Use the vfs check file-system command to check the file system. At present,
the system can check corrupted files and perform operations such as file
fixing/discarding and space recycling.
Syntax vfs check file-system
Parameters None
Default By default, file system checking only fixes files.
Example Check the file system.
<Router> vfs check file-system
User view
Description You can use this command to handle corrupted files. This command only checks files
that are reported to be zero byte in size by the dir command but actually are not.
Other problematic files are not checked.
The operation performed by the vfs check file-system command depends on
the check method you specified using the following commands:
Related Command vfs check check-method fix
3064 vi-card busy-tone-detect 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vi-card busy-tone-detect
Purpose Use the vi-card busy-tone-detect command to configure busy tone
detection method on FXO subscriber-line.
Syntax vi-card busy-tone-detect { aut o index line-number [ f r ee | time ] |
cust omarea-number index argu f1 f2 p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 p7 }
undo vi-card busy-tone-detect cust omindex
Parameters index
Identifies busy tone detection feature types, in the
range 0 to 3.
line-number Subscriber line number, the range of which is
determined upon the router type and the card inserted
on. It can only be an even number.
free Release data and stop busy tone detection.
time Specifies the time for busy tone detection.
area-number A number, reserved parameter currently, set to 2.
argu Reserved.
f1 Frequency of single frequency tone in Hz.
f2 Reserved.
p1 Energy threshold of single frequency tone.
p2 Reserved.
p3 Duration of single frequency tone, in milliseconds.
p4 Error range for duration of single frequency tone, in
milliseconds.
p5
Duration of silence tone, in milliseconds.
p6
Error range for duration of silence tone, in
milliseconds.
p7
Difference between the duration of single frequency
tone and silence duration,, in milliseconds, that is, the
difference between p3 and p4.
Example Enable busy tone detection feature 0 on the subscriber line 0.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vi - car d busy- t one- det ect aut o 0
Voice view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vi-card busy-tone-detect 3065
Command Reference
Description This command is only valid for FXO subscriber-lines, and can be configured only on
the first subscriber-line of each two-subscriber-line voice board or four-subscriber-line
voice board. Otherwise, the busy tone detection is not valid.
The system supports four types of busy tone detection features, which are identified
by the index parameter.
The command vi-card busy-tone-detect is applicable in most cases, which
can facilitate the busy tone detection.
Use the vi-card busy-tone dectect custom command to save DSP
parameters and set customer-defined busy tone detection parameters on FXO
interface.
Use the undo vi-card busy-tone-detect custom command to restore the
default.
After detecting the busy tone on FXO interface with the vi-card busy-tone-detect auto
command, the system counts the related parameters for busy tone detection; at this
time you can use the display current-configuration command to view the busy tone
parameters of the vi-card busy-tone-detect custom command. These parameters will
help to manually configure and adjust busy tone detection parameters.
Note: After you use the vi-card busy-tone-detect custom command to
configure busy tone parameters to the system, these parameters cannot take effect
immediately. Only after you run the area custom command in FXO subscriber-line
view can the configured parameters take effect.
Related Command vi-card custom-toneparam
vi-card cptone-custom
3066 vi-card cptone-custom 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the vi-card cptone-custom command to set the prompt tone parameters
of the system.
Use the undo vi-card cptone-custom command to delete the prompt tone
parameters.
Syntax vi-card cptone-custom type arg0 arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 arg5 arg6
undo vi-card cptone-custom { type | al l }
Parameters Type
Prompt tone type, currently supporting the following
types: dial-tone, special-dial-tone, busy-tone,
congestion tone, ringback-tone, and waiting-tone.
arg0
Combination mode, in the range of 0 to 2. 0 indicates
the overlapping of the two frequencies; 1 indicates the
modulation of the two frequencies; 2 indicates the
alternation of the two frequencies.
arg1/arg2
Frequencies of the two single-frequency tones in Hz.
The range of the two frequencies is related to the
combination mode (arg0). If the mode is overlapping
or alternation, the range of the two frequencies is 300
to 3400; if the mode is multiplication, the range of the
two frequencies is 0 to 3400 and the absolute value of
the two frequencies' sum and difference must be in
the range of 300-3400.
arg3
The on duration of the first on-off ratio in ms, in the
range of 30 to 8191. If the prompt tone is played
continually, the value is set to 8192.
arg4
The off duration of the first on-off ratio in ms, in the
range of 30 to 8191.
arg5
The on duration of the second on-off ratio in ms, in
arg6 The off duration of the second on-off ratio in ms, in
all
All types of prompt tones.
Table 319 Type of prompt tone
Type of prompt tone Description
dial-tone Dial tone
special-dial-tone Special dial tone
congestion-tone Congestion tone
busy-tone Busy tone
ringback-tone Ringback-tone
waiting-tone Waiting tone
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vi-card cptone-custom 3067
Command Reference
Example Set the busy tone parameters, 425Hz in single frequency, and the on or off duration is
350ms.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vi - car d cpt one- cust ombusy- t one 0 425 425 350 350 350
350
Voice view
Description After the configuration of the prompt tone parameters, these parameters cannot take
effect immediately. You must use the cptone cs command in subscriber line view to
validate your configuration.
3068 vi-card custom-toneparam 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vi-card custom-toneparam
Purpose Use the vi-card custom-toneparam command to save DSP parameters and
customize busy tone detection parameters on the FXO interface.
Use the undo vi-card custom-toneparam command to restore the custom
default busy-tone detection settings on the FXO interface.
Syntax vi-card custom-toneparam area-number index argu f1 f2 p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6
p7
undo vi-card custom-toneparam index
Parameters area-number
Anumber, reserved parameter currently. It cannot be
zero.
index
Identify busy tone detection feature types
argu
Reserved.
f1
Frequency of single frequency tone in Hz.
f
Reserved.
p1
Energy threshold of single frequency tone.
p2
Reserved.
p3
Duration of single frequency tone, in milliseconds.
p4
Error range for duration of single frequency tone, in
milliseconds.
p5
Duration of silence tone, in milliseconds.
p6
Error range for duration of silence tone, in
milliseconds.
p7 Difference between the duration of single frequency
tone and silence duration,, in milliseconds, that is, the
difference between p3 and p4.
Example Save such values as frequency, high/low electrical level duration, error range of
high/low electrical level duration and the difference of high and low electrical level
duration for busy tone 0.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vi - car d cust om- t onepar am2 0 99 450 450 8000 8000 800
300 500 500 500
Voice view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vi-card custom-toneparam 3069
Command Reference
Description When detecting the busy tone on the FXO interface after the vi-card
busy-tone-detect command is run, the system can calculate busy tone
detection-related parameters. You can view these parameters, which can be referred
to in your customization of these parameters, with the display
current-configuration command.
CAUTION:
You must use the area custom command in FXO subscriber line view to validate
you custom configuration.
Related Commands area custom
3070 vi-card reboot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vi-card reboot
Purpose Use the vi-card reboot command to reboot a voice card.
Syntax vi-card reboot slot-number
Slot number where the voice card is located.
Example Reset the voice card of slot 3.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vi - car d r eboot 3
Voice view
Description To reset a voice card will interrupt all the service on the voice card, and re-initialize the
card status. Generally, if the voice card works abnormally (e.g. the configuration is
correct but normal connection is not possible), this operation can be used. You can
view the card indicator status when resetting the voice card to judge whether to
perform the reset operation.
First use command display version to display the distributed slots of the voice
cards in the router.
Related Command display version
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family virtualbaudrate 3071
Command Reference
virtualbaudrate
Purpose Use the virtualbaudrate command to set a virtual baudrate for the DTE
interface.
Use the undo virtualbaudrate command to cancel the specified virtual
baudrate.
Syntax virtualbaudrate virtualbaudrate
undo virtualbaudrate
Parameters virtualbaudrate
Specifies a baudrate in bps, which must be consistent
with the one configured at the DCE side and can be
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 56000,
57600, 64000, 72000, 115200, 128000, 384000,
2048000, or 4096000.
Example Set virtual baudrate of a DTE interface to 19200.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 0/ 0] vi r t ual baudr at e 19200
Cancel the specified virtual baudrate of the DTE interface.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 4/ 0/ 0] undo vi r t ual baudr at e
Description When working as DTE, the serial interface determines its baudrate through
negotiation with the DCE side. The virtualbaudrate command, however, allows
you to configure DTE-side baudrate manually, but the configured value must be the
same as the one set at the DCE side.
To validate the configured baudrate value for routing, execute the shutdown
command and then the undo shutdown command on the interface.
Configure the baudrate command at DCE side and the virtualbaudrate
command at DTE side (only when the interface is operating in synchronous mode).
Avoid configuring the two commands at the same end of a link.
At DCE side, you can use the display interface command to view the
baudrate of the interface; at the DTE end, you can use the display interface
command to view the virtual baudrate of the interface, if it is configured.
3072 vlan-type dot1q vid 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vlan-type dot1q vid
Purpose Use the vlan-type dot1q command to set the encapsulation types on the
sub-interface.
Syntax vlan-type dot1q vid vid
Parameters vid
VLAN ID identifying a VLAN. Its value range varies with
device model.
Default By default, there is no encapsulation on the subinterface, nor VLAN ID related to the
subinterface.
Example Set the Ethernet sub-interface 2/0/0.1 to be related to VLAN ID 60, and its
encapsulation format is dot1q.
[3Com -Ethernet2/0/0.1] vlan-type dot1q vid 60
Interface view
Related Command display vlan interface
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vlink-peer 3073
Command Reference
vlink-peer
Purpose Use the vlink-peer command to create and configure a virtual link.
Use the undo vlink-peer command to cancel an existing virtual link.
Syntax vlink-peer router-id [ hello seconds] [ retransmit seconds ] [
trans-delay seconds ] [ dead seconds ] [ simple password | md5 keyid key ]
undo vlink-peer router-id
Parameters router-id
Router ID of virtual link neighbor.
hello seconds
Interval that router transmits hello message (in
seconds). Valid values are 1 to 8192. This value must
equal the hello seconds value of the router virtually
linked to the interface.
If no value is specified, the default value is 10 seconds,
retransmit seconds
Specifes the interval for re-transmitting the LSA
packets on an interface. Valid values are 1 to 8192
seconds. By default, the value is 5 seconds.
trans-delay seconds
Specifes the interval for delaying transmitting LSA
packets on an interface. Valid values are 1 to 8192
seconds. By default, the value is 1 second.
dead seconds Specifies the interval of death timer. Valid values are 1
to 8192 seconds. This value must equal the dead
seconds of the router virtually linked to it and must be
at least 4 times of the hello seconds. By default, the
simple password
Specifies the simple text authentication key, not
exceeding 8 characters, of the interface. This value
must equal the authentication key of the virtually
linked neighbor.
keyid
Specifies the MD5 authentication key ID. Valid values
are 1 to 255. It must be equal to the authentication
key ID of the virtually linked neighbor.
key
Specifies the authentication key on an interface. It is a
character string not exceeding 16 characters. This
value must equal the authentication key of the virtually
linked neighbor. And the key will be displayed in a
cipher text form in a length of 24 characters when
display current-configuration command is executed.
Inputting the key in a cipher text form with 24
characters long is also supported.
3074 vlink-peer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Create a virtual link to 10.110.0.3 and use the MD5 cipher text authentication mode.
[3Com -ospf] area 1
[3Com -ospf-area-1] vlink-peer 10.110.0.3 md5 3 345
OSPF Area view
Description According to RFC2328, the OSPF area should be connected with the backbone
network. You can use vlink-peer command to keep the connectivity. Virtual link
somewhat can be regarded as a common ospf enabled interface so that you can
easily understand how to configure the parameters such as hello, retransmit, and
trans-delay on it.
One thing should be mentioned. When configuring virtual link authentication,
authentication-mode command is used to set the authentication mode as MD5
cipher text or simple text on the backbone network.
Related Commands authentication-mode
display ospf
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vofr 3075
Command Reference
vofr
Purpose Use the vofr command to enable VoFR operation mode for a DLCI.
Use the undo vofr command to disable VoFR operation mode for the DLCI.
Syntax vofr { 3Com- swi t ch [ dt e | dce ] | mot or ol a- compat i bl e [ dt e | dce ] |
nonst andar d- compat i bl e si gnal - channel ccid-no dat a- channel dcid-no [
keepal i ve ] }
undo vofr
Parameters signal-channel ccid-no
data-channel dcid-no Indicates that VoFR works in nonstandard-compatible
mode and specifies FRF.11 sub-channels for signaling
and data. The subchannel is in the range 4 to 255.
keepalive
Indicates whether the keepalive message will be
regularly sent. In Non-standard-compatible mode, the
keepalive message is regularly sent to monitor the
control subchannel status. If the keepalive argument is
configured, one end will assume that congestion has
occurred to the network if no keepalive message is
received for a certain period. The active call control
subchannel will be deactivated, and thus voice call can
no longer be set up. If the argument is not configured,
the status of the control subchannel is synchronous to
the PVC status.
3Com-switch
Adopts 3Com private mode.
motorola-compatible
Adopts Motorola-compatible mode for compatibility
with VoFR of Motorola routers.
nonstandard-compatible
Adopts nonstandard-compatible mode for
compatibility with VoFR of Cisco routers.
dte Annex G control block works as DTE.
dce Annex G control block works as DCE.
Default By default, VoFR is not supported.
Example Specify voice calling on DLCI 100 to nonstandard-compatible, call control signaling
subchannel ccid to 4, data subchannel dcid to 5 and keepalive messages to be sent
timely.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] vof r Nonst andar d- compat i bl e
si gnal - channel 5 dat a 4 keepal i ve
Speci f y voi ce cal l mode on dl ci 200 t o 3Com- swi t ch ( DTE) .
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] vof r 3Com- swi t ch
3076 vofr 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Specify voice call mode on dlci 300 to Motorola-compatible (DCE).
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 100] vof r mot or ol a- compat i bl e dce
DLCI view
Description If call-mode static has been configured to use FRF.11 trunk mode, configuring
Motorola-compatible mode in this command will cause session failure.
In Motorola-compatible mode, a DLCI cannot carry both dynamic calling and FRF.11
trunk.
In 3Com-switch or Motorola-compatible mode, use the T1.167 Annex G protocol.
When making configuration, set different ANNEX G control block types at both ends
to different modes, that is, one end to DTE and the other end to DCE.
Related Command call-mode
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vofr frf11-timer 3077
Command Reference
vofr frf11-timer
Purpose Use the vofr frf11-timer command to configure the interval of Trunk Wait
timer in FRF.11 trunk mode.
Syntax vofr frf11-timer time
Parameters time Interval of Trunk Wait timer (in seconds). Valid values
are 10 to 600.
If no value is specified, the default interval is 30
seconds.
Example Set the period of the Trunk Wait timer in FRF.11 trunk mode to 40 seconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vofr frf11-timer 40
Voice view
Description All the local sessions in FRF.11 trunk mode use the same timer.
Related Command call-mode
3078 vofr jitter-buffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vofr jitter-buffer
Purpose Use the vofr jitter-buffer command to configure a jitter buffer length.
Syntax vofr jitter-buffer length
Parameters length
Jitter buffer length. Valid values are 0 to 8. If it is set to
0, jitter buffer will not be used.
If no value is specified, the default jitter buffer length is
0.
Example Set the length of jitter buffer to 5.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vofr jitter-buffer 5
Voice view
Description If delay jitter is serious in voice transmission, setting jitter buffer can smooth such
jitter. However, this undertaking will prolong voice delay. Therefore, the user should
carefully consider the trade-off between delay and delay jitter when setting jitter
buffer length.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family voice bandwidth 3079
Command Reference
voice bandwidth
Purpose Use the voice bandwidth command to configure maximum bandwidth for voice
calls.
Use the undo voice bandwidth command to restore the default.
Syntax voice bandwidth reserved-bps [ r eser ved ]
undo voice bandwidth
Parameters reserved-bps
Maximum bandwidth for voice calls. Valid values are
8000 kbps to 45,000,000 kbps.
reserved
Reserves bandwidth for a call until it is terminated.
Default By default, no reserved bandwidth is configured for voice calls.
Example Set maximum bandwidth to 200,000 kbps and enable bandwidth reservation for
voice calls.
[ Rout er - f r - cl ass- 1] voi ce bandwi dt h 200000 r eser ved
3080 voice-config 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
voice-config
Purpose Use the voice-config command to enable the DHCP server to send option 184
and suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses from the global address pool.
global address pool.
Syntax voice-config { ncp- i p ip-address | as- i p ip-address | voi ce- vl an
vlan-id { di sabl e | enabl e } | f ai l - over ip-address dialer-string }
undo voice-config [ ncp- i p | as- i p | voi ce- vl an | f ai l - over ]
Parameters ncp-ip ip-address Specifies the IP address of the network call processor
(NCP).
as-ip ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the alternate NCP server.
voice-vlan
Voice VLAN.
vlan-id
Voice VLAN ID. Valid values are 1 to 4094.
disable
Voice VLAN is in the disabled state.
enable
Voice VLAN is in the enabled state.
fail-over
Failover call routing.
ip-address
IP address for failover call routing.
dialer-string
Dial string for failover call routing, comprising digits in
the range 0 to 9 and wildcard asterisk (*).
Example Enable the DHCP server to support option 184 and its suboptions in the view of
global address pool 123, setting IP address of NCP to 1.1.1.1, IP address of the
alternate NCP server to 2.2.2.2, state of voice VLAN to enable, ID of voice VLAN to 1,
IP address for failover call routing to 3.3.3.3, and dial string for failover call routing to
99*.
[ 3Com] dhcp sel ect gl obal al l
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - 123] voi ce- conf i g ncp- i p 1. 1. 1. 1
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - 123] voi ce- conf i g as- i p 2. 2. 2. 2
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - 123] voi ce- conf i g voi ce- vl an 1 enabl e
[ 3Com- dhcp- pool - 123] voi ce- conf i g f ai l - over 3. 3. 3. 3 99*
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family voice-config 3081
Command Reference
the DHCP client.
cannot take effect.
Related Commands dhcp server voice-config (Interface view)
dhcp server voice-config interface (System view)
3082 voice-setup 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
voice-setup
Purpose Use the voice-setup command to enter voice view and enable voice services.
Use the undo voice-setup command to disable all voice services.
Syntax voice-setup
undo voice-setup
Parameters None
Default By default, all voice services are disabled.
Example Enter voice view and enable voice services.
St ar t i ng voi ce ser vi ce, pl ease wai t i ng. . . . . .
[ Rout er ]
Succeed i n st ar t i ng voi ce ser vi ce!
Disable all voice services.
[ Rout er ] undo voi ce- set up
War ni ng: Voi ce ser vi ce wi l l be st opped! Cont i nue? [ Y/ N] y
St oppi ng voi ce ser vi ce, pl ease wai t i ng. . . . . .
[ Rout er ]
Succeed i n st oppi ng voi ce ser vi ce!
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family voip call-start 3083
Command Reference
voip call-start
Purpose Use the voip call-start command to configure a call initialization mode for the
called GW.
Use the undo voip call-start command to restore the default.
Syntax voip call-start { f ast | nor mal }
undo voip call-start
Parameters fast
The called GW initializes calls in a fast way.
normal
The called GW initializes calls in a non-fast way.
Default By default, the fast mode is used.
Example Configure the called gateway to initialize calls in normal mode.
[ Rout er - voi ce] voi p cal l - st ar t nor mal
Voice view
Description As the process of faculty negotiation is omitted in fast connect procedures, the
faculties of the two parties are determined by the GW. If a router acts as a calling GW,
you can enable or disable fast connect for each channel of initiated calls. If it acts as a
called GW, it will use or not use the fast connect mode to initialize calls depending on
the parameters of the voip call-start command, in the case that the calling
GW uses the fast connect mode.
Related Command fast-connect
3084 voip calledtunnel 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
voip calledtunnel
Purpose Use the voip calledtunnel enable command to enable the tunnel function on
the called gateway.
Use the undo voip calledtunnel enable command to disable the tunnel
function on the called gateway.
Syntax voip calledtunnel enable
undo voip calledtunnel enable
Parameters enable
Enables the tunnel function on the called gateway.
Default By default, the tunnel function on the called gateway is enabled.
Example Disable the tunnel function on the called gateway.
[ Rout er - voi ce] undo voi p cal l edt unnel enabl e
Voice view
Description When the router is a called gateway, it decides whether to use the tunnel function
depending on the configuration of the voip calledtunnel command. To
interoperate with devices that do not support tunneling using H.323
recommendation, you need to disable with the undo form of this command the
tunnel function on the called gateway.
Related Command tunnel-on
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family voip h323-conf tcs-t38 3085
Command Reference
voip h323-conf tcs-t38
Purpose Use the voip h323-conf tcs-t38 command to enable the voice gateway to
include the T.38 capability description in its capability set when it is in H.323
slow-start mode.
Use the undo voip h323-conf tcs-t38 command to disable the voice gateway
to include the T.38 capability description in its capability set when it is in H.323
slow-start mode.
Syntax voip h323-conf tcs-t38
undo voip h323-conf tcs-t38
Parameters None
Default By default, T.38 description is included.
Example Disable the voice gateway to carry T.38 capacity description in its capacity set when it
is in H.323 slow-start mode.
[ Rout er - voi ce] undo voi p h323- conf t cs- t 38
Voice view
Description As NetMeeting does not support T.38 capability description parsing, you must disable
the voice gateway in H.323 slow-start mode to include the T.38 capability description
in its capability set in order to work with NetMeeting.
As this command is globally effective, the configuration of its undo form can disable all
the voice entities to carry the T.38 capability description in their capability sets. If
interoperability with NetMeeting is required only by a voice entity, you can disable fax
using the fax baudrate disable command or set the fax mode to a non-T.38
mode, pcm, or nonstandard for example.
3086 voip h323-descriptor 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
voip h323-descriptor
Purpose Use the voip h323-descriptor command to configure the description character
string of the voice gateway H.323.
Syntax voip h323-descriptor descriptor
undo voip h323-descriptor
Parameters descriptor
The description character string of H.323, in the length
of 1 to 64. By default, the descriptor is "Vrp
Gateway".
Example Configure the descriptor of H.323 as mystring.
[ 3Com- voi ce] voi p h323- descr i pt or myst r i ng
Voice view
Description It is recommended to configure with default value, also you can configure according
to the actual requirements. If both ends are the device based on VRP, and the
attribute is configured at both ends (i.e., the default value is not adopted), the
character strings of both ends must be the same.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family voip timer 3087
Command Reference
voip timer
Purpose Use the voip timer command to set the VoIP-to-POTS timer, or the delay waiting
for switching from VoIP entity to backup POTS entity after a VoIP call is failed.
Use the undo voip timer command to restore the default.
Syntax voip timer voi p- t o- pot s time
undo voip timer voi p- t o- pot s
Parameters voip-to-pots time
Delay waiting for switching from VoIP entity to backup
POTS entity. Valid values are 3 to 30 seconds.
Example Configure the system to wait three seconds before switching from VoIP entity to
backup POTS entity after a VoIP call.
[ Rout er - voi ce] voi p t i mer voi p- t o- pot s 3
Voice view
3088 vpinstance 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vpinstance
Purpose Use the vpninstance command to specify a VPN instance.
Use the undo vpninstance command to remove the specified VPN instance.
Syntax vpninstance name
undo vpninstance
Parameters name
VPN instance name. Valid values are any string from 1
Default By default, no VPN instance information is configured.
Example Specify the VPN instance named vpn1.
[Router] vpninstance vpn1
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vpn-instance-capability simple 3089
Command Reference
vpn-instance-capability simple
Purpose Use the routing-table limit command to configure a router as
Multi-VPN-Instance CE.
Use the undo routing-table limit command to remove the configuration.
Syntax vpn-instance-capability simple
undo vpn-instance-capability
Parameters None
Example Configure OSPF procedure 100 as Multi-VPN-Instance CE.
[ 3Com- ospf - 100] vpn- i nst ance- capabi l i t y si mpl e
Restore the OSPF procedure 100 as PE.
[ 3Com- ospf - 100] undo vpn- i nst ance- capabi l i t y
OSPF Protocol view
Description OSPF multi-VPN-instance is often run at a PE router. Therefore, the CE router, on
which OSPF multi-VPN-instance runs, is called Multi-VPN-Instance CE. Though they
both support multi-VPN-instance, Multi-VPN-Instance CE does not necessarily support
BGP/OSPF interoperability.
When OSPF processes are bound to VPN instances, OSPF will use the PE router as the
default router. This command will remove the default setting and change a router into
Multi-VPN-Instance CE. Then OSPF processes will set up all peers again. DN bits and
route-tag will not be check in routing calculation. To prevent route loss, loop test
function is disabled on PE routes. MGP/OSPF interoperability is also disabled to save
system resources.
After the display ospf brief command is executed successfully, the system
prompts the information: Multi-VPN-Instance enable on CE router.
CAUTION: The OSPF processes set up all peers again after this command is executed.
3090 vpn-target 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vpn-target
Purpose Use the vpn-target command to create vpn-target extended community for
vpn-instance.
Use the undo vpn-target command to remove the vpn-target extended
Syntax vpn-target vpn-target-ext-community [ i mpor t - ext communi t y |
expor t - ext communi t y | bot h ]
undo vpn-target vpn-target-ext-community [ i mpor t - ext communi t y |
expor t - ext communi t y | bot h ]
Parameters import-extcommunity Ingress route information from the extended
community of target VPN.
export-extcommunity
Egress route information to the extended community
of target VPN.
both Imports both ingress and egress route information to
the extended community of target VPN.
vpn-target-ext-community
Adds vpn-target extended community attribute to the
ingress and egress of vpn-instance or the vpn-target
extended community list of ingress and egress.
Default By default, the default value is both.
Example Create vpn-target extended community for the vpn-instance.
[ 3Com] i p vpn- i nst ance vpn_r ed
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn_r ed] vpn- t ar get 1000: 1 bot h
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn_r ed] vpn- t ar get 1000: 2 expor t - ext communi t y
[ 3Com- vpn- vpn_r ed] vpn- t ar get 173. 27. 0. 130: 2 i mpor t - ext communi t y
Description With the vpn-target command, you can create ingress and egress route target
extended community list for a specified vpn-instance. Execute this command once for
each target community. Import the received route bearing the specific vpn-target
extended community to all vpn-instances, for which an extended community is
configured as ingress vpn-target. Vpn-target specifies a target VPN extended
community. Same as RD, an extended community is either composed of an ASN and
an arbitrary number, or composed of an IP address and an arbitrary number.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vpn-target 3091
Command Reference
Extended community has the following formats:
16-bit ASN: a 32-bit number defined by user, for example, 100:1.
32-bit IP address: a 16-bit number defined by user, for example, 172.1.1.1:1.
3092 vqa data-statistic 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vqa data-statistic
Purpose Use the vqa data-statistic command to enable counting of voice data.
Use the undo vqa data-statistic enable command to disable counting of
voice data.
Syntax vqa data-statistic enable
undo vqa data-statistic enable
Parameters enable Enables counting of voice data.
Default By default, counting of voice data is disabled.
Example Enable counting of voice data.
[ 3Com- voi ce] vqa dat a- st at i st i c enabl e
Voice view
Description In order to quickly locate trouble in VoIP call and perform debugging, use the vqa
data-statistic enable command to enable statistics of voice data. Information
to be performed statistics includes time for successfully searching the voice table,
total number of received data packets, time for searching the table in fast and
common modes and voice and fax of receive and transmit channels.
Statistics of voice data mainly serves debugging. Therefore, the user is recommended
to disable this function when the service is normal so as to ensure higher performance
of voice data processing.
Related Commands display voice voip data-statistic
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vqa dscp 3093
Command Reference
vqa dscp
Purpose Use the vqa dscp command to set the global DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP
packets that carry the RTP stream or voice signaling.
Use the undo dscp media command to restore the default DSCP, that is, default.
Syntax vqa dscp { medi a | si gnal } dscp-value
undo vqa dscp { medi a | si gnal }
Parameters media
Global DSCP value in the ToS field of the IP packets
that carry RTP streams.
signal
Global DSCP value in the ToS field of the IP packets
that carry voice signaling.
dscp-value DSCP value in the range 0 to 63 or the keyword ef,
af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33,
af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, or
default.
Table 320 DSCP values
Example Set the DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP packets that carry voice signaling to af41.
[ Rout er ] voi ce- set up
[ Rout er - voi ce] vqa dscp si gnal af 41
Voice view
Keyword DSCP value in binary DSCP value in decimal
ef 101110 46
af11 001010 10
af12 001100 12
af13 001110 14
af21 010010 18
af22 010100 20
af23 010110 22
af31 011010 26
af32 011100 28
af33 011110 30
af41 100010 34
af42 100100 36
af43 100110 38
cs1 001000 8
cs2 010000 16
3094 vqa dscp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description The function of this command is the same as the command used for setting DSCP in
the QoS part of this manual. If two DSCP values are configured, the one configured
in the QoS part takes priority. This command is valid for both SIP and H.323.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vqa dsp-monitor 3095
Command Reference
vqa dsp-monitor
Purpose Use the vqa dsp-monitor command to set duration for DSP buffer data
monitoring.
Use the undo vqa dsp-monitor buffer-time command to remove the
setting.
Syntax vqa dsp-monitor buf f er - t i me time
undo vqa dsp-monitor buf f er - t i me
Parameters buffer-time time
Duration of DSP buffer data monitoring. Valid values
are 180 to 480 ms.
Default By default, DSP data is not monitored.
Example Set the duration for DSP buffer data monitoring to 270 milliseconds.
[ Rout er - voi ce] vqa dsp- moni t or buf f er 270
Voice view
Description If the DSP buffering duration exceeds the preset threshold, DSP will discard voice data
to keep the voice delay with a rational range.
A time value greater than 240 is recommended for too small duration value will result
in poor voice quality in the case of severe jitter.
Related Command ip-precedence
3096 vqa jitter-buffer 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vqa jitter-buffer
Purpose Use the vqa jitter-buffer command to configure jitter buffer depth.
Use the vqa jitter-buffer command to restore the default jitter buffer depth.
Syntax vqa jitter-buffer depth
undo vqa jitter-buffer
Parameters depth
Identify the jitter buffer depth. Valid values are 0 to 10.
Setting jitter buffer depth to 0 indicates not to enable
the jitter buffer function. The larger the value, the
larger the depth, that is, the more complexly the jitter
buffer processes the voice packets.
If no value is specified, the default jitter buffer depth is
3.
Example Configure the depth of jitter buffer as 5.
[ 3Com- voi ce] vqa j i t t er - buf f er 5
Voice view
Description For networks of different performances, the depth for jitter buffer to provide the best
performance is different. Therefore the jitter buffer depth must be selected based on
a long-term observing and attempts, and in depth analysis of the actual network
situations. So that the reasonable value fitting to the network requirements can be
selected. If the depth value is too small, the jitter buffer function cannot provide the
best loss compensation, disorder adjustment, jitter removing and re-discarding
processing. If the depth value is too large, the delay will become influential to the
receiving voice gateway.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vqa performance 3097
Command Reference
vqa performance
Purpose Use the vqa performance command to configure the sending or receiving process
of voice data to fast or normal forwarding process.
Use the undo vqa performance command to restore the sending and receiving
process of voice data to normal forwarding process.
Syntax vqa performance { send | r ecei ve } [ f ast | nor mal ]
undo vqa performance { send | r ecei ve }
Parameters send
Configures voice data sending process.
receive
Configures voice data receiving process.
fast
Configures the sending or receiving process of voice
data to fast forwarding process.
normal Configures the sending or receiving process of voice
data to normal forwarding process.
Example Configure the current sending process of voice data to fast forwarding process.
[ 3Com- voi ce] vqa per f or mance send f ast
The conf i gur at i on wor ks i mmedi at el y!
Voice view
3098 vrbd 3Com Router 5000 Family and Router 6000 Family
Command Reference
vrbd
Purpose Use the vrbd command to view software version details, including product software
version and the matched platform software version.
Syntax vrbd
Parameters None
Example Display the internal version information.
[ Rout er ] vr bd
Rout i ng Pl at f or mSof t war e
Ver si on 5000 8040V300R003B01D009 ( COMWAREV300R002B11D001) , RELEASE
SOFTWARE
Compi l ed Sep 13 2004 15: 36: 51 by sunyu
Any view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vrrp authentication-mode 3099
Command Reference
vrrp authentication-mode
Purpose Use the vrrp authentication-mode command to configure authentication
mode and authentication key for the VRRP standby groups on the interface.
Use the undo vrrp authentication-mode command to disable authentication
in the VRRP standby groups on the interface.
Syntax vrrp authentication-mode { md5 key | si mpl e key }
undo vrrp authentication-mode
Parameters simple
Simple text authentication.
md5
Authentication header (AH) authentication using the
MD5 algorithm.
key Authentication key. When simple authentication
applies, the authentication key is in clear text with a
length of 1 to 8 characters. When md5 authentication
applies, the authentication key is in MD5 ciphertext
and the length of the key depends on its input format.
If the key is input in clear text, its length is 1 to 8
characters, such as 1234567; if the key is input in
ciphertext, its length must be 24 characters, such as
_(TT8F]Y\5SQ=^Q`MAF4<1!!.
Default By default, authentication is disabled.
Example Set the authentication mode and authentication key of all VRRP standby groups on
interface Ethernet 0/2/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p aut hent i cat i on- mode si mpl e 3Com
Description With this command, all standby groups on the interface share the same
authentication type and authentication key.
Note that the members of the same standby group must use the same authentication
mode and authentication key.
The authentication key is case sensitive.
3100 vrrp ping-enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vrrp ping-enable
Purpose Use the vrrp ping-enable command to enable users to ping the virtual IP
addresses of standby groups.
Use the undo vrrp ping-enable command to disable users to ping the virtual IP
addresses of standby groups.
Syntax vrrp ping-enable
undo vrrp ping-enable
Parameters None
Default By default, users cannot ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups.
Example Enable users to ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups.
[ 3Com] vr r p pi ng- enabl e
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vrrp un-check ttl 3101
Command Reference
vrrp un-check ttl
Purpose Use the vrrp un-check ttl command to disable the VRRP standby group to
check the TTL field in VRRP packets.
Use the undo vrrp un-check ttl command to enable the VRRP standby group
to check the TTL field in VRRP packets. Any packet with TTL value other than 255 will
be dropped.
Syntax vrrp un-check ttl
undo vrrp un-check ttl
Parameters None
Default By default, TTL check on VRRP packets is enabled.
Example Disable the VRRP standby group to check the TTL field in VRRP packets.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] vr r p un- check t t l
Enable the VRRP standby group to check the TTL field in VRRP packets.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 0/ 0] undo vr r p un- check t t l
3102 vrrp vrid preempt-mode 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vrrp vrid preempt-mode
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid preempt-mode command to enable preemption on the router
and configure its preemption delay in the specified standby group.
Use the undo vrrp vrid preempt-mode command to disable preemption on
the router in the specified standby group.
Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID pr eempt - mode [ t i mer del ay delay-value ]
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID pr eempt - mode
Parameters virtual-router-ID
Virtual router ID or VRRP standby group number. Valid
delay-value
Delay time value. Valid values are 0 to 255 seconds.
Default The default mode is preemption without delay.
Example Enable preemption on the router in standby group 1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 pr eempt - mode
Set the preemption delay to five seconds.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 pr eempt - mode t i mer del ay 5
Disable preemption on the router in standby group 1.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] undo vr r p vr i d 1 pr eempt - mode
Interface view
bridge Template view
Description To allow a backup router in a standby group to preempt the current master when it
has a higher priority, you must enable preemption on it. If immediate preemption is
not desired, you can set a preemption delay. The delay automatically changes to 0
seconds when preemption is disabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vrrp vrid priority 3103
Command Reference
vrrp vrid priority
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid priority command to configure the priority of the router in
the specified standby group.
Use the undo vrrp vrid priority command to restore the default.
Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID pr i or i t y priority-value
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID pr i or i t y
VRRP standby group number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
priority-value
Priority value of the router in the specified standby
group Valid values are 1 to 254.
Example Set the priority of the router in standby group 1 to 150.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 pr i or i t y 150
Description In VRRP, the role that a router plays in a standby group depends on its priority. A
higher priority means that the router is more likely to become the master. Note that
priority 0 is reserved for special use and 255 for the IP address owner.
3104 vrrp vrid timer advertise 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vrrp vrid timer advertise
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid timer advertise command to configure the Adver_Timer
of the specified standby group.
Use the undo vrrp vrid timer advertise command to restore the default.
Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID t i mer adver t i se adver-interval
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID t i mer adver t i se
Parameters virtual-router-ID VRRP standby group number. Valid values are 1 to 255.
adver-interval Interval at which the master in the specified standby
group sends VRRP packets. Valid values are 1 to 255
seconds.
If not specified, the default is 1 second.
Example Set the master in standby group 1 to send VRRP packets at intervals of five seconds.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 t i mer adver t i se 5
Description The Adver_Timer controls the interval at which the master sends VRRP packets.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vrrp vrid track 3105
Command Reference
vrrp vrid track
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid track command to configure the interface to be tracked.
Use the undo vrrp vrid track command to disable tracking the specified
interface.
Syntax vrrp vrid vi r t ual - r out er - I D track interface-name [ r educed
priority-reduced ]
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track [ interface-name ]
interface-name
Interface to be tracked.
priority-reduced
Value by which the priority is reduced. Valid values are
1 to 255
Example Track interface Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 t r ack ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 r educed 50
Disable the router to track interface Serial 0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] undo vr r p vr i d 1 t r ack ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
Description The interface tracking function expands the backup functionality of VRRP. It provides
backup not only when routers fail but also when network interfaces go down.
After the monitored interface specified in this command goes down, the priority of
the router owning this interface automatically decreased by the value specified by
value-reduced, allowing a higher priority router in the standby group to take over
as the master. When the router is the IP address owner, however, you cannot
configure interface tracking on it.
3106 vrrp vrid track detect-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
vrrp vrid track detect-group
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid command to implement VRRP using the auto detect function.
Use the undo vrrp vrid command to remove the auto detect function from VRRP.
Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track detect-group group-number [ reduced
value-reduced ]
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track detect-group group-number
Parameters virtual-router-ID ID of the virtual router.
group-number Number of the detect group. Valid values are 1 to 100.
value-reduced Decrement by which the preference value is reduced.
Example Create a detect group numbered 10 and add IP address 202.13.1.55 to the group.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-detect-group-10] detect-list 1 ip 202.13.1.55
Decrease the preference value of standby group 1 by 20 when detect group 10 is
unreachable.
[3Com-Ethernet 0/0/0] vrrp vrid 1 track detect-group 10 reduced 20
Description When a detect group is referenced for implementing VRRP, the router does one of the
following:
When the detect group is unreachable, decrease the preference value of the
standby group.
When the detect group is reachable, restore the preference value of the standby
group.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family vrrp vrid virtual-ip 3107
Command Reference
vrrp vrid virtual-ip
Purpose Use the vrrp vrid virtual-ip command to create a standby group the first
time that you add a virtual IP address or add a virtual IP address to it after that. Each
standby group can accommodate up to 16 virtual IP addresses.
Use the undo vrrp vrid virtual-ip virtual-router-ID command to
remove a standby group.
Use the undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID virtual-ip
virtual-address command to delete a virtual IP address from the specified
standby group.
Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID vi r t ual - i p virtual-address
undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID vi r t ual - i p [ virtual-address ]
virtual-address
Virtual IP address.
Default By default, no standby group exists.
Example Create a standby group.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 vi r t ual - i p 10. 10. 10. 10
Add a virtual IP address to the existing standby group.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] vr r p vr i d 1 vi r t ual - i p 10. 10. 10. 11
Delete a virtual IP address.
[ 3Com- Et her net 0/ 2/ 0] undo vr r p vr i d 1 vi r t ual - i p 10. 10. 10. 10
Description The system removes a standby group after you delete all the virtual IP addresses in it.
If there is non-Ethernet interface in a bridge set, then VRRP is not allowed to be
configured on the bridge template corresponding to that bridge set.
3108 web java-blocking acl-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web java-blocking acl-number
Purpose Use the web java-blocking acl-number command to enable ACL-based Java
blocking ACL function.
Use the undo web java-blocking acl-number command to disable the
function.
Syntax web java-blocking acl-number acl-number
undo web java-blocking acl-number
Basic ACL number. Valid values are 2000 to 2999.
Example Enable ACL-based Java blocking.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking acl-number 2001
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web java-blocking enable 3109
Command Reference
web java-blocking enable
Purpose Use the web java-blocking enable command to enable Java blocking.
Use the undo web java-blocking enable command to disable the function.
Syntax web java-blocking enable
undo web java-blocking enable
Parameters None
Example Enable Java blocking.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking enable
System view
Description An ASPF policy must be configured to before the Java blocking function can be
enabled.
3110 web java-blocking extension add 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension add
Purpose Use the web java-blocking extension add command to add extension name
of Java request packets to be blocked.
Syntax web java-blocking extension add keywords
Parameters keywords
Extension name of Java request packets to be blocked.
Any keyword must begin with ., and can contain up
to 9 characters, including .. A maximum of 10
extension names can be configured.
Example Specify to block Java request packets with the extension name of .class.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking extension add .class
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web java-blocking extension add-default 3111
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension add-default
Purpose Use the the web java-blocking extension add-default command to add
system default J ava blocking keywords after you have defined them.
Syntax web java-blocking extension add-default
System view
Parameters None
Default By default, the system has two pre-defined the filtering parameters .class and .jar,
which take effect after the web java-blocking extension add-default
Example Add system default Java blocking keywords after nine keywords have been defined.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com]dis web java-blocking extension-all
SN Match-Times Extension
---------------------------
0 0 .aaa
1 0 .bbb
2 0 .ccc
3 0 .ddd
4 0 .eee
5 0 .fff
6 0 .ggg
7 0 .hhh
8 0 .iii
[3Com]web java-blocking extension add-default
add .class sucessfully
Exceed the maximal number of java blocking extentions ,cann't add .jar
Success to add 1 default extentions!
Description The system only accepts only 10 blocking keywords. So, when the number of
user-defined blocking keywords exceed 8, all the default keywords cannot be added
after the command is executed.
You can also execute the web java-blocking extension add keywords
command to add default keywords.
3112 web java-blocking extension delete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension delete
Purpose Use the web java-blocking extension delete command to delete a
previously added extension name of Java request packets.
Syntax web java-blocking extension delete keywords
Parameters keywords
The extension name of the Java request packet to be
deleted.
Example Specify to delete Java request filtering entries with the extension name of .class.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking extension delete .class
Delete extension successfully
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web java-blocking extension delete-all 3113
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension delete-all
Purpose Use the web java-blocking extension delete-all command to delete all
Java blocking keywords previously added.
Syntax web java-blocking extension delete-all
Parameters None
Example Delete all Java blocking keywords previously added.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking extension delete-all
Delete all extensions successfully
System view
3114 web java-blocking extension load-file 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension load-file
Purpose Use the web java-blocking extension load-file command to load a Java
blocking filter file.
Use the undo web java-blocking extension load-file command to
unload a Java blocking filter file.
Syntax web java-blocking extension load-file file-name
undo web java-blocking extension load-file file-name
Name of the Java blocking filter file to be loaded.
Example Load the Java blocking filter file named javablk.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking extension load-file javablk
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web java-blocking extension save-file 3115
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension save-file
Purpose Use the web java-blocking extension save-file command save a Java
blocking filter file.
Syntax web java-blocking extension save-file file-name
Parameters file-name Name of the Java blocking filter file to be saved.
Example Save the Java blocking filter file named javablk.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web java-blocking extension save-file javablk
System view
3116 web log enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web log enable
Purpose Use the web log enable command to enable web logging and create a logging
timer.
Use the undo web log enable command to disable web logging and delete the
configured logging timer.
Syntax web log enable
undo web log enable
Parameters None
Example Enable web logging.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web log enable
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web log timer 3117
Command Reference
web log timer
Purpose Use the web log timer command to configure the timeout time of the logging
timer.
Use the undo web log timer command to restore the timeout time to default
value.
Syntax web log timer time
undo web log timer
Parameters time
Timeout time of the logging timer (in seconds). Valid
values are 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Default By default, the timeout time is 30 seconds.
Example Configure the timeout time of the logging timer to be 45 seconds.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web log timer 45
System view
3118 web url-filter host acl-number 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter host acl-number
Purpose Use the web url-filter host acl-number command to configure the firewall
to filter the web requests whose destination URL address is an IP address by using an
ACL.
Use the undo web url-filter host acl-number command to delete the
configured rule.
Syntax web url-filter host acl-number number
undo web url-filter host acl-number
Parameters number
ACL number. Valid values are 3000 to 3999.
Default By default, no filtering rule is configured.
Example Configure an ACL rule 3000, so that only those web requests whose destination IP
addresses are on the subnet 200.1.1.0/24 are allowed to pass.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com-acl-adv-3001] rule 0 permit ip destination 200.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
[3Com-acl-adv-3001] rule 1 deny ip
[3Com] web url-filter host acl-number 3001
System view
Description This command is effective only after IP address support in URL address filtering is
enabled. Only one ACL rule can be referenced when this command is executed, and
the new settings will replace the old settings.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter host add 3119
Command Reference
web url-filter host add
Purpose Use the web url-filter host add command to add web filtering address, and
set the filtering operation.
Syntax web url-filter host add { permit | deny } url-address [ priority
priority-number ]
Parameters permit
The operation is permit.
deny
The operation is deny.
url-address
URL filtering address being added. It supports the
wildcards ^, $, &, and *.
If ^ and $ appear respectively at the beginning and the end of the keyword,
exact match applies. If no wildcard appears at the beginning and end, fuzzy match
applies. For example, if the keyword is ^3Com, the URL addresses start with 3Com
(e.g., 3Com.com.cn) or addresses similar to cmm.3Com.com will be filtered out, but
addresses similar to www.3Com.com will not filtered out. If the keyword is
^3Com$, the URL address only containing the word 3Com (e.g., www.3Com.com)
is filtered out. The address similar to www.3Com.com is not filtered out. If fuzzy
match applies, any address containing the keyword will be filtered out.
The wildcard & cannot replace . during URL Saddress filtering.
The wildcard * cannot replace ., such as 3Com*.com, it must be in the form
of *.com or *.3Com when it is present at the beginning.
priority priority-number
Configures the priority. Valid values are 0 to 1999. The
smaller the number, the higher the priority.
Example Add a filtering entry that allows the address www.3Com.com to pass.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host add permit www.3Com.com
Add host name successfully.
Table 321 Description on the wildcards
Wildcard Description
^ Match at the beginning.
It appears only at the beginning of the filtering keyword, and only once.
$ Match at the end.
It appears only at the end of the filtering keyword, and only once.
& Replace a character.
It can appear several times, or in a successive manner. It can appear at any
position in the filtering keyword.
* Replace any character.
It appears only once at the beginning or in the middle of the filtering keyword.
It must not be adjacent to ^ and &.
3120 web url-filter host add 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter host default 3121
Command Reference
web url-filter host default
Purpose Use the web url-filter host default command to permit or deny packets
that do not match with the URL addresses configured by the administrator.
Syntax web url-filter host default { permit | deny }
Parameters permit The default filtering operation is permit.
deny The default filtering operation is deny.
Default By default, the unmatched packet is permitted.
Example Set the default filtering operation to permit.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host default permit
System view
3122 web url-filter host delete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter host delete
Purpose Use the web url-filter host delete command to a URL address filtering
entry previously added.
Syntax web url-filter host delete url-address
Parameters url-address
The URL filtering address to be deleted.
Example Delete the filtering entry with the URL address of www.3Com.com.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host delete www.3Com.com
Delete host name successfully.
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter host delete-all 3123
Command Reference
web url-filter host delete-all
Purpose Use the web url-filter host delete-all command to delete all URL
address filtering entries.
Syntax web url-filter host delete-all
Parameters None
Example Delete all URL address filtering entries.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host delete-all
Delete all host names in filter successfully.
System view
3124 web url-filter host enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter host enable
Purpose Use the web url-filter host enable command to enable URL address
filtering.
Use the undo web url-filter host enable command to disable URL address
filtering.
Syntax web url-filter host enable
undo web url-filter host enable
Parameters None
Default By default, the URL address filtering function is disabled.
Example Enable URL address filtering.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host enable
System view
Description An ASPF policy must be configured before the URL address filtering function can be
enabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter host ip-address 3125
Command Reference
web url-filter host ip-address
Purpose Use the web url-filter host ip-address command to configure whether to
permit a web request whose destination URL address is an IP address to pass.
Syntax web url-filter host ip-address { permit | deny }
Parameters permit Permits any web request whose destination URL
address is an IP address.
deny
Denies any web request whose destination URL
address is an IP address.
Default By default, the filter action is deny.
Example Configure to permit any web request whose destination URL address is an IP address
to pass.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host ip-address permit
System view
3126 web url-filter host load-file 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter host load-file
Purpose Use the web url-filter host load-file command to load the URL address
filtering file.
Use the undo web url-filter host load-file command to unload the file.
Syntax web url-filter host load-file file-name
undo web url-filter host load-file
Parameters file-name Name of the loaded filtering file.
Example Load the URL address filtering file named urlfilter.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host load-file urlfilter
System view
Description To validate the items in the URL address filtering file and filter the address, the file
must be firstly loaded.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter host save-file 3127
Command Reference
web url-filter host save-file
Purpose Use the web url-filter host save-file command to save a URL address
filter file.
Syntax web url-filter host save-file file-name
Parameters file-name Name of the filter file to be saved.
Example Save the URL address filter file named urlfilter.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter host save-file urlfilter
System view
3128 web url-filter parameter add 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter add
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter add command to add a keyword for URL
parameter filtering.
Syntax web url-filter parameter add keywords
undo web url-filter parameter add keywords
Parameters keywords
The URL parameter keywords to be filtered.
The keyword supports the wildcards ^, $, & and *. For
the description of the wildcards, see Table 322.
Example Assume a user-defined storage process named sp_additem exists in the database.
Prohibit the access to this storage process by blocking HTTP commands containing
this storage process name.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter add sp_additem
Add the key successfully.
System view
Table 322 Description on the wildcards
Wildcard Description
^ Match at the beginning.
It appears only at the beginning of the filtering keyword, and only once.
$ Match at the end.
It appears only at the end of the filtering keyword, and only once.
& Replace a character.
It can appear several times, or in a successive manner. It can appear at any
position in the filtering keyword.
* Replace any character.
It appears only once at the beginning or in the middle of the filtering keyword.
It must not be adjacent to ^ and &.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter parameter add-default 3129
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter add-default
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter add-default command to add default
filter keywords ^select^, însert^, ûpdate^, ^delete^, ^drop^, --, ', êxec^ and
%27 to facilitate the user to input these keywords from being carelessly deleted or to
enable the user to restore the default settings quickly if the web url-filter
parameter add-default command was improperly executed.
Syntax web url-filter parameter add-default
Parameters None
Example Add default filter keywords.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter add-default
Success to add 9 keys!
System view
3130 web url-filter parameter delete 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter delete
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter delete command to delete a filter
keyword previously added.
Syntax web url-filter parameter delete keywords
Parameters keywords
The filter keywords to be deleted.
Example Delete the filter keyword select.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter delete select
Delete key word successfully.
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter parameter delete-all 3131
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter delete-all
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter delete-all command to delete all filter
keywords.
Syntax web url-filter parameter delete-all
Parameters None
Example Delete all filter keywords.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter delete-all
Delete all key words in filter successfully.
System view
3132 web url-filter parameter enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter enable
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter enable command to enable URL
Use the undo web url-filter parameter enable command to disable URL
Syntax web url-filter parameter enable
undo web url-filter parameter enable
Parameters None
Example Enable SQL attack protection.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter enable
System view
Description An ASPF policy must be configured before the URL address filtering function can be
enabled.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family web url-filter parameter load-file 3133
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter load-file
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter load-file command to load a URL
parameter filtering file.
Use the undo web url-filter parameter load-file command to unload
the previously loaded URL parameter filter file.
Syntax web url-filter parameter load-file

file-name
undo web url-filter parameter load-file
Name of the filter file to be loaded.
Example Load the URL parameter filter file named sqlfilter.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter load-file sqlfilter
System view
3134 web url-filter parameter save-file 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter save-file
Purpose Use the web url-filter parameter save-file command to save a URL
parameter filter file.
Syntax web url-filter parameter save-file file-name
Name of the filter file to be saved.
Example Save the URL parameter filter file named sqlfilter.
<3Com> system-view
[3Com] web url-filter parameter save-file sqlfilter
System view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family wfq 3135
Command Reference
wfq
Purpose Use the wfq command to set the queue type of the VC to be WFQ.
Use the undo wfq command to restore the queue type to FIFO.
Syntax wfq [ congestive-discard-threshold [ dynamic-queues ] ]
undo wfq
Parameters congestive-discard-thresho
ld
The maximum number of packets allowed in the
queue. Packets exceeding this limitation will be
discarded. . Valid values are 1 to 1024,.
dynamic-queues
Total number of queues, the value can be one of 16,
32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096.
Example Apply WFQ to the frame relay class test1.
[ 3Com- f r - cl ass- t est 1] wf q 128 512
Related Commands cq
pq
fr pvc-pq
3136 wildcard-register enable 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
wildcard-register enable
Purpose Use the wildcard-register enable command to enable fuzzy (wildcard)
telephone number registration.
Use the undo wildcard-register command to disable fuzzy (wildcard)
telephone number registration.
Syntax wildcard-register enable
undo wildcard-register
Parameters None
Default By default, fuzzy telephone number registration is disabled.
Example Enable fuzzy telephone number registration.
[ Rout er - voi ce- si p] wi l dcar d- r egi st er enabl e
SIP Client view
Description Sometimes, the match template configured for a POTS entity may use a number
containing the wildcards of dot (.) and T instead of using a standard E.164 number.
When the router sends a Register message, it retains dots and substitutes dots (.) for
Ts.
You may use the function of fuzzy telephone number registration only when it is
supported on both SIP client and SIP server.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family wred 3137
Command Reference
wred
Purpose Use the wred command to configure drop mode as weighted random early detection
(WRED).
Use the undo wred command to delete the configuration.
Syntax wred [ dscp | i p- pr ecedence ]
undo wred
Parameters dscp
Uses DSCP value for calculating drop probability for a
packet.
ip-precedence
Uses IP precedence value for calculating drop
probability for a packet.
Default By default, ip-precedence is configured.
When configuration is performed in default-class view, ip-precedence is
configured by default.
Example Configure WRED for a traffic behavior named database and drop probability is
calculated by IP precedence.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed
Description This command can be used only after the queue af command has been configured.
The wred command and queue-length command can not be used simultaneously.
Other configurations under the random drop will be deleted when this command is
deleted. When a policy is applied on an interface, the previous WRED configuration
on interface level will become ineffective.
The behavior associated with default-class can only use wred ip-precedence.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3138 wred dscp 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
wred dscp
Purpose Use the wred dscp command to set DSCP lower-limit, upper-limit and drop
probability denominator of WRED.
Use the undo wred dscp command to delete the configuration.
Syntax wred dscp dscp-value l ow- l i mi t low-limit hi gh- l i mi t high-limit [
di scar d- pr obabi l i t y discard-prob ]
undo wred dscp dscp-value
DSCP value, in the range of 0 to 63, which can be any
of the following keywords: ef, af11, af12, af13, af21,
af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1,
cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, or default.
low-limit:
Lower threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is
10 by default. Lower threshold value, in the range of 1
to 1024. It is 10 by default.
high-limit Upper threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is
30 by default.
discard-prob
Table 323 DSCP keywords and values
Keyword DSCP value (binary) DSCP value (decimal)
ef 000000 0
af11 001010 10
af12 001100 12
af13 001110 14
af21 010010 18
af22 010100 20
af23 010110 22
af31 011010 26
af32 011100 28
af33 011110 30
af41 100010 34
af42 100100 36
af43 100110 38
cs1 001000 8
cs2 010000 16
cs3 011000 24
cs4 100000 32
cs5 101000 40
cs6 110000 48
cs7 111000 56
default 000000 0
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family wred dscp 3139
Command Reference
Denominator of drop probability, in the range of 1 to
255. It is 10 by default.
Example Set the queue lower-limit to 20, upper-limit to 40 and discard probability to 15 for the
packet whose DSCP is 3.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed dscp
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed dscp 3 l ow- l i mi t 20 hi gh- l i mi t 40
di scar d- pr obabi l i t y 15
Description This command can be used only after the wred command has been used to enable
WRED drop mode based on DSCP.
The configuration of wred dscp will be deleted if the configuration of qos wred is
deleted.
The configuration of drop parameter will be deleted if the configuration of queue
af is deleted.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3140 wred ip-precedence 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
wred ip-precedence
Purpose Use the wred ip-precedence command to set precedence lower-limit,
upper-limit and drop probability denominator of WRED.
Syntax wred ip-precedence precedence l ow- l i mi t low-limit hi gh- l i mi t high-limit
[ di scar d- pr obabi l i t y discard-prob ]
undo wred ip-precedence precedence
Parameters precedence
Precedence of IP packet, in the range of 0 to 7.
low-limit
Lower threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is
10 by default.
high-limit Upper threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is
30 by default.
discard-prob
Denominator of drop probability, in the range of 1 to
255. It is 10 by default.
Example Set lower-limit to 20, upper-limit to 40 and discard probability to 40 for the packet
with the precedence 3.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed i p- pr ecedence 3 l ow- l i mi t 20 hi gh- l i mi t
40 di scar d- pr obabi l i t y 15
Description This command can be used only after the wred command has been used to enable
WRED drop mode based on IP precedence.
The configuration of wred ip-precedence will be deleted when wred
configuration is deleted.
The configuration of drop parameters will be deleted if queue af is deleted.
Related Commandas qos policy
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family wred weighting-constant 3141
Command Reference
wred weighting-constant
Purpose Use the wred weighting-constant command to set exponential for the
calculation of average queue length by WRED.
Syntax wred weighting-constant exponent
undo wred weighting-constant
Parameters exponent
Exponential, in the range of 1 to 16. It is 6 by default.
Example Configure exponential for calculating average queue length to 6.
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed i p- pr ecedence
[ 3Com- behavi or - dat abase] wr ed wei ght i ng- const ant 6
Description This command can be used only after the queue af command has been configured
and the wred command has been used to enable WRED drop mode.
The configuration of wred weighting-constant will be deleted if
random-detect is deleted.
traffic behavior
classifier behavior
3142 x25 alias-policy 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 alias-policy
Purpose Use the x25 alias-policy command to configure the alias of an X.121 address.
Use the undo x25 alias-policy command to delete the alias of an X.121
address.
Syntax x25 alias-policy match-type alias-string
undo x25 alias-policy match-type alias-string
Parameters match-type Match type of the alias. There are nine optional match
types:
free: Free match
free-ext: Extended free match
left: Left alignment match
left-ext: Extended left alignment match
right: Right alignment match
right-ext: Extended right alignment match
strict: Strict match
whole: Whole match
whole-ext: Extended whole match
alias-string
String of the alias
Default By default, no x.25 alias is configured.
Example Configure the link-layer protocol on interface Serial0/0/0 as X.25 and its X.121
address to 20112451, and set two aliases with different match types for it.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol x25
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 x121- addr ess 20112451
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 al i as- pol i cy r i ght 20112451$
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 al i as- pol i cy l ef t $20112451
Wi t h t he above conf i gur at i ons, a cal l whose dest i nat i on addr ess i s
20112451 can be accept ed as l ong as i t can r each t he l ocal X. 25
i nt er f ace Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0, no mat t er whet her t he net wor k i s per f or mi ng t he
pr ef i x addi ng oper at i on or suf f i x addi ng oper at i on.
Interface view
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 alias-policy 3143
Command Reference
Description When an X.25 call is forwarded between networks, different X.25 networks may
perform some operations on the destination addresses (that is, the called DTE
address) carried by this call packet, for example, regularly adding or deleting the
prefix and suffix. In this case, a user needs to set an interface alias for the router to
adapt this change. Please consult your ISP to learn if the network supports this
function before deciding whether the alias function is enabled or not.
For the details about the X.25 alias matching method, please see the Configuration
Guide.
Related Commands display x25 alias-policy
x25 x121-address
3144 x25 call-facility 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 call-facility
Purpose Use the x25 call-facility command to set user options for an X.25 interface.
After an option is set, all X.25 calls from the X.25 interface will carry the relevant
information field in call packet.
Use the undo x25 call-facility command to delete the set option.
Syntax x25 call-facility facility-option
undo x25 call-facility facility-option
Parameters facility-option
User facility option, its value includes:
closed-user-group number
Specifies a closed user group (CUG) number for the
X.25 interface. The facility enables DTE to belong to
one or more CUGs. CUG allows the DTEs in it to
communicate with each other, but not to
communicate with other DTEs.
packet-size input-size
output-size
Specifies the maximum packet size negotiation in
initiating call from X.25 interface. Maximum packet
size negotiation is part of flow control parameter
negotiation. It needs two parameters: maximum
reception packet size and maximum transmission
packet size, which must range from 16 (inclusive) to
4096 (inclusive), and must be the integer power of 2.
reverse-charge-request
Specifies reverse charging request while calling from
X.25 interface.
roa-list name
Specifies an ROA list name configured by the
command X25 roa-list in system view for the X.25
interface.
send-delay value
Specifies the maximum network send delay request
while calling from X.25 interface. You can set this
request to any value in the range 0 to 65534 ms
(including 0 and 65534).
threshold in out
Specifies throughput negotiation while calling from
X.25 interface. The values of in/out are defined as 75,
150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and
48000.
window-size
input-window-size
output-window-size Specifies the window size negotiation while calling
from X.25 interface. Window size negotiation is a part
of flow control parameter negotiation. It needs two
parameters: reception window size and transmission
window size, which must be in the range of 1 to
modulo -1 (including 1 and modulo -1).The default
values of the two parameters are 2.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 call-facility 3145
Command Reference
Default By default, no facility is set.
Example Specify the flow control parameter negotiation with the peer end for the calls from
the X.25 interface serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cal l - f aci l i t y packet - si ze 512 512
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cal l - f aci l i t y wi ndow- si ze 5 5
Interface view
Description The user facilities set via this command are available for all the calls originating from
this X.25 interface. You can set a user option for an X.25 call from a certain address
mapping through the command x25 map protocol-name protocol-address
x.121-address x.121-address [ option ].
Related Command x25 map
3146 x25 cug-service 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 cug-service
Purpose Use the x25 cug-service command to enable CUG service and suppression
policies.
Use the undo x25 cug-service command to disable CUG service.
Syntax x25 cug-service [ i ncomi ng- access ] [ out goi ng- access ] [ suppr ess {
al l | pr ef er ent i al } ]
undo x25 cug-service
Parameters incoming-access
Performs the suppress processing of incoming access
outgoing-access
Performs the suppress processing of outgoing access
all
Suppresses all CUGs configured with preferential
suppress
preferential Only processes those CUGs configured with
preferential suppress
Default By default, CUG service is disabled.
Example Define the suppress processing of incoming access on the interface Serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cug- ser vi ce i ncomi ng- access
Interface view
Description The command is used at DEC end. You can use the link-protocol x25 dce
command to set the interface operating in DCE mode.
After CUG service is enabled, the system suppresses those calls matching the preset
conditions. The details are:
If no parameter is set, the system suppresses all calls (including the calls with or
without CUG facilities).
If the incoming-access parameter is chosen, the system suppresses incoming calls.
That is, it suppresses the incoming calls with CUG facilities, but lets the incoming calls
without CUG facilities pass through.
If the outgoing-access parameter is chosen, the system suppresses outgoing calls.
That is, it suppresses the outgoing calls with CUG facilities, but lets the outgoing calls
without CUG facilities pass through.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 cug-service 3147
Command Reference
If the suppress all parameter is chosen, the system removes CUG facilities for the
incoming calls with CUG facilities and makes call processing. This parameter is
ineffective to outgoing calls.
When the suppress preferential parameter, if an incoming call with CUG facilities and
the suppression rule is preferential, the system then removes its CUG facilities and
make call processing. If the suppression rule is not preferential, the system does not
remove its CUG facilities but lets it pass through. This parameter is ineffective to
outgoing calls.
Related Commands x25 call-facility
x25 local-cug
3148 x25 default-protocol 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 default-protocol
Purpose Use the x25 default-protocol command to set the default upper-layer protocol
carried over X.25 for the X.25 interface.
Use the undo x25 default-protocol command to restore the default
upper-layer protocol.
Syntax x25 default-protocol protocol-type
undo x25 default-protocol
Protocol type, may be IP.
Default By default, IP is carried over X.25.
Example Set the default upper-layer protocol over the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 as IP.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 def aul t - pr ot ocol i p
Interface view
Description During X.25 SVC setup, the called device will check the call user data field of X.25 call
request packet. If it is an unidentifiable one, the called device will deny the setup of
the call connection. However, a user can specify a default upper-layer protocol carried
over X.25. When X.25 receives a call with unknown CUD, the call can be treated
based on the default upper-layer protocol specified by a user.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 default-protocol 3149
Command Reference
Purpose Use the x25 default-protocol command to set the upper layer protocol for an
X.25 interface that X.25 protocol carries by default.
Use the undo x25 default-protocol command to revert to the default upper
layer protocol.
Syntax x25 default-protocol [ protocol-type ]
undo x25 default-protocol
Protocol type, which can be IP or CLNS.
Default The default upper layer protocol carried by X.25 protocol is IP.
Example Set the default upper layer protocol that the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 carries to OSI
protocol.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 def aul t - pr ot ocol cl ns
Interface view
Description During course of establishing a X.25 SVC, the called party checks the CUD (call user
data) fields in X.25 call request packets and reject the call request if the CUD fields
cannot be recognized. You can specify a default upper layer protocol that X.25
carries, through which an call request packet with unrecognized CUD field is treated
as the PDU (protocol data unit) of the default upper layer protocol.
3150 x25 hunt-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 hunt-group
Purpose Use the x25 hunt-group command to create or enter an X.25 hunt group.
Use the undo x25 hunt-group command to delete the specified X.25 hunt
group.
Syntax x25 hunt-group hunt-group-name { r ound- r obi n | vc- number }
undo x25 hunt-group hunt-group-name
Parameters hunt-group-name Name of hunt group.
round-robin Select call channel using cyclic selection policy.
vc-number Select call channel using the policy of computing
available logical channel.
Example Create hunt group hg1 which uses cyclic selection policy.
[ 3Com] x25 hunt - gr oup hg1 r ound- r obi n
[ 3Com- hg- hg1]
System view
Description X.25 hunt group supports two call channel selection policies: round-robin mode and
vc-number mode, and a hunt group only uses one channel selection policy. The
round-robin mode will select next interface or XOT channel inside hunt group for
each call request using cyclic selection method. The vc-number mode will select the
interface with the most idle-logical channels in hunt group for each call request.
A hunt group can have 10 interfaces or XOT channels at most, and it may arbitrarily
select the available channels between interface and XOT channel.
XOT channel cannot join the hunt group that adopts the vc-number selection policy.
Related Command display x25 hunt-group-info
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 ignore called-address 3151
Command Reference
x25 ignore called-address
Purpose Use the x25 ignore called-address command to enable it to ignore the
X.121 address of the called DTE when X.25 initiates calls.
Use the undo x25 ignore called-address command to disable this function.
Syntax x25 ignore called-address
undo x25 ignore called-address
Parameters None
Example Specify the call request packet from the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 not to carry the
called DTE address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 i gnor e cal l ed- addr ess
Interface view
Description According to X.25, the calling request packet must carry the address bits. However,
on some occasions, the X.25 calling request does not have to carry the called/calling
DTE address in a specific network environment or as is required by the application.
This command enables users to specify whether the call request packet sent by X.25
in the 3Com series routers carries the called DTE address.
Related Commands x25 response called-address
x25 response calling-address
x25 ignore calling-address
3152 x25 ignore calling-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the x25 ignore calling-address command to enable it to ignore the
X.121 address of the calling DTE when X.25 initiates calls.
Use the undo x25 ignore calling-address command to disable this
function.
Syntax x25 ignore calling-address
undo x25 ignore calling-address
Parameters None
Example Specify the call request packet from the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 not to carry the
calling DTE address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 i gnor e cal l i ng- addr ess
Interface view
Description According to X.25, the calling request packet must carry the address bits. However,
on some occasions, the X.25 calling request does not have to carry the called/calling
DTE address in a specific network environment or as is required by the application.
This command enables users to specify whether the call request packet sent by X.25
in the 3Com series routers carries the calling DTE address.
Related Commands x25 ignore called-address
x25 response called-address
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 local-cug 3153
Command Reference
x25 local-cug
Purpose Use the x25 local-cug command to configure mapping from local CUG to
network CUG and define its suppression rule.
Use the undo x25 local-cug command to remove the mapping from local CUG
to network CUG.
Syntax x25 local-cug cug-number net wor k- cug cug-number [ no- i ncomi ng ] [
no- out goi ng ] [ pr ef er ent i al ]
undo x25 local-cug cug-number
Parameters local-cug cug-number Number of local cug.
network-cug cug-number Number of network cug.
no-incoming Suppresses incoming access.
no-outgoing Suppresses outgoing access.
preferential Suppresses the CUGs configured with preferential.
Default By default, no suppress rule is defined.
Example Define the rule on the serial interface Serial0/0/0: the incoming calls with 100 local
CUGs or 200 network CUGs are denied.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cug- ser vi ce
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 l ocal - cug 100 net wor k- cug 200 no- i ncomi ng
Interface view
Description Two types of CUG suppression policies are available. One it to suppress all incoming
calls, where the system removes the CUG facilities of all incoming calls with CUG
facilities. The other is to suppress the incoming calls matching the mapping specified
as preference rule, where the system removes the CUG facilities only of those
incoming calls matching the mapping specified as preference rule, but lets other
incoming calls with CUG facilities pass through.
x25 cug-service
3154 x25 map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 map
Purpose Use the x25 map command to set the address mapping between IP address used by
LANs and X.121 address.
Use the undo x25 map command to delete one existing mapping.
Syntax x25 map { i p | compr essedt cp } protocol-address x121- addr ess
x.121-address [ option ]
undo x25 map { i p | compr essedt cp } protocol-address
Parameters ip
Uses IP protocol.
compressedtcp
Uses TCP header compression.
protocol-address
Network protocol address of the peer host.
x.121-address
X.121 address of the peer host.
option
Specifies some attributes or user facilities for the
address mapping.
Default By default, no address mapping is set.
Example Set two address mappings on the X.25 interfaces Serial0/0/0 and Serial1/0/0,
respectively, and the four address mappings have different attributes.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 map i p 202. 38. 160. 11 x121- addr ess 20112451
r ever se- char ge- r equest r ever se- char ge- accept
packet - si ze 512 512 i dl e- t i mer 10
wi ndow- si ze 4 4 br oadcast
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 map i p 20. 30. 4. 8 x121- addr ess 25112450 no- cal l i n
Interface view
Description Since X.25 protocol can multiplex more logical virtual circuits on a physical interface,
you need to manually specify the mapping relation between all network addresses
and X.121 address.
Once you have specified an address mapping, its contents (including protocol
address, X.121 address and all options) cannot be changed. To make modifications,
you can first delete this address mapping via the undo x25 map command, and
then establish one new address mapping.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 map 3155
Command Reference
Two or more address mappings with an identical protocol address shall not exist on
the same X.25 interface.
Detailed explanations are as follows:
broadcast: Sends any broadcasts of internetworking protocol and the multicast of IP
to the destination. This option provides powerful support for some routing protocols
(such as Routing Information Protocol).
closed-user-group group-number: Number of the closed user group corresponding
to this address mapping.
encapsulation-type: Encapsulation type, optional types include nonstandard, ietf,
multi-protocol and snap.
idle-timer minutes: Maximum idle time for the VC associated with the address
mapping. 0 means that the idle time is infinite.
no-callin: Disables accepting call to the address mapping.
no-callout: Disables call originating from the address mapping.
packet-size input-packet output-packet: When the address mapping is used
to originate a call, it will negotiate the maximum packet size in bytes with the peer
end. Its value must range from 16 to 4096 (including 16 and 4096), and must be the
integer power of 2.
reverse-charge-accept: If a call initiated by the address mapping carries reverse
charging request, to accept the call, this option must be configured in the address
mapping.
reverse-charge-request: Specifies reverse charging request while calling from the
address mapping.
roa-list name: Specifies an ROA list name configured by the command X25 roa-list in
system view for the X.25 interface.
send-delay milliseconds: When the address mapping is used to originate a call, it
carries the maximum transmission delay request.
threshold in out: When the address mapping is used to originate a call, it
negotiates throughput with the peer end. The values of in/out are defined to be 75,
150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 48000.
vc-per-map count: Maximum number of VCs associated with the address mapping.
window-size input-window-size output-window-size: When the address
mapping is used to originate a call, it negotiates the window size with the peer end.
The values of input-window-size and output-window-size range between
1 and the number that is 1 less than the modulus of the X.25 interface where the
address mapping exists (including 1 and modulus minus 1).
Related Commands display x25 map
x25 reverse-charge-accept
x25 call-facility
3156 x25 map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 timer idle
x25 vc-per-map
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 map bridge 3157
Command Reference
x25 map bridge
Purpose Use the x25 map bridge command to map an X.121 address to a bridge-set.
Use the undo x25 map bridge command to delete the configured map entry.
Syntax x25 map bridge x121- addr ess x.121-address br oadcast
undo x25 map bridge x121- addr ess x.121-address
Parameters x121-address x.121-addressRemote X.121 address.
broadcast Sends broadcast packets to the X.25 destination.
Default By default, no bridge-set to X.25 map is configured.
Example Configure a map entry on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 map br i dge x121- addr ess 20112451 br oadcast
Interface view
Related Command display x25 map
3158 x25 map clns 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 map clns
Purpose Use the x25 map clns command to configure a CLNS address mapping for an
X.121 address.
Use the undo x25 map command to remove an existing mapping.
Syntax x25 map clns x121-address x.121-address [ option ]
undo x25 map clns
Parameters clns Specifies to use CLNS protocol.
protocol-address Protocol address of the peer ES.
x.121-address X.121 address of the peer ES.
option
Attributes or user facilities specific to the address
mapping.
The options for the option argument are described
as follows.
broadcast: Specifies to send internet protocol
broadcast packets and IP-based multicast packets
to the destination. This option provides solid
support for routing protocols such as Routing
Information Protocol (RIP).
closed-user-group group-number: Specifies the
number of the closed user group corresponding to
the address mapping.
idle-timer minutes: Specifies the maximum idle time
of the virtual circuit associated with the address
mapping. Value of 0 stands for an infinite idle time.
no-callin: Rejects any call for the address mapping.
no-callout: Disables calls launched using the
address mapping.
packet-size input-packet output-packet: Specifies
the maximum acceptable packet size in bytes for
input and output packets. The two parameters
range from 16 to 4096 (include) and must be the
integer power of 2. This option is used when
negotiating with the peer.
reverse-charge-accept: Specifies to accept calls that
contain reverse charge requests. Calls of this type
are only accepted if you specify this option.
reverse-charge-request: Specifies to carry reverse
charge requests when launching calls using this
address mapping.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 map clns 3159
Command Reference
roa-list name: Specifies an ROA list name
configured using the x25 roa command in system
view for the X.25 interface.
send-delay milliseconds: Specifies to carry
maximum transmission delay requests when
launching calls using this address mapping.
threshold in out: Specifies the acceptable
throughput. The value of in/out can be 75, 150,
300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and
48000. This option is used when negotiating with
the peer.
vc-per-map count: Specifies the maximum number
of virtual circuits permitted to associate with the
address mapping.
window-size input-window-size
output-window-size: Specifies the acceptable input
and output window size. The two values range
from 1 (include) to
Example Configure CLNS address mapping on X.25 interface Serial0/0/0.
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] x25 map clns x121-address 2
Configure IP and CLNS address mapping on X.25 interface Serial0/0/0.
[3Com -Serial0/0/0] x25 map ip 1.1.1.1 clns x121-address 2
Interface view
Description No CLNS address mapping is configured by default.
Since X.25 protocol can multiplex multiple logical virtual circuits on a physical
interface, you need to manually specify the mapping between network addresses and
X.121 addresses.
You can configure only one X.25 CLNS mapping on a point-to-multipoint X.25
interface. You need to remove the existing X.25 CLNS mapping first if you want to
configure another mapping on the same interface.
You cannot modify any parameters (including protocol address, X.121 address and all
options) of a configured address mapping. As an alternative, you can delete the
address mapping using the undo x25 map command, and then establish a new
one.
Protocol addresses of address mappings configured for the same X.25 interface
cannot be the same.
3160 x25 modulo 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 modulo
Purpose Use the x25 modulo command to set the window modulus of an X.25 interface.
Use the undo x25 modulo command to restore its default window modulus.
Syntax x25 modulo modulus
undo x25 modulo
Parameters modulus
Modulus, whose value is 8 or 128.
If no value is specified, the default window modulus of
the X.25 interface is modulus 8 mode.
Example Set the modulus on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 128.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 modul o 128
Interface view
Description The slip window is the basis for X.25 traffic control, and the key about the slip
window is that the sent packets are numbered cyclically in order and are to be
acknowledged by the peer end. The order in numbering refers to the ascending order,
like 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cyclically means that the numbering starts again from the
beginning when a certain number (called modulus) is reached. For example, when the
modulus is 8, the numbering goes 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 1.
X.25 defines two numbering modulus: 8 (also called the basic numbering) and 128
(also called extended numbering), and the X.25 of the 3Com series routers supports
both views.
x25 call-facility
x25 map
x25 pvc
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
x25 fr pvc
x25 window-size
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 packet-size 3161
Command Reference
x25 packet-size
Purpose Use the x25 packet-size command to set the maximum input and output packet
lengths of X.25 interface.
Use the undo x25 packet-size command to restore their default values.
Syntax x25 packet-size input-packet output-packet
undo packet-size
Parameters input-packet
Maximum input packet length (in bytes). Valid values
are 16 (inclusive) to 4096 (inclusive) and must be the
integer power of 2. By default, the maximum input
packet length of X.25 interface is 128 bytes.
output-packet
Maximum output packet length (in bytes). Valid values
are 16 (inclusive) to 4096 (inclusive) and must be the
integer power of 2. By default, the maximum output
packet length of X.25 interface is 128 bytes.
Example Set the maximum receiving packet length and maximum sending packet length on
X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 256 bytes.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 packet - si ze 256 256
Interface view
Description Usually, the X.25 packet-switching network has a limitation of the transmission
packet size, and the maximum size of a data packet sent by the DTE shall not exceed
this size (otherwise it will trigger the reset of the VC).In this way, the DTE devices at
sending end and receiving end are required to have datagram fragmentation and
reassembly functions. The DTE device at sending end fragments the datagram with a
length exceeding the maximum transmission packet length based on the maximum
transmission packet length, and sets M bit in other fragments besides the final
fragment. After receiving these fragments, the DTE at receiving end will reassemble
them as a datagram to submit the upper-layer protocol based on the M bit. Please
consult users' ISP about this maximum receiving packet length.
Normally, the maximum receiving packet length is equivalent to the maximum send
packet. Unless users' ISP allows, please do not set these two parameters to different
values.
x25 pvc
3162 x25 packet-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
x25 fr pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 pvc 3163
Command Reference
x25 pvc
Purpose Use the x25 pvc command to configure one PVC route encapsulated with
datagram.
Use the undo x25 pvc command to delete this route.
Syntax x25 pvc pvc-number protocol-type protocol-address [ compr essedt cp ]
x121- addr ess x.121-address [ option ]
undo x25 pvc pvc-number
Parameters pvc-number
PVC number. Valid values are 1 to 4094 (inclusive), and
must be in the PVC channel range.
protocol-type Upper-layer protocol carried over the permanent virtual
circuit, which may be IP or compressedtcp.
protocol-address
Network protocol address of the peer end of the PVC.
compressedtcp
Enables TCP header compression.
x.121-address
X.121 address of the peer end of this PVC.
option
Attribute of the PVC.
Default By default, no PVC encapsulated with datagram is created. When creating such a
PVC, you do not set the relevant attributes for the PVC, its flow control parameters
will be the same as that of the X.25 interface on which it resides (the flow control
parameters on an X.25 interface can be set by the x25 packet-size and x25
window-size commands).
Example Configure the link layer protocol on the interface Serial0/0/0 to X.25, enable PVC
channel section, and set two VCs.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 vc- r ange bi - channel 8, 102 4
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 pvc 2 i p 202. 38. 168. 1 x121- addr ess 20112451
br oadcast packet - si ze 512 512
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 pvc 6 i p 202. 38. 168. 3 x121- addr ess 20112453
br oadcast wi ndow- si ze 5 5
Interface view
Description As one corresponding address mapping is impliedly established while establishing the
PVC, it is unnecessary (or impossible) to establish an address mapping first before
establishing PVCs.
3164 x25 pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Before establishing PVCs, users should first enable the PVC channel section. The
section is between 1 and the latest unprohibited channel section PVC number minus
1 (including 1 and the lowest PVC number minus 1). Naturally, if the lowest PVC
number is 1, the PVC section will be disabled naturally. The following table shows
some typical PVC sections.
Detailed explanations of PVC options are follows:
broadcast: Forward broadcast packet to the peer PVC.
encapsulation-type: Encapsulation type, which may be nonstandard, ietf,
packet-size input-packet output-packet: Specifies the maximum receiving
packet length and maximum sending packet length. The length is counted in byte,
which must range from 16 to 4096 (including 16 and 4096), and must be the integer
power of 2.
window-size input-window-size output-window-size: Specifies the
receiving window and transmitting window sizes of the VC, which range between 1
and the number that is 1 less than the modulus of the X.25 interface where the
address mapping exists (including 1 and modulus minus 1).
Related Commands display x25
x25 map
Table 324 PVC channel section of some typical configurations
Incoming-only channel
range
Two-way channel
range
Outgoing-only channel
range
PVC channel
range
[0, 0] [1, 1024] [0, 0] Disabled
[0, 0] [10, 24] [0, 0] [1, 9]
[1, 10] [15, 30] [0, 0] Disabled
[5, 10] [15, 25] [30, 32] [1, 4]
[0, 0] [0, 0] [20, 45] [1, 19]
[0, 0] [0, 0] [0, 0] [1, 4094]
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 pvc 3165
Command Reference
x25 pvc
Purpose Use the x25 pvc command to configure an X.25 PVC route.
Use the undo x25 pvc command to remove an X.25 PVC route.
Syntax x25 pvc pvc-number { i p protocol-address [ compr essedt cp ] | cl ns
}*x121- addr ess x.121-address [ option ]
undo x25 pvc pvc-number
Parameters pvc-number
PVC number ranging from 1 to 4094 (include). This
argument must be within PVC channel range.
protocol-address
Protocol address of the peer of the PVC.
compressedtcp
Specifies to enable compressed TCP.
x.121-address
X.121 address of the peer of the PVC.
option
Attributes of the PVC. The options of the option
argument are described as follows.
broadcast: Specifies to forward broadcast packets
to the peer of the PVC
packet-size input-packet output-packet: Set the
maximum input and output packet size in bytes of
the PVC. These two values range from 16 to 4096
(include) and must be the integer power of 2.
window-size input-window-size
output-window-size: Set the input and output
windows size of the PVC. These two values range
from 1 (include) to the modulus of the X.25
interface (exclude) accommodating the PVC.
Example Configure X.25 as the link layer protocol of Serial0/0/0 interface and enable PVC
channel range to create a PVC.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot col x25
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 vc- r ange bi - channel 8 1024
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 pvc 2 cl ns x121- addr ess 20112451 br oadcast
packet - si ze 512 512
Interface view
3166 x25 pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Description X.25 PVCs are not created by default. The flow control parameters of a PVC with its
corresponding attributes not configured are the same as those of the X.25 interface
that accommodates it. (Refer to the x25 packet-size and x25 window-size
command for ways to set the flow control parameters of an X.25 interface.)
You can configure only one X.25 CLNS PVC for a point-to-multipoint X.25 interface.
So you must remove the existing one first if you want to configure another X.25 CLNS
PVC for the same interface.
Upon the establishment of a PVC, the corresponding address mapping is
automatically created. So to create the corresponding address mapping first is
unnecessary (and actually impossible).
Before create a PVC, be sure to enable the PVC channel range. The PVC channel
range refers to channels with channel numbers ranging from 1 (include) to the lower
limit (exclude) of the nearest channel range of enabled channels. If the lower limit
itself is 1, the PVC channel range is disabled. Table 325 lists typical PVC channel
ranges.
Table 325 Typical PVC channel ranges
Incoming-only channel
range
Two-way channel
range
Out-going channel
range
PVC
channe
[0, 0] [1, 1024] [0, 0] Disabled
[0, 0] [10, 24] [0, 0] [1, 9]
[1, 10] [15, 30] [0, 0] Disabled
[5, 10] [15, 25] [30, 32] [1, 4]
[0, 0] [0, 0] [20, 45] [1, 19]
[0, 0] [0, 0] [0, 0] [1, 4094]
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 qllc-switch 3167
Command Reference
x25 qllc-switch
Purpose Use the X25 qllc-switch command to create a QLLC switching map entry, an
association of X.121 address, MAC address of the SNA device, and local virtual MAC
address.
Use the undo X25 qllc-switch command to delete the QLLC switching map
entry.
Syntax X25 qllc-switch x.121-address vi r t ual - mac mac-address [ par t ner - mac
mac-address ]
X25 qllc-switch x.121-address
Parameters x.121-address
X.121 address of the remote X25 host.
virtual-mac mac-address
Virtual MAC address of the router.
partner-mac mac-address
MAC address of the remote SNA device.
Default By default, no QLLC switching map entry exists.
Example Create a QLLC switching map entry on X.25-encapsulated interface Serial 1/0/0.
[ Rout er ] i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] x25 ql l c- swi t ch 111 vi r t ual - mac 0011- 0000- 00c1 par t er - mac
0000- 1738- 6df bpur pose_body
Description Each asynchronous serial interface can have only one QLLC link, meaning you can
configure only one QLLC switching map entry for a physical interface.
3168 x25 queue-length 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 queue-length
Purpose Use the x25 queue-length command to set the data queue length on X.25 VC.
Use the undo x25 queue-length command to restore its default value.
Syntax x25 queue-length queue-length
undo x25 queue-length
Parameters queue-length
Queue length (in packets). Valid values are 0 to 9999
for the Router 6000 Series Routers and 0 to 3000 for
the Router 5000 Series Routers. The default queue
length on X.25 VC is 200.
Example Set the VC data queue length of the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 75 datagrams.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 queue- l engt h 75
Interface view
Description When the data traffic is too heavy, you can use this command to extend the receiving
queue and sending queue of the X.25 VC to avoid data loss that may affect
transmission performance. It should be noted here that modifying this parameter
would not affect the existing data queue of VC.
Related Command x25 packet-size
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 receive-threshold 3169
Command Reference
x25 receive-threshold
Purpose Use the x25 receive-threshold command to set the number of receivable
maximum packets before X.25 sends the acknowledged packet.
Use the undo x25 receive-threshold command to restore its default value.
Syntax x25 receive-threshold count
undo x25 receive-threshold
Parameters count
The number of data packets that can be received
before previous acknowledgement, in the range of 0
to input window size. If it is set to 0 or the input
window size, this function will be disabled. If it is set to
1, X.25 of the 3Com

serial routers will send an
acknowledgement for each correct packet received.
By default, the number of data packets that can be
received on X.25 before previous acknowledgement is
0.
Example Specify that each VC on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 acknowledges each correctly
received data packet.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 r ecei ve- t hr eshol d 1
Interface view
Description After enabling this function, the 3Com series routers can send acknowledgement to
the peer router upon the receipt of some correct packets, even if the input window is
not yet full. If there is not much data traffic in users' application environment and
users pay more attention to the response speed, they can appropriately adjust this
parameter to meet the requirement.
Related Command x25 window-size
3170 x25 response called-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the x25 response called-address command to enable X.25 to carry the
address information of the called DTE in sending call reception packet.
Use the undo x25 response called-address command to disable the above
function.
Syntax x25 response called-address
undo x25 response called-address
Parameters None
Example Specify that the call receiving packet of a call sent from the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0
carries the called DTE address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 r esponse cal l ed- addr ess
Interface view
Description According to X.25, the call receiving packet of a call may or may not carry an address
code group, depending on the specific network requirements. This command enables
users to easily specify whether the call receiving packet of a call sent by X.25 of the
3Com series routers carries the called DTE address.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 response calling-address 3171
Command Reference
Purpose Use the x25 response calling-address command to enable X.25 to carry the
address information of the calling DTE in sending call reception packet.
Use the undo x25 response calling-address command to disable the
above function.
Syntax x25 response calling-address
undo x25 response calling-address
Parameters None
Example Specify that the call receiving packet of a call sent from the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0
carries the calling DTE address.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 r esponse cal l i ng- addr ess
Interface view
Description According to X.25, the call receiving packet of a call may or may not carry an address
code group, depending on the specific network requirements. This command enables
users to easily specify whether the call receiving packet of a call sent by X.25 of the
3Com series routers carries the calling DTE address.
3172 x25 reverse-charge-accept 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Purpose Use the x25 reverse-charge-accept command to enable this interface to
accept the call with reverse charging request, the information added by some
certain user facilities.
Use the undo x25 reverse-charge-accept command to disable this above
function.
Syntax x25 reverse-charge-accept
undo x25 reverse-charge-accept
Parameters None
Example Set the accepting calls with reverse charging request function on interface
Serial0/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 r ever se- char ge- accept
Interface view
Description This function does not affect any call without reverse charging request.
If you enable this function on an X.25 interface, all these calls that reach the interface
will be accepted. If you enable this function for a certain address mapping by the
option reverse-charge-accept in the command x25 map, only such calls that reach the
interface and map this address will be accepted, while other calls (carrying reverse
charging request, and not mapping this address) will be cleared.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 roa-list 3173
Command Reference
x25 roa-list
Purpose Use the x25 roa-list command to define ROA list.
Use the undo x25 roa-list command to delete ROA list items.
Syntax x25 roa-list roa-name roa-id1 [ , id2, id3.... ]
undo x25 roa-list roa-name id1 [ , id2, id3.... ]
Parameters roa-name Name of ROA.
id ID specified for this ROA. Valid values are 0 to 9999.
You can specify multiple IDs for the ROA.
Default By default, no ROA list is defined.
Example Define two ROA lists, and cite them on the interfaces Serial 0/0/0 and Serial 1/0/0.
[ 3Com] x25 r oa- l i st l i st 1 11 23 45
[ 3Com] x25 r oa- l i st l i st 2 345
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cal l - f aci l i t y r oa- si ze l i st 1
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 cal l - f aci l i t y r oa- l i st l i st 2
System view
Description You can configure multiple (0 to 20) ROAs, and each ROA can be specified with
multiple(1 to 10) IDs. After configuring ROA, you can cite it by its name in the
commands x25 call-facility or x25 map.
x25 map
3174 x25 switch pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switch pvc
Purpose Use the x25 switch pvc (packet switching) command to configure one PVC route.
Use the undo x25 switch pvc command to delete one PVC route.
Syntax x25 switch pvc pvc-number1 i nt er f ace ser i al number pvc
pvc-number2
[ option
]
undo x25 switch pvc pvc-number1
Parameters pvc-number1 PVC number on the input interface. Valid values are 1
to 4095.
pvc-number2
PVC number on the output interface. Valid values are 1
to 4095.
number Number of the output interface. It cannot be a
subinterface.
option
Attribute of PVC.
Default By default, no PVC route is defined.
Example Perform the packet switching between PVC1 on the Serial0/0/0 and PVC1 on the
Serial1/0/0.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol x25 dce i et f
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] x25 swi t ch pvc 1 i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 pvc 1
Interface view
Description Based on the X.25 switching configuration, you can use the 3Com series Routers as a
simple X.25 switch. When PVC switching is configured, the link layer protocols on the
input and output interfaces must be X.25. Moreover, the specified PVCs on the two
interfaces have been presented and enabled. Note that PVC switching cannot be
configured on the X.25 sub-interface.
Detailed explanations of PVC options are follows:
broadcast: Forwards broadcast packet to the peer PVC.
encapsulation-type: Encapsulation type, which may be nonstandard, ietf,
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 switch pvc 3175
Command Reference
packet-size input-packet output-packet: Specifies the maximum receiving packet
length and maximum sending packet length. The length is counted in byte, which
must range from 16 to 4096 (including 16 and 4096), and must be the integer power
of 2.
window-size input-window-size output-window-size: Specifies the input
window and output window sizes of the VC, which range between 1 and the number
that is 1 less that the modulus of the X.25 interface where the address mapping exists
(including 1 and modulus minus 1).
x25 switching
3176 x25 switch svc hunt-group 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switch svc hunt-group
Purpose Use the x25 switch svc hunt-group command to add an X.25 switching route
whose forwarding address is a hunt group.
Use the undo x25 switch svc hunt-group command to delete the specified
X.25 switching route.
Syntax x25 switch svc x.121-address [ sub- dest destination-address ] [
sub- sour ce source-address ] hunt - gr oup hunt-group-name
undo x25 switch svc x.121-address [ sub- dest destination-address ] [
sub- sour ce source-address ] hunt - gr oup hunt-group-name
Parameters x.121-address Destination address of X.121. This parameter consists
of mode matching string from 1 to 15 characters long.
See Table 326 and Table 327.
sub-dest
destination-address
Substitution destination address.
sub-source source-address
Substitution source address.
hunt-group-name
Name of hunt group.
Default By default, no X.25 switching route is configured.
Example Add an X.25 switching route, whose destination address is 8888 and forwarding
address is the hunt group hg1, and substitute the destination address with 9999.
[ 3Com] x25 swi t ch svc 111 sub- dest 9999 sub- sour ce 8888 hunt - gr oup hg1
System view
Description After the X.25 switching route whose forwarding address is a hunt group is
configured, the relevant X.25 call request packet will be forwarded to different
interfaces or XOT channels in the specified hunt group, so as to implement the load
sharing under X.25 protocol.
Note that you cannot configure SVCs on X.25 subinterfaces.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 switch svc hunt-group 3177
Command Reference
Related Command display x25 switch-table svc
Table 326 x.121 mode matching rules
Wildcard
characters Matching rules Example Matchable character string
* Matching zero or more previous
characters
fo* fo, foo, fooo
+ Matching zero or more previous
characters
fo+ fo, foo, fooo
^ Matching the beginning of the entered
characters
^hell hell, hello, hellaaa
$ Matching the end of the entered
characters
ar$ ar, car, hear
\char Matching a single character specified
by char.
b\+ b+
. Matching arbitrary single character l.st last, lbst, lost
.* Matching arbitrary zero or more
characters.
fo.* fo, foo, fot
.+ Matching arbitrary one or more
characters.
fo.+ foo, fot, foot
Table 327 input rules of x.121 address mode matching string
Characters Input rules
* Cannot be placed at the beginning of character string
Cannot be placed after the symbol ^
Cannot be placed before and after the symbols + and *.
+ Cannot be placed at the beginning of character string
\ Cannot be placed at the end of character string
^ Cannot be placed before the symbols + and *.
3178 x25 switch svc interface 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switch svc interface
Purpose Use the x25 switch svc interface command to add an X.25 switching route
whose forwarding address is a serial interface or Annex G DLCI.
Use the undo x25 switch svc xot command to delete the specified X.25
switching route.
sub- sour ce source-address ] i nt er f ace ser i al interface-number
sub- sour ce source-address ] [ i nt er f ace ser i al interface-number ]
Parameters x.121-address Destination X.121 address, consisting of a
pattern-matching string that is 1 to 30 characters long.
Interface-number
Local X.25 outgoing interface number. It cannot be a
subinterface.
sub-dest
destination-address
Example Switch SVC 1 to interface Serial 0/0/0 and SVC 2 to interface Serial 1/0/0.
[ Rout er ] i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol x25 dce i et f
[ Rout er - Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] l i nk- pr ot ocol x25 dce i et f
[ Rout er - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] qui t
[ Rout er ] x25 swi t ch svc 1 i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0
[ Rout er ] x25 swi t ch svc 2 i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0
System view
Description You can configure the router with X.25 switching to have it function as a simple X.25
switch. Note that on X.25 subinterfaces, you cannot configure SVCs.
Before using this command, enable X.25 switching with the x25 switching
command.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 switch svc interface 3179
Command Reference
Related Commands x25 switch svc xot
x25 switching
3180 x25 switch svc xot 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switch svc xot
Purpose Use the x25 switch svc xot command to add an X.25 switching route whose
forwarding address is XOT channel.
Use the undo x25 switch svc xot command to delete the specified X.25
switching route.
sub- sour ce source-address ] xot ip-address1 [ ip-address2 ] [
ip-address6 ] [ xot-option ]
sub- sour ce source-address ] [ xot ip-address1 [ ip-address2 ] [
ip-address6 ] ]
Parameters x.121-address Destination X.121 address, a pattern matching string
that is 1 to 15 characters long. For the specific
description of mode matching, refer to the following
tables.
sub-dest
destination-address
Table 328 x.121 mode matching rules
Wildcard
characters Matching rules Example
Matchable
character string
* Matching zero or more previous characters fo* fo, foo, fooo
+ Matching zero or more previous characters fo+ fo, foo, fooo
^ Matching the beginning of the entered
characters
^hell hell, hello, hellaaa
$ Matching the end of the entered characters ar$ ar, car, hear
\char Matching a single character specified by char. b\+ b+
. Matching arbitrary single character l.st last, lbst, lost
.* Matching arbitrary zero or more characters. fo.* fo, foo, fot
.+ Matching arbitrary one or more characters. fo.+ foo, fot, foot
Table 329 input rules of x.121 address mode matching string
Characters Input rules
* Cannot be placed at the beginning of character string
+ Cannot be placed at the beginning of character string
\ Cannot be placed at the end of character string
^ Cannot be placed before the symbols + and *.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 switch svc xot 3181
Command Reference
ip-address1 - ip-address6
Destination IP address of XOT connection, up to 6
addresses can be configured.
xot-option
XOT channel parameter option. For the specific
configuration, see the following table.
Example Switch SVC 1 to the destination address 10.1.1.1.
[ 3Com] x25 swi t ch svc 1 xot 10. 1. 1. 1
System view
Description After configuring the XOT switching command of X.25 SVC, a user can cross IP
network from the local X.25 network to implement the interconnection with the
remote X.25 network. If a user configures the keepalive attribute, the link detection
for XOT will be supported.
Related Command x25 switch svc interface
x25 switching
Table 330 XOT channel parameter option
Option Description
timer seconds Keepalive timer delay of XOT connection. The timer sends the
keepalive packet upon timeout to detect the connection availability.
retry times Number of maximum retries of sending keepalive. If the number
exceeds times, the XOT connection will be disconnected. Valid values
are 3 to 3600.
source
interface-type
interface-number
Type and number of the interface that initiates the XOT connection.
3182 x25 switching 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 switching
Purpose Use the x25 switching command to enable the X.25 switching function.
Use the undo x25 switching command to disable this function, which will not
affect the established VC switching function.
Syntax x25 switching
undo x25 switching
Parameters None
Default By default, X.25 packet switching function is disabled.
Example Enable X.25 switching function.
[ 3Com] x25 swi t chi ng
System view
Description X.25 packet switching is used to accept packets from an X.25 interface and send
them to a certain interface based on the destination information contained in the
packets. The Router can be used as a small-sized packet switch by the packet layer
switching function.
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
x25 fr pvc
x25 switch svc
display x25 vc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 template 3183
Command Reference
x25 template
Purpose Use the x25 template command in system view to create an X.25 template and in
DLCI view to reference the template.
Use the undo x25 template command to delete an X.25 template or remove the
referenced template from the frame relay interface.
Syntax x25 template name
undo x25 template name
Parameters name
X.25 template name.
Example Create an X.25 template.
[ Rout er ] x25 t empl at e t empl at e001
Reference an X.25 template that has been created.
[ Rout er - f r - dl ci - Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0- 200] x25 t empl at e t empl at e001
System view
DLCI view
3184 x25 timer hold 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 timer hold
Purpose Use the x25 timer hold command to set the delay to send calls to a destination
with failed calls.
Use the undo x25 timer hold command to restore its default value.
Syntax x25 timer hold minutes
undo x25 timer hold
Parameters minutes Value of delay time (in minutes). Valid values are 0 to
1000. If the previous call failed at one destination, the
X.25 would not send calls to such a destination again
within the time set by this command.
If no value is specified, the default delay time is 0.
Example Set the parameter of the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 5 minutes.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t i mer hol d 5
Interface view
Description Frequently sending call requests to a wrong destination (which does not exist or is
faulty) will deteriorate the operating efficiency of the 3Com

series router. The use of
this function can avoid this problem to a certain extent. If this parameter is set to 0, it
is equal to disabling the function. In addition, this function is only effective to the calls
originated from the local. That is to say, this parameter is meaningless when the X.25
operates in the switching mode.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 timer idle 3185
Command Reference
x25 timer idle
Purpose Use the x25 timer idle command to set the maximum idle time of the SVC on
the interface.
Use the undo x25 timer idle command to restore its default value.
Syntax x25 timer idle minutes
undo x25 timer idle
Parameters minutes
Maximum idle time of SVC in minutes. Valid values are
0 to 255.
Example Set the maximum idle time of the SVC on the interface Serial 0/0/0 to 10 minutes.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t i mer i dl e 10
Interface view
Description When a SVC stays idle (no data transmission) for a period (the period length is
decided by the parameter), the router will clear this SVC automatically. If this
parameter is set to 0, this SVC will be reserved no matter how long it stays idle.
The configuration of this parameter will affect all the SVCs on this X.25 interface.
Also users can set the maximum idle time for a SVC attached to this address mapping
through the option in the command x25 map.
For PVC or the established SVC for X.25 switching, the command will be disabled.
3186 x25 timer tx0 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 timer tx0
Purpose Use the x25 timer tx0 command to set the restart/retransmission timer delay for
DTE (or DCE).
Use the undo x25 timer tx0 command to restore their default values.
Syntax x25 timer tx0 seconds
undo x25 timer tx0
Parameters seconds
Delay time for the X.25 restarting timer (in seconds).
Valid values are 0 to 1000. By default, the delay on the
X.25 DTE restarting timer is 180 seconds and that on
the DCE timer is 60 seconds.
Example Set the restarting timer delay on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 120 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t i mer t x0 120
Interface view
Description According to X.25, a timer should be started when a DTE sends a restart request (or a
DCE sends a restart indication). If no peer acknowledgement is received after this
timer is timeout, the sending end will take some measures to guarantee the normal
proceeding of the local procedure. This parameter specifies the delay time of this
timer before the timeout.
Related Commands x25 timer tx1
x25 timer tx2
x25 timer tx3
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 timer tx1 3187
Command Reference
x25 timer tx1
Purpose Use the x25 timer tx1 command to set calling request (indication) transmission
timer delay for DTE (or DCE).
Use the undo x25 timer tx1 command to restore its default value.
undo x25 timer tx1
Parameters seconds
Delay time of calling request (indication) transmission
timer (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to 1000. By
default, the delay time on a DTE call timer is 200
seconds; that on a DCE call sending timer is 180
seconds.
Example Set the timer delay on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 100 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t x1 100
Interface view
Description According to X.25, a timer should be started when a DTE sends a call request (or a
DCE sends a call indication). If no peer acknowledgement is received after this timer is
timeout, the sending end will take some measures to guarantee the normal
x25 timer tx2
x25 timer tx3
3188 x25 timer tx2 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 timer tx2
Purpose Use the x25 timer tx2 command to set resetting request (indication) transmission
undo x25 timer tx2
Parameters seconds Delay time of resetting request (indication) timer (in
seconds). Valid values are 0 to 1000. By default, the
delay time on a DTE reset timer is 180 seconds; that on
a DCE reset timer is 60 seconds.
Example Set the reset timer delay on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 120 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t x2 120
Interface view
Description According to X.25, a timer should be started when a DTE sends a reset request (or a
DCE sends a reset indication). If no peer acknowledgement is received after this timer
is timeout, the sending end will take some measures to guarantee the normal
x25 timer tx1
x25 timer tx3
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 timer tx3 3189
Command Reference
x25 timer tx3
Purpose Use the x25 timer tx3 command to set clearing request (indication) transmission
undo x25 timer tx3
Parameters seconds
Delay time of clearing request (indication) transmission
timer (in seconds). Valid values are 0 to 1000.
By default, the delay time on a DTE clearing timer is
180 seconds; the default on a DCE clearing timer is 60
seconds.
Example Set the delay time of clearing timer on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 100 seconds.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 t i mer t x3 100
Interface view
Description According to X.25, a timer should be started when a DTE sends a clear request (or a
DCE sends a clear indication). If no peer acknowledgement is received after this timer
is timeout, the sending end will take some measures to guarantee the normal
x25 timer tx1
x25 timer tx2
3190 x25 vc-per-map 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 vc-per-map
Purpose Use the x25 vc-per-map command to set the maximum number of VCs for
connections with the same destination device.
Use the undo x25 vc-per-map command to restore their default values.
Syntax x25 vc-per-map count
undo x25 vc-per-map
Parameters count Maximum number of VCs. Valid values are 1 to 8.
Example Set the maximum value of VCs on the X.25 interface Serial 0/0/0 to 3.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 vc- per - map 3
Interface view
Description If the parameter is greater than 1, and the sending window and the sending queue of
VC are filled full, the system will create a new VC to the same destination. If the new
VC cannot be created, the datagram will be discarded.
x25 map
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 vc-range 3191
Command Reference
x25 vc-range
Purpose Use the x25 vc-range command to set highest and lowest values of X.25 VC
range.
Use the undo x25 vc-range command to restore their default values.
Syntax x25 vc-range { i n- channel lic hic | bi - channel ltc htc | out - channel
loc hoc }
undo x25 vc-range
Parameters lic hic
Lowest and highest incoming-only channels of X.25
VC. Valid values are 0 to 4095. If hic (highest
incoming-only channel) is set to 0, lic (lowest
incoming-only channel) must also be set to 0, which
indicates that the incoming-only channel section is
disabled. By default, the hic in X.25 VC range is 0.
ltc htc
Lowest and highest two-way channels of X.25 VC.
Valid values are 0 to 4095. If htc (highest two-way
channel) is set to 0, ltc (lowest two-way channel) must
also be set to 0, which indicates that the two-way
channel section is disabled. By default, the htc of X.25
VC is 1024.
loc hoc Lowest and highest outgoing-only channels of X.25
VC. Valid values are 0 to 4095. If hoc (highest
outgoing-only channel) is set to 0, loc (lowest
outgoing-only channel) must also be set to 0, which
indicates that the outgoing-only channel section is
disabled. By default, the hoc in X.25 VC range is 0.
Default By default, Comware X.25 disables incoming-only channel range and outgoing-only
channel, and only the two-way channel range (1-1024) is reserved for use. Please set
the VC range correctly according to the requirements of the ISP.
Example Configure the link layer protocol on the interface Serial 0/0/0 to X.25, enable
incoming-only channel section and two-way channel section and disable outgoing
only channel section. After executing a series of commands, the three sections are
[1, 7], [8, 1024] and [0, 0], respectively.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 vc- r ange i n- channel 1 7 bi - channel 8 1024
Interface view
3192 x25 window-size 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 window-size
Purpose Use the x25 window-size command to set the sizes of input and output windows
on the interface X.25.
Use the undo x25 window-size command to restore their default values.
Syntax x25 window-size input-window-size output-window-size
undo x25 window-size
Parameters input-window-size Size of input window. When X.25 window modulus is
8, valid values are 1 to 7. When X.25 window modulus
is 128, valid values are 1 to 127.
output-window-size
Size of output window. When X.25 window modulus
is 8, valid values are 1 to 7. When X.25 window
modulus is 128, valid values are 1 to 127.
Example Set the receiving and sending window sizes on the X.25 interface Serial0/0/0 to 5.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 wi ndow- si ze 5 5
Interface view
Description This parameter in-packets determines the maximum number of correctly received
packets before X.25 sends the acknowledgement information. As long as the
bandwidth allows, the greater the window size, the higher the transmission efficiency.
Out-packets determines the maximum number of data packets sent by X.25
before it receives the correct acknowledgment information. As long as the bandwidth
allows, the greater the window size, the higher the transmission efficiency.
Please consult users' ISP about the sending and receiving window sizes. Unless
supported by the network, do not set these two parameters to different values.
x25 map
x25 pvc
x25 switch pvc
x25 xot pvc
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 window-size 3193
Command Reference
x25 fr pvc
3194 x25 x121-address 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x25 x121-address
Purpose Use the x25 x121-address command to set the X.121 address of an X.25
interface.
Use the undo x25 x121-address command to delete the address.
Syntax x25 x121-address x.121-address
undo x25 x121-address
Parameters x.121-address X.121 address of an interface. It is formatted using the
numerical string from 1 to 15 bytes.
Example Configure the link layer protocol on the interface Serial 0/0/0 as X.25, and X.121
address as 20112451.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 x121- addr ess 20112451
Interface view
Description If the Router is accessed to X.25 public packet network, the ISP must assign a valid
X.121 address to it. If two Routers are only directly connected back to back, a user
can randomly specify the valid X.121 address. If you only wants the Router to work in
switching mode, the X.121 address needs not to be configured.
When you reconfigure an X.121 address for an X.25 interface, you need not delete
the original X.121 address, because the new address will overwrite the old one. After
an X.25 interface is re-configured, the original X.121 address will be deleted. So the
X.121 address must be re-configured to work properly.
Note: For the format of the X.121 address and the dynamic conversion between IP
address and X.121 address, please refer to ITU-T Recommendation X.121 and the
relative RFC document.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x25 xot pvc 3195
Command Reference
x25 xot pvc
Purpose Use the x25 xot pvc command to add a PVC route of XOT. Use the undo x25
pvc command to delete the specified PVC route of XOT.
Syntax x25 xot pvc pvc-number1 ip-address i nt er f ace type number pvc
pvc-number2 [ xot-option ] [ packet - si ze input-packet output-packet
wi ndow- si ze input-window-size output-window-size ]
undo x25 pvc pvc-number1
Parameters pvc-number1
Number of PVC on the local interface. Valid values are
1 to 4095.
pvc-number2
Number of PVC on the peer interface. Valid values are
1 to 4095.
ip-address IP address of the peer destination for connection with
XOT.
Type and number of remote X.25 interface, and the
interface type can only be Serial.
xot-option
XOT channel parameter option. see the following
table.
packet-size input-packet
output-packet
Specifies the maximum receiving packet length and
maximum sending packet length. The length is
counted in bytes, which must range from 16 to 4096
(including 16 and 4096), and must be the integer
power of 2.
window-size
input-window-size
output-window-size
Specifies the receiving window and sending window
sizes of the VC, which range between 1 and the
number that is 1 less than the modulus of the X.25
interface where the address mapping exists (including
1 and modulus minus 1).
Default By default, no PVC route is configured.
Table 331 XOT channel parameter option
Option Description
timer seconds Keepalive timer delay of XOT connection. The timer sends the
keepalive packet upon timeout to detect the connection availability.
retry times Number of maximum retries of sending keepalive. If the number
exceeds times, the XOT connection will be disconnected. Valid values
are 3 to 3600.
source
interface-type
interface-number
Type and number of the interface that initiates the XOT connection.
3196 x25 xot pvc 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Example Connect PVC1 on the interface Serial0/0/0(10.1.1.1) of Router RTA with PVC2 on the
interface Serial1/0/0(10.1.1.2) of Router RTB via XOT tunnel, and then perform packet
switching.
Perform the configurations on the Router RTA.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 0/ 0/ 0] x25 xot pvc 1 10. 1. 1. 2 i nt er f ace ser i al 1/ 0/ 0 pvc 2
Perform the configurations on the Router RTB.
[ 3Com- Ser i al 1/ 0/ 0] x25 xot pvc 2 10. 1. 1. 1 i nt er f ace ser i al 0/ 0/ 0 pvc 1
Interface view
Description After configuring the XOT switching command of X.25 PVC, a user can cross IP
network from the local X.25 network to implement the interconnection with the
remote X.25 network. If a user configures the keepalive attribute, the link detection
for XOT will be supported.
x25 switching
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family x29 timer idleclear 3197
Command Reference
x29 timer idleclear
Purpose Use the x29 timer idleclear command to set the idle-clear timer for PAD
connection.
Use the undo x29 timer idleclear command to restore the default.
Syntax x29 timer idleclear idle-time
undo x29 timer idleclear
Parameters idle-time
Idle-clear timer setting for PAD connection. Valid
If no value is specified, the default 0 seconds, meaning
PAD connection never expires.
Example Set the timeout period of PAD connections to 600 seconds.
[ Rout er ] x29 t i mer i dl ecl ear 600
System view
Description In normal cases, a POSPAD connection is disconnected upon completion of the
transaction on it. The likelihood exists however, that a POSPAD connection is still
present upon completion of the transaction on it.
To prevent idle PAD connections from occupying resources, configure an idle-clear
timer on the POSPAD router. This allows the router to automatically terminate an idle
PAD connection upon expiration of the timer.
3198 x29 timer inviteclear-time 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
x29 timer inviteclear-time
Purpose Use the x29 timer inviteclear-time command to set the delay waiting for
response after the PAD clear procedure is initiated. Upon expiration of this timer, the
server aborts the connection by force and starts X.25 clear procedures.
Use the undo x29 timer inviteclear-time command to restore the default.
Syntax x29 timer inviteclear-time seconds
undo x29 timer inviteclear-time
Parameters seconds
Delay time (in seconds) of waiting for response after
inviting PAD clear procedure. Valid values are 5 to
2147483.
Example Set the inviteclear-time timer to 10 seconds.
[ 3Com] x29 t i mer i nvi t ecl ear - t i me 10
System view
Description The server of X.25 PAD may send an Invite Clear message to the client, for example,
after receiving an exit request from client or in order to release the link. At the same
time, a timer is started. If no response is received upon expiration of the timer, the
server clears the link.
3Com Router 5000/6000 Family xmodem get 3199
Command Reference
xmodem get
Purpose Use the xmodem get command to download a file by using Xmodem through the
AUX port. Comware supports 128-byte packets and CRC check.
Syntax xmodem get filename
Parameters filename Name of the file to be saved to Flash. It must be an
absolute file path.
Example Download a file with Xmodem through the AUX port and assign the name test.txt to
the file to be saved to Flash.
<3Com> xmodem get flash:/test.txt
After the command is executed, you can send the file through the
hyperterminal.
User view
Description CAUTION: The xmodem get command is not supported on asynchronous serial
interfaces but the AUX port. In addition, simultaneous operations are not allowed.
3200 xmodem get 3Com Router 5000/6000 Family
Command Reference
Command Reference
BCOMMANDS BY FUNCTION
B
Basic Commands
authentication super hwtacacs-scheme 177
boot bootrom 207
clock datetime 317
clock summer-time 318
clock timezone 320
command-alias enable 328
command-alias mapping 329
command-privilege 330
cpu-usage cycle 359
display clipboard 777
display clock 785
display command-alias 786
display cpu-usage 811
display cpu-usage history 813
display history-command 921
display log startup 1047
display memory 1052
display version 1256
free unused porttag 1554
header 1604
hotkey 1614
language-mode 1900
lock 1944
log startup 1949
quit 2391
return 2599
super 2900
super authentication mode 2902
super password 2903
super passwowrd 2903
sysname 2907
system-view 2908
terminal type 2941
vrbd 3098
D
Dial-Up
debugging dialer 414
debugging modem 474
dialer bundle 659
dialer bundle-member 660
dialer callback-center 662
dialer call-in 661
dialer circular-group 663
dialer disconnect 664
Command Reference
dialer enable-circular 665
dialer group 666
dialer number 669
dialer priority 671
dialer queue-length 672
dialer route 673
dialer threshold 677
dialer timer autodial 679
dialer timer compete 680
dialer timer enable 681
dialer timer idle 682
dialer timer wait-carrier 683
dialer timer warmup 684
dialer user 685
dialer-rule 675
display dialer 838
flow interval 1491
interface dialer 1725
modem 2036
ppp callback 2298
ppp callback ntstring 2299
script trigger connect 2677
script trigger dial 2678
script trigger init 2679
script trigger login 2680
script trigger logout 2681
script-string 2674
sendat 2721
service modem-callback 2731
standby routing-group 2856
standby routing-rule 2857
standby timer routing-disable 2861
start script 2865
I
Interface
activate 87, 88
adsl standard 94
adsl tx_attenuation 96
ahdsl annex 103
alarm (CT3 Interface) 104
alarm-threshold 106
async mode 152
baudrate 189
bert 191
bert (CT1/PRI Interface) 192
bert (CT3 Interface) 193
broadcast suppression 236
broadcast-limit link 235
cable 247, 248, 249
cable (CT1/PRI Interface) 250
cable (CT3 Interface) 251
channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface) 280
channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 282
clock 305, 306, 307, 309, 310
clock (CE1/PRI Interface) 311
clock (CE3 Interface) 312
Command Reference
clock (CT1/PRI Interface) 313
clock (CT3 Interface) 314
clock (Serial Interface) 315
code (CE1/PRI Interface) 324
code (CT1/PRI Interface) 325
code nrzi 326
controller cpos 347
controller e1 348
controller e3 349
controller t1 350
controller t3 351
country-code 356
crc 360, 361, 362, 363, 364
ct1 alarm 370
data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface) 375
debugging physical 487
description 595, 597
detect 606
detect-ais (CE1/PRI Interface) 607
differential-delay 686
display brief interface 773
display controller cpos 793
display controller cpos e1 796
display controller cpos t1 798
display dsl configuration 856, 858
display dsl status 860, 862
display dsl version 865, 867
display fe1 serial 885
display ft 1 serial 913
display interface 944, 946
display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet} 952
display interface atm 948
display interface bri 950
display interface ima-group 955
display interface loopback 958
display interface mp-group 961
display interface null 962
display interface pos 963
display interface virtual-ethernet 966
display interface virutal-template 967
display mac-address 1051
display mirror 1058
display osm status slot 1117
display port 1151
display status interface 1233
display status interface ima-group 1235
display virtual-access 1257
display vlan 1258
display vlan interface 1259
display vlan max-packet-process 1260
display vlan statistics vid 1261, 1262
dsl link-check 1365
duplex 1372, 1373
e1 bert 1389
e1 channel-set 1390, 1391
e1 set clock 1393, 1394
Command Reference
e1 set frame-format 1395, 1396
e1 set loopback 1397, 1398
e1 shutdown 1399, 1400
e1 unframed 1401, 1402
eliminate-pulse 1408
enable snmp trap undown 1414
error-diffusion restraint config 1424
error-diffusion restraint enable 1425
fdl 1448
fe1 clock 1449
fe1 code 1450
fe1 detect-ais (E1-F interface) 1451
fe1 frame-format 1452
fe1 loopback 1453
fe1 timeslot-list 1454
fe1 unframed 1455
feac (CT3 Interface) 1456
flag 1486, 1487
flow control 1488
flow-control 1489
flow-interval 1492
force-link 1496
framefill none 1553
frame-format 1544, 1545, 1546, 1547, 1548
frame-format (CE1/PRI interface) 1549
frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface) 1550
frame-format (CT3 Interface) 1551
frame-length 1552
ft1 alarm-threshold 1557
ft1 bert (T1-F Interface) 1559
ft1 cable 1560
ft1 clock 1561
ft1 code 1562
ft1 data-coding 1563
ft1 fdl 1564
ft1 loopback 1565
ft1 sendloopcode 1566
ft1 timeslot-list 1568
ft3 (CT3 Interface) 1570
idlecode (CE1/PRI Interface view) 1630
idlecode (CT1/PRI Interface) 1631
idle-mark 1628
ima ima-group 1688
ima-clock 1687
ima-test 1689
interface 1719, 1720, 1722
interface atm 1723
interface ethernet 1727
interface ima 1728
interface logic-channel 1729
interface loopback 1730
interface mp-group 1732
interface null 1733
interface virtual-ethernet 1736
invert receive-clock 1739
invert transmit-clock 1740
isdn ie passthrough 1852
itf (CE1/PRI Interface) 1895
itf (CT1/PRI Interface) 1896
Command Reference
link-protocol 1915
loopback 1950, 1951, 1952, 1953, 1955, 1956, 1957
loopback (CE1/PRI interface) 1958
loopback (CE3 Interface) 1959
loopback (CT1/PRI Interface) 1960
loopback (CT3 Interface) 1961
loopback (ISDN BRI Interface) 1963
loopback(ethernet/ge interface) 1962
looptest 1964
mac-address 1971
mac-address timer aging 1972
max-packet-process 1989
mdl (CT3 Interface) 1991
min-active-links 2006
modem adapt no-waiting-connect 2037
monitor-port 2043
mtu (ATM Interface) 2076
mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface) 2077
mtu (POS Interface) 2079
mtu (serial interface) 2080
multiplex mode 2089
national-bit 2109
osm connect slot 2151
osm reboot slot 2152
osm reload slot 2153
osm shutdown slot 2154
phy-mru 2239
physical-mode 2240
port access vlan 2266
port hybrid pvid vlan 2267
port trunk permit vlan 2269
pri-set (ce1/pri interface) 2344
pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface) 2346
promiscuous 2359
reset atm 2485
reset counters controller e1 2492
reset counters controller t1 2493
reset counters interface 2495, 2496
reset vlan statistics vid 2575
restart 2593
reverse-rts 2601
scramble 2668, 2669, 2670, 2671
sendloopcode 2722
shdsl mode 2756
shdsl psd 2757
shdsl rate 2758
shdsl snr-margin 2759
shdsl wire 2760
shutdown 2763, 2764, 2766
speed 2828, 2829
sync-clock enable 2904
sync-clock interval 2905
t1 bert 2909
t1 channel set 2912
t1 channel-set 2911
t1 sendloopcode 2913
t1 set clock 2915, 2916
t1 set fdl 2917
t1 set frame-format 2918, 2919
t1 set loopback 2920, 2921
Command Reference
t1 show 2922
t1 shutdown 2924, 2925
t1 unframed 2926, 2927
upgrade flash 3045
using (CE1/PRI Interface) 3054
using (CE3 Interface) 3055
using (CT3 Interface) 3056
virtualbaudrate 3071
vlan-type dot1q vid 3072
L
Link Layer Protocol
annexg 111
atm class 158
atm ctt 159
atm-class 157
atm-link check 160
birdge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable 234
bridge aging-time 215
bridge bridge-set enable 216
bridge bridging. 217
bridge enable 218
bridge learning 219
bridge mac-address 220
bridge routing 221
bridge routing-enable. 222
bridge stp ieee 229
bridge stp max-age 230
bridge stp priority 231
bridge stp timer forward-delay 232
bridge stp timer hello 233
bridge-set 223
bridge-set stp disable 226
bridge-set stp port pathcost 227
bridge-set stp port priority 228
bump 239
cell-packing 273
channel 279
channel-set timeslot 284
clock 308
command name 397
datetime local 382
debugging atm all 394
debugging atm error 395
debugging atm event 396
debugging bridge 403
debugging fr 430
debugging fr compress 432
debugging fr compression 433
debugging fr pvc-group 434
debugging isdn 461
debugging lapd 466
debugging pad 486
debugging ppp {all | cbcp | ccp | scp} 501
debugging ppp {chap | pap} 502
debugging ppp {core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp} 503
debugging ppp compression iphc rtp 504
debugging ppp compression iphc tcp 505
debugging pppoe-client 506
Command Reference
debugging pppofr 507
debugging slip 514
debugging stp 517
debugging x25 557
debugging x25 x2t 558
debugging x25 xot 559
display atm class 708
display atm interface 709
display atm pvc-group 715
display atm pvc-info 717
display bridge address-table 765
display bridge information 767
display bridge spanning tree 769
display bridge traffic 771
display firewall ethernet-frame-filter 893
display fr compress 896
display fr dlci-switch 898
display fr inarp-info 901
display fr interface 902
display fr map-info pppofr 908
display fr pvc-group 906
display fr pvc-infoc 909
display fr statistics 910
display interface mfr 959
display isdn active-channel 1026
display isdn call-info 1027
display isdn call-record 1029
display isdn parameters 1030
display isdn spid 1032
display lmi-info 903
display mfr 1055
display ppp compression iphc rtp 1160
display ppp compression iphc tcp 1161
display ppp compression stac-lzs 1162
display ppp mp 1163
display pppoe-server session 1165, 1167
display x25 alias-policy 1315
display x25 cug 1316
display x25 hunt-group-info 1317
display x25 pad 1321
display x25 switch-table pvc 1322
display x25 switch-table svc 1323
display x25 vc 1324
display x25 x2t switch-table 1327
display x25 xot 1328
dlsw ethernet-frame-filter 1337
enable deactivate 1413
encapsulation 1416
firewall ethernet-frame-filter 1479
fr bump 1500
fr compression frf9 1503
fr compression iphc 1504
fr dlci 1510
fr dlci-switch 1511
fr inarp 1512
Command Reference
fr interface-type 1514
fr ip-dscp 1515
fr iphc 1517
fr ip-precedence 1516
fr lmi n391dte 1518
fr lmi n392dce 1519
fr lmi n392dte 1520
fr lmi n393dce 1521
fr lmi n393dte 1522
fr lmi t392dce 1523
fr lmi type 1524
fr map bridge 1525
fr map ip 1527
fr map ipx 1529
fr map ppp interface virtual-template 1531
fr match 1532
fr mpls-exp 1533
fr pvc-group 1534
fr pvc-protect 1537
fr switch 1539
fr switching 1540
interface bridge-template 1724
interface mfr 1731
interface serial ( p2p | p2mp ) 1734
ip tcp vjcompress 1801
ip-dscp 1764
ip-precedence 1786
isdn bch-local-manage 1846
isdn bch-select-way 1847
isdn caller-number 1848
isdn calling 1849
isdn check-called-number 1850
isdn crlength 1851
isdn ignore connect-ack 1854
isdn ignore hlc 1855
isdn ignore llc 1856
isdn ignore sending-complete 1857
isdn L3-timer 1858
isdn number-property 1859
isdn overlap-sending 1863
isdn pri-slipwnd-size 1865
isdn protocol-mode 1866
isdn protocol-type 1867
isdn q921-permanent 1864
isdn send-restart 1869
isdn spid auto_trigger 1870
isdn spid nit 1871
isdn spid resend 1872
isdn spid service 1873
isdn spid timer 1874
isdn spid1 1875
isdn spid2 1876
isdn statistics 1877
isdn two-tei 1879
lapb max-frame 1901
lapb pollremote 1903
lapb retry 1904
lapb window-size 1906
lapd modulo 1902
lapd timer 1905
Command Reference
link-protocol fr 1916
link-protocol fr mfr 1917
link-protocol hdlc 1918
link-protocol lapb 1919
link-protocol ppp 1920
link-protocol slip 1922
link-protocol x25 1924
map bridge 1975
map bridge-group 1976
map ip 1978
map ppp 1980
map routed-bridge 1982
match 1983
mfr bundle-name 1998
mfr fragment 1999
mfr fragment-size 2000
mfr link-name 2001
mfr retry 2002
mfr timer ack 2003
mfr timer hello 2004
mfr window-size 2005
mpls-exp 2055
mtu 2074
oam ais-rdi 2141
oam frequency 2142
oamping interface 2143
packing time 2176
pad 2177
ppp authentication-mode 2296
ppp chap password 2300
ppp chap user 2301
ppp compression iphc 2302
ppp compression iphc rtp-connections 2303
ppp compression iphc tcp-connections 2304
ppp compression stac-lzs 2305
ppp ipcp dns 2306
ppp ipcp dns admit-any 2307
ppp ipcp dns request 2308
ppp ipcp remote-address forced 2309
ppp lcp mru consistent 2310
ppp lqc 2311
ppp mp 2313
ppp mp binding-mode 2314
ppp mp lfi 2315, 2316
ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag 2317
ppp mp max-bind 2318
ppp mp min-bind 2319
ppp mp min-fragment 2320
ppp mp mp-group 2321
ppp mp sort-buffer-size 2322
ppp mp user 2323
ppp mp virtual-template 2324
ppp pap local-user 2325
ppp timer negotiate 2326
pppoe-client 2327
pppoe-server bind virtual-template 2329
pppoe-server log-information off 2330
pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac 2331
pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac 2332
pppoe-server max-sessions total 2333
Command Reference
pvc 2370
pvc max-number 2374
pvc-group 2372
pvc-protect 2377
pvp create 2379
pvp limit 2380
reset bridge address-table 2489
reset bridge traffic 2490
reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter 2518
reset fr inarp 2520
reset lapb 2538
reset ppp compression iphc 2561
reset ppp compression stac-lzs 2562
reset pppoe-client 2563
reset pppoe-server 2564
reset stp statistics 2571
reset x25 2591
reset xot 2592
routed-bridge protocol 2633
service cbr 2728
service ubr 2735
service vbr-nrt 2737
service vbr-rt 2739
shutdown 2765
timer hold 2972, 2973, 2974
translate ip 3011
translate x25 3012
transmit-priority 3014
x25 alias-policy 3142
x25 call-facility 3144
x25 cug-service 3146
x25 hunt-group 3150
x25 ignore called-address 3151
x25 ignore calling-address 3152
x25 local-cug 3153
x25 map 3154
x25 map bridge 3157
x25 modulo 3160
x25 packet-size 3161
x25 queue-length 3168
x25 receive-threshold 3169
x25 response called-address 3170
x25 response calling-address 3171
x25 reverse-charge-accept 3172
x25 roa-list 3173
x25 switch pvc 3174
x25 switch svc hunt-group 3176
x25 switch svc xot 3180
x25 switching 3182
x25 swtich svc interface 3178
x25 template 3183
x25 timer hold 3184
x25 timer idle 3185
x25 timer tx0 3186
x25 timer tx1 3187
x25 timer tx2 3188
x25 timer tx3 3189
x25 vc-per-map 3190
x25 vc-range 3191
Command Reference
x25 window-size 3192
x25 x121-address 3194
x25 xot pvc 3195
x25-pvc 3163
x29 timer inviteclear-time 3198
M
Multicast Protocol
aggregate 100
bsr-policy 237
cache-sa-enable 252
c-bsr 244
c-rp 245
crp-policy 368
debugging bgp mp-update 400
debugging igmp 438
debugging msdp 478
debugging multicast forwarding 479
debugging multicast kernel-routing 480
debugging multicast status-forwarding 481
debugging pim common 488
debugging pim dm 489
debugging pim sm 490
delete rpf-route-static all 593
display bgp multicast group 722
display bgp multicast network 723
display bgp multicast peer 724
display bgp multicast routing 725
display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl 726
display bgp multicast routing cidr 727
display bgp multicast routing community 729
display bgp multicast routing community-list 728
display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as 730
display bgp multicast routing peer 731
display bgp multicast routing regular-expression 732
display bgp multicast routing statistic 733
display igmp group 930
display igmp interface 931
display igmp local 932
display msdp brief 1099
display msdp peer-status 1100
display msdp sa-cache 1101
display msdp sa-count 1102
display multicast forwrading-table 1103
display multicast routing-table 1104
display multicast routing-table static 1106, 1107
display multicast routing-table static config 1108
display multicast rpf-info 1109
display pim bsr-info 1142
display pim interface 1143
display pim neighbor 1144
display pim routing-table 1145
display pim rp-info 1147
igmp enable 1663
igmp group-limit 1664
igmp group-policy 1665
igmp host-join 1666
igmp lastmember-queryinterval 1667
igmp max-response-time 1669
Command Reference
igmp proxy 1670
igmp robust-count 1671
igmp timer other-querier-present 1673
igmp timer query 1674
igmp version 1675
import-route 1693
import-souce 1702
ip rpf-longest-match 1797
ip rpf-route-static 1798
msdp 2071
msdp-tracert 2072
mtracert 2082
multicast minimum-ttl 2085
multicast packet-boundary 2086
multicast route-limit 2087
multicast routing-enable 2088
network 2116
originating-rp 2150
peer 2188
peer enable 2206
peer ip-prefix 2212
peer mesh-group 2214
peer minimum-ttl 2215
peer request-sa-enable 2226
peer sa-cache-maximum 2230
peer sa-policy 2231
peer sa-request-policy 2232
pim 2241
pim bsr-boundary 2242
pim dm 2243
pim neighbor-limit 2244
pim neighbor-policy 2245
pim sm 2246
pim timer hello 2247
pv4-family multicast 1816
register-policy 2454
reset msdp peer 2548
reset msdp sa-cache 2549
reset msdp statistics 2550
reset multicast fowarding-table 2551
reset multicast routing-table 2553
reset pim neighbor 2556
reset pim routing-table 2557
shutdown 2767
source-policy 2824
spt-switch-threshold 2834
static-rp 2880
static-rpf-peer 2882
timer retry 2988
Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)
12vpn-family 69
Command Reference
apply access-vpn vpn-instance 115
apply mpls-label 130
ccc interface out-interface 262
ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp 263
ce 272
connection 342
debugging mpls l2vpn 475
debugging mpls ldp 476
debugging mpls lspm 477
description 598
display bgp l2vpn 720
display bgp routing label 753
display bgp vpnv4 762
display ccc 774
display ip vpn-instance 1005
display mpls interface 1087
display mpls l2vc 1083
display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info 1084
display mpls l3vpn-lsp 1085
display mpls ldp 1088
display mpls ldp buffer-info 1089
display mpls ldp interface 1090
display mpls ldp lsp 1091
display mpls ldp peer 1092
display mpls ldp remote 1093
display mpls ldp session 1094
display mpls lsp 1095
display mpls static-lsp 1096
display mpls statistics 1097
display ospf sham-link 1140
domain-id 1359
if-match mpls-label 1655
import-route ospf 1701
ip binding vpn-instance 1752
ip route-static vpn-instance 1795
ip vpn-instance 1803
ipv4-family 1814
lsp-trigger 1970
mpls 2050
mpls l2vc 2051
mpls l2vpn 2052
mpls l2vpn encapsulation 2053
mpls label advertise 2057
mpls ldp 2059
mpls ldp enable 2060
mpls ldp hops-count 2061
mpls ldp loop-detect 2062
mpls ldp password 2063
mpls ldp path-vectors 2064
mpls ldp remote-peer 2065
mpls ldp reset-session 2066
mpls ldp timer 2067
mpls ldp transport-ip 2068
mpls lsr-id 2069
mpls static-l2vc 2070
mtu 2075
mtu label-including 2078
ospf vpn instance 2169
outing-table limit 2635
Command Reference
peer enable 2207
peer label route-capability 2213
peer next-hop-invariable 2216
peer upe 2235
policy vpn-target 2265
remote-ip 2469
reset mpls statistics 2547
route-distinguisher 2626
route-tag 2631
sham-link 2754
snmp-agent trap enable ldp 2798
snmp-agent trap enable lsp 2799
static-lsp egress 2874
static-lsp egress l2vpn 2875
static-lsp ingress 2876
static-lsp ingress l2vpn 2877
static-lsp transit 2878
static-lsp transit l2vpn 2879
ttl expiration 3021
ttl propagate 3022
vpn-instance-capability simple 3089
vpn-target 3090
N
Network Protocol
(dhcp server ip-pool) 636
accounting domain 82
apply default output-interface 120
apply ip-address next-hop (for unicast policy routing) 125
apply ip-assress default next-hop 123
apply ip-dscp 126
apply ip-precedence 127
apply output-interface (for unicast policy routing) 133
arp check enable 142
arp security 144
arp security time-out 145
arp static 147
arp timer aging 148
arp-proxy enable 143
bims-server 202
dchp select 616, 618
ddns domainname 383
ddns password 384
ddns refresh 385
ddns server 386
ddns source interface 387
ddns username 388
debugging arp packet 392
debugging dhcp client 410
debugging dhcp relay 411
debugging dhcp server 412
debugging dns 425
debugging ip 441
debugging ip count 443
debugging ip multicast-policy 446
debugging ip urpf 449
debugging mobile-ip advertise 471
debugging mobile-ip mobile-router 472
Command Reference
debugging mobile-ip node 473
debugging nat 482
debugging qllc 508
debugging tcp event 521
debugging tcp md5 523
debugging tcp packet 524
debugging udp packet 529
debugging udp-helper 528
dhcp accounting domain (Interface view) 611
dhcp enable 612
dhcp relay information 613
dhcp relay information strategy 614
dhcp relay release 615
dhcp server accounting domain interface (System view) 620
dhcp server bims-server (Interface view) 622
dhcp server bims-server interface (System view) 623
dhcp server detect 625
dhcp server dns-list 626
dhcp server dns-list interface (System view) 627
dhcp server domain-name (in interface view) 629
dhcp server domain-name interface (System view) 630
dhcp server expired (Interface view) 632
dhcp server forbidden-ip 633
dhcp server interface (in system view) 634
dhcp server nbns-list (Interface view) 637
dhcp server nbns-list interface (System view) 638
dhcp server netbios-type (Interface view) 640
dhcp server netbios-type interface (System view) 641
dhcp server option (Interface view) 643
dhcp server option interface (System view) 644
dhcp server ping 646
dhcp server relay information enable 647
dhcp server static-bind 648
dhcp server synchronize arp (Interface view) 649
dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view) 650
dhcp server voice-config (Interface view) 652
dhcp server voice-config interface (System view) 654
display arp 700
display arp timer aging 702
display bootp client 764
display connection-limit policy 790
display connection-limit statistics 791
display dhcp client 822
display dhcp relay address. 824
display dhcp relay statistics 826
display dhcp server conflict 827
display dhcp server expired 828
display dhcp server free-ip 829
display dhcp server ip-in-use 830
display dhcp server statistics 832
display dhcp server tree 834
display dhcprelay-security 825
display dns domain 851
display dns dynamic host 852
display dns server 853
display fib 886
display fib acl 887
display fib begin 888
display fib ip-prefix 889
display fib longer 890
Command Reference
display fib statistics 892
display icmp statistics 928
display ip count 968
display ip count rule 969
display ip fast-forwarding cache 970
display ip host 971
display ip interface 972
display ip interface brief 974
display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 976
display ip multicast-policy. 978
display ip policy 982
display ip policy setup 983
display ip policy statistic 984
display ip socket 1001
display ip statistics 1003
display mobile-ip binding 1059
display mobile-ip globals 1061
display mobile-ip interface 1063
display mobile-ip irdp 1065
display mobile-ip mobile-router 1066
display mobile-ip node 1071
display mobile-ip secure 1073
display mobile-ip statistics 1075
display mobile-ip violation 1079
display mobile-ip visitor 1081
display nat 1110
display nat connection-limit 1112
display sot 1221
display tcp statistics 1238
display udp statistics 1252
display udp-helper server 1251
dns domain 1351
dns resolve 1354
dns server 1355
dns-list 1352
dns-proxy enable 1353
domain-name 1360
encapsulation 1415
expired 1436
gateway-list 1584
gratuitous-arp-learning enable 1592
gratuitous-arp-sending enable 1593
home-agent ip-address 1611
icmp redirect send 1626
if-match acl 1635, 1636
if-match packet length 1657
ip address 1742, 1743, 1745
ip address bootp-alloc 1746
ip address dhcp-alloc 1747
ip adress ppp-negotiate 1748
ip adress unnumbered 1749
ip count enable 1755
ip count exterior threshold 1756
ip count firewall denied 1757
ip count inbound packets 1758
ip count interior threshold 1759
ip count outbound-packets 1760
ip count rule 1761
ip count timeout 1762
Command Reference
ip fast-forwarding 1766
ip forward-broadcast 1767
ip host 1768
ip local policy route-policy 1771
ip multicast-fast-forwarding 1772
ip multicast-policy route-policy 1773
ip policy route-policy 1784
ip relay address (Interface view) 1789
ip relay address cycle 1788
ip relay address interface (in system view) 1790
ip urpf 1802
link-protocol sot 1923
mobile-ip 2010
mobile-ip foreign-agent 2011
mobile-ip foreign-agent service 2013
mobile-ip home-agent 2015
mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router 2017
mobile-ip irdp 2018
mobile-ip mobile-router 2020
mobile-ip mobile-router cco 2021
mobile-ip mobile-router roam 2022
mobile-ip mobile-router solicit 2023
mobile-ip prefix-length 2024
mobile-ip registration-lifetime 2025
mobile-ip secure 2026
mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery 2028
mobile-ip virtual-network 2029
mobile-network 2030, 2031
mobile-node 2032
nat address-group 2092
nat aging-time 2093
nat agl 2094
nat dns-map 2096
nat outbound 2097
nat outbound interface 2099
nat outbound static 2100
nat overlapaddress 2101
nat server 2103
nat static 2106
nat static net-to-net 2107
naturemask-arp 2110
nbns-list 2111
netbios-type 2113
network 2115
nslookup type 2122
option 2147
register lifetime 2452
register retransmit 2455
remote address 2468
reset arp 2484
reset dhcp ip-in-use 2498
reset dhcp relay statistics 2499
reset dhcp server conflict 2500
reset dhcp server statistics 2501
reset dns dynamic-host 2508
reset ip count 2524
reset ip fast-forwarding cache 2525
reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache 2526
reset ip statistics 2529
reset mobile-ip binding 2541
Command Reference
reset mobile-ip mobile-router 2542
reset mobile-ip node-statistics 2543
reset mobile-ip statistics 2544
reset mobile-ip visitor 2545
reset nat 2554
reset tcp statistics 2572
reset udp statistics 2574
reverse-tunnel 2602
route-policy 2627, 2629
simultaneous-bindings 2774
snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip 2800
sot counter keepalive 2808
sot gather 2809
sot group-set 2810
sot peer 2811
sot sdlc broadcast 2812
sot sdlc controller 2813
sot sdlc-status primary 2814
sot sdlc-status secondary 2815
sot send address 2816
sot send all tcp 2817
sot timer keepalive 2818
static-bind { mac address | client identifier } 2873
static-bind ip-address 2872
synchronize arp 2906
tcp mss 2928
tcp timer fin-timeout 2929
tcp timer syn-timeout 2930
tcp window 2931
udp-helper enable 3037
udp-helper port 3038
udp-helper server 3039
voice-config 3080
x25 qllc-switch 3167
Non-IP Architecture
bridge set (Synchronous Serial Interface view) 225
bridge-set (Ethernet Interface view) 224
clns enable 296
clns erpacket enable 297
clns erpacket interval 298
clns es-peer 299
clns net 300
clns rdpaacket enable 301
clns rdpacket interval 302
clns route-static 303
clns timer redpacket holding 304
code nrzi 327
debugging clns clnp 404
debugging clns echo 405
debugging clns rd 406
debugging clns routing 407
debugging dlsw 415
debugging dlsw ethernet-backup 416
debugging dlsw filter 418
debugging dlsw packet 419
debugging dlsw reachable-cache 421
debugging dlsw udp 423
debugging esis 428
Command Reference
debugging hdlc clns 435
debugging ipx packet 451
debugging ipx ping 452
debugging ipx rip 453
debugging ipx rtpro-flash 455
debugging ipx rtpro-interface 456
debugging ipx rtpro-routing 458
debugging ipx sap 459
debugging isis es-adjacency 464
debugging isis is-adjacency 465
debugging llc2 467
debugging llc2 packet 468
debugging sdlc 513
display clns 778
display clns interface 779
display clns routing-table 780
display clns statistics 783
display dlsw bridge-entry 840
display dlsw circuits 841
display dlsw ethernet-backup map 842
display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour 843
display dlsw information 844, 846
display dlsw reachable-cache 848
display dlsw remote 849, 850
display esis 880
display esis interface 881
display esis peer 882
display esis statistics 883
display ipx interface 1016
display ipx routing-table 1018
display ipx routing-table statistics 1021
display ipx service-table 1022
display ipx statistics 1024
display isis routing clns 1040
display llc2 1042
display x25 vc 1324
dlsw bridge-set 1331
dlsw enable 1332
dlsw ethernet-backup enable 1333
dlsw ethernet-backup map 1334
dlsw ethernet-backup timer 1336
dlsw filter acl 1338
dlsw local 1339
dlsw max-transmission 1341
dlsw multicast 1342
dlsw reachable 1343
dlsw reachable-cache 1344
dlsw remote 1345, 1347
dlsw reverse 1348
dlsw timer 1349
esis 1427
esis enable 1428
fr map clns 1526
idle-mark 1819
ipx enable 1820
ipx encapsulation 1821
ipx netbios-propagation 1822
Command Reference
ipx network 1823
ipx rip import-route 1824
ipx rip mtu 1825
ipx rip multiplier 1826
ipx rip timer update 1827
ipx route load-balance-path 1828
ipx route max-reserve-path 1829
ipx route-static 1830
ipx sap disable 1832
ipx sap gns-disable-reply 1833
ipx sap gns-load-balance 1834
ipx sap max-reserve-servers 1835
ipx sap mtu 1836
ipx sap multiplier 1837
ipx sap timer update 1838
ipx service 1839
ipx split-horizon 1841
ipx tick 1842
ipx update-change-only 1843
link-protocol sdlc 1921
llc2 max-ack 1925
llc2 max-send-queue 1926
llc2 max-transmission 1927
llc2 modulo 1928
llc2 receive-window 1929
map clns 1977
ping clns 2251
ping ipx 2252
preference clns 2341
reset clns statistics 2491
reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit 2504
reset dlsw ethernet-backup map 2505
reset dlsw tcp 2507
reset esis statistics 2516
reset ipx routing-table statistics 2533
reset ipx statistics 2535
sdlc sap-map local 2689
sdlc sap-map remote 2690
sdlc simultaneous 2691
sdlc status 2692
sdlc timer ack 2693
sdlc timer lifetime 2694
sdlc timer poll 2695
sdlc window 2696
sdlc xid 2697
timer configuration 2966
timer holding 2975
tracert clns 3002
x25 map clns 3158
x25 pvc 3165
Q
Quality of Service (QoS)
apply policy outbound 134
car 257
cbs 261
cir 292
cir allow 293
Command Reference
classifier behavior 294
congestion-threshold 341
display fr class-map 895
display fr del 897
display fr fragment-info 899
display fr swtich-table 911
display protocol-priority 1169
display qos car interface 1170
display qos carl 1171
display qos cbq interface 1172
display qos cq interface 1173
display qos cql 1174
display qos gts interface 1175
display qos lr interface 1176
display qos policy 1177
display qos policy interface 1179, 1180
display qos pq interface 1182
display qos pql 1183
display qos rtpq interface 1184
display qos wfq interface 1185
display qos wred interface 1186
display traffic behavior 1247
display traffic classifier 1248
ebs 1404
fifo queue-length 1458
flow-interval qos 1494
f-match 1632
f-match {destination-mac | source-mac} 1644
f-match classifier 1641
f-match ip-precedence 1652
fr class 1502
fr congestion-threshold 1505
fr de del 1506
fr del inbound-interface 1507
fr del protocol ip 1508
fr pvc-pq 1535
fr traffic-policing 1541
fragment 1543
fr-class 1501
fr-traffic-shaping 1542
gts 1598
if-match acl 1634
if-match any 1638
if-match atmclp 1640
if-match dot1p-cos 1645
if-match dscp 1646
if-match fr-de 1647
if-match inbound-interface 1648
if-match mpls-exp 1654
if-match outbound-interface 1656
if-match protocol 1658
if-match protocol rtp 1659
if-match rtp 1660
lr 1966
lr percent 1967
pq 2334
protocol-priority 2363
pvc-pq 2376
qmtoken 2385
qos apply policy 2395
Command Reference
qos car 2397
qos carl 2399
qos cq 2400
qos cql default-queue 2401
qos cql inbound-interface 2402
qos cql protocol 2403
qos cql protocol mpls exp 2405
qos cql queue 2406
qos cql queue serving 2407
qos fifo queue-length 2408
qos gts 2409
qos lr 2411
qos max-bandwidth 2412
qos policy 2413
qos pq 2414
qos pql default-queue 2415
qos pql inbound-interface 2416
qos pql protocol mpls exp 2420
qos pql prtotocol 2417
qos pql queue 2419
qos reserved-bandwidth 2421
qos rtpq 2422
qos wfq 2424
qos wred 2426
qos wred dscp 2427
qos wred ip-precedence 2428
qos wred weighting-constant 2429
queue af 2386
queue ef 2387
queue wfq 2390
queue-length 2389
raffic-policy 3006
remark atmclp 2460
remark dot1p 2461
remark dsc 2462
remark fr-de 2464
remark ip-precedence 2465
remark mpls-exp 2466
rtpq 2642
traffic behavior 3004
traffic classifier 3005
traffic-shaping adaptation 3007
wfq 3135
wred 3137
wred dscp 3138
wred ip-precedence 3140
wred weighting-constant 3141
R
Reliability
debugging standby event 516
debugging vrrp 552
display standby flow 1228
display standby state 1230
display vrrp 1311
standby bandwidth 2853
standby interface 2855
standby threshold 2858
standby timer delay 2859
Command Reference
standby timer flow-check 2860
vrrp authentication-mode 3099
vrrp ping-enable 3100
vrrp un-check ttl 3101
vrrp vrid preempt-mode 3102
vrrp vrid priority 3103
vrrp vrid timer advertise 3104
vrrp vrid track 3105
vrrp vrid virtual-ip 3107
Routing Protocol
abr-summary 71
aggregate 98
apply as-path 116
apply community 117
apply cost 118
apply cost-type 119
apply ip-address 121
apply isis 128
apply local-preference 129
apply origin 131
apply tag 135
area 137
area-authentication-mode 139
asbr-summary 149
balance 187
band-based-sharing 188
bgp 195
checkzero 286
compare-different-as-med 332
confederation id 338
confederation nonstandard 339
confederation peer-as 340
cost-style 353
dampening 372
debugging bgp 399
debugging isis 462
debugging ospf 484
debugging rip 510
default cost 562, 564
default interval 576
default limit 577
default local-preference 578
default med 579
default tag 584
default type 585
default-cost 563
default-route imported 583
default-route-advertise 580, 581
delete static-routes all 594
display bgp group 721
display bgp network 734
display bgp paths 735
display bgp peer 736
display bgp routing 738
display bgp routing as-path-acl 740
display bgp routing cidr 742
display bgp routing community 744
Command Reference
display bgp routing community-list 746
display bgp routing dampened 748
display bgp routing different-origon-as 749
display bgp routing flap-info 751
display bgp routing peer {advertised | received} 754
display bgp routing peer dampened 755
display bgp routing peer regular-expression 757
display bgp routing regular-expression 759
display bgp routing statistic 761
display debugging ospf 819
display ip ip-prefix 975
display ip routing-table 985
display ip routing-table acl 986
display ip routing-table ip_address 988
display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 990
display ip routing-table ip-prefix 991
display ip routing-table protocol 993
display ip routing-table radix 995
display ip routing-table statistics 996
display ip routing-table verbose 997
display ip routing-talbe vpn-instance 999
display isis brief 1034
display isis interface 1035
display isis lsdb 1036
display isis mesh-group 1037
display isis peer 1038
display isis routing 1039
display isis spf-log 1041
display memory 1053
display ospf abr-asbr 1118
display ospf asbr-summary 1119
display ospf brief 1121
display ospf cumulative 1123
display ospf error 1125
display ospf interface 1127
display ospf lsdb 1129
display ospf memory 1132
display ospf nexthop 1133
display ospf peer 1134
display ospf request-queue 1137
display ospf retrans-queue 1138
display ospf routing 1139
display ospf vlink 1141
display rip 1193
display rip interface 1194
display rip routing 1195
display rip vpn-instance 1196
display route-policy 1204
domain-authentication-mode 1358
filter-policy 1461
filter-policy export 1462, 1463, 1464, 1465
filter-policy gateway 1466
filter-policy import 1468, 1470, 1471, 1473
group 1596
host-route 1613
if-match acl 1637
if-match as-path 1639
if-match community 1642
if-match cost 1643
if-match interface 1649
Command Reference
if-match ip next-hop 1650
if-match ip-prefix 1653
if-match tag 1661
ignore-lsp-checksum-error 1676
import-route 1692, 1694, 1696, 1698
import-route isis 1700
ip as-path-acl 1750
ip community-list 1753
ip ip-prefix 1769
ip route-static 1791
ipv4-family 1813
ipv4-family vpn-instance 1817
ipv4-family vpnv4 1818
isis 1880
isis authentication-mode 1881
isis circuit-level 1883
isis cost 1884
isis dis-priority 1885
isis enable 1886
isis mesh-group 1888
isis small-hello 1889
isis timer csnp 1890
isis timer hello 1891
isis timer holding-multiplier 1892
isis timer lsp 1893
isis timer retransmit 1894
is-level 1844
loadbandwidth 1935
log-peer-change 1946, 1947, 1948
md5-compatible 1990
memory 1993
memory auto-establish disable 1995
memory auto-establish enable 1996
multi-path-number 2084
network 2114, 2117, 2119
network-entity 2120
nssa 2123
opaque-capability 2144
ospf 2155
ospf authentication-mode 2157
ospf cost 2158
ospf dr-priority 2159
ospf mib-binding 2160
ospf mtu-enable 2161
ospf network-type 2162
ospf timer dead 2164
ospf timer hello 2165
ospf timer poll 2166
ospf timer retransmit 2167
ospf trans-delay 2168
peer 2187, 2189
peer as-number 2195
peer connect-interface 2198
peer ebgp-max-hop 2203
peer enable 2204
Command Reference
peer group 2210
peer ip-prefix 2211
peer password 2219
peer route-update-interval 2229
peer shutdown 2233
peer timer 2234
preference 2337, 2338, 2339, 2340
reflect between-clients 2448
refresh bgp 2450
relector cluster-id 2449
reset 2478
reset bgp 2486
reset bgp flap-info 2487
reset bgp group 2488
reset dampening 2497
reset ip routing-table 2528
reset isis all 2536
reset isis peer 2537
reset loadsharing 2539
reset ospf 2555
rip 2604
rip authentication-mode 2605
rip input 2607
rip metricin 2608
rip metricout 2609
rip output 2610
rip split-horizon 2611
rip triggered 2612
rip version 2613
rip work 2614
route-policy 2627
router id 2634
set-overload 2748
silent interface 2773
silent-interface 2772
snmp-agent trap enable ospf 2801
spf-delay-interval 2831
spf-schedule-interval 2832
spf-slice-size 2833
stub 2887
summary 2897, 2898, 2899
timer keep-alive hold 2976
timer lsp-max-age 2978
timer spf 2991
timer-lsp-refresh 2979
timers 2994
traffic-share-across-interface 3008
undo synchronization 3042
vlink-peer 3073
S
Security
access-limit 72
accounting 76, 77, 78, 79
Command Reference
accounting optional 86
accounting-on 84
acl 74
acl-reflect timeout 73
aging-time 101
ah authentication-algorithm 102
aspf-policy 151
authentication 161, 163, 164, 167
authentication-algorithm 169
authentication-method 172
authorization 178, 179
ca identifier 246
certificate request entity 274
certificate request from 275
certificate request mode 276
certificate request polling 277
certificate request url 278
common-name 331
country 355
crl check disable 365
crl update-period 366
crl url 367
data-flow-format 376, 377
debugging aspf 393
debugging encrypt-card 427
debugging firewall 429
debugging hwatacs 436
debugging ike 439
debugging ike dpd 440
debugging ipsec 450
debugging local-server 470
debugging pki 491
debugging portal 495
debugging radius 509
debugging web java-blocking 554
debugging web url-filter host 555
debugging web url-filter parameter 556
detect 604
dh 610
display acl 698
display aspf all 703
display aspf interface 704
display aspf policy 705
display aspf session 706
display connection 788
display domain 854
display encrypt-card fast-switch 874
display encrypt-card sa 875
display encrypt-card statistics 877
display encrypt-card syslog 878
display firewall-statistics 894
display hwatacs 922
display ike dpd 933
display ike peer 934
display ike proposal 935
display ike sa 936
display interface encrypt 951
display ipsec policy 1006
display ipsec policy-template 1009
display ipsec proposal 1011
Command Reference
display ipsec sa 1012
display ipsec statistics 1015
display local-server statistics 1044
display local-user 1045
display pki certificate 1148
display pki crl 1150
display portal 1153
display portal update-resource 1157
display port-mapping 1152
display radius 1187
display radius statistics 1189
display stop-accounting-buffer 1237
display time-range 1246
display web java-blocking 1312
display web url-filter host 1313
display web url-filter parameter 1314
domain 1356
dpd 1363
encapsulation-mode 1418
encrypt-card backuped 1420
encrypt-card fast-switch 1421
encryption-algorithm 1422
esp authentication-algorithm 1429
esp encryption-algorithm 1431
exchange-mode 1433
firewall aspf 1476
firewall default 1477
firewall enable 1478
firewall fragments-inspect 1480
firewall fragments-inspect {high | low} 1481
firewall packet-filter 1482
fqdn 1499
hwatacacs nas-ip 1618
hwatacacs scheme 1619
hwatacs change-password self 1617
id-type 1627
ike dpd 1677
ike local-name 1678
ike next-payload check disabled 1679
ike peer (Ipsec Policy view or Ipsec Policy Template view) 1680
ike peer (System view) 1681
ike proposal 1682
ike sa keepalive-time timeout 1685
ike sa keepalive-timer interval 1684
ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval 1686
interface encrypt 1726
interval-time 1738
ip 1741
ip pool 1785
ipsec card-proposal 1804
ipsec policy (Interface view) 1805
ipsec policy (System view) 1806
ipsec policy-template 1808
ipsec proposal 1810
ipsec sa global-duration 1811
ldap-server 1907
level 1909
local 1936
local user 1941
local-address 1937
Command Reference
locality 1943
local-server 1938
local-user password-display-mode 1942
log enable 1945
nas-ip 2090, 2091
nat traversal 2108
nesting 2112
organization 2148
organizational-unit 2149
password 2182
peer 2190
pfs 2237
pki delete-certificate 2253
pki domain 2254
pki entity 2255
pki import-certificate 2256
pki request-certificate 2257
pki retrieval-certificate 2258
pki retrieval-crl 2259
pki validate-certificate 2260
play stop-accounting-buffer 2262
portal 2270
portal all-resource-id 2271
portal auth-network 2272
portal fast-authentication 2273
portal free-ip 2274
portal free-user 2275
portal method 2277
portal resource 2278
portal server 2279
portal service-type 2281
portal update-resource 2282
portal update-resource-id 2283
portal upload-ip 2284
port-mapping 2268
pre-shared-key 2336
primary accounting 2348, 2349
primary authentication 2350, 2351
primary authorization 2352
proposal 2360
radius nas-ip 2430
radius scheme 2431
radius trap 2433
remote-address 2467
remote-name 2470
reset acl counter 2479
reset counters encrypt 2494
reset encrypt-card sa 2513
reset encrypt-card statistics 2514
reset encrypt-card syslog 2515
reset firewall-statistics 2519
reset hwatacs statistics 2521
reset ike sa 2523
reset ipsec sa 2530
reset ipsec statistics 2532
reset portal 2559
reset radius statistics 2565
reset stop-accounting-buffer 2568, 2570
reset web java-blocking counter 2587
reset web log-buf 2588
Command Reference
reset web url-filter host counter 2589
reset web url-filter parameter counter 2590
retry 2595
retry realtime-accounting 2596
retry stop-accounting 2597, 2598
root-certificate fingerprint 2625
rule 2643
sa authentication-hex 2651
sa duration 2653, 2654
sa encryption-hex 2656
sa spi 2658
sa string-key 2660
scheme 2666
secondary accounting 2698, 2699
secondary authorization 2701, 2702
security acl 2703
security-policy-server 2705
server type 2727
service type 2732
service-type ftp 2733
service-type ppp 2734
snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card 2797
state 2868, 2869, 2870
stop-accounting-buffer enable 2885
time-out 2961
timer quiet 2980, 2981
timer realtime-accounting 2982, 2983
timer response-timeout 2986, 2987
time-range 2962
transform 3009
tunnel local 3026
tunnel remote 3033
use encrypt-card 3046
user-name-format 3050, 3051
web java-blocking acl-number 3108
web java-blocking enable 3109
web java-blocking extension add 3110
web java-blocking extension add-default 3111
web java-blocking extension delete 3112
web java-blocking extension load-file 3114
web java-blocking extension save-file 3115
web log enable 3116
web log timer 3117
web url-filter host acl-number 3118
web url-filter host add 3119
web url-filter host default 3121
web url-filter host delete 3122
web url-filter host delete-all 3123
web url-filter host enable 3124
web url-filter host ip-address 3125
web url-filter host load-file 3126
web url-filter parameter add 3128
web url-filter parameter delete 3130
web url-filter parameter delete-all 3131
web url-filter parameter enable 3132
web url-filter parameter host save-file 3127
web url-filter parameter load-file 3133
web url-filter parameter save-file 3134
web url-filter parameteradd-default 3129
Command Reference
web web java-blocking extension delete-all 3113
System Management
accounting commands 81
acl 75
activation-key 89
adv-factor 97
ascii 150
async mode posapp 156
auto-config 182
auto-config enable 184
auto-execute command 185
bims boot request 196
bims device-id string 197
bims enable 198
bims interval 199
bims ip address 200
bims request 201
bims sharekey 203
bims source ip-address 204
bims specify-time 205
binary 206
boot bootrom 208
bootfile backup 209
bootfile dir 211
bootfile main 213
bye 242, 243
cd 265, 266, 267
cdup 270, 271
close 321
copy 352
count 354
databits 379
datafill 380
datasize 381
debugging 389, 390
debugging bims all 401
debugging ip netstream 447
debugging ntp-service 483
debugging pos 498
debugging pos-app 499
debugging pos-interface 500
debugging rlogin 511
debugging rsh 512
debugging snmp-agent 515
debugging ssh server 520
debugging telnet 525
debugging tftp-server 527
debugging vty 553
delete 590, 591, 592
description 596
destination-ip 602
destination-port 603
detect group 608
detect list 609
Command Reference
dir 687, 688, 689
direct listen-port 691
disconnect 692
display alarm urgent 699
display auto-config 719
display channel 775
display configure-user 787
display current-configuration 815
display debugging 818
display detect group 820
display device 821
display diagnostic-information 836
display environment 879
display fcm 884
display ftp source-ip 919
display ftp-server 917
display ftp-server source-ip 918
display ftp-user 920
display hwping 924
display info-center 939
display ip netstream cache 979
display ip netstream export 981
display logbuffer 1048
display logbuffer summary 1050
display ntp-service sessions 1114
display ntp-service status 1115
display ntp-service trace 1116
display pos-app 1158
display pos-interface 1159
display resa peer-public-key 1206
display rmon alarm 1197
display rmon event 1198
display rmon eventlog 1199
display rmon history 1200
display rmon prialarm 1202
display rmon statistices 1203
display rsa local-key-pair public 1205
display saved-configuration 1207
display schedule reboot 1209
display sftp source-ip 1210
display snmp-agent 1211
display snmp-agent community 1212
display snmp-agent group 1213
display snmp-agent mib-view 1214
display snmp-agent statistics 1216
display snmp-agent sys-info 1218
display snmp-agent trap-list 1219
display snmp-agent usm-user 1220
display ssh server 1223
display ssh server-info 1224
display ssh user-information 1226
display ssh2 source-ip 1227
display ssh-server source-ip 1225
display startup 1232
display telnet-server source-ip 1242
display tftp source-ip 1244
display tftp-server 1243
display this 1245
display trapbuffer 1249
Command Reference
display user-interface 1254
display users 1255
enable 1412
escape-key 1426
execute 1434
exit 1435
file prompt 1459
filename 1460
fixdisk 1485
flow-control 1490
format 1498
free user-interface 1555
frequency 1556
ftp 1572
ftp host source-interface 1573
ftp host source-ip 1574
ftp server enable 1576
ftp source-interface 1579
ftp source-ip 1580
ftp timeout 1581
ftp update 1582
ftp-operation 1575
ftp-server source-interface 1577
ftp-server source-ip 1578
get 1585, 1586
help 1606
history keep-time 1608
history-record 1609
history-records 1610
http-operation 1616
hwping 1620
hwping-agent enable 1621
hwping-agent max-requests 1622
hwping-server enable 1623
hwping-server tcpconnect 1624
hwping-server udpecho 1625
idle-timeout 1629
info-center channel 1703
info-center console channel 1704
info-center enable 1705
info-center logbuffer 1706
info-center logfile 1707
info-center loghost 1708
info-center loghost source 1710
info-center monitor channel 1711
info-center snmp channel 1712
info-center source 1713
info-center synchronous 1715
info-center timestamp 1716
info-center timestamp loghost 1717
info-center trapbuffer 1718
ip df-check enable 1763
ip netstream { inbound | outbound } 1779
ip netstream aggregation 1774
ip netstream export host 1775
ip netstream export source 1776
ip netstream export version 1777
ip netstream format no-direction 1778
ip netstream max-entry 1780
Command Reference
ip netstream timeout active 1781
ip netstream timeout inactive 1782
ip option source-routing 1783
ip route-static detect group 1794
ip source-address-check 1800
jitter-interval 1897
jitter-packetnum 1898
lcd 1908
ls 1968, 1969
mkdir 2007, 2008, 2009
modem 2036
modem timer answer 2042
more 2044
move 2049
nep-service reliable authentication-keyid 2133
ntp-service access 2124
ntp-service authentication enable 2125
ntp-service authentication-keyid 2126
ntp-service broadcast-client 2127
ntp-service broadcast-server 2128
ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions 2129
ntp-service multicast-client 2130
ntp-service multicast-server 2131
ntp-service refclock-master 2132
ntp-service source-interface 2134
ntp-service unicast-peer 2135
ntp-service unicast-server 2137
open 2145
option 2171
pad-mode pos enable 2178
parity 2179
passive 2180
password 2181
peer-public-key end 2223
ping 2248
pos-server app tcp 2285
pos-server app x25 2286
pos-server checkschar 2287
pos-server enable 2288
pos-server fcm 2289
pos-server map 2291
pos-server padmode 2292
pos-server source-ip 2293
pos-server wait-time 2294
probe-failtimes 2356
protocol inbound 2362
public-key-code begin 2366
public-key-code end 2367
put 2368
pwd 2369, 2382, 2383, 2384
quit 2392, 2393, 2394
re-authentication 2436
reboot 2437
redirect bind vpn-instance 2440
redirect disconnect 2441
redirect enable 2442
redirect listen-port 2443
redirect refuse-negotiation 2444
redirect return-deal from-telnet 2445
Command Reference
redirect return-deal from-terminal 2446
redirect timeout 2447
remotehelp 2471
remove 2472
remove slot 2473
rename 2474, 2475, 2476
reset alarm urgent 2480
reset fcm 2517
reset ip netstream statistics 2527
reset logbuffer 2540
reset pos 2560
reset recycle-bin 2566
reset saved-configuration 2567
reset trapbuffer 2573
retry 2594
rlogin 2615
rmdir 2616, 2617, 2618
rmon alarm 2619
rmon event 2620
rmon history 2621
rmon prialarm 2622
rmon statistics 1203, 2624
rsa local-key-pair create 2636
rsa local-key-pair destroy 2638
rsa peer-public-key 2639
rsh 2640
save 2662
schedule reboot at 2663
schedule reboot delay 2665
screen-length 2672
screen-width 2673
send 2715
sendpacket passroute 2724
send-trap 2720
set authentication password 2746
sftp 2749
sftp server enable 2751
sftp source-interface 2752
sftp source-ip 2753
shell 2761
snmp-agent 2785
snmp-agent community 2786
snmp-agent group 2787
snmp-agent local-engineid 2789
snmp-agent mib-view 2790
snmp-agent packet max-size 2791
snmp-agent sys-info 2792
snmp-agent target-host 2793
snmp-agent trap enable 2795
snmp-agent trap life 2803
snmp-agent trap queue-size 2804
snmp-agent trap source 2805
snmp-agent usm-user 2806
source-interface 2821
source-ip 2822
source-port 2825
speed 2830
ssh authentication-type default 2835
ssh client assign rsa-key 2836
Command Reference
ssh client first-time enable 2837
ssh server authentication-retries 2838
ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable 2839
ssh server rekey-interval 2840
ssh server timeout 2843
ssh user 2844
ssh user assign 2845
ssh user authentication-type 2846
ssh user service-type 2848
ssh2 2849
ssh2 source-interface 2851
ssh2 source-ip 2852
ssh-server source-interface 2841
ssh-server source-ip 2842
standby detect-group 2854
startup saved-configuration 2866
statistics {interval interval | max-group number } 2883
statistics keep-time 2884
stopbits 2886
telnet 2932
telnet source-interface 2935
telnet source-ip 2936
telnet-server source-interface 2933
telnet-server source-ip 2934
terminal debugging 2937
terminal logging 2938
terminal monitor 2939
terminal trapping 2940
terminal type 2941
test-enable 2943
test-failtiimes 2944
test-time begin 2945
test-type 2946
tftp 2947
tftp host source-interface 2948
tftp host source-ip 2949
tftp hostname vpn-instance 2950
tftp source-interface 2959
tftp source-ip 2960
tftp-server acl 2952
tftp-server directory 2953
tftp-server enable 2954
tftp-server max-users 2955
tftp-server retry-times 2956
tftp-server timeout 2957
tftp-server update 2958
timeout 2964
timer loop 2977
timer wait 2992
tos 2998
tracert 3000
ttl 3020
undelete 3040
undo schedule reboot 3041
upgrade 3043, 3044
user 3047
user privilege 3052
user-interface 3049
username 3053
verbose 3059
Command Reference
vfs check check-method discard 3060
vfs check check-method discard auto 3061
vfs check check-method fix 3062
vfs check file-system 3063
vpinstance 3088
vrrp vrid track detect-group 3106
x29 timer idleclear 3197
xmodem get 3199
V
Virtual Private Network (VPN)
12tp enable 66
12tp-auto-client enable 65
12tp-group 67
12tpmoreexam enable 68
algorithm-suite 108
allow 12tp 109
authentication-client method 170
authentication-server method 176
data algorithm-suite 374
data ipsec-sa duration time-base 378
debugging 12tp 391
debugging dvpn 426
debugging tunnel 526
destination 601
display 12tp session 693
display 12tp tunnel 694
display 12tp user 695
display dvpn info 868
display dvpn ipsec-sa 870
display dvpn map 871
display dvpn online-user 872
display dvpn session 873
display interface tunnel 964
dvpn class 1374
dvpn client register-dumb 1375
dvpn client register-interval 1376
dvpn client register-retry 1377
dvpn dvpn-id 1378
dvpn interface-type 1379
dvpn policy 1380, 1381
dvpn register-type 1382
dvpn security 1383
dvpn server 1384
dvpn server authentication-client method 1385
dvpn server map age-time 1386
dvpn server pre-shared-key 1387
dvpn service 1388
gre checksum 1594
gre key 1595
interface tunnel 1735
keepalive 1899
local-user 1940
mandatory-chap 1973
mandatory-lcp 1974
mtu (tunnel Interface) 2081
pre-shared-key 2335
private-ip 2354
Command Reference
public-ip 2365
reset 12tp session 2481
reset 12tp tunnel 2482
reset 12tp user 2483
reset dvpn all 2509
reset dvpn map 2510
reset dvpn session 2511
reset dvpn statistics 2512
session algorithm-suite 2741
session idle-time 2742
session idle-timeout 2743
session keepalive-interval 2744
session setup-interval 2745
start 12tp 2862
start 12tp tunnel 2864
tunnel authentication 3023
tunnel avp-hidden 3024
tunnel flow-control 3025
tunnel keepstanding 3027
tunnel name 3028
tunnel password 3030
tunnel source 2819
tunnel timer hello 3034
tunnel-protocol dvpn 3031
tunnel-protocol gre 3032
Voice over IP (VoIP)
aaa-client 70
address 91
address sip 93
ani 112
ani-offset 113
answer 114
area 138
area-id (Voice Entity view) 140
area-id (Voice GK Client view) 141
authentication 166
authentication-did 171
authorization-level 181
ax baudrate 1438
busytone-t-th 241
callednumber receive-method 254
caller-permit 255
call-mode 253
card-digit 259
cas 260
cdr 268
cid display 287
cid enable 288
cid select-mode 289
cid send 290
cid type 291
clear-forward-ack 295
cngced-detection 323
cng-on 322
compression 333
cptone 357
debugging voice cm 530
debugging voice data-flow 531
Command Reference
debugging voice dpl 532
debugging voice fax 533
debugging voice ipp 536
debugging voice r2 537
debugging voice ras 538
debugging voice rcv 539
debugging voice rcv r2 540
debugging voice sip 541
debugging voice sip rm 542
debugging voice sip sm 543
debugging voice vas 544
debugging voice vas fax 545
debugging voice vcc 546
debugging voice vmib 548
debugging voice vofr 549
debugging voice vpp 550
debugging voice vpp r2 551
default 560
default entity compression 565
default entity fax 566
default entity normal-connect slow-h245 572
default entity payload-size 573
default entity service data 574
default entity vad-on 575
delay 586, 588
delay-reversal 589
description (in voice entity view) 599
description (in voice subscriber-line view) 600
dial-prefix 656
dial-program 658
display aaa unsent-h323-call-record 696
display fr vofr-info 912
display voice aaa-client configuration 1263
display voice call-history-record 1264, 1267
display voice call-info 1269
display voice default 1271
display voice em call-statistic 1273
display voice em ccb 1275
display voice entity 1277
display voice fax 1278
display voice gateway 1280
display voice ipp 1281
display voice number-substitute 1283
display voice r2 call-statistics 1284
display voice rcv ccb 1286
display voice rcv statistic 1288
display voice rcv statistic r2 1290
display voice sip call-statistics 1292
display voice sip register status 1294
display voice sip register-state 1293
display voice vcc 1307
display voice vofr call 1299
display voice vofr statistic 1301
display voice voip 1310
display voice voip datat-statistic 1303
display voice vpp 1305
dl-bits 1329
Command Reference
dot-match 1361
dscp media 1364
dtmf 1366
dtmf sensitivity-level 1367
dtmf threshold 1368
early-media disable 1403
effect-time 1407
em-phy-parm 1409
em-signal 1410
entity 1423
fast-connect 1437
fax ecm 1440
fax level 1441
fax local-train threshold 1442
fax nsf-on 1443
fax protocol 1444
fax support-mode 1446
fax train-mode 1447
final-callednum 1475
first-rule 1484
force-metering 1497
gk-2nd-id 1587
gk-client 1588
gk-id 1589
gk-security call 1590
gk-security register-pwd 1591
group-b 1597
gw-access-number 1600
gw-address 1602
gw-id 1603
hookoff-time 1612
impendance 1690
ine 1913
line 1912
match-template 1984
max-call (in voice dial program view) 1987
max-call(in voice entity view) 1988
mfc (r2 cas) 1997
mode 2033
mode (Sip Client view) 2035
modem compatible-param 2040
modem protocol 2041
motorola base-svc 2045
motorola encapsulation 2046
motorola max-voice 2047
motorola remote-id 2048
normal-connect slow-h245 2121
number-match 2139
number-substitute 2140
oopback 1954
open-trunk 2146
outband 2172
outband vofr 2174
overlap voip h323 2175
password-digit 2183
payload-size 2184
pcm 2186
permanent-active 2236
plan-numbering 2261
plc-mode 2264
Command Reference
power-source 2295
priority 2353
pri-set 2342
private-line 2355
process-config 2357
proxy 2364
ras-on 2434
re-answer 2435
receive gain 2438
redialtimes 2439
register-enable 2451
register-number 2453
register-value 2456
registrar 2459
renew 2477
reset voice call-history-record line 2576
reset voice em 2577
reset voice fax 2578
reset voice fax trans-statistics 2579
reset voice ipp 2580
reset voice r2 2581
reset voice rcv 2582
reset voice sip 2583
reset voice vcc 2584
reset voice voip data-statistics 2585
reset voice vpp 2586
reverse 2600
ring-generate 2603
rule 2648
seizure-ack 2706
selectlanguage 2783
select-mode 2707
select-rule rule-order 2712
select-rule search-stop 2709
select-rule type-first 2710
select-stop 2714
send-busytone 2716
send-number (in voice entity view) 2717
send-number (in voice subscriber-line view) 2718
send-ring 2719
sendring 2725
seq-number 2726
service data 2730
shutdown (in voice entity view) 2768
shutdown (in voice subscriber-line view) 2769
signal-value 2770
silence-th-span 2771
sip 2775
sip-call 2776
sip-comp 2777, 2778
sip-comp agent 2779
sip-domain 2780
sip-id 2781
sip-server 2782
slic-gain 2784
source-ip 2823
special-character 2826
special-service 2827
subscriber-line 2888, 2890
substiture incoming-call 2893
Command Reference
substitute 2891
substitute outgoing-call 2895
terminator 2942
timer (digital e&m) 2965
timer dl (r2) 2968
timer dtmf (r2) 2970
timer first-dial 2971
timer register-complete (r2) 2984
timer register-pulse (r2) 2985
timer ring (r2) 2989
timer ring-back 2990
timer wait-digit 2993
timer-dial-interval 2967
timeslot-set 2995
timestamp 2997
trace interval 2999
transmit gain 3013
trunk-direction 3015
trunk-id 3017
ts 3018
tunnel-on 3029
type 3035
type-number 3036
user 3048
vad-on 3057
vi-card busy-tone-detect 3064
vi-card custom-toneparam 3068
vi-card reboot 3070
vofr 3075
vofr frf11-timer 3077
vofr jitter-buffer 3078
voice bandwidth 3079
voice-setup 3082
voip calledtunnel 3084
voip call-start 3083
voip h323-conf tcs-t38 3085
voip h323-descriptor 3086
voip timer 3087
vqa data-statistic 3092
vqa dscp 3093
vqa dsp-monitor 3095
vqa jitter-buffer 3096
vqa performance 3097
wildcard-register enable 3136
Command Reference
3COM ROUTER 5000/6000 FAMILY
QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
Overview
This Command Reference applies to the following Router 5000/6000 models running software version 3.0.
About the Command Line Interface
To use and navigate the command line interface of your unit, please refer to the following points for assistance:
When initially accessing the command line interface, press Enter when prompted. The User View menu for the unit
displays. This is indicated by the chevron brackets around the name of the unit at the prompt, for example,
<r out er 5000- xx> (where xx is either EI or SI).
When in the System View menu, square brackets appear around the name of the unit at the prompt, for example,
[ r out er 5000- xx] .
You must be in the System View menu to access the configurable CLI commands.
Some commands can be entered directly at any prompt from anywhere in the interface.
If you enter part of a command followed by a ? (with no space between), the CLI will show you all the commands
that begin in that way.
The term view may be used interchangeably with the term menu.
The undo command is placed before the command you wish to undo, for example, undo setauthentication password.
<CTRL-A> places the cursor back to the start of the command line.
Enter the first few characters of a command and press TAB to enter the full command without having to input the
entire command (where there is only one command that starts with the entered characters).
Use the Up Arrow key at the prompt to repeat the previous command string.
Use the Delete key to delete the character after the cursor; the Backspace key deletes the character before the cursor.
When entering physical port numbers, Enter the port number as x/0/z, where x is the unit number and z is the
physical port number.
Router 5012 (3C13701)
Router 5232 (3C13751)
Router 5642 (3C13755)
Router 5682 (3C13701)
Router 6040 (3C13840)
Router 6080 (3C13880)
Command Reference
Displaying Command Parameters
At the prompt, enter the name of the command followed by a space and ?. For example:
<r out er 5000-xx>boot ?
The following parameters are displayed:
attribute-switch
Exchange the file main-attribute and backup-attribute.
boot-loader
Select a file to boot at the next time
bootrom
Update Bootrom
web-package
Set web resource package
To specify boot loader, enter the command as follows:
<r out er 5000- xx>boot boot-loader ?
You only need to enter ? if parameters exist for the command.
Displaying Parent Menus
At the prompt, enter quit.
Displaying the User View Menu
Press <CTRL-Z>.
Obtaining Help
At the prompt, enter ?.
Further Information
For further information about how to use the command line interface, refer to the Command Reference Guide and
the Configuration Guide, which are both available as PDF documents on the CD that accompanied the unit.
Commands
l2tp-auto-client enable
Use the l2tp-auto-client enable command to enable the LAC client to set up L2TP tunnel.
l2tp enable
Use the l2tp enable command to enable the L2TP function.
System view
l2tp-group
Use the l2tp-group command to create an L2TP group.
System view
l2tpmoreexam enable
Use the l2tpmoreexam enable command to enable the multi-instance function of L2TP.
System view
l2vpn-family
Use the l2vpn-family command to create or enter an L2VPN address family view.
BGP view
aaa-client
Use the aaa-client command to enter Voice AAA view.
Voice view
Command Reference
abr-summary
Use the abr-summary command to configure the route aggregation on the area border router (ABR).
OSPF Area view
access-limit
Use the access-limit command to configure a limit to the amount of supplicants in the current ISP domain.
ISP Domain view
acl-reflect timeout
Use the acl-reflect timeout command to set the global aging time of reflexive ACLs.
System view
acl
Use the acl command to create an access control list and enter ACL view.
System View
acl
Use the acl command to reference an ACL to control call-in and call-out of VTY (Telnet and SSH) users.
User Interface view
accounting
Use the accounting command to configure an accounting scheme for the current ISP domain.
ISP Domain view
accounting
Use the accounting command to set the IP address, port number and shared key for the primary and
secondary RADIUS accounting servers.
RADIUS Scheme view
accounting
secondary RADIUS accounting servers.
RADIUS Scheme view
accounting
secondary TACACS+accounting servers.
TACACS+ view
accounting commands
Use the accounting commands command to enable the system to start per-command accounting for
terminal users logged into the user interface.
User Interface view
accounting domain
Use the accounting domain command to enable DHCP server accounting for addresses from the global
DHCP address pools and configure a domain for DHCP accounting.
accounting-on
Use the accounting-on enable command to enable the user re-authentication at reboot function.
RADIUS view
accounting optional
Use the accounting optional command to enable optional accounting.
ISP Domain view
RADIUS view
activate
Use the activate command to activate the ADSL interface.
activate
Use the activate command to enable the G.SHDSL interface.
activation-key
Use the activation-key command to define a shortcut key or key combination for starting a terminal
session.
User Interface view
address
Use the address command to configure the voice routing policy to the peer voice gateway.
Voice Entity view
Command Reference
address
Use the address command to configure a route to the peer voice gateway or assign an X.121 address for
a destination host.
Voice Entity view
address sip
Use the address sip command to set routing policy for reaching the remote voice gateway (VG) to SIP.
Voice Entity view
adsl standard
Use the adsl standard command to set the standard applied to the ADSL interface.
adsl tx_attenuation
Use the adsl tx_attenuation command to set attenuation value for ADSL transmit power.
adv-factor
Use the adv-factor command to configure the advantage factor which is used to count Mos and ICPIF
value in a jitter voice test.
aggregate
Use the aggregate command to establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing table.
BGP view
aggregate
Use the aggregate command to create a multicast aggregated record in the BGP routing table.
Use the aggregate command without parameters to create one local aggregated route and set atomic
aggregation attributes.
aging-time
Use the aging-time command to configure SYN status waiting timeout value and FIN status waiting timeout
value of TCP, session entry idle timeout value of TCP and UDP.
ASPF Policy view
ah authentication-algorithm
Use the ah authentication-algorithm command to set the authentication algorithm adopted by
Authentication Header protocol in IPSec proposal.
Use the undo ah authentication-algorithm command to restore the default setting.
IPSec Proposal view
ahdsl annex
Use the shdsl annex command to configure annex standard at an SHDSL interface. You cannot activate a
link with different standard types at its two ends.
alarm (CT3 Interface)
Use the alarm command to enable the CT3 interface to detect/send alarm signals.
CT3 Interface view
alarm-threshold
Use the alarm-threshold command to configure the alarm thresholds on the CT1/PRI interface as needed.
algorithm-suite
Use the algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite used when a client registers.
Dvpn-Class view
allow l2tp
Use the allow l2tp command to specify the name of the peer end of the tunnel on receiving call and the
Virtual-Template it uses.
L2TP Group view
annexg
Use the annexg command to enable T1.617 Annext G on the frame relay interface for data transmission.
DLCI view
ani
Use the ani command to enable or disable the terminating point to send the calling party information
(service category and calling number) to the originating point during call connecting process.
R2 CAS view
Command Reference
ani-offset
Use the ani-offset command to configure the number of digits of the called number to be collected prior
to requesting the calling party information.
R2 CAS view
answer
Use the answer command to configure whether the terminating point is required to send answer signal.
R2 CAS view
apply access-vpn vpn-instance
Use the apply access-vpn vpn-instance command to specify to search private network forwarding routes
in vpn-name1, vpn-name2, vpn-name3, vpn-name4, vpn-name5, vpn-name6 (if they all
exist) and forward packets after policy routing is enabled to satisfy route-policy.
Route-Policy view
apply as-path
Use the apply as-path command to specify the AS numbers to be added in front of the original AS path in
route-policy.
Routing Policy view
apply community
Use the apply community command to set BGP community attributes in route-policy.
Routing Policy view
apply cost
Use the apply cost command to set the route cost value of route information.
Routing Policy view
apply cost-type
Use the apply cost-type command to set the route cost type of route information.
Routing Policy view
Use the apply default output-interface command to set default forwarding interface for packets.
Route-Policy view
apply ip-address
Use the apply ip-address command to set the next hop address of route information.
Routing Policy view
Use the apply ip-address default next-hop command to set the default next hop of a packet.
Route-Policy view
apply ip-address next-hop (for Multicast Policy Routing)
Use the apply ip-address command to configure the next hop IP address list in a route-node.
Route-Policy view
Use the apply ip-address next-hop command to set the packet next hop.
Route-Policy view
apply ip-dscp
Use the apply ip-dscp command to configure to modify the packet DSCP value matching the policy.
Route-Policy view
apply ip-precedence
Use the apply ip-precedence command to set precedence of IP packets.
Route-Policy view
apply isis
Use the apply isis command to apply the level of a matched route to be redistributed to Level-1, Level-2
or Level-1-2.
Routing Policy view
Use the apply local-preference command to apply the local preference of route information.
Routing Policy view
apply mpls-label
Use the apply mpls-label command to assign MPLS labels for public network routes that match
route-policy filter conditions.
Route-Policy view
Command Reference
apply origin
Use the apply origin command to set the routing source of BGP routing information.
Routing Policy view
Use the apply output-interface command to configure an outgoing interface list in a route-node.
Route-Policy view
Use the apply output-interface command to set a packet forwarding interface.
Route-Policy view
apply policy outbound
Use the apply policy outbound command to set the frame relay virtual circuit queuing to CBQ
(Class-Based Queuing).
apply tag
Use the apply tag command to set the tag area of OSPF route information.
Routing Policy view
area
Use the area command to enter OSPF area view.
OSPF view
OSPF Area view
area
Use the area command to configure the type of busy tone detection for FXO voice subscriber-line.
Voice Subscriber-line view
area-authentication-mode
Use the area-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS to authenticate the received Level-1
routing information packets (LSP, CSNP and PSNP), according to the pre-defined mode and password.
IS-IS view
area-id (Voice Entity view)
Use the area-id command to configure the area ID of voice GW.
Voice Entity view
area-id (Voice GK Client view)
Use the area-id command to configure the H.323 gateway area ID.
arp check enable
Use the arp check enable command to enable ARP entry check to have the device not learn the ARP
entries with broadcast MAC addresses.
System view
arp-proxy enable
Use the arp-proxy enable command to enable proxy ARP on an interface.
Ethernet interface view
arp security
Use the arp security command to disable dynamic ARP learning on an Ethernet interface.
arp security time-out
Use the arp security time-out command to configure the aging time of the authorized ARP entries.
arp send-gratuitous-arp
Use the arp send-gratuitous-arp command to enable sending gratuitous ARP packet on this interface
periodically and set the sending period.
Ethernet Subinterface view
Gigabit Ethernet Interface view
Gigabit Ethernet Subinterface view
Virtual Ethernet interface view
VLAN Interface view
arp static
Use the arp static command to configure ARP mapping table.
System view
Command Reference
arp timer aging
Use the arp timer aging command to set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries.
System view
asbr-summary
Use the asbr-summary command to configure summarization of redistributed routes by OSPF.
OSPF view
ascii
Use the ascii command to set the type of the transmitted data to ASCII.
FTP Client view
aspf-policy
Use the aspf-policy command to define an ASPF policy. For a defined policy, the policy can be invoked
through its policy number.
System view
async mode
Use the async mode command to set the operating mode of the asynchronous serial interface.
AUX Interface view
AM Interface view
async mode padpos
Use the async mode padpos command to configure a POSPAD access port.
AUX Interface view
async mode pos
Use the async mode pos pos-number command to create a POS access port in nontransparent
transmission and permanent TCP connection mode.
AM Interface view
FCM Interface view
AUX Interface view
async mode posapp
Use the async mode posapp command to configure the interface to operate in POS application mode.
AUX Interface view
atm-class
Use the atm-class command to apply a set of parameters (which are defined in ATM-Class) to an ATM
interface or a PVC.
Interface view
PVC view
atm class
Use the atm class command to create an ATM-Class and enter the ATM-Class view.
System view
atm-ctt
Use the atm-ctt command to set all interfaces on a board to transparent transmission.
ATM Interface view
atm-link check
Use the atm-link check command to have the protocol state of the ATM P2P subinterface changes
depending on whether the physical interface is up and whether a PVC is configured on the subinterface.
ATM P2P Subinterface view
authentication
Use the authentication command to configure an authentication scheme for the current ISP domain.
ISP Domain view
authentication
Use the authentication command to set the IP address, port number and shared key for the primary and
secondary RADIUS authentication servers.
RADIUS Scheme view
authentication
secondary TACACS+authentication servers.
TACACS+ view
Command Reference
authentication
Use the authentication command to enable user authentication and authorization for the access service
number.
authentication
secondary TACACS+authentication servers.
TACACS+ view
Use the authentication-algorithm command to select the authentication algorithm for an IKE proposal.
IKE Proposal view
authentication-client method
Use the authentication-client method command to specify how the DVPN server that applies the DVPN
policy authenticates clients. None, CHAP, and PAP are currently available.
Dvpn-Policy view
authentication-did
Use the authentication-did command to enable authentication for all one-stage dial (direct dial) users.
Voice AAA view
authentication-method
Use the authentication-method command to select the authentication method used by an IKE proposal.
IKE Proposal view
authentication-mode
Use the authentication-mode command to set the authentication mode at login.
Use the authentication-mode none command to set the authentication mode to none, that is, no
authentication at login.
User Interface view
authentication-mode
Use the authentication-mode command to configure one area of OSPF to support the authentication
attribute.
OSPF Area view
authentication-server method
Use the authentication-server method command to specify a client whether or not to authenticates the
DVPN server it accesses.
Dvpn-Class view
authentication super hwtacacs-scheme
Use the authentication super hwtacacs-scheme command to configure super authentication scheme for
a domain.
ISP Domain view
authorization
Use the authorization command to configure an authorization scheme for the current ISP domain.
ISP Domain view
authorization
Use the authorization command to set the IP address, port number and shared key for the primary and
secondary TACACS+authorization servers.
TACACS+ view
authorization-level
Use the authorization-level command to configure a local caller authorization level for the voice entity.
Voice Entity view
auto-config
Use the auto-config command to implement the auto-config operation.
System view
auto-config enable
Use the auto-config enable command to enable auto-config.
System view
auto-execute command
Use the auto-execute command command to set a command to be automatically executed.
User Interface view
Command Reference
balance
Use the balance command to configure the number of routes participating in BGP load balancing.
BGP view
band-based-sharing
Use the band-based-sharing command to enable bandwidth-based unbalanced load sharing.
System view
baudrate
Use the baudrate command to set the baud rate of a serial interface.
bert
Use the bert command to set test error bit for line Bit.
CE3 interface view
bert (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the bert command to start a BERT test on the CT1/PRI interface.
bert (CT3 Interface)
Use the bert command to start a BERT test on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
bgp
Use the bgp command to enable BGP and enter the BGP view.
System view
This command is used to enable and disable BGP as well as to specify the local AS number of BGP.
bims boot request
Use the bims boot request command to enable the BIMS device to access the branch intelligent
management system (BIMS) center at startup.
System view
bims device-id string
Use the bims device-id command to configure the unique identifier of the BIMS device at the BIMS center.
System view
bims enable
Use the bims enable command to enable BIMS.
System view
bims interval
Use the bims interval command to configure the interval for accessing the BIMS center. When the interval
is set to 0, the BIMS device does not access the BIMS center regularly.
System view
bims ip address
Use the bims ip address command to configure the IP address and port number of the BIMS center.
System view
bims request
Use the bims request command to have the BIMS device access the BIMS center.
System view
bims-server
Use the bims-server command to enable and configure BIMS option for a global address pool on the
DHCP server.
bims sharekey
Use the bims sharekey command to configure the shared key between the BIMS device and the BIMS
center.
System view
bims source ip-address
Use the bims source ip-address command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the
BIMS device. It can be the IP address of a port on the router.
System view
bims specify-time
Use the bims specify-time command to configure the BIMS device to access the BIMS center at the
specified time and if desired, configure the device to access the BIMS center at regular intervals from then
on during a specified period.
System view
Command Reference
binary
Use the binary command to set data type to binary for file transfer.
FTP Client view
boot bootrom
Use the boot bootrom command to upgrade BootRom.
System view
boot bootrom
Use the boot bootrom command to upgrade BootRom.
System view
bootfile backup
Use the bootfile backup command to specify the backup boot file.
System view
bootfile dir
Use the bootfile dir command to view information about all the boot files in the Flash, including file type,
date, time, file size, and file name.
System view
bootfile main
Use the bootfile main command to specify the main boot file.
System view
bridge aging-time
Use the bridge aging-time command to configure the aging time of the dynamic address table.
System view
bridge bridge-set enable
Use the bridge bridge-set enable command to enable the specified bridge set.
System view
bridge bridging
Use the bridge bridging command to enable the bridging function of a network layer protocol on a
specified bridge set.
System view
bridge enable
Use the bridge enable command to enable the bridging function.
System view
bridge learning
Use the bridge learning command to enable forwarding by dynamic address table.
System view
bridge mac-address
Use the bridge mac-address command to manually configure a static address table entry of bridge.
System view
bridge routing
Use the bridge routing command to enable the routing function of a specified bridge-set for the specified
network protocol.
System view
bridge routing-enable
Use the bridge routing-enable command to enable the routing function of the bridge.
System view
bridge-set
Use the bridge set command to add an interface to a bridge set.
Interface view
bridge-set (Ethernet Interface view)
Use the bridge-set (in the Ethernet Interface view) command to add the Ethernet interface into the
bridge.
bridge set (Synchronous Serial Interface view)
Use the bridge-set (in Synchronous serial interface system view) command to add the
synchronous serial interface encapsulated into SDLC into the bridge group.
Command Reference
bridge-set stp enable
Use the bridge-set stp enable command to disable STP on the port.
Interface view
bridge-set stp port pathcost
Use the bridge-set stp port pathcost command to configure the path cost of the bridge port.
Interface view
bridge-set stp port priority
Use the bridge-set stp port priority command to configure the priority of the bridge port.
Interface view
bridge stp ieee
Use the bridge stp ieee command to specify a bridge set to support IEEE STP.
System view
bridge stp max-age
Use the bridge stp max-age command to set the Max Age timer on the bridge.
System view
bridge stp priority
Use the bridge stp priority command to assign a priority to the bridge.
System view
bridge stp timer forward-delay
Use the bridge stp timer forward-delay command to set the Forward Delay timer on the bridge.
System view
bridge stp timer hello
Use the bridge stp timer hello command to set the Hello Time timer on the bridge.
System view
bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable
Use the bridge vlanid-transparent-transmit enable command to enable VLAN ID transparent
transmission.
Interface view
broadcast-limit link
Use the broadcast-limit link command to configure the maximum number of links that the virtual
template supports for sending multicast or broadcast packets.
Virtual Template view
broadcast suppression
Use the broadcast-suppression command to restrict the broadcast traffic size on the port.
Ethernet Port view
bsr-policy
Use the bsr-policy command to restrict the range for valid BSR, preventing BSR spoofing.
PIM view
bump
Use the bump command to configure the standby PVC that will take over when a specified PVC goes down.
ATM Pvc-Group view
busytone-t-th
Use the busytone-t-th command to configure the threshold of busy tone detection.
bye
Use the bye command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view.
FTP Client view
bye
Use the bye command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as
you would with the exit and quit commands.
SFTP Client view
c-bsr
Use the c-bsr command to configure a candidate BSR.
PIM view
c-rp
Use the c-rp command to configure the router to advertise itself as a candidate RP to BSR.
PIM view
Command Reference
ca identifier
Use the ca identifier command to specify the CA this device trusts and have the "name" CA bound with
this device.
PKI Domain view
cable
Use the cable command to set the cable length matching the CE1/PRI interface.
cable
Use the cable command to set the cable length of the ATM E1 interface.
cable
Use the cable command to configure the cable mode of ATM T3 cable, i.e., to set the distance between the
router and the cable distribution frame.
ATM T3 Interface view
cable (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the cable command to set cable attenuation and length on a CT1/PRI interface to match the distance
of the transmission line.
cable (CT3 Interface)
Use the cable command to configure the length of the cable with which a CT3 interface is connected.
CT3 Interface view
cache-sa-enable
Use the cache-sa-enable command to enable the router to cache SA state.
MSDP view
call-mode
Use the call-mode command to configure a call-mode for calls between local router and peer router.
Voice Entity view
callednumber receive-method
Use the callednumber receive-method command to enable the device to place a call immediately after all
digits of the called number are collected or after a pound sign (#), the terminator, is received.
caller-permit
Use the caller-permit command to configure the calling numbers that are permitted to call in.
Voice Entity view
car
Use the car command to configure traffic monitoring for a behavior.
card-digit
Use the card-digit command to configure the number of digits in a card number for an access service
number.
cas
Use the cas command to enter the R2 CAS view and digital E&M Signaling view.
cbs
Use the cbs command to set the committed burst size of frame relay virtual circuit.
ccc interface out-interface
Use the ccc interface out-interface command to create a local CCC connection.
System view
ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp
Use the ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp command to create a remote CCC connection.
System view
cd
Use the cd command to change the current path on the SFTP server. If you do not specify the remote-path
argument, the current path is displayed.
SFTP Client view
Command Reference
cd
Use the cd command to change the current working directory of the user to the specified directory.
User view
cd
Use the cd command to change the current working directory path on the remote FTP server.
FTP Client view
cdr
Use the cdr command to configure the saving rule for call detail record.
Voice AAA view
cdup
Use the cdup command to quit to the upper directory.
SFTP Client view
cdup
Use the cdup command to return from the current working directory path to the upper directory.
FTP Client view
ce
Use the ce command to create a CE or modify the CE range.
MPLS L2VPN view
cell-packing
Use the cell-packing command to set the maximum number of cells to be packed in one PVC.
PVC view
certificate request entity
Use the certificate request entity command to specify the name of the entity for certificate request.
PKI Domain view
certificate request from
Use the certificate request from command to choose between CA and RA to register for certificate
request.
PKI Domain view
certificate request mode
Use the certificate request mode command to decide between the manual or the auto request mode.
PKI Domain view
Use the certificate request polling command to specify the interval between two polls and the retry
times.
PKI Domain view
certificate request url
Use the certificate request url command to specify the server URL for certificate request through
SCEP protocol. SCEP is a protocol specialized in the communication with authentication authorities.
PKI Domain view
channel
Use the channel command to add X.25 interface or XOT channel of one serial port to the current hunt group.
X.25 Hunt Group view
channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the channel-set command to bundle some timeslots of a CE1/PRI interface into a channel-set.
channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the channel-set command to bundle timeslots on the CT1/PRI interface into a channel-set.
channel-set timeslot
Use the channel-set timeslot command to configure a B channel for leased line service.
checkzero
Use the checkzero command to check the zero field of RIP-1 packet.
RIP view
cid display
Use the cid display command to enable caller identification display.
Command Reference
cid enable
Use the cid enable command to enable CID on the FXO interface.
cid select-mode
Use the cid select-mode command to configure the route selection mode used by the calling party to set
up VoFR calls.
DLCI view
cid send
Use the cid send command to enable the FXO or FXS module to send calling numbers to the IP side.
cid type
Use the cid type command to configure the format of transmitted information about the calling party.
cir
Use the cir command to set the CIR of frame relay virtual circuit.
cir allow
Use the cir allow command to set the CIR ALLOW of frame relay virtual circuit.
classifier behavior
Use the classifier behavior command to specify the behavior for the class in the policy.
Policy view
clear-forward-ack
Use the clear-forward-ack command to enable or disable the terminating point to respond by sending a
clear-back signal when the originating point (calling party) disconnects a call.
R2 CAS view
clns enable
Use the clns enable command to enable CLNS.
System view
clns erpacket enable
Use the clns erpacket enable command to enable generation of error report packets.
System view
clns erpacket interval
Use the clns erpacket interval command to set the minimum interval to generate two successive error
report packets.
System view
clns es-peer
Use the clns es-peer command to configure a static neighboring ES.
System view
clns net
Use the clns net command to assign an NET address to the IS.
System view
clns rdpacket enable
Use the clns rdpacket enable command to enable the router to send RD packets.
System view
clns rdpacket interval
Use the clns rdpacket interval command to set the minimum interval to generate RD packets.
System view
clns route-static
Use the clns route-static command to configure a static OSI route.
System view
clns timer rdpacket holding
Use the clns timer rdpacket holding command to set the holding time of the information a RD packet
carries.
System view
clock
Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the ATM E1/T1 interface.
Command Reference
clock
Use the clock command to set the clock mode of ATM E3/T3 interface.
ATM E3/T3 Interface view.
clock
Use the clock command to set the clock mode on an ATM interface.
ATM Interface view
clock
Use the clock command to specify ATM interface to use internal transmission clock signal.
clock
Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the CPOS interface.
CPOS Interface view
clock
Use the clock command to set the clock mode of the POS interface.
POS Interface view
clock (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the clock command to set the clock mode on a CE1/PRI interface.
clock (CE3 Interface)
CE3 Interface view
clock (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the clock command to set clocking on the CT1/PRI interface.
clock (CT3 Interface)
Use the clock command to set the clock mode on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
Use the clock command to set clock selection mode for a synchronous serial interface.
Serial intervace view
clock datetime
Use the clock datetime command to set the current time and date of the router.
System view
clock summer-time
Use the clock summer-time command to set the name, and starting and ending time of the daylight saving
time.
System view
clock timezone
Use the clock timezone command to set local time zone information.
System view
close
Use the close command to terminate the connection to the remote FTP server, but remain in FTP client
view.
FTP Client view
cng-on
Use the cng-on command to enable comfort noise function.
cngced-detection
Use the cngced-detection command to set the threshold parameters for CNG/CED signal detection.
code (CEI/PRI Interface)
Use the code command to set the line code format for a CE1/PRI interface.
code (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the code command to set the line code format on the CT1/PRI interface.
Command Reference
code nrzi
Use the code nrzi command to set the digital signal coding format to None-Return-to-Zero-Inverse (NRZI)
for a synchronous serial interface.
code nrzi
Use the code nrzi command to configure the NRZI encoding of the synchronous serial port.
Synchronous Serial Interface System view
command-alias enable
Use the command-alias enable command to enable the command alias function.
System view
command-alias mapping
Use the command-alias mapping command to map an alias to a keyword.
System view
command-privilege
Use the command-privilege level command to assign a command level to the commands in a specified
view.
System view
common-name
Use the common-name command to specify the common name of an entity, take User name for example.
PKI Entity view
compare-different-as-med
Use the compare-different-as-med command to enable comparison of MED values of routes from
neighbors residing in different ASs when determining the best route.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
compression
Use the compression command to configure the voice coding method according to priority level.
Voice Entity view
confederation id
Use the confederation id command to configure confederation identifier.
BGP view
confederation nonstandard
Use the confederation nonstandard command, the router can be compatible with the AS confederation
not adopting RFC1965.
BGP view
Use the confederation peer-as command to specify the sub-ASs constituting a confederation.
BGP view
congestion-threshold
Use the congestion-threshold command to enable congestion management function of frame relay virtual
circuit.
connection
Use the connection command to create a CE connection.
MPLS L2VPN CE view
connection-limit default
Use the connection-limit default command to configure the action when the limit policy is not available.
System view
connection-limit default amount
Use the connection-limit default amount command to set default threshold for connection limit.
System view
connection-limit enable
Use the connection-limit enable command to enable the connection limit function.
System view
connection-limit policy
Use the connection-limit policy command to create connection limit policy and enter its view.
System view
Command Reference
controller cpos
Use the controller cpos command to enter CPOS interface view.
System view
controller e1
Use the controller e1 command to enter CE1/PRI interface view.
System view
controller e3
Use the controller e3 command to enter the CE3 interface view.
System view
controller t1
Use the controller t1 command to enter a CT1/PRI interface view.
System view
controller t3
Use the controller t3 command to enter the CT3 interface view.
System view
copy
Use the copy command to copy a file.
User view
cost-style
Use the cost-style command to set the cost type of an IS-IS packet received/sent by the router.
IS-IS view
count
Use the count command to configure the number of packets to be sent for each test.
country
Use the country command to specify the code of the country to which the entity belongs. It is a standard
2-byte code, e.g., CN for China.
PKI Entity view
country-code
Use the country-code command to configure the coding format of the modem connected to the serial
interface.
Asynchronous Serial Interface view,
AM Interface view
cptone
Use the cptone command to set the prompt tone played on the current voice subscriber-line to the specified
country mode.
cpu-usage cycle
Use the cpu-usage cycle command to set the CPU usage statistic interval.
System view
crc
Use the crc command to set the CRC length on the POS interface.
POS Interface view
crc
Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CE1.
crc
Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CE3.
crc
Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CT1.
crc
Use the crc command to configure CRC mode of the serial interface formed by CT3.
crl check disable
Use the crl check disable command to disable CRL checking.
PKI Domain view
Command Reference
crl update-period
Use the crl update-period command to specify the update period of CRL, which is the interval between
local downloads of CRLs from CRL access server.
PKI Domain view
crl url
Use the crl url command to specify the distribution point URL for CRL.
PKI Domain view
crp-policy
Use the crp-policy command to restrict the range for valid C-RP and the group range served by each
C-RP, preventing C-RP cheating.
PIM view
ct1 alarm
Use the t1 alarm command to enable the specified T1 line on the CT3 interface to detect/send alarm
signals.
CT3 Interface view
dampening
Use the dampening command to make BGP route dampening valid or modify various BGP route dampening
parameters.
BGP view
data algorithm-suite
Use the data algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite used by IPSec SA (security
association) to forward data.
Dvpn-Policy view
data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the data-coding normal command to disable user data inversion on the CT1/PRI interface.
Use the data-coding inverted command to enable user data inversion on the CT1/PRI interface.
data-flow-format
Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit in which data flows are sent to a RADIUS Server.
RADIUS view
data-flow-format
Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit of data flows sent to the TACACS server.
TACACS+ view
data ipsec-sa duration time-base
Use the data ipsec-sa duration time-base command to set the lifetime of the IPSec SA used to encrypt
DVPN data.
Dvpn-Policy view
databits
Use the databits command to set data bits on the user interface.
User Interface view
datafill
Use the datafill command to configure the data for padding test packets.
datasize
Use the datasize command to configure the size of test packets.
datetime local
Use the datetime local command to configure the Datetime information element in the Connect message
to use local time in an ISDN call.
PRI and BSV Voice Interface Voice Subscriber Line view
ddns domainname
Use the ddns domainname command to configure a domain name whose domain name-to-IP address
mapping on DNS needs update by using the service of the DDNS service provider.
ddns password
Use the ddns password command to configure a password for accessing the DDNS service provider.
Command Reference
ddns refresh
Use the ddns refresh command to request the DDNS service provider to notify the DNS server that the
bound IP address of the domain name specified by the ddns domainname command has changed.
ddns server
Use the ddns-server command to specify a DDNS service provider and enter its view. At present, only
3322.org is available.
System view
ddns source interface
Use the ddns source-interface command to configure the interface used for accessing the DDNS service
provider.
ddns username
Use the ddns username command to configure a user name for accessing the DDNS service provider.
debugging
Use the debugging command to enable debugging.
FTP Client view
debugging
Use the debugging command to enable system debugging.
User view
debugging l2tp
Use the debugging l2tp command to enable L2TP debugging.
System view
debugging arp packet
Use the debugging arp packet command to enable ARP packets debugging.
User view
debugging aspf
Use the debugging aspf command to enable ASPF debugging function.
User view
debugging atm all
Use the debugging atm all command to enable all the debugging switches of ATM.
User view
debugging atm error
Use the debugging atm error command to enable the error debugging of ATM.
User view
debugging atm event
Use the debugging atm event command to enable the event debugging of ATM.
User view
Use the debugging atm packet command to enable the packet debugging of ATM.
User view
debugging bgp
Use the debugging bgp command to enable debugging of specified BGP packets and events.
User view
debugging bgp mp-update
Use the debugging bgp mp-update command to enable MBGP Update packet debugging.
User view
debugging bims all
Use the debugging bims all command to enable BIMS debugging.
User view
debugging bridge
Use the debugging bridge command to enable the debugging function of a bridge set.
User view
debugging clns clnp
Use the debugging clns clnp command to enable debugging for CLNS packets to display the contents of
all received/transmitted CLNP packets.
User view
Command Reference
debugging clns echo
Use the debugging clns echo command to enable debugging for Echo packets.
User view
debugging clns rd
Use the debugging clns rd command to enable debugging for RD packets.
User view
debugging clns routing
Use the debugging clns routing command to enable debugging for Layer 3 routing tables.
User view
debugging connection-limit
Use the debugging connection-limit command to enable connection limit debugging.
User view
debugging detect-group
Use the debugging detect-group command to enable auto detect debugging.
User view
debugging dhcp client
Use the debugging dhcp client command to enable debugging on the DHCP client.
User view
debugging dhcp relay
Use the debugging dhcp relay command to enable debugging on the DHCP-relay module.
User view
debugging dhcp server
Use the debugging dhcp server command to enable debugging on the DHCP server.
User view
debugging dialer
Use the debugging dialer command to enable DCC debugging.
System view
debugging dlsw
Use the debugging dlsw command to enable DLSw debugging.
User view
debugging dlsw ethernet-backup
Use the debugging dlsw ethernet-backup command to enable debugging for DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
User view
debugging dlsw filter
Use the debugging dlsw filter command to enable debugging for DLSw filtering.
User view
debugging dlsw packet
Use the debugging dlsw packet command to enable SSP packet debugging for DLSw.
User view
debugging dlsw reachable-cache
Use the debugging dlsw reachable-cache command to enable DLSw reachability debugging.
User view
debugging dlsw udp
Use the debugging dlsw udp command to enable UDP packet debugging for DLSw.
User view
debugging dns
Use the debugging dns command to enable DNS client debugging.
User view
debugging dvpn
Use the debugging dvpn command to enable DVPN debugging.
User view
debugging encrypt-card
Use the debugging encrypt-card command to enable debugging on the specified or all encryption cards.
User view
Command Reference
debugging esis
Use the debugging esis event command to enable debugging for ES-IS protocol-related events. You can
display event information using this command, such as changes of neighbor states, entries in Level 0
routing table, and interface states.
Use the debugging esis packet command to enable debugging for ES-IS packets. You display information
about received/transmitted ES-IS packets, such as packet size, packet type, packet HT, and Layer 2 and
Layer 3 address.
User view
debugging firewall
Use the debugging firewall command to enable the information debugging of the firewall packet filtering.
User view
debugging fr
Use the debugging fr command to enable frame relay information debugging.
User view
debugging fr compress
Use the debugging fr compress command to enable FRF9 IPHC debugging of frame relay.
User view
debugging fr compression
Use the debugging fr compression iphc command to enable FRF20 IPHC debugging of frame relay.
User view
debugging fr pvc-group
Use the debugging fr pvc-group command to enable debugging for the specified PVC group or all PVC
groups.
User view
debugging hdlc clns
Use the debugging hdlc clns command to enable debugging for HDLC OSI packets.
User view
debugging hwatacs
Use the debugging hwtacacs command to enable TACACS+debugging.
User view
debugging hwping
Use the debugging hwping command to enable HWPing debugging.
User view
debugging igmp
Use the debugging igmp command to enable IGMP debugging functions.
User view
debugging ike
Use the debugging ike command to enable IKE debugging.
User view
debugging ike dpd
Use the debugging ike dpd command to enable IKE DPD debugging.
User view
debugging ip
Use the debugging ip icmp command to enable the ICMP debugging.
User view
debugging ip count
Use the debugging ip count command to enable debugging for the IP Accounting module (the IP
Accounting).
User view
debugging ip multicast-policy
Use the debugging ip multicast-policy command to enable the debugging of IP multicast policy routing.
User view
debugging ip netstream
Use the debugging ip netstream command to enable NetStream debugging.
User view
debugging ip urpf
Use the debugging ip urpf command to display the information on the rejected packets by URPF.
User view
Command Reference
debugging ipsec
Use the debugging ipsec command to turn IPSec debugging on.
User view
debugging ipx packet
Use the debugging ipx packet command to enable IPX packet debugging switch to view the contents of
IPX packet received and transmitted.
User view
debugging ipx ping
Use the debugging ipx ping command to enable IPX Ping packet debugging switch to view the contents
of Ping packet received and transmitted.
User view
debugging ipx rip
Use the debugging ipx rip command to enable RIP debugging switch to view information on RIP packet
received and transmitted, routing changes and timer expiry.
User view
debugging ipx rtpro-flash
Use the debugging ipx rtpro-flash command to turn on the debugging switch of route refreshing in the
IPXRM module.
User view
debugging ipx rtpro-interface
Use the debugging ipx rtpro-interface command to turn on the debugging switch of interface change
in the IPXRM module.
User view
debugging ipx rtpro-routing
Use the debugging ipx rtpro-routing command to turn on the debugging switch of route change in the
IPXRM module.
User view
debugging ipx sap
Use the debugging ipx sap command to enable IPX SAP debugging switch to view information on SAP
packet received and transmitted, routing changes and timer expiry.
User view
debugging isdn
Use the debugging isdn command to enable ISDN debugging.
User view
debugging isis
Use the debugging isis command to enable IS-IS debugging.
User view
debugging isis es-adjacency
Use the debugging isis es-adjacency command to enable debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events
occur on neighboring ESs.
User view
debugging isis is-adjacency
Use the debugging isis is-adjacency command to enable debugging for IS-IS protocol-related events
occur on neighboring ISs.
User view
debugging lapd
Use the debugging lapb command to enable LAPB debugging.
User view
debugging llc2
Use the debugging llc2 command to enable the LLC2 debugging.
User view
debugging llc2 packet
Use the debugging llc2 packet command to enable U frame debugging for LLC2.
User view
debugging local-server
Use the debugging local-server command to enable debugging for the local RADIUS authentication
server.
User view
Command Reference
debugging mobile-ip advertise
Use the debugging mobile-ip advertise command to enable debugging for mobility agent
advertisements.
User view
debugging mobile-ip mobile-router
Use the debugging mobile-ip mobile-route command to enable debugging for an MR.
User view
debugging mobile-ip node
Use the debugging mobile-ip node command to enable debugging for MIP packets and events.
User view
debugging modem
Use the debugging modem command to enable Modem debugging.
User view
debugging mpls l2vpn
Use the debugging mpls l2vpn command to view L2VPN link information.
User view
debugging mpls ldp
Use the debugging ldp command to enable debugging of LDP messages.
User view
debugging mpls lspm
Use the debugging mpls lspm command to enable various LSP debugging.
User view
debugging msdp
Use the debugging msdp command to enable MSDP debugging functions.
User view
debugging multicast forwarding
Use the debugging multicast forwarding command to enable multicast packet forwarding debugging
functions.
User view
debugging multicast kernel-routing
Use the debugging multicast kernel-routing command to enable multicast kernel routing debugging
functions.
User view
debugging multicast status-forwarding
Use the debugging multicast status-forwarding command to enable multicast forwarding status
debugging functions.
User view
debugging nat
Use the debugging nat command to enable the NAT debugging function.
User view
debugging ntp-service
Use the debugging ntp-service command to enable NTP service debugging.
User view
debugging ospf
Use the debugging ospf command to enable OSPF debugging.
User view
debugging pad
Use the debugging pad command to enable PAD debugging.
User view
debugging physical
Use the debugging physical command to enable debugging of the physical module on the specified
interface.
User view
debugging pim common
Use the debugging pim common command to enable common PIM debugging functions.
User view
debugging pim dm
Use the debugging pim dm command to enable PIM-DM debugging functions.
User view
Command Reference
debugging pim sm
Use the debugging pim sm command to enable PIM-SM debugging functions.
User view
debugging pki
Use the debugging pki command to enable PKI debugging functions.
Any view
debugging portal
Use the debugging portal command to enable portal debugging.
User view
debugging pos
Use the debugging pos event command to enable event debugging for the POS access service.
Use the debugging pos error command to enable error debugging for the POS access service.
Use the debugging pos packet command to enable packet debugging for the POS access service.
Use the debugging pos all command to enable all debugging for the POS access service.
User view
debugging pos-app
Use the debugging pos-app command to enable debugging for the specified or all POS applications.
User view
debugging pos-interface
Use the debugging pos-interface command to enable debugging for the specified or all POS access
ports.
User view
debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp }
Use the debugging ppp { all | cbcp | ccp | scp } command to enable PPP related cbcp, ccp, scp or
all debugging.
User view
debugging ppp { chap | pap }
Use the debugging ppp { chap | pap } command to enable PPP related CHAP or PAP debugging.
User view
debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp }
Use the debugging ppp { core | ip | ipcp | lcp | lqc | mp } command to enable PPP related core,
ip, ipcp, lcp, lqc or mp debugging.
User view
debugging ppp compression iphc rtp
Use the debugging ppp compression iphc rtp command to view debugging information about
IP/UDP/RTP header compression in IP header compression.
User view
debugging ppp compression iphc tcp
Use the debugging ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the single packet information of the
IP/TCP header compression.
User view
debugging pppoe-client
The command debugging pppoe-client is used to enable PPPoE Client debugging switch.
User view
debugging pppofr
Use the debugging pppofr command to enable PPPoFR debugging.
User view
debugging qllc
Use the debugging qllc command to enable QLLC debugging.
User view
debugging radius
Use the debugging radius command to enable RADIUS debugging.
User view
debugging rip
Use the debugging rip command to enable RIP debugging.
User view
Command Reference
debugging rlogin
Use the debugging rlogin command to enable remote login (rlogin) debugging.
User view
debugging rsh
Use the debugging rsh command to enable RSH debugging.
User View
debugging sdlc
Use the debugging sdlc command to enable the SDLC debugging.
User view
debugging slip
Use the debugging slip command to enable the debugging switch of the SLIP protocol.
User view
debugging snmp-agent
Use the debugging snmp-agent command to enable SNMP agent debugging and specify the information
to be output.
User view
debugging standby event
Use the debugging standby event command to enable debugging of the backup center.
User view
debugging stp
Use the debugging stp command to enable STP debugging.
User view
debugging ssh client
Use the debugging ssh client command to enable SSH client debugging.
User view
debugging ssh server
Use the debugging ssh server command to output information such as the negotiation process regulated
by SSH1.5 protocol to information center as debugging formation and to debug a user interface separately.
User view
debugging tcp event
Use the debugging tcp event command to enable TCP events debugging.
User view
debugging tcp md5
Use the debugging tcp md5 command to enable the MD5 authentication debugging of the TCP connection.
User view
debugging tcp packet
Use the debugging tcp packet command to enable the debugging of TCP connection. The number of
debugging switches users can enable is limited, that is, at the same time only a fixed number of debugging
switches can be enabled (combination of task ID and socket ID).
User view
debugging telnet
Use the debugging telnet command to enable Telnet connection debugging.
User view
debugging tunnel
Use the debugging tunnel command to enable tunnel debugging.
User view
debugging tftp-server
Use the debugging tftp-server command to enable TFTP server debugging.
User view
debugging udp-helper
Use the debugging udp-helper command to enable UDP Helper debugging.
User view
debugging udp packet
Use the debugging udp packet command to enable the debugging of UDP connection.
User view
debugging voice cm
Use the debugging voice cm command to enable debugging for CM.
User view
Command Reference
debugging voice data-flow
Use the debugging voice data-flow command to enable debugging for voice data processes.
User view
debugging voice dpl
Use the debugging voice dpl command to enable the debugging of voice dial program.
User view
debugging voice fax
Use the debugging voice fax command to enable fax debugging.
User view
Use the debugging voice h225 command to enable debugging for the H.225.0 negotiation messages or
events.
User view
Use the debugging voice h245 command to enable debugging for the H.245 negotiation messages or
events.
User view
debugging voice ipp
Use the debugging voice ipp command to enable H.323 recommendation suite module debugging.
User view
debugging voice r2
Use the debugging voice r2 command to enable the corresponding debugging in R2 signaling module.
Use the debugging voice r2 ccb command to view the information of the corresponding control block by
specifying the E1 port number and time slot number.
User view
debugging voice ras
Use the debugging voice ras command to enable the debugging information output switch of RAS
messages interacted between GK Client and GK Server.
User view
debugging voice rcv
Use the debugging voice rcv command to enable the debugging of the RCV module.
User view
debugging voice rcv r2
Use the debugging voice rcv r2 command to enable the debugging between the RCV module and the
R2 module of bottom layer.
User view
debugging voice sip
Use the debugging voice sip command to enable SIP debugging.
User view
debugging voice sip rm
Use the debugging voice sip rm command to enable debugging for RM module.
User view
debugging voice sip sm
Use the debugging voice sip cm command to enable debugging for SM module.
User view
debugging voice vas
Use the debugging voice vas command to enable the VAS module debugging.
User view
debugging voice vas fax
Use the debugging voice vas fax command to enable the debugging of fax data access between the VAS
module and voice card.
User view
debugging voice vcc
Use the debugging voice vcc command to enable the debugging at various levels of the VCC module.
User view
debugging voice vmib
Use the debugging voice vmib command to enable the voice MIB module debugging.
User view
Command Reference
debugging voice vofr
Use the debugging voice vofr command to enable VoFR module debugging.
User view
debugging voice vpp
Use the debugging voice vpp command to enable the debugging of the VPP module.
User view
debugging voice vpp r2
Use the debugging voice vpp r2 command to enable the debugging between the VPP module and the
R2 module of bottom layer.
User view
debugging vrrp
Use the debugging vrrp command to enable VRRP debugging.
User view
debugging vty
Use the debugging vty command to enable VTY debugging.
User view
debugging web java-blocking
Use the debugging web java-blocking command to enable J ava blocking debugging.
User view
debugging web url-filter host
Use the debugging web url-filter host command to enable the URL address filtering debugging.
User view
debugging web url-filter parameter
Use the debugging web url-filter parameter command to enable the URL parameter filtering
debugging.
User view
debugging x25
Use the debugging x25 command to enable X.25 debugging.
User view
debugging x25 x2t
Use the debugging x25 x2t command to enable X2T debugging.
System view
debugging x25 xot
Use the debugging x25 xot command to enable XOT debugging
User view
default
Use the default command to restore the default of all the R2 configurations and reset the R2 call statistics
to 0.
R2 CAS view
default cost
Use the default cost command to configure the default cost for OSPF to redistribute external routes.
OSPF view
default-cost
Use the default-cost command to configure the cost of the default route transmitted by OSPF to the STUB
or NSSA area.
OSPF Area view
default cost
Use the default cost command to configure the default routing cost of a redistributed route.
RIP view
default entity compression
Use the default entity compression command to globally configure the mode of coding and decoding
as the default value.
default entity fax
Use the default entity fax command to set the default fax parameter settings globally.
Command Reference
default entity modem compatible-param
Use the default entity modem compatible-param command in the case that you fail to use standard
Modem PCM to interoperate with devices from other vendors.
default entity modem protocol
Use the default entity modem protocol none command to globally disable Modem function of voice
entity.
Use the default entity modem protocol pcm command to globally configure PCM Modem protocol type
of voice entity, including coding/decoding and Modem negotiation mode.
Use the default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to globally disable the calling end from
actively initiating an H245 connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off.
Use the default entity normal-connect slow-h245 command to default to globally disable the calling
end from actively initiating the H245 connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked
off. In this case, all newly created voice entities and voice entities which have not been configured with this
function will inherit this configuration.
default entity payload-size
Use the default entity payload-size command to configure the default time length of voice packets with
different coding formats.
default entity service data
Use the default entity service data command to globally configure enabling data call service.
Voice dial program view
default entity vad-on
Use the default entity vad-on command to globally configure enabling silence detection as the default
value.
default interval
Use the default interval command to configure the default interval for OSPF to redistribute external
routes.
OSPF view
default limit
Use the default limit command to configure default value of maximum number of redistributed routes.
OSPF view
default local-preference
Use the default local-preference command to configure the local preference.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
default med
Use the default med command to configure the system MED value.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Use the default-route-advertise command to configure the default route of Level-1 and Level-2 routers.
IS-IS view
Use the default-route-advertise command to make the system generate a default route to OSPF area.
Use the default-route-advertise command at ABR to generate a default route which is advertised via
the Type-5 LSA or Type-7 LSA no matter whether there is a default route in the routing table.
OSPF view
default-route imported
Use the default-route imported command to redistribute local default routes into BGP.
BGP view
Command Reference
default tag
Use the default tag command to configure the default tag of OSPF when it redistributes an external route.
OSPF view
default type
Use the default type command to configure the default type when OSPF redistributes external routes.
OSPF view
delay
Use the delay command to configure the related time parameters at the digital E&M subscriber-line (E1
controller).
delay
Use the delay command to configure the relevant time parameters on an FXO or analog E&M
subscriber-line.
delay-reversal
Use the delay-reversal command to configure the timer's interval of polarity-reverse transmission delay
on FXS interfaces.
delete
Use the delete command to delete the specified file.
FTP Client view
delete
Use the delete command to delete the specified file from the server as you would with the remove
command.
SFTP Client view
delete
Use the delete command to move the specified file from the storage device to the recycle bin, where you
can completely delete the file with the undelete command or restore it with the reset recycle-bin
filename command.
User view
delete rpf-route-static all
Use the delete rpf-route-static all command to delete all the static multicast routes.
System view
delete static-routes all
Use the delete static-routes all command to cancel all the static routes.
System view
description
Use the description command to configure port description. Identifying a port is the only function of this
command.
Ethernet Port view
description
Use the description command to briefly describe a test operation.
description
Use the description command to describe the interface.
Interface view
description
Use the description command to configure description information for a specified VPN instance.
Vpn-Instance view
description (in Voice Entity View)
Use the description command to configure a voice entity description string.
Voice Entity view
description (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Use the description command to configure a subscriber-line description character string.
destination
Use the destination command to specify the destination IP address to be filled in the added IP header at
the time of tunnel interface encapsulation.
Command Reference
destination-ip
Use the destination-ip command to configure the destination IP address in the test.
destination-port
Use the destination-port command to configure the destination port in the test.
detect
Use the detect command to specify ASPF policy for application layer protocols.
ASPF Policy view
detect
Use the detect command to enable data carrier detection as well as level detection on a serial interface.
Synchronous Serial Interface view,
detect-ais (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the detect-ais command to enable alarm indication signal (AIS) detect on the CE1/PRI interface.
detect group
Use the detect-group command to create a detect group and enter its view.
System view
detect list
Use the detect-list command to add an IP address to the detect group and assign the address a detecting
sequence number.
Detect Group view
dh
Use the dh command to select the Diffie-Hellman group for an IKE proposal.
IKE Proposal view
dhcp accounting domain (Interface view)
Use the dhcp server accounting domain command to enable DHCP accounting for addresses from the
interface address pool and configure a domain for DHCP accounting.
Interface view
dhcp enable
Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP.
System view
dhcp relay information
Use the dhcp relay information enable command to enable the DHCP relay to support option 82
globally.
System view
dhcp relay information strategy
Use the dhcp relay information strategy command to configure a strategy for handling packets with
option 82 on the DHCP relay.
System view
dhcp relay release
Use the dhcp relay release command to send an IP address releasing request to a DHCP server via the
DHCP relay.
Interface view
System view
dchp select (Interface view)
Use the dhcp select command in Interface view to select a method for disposing the DHCP packets
destined to the local device.
Interface view
dchp select (System view)
Use the dhcp select command in System view to select a method for multiple interfaces in a specified
range to dispose the DHCP packets destined to the local device.
System view
dhcp server accounting domain interface (System view)
Use the dhcp server accounting domain interface command to enable DHCP accounting for addresses
from the address pools of the specified interfaces and configure a domain for DHCP accounting.
System view
Command Reference
dhcp server bims-server (Interface view)
Use the dhcp server bims-server command to enable and configure BIMS option support on the current
interface.
dhcp server bims-server interface (System view)
Use the dhcp server bims-server interface command to enable and configure BIMS option support for
an interface or all interfaces configured with interface address pools.
System view
dhcp server detect
Use the dhcp server detect command to enable pseudo-DHCP-server detection.
System view
dhcp server dns-list
Use the dhcp server dns-list command in interface view to configure DNS IP addresses for an interface
configured with a DHCP address pool.
Use the dhcp server dns-list interface command to assign DNS IP addresses to the DHCP address
pool of multiple interfaces in a specified range.
System view
Use the dhcp server domain-name command in interface view to configure the domain name that the
DHCP address pool of the current interface allocates to clients.
Use the dhcp server domain-name interface command in system view to configure the domain name
that the DHCP address pool of the interfaces in a specified range allocates to DHCP clients.
System view
Use the dhcp server expired command in interface view to configure a valid period allowed for leasing IP
addresses in the current interface DHCP address pool.
Use the dhcp server forbidden-ip command to exclude IP addresses in a specified range to participate
in the auto-allocation.
System view
Use the dhcp server expired interface command in system view to configure a valid period allowed for
leasing IP addresses in the interface DHCP address pool of the interfaces in a specified range.
System view
dhcp server ip-pool
Use the dhcp server ip-pool command to create a DHCP address pool and access the DHCP address
pool view.
System view
Use the dhcp server nbns-list command in interface view to configure NetBIOS server addresses in the
DHCP address pool of current interface.
Use the dhcp server nbns-list interface command in system view to configure NetBIOS server
addresses for the clients that get ip address from the DHCP address pool of the interfaces in a specified
range.
System view
Use the dhcp server netbios-type command in interface view to configure the NetBIOS node type of the
DHCP clients of the current interface.
Use the dhcp server netbios-type interface command in system view to configure a NetBIOS node
type for the DHCP clients of the interfaces in a specified range.
System view
Command Reference
dhcp server option (Interface view)
Use the dhcp server option command in interface view to configure a DHCP self-defined option for the
DHCP address pool of the current interface.
Use the dhcp server option command in system view to configure a DHCP self-defined option for the
interfaces in a specified range.
System view
dhcp server ping
Use the dhcp server ping command to configure the maximum number of ping packets that the DHCP
server is allowed to send and the longest time period that the DHCP server should wait for the response to
each ping packet.
System view
dhcp server relay information enable
Use the dhcp server relay information enable command to enable the DHCP server to support option
82.
System view
dhcp server static-bind
Use the dhcp server static-bind command to configure a static address binding in the DHCP address
pool of the current interface.
dhcp server synchronize arp (Interface view)
Use the dhcp server synchronize arp command to enable authorized ARP for a DHCP interface address
pool.
Interface view
dhcp server synchronize arp interface (System view)
Use the dhcp server synchronize arp interface command to enable authorized ARP for specified
DHCP interface address pools.
System view
dhcp server voice-config (Interface view)
Use the dhcp server voice-config command to enable the DHCP server to send option 184 and
suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses from the current interface address pool.
Interface view
dhcp server voice-config interface (System view)
Use the dhcp server voice-config interface command to enable the DHCP server to send option 184
and suboptions of 184 when it assigns addresses from the specified interface address pool.
System view
dial-prefix
Use the dial-prefix command to configure the prefix of the telephone number dialed by the voice entity.
Voice Entity view
dial-program
Use the dial-program command to enter the voice dial program view.
Voice view
dialer bundle
Use the dialer bundle command to configure a dialer bundle used by a dialer interface.
dialer bundle-member
Use the dialer bundle-member command to configure a physical interface included in a dialer bundle in
the Resource-Shared DCC application.
dialer call-in
Use the dialer call-in command to enable ISDN callback according to ISDN caller ID.
dialer callback-center
Use the dialer callback-center command to enable the callback server function.
dialer circular-group
Use the dialer circular-group command to add the physical interface to a dialer circular group specified
here.
Command Reference
dialer disconnect
Use the dialer disconnect command to clear the dial-up link or the session link on the specified interface
at the PPPoE/PPPoA client.
Any view
dialer enable-circular
Use the dialer enable-circular command to enable Circular DCC.
dialer group
Use the dialer-group command to configure access control on the packets transmitted on a DCC interface
and to place the interface in an access control group.
dialer isdn-leased
Use the dialer isdn-leased command to configure an ISDN B channel (can be either the channel on a
BRI or PRI interface) to be the leased line.
dialer isdn-leased
Use the dialer isdn-leased 128k command to configure 128K leased line connection.
Use the dialer isdn-leased number command to configure 64K leased line connection.
dialer number
Use the dialer number command to configure a dial number for placing a call to a single remote end.
dialer priority
Use the dialer priority command to configure a priority for a physical interface in a dialer circular group
in the Circular DCC configuration.
dialer queue-length
Use the dialer queue-length command to configure the number of packets which comply with the "permit"
statement that can be buffered before a link is set up.
dialer route
Use the dialer route command to allow a DCC interface to call the specified destination address (host or
network address) or to receive calls from multiple remote ends.
dialer-rule
Use the dialer-rule command to configure the conditions of the data packet that can trigger a DCC call.
System view
dialer threshold
Use the dialer threshold command to configure the traffic threshold of a link on the DCC interface so that
another link can be enabled to call the same destination address when the ratio of traffic on all connected
links on the DCC interface to the available bandwidth exceeds the preset percentage.
dialer timer autodial
Use the dialer timer autodial command to configure the automatic dialing interval of DCC.
Use the dialer timer compete command to configure an idle interval for an interface after call contention
occurs on the interface.
dialer timer enable
Use the dialer timer enable command to configure an interval for the next call attempt on an interface
after the link is disconnected.
dialer timer idle
Use the dialer timer idle command to configure the interval that a link is allowed to be idle (in other
words, the interval when there is no packets which comply with the permit statements transmitted) after a
call has been set up on the interface.
Command Reference
dialer timer wait-carrier
Use the dialer timer wait-carrier command to configure the timeout time of wait-carrier timer.
dialer timer warmup
Use the dialer timer warmup command to set the length of the warmup timer on the router configured with
the dial-up backup function. It is the time that the router must wait for bringing the dial-up backup function
into effect after a reboot.
System view
dialer user
Use the dialer user command to configure remote user name for authenticating requests when calls are
received.
differential-delay
Use the differential-delay command to set the maximum differential delay for the member links in the
IMA group.
dir
Use the dir command to query for a specified file.
FTP Client view
dir
Use the dir command to view the files in the specified directory as you would with the ls command.
SFTP Client view
dir
Use the dir command, you can view information about the specified file or directory in the router storage
device.
User view
direct listen-port
Use the direct listen-port X command to set the listening port for vty.
Vty User Interface view
disconnect
Use the disconnect command to disconnect from the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view.
FTP Client view
Use the display l2tp session command to view the current L2TP sessions.
Any view
display l2tp tunnel
Use the display l2tp tunnel command to view information of the current L2TP tunnels.
Any view
display l2tp user
Use the display l2tp user command to view information about the current L2TP users.
Any view
display aaa unsent-h323-call-record
Use the display aaa unsent-h323-call-record command to view the detail record information about the
calls failed to be sent.
Any view
display acl
Use the display acl command to view the rules of access control list.
Any view
display alarm urgent
Use the display alarm urgent command to view the stored alarms in a specified way.
Any view
display arp
Use the display arp command to view the ARP mapping table.
Any view
display arp timer aging
Use the display arp timer aging command to display the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries.
Any view
Command Reference
display aspf all
Use the display aspf all command to view the information of all ASPF policies and sessions.
Any view
Use the display aspf interface command to view the interface configuration of the inspection policy.
Any view
display aspf policy
Use the display aspf policy command to view the configuration of a specific inspection policy.
Any view
Use the display aspf session command to view the information of the ASPF sessions.
Any view
display atm class
Use the display atm class command to view the information about ATM-Class. By default, if no
ATM-Class name is specified, the information of all ATM-Class is displayed.
Any view
display atm interface
Use the display atm map-info command to view the information about the upper layer protocol mapping
table of ATM.
Any view
Use the display atm map-info command to display upper layer protocol map information about a specified
ATM interface.
Any view
Use the display atm map-info command to view the information about the upper layer protocol mapping
table of ATM.
Any view
display atm pvc-group
Use the display atm pvc-group command to view the information about PVC-Group.
Any view
display atm pvc-info
Use the display atm pvc-info command to view the information about PVC.
Any view
display auto-config
Use the display auto-config command to view the status of auto-config.
Any view
display bgp l2vpn
Use the display bgp l2vpn all command to view system operating information and all L2VPN
information.
Any view
display bgp group
Use the display bgp group command to view the information of peer groups.
Any view
display bgp multicast group
Use the display bgp multicast group command to view the information about peer groups.
Any view
display bgp multicast network
Use the display bgp multicast network command to view the routing information that MBGP advertises.
Any view
display bgp multicast peer
Use the display bgp multicast peer command to view information about MBGP peers.
Any view
Use the display bgp multicast routing command to view the MBGP routing information whose IP
address is specified in the BGP routing table.
Any view
Command Reference
display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl
Use the display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl command to view in the BGP routing table the
MBGP routes that match the specified AS path list.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing cidr
Use the display bgp multicast routing cidr command to view the routing information with non-natural
network mask (that is, classless inter-domain routing, CIDR).
Any view
display bgp multicast routing community-list
Use the display bgp multicast routing community-list command to view the routing information that
is permitted by the MBGP community list.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing community
Use the display bgp multicast routing community command to view the routing information that
belongs to the specified MBGP community.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as
Use the display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as command to view AS routes with
different origins.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing peer
Use the display multicast routing peer command to view the route received from or sent to the
specified multicast neighbor.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing regular-expression
Use the display bgp multicast routing regular-expression command to view the routing information
matching the specified AS regular expression.
Any view
display bgp multicast routing statistic
Use the display bgp multicast routing statistic command to view statistics of MBGP route
information.
Any view
display bgp network
Use the display bgp network command to view the routing information that has been configured.
Any view
display bgp paths
Use the display bgp paths command to view the information about AS paths
Any view
display bgp peer
Use the display bgp peer command to view the information of peer.
Use the display bgp multicast peer command to view the information of MBGP peer.
Use the display bgp vpnv4 peer command to view the information of VPN peer.
Any view
display bgp routing
Use the display bgp routing command to view the BGP routing information in the BGP routing table.
Use the display bgp multicast routing command to view the MBGP routing information in the BGP
routing table.
Use the display bgp vpnv4 routing command to view the VPN routing information in the BGP routing
table.
Any view
Use the display bgp routing as-path-acl command to view routes that match an as-path ACL.
Any view
display bgp routing cidr
Use the display bgp routing cidr command to view the routing information about the non-natural mask
(namely the classless inter-domain routing, CIDR).
Any view
Command Reference
Use the display bgp routing community command to view the routing information related to the specified
BGP community number in the routing table.
Any view
Use the display bgp routing community-list command to view the routing information matching the
specified BGP community list.
Any view
Use the display bgp routing dampened command to view BGP dampened routes.
Any view
display bgp routing different-origin-as
Use the display bgp routing different-origin-as command to view routes that have different source
autonomous systems.
Any view
Use the display bgp routing flap-info command to view BGP flap statistics. When
<network-address mask>is <0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0>, this command will view the flap statistics of all BGP
routes.
Any view
display bgp routing label
Use the display bgp routing label command to view routing information and label information in the
BGP routing table.
Any view
display bgp routing peer { advertised | received }
Use the display bgp routing peer command to view the routing information the specified BGP peer
advertised or received.
Any view
display bgp routing peer dampened
Use the display bgp routing peer dampened command to view the information about the dampened
routes received from the specified peer.
Any view
display bgp routing peer regular-expression
Use the display bgp routing peer regular-expression command to view the route information
received from the specified peer and matching the specified regular expression.
Any view
display bgp routing regular-expression
Use the display bgp routing regular-expression command to view the routing information matching
the specified AS regular expression.
Any view
display bgp routing statistic
Use the display bgp routing statistic command to display statistics about BGP routes.
Any view
display bgp vpnv4
Use the display bgp vpnv4 command to view VPNv4 information in BGP database.
Any view
display bootp client
Use the display bootp client command to display information about the BOOTP client, such as MAC
address and IP address.
Any view
display bridge address-table
Use the display bridge address-table command to view the information of MAC address forwarding
table.
Any view
display bridge information
Use the display bridge information command to view the information of one or all the enabled bridge
sets in bridge module.
Any view
Command Reference
display bridge spanning tree
Use the display bridge spanning-tree command to view STP state and statistics for traffic analysis and
control.
Any view
display bridge traffic
Use the display bridge traffic command to view the traffic statistics on an interface.
Any view
display brief interface
Use the display brief interface command to display summary information about the specified or all
interfaces.
Any view
display ccc
Use the display ccc command to view CCC connection information.
Any view
display channel
Use the display channel command to view the contents in an information channel.
Any view
display clipboard
Use the display clipboard command to view the contents of the clipboard.
Any view
display clns
Use the display clns command to display current CLNS information.
Any view
display clns interface
Use the display clns interface command to display CLNS related information about a specified
interface.
Any view
display clns routing-table
Use the display clns routing-table command to display all active CLNS routes, including those in Level
0, Level 1, and Level 2 routing tables.
Any view
display clns statistics
Use the display clns statistic command to display statistics information about CLNS flow.
Any view
display clock
Use the display clock command to display the current system time and date.
Any view
display command-alias
Use the display command-alias command to view the current command alias settings.
Any view
display configure-user
Use the display configure-user command to view information about the user who is currently authorized
to configure the equipment.
Any view
display connection
Use the display connection command to view the relevant information on the specified user connection
or all the connections. The output can help you troubleshoot user connections.
Any view
display connection-limit policy
Use the display connection-limit policy command to display connection limit policy.
Any view
display connection-limit statistics
Use the display connection-limit statistics command to display the connection limit statistics.
Any view
display controller cpos
Use the display controller cpos command to view information about CPOS interfaces, such as state of
the E1/T1 channels and alarms, and errors that occur to regeneration section, multiplex section, and
higher-order path.
Any view
Command Reference
display controller cpos e1
Use the display controller cpos e1 command to view the physical layer configuration information of a
specified E1 channel on the specified CPOS interface.
Any view
Use the display controller cpos t1 command to view the physical layer configuration information of a
specified T1 channel on the specified CPOS interface.
Any view
Use the display controller e1 command to display the information related to a CE1/PRI interface.
Any view
Use the display controller e3 command to view state information on a CE3 interface.
Any view
Use the display controller t1 command to display the information about the specified CT1/PRI
interface.
Any view
Use the display controller t3 command to view state about a CT3 interface.
Any view
display cpu-usage
Use the display cpu-usage command to view statistics about CPU usage.
Any view
display cpu-usage history
Use the display cpu-usage history command to view in graphics the CPU usage statistic history of the
entire system, the specified task, or the interface board in the specified slot.
Any view
Use the display current-configuration command to view the running configurations on the router.
Any view
display debugging
Use the display debugging command to view the enabled debugging switches.
Any view
display debugging ospf
Use the display debugging ospf command to view the state of the debug switches for each OSPF
process.
Any view
display detect group
Use the display detect-group command to display configuration information about a specified detect
group or all detect groups.
Any view
display device
Use the display device command to view information on the hardware configurations of the system,
including in-position state of the RPU, NPU, interface cards, power module, and fan module, the operating
state of the interface cards, power module, and fan module, as well as the offline state of RPU and NPU.
Any view
display dhcp client
Use the display dhcp client command to display the statistic information of the DHCP client. Executing
the command attached without the keyword parameter verbose will display only the brief address allocation
information on the DHCP client.
Any view
display dhcp relay address
Use the display dhcp relay address command to view the DHCP relay address configuration of an
interface.
Any view
display dhcprelay-security
Use the display dhcprelay-security command to display the IP-to-MAC mappings of the clients
obtaining IP addresses dynamically through the DHCP relay.
Any view
Command Reference
display dhcp relay statistics
Use the display dhcp relay statistics command to view the statistics of DHCP relay in packet errors,
DHCP packets received from clients, DHCP packets received from and sent to servers, and DHCP packets
sent to clients (including unicast and broadcast packets).
Any view
display dhcp server conflict
Use the display dhcp server conflict command to view the DHCP address conflict statistics, including
the information in conflicted IP address, conflict detection type, and conflict time.
Any view
display dhcp server expired
Use the display dhcp server expired command to view the expired address leases in a DHCP address
pool. In certain conditions, the addresses of the expired leases will be allocated to other DHCP clients.
Any view
display dhcp server free-ip
Use the display dhcp server free-ip command to view the free address ranges in DHCP address pools,
that is, information about IP addresses that have not been allocated yet.
Any view
display dhcp server ip-in-use
Use the display dhcp server ip-in-use command to view the address binding information of DHCP
clients, such as the information in hardware address, IP address, and address lease expiration.
Any view
display dhcp server statistics
Use the display dhcp server statistics command to view the statistics on the DHCP server, including
such information as number of DHCP address pools, automatically or manually bound address and expired
addresses, number of unknown packets, number of DHCP request packets, and number of response
packets.
Any view
display dhcp server tree
Use the display dhcp server tree command to view the tree-structure information of DHCP address
pools, including the address pool at each node, option, address lease period, and DNS server information.
Any view
display diagnostic-information
Use the display diagnostic-information command to view the operating information about the active
modules in the system.
Any view
display dialer
Use the display dialer command to view information on DCC interfaces.
Any view
display dlsw bridge-entry
Use the display dlsw bridge-entry command to view the bridge-set information.
Any view
display dlsw circuits
Use the display dlsw circuits command to view the DLSw virtual circuits.
Any view
display dlsw ethernet-backup map
Use the display dlsw ethernet-backup map command to display information about address translation
after you configure the Ethernet switch support feature.
Any view
display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour
Use the display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour command to display all neighbors of the current
router.
Any view
Use the display dlsw information command to view the DLSw exchange capability information. The
output information of the command facilitates the user to understand the status of the DLSw virtual circuit
and perform fault diagnosis.
Any view
Use the display dlsw information command to display DLSw capability exchange information. The
output of this command can help you understand the status of DLSw virtual circuits.
Any view
Command Reference
display dlsw reachable-cache
Use the display dlsw reachable-cache command to view the reachable-cache of DLSw.
Any view
display dlsw remote
Use the display dlsw remote command to view the information of the remote peers.
Any view
display dlsw remote
Use the display dlsw remote command to display information about the specified or all remote peers.
Any view
display dns domain
Use the display dns domain command to view the DNS domain names that are manually configured.
Any view
display dns dynamic host
Use the display dns dynamic-host command to view the current contents in the domain name cache of
the DNS client.
Any view
display dns server
Use the display dns server command to view the DNS server addresses manually configured.
Any view
display domain
Use the display domain command to view the configuration of a specified ISP domain or display the
summary information of all ISP domains.
Any view
Use the display dsl configuration command to view the actual ADSL configurations.
Any view
Use the display dsl configuration command to view the actual DSL configurations.
Any view
display dsl status
Use the display dsl status command to view the DSL state information.
Any view
display dsl status
Use the display dsl status command to view state about the specified DSL interface.
Any view
display dsl version
Use the display dsl version command to view DSL version and the available capabilities.
Any view
display dsl version
Use the display dsl version command to view the DSL version and the available functionality.
Any view
display dvpn info
Use the display dvpn info command to display the configuration and operating information about a
specified DVPN.
Any view
display dvpn ipsec-sa
Use the display dvpn ipsec-sa command to display the specified IPSec SA information.
Any view
display dvpn map
Use the display dvpn map command to display information about maps in a DVPN domain, such as private
IP address, public IP address, port number, DVPN connection state, DVPN connection type, and control ID.
Any view
display dvpn online-user
Use the display dvpn online-user command to display the information about online DVPN users.
Any view
display dvpn session
Use the display dvpn session command to display information about sessions the device owns.
Any view
Command Reference
display encrypt-card fast-switch
Use the display encrypt-card fast-switch command to view the entries in the fast forwarding cache for
the encryption cards.
Any view
display encrypt-card sa
Use the display encrypt-card sa command to view SA information.
Any view
display encrypt-card statistics
Use the display encrypt-card statistics command to view statistics on the specified or all encryption
cards.
Any view
display encrypt-card syslog
Use the display encrypt-card syslog command to view the current system log on the encryption cards.
Any view
display environment
Use the display environment command to view the current values and the thresholds of the hardware
system environment.
Any view
display esis
Use the display esis command to display current ES-IS protocol state, such as the configuration timer
(CT) to send ISH packets, the holding time (HT) of the information ISH packets carry.
Any view
display esis interface
Use the display esis interface command to display ES-IS related information about a specified
interface.
Any view
display esis peer
Use the display esis peer command to display information about the neighbors dynamically discovered
by ES-IS protocol (including dynamic ES and IS neighbors).
Any view
display esis statistics
Use the display esis statistic command to display statistics information about ES-IS flow.
Any view
display fcm
Use the display fcm command to display the count of dial-up negotiation failures and the count of
disconnections upon transaction timeouts for FCM module interfaces.
Any view
display fe1 serial
Use the display fe1 serial command to view the configuration and state about the specified or all E1-F
interfaces.
Any view
display fib
Use the display fib command to view the summary of the Forwarding Information Base.
Any view
display fib acl
Use the display fib acl command to filter and display FIB information.
Any view
display fib begin
Use the display fib command to output the lines related to the line containing the character string text in
the buffer according to the regular expression.
Use the display fib | begin text command to view the lines beginning from the line containing the
character string text to the end line of the buffer.
Use the display fib | include text command to just view the lines containing the character string text.
Use the display fib | exclude text command to view the lines not containing the character string text.
Any view
display fib ip-prefix
Use the display fib ip-prefix command to filter and display FIB information by prefix-list name in certain
format.
Any view
Command Reference
display fib longer
Use the display fib longer command to display the FIB table entries matching the destination address.
Different parameters selected leads to different matching methods.
Use the display fib command to display the FIB table entries whose destination address ranges from
dest-addr1 dest-mask1 to dest-addr2 dest-mask2, including the FIB entries exactly matching dest-addr1
dest-mask1 and dest-addr2 dest-mask2.
Any view
display fib statistics
Use the display fib statistics command to display the total numbers of FIB table entries.
Any view
display firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Use the display firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to view the filtering statistics by ACL on the
interface, namely, the detailed filtering information based on the ACL configured via the firewall
ethernet-frame-filter {acl-number | acl-name }{inbound | outbound }command.
Any view
display firewall-statistics
Use the display firewall-statistics command to view the firewall statistics.
Any view
display fr class-map
Use the display fr class-map command to view information on frame relay class to interface map,
including DLCIs of interfaces, subinterfaces on the interfaces and their DLCIs.
Any view
display fr compress
Use the display fr compress command to view the statistics information of the frame relay compression.
Any view
display fr del
Use the display fr del command to view the contents in the specified or all DE rule lists.
Any view
display fr dlci-switch
Use the display fr dlci-switch command to view the information of the configured FR switching to check
if the frame relay switching of a user is correctly configured.
Any view
display fr fragment-info
Use the display fr fragment-info command to view the frame relay fragment information.
Any view
display fr inarp-info
Use the display fr inarp-info command to view statistics about frame relay inverse ARP (INARP)
packets, including requests and replies.
Any view
display fr interface
Use the display fr interface command to view frame relay state on the specified or all interfaces.
Any view
display fr lmi-info
Use the display fr lmi-info command to view the statistics of LMI protocol frame.
Any view
display fr map-info
Use the display fr map-info command to display frame relay (FR) address map information.
Any view
display fr map-info
Use the display fr map-info command to view all FR address maps or the one for the specified interface.
Any view
display fr pvc-group
Use the display fr pvc-group command to view status, name, backup, protection, and other information
about the specified PVC group, PVC groups on a specified interface, or all PVC groups if no argument is
specified.
Any view
display fr map-info pppofr
Use the display fr map-info pppofr command to display information about the current PPPoFR map
and its state.
Any view
Command Reference
display fr pvc-infoc
Use the display fr pvc-info command to view the frame relay PVC table.
Any view
display fr statistics
Use the display fr statistics command to view the current Frame Relay statistics about receiving and
sending packets.
Any view
display fr switch-table
Use the display mfr command to view configuration and status information of the frame relay route to
confirm the correctness of the configuration.
Any view
display fr vofr-info
Use the display fr vofr-info command to view the VoFR information.
Any view
display ft 1 serial
Use the display ft1 serial command to view the configuration and state of the T1-F interface.
Any view
display ftp-server
Use the display ftp-server command to view the parameters of the current FTP server.
Any view
display ftp-server source-ip
Use the display ftp-server source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the FTP
server.
Any view
display ftp source-ip
Use the display ftp source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the FTP client.
Any view
display ftp-user
Use the display ftp-user command to view the parameters of the current FTP users.
Any view
display history-command
Use the display history-command command to view the history commands.
Any view
display hwatacs
Use the display hwtacacs command to view configuration information of specified or all TACACS+
schemes.
Any view
display hwping
Use the display hwping command, you can view test result(s).
Any view
display hwping statistics
Use the display hwping statistics command to view test statistics.
Any view
display icmp statistics
Use the display icmp statistics command to view statistics about ICMP messages.
Any view
display igmp group
Use the display igmp group command to view the member information of the IGMP multicast group.
Any view
Use the display igmp interface command to view the IGMP configuration and running information on an
interface.
Any view
display igmp local
Use the display igmp local command to view the IGMP configuration and running information of the local
interface which receives and sends multicast data.
Any view
Command Reference
display ike dpd
Use the display ike dpd command to display the configuration of the specified or all DPD structures about
reference count, interval-time, and time_out.
Any view
display ike peer
Use the display ike peer command to view the configuration about the specified or all IKE peers.
Any view
Use the display ike proposal command to view the parameters configured for each IKE proposal.
Any view
display ike sa
Use the display ike sa command to view the current security tunnels established by IKE.
Any view
display info-center
Use the display info-center command to view all the information recorded in the info-center.
Any view
display interface
Use the display interface command to view the LAPB or X.25 interface information. After configuring
PVC of X.25, users can use the command to obtain the status information on one interface.
Any view
display interface
Use the display interface command to view configuration information on the port.
Any view
display interface
Use the display interface command to view the current running state and other information about an
interface.
Any view
display interface atm
Use the display interface atm command to display the configuration and state information about the
specified or all ATM interfaces.
Any view
display interface bri
Use the display interface bri command to view status about the specified ISDN BRI interface.
Any view
display interface encrypt
Use the display interface encrypt command to view information about interfaces on the specified or all
encryption cards.
Any view
display interface {Ethernet Gigabithernet}
Use the display interface { ethernet | gigabitethernet } command to view information about
Ethernet interfaces, such as their configurations and current running state.
Any view
display interface ima-group
Use the display interface ima-group command to view the configuration and state information about
the specified or all IMA group interfaces.
Any view
display interface loopback
Use the display interface loopback command to view state about the specified or all created loopback
interfaces.
Any view
display interface mfr
Use the display interface mfr command to view information on one or all MFR interfaces, including
configuration, state, and packet statistics.
Any view
display interface mp-group
Use the display interface mp-group command to view the state about the specified or all MP-group
interfaces.
Any view
Command Reference
display interface null
Use the display interface null command to view the state about the null interface.
Any view
display interface pos
Use the display interface pos command to view the configuration and state information of one or all POS
interfaces.
Any view
display interface tunnel
Use the display interface tunnel command to view the working status of tunnel interface.
Any view
display interface virtual-ethernet
Use the display interface virtual-ethernet command to view the state about of the specified or all
virtual Ethernet interfaces.
Any view
display interface virtual-template
Use the display interface virtual-template command to view the state about the specified or all virtual
templates.
Any view
display ip count
Use the display ip count command to display IP packet statistics gathered by the IP Accounting.
Any view
display ip count rule
Use the display ip count rule command to display IP accounting rules.
Any view
display ip fast-forwarding cache
Use the display ip fast-forwarding cache command to view information on the unicast fast forwarding
table.
Any view
display ip host
Use the display ip host command to display all the host names and their corresponding IP addresses.
Any view
Use the display ip interface command to view IP-related information about the specified or all
interfaces.
Any view
Use the display ip interface brief command to view IP-related summary about the specified or all
interfaces.
Any view
display ip ip-prefix
Use the display ip ip-prefix command to view the address prefix list.
Any view
display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Use the display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache command to display summary information about
the fast forwarding table entries in the multicast fast forwarding cache.
Any view
Use the display ip multicast-policy command to view the multicast policy routing information.
Any view
display ip netstream cache
Use the display ip netstream cache command to view configuration and status information about the
NetStream cache.
Any view
display ip netstream export
Use the display ip netstream export command to view statistics about exported NetStream UDP
packets.
Any view
Command Reference
display ip policy
Use the display ip policy command to view the routing policies of local and configured interface policy
routings.
Any view
display ip policy setup
Use the display ip policy setup command to view the setting information of policy routings.
Any view
display ip policy statistic
Use the display ip policy statistic command to view the statistics of policy routings.
Any view
display ip routing-table
Use the display ip routing-table command to view the routing table summary.
Any view
display ip routing-table acl
Use the display ip routing-table acl command to view the route filtered through specified basic access
control list (ACL).
Any view
Use the display ip routing-table ip_address command to view the routing information of the specified
destination address.
Any view
display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2
Use the display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 command to view the routing
information in the specified destination address range.
Any view
display ip routing-table ip-prefix
Use the display ip routing-table ip-prefix command to view the route that passed the filtering rule
according to the specified ip prefix list.
Any view
display ip routing-table protocol
Use the display ip routing-table protocol command to view the routing information of specified
protocol.
Any view
display ip routing-table radix
Use the display ip routing-table radix command to view the routing table information in a tree
structure.
Any view
display ip routing-table statistics
Use the display ip routing-table statistics command to view the integrated routing information.
Any view
display ip routing-table verbose
Use the display ip routing-table verbose command to view the verbose routing table information.
Any view
Use the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to view RIP information associated with vpn
instance address family.
Any view
Use the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to view the specified information in the IP
routing table of vpn-instance.
Any view
display ip socket
Use the display ip socket command to display the information about all sockets in the current system.
Any view
Use the display ip statistics command to view IP traffic statistics information. This command is used
to display such statistics information as IP packet transmit/receive, packet assembly/disassembly, which is
helpful to fault diagnosis.
Any view
Command Reference
display ip vpn-instance
Use the display ip vpn-instance command to view the information related to vpn-instance, such as RD,
description, and interfaces of the VPN instance.
Any view
Use the display ipsec policy command to view information about the ipsec policy.
Any view
display ipsec policy-template
Use the display ipsec policy-template command to view information about the ipsec policy template.
Any view
Use the display ipsec proposal command to view information about the proposal.
Any view
display ipsec sa
Use the display ipsec sa command to view the relevant information about the SA.
Any view
display ipsec statistics
Use the display ipsec statistics command to view the IPSec packet statistics information, including
the input and output security packet statistics, bytes, number of packets discarded and detailed description
of discarded packets.
Any view
display ipx interface
Use the display ipx interface command to view IPX interface configuration information and interface
parameters in communication devices.
Any view
display ipx routing-table
Use the display ipx routing-table command to view active IPX routing information.
Use the display ipx routing-table verbose command to view detailed IPX routing information, including
active and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table network command to view active IPX routing information to specified
destination network ID.
Use the display ipx routing-table network verbose command to view detailed IPX routing information
to specified destination network ID, including active and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table protocol {rip | static | default | direct }command to view IPX routing
information for specified destination type, including active and inactive routes.
Use the display ipx routing-table protocol {rip | static | default | direct }verbose command to view
detailed IPX routing information for specified destination type, including active and inactive routes.
Any view
display ipx routing-table statistics
Use the display ipx routing-table statistics command to view IPX routing statistics.
Any view
display ipx service-table
Use the display ipx service-table command to view contents of IPX service information table. The
output information of the command helps users with IPX SAP troubleshooting.
Any view
display ipx statistics
Use the display ipx statistics command to view statistics and type of IPX packet transmitted and
received.
Any view
display isdn active-channel
Use the display isdn active-channel command to view the active call information on ISDN interfaces.
Any view
display isdn call-info
Use the display isdn call-info command to view the current states of ISDN interfaces.
Any view
display isdn call-record
Use the display isdn call-record command to view the information of ISDN call history.
Any view
Command Reference
display isdn parameters
Use the display isdn parameters command to view the system parameters at layers 2 and 3 of the ISDN
protocol, such as the durations of system timers and frame size.
Any view
display isdn spid
Use the display isdn spid command to view information on SPID on the BRI interface encapsulated with
the NI protocol.
Any view
display isis brief
Use the display isis brief command to view the brief information of IS-IS.
Any view
display isis interface
Use the display isis interface command to view the information of the IS-IS enabled interface.
Any view
display isis lsdb
Use the display isis lsdb command to view the link state database of the IS-IS.
Any view
display isis mesh-group
Use the display isis mesh-group command to view the IS-IS mesh group.
Any view
display isis peer
Use the display isis peer command to view IS-IS peer information.
Any view
display isis routing
Use the display isis routing command to view IS-IS routing information
Any view
display isis routing clns
Use the display isis routing clns command to display CLNS routing information generated by IS-IS
protocol.
Any view
display isis spf-log
Use the display isis spf-log command to view the SPF calculation log of the IS-IS.
Any view
display llc2
Use the display llc2 command to view statistical information of LLC2.
Any view
display loadsharing ip address
Use the display loadsharing ip address command to view the statistics about the unbalanced load
sharing based on interface bandwidth, including the number and ratio of the packets sent from the interfaces
related to the equal-cost routes to a network address.
Any view
display local-server statistics
Use the display local-server statistics command to display statistics of the local RADIUS
Any view
display local-user
Use the display local-user command to view the relevant information on the specified local user or all
the local users. The output can help you troubleshoot faults related to local user.
Any view
display log startup
Use the display log startup command to display the state of the configuration restoration log switch.
User view
display logbuffer
Use the display logbuffer command to view the information recorded in the log buffer.
Any view
display logbuffer summary
Use the display logbuffer summary command to display a summary about the log buffer on the router.
Any view
Command Reference
display mac-address
Use the display mac-address command to display information about MAC address entries of an interface
or about all MAC address entries.
Any view
display memory
Use the display memory command to view information on system memory load.
Any view
display memory
Use the display memory command to view the memory setting and state information related to the routing
capacity.
Any view
display mfr
Use the display mfr command to view configuration and statistics information of multilink frame relay
bundle and bundle link. If no bundle or bundle link is specified, information of all bundles and bundle links
will be displayed.
Any view
display mirror
Use the display mirror command to display information about port mirroring configuration, information
including the monitored ports, the direction of monitored packets and monitoring port.
Any view
display mobile-ip binding
Use the display mobile-ip binding command to display information about the HA binding table. A
binding table maintains mainly the corresponding relations between HA addresses and the care-of
addresses of MNs. An HA updates the binding table based on MN registration events.
Any view
display mobile-ip globals
Use the display mobile-ip globals command to display global information about mobility agents.
Any view
display mobile-ip interface
Use the display mobile-ip interface command to display the MIP information of an interface. With the
interface-number argument not specified, MIP information of all interfaces is displayed.
Any view
display mobile-ip irdp
Use the display mobile-ip irdp command to display ICMP router discovery protocol (IRDP) configuration
information, including the agent advertisement lifetime, the maximum and minimum agent advertisement
interval, and the agent advertisement transmission mode (broadcast or multicast).
Any view
display mobile-ip mobile-router
Use the display mobile-ip mobile-router command to display information about an MR, including basic
information, discovered mobility agent information, registration information, and statistics.
Any view
display mobile-ip node
Use the display mobile-ip node command to display information about MNs. With no parameters
specified, information about all MNs is displayed.
Any view
display mobile-ip secure
Use the display mobile-ip secure command to display mobility security association attributes. If not
specify argument ip-address, information about all mobility security association attributes of the specified
mobility security associations is displayed.
Any view
display mobile-ip statistics
Use the display mobile-ip statistics command to display statistics collected by the mobility agents.
Any view
display mobile-ip violation
Use the display mobile-ip violation command to display MN security exception information logged by
a mobility agent. With the ip-address argument not specified, all security exception information is displayed;
up to 100 latest entries of information can be displayed.
Any view
Command Reference
display mobile-ip visitor
Use the display mobile-ip visitor command to display information in the visitor table and pending table
of an FA. An FA updates its visitor table and pending table based on registration events of MNs. If not
specify the ip-address argument, all contents of the tables are displayed.
Any view
display mpls l2vc
Use the display mpls l2vc command to view the VC information in LDP.
Any view
display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info
Use the display mpls l2vpn forwarding-info command to view the L2VPN information of a specific
interface.
Any view
display mpls l3vpn-lsp
Use the display mpls l3vpn-lsp command to view the information of vpn-instance of MPLS L3VPN LSPs.
Any view
display mpls cell-transfer interface
Use the display mpls cell-transfer interface command to view statistics for cells received and sent
in a packet on an interface in transparent transmission mode.
Any view
display mpls interface
Use the display mpls interface command to view all MPLS-enabled interfaces.
Any view
display mpls ldp
Use the display mpls ldp command to view LDP and LSR information.
Any view
display mpls ldp buffer-info
Use the display mpls ldp buffer-info command to view the buffer information of LDP.
Any view
display mpls ldp interface
Use the display mpls ldp interface command to view the information of an LDP-enabled interface.
Any view
display mpls ldp lsp
Use the display mpls ldp lsp command to view relevant LSP information created via LDP.
Any view
display mpls ldp peer
Use the display mpls ldp peer command to view peer information.
Any view
display mpls ldp remote
Use the display mpls ldp remote command to view the configured remote peer information.
Any view
Use the display mpls ldp session command to display the session between peer entities.
Any view
display mpls lsp
Use the display mpls lsp command to view LSP information.
Any view
display mpls static-lsp
Use the display mpls static-lsp command to view the information of all or one static LSP(s).
Any view
Use the display mpls statistics command to view statistics of all or one LSP(s) and LSP statistics on
all or one interface(s).
Any view
display msdp brief
Use the display msdp brief command to view the state of MSDP peer.
Any view
Use the display msdp peer-status command to view the detailed information of MSDP peer.
Any view
Command Reference
Use the display msdp sa-cache command to view (S, G) state learnt from MSDP peer.
Any view
display msdp sa-count
Use the display msdp sa-count command to view the number of sources and groups in MSDP cache.
Any view
Use the display multicast forwarding-table command to view the information of multicast forwarding
table.
Any view
display multicast routing-table
Use the display multicast routing-table command to view the information of IP multicast routing table.
Any view
Use the display multicast routing-table static command to view the configuration information of
static multicast route.
Any view
Use the display multicast routing-table static command to view the active multicast static routes.
Any view
display multicast routing-table static config
Use the display multicast routing-table static config command to view multicast static routes
configured.
Any view
display multicast rpf-info
Use the display multicast rpf-info command to view the Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) routing
information for specified multicast source.
Any view
display nat
Use the display nat command to display the configuration of address translation.
Any view
display nat connection-limit
Use the display nat connection-limit command to display the NAT-related connection limit statistics.
Any view
display ntp-service sessions
Use the display ntp-service sessions command to view brief information about all sessions maintained
by the NTP at the local device.
Any view
display ntp-service status
Use the display ntp-service status command to view status about the NTP service.
Any view
display ntp-service trace
Use the display ntp-service trace command to view the summary about each NTP time server from
the local device back to the reference clock source.
Any view
display osm status slot
Use the display osm status slot slotnum command to view the information about the OSM board in the
specified slot, including name of the board, board status, OS name, OS version and running time of OS.
Any view
display ospf abr-asbr
Use the display ospf abr-asbr command to view information on the routes to the Area Border Router
(ABR) and Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) of OSPF.
Any view
display ospf asbr-summary
Use the display ospf asbr-summary command to view summary about the redistributed routes of OSPF.
Any view
display ospf brief
Use the display ospf brief command to view the summary of OSPF.
Any view
Command Reference
display ospf cumulative
Use the display ospf cumulative command to view the OSPF cumulative information.
Any view
display ospf error
Use the display ospf error command to view the statistics of error information which OSPF received.
Any view
display ospf interface
Use the display ospf interface command to view the OSPF interface information.
Any view
display ospf lsdb
Use the display ospf lsdb command to view the database information about OSPF connecting state.
Any view
display ospf memory
Use the display ospf memory command to view memory occupation status for LSAs.
Any view
display ospf nexthop
Use the display ospf nexthop command to view the information about the next-hop
Any view
display ospf peer
Use the display ospf peer command to view the information about the neighbors in OSPF areas.
Use the display ospf peer brief command to view the brief information of neighbors in OSPF, mainly
the neighbor number at all states in every area.
Any view
display ospf request-queue
Use the display ospf request-queue command to view the information about the OSPF request-queue.
Any view
display ospf retrans-queue
Use the display ospf retrans-queue command to view the information about the OSPF retransmission
queue.
Any view
display ospf routing
Use the display ospf routing command to view the information about OSPF routing table.
Any view
display ospf sham-link
Use the display ospf sham-link command to view the information of sham links.
Any view
display ospf vlink
Use the display ospf vlink command to view the information about OSPF virtual links.
Any view
display pim bsr-info
Use the display pim bsr-info command to view Bootstrap Router (BSR) information.
Any view
display pim interface
Use the display pim interface command to view the PIM interface information.
Any view
display pim neighbor
Use the display pim neighbor command to view the PIM neighbor information.
Any view
Use the display pim routing-table command to view the contents of the PIM multicast routing table.
Any view
display pim rp-info
Use the display pim rp-info command to view the corresponding RP information of multicast group, BSR
and static RP information.
Any view
display pki certificate
Use the display pki certificate command to display and browse through the certificate.
Any view
Command Reference
display pki crl
Use the display pki crl command to display and browse through the locally saved CRL.
Any view
display port
Use the display port command to check whether the current system has hybrid or trunk ports. If there is
any, its port name is displayed.
Any view
display port-mapping
Use the display port-mapping command to view PAM information.
Any view
display portal
Use the display portal command to display the information about portal servers.
Any view
display portal update-resource
Use the display portal update-resource command to display information about the update resources
configured by the user.
Any view
display pos-app
Use the display pos-app command to display brief information about POS applications.
Any view
display pos-interface
Use the display pos-interface command to display brief information about POS access ports.
Any view
display ppp compression iphc rtp
Use the display ppp compression iphc rtp command to view the statistic information of the RTP header
compression.
Any view
display ppp compression iphc tcp
Use the display ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the statistic information of the TCP header
compression.
Any view
display ppp compression stac-lzs
Use the display ppp compression stac-lzs command to view information about STAC-LZS
compression.
Any view
display ppp mp
Use the display ppp mp command to view all interface information and statistics of MP.
Any view
Use the display pppoe-server session command to view the status and statistics of PPPoE session.
Any view
The command display pppoe-client session is used to display the status and statistics of PPPoE
session.
Any view
display protocol-priority
Use the display protocol-priority command to view protocol priorities.
Any view
display qos car interface
Use the display qos car interface command to view parameter configuration and running statistics of
CAR at each or all interfaces.
Any view
display qos carl
Use the display qos carl command to view a certain rule or all the rules of CARL.
Any view
display qos cbq interface
Use the display qos cbq interface command to view CBQ configuration information and operating
status, the specified PVC on specified ATM interface or on all interfaces.
Any view
Command Reference
display qos cq interface
Use the display qos cq interface command to view configuration and statistics of customized queues
(CQ) at interfaces.
Any view
display qos cql
Use the display qos cql command to view contents of customized queue lists (CPL).
Any view
display qos gts interface
Use the display qos gts interface command to view GTS configuration and accounting information of
certain interface or all interfaces.
Any view
display qos lr interface
Use the display qos lr interface command to view LR configuration and statistics of an interface.
Any view
display qos policy
Use the display qos policy command to display the configuration information of the specified class or all
the classes and associated behaviors in the specified policy or all policies.
Any view
Use the display qos policy interface command to view information about CBQ application on the
interface.
Any view
Use the display qos policy interface command to view the configuration and operating state about the
policy on the specified interface, on the specified PVC on a particular ATM interface or on all interfaces and
PVCs.
Any view
Use the display qos pq interface command to view the configuration and statistics of priority queues
(PQ) at interfaces.
Any view
display qos pql
Use the display qos pql command to view contents of priority queue lists (PQL).
Any view
display qos rtpq interface
Use the display qos rtpq interface command to view information of the current IP RTP Priority queue,
including the current RTP queue depth and number of RTP packets dropped, and display the RTP priority
queue configuration and statistics on an interface or on all interfaces.
Any view
Use the display qos wfq interface command to view WFQ (weighted fair queuing) configuration and
statistics of an interface.
Any view
Use the display qos wred interface command to view WRED (weighed random early detection)
configuration and statistics of an interface.
Any view
display radius
Use the display radius command to view the configuration information about the specified or all RADIUS
schemes or to view statistics about RADIUS.
Any view
Use the display radius statistics command to view the statistics information on RADIUS packets. The
displayed packet information can help you troubleshoot RADIUS faults.
Any view
display rip
Use the display rip command to view the current RIP running state and its configuration information.
Any view
Command Reference
display rip interface
Use the display rip interface command to display information about the specified RIP interface or all
RIP interface.
Any view
display rip routing
Use the display rip routing command to display the RIP routing table, including normal routes and
routes in garbage-collection status.
Any view
display rip vpn-instance
Use the display rip vpn-instance command to view the related configuration of VPN instance of RIP.
Any view
display rmon alarm
Use the display rmon alarm command to display the alarm table of remote monitoring (RMON) or the
specified alarm entry.
Any view
display rmon event
Use the display rmon event command to display the event table of RMON or the specified event entry.
Any view
display rmon eventlog
Use the display rmon eventlog command to display the log table of RMON or the log entry for the
specified event.
Any view
display rmon history
Use the display rmon history command to display the history control table of RMOM and information
about the latest sampling, such as utilization, number of errors and total number of packets.
Any view
display rmon prialarm
Use the display rmon prialarm command to display information about the prialarm table of RMON or the
specified prialarm entry.
Any view
display rmon statistics
Use the display rmon statistics command to display the RMON statistics about the specified or all
interfaces.
Any view
display route-policy
Use the display route-policy command to view the configured route-policy
Any view
display rsa local-key-pair public
Use the display rsa local-key-pair public command to view the public key of the host key pair and
server key pair on the server. If no key is generated, the system displays: RSA keys not found.
Any view
display rsa peer-public-key
Use the display rsa peer-public-key command to view the specified RSA public key. If no public key
specified, all public keys are displayed.
Any view
Use the display saved-configuration command to view the configuration file loaded at this startup.
Any view
Use the display schedule reboot command to view settings related to the routers schedule reboot
terminal service.
Any view
display sftp source-ip
Use the display sftp source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the SFTP
client.
Any view
display snmp-agent
Use the display snmp-agent command to view the engine ID of the local or remote SNMP entity.
Any view
Command Reference
display snmp-agent community
Use the display snmp-agent community command to view information on the configured communities of
SNMPv1 or SNMPv2.
Any view
display snmp-agent group
Use the display snmp-agent group command to view information about the specified or all user security
model (USM) based groups, including group name, security model, storage type.
Any view
display snmp-agent mib-view
Use the display snmp-agent mib-view command to view the configured MIB views.
Any view
display snmp-agent statistics
Use the display snmp-agent statistics command to view the state and statistics about SNMP.
Any view
display snmp-agent sys-info
Use the display snmp-agent sys-info command to view the system information of this SNMP device.
Any view
display snmp-agent trap-list
Use the display snmp-agent trap-list command to display whether trap sending is enabled on each
module.
Any view
display snmp-agent usm-user
Use the display snmp-agent usm-user command to view information about the specified or all SNMP
users.
Any view
display sot
Use the display sot command to display the current state about SOT connections.
Any view
display ssh server
Use the display ssh server command to view information on SSH status or sessions.
Any view
display ssh server-info
Use the display ssh server-info command to view the associations of public key to SSH server
maintained at the client end.
Any view
display ssh-server source-ip
Use the display ssh-server source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the SSH
server.
Any view
Use the display ssh user-information command to view information about current SSH users, including
user name, corresponding key name and user authentication mode. If you specify the username
parameter, then only the information about the specified user is displayed.
Any view
display ssh2 source-ip
Use the display ssh2 source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the SSH client.
Any view
display standby flow
Use the display standby flow command to view statistics about the traffic on the main interfaces
participating in backup load sharing.
Any view
display standby state
Use the display standby state command to view information about the main and standby interfaces.
Any view
display startup
Use the display startup command to view the configuration file used at this startup and the one used for
next startup.
User view
Command Reference
display status interface
Use the display status interface command to display the state of the specified interface.
Any view
display status interface ima-group
Use the display status interface ima-group command to view detailed information about the specified
IMA group interface.
Any view
display stop-accounting-buffer
Use the display stop-accounting-buffer command to view information on the stop-accounting requests
buffered in the router.
Any view
display tcp statistics
Use the display tcp statistics command to view TCP traffic statistic information.
Any view
display tcp status
Use the display tcp status command to monitor TCP connection any time.
Any view
display tcp status
Use the display tcp status command to view information about the current TCP connections on the
router.
Any view
display telnet-server source-ip
Use the display telnet-server source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the
Telnet server.
Any view
display tftp-server
Use the display tftp-server command to view TFTP server state and attributes setting.
Any view
display tftp source-ip
Use the display tftp source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the TFTP
client.
Any view
display this
Use the display this command to view the current configurations in current view.
Any view
display time-range
Use the display time-range command to view the configuration and the status of time range. For the
active time range at present, it displays "active" and for the inactive time range, it displays "inactive".
Any view
display traffic behavior
Use the display traffic behavior command to display the information of the traffic behavior configured
on the router.
Any view
display traffic classifier
Use the display traffic classifier command to view the configuration information about class of the
router.
Any view
display trapbuffer
Use the display trapbuffer command to view the information entries in the trap buffer.
Any view
display udp-helper server
Use the display udp-helper server command to display the information about the destination servers
associated with the specified or all Ethernet interfaces.
Any view
display udp statistics
Use the display udp statistics command to view TCP traffic statistic information.
Any view
Command Reference
display user-interface
Use the display user-interface command to view information about the specified or all user interfaces.
Any view
display users
Use the display users command to view the login information of the users on each user interface.
Any view
display version
Use the display version command to system version information.
Any view
display virtual-access
Use the display virtual-access command to view state information about the specified or all virtual
access interfaces.
Any view
display vlan
Use the display vlan command to view information on VLANs.
Any view
display vlan interface
Use the display vlan interface command to view VLAN configuration information on a certain interface
(only supporting sub-interface).
Any view
display vlan max-packet-process
Use the display vlan max-packet-process command to view the maximum number of processed packets
configured on a certain VLAN per second.
Any view
Use the display vlan statistics vid command to view the packet statistics on a certain VLAN, e.g. the
received packet number and the sent packet number.
Any view
Use the display vlan statistics vid command to view the packet statistics on a certain VLAN, e.g. the
received packet number and the sent packet number.
Any view
display voice aaa-client configuration
Use the display voice aaa-client configuration command to view information about voice AAA.
Any view
Use the display voice call-history-record command to view the information about call history records.
Any view
Use the display voice call-history-record command to view call history.
Any view.
display voice call-info
Use the display voice call-info command to view the call information table, including: channel number
of the call, reference counter of all voice modules, module ID in use, list of the voice entities that can be
selected by the current call, and the voice entity used by the current call.
Any view
display voice default
Use the display voice default command to view the current default values and the system-fixed default
values for voice and fax.
Any view
display voice em call-statistic
Use the display voice em call-statistic command to view the call statistics of the digital E&M
subscriber-line.
Any view
display voice em ccb
Use the display voice em ccb command to view the information of call control block of the E&M
subscriber-line.
Any view
Command Reference
display voice entity
Use the display voice entity command to view the configuration information of voice entities of different
types.
Any view
display voice fax
Use the display voice fax command to view the fax statistics in the fax module and the statistics in the
fax transformation module as well.
Any view
display voice gateway
Use the display voice gateway command to view the gateway registration state information to GK Server.
Any view
display voice ipp
Use the display voice ipp command to view statistics about the IPP module.
Any view
display voice number-substitute
Use the display voice number-substitute command to view the configuration information of
number-substitute lists. It can display the information of a certain list and all the lists.
Any view
display voice r2 call-statistics
Use the display voice r2 call-statistics command to view the R2 call statistics.
Any view
display voice rcv ccb
Use the display voice rcv ccb command to view the information related to the call control block in the
RCV module.
Any view
display voice rcv statistic
Use the display voice rcv statistic command to view the statistics information of calling between the
RCV module and the CC module, VAS module, and so on.
Any view
display voice rcv statistic r2
Use the display voice rcv statistic r2 command to view the information of call statistics related to the
R2 signaling in the RCV module.
Any view
display voice sip call-statistics
Use the display voice sip call-statistics command to view all statistic information about the SIP
client.
Any view
display voice sip register-state
Use the display voice sip register-state command to view the registration state about the SIP user
agents (UAs).
Any view
display voice sip register status
Use the display voice sip register status command to display the registration status information of
all subscriber numbers under SIP UAs. The information includes subscriber number (Number), entity
number (Entity), timeout time (Expires) and registration status (Status).
Any view
Use the display voice subscriber-line command to view the configuration information about the type,
status, codec mode, input gain and output attenuation of the subscriber line.
Any view
Use the display voice subscriber-line command to view the subscriber line configuration.
Any view
display voice vofr call
Use the display voice vofr call command to view information of the current call.
Any view
display voice vofr statistic
Use the display voice vofr statistic command to view the call statistics between the VoFR module
and VCC, VPP and other modules.
Any view
Command Reference
Use the display voice voip data-statistic command to view statistics information of voice data.
Any view
display voice vpp
Use the display voice vpp command to view all the statistic information in the VPP module.
Any view
display voice vcc
Use the display voice vcc command to view the information about the call channel status and call
statistics.
Any view
display voice voip
Use the display voice voip downqueue e1t1vi-bno command to display the contents of the down
interrupt queue between the E1/T1 voice card and the router main card.
Use the display voice voip up-queue e1t1vi-no command to display the contents of the up interrupt
queue between the E1/T1 voice card and the router main card.
Use the display voice voip phy-statistic e1t1vi-bno command to display the statistics of the
physical layer.
Any view
display vrrp
Use the display vrrp command to view current configuration and state information about VRRP.
Any view
display web java-blocking
Use the display web java-blocking command to display the information about J ava blocking.
Any view
display web url-filter host
Use the display web url-filter host command to display information about URL address filtering.
Any view
display web url-filter parameter
Use the display web url-filter parameter command to display the filtering information about SQL
attack.
Any view
display x25 alias-policy
Use the display x25 alias-policy command to view X.25 alias table.
Any view
display x25 cug
Use the display x25 cug command to view the CUG configuration on the router ports.
Any view
display x25 hunt-group-info
Use the display x25 hunt-group-info command to view the status information of X.25 hunt group.
Any view
display x25 map
Use the display x25 map command to view the X.25 address mapping table.
Any view
display x25 map
Use the display x25 map command to display X.25 address map information.
Any view
display x25 pad
Use the display x25 pad command to view X.25 PAD connection information.
Any view
display x25 switch-table pvc
Use the display x25 switch-table pvc command to view X.25 switching virtual circuit table.
Any view
Use the display x25 switch-table svc command to display the X.25 switching routing table.
Any view
display x25 vc
Use the display x25 vc command to display information about X.25 virtual circuits.
Any view
Command Reference
Use the display x25 x2t switch-table command to display the dynamic switching routing table and
static routing table.
Any view
display x25 xot
Use the display x25 xot command to view XOT link information.
Any view
dl-bits
Use the dl-bits command to configure the bit value of all the signals of R2 line signaling.
R2 CAS view
dlsw bridge-set
Use the dlsw bridge-set command to configure the bridge group to connect DLSw. Use the undo dlsw
bridge-set command to delete the bridge.
System view
dlsw enable
Use the dlsw enable command to enable DLSw performance.
System view
dlsw ethernet-backup enable
Use the dlsw ethernet-backup enable command to enable DLSw Ethernet redundancy.
dlsw ethernet-backup map
Use the dlsw ethernet-backup map command to enable the Ethernet switch support feature for DLSw
Ethernet redundancy, that is, to map the MAC address of a remote SNA device to a local virtual MAC
address.
dlsw ethernet-backup timer
Use the dlsw ethernet-backup timer command to configure the time for which the master DLSw router
waits before sending a positive or negative response to the slave DLSw router upon receipt of a circuit
establishing request.
dlsw ethernet-frame-filter
Use the dlsw ethernet-frame-filter command to apply an ACL in the transmitting and receiving
directions of DLSW module towards bridge module so that it can transmit and receive only the Ethernet
frames with permitted source MAC addresses.
System view
dlsw filter acl
Use the dlsw filter acl command to specify to filter packets from any peer.
System view
dlsw local
Use the dlsw local command to create the DLSw local peer.
System view
dlsw max-transmission
Use the dlsw max-transmission command to set the maximum number of the attempts to send an explorer
frame.
System view
dlsw multicast
Use the dlsw multicast command to enable the multicast function of DLSw2.0.
System view
dlsw reachable
Use the dlsw reachable command to configure locally reachable MAC and SAP addresses.
System view
dlsw reachable-cache
Use the dlsw reachable-cache command to add the reachability information of the specified SNA device
to the reachable-cache. You can specify this SNA device by specifying its MAC address and IP address of
the router to which it is connected.
System view
dlsw remote
Use the dlsw remote command to create the DLSw remote peer.
System view
Command Reference
dlsw remote
Use the dlsw remote command to create a remote DLSw peer and specifies its version and filtering rule.
System view
dlsw reverse
Use the dlsw reverse command to convert a MAC address from Ethernet order to token ring order or vice
versa.
System view
dlsw timer
Use the dlsw timer command to configure the DLSw timer parameters.
System view
dns domain
Use the dns domain command to configure a DNS domain name.
System view
dns-list
Use the dns-list command to configure DNS server IP addresses in a global DHCP address pool.
dns-proxy enable
Use the dns-proxy enable command to enable DNS proxy.
System view
dns resolve
Use the dns resolve command to enable DNS resolving.
System view
dns server
Use the dns server command to configure IP address of a DNS server.
System view
domain
Use the domain command to configure an ISP domain or enter the view of an existing ISP domain.
System view
Use the domain-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS route area to authenticate the received
Level-2 routing packets (LSP, CSNP, PSNP), according to the pre-defined mode and password.
IS-IS view
domain-id
Use the domain-id command to specify domain ID for a VPN instance.
OSPF Protocol view
domain-name
Use the domain-name command to configure the domain name that a global address pool of the DHCP
server allocates to clients.
dot-match
Use the dot-match command to configure dot match rules of the number-substitute rules.
dpd
Use the dpd command to reference a DPD structure.
IKE Peer view
dscp media
Use the dscp media command to set the DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP packets that carry the RTP
stream of the voice entity.
Voice Entity view
dsl link-check
Use the dsl link-check enable command to enable retraining upon detection of a major fault after the
DSL interface comes up.
dtmf
Use the dtmf command to configure the way of sending and receiving R2 signaling.
R2 CAS view
dtmf sensitivity-level
Use the dtmf sensitivity-level command to set the detection sensitivity level of DTMF codes.
Command Reference
dtmf threshold
Use the dtmf threshold command to configure the sensitivity of DTMF digit detection.
duplex
Use the duplex command to set the operating mode of the Ethernet interface.
duplex
Use the duplex command to configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port.
Ethernet Port view
dvpn class
Use the dvpn class command to create and enter a dvpn-class view.
System view
dvpn client register-dumb
Use the dvpn client register-dumb command to set the time when a client turns to dumb state after it
fails to register with a DVPN server for specified retries.
System view
dvpn client register-interval
Use the dvpn client register-interval command to set the register interval of a client.
System view
dvpn client register-retry
Use the dvpn client register-retry command to set the maximum retries for a client to register with a
DVPN server continuously.
System view
dvpn dvpn-id
Use the dvpn dvpn-id command to specify the DVPN domain the tunnel interface belongs to. This
command is valid when the tunnel interface is encapsulated as DVPN.
dvpn interface-type
Use the dvpn interface-type command to specify the type of a tunnel interface. A tunnel interface is of
client type by default.
dvpn policy
Use the dvpn policy command to create and enter a DVPN policy view.
System view
dvpn policy
Use the dvpn policy command to apply a specified DVPN policy to a tunnel interface that is of server type.
dvpn register-type
Use the dvpn register-type command to configure the type of the additional information when a client
registers with a DVPN server.
dvpn security
Use the dvpn security acl command to configure the ACL used for deciding which data stream needs
IPSec encryption on the tunnel interface.
dvpn server
Use the dvpn server command to configure the DVPN class to be applied to a tunnel interface.
dvpn server authentication-client method
Use the dvpn server authentication-client method command to specify the default way a DVPN server
authenticates clients.
System view
dvpn server map age-time
Use the dvpn server map age-time command to set the map age time of a DVPN server.
System view
dvpn server pre-shared-key
Use the dvpn server pre-shared-key command to set a pre-shared key for a DVPN server.
System view
Command Reference
dvpn service
Use the dvpn service enable command to enable DVPN on a device.
System view
e1 bert
Use the e1 bert command to set test error bit for line Bit on CE3 interface.
CE3 interface view
e1 channel-set
Use the e1 channel-set command to bundle timeslots on an E1 line.
CE3 Interface view
e1 channel-set
Use the e1 channel-set command to bundle multiple timeslots on an E1 channel into one channel set.
CPOS Interface view
e1 set clock
Use the e1 set clock command to set clocking of an E1 line on the CE3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
e1 set clock
Use the e1 set clock command to set the clock mode of the E1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
e1 set frame-format
Use the e1 set frame-format command to configure the frame format on an E1 line.
CE3 Interface view
e1 set frame-format
Use the e1 set frame-format command to set the frame format of an E1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
e1 set loopback
Use the e1 set loopback command to set the loopback mode of the specified E1 line on the E3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
e1 set loopback
Use the e1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the E1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
e1 shutdown
Use the e1 shutdown command to shut down an E1 line on the CE3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
e1 shutdown
Use the e1 shutdown command to shut down an E1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
e1 unframed
Use the e1 unframed command to set an E1 line on a CE3 interface to work in unframed mode (E1 mode).
CE3 Interface view
e1 unframed
Use the e1 unframed command to set an E1 channel on the CPOS interface to unframed mode or E1 mode.
CPOS Interface view
early-media disable
Use the early-media disable command to disable early media negotiation.
SIP Client view
ebs
Use the ebs command to set EBS of frame relay virtual circuit.
echo-canceller
Use the echo-canceller command to configure echo-cancellation parameters.
effect-time
Use the effect-time command to configure the debounce time of line signaling.
R2 CAS view
eliminate-pulse
Use the eliminate-pulse command to eliminate the pulses with a width less than 3.472us, increasing
signal reliability. This is useful when the line is seriously interfered.
Command Reference
em-phy-parm
Use the em-phy-parm command to configure a wire scheme for the analog E&M subscriber-line.
em-signal
Use the em-signal command to configure a voice subscriber-line start mode.
enable
Use the enable command to enable current aggregation mode.
enable deactivate
Use the enable deactivate command to enable the router to actively deactivate the BSV interface.
BSV Interface view
enable snmp trap undown
Use the enable snmp trap updown command to enable the interface to send UPDOWN traps.
Interface view
encapsulation
Use the encapsulation gre command to set the MR encapsulation mode to GRE.
MR view
encapsulation
Use the encapsulation command to specify ATM AAL5 encapsulation type for PVC.
PVC view
encapsulation-mode
Use the encapsulation-mode command to set the encapsulation mode that the security protocol applies to
IP packets, which can be transport or tunnel.
IPSec Proposal view
encrypt-card backuped
Use the encrypt-card backuped command to enable backup function for the encryption card.
System view
encrypt-card fast-switch
Use the encrypt-card fast-switch command to enable the fast forwarding function of the encryption card.
System view
Use the encryption-algorithm command to specify the encryption algorithm for an IKE proposal.
IKE Proposal view
entity
Use the entity command to configure a voice entity and enter its view (at the same time specify the working
mode related to voice).
error-diffusion restraint config
Use the error-diffusion restraint config command to set the three parameters for error diffusion
restraint function.
System view
error-diffusion restraint enable
Use the error-diffusion restraint enable command to enable error diffusion restraint.
System view
escape-key
Use the escape-key command to define an escape key or key combination for aborting tasks.
User Interface view
esis
Use the esis command to employ ES-IS protocol globally and enter ES-IS view.
System view
esis enable
Use the esis enable command to employ ES-IS protocol on the interface.
Interface view
Use the esp authentication-algorithm command to set the authentication algorithm used by ESP.
IPSec Proposal view
Command Reference
Use the esp encryption-algorithm command to set the encryption algorithm adopted by ESP.
IPSec Proposal view
exchange-mode
Use the exchange-mode command to select an IKE negotiation mode.
IKE-Peer view
execute
Use the execute command to execute the specified batch file.
System view
exit
Use the exit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as
you would with the bye and quit commands.
SFTP Client view
expired
Use the expired command to configure a valid period allowed for leasing IP addresses in a global DHCP
address pool.
fast-connect
Use the fast-connect command to enable fast connect.
fax baudrate
Use the fax baudrate command to configure the highest fax baudrate enabled by the gateway.
Voice Entity view
fax ecm
Use the fax ecm command to configure the forced adoption of ECM mode at the gateway, that is, to make
the facsimiles at both ends support ECM mode.
Voice Entity view
fax level
Use the fax level command to configure the gateway carrier transmitting energy level.
Voice Entity view
fax local-train threshold
Use the fax local-train command to configure the percentage of fax local training threshold value.
Voice Entity view
fax nsf-on
Use the fax nsf-on common to configure the fax faculty transmission mode as Not Standard mode.
Voice Entity view
fax protocol
Use the fax protocol command to configure the protocol for intercommunication with other devices or
enable the fax Passthrough mode, and configure the number of redundant packets sent via the T.38 fax
protocol. The argument standard-t38 indicates the standard T38 negotiation mode specified by H323 or SIP
adopted.
Voice Entity view
fax support-mode
Use the fax support-mode command to configure the fax interworking mode with other equipments.
Voice Entity view
fax train-mode
Use the fax train-mode command to configure the training mode used by the gateway.
Voice Entity view
fdl
Use the fdl command to set the behavior of the CT1/PRI interface on the FDL in ESF framing.
fe1 clock
Use the fe1 clock command to configure clocking on the E1-F interface.
E1-F Interface view
fe1 code
Use the fe1 code command to configure the line code format of the E1-F interface.
E1-F Interface view
Command Reference
fe1 detect-ais (E1-F interface)
Use the fe1 detect-ais command to enable alarm indication signal (AIS) detect on the E1-F interface.
E1-F Interface view
fe1 frame-format
Use the fe1 frame-format command to configure the framing format of the E1-F interface.
E1-F Interface view
fe1 loopback
Use the fe1 loopback command to place the E1-F interface in local or remote loopback.
E1-F Interface view
fe1 timeslot-list
Use the fe1 timeslot-list command to bundle timeslots on the E1-F interface.
E1-F Interface view
fe1 unframed
Use the fe1 unframed command to configure an E1-F interface to work in unframed mode.
E1-F Interface view
feac (CT3 Interface)
Use the feac command to enable FEAC channel signal detection and sending on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
fifo queue-length
Use the fifo queue-length command to set the FIFO queue length of frame relay virtual circuit.
file prompt
Use the file prompt command to enable or disable the router to warn when an operation may result in
data loss or corruption.
System view
filename
Use the filename command to configure the name of the file to be gotten from or put onto an FTP server.
filter-policy
Use the filter-policy export command to configure the filtering conditions of the routing information
advertised by a certain type of routing protocols.
Use the filter-policy export command to filter the advertised routes and only the routes passing the
filter can be advertised by BGP.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Use the filter-policy export command to configure IS-IS to filter all redistributed routes or routes
redistributed from a specified routing protocol.
IS-IS view
Use the filter-policy export command to configure OSPF to filter the LSAs of redistributed routes for
advertisement.
OSPF view
Use the filter-policy export command to configure to filter the advertised routing information by RIP.
RIP view
filter-policy gateway
Use the filter-policy gateway import command to filter the routing information advertised by a
specified router.
Use the filter-policy import command to configure the condition for filtering the routing information.
Command Reference
Use the filter-policy gateway import command to filter the learned routing information advertised by
the specified address.
Use the filter-policy import command to filter the received global routing information.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Use the filter-policy import command to configure to filter the routes received by IS-IS.
IS-IS view
Use the filter-policy import command to configure the OSPF rules of filtering the routing information
received.
Use the filter-policy import command to filter the routes calculated by OSPF. Only the filtered routes
can be added to the routing table. The filtering can be performed according to the next hop and destination
of the route.
OSPF view
Use the filter-policy gateway command to configure to filter the received routing information distributed
from the specified address.
Use the filter-policy import command to configure the filtering to the received global routing
information.
RIP view
final-callednum
Use the final-callednum command to enable or disable the terminate signal to be sent to the terminating
point after the called number is sent.
R2 CAS view
firewall aspf
Use the firewall aspf command to apply ASPF policy in specified direction to an interface.
Interface view
firewall default
Use the firewall default command to configure the default filtering rule of the firewall, whether to be
permit or deny.
System view
firewall enable
Use the firewall enable command to enable the firewall.
System view
firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Use the firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to apply a MAC-based ACL on the interface.
Interface view
Use the firewall fragments-inspect command to enable fragment inspection switch.
System view
firewall fragments-inspect {high | low}
Use the firewall fragments-inspect { high | low } command to configure the high and low thresholds
of records for fragment inspection.
System view
Use the firewall packet-filter command to apply the access control list to the corresponding interface.
Interface view
first-rule
Use the first-rule command to configure the number-substitute rule that is first used in the current
number-substitute list.
fixdisk
Use the fixdisk command to restore the space of a storage device when it becomes unavailable because
of some abnormal operation.
User view
Command Reference
flag
Use the flag command to set the overhead byte of SONET/SDH frames.
CPOS Interface view
flag
Use the flag command to set the SDH overhead byte.
POS Interface view
flow control
Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet interface, which is useful only when
the peer end also supports flow control.
flow-control
Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet port to avoid packet drop when
congestion occurs.
Ethernet Port view
flow-control
Use the flow-control command to configure flow control mode.
User Interface view
flow interval
Use the flow-interval command to configure traffic statistic interval.
System view
flow-interval
Use the flow-interval command to configure the interval for measuring the average rate of the interfaces.
System view
flow-interval qos
Use the flow-interval qos command to configure QoS policy traffic statistical interval and QoS policy rate
updating interval.
System view
force-link
Use the force-link command to enable the GE interface to work in force mode.
GE Interface view
force-metering
Use the force-metering command to enable or disable the metering signal of R2 signaling.
R2 CAS view
format
Use the format command to format a storage device.
User view
fqdn
Use the fqdn command to specify the FQDN of an entity.
PKI Entity view
fr bump
Use the fr bump command to configure the standby PVC that will take over when a specified PVC goes
down.
FR Pvc-Group view
fr-class
Use the fr-class command to associate a frame relay class with the current frame relay virtual circuit or
frame relay interface.
Frame Relay DLCI view
fr class
Use the fr class command to create a frame relay class and enter frame relay class view.
System view
fr compression frf9
Use the fr compression frf9 command to enable the FRF9 compression function.
fr compression iphc
Use the fr compression iphc command to enable the IP header compression.
Command Reference
fr congestion-threshold
Use the fr congestion-threshold command to enable congestion management function of a frame relay
interface.
MFR Interface view
fr de del
Use the fr de del command to apply a DE rule list to the specified frame relay virtual circuit.
Frame Relay Interface (or Subinterface) view
MFR Interface view
Use the fr del inbound-interface command to configure an interface-based DE rule list. For the packet
received from the specified interface, if it is forwarded from the router as a frame relay packet, its DE flag
bit is set to 1 before being forwarded.
System view
fr del protocol ip
Use the fr del protocol ip command to configure an IP-based DE rule list. The DE flag bit of the frame
relay packet encapsulated with an IP packet matching the specified rule will be flagged as 1.
System view
fr dlci
Use the fr dlci command to configure the virtual circuit for Frame Relay interface.
Interface view
PVC Group view
fr dlci-switch
Use the fr dlci-switch command to configure a static route for frame relay PVC switching.
MFR Interface view
fr inarp
Use the fr inarp command to enable the inverse address resolution of Frame Relay.
Interface view
fr interface-type
Use the fr interface-type command to set the Frame Relay interface type.
Interface view
fr ip-dscp
Use the fr ip-dscp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified priority levels when
the DSCP identifier in the IP packet is used to identify the priority levels of packets.
FR Pvc-Group view
fr ip-precedence
Use the fr ip-precedence command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified priority levels
when the Precedence identifier in the IP packet is used to identify the priority levels of packets.
FR Pvc-Group view
fr iphc
Use the fr iphc command to enable IP header compression function, including RTP/TCP header
compression.
MFR Interface view
fr lmi n391dte
Use the fr lmi n391dte command to configure N391 parameter at the DTE side.
Interface view
fr lmi n392dce
Use the fr lmi n392dce command to set N392 parameter at the DCE side.
Interface view
fr lmi n392dte
Use the fr lmi n392dte command to set N392 parameter at the DTE side.
Interface view
fr lmi n393dce
Use the fr lmi n393dce command to set the N393 parameter at the DCE side.
Interface view
fr lmi n393dte
Use the fr lmi n393dte command to set N393 parameter at the DTE side.
Interface view
Command Reference
fr lmi t392dce
Use the fr lmi t392dce command to set T392 parameter at the DCE side.
Interface view
fr lmi type
Use the fr lmi type command to configure the Frame Relay LMI protocol type.
Interface view
fr map bridge
Use the fr map bridge command to add a bridge-set to frame relay map entry.
Interface view
fr map clns
Use the fr map clns command to add an FR mapping for OSI packets.
Interface view
fr map ip
Use the fr map ip command to add an IP address map entry for FR.
Interface view
fr map ipx
Use the fr map ipx command to add an IPX address map entry.
Interface view
fr map ppp interface virtual-template
Use the fr map ppp interface virtual-template command to map the FR DLCI (corresponds to an FR
PVC) to a PPP link, so the PPPoFR link is established, and thus PPP packets can be sent/received on FR
PVC.
Interface view
fr match
Use the fr match command to configure a PVC group to differentiate traffic by the Precedence or DSCP
FR Pvc-Group view
fr mpls-exp
Use the fr mpls-exp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified priority levels when
the EXP identifier in the MPLS packet is used to identify the priority levels of packets.
FR Pvc-Group view
fr pvc-group
Use the fr pvc-group command to create a PVC group.
Interface view
fr pvc-pq
Use the fr pvc-pq command to set the queue type of a frame relay interface as PVC PQ (PVC Priority
Queuing) and set queue length, i.e. the maximum number of packets that can be held by a queue, for each
queue.
MFR Interface view
fr pvc-protect
Use the fr pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in a PVC group.
FR Pvc-Group view
fr switch
Use the fr switch command to create a PVC used for frame relay switching and enter frame relay
switching view.
System view
fr switching
Use the fr switching command to enable frame relay PVC switching.
System view
fr traffic-policing
Use the fr traffic-policing command to enable FRTP function.
MFR Interface view
fr traffic-shaping
Use the fr traffic-shaping command to enable FRTS function.
MFR Interface view
Command Reference
fragment
Use the fragment command to enable the FRF.12-compliant fragmentation function on frame relay virtual
circuit.
frame-format
Use the frame-format command to set the frame format of ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface.
ATM Interface view
frame-format
Use the frame-format command to configure the ATM over E1/T1 framing format.
frame-format
Use the frame-format command to configure frame format of ATM E3/T3 interface.
frame-format
Use the frame-format command to set the frame type of the CPOS interface.
CPOS Interface view
frame-format
Use the frame-format command to set the frame format of the POS interface.
POS Interface view
frame-format (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the frame-format command to set the frame format on the CE1 interface.
frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the frame-format command to set the frame format on the CT1/PRI interface.
frame-format (CT3 Interface)
Use the frame-format command to configure the frame format used by the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
frame-length
Use the frame-length command to configure the number of ATM cells in an IMA frame.
framefill none
Use the framefill none command to disable a serial interface to send interframe filling tags.
AUX Interface view
AM Interface view
free unused porttag
Use the free unused porttag command to release the port tag resources used by removed interfaces for
creating new interfaces.
System view
free user-interface
Use the free user-interface number command to disconnect the user corresponding to the user
interface specified by its absolute index.
User view
frequency
Use the frequency command to configure an automatic test interval.
ft1 alarm-threshold
Use the alarm-threshold command to configure the alarm thresholds on the T1-F interface as needed.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 bert (T1-F Interface)
Use the ft1 bert command to start a BERT test on the T1-F interface.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 cable
Use the ft1 cable command to configure attenuation or transmission segment matching the T1-F interface.
T1-F Interface view
Command Reference
ft1 clock
Use the ft1 clock command to configure clocking on the T1-F interface.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 code
Use the ft1 code command to configure line code format for a T1-F interface.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 data-coding
Use the ft1 data-coding normal command to disable user data inversion on the T1-F interface.
Use the ft1 data-coding inverted command to enable user data inversion on the CT1/PRI interface.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 fdl
Use the ft1 fdl command to set the behavior of the T1-F interface on the FDL in ESF framing.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 loopback
Use the ft1 loopback command to place the T1-F interface in local or remote loopback.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 sendloopcode
Use the sendloopcode command to send remote loopback control code.
T1-F Interface view
ft1 timeslot-list
Use the ft1 timeslot-list command to bundle timeslots on the T1-F interface.
T1-F Interface view
ft3 (CT3 Interface)
Use the ft3 command to configure the CT3 interface to operate in FT3 mode and to set the DSU mode and
subrate for FT3.
CT3 Interface view
ftp
Use the ftp command to set up control connection to the remote FTP server and enter FTP client view.
User view
ftphost source-interface
Use the ftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface that the FTP client uses
when accessing the specified FTP server. This interface must be an exiting local interface.
User view
ftphost source-ip
Use the ftp host source-ip command to specify the source IP address that the FTP client uses when
accessing the specified FTP server.
User view
ftp-operation
Use the ftp-operation command to configure the FTP operation done by the system.
ftp server enable
Use the ftp server enable command to enable the FTP server to allow login of FTP users.
System view
ftp-server source-interface
Use the ftp-server source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing
local interface, for the FTP server.
System view
ftp-server source-ip
Use the ftp-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP
server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
System view
ftp source-interface
Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local
interface, for the FTP client.
System view
ftp source-ip
Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP client.
This IP address must be a local IP address.
System view
Command Reference
ftp timeout
Use the ftp timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer.
System view
ftp update
Use the ftp update command to set the file update mode that the FTP server uses while receiving data.
System view
fxo-monitoring
Use the fxo-monitoring enable command to enable the on line monitoring function on all FXO interfaces of
the device.
Voice view
gateway-list
Use the gateway-list command to configure IP addresses of the egress GW routers used by DHCP
clients.
get
Use the get command to FTP a file from a remote server and save it.
FTP Client view
get
Use the get command to download and save a file from a remote server.
SFTP Client view
gk-2nd-id
Use the gk-2nd-id command to configure the name and IP address of the backup GK Server corresponding
to the gateway.
Use the gk-2nd-id command to configure the IP address, name and port of the backup GK Server.
gk-client
Use the gk-client command to enter Voice GK client view, and configure the GK parameters for voice.
Voice view
gk-id
Use the gk-id command to configure the GK Server name and IP address corresponding to the gateway.
Use the command gk-id to configure such information as the IP address, name, and port of GK Server to
facilitate the research for the right GK Server equipment by the GK Client according to this information, so
as to implement the register task of gateway in the GK Server.
gk-security call
Use the gk-security call enable command to enable security calls on the GK Client (router).
gk-security register-pwd
Use the gk security register-pwd command to set the GK register password.
Use the gk-security register-pwd command to remove the GK register password.
gratuitous-arp-learning enable
Use the gratuitous-arp-learning enable command to enable the address learning function of gratuitous
ARP.
System view
gratuitous-arp-sending enable
Use the gratuitous-arp-sending enable command to configure the system to return ARP responses
when receiving gratuitous ARP packets from other network segments. The system, however, does not learn
the received ARP entries.
System view
gre checksum
Use the gre checksum command to configure the two ends of a tunnel to perform end-to-end check,
verifying the correctness of packets and discard those that do not pass the verification.
gre key
Use the gre key command to set identification keyword of the tunnel interface, and by this feeble security
mechanism avoid incorrectly identifying or receiving packets from undesired places.
Command Reference
group
Use the group command to create a peer group.
BGP view
group-b
Use the group-b command to enable or disable Group-B stage signal to complete register exchange.
R2 CAS view
gts
Use the gts command to configure traffic shaping for a behavior.
gw-access-number
Use the gw-access-number command to configure the access service number or enter the view of the
access service number.
gw-address
Use the gw-address command to configure the source IP address used by the voice gateway.
gw-id
Use the gw-id command to configure the gateway alias.
Use the command gw-id to configure the gateway alias, which is used for the gateway to register and
identify the voice gateway. Each gateway has only one alias, and the new alias will cover the old one.
header
Use the header command to create a banner.
System view
help
Use the help command to get the help information for the specified or all SFTP client commands.
SFTP Client view
history-command max-size
Use the history-command max-size command to set the size of history command buffer.
User Interface view
history keep-time
Use the history keep-time command to configure the retaining time of the history record for a test group.
history-record
Use the history-record enable command to enable history record.
history-records
Use the history-records command to configure the number of test results that the system can retain.
home-agent ip-address
Use the home-agent ip-address command to configure the HA address of the MR.
MR view
hookoff-time
Use the hookoff-time command to configure the hangup timer. When this timer times out, the interface
hangs up.
host-route
Use the host-route command to control the RIP to accept the host route.
RIP view
hotkey
Use the hotkey command to assign a hot key to a command line.
System view
http-operation
Use the http-operation command to configure an HTTP operation type.
Command Reference
hwatacacs change-password self
Use the hwtacacs change-password self command to enable the TACACS online user to change the
password.
User view
hwatacacs nas-ip
Use the hwtacacs nas-ip command to specify the source address of the hwtacacs packet sent from NAS.
System view
hwatacacs scheme
Use the hwtacacs scheme command to enter TACACS+Server view. If the specified TACACS+server
scheme does not exist, you can create a new TACACS+scheme.
System view
hwping
Use the hwping command to create an HWPing test group.
System view
hwping-agent enable
Use the hwping-agent enable command to enable the HWPing client function.
System view
hwping-agent max-requests
Use the hwping-agent max-requests command to set the allowed maximum number of concurrent tests.
System view
hwping-server enable
Use the hwping-server enable command to enable HWPing Server.
System view
Use the hwping-server tcpconnect command to create a TCP listening service.
System view
Use the hwping-server udpecho command to create a UDP listening service.
System view
icmp redirect send
Use the icmp redirect send command to enable the sending of ICMP Redirect messages.
System view
id-type
Use the id-type command to select the type of ID used in IKE negotiation.
IKE-Peer view
idle-mark
Use the idle-mark command to set the line idle-mark of the synchronous serial interface to FF.
idle-timeout
Use the idle-timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer. When it expires, the user connection is
disconnected.
User Interface view
idlecode (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the idlecode command to set the line idle code on the CE1/PRI interface. Two types of line idle code
are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
idlecode (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the idlecode command to set the line idle code on the CT1/PRI interface. Two types of line idle code
are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
if-match
Use the if-match command to define the match rule of a class.
Class view
if-match acl
Use the if-match acl command to define ACL match rule.
Class view
if-match acl
Use the if-match acl command to set conditions that multicast packets should meet in each policy node.
Route-Policy view
Command Reference
if-match acl
Use the if-match acl command to set the match condition for IP address.
Route-Policy view
if-match acl
Use the if-match acl command to configure the IP address range to match the route-policy.
Routing Policy view
if-match any
Use the if-match any command to define the rule matching all packets.
Class view
if-match as-path
Use the if-match as-path command to filter BGP routing information.
Routing Policy view
if-match atmclp
Use the if-match atmclp command to create a cell loss priority (CLP) bit match rule defining that ATM cells
with CLP bit set to 1 are matched.
Use the if-match not atmclp command to create a CLP bit match rule defining that ATM cells with CLP
bit set to 0 are matched.
Class view
if-match classifier
Use the if-match classifier command to define class-map match rule.
Class view
if-match community
Use the if-match community command to configure the community list number to be matched in
route-policy.
Routing Policy view
if-match cost
Use the if-match cost command to configure one of the matching rules of route-policy to match the cost
of the routing information.
Routing Policy view
if-match {destination-mac | source-mac}
Use the if-match {destination-mac | source-mac }command to define match rule of destination or source
MAC address.
Class view
if-match dot1p-cos
Use the if-match dot1p-cos command to define a COS field match rule for VLAN packets.
Class view
if-match dscp
Use the if-match dscp command to define an IP DSCP match rule.
Class view
if-match fr-de
Use the if-match fr-de command to define an FR DE matching rule.
Class view
if-match inbound-interface
Use the if-match inbound-interface command to define ingress interface match rule of a class.
Class view
if-match interface
Use the if-match interface command to match the route whose next hop is designated interface.
Routing Policy view
Use the if-match ip next-hop command to configure one of the match rules of route-policy on the next
hop address of the routing information.
Routing Policy view
if-match ip-precedence
Use the if-match ip-precedence command to define IP precedence match rule.
Class view
if-match ip-prefix
Use the if-match ip-prefix command to configure one of the match rules of route-policy on the IP
address range of the routing information.
Routing Policy view
Command Reference
if-match mpls-exp
Use the if-match mpls-exp command to configure the matching rule for EXP domain of MPLS.
Class view
if-match mpls-label
Use the if-match mpls-label command to configure to match public network routes with MPLS labels
only.
Route-Policy view
if-match outbound-interface
Use the if-match outbound-subinterface command to define an outbound subinterface matching rule for
the class.
Class view
Use the if-match packet-length command to set length match conditions of IP packets.
Route-Policy view
if-match protocol
Use the if-match protocol command to define protocol matching rules.
Class view
if-match protocol rtp
Use the if-match protocol rtp command to configure RTP matching rules.
Class view
if-match rtp
Use the if-match rtp command to define port match rule of RTP.
Class view
if-match tag
Use the if-match tag command to match the tag field of OSPF route information.
Routing Policy view
igmp enable
Use the igmp enable command to enable IGMP on an interface.
Interface view
igmp group-limit
Use the igmp group-limit command to limit the number of IGMP groups joined on the interface. If the
number exceeds the limit, the router will not process the joined IGMP packet any more.
Interface view
igmp group-policy
Use the igmp group-policy command to set the filter of multicast groups on an interface to control the
accessing to the IP multicast groups.
Interface view
igmp host-join
Use the igmp host-join command to enable an interface of a router to join a multicast group.
Interface view
igmp lastmember-queryinterval
Use the igmp lastmember-queryinterval command to set the interval at which IGMP querier sends the
IGMP specified group query packet when it receives IGMP Leave packet from the host.
Interface view
igmp max-response-time
Use the igmp max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time contained in the
IGMP query packet.
Interface view
igmp proxy
Use the igmp proxy command to specify an interface of a leaf network router as the IGMP proxy of another
interface.
Interface view
igmp robust-count
Use the igmp robust-count command to set the times IGMP querier sends the IGMP specified group query
packet when it receives IGMP Leave packet from the host.
Interface view
Command Reference
igmp timer other-querier-present
Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the overtime value of presence of
IGMP querier.
Interface view
igmp timer query
Use the igmp timer query command to configure the interval at which a router interface sends IGMP query
messages.
Interface view
igmp version
Use the igmp version command to specify the version of IGMP that a router uses.
Interface view
ignore-lsp-checksum-error
Use the ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure the IS-IS to ignore the checksum error of
LSP.
IS-IS view
ike dpd
Use the ike dpd command to create a DPD structure and enter its view.
System view
ike local-name
Use the ike local-name command to set the name of the local GW.
System view
ike next-payload check disabled
Use the ike next-payload check disabled command to disable the router to check the next-payload field
in the last payload of the IKE negotiation packet during IPSec negotiation for compatibility with other
vendors.
System view
Use the ike peer command to quote an IKE peer in an IPSec policy or IPSec policy template.
IPSec Policy view
ike peer (System view)
Use the ike peer command to configure an IKE peer and access IKE-peer view.
System view
ike proposal
Use the ike proposal command to define an IKE proposal.
System view
ike sa keepalive-timer interval
Use the ike sa keepalive-timer interval command to configure the interval for sending Keepalive
packet to the remote end through ISAKMP SA.
System view
ike sa keepalive-timer timeout
Use the ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command to configure a timeout for ISAKMP SA to wait for the
Keepalive packet.
System view
ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval
Use the ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval command to configure the NAT keepalive interval for IKE
peers.
System view
ima-clock
Use the ima-clock command to configure the clock mode of the IMA group.
ima ima-group
Use the ima ima-group command to add the ATM E1/T1 interface to the specified IMA group. If the
specified IMA group does not exist, it is created first.
ima-test
Use the ima-test command to set a test pattern for testing the connectivity of the specified link to the rest
of the IMA group.
Command Reference
impedance
Use the impedance command to configure the current electric impedance on a voice subscriber-line.
import-route
Use the import-route command to redistribute routes from other protocols.
BGP view
import-route
Use the import-route command to import routing information from other protocols to BGP.
import-route
Use the import-route command to configure IS-IS to filter the redistributed routes.
IS-IS view
import-route
Use the import-route command to redistribute the information of another routing protocol.
OSPF view
import-route
Use the import-route command to redistribute the routes of other protocols into RIP.
RIP view
import-route isis
Use the import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command to enable routing information in a Level-2
area to be redistributed to a Level-1 area.
IS-IS view
import-route ospf
Use the import-route ospf command to enable to import OSPF route.
BGP Unicast/Multicast view
import-source
Use the import-source command to configure which (S, G) entries in the domain need to be advertised
when a MSDP originates an SA message.
MSDP view
info-center channel
Use the info-center channel command to assign a name to the information channel specified by
channel-number.
System view
Use the info-center console channel command to have the info-center output information to the console
over the specified channel.
System view
info-center enable
Use the info-center enable command to enable the info-center.
System view
Use the info-center logbuffer command to enable the log buffer and specify the channel for system
information output as well as the size of the log buffer.
System view
info-center logfile
Use the info-center logfile channel command to have the info-center output system information to the
log file.
System view
info-center loghost
Use the info-center loghost command to have the info-center output information to the log host.
System view
info-center loghost source
Use the info-center loghost source command to specify the source address in the packets destined to
the log host.
System view
Command Reference
Use the info-center monitor channel command to have the info-center output information over the
specified channel to the user terminal.
System view
info-center snmp channel
Use the info-center snmp channel command to set the information channel for SNMP.
System view
info-center source
Use the info-center source command to add records to an information channel.
System view
info-center synchronous
Use the info-center synchronous command to enable synchronous terminal output.
System view
info-center timestamp
Use the info-center timestamp command to set a time stamp format for the system information output to
the information channels except for the log host.
System view
info-center timestamp loghost
Use the info-center timestamp loghost command to set a time stamp format for the system information
output to the log host.
System view
Use the info-center trapbuffer command to enable the trap buffer, set its size and the channel that
outputs information to it.
System view
interface
Use the interface command to create a P2MP or P2P subinterface.
System view
interface
Use the interface command to enter the specified interface view or create a logical interface or
subinterface.
System view
interface
Use the interface command to enter Ethernet port view.
System view
interface atm
Use the interface atm command to enter the view of the specified ATM E1/T1 interface.
System view
interface bridge-template
Use the interface bridge-template command to create a bridge template interface, connecting the
specified bridge set to the routing network.
System view
interface dialer
Use the interface dialer command to create a dialer circular group for the Circular DCC, or configure a
dialer interface for the Resource-Shared DCC.
System view
interface encrypt
Use the interface encrypt command to enter encryption card interface view.
System view
interface ethernet
Use the interface ethernet command to create an Ethernet subinterface.
System view
interface ima
Use the interface ima command to enter the specified IMA group interface view.
System view
interface logic-channel
Use the interface logic-channel command to create a logical channel interface.
System view
Command Reference
interface loopback
Use the interface loopback command to create a loopback interface or its view.
System view
interface mfr
Use the interface mfr command to create a multilink frame relay bundle interface or sub-interface and
enter the corresponding interface view.
System view
interface mp-group
Use the interface mp-groupwcommand to create an MP-group interface.
System view
interface null
Use the interface null command to enter null interface view.
System view
interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ]
Use the interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] command to configure type of the specified FR subinterface
and enter frame relay subinterface view.
System view
interface tunnel
Use the interface tunnel command to create a tunnel interface and enter the view of this tunnel interface.
System view
interface virtual-ethernet
Use the interface virtual-ethernet command to create a virtual Ethernet interface.
System view
Use the interface virtual-template command to create a virtual template or enter the existing virtual
template view.
System view
interval-time
Use the interval-time command to configure the interval for triggering DPD query.
DPD Structure view
Use the invert receive-clock command to invert the receive-clock signal on the DTE-side synchronous
serial interface.
Serial Interface View
Use the invert transmit-clock command to enable the inverting of the transmit-clock signal of the
synchronous serial interface at the DTE side.
ip
Use the ip command to specify the IP address of an entity.
PKI Entity view
ip address
Use the ip address command to configure the home address of an MR.
HA-MR view
ip address
Use the ip address command to set an IP address for an interface.
Interface view
ip address
Use the ip address command to configure the home address of an MR.
MR view
ip address bootp-alloc
Use the ip address bootp-alloc command to configure the Ethernet interface to obtain IP address using
BOOTP.
Use the ip address dhcp-alloc command to enable DHCP client on the Ethernet or WAN interface for
obtaining local IP address.
Interface view (Ethernet Interface or Subinterface)
Synchronous/Asynchronous Serial Interface (encapsulated with PPP, HDLC, or frame relay, E1 interface)
Command Reference
Use the ip address ppp-negotiate command to allow IP address be assigned through negotiation at the
interface.
Interface view
ip address unnumbered
Use the ip address unnumbered command to enable an interface to borrow the IP address of another
interface.
Interface view
ip as-path-acl
Use the ip as-path-acl command to configure an AS path regular expression.
System view
ip binding vpn-instance
Use the ip binding vpn-instance command to bind an interface or subinterface to a vpn-instance.
Interface (or Subinterface) view
ip community-list
Use the ip community-list command to configure a BGP community list.
System view
ip count enable
Use the ip count enable command to enable IP accounting.
System view
ip count exterior threshold
Use the ip count exterior-threshold command to configure maximum number of entries in the exterior
hash table, with each entry for an IP packet that does not match any IP accounting rule.
System view
ip count firewall denied
Use the ip count firewall-denied command to configure the IP Accounting to count the IP packets
denied by the firewall on the current interface.
Interface view
ip count inbound packets
Use the ip count inbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting to count inbound IP packets
Interface view
ip count interior threshold
Use the ip count interior-threshold command to configure maximum number of entries in the interior
hash table, with each entry for an IP packet matching the IP accounting rule.
System view
ip count outbound-packets
Use the ip count outbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting to count outbound IP
packets on the current interface.
Interface view
ip count rule
Use the ip count rule command to configure IP accounting rules.
System view
ip count timeout
Use the ip count timeout command to configure the aging time of IP accounting entries.
System view
ip df-check enable
Use the ip df-check enable command to enable dont fragment bit (DF-bit) check for IP packets.
System view
ip-dscp
Use the ip-dscp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified priority levels when the
DSCP identifier in the IP packet is used to identify the priority levels of packets.
ATM Pvc-Group view
Command Reference
ip fast-forwarding
Use the ip fast-forwarding command to enable unicast fast packet forwarding on both inbound and
outbound interfaces.
Use the ip fast-forwarding inbound command to enable unicast fast packet forwarding on the inbound
interface.
Use the ip fast-forwarding outbound command to enable unicast fast packet forwarding on the outbound
interface.
Interface view
ip forward-broadcast
Use the ip forward-broadcast command to enable the current interface to forward broadcasts.
Interface view
ip host
Use the ip host command to configure the IP address corresponding to a host name.
System view
ip ip-prefix
Use the ip ip-prefix command to configure an address prefix list or one of its items.
System view
ip local policy route-policy
Use the ip local policy route-policy command to enable local policy routing.
System view
ip multicast-fast-forwarding
Use the ip multicast-fast-forwarding command to enable multicast fast forwarding on an interface.
Interface view
ip multicast-policy route-policy
Use the ip multicast-policy route-policy command to enable a multicast policy routing on an
interface.
Interface view
ip netstream aggregation
Use the ip netstream aggregation command to enter NetStream aggregation view.
System view
Use the ip netstream export host command to set the destination IP address and UDP port number for
NetStream UDP packets.
System view,
Use the ip netstream export source command to configure a source interface for NetStream UDP
packets.
System view,
ip netstream export version
Use the ip netstream export version command to configure the type of AS numbers to be recorded in
NetStream cache entries and the version of UDP packets.
System view
ip netstream format no-direction
Use the ip netstream format no-direction command to remove flow direction mark in the header of
NetStream log packet.
System view
ip netstream { inbound | outbound }
Use the ip netstream { inbound | outbound } command to enable NetStream statistics in the inbound
or outbound direction of the interface.
Interface view
ip netstream max-entry
Use the ip netstream max-entry command to set the NetStream cache size.
System view
ip netstream timeout active
Use the ip netstream timeout active command to set the active aging timer for NetStream cache entries.
System view
Command Reference
ip netstream timeout inactive
Use the ip netstream timeout inactive command to set the inactive aging timer for NetStream cache
entries.
System view
ip option source-routing
Use the ip option source-routing command to enable IP source routing, allowing the router to handle
the packets with the IP source-route option.
System view
ip policy route-policy
Use the ip policy route-policy command to enable policy routing at an interface.
Interface view
ip pool
Use the ip pool command to configure a local address pool for assigning addresses to PPP users.
System view
ISP Domain view
ip-precedence
Use the ip-precedence command to set the precedence of IP packets carried over PVC.
ATM PVC-Group view
ip relay address cycle
Use the ip relay address cycle command to enable the DHCP relay to allocate servers using the load
sharing approach, where the HASH algorithm applies allowing different clients to use different DHCP
servers and the same client to use the same DHCP server so long as it is possible.
System view
ip relay address (Interface view)
Use the ip relay address command to specify the exact location of a DHCP server by configuring an IP
relay address for it on the current interface.
Interface view
Use the ip relay address interface command to configure a relay address for the Ethernet interfaces
in a specified range for the purpose of transparent forwarding.
System view
ip route-static
Use the ip route-static command to configure a static route.
Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route. In the application of
multi-role host, you can configure a static route on a private network to specify the interface of another
private network or public network as its outbound interface.
System view
ip route-static detect-group
Use the ip route-static detect-group command to configure a static route and reference a detect group.
System view
ip route-static vpn-instance
Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route, by specifying a private
network interface as the outgoing-interface of this static route.
System view
ip rpf-longest-match
Use the ip rpf-longest-match command to configure the longest-match rule to be the multicast RPF route
selecting policy.
System view
ip rpf-route-static
Use the ip rpf-route-static command to configure multicast static routes.
System view
ip source-address-check
Use the ip source-address-check command to enable source address check function for IP packets.
System view
ip tcp vjcompress
Use the ip tcp vjcompress command to enable a PPP interface to compress the VJ TCP header.
Interface view
ip urpf
Use the ip urpf command to enable URPF check on the interface.
Interface view
Command Reference
ip vpn-instance
Use the ip vpn-instance command to create and configure a vpn-instance.
Use the ip vpn-instance command to create a vpn-instance named vpn-name.
System view
Routing Protocol (BGP and RIP) view
ipsec card-proposal
Use the ipsec card-proposal command to create an SA proposal for the encryption card and enter the
corresponding view.
System view
Use the ipsec policy (Interface view) command to apply an ipsec policy group with the name
policy-name at the interface,.
Interface view
Use the ipsec policy command to establish or modify an ipsec policy, and enter IPSec policy view.
System view
Use the ipsec policy-template command to establish or modify an IPSec policy template, and enter
IPSec policy template view.
System view
ipsec proposal
Use the ipsec proposal proposal-name command to establish or modify a proposal named
proposal-name, and enter IPSec proposal view.
System view
Use the ipsec sa global-duration command to set a global SA duration.
System view
ipv4-family
Use the ipv4-family command to enter IPv4 extended address family view of BGP.
Use the ipv4-family multicast command to multicast. For relevant contents, refer to "MBGP Multicast
Extended" chapter in module "Multicast" of this manual.
Use the ipv4-family vpn-instance command for BGP/MPLS VPN. For related description, refer to "MPLS
VPN" chapter in module "MPLS" module of this manual.
BGP view
VPN Instance view
ipv4-family
Use the ipv4-family multicast command to enter MBGP multicast address family view.
Use the ipv4-family vpn-instance command to enter MBGP vpn-instance address family view.
Use the ipv4-family vpnv4 command to enter MBGP VPNv4 address family view.
BGP view
ipv4-family multicast
Use the ipv4-family multicast command to enter the IPv4 multicast subaddress family view.
BGP view
ipv4-family vpn-instance
Use the ipv4-family command to enter MBGP address family view of RIP.
RIP view
ipv4-family vpnv4
Use the ipv4-family vpnv4 command to enter VPNv4 address family view of BGP.
BGP view
idle-mark
Use the idle-mark command to configure the idle coding scheme of the synchronous serial port.
ipx enable
Use the ipx enable command to activate IPX.
System view
ipx encapsulation
Use the ipx encapsulation command to set IPX frame encapsulation format on Ethernet interface.
Command Reference
ipx netbios-propagation
Use the ipx netbios-propagation command to configure the router to forward type 20 broadcast packets
Interface view
ipx network
Use the ipx network command to configure a network ID for an interface.
Interface view
ipx rip import-route
Use the ipx rip import-route static command to import static routes into RIP. RIP adds them in their
route updates.
System view
ipx rip mtu
Use the ipx rip mtu command to configure RIP updating packet size.
Interface view
ipx rip multiplier
Use the ipx rip multiplier command to configure the aging period of RIP routing information table items.
System view
ipx rip timer update
Use the ipx rip timer update command to configure RIP updating interval.
System view
ipx route load-balance-path
Use the ipx route load-balance-path command to configure the equivalent route number to the same
destination address.
System view
ipx route max-reserve-path
Use the ipx route max-reserve-path command to configure the maximum dynamic route number to the
same destination address.
System view
ipx route-static
Use the ipx route-static command to configure IPX static route.
System view
ipx sap disable
Use the ipx sap disable command to disable SAP on the current interface.
Interface view
ipx sap gns-disable-reply
Use the ipx sap gns-disable-reply command to disable IPX GNS reply on the current interface.
Interface view
ipx sap gns-load-balance
Use the ipx sap gns-load-balance command to configure the router to respond GNS request in
Round-robin method, that is, all servers respond GNS request in turn.
System view
ipx sap max-reserve-servers
Use the ipx sap max-reserve-servers command to configure the length of the service information
reserve queue.
System view
ipx sap mtu
Use the ipx sap mtu command to configure the maximum size of SAP updating packet.
Interface view
ipx sap multiplier
Use the ipx sap multiplier command to configure the aging period of SAP service information table
items.
System view
ipx sap timer update
Use the ipx sap timer update command to configure SAP updating interval.
System view
ipx service
Use the ipx service command to add a static service information item to SIT.
System view
Command Reference
ipx split-horizon
Use the ipx split-horizon command to enable split horizon on the current interface.
Interface view
ipx tick
Use the ipx tick command to configure the delay of interface sending IPX packets.
Interface view
Use the ipx update-change-only command to enable trigger update on the current interface.
Interface view
is-level
Use the is-level command to configure the IS-IS level.
IS-IS view
isdn bch-local-manage
Use the isdn bch-local-manage command to enable local ISDN B channel management.
ISDN Interface view
isdn bch-select-way
Use the isdn bch-select-way command to set a B channel selection method.
ISDN Interface view
isdn caller-number
Use the isdn caller-number command to configure the range of the numbers that the router can receive.
ISDN Interface view
isdn calling
Use the isdn calling command to have the messages from a calling party to a called party carry the calling
number.
ISDN Interface view
isdn check-called-number
Use the isdn check-called-number command to configure the called number or subaddress that the
system should verify when receiving a digital call.
ISDN PRI Interface view
isdn crlength
Use the isdn crlength command to set length of the call reference used when a call is placed on an ISDN
interface.
ISDN Interface view
isdn ie passthrough
Use the isdn ie passthrough command to enable transparent transmission of some or all related
information elements and you can use this command to configure transparent transmission direction.
ISDN Interface view (not applicable on BRI Interface)
isdn ignore connect-ack
Use the isdn ignore connect-ack command to configure the router to switch the ISDN protocol state to
ACTIVE to start the data and voice service communications after sending a CONNECT message without
having to wait for a CONNECT ACK message.
ISDN Interface view
isdn ignore hlc
Use the isdn ignore hlc command to disable ISDN to carry the higher layer compatibility (HLC)
information element in the SETUP messages sent when placing voice calls.
ISDN Interface view
isdn ignore llc
Use the isdn ignore llc command to disable ISDN to carry the Lower Layer Compatibility (LLC)
information element in the SETUP messages sent when placing voice calls.
ISDN Interface view
isdn ignore sending-complete
Use the isdn ignore sending-complete command to configure the ISDN protocol to ignore the processing
on the Sending Complete Information Element.
ISDN Interface view
isdn L3-timer
Use the isdn L3-timer command to configure the duration of an ISDN L3 timer.
ISDN Interface view
Command Reference
Use the isdn number-property command to set the type and code scheme of calling or called numbers in
incoming or outgoing ISDN calls.
ISDN Interface view
isdn overlap-sending
Use the isdn overlap-sending command to set the system to send the called number information in the
overlap mode on the ISDN interface.
ISDN Interface view
isdn q921-permanent
Use the isdn q921-permanent command to enable the Q.921 permanent link function.
ISDN Interface View
isdn pri-slipwnd-size
Use the isdn pri-slipwnd-size command to set the slide window size on a PRI interface.
Interface view
isdn protocol-mode
Use the isdn protocol-mode command to set the ISDN interface to operate on the user side or network
side of ISDN protocol.
ISDN Interface view
isdn protocol-type
Use the isdn protocol-type command to set the ISDN protocol to be run on an ISDN interface.
ISDN Interface view
isdn send-restart
Use the isdn send-restart command to enable PRI interfaces to actively send ISDN RESTART
messages to clear calls of the remote end before maintaining B channels.
System view
isdn spid auto_trigger
Use the isdn spid auto_trigger command to enable SPID auto-negotiation once on the BRI interface
running the NI protocol.
isdn spid nit
Use the isdn spid nit command to set the SPID processing mode to NIT (Not Initial Terminal) on an
NI-compliant BRI interface.
isdn spid resend
Use the isdn spid resend command to set the number of INFORMATION message retransmission
attempts for SPID negotiation or initialization on an NI-compliant BRI interface.
isdn spid service
Use the isdn spid service command to configure the service types that must be supported in SPI
negotiation on the BRI interface adopting NI protocol.
isdn spid timer
Use the isdn spid timer command to set the duration of the timer TSPID for an NI-compliant BRI interface
to timer_length.
isdn spid1
Use the isdn spid1 command to configure SPID information for the B1 channel on the NI-compliant BRI
interface.
isdn spid2
Use the isdn spid2 command to configure SPID information for the B1 channel on an NI-compliant BRI
interface.
Command Reference
isdn statistics
Use the isdn statistics command to have the system make statistics on the information received and
transmitted at an ISDN interface.
Use the isdn statistics start command in the view of an interface to start making statistics on the
messages received and transmitted at the interface.
Use the isdn statistics display command to view the statistic information.
Use the isdn statistics continue command to continue the effort in making statistics.
Use the isdn statistics display flow command to view the statistics in the form of flow.
Use the isdn statistics stop command to stop making statistics.
ISDN Interface view
isdn two-tei
Use the isdn two-tei command to have the router requests the connected switch for a new TEI value
before calling for a B channel.
BRI Interface view
isis
Use the isis command to enable the corresponding IS-IS routing process and enter the IS-IS view.
System view
Use the isis authentication-mode command to configure the IS-IS to authenticate the hello messages
of the corresponding level, in the specified mode and with the specified password on the IS-IS interface.
Interface view
isis circuit-level
Use the isis circuit-level command to configure the link adjacency relationship.
Interface view
isis cost
Use the isis cost command to configure the link cost of this interface when performing SPF calculation.
Interface view
isis dis-priority
Use the isis dis-priority command to configure the priority of an interface for the corresponding level
DIS election.
Interface view
isis enable
Use the isis enable command to configure this interface to activate the corresponding IS-IS routing
process.
Interface view
isis enable clns
Use the isis enable clns command to enable CLNS-based IS-IS routing process for a specified interface.
Interface view
isis mesh-group
Use the isis mesh-group command to add an interface to a specified mesh group.
Interface view
isis small-hello
Use the isis small-hello command to disable IS-IS to stuff Hello packets to the size of interface MTU if
their data sizes are smaller.
Interface view
isis timer csnp
Use the isis timer csnp command to configure the interval of sending CSNP packets on the broadcast
network.
Interface view
isis timer hello
Use the isis timer hello command to configure the interval of sending hello message of corresponding
level.
Interface view
isis timer holding-multiplier
Use the isis timer holding-multiplier command to configure the number of invalid Hello messages
for the interface.
Interface view
Command Reference
isis timer lsp
Use the isis timer lsp command to configure minimum IS-IS LSP interval on the interface.
Interface view
isis timer retransmit
Use the isis timer retransmit command to configure the LSP retransmission interval over the
point-to-point link.
Interface view
itf (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the itf command to set the type of and the number of interframe filling tags on the CE1/PRI interface.
Two types of interframe filling tag are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
itf (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the itf command to set the type of and the the number of interframe filling tags on the CT1/PRI
interface. Two types of interframe filling tag are available: 0x7e and 0xff.
jitter-interval
Use the jitter-interval command to set a packet sending interval for a jitter test.
jitter-packetnum
Use the jitter-packetnum command to configure the number of packets to be sent in a jitter test.
keepalive
Use the keepalive command to enable the keepalive function of GRE and configure the interval for sending
keepalive messages and the maximum number of sending attempts as well.
language-mode
Use the language-mode command to toggle the display language of the command line interface (CLI)
between English and Chinese.
User view
lapb max-frame
Use the lapb max-frame command to configure LAPB parameter N1.
Interface view
lapd modulo
Use the lapb modulo command to specify the LAPB frame numbering view (also called modulo).
Interface view
lapb pollremote
Use the lapb pollremote command to configure the link protocol to teardown the link in use after receiving
false packets.
Interface view
lapb retry
Use the lapb retry command to configure LAPB parameter N2.
Interface view
lapd timer
Use the lapb timer command to configure the LAPB timers T1, T2 and T3.
Interface view
lapb window-size
Use the lapb window-size command to configure the LAPB window
parameter K.
Interface view
ldap-server
Use the ldap-server ip command to configure the LDAP server IP address and the port.
PKI Domain view
lcd
Use the lcd command to get the local working directory path of the FTP client.
FTP Client view
level
Use the level command to configure user priority level.
Local User view
Command Reference
limit
Use the limit command to create rule under corresponding connection limit policy.
Connection Limit Policy view
line
Use the line command to associate the voice entity with a specified voice subscriber-line.
line
Use the line command to configure the corresponding relationship between the POTS voice entity and the
logic subscriber line.
link-protocol
Use the link-protocol command to set the link layer protocol of the interface.
POS Interface view
link-protocol fr
Use the link-protocol fr command to encapsulate interface link layer protocol as Frame Relay.
Interface view
link-protocol fr mfr
Use the link-protocol fr mfr command to configure the current physical interface as an MFR bundle link
and bundle it onto a specified MFR interface.
Interface view
link-protocol hdlc
Use the link-protocol hdlc command to configure the interface encapsulation as HDLC.
Interface view
link-protocol lapb
Use the link-protocol lapb command to specify the link layer protocol of the interface as LAPB.
Interface view
link-protocol ppp
Use the link-protocol ppp command to configure the link-layer protocol encapsulated on the interface as
PPP.
Interface view
link-protocol sdlc
Use the link-protocol sdlc command to change the link layer encapsulation protocol of the synchronous
serial interface into SDLC.
link-protocol slip
Use the link-protocol slip command to set the link layer protocol of the interface as SLIP.
Interface view
link-protocol sot
Use the link-protocol sot command to encapsulate the serial interface with SOT.
link-protocol x25
Use the link-protocol x25 command to encapsulate X.25 protocol to the specified interface.
Interface view
llc2 max-ack
Use the llc2 max-ack command to configure the length of the advance response window before the LLC2
sending the acknowledgement frame.
llc2 max-send-queue
Use the llc2 max-send-queue command to configure the queue length sending the LLC2 packet.
llc2 max-transmission
Use the llc2 max-transmission command to configure the retransmission times of the LLC2.
llc2 modulo
Use the llc2 modulo command to configure the modulus of the LLC2.
Command Reference
llc2 receive-window
Use the llc2 receive-window command to configure the maximum packets that can be sent before the
LLC2 receives the acknowledgement frame.
llc2 timer ack
Use the llc2 timer ack command to configure the LLC2 local response time.
llc2 timer ack-delay
Use the llc2 timer ack-delay command to configure the local acknowledgement delay time when the
LLC2 receives information frames.
llc2 timer busy
Use the llc2 timer busy command to configure the LLC2 BUSY time.
llc2 timer poll
Use the llc2 timer poll command to configure the P/F waiting time of the LLC2.
llc2 timer reject
Use the llc2 timer reject command to configure the REJ time of the LLC2.
loadbandwidth
Use the loadbandwidth command to allocate load bandwidth to the interface.
Interface (Excluding Logical Interfaces) view
local
Use the local command to configure the subnet type in IKE negotiation.
IKE-Peer view
local-address
Use the local-address command to configure the IP address of the local GW in IKE negotiation.
IKE-Peer view
local-server
lUse the local-server command to configure a local RADIUS authentication server.
System view
local-user
lUse the local-user command to configure the user name and password of a client.
Dvpn-Class view
local user
Use the local-user command to add a local user and enter the local user view.
System view
local-user password-display-mode
Use the local-user password-display-mode command to configure the password display mode of all the
local users.
System view
locality
Use the locality command to name the geographical locality of an entity, by a city for example.
PKI Entity view
lock
Use the lock command to lock the active user interface and prevent unauthorized users from accessing it.
The active user interface can be console, AUX, or VTY.
User view
log enable
Use the log enable command to enable ASPF session logging function.
ASPF Policy view
log-peer-change
Use the log-peer-change command to turn on the BGP adjacency changes output switch.
BGP view
log-peer-change
Use the log-peer-change command to configure to log the IS-IS adjacency changes.
IS-IS view
Command Reference
log-peer-change
Use the log-peer-change command to turn on the OSPF adjacency changes output switch for the current
OSPF process.
OSPF view
log startup
Use the log startup command to turn on the configuration restoration log switch.
User view
loopback
Use the loopback command to enable the loopback function on an ATM OC-3c/STM-1 interface.
ATM Interface view
loopback
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode on the ATM E1/T1 interface.
ATM E1/T1 Interface views
loopback
Use the loopback command to enable loopback function of interface.
loopback
Use the loopback command to enable a serial interface to perform loopback.
AM Interface view
AUX Interface view
loopback
Use the loopback command to set the loopback mode on the interface.
CE1/PRI interface view
loopback
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback function of the CPOS interface.
CPOS Interface view
loopback
Use the loopback command to enable loopback on the Ethernet port for test purpose.
Ethernet Port view
loopback
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback function of the POS interface.
POS Interface view
loopback (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the loopback command to enable a CE1/PRI interface to perform loopback.
loopback (CE3 Interface)
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode of a CE3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
loopback (CT1/PRI Interface)
Use the loopback command to enable a CT1/PRI interface to perform local, remote, or external payload
loopback.
loopback (CT3 Interface)
Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
loopback (Ethernet/GE Interface)
Use the loopback command to enable local loopback on the Ethernet interface.
loopback (ISDN BRI Interface)
Use the loopback command to place the B1, B2, or both channels on the BRI interface in a remote looback.
This can send data from a line back to the line.
looptest
Use the looptest command to test whether an interface or line is in a loop.
Any view
lr
Use the lr command to configure LR.
Command Reference
lr percent
1Use the lr percent command to configure LR.
ls
Use the ls command to query for a specified file/directory.
FTP Client view
ls
Use the ls command to view the files in the specified directory as you would with the dir command.
SFTP Client view
lsp-trigger
Use the lsp-trigger command to configure topology-triggered LSP creation policy.
MPLS view
mac-address
Use the mac-address command to configure Mac address of virtual Ethernet interface.
mac-address timer aging
Use the mac-address timer aging command to set the aging timer for the MAC address table on the port.
Ethernet Port view
mandatory-chap
Use the mandatory-chap command to force LNS to perform CHAP authentication again with the client.
L2TP Group view
mandatory-lcp
Use the mandatory-lcp command to allow LNS and client to renegotiate Link Control Protocol (LCP)
between them.
L2TP Group view
map bridge
Use the map bridge command to establish the IPoEoA mapping or PPPoEoA mapping on the PVC.
PVC view
map bridge-group
Use the map bridge-group broadcast command to enable the PVC to transmit and receive BPDUs.
PVC view
map clns
Use the map clns command to create a CLNSOA mapping for a PVC.
ATM PVC view
map ip
Use the map ip command to create IPoA mapping for PVC.
PVC view
map ppp
Use the map ppp command to create a PPPoA map on the PVC.
PVC view
map routed-bridge
Use the map routed-bridge command to configure routed bridge encapsulation on the PVC.
ATM PVC view
match
Use the match command to configure a PVC group to differentiate traffic by the Precedence or DSCP
ATM Pvc-Group view
match-template
Use the match-template command to configure the match template for a voice entity.
Voice Entity view
max-call (in Voice Dial Program View)
Use the max-call command to configure max-call sets (128 sets at most).
max-call (in Voice Entity View)
Use the max-call command to bind a voice entity to the max-call set specified by set-number.
Voice Entity view
Command Reference
max-packet-process
Use the max-packet-process command to set the maximum number of processed packets per second on
a certain VLAN.
System view
md5-compatible
Use the md5-compatible command to configure ISIS to use the 3Com-compatible MD5 algorithm. You
need to use this command when MD5 authentication on ISIS is required between your router and a 3Com
device.
ISIS view
mdl (CT3 Interface)
Use the mdl command to configure MDL message detection/sending on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
memory
Use the memory command to configure the safety value and lower limit of the router idle memory.
System view
memory auto-establish disable
Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the function of restoring the connections of
all the routing protocols (even if the idle memory reduces to a safety value).
Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above function.
System view
Use the memory auto-establish enable command to resume connections of all the routing protocols when
the idle memory of the router recovers to a safety value.
Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above function. Use the memory
auto-establish enable command to enable the above function again. By default, the function is always
enabled.
System view
mfc (R2 CAS)
Use the mfc command to maintain of MFC channel of the specified timeslot.
R2 CAS view
mfr bundle-name
Use the mfr bundle-name command to set frame relay bundle identification (BID).
MFR Interface view
mfr fragment
Use the mfr fragment command to enable FRF.16 fragmentation on the MFR bundle.
MFR Interface view
mfr fragment-size
Use the mfr fragment-size command to configure the maximum fragment size allowed on a frame relay
bundle link.
MFR Interface view
mfr link-name
Use the mfr link-name command to set the frame relay bundle link identification (LID).
mfr retry
Use the mfr retry command to set the maximum times that a frame relay bundle link can resend hello
message when waiting for a hello acknowledgement message.
mfr timer ack
Use the mfr timer ack command to set the time of waiting for hello acknowledgment message before
frame relay bundle link resends hello message.
mfr timer hello
Use the mfr timer hello command to set the interval for a frame relay bundle link to send hello message.
mfr window-size
Use the mfr window-size command to configure the number of fragments that can be held by the window
used in sliding window algorithm when multilink frame relay reassembles received fragments.
MFR Interface view
Command Reference
min-active-links
Use the min-active-links command to configure the minimum number of available links required for the
IMA group to operate.
mkdir
Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote FTP server.
FTP Client view
mkdir
Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote SFTP server.
SFTP Client view
mkdir
Use the mkdir command to create a directory under the specified directory on the specified storage device.
User view
mobile-ip
Use the mobile-ip command to enable the MIP function.
System view
mobile-ip foreign-agent
Use the mobile-ip foreign-agent command to set foreign agent care-of addresses and the pending time.
System view
mobile-ip foreign-agent service
Use the mobile-ip foreign-agent service command to enable FA service on an interface.
Interface view
mobile-ip home-agent
Use the mobile-ip home-agent command to enable HA service on a router.
System view
mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router
Use the mobile-ip home-agent mobile-router command to configure an MR on an HA. This command
will bring you to HA-MR view.
System view
mobile-ip irdp
Use the mobile-ip irdp command to enable IRDP and configure the relevant attributes on an interface.
Interface view
mobile-ip mobile-router
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router command to enable the MR function and enter MR view.
System view
mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only command to specify that the interface can only use a
co-located care-of address to register.
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router ccoa only gateway command to configure the default gateway for the
interface using a co-located care-of address to register.
Interface view
mobile-ip mobile-router roam
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router roam command to enable the roaming function on the interface, that
is, to allow the interface to function as the roaming interface of the MR.
Interface view
mobile-ip mobile-router solicit
Use the mobile-ip mobile-router solicit command to configure agent solicitation retransmission
parameters.
Interface view
mobile-ip prefix-length
Use the mobile-ip prefix-length command to add the prefix-length extension part in the agent
advertisement.
Interface view
mobile-ip registration-lifetime
Use the mobile-ip registration-lifetime command to set the registration lifetime of the MN.
Interface view
mobile-ip secure
Use the mobile-ip secure command to configure mobility security associations on HAs, FAs, and MRs.
System view
Command Reference
mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery
Use the mobile-ip tunnel path-mtu-discovery command to set the PMTU update policy.
System view
mobile-ip virtual-network
Use the mobile-ip virtual-network command to define a virtual network.
System view
mobile-network
Use the mobile-network command to configure a mobile network for an MR.
HA-MR view
mobile-network
Use the mobile-network command to configure a mobile network for the MR.
MR view
mobile-node
Use the mobile-node command to set MN attributes, including the interface or virtual network and the
registration lifetime.
System view
mode
Use the mode command to configure the R2 signaling mode in a country or region.
R2 CAS view
mode (SIP Client view)
Use the mode command to set the registration mode of the gateway.
SIP Client view
modem
Use the modem or modem both command to allow modem calls to pass through, both incoming and outgoing.
Use the modem [ call-in | call-out ] command to allow incoming or outgoing modem calls to pass
through.
User Interface view
modem adapt no-waiting-connect
Use the modem adapt no-waiting-connect command to set the asynchronous serial interface Modem to
switch from IDLE to ACTIVE without waiting for receiving the signal CONNECT (a signal used for a physical
modem to negotiation rate) after it receives CD_UP (a lower layer detects carrier signal).
User Interface view
modem auto-answer
Use the modem auto-answer command to have the external modem connected to the asynchronous
interface automatically answer or hook off.
User Interface view
modem auto-answer
Use the modem auto-answer command to set the answering mode to auto-answer.
User Interface view
modem compatible-param
Use the modem compatible-param command in the case that you fail to use standard Modem PCM to
interoperate with devices from other vendors.
Voice Entity view
modem protocol
Use the modem protocol none protocol to disable Modem function for single voice entity.
Use the modem protocol pcm command to configure PCM Modem protocol type for single voice entity,
including coding/decoding and Modem negotiation mode.
Voice Entity view
modem timer answer
Use the modem timer answer command to set the timeout time spent waiting for the carrier signal after the
off-hook action when setting up an incoming call connection.
User Interface view.
monitor-port
Use the monitor-port command to specify the current port as the monitoring port
more
Use the more command, you can view the contents of the specified file.
User view
Command Reference
motorola base-svc
Use the motorola base-svc command to configure the start SVC for voice routing on a DLCI.
DLCI view
motorola encapsulation
Use the motorola encapsulation command to specify an encapsulation for Motorola LCON on the DLCI.
DLCI view
motorola max-voice
Use the motorola max-voice command to configure the maximum number of voice channels created on a
DLCI concurrently.
DLCI view
motorola remote-id
Use the motorola remote-id command to configure a remote connection ID.
DLCI view
move
Use the move command to move a file.
User view
mpls
Use the mpls command in system view to enable MPLS globally and enter MPLS view.
Use the mpls command in interface view to enable MPLS on the interface.
Interface view
System view
Virtual Interface view
mpls l2vc
Use the mpls l2vc command to create an LDP connection.
Interface view
mpls l2vpn
Use the mpls l2vpn command to enable L2VPN.
System view
mpls l2vpn encapsulation
Use the mpls l2vpn encapsulation command to create Kompella MPLS L2VPN, specify encapsulation
type, and enter MPLS L2VPN view.
System view
mpls-exp
Use the mpls-exp command to configure the PVC to carry packets of the specified priority levels when the
EXP identifier in the MPLS packet is used to identify the priority levels of packets.
ATM Pvc-Group view
mpls label advertise
Use the mpls label advertise command to specify at the egress the type of the label to be distributed to
MPLS view
mpls ldp
Use the mpls ldp command to enable LDP.
System view
mpls ldp enable
Use the mpls ldp enable command to enable LDP on the interface.
Interface view
mpls ldp hops-count
Use the mpls ldp hops-count command to set the maximum hops of loop detection.
System view
Use the mpls ldp loop-detect command to enable loop detection.
System view
mpls ldp password
Use the mpls ldp password command to configure LDP authentication mode.
Interface view
Remote-Peer view
Command Reference
Use the mpls ldp path-vectors command to set the maximum value of path vector.
System view
mpls ldp remote-peer
Use the mpls ldp remote-peer command to create a remote-peer entity and enter remote-peer view.
Remote-Peer view
System view
mpls ldp reset-session
Use the mpls ldp reset-session command to reset a specified session on an interface.
Interface view
mpls ldp timer
Use the mpls ldp timer command to set the duration of a Hello hold timer or session hold timer.
Interface view
Remote-Peer view
mpls ldp transport-ip
Use the mpls ldp transport-ip command to configure an LDP session transport address.
Interface view
mpls lsr-id
Use the mpls lsr-id command to configure an LSR ID.
System view
mpls static-l2vc
Use the mpls static-l2vc command to create an SVC MPLS L2VPN connection.
Interface view
msdp
Use the msdp command to enable MSDP and enter the MSDP view.
System view
msdp-tracert
Use the msdp-tracert command to trace the transmission path of SA messages in the network.
Any view
mtu
Use the mtu command to set the size of Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the ATM interface.
Interface view
mtu
Use the mtu command to configure MTU of Kompella MPLS L2VPN.
MPLS L2VPN view
mtu (ATM Interface)
Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the ATM interface.
Interface view
mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface)
Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the Ethernet interface.
mtu label-including
Use the mtu label-including command to configure to include MPLS label length in outgoing interface
MTU calculation.
MPLS view
mtu (POS Interface)
Use the mtu command to set the MTU size of the POS interface.
POS Interface view
mtu (serial interface)
Use the mtu command to set MTU of the serial interface.
AM Interface view
AUX Interface view
mtu (Tunnel Interface)
Use the mtu command to set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for Tunnel interface.
Command Reference
mtracert
Use the mtracert command to trace the network path from the multicast source to the destination receiver
along Multicast Distribution Tree, according to either the multicast kernel routing table or RPF rule to the
source.
Any view
multi-path-number
Use the multi-path-number command to configure maximum number of OSPF equal-cost routes.
OSPF view
multicast minimum-ttl
Use the multicast minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL value for multicast forwarding.
Interface view
multicast packet-boundary
Use the multicast packet-boundary command to configure a multicast forwarding boundary.
Interface view
multicast route-limit
Use the multicast route-limit command to limit the multicast routing table capacity. If the capacity
exceeds the limit, the router will discard protocols and data packets of the newly-added (S, G).
System view
multicast routing-enable
Use the multicast routing-enable command to enable IP multicast routing.
System view
multiplex mode
Use the multiplex mode command to set AUG multiplexing mode.
CPOS Interface view
nas-ip
Use the nas-ip command to set the source IP address of the network access server (NAS, the router in this
manual), so that all packets destined for the RADIUS server carry the same source IP address.
RADIUS view
nas-ip
Use the nas-ip command to have all the TACACS+packets sent by the NAS (the router) carry the same
source address.
TACACS+ view
nat address-group
Use the nat address-group command to configure an address pool.
System view
nat aging-time
Use the nat aging-time command to set the lifetime of NAT connections.
System view
nat agl
Use the nat alg command to enable the application gateway function of NAT.
System view
nat connection-limit-policy
Use the nat connection-limit-policy command to specify the NAT connection limit policy.
System view
nat dns-map
Use the nat dns-map command to configure a NAT entry, mapping a domain name to a triplet of external
IP address, port number, and protocol type.
System view
nat oubound
Use the nat outbound command to associate an ACL with an address pool, indicating that the address
specified in the acl-number can be translated by using address pool group-number.
Interface view
nat outbound interface
Use the nat outbound interface command to associate an ACL with an interface and to use the address
of the interface as the target address in the translations for the packets matching the ACL. After that, this
address substitutes for the source addresses of the packets matching the ACL.
Interface view
Command Reference
nat outbound static
Use the nat outbound static command to apply on the interface one-to-one address translation
configured using the nat static command.
Interface view
nat overlapaddress
Use the nat overlapaddress command to map an overlapping address pool to a temporary address pool.
System view
nat server
Use the nat server command to define a mapping table for internal servers. Users can access the internal
server with the address and port as host-addr and host-port respectively through the address port defined
by global-addr and global-port.
Interface view
nat static
Use the nat static command to configure a one-to-one private-to-public address binding.
System view
nat static inside
Use the nat static inside command to create a static net-to-net NAT entry. When the router translates
addresses based on this type of NAT entry, it translates the network address portion without touching the
host address portion.
System view
nat traversal
Use the nat traversal command to configure the NAT traversal function of IKE/IPSec.
IKE-Peer view
national-bit
Use the national-bit command to configure national bit on the CE3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
naturemask-arp
Use the naturemask-arp enable command to support ARP within natural network segments rather than
subnets.
System view
nbns-list
Use the nbns-list command to configure NetBIOS server addresses in a global DHCP address pool for
the clients.
nesting
Use the nesting command to configure a nesting rule.
ACL view
netbios-type
Use the netbios-type command to configure the NetBIOS node type of the clients of a global DHCP
address pool.
network
Use the network command to configure the network routes advertised by the local BGP system.
BGP view
network
Use the network command to configure an IP address range used for dynamic allocation.
network
Use the network command to configure the network addresses to be sent by the local BGP.
network
Use the network command to configure the interface running OSPF.
OSPF Area view
network
Use the network command to enable Routing Information Protocol (RIP) on the interface.
RIP view
Command Reference
network-entity
Use the network-entity command to configure the name of Network Entity Title (NET) of the IS-IS routing
process.
IS-IS view
normal-connect slow-h245
Use the normal-connect slow-h245 command to configure disabling the calling end from actively initiating
an H245 connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off in voice entity view.
Use the normal-connect slow-h245 command to disable the calling end from actively initiating an H245
connection request to the called end before the called end is hooked off in voice entity view.
nslookup type
Use the nslookup type command to resolve the specified IP address or domain name to a domain name
or IP address.
Any view
nssa
Use the nssa command to configure an area as NSSA area.
OSPF Area view
ntp-service access
Use the ntp-service access command to control access to the NTP service on the local device.
System view
ntp-service authentication enable
Use the ntp-service authentication enable command to enable NTP service ID authentication.
System view
ntp-service authentication-keyid
Use the ntp-service authentication-keyid command to set an NTP authentication key.
System view
ntp-service broadcast-client
Use the ntp-service broadcast-client command to configure NTP broadcast client mode.
Interface view
ntp-service broadcast-server
Use the ntp-service broadcast-server command to configure NTP broadcast server mode.
Interface view
ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions
Use the ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions command to set the number of sessions allowed by the local
device.
System view
ntp-service multicast-client
Use the ntp-service multicast-client command to configure NTP multicast client mode.
Interface view
ntp-service multicast-server
Use the ntp-service multicast-server command to configure NTP multicast server mode.
Interface view
ntp-service refclock-master
Use the ntp-service refclock-master command to set the local clock as the NTP master clock to provide
synchronization source.
System view
ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid
Use the ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid command to specify a reliable key.
System view
ntp-service source-interface
Use the ntp-service source-interface command to specify an interface for the local end to transmit NTP
messages.
System view
ntp-service unicast-peer
Use the ntp-service unicast-peer command to configure NTP peer mode.
System view
ntp-service unicast-server
Use the ntp-service unicast-server command to configure NTP server mode.
System view
Command Reference
number-match
Use the number-match command to configure a global number match-policy.
number-substitute
Use the number-substitute command to create a number-substitute list and enter voice dial program view.
oam ais-rdi
Use the oam ais-rdi command to change the parameters related to AIS/RDI alarm cell detection. If no
argument is specified, the default value applies.
ATM Class view
PVC view
oam frequency
Use the oam frequency command to enable the transmission of OAM F5 Loopback cell so as to check the
PVC status. You can also enable OAM F5 Loopback retransmission check or modify the related parameters
of the retransmission check.
ATM Class view
PVC view
oamping interface
Use the oamping interface command to enable the specified ATM interface to send OAM cells on the
specified PVC for checking link state. Receiving no response upon expiration of the specified time indicates
that the link is disconnected, busy, or prone to packet loss.
ATM Interface view
opaque-capability
Use the opaque-capability enable command to enable the Opaque capability of OSPF.
OSPF view
open
Use the open command to set up control connection to the remote FTP server.
FTP Client view
open-trunk
Use the open-trunk command to enable E&M non-signaling mode.
Analog E&M Voice Subscriber Line view
option
Use the option command to configure the self-defined options for a DHCP global address pool.
organization
Use the organization command to specify the name of the organization to which the entity belongs.
PKI Entity view
organizational-unit
Use the organizational-unit command to specify the name of the organization unit to which this entity
belongs.
PKI Entity view
originating-rp
Use the originating-rp command to allow a MSDP to use the IP address of specified interface as the RP
address in the SA message originated.
MSDP view
osm connect slot
Use the osm connect slot command to connect the current control terminal to the OSM board to manage
the system on the OSM board. If you want to return from the OSM board to the operation interface on the
router, click hot key <Ctrl+k>.
User view
osm reboot slot
Use the osm reboot slot command to reset the OSM board.
User view
osm reload slot
Use the osm reload slot command to restart the operation system on OSM board.
User view
osm shutdown slot
Use the osm shutdown slot command to shut down the operation system on OSM board. This operation
equals to execute the turn off command on the operation system of OSM board.
User view
Command Reference
ospf
Use the ospf command to enable the OSPF protocol.
System view
ospf authentication-mode
Use the ospf authentication-mode command to configure the authentication mode and key between
adjacent routers.
Interface view
ospf cost
Use the ospf cost command to configure different packet sending costs so as to send packets from
different interfaces.
Interface view
ospf dr-priority
Use the ospf dr-priority command to configure the priority for electing the "designated router" on an
interface.
Interface view
ospf mib-binding
Use the ospf mib-binding command, MIB operation can be bound on the specified OSPF process.
System view
ospf mtu-enable
Use the ospf mtu-enable command to enable the interface to write MTU value when sending DD packets.
Interface view
ospf network-type
Use the ospf network-type command to configure the network type of OSPF interface.
Interface view
ospf timer dead
Use the ospf timer dead command to configure the dead interval of the OSPF neighbor.
Interface view
ospf timer hello
Use the ospf timer hello command to configure the interval for transmitting Hello messages on an
interface.
Interface view
ospf timer poll
Use the ospf timer poll command to configure the poll Hello message interval on nbma and p2mp
network.
Interface view
ospf timer retransmit
Use the ospf timer retransmit command to configure the interval for LSA re-transmitting on an interface.
Interface view
ospf trans-delay
Use the ospf trans-delay command to configure the LSA transmitting delay on an interface.
Interface view
ospf vpn instance
Use the ospf command to enable an OSPF process.
System view
option
Use the option command to specify the logical relationship between the addresses to be probed in the
detect group.
Detect Group view
outband
Use the outband command to configure transmission of DTMF code in the outband mode.
Voice Entity view
outband vofr
Use the outband vofr command to configure out-of-band transmission of DTMF codes.
Voice Entity view
overlap voip h323
Use the overlap voip h323 command to configure the calling party to support h323 overlap mode for
sending numbers.
Command Reference
packing timer
Use the packing-timer command to set the maximum waiting time for one PVC.
PVC view
pad
Use the pad command to establish a PAD connection with the remote site.
User view
pad-mode pos enable
Use the pad-mode pos enable command to enable POSPAD access mode.
parity
Use the parity command to set the check bit of the user interface.
User Interface view
passive
Use the passive command to set data transmission mode to passive.
FTP Client view
password
Use the password command to configure the password required for logging onto the FTP server.
password
Use the password command to configure a password for a local user.
Local User view
password-digit
Use the password-digit command to configure the user password digits of a certain access service
number in the card number process.
payload-size
Use the payload-size command to notify the underlying layer how much time DSP spends assembling a
voice packet, or the time length of each voice packet.
Voice Entity view
pcm
Use the pcm command to configure a companding law used for quantizing signals.
peer
Use the peer command to configure the destination address of the peer to which information is sent in
unicast mode.
RIP view
peer
Use the peer command to configure an MSDP peer.
MSDP view
peer
Use the peer command to configure the IP address of adjacent routers and specify a DR priority on an
NBMA network.
OSPF view
peer
Use the peer command to configure the subnet type in IKE negotiation.
IKE-Peer view
Use the peer advertise-community command to enable the transmission of community attributes to a peer
group.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Use the peer advertise-community command to configure to advertise community attributes to a peer
(group).
Command Reference
peer allow-as-loop
Use the peer allow-as-loop command to configure the repeating times of the local AS number.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
peer allow-as-loop
Use the peer allow-as-loop command to allow the AS_PATH attribute in the received routes to include
the local AS number.
peer as-number
Use the peer as-number command to specify an AS number for a peer group.
BGP view
peer as-path-acl
Use the peer as-path-acl command to specify BGP route filtering policy based on AS path list for a
peer/peer group.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
peer as-path-acl
Use the peer as-path-acl import command to have MBGP filter the routes received from the specified
peer or peer group based on the specified AS path list.
Use the peer as-path-acl export command to have MBGP filter the routes advertised to the specified
peer or peer group.
peer connect-interface
Use the peer connect-interface command to specify the source interface for route updates.
BGP view
Use the peer default-route-advertise command to redistribute a default route to a peer group.
BGP view
Use the peer default-route-advertise command to enable a peer (group) to import a default route.
BGP view
MBGP IPv4-Family view
peer description
Use the peer description command to configure the description information of the peer/peer group.
BGP view
peer description
Use the peer description command to configure descriptive text to MSDP peer.
MSDP view
peer ebgp-max-hop
Use the peer ebgp-max-hop command to allow establishing EBGP connection with a neighbor on an
indirectly connected network.
BGP view
peer enable
Use the peer enable command to enable the specified peer (group).
BGP Unicast Address Family view
IPv4 Multicast Sub-address Family view
VPNv4 Address Family view
peer enable
Use the peer enable command to enable the multicast peer or peer group.
peer enable
Use the peer enable command to activate the specified peer (group) in L2VPN address family view.
Command Reference
peer filter-policy
Use the peer filter-policy import command to configure BGP to filter routes received from the peer
(group) based on the ACL.
Use the peer filter-policy export command to configure BGP to filter routes advertised to the peer
(group) based on the ACL.
BGP view
IPv4 Multicast Sub-Address Family view
peer filter-policy
Use the peer filter-policy import command to have MBGP filter the routes received from the specified
peer or peer group based on the specified ACL.
Use the peer filter-policy export command to have MBGP filter the routes advertised to the specified
peer or peer group based on the specified ACL.
peer group
Use the peer group command to add a peer to a peer group.
BGP view
peer ip-prefix
Use the peer ip-prefix import command to configure BGP to filter routes received from the peer/peer
group based on the ip-prefix list.
Use the peer ip-prefix export command to configure BGP to filter routes advertised to the peer/peer
group based on the ip-prefix list.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
peer ip-prefix
Use the peer ip-prefix import command to have MBGP filter the routes received from the specified peer
or peer group based on the specified address prefix list.
Use the peer ip-prefix export command to have MBGP filter the routes advertised to the specified peer
or peer group based on the specified address prefix list.
peer label route-capability
Use the peer label-route-capability command to enable the capability of a peer to process IPv4 routes
with labels.
BGP view
peer mesh-group
Use the peer mesh-group command to configure an MSDP peer to join an Mesh Group.
MSDP view
peer minimum-ttl
Use the peer minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL (Time-to-Live) value of the multicast
data packets encapsulated in SA messages to be sent to specified MSDP peer.
MSDP view
peer next-hop-invariable
Use the peer next-hop-invariable command to configure the invariable next hop when sending routes
to EBGP peers.
BGP view
BGP VPN-Instance view
BGP-IPv4 Multicast Subaddress Family view
peer next-hop-local
Use the peer next-hop-local command to configure the next hop in the route to be advertised to the peer
group as the address of the local router.
BGP view
peer next-hop-local
Use the peer next-hop-local command to remove the processing of the next hop in routes which BGP
will advertise to the peer (group) and set the local address as the next hop.
peer password
Use the peer password command to configure BGP to perform MD5 authentication before setting up a TCP
connection.
BGP view
Command Reference
peer public-as-only
Use the peer public-as-only command to configure not to carry the private AS number when transmitting
BGP updates.
BGP view
peer public-as-only
Use the peer public-as-only command to configure only to carry public AS number rather than private
AS number when BGP sends update packets.
peer-public-key end
Use the peer-public-key end command to return to system view from public key view.
Public Key view
peer reflect-client
Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer group as the route reflector client.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
peer reflect-client
Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer (group) as a client of the route reflector.
peer request-sa-enable
Use the peer request-sa-enable command to enable the router to send SA request message to the
specified MSDP peer when receiving a new group join message.
MSDP view
peer route-policy
Use the peer route-policy import command to configure MBGP to filter routes received from the peer
(group) based on the route-policy.
Use the peer route-policy export command to configure MBGP to filter routes advertised to the peer
(group) based on the route-policy.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
peer route-policy
Use the peer route-policy import command to have MBGP apply the specified routing policy to the
routes received from the specified peer or peer group.
Use the peer route-policy export command to have MBGP apply the specified routing policy to the
routes advertised to the specified peer or peer group.
peer route-update-interval
Use the peer route-update-interval command to configure the interval for a peer group to advertise
route updates.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
peer sa-cache-maximum
Use the peer sa-cache-maximum command to limit the number of caches originated when the router
receives SA messages from an MSDP peer.
MSDP view
peer sa-policy
Use the peer sa-policy command to configure a filter list for SA messages received or forwarded from the
specified MSDP peer.
MSDP view
peer sa-request-policy
Use the peer sa-request-policy command to limit SA request messages that the router receives from
MSDP peers.
MSDP view
peer shutdown
Use the peer shutdown command to disable the specified BGP peer or peer group to initiate or receive BGP
connection or to disconnect a BGP connection that has existed.
BGP view
VPN Instance view
Command Reference
peer timer
Use the peer timer command to configure Keepalive and Holdtime intervals for a peer (group).
BGP view
peer upe
Use the peer upe command to configure BGP peer as the UPE of hierarchical BGP/MPLS VPN.
BGP view
permanent-active
Use the permanent-active command to configure BSV interfaces to permanent active.
BSV Interface view (in NTmode)
pfs
Use the pfs command to set the Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) feature for the IPSec policy to initiate the
negotiation.
IPSec Policy view
phy-mru
Use the phy-mru command to configure in asynchronous flow mode MRU at the physical layer.
physical-mode
Use the physical-mode command to set the operating mode of the synchronous/asynchronous serial
interface.
pim
Use the pim command to enter PIM view.
System view
pim bsr-boundary
Use the pim bsr-boundary command to configure an interface to become the PIM domain boundary.
Interface view
pim dm
Use the pim dm command to enable PIM-DM.
Interface view
pim neighbor-limit
Use the pim neighbor-limit command to limit PIM neighbor number on an router interface. If the number
exceeds the limit configured, no new neighbor can be added to the router.
Interface view
pim neighbor-policy
Use the pim neighbor-policy command to configure a router to filter the PIM neighbor of the current
interface.
Interface view
pim sm
Use the pim sm command to enable PIM-SM protocol on an interface.
Interface view
pim timer hello
Use the pim timer hello command to configure the interval for sending PIM router Hello messages.
Interface view
ping
Use the ping command to test connectivity of an IP network and reachability of a host.
Any view
ping clns
Use the ping clns command to test the reachability to a specified destination.
Any view
ping ipx
Use the ping ipx command to check host reachability and network connectivity in IPX network.
Any view
pki delete-certificate
Use the pki delete-certificate command to delete the locally stored certificates.
System view
Command Reference
pki domain
Use the pki domain command to enter PKI domain view, and configure the parameters of LDAP server and
for certificate request and authentication.
System view
pki entity
Use the pki entity command to name a PKI entity and enter PKI entity view.
Any view
pki import-certificate
Use the pki import-certificate command to import an existing CA certificate or local certificate.
System view
pki request-certificate
Use the pki request-certificate command to deliver certificate request through SCEP to CA for the
generated RSA key pair.
System view
pki retrieval-certificate
Use the pki retrieval-certificate command to download a certificate from the certificate issuing server.
System view
pki retrieval-crl
Use the pki retrieval-crl command to obtain the latest CRL from CRL server for the verification of the
validity of a current certificate.
System view
pki validate-certificate
Use the pki validate-certificate command to verify the validity of a certificate.
System view
plan-numbering
Use the plan-numbering command to configure the calling/called numbering plan attribute of voice entities.
Voice Entity view
play stop-accounting-buffer
Use the display stop-accounting-buffer command to view information on the stop-accounting requests
buffered in the router by RADIUS scheme, session ID, or time range. The displayed packet information can
help you troubleshoot RADIUS faults.
Any view
plc-mode
Use the plc-mode command to configure packet loss compensation mode.
policy vpn-target
Use the policy vpn-target command to filter the received routing information according to the VPN-target
extended community attributes.
port access vlan
Use the port access vlan command to add the port whose link type is access to a specified VLAN.
Ethernet Port view
port hybrid pvid vlan
Use the port hybrid pvid vlan command to assign a default VLAN ID to the hybrid port.
Ethernet Port view
port-mapping
Use the port-mapping command to establish a mapping from the port to application layer protocol.
System view
port trunk permit vlan
Use the port trunk permit vlan command to assign the trunk port to the specified VLANs.
Ethernet Port view
portal
Use the portal command to enable portal authentication on an interface.
portal all-resource-id
Use the portal all-resource-id command to configure the all-resource ID.
System view
Command Reference
portal auth-network
Use the portal auth-network command to configure a network segment for portal authentication.
System view
portal fast-authentication
Use the portal fast-authentication command to enable fast portal authentication.
System view
portal free-ip
Use the portal free-ip command to configure a free IP address.
System view
portal free-user
Use the portal free-user command to configure a portal authentication-free user.
System view
portal method
Use the portal method command to specify a portal authentication method.
System view
portal resource
Use the portal resource command to create an accessible-resource name.
System view
portal server
Use the portal server command to configure a portal server or modify the configuration of a portal server.
System view
portal service-type
Use the portal service-type command to set the portal authentication mode.
System view
portal update-resource
Use the portal update-resource command to add an IP address to update resources.
System view
portal update-resource-id
Use the portal update-resource-id command to configure the update-resource ID.
System view
portal upload-ip
Use the portal upload-ip command to configure the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS
server.
pos-server app tcp
Use the pos-server app tcp command to configure a POS application in TCP/IP connection mode.
System view
pos-server app x25
Use the pos-server app x25 command to configure the specified POS application on the POSPAD client
router.
System view
pos-server checkschar
Use the pos-server checkschar command to enable the system to check POS packets for the string 10 04.
System view
pos-server enable
Use the pos-server enable command to enable POS access server.
System view
pos-server fcm
Use the pos-server fcm command to configure FCM parameters for modem negotiation.
System view
pos-server map
Use the pos-server map command to configure a multi-application POS access map entry.
System view
pos-server padmode
Use the pos-server padmode command to configure a POSPAD packet encapsulation format.
System view
Command Reference
pos-server source-ip
Use the pos-server source-ip command to bind the specified application with the source address of a
TCP connection.
System view
pos-server wait-time
Use the pos-server wait-time command to set the POSPAD wait timer.
System view
power-source
Use the power-source command to enable remote power supply.
BSV Interface view (in NT mode)
Use the ppp authentication-mode command to set the mode that the local PPP uses to authenticate the
peer router.
Interface view
Virtual-Template Interface view
ppp callback
Use the ppp callback command to enable an interface to send or accept PPP callback requests.
ppp callback ntstring
Use the ppp callback ntstring command to configure the dial number required for a Windows NT server
to call back the router.
ppp chap password
Use the ppp chap password command to configure the password for CHAP authentication.
Interface view
ppp chap user
Use the ppp chap user command to configure the user name when performing the CHAP authentication.
Interface view
ppp compression iphc
Use the ppp compression iphc command to enable IP header compression on the interface.
Interface view
ppp compression iphc rtp-connections
Use the ppp compression iphc rtp-connections command to designate the connections number of IP
Header Compression allowed on one interface.
Interface view
Use the ppp compression iphc tcp-connections command to configure the connection number of TCP
compression mode.
Interface view
ppp compression stac-lzs
Use the ppp compression stac-lzs command to enable STAC-LZS compression for PPP.
Interface view
ppp ipcp dns
Use the ppp ipcp dns command to enable the router to allocate a DNS address to the peer.
Interface view
Use the ppp ipcp dns admit-any command to enable the router to accept the unsolicited DNS server
address allocated by the peer without sending a DNS request.
Interface view
ppp ipcp dns request
Use the ppp ipcp dns request command to enable the router to request the peer for a DNS server
address.
Interface view
ppp ipcp remote-address forced
Use the ppp ipcp remote-address forced command to forbid the peer to use the fix self-configured IP
address but the one allocated by this router.
Interface view
Command Reference
ppp lcp mru consistent
Use the ppp lcp mru consistent command to enable PPP LCP to negotiation maximum receive unit
(MRU).
Interface view
ppp lqc
Use the ppp lqc command to enable PPP link quality control (LQC).
Interface view
ppp mp
Use the ppp mp command to enable the interface encapsulated with PPP to operate in the MP mode.
Interface view
ppp mp binding-mode
Use the ppp mp binding-mode command to set the MP binding condition.
ppp mp lfi
Use the ppp mp lfi command to configure the link fragmentation and interleaving features.
ppp mp lfi
Use the ppp mp lfi command to enable link fragmentation and interleaving (LFI) on the interface.
ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag
Use the ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag command to set the maximum time delay for transmitting a LFI
fragment.
ppp mp max-bind
Use the ppp mp max-bind command to configure maximum number of bound links of MP.
ppp mp min-bind
Use the ppp mp min-bind command to configure the minimum number of PPP links that an MP bundle must
have.
ppp mp min-fragment
Use the ppp mp min-fragment command to set minimum size of outgoing fragments.
ppp mp mp-group
Use the ppp mp mp-group command to add the current interface to the specified MP-group.
Interface view
ppp mp sort-buffer-size
Use the ppp mp sort-buffer-size command to set the size of the MP sort window.
ppp mp user
Use the ppp mp user command to bind an MP user to a virtual template.
System view
ppp mp virtual-template
Use the ppp mp virtual-template command to configure the virtual template number to be bound by the
interface.
Interface view
ppp pap local-user
Use the ppp pap local-user command to configure the username and password sent by the local router
when it is authenticated by the peer router via the PAP method.
Interface view
ppp timer negotiate
Use the ppp timer negotiate command to set the PPP negotiation timeout.
Interface view
Command Reference
pppoe-client
Use the pppoe-client command to establish a PPPoE session and specify the Dialer Bundle
corresponding to the session.
Ethernet Interface (subinterface) view
Use the pppoe-server bind virtual-template command to enable PPPoE on the virtual-template
specified by the Ethernet interface.
Interface view
pppoe-server log-information off
Use the pppoe-server log-information off command to enable the PPPoE server to output the
PPP-related log information.
System view
Use the pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac command to set the maximum number of PPPoE
sessions that can be established at a local MAC address.
System view
pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac
Use the pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac command to set the maximum number of PPPoE
sessions that can be established at a peer MAC address.
System view
Use the pppoe-server max-sessions total command to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions
that the system can establish.
System view
pq
Use the pq command to set the queue type of frame relay virtual circuit as Priority Queuing.
pre-shared-key
Use the pre-shared-key command to set the pre-shared key used when a client needs to authenticate a
DVPN server.
Dvpn-Class view
pre-shared-key
Use the pre-shared-key command to configure a pre-shared key to be used in IKE negotiation.
IKE-Peer view
preference
Use the preference command to configure the preference of BGP protocol.
BGP Protocol view
BGP Multicast Address Family view
preference
Use the preference command to configure the preference of IS-IS protocol.
IS-IS view
preference
Use the preference command to configure the preference of an OSPF protocol route.
OSPF view
preference
Use the preference command to configure the route preference of RIP.
RIP view
preference clns
Use the preference clns command to set the preference of the CLNS routes discovered by IS-IS protocol.
IS-IS view
pri-set
Use the pri-set command to bundle timeslots on the CT1/PRI or CE1/PRI interface into a pri-set.
pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the pri-set command to have timeslots on the CE1/PRI interface form a pri-set.
Command Reference
Use the pri-set command to bundle the timeslots of the CT1/PRI interface into a pri-set.
primary accounting
Use the primary accounting command to configure IP address and port number of the primary RADIUS
accounting server.
RADIUS view
primary accounting
Use the primary accounting command to configure a primary TACACS accounting server.
TACACS+ view
Use the primary authentication command to configure IP address and port number of the primary
RADIUS authentication/authorization server.
RADIUS view
Use the primary authentication command to configure a primary TACACS authentication server.
TACACS+ view
primary authorization
Use the primary authorization command to configure a primary TACACS authorization server.
TACACS+ view
priority
Use the priority command to configure the priority levels for voice entities.
Voice Entity view
private-ip
Use the private-ip command to specify a private IP address of a specified DVPN server.
Dvpn-Class view
private-line
Use the private-line command to configure private auto-ring mode for the subscriber line and the E.164
telephone number of the destination end.
probe-failtimes
Use the probe-failtimes command to configure the number of consecutive probe failures allowed in an
HWPing test before a trap is sent to the NMS.
process-config
Use the process-config command to configure the dialing process of a certain access service number.
promiscuous
Use the promiscuous command to set the Ethernet interface to operate in promiscuous mode.
proposal
Use the proposal command to set the proposal used by the IPSec policy.
IPSec Policy view
protocol inbound
Use the protocol inbound command to enable the current user interface to support Telnet, PAD, SSH, or
all of them.
VTY Interface view
protocol-priority
Use the protocol-priority command to set a priority for a protocol globally.
System view
proxy
Use the proxy command to configure the IPv4 address and port number of the proxy server.
SIP Client view
public-ip
Use the public-ip command to specify a public IP address of a specified DVPN server.
Dvpn-Class view
Command Reference
Use the public-key-code begin command to enter public key code view.
Public Key view
public-key-code end
Use the public-key-code end command to return from public key code view to public key view and to save
the configured public key.
Public Key Code view
put
Use the put command to FTP a local file to the remote FTP server.
FTP Client view
put
Use the put command to upload a local file to the remote SFTP server.
SFTP Client view
pvc
Use the pvc command to create a PVC or enter the PVC view at ATM interface or in PVC-Group view.
ATM Interface view
PVC-Group view
pvc-group
Use the pvc-group command to create a PVC-Group or enter the PVC-Group view at ATM interface.
ATM Interface view
pvc max-number
Use the pvc max-number command to set the maximum number of ATM interface virtual circuits (VC).
pvc-pq
Use the pvc-pq command to set the type of the PVC PQ that packets sent by frame relay virtual circuit enter.
pvc-protect
Use the pvc-protect command to configure the protection mode for a PVC in a PVC group.
ATM Pvc-Group view
pvp create
Use the pvp create command to create a virtual path.
Interface view
pvp limit
Use the pvp limit command to set the parameters for VP policing.
pwd
Use the pwd command to view the working directory on the remote FTP server.
FTP Client view
pwd
Use the pwd command to display the current directory on the SFTP server.
SFTP Client view
pwd
Use the pwd command, you can view the current path.
User view
qmtoken
Use the qmtoken command to configure the number of transmitted tokens.
Interface view
queue af
Use the queue af command to configure the class to perform the assured-forwarding and the minimum
bandwidth used.
queue ef
Use the queue ef command to configure expedited-forwarding packets to the absolute priority queue and
configure the maximum bandwidth.
queue-length
Use the queue-length command to configure maximum queue length.
Command Reference
queue wfq
Use the queue wfq command to configure the default-class to use WFQ.
quit
Use the quit command to return from current view to lower level view, or exit the system if current view is
user view.
Any view
quit
Use the quit command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view.
FTP Client view
quit
Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as
you would with the bye and exit commands.
SFTP Client view
quit
Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SSH server.
User view
qos apply policy
Use the qos apply policy command to apply a service policy to the interface.
Interface view
qos car
Use the qos car command to implement TP policy on an interface.
Interface view
qos carl
Use the qos carl command to establish or modify a CARL.
System view
qos cq
Use the qos cq cql command to apply the customized queue to an interface.
Interface view
qos cql default-queue
Use the qos cql default-queue command to assign a default queue for those packets that do not match
any rule in the CQL.
System view
Use the qos cql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules based on interfaces.
System view
qos cql protocol
Use the qos cql protocol command to establish classification rules based on the protocol type.
System view
qos cql protocol mpls exp
Use the qos cql protocol mpls exp command to configure classification rule based on the MPLS
protocol.
System view
qos cql queue
Use the qos cql queue command to configure the length of a queue, namely, the number of packets a
queue can hold.
System view
Use the qos cql queue serving command to set the byte-count of the packets sent from a given queue in
each poll.
System view
Use the qos fifo queue-length command to set the length limit of FIFO queue.
Interface view
qos gts
Use the qos gts command to set shaping parameters for all or a specified type of traffic and perform traffic
shaping.
Interface view
Command Reference
qos lr
Use the qos lr command to limit the transmitting rate of the interface.
Interface (including the MFR Interface) view
qos max-bandwidth
Use the qos max-bandwidth command to configure the maximum interface bandwidth used when CBQ
enqueues packets.
Interface view
qos policy
Use the qos policy command to define a policy and enter policy view.
System view
qos pq
Use the qos pq command to apply a group of priority list to an interface.
Interface view
qos pql default-queue
Use the qos pql default-queue command to designate the packets without corresponding rules to a
default queue.
System view
Use the qos pql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules based on interfaces.
System view
qos pql protocol
Use the qos pql inbound-interface command to establish classification rules based on interfaces.
System view
qos pql queue
Use the qos pql queue command to specify the maximum number of packets that can wait in each of the
priority queues, or the length of a PQ.
System view
qos pql protocol mpls exp
Use the qos pql protocol mpls exp command to establish the classification rule based on MPLS protocol.
System view
qos reserved-bandwidth
Use the qos reserved-bandwidth command to set the maximum reserved bandwidth percentage.
Interface view
qos rtpq
Use the qos rtpq command to enable RTP queue feature on an interface so as to reserve a real-time
service for the RTP packets sent to some UDP destination port ranges.
Interface view
qos wfq
Use the qos wfq command to apply WFQ to and configure WFQ parameters on the interface or modify
WFQ parameters on the interface.
Interface view
qos wred
Use the qos wred command to apply WRED at an interface.
Interface view
qos wred dscp
Use the qos wred dscp command to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator of a
WRED DSCP.
Interface view
qos wred ip-precedence
Use the qos wred ip-precedence command to configure the minimum threshold, maximum threshold and
drop probability denominator for each precedence level in WRED.
Interface view
qos wred weighting-constant
Use the qos wred weighting-constant command to set exponential used to calculate the average length
of WRED queues.
Interface view
radius nas-ip
Use the radius nas-ip command to specify the source address of the RADIUS packet sent from NAS.
System view
Command Reference
radius scheme
Use the radius scheme command to configure a RADIUS scheme and enter its view.
System view
radius trap
Use the radius trap command to enable the RADIUS server to send traps when it goes down.
System view
ras-on
Use the ras-on command to enable the GK Client function.
re-answer
Use the re-answer command to enable or disable the originating point to support re-answer signal process.
R2 CAS view
re-authentication
Use the re-authentication command to enable console login re-authentication.
User Interface view
reboot
Use the reboot command to have the router reboot.
User view
receive gain
Use the receive gain command to configure the gain value at the voice subscriber-line input end.
redialtimes
Use the redialtimes command to configure the number of times of dialing in each dialing phase for a
certain access service number.
redirect bind vpn-instance
Use the redirect bind vpn-instance command to bind a VPN instance to the user interface.
User Interface view
redirect disconnect
Use the redirect disconnect command to disconnect a redirected telnet connection manually.
User Interface view
redirect enable
Use the redirect enable command to enable redirect on the asynchronous serial interface.
User Interface view
redirect listen-port
Use the redirect listen-port command to specify a port to listen for redirected Telnet connections.
User Interface view
redirect refuse-negotiation
Use the redirect refuse-negotiation command to disable Telnet option negotiation during setup of
redirected Telnet connection.
User Interface view
redirect return-deal from-telnet
Use the redirect return-deal from-telnet command to have the router that redirects Telnet connection
substitute 0x0d for 0x0d 0x0a and 0x0d 0x00, the carriage returns received from the Telnet client.
User Interface view
redirect return-deal from-terminal
Use the redirect return-deal from-terminal command to have the router that redirects Telnet
connection substitute 0x0d for 0x0d 0x0a and 0x0d 0x00, the carriage returns received from the terminal (a
PC connected to the console port for example).
User Interface view
redirect timeout
Use the redirect timeout command to specify the amount of time that a redirected Telnet connection can
stay idle. After that, the connection is disconnected.
User Interface view
reflect between-clients
Use the reflect between-clients command to enable route reflection between clients.
BGP view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
Command Reference
Use the reflector cluster-id command to configure the cluster ID of the route reflector.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
refresh bgp
Use the refresh bgp command to request the peer to retransmit routes or retransmit routes to the peer.
User view
register-enable
Use the register-enable command to enable or disable the SIP registration function.
SIP Client view
register lifetime
Use the register lifetime command to configure the registration lifetime of an MR.
MR view
register-number
Use the register-number command to enable the gateway (the VoIP-enabled router) to register the
number of the voice entity with the H.323 gatekeeper or SIP server.
Voice Entity view
register-policy
Use the register-policy command to configure a RP to filter the register packet sent by the DR in the
PIM-SM network and to accept the specific packet only.
PIM view
register retransmit
Use the register retransmit command to configure the registration retransmission parameters of an MR,
including the initial registration retransmission interval, the maximum registration retransmission interval,
and the maximum number of registration retransmission attempts.
MR view
register-value
Use the register-value command to configure the value of all register signals of R2 signaling.
R2 CAS view
registrar
Use the registrar command to configure the IP address or domain name, port number, timeout time as
well as master/slave attribute of the registration server under UAs.
SIP Client view
remark atmclp
Use the remark atmclp command to have the system remark the CLP bit of ATM packets in the class.
remark dot1p
Use the remark dot1p command to configure the 802.1p priority value in the VLAN packets of a class.
remark dsc
Use the remark dscp command to set a remarked DSCP value for IP packets belonging to the class.
remark fr-de
Use the remark fr-de command to set the remarked DE bit of frame relay packets.
remark ip-precedence
Use the remark ip-precedence command to configure IP precedence remark.
remark mpls-exp
Use the remark mpls-exp command to configure MPLS EXP value to identify matched packets.
remote-address
Use the remote-address command to configure IP address of the remote GW.
IKE-Peer view
remote address
Use the remote address command to configure to assign IP address for the peer interface.
Interface view
Command Reference
remote-ip
Use the remote-ip command to configure a remote IP address. The address should be the LSR ID of the
remote LSR. As remote peers adopt LSR ID as their transport addresses, the last two remote peers use
their LSR ID as their transport addresses for creating TCP connection.
Remote-Peer view
remote-name
Use the remote-name command to specify a name for the remote GW.
IKE-Peer view
remotehelp
Use the remotehelp command to view the help for the FTP commands.
FTP Client view
remove
Use the remove command to delete the specified file from the server as you would with the delete
command.
SFTP Client view
remove slot
Use the remove slot command to have the system do some pre-processing work before removing an
interface card.
User view
rename
Use the rename command to rename a file on the FTP server from the FTP client.
FTP Client view
rename
Use the rename command to change the name of the specified file on the SFTP server.
SFTP Client view
rename
Use the rename command to rename a file.
User view
renew
Use the renew command to configure the signal values of C bit and D bit.
R2 CAS view
reset
Use the reset command to reset the system parameters of RIP.
RIP view
reset acl counter
Use the reset acl countercommand to clear the statistics of access control list
User View
reset alarm urgent
Use the reset alarm urgentwcommand to clear all the stored alarms.
User view
reset l2tp session
Use the reset l2tp session command to disconnect a session. When the user calls in, the session can
be set up again.
User view
reset l2tp tunnel
Use the reset l2tp tunnel command to clear the specified tunnel connection and all sessions on the
tunnel.
User view
reset l2tp user
Use the reset l2tp user command to disconnect the L2TP connection of the specified user.
User view
reset arp
Use the reset arp command to clear the ARP entries in the ARP mapping table.
User view
reset atm
Use the reset atm command to clear statistics about all PVCs on the specified ATM interface, excluding
statistics about the ATM interface.
User view
Command Reference
reset bgp
Use the reset bgp peer-address command to reset the connection of BGP with a specified peer.
User view
reset bgp flap-info
Use the reset bgp flap-info command to reset the flap statistics of routes.
User view
reset bgp group
Use the reset bgp group command to reset the BGP connections of all the members in the specified peer
group.
User view
reset bridge address-table
Use the reset bridge command to clear all the dynamic address entries or the entries of a specified bridge
set or a specified interface in the forwarding table.
User view
reset bridge traffic
Use the reset bridge traffic command to clear the traffic statistics of a bridge set on a interface.
User view
reset clns statistics
Use the reset clns statistics command to reset statistics information about CLNS flow.
User view
reset counters controller e1
Use the reset counters controller e1 command to clear the controller counter for the CE1/PRI interface.
User view
reset counters controller t1
Use the reset counters controller t1 command to clear the controller counter for the CT1/PRI interface.
User view
reset counters encrypt
Use the reset counters interface encrypt command to clear the statistics on the encryption card.
User view
Use the reset counters interface command to reset the statistics about the port.
User view
Use the reset counters interface command to clear statistics about the transmitted and received
packets, IP, ARP, and ICMP on the specified interface or all interfaces.
User view
reset dampening
Use the reset dampening command to clear the dampening information and flap statistics of a route and
release the suppression of a suppressed route.
User view
reset dhcp ip-in-use
Use the reset dhcp server ip-in-use command to clear the DHCP dynamic address binding information,
outdated or not.
User view
reset dhcp relay statistics
Use the reset dhcp relay statistics command to clear the DHCP relay statistics.
User view
reset dhcp server conflict
Use the reset dhcp server conflict command to clear the statistics about DHCP address collision.
User view
reset dhcp server statistics
Use the reset dhcp server statistics command to clear the statistics on the DHCP server, including
such information as number of DHCP address pools, automatically and manually bound addresses and
expired addresses, number of unknown packets, number of DHCP request packets, and number of
response packets.
User view
Command Reference
reset dlsw bridge-entry
Use the reset dlsw bridge-entry command to clear the entry cache information in the DLSw bridge
group.
User view
reset dlsw circuits
Use the reset dlsw circuits command to clear the DLSw virtual circuit information.
User view
reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit
Use the reset dlsw ethernet-backup circuit command to clear information about all circuits that the
router and its neighbors have established with the remote peers since DLSw Ethernet redundancy is
enabled.
User view
reset dlsw ethernet-backup map
Use the reset dlsw ethernet-backup map command to clear the MAC address map of the Ethernet switch
support feature.
User view
reset dlsw reachable-cache
Use the reset dlsw reachable-cache command to clear information from the reachable-cache of the
DLSw.
User view
reset dlsw tcp
Use the reset dlsw tcp command to reestablish or delete all connection to all the remote peers.
Use the reset dlsw tcp ip-address command to reestablish a TCP connection or delete the connection
to the specified remote peer.
User view
reset dns dynamic-host
Use the reset dns dynamic-host command to clear the current contents in the domain name cache of the
DNS client.
User view
reset dvpn all
Use the reset dvpn all command to clear all operating information about a specified DVPN domain and
to initiate the DVPN domain.
User view
reset dvpn map
Use the reset dvpn map command to clear a specified map.
User view
reset dvpn session
Use the reset dvpn session command to clear a specified session.
User view
reset dvpn statistics
Use the reset dvpn statistics command to clear all the statistics information of a DVPN module.
User view
reset encrypt-card sa
Use the reset encrypt-card sa command to clear the SAs on the encryption card.
User view
reset encrypt-card statistics
Use the reset encrypt-card statistics command to clear the statistics during processing of the
encryption card.
User view
reset encrypt-card syslog
Use the reset encrypt-card syslog command to clear all the logging information on the encryption card.
User view
reset esis statistics
Use the reset esis statistics command to reset statistics information about ES-IS flow.
User view
reset fcm
Use the reset fcm command to clear the dial-up negotiation failure counter and the timeout disconnection
counter for each FCM interface.
User view
Command Reference
reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter
Use the reset firewall ethernet-frame-filter command to clear the ACL-based firewall statistics.
User view
reset firewall-statistics
Use the reset firewall-statistics command to clear the firewall statistics.
User view
reset fr inarp
Use the reset fr inarp command to clear the address mapping established by inverse ARP.
User view
reset hwatacs statistics
Use the reset hwtacacs statistics command to clear TACACS+protocol statistics.reset hwtacacs
statistics
User view
reset igmp group
Use the reset igmp group command to delete the IGMP group joined on the interface. The deletion of the
group does not affect its joining again.
User view
reset ike sa
Use the reset ike sa command to delete the security tunnel set up by IKE.
User view
reset ip count
Use the reset ip count command to clear information that the IP Accounting retained about IP packets.
User view
reset ip fast-forwarding cache
Use the reset ip fast-forwarding cache command to reset the unicast fast forwarding cache.
User view
reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache
Use the reset ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache command to clear the multicast fast forwarding
cache. However, this command does not release the space occupied by the cache.
User view
reset ip netstream statistics
Use the reset ip netstream statistics command to age and export all stream statistics to clear the
NetStream cache.
User view
reset ip routing-table
Use the reset ip routing-table command to clear the routing table.
User view
reset ip statistics
Use the reset ip statistics command to clear the IP statistics information. In some special cases, it is
necessary to clear the IP statistics information and perform new statistics.
User view
reset ipsec sa
Use the reset ipsec sa command to delete an SA already set up (manually or through IKE negotiation).
If no parameter (remote, policy, parameters) is specified, all the SA will be deleted.
User view
reset ipsec statistics
Use the reset ipsec statistics command to clear IPSec message statistics, and set all the statistics to
zero.
User view
reset ipx routing-table statistics
The reset ipx routing-table statistics command is used to clear the statistical information of a
specified type of IPX route.
User view
reset ipx statistics
Use the reset ipx statistics command to clear IPX statistics by the system.
User view
reset isis all
Use the reset isis all command to reset all the IS-IS data.
User view
Command Reference
reset isis peer
Use the reset isis peer command to reset the IS-IS data of specified IS-IS neighbor.
User view
reset lapb
Use the reset lapb statistics command to clear the statistics about LAPB.
Interface view
reset loadsharing
Use the reset loadsharing command to reset statistics about unbalanced load sharing for all interfaces
or the interfaces related to the equal-cost routes to the specified destination network.
User view
reset logbuffer
Use the reset logbuffer command to clear information in the log buffer.
User view
reset mobile-ip binding
Use the reset mobile-ip binding command to remove mobility bindings. With neither the ip-address
argument nor the interface-number argument specified, all mobility bindings are removed.
User view
reset mobile-ip mobile-router
Use the reset mobile-ip mobile-router agent command to clear agent information discovered by the
MR, MR registration information, and MR statistics.
User view
reset mobile-ip node-statistics
Use the reset mobile-ip node-statistics command to clear MN statistics.
User view
reset mobile-ip statistics
Use the reset mobile-ip statistics command to clear all MIP counters.
User view
reset mobile-ip visitor
Use the reset mobile-ip visitor command to delete information in the visitor table and the pending table
on the FA, or with the pending keyword specified to delete information in the pending table only. You can
also restrict deletion to one MN or MNs registered on an interface by specifying arguments ip-address
and interface ethernet interface-number respectively.
User view
reset mpls cell-transfer interface
Use the reset mpls cell-transfer interface command to reset statistics for the cells received/sent in
a packet on an interface in transparent transmission mode.
Any view
reset mpls statistics
Use the reset mpls statistics command to clear MPLS statistics.
User view
reset msdp peer
Use the reset msdp peer command to reset TCP connection with the specified MSDP peer, and clear all
the statistics of the specified MSDP peer.
User view
reset msdp sa-cache
Use the reset msdp sa-cache command to clear SMDP SA cache entries.
User view
reset msdp statistics
Use the reset msdp statistics command to clear statistics of one or more MSDP peers without resetting
the MSDP peer.
User view
Use the reset multicast forwarding-table command to clear MFC forwarding entries or the statistics
of MFC forwarding entries.
User view
Use the reset multicast routing-table command to clear the route entry in the multicast kernel routing
table and remove the corresponding forwarding entry in MFC.
User view
Command Reference
reset nat
Use the reset nat command to clear up the mapping tables of address translation in the memory and
release all the memory dynamically allocated to store the mapping tables.
User view
reset ospf
Use the reset ospf all command to reset all the OSPF processes. Use the parameter of statistics to reset
statistics about OSPF.
Use the reset ospf command to reset the OSPF process, the following results are expected:
User view
reset pim neighbor
Use the reset pim neighbor command to clear PIM neighbor.
User view
reset pim routing-table
Use the reset pim routing-table command to clear PIM route entry.
User view
reset portal
Use the reset portal command to clear the related portal statistics.
User view
reset pos
Use the reset pos command to clear the counters for POS applications and POS access ports, that is, the
information displayed with the display pos-app and display pos-interface commands.
User view
reset ppp compression iphc
Use the reset ppp compression iphc command to delete the invalid IP/UDP/RTP header compression or
decompression context storage table and clear statistic information of IP/UDP/RTP header compression.
User view
reset ppp compression stac-lzs
Use the reset ppp compression stac-lzs command to clear statistics about STAC-LZS compression.
User view
reset pppoe-client
Use the reset pppoe-client command to terminate PPPoE session and re-initiate the connection later.
User view
reset pppoe-server
Use the reset pppoe-server command to clear PPPoE sessions at the server end.
User view
reset radius statistics
Use the reset radius statistics command to clear the statistic information related to the RADIUS
protocol.
User view
reset recycle-bin
Use the reset recycle-bin command to delete one or files from the recycle bin completely.
User view
Use the reset saved-configuration command to delete the configuration file loaded at this startup from
the Flash.
User view
Use the reset stop-accounting-buffer command to clear the buffered stop-accounting requests that
have no responses.
System view
Use the reset stop-accounting-buffer command to clear the stop-accounting requests that have no
response and are buffered on the router.
User view
reset stp statistics
Use the reset stp statistics command to clear statistics about the spanning tree.
User view
Command Reference
reset tcp statistics
Use the reset tcp statistics command to clear TCP traffic statistic information. After the execution of
this command, theres no prompt information on the screen, and the existing statistics are cleared.
User view
reset trapbuffer
Use the reset trapbuffer command to clear information in the trap buffer.
User view
reset udp statistics
Use the reset udp statistics command to clear the UDP statistics information. After the execution of
this command, theres no prompt information on the screen, and the existing statistics are cleared.
User view
reset vlan statistics vid
Use the reset vlan statistics vid command to clear the VLAN statistics.
User view
reset voice call-history-record line
Use the reset voice call-history-record line command to clear the call history of all voice subscriber
lines, or information displayed by the display voice call-history-record line command.
User view
reset voice em
Use the reset voice em command to reset the call statistics on the digital E&M interface.
User view
reset voice fax
Use the reset voice fax command to reset fax statistics.
User view
reset voice fax trans-statistics
Use the reset voice fax trans-statistics command to reset the statistics for the FAX transform
module.
User view
reset voice ipp
Use the reset voice ipp command to reset IPP statistics.
User view
reset voice r2
Use the reset voice r2 command to reset the call statistics of R2 signaling.
User view
reset voice rcv
Use the reset voice rcv command to reset RCV statistics.
User view
reset voice sip
Use the reset voice sip command to reset all the statistic information about the SIP client.
User view
reset voice vcc
Use the reset voice vcc command to reset the information related to VCC.
User view
Use the reset voice voip data-statistic command to reset statistics information of voice data.
User view
reset voice vpp
Use the reset voice vpp command to reset VPP statistics.
User view
reset web java-blocking counter
Use the reset web java-blocking counter command to clear the J ava blocking statistics information.
User view
reset web log-buf
Use the reset web log-buf command to clear the web filtering log buffer.
User view
reset web url-filter host counter
Use the reset web url-filter host counter command to clear the URL address filtering statistics
information.
User view
Command Reference
reset web url-filter parameter counter
Use the reset web url-filter parameter counter command to clear the statistics of SQL injection attack
protection.
User view
reset x25
Use the reset x25 command to reset statistics about X.25 on the specified interface or to reset the specified
X.25 VC.
User view
reset xot
For SVC, use the reset xot command to initiatively clear an XOT link.
For PVC, use the reset xot command to initiatively reset an XOT link.
User view
restart
Use the restart command to reset the physical interface.
Interface view
retry
Use the retry command to set the maximum number of probing retries during an auto detect interval.
Detect Group view
retry
Use the retry command to configure the number of RADIUS request attempts.
RADIUS view
Use the retry realtime-accounting command to configure the maximum number of real-time accounting
request attempts allowed to have no responses.
RADIUS view
Use the retry stop-accounting command to configure the maximal retransmission times after
stop-accounting request.
RADIUS view
Use the retry stop-accounting command to enable stop-accounting packet retransmission and configure
the maximum number of stop-accounting request attempts.
TACACS+ view
return
Use the return command to return to user view from any other view.
All views except User view
reverse
Use the reverse command to configure the inversion mode of line signals.
R2 CAS view
reverse-rts
Use the reverse-rts command to reverse RTS signal.
reverse-tunnel
Use the reverse-tunnel command to enable the reverse tunneling function for an MR.
MR view
ring-generate
Use the ring-generate command to configure the gateway at the called side to give a ringback tone when
in quick start mode.
rip
Use the rip command to enable the RIP and enter the RIP view.
System view
rip authentication-mode
Use the rip authentication-mode command to configure RIP-2 authentication mode and corresponding
parameters.
Interface view
rip input
Use the rip input command to allow an interface to receive RIP packets.
Interface view
Command Reference
rip metricin
Use the rip metricin command to configure the additional route metric added to the route when an
interface receives RIP packets.
Interface view
rip metricout
Use the rip metricout value command to enable RIP to send routes out the interface with an additional
route metric added. This command applies to routes both locally learned and learned from other routers.
Use the rip metricout value all-route command to enable RIP to send routes out the interface with an
additional route metric added. This command applies to locally redistributed routes in addition to those
locally learned and learned from other routers.
Interface view
rip output
Use the rip output command to configure an interface to transmit RIP packets to the external.
Interface view
rip split-horizon
Use the rip split-horizon command to configure an interface to use split horizon when transmitting RIP
packets.
Interface view
rip triggered
Use the rip triggered command to enable trigger RIP (TRIP).
Interface view
rip version
Use the rip version command to configure the version of RIP packets on an interface.
Interface view
rip work
Use the rip work command to enable the running of RIP on an interface.
Interface view
rlogin
Use the rlogin command to rlogin onto the specified remote host with the specified user name.
User view
rmdir
Use the rmdir command to delete a specified directory from the FTP server.
FTP Client view
rmdir
Use the rmdir command to delete the specified directory from the remote SFTP server.
SFTP Client view
rmdir
Use the rmdir command to delete a directory.
User view
rmon alarm
Use the rmon alarm command to set an alarm entry. When an exception occurs, the alarm is triggered. The
alarm in turn triggers the corresponding event, which can be log, trap, or log-and-trap.
System view
rmon event
Use the rmon event command to add an event entry.
System view
rmon history
Use the rmon history command to add a history control entry.
rmon prialarm
Use the rmon prialarm command to add an entry to the prialarm table.
System view
rmon statistics
Use the rmon statistics command to add a statistics entry.
root-certificate fingerprint
Use the root-certificate fingerprint command to configure the fingerprint for authenticating the CA
root certificate.
PKI Domain view
Command Reference
route-distinguisher
Use the route-distinguisher command to configure RD for an MPLS VPN instance. A vpn-instance
cannot run until it is configured with an RD.
route-policy
Use the route-policy command to create a route-policy or a route-policy node and enter the corresponding
view.
System view
route-policy
Use the route-policy command to configure a route-policy node and enter the route-policy view.
System view
route-tag
Use the route-tag command to specify a tag value to identify VPN import route.
OSPF Protocol view
routed-bridge protocol
Use the routed-bridge protocol command to enable the support of routed bridge encapsulation to a
network protocol.
ATM PVC view
router id
Use the router id command to configure the ID of a router running the OSPF protocol.
System view
routing-table limit
Use the routing-table limit command to limit the route maximum in a vpn-instance, to avoid too many
routes in the ingress interface of the PE router.
rsa local-key-pair create
Use the rsa local-key-pair create command to generate the local RSA host key pair and server key
pair.
System view
rsa local-key-pair destroy
Use the rsa local-key-pair destroy command to remove all RSA keys on the server (including the host
key pair and the server key pair).
System view
rsa peer-public-key
Use the rsa peer-public-key command to enter public key view. After that, you may use the
public-key-code begin command and the public-key-code end command to configure the public key of
the client.
System view
rsh
Use the rsh command to execute a command on a remote host remotely.
User View
rtpq
Use the rtpq command to configure to apply Realtime Transport Protocol (RTP) Priority Queuing.
rule
Use the rule command to add a rule in current ACL view.
ACL view
rule
Use the rule command to configure the number-substitute rules.
sa authentication-hex
Use the sa authentication-hex command to set the SA authentication key manually for the ipsec policy
of manual mode.
sa duration
Use the sa duration command to specify the ISAKMP Sa duration for an IKE proposal.
IKE Proposal view
Command Reference
sa duration
Use the sa duration command to set a SA duration of the ipsec policy.
IPSec Policy view
sa encryption-hex
Use the sa encryption-hex command to set the SA encryption key manually for the ipsec policy of manual
mode.
sa spi
Use the sa spi command to set the SA SPI manually for the ipsec policy of manual mode.
sa string-key
Use the sa string-key command to set the SA parameter manually for the ipsec policy of manual mode.
save
Use the save command to save the current configuration file to the storage device.
Any view
schedule reboot at
Use the schedule reboot at command to enable the scheduled reboot function of the router and schedule
the reboot time and date.
User view
Use the schedule reboot delay command to enable scheduled router reboot and set the waiting time.
User view
scheme
Use the scheme command to configure the AAA scheme to be referenced by the current ISP domain.
ISP Domain view
scramble
Use the scramble command to enable an undo scramble to scramble the payload on ATM OC-3c/STM-1
interface.
ATM Interface view
scramble
Use the scramble command to enable payload scrambling on the ATM E1/T1 interface. This, however,
does not affect cell headers.
scramble
Use the scramble command to enable scrambling function of ATM E3/T3 interface.
scramble
Use the scramble command to enable the POS interface to scramble payload data.
POS Interface view
screen-length
Use the screen-length command to set the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen.
User Interface view
screen-width
Use the screen-width command to set the width of the terminal screen, that is, how many characters can
be displayed in one line.
User interface view
script-string
Use the script-string command to configure a Modem script.
System view
Use the script trigger connect command to configure the Modem script that will be executed once an
incoming call connection is established.
User Interface view
script trigger dial
Use the script trigger dial command to configure the Modem script that is used for DCC dialing.
User Interface view
Command Reference
script trigger init
Use the script trigger init command to configure the Modem script that will be executed when the
system is powered on or rebooted.
User Interface view
Use the script trigger login command to configure the Modem script that will be executed when an
outgoing call connection is successfully established.
User Interface view
Use the script trigger logout command to configure the Modem script that is executed when a link is
reset.
User-interface view
sdlc controller
Use the sdlc controller command to configure the secondary station address of the SDLC.
sdlc mac-map local
Use the sdlc mac-map local command to configure the virtual MAC address of the SDLC.
sdlc mac-map remote
Use the sdlc mac-map remote command to configure the SDLC peer.
sdlc max-pdu
Use the sdlc max-pdu command to configure the maximum receivable frame length of the SDLC.
sdlc max-send-queue
Use the sdlc max-send-queue command to configure the queue length sending the SDLC packet.
sdlc max-transmission
Use the sdlc max-transmission command to configure the SDLC timeout retransmission times.
sdlc modulo
Use the sdlc modulo command to configure the modulus of the SDLC.
sdlc sap-map local
Use the sdlc sap-map local command to configure the SAP address on transforming the SDLC into the
LLC2.
sdlc sap-map remote
Use the sdlc sap-map remote command to configure the remote DLSw device SAP address when SDLC
is translated into LLC2.
sdlc simultaneous
Use the sdlc simultaneous command to configure the SDLC data to use the bidirectional transmission
mode.
sdlc status
Use the sdlc role command to configure the SDLC role the device acts.
sdlc timer ack
Use the sdlc timer ack command to configure the SDLC primary station response waiting time
(mseconds).
sdlc timer lifetime
Use the sdlc timer lifetime command to configure the SDLC secondary station response waiting time
(mseconds).
sdlc timer poll
Use the sdlc timer poll command to configure the SDLC poll pause timer.
Command Reference
sdlc window
Use the sdlc window command to configure the length of the SDLC local response window.
sdlc xid
Use the sdlc xid command to configure the XID of the SDLC.
Use the secondary accounting command to configure the IP address and port number for the secondary
RADIUS accounting server.
RADIUS view
Use the secondary accounting command to configure a secondary TACACS accounting server.
TACACS+ view
Use the secondary authentication command to configure the IP address and port number of the
secondary RADIUS authentication/authorization/accounting server.
RADIUS view
Use the secondary authentication command to configure a secondary TACACS authentication server.
TACACS+ view
secondary authorization
Use the secondary authorization command to configure a secondary TACACS authorization server.
TACACS+ view
security acl
Use the security acl command to set an access control list to be used by the ipsec policy and specify the
data stream protection mode.
IPSec Policy view
security-policy-server
Use the security-policy-server command to specify the IP address of a security policy server.
RADIUS Scheme view
seizure-ack
Use the seizure-ack command to enable or disable the terminating point to send seizure
R2 CAS view
select-mode
Use the select-mode command to configure the E1 trunk selection mode.
R2 CAS view
Use the select-rule search-stop command to configure the maximum number of voice entities found.
Use the select-rule type-first command to configure the type-first select rules for voice entities.
select-rule rule-order
Use the select-rule rule-order command to configure the select rule of voice entities.
select-stop
Use the select-stop command to disable the search for voice entities.
Voice Entity view
send
Use the send command to transfer messages between user interfaces.
Use the send all command to send messages to all user interfaces.
Use the send number command to send messages to the user interface specified by its absolute index.
Use the send type-name number command to send messages to the user interface specified by its
interface type and relative index.
User view
Command Reference
send-busytone
Use the send-busytone command to enable busy tone sending on the FXO interface.
send-number (in Voice Entity View)
Use the send-number command to configure the number sending mode.
send-number (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Use the send-number command to configure the FXS voice subscriber-line to allow the FXS to send called
numbers.
FXS Voice Subscriber-Line View
send-ring
Use the send-ring command to enable the local end to play ringback tone.
send-trap
Use the send-trap command to configure the type of events that trigger trap sending.
sendat
Use the sendat command to manually send AT command to the modem.
Interface (Asynchronous Serial Interface, AUX Port, or AM Interface) view
sendloopcode
Use the sendloopcode command to send the remote loopback control code.
sendpacket passroute
Use the sendpacket passroute command to enable routing table bypass.
sendring
Use the sendring command to enable or disable the terminating point to send ring-back tone or busy tone
signal to the calling party.
R2 CAS view
seq-number
Use the seq-number command to enable voice packets transmitted on the local gateway to carry sequence
numbers.
Voice Entity view
server type
Use the server-type command to configure the RADIUS server type supported by the router.
RADIUS view
service cbr
Use the service cbr command to specify PVC service type as constant bit rate (CBR).
PVC view
service data
Use the service data command to enable data call service.
Voice Entity view
service modem-callback
Use the service modem-callback command to enable the callback function of modems.
System view
service type
Use the service-type command to configure a service type for a particular user.
Local User view
service-type ftp
Use the service-type ftp command to specify a directory accessible for the FTP user.
Local User view
service-type ppp
Use the service-type command to configure the callback attribute and caller number of the PPP user.
Local User view
service ubr
Use the service ubr command to specify the service type of PVC as Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) and
specify the related rate parameters.
PVC view
Command Reference
service vbr-nrt
Use the service vbr-nrt command to specify the service type of PVC as Variable Bit Rate-Non Real Time
(VBR-NRT) and specify the related rate parameters.
PVC view
service vbr-rt
Use the service vbr-rt command to set the service type of PVC to Variable Bit Rate- Real Time (VBR-RT)
and specify the related rate parameters in the PVC view.
PVC view
session algorithm-suite
Use the session algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite a session uses.
Dvpn-Policy view
session idle-time
Use the session idle-time command to set the L2TP session idle-timeout timer. Upon expiration of this
timer, the L2TP session is disconnected.
L2TP Group view
session idle-timeout
Use the session idle-timeout command to set the idle timeout time for sessions.
Dvpn-Policy view
session keepalive-interval
Use the session keepalive-interval command to set the keepalive interval of sessions.
Dvpn-Policy view
session setup-interval
Use the session setup-interval command to set the interval for sending requests to establish a session
(Setup request). Setup request packets are sent regularly until the session is established.
Dvpn-Policy view
set authentication password
Use the set authentication password command to set a local authentication password.
User Interface view
set-overload
Use the set-overload command to configure overload flag bit for the current router.
IS-IS view
sftp
Use the sftp command to establish a connection to the remote SFTP server and enter SFTP client view.
System view
sftp server enable
Use the sftp server enable command to enable the secure FTP (SFTP) server.
System view
sftp source-interface
Use the sftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local
interface, for the SFTP client. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP
address in each packet sent by the SFTP client.
System view
sftp source-ip
Use the sftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SFTP client.
System view
sham-link
Use the sham-link command to configure a sham link.
OSPF Area view
shdsl mode
Use the shdsl mode command to set the operating mode of the G.SHDSL interface.
shdsl psd
Use the shdsl psd command to set PSD of the G.SHDSL interface working as CPE. It is not necessarily
the same as the one set at CO.
Command Reference
shdsl rate
Use the shdsl rate command to set single-pair interface rate of the SHDSL interface or just select
auto-negotiation mode. You can specify maximum line rate.
shdsl snr-margin
Use the shdsl snr-margin command to set a target margin to signal-to-noise ratio (SNR).
shdsl wire
Use the shdsl wire command to set the operating mode of the current G.SHDSL interface.
ATM (G. SHDSL) Interface view
shell
Use the shell command to enable terminal services on the user interface.
User Interface view
shell priority high
Use the shell priority high command to set command execution first.
System view
shutdown
Use the shutdown command to shut down the CPOS physical interface.
CPOS Interface view
shutdown
Use the shutdown command to shut down the Ethernet port.
Ethernet Port view
shutdown
Use the shutdown command to disable the current switching PVC.
Frame Relay Switching view
shutdown
Use the shutdown command to shut down the interface.
Interface view
shutdown
Use the shutdown command to disable the MSDP peer specified.
MSDP view
shutdown (in Voice Entity View)
Use the shutdown command in voice entity view to configure to change the management status of specified
voice entity from UP to DOWN.
Voice Entity view
shutdown (in Voice Subscriber-Line View)
Use the shutdown command in voice subscriber-line view to configure the voice subscriber-line from UP to
DOWN.
signal-value
Use the signal-value command to configure the digital E&M subscriber-line to receive and transmit the
ABCD bits of idle signaling and seizure signaling.
silence-th-span
Use the silence-th-span command to set the silence detection parameters that have the system take
automatic on-hook action.
FXO Subscriber-Line view
silent-interface
Use the silent-interface command to disable a specified interface to transmit IS-IS packet.
IS-IS view
silent interface
Use the silent-interface command to disable an interface to transmit OSPF packet.
OSPF view
simultaneous-bindings
Use the simultaneous-bindings command to enable simultaneous binding.
MR view
sip
Use the sip command to access SIP client view.
Voice view
Command Reference
sip-call
Use the sip-call command to enable globally supplementary service. body style (undo command
description goes here)
SIP Client view
sip-comp
Use the sip-comp command to configure a SIP compatibility option.
SIP Client view
sip-comp
Use the sip-comp command to configure a SIP compatibility option.
SIP Client view
sip-comp agent
Use the sip-comp agent command to configure including user-agent field in SIP request.
SIP Client view
sip-domain
Use the sip-domain command to configure the domain name of a SIP server.
SIP Client view
sip-id
Use the sip-id command to set ID of the local gateway and configure its SIP authentication password.
SIP Client view
sip-server
Use the sip-server command to configure address information of SIP proxy server and define call
requests that can be accepted.
SIP Client view
selectlanguage
Use the selectlanguage command to enable or disable the voice gateway to play the prompt language
selection message in the voice caller number process. This command only applies to the voice caller
number process.
slic-gain
Use the slic-gain command to configure the output gain of the SLIC chip.
Analog E&M Voice Subscriber-Line view
snmp-agent
Use the snmp-agent command to enable SNMP agent.
System view
Use the snmp-agent community command to configure the read/write attribute of a community, the MIB
view that it can access, and the ACL applied to it. The configuration overwrites the old configuration of the
community, if there is any.
System view
snmp-agent group
Use the snmp-agent group command to configure a new SNMP group, or to map an SNMP user or group
to an SNMP view.
System view
Use the snmp-agent local-engineid command to configure an engine ID for the local SNMP entity.
System view
snmp-agent mib-view
Use the snmp-agent mib-view command to create or update the information about a view.
System view
snmp-agent packet max-size
Use the snmp-agent packet max-size command to set the maximum length of the SNMP packets that the
agent can receive/send.
System view
snmp-agent sys-info
Use the snmp-agent sys-info command to set system information, including system contact, physical
location of the node, and SNMP version.
System view
Command Reference
Use the snmp-agent target-host command to set the destination that receives SNMP notifications.
Use the snmp-agent target-host command in conjunction with the snmp-agent trap enable command.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable
Use the snmp-agent trap enable command to enable the device to send traps and set the trap and
notification parameters.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card
Use the snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card command to enable SNMP agent trap function on the
encryption card.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable ldp
Use the snmp-agent trap enable ldp command to enable Trap function in MPLS LDP creation.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable lsp
Use the snmp-agent trap enable lsp command to enable Trap function in MPLS LSP creation.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip
Use the snmp-agent trap enable mobile-ip command to enable the MIP SNMP trap function. With the
function enabled, a trap packet is sent to the network management software whenever a security violation
event occurs.
System view
snmp-agent trap enable ospf
Use the snmp-agent trap enable ospf command to enable the TRAP function of OSPF.
System view
Use the snmp-agent trap life command to set the lifetime of traps. The expired traps are discarded
without being retained or sent.
System view
snmp-agent trap queue-size
Use the snmp-agent trap queue-size command to set the length of the trap queue to the specified host.
System view
Use the snmp-agent trap source command to specify the source address of traps.
System view
snmp-agent usm-user
Use the snmp-agent usm-user command to add a new user to an SNMP group.
System view
sot counter keepalive
Use the sot counter keepalive command to specify the number of keepalive checks before disconnecting
from the peer SOT entity.
System view
sot gather
Use the sot gather command to assign the serial interface to an existing SOT protocol group.
sot group-set
Use the sot group-set command to set up a SOT protocol group.
System view
sot peer
Use the sot peer command to assign an IP address to the local SOT entity.
System view
sot sdlc broadcast
Use the sot sdlc broadcast command to configure the broadcast address FF for the connected SDLC
terminals, allowing them to receive broadcast frames.
sot sdlc controller
Use the sot sdlc controller command to configure the SDLC address of a connected terminal.
Command Reference
sot sdlc-status primary
Use the sot sdlc-status primary command to set the role of the router to SDLC primary node.
sot sdlc-status secondary
Use the sot sdlc-status secondary command to set the role of the router to SDLC secondary node.
sot send address
Use the sot send address command to configure the route for sending SDLC frames to the specified
specific terminal.
sot send all tcp
Use the send all tcp command to forward all received SDLC frames to the specified address.
sot timer keepalive
Use the sot timer keepalive command to configure the keepalive timer.
System view
source
Use the tunnel source command to specify the source IP address or source interface to be filled in the
added IP header at the time of tunnel interface encapsulation.
source-interface
Use the source-interface command to configure the source interface in the transmitted test packets.
source-ip
Use the source-ip command to configure a source IP address for this test.
source-ip
Use the source-ip command to bind a source IP address to the router when it functions as a User Agent
(UA).
SIP Client view
source-policy
Use the source-policy command to configure a router to filter the multicast data packet received according
to source (group) address.
PIM view
source-port
Use the source-port command to configure a source port number for this test.
special-character
Use the special-character command to configure the supported special characters during register signal
exchange.
R2 CAS view
special-service
Use the special-service command to enable or disable the special-service numbers.
speed
Use the speed command to set the operating speed of the Ethernet interface.
speed
Use the speed command to configure the rate of the port.
Ethernet Port view
speed
Use the speed command to set the transmission rate on the user interface.
User Interface view
spf-delay-interval
Use the spf-delay-interval command to configure the interval for actively releasing CPU in the SPF
calculation.
IS-IS view
Command Reference
spf-schedule-interval
Use the spf-schedule-interval command to configure the route calculation interval of OSPF.
OSPF view
spf-slice-size
Use the spf-slice-size command to configure whether to set slice and the duration time each time when
IS-IS performs SPF route calculation.
IS-IS view
spt-switch-threshold
Use the spt-switch-threshold command to set the packet rate threshold when the PIM leaf router
switches from the RPT to the SPT.
PIM view
ssh authentication-type default
Use the ssh authentication-type default command to specify a default authentication mode for SSH
users.
System view
ssh client assign rsa-key
Use the ssh client assign rsa-key command to associate an SSH server with the name assigned to its
public key. When connecting to this server, the client verifies its trustworthiness based on this association.
System view
ssh client first-time enable
Use the ssh client first-time enable command to enable the SSH client to perform first-time
authentication on SSH servers.
System view
ssh server authentication-retries
Use the ssh server authentication-retries command to set the number of SSH connection
authentication retries, which is validated at next login.
System view
ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable
Use the ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable command to enable the SSH server to work with SSH1.X
clients.
System view
Use the ssh server rekey-interval command to set the interval for updating the server key.
System view
ssh-server source-interface
Use the ssh-server source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing
local interface, for the SSH server. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source
IP address in each packet sent by the SSH server.
System view
ssh-server source-ip
Use the ssh-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SSH
server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
System view
ssh server timeout
Use the ssh server timeout command to set a timeout for SSH connection authentication at login. It
becomes valid at next login.
System view
ssh user
Use the ssh user command to create an SSH user.
System view
ssh user assign
Use the ssh user assign command to assign one existing public key to a user. If a key exists, the new
assignment overrides.
System view
ssh user authentication-type
Use the ssh user authentication-type command to create an SSH user and specify an authentication
mode for it.
System view
Command Reference
ssh user service-type
Use the ssh user service-type command to specify service type for a user.
System View
ssh2
Use the ssh2 command to initiate a connection to the specified SSH server, and specify the preferred key
exchange algorithm, encryption algorithm and HMAC algorithm between the client and the server.
System view
ssh2 source-interface
Use the ssh2 source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local
interface, for the SSH client. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP
address in each packet sent by the SSH client.
System view
ssh2 source-ip
Use the ssh2 source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SSH client.
System view
standby bandwidth
Use the standby bandwidth command to configure the actual bandwidth that the main interface uses in
backup load sharing.
Interface view
standby detect-group
Use the standby detect-group command to implement interface backup using the auto detect function.
Interface view
standby interface
Use the standby interface command to specify a physical interface to back up the interface.
Interface view
standby routing-group
Use the standby routing-group command to apply a dynamic routing standby group on the secondary
interface.
Dial Interface view
standby routing-rule
Use the standby routing-rule command to create a dynamic routing standby group and assign a
monitored network segment to it.
System view
standby threshold
Use the standby threshold command to configure backup load sharing on an interface or logical channel.
Interface view
standby timer delay
Use the standby timer delay command to set failover and fallback delays on the interface, avoiding
frequent switchover caused by instability of interface state.
Interface view
standby timer flow-check
Use the standby timer flow-check command to configure the interval for checking the traffic size on the
main interface.
Interface view
standby timer routing-disable
Use the standby timer routing-disable command to specify a delay for the secondary link to be
disconnected after the primary link goes up to avoid route oscillation.
Dial Interface view
start l2tp
Use the start l2tp command to specify conditions triggering the local end to place calls when it works as
L2TP LAC.
L2TP Group view
start l2tp tunnel
Use the start l2tp tunnel command to enable the L2TP LAC to start L2TP tunnel connection.
L2TP Group view
start script
Use the start-script command to configure executing the specified Modem script on an interface.
User view
Command Reference
startup saved-configuration
Use the startup saved-configuration command to specify the configuration file used at next startup.
User view
state
Use the state command to configure the state of the current ISP domain or local user.
ISP Domain view
Local User view
state
Use the state command to clarify the name of the state where an entity lies.
PKI Entity view
state
Use the state command to configure the state of a RADIUS server.
RADIUS view
Use the static-bind ip-address command to configure an IP address for a static address binding in
DHCP address pool view.
static-bind { mac address | client identifier }
Use the static-bind { mac-address | client-identifier }command to configure a MAC address or
client identifier for a static binding.
static-lsp egress
Use the static-lsp egress command to configure a static LSP for an egress LSR.
MPLS view
static-lsp egress l2vpn
Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN for egress LSR.
MPLS view
static-lsp ingress
Use the static-lsp ingress command to configure a static LSP for the ingress LSR.
MPLS view
Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN for ingress LSR.
MPLS view
static-lsp transit
Use the static-lsp transit command to configure a static LSP for a transit LSR.
MPLS view
static-lsp transit l2vpn
Use the static-lsp transit command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN for transit LSR.
MPLS view
static-rp
Use the static-rp command to configure static RP.
PIM view
static-rpf-peer
Use the static-rpf-peer command to configure static RPF peer.
MSDP view
statistics {interval interval | max-group number }
Use the statistics {interval interval | max-group number }command to configure the statistics
interval and the maximum number of the groups of the retained statistics information according to the
configuration.
statistics keep-time
Use the statistics keep-time command to configure the retaining time of the test statistics.
Use the stop-accounting-buffer enable command to enable the router to buffer the stop-accounting
requests that have no responses.
RADIUS view
Command Reference
stopbits
Use the stopbits command to set the stop bits on the user interface.
User Interface view
stub
Use the stub command to configure the type of an OSPF area as the STUB area.
OSPF Area view
subscriber-line
Use the subscriber-line command to enter the voice subscriber-line view.
Voice view
subscriber-line
Use the subscriber-line command to enter FXS, FXO, analog E&M, or digital E1/T1 voice subscriber-line
view.
Any Voice view except for Voice Entity view
substitute
Use the substitute command to bind the calling/called number-substitute list to the voice subscriber-line
or voice entity.
Voice Entity View
substitute incoming-call
Use the substitute incoming-call command to bind the calling/called numbers of the incoming calls
from the network side to the number-substitute list.
Use the substitute outgoing-call command to bind the calling/called numbers of the outgoing calls from
the network side to the number-substitute list.
summary
Use the summary command to configure automatic aggregation of sub-network routes.
BGP Multicast view
BGP Unicast view
VPN Instance view
summary
Use the summary command to configure IS-IS route summary.
IS-IS view
summary
Use the summary command to enable RIP-2 automatic route summarization.
RIP view
super
Use the super command to switch the current user level to a specified user level, or the command level that
the user can access.
User view
super authentication mode
Use the super authentication-mode command to configure authentication mode for the super command,
which can be configured to the following four modes:
User Interface view
super password
Use the super password command to set the password needed to switch from a lower user level to a higher
one.
System view
sync-clock enable
Use the sync-clock enable command to enable clock synchronization between the router and the OSM
board.
sync-clock interval
Use the sync-clock interval command to set clock synchronization interval between the router and the
OSM board.
synchronize arp
Use the synchronize arp command to enable authorized ARP for global DHCP address pools.
Command Reference
sysname
Use the sysname command to set the name of the router.
System view
system-view
Use the system-view command to enter system view from the current user view.
User view
t1 bert
Use the t1 bert command to start a BERT test on the specified T1 line on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
t1 channel-set
Use the t1 channel-set command to bundle timeslots on the T1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
t1 channel set
Use the t1 channel-set command to bundle the timeslots of a T1 line.
CT3 Interface view
t1 sendloopcode
Use the t1 sendloopcode command to set the loopback mode of the specified far-end T1 line.
CT3 Interface view
t1 set clock
Use the t1 set clock command to configure the clock mode of T1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
t1 set clock
Use the t1 set clock command to set the clock mode for a T1 line on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
t1 set fdl
Use the t1 set fdl command to set the behavior of the specified T1 line on the FDL in ESF framing.
CT3 Interface view
t1 set frame-format
Use the t1 set frame-format command to set a frame format for T1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
t1 set frame-format
Use the t1 set frame-format command to configure the frame format of T1 line.
CT3 Interface view
t1 set loopback
Use the t1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the T1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
t1 set loopback
Use the t1 set loopback command to set the loopback mode of a T1 line on the T3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
t1 show
Use the t1 show command to view the line state of the specified T1 line on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
t1 shutdown
Use the t1 shutdown command to shut down a T1 channel.
CPOS Interface view
t1 shutdown
Use the t1 shutdown command to shut down a T1 line on the CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
t1 unframed
Use the t1 unframed command to set a T1 channel on the CPOS interface to unframed mode.
CPOS Interface view
t1 unframed
Use the t1 unframed command to set a T1 line on the CT3 interface to work in unframed mode (T1 mode).
CT3 Interface view
tcp mss
Use the tcp mss command to designate a value as a threshold for TCP packets to be fragmented.
Interface view
Command Reference
tcp timer fin-timeout
Use the tcp timer fin-timeout command to configure the TCP finwait timer.
System view
Use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the TCP synwait timer.
System view
tcp window
Use the tcp window command to configure the size of the transceiving buffer of the connection-oriented
Socket.
System view
telnet
Use the telnet command to telnet from this router to another device.
User view
telnet-server source-interface
Use the ftp-server source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing
local interface, for the Telnet server. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source
IP address in each packet sent by the Telnet server.
System view
telnet-server source-ip
Use the telnet-server source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the
Telnet server. This IP address must be a local IP address.
System view
telnet source-interface
Use the telnet source-interface command to telnet from the main IP address of the specified interface
to the destination IP address.
User view
System view
telnet source-ip
Use the telnet source-ip command to telnet from the specified source IP address to the specified
destination IP address.
User view
System view
terminal debugging
Use the terminal debugging command to have the debugging information displayed on the user terminal.
User view
terminal logging
Use the terminal logging command to have the log information displayed on the terminal.
User view
terminal monitor
Use the terminal monitor command to have the terminal display debugging /log/trap information sent from
the info-center.
User view
terminal trapping
Use the terminal trappingcommand to have the terminal display trap information.
User view
terminal type
Use the terminal type command to set the terminal type.
User Interface view
terminator
Use the terminator command to configure a special character string as the terminator of a telephone
number whose length is variable.
test-enable
Use the test-enable command to execute an HWPing test.
test-failtimes
Use the test-failtimes command to configure the number of consecutive test failures allowed before a
trap is sent to the NMS.
Command Reference
test-time begin
Use the test-time begin command to configure the start time and the lasting time of a test.
test-type
Use the test-type command to configure the type of the test.
tftp
Use the tftp command to upload or download a file through TFTP.
User view
tftp host source-interface
Use the tftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface that the TFTP client uses
when accessing the specified TFTP server.
User view
tftp host source-ip
Use the tftp host source-ip command to specify the source IP address that the TFTP client uses when
accessing the specified TFTP server. This source IP address must be a local address.
User view
tftp hostname vpn-instance
Use the tftp hostname vpn-instance to adopt VPN instance mode to access TFTP server and upload
and download files.
User view
tftp-server acl
Use the tftp-server acl command to reference an ACL to control access to the TFTP server.
System view
tftp-server directory
Use the tftp-server directory command to configure the directory TFTP Client can access.
System view
tftp-server enable
Use the tftp-server enable command to enable TFTP Server.
System view
tftp-server max-users
Use the tftp-server max-users command to maximum number of concurrent users that are allowed to
access TFTP server.
System view
tftp-server retry-times
Use the tftp-server retry-times command to configure maximum number of retry times for TFTP server
timeout retransmission.
System view
tftp-server timeout
Use the tftp-server timeout command to configure UDP packet response timeout time for TFTP server.
System view
tftp-server update
Use the tftp-server update command to set the file update mode that the FTP server uses while receiving
data.
System view
tftp source-interface
Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local
interface, for the TFTP client.
System view
tftp source-ip
Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the TFTP client.
System view
time-out
Use the time-out command to configure the time waiting for a DPD acknowledgement.
DPD Structure view
time-range
Use the time-range command to specify a time range.
System view
Command Reference
timeout
Use the timeout command to configure a timeout time for a test.
timer (Digital E&M)
Use the timer command to configure the timeout values of the signals in the digital E&M signaling.
timer configuration
Use the timer configuration command to set the interval to send ISH packets.
ES-IS view
timer-dial-interval
Use the timer dial-interval command to configure the timer that the system waits for a subscriber to
dial the next digit.
timer dl (R2)
Use the timer dl command to configure the timeout value of line signals of R2 signaling.
R2 CAS view
timer dtmf (R2)
Use the timer dtmf command to configure the time interval for sending DTMF signals.
R2 CAS view
timer first-dial
Use the timer first-dial command to configure the timer that the system waiting for a subscriber to dial
the first digit.
timer hold
Use the timer hold command to set the polling interval.
Interface view
timer hold
Use the timer hold command to configure the polling timer at the DTE side.
Interface view
timer hold
Use the timer hold command to set the timer to send keepalive packet.
timer holding
Use the timer holding command to set the holding time of the information ISH packets sent carry.
ES-IS view
timer keep-alive hold
Use the timer keep-alive hold command to configure the Keepalive and Holdtime timer of BGP.
BGP Unicast view
BGP Multicast view
VPNv4 view
VPN Instance view
timer loop
Use the timer loop command to set the auto detect interval, that is, the frequency for auto detect.
Detect Group view
timer lsp-max-age
Use the timer lsp-max-age command to configure the maximum lifetime of an LSP generated by the
current router.
IS-IS view
timer-lsp-refresh
Use the timer lsp-refresh command to configure the refresh interval of LSP.
IS-IS view
timer quiet
Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that the primary server must wait before it can resume
the active state.
RADIUS view
timer quiet
Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that a primary server must wait before it can resume the
active state.
TACACS+ view
Command Reference
tUse the timer realtime-accounting command to configure a real-time accounting interval.
RADIUS view
Use the timer realtime-accounting command to configure a real-time accounting interval.
TACACS+ view
timer register-complete (R2)
Use the timer register-complete command to configure the timeout value for register signals of R2
signaling.
R2 CAS view
timer register-pulse (R2)
Use the timer pulse command to configure the persistence time of the register pulse signal of R2 signaling
(A3, A4 and A6, etc.).
R2 CAS view
Use the timer response-timeout command to configure the RADIUS server response timer.
RADIUS view
Use the timer response-timeout command to set the response timeout timer of the TACACS server.
TACACS+ view
timer retry
Use the timer retry command to configure the value of connection request re-try period.
MSDP view
timer ring (R2)
Use the timer ring command to configure the maximum time range before the signal tone of R2 signaling
is sent.
R2 CAS view
timer ring-back
Use the timer ring-back command to configure the maximum duration for the system to send the ringback
tone.
timer spf
Use the timer spf command to configure the interval for the SPF calculation.
IS-IS view
timer wait
Use the timer wait command to set a timeout period for a probing attempt.
Detect Group view
timer wait-digit
Use the timer wait-digit command to configure the maximum time duration that the system waits for a
digit.
timers
Use the timers command to modify value for the three timers, Period update, Timeout and
Garbage-collection, of RIP.
RIP view
timeslot-set
Use the timeslot-set command to configure the timeslot set to perform R2 signaling and digital E&M
signaling configurations.
timestamp
Use the timestamp command to enable the local end to send voice packets with timestamps.
Voice Entity view
tos
Use the tos command to assign a value to the ToS field in the header of HWPing test packets.
trace interval
Use the trace interval command to configure the interval for information recording in the debugging
process, that is, the number of voice packets upon the pass of which a record will be made.
Voice view
Command Reference
tracert
Use the tracert command to trace the gateways by which a packet passes from source to destination for
network connectivity test and fault location.
Any view
tracert clns
Use the tracert clns command to track the nodes along the route that leads to a specified destination.
Any view
traffic behavior
Use the traffic behavior command you can define a traffic behavior and enter the behavior view.
System view
traffic classifier
Use the traffic classifier command to define a class and enter the class view.
System view
traffic-policy
Use the traffic-policy command to associate a sub-policy to the behavior.
traffic-shaping adaptation
Use the traffic-shaping adaptation command to enable the adaptive traffic shaping function of frame
relay.
traffic-share-across-interface
Use the traffic-share-across-interface command to enable RIP to distribute traffic equally on multiple
interfaces using equal-cost routes.
RIP Protocol view
transform
Use the transform command to set a security protocol used by a proposal.
IPSec Proposal view
translate ip
Use the translate ip command to configure an X2T forwarding route from IP network to X.25 network.
System view
translate x25
Use the translate x25 command to configure an X2T forwarding route from X.25 network to IP network.
System view
transmit gain
Use the transmit gain command to configure the voice subscriber-line output end gain value.
transmit-priority
Use the transmit-priority command to assign a transmit priority to the ATM PVC associated with the
UBR, VBR-T, or VBR-NRT service. The higher priority PVC is allocated bandwidth before any other PVCs.
ATM PVC view
trunk-direction
Use the trunk-direction command to configure the E1 trunk direction.
R2 CAS view
trunk-id
Use the trunk-id command to configure the number that the local end dials to call the PSTN side in FRF.11
trunk mode.
Voice Entity view
ts
Use the ts command to maintain the trunk circuit of the specified timeslot.
R2 CAS view
ttl
Use the ttl command to configure TTL of ICMP test packets.
ttl expiration
Use the ttl expiration command to configure the router to forward ICMP responses by local IP routing
when the MPLS TTL expires.
MPLS view
Command Reference
ttl propagate
Use the ttl propagate command to enable IP TTL duplication of MPLS.
MPLS view
tunnel authentication
Use the l2tp tunnel authentication command to enable L2TP tunnel authentication.
L2TP Group view
tunnel avp-hidden
Use the tunnel avp-hidden command to configure Attribute Value Pair (AVP) data to be transmitted in
hidden format.
L2TP Group view
tunnel flow-control
Use the tunnel flow-control command to enable L2TP tunnel flow-control.
L2TP Group view
tunnel local
Use the tunnel local command to set the local address of an ipsec policy.
tunnel keepstanding
Use the tunnel keepstanding command to enable the tunnel-hold function of L2TP, preventing the tunnel
from being disconnected when no session is present.
L2TP Group view
tunnel name
Use the tunnel name command to specify local name of a tunnel.
L2TP Group view
tunnel-on
Use the tunnel-on command to enable tunnel function.
tunnel password
Use the tunnel password command to specify a password for tunnel authentication.
L2TP Group view
tunnel-protocol dvpn
Use the tunnel-protocol udp dvpn command to encapsulate a tunnel interface with UDP DVPN.
tunnel-protocol gre
Use the tunnel mode command to set encapsulation mode of the tunnel interface to GRE.
Tunnel interface view
tunnel remote
Use the tunnel remote command to set the remote address of an ipsec policy.
tunnel timer hello
Use the tunnel timer hello command to set a Hello packet forwarding interval.
L2TP Group view
type
Use the type command to configure the analog E&M subscriber-line signal type.
type-number
Use the type-number command to configure the calling/called number types of voice entities.
Voice Entity view
udp-helper enable
Use the udp-helper enable command to enable UDP Helper.
System view
udp-helper port
Use the udp-helper port command to specify the UDP port number in the UDP broadcasts to be
forwarded.
System view
udp-helper server
Use the udp-helper server command to configure the destination server to which the UDP broadcasts
received on the interface are forwarded.
Command Reference
undelete
Use the undelete command to restore a file from the recycle bin.
User view
Use the undo schedule reboot command to cancel the configuration of the schedule reboot terminal
service.
User view
Use the undo synchronization command to remove the synchronization between BGP and IBGP.
BGP view
VPN Instance view
upgrade
Use the upgrade command to upgrade the Boot ROM program, pico-code or the logic.
System view
upgrade
Use the upgrade command to upgrade the Boot ROM.
User view
upgrade flash
Use the upgrade flash command to upgrade the software of the card. To have the upgraded software take
effect, reboot the router.
use encrypt-card
Use the use encrypt-card command to specify the SA proposal uses the encryption card at a designated
slot.
Card SA Proposal view
user
Use the user command to register an FTP user.
FTP Client view
user
Use the user command to configure username, password and corresponding display mode in SIP client
view and/or voice entity view. The configurations of the cnonce and realm authentication information fields
are optional, which can be used for authentication.
SIP Client view
Voice Entity view
user-interface
Use the user-interface command to enter single-user interface view or multi-user interface view.
System view
user-name-format
Use the user-name-format command to configure the format of the username to be sent to a RADIUS
server.
RADIUS view
user-name-format
Use the user-name-format command to configure the username format sent to the TACACS server.
TACACS+ view
user privilege
Use the user privilege command to configure the command level that the login users on the current user
interface can access.
User Interface view
username
Use the username command to configure a name used for logging onto the FTP server.
using (CE1/PRI Interface)
Use the using command to configure the operating mode of the CE1/PRI interface.
Use the using command to configure the operating mode of a CE3 interface.
CE3 Interface view
Command Reference
Use the using command to configure the operating mode of a CT3 interface.
CT3 Interface view
vad-on
Use the vad-on command to enable silence detection function.
Voice Entity view
validate source address
Use the validate-source-address command to enable checking of the source address of a RIP packet
upon reception.
RIP Protocol view
verbose
Use the verbose command to enable the verbose function to view information from the FTP server.
FTP Client view
Use the vfs check check-method discard command to specify the file discarding method to be the file
system check method.
System view
Use the vfs check check-method discard auto command to specify to discard the contents of corrupted
files and then recycle the corresponding storage space automatically.
System view
vfs check check-method fix
Use the vfs check check-method fix command to set the file check method to automatic file fixing.
System view
vfs check file-system
Use the vfs check file-system command to check the file system. At present, the system can check
corrupted files and perform operations such as file fixing/discarding and space recycling.
User view
Use the vi-card busy-tone-detect command to configure busy tone detection method on FXO
subscriber-line.
Voice view
Use the vi-card cptone-custom command to set the prompt tone parameters of the system.
Voice view
vi-card custom-toneparam
Use the vi-card custom-toneparam command to save DSP parameters and customize busy tone
detection parameters on the FXO interface.
Voice view
vi-card reboot
Use the vi-card reboot command to reboot a voice card.
Voice view
virtualbaudrate
Use the virtualbaudrate command to set a virtual baudrate for the DTE interface.
vlan-type dot1q vid
Use the vlan-type dot1q command to set the encapsulation types on the sub-interface.
Interface view
vlink-peer
Use the vlink-peer command to create and configure a virtual link.
OSPF Area view
vofr
Use the vofr command to enable VoFR operation mode for a DLCI.
DLCI view
vofr frf11-timer
Use the vofr frf11-timer command to configure the interval of Trunk Wait timer in FRF.11 trunk mode.
Voice view
Command Reference
vofr jitter-buffer
Use the vofr jitter-buffer command to configure a jitter buffer length.
Voice view
voice bandwidth
Use the voice bandwidth command to configure maximum bandwidth for voice calls.
voice-config
Use the voice-config command to enable the DHCP server to send option 184 and suboptions of 184
when it assigns addresses from the global address pool.
voice-setup
Use the voice-setup command to enter voice view and enable voice services.
System view
voip call-start
Use the voip call-start command to configure a call initialization mode for the called GW.
Voice view
voip calledtunnel
Use the voip calledtunnel enable command to enable the tunnel function on the called gateway.
Voice view
voip h323-conf tcs-t38
Use the voip h323-conf tcs-t38 command to enable the voice gateway to include the T.38 capability
description in its capability set when it is in H.323 slow-start mode.
Voice view
voip h323-descriptor
Use the voip h323-descriptor command to configure the description character string of the voice gateway
H.323.
Voice view
voip timer
Use the voip timer command to set the VoIP-to-POTS timer, or the delay waiting for switching from VoIP
entity to backup POTS entity after a VoIP call is failed.
Voice view
vpinstance
Use the vpninstance command to specify a VPN instance.
vpn-instance-capability simple
Use the routing-table limit command to configure a router as Multi-VPN-Instance CE.
OSPF Protocol view
vpn-target
Use the vpn-target command to create vpn-target extended community for vpn-instance.
vqa data-statistic
Use the vqa data-statistic command to enable counting of voice data.
Voice view
vqa dscp
Use the vqa dscp command to set the global DSCP value in the ToS field in the IP packets that carry the
RTP stream or voice signaling.
Voice view
vqa dsp-monitor
Use the vqa dsp-monitor command to set duration for DSP buffer data monitoring.
Voice view
vqa jitter-buffer
Use the vqa jitter-buffer command to configure jitter buffer depth.
Voice view
vqa performance
Use the vqa performance command to configure the sending or receiving process of voice data to fast or
normal forwarding process.
Voice view
Command Reference
vrbd
Use the vrbd command to view software version details, including product software version and the
matched platform software version.
Any view
vrrp authentication-mode
Use the vrrp authentication-mode command to configure authentication mode and authentication key for
the VRRP standby groups on the interface.
vrrp ping-enable
Use the vrrp ping-enable command to enable users to ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups.
System view
vrrp un-check ttl
Use the vrrp un-check ttl command to disable the VRRP standby group to check the TTL field in VRRP
packets.
vrrp vrid preempt-mode
Use the vrrp vrid preempt-mode command to enable preemption on the router and configure its
preemption delay in the specified standby group.
Interface view
bridge Template view
vrrp vrid priority
Use the vrrp vrid priority command to configure the priority of the router in the specified standby group.
vrrp vrid timer advertise
Use the vrrp vrid timer advertise command to configure the Adver_Timer of the specified standby
group.
vrrp vrid track
Use the vrrp vrid track command to configure the interface to be tracked.
vrrp vrid track detect-group
Use the vrrp vrid command to implement VRRP using the auto detect function.
vrrp vrid virtual-ip
Use the vrrp vrid virtual-ip command to create a standby group the first time that you add a virtual IP
address or add a virtual IP address to it after that. Each standby group can accommodate up to 16 virtual
IP addresses.
web java-blocking acl-number
Use the web java-blocking acl-number command to enable ACL-based J ava blocking ACL function.
System view
web java-blocking enable
Use the web java-blocking enable command to enable J ava blocking.
System view
web java-blocking extension add
Use the web java-blocking extension add command to add extension name of J ava request packets to
be blocked.
System view
web java-blocking extension add-default
Use the the web java-blocking extension add-default command to add system default J ava blocking
keywords after you have defined them.
System view
Command Reference
web java-blocking extension delete
Use the web java-blocking extension delete command to delete a previously added extension name
of J ava request packets.
System view
web java-blocking extension delete-all
Use the web java-blocking extension delete-all command to delete all J ava blocking keywords
previously added.
System view
web java-blocking extension load-file
Use the web java-blocking extension load-file command to load a J ava blocking filter file.
System view
web java-blocking extension save-file
Use the web java-blocking extension save-file command save a J ava blocking filter file.
System view
web log enable
Use the web log enable command to enable web logging and create a logging timer.
System view
web log timer
Use the web log timer command to configure the timeout time of the logging timer.
System view
web url-filter host acl-number
Use the web url-filter host acl-number command to configure the firewall to filter the web requests
whose destination URL address is an IP address by using an ACL.
System view
web url-filter host add
Use the web url-filter host add command to add web filtering address, and set the filtering operation.
System view
web url-filter host default
Use the web url-filter host default command to permit or deny packets that do not match with the
URL addresses configured by the administrator.
System view
web url-filter host delete
Use the web url-filter host delete command to a URL address filtering entry previously added.
System view
web url-filter host delete-all
Use the web url-filter host delete-all command to delete all URL address filtering entries.
System view
web url-filter host enable
Use the web url-filter host enable command to enable URL address filtering.
System view
web url-filter host ip-address
Use the web url-filter host ip-address command to configure whether to permit a web request whose
destination URL address is an IP address to pass.
System view
web url-filter host load-file
Use the web url-filter host load-file command to load the URL address filtering file.
System view
web url-filter host save-file
Use the web url-filter host save-file command to save a URL address filter file.
System view
web url-filter parameter add
Use the web url-filter parameter add command to add a keyword for URL parameter filtering.
System view
web url-filter parameter add-default
Use the web url-filter parameter add-default command to add default filter keywords ^select^,
însert^, ûpdate^, ^delete^, ^drop^, --, ', êxecând %27 to facilitate the user to input these keywords from
being carelessly deleted or to enable the user to restore the default settings quickly if the web url-filter
parameter add-default command was improperly executed.
System view
Command Reference
web url-filter parameter delete
Use the web url-filter parameter delete command to delete a filter keyword previously added.
System view
web url-filter parameter delete-all
Use the web url-filter parameter delete-all command to delete all filter keywords.
System view
web url-filter parameter enable
Use the web url-filter parameter enable command to enable URL parameter filtering.
System view
web url-filter parameter load-file
Use the web url-filter parameter load-file command to load a URL parameter filtering file.
System view
web url-filter parameter save-file
Use the web url-filter parameter save-file command to save a URL parameter filter file.
System view
wfq
Use the wfq command to set the queue type of the VC to be WFQ.
wildcard-register enable
Use the wildcard-register enable command to enable fuzzy (wildcard) telephone number registration.
SIP Client view
wred
Use the wred command to configure drop mode as weighted random early detection (WRED).
wred dscp
Use the wred dscp command to set DSCP lower-limit, upper-limit and drop probability denominator of
WRED.
wred ip-precedence
Use the wred ip-precedence command to set precedence lower-limit, upper-limit and drop probability
denominator of WRED.
wred weighting-constant
Use the wred weighting-constant command to set exponential for the calculation of average queue
length by WRED.
x25 alias-policy
Use the x25 alias-policy command to configure the alias of an X.121 address.
Interface view
x25 call-facility
Use the x25 call-facility command to set user options for an X.25 interface. After an option is set, all
X.25 calls from the X.25 interface will carry the relevant information field in call packet.
Interface view
x25 cug-service
Use the x25 cug-service command to enable CUG service and suppression policies.
Interface view
Use the x25 default-protocol command to set the default upper-layer protocol carried over X.25 for the
X.25 interface.
Interface view
Use the x25 default-protocol command to set the upper layer protocol for an X.25 interface that X.25
protocol carries by default.
Interface view
x25 hunt-group
Use the x25 hunt-group command to create or enter an X.25 hunt group.
System view
Command Reference
Use the x25 ignore called-address command to enable it to ignore the X.121 address of the called DTE
when X.25 initiates calls.
Interface view
Use the x25 ignore calling-address command to enable it to ignore the X.121 address of the calling
DTE when X.25 initiates calls.
Interface view
x25 local-cug
Use the x25 local-cug command to configure mapping from local CUG to network CUG and define its
suppression rule.
Interface view
x25 map
Use the x25 map command to set the address mapping between IP address used by LANs and X.121
address.
Interface view
x25 map bridge
Use the x25 map bridge command to map an X.121 address to a bridge-set.
Interface view
x25 map clns
Use the x25 map clns command to configure a CLNS address mapping for an X.121 address.
Interface view
x25 modulo
Use the x25 modulo command to set the window modulus of an X.25 interface.
Interface view
x25 packet-size
Use the x25 packet-size command to set the maximum input and output packet lengths of X.25 interface.
Interface view
x25 pvc
Use the x25 pvc command to configure one PVC route encapsulated with datagram.
Interface view
x25 pvc
Use the x25 pvc command to configure an X.25 PVC route.
Interface view
x25 qllc-switch
Use the X25 qllc-switch command to create a QLLC switching map entry, an association of X.121
address, MAC address of the SNA device, and local virtual MAC address.
x25 queue-length
Use the x25 queue-length command to set the data queue length on X.25 VC.
Interface view
Use the x25 receive-threshold command to set the number of receivable maximum packets before X.25
sends the acknowledged packet.
Interface view
Use the x25 response called-address command to enable X.25 to carry the address information of the
called DTE in sending call reception packet.
Interface view
Use the x25 response calling-address command to enable X.25 to carry the address information of the
calling DTE in sending call reception packet.
Interface view
Use the x25 reverse-charge-accept command to enable this interface to accept the call with reverse
charging request, the information added by some certain user facilities.
Interface view
Command Reference
x25 roa-list
Use the x25 roa-list command to define ROA list.
System view
x25 switch pvc
Use the x25 switch pvc (packet switching) command to configure one PVC route.
Interface view
x25 switch svc hunt-group
Use the x25 switch svc hunt-group command to add an X.25 switching route whose forwarding address
is a hunt group.
System view
x25 switch svc interface
Use the x25 switch svc interface command to add an X.25 switching route whose forwarding address
is a serial interface or Annex G DLCI.
System view
x25 switch svc xot
Use the x25 switch svc xot command to add an X.25 switching route whose forwarding address is XOT
channel.
System view
x25 switching
Use the x25 switching command to enable the X.25 switching function.
System view
x25 template
Use the x25 template command in system view to create an X.25 template and in DLCI view to reference
the template.
System view
DLCI view
x25 timer hold
Use the x25 timer hold command to set the delay to send calls to a destination with failed calls.
Interface view
x25 timer idle
Use the x25 timer idle command to set the maximum idle time of the SVC on the interface.
Interface view
x25 timer tx0
Use the x25 timer tx0 command to set the restart/retransmission timer delay for DTE (or DCE).
Interface view
x25 timer tx1
Use the x25 timer tx1 command to set calling request (indication) transmission timer delay for DTE (or
DCE).
Interface view
x25 timer tx2
Use the x25 timer tx2 command to set resetting request (indication) transmission timer delay for DTE (or
DCE).
Interface view
x25 timer tx3
Use the x25 timer tx3 command to set clearing request (indication) transmission timer delay for DTE (or
DCE).
Interface view
x25 vc-per-map
Use the x25 vc-per-map command to set the maximum number of VCs for connections with the same
destination device.
Interface view
x25 vc-range
Use the x25 vc-range command to set highest and lowest values of X.25 VC range.
Interface view
x25 window-size
Use the x25 window-size command to set the sizes of input and output windows on the interface X.25.
Interface view
Command Reference
x25 x121-address
Use the x25 x121-address command to set the X.121 address of an X.25 interface.
Interface view
x25 xot pvc
Use the x25 xot pvc command to add a PVC route of XOT. Use the undo x25 pvc command to delete the
specified PVC route of XOT.
Interface view
x29 timer idleclear
Use the x29 timer idleclear command to set the idle-clear timer for PAD connection.
System view
x29 timer inviteclear-time
Use the x29 timer inviteclear-time command to set the delay waiting for response after the PAD clear
procedure is initiated. Upon expiration of this timer, the server aborts the connection by force and starts X.25
clear procedures.
System view
xmodem get
Use the xmodem get command to download a file by using Xmodem through the AUX port. Comware
supports 128-byte packets and CRC check.
User view
Command Reference

3com Router-5000-6000 Command Reference

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

3com Router-5000-6000 Command Reference

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

3Com

*515396. 229644- at m- 8- debug8: At m1/ 0/ 0 pvc 1/ 32 out ppp pkt , snap, 22

I t i ndi cat es t hat PPP packet s ar e bei ng out put f r omPVC 1/ 32 of

create time = 2002/10/21

V = 0, I = 255, P = 0, C = 0, E = E1/ T1VI _NULL_EVENT, B = 0

3Com Router 5000/6000 Family summary 2897

S-ar putea să vă placă și